Thoth distribution@thoth.pub 20260401T161114

urn:uuid:b814d36e-30bc-44cd-984f-c1a5910b7102 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:7fd0a9e7-b3a2-45d6-a258-df311a975099 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:b814d36e-30bc-44cd-984f-c1a5910b7102 15 9789523690080 03 9789523690080 06 10.33134/HUP-3 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Youth on the Move Tendencies and Tensions in Youth Policies and Practices 1 B01 Lisbeth Lundahl Lisbeth Lundahl University of Umeå Lisbeth Lundahl, professor of educational work at Umeå University 2 B01 Kristiina Brunila Kristiina Brunila AGORA for the study of social justice in education –research centre 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kristiina Brunila, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki, 01 eng 00 206 03 B2 Sociology B2 education B2 youth studies B2 migration studies B2 cultural studies 20 school-to-work transitions; youth policy; careers; NEET; individualisation; governance 01 06 02 00 Youth on the Move</italic> addresses one of the most urgent social problems in many countries, the uncertain school-to-work transitions of young people. As a result, a ‘transition machinery’ has been created, consisting of various education and training measures realised by e.g. teachers and youth workers. The articles of the book combine 03 00 The book addresses one of the most urgent social problems in many countries, the uncertain school-to-work transitions of young people. As a result, a ‘transition machinery’ has been created, consisting of various education and training measures realised by e.g. teachers and youth workers.The volume demonstrates that discourses related to youth transitions do not simply describe</italic> young adults but create</italic> them. For example, young people are expected to be active citizens who make themselves attractive to employers, and those who fail in doing so may be labelled having psychological deficiencies. When failing transitions, resulting in lack of higher education or unemployment, are treated as individual’s problems rather than rising from structural factors, the solutions are likewise individualized. The book thus underlines the importance of analysing power relations reflected by gender, health, social class, and ethnicity.The articles of the book combine perspectives from young people, policymakers, teachers, and youth workers in Iceland, Finland, Sweden, and England.The editors of the book are Kristiina Brunila</bold>, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki, and Lisbeth Lundahl</bold>, professor of educational work at Umeå University."In a time of an increasingly segregated school system and a growing precariat on the labour market, there is an urgent need to understand the political and cultural mechanisms that are feeding an unjust political system. Youth on the Move: Tendencies and Tensions in Youth Policies and Practices is an inevitable book for researchers, policymakers and practitioners engaging in equal future possibilities for young people. It takes on the problem not by providing simple solutions on complex problems, but through revealing how good intentions to make young people employable are, in fact, locking them up in segregating norms. Beautifully, the different chapters of the book move between concrete examples, theoretical challenges and political insights. It helps the reader to understand how historically rooted understandings of ‘youth at risk’ and ‘education as the solution of social problems’ take different shapes in the current political landscape – but also how we can resist getting stuck in norms of who is seen as competent, vulnerable, healthy, employable, and/or educable. Youth on the Move helps us to ask necessary critical questions regarding how society (does not) facilitate young people’s transition into labour market and adulthood. I warmly recommend the volume."</italic>- Malin Ideland</bold>, Professor in Educational Science, Malmö University.</italic><break/>Correction notice.</bold> Two corrections have been made to the Chapter 5 of this book: Masoud, A., Kurki, T. and Brunila, K. ‘Learn Skills and Get Employed: Constituting the Employable Refugee Subjectivity through Integration Policies and Training Practices’. 1) The direct quote on p. 104, lines 2–4 (Larja et al., 2012, p. 60), included words not present in the original quote. The original wording has now been restored. 2) A sentence previously missing has been included on p. 117, paragraph 2, lines 10–11: ‘Unifying the pathways of integration training may lead to an overflow of workers in those sectors into which refugees are guided.’<break/>Original release date:</bold> 3 February 2020. The publication has been reloaded in its corrected form on 23 June 2021. We apologise any inconvenience caused. 30 00 The book addresses one of the most urgent social problems in many countries, the uncertain school-to-work transitions of young people. As a result, a ‘transition machinery’ has been created, consisting of various education and training measures realised by e.g. teachers and youth workers.The volume demonstrates that discourses related to youth transitions do not simply describe</italic> young adults but create</italic> them. For example, young people are expected to be active citizens who make themselves attractive to employers, and those who fail in doing so may be labelled having psychological deficiencies. When failing transitions, resulting in lack of higher education or unemployment, are treated as individual’s problems rather than rising from structural factors, the solutions are likewise individualized. The book thus underlines the importance of analysing power relations reflected by gender, health, social class, and ethnicity.The articles of the book combine perspectives from young people, policymakers, teachers, and youth workers in Iceland, Finland, Sweden, and England.The editors of the book are Kristiina Brunila</bold>, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki, and Lisbeth Lundahl</bold>, professor of educational work at Umeå University."In a time of an increasingly segregated school system and a growing precariat on the labour market, there is an urgent need to understand the political and cultural mechanisms that are feeding an unjust political system. Youth on the Move: Tendencies and Tensions in Youth Policies and Practices is an inevitable book for researchers, policymakers and practitioners engaging in equal future possibilities for young people. It takes on the problem not by providing simple solutions on complex problems, but through revealing how good intentions to make young people employable are, in fact, locking them up in segregating norms. Beautifully, the different chapters of the book move between concrete examples, theoretical challenges and political insights. It helps the reader to understand how historically rooted understandings of ‘youth at risk’ and ‘education as the solution of social problems’ take different shapes in the current political landscape – but also how we can resist getting stuck in norms of who is seen as competent, vulnerable, healthy, employable, and/or educable. Youth on the Move helps us to ask necessary critical questions regarding how society (does not) facilitate young people’s transition into labour market and adulthood. I warmly recommend the volume."</italic>- Malin Ideland</bold>, Professor in Educational Science, Malmö University.</italic><break/>Correction notice.</bold> Two corrections have been made to the Chapter 5 of this book: Masoud, A., Kurki, T. and Brunila, K. ‘Learn Skills and Get Employed: Constituting the Employable Refugee Subjectivity through Integration Policies and Training Practices’. 1) The direct quote on p. 104, lines 2–4 (Larja et al., 2012, p. 60), included words not present in the original quote. The original wording has now been restored. 2) A sentence previously missing has been included on p. 117, paragraph 2, lines 10–11: ‘Unifying the pathways of integration training may lead to an overflow of workers in those sectors into which refugees are guided.’<break/>Original release date:</bold> 3 February 2020. The publication has been reloaded in its corrected form on 23 June 2021. We apologise any inconvenience caused. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/a9e5c922-c03a-451c-80a0-fd0f88e4513a.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-1 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction 1 A01 Kristiina Brunila Kristiina Brunila AGORA for the study of social justice in education –research centre 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kristiina Brunila, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki 2 A01 Lisbeth Lundahl Lisbeth Lundahl University of Umeå Lisbeth Lundahl, professor of educational work at Umeå University 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-2 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Young Citizenship: Academically High-Achieving Middle-Class Students in Transitions Talk about Participation 1 A01 Maria Rönnlund Maria Rönnlund University of Umeå 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-3 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Social Background and Labour Market Careers of Young People: A Comparison of Two Cohorts of Finnish Young People not in Employment, Education or Training (NEET) 1 A01 Tero Järvinen Tero Järvinen 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-4 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Transition from School to Work: Icelandic Young People in NEET 1 A01 Johanna Rosa Arnardottir Johanna Rosa Arnardottir Analysa, Iceland 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-5 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Winding Paths through School and After: Young Swedes of Migrant Origin Who Failed in Upper Secondary School 1 A01 Michael Lindblad Michael Lindblad University of Umeå 2 A01 Lisbeth Lundahl Lisbeth Lundahl University of Umeå Lisbeth Lundahl, professor of educational work at Umeå University 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-6 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 ‘Learn Skills and Get Employed’: Constituting the Employable Refugee Subjectivity through Integration Policies and Training Practices 1 A01 Ameera Masoud Ameera Masoud 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 Tuuli Kurki Tuuli Kurki 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 Kristiina Brunila Kristiina Brunila AGORA for the study of social justice in education –research centre 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kristiina Brunila, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-7 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Young People and Transitions in Upper Secondary Education in England: The Influence of Policy on the ‘Local Opportunity Landscape’ 1 A01 Ann Hodgson Ann Hodgson 40 02jx3x895 University College London 2 A01 Ken Spours Ken Spours 40 02jx3x895 University College London 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-8 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Economic Worries—Therapeutic Solutions?: Entrepreneurial and Therapeutic Governing of Transitions of Young People 1 A01 Kristiina Brunila Kristiina Brunila AGORA for the study of social justice in education –research centre 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kristiina Brunila, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki 2 A01 Katariina Mertanen Katariina Mertanen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 Sari Mononen Batista-Costa Sari Mononen Batista-Costa 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-9 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Ethical and Care-Oriented, but Still Psychological and ‘At Risk’: Teachers’ Constructions of Young People’s Transition from School to Society 1 A01 Sara Irisdotter Aldenmyr Sara Irisdotter Aldenmyr 40 000hdh770 Dalarna University 2 A01 Maria Olson Maria Olson 40 05f0yaq80 Stockholm University 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Epilogue: Silences and Challenges 1 A01 Lisbeth Lundahl Lisbeth Lundahl University of Umeå Lisbeth Lundahl, professor of educational work at Umeå University 2 A01 Kristiina Brunila Kristiina Brunila AGORA for the study of social justice in education –research centre 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kristiina Brunila, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20200203 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690097 03 9789523690097 06 15 9789523690103 03 9789523690103 06 15 9789523690110 03 9789523690110 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690080 20 08 20200203 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690080 20 08 20200203 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690080 20 08 20200203 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690080 20 08 20200203 01 urn:uuid:c3d0aa8a-0a26-4cdd-a031-8f1db5e4477f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:7fd0a9e7-b3a2-45d6-a258-df311a975099 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c3d0aa8a-0a26-4cdd-a031-8f1db5e4477f 15 9789523690097 03 9789523690097 06 10.33134/HUP-3 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Youth on the Move Tendencies and Tensions in Youth Policies and Practices 1 B01 Lisbeth Lundahl Lisbeth Lundahl University of Umeå Lisbeth Lundahl, professor of educational work at Umeå University 2 B01 Kristiina Brunila Kristiina Brunila AGORA for the study of social justice in education –research centre 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kristiina Brunila, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki, 01 eng 00 206 03 B2 Sociology B2 education B2 youth studies B2 migration studies B2 cultural studies 20 school-to-work transitions; youth policy; careers; NEET; individualisation; governance 01 06 02 00 Youth on the Move</italic> addresses one of the most urgent social problems in many countries, the uncertain school-to-work transitions of young people. As a result, a ‘transition machinery’ has been created, consisting of various education and training measures realised by e.g. teachers and youth workers. The articles of the book combine 03 00 The book addresses one of the most urgent social problems in many countries, the uncertain school-to-work transitions of young people. As a result, a ‘transition machinery’ has been created, consisting of various education and training measures realised by e.g. teachers and youth workers.The volume demonstrates that discourses related to youth transitions do not simply describe</italic> young adults but create</italic> them. For example, young people are expected to be active citizens who make themselves attractive to employers, and those who fail in doing so may be labelled having psychological deficiencies. When failing transitions, resulting in lack of higher education or unemployment, are treated as individual’s problems rather than rising from structural factors, the solutions are likewise individualized. The book thus underlines the importance of analysing power relations reflected by gender, health, social class, and ethnicity.The articles of the book combine perspectives from young people, policymakers, teachers, and youth workers in Iceland, Finland, Sweden, and England.The editors of the book are Kristiina Brunila</bold>, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki, and Lisbeth Lundahl</bold>, professor of educational work at Umeå University."In a time of an increasingly segregated school system and a growing precariat on the labour market, there is an urgent need to understand the political and cultural mechanisms that are feeding an unjust political system. Youth on the Move: Tendencies and Tensions in Youth Policies and Practices is an inevitable book for researchers, policymakers and practitioners engaging in equal future possibilities for young people. It takes on the problem not by providing simple solutions on complex problems, but through revealing how good intentions to make young people employable are, in fact, locking them up in segregating norms. Beautifully, the different chapters of the book move between concrete examples, theoretical challenges and political insights. It helps the reader to understand how historically rooted understandings of ‘youth at risk’ and ‘education as the solution of social problems’ take different shapes in the current political landscape – but also how we can resist getting stuck in norms of who is seen as competent, vulnerable, healthy, employable, and/or educable. Youth on the Move helps us to ask necessary critical questions regarding how society (does not) facilitate young people’s transition into labour market and adulthood. I warmly recommend the volume."</italic>- Malin Ideland</bold>, Professor in Educational Science, Malmö University.</italic><break/>Correction notice.</bold> Two corrections have been made to the Chapter 5 of this book: Masoud, A., Kurki, T. and Brunila, K. ‘Learn Skills and Get Employed: Constituting the Employable Refugee Subjectivity through Integration Policies and Training Practices’. 1) The direct quote on p. 104, lines 2–4 (Larja et al., 2012, p. 60), included words not present in the original quote. The original wording has now been restored. 2) A sentence previously missing has been included on p. 117, paragraph 2, lines 10–11: ‘Unifying the pathways of integration training may lead to an overflow of workers in those sectors into which refugees are guided.’<break/>Original release date:</bold> 3 February 2020. The publication has been reloaded in its corrected form on 23 June 2021. We apologise any inconvenience caused. 30 00 The book addresses one of the most urgent social problems in many countries, the uncertain school-to-work transitions of young people. As a result, a ‘transition machinery’ has been created, consisting of various education and training measures realised by e.g. teachers and youth workers.The volume demonstrates that discourses related to youth transitions do not simply describe</italic> young adults but create</italic> them. For example, young people are expected to be active citizens who make themselves attractive to employers, and those who fail in doing so may be labelled having psychological deficiencies. When failing transitions, resulting in lack of higher education or unemployment, are treated as individual’s problems rather than rising from structural factors, the solutions are likewise individualized. The book thus underlines the importance of analysing power relations reflected by gender, health, social class, and ethnicity.The articles of the book combine perspectives from young people, policymakers, teachers, and youth workers in Iceland, Finland, Sweden, and England.The editors of the book are Kristiina Brunila</bold>, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki, and Lisbeth Lundahl</bold>, professor of educational work at Umeå University."In a time of an increasingly segregated school system and a growing precariat on the labour market, there is an urgent need to understand the political and cultural mechanisms that are feeding an unjust political system. Youth on the Move: Tendencies and Tensions in Youth Policies and Practices is an inevitable book for researchers, policymakers and practitioners engaging in equal future possibilities for young people. It takes on the problem not by providing simple solutions on complex problems, but through revealing how good intentions to make young people employable are, in fact, locking them up in segregating norms. Beautifully, the different chapters of the book move between concrete examples, theoretical challenges and political insights. It helps the reader to understand how historically rooted understandings of ‘youth at risk’ and ‘education as the solution of social problems’ take different shapes in the current political landscape – but also how we can resist getting stuck in norms of who is seen as competent, vulnerable, healthy, employable, and/or educable. Youth on the Move helps us to ask necessary critical questions regarding how society (does not) facilitate young people’s transition into labour market and adulthood. I warmly recommend the volume."</italic>- Malin Ideland</bold>, Professor in Educational Science, Malmö University.</italic><break/>Correction notice.</bold> Two corrections have been made to the Chapter 5 of this book: Masoud, A., Kurki, T. and Brunila, K. ‘Learn Skills and Get Employed: Constituting the Employable Refugee Subjectivity through Integration Policies and Training Practices’. 1) The direct quote on p. 104, lines 2–4 (Larja et al., 2012, p. 60), included words not present in the original quote. The original wording has now been restored. 2) A sentence previously missing has been included on p. 117, paragraph 2, lines 10–11: ‘Unifying the pathways of integration training may lead to an overflow of workers in those sectors into which refugees are guided.’<break/>Original release date:</bold> 3 February 2020. The publication has been reloaded in its corrected form on 23 June 2021. We apologise any inconvenience caused. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/a9e5c922-c03a-451c-80a0-fd0f88e4513a.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-1 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction 1 A01 Kristiina Brunila Kristiina Brunila AGORA for the study of social justice in education –research centre 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kristiina Brunila, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki 2 A01 Lisbeth Lundahl Lisbeth Lundahl University of Umeå Lisbeth Lundahl, professor of educational work at Umeå University 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-2 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Young Citizenship: Academically High-Achieving Middle-Class Students in Transitions Talk about Participation 1 A01 Maria Rönnlund Maria Rönnlund University of Umeå 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-3 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Social Background and Labour Market Careers of Young People: A Comparison of Two Cohorts of Finnish Young People not in Employment, Education or Training (NEET) 1 A01 Tero Järvinen Tero Järvinen 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-4 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Transition from School to Work: Icelandic Young People in NEET 1 A01 Johanna Rosa Arnardottir Johanna Rosa Arnardottir Analysa, Iceland 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-5 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Winding Paths through School and After: Young Swedes of Migrant Origin Who Failed in Upper Secondary School 1 A01 Michael Lindblad Michael Lindblad University of Umeå 2 A01 Lisbeth Lundahl Lisbeth Lundahl University of Umeå Lisbeth Lundahl, professor of educational work at Umeå University 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-6 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 ‘Learn Skills and Get Employed’: Constituting the Employable Refugee Subjectivity through Integration Policies and Training Practices 1 A01 Ameera Masoud Ameera Masoud 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 Tuuli Kurki Tuuli Kurki 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 Kristiina Brunila Kristiina Brunila AGORA for the study of social justice in education –research centre 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kristiina Brunila, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-7 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Young People and Transitions in Upper Secondary Education in England: The Influence of Policy on the ‘Local Opportunity Landscape’ 1 A01 Ann Hodgson Ann Hodgson 40 02jx3x895 University College London 2 A01 Ken Spours Ken Spours 40 02jx3x895 University College London 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-8 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Economic Worries—Therapeutic Solutions?: Entrepreneurial and Therapeutic Governing of Transitions of Young People 1 A01 Kristiina Brunila Kristiina Brunila AGORA for the study of social justice in education –research centre 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kristiina Brunila, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki 2 A01 Katariina Mertanen Katariina Mertanen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 Sari Mononen Batista-Costa Sari Mononen Batista-Costa 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-9 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Ethical and Care-Oriented, but Still Psychological and ‘At Risk’: Teachers’ Constructions of Young People’s Transition from School to Society 1 A01 Sara Irisdotter Aldenmyr Sara Irisdotter Aldenmyr 40 000hdh770 Dalarna University 2 A01 Maria Olson Maria Olson 40 05f0yaq80 Stockholm University 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Epilogue: Silences and Challenges 1 A01 Lisbeth Lundahl Lisbeth Lundahl University of Umeå Lisbeth Lundahl, professor of educational work at Umeå University 2 A01 Kristiina Brunila Kristiina Brunila AGORA for the study of social justice in education –research centre 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kristiina Brunila, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20200203 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690080 03 9789523690080 06 15 9789523690103 03 9789523690103 06 15 9789523690110 03 9789523690110 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20200203 01 urn:uuid:0971639f-3c5e-4435-8c84-f9d642476753 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:7fd0a9e7-b3a2-45d6-a258-df311a975099 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:0971639f-3c5e-4435-8c84-f9d642476753 15 9789523690103 03 9789523690103 06 10.33134/HUP-3 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Youth on the Move Tendencies and Tensions in Youth Policies and Practices 1 B01 Lisbeth Lundahl Lisbeth Lundahl University of Umeå Lisbeth Lundahl, professor of educational work at Umeå University 2 B01 Kristiina Brunila Kristiina Brunila AGORA for the study of social justice in education –research centre 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kristiina Brunila, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki, 01 eng 00 206 03 B2 Sociology B2 education B2 youth studies B2 migration studies B2 cultural studies 20 school-to-work transitions; youth policy; careers; NEET; individualisation; governance 01 06 02 00 Youth on the Move</italic> addresses one of the most urgent social problems in many countries, the uncertain school-to-work transitions of young people. As a result, a ‘transition machinery’ has been created, consisting of various education and training measures realised by e.g. teachers and youth workers. The articles of the book combine 03 00 The book addresses one of the most urgent social problems in many countries, the uncertain school-to-work transitions of young people. As a result, a ‘transition machinery’ has been created, consisting of various education and training measures realised by e.g. teachers and youth workers.The volume demonstrates that discourses related to youth transitions do not simply describe</italic> young adults but create</italic> them. For example, young people are expected to be active citizens who make themselves attractive to employers, and those who fail in doing so may be labelled having psychological deficiencies. When failing transitions, resulting in lack of higher education or unemployment, are treated as individual’s problems rather than rising from structural factors, the solutions are likewise individualized. The book thus underlines the importance of analysing power relations reflected by gender, health, social class, and ethnicity.The articles of the book combine perspectives from young people, policymakers, teachers, and youth workers in Iceland, Finland, Sweden, and England.The editors of the book are Kristiina Brunila</bold>, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki, and Lisbeth Lundahl</bold>, professor of educational work at Umeå University."In a time of an increasingly segregated school system and a growing precariat on the labour market, there is an urgent need to understand the political and cultural mechanisms that are feeding an unjust political system. Youth on the Move: Tendencies and Tensions in Youth Policies and Practices is an inevitable book for researchers, policymakers and practitioners engaging in equal future possibilities for young people. It takes on the problem not by providing simple solutions on complex problems, but through revealing how good intentions to make young people employable are, in fact, locking them up in segregating norms. Beautifully, the different chapters of the book move between concrete examples, theoretical challenges and political insights. It helps the reader to understand how historically rooted understandings of ‘youth at risk’ and ‘education as the solution of social problems’ take different shapes in the current political landscape – but also how we can resist getting stuck in norms of who is seen as competent, vulnerable, healthy, employable, and/or educable. Youth on the Move helps us to ask necessary critical questions regarding how society (does not) facilitate young people’s transition into labour market and adulthood. I warmly recommend the volume."</italic>- Malin Ideland</bold>, Professor in Educational Science, Malmö University.</italic><break/>Correction notice.</bold> Two corrections have been made to the Chapter 5 of this book: Masoud, A., Kurki, T. and Brunila, K. ‘Learn Skills and Get Employed: Constituting the Employable Refugee Subjectivity through Integration Policies and Training Practices’. 1) The direct quote on p. 104, lines 2–4 (Larja et al., 2012, p. 60), included words not present in the original quote. The original wording has now been restored. 2) A sentence previously missing has been included on p. 117, paragraph 2, lines 10–11: ‘Unifying the pathways of integration training may lead to an overflow of workers in those sectors into which refugees are guided.’<break/>Original release date:</bold> 3 February 2020. The publication has been reloaded in its corrected form on 23 June 2021. We apologise any inconvenience caused. 30 00 The book addresses one of the most urgent social problems in many countries, the uncertain school-to-work transitions of young people. As a result, a ‘transition machinery’ has been created, consisting of various education and training measures realised by e.g. teachers and youth workers.The volume demonstrates that discourses related to youth transitions do not simply describe</italic> young adults but create</italic> them. For example, young people are expected to be active citizens who make themselves attractive to employers, and those who fail in doing so may be labelled having psychological deficiencies. When failing transitions, resulting in lack of higher education or unemployment, are treated as individual’s problems rather than rising from structural factors, the solutions are likewise individualized. The book thus underlines the importance of analysing power relations reflected by gender, health, social class, and ethnicity.The articles of the book combine perspectives from young people, policymakers, teachers, and youth workers in Iceland, Finland, Sweden, and England.The editors of the book are Kristiina Brunila</bold>, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki, and Lisbeth Lundahl</bold>, professor of educational work at Umeå University."In a time of an increasingly segregated school system and a growing precariat on the labour market, there is an urgent need to understand the political and cultural mechanisms that are feeding an unjust political system. Youth on the Move: Tendencies and Tensions in Youth Policies and Practices is an inevitable book for researchers, policymakers and practitioners engaging in equal future possibilities for young people. It takes on the problem not by providing simple solutions on complex problems, but through revealing how good intentions to make young people employable are, in fact, locking them up in segregating norms. Beautifully, the different chapters of the book move between concrete examples, theoretical challenges and political insights. It helps the reader to understand how historically rooted understandings of ‘youth at risk’ and ‘education as the solution of social problems’ take different shapes in the current political landscape – but also how we can resist getting stuck in norms of who is seen as competent, vulnerable, healthy, employable, and/or educable. Youth on the Move helps us to ask necessary critical questions regarding how society (does not) facilitate young people’s transition into labour market and adulthood. I warmly recommend the volume."</italic>- Malin Ideland</bold>, Professor in Educational Science, Malmö University.</italic><break/>Correction notice.</bold> Two corrections have been made to the Chapter 5 of this book: Masoud, A., Kurki, T. and Brunila, K. ‘Learn Skills and Get Employed: Constituting the Employable Refugee Subjectivity through Integration Policies and Training Practices’. 1) The direct quote on p. 104, lines 2–4 (Larja et al., 2012, p. 60), included words not present in the original quote. The original wording has now been restored. 2) A sentence previously missing has been included on p. 117, paragraph 2, lines 10–11: ‘Unifying the pathways of integration training may lead to an overflow of workers in those sectors into which refugees are guided.’<break/>Original release date:</bold> 3 February 2020. The publication has been reloaded in its corrected form on 23 June 2021. We apologise any inconvenience caused. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/a9e5c922-c03a-451c-80a0-fd0f88e4513a.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-1 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction 1 A01 Kristiina Brunila Kristiina Brunila AGORA for the study of social justice in education –research centre 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kristiina Brunila, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki 2 A01 Lisbeth Lundahl Lisbeth Lundahl University of Umeå Lisbeth Lundahl, professor of educational work at Umeå University 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-2 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Young Citizenship: Academically High-Achieving Middle-Class Students in Transitions Talk about Participation 1 A01 Maria Rönnlund Maria Rönnlund University of Umeå 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-3 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Social Background and Labour Market Careers of Young People: A Comparison of Two Cohorts of Finnish Young People not in Employment, Education or Training (NEET) 1 A01 Tero Järvinen Tero Järvinen 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-4 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Transition from School to Work: Icelandic Young People in NEET 1 A01 Johanna Rosa Arnardottir Johanna Rosa Arnardottir Analysa, Iceland 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-5 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Winding Paths through School and After: Young Swedes of Migrant Origin Who Failed in Upper Secondary School 1 A01 Michael Lindblad Michael Lindblad University of Umeå 2 A01 Lisbeth Lundahl Lisbeth Lundahl University of Umeå Lisbeth Lundahl, professor of educational work at Umeå University 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-6 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 ‘Learn Skills and Get Employed’: Constituting the Employable Refugee Subjectivity through Integration Policies and Training Practices 1 A01 Ameera Masoud Ameera Masoud 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 Tuuli Kurki Tuuli Kurki 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 Kristiina Brunila Kristiina Brunila AGORA for the study of social justice in education –research centre 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kristiina Brunila, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-7 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Young People and Transitions in Upper Secondary Education in England: The Influence of Policy on the ‘Local Opportunity Landscape’ 1 A01 Ann Hodgson Ann Hodgson 40 02jx3x895 University College London 2 A01 Ken Spours Ken Spours 40 02jx3x895 University College London 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-8 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Economic Worries—Therapeutic Solutions?: Entrepreneurial and Therapeutic Governing of Transitions of Young People 1 A01 Kristiina Brunila Kristiina Brunila AGORA for the study of social justice in education –research centre 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kristiina Brunila, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki 2 A01 Katariina Mertanen Katariina Mertanen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 Sari Mononen Batista-Costa Sari Mononen Batista-Costa 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-9 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Ethical and Care-Oriented, but Still Psychological and ‘At Risk’: Teachers’ Constructions of Young People’s Transition from School to Society 1 A01 Sara Irisdotter Aldenmyr Sara Irisdotter Aldenmyr 40 000hdh770 Dalarna University 2 A01 Maria Olson Maria Olson 40 05f0yaq80 Stockholm University 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Epilogue: Silences and Challenges 1 A01 Lisbeth Lundahl Lisbeth Lundahl University of Umeå Lisbeth Lundahl, professor of educational work at Umeå University 2 A01 Kristiina Brunila Kristiina Brunila AGORA for the study of social justice in education –research centre 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kristiina Brunila, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20200203 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690080 03 9789523690080 06 15 9789523690097 03 9789523690097 06 15 9789523690110 03 9789523690110 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20200203 01 urn:uuid:76391bcc-7cf2-4663-865c-9cea48d257d5 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:7fd0a9e7-b3a2-45d6-a258-df311a975099 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:76391bcc-7cf2-4663-865c-9cea48d257d5 15 9789523690110 03 9789523690110 06 10.33134/HUP-3 00 EB E127 10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Youth on the Move Tendencies and Tensions in Youth Policies and Practices 1 B01 Lisbeth Lundahl Lisbeth Lundahl University of Umeå Lisbeth Lundahl, professor of educational work at Umeå University 2 B01 Kristiina Brunila Kristiina Brunila AGORA for the study of social justice in education –research centre 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kristiina Brunila, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki, 01 eng 00 206 03 B2 Sociology B2 education B2 youth studies B2 migration studies B2 cultural studies 20 school-to-work transitions; youth policy; careers; NEET; individualisation; governance 01 06 02 00 Youth on the Move</italic> addresses one of the most urgent social problems in many countries, the uncertain school-to-work transitions of young people. As a result, a ‘transition machinery’ has been created, consisting of various education and training measures realised by e.g. teachers and youth workers. The articles of the book combine 03 00 The book addresses one of the most urgent social problems in many countries, the uncertain school-to-work transitions of young people. As a result, a ‘transition machinery’ has been created, consisting of various education and training measures realised by e.g. teachers and youth workers.The volume demonstrates that discourses related to youth transitions do not simply describe</italic> young adults but create</italic> them. For example, young people are expected to be active citizens who make themselves attractive to employers, and those who fail in doing so may be labelled having psychological deficiencies. When failing transitions, resulting in lack of higher education or unemployment, are treated as individual’s problems rather than rising from structural factors, the solutions are likewise individualized. The book thus underlines the importance of analysing power relations reflected by gender, health, social class, and ethnicity.The articles of the book combine perspectives from young people, policymakers, teachers, and youth workers in Iceland, Finland, Sweden, and England.The editors of the book are Kristiina Brunila</bold>, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki, and Lisbeth Lundahl</bold>, professor of educational work at Umeå University."In a time of an increasingly segregated school system and a growing precariat on the labour market, there is an urgent need to understand the political and cultural mechanisms that are feeding an unjust political system. Youth on the Move: Tendencies and Tensions in Youth Policies and Practices is an inevitable book for researchers, policymakers and practitioners engaging in equal future possibilities for young people. It takes on the problem not by providing simple solutions on complex problems, but through revealing how good intentions to make young people employable are, in fact, locking them up in segregating norms. Beautifully, the different chapters of the book move between concrete examples, theoretical challenges and political insights. It helps the reader to understand how historically rooted understandings of ‘youth at risk’ and ‘education as the solution of social problems’ take different shapes in the current political landscape – but also how we can resist getting stuck in norms of who is seen as competent, vulnerable, healthy, employable, and/or educable. Youth on the Move helps us to ask necessary critical questions regarding how society (does not) facilitate young people’s transition into labour market and adulthood. I warmly recommend the volume."</italic>- Malin Ideland</bold>, Professor in Educational Science, Malmö University.</italic><break/>Correction notice.</bold> Two corrections have been made to the Chapter 5 of this book: Masoud, A., Kurki, T. and Brunila, K. ‘Learn Skills and Get Employed: Constituting the Employable Refugee Subjectivity through Integration Policies and Training Practices’. 1) The direct quote on p. 104, lines 2–4 (Larja et al., 2012, p. 60), included words not present in the original quote. The original wording has now been restored. 2) A sentence previously missing has been included on p. 117, paragraph 2, lines 10–11: ‘Unifying the pathways of integration training may lead to an overflow of workers in those sectors into which refugees are guided.’<break/>Original release date:</bold> 3 February 2020. The publication has been reloaded in its corrected form on 23 June 2021. We apologise any inconvenience caused. 30 00 The book addresses one of the most urgent social problems in many countries, the uncertain school-to-work transitions of young people. As a result, a ‘transition machinery’ has been created, consisting of various education and training measures realised by e.g. teachers and youth workers.The volume demonstrates that discourses related to youth transitions do not simply describe</italic> young adults but create</italic> them. For example, young people are expected to be active citizens who make themselves attractive to employers, and those who fail in doing so may be labelled having psychological deficiencies. When failing transitions, resulting in lack of higher education or unemployment, are treated as individual’s problems rather than rising from structural factors, the solutions are likewise individualized. The book thus underlines the importance of analysing power relations reflected by gender, health, social class, and ethnicity.The articles of the book combine perspectives from young people, policymakers, teachers, and youth workers in Iceland, Finland, Sweden, and England.The editors of the book are Kristiina Brunila</bold>, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki, and Lisbeth Lundahl</bold>, professor of educational work at Umeå University."In a time of an increasingly segregated school system and a growing precariat on the labour market, there is an urgent need to understand the political and cultural mechanisms that are feeding an unjust political system. Youth on the Move: Tendencies and Tensions in Youth Policies and Practices is an inevitable book for researchers, policymakers and practitioners engaging in equal future possibilities for young people. It takes on the problem not by providing simple solutions on complex problems, but through revealing how good intentions to make young people employable are, in fact, locking them up in segregating norms. Beautifully, the different chapters of the book move between concrete examples, theoretical challenges and political insights. It helps the reader to understand how historically rooted understandings of ‘youth at risk’ and ‘education as the solution of social problems’ take different shapes in the current political landscape – but also how we can resist getting stuck in norms of who is seen as competent, vulnerable, healthy, employable, and/or educable. Youth on the Move helps us to ask necessary critical questions regarding how society (does not) facilitate young people’s transition into labour market and adulthood. I warmly recommend the volume."</italic>- Malin Ideland</bold>, Professor in Educational Science, Malmö University.</italic><break/>Correction notice.</bold> Two corrections have been made to the Chapter 5 of this book: Masoud, A., Kurki, T. and Brunila, K. ‘Learn Skills and Get Employed: Constituting the Employable Refugee Subjectivity through Integration Policies and Training Practices’. 1) The direct quote on p. 104, lines 2–4 (Larja et al., 2012, p. 60), included words not present in the original quote. The original wording has now been restored. 2) A sentence previously missing has been included on p. 117, paragraph 2, lines 10–11: ‘Unifying the pathways of integration training may lead to an overflow of workers in those sectors into which refugees are guided.’<break/>Original release date:</bold> 3 February 2020. The publication has been reloaded in its corrected form on 23 June 2021. We apologise any inconvenience caused. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/a9e5c922-c03a-451c-80a0-fd0f88e4513a.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-1 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction 1 A01 Kristiina Brunila Kristiina Brunila AGORA for the study of social justice in education –research centre 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kristiina Brunila, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki 2 A01 Lisbeth Lundahl Lisbeth Lundahl University of Umeå Lisbeth Lundahl, professor of educational work at Umeå University 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-2 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Young Citizenship: Academically High-Achieving Middle-Class Students in Transitions Talk about Participation 1 A01 Maria Rönnlund Maria Rönnlund University of Umeå 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-3 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Social Background and Labour Market Careers of Young People: A Comparison of Two Cohorts of Finnish Young People not in Employment, Education or Training (NEET) 1 A01 Tero Järvinen Tero Järvinen 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-4 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Transition from School to Work: Icelandic Young People in NEET 1 A01 Johanna Rosa Arnardottir Johanna Rosa Arnardottir Analysa, Iceland 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-5 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Winding Paths through School and After: Young Swedes of Migrant Origin Who Failed in Upper Secondary School 1 A01 Michael Lindblad Michael Lindblad University of Umeå 2 A01 Lisbeth Lundahl Lisbeth Lundahl University of Umeå Lisbeth Lundahl, professor of educational work at Umeå University 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-6 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 ‘Learn Skills and Get Employed’: Constituting the Employable Refugee Subjectivity through Integration Policies and Training Practices 1 A01 Ameera Masoud Ameera Masoud 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 Tuuli Kurki Tuuli Kurki 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 Kristiina Brunila Kristiina Brunila AGORA for the study of social justice in education –research centre 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kristiina Brunila, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-7 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Young People and Transitions in Upper Secondary Education in England: The Influence of Policy on the ‘Local Opportunity Landscape’ 1 A01 Ann Hodgson Ann Hodgson 40 02jx3x895 University College London 2 A01 Ken Spours Ken Spours 40 02jx3x895 University College London 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-8 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Economic Worries—Therapeutic Solutions?: Entrepreneurial and Therapeutic Governing of Transitions of Young People 1 A01 Kristiina Brunila Kristiina Brunila AGORA for the study of social justice in education –research centre 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kristiina Brunila, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki 2 A01 Katariina Mertanen Katariina Mertanen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 Sari Mononen Batista-Costa Sari Mononen Batista-Costa 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-9 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Ethical and Care-Oriented, but Still Psychological and ‘At Risk’: Teachers’ Constructions of Young People’s Transition from School to Society 1 A01 Sara Irisdotter Aldenmyr Sara Irisdotter Aldenmyr 40 000hdh770 Dalarna University 2 A01 Maria Olson Maria Olson 40 05f0yaq80 Stockholm University 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-3-10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Epilogue: Silences and Challenges 1 A01 Lisbeth Lundahl Lisbeth Lundahl University of Umeå Lisbeth Lundahl, professor of educational work at Umeå University 2 A01 Kristiina Brunila Kristiina Brunila AGORA for the study of social justice in education –research centre 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kristiina Brunila, professor of social justice and equality in education at University of Helsinki 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20200203 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690080 03 9789523690080 06 15 9789523690097 03 9789523690097 06 15 9789523690103 03 9789523690103 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20200203 01 urn:uuid:b03c2157-7681-48ee-906d-d6f1d871e183 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:3cb386f4-fc55-40b6-b037-6ff3759d1a6b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:b03c2157-7681-48ee-906d-d6f1d871e183 15 9789523691247 03 9789523691247 06 10.33134/HUP-30 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Fences and Biosecurity The Politics of Governing Unruly Nature 1 B01 21 0000000176242135 Annika Pohl Harrisson Annika Harrisson Department of Political Science 40 03yrrjy16 University of Southern Denmark Annika Pohl Harrisson is a social anthropologist interested in state–society relations, borders, environmental politics and human–nature–animal connections. She completed her PhD in 2019 at Aarhus University, where she studied state-making and justice provision in Myanmar. Annika is currently a postdoctoral researcher at the Centre for Border Region Studies at the University of Southern Denmark, researching the role of borders in the green transition. 2 B01 21 0000000300517424 Michael Eilenberg Michael Eilenberg Anthropology 40 01aj84f44 Aarhus University Michael Eilenberg is Associate Professor of Anthropology at Aarhus University. His research focuses on issues of state formation, sovereignty and agrarian expansion in frontier regions of South East Asia, Europe and North America. He is the author of At the Edges of States (KITLV Press/Brill Academic Publishers, 2012) and co-editor with Jason Cons of Frontier Assemblages: The Emergent Politics of Resource Frontiers in Asia (Wiley, 2019) and with Mona Chettri of Development Zones in Asian Borderlands (Amsterdam University Press, 2021). 01 eng 00 331 03 B2 Environmental History B2 Anthropology B2 Political Geography B2 Political Ecology B2 Wildlife Ecology 20 Biosecurity; Fencing; Borders; Human- animal conflicts; Wildlife management; Governance (or biopolitics) 01 06 02 00 Fences and Biosecurity</italic> examines the role of fencing as a mechanism of control, exclusion, and power in the name of biosecurity. This volume brings together case studies that provide unique insights into the social, environmental, and political dynamics of fencing in European and North American contexts. Individually and c 03 00 Fences and Biosecurity</italic> explores the role of fencing as a mechanism of control, exclusion, and power in the name of biosecurity. While biosecurity is broadly understood as the set of measures taken to prevent the introduction and spread of harmful organisms – thereby protecting humans, animals, and plants – this volume critically examines how fencing has become a key tool in these efforts. Through an interdisciplinary lens, the chapters reveal the ways in which fences, both physical and symbolic, shape social, political, and ecological landscapes.This volume brings together scholars from different regions to investigate the ways in which biosecurity fencing is deployed across different contexts in Europe and North America. As fencing practices increase in scope and intensity, it becomes imperative to assess their effects – both intended and unintended – on human and non-human life. More than passive structures, fences actively participate in the governance of space, reinforcing borders, and regulating mobility. They embody biosecurity concerns, turning abstract discourses into tangible barriers that impact everyday life. Yet, fences are not merely practical tools; they also serve as powerful symbols of fear, control, and exclusion. While they may provide protection, they also create division, evoking a range of intellectual and emotional reactions and raising questions about their long-term implications.Fences and Biosecurity</italic> highlights how fencing, as a manifestation of biosecurity anxieties, is not only about managing biological threats but also about organizing the world into hierarchies of value. By delineating spatial boundaries, fences impose distinctions between what is considered safe and what is framed as dangerous or invasive. This separation of differently valued species and biological matter is not neutral; rather, it is deeply entangled with political imaginaries, economic interests, and global trade dynamics. Fences facilitate the circulation of capital while simultaneously restricting the movement of certain species and populations, making them instruments of governance rather than mere physical barriers. While fences physically separate spaces, they also reshape cultural understandings of risk, security, and belonging. By shifting the focus from biosecurity as an abstract policy concern to fencing as a material and discursive practice, this volume reveals the ways in which security measures are enacted on the ground.<break/>Annika Pohl Harrisson</bold> is a postdoctoral researcher at the University of Southern Denmark.<break/><break/>Michael Eilenberg</bold> is an associate professor of anthropology at Aarhus University. 30 00 Fences and Biosecurity</italic> explores the role of fencing as a mechanism of control, exclusion, and power in the name of biosecurity. While biosecurity is broadly understood as the set of measures taken to prevent the introduction and spread of harmful organisms – thereby protecting humans, animals, and plants – this volume critically examines how fencing has become a key tool in these efforts. Through an interdisciplinary lens, the chapters reveal the ways in which fences, both physical and symbolic, shape social, political, and ecological landscapes.This volume brings together scholars from different regions to investigate the ways in which biosecurity fencing is deployed across different contexts in Europe and North America. As fencing practices increase in scope and intensity, it becomes imperative to assess their effects – both intended and unintended – on human and non-human life. More than passive structures, fences actively participate in the governance of space, reinforcing borders, and regulating mobility. They embody biosecurity concerns, turning abstract discourses into tangible barriers that impact everyday life. Yet, fences are not merely practical tools; they also serve as powerful symbols of fear, control, and exclusion. While they may provide protection, they also create division, evoking a range of intellectual and emotional reactions and raising questions about their long-term implications.Fences and Biosecurity</italic> highlights how fencing, as a manifestation of biosecurity anxieties, is not only about managing biological threats but also about organizing the world into hierarchies of value. By delineating spatial boundaries, fences impose distinctions between what is considered safe and what is framed as dangerous or invasive. This separation of differently valued species and biological matter is not neutral; rather, it is deeply entangled with political imaginaries, economic interests, and global trade dynamics. Fences facilitate the circulation of capital while simultaneously restricting the movement of certain species and populations, making them instruments of governance rather than mere physical barriers. While fences physically separate spaces, they also reshape cultural understandings of risk, security, and belonging. By shifting the focus from biosecurity as an abstract policy concern to fencing as a material and discursive practice, this volume reveals the ways in which security measures are enacted on the ground.<break/>Annika Pohl Harrisson</bold> is a postdoctoral researcher at the University of Southern Denmark.<break/><break/>Michael Eilenberg</bold> is an associate professor of anthropology at Aarhus University. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/72df9380-f8f6-4176-8176-653ca36f70e0.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Where Fencing and Biosecurity Interlock: The Politics of Managing and Anticipating Risk 1 A01 21 0000000176242135 Annika Pohl Harrisson Annika Harrisson Department of Political Science 40 03yrrjy16 University of Southern Denmark Annika Pohl Harrisson is a social anthropologist interested in state–society relations, borders, environmental politics and human–nature–animal connections. She completed her PhD in 2019 at Aarhus University, where she studied state-making and justice provision in Myanmar. Annika is currently a postdoctoral researcher at the Centre for Border Region Studies at the University of Southern Denmark, researching the role of borders in the green transition 2 A01 21 0000000300517424 Michael Eilenberg Michael Eilenberg Anthropology 40 01aj84f44 Aarhus University 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 A Fence in Time: Chrono-Material Ecologies of Decay, Governance and Knowledge 1 A01 21 0000000299710496 Ludek Broz Ludek Broz Department of Ecological Anthropology Institute of Ethnology of the Czech Academy of Sciences Ludek Broz is a researcher at the Institute of Ethnology, Czech Academy of Sciences, where he heads the Department of Ecologi¬cal Anthropology and is the principal investigator of the BOAR project funded by the ERC. He is the author of Evil Spirits and Rocket Debris: In Search of Lost Souls in Siberia (Berghahn, 2024) and the co-editor with Daniel Münster of Suicide and Agency: Anthropological perspectives on self-destruction, personhood and power (Ashgate, 2015). 2 A01 21 0000000176242135 Annika Pohl Harrisson Annika Harrisson Department of Political Science 40 03yrrjy16 University of Southern Denmark Annika Pohl Harrisson is a social anthropologist specializing in state–society relations, borders, environmental politics, and human–nature–animal connections. She earned her PhD from Aarhus University in 2019, focusing on state-making and justice provision in Myanmar. Currently, she is a postdoctoral researcher at the Centre for Border Region Studies, University of Southern Denmark, where she explores the role of borders in the green transition. 03 00 In this chapter, focusing empirically on anti-wild-boar fences in Denmark and Czechia that are intended as veterinary infrastructure in response to the advent of African swine fever (ASF), we wish to emphasise the temporal</italic> rather than the merely spatial</italic> dimension of the workings of fences. First, employing the notion of ‘material ecology’ (Domínguez Rubio), we revisit the obvious fact that fences exist in time – they are built, function, and are dismantled or fall into disrepair and decay. Second, the chapter discusses the rationale of employing fencing as a biosecurity measure in fighting the spread of ASF. We argue that fences are rarely viewed as total obstacles that can deliver a permanent solution to the spread of disease. Rather, in veterinary epidemiology they are understood as tools that slow the spread; in other words, as speed is a function of time and space, the kind of intervention that fences are meant to deliver is equally temporal and spatial. What is more, by slowing down the spread of disease, fences are helping to ‘buy time’ needed to fight the disease by other means. Finally, focusing on specific examples of experimental fences, we argue that by facilitating the production of universally applicable knowledge, these fences stand for other fences distant not only in space but in time. We conclude that fences support efforts to govern life not only across landscapes but also across timescapes (Adam). 30 00 In this chapter, focusing empirically on anti-wild-boar fences in Denmark and Czechia that are intended as veterinary infrastructure in response to the advent of African swine fever (ASF), we wish to emphasise the temporal</italic> rather than the merely spatial</italic> dimension of the workings of fences. First, employing the notion of ‘material ecology’ (Domínguez Rubio), we revisit the obvious fact that fences exist in time – they are built, function, and are dismantled or fall into disrepair and decay. Second, the chapter discusses the rationale of employing fencing as a biosecurity measure in fighting the spread of ASF. We argue that fences are rarely viewed as total obstacles that can deliver a permanent solution to the spread of disease. Rather, in veterinary epidemiology they are understood as tools that slow the spread; in other words, as speed is a function of time and space, the kind of intervention that fences are meant to deliver is equally temporal and spatial. What is more, by slowing down the spread of disease, fences are helping to ‘buy time’ needed to fight the disease by other means. Finally, focusing on specific examples of experimental fences, we argue that by facilitating the production of universally applicable knowledge, these fences stand for other fences distant not only in space but in time. We conclude that fences support efforts to govern life not only across landscapes but also across timescapes (Adam). 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Veterinary Fencing in Eastern Germany: The More-Than-Human Borderlands of African Swine Fever 1 A01 21 0009000886523297 Larissa Fleischmann Larissa Fleischmann Institute of Geosciences and Geography 40 05gqaka33 Martin Luther University Halle-Wittenberg Larissa Fleischmann is a postdoctoral researcher at the Martin Luther University Halle-Wittenberg. Her recent research project, which is funded by the German Research Foundation, looks at different techniques in the handling of animal diseases. Her research interests include critical migration and border studies, more-than-human geographies, as well as the living-together in migration societies. 03 00 This chapter analyses how veterinary fencing – the erection of material barriers aiming to stop the spreading of animal disease – became a central governmental practice in the eastern German borderlands with Poland. During an acute outbreak of African swine fever (ASF) from September 2020 onwards, German authorities were under increasing pressure to restore the disease-free status of the country and consequently lift the export restrictions placed on German pig farmers. This led to the proliferation of a continuously expanding network of material barriers in the German borderlands. Drawing on qualitative fieldwork in the state of Saxony, I will illustrate how this network resulted from a number of unruly non-humans who refused to comply with the government’s plan to produce a tight barrier along the national borderline, creating instead continuous leakages and transgressions. This demonstrates how non-humans resisted to veterinary fencing, actively co-constituting the more-than-human borderlands that arise in the context of animal disease. 30 00 This chapter analyses how veterinary fencing – the erection of material barriers aiming to stop the spreading of animal disease – became a central governmental practice in the eastern German borderlands with Poland. During an acute outbreak of African swine fever (ASF) from September 2020 onwards, German authorities were under increasing pressure to restore the disease-free status of the country and consequently lift the export restrictions placed on German pig farmers. This led to the proliferation of a continuously expanding network of material barriers in the German borderlands. Drawing on qualitative fieldwork in the state of Saxony, I will illustrate how this network resulted from a number of unruly non-humans who refused to comply with the government’s plan to produce a tight barrier along the national borderline, creating instead continuous leakages and transgressions. This demonstrates how non-humans resisted to veterinary fencing, actively co-constituting the more-than-human borderlands that arise in the context of animal disease. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Wildlife Fencing as Resistance from Below: A Case from the Slovenian Borderland 1 A01 21 0000000332332520 Miha Kozorog Miha Kozorog Research Centre of the Slovenian Academy of Sciences and Arts – ZRC SAZU Miha Kozorog is a senior research associate at the Institute of Slovenian Ethnology of the Research Centre of the Slovenian Academy of Sciences and Arts (ZRC SAZU). His recent publications include a co-authored monograph, Borders: Anthropological Insights (Založba ZRC, 2022) and an edited volume, Young Entrepreneurs: Ethnographies of a Political, Economic, and Moral Subject (Založba ZRC, 2023). 03 00 This chapter is about wildlife fencing in six villages along the Slovenian side of the Slovenian–Hungarian border. Here, local farmers feel that their livelihoods and traditional way of life are under pressure from local hunting grounds and encroaching wildlife from across the border. The chapter explores the historical processes of border management and the wider politics in the area which have led to this situation. Farmers claim that while wildlife feeding on their crops is a threat to their economy, the encroachment on their fields has benefited the hunting economy, which is in the interest of elites. In this particular context, fencing becomes something more than a biosecurity measure, namely a social praxis with insurgent political connotations. Fences represent farmers’ commitment to their profession and way of life, their resistance against the agents they find responsible for their precarious state and the persistence to stay in place for a while longer. This chapter investigates biosecurity fencing as resistance from below. 30 00 This chapter is about wildlife fencing in six villages along the Slovenian side of the Slovenian–Hungarian border. Here, local farmers feel that their livelihoods and traditional way of life are under pressure from local hunting grounds and encroaching wildlife from across the border. The chapter explores the historical processes of border management and the wider politics in the area which have led to this situation. Farmers claim that while wildlife feeding on their crops is a threat to their economy, the encroachment on their fields has benefited the hunting economy, which is in the interest of elites. In this particular context, fencing becomes something more than a biosecurity measure, namely a social praxis with insurgent political connotations. Fences represent farmers’ commitment to their profession and way of life, their resistance against the agents they find responsible for their precarious state and the persistence to stay in place for a while longer. This chapter investigates biosecurity fencing as resistance from below. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Boar Next Door: Vigilant Fencing in Suburban Berlin 1 A01 21 0009000977365677 Amalie R. Bladt Jespersen Amalie Jespersen Independent researcher Amalie R. Bladt Jespersen graduated from Aarhus University in 2023 with a bachelor’s degree in anthropology and a master’s degree in human security. She did research on Berlin’s suburban wild boar as part of her master thesis. She is now working on rural development for a government institution in Denmark. 2 A01 21 0000000176242135 Annika Pohl Harrisson Annika Harrisson Department of Political Science 40 03yrrjy16 University of Southern Denmark Annika Pohl Harrisson is a social anthropologist specializing in state–society relations, borders, environmental politics, and human–nature–animal connections. She earned her PhD from Aarhus University in 2019, focusing on state-making and justice provision in Myanmar. Currently, she is a postdoctoral researcher at the Centre for Border Region Studies, University of Southern Denmark, where she explores the role of borders in the green transition. 03 00 This chapter delves into the interplay between urban residents, wild boar and the erection of fences in suburban Berlin, Germany. We investigate how residents employ everyday boundary-making practices to protect their homes and gardens from wild boar intrusions, terming this phenomenon ‘neighbourhood vigilance’. These biosecurity measures are aimed not only at ensuring physical safety but also at protecting residents’ ways of life and their sense of ontological security. Conflicts arising from differing desires and aesthetic preferences prompt a re-evaluation of the role of fences in the neighbourhood’s dynamics. In conclusion, the chapter underscores that fences signify more than personal property boundaries; they also illustrate the existence of relationships that need management. 30 00 This chapter delves into the interplay between urban residents, wild boar and the erection of fences in suburban Berlin, Germany. We investigate how residents employ everyday boundary-making practices to protect their homes and gardens from wild boar intrusions, terming this phenomenon ‘neighbourhood vigilance’. These biosecurity measures are aimed not only at ensuring physical safety but also at protecting residents’ ways of life and their sense of ontological security. Conflicts arising from differing desires and aesthetic preferences prompt a re-evaluation of the role of fences in the neighbourhood’s dynamics. In conclusion, the chapter underscores that fences signify more than personal property boundaries; they also illustrate the existence of relationships that need management. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Anticipatory Vectors: The Politics and Poetics of Non-Domesticated Pigs in Denmark and Texas 1 A01 21 0000000300517424 Michael Eilenberg Michael Eilenberg Anthropology 40 01aj84f44 Aarhus University Michael Eilenberg is Associate Professor of Anthropology at Aarhus University. His research focuses on issues of state formation, sovereignty and agrarian expansion in frontier regions of South East Asia, Europe and North America. He is the author of At the Edges of States (KITLV Press/Brill Academic Publishers, 2012) and co-editor with Jason Cons of Frontier Assemblages: The Emergent Politics of Resource Frontiers in Asia (Wiley, 2019) and with Mona Chettri of Development Zones in Asian Borderlands (Amsterdam University Press, 2021). 2 A01 21 000000031869527X Jason Cons Jason Cons Anthropology University of Texas at Austin Jason Cons is Associate Professor of Anthropology at the University of Texas at Austin. He is the author of Delta Futures: Time, Territory, and Capture on a Climate Frontier (University of California Press, 2025) and the co-editor with Michael Eilenberg of Frontier Assemblages: The Emergent Politics of Resource Frontiers in Asia (Wiley, 2019). 03 00 This chapter brings together two heterogeneous cases of non-domesticated pigs to theorise the notion of anticipatory vectors. In both cases, non-domesticated pigs conjure both epidemiological concerns (pigs as vectors for a range of non-zoonotic and zoonotic diseases) and imaginaries of pigs as harbingers of other kinds of social and demographic collapse. In Denmark, a fence constructed along the Danish–German border intended to prevent the spread of African swine fever (ASF) to domestic pig farms provokes debates about the re-inscription of anti-immigrant nationalism in the wake of Europe’s migration crisis. In Texas, the rapid spread of feral hogs provokes often violent imaginaries that tie pigs to the threat of invasion by non-white Others. Non-domesticated pigs, in both cases, prompt responses that blur boundaries between biosecurity and biopolitics. Wild and feral pigs thus serve as vectors that concentrate anxieties about the future and mobilise often lethal responses to forestall it. 30 00 This chapter brings together two heterogeneous cases of non-domesticated pigs to theorise the notion of anticipatory vectors. In both cases, non-domesticated pigs conjure both epidemiological concerns (pigs as vectors for a range of non-zoonotic and zoonotic diseases) and imaginaries of pigs as harbingers of other kinds of social and demographic collapse. In Denmark, a fence constructed along the Danish–German border intended to prevent the spread of African swine fever (ASF) to domestic pig farms provokes debates about the re-inscription of anti-immigrant nationalism in the wake of Europe’s migration crisis. In Texas, the rapid spread of feral hogs provokes often violent imaginaries that tie pigs to the threat of invasion by non-white Others. Non-domesticated pigs, in both cases, prompt responses that blur boundaries between biosecurity and biopolitics. Wild and feral pigs thus serve as vectors that concentrate anxieties about the future and mobilise often lethal responses to forestall it. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Selective Fencing at Denmark’s Biological, Politico-Geographical and Genomic ‘Borders’ 1 A01 21 0000000247774973 Mette N. Svendsen Mette Svendsen Department of Public Health 40 035b05819 University of Copenhagen Mette N. Svendsen is Professor of Medical Anthropology at the University of Copenhagen. Her work investigates borders of human and animal life and boundaries of the nation. She is the author of Near Human: Border Zones of Life, Species, and Belong¬ing (Rutgers University Press, 2022). 03 00 This chapter tracks the regulation of the border crossings of pigs and people in and out of Denmark and makes an argument for investigating under one lens the biological, geographical and genomic margins by which the nation defines itself. I bring together pig and human unborn life, fully fledged bodies, and genomes to direct analytical attention to the governance of entangled living things. First, I examine how pig breeding and human reproductive policies regulate the biological ‘borders’ through which pigs and humans may enter the Danish nation. Second, I scrutinise how wild boar fences and human immigration policies regulate the entrance of pigs and human migrants at the Danish geographical borders. Third, I examine how scientific, political and financial investments in precision medicine shape the genomic ‘borders’, regulating the containment and movement of pig and human genomes. I argue that the regulation of these entries into Denmark performs selective fencing, in that some humans and pigs and some genomes can enter while others cannot. In this framework of belonging, the exclusion of what is seen as life-draining material at the various borders is conceptually linked to sustaining equal life opportunities and high levels of universal care for the humans already allowed inside the borders. In short, intertwined processes of selection and care are at the centre of defining the nation as economy, territory, and human–pig collectivity. 30 00 This chapter tracks the regulation of the border crossings of pigs and people in and out of Denmark and makes an argument for investigating under one lens the biological, geographical and genomic margins by which the nation defines itself. I bring together pig and human unborn life, fully fledged bodies, and genomes to direct analytical attention to the governance of entangled living things. First, I examine how pig breeding and human reproductive policies regulate the biological ‘borders’ through which pigs and humans may enter the Danish nation. Second, I scrutinise how wild boar fences and human immigration policies regulate the entrance of pigs and human migrants at the Danish geographical borders. Third, I examine how scientific, political and financial investments in precision medicine shape the genomic ‘borders’, regulating the containment and movement of pig and human genomes. I argue that the regulation of these entries into Denmark performs selective fencing, in that some humans and pigs and some genomes can enter while others cannot. In this framework of belonging, the exclusion of what is seen as life-draining material at the various borders is conceptually linked to sustaining equal life opportunities and high levels of universal care for the humans already allowed inside the borders. In short, intertwined processes of selection and care are at the centre of defining the nation as economy, territory, and human–pig collectivity. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Fence and Fencibility: Using Technology to Direct Wildlife 1 A01 21 0000000291690064 Erica von Essen Erica von Essen Stockholm University Stockholm Resilience Center Von Essen’s work focuses on human–wildlife relations. She is specialised in hunting cultures, ethics, wildlife crime, conservation, digitally mediated forms of wildlife engagement, wildlife tourism and problem wildlife. von Essen is published across the fields of criminology, environmental ethics, rural sociology and animal studies. She works at Stockholm Resilience Center 2 A01 21 0000000177690845 Manisha Bhardwaj Manisha Bhardwaj Wildlife Ecology and Management 40 0245cg223 University of Freiburg Manisha Bhardwaj is a wildlife ecologist, motivated to identify and mitigate the impacts of the built environment on wildlife. She is a postdoctoral researcher at the University of Freiburg, Germany, investigating human–wildlife interactions. She completed her PhD in 2018, at the University of Melbourne, Australia, where she evaluated the impacts of roads on bats. 03 00 We examine the virtual fence in terms of how it communicates with wildlife about interspecies boundaries. This is done using a biosemiotic point of departure, which regards interventions as communicative devices tailored to be ‘read’ by wild animal sensory perceptions (Umwelten</italic>). Having synthesised some current uses of such technologies in wildlife management, our chapter shows how wires cross in miscommunication across species boundaries. In particular, we show such instances as when wildlife may come to associate a deterrent and boundary marker with food or a nesting opportunity instead of ‘danger – keep out’. We interrogate the impact of technology on the design of these signalling devices. Fences and fence technology are increasingly digitally mediated through AI-based surveillance and automatic responses to ‘discipline’ animals – deterrents which use sounds, light flashes or other repellents. This minimises not only human involvement in wildlife management but also physical manifestations: a fence is no longer a visible structure but is present as coordinates in a software program, felt but not seen. This prompts us to ask whether digitisation changes the nature of fencibility</italic> – what a fence is and stands for. In the absence of visual manifestation, but materially enforced by negative stimuli when crossed, what are the implications of these digitally encoded devices for communication across the species in wildlife management? 30 00 We examine the virtual fence in terms of how it communicates with wildlife about interspecies boundaries. This is done using a biosemiotic point of departure, which regards interventions as communicative devices tailored to be ‘read’ by wild animal sensory perceptions (Umwelten</italic>). Having synthesised some current uses of such technologies in wildlife management, our chapter shows how wires cross in miscommunication across species boundaries. In particular, we show such instances as when wildlife may come to associate a deterrent and boundary marker with food or a nesting opportunity instead of ‘danger – keep out’. We interrogate the impact of technology on the design of these signalling devices. Fences and fence technology are increasingly digitally mediated through AI-based surveillance and automatic responses to ‘discipline’ animals – deterrents which use sounds, light flashes or other repellents. This minimises not only human involvement in wildlife management but also physical manifestations: a fence is no longer a visible structure but is present as coordinates in a software program, felt but not seen. This prompts us to ask whether digitisation changes the nature of fencibility</italic> – what a fence is and stands for. In the absence of visual manifestation, but materially enforced by negative stimuli when crossed, what are the implications of these digitally encoded devices for communication across the species in wildlife management? 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Aesthetic Fencing: Reflections on Securing Life from Chicago’s Bubbly Creek 1 A01 Alex Blanchette Alex Blanchette 40 05wvpxv85 Tufts University Alex Blanchette is Associate Professor of Anthropology and Environmental Studies at Tufts University. He is the author of Porkopolis: American Animality, Standardized Life, and the Factory Farm (Duke University Press, 2020) and the co-editor of How Nature Works: Rethinking Labor on a Troubled Planet (SAR Press, 2019). 03 00 This chapter reconsiders the meaning of life embedded into farm animal biosecurity. It argues that what North American industrial farms and slaughterhouses have tried to fence and secure is not only their animals’ biology and immune systems but also the public’s capacity to sense and experience the degradation of life within these operations. It develops through a historical reinterpretation of Chicago’s Bubbly Creek, a polluted river where the blood and organs of millions of animals were dumped between 1866 and 1919. While many have treated this despoliation as an unintended consequence of mass-producing death and flesh, this chapter instead considers how Bubbly Creek’s pollution was recycled as a means of keeping outsiders from engaging with industrial meat’s transformations of the nature of eco-biological life and industrialised human labour. It simultaneously uses Bubbly Creek as a means of interpreting European efforts to fence its territories and securitise wildlife, suggesting that these initiatives – like Bubbly Creek itself – function to distract attention from the state of vitality that capitalism has wrought. 30 00 This chapter reconsiders the meaning of life embedded into farm animal biosecurity. It argues that what North American industrial farms and slaughterhouses have tried to fence and secure is not only their animals’ biology and immune systems but also the public’s capacity to sense and experience the degradation of life within these operations. It develops through a historical reinterpretation of Chicago’s Bubbly Creek, a polluted river where the blood and organs of millions of animals were dumped between 1866 and 1919. While many have treated this despoliation as an unintended consequence of mass-producing death and flesh, this chapter instead considers how Bubbly Creek’s pollution was recycled as a means of keeping outsiders from engaging with industrial meat’s transformations of the nature of eco-biological life and industrialised human labour. It simultaneously uses Bubbly Creek as a means of interpreting European efforts to fence its territories and securitise wildlife, suggesting that these initiatives – like Bubbly Creek itself – function to distract attention from the state of vitality that capitalism has wrought. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Afterword: Controlling Relations 1 A01 21 000000027026383X Sarah Green Sarah Green Social and Cultural Anthropology 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Sarah Green is Professor of Social and Cultural Anthropology at the University of Helsinki. She has co-edited An Anthropology of Crosslocations (HUP, 2024) and was the author and principal investigator of the ERC-funded Crosslocations project. Her research involves looking at the transportation of livestock across borders, the tracking of the movement of wild animals (including ‘invasive species’) and efforts to stop the spread of microbes, especially infectious animal diseases, across borders. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20250326 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523691254 03 9789523691254 06 15 9789523691261 03 9789523691261 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523691247 20 08 20250326 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523691247 20 08 20250326 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523691247 20 08 20250326 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523691247 20 08 20250326 01 urn:uuid:6eaf8d2c-0ae5-4180-a061-4aac7513e9ac 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:3cb386f4-fc55-40b6-b037-6ff3759d1a6b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:6eaf8d2c-0ae5-4180-a061-4aac7513e9ac 15 9789523691254 03 9789523691254 06 10.33134/HUP-30 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Fences and Biosecurity The Politics of Governing Unruly Nature 1 B01 21 0000000176242135 Annika Pohl Harrisson Annika Harrisson Department of Political Science 40 03yrrjy16 University of Southern Denmark Annika Pohl Harrisson is a social anthropologist interested in state–society relations, borders, environmental politics and human–nature–animal connections. She completed her PhD in 2019 at Aarhus University, where she studied state-making and justice provision in Myanmar. Annika is currently a postdoctoral researcher at the Centre for Border Region Studies at the University of Southern Denmark, researching the role of borders in the green transition. 2 B01 21 0000000300517424 Michael Eilenberg Michael Eilenberg Anthropology 40 01aj84f44 Aarhus University Michael Eilenberg is Associate Professor of Anthropology at Aarhus University. His research focuses on issues of state formation, sovereignty and agrarian expansion in frontier regions of South East Asia, Europe and North America. He is the author of At the Edges of States (KITLV Press/Brill Academic Publishers, 2012) and co-editor with Jason Cons of Frontier Assemblages: The Emergent Politics of Resource Frontiers in Asia (Wiley, 2019) and with Mona Chettri of Development Zones in Asian Borderlands (Amsterdam University Press, 2021). 01 eng 00 331 03 B2 Environmental History B2 Anthropology B2 Political Geography B2 Political Ecology B2 Wildlife Ecology 20 Biosecurity; Fencing; Borders; Human- animal conflicts; Wildlife management; Governance (or biopolitics) 01 06 02 00 Fences and Biosecurity</italic> examines the role of fencing as a mechanism of control, exclusion, and power in the name of biosecurity. This volume brings together case studies that provide unique insights into the social, environmental, and political dynamics of fencing in European and North American contexts. Individually and c 03 00 Fences and Biosecurity</italic> explores the role of fencing as a mechanism of control, exclusion, and power in the name of biosecurity. While biosecurity is broadly understood as the set of measures taken to prevent the introduction and spread of harmful organisms – thereby protecting humans, animals, and plants – this volume critically examines how fencing has become a key tool in these efforts. Through an interdisciplinary lens, the chapters reveal the ways in which fences, both physical and symbolic, shape social, political, and ecological landscapes.This volume brings together scholars from different regions to investigate the ways in which biosecurity fencing is deployed across different contexts in Europe and North America. As fencing practices increase in scope and intensity, it becomes imperative to assess their effects – both intended and unintended – on human and non-human life. More than passive structures, fences actively participate in the governance of space, reinforcing borders, and regulating mobility. They embody biosecurity concerns, turning abstract discourses into tangible barriers that impact everyday life. Yet, fences are not merely practical tools; they also serve as powerful symbols of fear, control, and exclusion. While they may provide protection, they also create division, evoking a range of intellectual and emotional reactions and raising questions about their long-term implications.Fences and Biosecurity</italic> highlights how fencing, as a manifestation of biosecurity anxieties, is not only about managing biological threats but also about organizing the world into hierarchies of value. By delineating spatial boundaries, fences impose distinctions between what is considered safe and what is framed as dangerous or invasive. This separation of differently valued species and biological matter is not neutral; rather, it is deeply entangled with political imaginaries, economic interests, and global trade dynamics. Fences facilitate the circulation of capital while simultaneously restricting the movement of certain species and populations, making them instruments of governance rather than mere physical barriers. While fences physically separate spaces, they also reshape cultural understandings of risk, security, and belonging. By shifting the focus from biosecurity as an abstract policy concern to fencing as a material and discursive practice, this volume reveals the ways in which security measures are enacted on the ground.<break/>Annika Pohl Harrisson</bold> is a postdoctoral researcher at the University of Southern Denmark.<break/><break/>Michael Eilenberg</bold> is an associate professor of anthropology at Aarhus University. 30 00 Fences and Biosecurity</italic> explores the role of fencing as a mechanism of control, exclusion, and power in the name of biosecurity. While biosecurity is broadly understood as the set of measures taken to prevent the introduction and spread of harmful organisms – thereby protecting humans, animals, and plants – this volume critically examines how fencing has become a key tool in these efforts. Through an interdisciplinary lens, the chapters reveal the ways in which fences, both physical and symbolic, shape social, political, and ecological landscapes.This volume brings together scholars from different regions to investigate the ways in which biosecurity fencing is deployed across different contexts in Europe and North America. As fencing practices increase in scope and intensity, it becomes imperative to assess their effects – both intended and unintended – on human and non-human life. More than passive structures, fences actively participate in the governance of space, reinforcing borders, and regulating mobility. They embody biosecurity concerns, turning abstract discourses into tangible barriers that impact everyday life. Yet, fences are not merely practical tools; they also serve as powerful symbols of fear, control, and exclusion. While they may provide protection, they also create division, evoking a range of intellectual and emotional reactions and raising questions about their long-term implications.Fences and Biosecurity</italic> highlights how fencing, as a manifestation of biosecurity anxieties, is not only about managing biological threats but also about organizing the world into hierarchies of value. By delineating spatial boundaries, fences impose distinctions between what is considered safe and what is framed as dangerous or invasive. This separation of differently valued species and biological matter is not neutral; rather, it is deeply entangled with political imaginaries, economic interests, and global trade dynamics. Fences facilitate the circulation of capital while simultaneously restricting the movement of certain species and populations, making them instruments of governance rather than mere physical barriers. While fences physically separate spaces, they also reshape cultural understandings of risk, security, and belonging. By shifting the focus from biosecurity as an abstract policy concern to fencing as a material and discursive practice, this volume reveals the ways in which security measures are enacted on the ground.<break/>Annika Pohl Harrisson</bold> is a postdoctoral researcher at the University of Southern Denmark.<break/><break/>Michael Eilenberg</bold> is an associate professor of anthropology at Aarhus University. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/72df9380-f8f6-4176-8176-653ca36f70e0.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Where Fencing and Biosecurity Interlock: The Politics of Managing and Anticipating Risk 1 A01 21 0000000176242135 Annika Pohl Harrisson Annika Harrisson Department of Political Science 40 03yrrjy16 University of Southern Denmark Annika Pohl Harrisson is a social anthropologist interested in state–society relations, borders, environmental politics and human–nature–animal connections. She completed her PhD in 2019 at Aarhus University, where she studied state-making and justice provision in Myanmar. Annika is currently a postdoctoral researcher at the Centre for Border Region Studies at the University of Southern Denmark, researching the role of borders in the green transition 2 A01 21 0000000300517424 Michael Eilenberg Michael Eilenberg Anthropology 40 01aj84f44 Aarhus University 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 A Fence in Time: Chrono-Material Ecologies of Decay, Governance and Knowledge 1 A01 21 0000000299710496 Ludek Broz Ludek Broz Department of Ecological Anthropology Institute of Ethnology of the Czech Academy of Sciences Ludek Broz is a researcher at the Institute of Ethnology, Czech Academy of Sciences, where he heads the Department of Ecologi¬cal Anthropology and is the principal investigator of the BOAR project funded by the ERC. He is the author of Evil Spirits and Rocket Debris: In Search of Lost Souls in Siberia (Berghahn, 2024) and the co-editor with Daniel Münster of Suicide and Agency: Anthropological perspectives on self-destruction, personhood and power (Ashgate, 2015). 2 A01 21 0000000176242135 Annika Pohl Harrisson Annika Harrisson Department of Political Science 40 03yrrjy16 University of Southern Denmark Annika Pohl Harrisson is a social anthropologist specializing in state–society relations, borders, environmental politics, and human–nature–animal connections. She earned her PhD from Aarhus University in 2019, focusing on state-making and justice provision in Myanmar. Currently, she is a postdoctoral researcher at the Centre for Border Region Studies, University of Southern Denmark, where she explores the role of borders in the green transition. 03 00 In this chapter, focusing empirically on anti-wild-boar fences in Denmark and Czechia that are intended as veterinary infrastructure in response to the advent of African swine fever (ASF), we wish to emphasise the temporal</italic> rather than the merely spatial</italic> dimension of the workings of fences. First, employing the notion of ‘material ecology’ (Domínguez Rubio), we revisit the obvious fact that fences exist in time – they are built, function, and are dismantled or fall into disrepair and decay. Second, the chapter discusses the rationale of employing fencing as a biosecurity measure in fighting the spread of ASF. We argue that fences are rarely viewed as total obstacles that can deliver a permanent solution to the spread of disease. Rather, in veterinary epidemiology they are understood as tools that slow the spread; in other words, as speed is a function of time and space, the kind of intervention that fences are meant to deliver is equally temporal and spatial. What is more, by slowing down the spread of disease, fences are helping to ‘buy time’ needed to fight the disease by other means. Finally, focusing on specific examples of experimental fences, we argue that by facilitating the production of universally applicable knowledge, these fences stand for other fences distant not only in space but in time. We conclude that fences support efforts to govern life not only across landscapes but also across timescapes (Adam). 30 00 In this chapter, focusing empirically on anti-wild-boar fences in Denmark and Czechia that are intended as veterinary infrastructure in response to the advent of African swine fever (ASF), we wish to emphasise the temporal</italic> rather than the merely spatial</italic> dimension of the workings of fences. First, employing the notion of ‘material ecology’ (Domínguez Rubio), we revisit the obvious fact that fences exist in time – they are built, function, and are dismantled or fall into disrepair and decay. Second, the chapter discusses the rationale of employing fencing as a biosecurity measure in fighting the spread of ASF. We argue that fences are rarely viewed as total obstacles that can deliver a permanent solution to the spread of disease. Rather, in veterinary epidemiology they are understood as tools that slow the spread; in other words, as speed is a function of time and space, the kind of intervention that fences are meant to deliver is equally temporal and spatial. What is more, by slowing down the spread of disease, fences are helping to ‘buy time’ needed to fight the disease by other means. Finally, focusing on specific examples of experimental fences, we argue that by facilitating the production of universally applicable knowledge, these fences stand for other fences distant not only in space but in time. We conclude that fences support efforts to govern life not only across landscapes but also across timescapes (Adam). 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Veterinary Fencing in Eastern Germany: The More-Than-Human Borderlands of African Swine Fever 1 A01 21 0009000886523297 Larissa Fleischmann Larissa Fleischmann Institute of Geosciences and Geography 40 05gqaka33 Martin Luther University Halle-Wittenberg Larissa Fleischmann is a postdoctoral researcher at the Martin Luther University Halle-Wittenberg. Her recent research project, which is funded by the German Research Foundation, looks at different techniques in the handling of animal diseases. Her research interests include critical migration and border studies, more-than-human geographies, as well as the living-together in migration societies. 03 00 This chapter analyses how veterinary fencing – the erection of material barriers aiming to stop the spreading of animal disease – became a central governmental practice in the eastern German borderlands with Poland. During an acute outbreak of African swine fever (ASF) from September 2020 onwards, German authorities were under increasing pressure to restore the disease-free status of the country and consequently lift the export restrictions placed on German pig farmers. This led to the proliferation of a continuously expanding network of material barriers in the German borderlands. Drawing on qualitative fieldwork in the state of Saxony, I will illustrate how this network resulted from a number of unruly non-humans who refused to comply with the government’s plan to produce a tight barrier along the national borderline, creating instead continuous leakages and transgressions. This demonstrates how non-humans resisted to veterinary fencing, actively co-constituting the more-than-human borderlands that arise in the context of animal disease. 30 00 This chapter analyses how veterinary fencing – the erection of material barriers aiming to stop the spreading of animal disease – became a central governmental practice in the eastern German borderlands with Poland. During an acute outbreak of African swine fever (ASF) from September 2020 onwards, German authorities were under increasing pressure to restore the disease-free status of the country and consequently lift the export restrictions placed on German pig farmers. This led to the proliferation of a continuously expanding network of material barriers in the German borderlands. Drawing on qualitative fieldwork in the state of Saxony, I will illustrate how this network resulted from a number of unruly non-humans who refused to comply with the government’s plan to produce a tight barrier along the national borderline, creating instead continuous leakages and transgressions. This demonstrates how non-humans resisted to veterinary fencing, actively co-constituting the more-than-human borderlands that arise in the context of animal disease. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Wildlife Fencing as Resistance from Below: A Case from the Slovenian Borderland 1 A01 21 0000000332332520 Miha Kozorog Miha Kozorog Research Centre of the Slovenian Academy of Sciences and Arts – ZRC SAZU Miha Kozorog is a senior research associate at the Institute of Slovenian Ethnology of the Research Centre of the Slovenian Academy of Sciences and Arts (ZRC SAZU). His recent publications include a co-authored monograph, Borders: Anthropological Insights (Založba ZRC, 2022) and an edited volume, Young Entrepreneurs: Ethnographies of a Political, Economic, and Moral Subject (Založba ZRC, 2023). 03 00 This chapter is about wildlife fencing in six villages along the Slovenian side of the Slovenian–Hungarian border. Here, local farmers feel that their livelihoods and traditional way of life are under pressure from local hunting grounds and encroaching wildlife from across the border. The chapter explores the historical processes of border management and the wider politics in the area which have led to this situation. Farmers claim that while wildlife feeding on their crops is a threat to their economy, the encroachment on their fields has benefited the hunting economy, which is in the interest of elites. In this particular context, fencing becomes something more than a biosecurity measure, namely a social praxis with insurgent political connotations. Fences represent farmers’ commitment to their profession and way of life, their resistance against the agents they find responsible for their precarious state and the persistence to stay in place for a while longer. This chapter investigates biosecurity fencing as resistance from below. 30 00 This chapter is about wildlife fencing in six villages along the Slovenian side of the Slovenian–Hungarian border. Here, local farmers feel that their livelihoods and traditional way of life are under pressure from local hunting grounds and encroaching wildlife from across the border. The chapter explores the historical processes of border management and the wider politics in the area which have led to this situation. Farmers claim that while wildlife feeding on their crops is a threat to their economy, the encroachment on their fields has benefited the hunting economy, which is in the interest of elites. In this particular context, fencing becomes something more than a biosecurity measure, namely a social praxis with insurgent political connotations. Fences represent farmers’ commitment to their profession and way of life, their resistance against the agents they find responsible for their precarious state and the persistence to stay in place for a while longer. This chapter investigates biosecurity fencing as resistance from below. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Boar Next Door: Vigilant Fencing in Suburban Berlin 1 A01 21 0009000977365677 Amalie R. Bladt Jespersen Amalie Jespersen Independent researcher Amalie R. Bladt Jespersen graduated from Aarhus University in 2023 with a bachelor’s degree in anthropology and a master’s degree in human security. She did research on Berlin’s suburban wild boar as part of her master thesis. She is now working on rural development for a government institution in Denmark. 2 A01 21 0000000176242135 Annika Pohl Harrisson Annika Harrisson Department of Political Science 40 03yrrjy16 University of Southern Denmark Annika Pohl Harrisson is a social anthropologist specializing in state–society relations, borders, environmental politics, and human–nature–animal connections. She earned her PhD from Aarhus University in 2019, focusing on state-making and justice provision in Myanmar. Currently, she is a postdoctoral researcher at the Centre for Border Region Studies, University of Southern Denmark, where she explores the role of borders in the green transition. 03 00 This chapter delves into the interplay between urban residents, wild boar and the erection of fences in suburban Berlin, Germany. We investigate how residents employ everyday boundary-making practices to protect their homes and gardens from wild boar intrusions, terming this phenomenon ‘neighbourhood vigilance’. These biosecurity measures are aimed not only at ensuring physical safety but also at protecting residents’ ways of life and their sense of ontological security. Conflicts arising from differing desires and aesthetic preferences prompt a re-evaluation of the role of fences in the neighbourhood’s dynamics. In conclusion, the chapter underscores that fences signify more than personal property boundaries; they also illustrate the existence of relationships that need management. 30 00 This chapter delves into the interplay between urban residents, wild boar and the erection of fences in suburban Berlin, Germany. We investigate how residents employ everyday boundary-making practices to protect their homes and gardens from wild boar intrusions, terming this phenomenon ‘neighbourhood vigilance’. These biosecurity measures are aimed not only at ensuring physical safety but also at protecting residents’ ways of life and their sense of ontological security. Conflicts arising from differing desires and aesthetic preferences prompt a re-evaluation of the role of fences in the neighbourhood’s dynamics. In conclusion, the chapter underscores that fences signify more than personal property boundaries; they also illustrate the existence of relationships that need management. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Anticipatory Vectors: The Politics and Poetics of Non-Domesticated Pigs in Denmark and Texas 1 A01 21 0000000300517424 Michael Eilenberg Michael Eilenberg Anthropology 40 01aj84f44 Aarhus University Michael Eilenberg is Associate Professor of Anthropology at Aarhus University. His research focuses on issues of state formation, sovereignty and agrarian expansion in frontier regions of South East Asia, Europe and North America. He is the author of At the Edges of States (KITLV Press/Brill Academic Publishers, 2012) and co-editor with Jason Cons of Frontier Assemblages: The Emergent Politics of Resource Frontiers in Asia (Wiley, 2019) and with Mona Chettri of Development Zones in Asian Borderlands (Amsterdam University Press, 2021). 2 A01 21 000000031869527X Jason Cons Jason Cons Anthropology University of Texas at Austin Jason Cons is Associate Professor of Anthropology at the University of Texas at Austin. He is the author of Delta Futures: Time, Territory, and Capture on a Climate Frontier (University of California Press, 2025) and the co-editor with Michael Eilenberg of Frontier Assemblages: The Emergent Politics of Resource Frontiers in Asia (Wiley, 2019). 03 00 This chapter brings together two heterogeneous cases of non-domesticated pigs to theorise the notion of anticipatory vectors. In both cases, non-domesticated pigs conjure both epidemiological concerns (pigs as vectors for a range of non-zoonotic and zoonotic diseases) and imaginaries of pigs as harbingers of other kinds of social and demographic collapse. In Denmark, a fence constructed along the Danish–German border intended to prevent the spread of African swine fever (ASF) to domestic pig farms provokes debates about the re-inscription of anti-immigrant nationalism in the wake of Europe’s migration crisis. In Texas, the rapid spread of feral hogs provokes often violent imaginaries that tie pigs to the threat of invasion by non-white Others. Non-domesticated pigs, in both cases, prompt responses that blur boundaries between biosecurity and biopolitics. Wild and feral pigs thus serve as vectors that concentrate anxieties about the future and mobilise often lethal responses to forestall it. 30 00 This chapter brings together two heterogeneous cases of non-domesticated pigs to theorise the notion of anticipatory vectors. In both cases, non-domesticated pigs conjure both epidemiological concerns (pigs as vectors for a range of non-zoonotic and zoonotic diseases) and imaginaries of pigs as harbingers of other kinds of social and demographic collapse. In Denmark, a fence constructed along the Danish–German border intended to prevent the spread of African swine fever (ASF) to domestic pig farms provokes debates about the re-inscription of anti-immigrant nationalism in the wake of Europe’s migration crisis. In Texas, the rapid spread of feral hogs provokes often violent imaginaries that tie pigs to the threat of invasion by non-white Others. Non-domesticated pigs, in both cases, prompt responses that blur boundaries between biosecurity and biopolitics. Wild and feral pigs thus serve as vectors that concentrate anxieties about the future and mobilise often lethal responses to forestall it. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Selective Fencing at Denmark’s Biological, Politico-Geographical and Genomic ‘Borders’ 1 A01 21 0000000247774973 Mette N. Svendsen Mette Svendsen Department of Public Health 40 035b05819 University of Copenhagen Mette N. Svendsen is Professor of Medical Anthropology at the University of Copenhagen. Her work investigates borders of human and animal life and boundaries of the nation. She is the author of Near Human: Border Zones of Life, Species, and Belong¬ing (Rutgers University Press, 2022). 03 00 This chapter tracks the regulation of the border crossings of pigs and people in and out of Denmark and makes an argument for investigating under one lens the biological, geographical and genomic margins by which the nation defines itself. I bring together pig and human unborn life, fully fledged bodies, and genomes to direct analytical attention to the governance of entangled living things. First, I examine how pig breeding and human reproductive policies regulate the biological ‘borders’ through which pigs and humans may enter the Danish nation. Second, I scrutinise how wild boar fences and human immigration policies regulate the entrance of pigs and human migrants at the Danish geographical borders. Third, I examine how scientific, political and financial investments in precision medicine shape the genomic ‘borders’, regulating the containment and movement of pig and human genomes. I argue that the regulation of these entries into Denmark performs selective fencing, in that some humans and pigs and some genomes can enter while others cannot. In this framework of belonging, the exclusion of what is seen as life-draining material at the various borders is conceptually linked to sustaining equal life opportunities and high levels of universal care for the humans already allowed inside the borders. In short, intertwined processes of selection and care are at the centre of defining the nation as economy, territory, and human–pig collectivity. 30 00 This chapter tracks the regulation of the border crossings of pigs and people in and out of Denmark and makes an argument for investigating under one lens the biological, geographical and genomic margins by which the nation defines itself. I bring together pig and human unborn life, fully fledged bodies, and genomes to direct analytical attention to the governance of entangled living things. First, I examine how pig breeding and human reproductive policies regulate the biological ‘borders’ through which pigs and humans may enter the Danish nation. Second, I scrutinise how wild boar fences and human immigration policies regulate the entrance of pigs and human migrants at the Danish geographical borders. Third, I examine how scientific, political and financial investments in precision medicine shape the genomic ‘borders’, regulating the containment and movement of pig and human genomes. I argue that the regulation of these entries into Denmark performs selective fencing, in that some humans and pigs and some genomes can enter while others cannot. In this framework of belonging, the exclusion of what is seen as life-draining material at the various borders is conceptually linked to sustaining equal life opportunities and high levels of universal care for the humans already allowed inside the borders. In short, intertwined processes of selection and care are at the centre of defining the nation as economy, territory, and human–pig collectivity. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Fence and Fencibility: Using Technology to Direct Wildlife 1 A01 21 0000000291690064 Erica von Essen Erica von Essen Stockholm University Stockholm Resilience Center Von Essen’s work focuses on human–wildlife relations. She is specialised in hunting cultures, ethics, wildlife crime, conservation, digitally mediated forms of wildlife engagement, wildlife tourism and problem wildlife. von Essen is published across the fields of criminology, environmental ethics, rural sociology and animal studies. She works at Stockholm Resilience Center 2 A01 21 0000000177690845 Manisha Bhardwaj Manisha Bhardwaj Wildlife Ecology and Management 40 0245cg223 University of Freiburg Manisha Bhardwaj is a wildlife ecologist, motivated to identify and mitigate the impacts of the built environment on wildlife. She is a postdoctoral researcher at the University of Freiburg, Germany, investigating human–wildlife interactions. She completed her PhD in 2018, at the University of Melbourne, Australia, where she evaluated the impacts of roads on bats. 03 00 We examine the virtual fence in terms of how it communicates with wildlife about interspecies boundaries. This is done using a biosemiotic point of departure, which regards interventions as communicative devices tailored to be ‘read’ by wild animal sensory perceptions (Umwelten</italic>). Having synthesised some current uses of such technologies in wildlife management, our chapter shows how wires cross in miscommunication across species boundaries. In particular, we show such instances as when wildlife may come to associate a deterrent and boundary marker with food or a nesting opportunity instead of ‘danger – keep out’. We interrogate the impact of technology on the design of these signalling devices. Fences and fence technology are increasingly digitally mediated through AI-based surveillance and automatic responses to ‘discipline’ animals – deterrents which use sounds, light flashes or other repellents. This minimises not only human involvement in wildlife management but also physical manifestations: a fence is no longer a visible structure but is present as coordinates in a software program, felt but not seen. This prompts us to ask whether digitisation changes the nature of fencibility</italic> – what a fence is and stands for. In the absence of visual manifestation, but materially enforced by negative stimuli when crossed, what are the implications of these digitally encoded devices for communication across the species in wildlife management? 30 00 We examine the virtual fence in terms of how it communicates with wildlife about interspecies boundaries. This is done using a biosemiotic point of departure, which regards interventions as communicative devices tailored to be ‘read’ by wild animal sensory perceptions (Umwelten</italic>). Having synthesised some current uses of such technologies in wildlife management, our chapter shows how wires cross in miscommunication across species boundaries. In particular, we show such instances as when wildlife may come to associate a deterrent and boundary marker with food or a nesting opportunity instead of ‘danger – keep out’. We interrogate the impact of technology on the design of these signalling devices. Fences and fence technology are increasingly digitally mediated through AI-based surveillance and automatic responses to ‘discipline’ animals – deterrents which use sounds, light flashes or other repellents. This minimises not only human involvement in wildlife management but also physical manifestations: a fence is no longer a visible structure but is present as coordinates in a software program, felt but not seen. This prompts us to ask whether digitisation changes the nature of fencibility</italic> – what a fence is and stands for. In the absence of visual manifestation, but materially enforced by negative stimuli when crossed, what are the implications of these digitally encoded devices for communication across the species in wildlife management? 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Aesthetic Fencing: Reflections on Securing Life from Chicago’s Bubbly Creek 1 A01 Alex Blanchette Alex Blanchette 40 05wvpxv85 Tufts University Alex Blanchette is Associate Professor of Anthropology and Environmental Studies at Tufts University. He is the author of Porkopolis: American Animality, Standardized Life, and the Factory Farm (Duke University Press, 2020) and the co-editor of How Nature Works: Rethinking Labor on a Troubled Planet (SAR Press, 2019). 03 00 This chapter reconsiders the meaning of life embedded into farm animal biosecurity. It argues that what North American industrial farms and slaughterhouses have tried to fence and secure is not only their animals’ biology and immune systems but also the public’s capacity to sense and experience the degradation of life within these operations. It develops through a historical reinterpretation of Chicago’s Bubbly Creek, a polluted river where the blood and organs of millions of animals were dumped between 1866 and 1919. While many have treated this despoliation as an unintended consequence of mass-producing death and flesh, this chapter instead considers how Bubbly Creek’s pollution was recycled as a means of keeping outsiders from engaging with industrial meat’s transformations of the nature of eco-biological life and industrialised human labour. It simultaneously uses Bubbly Creek as a means of interpreting European efforts to fence its territories and securitise wildlife, suggesting that these initiatives – like Bubbly Creek itself – function to distract attention from the state of vitality that capitalism has wrought. 30 00 This chapter reconsiders the meaning of life embedded into farm animal biosecurity. It argues that what North American industrial farms and slaughterhouses have tried to fence and secure is not only their animals’ biology and immune systems but also the public’s capacity to sense and experience the degradation of life within these operations. It develops through a historical reinterpretation of Chicago’s Bubbly Creek, a polluted river where the blood and organs of millions of animals were dumped between 1866 and 1919. While many have treated this despoliation as an unintended consequence of mass-producing death and flesh, this chapter instead considers how Bubbly Creek’s pollution was recycled as a means of keeping outsiders from engaging with industrial meat’s transformations of the nature of eco-biological life and industrialised human labour. It simultaneously uses Bubbly Creek as a means of interpreting European efforts to fence its territories and securitise wildlife, suggesting that these initiatives – like Bubbly Creek itself – function to distract attention from the state of vitality that capitalism has wrought. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Afterword: Controlling Relations 1 A01 21 000000027026383X Sarah Green Sarah Green Social and Cultural Anthropology 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Sarah Green is Professor of Social and Cultural Anthropology at the University of Helsinki. She has co-edited An Anthropology of Crosslocations (HUP, 2024) and was the author and principal investigator of the ERC-funded Crosslocations project. Her research involves looking at the transportation of livestock across borders, the tracking of the movement of wild animals (including ‘invasive species’) and efforts to stop the spread of microbes, especially infectious animal diseases, across borders. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20250326 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523691247 03 9789523691247 06 15 9789523691261 03 9789523691261 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20250326 01 urn:uuid:6a973219-84a6-4f7e-9df7-8e5aaab064bc 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:3cb386f4-fc55-40b6-b037-6ff3759d1a6b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:6a973219-84a6-4f7e-9df7-8e5aaab064bc 15 9789523691261 03 9789523691261 06 10.33134/HUP-30 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Fences and Biosecurity The Politics of Governing Unruly Nature 1 B01 21 0000000176242135 Annika Pohl Harrisson Annika Harrisson Department of Political Science 40 03yrrjy16 University of Southern Denmark Annika Pohl Harrisson is a social anthropologist interested in state–society relations, borders, environmental politics and human–nature–animal connections. She completed her PhD in 2019 at Aarhus University, where she studied state-making and justice provision in Myanmar. Annika is currently a postdoctoral researcher at the Centre for Border Region Studies at the University of Southern Denmark, researching the role of borders in the green transition. 2 B01 21 0000000300517424 Michael Eilenberg Michael Eilenberg Anthropology 40 01aj84f44 Aarhus University Michael Eilenberg is Associate Professor of Anthropology at Aarhus University. His research focuses on issues of state formation, sovereignty and agrarian expansion in frontier regions of South East Asia, Europe and North America. He is the author of At the Edges of States (KITLV Press/Brill Academic Publishers, 2012) and co-editor with Jason Cons of Frontier Assemblages: The Emergent Politics of Resource Frontiers in Asia (Wiley, 2019) and with Mona Chettri of Development Zones in Asian Borderlands (Amsterdam University Press, 2021). 01 eng 00 331 03 B2 Environmental History B2 Anthropology B2 Political Geography B2 Political Ecology B2 Wildlife Ecology 20 Biosecurity; Fencing; Borders; Human- animal conflicts; Wildlife management; Governance (or biopolitics) 01 06 02 00 Fences and Biosecurity</italic> examines the role of fencing as a mechanism of control, exclusion, and power in the name of biosecurity. This volume brings together case studies that provide unique insights into the social, environmental, and political dynamics of fencing in European and North American contexts. Individually and c 03 00 Fences and Biosecurity</italic> explores the role of fencing as a mechanism of control, exclusion, and power in the name of biosecurity. While biosecurity is broadly understood as the set of measures taken to prevent the introduction and spread of harmful organisms – thereby protecting humans, animals, and plants – this volume critically examines how fencing has become a key tool in these efforts. Through an interdisciplinary lens, the chapters reveal the ways in which fences, both physical and symbolic, shape social, political, and ecological landscapes.This volume brings together scholars from different regions to investigate the ways in which biosecurity fencing is deployed across different contexts in Europe and North America. As fencing practices increase in scope and intensity, it becomes imperative to assess their effects – both intended and unintended – on human and non-human life. More than passive structures, fences actively participate in the governance of space, reinforcing borders, and regulating mobility. They embody biosecurity concerns, turning abstract discourses into tangible barriers that impact everyday life. Yet, fences are not merely practical tools; they also serve as powerful symbols of fear, control, and exclusion. While they may provide protection, they also create division, evoking a range of intellectual and emotional reactions and raising questions about their long-term implications.Fences and Biosecurity</italic> highlights how fencing, as a manifestation of biosecurity anxieties, is not only about managing biological threats but also about organizing the world into hierarchies of value. By delineating spatial boundaries, fences impose distinctions between what is considered safe and what is framed as dangerous or invasive. This separation of differently valued species and biological matter is not neutral; rather, it is deeply entangled with political imaginaries, economic interests, and global trade dynamics. Fences facilitate the circulation of capital while simultaneously restricting the movement of certain species and populations, making them instruments of governance rather than mere physical barriers. While fences physically separate spaces, they also reshape cultural understandings of risk, security, and belonging. By shifting the focus from biosecurity as an abstract policy concern to fencing as a material and discursive practice, this volume reveals the ways in which security measures are enacted on the ground.<break/>Annika Pohl Harrisson</bold> is a postdoctoral researcher at the University of Southern Denmark.<break/><break/>Michael Eilenberg</bold> is an associate professor of anthropology at Aarhus University. 30 00 Fences and Biosecurity</italic> explores the role of fencing as a mechanism of control, exclusion, and power in the name of biosecurity. While biosecurity is broadly understood as the set of measures taken to prevent the introduction and spread of harmful organisms – thereby protecting humans, animals, and plants – this volume critically examines how fencing has become a key tool in these efforts. Through an interdisciplinary lens, the chapters reveal the ways in which fences, both physical and symbolic, shape social, political, and ecological landscapes.This volume brings together scholars from different regions to investigate the ways in which biosecurity fencing is deployed across different contexts in Europe and North America. As fencing practices increase in scope and intensity, it becomes imperative to assess their effects – both intended and unintended – on human and non-human life. More than passive structures, fences actively participate in the governance of space, reinforcing borders, and regulating mobility. They embody biosecurity concerns, turning abstract discourses into tangible barriers that impact everyday life. Yet, fences are not merely practical tools; they also serve as powerful symbols of fear, control, and exclusion. While they may provide protection, they also create division, evoking a range of intellectual and emotional reactions and raising questions about their long-term implications.Fences and Biosecurity</italic> highlights how fencing, as a manifestation of biosecurity anxieties, is not only about managing biological threats but also about organizing the world into hierarchies of value. By delineating spatial boundaries, fences impose distinctions between what is considered safe and what is framed as dangerous or invasive. This separation of differently valued species and biological matter is not neutral; rather, it is deeply entangled with political imaginaries, economic interests, and global trade dynamics. Fences facilitate the circulation of capital while simultaneously restricting the movement of certain species and populations, making them instruments of governance rather than mere physical barriers. While fences physically separate spaces, they also reshape cultural understandings of risk, security, and belonging. By shifting the focus from biosecurity as an abstract policy concern to fencing as a material and discursive practice, this volume reveals the ways in which security measures are enacted on the ground.<break/>Annika Pohl Harrisson</bold> is a postdoctoral researcher at the University of Southern Denmark.<break/><break/>Michael Eilenberg</bold> is an associate professor of anthropology at Aarhus University. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/72df9380-f8f6-4176-8176-653ca36f70e0.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Where Fencing and Biosecurity Interlock: The Politics of Managing and Anticipating Risk 1 A01 21 0000000176242135 Annika Pohl Harrisson Annika Harrisson Department of Political Science 40 03yrrjy16 University of Southern Denmark Annika Pohl Harrisson is a social anthropologist interested in state–society relations, borders, environmental politics and human–nature–animal connections. She completed her PhD in 2019 at Aarhus University, where she studied state-making and justice provision in Myanmar. Annika is currently a postdoctoral researcher at the Centre for Border Region Studies at the University of Southern Denmark, researching the role of borders in the green transition 2 A01 21 0000000300517424 Michael Eilenberg Michael Eilenberg Anthropology 40 01aj84f44 Aarhus University 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 A Fence in Time: Chrono-Material Ecologies of Decay, Governance and Knowledge 1 A01 21 0000000299710496 Ludek Broz Ludek Broz Department of Ecological Anthropology Institute of Ethnology of the Czech Academy of Sciences Ludek Broz is a researcher at the Institute of Ethnology, Czech Academy of Sciences, where he heads the Department of Ecologi¬cal Anthropology and is the principal investigator of the BOAR project funded by the ERC. He is the author of Evil Spirits and Rocket Debris: In Search of Lost Souls in Siberia (Berghahn, 2024) and the co-editor with Daniel Münster of Suicide and Agency: Anthropological perspectives on self-destruction, personhood and power (Ashgate, 2015). 2 A01 21 0000000176242135 Annika Pohl Harrisson Annika Harrisson Department of Political Science 40 03yrrjy16 University of Southern Denmark Annika Pohl Harrisson is a social anthropologist specializing in state–society relations, borders, environmental politics, and human–nature–animal connections. She earned her PhD from Aarhus University in 2019, focusing on state-making and justice provision in Myanmar. Currently, she is a postdoctoral researcher at the Centre for Border Region Studies, University of Southern Denmark, where she explores the role of borders in the green transition. 03 00 In this chapter, focusing empirically on anti-wild-boar fences in Denmark and Czechia that are intended as veterinary infrastructure in response to the advent of African swine fever (ASF), we wish to emphasise the temporal</italic> rather than the merely spatial</italic> dimension of the workings of fences. First, employing the notion of ‘material ecology’ (Domínguez Rubio), we revisit the obvious fact that fences exist in time – they are built, function, and are dismantled or fall into disrepair and decay. Second, the chapter discusses the rationale of employing fencing as a biosecurity measure in fighting the spread of ASF. We argue that fences are rarely viewed as total obstacles that can deliver a permanent solution to the spread of disease. Rather, in veterinary epidemiology they are understood as tools that slow the spread; in other words, as speed is a function of time and space, the kind of intervention that fences are meant to deliver is equally temporal and spatial. What is more, by slowing down the spread of disease, fences are helping to ‘buy time’ needed to fight the disease by other means. Finally, focusing on specific examples of experimental fences, we argue that by facilitating the production of universally applicable knowledge, these fences stand for other fences distant not only in space but in time. We conclude that fences support efforts to govern life not only across landscapes but also across timescapes (Adam). 30 00 In this chapter, focusing empirically on anti-wild-boar fences in Denmark and Czechia that are intended as veterinary infrastructure in response to the advent of African swine fever (ASF), we wish to emphasise the temporal</italic> rather than the merely spatial</italic> dimension of the workings of fences. First, employing the notion of ‘material ecology’ (Domínguez Rubio), we revisit the obvious fact that fences exist in time – they are built, function, and are dismantled or fall into disrepair and decay. Second, the chapter discusses the rationale of employing fencing as a biosecurity measure in fighting the spread of ASF. We argue that fences are rarely viewed as total obstacles that can deliver a permanent solution to the spread of disease. Rather, in veterinary epidemiology they are understood as tools that slow the spread; in other words, as speed is a function of time and space, the kind of intervention that fences are meant to deliver is equally temporal and spatial. What is more, by slowing down the spread of disease, fences are helping to ‘buy time’ needed to fight the disease by other means. Finally, focusing on specific examples of experimental fences, we argue that by facilitating the production of universally applicable knowledge, these fences stand for other fences distant not only in space but in time. We conclude that fences support efforts to govern life not only across landscapes but also across timescapes (Adam). 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Veterinary Fencing in Eastern Germany: The More-Than-Human Borderlands of African Swine Fever 1 A01 21 0009000886523297 Larissa Fleischmann Larissa Fleischmann Institute of Geosciences and Geography 40 05gqaka33 Martin Luther University Halle-Wittenberg Larissa Fleischmann is a postdoctoral researcher at the Martin Luther University Halle-Wittenberg. Her recent research project, which is funded by the German Research Foundation, looks at different techniques in the handling of animal diseases. Her research interests include critical migration and border studies, more-than-human geographies, as well as the living-together in migration societies. 03 00 This chapter analyses how veterinary fencing – the erection of material barriers aiming to stop the spreading of animal disease – became a central governmental practice in the eastern German borderlands with Poland. During an acute outbreak of African swine fever (ASF) from September 2020 onwards, German authorities were under increasing pressure to restore the disease-free status of the country and consequently lift the export restrictions placed on German pig farmers. This led to the proliferation of a continuously expanding network of material barriers in the German borderlands. Drawing on qualitative fieldwork in the state of Saxony, I will illustrate how this network resulted from a number of unruly non-humans who refused to comply with the government’s plan to produce a tight barrier along the national borderline, creating instead continuous leakages and transgressions. This demonstrates how non-humans resisted to veterinary fencing, actively co-constituting the more-than-human borderlands that arise in the context of animal disease. 30 00 This chapter analyses how veterinary fencing – the erection of material barriers aiming to stop the spreading of animal disease – became a central governmental practice in the eastern German borderlands with Poland. During an acute outbreak of African swine fever (ASF) from September 2020 onwards, German authorities were under increasing pressure to restore the disease-free status of the country and consequently lift the export restrictions placed on German pig farmers. This led to the proliferation of a continuously expanding network of material barriers in the German borderlands. Drawing on qualitative fieldwork in the state of Saxony, I will illustrate how this network resulted from a number of unruly non-humans who refused to comply with the government’s plan to produce a tight barrier along the national borderline, creating instead continuous leakages and transgressions. This demonstrates how non-humans resisted to veterinary fencing, actively co-constituting the more-than-human borderlands that arise in the context of animal disease. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Wildlife Fencing as Resistance from Below: A Case from the Slovenian Borderland 1 A01 21 0000000332332520 Miha Kozorog Miha Kozorog Research Centre of the Slovenian Academy of Sciences and Arts – ZRC SAZU Miha Kozorog is a senior research associate at the Institute of Slovenian Ethnology of the Research Centre of the Slovenian Academy of Sciences and Arts (ZRC SAZU). His recent publications include a co-authored monograph, Borders: Anthropological Insights (Založba ZRC, 2022) and an edited volume, Young Entrepreneurs: Ethnographies of a Political, Economic, and Moral Subject (Založba ZRC, 2023). 03 00 This chapter is about wildlife fencing in six villages along the Slovenian side of the Slovenian–Hungarian border. Here, local farmers feel that their livelihoods and traditional way of life are under pressure from local hunting grounds and encroaching wildlife from across the border. The chapter explores the historical processes of border management and the wider politics in the area which have led to this situation. Farmers claim that while wildlife feeding on their crops is a threat to their economy, the encroachment on their fields has benefited the hunting economy, which is in the interest of elites. In this particular context, fencing becomes something more than a biosecurity measure, namely a social praxis with insurgent political connotations. Fences represent farmers’ commitment to their profession and way of life, their resistance against the agents they find responsible for their precarious state and the persistence to stay in place for a while longer. This chapter investigates biosecurity fencing as resistance from below. 30 00 This chapter is about wildlife fencing in six villages along the Slovenian side of the Slovenian–Hungarian border. Here, local farmers feel that their livelihoods and traditional way of life are under pressure from local hunting grounds and encroaching wildlife from across the border. The chapter explores the historical processes of border management and the wider politics in the area which have led to this situation. Farmers claim that while wildlife feeding on their crops is a threat to their economy, the encroachment on their fields has benefited the hunting economy, which is in the interest of elites. In this particular context, fencing becomes something more than a biosecurity measure, namely a social praxis with insurgent political connotations. Fences represent farmers’ commitment to their profession and way of life, their resistance against the agents they find responsible for their precarious state and the persistence to stay in place for a while longer. This chapter investigates biosecurity fencing as resistance from below. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Boar Next Door: Vigilant Fencing in Suburban Berlin 1 A01 21 0009000977365677 Amalie R. Bladt Jespersen Amalie Jespersen Independent researcher Amalie R. Bladt Jespersen graduated from Aarhus University in 2023 with a bachelor’s degree in anthropology and a master’s degree in human security. She did research on Berlin’s suburban wild boar as part of her master thesis. She is now working on rural development for a government institution in Denmark. 2 A01 21 0000000176242135 Annika Pohl Harrisson Annika Harrisson Department of Political Science 40 03yrrjy16 University of Southern Denmark Annika Pohl Harrisson is a social anthropologist specializing in state–society relations, borders, environmental politics, and human–nature–animal connections. She earned her PhD from Aarhus University in 2019, focusing on state-making and justice provision in Myanmar. Currently, she is a postdoctoral researcher at the Centre for Border Region Studies, University of Southern Denmark, where she explores the role of borders in the green transition. 03 00 This chapter delves into the interplay between urban residents, wild boar and the erection of fences in suburban Berlin, Germany. We investigate how residents employ everyday boundary-making practices to protect their homes and gardens from wild boar intrusions, terming this phenomenon ‘neighbourhood vigilance’. These biosecurity measures are aimed not only at ensuring physical safety but also at protecting residents’ ways of life and their sense of ontological security. Conflicts arising from differing desires and aesthetic preferences prompt a re-evaluation of the role of fences in the neighbourhood’s dynamics. In conclusion, the chapter underscores that fences signify more than personal property boundaries; they also illustrate the existence of relationships that need management. 30 00 This chapter delves into the interplay between urban residents, wild boar and the erection of fences in suburban Berlin, Germany. We investigate how residents employ everyday boundary-making practices to protect their homes and gardens from wild boar intrusions, terming this phenomenon ‘neighbourhood vigilance’. These biosecurity measures are aimed not only at ensuring physical safety but also at protecting residents’ ways of life and their sense of ontological security. Conflicts arising from differing desires and aesthetic preferences prompt a re-evaluation of the role of fences in the neighbourhood’s dynamics. In conclusion, the chapter underscores that fences signify more than personal property boundaries; they also illustrate the existence of relationships that need management. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Anticipatory Vectors: The Politics and Poetics of Non-Domesticated Pigs in Denmark and Texas 1 A01 21 0000000300517424 Michael Eilenberg Michael Eilenberg Anthropology 40 01aj84f44 Aarhus University Michael Eilenberg is Associate Professor of Anthropology at Aarhus University. His research focuses on issues of state formation, sovereignty and agrarian expansion in frontier regions of South East Asia, Europe and North America. He is the author of At the Edges of States (KITLV Press/Brill Academic Publishers, 2012) and co-editor with Jason Cons of Frontier Assemblages: The Emergent Politics of Resource Frontiers in Asia (Wiley, 2019) and with Mona Chettri of Development Zones in Asian Borderlands (Amsterdam University Press, 2021). 2 A01 21 000000031869527X Jason Cons Jason Cons Anthropology University of Texas at Austin Jason Cons is Associate Professor of Anthropology at the University of Texas at Austin. He is the author of Delta Futures: Time, Territory, and Capture on a Climate Frontier (University of California Press, 2025) and the co-editor with Michael Eilenberg of Frontier Assemblages: The Emergent Politics of Resource Frontiers in Asia (Wiley, 2019). 03 00 This chapter brings together two heterogeneous cases of non-domesticated pigs to theorise the notion of anticipatory vectors. In both cases, non-domesticated pigs conjure both epidemiological concerns (pigs as vectors for a range of non-zoonotic and zoonotic diseases) and imaginaries of pigs as harbingers of other kinds of social and demographic collapse. In Denmark, a fence constructed along the Danish–German border intended to prevent the spread of African swine fever (ASF) to domestic pig farms provokes debates about the re-inscription of anti-immigrant nationalism in the wake of Europe’s migration crisis. In Texas, the rapid spread of feral hogs provokes often violent imaginaries that tie pigs to the threat of invasion by non-white Others. Non-domesticated pigs, in both cases, prompt responses that blur boundaries between biosecurity and biopolitics. Wild and feral pigs thus serve as vectors that concentrate anxieties about the future and mobilise often lethal responses to forestall it. 30 00 This chapter brings together two heterogeneous cases of non-domesticated pigs to theorise the notion of anticipatory vectors. In both cases, non-domesticated pigs conjure both epidemiological concerns (pigs as vectors for a range of non-zoonotic and zoonotic diseases) and imaginaries of pigs as harbingers of other kinds of social and demographic collapse. In Denmark, a fence constructed along the Danish–German border intended to prevent the spread of African swine fever (ASF) to domestic pig farms provokes debates about the re-inscription of anti-immigrant nationalism in the wake of Europe’s migration crisis. In Texas, the rapid spread of feral hogs provokes often violent imaginaries that tie pigs to the threat of invasion by non-white Others. Non-domesticated pigs, in both cases, prompt responses that blur boundaries between biosecurity and biopolitics. Wild and feral pigs thus serve as vectors that concentrate anxieties about the future and mobilise often lethal responses to forestall it. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Selective Fencing at Denmark’s Biological, Politico-Geographical and Genomic ‘Borders’ 1 A01 21 0000000247774973 Mette N. Svendsen Mette Svendsen Department of Public Health 40 035b05819 University of Copenhagen Mette N. Svendsen is Professor of Medical Anthropology at the University of Copenhagen. Her work investigates borders of human and animal life and boundaries of the nation. She is the author of Near Human: Border Zones of Life, Species, and Belong¬ing (Rutgers University Press, 2022). 03 00 This chapter tracks the regulation of the border crossings of pigs and people in and out of Denmark and makes an argument for investigating under one lens the biological, geographical and genomic margins by which the nation defines itself. I bring together pig and human unborn life, fully fledged bodies, and genomes to direct analytical attention to the governance of entangled living things. First, I examine how pig breeding and human reproductive policies regulate the biological ‘borders’ through which pigs and humans may enter the Danish nation. Second, I scrutinise how wild boar fences and human immigration policies regulate the entrance of pigs and human migrants at the Danish geographical borders. Third, I examine how scientific, political and financial investments in precision medicine shape the genomic ‘borders’, regulating the containment and movement of pig and human genomes. I argue that the regulation of these entries into Denmark performs selective fencing, in that some humans and pigs and some genomes can enter while others cannot. In this framework of belonging, the exclusion of what is seen as life-draining material at the various borders is conceptually linked to sustaining equal life opportunities and high levels of universal care for the humans already allowed inside the borders. In short, intertwined processes of selection and care are at the centre of defining the nation as economy, territory, and human–pig collectivity. 30 00 This chapter tracks the regulation of the border crossings of pigs and people in and out of Denmark and makes an argument for investigating under one lens the biological, geographical and genomic margins by which the nation defines itself. I bring together pig and human unborn life, fully fledged bodies, and genomes to direct analytical attention to the governance of entangled living things. First, I examine how pig breeding and human reproductive policies regulate the biological ‘borders’ through which pigs and humans may enter the Danish nation. Second, I scrutinise how wild boar fences and human immigration policies regulate the entrance of pigs and human migrants at the Danish geographical borders. Third, I examine how scientific, political and financial investments in precision medicine shape the genomic ‘borders’, regulating the containment and movement of pig and human genomes. I argue that the regulation of these entries into Denmark performs selective fencing, in that some humans and pigs and some genomes can enter while others cannot. In this framework of belonging, the exclusion of what is seen as life-draining material at the various borders is conceptually linked to sustaining equal life opportunities and high levels of universal care for the humans already allowed inside the borders. In short, intertwined processes of selection and care are at the centre of defining the nation as economy, territory, and human–pig collectivity. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Fence and Fencibility: Using Technology to Direct Wildlife 1 A01 21 0000000291690064 Erica von Essen Erica von Essen Stockholm University Stockholm Resilience Center Von Essen’s work focuses on human–wildlife relations. She is specialised in hunting cultures, ethics, wildlife crime, conservation, digitally mediated forms of wildlife engagement, wildlife tourism and problem wildlife. von Essen is published across the fields of criminology, environmental ethics, rural sociology and animal studies. She works at Stockholm Resilience Center 2 A01 21 0000000177690845 Manisha Bhardwaj Manisha Bhardwaj Wildlife Ecology and Management 40 0245cg223 University of Freiburg Manisha Bhardwaj is a wildlife ecologist, motivated to identify and mitigate the impacts of the built environment on wildlife. She is a postdoctoral researcher at the University of Freiburg, Germany, investigating human–wildlife interactions. She completed her PhD in 2018, at the University of Melbourne, Australia, where she evaluated the impacts of roads on bats. 03 00 We examine the virtual fence in terms of how it communicates with wildlife about interspecies boundaries. This is done using a biosemiotic point of departure, which regards interventions as communicative devices tailored to be ‘read’ by wild animal sensory perceptions (Umwelten</italic>). Having synthesised some current uses of such technologies in wildlife management, our chapter shows how wires cross in miscommunication across species boundaries. In particular, we show such instances as when wildlife may come to associate a deterrent and boundary marker with food or a nesting opportunity instead of ‘danger – keep out’. We interrogate the impact of technology on the design of these signalling devices. Fences and fence technology are increasingly digitally mediated through AI-based surveillance and automatic responses to ‘discipline’ animals – deterrents which use sounds, light flashes or other repellents. This minimises not only human involvement in wildlife management but also physical manifestations: a fence is no longer a visible structure but is present as coordinates in a software program, felt but not seen. This prompts us to ask whether digitisation changes the nature of fencibility</italic> – what a fence is and stands for. In the absence of visual manifestation, but materially enforced by negative stimuli when crossed, what are the implications of these digitally encoded devices for communication across the species in wildlife management? 30 00 We examine the virtual fence in terms of how it communicates with wildlife about interspecies boundaries. This is done using a biosemiotic point of departure, which regards interventions as communicative devices tailored to be ‘read’ by wild animal sensory perceptions (Umwelten</italic>). Having synthesised some current uses of such technologies in wildlife management, our chapter shows how wires cross in miscommunication across species boundaries. In particular, we show such instances as when wildlife may come to associate a deterrent and boundary marker with food or a nesting opportunity instead of ‘danger – keep out’. We interrogate the impact of technology on the design of these signalling devices. Fences and fence technology are increasingly digitally mediated through AI-based surveillance and automatic responses to ‘discipline’ animals – deterrents which use sounds, light flashes or other repellents. This minimises not only human involvement in wildlife management but also physical manifestations: a fence is no longer a visible structure but is present as coordinates in a software program, felt but not seen. This prompts us to ask whether digitisation changes the nature of fencibility</italic> – what a fence is and stands for. In the absence of visual manifestation, but materially enforced by negative stimuli when crossed, what are the implications of these digitally encoded devices for communication across the species in wildlife management? 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Aesthetic Fencing: Reflections on Securing Life from Chicago’s Bubbly Creek 1 A01 Alex Blanchette Alex Blanchette 40 05wvpxv85 Tufts University Alex Blanchette is Associate Professor of Anthropology and Environmental Studies at Tufts University. He is the author of Porkopolis: American Animality, Standardized Life, and the Factory Farm (Duke University Press, 2020) and the co-editor of How Nature Works: Rethinking Labor on a Troubled Planet (SAR Press, 2019). 03 00 This chapter reconsiders the meaning of life embedded into farm animal biosecurity. It argues that what North American industrial farms and slaughterhouses have tried to fence and secure is not only their animals’ biology and immune systems but also the public’s capacity to sense and experience the degradation of life within these operations. It develops through a historical reinterpretation of Chicago’s Bubbly Creek, a polluted river where the blood and organs of millions of animals were dumped between 1866 and 1919. While many have treated this despoliation as an unintended consequence of mass-producing death and flesh, this chapter instead considers how Bubbly Creek’s pollution was recycled as a means of keeping outsiders from engaging with industrial meat’s transformations of the nature of eco-biological life and industrialised human labour. It simultaneously uses Bubbly Creek as a means of interpreting European efforts to fence its territories and securitise wildlife, suggesting that these initiatives – like Bubbly Creek itself – function to distract attention from the state of vitality that capitalism has wrought. 30 00 This chapter reconsiders the meaning of life embedded into farm animal biosecurity. It argues that what North American industrial farms and slaughterhouses have tried to fence and secure is not only their animals’ biology and immune systems but also the public’s capacity to sense and experience the degradation of life within these operations. It develops through a historical reinterpretation of Chicago’s Bubbly Creek, a polluted river where the blood and organs of millions of animals were dumped between 1866 and 1919. While many have treated this despoliation as an unintended consequence of mass-producing death and flesh, this chapter instead considers how Bubbly Creek’s pollution was recycled as a means of keeping outsiders from engaging with industrial meat’s transformations of the nature of eco-biological life and industrialised human labour. It simultaneously uses Bubbly Creek as a means of interpreting European efforts to fence its territories and securitise wildlife, suggesting that these initiatives – like Bubbly Creek itself – function to distract attention from the state of vitality that capitalism has wrought. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-30-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Afterword: Controlling Relations 1 A01 21 000000027026383X Sarah Green Sarah Green Social and Cultural Anthropology 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Sarah Green is Professor of Social and Cultural Anthropology at the University of Helsinki. She has co-edited An Anthropology of Crosslocations (HUP, 2024) and was the author and principal investigator of the ERC-funded Crosslocations project. Her research involves looking at the transportation of livestock across borders, the tracking of the movement of wild animals (including ‘invasive species’) and efforts to stop the spread of microbes, especially infectious animal diseases, across borders. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20250326 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523691247 03 9789523691247 06 15 9789523691254 03 9789523691254 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20250326 01 urn:uuid:9b3a4a4f-a7f5-4b2f-befe-2030dbe590ba 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e908e0b4-02dc-44ed-8307-6ca29b846ab0 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:9b3a4a4f-a7f5-4b2f-befe-2030dbe590ba 15 9789523690721 03 9789523690721 06 10.33134/HUP-17 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Finnishness, Whiteness and Coloniality 1 B01 21 0000000234585444 Josephine Hoegaerts Josephine Hoegaerts 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Josephine Hoegaerts (University of Helsinki) is Associate Professor of European Studies and principal investigator of CALLIOPE: Vocal Articulations of Parliamentary Identity and Empire. Her research has focused on modern histories of nation-building, masculinity, and vocal practices of power and politics. 2 B01 21 0000000165212934 Tuire Liimatainen Tuire Liimatainen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Tuire Liimatainen is a postdoctoral researcher in Area and Cultural Studies at the University of Helsinki, with a specialization in Nordic Studies. Her doctoral research examined the construction and representation of ethnicity in Sweden-Finnish social media campaigns and online activism. Liimatainen’s research interests center broadly on questions of migration, national minorities and ethnicity in the Nordic region, as well as language, culture and new media. 3 B01 21 0000000210646871 Laura Hekanaho Laura Hekanaho 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Laura Hekanaho (University of Jyväskylä) is a postdoctoral researcher in Applied Linguistics. Her research focuses on the relationship between language, gender and identity. In her doctoral dissertation she examined language attitudes and ideologies related to generic and nonbinary pronouns in English. 4 B01 21 0000000260571804 Elizabeth Peterson Elizabeth Peterson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Elizabeth Peterson is University Lecturer in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. She conducts research on language contact and language attitudes, including attitudes and ideologies about English. She is currently co-editing/authoring a book on the role of English in the Nordic countries, under contract with Routledge. 01 eng 00 373 03 B2 history B2 sociology B2 socio-linguistics B2 social psychology B2 ethnic studies 20 whiteness; coloniality; colonialism; multiculturalism; migration; racism 01 06 02 00 This multidisciplinary volume reflects the shifting experiences and framings of Finnishness and its relation to race and coloniality. The authors centre their investigations on whiteness and unravel the cultural myth of a normative Finnish (white) ethnicity. Rather than presenting a unified definition for whiteness, the book gives space to th 03 00 This multidisciplinary volume reflects the shifting experiences and framings of Finnishness and its relation to race and coloniality. The authors centre their investigations on whiteness and unravel the cultural myth of a normative Finnish (white) ethnicity. Rather than presenting a unified definition for whiteness, the book gives space to the different understandings and analyses of its authors. This collection of case-studies illuminates how Indigenous and ethnic minorities have participated in defining notions of Finnishness, how historical and recent processes of migration have challenged the traditional conceptualisations of the nation-state and its population, and how imperial relationships have contributed to a complex set of discourses on Finnish compliance and identity.With an aim to question and problematise what may seem self-evident aspects of Finnish life and Finnishness, expert voices join together to offer (counter) perspectives on how Finnishness is constructed and perceived. Scholars from cultural studies, history, sociology, linguistics, genetics, among others, address four main topics: 1) Imaginations of Finnishness, including perceived physical characteristics of Finnish people; 2) Constructions of whiteness, entailing studies of those who do and do not pass as white; 3) Representations of belonging and exclusion, making up of accounts of perceptions of what it means to be ‘Finnish’; and 4) Imperialism and colonisation, including what might be considered uncomfortable or even surprising accounts of inclusion and exclusion in the Finnish context.This volume takes a first step in opening up a complex set of realities that define Finland’s changing role in the world and as a home to diverse populations.Josephine Hoegaerts</bold> is Associate Professor of European Studies at the University of Helsinki and principal investigator of CALLIOPE: Vocal Articulations of Parliamentary Identity and Empire. Her research has focused on modern histories of nation-building, masculinity, and vocal practices of power and politics.Tuire Liimatainen</bold> is a PhD student in Area and Cultural Studies at the University of Helsinki, with a specialisation in Nordic Studies. Her research interests center broadly on questions of migration, national minorities and ethnicity in the Nordic region, as well as language, culture, and new media.Laura Hekanaho</bold> is a postdoctoral researcher in Applied Linguistics at the University of Jyväskylä. Her research focuses on the relationship between language, gender, and identity.Elizabeth Peterson</bold> is University Lecturer in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. She conducts research on language contact and language attitudes, including attitudes and ideologies about English. 30 00 This multidisciplinary volume reflects the shifting experiences and framings of Finnishness and its relation to race and coloniality. The authors centre their investigations on whiteness and unravel the cultural myth of a normative Finnish (white) ethnicity. Rather than presenting a unified definition for whiteness, the book gives space to the different understandings and analyses of its authors. This collection of case-studies illuminates how Indigenous and ethnic minorities have participated in defining notions of Finnishness, how historical and recent processes of migration have challenged the traditional conceptualisations of the nation-state and its population, and how imperial relationships have contributed to a complex set of discourses on Finnish compliance and identity.With an aim to question and problematise what may seem self-evident aspects of Finnish life and Finnishness, expert voices join together to offer (counter) perspectives on how Finnishness is constructed and perceived. Scholars from cultural studies, history, sociology, linguistics, genetics, among others, address four main topics: 1) Imaginations of Finnishness, including perceived physical characteristics of Finnish people; 2) Constructions of whiteness, entailing studies of those who do and do not pass as white; 3) Representations of belonging and exclusion, making up of accounts of perceptions of what it means to be ‘Finnish’; and 4) Imperialism and colonisation, including what might be considered uncomfortable or even surprising accounts of inclusion and exclusion in the Finnish context.This volume takes a first step in opening up a complex set of realities that define Finland’s changing role in the world and as a home to diverse populations.Josephine Hoegaerts</bold> is Associate Professor of European Studies at the University of Helsinki and principal investigator of CALLIOPE: Vocal Articulations of Parliamentary Identity and Empire. Her research has focused on modern histories of nation-building, masculinity, and vocal practices of power and politics.Tuire Liimatainen</bold> is a PhD student in Area and Cultural Studies at the University of Helsinki, with a specialisation in Nordic Studies. Her research interests center broadly on questions of migration, national minorities and ethnicity in the Nordic region, as well as language, culture, and new media.Laura Hekanaho</bold> is a postdoctoral researcher in Applied Linguistics at the University of Jyväskylä. Her research focuses on the relationship between language, gender, and identity.Elizabeth Peterson</bold> is University Lecturer in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. She conducts research on language contact and language attitudes, including attitudes and ideologies about English. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/f98410dd-6006-464b-95f5-e664bf235ea7.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Finnishness, Whiteness and Coloniality: An Introduction 1 A01 21 0000000234585444 Josephine Hoegaerts Josephine Hoegaerts 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Josephine Hoegaerts (University of Helsinki) is Associate Professor of European Studies and principal investigator of CALLIOPE: Vocal Articulations of Parliamentary Identity and Empire. Her research has focused on modern histories of nation-building, masculinity, and vocal practices of power and politics. 2 A01 21 0000000260571804 Elizabeth Peterson Elizabeth Peterson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Elizabeth Peterson is University Lecturer in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. She conducts research on language contact and language attitudes, including attitudes and ideologies about English. She is currently co-editing/authoring a book on the role of English in the Nordic countries, under contract with Routledge. 3 A01 21 0000000165212934 Tuire Liimatainen Tuire Liimatainen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Tuire Liimatainen is a postdoctoral researcher in Area and Cultural Studies at the University of Helsinki, with a specialization in Nordic Studies. Her doctoral research examined the construction and representation of ethnicity in Sweden-Finnish social media campaigns and online activism. Liimatainen’s research interests center broadly on questions of migration, national minorities and ethnicity in the Nordic region, as well as language, culture and new media. 4 A01 21 0000000210646871 Laura Hekanaho Laura Hekanaho 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Laura Hekanaho (University of Jyväskylä) is a postdoctoral researcher in Applied Linguistics. Her research focuses on the relationship between language, gender and identity. In her doctoral dissertation she examined language attitudes and ideologies related to generic and nonbinary pronouns in English. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Genetic Imagination: Imaging Populations and the Construction of Nationhood 1 A01 21 0000000315127533 Aaro Tupasela Aaro Tupasela Faculty of Social Science 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Aaro Tupasela (University of Helsinki) is a sociologist with an interest in medical science and technology studies (STS). For the past 20 years, he has been exploring different perspectives related to the biomedical collection and use of human tissue collections, as well as health-related data. Most recently, he has been studying everyday practices in the development and implementation of AI systems in health care. 03 00 This chapter explores the ways in which genetics, particularly population genetics, generate representations of difference and similarity. Using examples drawn from both scientific literature, as well as popularizing texts, I show how visual representations of difference and similarity have come to provide compelling forms of evidence for constructing nationhood, as well as national identity. Using the case of Finnish genetics, as well as the study of rare diseases in Finland, I will describe how genetics and historical understandings of nationhood have come to complement other forms of national identity, such as culture. If the national romantic period in Finland from the late 19th to the early 20th centuries drew its legitimacy from literature and the arts, then the role of genetics in the construction of nationhood can be understood through the lens of what I have termed genetic romanticism</italic>. Much like the national romantic period, I consider genetic romanticism as a set of practices and processes through which national identity becomes defined and stabilized. 30 00 This chapter explores the ways in which genetics, particularly population genetics, generate representations of difference and similarity. Using examples drawn from both scientific literature, as well as popularizing texts, I show how visual representations of difference and similarity have come to provide compelling forms of evidence for constructing nationhood, as well as national identity. Using the case of Finnish genetics, as well as the study of rare diseases in Finland, I will describe how genetics and historical understandings of nationhood have come to complement other forms of national identity, such as culture. If the national romantic period in Finland from the late 19th to the early 20th centuries drew its legitimacy from literature and the arts, then the role of genetics in the construction of nationhood can be understood through the lens of what I have termed genetic romanticism</italic>. Much like the national romantic period, I consider genetic romanticism as a set of practices and processes through which national identity becomes defined and stabilized. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Visualizing Heritage, Ethnicity and Gender: Bodily Representations of Finnishness in the Photographs of the National Inventory of Living Heritage 1 A01 21 0000000153729290 Heidi Henriikka Mäkelä Heidi Henriikka Mäkelä 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Heidi Henriikka Mäkelä is a folklorist who studies the ideological meanings of folklore and cultural heritage in contemporary Finland. She works as a postdoctoral researcher at the University of Helsinki. She has published articles on cultural appropriation, Kalevalaicity, language ideologies, intangible cultural heritage and national landscapes. 03 00 The main goals of this chapter are to analyze: (1) how the claim of whiteness is reproduced in 21st-century Finland in the processes of producing intangible cultural heritage; and (2) how Finnishness is visualized and embodied in these practices. I scrutinize the newly established wiki-based open access publication National Inventory of Living Heritage</italic> (NILH, 2017–), which is a part of the Finnish implementation for the UNESCO Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage. In this chapter, I examine the photographs published in the NILH by using a methodological approach of visual discourse analysis. I conduct an analysis of 153 photographs that are divided into categories of (1) manhood, womanhood and family, (2) nature and naturalness and (3) visual othernesses of Finnishness. Building on interdisciplinary studies on heritage, banal nationalism and gender, I argue that the NILH photographs participate in reproducing the normative (e.g. heterosexual, white, family-centered and middle-class) images of Finnishness. Finnishness is embodied in the photographs in active, working, mature bodies that perform either heroic and masculine or collective and caring feminine tasks. Finns are also represented as having an intrinsic connection to “nature.” People are often portrayed in forested landscapes, and the pictures underline naturalized connections between the landscape, ethnicity and sexuality. 30 00 The main goals of this chapter are to analyze: (1) how the claim of whiteness is reproduced in 21st-century Finland in the processes of producing intangible cultural heritage; and (2) how Finnishness is visualized and embodied in these practices. I scrutinize the newly established wiki-based open access publication National Inventory of Living Heritage</italic> (NILH, 2017–), which is a part of the Finnish implementation for the UNESCO Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage. In this chapter, I examine the photographs published in the NILH by using a methodological approach of visual discourse analysis. I conduct an analysis of 153 photographs that are divided into categories of (1) manhood, womanhood and family, (2) nature and naturalness and (3) visual othernesses of Finnishness. Building on interdisciplinary studies on heritage, banal nationalism and gender, I argue that the NILH photographs participate in reproducing the normative (e.g. heterosexual, white, family-centered and middle-class) images of Finnishness. Finnishness is embodied in the photographs in active, working, mature bodies that perform either heroic and masculine or collective and caring feminine tasks. Finns are also represented as having an intrinsic connection to “nature.” People are often portrayed in forested landscapes, and the pictures underline naturalized connections between the landscape, ethnicity and sexuality. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The North Engendered: Mythologized Histories, Gender and the Finnish Perspective on the Imagined Viking-Nordic Ideal 1 A01 21 0000000172324993 Saga Rosenström Saga Rosenström The Doctoral School in Humanities and Social Sciences 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki M.A. Saga Rosenström is a doctoral student of sociology at the University of Helsinki, Doctoral School in Humanities and Social Sciences. She is writing her dissertation on the Nagu asylum reception centre of 2015–2016 and the surrounding community within with the project Svenskfinlands nya konturer – identitet, disidentifikation och solidaritet i möten med nya ”andra”. Previously she has worked on hybrid mediatisations of the so-called refugee crisis, namely media portrayals of Soldiers of Odin, within the project Border Crises in Two Languages. 2 A01 21 000000034262077X Barbora Žiačková Barbora Žiačková School of Archaeology 40 052gg0110 University of Oxford Barbora Žiačková is a DPhil candidate at the University of Oxford, School of Archaeology. She received her BA in History of Art/Archaeology from SOAS, University of London in 2016, and her MA in Archaeology from UCL in 2017. Barbora’s doctoral thesis discusses how so-called “oriental” objects found in graves from Sweden, Finland, and Russia were deployed in identity formation practices during the Viking Age (c. 800-1050 CE). Her other research interests include the use of Viking imagery and symbolism in pop culture and politics. 03 00 Narratives derived from historical and archaeological knowledge form a core part of the creation of national identities. This chapter offers reflections and observations on the results of a survey-based pilot study into the construction of the Nordic woman in relation to an imagined and mythologized Viking past. In conducting the study, we addressed this topic from the perspective of the Nordic countries more broadly, while here we will focus on the answers of those respondents self-reporting as Finnish.We suggest that the image of “the Viking woman” as a symbol of a tradition of gender equality is of high importance to how national identities are formed in the Nordic countries. She represents an idea of the romantic North, and an idealized, explicitly or implicitly, white identity. How the “Viking woman” is envisioned by Nordic societies relates to femonationalist political narratives, and race and racialization in the present day. In the Finnish context, this is further entangled within the tension between Finnishness and the ubiquitous use of a historically derived Scandinavian symbol as pan-Nordic. Taking the respondents’ perspectives as a starting point, we explore the intersection between mythologized history and symbolism, womanhood and Finnish ethnic identity. 30 00 Narratives derived from historical and archaeological knowledge form a core part of the creation of national identities. This chapter offers reflections and observations on the results of a survey-based pilot study into the construction of the Nordic woman in relation to an imagined and mythologized Viking past. In conducting the study, we addressed this topic from the perspective of the Nordic countries more broadly, while here we will focus on the answers of those respondents self-reporting as Finnish.We suggest that the image of “the Viking woman” as a symbol of a tradition of gender equality is of high importance to how national identities are formed in the Nordic countries. She represents an idea of the romantic North, and an idealized, explicitly or implicitly, white identity. How the “Viking woman” is envisioned by Nordic societies relates to femonationalist political narratives, and race and racialization in the present day. In the Finnish context, this is further entangled within the tension between Finnishness and the ubiquitous use of a historically derived Scandinavian symbol as pan-Nordic. Taking the respondents’ perspectives as a starting point, we explore the intersection between mythologized history and symbolism, womanhood and Finnish ethnic identity. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Doing Whiteness and Masculinities at School: Finnish 12- to 15-Year-Olds’ Narratives on Multiethnicity 1 A01 21 0000000199916518 Marja Peltola Marja Peltola Unit of Social Research 40 033003e23 Tampere University Marja Peltola is University Lecturer in Gender studies at the Social Research Unit, Faculty of Social Sciences in Tampere University. 2 A01 21 0000000153828918 Ann Phoenix Ann Phoenix Social Research Institute 40 02jx3x895 University College London Ann Phoenix is Professor of Psychosocial Studies at the Thomas Coram Research Unit, Social Research Institute, UCL IOE. 03 00 As Finland becomes increasingly multiethnic, there is a growing need to understand how young, white Finnish people position themselves and others in relation to norms of Finnishness and whiteness, and in relation to racism and (in)equalities. In popular narratives, assumptions of increasing “tolerance” and decreasing racism and inequalities are sometimes particularly attributed to young people, a perspective that enables most of the population to continue to evade issues of racism and perpetuate “white innocence” (Wekker 2016) and the color blindness (Bonilla-Silva 2003) of imagined Finnishness. In this chapter, we draw on a study of masculinities in 12- to 15-year-olds in Helsinki to examine these issues by focusing on the white Finnish participants’ narratives on multiethnicity. Our theoretical starting point is to understand the intersections of Finnishness, whiteness, and masculinities. We argue that while the interviewees widely embraced egalitarianism and multicultural ideologies in the interviews, the norm of whiteness was unquestioned and the contradictions characteristic of white innocence largely prevailed. The combination of white Finnishness, male gender and egalitarian ideas allowed the white Finnish boys to occupy an unquestioned position of “ordinary boys.” They were able to construct themselves as tolerant and to see multiethnicity and racism as phenomena that were largely irrelevant to them, while benefiting from a privileged white position. 30 00 As Finland becomes increasingly multiethnic, there is a growing need to understand how young, white Finnish people position themselves and others in relation to norms of Finnishness and whiteness, and in relation to racism and (in)equalities. In popular narratives, assumptions of increasing “tolerance” and decreasing racism and inequalities are sometimes particularly attributed to young people, a perspective that enables most of the population to continue to evade issues of racism and perpetuate “white innocence” (Wekker 2016) and the color blindness (Bonilla-Silva 2003) of imagined Finnishness. In this chapter, we draw on a study of masculinities in 12- to 15-year-olds in Helsinki to examine these issues by focusing on the white Finnish participants’ narratives on multiethnicity. Our theoretical starting point is to understand the intersections of Finnishness, whiteness, and masculinities. We argue that while the interviewees widely embraced egalitarianism and multicultural ideologies in the interviews, the norm of whiteness was unquestioned and the contradictions characteristic of white innocence largely prevailed. The combination of white Finnishness, male gender and egalitarian ideas allowed the white Finnish boys to occupy an unquestioned position of “ordinary boys.” They were able to construct themselves as tolerant and to see multiethnicity and racism as phenomena that were largely irrelevant to them, while benefiting from a privileged white position. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 “A Dark Foreign Man”: Constructing Invisible Whiteness in Finnish Sexual Autobiographies from the 1990s 1 A01 21 0000000196012206 Riikka Taavetti Riikka Taavetti 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Riikka Taavetti, PhD, works currently as a University Lecturer in political history at the University of Helsinki. Her research has addressed Estonian and Finnish queer history, politics of memory, and oral history. She conducted her work on the intellectual history of Finnish sex research in research project Power, Population, Sexuality (PopSexHistory), funded by the Kone Foundation. 03 00 This chapter analyzes a collection of 148 sexual autobiographies to discover how the narratives of sexual experiences and descriptions of sexual attitudes and feelings are connected to notions of race and nationality. The autobiographies, gathered in year 1992 in Finland in the FINSEX research project are studied using both corpus analysis methods and close reading. The chapter addresses the construction of Finnish whiteness in a context that is, seemingly, monoethnic and in which race is rarely discussed. While very few authors comment directly on race, there are traces of ethnicized understandings in the texts. The narratives implicitly construct the authors’ own white Finnishness as the authors note ethnic differences that make their own whiteness visible and construct the borders of Finnishness. The analysis of these autobiographies offers perspectives on the meanings of race and their connections to sexuality in the early 1990s Finland. 30 00 This chapter analyzes a collection of 148 sexual autobiographies to discover how the narratives of sexual experiences and descriptions of sexual attitudes and feelings are connected to notions of race and nationality. The autobiographies, gathered in year 1992 in Finland in the FINSEX research project are studied using both corpus analysis methods and close reading. The chapter addresses the construction of Finnish whiteness in a context that is, seemingly, monoethnic and in which race is rarely discussed. While very few authors comment directly on race, there are traces of ethnicized understandings in the texts. The narratives implicitly construct the authors’ own white Finnishness as the authors note ethnic differences that make their own whiteness visible and construct the borders of Finnishness. The analysis of these autobiographies offers perspectives on the meanings of race and their connections to sexuality in the early 1990s Finland. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Discursive Constructions of Whiteness, Non-White Cultural Others and Allies in Facebook Conversations of Estonians in Finland 1 A01 21 0000000233928169 Jaanika Kingumets Jaanika Kingumets 40 033003e23 Tampere University Jaanika Kingumets recently defended her PhD in social anthropology at the Faculty of Social Sciences, Tampere University. In her doctoral research, she studied the everyday home-making practices of Russian-speaking migrants in Estonia-Russian cross-border town Narva drawing from ethnographic fieldwork as well as Narvans’ biographic narratives over six decades throughout the Soviet period to contemporary Estonia. Her research engages particularly with the anthropology of home, state and hope and their intersections. She has been also studying Estonian migrant communities in Finland and their transnational practices and negotiations of social positionality, both in Finland and Estonia, through cultural appropriations. 2 A01 21 0000000258869193 Markku Sippola Markku Sippola 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Markku Sippola is Senior Lecturer at the Faculty of Social Sciences, University of Helsinki. He holds the degree of docent in social and public policy at the University of Eastern Finland. His research interests revolve around industrial relations, migration, social policy, and societal and labor processes in the Baltic, Nordic and Russian contexts. Sippola has published research articles in Economic and Industrial Democracy, Employee Relations, European Journal of Industrial Relations, International Journal of Intercultural Relations, Journal of Baltic Studies and Work, and Employment and Society. 03 00 This chapter discusses how Estonian migrants in Finland craft their place in Finnish society by appropriating the idea that they as an ethnically and culturally marked group naturally belong to the privileged migrants in Finland, while many other migrants do not. We explore how Estonians in Finland engage in Facebook group discussions with other Estonian migrants and in this dialogical process construct their own whiteness in relation to majority Finns and their racialized others in Finland, imagined as culturally distant, harmful and unfitting in the European North. We show how the discussants, drawing situationally both from their Soviet past and transnational migrant life in Finland, place themselves in a “knower’s position” regarding racialized experiences both in Finnish and Estonian society, and through that aim at legitimizing their right to define and strictly delineate the boundaries of whiteness both in Finland and Estonia. In addition to that, we also observe the dynamics of whiteness with regard to Russian migrants in sorting out how ethnic/racial hierarchies are built in Estonians’ mind. 30 00 This chapter discusses how Estonian migrants in Finland craft their place in Finnish society by appropriating the idea that they as an ethnically and culturally marked group naturally belong to the privileged migrants in Finland, while many other migrants do not. We explore how Estonians in Finland engage in Facebook group discussions with other Estonian migrants and in this dialogical process construct their own whiteness in relation to majority Finns and their racialized others in Finland, imagined as culturally distant, harmful and unfitting in the European North. We show how the discussants, drawing situationally both from their Soviet past and transnational migrant life in Finland, place themselves in a “knower’s position” regarding racialized experiences both in Finnish and Estonian society, and through that aim at legitimizing their right to define and strictly delineate the boundaries of whiteness both in Finland and Estonia. In addition to that, we also observe the dynamics of whiteness with regard to Russian migrants in sorting out how ethnic/racial hierarchies are built in Estonians’ mind. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 In/Visible Finnishness: Representations of Finnishness and Whiteness in the Sweden-Finnish Social Media Landscape 1 A01 21 0000000165212934 Tuire Liimatainen Tuire Liimatainen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Tuire Liimatainen is a postdoctoral researcher in Area and Cultural Studies at the University of Helsinki, with a specialization in Nordic Studies. Her doctoral research examined the construction and representation of ethnicity in Sweden-Finnish social media campaigns and online activism. Liimatainen’s research interests center broadly on questions of migration, national minorities and ethnicity in the Nordic region, as well as language, culture and new media. 03 00 This chapter examines embodied representations of Finnishness and whiteness in Sweden where the collective notion of Sweden-Finnishness is situated in the nexus migrant and minority experiences. Based on material generated by individuals and activists as part of Sweden-Finnish social media campaigns in the 2010s, the chapter discusses the different ways in which Finnishness and whiteness are negotiated on an individual level and how they are situated in different social, political and historical contexts. By applying the analytical lens of in/visibility and drawing from both critical whiteness studies and intersectionally informed thinking, the study reveals how Finnishness can at the same time be invisible and visible due to the whiteness of the Finns, but also visible as minoritized and racialized others. The chapter provides novel insights into contemporary Sweden-Finnishness and experiences of non-white Sweden-Finns, as well as politicized and minoritized Sweden-Finnishness. In addition to highlighting the diversity of different Finnish experiences in Sweden, the study demonstrates that whiteness is a highly fluid, situational and contextual way of boundary-drawing. 30 00 This chapter examines embodied representations of Finnishness and whiteness in Sweden where the collective notion of Sweden-Finnishness is situated in the nexus migrant and minority experiences. Based on material generated by individuals and activists as part of Sweden-Finnish social media campaigns in the 2010s, the chapter discusses the different ways in which Finnishness and whiteness are negotiated on an individual level and how they are situated in different social, political and historical contexts. By applying the analytical lens of in/visibility and drawing from both critical whiteness studies and intersectionally informed thinking, the study reveals how Finnishness can at the same time be invisible and visible due to the whiteness of the Finns, but also visible as minoritized and racialized others. The chapter provides novel insights into contemporary Sweden-Finnishness and experiences of non-white Sweden-Finns, as well as politicized and minoritized Sweden-Finnishness. In addition to highlighting the diversity of different Finnish experiences in Sweden, the study demonstrates that whiteness is a highly fluid, situational and contextual way of boundary-drawing. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 “We’re Not All Thugs in the East”: The Racial Politics of Place in Afro-Finnish Hip Hop 1 A01 21 0000000170998628 Jasmine Kelekay Jasmine Kelekay Sociology 40 02t274463 University of California, Santa Barbara Jasmine Kelekay is a PhD candidate in the Department of Sociology at the University of California, Santa Barbara, with an interdisciplinary emphasis in Black Studies. Originally from Helsinki, Finland, her work draws on critical race and postcolonial theories, Black feminist thought and African diaspora studies to explore how ideas about Blackness are circulated globally, yet shaped by local contexts, histories, material conditions and intersecting identities. In particular, she examines the relationship between racialization, criminalization and punitive social control, as well as the myriad ways in which Black/African diasporic communities mobilize and organize in response to—and in spite of—racism. 03 00 This chapter explores the discursive construction of East Helsinki as a racialized and classed space in the Finnish cultural imaginary through an analysis of Afro-Finnish hip hop. Based on a critical discursive analysis of four songs by the rapper Prinssi Jusuf and the duo Seksikäs-Suklaa & Dosdela, I examine how rappers from East Helsinki challenge and negotiate the stigma associated with the district via their music. Using Loïc Wacquant’s (2009) framework of territorial stigmatization</italic>, I show the ways in which these rappers deploy different discourses about East Helsinki that resist the stigmatization of East Helsinki, while also creating new discourses that transcend efforts to mitigate stigma. I argue that in addition to challenging the mainstream media-produced stereotypes about East Helsinki as a dilapidated and crime-ridden problem area, the rappers also “talk back” by producing counter-discourses about “the East” as a sphere of belonging, home and freedom, juxtaposed against broader experiences of exclusion. East Helsinki’s reputation as the home of immigrants and low-income residents is also claimed as a point of pride, as a source of collective identification and as a sphere of belonging. 30 00 This chapter explores the discursive construction of East Helsinki as a racialized and classed space in the Finnish cultural imaginary through an analysis of Afro-Finnish hip hop. Based on a critical discursive analysis of four songs by the rapper Prinssi Jusuf and the duo Seksikäs-Suklaa & Dosdela, I examine how rappers from East Helsinki challenge and negotiate the stigma associated with the district via their music. Using Loïc Wacquant’s (2009) framework of territorial stigmatization</italic>, I show the ways in which these rappers deploy different discourses about East Helsinki that resist the stigmatization of East Helsinki, while also creating new discourses that transcend efforts to mitigate stigma. I argue that in addition to challenging the mainstream media-produced stereotypes about East Helsinki as a dilapidated and crime-ridden problem area, the rappers also “talk back” by producing counter-discourses about “the East” as a sphere of belonging, home and freedom, juxtaposed against broader experiences of exclusion. East Helsinki’s reputation as the home of immigrants and low-income residents is also claimed as a point of pride, as a source of collective identification and as a sphere of belonging. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Being Jewish in Contemporary Finland: Reflections on Jewishness from Project Minhag Finland 1 A01 21 0000000222726131 Riikka Tuori Riikka Tuori Department of Cultures 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Riikka Tuori is a university lecturer at the University of Helsinki, where she teaches Hebrew and Jewish studies. She is part of the ‘Boundaries of Jewish Identities in Contemporary Finland’ project at Åbo Akademi University. She has also worked as a research associate at the Seminar für Judaistik, Goethe-Universität Frankfurt am Main. Her research interests include Jewish history, early modern Judaism and Hebrew literature, Jewish mysticism, and poetry. 03 00 This chapter asks what being Jewish may mean in contemporary Finland by examining interviews of members of the Jewish congregations, collected in 2019 to 2020 in the research project Minhag Finland. The chapter first offers a brief assessment of the history of the Jewish community in Finland from its origins until present day, followed by a review of previous research on Nordic Jewish identities. Jewish identities in Finland are observed from three topical perspectives: how the informants negotiate their membership in an Orthodox Jewish congregation while living in a secularized society; how the elusive concept of “Finnishness” (national identity) interplays with just as elusive “Jewishness” (ethnic/religious identity); and, finally, the informants’ confrontations with antisemitism and racism in Finland. The chapter shows that during the last 30 years the Finnish Jewish community has evolved from a homogenous Ashkenazi (East European Jewish) community into a multicultural community. The community embraces many elements of “Finnishness” (national symbols and narratives), while the “difference” inherent to their Jewishness is not forgotten or suppressed. The chapter also shows how differently the mechanisms of antisemitism and racism in Finland influence the members of this diverse community. 30 00 This chapter asks what being Jewish may mean in contemporary Finland by examining interviews of members of the Jewish congregations, collected in 2019 to 2020 in the research project Minhag Finland. The chapter first offers a brief assessment of the history of the Jewish community in Finland from its origins until present day, followed by a review of previous research on Nordic Jewish identities. Jewish identities in Finland are observed from three topical perspectives: how the informants negotiate their membership in an Orthodox Jewish congregation while living in a secularized society; how the elusive concept of “Finnishness” (national identity) interplays with just as elusive “Jewishness” (ethnic/religious identity); and, finally, the informants’ confrontations with antisemitism and racism in Finland. The chapter shows that during the last 30 years the Finnish Jewish community has evolved from a homogenous Ashkenazi (East European Jewish) community into a multicultural community. The community embraces many elements of “Finnishness” (national symbols and narratives), while the “difference” inherent to their Jewishness is not forgotten or suppressed. The chapter also shows how differently the mechanisms of antisemitism and racism in Finland influence the members of this diverse community. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The English Language in Finland: Tool of Modernity or Tool of Coloniality? 1 A01 21 0000000260571804 Elizabeth Peterson Elizabeth Peterson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Elizabeth Peterson is University Lecturer in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. She conducts research on language contact and language attitudes, including attitudes and ideologies about English. She is currently co-editing/authoring a book on the role of English in the Nordic countries, under contract with Routledge. 03 00 English is the dominant lingua franca of the modern world, used by an estimated 1.5 billion people (Peterson 2020; 2 billion people according to MacKenzie 2018). The ubiquity of English is in large part due to its colonial history, which resulted in extreme pluricentricity (Clyne 1992). English is also the world’s most commonly taught foreign language, for example in places like Finland, where the majority population claims to be proficient in English (Leppänen, Nikula and Kääntä 2008). By some measures, the “best” non-native speakers of English are the Nordic populations, including Finland (European Commission 2012). Contemporary ideologies of the Nordic countries, Finland included, are at odds with the linguistic attitudes and discrimination that are a composite component of English. That is, Nordic countries value ideologies of equality (Keskinen, Skaptadóttir and Toivanen 2019), yet the English language is known to reflect social biases and to perpetuate social inequality based on race, economic status and gender (Lippi-Green 2012; Milroy and Milroy 1999). How then, does the use of English play out in a setting like Finland? Does English perpetuate Nordic values of equality, or colonial values of whiteness and elitism? The chapter explores these notions through the lens of the Extra and Intra-territorial Force Model (Buschfeld and Kautzsch 2017), a model designed to apply to non-postcolonial settings of English. 30 00 English is the dominant lingua franca of the modern world, used by an estimated 1.5 billion people (Peterson 2020; 2 billion people according to MacKenzie 2018). The ubiquity of English is in large part due to its colonial history, which resulted in extreme pluricentricity (Clyne 1992). English is also the world’s most commonly taught foreign language, for example in places like Finland, where the majority population claims to be proficient in English (Leppänen, Nikula and Kääntä 2008). By some measures, the “best” non-native speakers of English are the Nordic populations, including Finland (European Commission 2012). Contemporary ideologies of the Nordic countries, Finland included, are at odds with the linguistic attitudes and discrimination that are a composite component of English. That is, Nordic countries value ideologies of equality (Keskinen, Skaptadóttir and Toivanen 2019), yet the English language is known to reflect social biases and to perpetuate social inequality based on race, economic status and gender (Lippi-Green 2012; Milroy and Milroy 1999). How then, does the use of English play out in a setting like Finland? Does English perpetuate Nordic values of equality, or colonial values of whiteness and elitism? The chapter explores these notions through the lens of the Extra and Intra-territorial Force Model (Buschfeld and Kautzsch 2017), a model designed to apply to non-postcolonial settings of English. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-12 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 All I See Is White: The Colonial Problem in Finland 1 A01 Rauna Kuokkanen Rauna Kuokkanen 40 05jzt8766 University of Lapland Rauna Kuokkanen is Research Professor of Arctic Indigenous Studies at the University of Lapland, Adjunct Professor at the University of Toronto and a Fulbright Arctic Initiative Fellow for 2021–2023. Her most recent book is the triple prize-winning Restructuring Relations: Indigenous Self-Determination, Governance and Gender (Oxford University Press, 2019). She is also the author of Boaris dego eana: Eamiálbmogiid diehtu, filosofiijat ja dutkan (in Sámi) (translated title: As Old as the Earth. Indigenous Knowledge, Philosophies and Research, 2009). Her book Reshaping the University: Responsibility, Indigenous Epistemes and the Logic of the Gift (2007) develops an Indigenous, post-structural critique of the contemporary university. 03 00 The question of whiteness is inextricably linked to colonialism. This chapter considers common misconceptions of colonialism in Finland through a lens of the “Sámi problem.” These misbeliefs include: colonialism is (mostly) about the past and, thus, we can only talk about “coloniality” or legacies of colonialism; colonialism is only about colonies; and the concept of colonialism is confusing, difficult or too broad to have analytical value. All of these views are frequently applied both in general terms and specifically with regard to the Sámi people. The chapter examines the ways in which the “Sámi question” is a part and parcel of bona fide colonialism, not a “separate chapter” as is frequently suggested in the Finnish discourse of colonialism. The problem of colonialism vis-à-vis the Sámi is commonly framed in terms of “internal colonialism” and thus assumed and presented (if discussed at all) as distinct from other colonial and colonization processes. This chapter suggests that a more correct understanding could be arrived at through the concept and analysis of settler colonialism, which emphasizes structural injustice and the ongoing character of colonialism. In conclusion, the chapter discusses white privilege and considers the key ways in which it plays out in Finland vis-à-vis the Sámi. 30 00 The question of whiteness is inextricably linked to colonialism. This chapter considers common misconceptions of colonialism in Finland through a lens of the “Sámi problem.” These misbeliefs include: colonialism is (mostly) about the past and, thus, we can only talk about “coloniality” or legacies of colonialism; colonialism is only about colonies; and the concept of colonialism is confusing, difficult or too broad to have analytical value. All of these views are frequently applied both in general terms and specifically with regard to the Sámi people. The chapter examines the ways in which the “Sámi question” is a part and parcel of bona fide colonialism, not a “separate chapter” as is frequently suggested in the Finnish discourse of colonialism. The problem of colonialism vis-à-vis the Sámi is commonly framed in terms of “internal colonialism” and thus assumed and presented (if discussed at all) as distinct from other colonial and colonization processes. This chapter suggests that a more correct understanding could be arrived at through the concept and analysis of settler colonialism, which emphasizes structural injustice and the ongoing character of colonialism. In conclusion, the chapter discusses white privilege and considers the key ways in which it plays out in Finland vis-à-vis the Sámi. 20 00 Open Access 13 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-13 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Imperial Complicity: Finns and Tatars in the Political Hierarchy of Races 1 A01 21 0000000274600928 Ainur Elmgren Ainur Elmgren Faculty of Education 40 03yj89h83 University of Oulu Ainur Elmgren is Associate Professor (Docent) in Nordic History at Åbo Akademi University and university teacher in the didactics of history and social studies at the Faculty of Education, University of Oulu. Her fields of research include transnational minority history and the conceptual history of national and political identities and ethno-religious and racial stereotypes. She is a member of the multidisciplinary research project Keiden kaupunki (“Whose city?”) investigating the late modern history of city planning and traffic education from the perspective of equality and social justice. 03 00 Finnish and Tatar intellectuals shared a position of subordination and relative privilege in the Russian Empire from the early 19th century onward. They did not simply accept or reject Western racial knowledge production, which was increasingly used to justify colonialism and imperialism toward the end of the 19th century; they appropriated it and created a localized version of racial hierarchy, subverting derogatory racial stereotypes to sources of vitality. Within that framework, the heritage of another empire that had managed to menace the white West, the Mongol Empire, had an undeniable attraction to Finns and Tatars, who shared the experience of middle-men minorities providing experts and services to a multi-national empire, while aspiring for empires and colonies of their own. 30 00 Finnish and Tatar intellectuals shared a position of subordination and relative privilege in the Russian Empire from the early 19th century onward. They did not simply accept or reject Western racial knowledge production, which was increasingly used to justify colonialism and imperialism toward the end of the 19th century; they appropriated it and created a localized version of racial hierarchy, subverting derogatory racial stereotypes to sources of vitality. Within that framework, the heritage of another empire that had managed to menace the white West, the Mongol Empire, had an undeniable attraction to Finns and Tatars, who shared the experience of middle-men minorities providing experts and services to a multi-national empire, while aspiring for empires and colonies of their own. 20 00 Open Access 14 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-14 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Afterword: Re-Narrating Finnish Histories and Searching for the Politics of Hope 1 A01 21 0000000161749216 Suvi Keskinen Suvi Keskinen Swedish School of Social Science 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Suvi Keskinen is Professor of Ethnic Relations at the Swedish School of Social Science, University of Helsinki. Her research interests include questions of racism and antiracism, Nordic colonial and racial histories, political activism, racial welfare state, media and migration. 03 00 Although commonly perceived as ’outsiders’ to colonial and racial histories, the Nordic countries’ participation in colonialism and their complicity in the colonial/racial project need to be thoroughly investigated in order to understand the countries’ current racial formations. The economic, political, cultural and knowledge-production processes, developed in and through European colonialism, produced a world-system, in which Europe became equalized with civilized, culturally superior and economically developed nations. Even those parts of Europe not considered to constitute its political and cultural core, benefited in many ways from their location in Europe and (what later became named as) the “Western world.” Race and racial thinking was an elementary part of this world-system and the power relations it built. Moreover, settler colonialism in the Arctic is an essential part of Nordic colonialism. <break/>The chapter discusses central concepts that can guide critical analyses – colonialism, settler colonialism, colonial complicity and coloniality – connecting them to Finnish history. Moreover, an analysis of current Finnish society and its racial politics is elaborated through a reflection on the crisis of white hegemony, rise of white nationalism and the emerging politics of solidarity that could provide more hopeful future visions. 30 00 Although commonly perceived as ’outsiders’ to colonial and racial histories, the Nordic countries’ participation in colonialism and their complicity in the colonial/racial project need to be thoroughly investigated in order to understand the countries’ current racial formations. The economic, political, cultural and knowledge-production processes, developed in and through European colonialism, produced a world-system, in which Europe became equalized with civilized, culturally superior and economically developed nations. Even those parts of Europe not considered to constitute its political and cultural core, benefited in many ways from their location in Europe and (what later became named as) the “Western world.” Race and racial thinking was an elementary part of this world-system and the power relations it built. Moreover, settler colonialism in the Arctic is an essential part of Nordic colonialism. <break/>The chapter discusses central concepts that can guide critical analyses – colonialism, settler colonialism, colonial complicity and coloniality – connecting them to Finnish history. Moreover, an analysis of current Finnish society and its racial politics is elaborated through a reflection on the crisis of white hegemony, rise of white nationalism and the emerging politics of solidarity that could provide more hopeful future visions. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20220822 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690738 03 9789523690738 06 15 9789523690745 03 9789523690745 06 15 9789523690752 03 9789523690752 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690721 20 08 20220822 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690721 20 08 20220822 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690721 20 08 20220822 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690721 20 08 20220822 01 urn:uuid:1769f09e-4e4f-4b0d-993e-7619d5467ef7 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e908e0b4-02dc-44ed-8307-6ca29b846ab0 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1769f09e-4e4f-4b0d-993e-7619d5467ef7 15 9789523690738 03 9789523690738 06 10.33134/HUP-17 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Finnishness, Whiteness and Coloniality 1 B01 21 0000000234585444 Josephine Hoegaerts Josephine Hoegaerts 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Josephine Hoegaerts (University of Helsinki) is Associate Professor of European Studies and principal investigator of CALLIOPE: Vocal Articulations of Parliamentary Identity and Empire. Her research has focused on modern histories of nation-building, masculinity, and vocal practices of power and politics. 2 B01 21 0000000165212934 Tuire Liimatainen Tuire Liimatainen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Tuire Liimatainen is a postdoctoral researcher in Area and Cultural Studies at the University of Helsinki, with a specialization in Nordic Studies. Her doctoral research examined the construction and representation of ethnicity in Sweden-Finnish social media campaigns and online activism. Liimatainen’s research interests center broadly on questions of migration, national minorities and ethnicity in the Nordic region, as well as language, culture and new media. 3 B01 21 0000000210646871 Laura Hekanaho Laura Hekanaho 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Laura Hekanaho (University of Jyväskylä) is a postdoctoral researcher in Applied Linguistics. Her research focuses on the relationship between language, gender and identity. In her doctoral dissertation she examined language attitudes and ideologies related to generic and nonbinary pronouns in English. 4 B01 21 0000000260571804 Elizabeth Peterson Elizabeth Peterson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Elizabeth Peterson is University Lecturer in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. She conducts research on language contact and language attitudes, including attitudes and ideologies about English. She is currently co-editing/authoring a book on the role of English in the Nordic countries, under contract with Routledge. 01 eng 00 373 03 B2 history B2 sociology B2 socio-linguistics B2 social psychology B2 ethnic studies 20 whiteness; coloniality; colonialism; multiculturalism; migration; racism 01 06 02 00 This multidisciplinary volume reflects the shifting experiences and framings of Finnishness and its relation to race and coloniality. The authors centre their investigations on whiteness and unravel the cultural myth of a normative Finnish (white) ethnicity. Rather than presenting a unified definition for whiteness, the book gives space to th 03 00 This multidisciplinary volume reflects the shifting experiences and framings of Finnishness and its relation to race and coloniality. The authors centre their investigations on whiteness and unravel the cultural myth of a normative Finnish (white) ethnicity. Rather than presenting a unified definition for whiteness, the book gives space to the different understandings and analyses of its authors. This collection of case-studies illuminates how Indigenous and ethnic minorities have participated in defining notions of Finnishness, how historical and recent processes of migration have challenged the traditional conceptualisations of the nation-state and its population, and how imperial relationships have contributed to a complex set of discourses on Finnish compliance and identity.With an aim to question and problematise what may seem self-evident aspects of Finnish life and Finnishness, expert voices join together to offer (counter) perspectives on how Finnishness is constructed and perceived. Scholars from cultural studies, history, sociology, linguistics, genetics, among others, address four main topics: 1) Imaginations of Finnishness, including perceived physical characteristics of Finnish people; 2) Constructions of whiteness, entailing studies of those who do and do not pass as white; 3) Representations of belonging and exclusion, making up of accounts of perceptions of what it means to be ‘Finnish’; and 4) Imperialism and colonisation, including what might be considered uncomfortable or even surprising accounts of inclusion and exclusion in the Finnish context.This volume takes a first step in opening up a complex set of realities that define Finland’s changing role in the world and as a home to diverse populations.Josephine Hoegaerts</bold> is Associate Professor of European Studies at the University of Helsinki and principal investigator of CALLIOPE: Vocal Articulations of Parliamentary Identity and Empire. Her research has focused on modern histories of nation-building, masculinity, and vocal practices of power and politics.Tuire Liimatainen</bold> is a PhD student in Area and Cultural Studies at the University of Helsinki, with a specialisation in Nordic Studies. Her research interests center broadly on questions of migration, national minorities and ethnicity in the Nordic region, as well as language, culture, and new media.Laura Hekanaho</bold> is a postdoctoral researcher in Applied Linguistics at the University of Jyväskylä. Her research focuses on the relationship between language, gender, and identity.Elizabeth Peterson</bold> is University Lecturer in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. She conducts research on language contact and language attitudes, including attitudes and ideologies about English. 30 00 This multidisciplinary volume reflects the shifting experiences and framings of Finnishness and its relation to race and coloniality. The authors centre their investigations on whiteness and unravel the cultural myth of a normative Finnish (white) ethnicity. Rather than presenting a unified definition for whiteness, the book gives space to the different understandings and analyses of its authors. This collection of case-studies illuminates how Indigenous and ethnic minorities have participated in defining notions of Finnishness, how historical and recent processes of migration have challenged the traditional conceptualisations of the nation-state and its population, and how imperial relationships have contributed to a complex set of discourses on Finnish compliance and identity.With an aim to question and problematise what may seem self-evident aspects of Finnish life and Finnishness, expert voices join together to offer (counter) perspectives on how Finnishness is constructed and perceived. Scholars from cultural studies, history, sociology, linguistics, genetics, among others, address four main topics: 1) Imaginations of Finnishness, including perceived physical characteristics of Finnish people; 2) Constructions of whiteness, entailing studies of those who do and do not pass as white; 3) Representations of belonging and exclusion, making up of accounts of perceptions of what it means to be ‘Finnish’; and 4) Imperialism and colonisation, including what might be considered uncomfortable or even surprising accounts of inclusion and exclusion in the Finnish context.This volume takes a first step in opening up a complex set of realities that define Finland’s changing role in the world and as a home to diverse populations.Josephine Hoegaerts</bold> is Associate Professor of European Studies at the University of Helsinki and principal investigator of CALLIOPE: Vocal Articulations of Parliamentary Identity and Empire. Her research has focused on modern histories of nation-building, masculinity, and vocal practices of power and politics.Tuire Liimatainen</bold> is a PhD student in Area and Cultural Studies at the University of Helsinki, with a specialisation in Nordic Studies. Her research interests center broadly on questions of migration, national minorities and ethnicity in the Nordic region, as well as language, culture, and new media.Laura Hekanaho</bold> is a postdoctoral researcher in Applied Linguistics at the University of Jyväskylä. Her research focuses on the relationship between language, gender, and identity.Elizabeth Peterson</bold> is University Lecturer in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. She conducts research on language contact and language attitudes, including attitudes and ideologies about English. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/f98410dd-6006-464b-95f5-e664bf235ea7.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Finnishness, Whiteness and Coloniality: An Introduction 1 A01 21 0000000234585444 Josephine Hoegaerts Josephine Hoegaerts 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Josephine Hoegaerts (University of Helsinki) is Associate Professor of European Studies and principal investigator of CALLIOPE: Vocal Articulations of Parliamentary Identity and Empire. Her research has focused on modern histories of nation-building, masculinity, and vocal practices of power and politics. 2 A01 21 0000000260571804 Elizabeth Peterson Elizabeth Peterson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Elizabeth Peterson is University Lecturer in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. She conducts research on language contact and language attitudes, including attitudes and ideologies about English. She is currently co-editing/authoring a book on the role of English in the Nordic countries, under contract with Routledge. 3 A01 21 0000000165212934 Tuire Liimatainen Tuire Liimatainen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Tuire Liimatainen is a postdoctoral researcher in Area and Cultural Studies at the University of Helsinki, with a specialization in Nordic Studies. Her doctoral research examined the construction and representation of ethnicity in Sweden-Finnish social media campaigns and online activism. Liimatainen’s research interests center broadly on questions of migration, national minorities and ethnicity in the Nordic region, as well as language, culture and new media. 4 A01 21 0000000210646871 Laura Hekanaho Laura Hekanaho 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Laura Hekanaho (University of Jyväskylä) is a postdoctoral researcher in Applied Linguistics. Her research focuses on the relationship between language, gender and identity. In her doctoral dissertation she examined language attitudes and ideologies related to generic and nonbinary pronouns in English. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Genetic Imagination: Imaging Populations and the Construction of Nationhood 1 A01 21 0000000315127533 Aaro Tupasela Aaro Tupasela Faculty of Social Science 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Aaro Tupasela (University of Helsinki) is a sociologist with an interest in medical science and technology studies (STS). For the past 20 years, he has been exploring different perspectives related to the biomedical collection and use of human tissue collections, as well as health-related data. Most recently, he has been studying everyday practices in the development and implementation of AI systems in health care. 03 00 This chapter explores the ways in which genetics, particularly population genetics, generate representations of difference and similarity. Using examples drawn from both scientific literature, as well as popularizing texts, I show how visual representations of difference and similarity have come to provide compelling forms of evidence for constructing nationhood, as well as national identity. Using the case of Finnish genetics, as well as the study of rare diseases in Finland, I will describe how genetics and historical understandings of nationhood have come to complement other forms of national identity, such as culture. If the national romantic period in Finland from the late 19th to the early 20th centuries drew its legitimacy from literature and the arts, then the role of genetics in the construction of nationhood can be understood through the lens of what I have termed genetic romanticism</italic>. Much like the national romantic period, I consider genetic romanticism as a set of practices and processes through which national identity becomes defined and stabilized. 30 00 This chapter explores the ways in which genetics, particularly population genetics, generate representations of difference and similarity. Using examples drawn from both scientific literature, as well as popularizing texts, I show how visual representations of difference and similarity have come to provide compelling forms of evidence for constructing nationhood, as well as national identity. Using the case of Finnish genetics, as well as the study of rare diseases in Finland, I will describe how genetics and historical understandings of nationhood have come to complement other forms of national identity, such as culture. If the national romantic period in Finland from the late 19th to the early 20th centuries drew its legitimacy from literature and the arts, then the role of genetics in the construction of nationhood can be understood through the lens of what I have termed genetic romanticism</italic>. Much like the national romantic period, I consider genetic romanticism as a set of practices and processes through which national identity becomes defined and stabilized. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Visualizing Heritage, Ethnicity and Gender: Bodily Representations of Finnishness in the Photographs of the National Inventory of Living Heritage 1 A01 21 0000000153729290 Heidi Henriikka Mäkelä Heidi Henriikka Mäkelä 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Heidi Henriikka Mäkelä is a folklorist who studies the ideological meanings of folklore and cultural heritage in contemporary Finland. She works as a postdoctoral researcher at the University of Helsinki. She has published articles on cultural appropriation, Kalevalaicity, language ideologies, intangible cultural heritage and national landscapes. 03 00 The main goals of this chapter are to analyze: (1) how the claim of whiteness is reproduced in 21st-century Finland in the processes of producing intangible cultural heritage; and (2) how Finnishness is visualized and embodied in these practices. I scrutinize the newly established wiki-based open access publication National Inventory of Living Heritage</italic> (NILH, 2017–), which is a part of the Finnish implementation for the UNESCO Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage. In this chapter, I examine the photographs published in the NILH by using a methodological approach of visual discourse analysis. I conduct an analysis of 153 photographs that are divided into categories of (1) manhood, womanhood and family, (2) nature and naturalness and (3) visual othernesses of Finnishness. Building on interdisciplinary studies on heritage, banal nationalism and gender, I argue that the NILH photographs participate in reproducing the normative (e.g. heterosexual, white, family-centered and middle-class) images of Finnishness. Finnishness is embodied in the photographs in active, working, mature bodies that perform either heroic and masculine or collective and caring feminine tasks. Finns are also represented as having an intrinsic connection to “nature.” People are often portrayed in forested landscapes, and the pictures underline naturalized connections between the landscape, ethnicity and sexuality. 30 00 The main goals of this chapter are to analyze: (1) how the claim of whiteness is reproduced in 21st-century Finland in the processes of producing intangible cultural heritage; and (2) how Finnishness is visualized and embodied in these practices. I scrutinize the newly established wiki-based open access publication National Inventory of Living Heritage</italic> (NILH, 2017–), which is a part of the Finnish implementation for the UNESCO Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage. In this chapter, I examine the photographs published in the NILH by using a methodological approach of visual discourse analysis. I conduct an analysis of 153 photographs that are divided into categories of (1) manhood, womanhood and family, (2) nature and naturalness and (3) visual othernesses of Finnishness. Building on interdisciplinary studies on heritage, banal nationalism and gender, I argue that the NILH photographs participate in reproducing the normative (e.g. heterosexual, white, family-centered and middle-class) images of Finnishness. Finnishness is embodied in the photographs in active, working, mature bodies that perform either heroic and masculine or collective and caring feminine tasks. Finns are also represented as having an intrinsic connection to “nature.” People are often portrayed in forested landscapes, and the pictures underline naturalized connections between the landscape, ethnicity and sexuality. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The North Engendered: Mythologized Histories, Gender and the Finnish Perspective on the Imagined Viking-Nordic Ideal 1 A01 21 0000000172324993 Saga Rosenström Saga Rosenström The Doctoral School in Humanities and Social Sciences 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki M.A. Saga Rosenström is a doctoral student of sociology at the University of Helsinki, Doctoral School in Humanities and Social Sciences. She is writing her dissertation on the Nagu asylum reception centre of 2015–2016 and the surrounding community within with the project Svenskfinlands nya konturer – identitet, disidentifikation och solidaritet i möten med nya ”andra”. Previously she has worked on hybrid mediatisations of the so-called refugee crisis, namely media portrayals of Soldiers of Odin, within the project Border Crises in Two Languages. 2 A01 21 000000034262077X Barbora Žiačková Barbora Žiačková School of Archaeology 40 052gg0110 University of Oxford Barbora Žiačková is a DPhil candidate at the University of Oxford, School of Archaeology. She received her BA in History of Art/Archaeology from SOAS, University of London in 2016, and her MA in Archaeology from UCL in 2017. Barbora’s doctoral thesis discusses how so-called “oriental” objects found in graves from Sweden, Finland, and Russia were deployed in identity formation practices during the Viking Age (c. 800-1050 CE). Her other research interests include the use of Viking imagery and symbolism in pop culture and politics. 03 00 Narratives derived from historical and archaeological knowledge form a core part of the creation of national identities. This chapter offers reflections and observations on the results of a survey-based pilot study into the construction of the Nordic woman in relation to an imagined and mythologized Viking past. In conducting the study, we addressed this topic from the perspective of the Nordic countries more broadly, while here we will focus on the answers of those respondents self-reporting as Finnish.We suggest that the image of “the Viking woman” as a symbol of a tradition of gender equality is of high importance to how national identities are formed in the Nordic countries. She represents an idea of the romantic North, and an idealized, explicitly or implicitly, white identity. How the “Viking woman” is envisioned by Nordic societies relates to femonationalist political narratives, and race and racialization in the present day. In the Finnish context, this is further entangled within the tension between Finnishness and the ubiquitous use of a historically derived Scandinavian symbol as pan-Nordic. Taking the respondents’ perspectives as a starting point, we explore the intersection between mythologized history and symbolism, womanhood and Finnish ethnic identity. 30 00 Narratives derived from historical and archaeological knowledge form a core part of the creation of national identities. This chapter offers reflections and observations on the results of a survey-based pilot study into the construction of the Nordic woman in relation to an imagined and mythologized Viking past. In conducting the study, we addressed this topic from the perspective of the Nordic countries more broadly, while here we will focus on the answers of those respondents self-reporting as Finnish.We suggest that the image of “the Viking woman” as a symbol of a tradition of gender equality is of high importance to how national identities are formed in the Nordic countries. She represents an idea of the romantic North, and an idealized, explicitly or implicitly, white identity. How the “Viking woman” is envisioned by Nordic societies relates to femonationalist political narratives, and race and racialization in the present day. In the Finnish context, this is further entangled within the tension between Finnishness and the ubiquitous use of a historically derived Scandinavian symbol as pan-Nordic. Taking the respondents’ perspectives as a starting point, we explore the intersection between mythologized history and symbolism, womanhood and Finnish ethnic identity. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Doing Whiteness and Masculinities at School: Finnish 12- to 15-Year-Olds’ Narratives on Multiethnicity 1 A01 21 0000000199916518 Marja Peltola Marja Peltola Unit of Social Research 40 033003e23 Tampere University Marja Peltola is University Lecturer in Gender studies at the Social Research Unit, Faculty of Social Sciences in Tampere University. 2 A01 21 0000000153828918 Ann Phoenix Ann Phoenix Social Research Institute 40 02jx3x895 University College London Ann Phoenix is Professor of Psychosocial Studies at the Thomas Coram Research Unit, Social Research Institute, UCL IOE. 03 00 As Finland becomes increasingly multiethnic, there is a growing need to understand how young, white Finnish people position themselves and others in relation to norms of Finnishness and whiteness, and in relation to racism and (in)equalities. In popular narratives, assumptions of increasing “tolerance” and decreasing racism and inequalities are sometimes particularly attributed to young people, a perspective that enables most of the population to continue to evade issues of racism and perpetuate “white innocence” (Wekker 2016) and the color blindness (Bonilla-Silva 2003) of imagined Finnishness. In this chapter, we draw on a study of masculinities in 12- to 15-year-olds in Helsinki to examine these issues by focusing on the white Finnish participants’ narratives on multiethnicity. Our theoretical starting point is to understand the intersections of Finnishness, whiteness, and masculinities. We argue that while the interviewees widely embraced egalitarianism and multicultural ideologies in the interviews, the norm of whiteness was unquestioned and the contradictions characteristic of white innocence largely prevailed. The combination of white Finnishness, male gender and egalitarian ideas allowed the white Finnish boys to occupy an unquestioned position of “ordinary boys.” They were able to construct themselves as tolerant and to see multiethnicity and racism as phenomena that were largely irrelevant to them, while benefiting from a privileged white position. 30 00 As Finland becomes increasingly multiethnic, there is a growing need to understand how young, white Finnish people position themselves and others in relation to norms of Finnishness and whiteness, and in relation to racism and (in)equalities. In popular narratives, assumptions of increasing “tolerance” and decreasing racism and inequalities are sometimes particularly attributed to young people, a perspective that enables most of the population to continue to evade issues of racism and perpetuate “white innocence” (Wekker 2016) and the color blindness (Bonilla-Silva 2003) of imagined Finnishness. In this chapter, we draw on a study of masculinities in 12- to 15-year-olds in Helsinki to examine these issues by focusing on the white Finnish participants’ narratives on multiethnicity. Our theoretical starting point is to understand the intersections of Finnishness, whiteness, and masculinities. We argue that while the interviewees widely embraced egalitarianism and multicultural ideologies in the interviews, the norm of whiteness was unquestioned and the contradictions characteristic of white innocence largely prevailed. The combination of white Finnishness, male gender and egalitarian ideas allowed the white Finnish boys to occupy an unquestioned position of “ordinary boys.” They were able to construct themselves as tolerant and to see multiethnicity and racism as phenomena that were largely irrelevant to them, while benefiting from a privileged white position. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 “A Dark Foreign Man”: Constructing Invisible Whiteness in Finnish Sexual Autobiographies from the 1990s 1 A01 21 0000000196012206 Riikka Taavetti Riikka Taavetti 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Riikka Taavetti, PhD, works currently as a University Lecturer in political history at the University of Helsinki. Her research has addressed Estonian and Finnish queer history, politics of memory, and oral history. She conducted her work on the intellectual history of Finnish sex research in research project Power, Population, Sexuality (PopSexHistory), funded by the Kone Foundation. 03 00 This chapter analyzes a collection of 148 sexual autobiographies to discover how the narratives of sexual experiences and descriptions of sexual attitudes and feelings are connected to notions of race and nationality. The autobiographies, gathered in year 1992 in Finland in the FINSEX research project are studied using both corpus analysis methods and close reading. The chapter addresses the construction of Finnish whiteness in a context that is, seemingly, monoethnic and in which race is rarely discussed. While very few authors comment directly on race, there are traces of ethnicized understandings in the texts. The narratives implicitly construct the authors’ own white Finnishness as the authors note ethnic differences that make their own whiteness visible and construct the borders of Finnishness. The analysis of these autobiographies offers perspectives on the meanings of race and their connections to sexuality in the early 1990s Finland. 30 00 This chapter analyzes a collection of 148 sexual autobiographies to discover how the narratives of sexual experiences and descriptions of sexual attitudes and feelings are connected to notions of race and nationality. The autobiographies, gathered in year 1992 in Finland in the FINSEX research project are studied using both corpus analysis methods and close reading. The chapter addresses the construction of Finnish whiteness in a context that is, seemingly, monoethnic and in which race is rarely discussed. While very few authors comment directly on race, there are traces of ethnicized understandings in the texts. The narratives implicitly construct the authors’ own white Finnishness as the authors note ethnic differences that make their own whiteness visible and construct the borders of Finnishness. The analysis of these autobiographies offers perspectives on the meanings of race and their connections to sexuality in the early 1990s Finland. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Discursive Constructions of Whiteness, Non-White Cultural Others and Allies in Facebook Conversations of Estonians in Finland 1 A01 21 0000000233928169 Jaanika Kingumets Jaanika Kingumets 40 033003e23 Tampere University Jaanika Kingumets recently defended her PhD in social anthropology at the Faculty of Social Sciences, Tampere University. In her doctoral research, she studied the everyday home-making practices of Russian-speaking migrants in Estonia-Russian cross-border town Narva drawing from ethnographic fieldwork as well as Narvans’ biographic narratives over six decades throughout the Soviet period to contemporary Estonia. Her research engages particularly with the anthropology of home, state and hope and their intersections. She has been also studying Estonian migrant communities in Finland and their transnational practices and negotiations of social positionality, both in Finland and Estonia, through cultural appropriations. 2 A01 21 0000000258869193 Markku Sippola Markku Sippola 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Markku Sippola is Senior Lecturer at the Faculty of Social Sciences, University of Helsinki. He holds the degree of docent in social and public policy at the University of Eastern Finland. His research interests revolve around industrial relations, migration, social policy, and societal and labor processes in the Baltic, Nordic and Russian contexts. Sippola has published research articles in Economic and Industrial Democracy, Employee Relations, European Journal of Industrial Relations, International Journal of Intercultural Relations, Journal of Baltic Studies and Work, and Employment and Society. 03 00 This chapter discusses how Estonian migrants in Finland craft their place in Finnish society by appropriating the idea that they as an ethnically and culturally marked group naturally belong to the privileged migrants in Finland, while many other migrants do not. We explore how Estonians in Finland engage in Facebook group discussions with other Estonian migrants and in this dialogical process construct their own whiteness in relation to majority Finns and their racialized others in Finland, imagined as culturally distant, harmful and unfitting in the European North. We show how the discussants, drawing situationally both from their Soviet past and transnational migrant life in Finland, place themselves in a “knower’s position” regarding racialized experiences both in Finnish and Estonian society, and through that aim at legitimizing their right to define and strictly delineate the boundaries of whiteness both in Finland and Estonia. In addition to that, we also observe the dynamics of whiteness with regard to Russian migrants in sorting out how ethnic/racial hierarchies are built in Estonians’ mind. 30 00 This chapter discusses how Estonian migrants in Finland craft their place in Finnish society by appropriating the idea that they as an ethnically and culturally marked group naturally belong to the privileged migrants in Finland, while many other migrants do not. We explore how Estonians in Finland engage in Facebook group discussions with other Estonian migrants and in this dialogical process construct their own whiteness in relation to majority Finns and their racialized others in Finland, imagined as culturally distant, harmful and unfitting in the European North. We show how the discussants, drawing situationally both from their Soviet past and transnational migrant life in Finland, place themselves in a “knower’s position” regarding racialized experiences both in Finnish and Estonian society, and through that aim at legitimizing their right to define and strictly delineate the boundaries of whiteness both in Finland and Estonia. In addition to that, we also observe the dynamics of whiteness with regard to Russian migrants in sorting out how ethnic/racial hierarchies are built in Estonians’ mind. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 In/Visible Finnishness: Representations of Finnishness and Whiteness in the Sweden-Finnish Social Media Landscape 1 A01 21 0000000165212934 Tuire Liimatainen Tuire Liimatainen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Tuire Liimatainen is a postdoctoral researcher in Area and Cultural Studies at the University of Helsinki, with a specialization in Nordic Studies. Her doctoral research examined the construction and representation of ethnicity in Sweden-Finnish social media campaigns and online activism. Liimatainen’s research interests center broadly on questions of migration, national minorities and ethnicity in the Nordic region, as well as language, culture and new media. 03 00 This chapter examines embodied representations of Finnishness and whiteness in Sweden where the collective notion of Sweden-Finnishness is situated in the nexus migrant and minority experiences. Based on material generated by individuals and activists as part of Sweden-Finnish social media campaigns in the 2010s, the chapter discusses the different ways in which Finnishness and whiteness are negotiated on an individual level and how they are situated in different social, political and historical contexts. By applying the analytical lens of in/visibility and drawing from both critical whiteness studies and intersectionally informed thinking, the study reveals how Finnishness can at the same time be invisible and visible due to the whiteness of the Finns, but also visible as minoritized and racialized others. The chapter provides novel insights into contemporary Sweden-Finnishness and experiences of non-white Sweden-Finns, as well as politicized and minoritized Sweden-Finnishness. In addition to highlighting the diversity of different Finnish experiences in Sweden, the study demonstrates that whiteness is a highly fluid, situational and contextual way of boundary-drawing. 30 00 This chapter examines embodied representations of Finnishness and whiteness in Sweden where the collective notion of Sweden-Finnishness is situated in the nexus migrant and minority experiences. Based on material generated by individuals and activists as part of Sweden-Finnish social media campaigns in the 2010s, the chapter discusses the different ways in which Finnishness and whiteness are negotiated on an individual level and how they are situated in different social, political and historical contexts. By applying the analytical lens of in/visibility and drawing from both critical whiteness studies and intersectionally informed thinking, the study reveals how Finnishness can at the same time be invisible and visible due to the whiteness of the Finns, but also visible as minoritized and racialized others. The chapter provides novel insights into contemporary Sweden-Finnishness and experiences of non-white Sweden-Finns, as well as politicized and minoritized Sweden-Finnishness. In addition to highlighting the diversity of different Finnish experiences in Sweden, the study demonstrates that whiteness is a highly fluid, situational and contextual way of boundary-drawing. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 “We’re Not All Thugs in the East”: The Racial Politics of Place in Afro-Finnish Hip Hop 1 A01 21 0000000170998628 Jasmine Kelekay Jasmine Kelekay Sociology 40 02t274463 University of California, Santa Barbara Jasmine Kelekay is a PhD candidate in the Department of Sociology at the University of California, Santa Barbara, with an interdisciplinary emphasis in Black Studies. Originally from Helsinki, Finland, her work draws on critical race and postcolonial theories, Black feminist thought and African diaspora studies to explore how ideas about Blackness are circulated globally, yet shaped by local contexts, histories, material conditions and intersecting identities. In particular, she examines the relationship between racialization, criminalization and punitive social control, as well as the myriad ways in which Black/African diasporic communities mobilize and organize in response to—and in spite of—racism. 03 00 This chapter explores the discursive construction of East Helsinki as a racialized and classed space in the Finnish cultural imaginary through an analysis of Afro-Finnish hip hop. Based on a critical discursive analysis of four songs by the rapper Prinssi Jusuf and the duo Seksikäs-Suklaa & Dosdela, I examine how rappers from East Helsinki challenge and negotiate the stigma associated with the district via their music. Using Loïc Wacquant’s (2009) framework of territorial stigmatization</italic>, I show the ways in which these rappers deploy different discourses about East Helsinki that resist the stigmatization of East Helsinki, while also creating new discourses that transcend efforts to mitigate stigma. I argue that in addition to challenging the mainstream media-produced stereotypes about East Helsinki as a dilapidated and crime-ridden problem area, the rappers also “talk back” by producing counter-discourses about “the East” as a sphere of belonging, home and freedom, juxtaposed against broader experiences of exclusion. East Helsinki’s reputation as the home of immigrants and low-income residents is also claimed as a point of pride, as a source of collective identification and as a sphere of belonging. 30 00 This chapter explores the discursive construction of East Helsinki as a racialized and classed space in the Finnish cultural imaginary through an analysis of Afro-Finnish hip hop. Based on a critical discursive analysis of four songs by the rapper Prinssi Jusuf and the duo Seksikäs-Suklaa & Dosdela, I examine how rappers from East Helsinki challenge and negotiate the stigma associated with the district via their music. Using Loïc Wacquant’s (2009) framework of territorial stigmatization</italic>, I show the ways in which these rappers deploy different discourses about East Helsinki that resist the stigmatization of East Helsinki, while also creating new discourses that transcend efforts to mitigate stigma. I argue that in addition to challenging the mainstream media-produced stereotypes about East Helsinki as a dilapidated and crime-ridden problem area, the rappers also “talk back” by producing counter-discourses about “the East” as a sphere of belonging, home and freedom, juxtaposed against broader experiences of exclusion. East Helsinki’s reputation as the home of immigrants and low-income residents is also claimed as a point of pride, as a source of collective identification and as a sphere of belonging. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Being Jewish in Contemporary Finland: Reflections on Jewishness from Project Minhag Finland 1 A01 21 0000000222726131 Riikka Tuori Riikka Tuori Department of Cultures 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Riikka Tuori is a university lecturer at the University of Helsinki, where she teaches Hebrew and Jewish studies. She is part of the ‘Boundaries of Jewish Identities in Contemporary Finland’ project at Åbo Akademi University. She has also worked as a research associate at the Seminar für Judaistik, Goethe-Universität Frankfurt am Main. Her research interests include Jewish history, early modern Judaism and Hebrew literature, Jewish mysticism, and poetry. 03 00 This chapter asks what being Jewish may mean in contemporary Finland by examining interviews of members of the Jewish congregations, collected in 2019 to 2020 in the research project Minhag Finland. The chapter first offers a brief assessment of the history of the Jewish community in Finland from its origins until present day, followed by a review of previous research on Nordic Jewish identities. Jewish identities in Finland are observed from three topical perspectives: how the informants negotiate their membership in an Orthodox Jewish congregation while living in a secularized society; how the elusive concept of “Finnishness” (national identity) interplays with just as elusive “Jewishness” (ethnic/religious identity); and, finally, the informants’ confrontations with antisemitism and racism in Finland. The chapter shows that during the last 30 years the Finnish Jewish community has evolved from a homogenous Ashkenazi (East European Jewish) community into a multicultural community. The community embraces many elements of “Finnishness” (national symbols and narratives), while the “difference” inherent to their Jewishness is not forgotten or suppressed. The chapter also shows how differently the mechanisms of antisemitism and racism in Finland influence the members of this diverse community. 30 00 This chapter asks what being Jewish may mean in contemporary Finland by examining interviews of members of the Jewish congregations, collected in 2019 to 2020 in the research project Minhag Finland. The chapter first offers a brief assessment of the history of the Jewish community in Finland from its origins until present day, followed by a review of previous research on Nordic Jewish identities. Jewish identities in Finland are observed from three topical perspectives: how the informants negotiate their membership in an Orthodox Jewish congregation while living in a secularized society; how the elusive concept of “Finnishness” (national identity) interplays with just as elusive “Jewishness” (ethnic/religious identity); and, finally, the informants’ confrontations with antisemitism and racism in Finland. The chapter shows that during the last 30 years the Finnish Jewish community has evolved from a homogenous Ashkenazi (East European Jewish) community into a multicultural community. The community embraces many elements of “Finnishness” (national symbols and narratives), while the “difference” inherent to their Jewishness is not forgotten or suppressed. The chapter also shows how differently the mechanisms of antisemitism and racism in Finland influence the members of this diverse community. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The English Language in Finland: Tool of Modernity or Tool of Coloniality? 1 A01 21 0000000260571804 Elizabeth Peterson Elizabeth Peterson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Elizabeth Peterson is University Lecturer in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. She conducts research on language contact and language attitudes, including attitudes and ideologies about English. She is currently co-editing/authoring a book on the role of English in the Nordic countries, under contract with Routledge. 03 00 English is the dominant lingua franca of the modern world, used by an estimated 1.5 billion people (Peterson 2020; 2 billion people according to MacKenzie 2018). The ubiquity of English is in large part due to its colonial history, which resulted in extreme pluricentricity (Clyne 1992). English is also the world’s most commonly taught foreign language, for example in places like Finland, where the majority population claims to be proficient in English (Leppänen, Nikula and Kääntä 2008). By some measures, the “best” non-native speakers of English are the Nordic populations, including Finland (European Commission 2012). Contemporary ideologies of the Nordic countries, Finland included, are at odds with the linguistic attitudes and discrimination that are a composite component of English. That is, Nordic countries value ideologies of equality (Keskinen, Skaptadóttir and Toivanen 2019), yet the English language is known to reflect social biases and to perpetuate social inequality based on race, economic status and gender (Lippi-Green 2012; Milroy and Milroy 1999). How then, does the use of English play out in a setting like Finland? Does English perpetuate Nordic values of equality, or colonial values of whiteness and elitism? The chapter explores these notions through the lens of the Extra and Intra-territorial Force Model (Buschfeld and Kautzsch 2017), a model designed to apply to non-postcolonial settings of English. 30 00 English is the dominant lingua franca of the modern world, used by an estimated 1.5 billion people (Peterson 2020; 2 billion people according to MacKenzie 2018). The ubiquity of English is in large part due to its colonial history, which resulted in extreme pluricentricity (Clyne 1992). English is also the world’s most commonly taught foreign language, for example in places like Finland, where the majority population claims to be proficient in English (Leppänen, Nikula and Kääntä 2008). By some measures, the “best” non-native speakers of English are the Nordic populations, including Finland (European Commission 2012). Contemporary ideologies of the Nordic countries, Finland included, are at odds with the linguistic attitudes and discrimination that are a composite component of English. That is, Nordic countries value ideologies of equality (Keskinen, Skaptadóttir and Toivanen 2019), yet the English language is known to reflect social biases and to perpetuate social inequality based on race, economic status and gender (Lippi-Green 2012; Milroy and Milroy 1999). How then, does the use of English play out in a setting like Finland? Does English perpetuate Nordic values of equality, or colonial values of whiteness and elitism? The chapter explores these notions through the lens of the Extra and Intra-territorial Force Model (Buschfeld and Kautzsch 2017), a model designed to apply to non-postcolonial settings of English. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-12 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 All I See Is White: The Colonial Problem in Finland 1 A01 Rauna Kuokkanen Rauna Kuokkanen 40 05jzt8766 University of Lapland Rauna Kuokkanen is Research Professor of Arctic Indigenous Studies at the University of Lapland, Adjunct Professor at the University of Toronto and a Fulbright Arctic Initiative Fellow for 2021–2023. Her most recent book is the triple prize-winning Restructuring Relations: Indigenous Self-Determination, Governance and Gender (Oxford University Press, 2019). She is also the author of Boaris dego eana: Eamiálbmogiid diehtu, filosofiijat ja dutkan (in Sámi) (translated title: As Old as the Earth. Indigenous Knowledge, Philosophies and Research, 2009). Her book Reshaping the University: Responsibility, Indigenous Epistemes and the Logic of the Gift (2007) develops an Indigenous, post-structural critique of the contemporary university. 03 00 The question of whiteness is inextricably linked to colonialism. This chapter considers common misconceptions of colonialism in Finland through a lens of the “Sámi problem.” These misbeliefs include: colonialism is (mostly) about the past and, thus, we can only talk about “coloniality” or legacies of colonialism; colonialism is only about colonies; and the concept of colonialism is confusing, difficult or too broad to have analytical value. All of these views are frequently applied both in general terms and specifically with regard to the Sámi people. The chapter examines the ways in which the “Sámi question” is a part and parcel of bona fide colonialism, not a “separate chapter” as is frequently suggested in the Finnish discourse of colonialism. The problem of colonialism vis-à-vis the Sámi is commonly framed in terms of “internal colonialism” and thus assumed and presented (if discussed at all) as distinct from other colonial and colonization processes. This chapter suggests that a more correct understanding could be arrived at through the concept and analysis of settler colonialism, which emphasizes structural injustice and the ongoing character of colonialism. In conclusion, the chapter discusses white privilege and considers the key ways in which it plays out in Finland vis-à-vis the Sámi. 30 00 The question of whiteness is inextricably linked to colonialism. This chapter considers common misconceptions of colonialism in Finland through a lens of the “Sámi problem.” These misbeliefs include: colonialism is (mostly) about the past and, thus, we can only talk about “coloniality” or legacies of colonialism; colonialism is only about colonies; and the concept of colonialism is confusing, difficult or too broad to have analytical value. All of these views are frequently applied both in general terms and specifically with regard to the Sámi people. The chapter examines the ways in which the “Sámi question” is a part and parcel of bona fide colonialism, not a “separate chapter” as is frequently suggested in the Finnish discourse of colonialism. The problem of colonialism vis-à-vis the Sámi is commonly framed in terms of “internal colonialism” and thus assumed and presented (if discussed at all) as distinct from other colonial and colonization processes. This chapter suggests that a more correct understanding could be arrived at through the concept and analysis of settler colonialism, which emphasizes structural injustice and the ongoing character of colonialism. In conclusion, the chapter discusses white privilege and considers the key ways in which it plays out in Finland vis-à-vis the Sámi. 20 00 Open Access 13 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-13 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Imperial Complicity: Finns and Tatars in the Political Hierarchy of Races 1 A01 21 0000000274600928 Ainur Elmgren Ainur Elmgren Faculty of Education 40 03yj89h83 University of Oulu Ainur Elmgren is Associate Professor (Docent) in Nordic History at Åbo Akademi University and university teacher in the didactics of history and social studies at the Faculty of Education, University of Oulu. Her fields of research include transnational minority history and the conceptual history of national and political identities and ethno-religious and racial stereotypes. She is a member of the multidisciplinary research project Keiden kaupunki (“Whose city?”) investigating the late modern history of city planning and traffic education from the perspective of equality and social justice. 03 00 Finnish and Tatar intellectuals shared a position of subordination and relative privilege in the Russian Empire from the early 19th century onward. They did not simply accept or reject Western racial knowledge production, which was increasingly used to justify colonialism and imperialism toward the end of the 19th century; they appropriated it and created a localized version of racial hierarchy, subverting derogatory racial stereotypes to sources of vitality. Within that framework, the heritage of another empire that had managed to menace the white West, the Mongol Empire, had an undeniable attraction to Finns and Tatars, who shared the experience of middle-men minorities providing experts and services to a multi-national empire, while aspiring for empires and colonies of their own. 30 00 Finnish and Tatar intellectuals shared a position of subordination and relative privilege in the Russian Empire from the early 19th century onward. They did not simply accept or reject Western racial knowledge production, which was increasingly used to justify colonialism and imperialism toward the end of the 19th century; they appropriated it and created a localized version of racial hierarchy, subverting derogatory racial stereotypes to sources of vitality. Within that framework, the heritage of another empire that had managed to menace the white West, the Mongol Empire, had an undeniable attraction to Finns and Tatars, who shared the experience of middle-men minorities providing experts and services to a multi-national empire, while aspiring for empires and colonies of their own. 20 00 Open Access 14 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-14 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Afterword: Re-Narrating Finnish Histories and Searching for the Politics of Hope 1 A01 21 0000000161749216 Suvi Keskinen Suvi Keskinen Swedish School of Social Science 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Suvi Keskinen is Professor of Ethnic Relations at the Swedish School of Social Science, University of Helsinki. Her research interests include questions of racism and antiracism, Nordic colonial and racial histories, political activism, racial welfare state, media and migration. 03 00 Although commonly perceived as ’outsiders’ to colonial and racial histories, the Nordic countries’ participation in colonialism and their complicity in the colonial/racial project need to be thoroughly investigated in order to understand the countries’ current racial formations. The economic, political, cultural and knowledge-production processes, developed in and through European colonialism, produced a world-system, in which Europe became equalized with civilized, culturally superior and economically developed nations. Even those parts of Europe not considered to constitute its political and cultural core, benefited in many ways from their location in Europe and (what later became named as) the “Western world.” Race and racial thinking was an elementary part of this world-system and the power relations it built. Moreover, settler colonialism in the Arctic is an essential part of Nordic colonialism. <break/>The chapter discusses central concepts that can guide critical analyses – colonialism, settler colonialism, colonial complicity and coloniality – connecting them to Finnish history. Moreover, an analysis of current Finnish society and its racial politics is elaborated through a reflection on the crisis of white hegemony, rise of white nationalism and the emerging politics of solidarity that could provide more hopeful future visions. 30 00 Although commonly perceived as ’outsiders’ to colonial and racial histories, the Nordic countries’ participation in colonialism and their complicity in the colonial/racial project need to be thoroughly investigated in order to understand the countries’ current racial formations. The economic, political, cultural and knowledge-production processes, developed in and through European colonialism, produced a world-system, in which Europe became equalized with civilized, culturally superior and economically developed nations. Even those parts of Europe not considered to constitute its political and cultural core, benefited in many ways from their location in Europe and (what later became named as) the “Western world.” Race and racial thinking was an elementary part of this world-system and the power relations it built. Moreover, settler colonialism in the Arctic is an essential part of Nordic colonialism. <break/>The chapter discusses central concepts that can guide critical analyses – colonialism, settler colonialism, colonial complicity and coloniality – connecting them to Finnish history. Moreover, an analysis of current Finnish society and its racial politics is elaborated through a reflection on the crisis of white hegemony, rise of white nationalism and the emerging politics of solidarity that could provide more hopeful future visions. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20220822 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690721 03 9789523690721 06 15 9789523690745 03 9789523690745 06 15 9789523690752 03 9789523690752 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20220822 01 urn:uuid:c68c83e4-e9d9-47e6-bf5a-ae4fc9d049c0 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e908e0b4-02dc-44ed-8307-6ca29b846ab0 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:c68c83e4-e9d9-47e6-bf5a-ae4fc9d049c0 15 9789523690745 03 9789523690745 06 10.33134/HUP-17 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Finnishness, Whiteness and Coloniality 1 B01 21 0000000234585444 Josephine Hoegaerts Josephine Hoegaerts 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Josephine Hoegaerts (University of Helsinki) is Associate Professor of European Studies and principal investigator of CALLIOPE: Vocal Articulations of Parliamentary Identity and Empire. Her research has focused on modern histories of nation-building, masculinity, and vocal practices of power and politics. 2 B01 21 0000000165212934 Tuire Liimatainen Tuire Liimatainen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Tuire Liimatainen is a postdoctoral researcher in Area and Cultural Studies at the University of Helsinki, with a specialization in Nordic Studies. Her doctoral research examined the construction and representation of ethnicity in Sweden-Finnish social media campaigns and online activism. Liimatainen’s research interests center broadly on questions of migration, national minorities and ethnicity in the Nordic region, as well as language, culture and new media. 3 B01 21 0000000210646871 Laura Hekanaho Laura Hekanaho 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Laura Hekanaho (University of Jyväskylä) is a postdoctoral researcher in Applied Linguistics. Her research focuses on the relationship between language, gender and identity. In her doctoral dissertation she examined language attitudes and ideologies related to generic and nonbinary pronouns in English. 4 B01 21 0000000260571804 Elizabeth Peterson Elizabeth Peterson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Elizabeth Peterson is University Lecturer in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. She conducts research on language contact and language attitudes, including attitudes and ideologies about English. She is currently co-editing/authoring a book on the role of English in the Nordic countries, under contract with Routledge. 01 eng 00 373 03 B2 history B2 sociology B2 socio-linguistics B2 social psychology B2 ethnic studies 20 whiteness; coloniality; colonialism; multiculturalism; migration; racism 01 06 02 00 This multidisciplinary volume reflects the shifting experiences and framings of Finnishness and its relation to race and coloniality. The authors centre their investigations on whiteness and unravel the cultural myth of a normative Finnish (white) ethnicity. Rather than presenting a unified definition for whiteness, the book gives space to th 03 00 This multidisciplinary volume reflects the shifting experiences and framings of Finnishness and its relation to race and coloniality. The authors centre their investigations on whiteness and unravel the cultural myth of a normative Finnish (white) ethnicity. Rather than presenting a unified definition for whiteness, the book gives space to the different understandings and analyses of its authors. This collection of case-studies illuminates how Indigenous and ethnic minorities have participated in defining notions of Finnishness, how historical and recent processes of migration have challenged the traditional conceptualisations of the nation-state and its population, and how imperial relationships have contributed to a complex set of discourses on Finnish compliance and identity.With an aim to question and problematise what may seem self-evident aspects of Finnish life and Finnishness, expert voices join together to offer (counter) perspectives on how Finnishness is constructed and perceived. Scholars from cultural studies, history, sociology, linguistics, genetics, among others, address four main topics: 1) Imaginations of Finnishness, including perceived physical characteristics of Finnish people; 2) Constructions of whiteness, entailing studies of those who do and do not pass as white; 3) Representations of belonging and exclusion, making up of accounts of perceptions of what it means to be ‘Finnish’; and 4) Imperialism and colonisation, including what might be considered uncomfortable or even surprising accounts of inclusion and exclusion in the Finnish context.This volume takes a first step in opening up a complex set of realities that define Finland’s changing role in the world and as a home to diverse populations.Josephine Hoegaerts</bold> is Associate Professor of European Studies at the University of Helsinki and principal investigator of CALLIOPE: Vocal Articulations of Parliamentary Identity and Empire. Her research has focused on modern histories of nation-building, masculinity, and vocal practices of power and politics.Tuire Liimatainen</bold> is a PhD student in Area and Cultural Studies at the University of Helsinki, with a specialisation in Nordic Studies. Her research interests center broadly on questions of migration, national minorities and ethnicity in the Nordic region, as well as language, culture, and new media.Laura Hekanaho</bold> is a postdoctoral researcher in Applied Linguistics at the University of Jyväskylä. Her research focuses on the relationship between language, gender, and identity.Elizabeth Peterson</bold> is University Lecturer in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. She conducts research on language contact and language attitudes, including attitudes and ideologies about English. 30 00 This multidisciplinary volume reflects the shifting experiences and framings of Finnishness and its relation to race and coloniality. The authors centre their investigations on whiteness and unravel the cultural myth of a normative Finnish (white) ethnicity. Rather than presenting a unified definition for whiteness, the book gives space to the different understandings and analyses of its authors. This collection of case-studies illuminates how Indigenous and ethnic minorities have participated in defining notions of Finnishness, how historical and recent processes of migration have challenged the traditional conceptualisations of the nation-state and its population, and how imperial relationships have contributed to a complex set of discourses on Finnish compliance and identity.With an aim to question and problematise what may seem self-evident aspects of Finnish life and Finnishness, expert voices join together to offer (counter) perspectives on how Finnishness is constructed and perceived. Scholars from cultural studies, history, sociology, linguistics, genetics, among others, address four main topics: 1) Imaginations of Finnishness, including perceived physical characteristics of Finnish people; 2) Constructions of whiteness, entailing studies of those who do and do not pass as white; 3) Representations of belonging and exclusion, making up of accounts of perceptions of what it means to be ‘Finnish’; and 4) Imperialism and colonisation, including what might be considered uncomfortable or even surprising accounts of inclusion and exclusion in the Finnish context.This volume takes a first step in opening up a complex set of realities that define Finland’s changing role in the world and as a home to diverse populations.Josephine Hoegaerts</bold> is Associate Professor of European Studies at the University of Helsinki and principal investigator of CALLIOPE: Vocal Articulations of Parliamentary Identity and Empire. Her research has focused on modern histories of nation-building, masculinity, and vocal practices of power and politics.Tuire Liimatainen</bold> is a PhD student in Area and Cultural Studies at the University of Helsinki, with a specialisation in Nordic Studies. Her research interests center broadly on questions of migration, national minorities and ethnicity in the Nordic region, as well as language, culture, and new media.Laura Hekanaho</bold> is a postdoctoral researcher in Applied Linguistics at the University of Jyväskylä. Her research focuses on the relationship between language, gender, and identity.Elizabeth Peterson</bold> is University Lecturer in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. She conducts research on language contact and language attitudes, including attitudes and ideologies about English. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/f98410dd-6006-464b-95f5-e664bf235ea7.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Finnishness, Whiteness and Coloniality: An Introduction 1 A01 21 0000000234585444 Josephine Hoegaerts Josephine Hoegaerts 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Josephine Hoegaerts (University of Helsinki) is Associate Professor of European Studies and principal investigator of CALLIOPE: Vocal Articulations of Parliamentary Identity and Empire. Her research has focused on modern histories of nation-building, masculinity, and vocal practices of power and politics. 2 A01 21 0000000260571804 Elizabeth Peterson Elizabeth Peterson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Elizabeth Peterson is University Lecturer in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. She conducts research on language contact and language attitudes, including attitudes and ideologies about English. She is currently co-editing/authoring a book on the role of English in the Nordic countries, under contract with Routledge. 3 A01 21 0000000165212934 Tuire Liimatainen Tuire Liimatainen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Tuire Liimatainen is a postdoctoral researcher in Area and Cultural Studies at the University of Helsinki, with a specialization in Nordic Studies. Her doctoral research examined the construction and representation of ethnicity in Sweden-Finnish social media campaigns and online activism. Liimatainen’s research interests center broadly on questions of migration, national minorities and ethnicity in the Nordic region, as well as language, culture and new media. 4 A01 21 0000000210646871 Laura Hekanaho Laura Hekanaho 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Laura Hekanaho (University of Jyväskylä) is a postdoctoral researcher in Applied Linguistics. Her research focuses on the relationship between language, gender and identity. In her doctoral dissertation she examined language attitudes and ideologies related to generic and nonbinary pronouns in English. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Genetic Imagination: Imaging Populations and the Construction of Nationhood 1 A01 21 0000000315127533 Aaro Tupasela Aaro Tupasela Faculty of Social Science 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Aaro Tupasela (University of Helsinki) is a sociologist with an interest in medical science and technology studies (STS). For the past 20 years, he has been exploring different perspectives related to the biomedical collection and use of human tissue collections, as well as health-related data. Most recently, he has been studying everyday practices in the development and implementation of AI systems in health care. 03 00 This chapter explores the ways in which genetics, particularly population genetics, generate representations of difference and similarity. Using examples drawn from both scientific literature, as well as popularizing texts, I show how visual representations of difference and similarity have come to provide compelling forms of evidence for constructing nationhood, as well as national identity. Using the case of Finnish genetics, as well as the study of rare diseases in Finland, I will describe how genetics and historical understandings of nationhood have come to complement other forms of national identity, such as culture. If the national romantic period in Finland from the late 19th to the early 20th centuries drew its legitimacy from literature and the arts, then the role of genetics in the construction of nationhood can be understood through the lens of what I have termed genetic romanticism</italic>. Much like the national romantic period, I consider genetic romanticism as a set of practices and processes through which national identity becomes defined and stabilized. 30 00 This chapter explores the ways in which genetics, particularly population genetics, generate representations of difference and similarity. Using examples drawn from both scientific literature, as well as popularizing texts, I show how visual representations of difference and similarity have come to provide compelling forms of evidence for constructing nationhood, as well as national identity. Using the case of Finnish genetics, as well as the study of rare diseases in Finland, I will describe how genetics and historical understandings of nationhood have come to complement other forms of national identity, such as culture. If the national romantic period in Finland from the late 19th to the early 20th centuries drew its legitimacy from literature and the arts, then the role of genetics in the construction of nationhood can be understood through the lens of what I have termed genetic romanticism</italic>. Much like the national romantic period, I consider genetic romanticism as a set of practices and processes through which national identity becomes defined and stabilized. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Visualizing Heritage, Ethnicity and Gender: Bodily Representations of Finnishness in the Photographs of the National Inventory of Living Heritage 1 A01 21 0000000153729290 Heidi Henriikka Mäkelä Heidi Henriikka Mäkelä 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Heidi Henriikka Mäkelä is a folklorist who studies the ideological meanings of folklore and cultural heritage in contemporary Finland. She works as a postdoctoral researcher at the University of Helsinki. She has published articles on cultural appropriation, Kalevalaicity, language ideologies, intangible cultural heritage and national landscapes. 03 00 The main goals of this chapter are to analyze: (1) how the claim of whiteness is reproduced in 21st-century Finland in the processes of producing intangible cultural heritage; and (2) how Finnishness is visualized and embodied in these practices. I scrutinize the newly established wiki-based open access publication National Inventory of Living Heritage</italic> (NILH, 2017–), which is a part of the Finnish implementation for the UNESCO Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage. In this chapter, I examine the photographs published in the NILH by using a methodological approach of visual discourse analysis. I conduct an analysis of 153 photographs that are divided into categories of (1) manhood, womanhood and family, (2) nature and naturalness and (3) visual othernesses of Finnishness. Building on interdisciplinary studies on heritage, banal nationalism and gender, I argue that the NILH photographs participate in reproducing the normative (e.g. heterosexual, white, family-centered and middle-class) images of Finnishness. Finnishness is embodied in the photographs in active, working, mature bodies that perform either heroic and masculine or collective and caring feminine tasks. Finns are also represented as having an intrinsic connection to “nature.” People are often portrayed in forested landscapes, and the pictures underline naturalized connections between the landscape, ethnicity and sexuality. 30 00 The main goals of this chapter are to analyze: (1) how the claim of whiteness is reproduced in 21st-century Finland in the processes of producing intangible cultural heritage; and (2) how Finnishness is visualized and embodied in these practices. I scrutinize the newly established wiki-based open access publication National Inventory of Living Heritage</italic> (NILH, 2017–), which is a part of the Finnish implementation for the UNESCO Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage. In this chapter, I examine the photographs published in the NILH by using a methodological approach of visual discourse analysis. I conduct an analysis of 153 photographs that are divided into categories of (1) manhood, womanhood and family, (2) nature and naturalness and (3) visual othernesses of Finnishness. Building on interdisciplinary studies on heritage, banal nationalism and gender, I argue that the NILH photographs participate in reproducing the normative (e.g. heterosexual, white, family-centered and middle-class) images of Finnishness. Finnishness is embodied in the photographs in active, working, mature bodies that perform either heroic and masculine or collective and caring feminine tasks. Finns are also represented as having an intrinsic connection to “nature.” People are often portrayed in forested landscapes, and the pictures underline naturalized connections between the landscape, ethnicity and sexuality. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The North Engendered: Mythologized Histories, Gender and the Finnish Perspective on the Imagined Viking-Nordic Ideal 1 A01 21 0000000172324993 Saga Rosenström Saga Rosenström The Doctoral School in Humanities and Social Sciences 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki M.A. Saga Rosenström is a doctoral student of sociology at the University of Helsinki, Doctoral School in Humanities and Social Sciences. She is writing her dissertation on the Nagu asylum reception centre of 2015–2016 and the surrounding community within with the project Svenskfinlands nya konturer – identitet, disidentifikation och solidaritet i möten med nya ”andra”. Previously she has worked on hybrid mediatisations of the so-called refugee crisis, namely media portrayals of Soldiers of Odin, within the project Border Crises in Two Languages. 2 A01 21 000000034262077X Barbora Žiačková Barbora Žiačková School of Archaeology 40 052gg0110 University of Oxford Barbora Žiačková is a DPhil candidate at the University of Oxford, School of Archaeology. She received her BA in History of Art/Archaeology from SOAS, University of London in 2016, and her MA in Archaeology from UCL in 2017. Barbora’s doctoral thesis discusses how so-called “oriental” objects found in graves from Sweden, Finland, and Russia were deployed in identity formation practices during the Viking Age (c. 800-1050 CE). Her other research interests include the use of Viking imagery and symbolism in pop culture and politics. 03 00 Narratives derived from historical and archaeological knowledge form a core part of the creation of national identities. This chapter offers reflections and observations on the results of a survey-based pilot study into the construction of the Nordic woman in relation to an imagined and mythologized Viking past. In conducting the study, we addressed this topic from the perspective of the Nordic countries more broadly, while here we will focus on the answers of those respondents self-reporting as Finnish.We suggest that the image of “the Viking woman” as a symbol of a tradition of gender equality is of high importance to how national identities are formed in the Nordic countries. She represents an idea of the romantic North, and an idealized, explicitly or implicitly, white identity. How the “Viking woman” is envisioned by Nordic societies relates to femonationalist political narratives, and race and racialization in the present day. In the Finnish context, this is further entangled within the tension between Finnishness and the ubiquitous use of a historically derived Scandinavian symbol as pan-Nordic. Taking the respondents’ perspectives as a starting point, we explore the intersection between mythologized history and symbolism, womanhood and Finnish ethnic identity. 30 00 Narratives derived from historical and archaeological knowledge form a core part of the creation of national identities. This chapter offers reflections and observations on the results of a survey-based pilot study into the construction of the Nordic woman in relation to an imagined and mythologized Viking past. In conducting the study, we addressed this topic from the perspective of the Nordic countries more broadly, while here we will focus on the answers of those respondents self-reporting as Finnish.We suggest that the image of “the Viking woman” as a symbol of a tradition of gender equality is of high importance to how national identities are formed in the Nordic countries. She represents an idea of the romantic North, and an idealized, explicitly or implicitly, white identity. How the “Viking woman” is envisioned by Nordic societies relates to femonationalist political narratives, and race and racialization in the present day. In the Finnish context, this is further entangled within the tension between Finnishness and the ubiquitous use of a historically derived Scandinavian symbol as pan-Nordic. Taking the respondents’ perspectives as a starting point, we explore the intersection between mythologized history and symbolism, womanhood and Finnish ethnic identity. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Doing Whiteness and Masculinities at School: Finnish 12- to 15-Year-Olds’ Narratives on Multiethnicity 1 A01 21 0000000199916518 Marja Peltola Marja Peltola Unit of Social Research 40 033003e23 Tampere University Marja Peltola is University Lecturer in Gender studies at the Social Research Unit, Faculty of Social Sciences in Tampere University. 2 A01 21 0000000153828918 Ann Phoenix Ann Phoenix Social Research Institute 40 02jx3x895 University College London Ann Phoenix is Professor of Psychosocial Studies at the Thomas Coram Research Unit, Social Research Institute, UCL IOE. 03 00 As Finland becomes increasingly multiethnic, there is a growing need to understand how young, white Finnish people position themselves and others in relation to norms of Finnishness and whiteness, and in relation to racism and (in)equalities. In popular narratives, assumptions of increasing “tolerance” and decreasing racism and inequalities are sometimes particularly attributed to young people, a perspective that enables most of the population to continue to evade issues of racism and perpetuate “white innocence” (Wekker 2016) and the color blindness (Bonilla-Silva 2003) of imagined Finnishness. In this chapter, we draw on a study of masculinities in 12- to 15-year-olds in Helsinki to examine these issues by focusing on the white Finnish participants’ narratives on multiethnicity. Our theoretical starting point is to understand the intersections of Finnishness, whiteness, and masculinities. We argue that while the interviewees widely embraced egalitarianism and multicultural ideologies in the interviews, the norm of whiteness was unquestioned and the contradictions characteristic of white innocence largely prevailed. The combination of white Finnishness, male gender and egalitarian ideas allowed the white Finnish boys to occupy an unquestioned position of “ordinary boys.” They were able to construct themselves as tolerant and to see multiethnicity and racism as phenomena that were largely irrelevant to them, while benefiting from a privileged white position. 30 00 As Finland becomes increasingly multiethnic, there is a growing need to understand how young, white Finnish people position themselves and others in relation to norms of Finnishness and whiteness, and in relation to racism and (in)equalities. In popular narratives, assumptions of increasing “tolerance” and decreasing racism and inequalities are sometimes particularly attributed to young people, a perspective that enables most of the population to continue to evade issues of racism and perpetuate “white innocence” (Wekker 2016) and the color blindness (Bonilla-Silva 2003) of imagined Finnishness. In this chapter, we draw on a study of masculinities in 12- to 15-year-olds in Helsinki to examine these issues by focusing on the white Finnish participants’ narratives on multiethnicity. Our theoretical starting point is to understand the intersections of Finnishness, whiteness, and masculinities. We argue that while the interviewees widely embraced egalitarianism and multicultural ideologies in the interviews, the norm of whiteness was unquestioned and the contradictions characteristic of white innocence largely prevailed. The combination of white Finnishness, male gender and egalitarian ideas allowed the white Finnish boys to occupy an unquestioned position of “ordinary boys.” They were able to construct themselves as tolerant and to see multiethnicity and racism as phenomena that were largely irrelevant to them, while benefiting from a privileged white position. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 “A Dark Foreign Man”: Constructing Invisible Whiteness in Finnish Sexual Autobiographies from the 1990s 1 A01 21 0000000196012206 Riikka Taavetti Riikka Taavetti 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Riikka Taavetti, PhD, works currently as a University Lecturer in political history at the University of Helsinki. Her research has addressed Estonian and Finnish queer history, politics of memory, and oral history. She conducted her work on the intellectual history of Finnish sex research in research project Power, Population, Sexuality (PopSexHistory), funded by the Kone Foundation. 03 00 This chapter analyzes a collection of 148 sexual autobiographies to discover how the narratives of sexual experiences and descriptions of sexual attitudes and feelings are connected to notions of race and nationality. The autobiographies, gathered in year 1992 in Finland in the FINSEX research project are studied using both corpus analysis methods and close reading. The chapter addresses the construction of Finnish whiteness in a context that is, seemingly, monoethnic and in which race is rarely discussed. While very few authors comment directly on race, there are traces of ethnicized understandings in the texts. The narratives implicitly construct the authors’ own white Finnishness as the authors note ethnic differences that make their own whiteness visible and construct the borders of Finnishness. The analysis of these autobiographies offers perspectives on the meanings of race and their connections to sexuality in the early 1990s Finland. 30 00 This chapter analyzes a collection of 148 sexual autobiographies to discover how the narratives of sexual experiences and descriptions of sexual attitudes and feelings are connected to notions of race and nationality. The autobiographies, gathered in year 1992 in Finland in the FINSEX research project are studied using both corpus analysis methods and close reading. The chapter addresses the construction of Finnish whiteness in a context that is, seemingly, monoethnic and in which race is rarely discussed. While very few authors comment directly on race, there are traces of ethnicized understandings in the texts. The narratives implicitly construct the authors’ own white Finnishness as the authors note ethnic differences that make their own whiteness visible and construct the borders of Finnishness. The analysis of these autobiographies offers perspectives on the meanings of race and their connections to sexuality in the early 1990s Finland. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Discursive Constructions of Whiteness, Non-White Cultural Others and Allies in Facebook Conversations of Estonians in Finland 1 A01 21 0000000233928169 Jaanika Kingumets Jaanika Kingumets 40 033003e23 Tampere University Jaanika Kingumets recently defended her PhD in social anthropology at the Faculty of Social Sciences, Tampere University. In her doctoral research, she studied the everyday home-making practices of Russian-speaking migrants in Estonia-Russian cross-border town Narva drawing from ethnographic fieldwork as well as Narvans’ biographic narratives over six decades throughout the Soviet period to contemporary Estonia. Her research engages particularly with the anthropology of home, state and hope and their intersections. She has been also studying Estonian migrant communities in Finland and their transnational practices and negotiations of social positionality, both in Finland and Estonia, through cultural appropriations. 2 A01 21 0000000258869193 Markku Sippola Markku Sippola 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Markku Sippola is Senior Lecturer at the Faculty of Social Sciences, University of Helsinki. He holds the degree of docent in social and public policy at the University of Eastern Finland. His research interests revolve around industrial relations, migration, social policy, and societal and labor processes in the Baltic, Nordic and Russian contexts. Sippola has published research articles in Economic and Industrial Democracy, Employee Relations, European Journal of Industrial Relations, International Journal of Intercultural Relations, Journal of Baltic Studies and Work, and Employment and Society. 03 00 This chapter discusses how Estonian migrants in Finland craft their place in Finnish society by appropriating the idea that they as an ethnically and culturally marked group naturally belong to the privileged migrants in Finland, while many other migrants do not. We explore how Estonians in Finland engage in Facebook group discussions with other Estonian migrants and in this dialogical process construct their own whiteness in relation to majority Finns and their racialized others in Finland, imagined as culturally distant, harmful and unfitting in the European North. We show how the discussants, drawing situationally both from their Soviet past and transnational migrant life in Finland, place themselves in a “knower’s position” regarding racialized experiences both in Finnish and Estonian society, and through that aim at legitimizing their right to define and strictly delineate the boundaries of whiteness both in Finland and Estonia. In addition to that, we also observe the dynamics of whiteness with regard to Russian migrants in sorting out how ethnic/racial hierarchies are built in Estonians’ mind. 30 00 This chapter discusses how Estonian migrants in Finland craft their place in Finnish society by appropriating the idea that they as an ethnically and culturally marked group naturally belong to the privileged migrants in Finland, while many other migrants do not. We explore how Estonians in Finland engage in Facebook group discussions with other Estonian migrants and in this dialogical process construct their own whiteness in relation to majority Finns and their racialized others in Finland, imagined as culturally distant, harmful and unfitting in the European North. We show how the discussants, drawing situationally both from their Soviet past and transnational migrant life in Finland, place themselves in a “knower’s position” regarding racialized experiences both in Finnish and Estonian society, and through that aim at legitimizing their right to define and strictly delineate the boundaries of whiteness both in Finland and Estonia. In addition to that, we also observe the dynamics of whiteness with regard to Russian migrants in sorting out how ethnic/racial hierarchies are built in Estonians’ mind. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 In/Visible Finnishness: Representations of Finnishness and Whiteness in the Sweden-Finnish Social Media Landscape 1 A01 21 0000000165212934 Tuire Liimatainen Tuire Liimatainen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Tuire Liimatainen is a postdoctoral researcher in Area and Cultural Studies at the University of Helsinki, with a specialization in Nordic Studies. Her doctoral research examined the construction and representation of ethnicity in Sweden-Finnish social media campaigns and online activism. Liimatainen’s research interests center broadly on questions of migration, national minorities and ethnicity in the Nordic region, as well as language, culture and new media. 03 00 This chapter examines embodied representations of Finnishness and whiteness in Sweden where the collective notion of Sweden-Finnishness is situated in the nexus migrant and minority experiences. Based on material generated by individuals and activists as part of Sweden-Finnish social media campaigns in the 2010s, the chapter discusses the different ways in which Finnishness and whiteness are negotiated on an individual level and how they are situated in different social, political and historical contexts. By applying the analytical lens of in/visibility and drawing from both critical whiteness studies and intersectionally informed thinking, the study reveals how Finnishness can at the same time be invisible and visible due to the whiteness of the Finns, but also visible as minoritized and racialized others. The chapter provides novel insights into contemporary Sweden-Finnishness and experiences of non-white Sweden-Finns, as well as politicized and minoritized Sweden-Finnishness. In addition to highlighting the diversity of different Finnish experiences in Sweden, the study demonstrates that whiteness is a highly fluid, situational and contextual way of boundary-drawing. 30 00 This chapter examines embodied representations of Finnishness and whiteness in Sweden where the collective notion of Sweden-Finnishness is situated in the nexus migrant and minority experiences. Based on material generated by individuals and activists as part of Sweden-Finnish social media campaigns in the 2010s, the chapter discusses the different ways in which Finnishness and whiteness are negotiated on an individual level and how they are situated in different social, political and historical contexts. By applying the analytical lens of in/visibility and drawing from both critical whiteness studies and intersectionally informed thinking, the study reveals how Finnishness can at the same time be invisible and visible due to the whiteness of the Finns, but also visible as minoritized and racialized others. The chapter provides novel insights into contemporary Sweden-Finnishness and experiences of non-white Sweden-Finns, as well as politicized and minoritized Sweden-Finnishness. In addition to highlighting the diversity of different Finnish experiences in Sweden, the study demonstrates that whiteness is a highly fluid, situational and contextual way of boundary-drawing. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 “We’re Not All Thugs in the East”: The Racial Politics of Place in Afro-Finnish Hip Hop 1 A01 21 0000000170998628 Jasmine Kelekay Jasmine Kelekay Sociology 40 02t274463 University of California, Santa Barbara Jasmine Kelekay is a PhD candidate in the Department of Sociology at the University of California, Santa Barbara, with an interdisciplinary emphasis in Black Studies. Originally from Helsinki, Finland, her work draws on critical race and postcolonial theories, Black feminist thought and African diaspora studies to explore how ideas about Blackness are circulated globally, yet shaped by local contexts, histories, material conditions and intersecting identities. In particular, she examines the relationship between racialization, criminalization and punitive social control, as well as the myriad ways in which Black/African diasporic communities mobilize and organize in response to—and in spite of—racism. 03 00 This chapter explores the discursive construction of East Helsinki as a racialized and classed space in the Finnish cultural imaginary through an analysis of Afro-Finnish hip hop. Based on a critical discursive analysis of four songs by the rapper Prinssi Jusuf and the duo Seksikäs-Suklaa & Dosdela, I examine how rappers from East Helsinki challenge and negotiate the stigma associated with the district via their music. Using Loïc Wacquant’s (2009) framework of territorial stigmatization</italic>, I show the ways in which these rappers deploy different discourses about East Helsinki that resist the stigmatization of East Helsinki, while also creating new discourses that transcend efforts to mitigate stigma. I argue that in addition to challenging the mainstream media-produced stereotypes about East Helsinki as a dilapidated and crime-ridden problem area, the rappers also “talk back” by producing counter-discourses about “the East” as a sphere of belonging, home and freedom, juxtaposed against broader experiences of exclusion. East Helsinki’s reputation as the home of immigrants and low-income residents is also claimed as a point of pride, as a source of collective identification and as a sphere of belonging. 30 00 This chapter explores the discursive construction of East Helsinki as a racialized and classed space in the Finnish cultural imaginary through an analysis of Afro-Finnish hip hop. Based on a critical discursive analysis of four songs by the rapper Prinssi Jusuf and the duo Seksikäs-Suklaa & Dosdela, I examine how rappers from East Helsinki challenge and negotiate the stigma associated with the district via their music. Using Loïc Wacquant’s (2009) framework of territorial stigmatization</italic>, I show the ways in which these rappers deploy different discourses about East Helsinki that resist the stigmatization of East Helsinki, while also creating new discourses that transcend efforts to mitigate stigma. I argue that in addition to challenging the mainstream media-produced stereotypes about East Helsinki as a dilapidated and crime-ridden problem area, the rappers also “talk back” by producing counter-discourses about “the East” as a sphere of belonging, home and freedom, juxtaposed against broader experiences of exclusion. East Helsinki’s reputation as the home of immigrants and low-income residents is also claimed as a point of pride, as a source of collective identification and as a sphere of belonging. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Being Jewish in Contemporary Finland: Reflections on Jewishness from Project Minhag Finland 1 A01 21 0000000222726131 Riikka Tuori Riikka Tuori Department of Cultures 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Riikka Tuori is a university lecturer at the University of Helsinki, where she teaches Hebrew and Jewish studies. She is part of the ‘Boundaries of Jewish Identities in Contemporary Finland’ project at Åbo Akademi University. She has also worked as a research associate at the Seminar für Judaistik, Goethe-Universität Frankfurt am Main. Her research interests include Jewish history, early modern Judaism and Hebrew literature, Jewish mysticism, and poetry. 03 00 This chapter asks what being Jewish may mean in contemporary Finland by examining interviews of members of the Jewish congregations, collected in 2019 to 2020 in the research project Minhag Finland. The chapter first offers a brief assessment of the history of the Jewish community in Finland from its origins until present day, followed by a review of previous research on Nordic Jewish identities. Jewish identities in Finland are observed from three topical perspectives: how the informants negotiate their membership in an Orthodox Jewish congregation while living in a secularized society; how the elusive concept of “Finnishness” (national identity) interplays with just as elusive “Jewishness” (ethnic/religious identity); and, finally, the informants’ confrontations with antisemitism and racism in Finland. The chapter shows that during the last 30 years the Finnish Jewish community has evolved from a homogenous Ashkenazi (East European Jewish) community into a multicultural community. The community embraces many elements of “Finnishness” (national symbols and narratives), while the “difference” inherent to their Jewishness is not forgotten or suppressed. The chapter also shows how differently the mechanisms of antisemitism and racism in Finland influence the members of this diverse community. 30 00 This chapter asks what being Jewish may mean in contemporary Finland by examining interviews of members of the Jewish congregations, collected in 2019 to 2020 in the research project Minhag Finland. The chapter first offers a brief assessment of the history of the Jewish community in Finland from its origins until present day, followed by a review of previous research on Nordic Jewish identities. Jewish identities in Finland are observed from three topical perspectives: how the informants negotiate their membership in an Orthodox Jewish congregation while living in a secularized society; how the elusive concept of “Finnishness” (national identity) interplays with just as elusive “Jewishness” (ethnic/religious identity); and, finally, the informants’ confrontations with antisemitism and racism in Finland. The chapter shows that during the last 30 years the Finnish Jewish community has evolved from a homogenous Ashkenazi (East European Jewish) community into a multicultural community. The community embraces many elements of “Finnishness” (national symbols and narratives), while the “difference” inherent to their Jewishness is not forgotten or suppressed. The chapter also shows how differently the mechanisms of antisemitism and racism in Finland influence the members of this diverse community. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The English Language in Finland: Tool of Modernity or Tool of Coloniality? 1 A01 21 0000000260571804 Elizabeth Peterson Elizabeth Peterson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Elizabeth Peterson is University Lecturer in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. She conducts research on language contact and language attitudes, including attitudes and ideologies about English. She is currently co-editing/authoring a book on the role of English in the Nordic countries, under contract with Routledge. 03 00 English is the dominant lingua franca of the modern world, used by an estimated 1.5 billion people (Peterson 2020; 2 billion people according to MacKenzie 2018). The ubiquity of English is in large part due to its colonial history, which resulted in extreme pluricentricity (Clyne 1992). English is also the world’s most commonly taught foreign language, for example in places like Finland, where the majority population claims to be proficient in English (Leppänen, Nikula and Kääntä 2008). By some measures, the “best” non-native speakers of English are the Nordic populations, including Finland (European Commission 2012). Contemporary ideologies of the Nordic countries, Finland included, are at odds with the linguistic attitudes and discrimination that are a composite component of English. That is, Nordic countries value ideologies of equality (Keskinen, Skaptadóttir and Toivanen 2019), yet the English language is known to reflect social biases and to perpetuate social inequality based on race, economic status and gender (Lippi-Green 2012; Milroy and Milroy 1999). How then, does the use of English play out in a setting like Finland? Does English perpetuate Nordic values of equality, or colonial values of whiteness and elitism? The chapter explores these notions through the lens of the Extra and Intra-territorial Force Model (Buschfeld and Kautzsch 2017), a model designed to apply to non-postcolonial settings of English. 30 00 English is the dominant lingua franca of the modern world, used by an estimated 1.5 billion people (Peterson 2020; 2 billion people according to MacKenzie 2018). The ubiquity of English is in large part due to its colonial history, which resulted in extreme pluricentricity (Clyne 1992). English is also the world’s most commonly taught foreign language, for example in places like Finland, where the majority population claims to be proficient in English (Leppänen, Nikula and Kääntä 2008). By some measures, the “best” non-native speakers of English are the Nordic populations, including Finland (European Commission 2012). Contemporary ideologies of the Nordic countries, Finland included, are at odds with the linguistic attitudes and discrimination that are a composite component of English. That is, Nordic countries value ideologies of equality (Keskinen, Skaptadóttir and Toivanen 2019), yet the English language is known to reflect social biases and to perpetuate social inequality based on race, economic status and gender (Lippi-Green 2012; Milroy and Milroy 1999). How then, does the use of English play out in a setting like Finland? Does English perpetuate Nordic values of equality, or colonial values of whiteness and elitism? The chapter explores these notions through the lens of the Extra and Intra-territorial Force Model (Buschfeld and Kautzsch 2017), a model designed to apply to non-postcolonial settings of English. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-12 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 All I See Is White: The Colonial Problem in Finland 1 A01 Rauna Kuokkanen Rauna Kuokkanen 40 05jzt8766 University of Lapland Rauna Kuokkanen is Research Professor of Arctic Indigenous Studies at the University of Lapland, Adjunct Professor at the University of Toronto and a Fulbright Arctic Initiative Fellow for 2021–2023. Her most recent book is the triple prize-winning Restructuring Relations: Indigenous Self-Determination, Governance and Gender (Oxford University Press, 2019). She is also the author of Boaris dego eana: Eamiálbmogiid diehtu, filosofiijat ja dutkan (in Sámi) (translated title: As Old as the Earth. Indigenous Knowledge, Philosophies and Research, 2009). Her book Reshaping the University: Responsibility, Indigenous Epistemes and the Logic of the Gift (2007) develops an Indigenous, post-structural critique of the contemporary university. 03 00 The question of whiteness is inextricably linked to colonialism. This chapter considers common misconceptions of colonialism in Finland through a lens of the “Sámi problem.” These misbeliefs include: colonialism is (mostly) about the past and, thus, we can only talk about “coloniality” or legacies of colonialism; colonialism is only about colonies; and the concept of colonialism is confusing, difficult or too broad to have analytical value. All of these views are frequently applied both in general terms and specifically with regard to the Sámi people. The chapter examines the ways in which the “Sámi question” is a part and parcel of bona fide colonialism, not a “separate chapter” as is frequently suggested in the Finnish discourse of colonialism. The problem of colonialism vis-à-vis the Sámi is commonly framed in terms of “internal colonialism” and thus assumed and presented (if discussed at all) as distinct from other colonial and colonization processes. This chapter suggests that a more correct understanding could be arrived at through the concept and analysis of settler colonialism, which emphasizes structural injustice and the ongoing character of colonialism. In conclusion, the chapter discusses white privilege and considers the key ways in which it plays out in Finland vis-à-vis the Sámi. 30 00 The question of whiteness is inextricably linked to colonialism. This chapter considers common misconceptions of colonialism in Finland through a lens of the “Sámi problem.” These misbeliefs include: colonialism is (mostly) about the past and, thus, we can only talk about “coloniality” or legacies of colonialism; colonialism is only about colonies; and the concept of colonialism is confusing, difficult or too broad to have analytical value. All of these views are frequently applied both in general terms and specifically with regard to the Sámi people. The chapter examines the ways in which the “Sámi question” is a part and parcel of bona fide colonialism, not a “separate chapter” as is frequently suggested in the Finnish discourse of colonialism. The problem of colonialism vis-à-vis the Sámi is commonly framed in terms of “internal colonialism” and thus assumed and presented (if discussed at all) as distinct from other colonial and colonization processes. This chapter suggests that a more correct understanding could be arrived at through the concept and analysis of settler colonialism, which emphasizes structural injustice and the ongoing character of colonialism. In conclusion, the chapter discusses white privilege and considers the key ways in which it plays out in Finland vis-à-vis the Sámi. 20 00 Open Access 13 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-13 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Imperial Complicity: Finns and Tatars in the Political Hierarchy of Races 1 A01 21 0000000274600928 Ainur Elmgren Ainur Elmgren Faculty of Education 40 03yj89h83 University of Oulu Ainur Elmgren is Associate Professor (Docent) in Nordic History at Åbo Akademi University and university teacher in the didactics of history and social studies at the Faculty of Education, University of Oulu. Her fields of research include transnational minority history and the conceptual history of national and political identities and ethno-religious and racial stereotypes. She is a member of the multidisciplinary research project Keiden kaupunki (“Whose city?”) investigating the late modern history of city planning and traffic education from the perspective of equality and social justice. 03 00 Finnish and Tatar intellectuals shared a position of subordination and relative privilege in the Russian Empire from the early 19th century onward. They did not simply accept or reject Western racial knowledge production, which was increasingly used to justify colonialism and imperialism toward the end of the 19th century; they appropriated it and created a localized version of racial hierarchy, subverting derogatory racial stereotypes to sources of vitality. Within that framework, the heritage of another empire that had managed to menace the white West, the Mongol Empire, had an undeniable attraction to Finns and Tatars, who shared the experience of middle-men minorities providing experts and services to a multi-national empire, while aspiring for empires and colonies of their own. 30 00 Finnish and Tatar intellectuals shared a position of subordination and relative privilege in the Russian Empire from the early 19th century onward. They did not simply accept or reject Western racial knowledge production, which was increasingly used to justify colonialism and imperialism toward the end of the 19th century; they appropriated it and created a localized version of racial hierarchy, subverting derogatory racial stereotypes to sources of vitality. Within that framework, the heritage of another empire that had managed to menace the white West, the Mongol Empire, had an undeniable attraction to Finns and Tatars, who shared the experience of middle-men minorities providing experts and services to a multi-national empire, while aspiring for empires and colonies of their own. 20 00 Open Access 14 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-14 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Afterword: Re-Narrating Finnish Histories and Searching for the Politics of Hope 1 A01 21 0000000161749216 Suvi Keskinen Suvi Keskinen Swedish School of Social Science 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Suvi Keskinen is Professor of Ethnic Relations at the Swedish School of Social Science, University of Helsinki. Her research interests include questions of racism and antiracism, Nordic colonial and racial histories, political activism, racial welfare state, media and migration. 03 00 Although commonly perceived as ’outsiders’ to colonial and racial histories, the Nordic countries’ participation in colonialism and their complicity in the colonial/racial project need to be thoroughly investigated in order to understand the countries’ current racial formations. The economic, political, cultural and knowledge-production processes, developed in and through European colonialism, produced a world-system, in which Europe became equalized with civilized, culturally superior and economically developed nations. Even those parts of Europe not considered to constitute its political and cultural core, benefited in many ways from their location in Europe and (what later became named as) the “Western world.” Race and racial thinking was an elementary part of this world-system and the power relations it built. Moreover, settler colonialism in the Arctic is an essential part of Nordic colonialism. <break/>The chapter discusses central concepts that can guide critical analyses – colonialism, settler colonialism, colonial complicity and coloniality – connecting them to Finnish history. Moreover, an analysis of current Finnish society and its racial politics is elaborated through a reflection on the crisis of white hegemony, rise of white nationalism and the emerging politics of solidarity that could provide more hopeful future visions. 30 00 Although commonly perceived as ’outsiders’ to colonial and racial histories, the Nordic countries’ participation in colonialism and their complicity in the colonial/racial project need to be thoroughly investigated in order to understand the countries’ current racial formations. The economic, political, cultural and knowledge-production processes, developed in and through European colonialism, produced a world-system, in which Europe became equalized with civilized, culturally superior and economically developed nations. Even those parts of Europe not considered to constitute its political and cultural core, benefited in many ways from their location in Europe and (what later became named as) the “Western world.” Race and racial thinking was an elementary part of this world-system and the power relations it built. Moreover, settler colonialism in the Arctic is an essential part of Nordic colonialism. <break/>The chapter discusses central concepts that can guide critical analyses – colonialism, settler colonialism, colonial complicity and coloniality – connecting them to Finnish history. Moreover, an analysis of current Finnish society and its racial politics is elaborated through a reflection on the crisis of white hegemony, rise of white nationalism and the emerging politics of solidarity that could provide more hopeful future visions. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20220822 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690721 03 9789523690721 06 15 9789523690738 03 9789523690738 06 15 9789523690752 03 9789523690752 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20220822 01 urn:uuid:df1c04e7-8f0a-45c1-948e-690e1b78c355 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e908e0b4-02dc-44ed-8307-6ca29b846ab0 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:df1c04e7-8f0a-45c1-948e-690e1b78c355 15 9789523690752 03 9789523690752 06 10.33134/HUP-17 00 EB E127 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Finnishness, Whiteness and Coloniality 1 B01 21 0000000234585444 Josephine Hoegaerts Josephine Hoegaerts 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Josephine Hoegaerts (University of Helsinki) is Associate Professor of European Studies and principal investigator of CALLIOPE: Vocal Articulations of Parliamentary Identity and Empire. Her research has focused on modern histories of nation-building, masculinity, and vocal practices of power and politics. 2 B01 21 0000000165212934 Tuire Liimatainen Tuire Liimatainen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Tuire Liimatainen is a postdoctoral researcher in Area and Cultural Studies at the University of Helsinki, with a specialization in Nordic Studies. Her doctoral research examined the construction and representation of ethnicity in Sweden-Finnish social media campaigns and online activism. Liimatainen’s research interests center broadly on questions of migration, national minorities and ethnicity in the Nordic region, as well as language, culture and new media. 3 B01 21 0000000210646871 Laura Hekanaho Laura Hekanaho 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Laura Hekanaho (University of Jyväskylä) is a postdoctoral researcher in Applied Linguistics. Her research focuses on the relationship between language, gender and identity. In her doctoral dissertation she examined language attitudes and ideologies related to generic and nonbinary pronouns in English. 4 B01 21 0000000260571804 Elizabeth Peterson Elizabeth Peterson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Elizabeth Peterson is University Lecturer in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. She conducts research on language contact and language attitudes, including attitudes and ideologies about English. She is currently co-editing/authoring a book on the role of English in the Nordic countries, under contract with Routledge. 01 eng 00 373 03 B2 history B2 sociology B2 socio-linguistics B2 social psychology B2 ethnic studies 20 whiteness; coloniality; colonialism; multiculturalism; migration; racism 01 06 02 00 This multidisciplinary volume reflects the shifting experiences and framings of Finnishness and its relation to race and coloniality. The authors centre their investigations on whiteness and unravel the cultural myth of a normative Finnish (white) ethnicity. Rather than presenting a unified definition for whiteness, the book gives space to th 03 00 This multidisciplinary volume reflects the shifting experiences and framings of Finnishness and its relation to race and coloniality. The authors centre their investigations on whiteness and unravel the cultural myth of a normative Finnish (white) ethnicity. Rather than presenting a unified definition for whiteness, the book gives space to the different understandings and analyses of its authors. This collection of case-studies illuminates how Indigenous and ethnic minorities have participated in defining notions of Finnishness, how historical and recent processes of migration have challenged the traditional conceptualisations of the nation-state and its population, and how imperial relationships have contributed to a complex set of discourses on Finnish compliance and identity.With an aim to question and problematise what may seem self-evident aspects of Finnish life and Finnishness, expert voices join together to offer (counter) perspectives on how Finnishness is constructed and perceived. Scholars from cultural studies, history, sociology, linguistics, genetics, among others, address four main topics: 1) Imaginations of Finnishness, including perceived physical characteristics of Finnish people; 2) Constructions of whiteness, entailing studies of those who do and do not pass as white; 3) Representations of belonging and exclusion, making up of accounts of perceptions of what it means to be ‘Finnish’; and 4) Imperialism and colonisation, including what might be considered uncomfortable or even surprising accounts of inclusion and exclusion in the Finnish context.This volume takes a first step in opening up a complex set of realities that define Finland’s changing role in the world and as a home to diverse populations.Josephine Hoegaerts</bold> is Associate Professor of European Studies at the University of Helsinki and principal investigator of CALLIOPE: Vocal Articulations of Parliamentary Identity and Empire. Her research has focused on modern histories of nation-building, masculinity, and vocal practices of power and politics.Tuire Liimatainen</bold> is a PhD student in Area and Cultural Studies at the University of Helsinki, with a specialisation in Nordic Studies. Her research interests center broadly on questions of migration, national minorities and ethnicity in the Nordic region, as well as language, culture, and new media.Laura Hekanaho</bold> is a postdoctoral researcher in Applied Linguistics at the University of Jyväskylä. Her research focuses on the relationship between language, gender, and identity.Elizabeth Peterson</bold> is University Lecturer in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. She conducts research on language contact and language attitudes, including attitudes and ideologies about English. 30 00 This multidisciplinary volume reflects the shifting experiences and framings of Finnishness and its relation to race and coloniality. The authors centre their investigations on whiteness and unravel the cultural myth of a normative Finnish (white) ethnicity. Rather than presenting a unified definition for whiteness, the book gives space to the different understandings and analyses of its authors. This collection of case-studies illuminates how Indigenous and ethnic minorities have participated in defining notions of Finnishness, how historical and recent processes of migration have challenged the traditional conceptualisations of the nation-state and its population, and how imperial relationships have contributed to a complex set of discourses on Finnish compliance and identity.With an aim to question and problematise what may seem self-evident aspects of Finnish life and Finnishness, expert voices join together to offer (counter) perspectives on how Finnishness is constructed and perceived. Scholars from cultural studies, history, sociology, linguistics, genetics, among others, address four main topics: 1) Imaginations of Finnishness, including perceived physical characteristics of Finnish people; 2) Constructions of whiteness, entailing studies of those who do and do not pass as white; 3) Representations of belonging and exclusion, making up of accounts of perceptions of what it means to be ‘Finnish’; and 4) Imperialism and colonisation, including what might be considered uncomfortable or even surprising accounts of inclusion and exclusion in the Finnish context.This volume takes a first step in opening up a complex set of realities that define Finland’s changing role in the world and as a home to diverse populations.Josephine Hoegaerts</bold> is Associate Professor of European Studies at the University of Helsinki and principal investigator of CALLIOPE: Vocal Articulations of Parliamentary Identity and Empire. Her research has focused on modern histories of nation-building, masculinity, and vocal practices of power and politics.Tuire Liimatainen</bold> is a PhD student in Area and Cultural Studies at the University of Helsinki, with a specialisation in Nordic Studies. Her research interests center broadly on questions of migration, national minorities and ethnicity in the Nordic region, as well as language, culture, and new media.Laura Hekanaho</bold> is a postdoctoral researcher in Applied Linguistics at the University of Jyväskylä. Her research focuses on the relationship between language, gender, and identity.Elizabeth Peterson</bold> is University Lecturer in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. She conducts research on language contact and language attitudes, including attitudes and ideologies about English. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/f98410dd-6006-464b-95f5-e664bf235ea7.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Finnishness, Whiteness and Coloniality: An Introduction 1 A01 21 0000000234585444 Josephine Hoegaerts Josephine Hoegaerts 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Josephine Hoegaerts (University of Helsinki) is Associate Professor of European Studies and principal investigator of CALLIOPE: Vocal Articulations of Parliamentary Identity and Empire. Her research has focused on modern histories of nation-building, masculinity, and vocal practices of power and politics. 2 A01 21 0000000260571804 Elizabeth Peterson Elizabeth Peterson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Elizabeth Peterson is University Lecturer in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. She conducts research on language contact and language attitudes, including attitudes and ideologies about English. She is currently co-editing/authoring a book on the role of English in the Nordic countries, under contract with Routledge. 3 A01 21 0000000165212934 Tuire Liimatainen Tuire Liimatainen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Tuire Liimatainen is a postdoctoral researcher in Area and Cultural Studies at the University of Helsinki, with a specialization in Nordic Studies. Her doctoral research examined the construction and representation of ethnicity in Sweden-Finnish social media campaigns and online activism. Liimatainen’s research interests center broadly on questions of migration, national minorities and ethnicity in the Nordic region, as well as language, culture and new media. 4 A01 21 0000000210646871 Laura Hekanaho Laura Hekanaho 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Laura Hekanaho (University of Jyväskylä) is a postdoctoral researcher in Applied Linguistics. Her research focuses on the relationship between language, gender and identity. In her doctoral dissertation she examined language attitudes and ideologies related to generic and nonbinary pronouns in English. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Genetic Imagination: Imaging Populations and the Construction of Nationhood 1 A01 21 0000000315127533 Aaro Tupasela Aaro Tupasela Faculty of Social Science 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Aaro Tupasela (University of Helsinki) is a sociologist with an interest in medical science and technology studies (STS). For the past 20 years, he has been exploring different perspectives related to the biomedical collection and use of human tissue collections, as well as health-related data. Most recently, he has been studying everyday practices in the development and implementation of AI systems in health care. 03 00 This chapter explores the ways in which genetics, particularly population genetics, generate representations of difference and similarity. Using examples drawn from both scientific literature, as well as popularizing texts, I show how visual representations of difference and similarity have come to provide compelling forms of evidence for constructing nationhood, as well as national identity. Using the case of Finnish genetics, as well as the study of rare diseases in Finland, I will describe how genetics and historical understandings of nationhood have come to complement other forms of national identity, such as culture. If the national romantic period in Finland from the late 19th to the early 20th centuries drew its legitimacy from literature and the arts, then the role of genetics in the construction of nationhood can be understood through the lens of what I have termed genetic romanticism</italic>. Much like the national romantic period, I consider genetic romanticism as a set of practices and processes through which national identity becomes defined and stabilized. 30 00 This chapter explores the ways in which genetics, particularly population genetics, generate representations of difference and similarity. Using examples drawn from both scientific literature, as well as popularizing texts, I show how visual representations of difference and similarity have come to provide compelling forms of evidence for constructing nationhood, as well as national identity. Using the case of Finnish genetics, as well as the study of rare diseases in Finland, I will describe how genetics and historical understandings of nationhood have come to complement other forms of national identity, such as culture. If the national romantic period in Finland from the late 19th to the early 20th centuries drew its legitimacy from literature and the arts, then the role of genetics in the construction of nationhood can be understood through the lens of what I have termed genetic romanticism</italic>. Much like the national romantic period, I consider genetic romanticism as a set of practices and processes through which national identity becomes defined and stabilized. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Visualizing Heritage, Ethnicity and Gender: Bodily Representations of Finnishness in the Photographs of the National Inventory of Living Heritage 1 A01 21 0000000153729290 Heidi Henriikka Mäkelä Heidi Henriikka Mäkelä 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Heidi Henriikka Mäkelä is a folklorist who studies the ideological meanings of folklore and cultural heritage in contemporary Finland. She works as a postdoctoral researcher at the University of Helsinki. She has published articles on cultural appropriation, Kalevalaicity, language ideologies, intangible cultural heritage and national landscapes. 03 00 The main goals of this chapter are to analyze: (1) how the claim of whiteness is reproduced in 21st-century Finland in the processes of producing intangible cultural heritage; and (2) how Finnishness is visualized and embodied in these practices. I scrutinize the newly established wiki-based open access publication National Inventory of Living Heritage</italic> (NILH, 2017–), which is a part of the Finnish implementation for the UNESCO Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage. In this chapter, I examine the photographs published in the NILH by using a methodological approach of visual discourse analysis. I conduct an analysis of 153 photographs that are divided into categories of (1) manhood, womanhood and family, (2) nature and naturalness and (3) visual othernesses of Finnishness. Building on interdisciplinary studies on heritage, banal nationalism and gender, I argue that the NILH photographs participate in reproducing the normative (e.g. heterosexual, white, family-centered and middle-class) images of Finnishness. Finnishness is embodied in the photographs in active, working, mature bodies that perform either heroic and masculine or collective and caring feminine tasks. Finns are also represented as having an intrinsic connection to “nature.” People are often portrayed in forested landscapes, and the pictures underline naturalized connections between the landscape, ethnicity and sexuality. 30 00 The main goals of this chapter are to analyze: (1) how the claim of whiteness is reproduced in 21st-century Finland in the processes of producing intangible cultural heritage; and (2) how Finnishness is visualized and embodied in these practices. I scrutinize the newly established wiki-based open access publication National Inventory of Living Heritage</italic> (NILH, 2017–), which is a part of the Finnish implementation for the UNESCO Convention for the Safeguarding of the Intangible Cultural Heritage. In this chapter, I examine the photographs published in the NILH by using a methodological approach of visual discourse analysis. I conduct an analysis of 153 photographs that are divided into categories of (1) manhood, womanhood and family, (2) nature and naturalness and (3) visual othernesses of Finnishness. Building on interdisciplinary studies on heritage, banal nationalism and gender, I argue that the NILH photographs participate in reproducing the normative (e.g. heterosexual, white, family-centered and middle-class) images of Finnishness. Finnishness is embodied in the photographs in active, working, mature bodies that perform either heroic and masculine or collective and caring feminine tasks. Finns are also represented as having an intrinsic connection to “nature.” People are often portrayed in forested landscapes, and the pictures underline naturalized connections between the landscape, ethnicity and sexuality. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The North Engendered: Mythologized Histories, Gender and the Finnish Perspective on the Imagined Viking-Nordic Ideal 1 A01 21 0000000172324993 Saga Rosenström Saga Rosenström The Doctoral School in Humanities and Social Sciences 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki M.A. Saga Rosenström is a doctoral student of sociology at the University of Helsinki, Doctoral School in Humanities and Social Sciences. She is writing her dissertation on the Nagu asylum reception centre of 2015–2016 and the surrounding community within with the project Svenskfinlands nya konturer – identitet, disidentifikation och solidaritet i möten med nya ”andra”. Previously she has worked on hybrid mediatisations of the so-called refugee crisis, namely media portrayals of Soldiers of Odin, within the project Border Crises in Two Languages. 2 A01 21 000000034262077X Barbora Žiačková Barbora Žiačková School of Archaeology 40 052gg0110 University of Oxford Barbora Žiačková is a DPhil candidate at the University of Oxford, School of Archaeology. She received her BA in History of Art/Archaeology from SOAS, University of London in 2016, and her MA in Archaeology from UCL in 2017. Barbora’s doctoral thesis discusses how so-called “oriental” objects found in graves from Sweden, Finland, and Russia were deployed in identity formation practices during the Viking Age (c. 800-1050 CE). Her other research interests include the use of Viking imagery and symbolism in pop culture and politics. 03 00 Narratives derived from historical and archaeological knowledge form a core part of the creation of national identities. This chapter offers reflections and observations on the results of a survey-based pilot study into the construction of the Nordic woman in relation to an imagined and mythologized Viking past. In conducting the study, we addressed this topic from the perspective of the Nordic countries more broadly, while here we will focus on the answers of those respondents self-reporting as Finnish.We suggest that the image of “the Viking woman” as a symbol of a tradition of gender equality is of high importance to how national identities are formed in the Nordic countries. She represents an idea of the romantic North, and an idealized, explicitly or implicitly, white identity. How the “Viking woman” is envisioned by Nordic societies relates to femonationalist political narratives, and race and racialization in the present day. In the Finnish context, this is further entangled within the tension between Finnishness and the ubiquitous use of a historically derived Scandinavian symbol as pan-Nordic. Taking the respondents’ perspectives as a starting point, we explore the intersection between mythologized history and symbolism, womanhood and Finnish ethnic identity. 30 00 Narratives derived from historical and archaeological knowledge form a core part of the creation of national identities. This chapter offers reflections and observations on the results of a survey-based pilot study into the construction of the Nordic woman in relation to an imagined and mythologized Viking past. In conducting the study, we addressed this topic from the perspective of the Nordic countries more broadly, while here we will focus on the answers of those respondents self-reporting as Finnish.We suggest that the image of “the Viking woman” as a symbol of a tradition of gender equality is of high importance to how national identities are formed in the Nordic countries. She represents an idea of the romantic North, and an idealized, explicitly or implicitly, white identity. How the “Viking woman” is envisioned by Nordic societies relates to femonationalist political narratives, and race and racialization in the present day. In the Finnish context, this is further entangled within the tension between Finnishness and the ubiquitous use of a historically derived Scandinavian symbol as pan-Nordic. Taking the respondents’ perspectives as a starting point, we explore the intersection between mythologized history and symbolism, womanhood and Finnish ethnic identity. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Doing Whiteness and Masculinities at School: Finnish 12- to 15-Year-Olds’ Narratives on Multiethnicity 1 A01 21 0000000199916518 Marja Peltola Marja Peltola Unit of Social Research 40 033003e23 Tampere University Marja Peltola is University Lecturer in Gender studies at the Social Research Unit, Faculty of Social Sciences in Tampere University. 2 A01 21 0000000153828918 Ann Phoenix Ann Phoenix Social Research Institute 40 02jx3x895 University College London Ann Phoenix is Professor of Psychosocial Studies at the Thomas Coram Research Unit, Social Research Institute, UCL IOE. 03 00 As Finland becomes increasingly multiethnic, there is a growing need to understand how young, white Finnish people position themselves and others in relation to norms of Finnishness and whiteness, and in relation to racism and (in)equalities. In popular narratives, assumptions of increasing “tolerance” and decreasing racism and inequalities are sometimes particularly attributed to young people, a perspective that enables most of the population to continue to evade issues of racism and perpetuate “white innocence” (Wekker 2016) and the color blindness (Bonilla-Silva 2003) of imagined Finnishness. In this chapter, we draw on a study of masculinities in 12- to 15-year-olds in Helsinki to examine these issues by focusing on the white Finnish participants’ narratives on multiethnicity. Our theoretical starting point is to understand the intersections of Finnishness, whiteness, and masculinities. We argue that while the interviewees widely embraced egalitarianism and multicultural ideologies in the interviews, the norm of whiteness was unquestioned and the contradictions characteristic of white innocence largely prevailed. The combination of white Finnishness, male gender and egalitarian ideas allowed the white Finnish boys to occupy an unquestioned position of “ordinary boys.” They were able to construct themselves as tolerant and to see multiethnicity and racism as phenomena that were largely irrelevant to them, while benefiting from a privileged white position. 30 00 As Finland becomes increasingly multiethnic, there is a growing need to understand how young, white Finnish people position themselves and others in relation to norms of Finnishness and whiteness, and in relation to racism and (in)equalities. In popular narratives, assumptions of increasing “tolerance” and decreasing racism and inequalities are sometimes particularly attributed to young people, a perspective that enables most of the population to continue to evade issues of racism and perpetuate “white innocence” (Wekker 2016) and the color blindness (Bonilla-Silva 2003) of imagined Finnishness. In this chapter, we draw on a study of masculinities in 12- to 15-year-olds in Helsinki to examine these issues by focusing on the white Finnish participants’ narratives on multiethnicity. Our theoretical starting point is to understand the intersections of Finnishness, whiteness, and masculinities. We argue that while the interviewees widely embraced egalitarianism and multicultural ideologies in the interviews, the norm of whiteness was unquestioned and the contradictions characteristic of white innocence largely prevailed. The combination of white Finnishness, male gender and egalitarian ideas allowed the white Finnish boys to occupy an unquestioned position of “ordinary boys.” They were able to construct themselves as tolerant and to see multiethnicity and racism as phenomena that were largely irrelevant to them, while benefiting from a privileged white position. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 “A Dark Foreign Man”: Constructing Invisible Whiteness in Finnish Sexual Autobiographies from the 1990s 1 A01 21 0000000196012206 Riikka Taavetti Riikka Taavetti 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Riikka Taavetti, PhD, works currently as a University Lecturer in political history at the University of Helsinki. Her research has addressed Estonian and Finnish queer history, politics of memory, and oral history. She conducted her work on the intellectual history of Finnish sex research in research project Power, Population, Sexuality (PopSexHistory), funded by the Kone Foundation. 03 00 This chapter analyzes a collection of 148 sexual autobiographies to discover how the narratives of sexual experiences and descriptions of sexual attitudes and feelings are connected to notions of race and nationality. The autobiographies, gathered in year 1992 in Finland in the FINSEX research project are studied using both corpus analysis methods and close reading. The chapter addresses the construction of Finnish whiteness in a context that is, seemingly, monoethnic and in which race is rarely discussed. While very few authors comment directly on race, there are traces of ethnicized understandings in the texts. The narratives implicitly construct the authors’ own white Finnishness as the authors note ethnic differences that make their own whiteness visible and construct the borders of Finnishness. The analysis of these autobiographies offers perspectives on the meanings of race and their connections to sexuality in the early 1990s Finland. 30 00 This chapter analyzes a collection of 148 sexual autobiographies to discover how the narratives of sexual experiences and descriptions of sexual attitudes and feelings are connected to notions of race and nationality. The autobiographies, gathered in year 1992 in Finland in the FINSEX research project are studied using both corpus analysis methods and close reading. The chapter addresses the construction of Finnish whiteness in a context that is, seemingly, monoethnic and in which race is rarely discussed. While very few authors comment directly on race, there are traces of ethnicized understandings in the texts. The narratives implicitly construct the authors’ own white Finnishness as the authors note ethnic differences that make their own whiteness visible and construct the borders of Finnishness. The analysis of these autobiographies offers perspectives on the meanings of race and their connections to sexuality in the early 1990s Finland. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Discursive Constructions of Whiteness, Non-White Cultural Others and Allies in Facebook Conversations of Estonians in Finland 1 A01 21 0000000233928169 Jaanika Kingumets Jaanika Kingumets 40 033003e23 Tampere University Jaanika Kingumets recently defended her PhD in social anthropology at the Faculty of Social Sciences, Tampere University. In her doctoral research, she studied the everyday home-making practices of Russian-speaking migrants in Estonia-Russian cross-border town Narva drawing from ethnographic fieldwork as well as Narvans’ biographic narratives over six decades throughout the Soviet period to contemporary Estonia. Her research engages particularly with the anthropology of home, state and hope and their intersections. She has been also studying Estonian migrant communities in Finland and their transnational practices and negotiations of social positionality, both in Finland and Estonia, through cultural appropriations. 2 A01 21 0000000258869193 Markku Sippola Markku Sippola 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Markku Sippola is Senior Lecturer at the Faculty of Social Sciences, University of Helsinki. He holds the degree of docent in social and public policy at the University of Eastern Finland. His research interests revolve around industrial relations, migration, social policy, and societal and labor processes in the Baltic, Nordic and Russian contexts. Sippola has published research articles in Economic and Industrial Democracy, Employee Relations, European Journal of Industrial Relations, International Journal of Intercultural Relations, Journal of Baltic Studies and Work, and Employment and Society. 03 00 This chapter discusses how Estonian migrants in Finland craft their place in Finnish society by appropriating the idea that they as an ethnically and culturally marked group naturally belong to the privileged migrants in Finland, while many other migrants do not. We explore how Estonians in Finland engage in Facebook group discussions with other Estonian migrants and in this dialogical process construct their own whiteness in relation to majority Finns and their racialized others in Finland, imagined as culturally distant, harmful and unfitting in the European North. We show how the discussants, drawing situationally both from their Soviet past and transnational migrant life in Finland, place themselves in a “knower’s position” regarding racialized experiences both in Finnish and Estonian society, and through that aim at legitimizing their right to define and strictly delineate the boundaries of whiteness both in Finland and Estonia. In addition to that, we also observe the dynamics of whiteness with regard to Russian migrants in sorting out how ethnic/racial hierarchies are built in Estonians’ mind. 30 00 This chapter discusses how Estonian migrants in Finland craft their place in Finnish society by appropriating the idea that they as an ethnically and culturally marked group naturally belong to the privileged migrants in Finland, while many other migrants do not. We explore how Estonians in Finland engage in Facebook group discussions with other Estonian migrants and in this dialogical process construct their own whiteness in relation to majority Finns and their racialized others in Finland, imagined as culturally distant, harmful and unfitting in the European North. We show how the discussants, drawing situationally both from their Soviet past and transnational migrant life in Finland, place themselves in a “knower’s position” regarding racialized experiences both in Finnish and Estonian society, and through that aim at legitimizing their right to define and strictly delineate the boundaries of whiteness both in Finland and Estonia. In addition to that, we also observe the dynamics of whiteness with regard to Russian migrants in sorting out how ethnic/racial hierarchies are built in Estonians’ mind. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 In/Visible Finnishness: Representations of Finnishness and Whiteness in the Sweden-Finnish Social Media Landscape 1 A01 21 0000000165212934 Tuire Liimatainen Tuire Liimatainen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Tuire Liimatainen is a postdoctoral researcher in Area and Cultural Studies at the University of Helsinki, with a specialization in Nordic Studies. Her doctoral research examined the construction and representation of ethnicity in Sweden-Finnish social media campaigns and online activism. Liimatainen’s research interests center broadly on questions of migration, national minorities and ethnicity in the Nordic region, as well as language, culture and new media. 03 00 This chapter examines embodied representations of Finnishness and whiteness in Sweden where the collective notion of Sweden-Finnishness is situated in the nexus migrant and minority experiences. Based on material generated by individuals and activists as part of Sweden-Finnish social media campaigns in the 2010s, the chapter discusses the different ways in which Finnishness and whiteness are negotiated on an individual level and how they are situated in different social, political and historical contexts. By applying the analytical lens of in/visibility and drawing from both critical whiteness studies and intersectionally informed thinking, the study reveals how Finnishness can at the same time be invisible and visible due to the whiteness of the Finns, but also visible as minoritized and racialized others. The chapter provides novel insights into contemporary Sweden-Finnishness and experiences of non-white Sweden-Finns, as well as politicized and minoritized Sweden-Finnishness. In addition to highlighting the diversity of different Finnish experiences in Sweden, the study demonstrates that whiteness is a highly fluid, situational and contextual way of boundary-drawing. 30 00 This chapter examines embodied representations of Finnishness and whiteness in Sweden where the collective notion of Sweden-Finnishness is situated in the nexus migrant and minority experiences. Based on material generated by individuals and activists as part of Sweden-Finnish social media campaigns in the 2010s, the chapter discusses the different ways in which Finnishness and whiteness are negotiated on an individual level and how they are situated in different social, political and historical contexts. By applying the analytical lens of in/visibility and drawing from both critical whiteness studies and intersectionally informed thinking, the study reveals how Finnishness can at the same time be invisible and visible due to the whiteness of the Finns, but also visible as minoritized and racialized others. The chapter provides novel insights into contemporary Sweden-Finnishness and experiences of non-white Sweden-Finns, as well as politicized and minoritized Sweden-Finnishness. In addition to highlighting the diversity of different Finnish experiences in Sweden, the study demonstrates that whiteness is a highly fluid, situational and contextual way of boundary-drawing. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 “We’re Not All Thugs in the East”: The Racial Politics of Place in Afro-Finnish Hip Hop 1 A01 21 0000000170998628 Jasmine Kelekay Jasmine Kelekay Sociology 40 02t274463 University of California, Santa Barbara Jasmine Kelekay is a PhD candidate in the Department of Sociology at the University of California, Santa Barbara, with an interdisciplinary emphasis in Black Studies. Originally from Helsinki, Finland, her work draws on critical race and postcolonial theories, Black feminist thought and African diaspora studies to explore how ideas about Blackness are circulated globally, yet shaped by local contexts, histories, material conditions and intersecting identities. In particular, she examines the relationship between racialization, criminalization and punitive social control, as well as the myriad ways in which Black/African diasporic communities mobilize and organize in response to—and in spite of—racism. 03 00 This chapter explores the discursive construction of East Helsinki as a racialized and classed space in the Finnish cultural imaginary through an analysis of Afro-Finnish hip hop. Based on a critical discursive analysis of four songs by the rapper Prinssi Jusuf and the duo Seksikäs-Suklaa & Dosdela, I examine how rappers from East Helsinki challenge and negotiate the stigma associated with the district via their music. Using Loïc Wacquant’s (2009) framework of territorial stigmatization</italic>, I show the ways in which these rappers deploy different discourses about East Helsinki that resist the stigmatization of East Helsinki, while also creating new discourses that transcend efforts to mitigate stigma. I argue that in addition to challenging the mainstream media-produced stereotypes about East Helsinki as a dilapidated and crime-ridden problem area, the rappers also “talk back” by producing counter-discourses about “the East” as a sphere of belonging, home and freedom, juxtaposed against broader experiences of exclusion. East Helsinki’s reputation as the home of immigrants and low-income residents is also claimed as a point of pride, as a source of collective identification and as a sphere of belonging. 30 00 This chapter explores the discursive construction of East Helsinki as a racialized and classed space in the Finnish cultural imaginary through an analysis of Afro-Finnish hip hop. Based on a critical discursive analysis of four songs by the rapper Prinssi Jusuf and the duo Seksikäs-Suklaa & Dosdela, I examine how rappers from East Helsinki challenge and negotiate the stigma associated with the district via their music. Using Loïc Wacquant’s (2009) framework of territorial stigmatization</italic>, I show the ways in which these rappers deploy different discourses about East Helsinki that resist the stigmatization of East Helsinki, while also creating new discourses that transcend efforts to mitigate stigma. I argue that in addition to challenging the mainstream media-produced stereotypes about East Helsinki as a dilapidated and crime-ridden problem area, the rappers also “talk back” by producing counter-discourses about “the East” as a sphere of belonging, home and freedom, juxtaposed against broader experiences of exclusion. East Helsinki’s reputation as the home of immigrants and low-income residents is also claimed as a point of pride, as a source of collective identification and as a sphere of belonging. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Being Jewish in Contemporary Finland: Reflections on Jewishness from Project Minhag Finland 1 A01 21 0000000222726131 Riikka Tuori Riikka Tuori Department of Cultures 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Riikka Tuori is a university lecturer at the University of Helsinki, where she teaches Hebrew and Jewish studies. She is part of the ‘Boundaries of Jewish Identities in Contemporary Finland’ project at Åbo Akademi University. She has also worked as a research associate at the Seminar für Judaistik, Goethe-Universität Frankfurt am Main. Her research interests include Jewish history, early modern Judaism and Hebrew literature, Jewish mysticism, and poetry. 03 00 This chapter asks what being Jewish may mean in contemporary Finland by examining interviews of members of the Jewish congregations, collected in 2019 to 2020 in the research project Minhag Finland. The chapter first offers a brief assessment of the history of the Jewish community in Finland from its origins until present day, followed by a review of previous research on Nordic Jewish identities. Jewish identities in Finland are observed from three topical perspectives: how the informants negotiate their membership in an Orthodox Jewish congregation while living in a secularized society; how the elusive concept of “Finnishness” (national identity) interplays with just as elusive “Jewishness” (ethnic/religious identity); and, finally, the informants’ confrontations with antisemitism and racism in Finland. The chapter shows that during the last 30 years the Finnish Jewish community has evolved from a homogenous Ashkenazi (East European Jewish) community into a multicultural community. The community embraces many elements of “Finnishness” (national symbols and narratives), while the “difference” inherent to their Jewishness is not forgotten or suppressed. The chapter also shows how differently the mechanisms of antisemitism and racism in Finland influence the members of this diverse community. 30 00 This chapter asks what being Jewish may mean in contemporary Finland by examining interviews of members of the Jewish congregations, collected in 2019 to 2020 in the research project Minhag Finland. The chapter first offers a brief assessment of the history of the Jewish community in Finland from its origins until present day, followed by a review of previous research on Nordic Jewish identities. Jewish identities in Finland are observed from three topical perspectives: how the informants negotiate their membership in an Orthodox Jewish congregation while living in a secularized society; how the elusive concept of “Finnishness” (national identity) interplays with just as elusive “Jewishness” (ethnic/religious identity); and, finally, the informants’ confrontations with antisemitism and racism in Finland. The chapter shows that during the last 30 years the Finnish Jewish community has evolved from a homogenous Ashkenazi (East European Jewish) community into a multicultural community. The community embraces many elements of “Finnishness” (national symbols and narratives), while the “difference” inherent to their Jewishness is not forgotten or suppressed. The chapter also shows how differently the mechanisms of antisemitism and racism in Finland influence the members of this diverse community. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The English Language in Finland: Tool of Modernity or Tool of Coloniality? 1 A01 21 0000000260571804 Elizabeth Peterson Elizabeth Peterson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Elizabeth Peterson is University Lecturer in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. She conducts research on language contact and language attitudes, including attitudes and ideologies about English. She is currently co-editing/authoring a book on the role of English in the Nordic countries, under contract with Routledge. 03 00 English is the dominant lingua franca of the modern world, used by an estimated 1.5 billion people (Peterson 2020; 2 billion people according to MacKenzie 2018). The ubiquity of English is in large part due to its colonial history, which resulted in extreme pluricentricity (Clyne 1992). English is also the world’s most commonly taught foreign language, for example in places like Finland, where the majority population claims to be proficient in English (Leppänen, Nikula and Kääntä 2008). By some measures, the “best” non-native speakers of English are the Nordic populations, including Finland (European Commission 2012). Contemporary ideologies of the Nordic countries, Finland included, are at odds with the linguistic attitudes and discrimination that are a composite component of English. That is, Nordic countries value ideologies of equality (Keskinen, Skaptadóttir and Toivanen 2019), yet the English language is known to reflect social biases and to perpetuate social inequality based on race, economic status and gender (Lippi-Green 2012; Milroy and Milroy 1999). How then, does the use of English play out in a setting like Finland? Does English perpetuate Nordic values of equality, or colonial values of whiteness and elitism? The chapter explores these notions through the lens of the Extra and Intra-territorial Force Model (Buschfeld and Kautzsch 2017), a model designed to apply to non-postcolonial settings of English. 30 00 English is the dominant lingua franca of the modern world, used by an estimated 1.5 billion people (Peterson 2020; 2 billion people according to MacKenzie 2018). The ubiquity of English is in large part due to its colonial history, which resulted in extreme pluricentricity (Clyne 1992). English is also the world’s most commonly taught foreign language, for example in places like Finland, where the majority population claims to be proficient in English (Leppänen, Nikula and Kääntä 2008). By some measures, the “best” non-native speakers of English are the Nordic populations, including Finland (European Commission 2012). Contemporary ideologies of the Nordic countries, Finland included, are at odds with the linguistic attitudes and discrimination that are a composite component of English. That is, Nordic countries value ideologies of equality (Keskinen, Skaptadóttir and Toivanen 2019), yet the English language is known to reflect social biases and to perpetuate social inequality based on race, economic status and gender (Lippi-Green 2012; Milroy and Milroy 1999). How then, does the use of English play out in a setting like Finland? Does English perpetuate Nordic values of equality, or colonial values of whiteness and elitism? The chapter explores these notions through the lens of the Extra and Intra-territorial Force Model (Buschfeld and Kautzsch 2017), a model designed to apply to non-postcolonial settings of English. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-12 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 All I See Is White: The Colonial Problem in Finland 1 A01 Rauna Kuokkanen Rauna Kuokkanen 40 05jzt8766 University of Lapland Rauna Kuokkanen is Research Professor of Arctic Indigenous Studies at the University of Lapland, Adjunct Professor at the University of Toronto and a Fulbright Arctic Initiative Fellow for 2021–2023. Her most recent book is the triple prize-winning Restructuring Relations: Indigenous Self-Determination, Governance and Gender (Oxford University Press, 2019). She is also the author of Boaris dego eana: Eamiálbmogiid diehtu, filosofiijat ja dutkan (in Sámi) (translated title: As Old as the Earth. Indigenous Knowledge, Philosophies and Research, 2009). Her book Reshaping the University: Responsibility, Indigenous Epistemes and the Logic of the Gift (2007) develops an Indigenous, post-structural critique of the contemporary university. 03 00 The question of whiteness is inextricably linked to colonialism. This chapter considers common misconceptions of colonialism in Finland through a lens of the “Sámi problem.” These misbeliefs include: colonialism is (mostly) about the past and, thus, we can only talk about “coloniality” or legacies of colonialism; colonialism is only about colonies; and the concept of colonialism is confusing, difficult or too broad to have analytical value. All of these views are frequently applied both in general terms and specifically with regard to the Sámi people. The chapter examines the ways in which the “Sámi question” is a part and parcel of bona fide colonialism, not a “separate chapter” as is frequently suggested in the Finnish discourse of colonialism. The problem of colonialism vis-à-vis the Sámi is commonly framed in terms of “internal colonialism” and thus assumed and presented (if discussed at all) as distinct from other colonial and colonization processes. This chapter suggests that a more correct understanding could be arrived at through the concept and analysis of settler colonialism, which emphasizes structural injustice and the ongoing character of colonialism. In conclusion, the chapter discusses white privilege and considers the key ways in which it plays out in Finland vis-à-vis the Sámi. 30 00 The question of whiteness is inextricably linked to colonialism. This chapter considers common misconceptions of colonialism in Finland through a lens of the “Sámi problem.” These misbeliefs include: colonialism is (mostly) about the past and, thus, we can only talk about “coloniality” or legacies of colonialism; colonialism is only about colonies; and the concept of colonialism is confusing, difficult or too broad to have analytical value. All of these views are frequently applied both in general terms and specifically with regard to the Sámi people. The chapter examines the ways in which the “Sámi question” is a part and parcel of bona fide colonialism, not a “separate chapter” as is frequently suggested in the Finnish discourse of colonialism. The problem of colonialism vis-à-vis the Sámi is commonly framed in terms of “internal colonialism” and thus assumed and presented (if discussed at all) as distinct from other colonial and colonization processes. This chapter suggests that a more correct understanding could be arrived at through the concept and analysis of settler colonialism, which emphasizes structural injustice and the ongoing character of colonialism. In conclusion, the chapter discusses white privilege and considers the key ways in which it plays out in Finland vis-à-vis the Sámi. 20 00 Open Access 13 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-13 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Imperial Complicity: Finns and Tatars in the Political Hierarchy of Races 1 A01 21 0000000274600928 Ainur Elmgren Ainur Elmgren Faculty of Education 40 03yj89h83 University of Oulu Ainur Elmgren is Associate Professor (Docent) in Nordic History at Åbo Akademi University and university teacher in the didactics of history and social studies at the Faculty of Education, University of Oulu. Her fields of research include transnational minority history and the conceptual history of national and political identities and ethno-religious and racial stereotypes. She is a member of the multidisciplinary research project Keiden kaupunki (“Whose city?”) investigating the late modern history of city planning and traffic education from the perspective of equality and social justice. 03 00 Finnish and Tatar intellectuals shared a position of subordination and relative privilege in the Russian Empire from the early 19th century onward. They did not simply accept or reject Western racial knowledge production, which was increasingly used to justify colonialism and imperialism toward the end of the 19th century; they appropriated it and created a localized version of racial hierarchy, subverting derogatory racial stereotypes to sources of vitality. Within that framework, the heritage of another empire that had managed to menace the white West, the Mongol Empire, had an undeniable attraction to Finns and Tatars, who shared the experience of middle-men minorities providing experts and services to a multi-national empire, while aspiring for empires and colonies of their own. 30 00 Finnish and Tatar intellectuals shared a position of subordination and relative privilege in the Russian Empire from the early 19th century onward. They did not simply accept or reject Western racial knowledge production, which was increasingly used to justify colonialism and imperialism toward the end of the 19th century; they appropriated it and created a localized version of racial hierarchy, subverting derogatory racial stereotypes to sources of vitality. Within that framework, the heritage of another empire that had managed to menace the white West, the Mongol Empire, had an undeniable attraction to Finns and Tatars, who shared the experience of middle-men minorities providing experts and services to a multi-national empire, while aspiring for empires and colonies of their own. 20 00 Open Access 14 03 06 10.33134/HUP-17-14 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Afterword: Re-Narrating Finnish Histories and Searching for the Politics of Hope 1 A01 21 0000000161749216 Suvi Keskinen Suvi Keskinen Swedish School of Social Science 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Suvi Keskinen is Professor of Ethnic Relations at the Swedish School of Social Science, University of Helsinki. Her research interests include questions of racism and antiracism, Nordic colonial and racial histories, political activism, racial welfare state, media and migration. 03 00 Although commonly perceived as ’outsiders’ to colonial and racial histories, the Nordic countries’ participation in colonialism and their complicity in the colonial/racial project need to be thoroughly investigated in order to understand the countries’ current racial formations. The economic, political, cultural and knowledge-production processes, developed in and through European colonialism, produced a world-system, in which Europe became equalized with civilized, culturally superior and economically developed nations. Even those parts of Europe not considered to constitute its political and cultural core, benefited in many ways from their location in Europe and (what later became named as) the “Western world.” Race and racial thinking was an elementary part of this world-system and the power relations it built. Moreover, settler colonialism in the Arctic is an essential part of Nordic colonialism. <break/>The chapter discusses central concepts that can guide critical analyses – colonialism, settler colonialism, colonial complicity and coloniality – connecting them to Finnish history. Moreover, an analysis of current Finnish society and its racial politics is elaborated through a reflection on the crisis of white hegemony, rise of white nationalism and the emerging politics of solidarity that could provide more hopeful future visions. 30 00 Although commonly perceived as ’outsiders’ to colonial and racial histories, the Nordic countries’ participation in colonialism and their complicity in the colonial/racial project need to be thoroughly investigated in order to understand the countries’ current racial formations. The economic, political, cultural and knowledge-production processes, developed in and through European colonialism, produced a world-system, in which Europe became equalized with civilized, culturally superior and economically developed nations. Even those parts of Europe not considered to constitute its political and cultural core, benefited in many ways from their location in Europe and (what later became named as) the “Western world.” Race and racial thinking was an elementary part of this world-system and the power relations it built. Moreover, settler colonialism in the Arctic is an essential part of Nordic colonialism. <break/>The chapter discusses central concepts that can guide critical analyses – colonialism, settler colonialism, colonial complicity and coloniality – connecting them to Finnish history. Moreover, an analysis of current Finnish society and its racial politics is elaborated through a reflection on the crisis of white hegemony, rise of white nationalism and the emerging politics of solidarity that could provide more hopeful future visions. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20220822 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690721 03 9789523690721 06 15 9789523690738 03 9789523690738 06 15 9789523690745 03 9789523690745 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20220822 01 urn:uuid:252a9ddf-62ef-41cd-aa7a-8d070f6dd195 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:d6b3d8bb-046b-4902-abe6-bb727d1fa340 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:252a9ddf-62ef-41cd-aa7a-8d070f6dd195 15 9789523690790 03 9789523690790 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 10 01 Series ID af47b02f-a187-41b1-8b10-23b714a097d2 02 27372812 03 2 01 02 AHEAD: Advanced Studies in the Humanities and Social Sciences 01 01 Finnish Settler Colonialism in North America Rethinking Finnish Experiences in Transnational Spaces 1 B01 21 0000000303303886 Rani-Henrik Andersson Rani-Henrik Andersson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 B01 21 0000000334751542 Janne Lahti Janne Lahti 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 01 eng 00 316 03 B2 history B2 Area and cultural studies B2 literature 20 migration; Settler colonialism; transnational; Nordic colonialism; ethnicity/race 01 06 02 00 This book reinterprets the Finnish experiences in North America by connecting them to the transnational processes of settler colonial conquest, far-settlement, elimination of natives, and capture of terrestrial spaces. It places Finns as active participants in settler colonial histories, circulations of knowledge, and their ongoing legacies.< 03 00 Finnish Settler Colonialism in North America</italic> reinterprets Finnish experiences in North America by connecting them to the transnational processes of settler colonial conquest, far-settlement, elimination of natives, and capture of terrestrial spaces. Rather than merely exploring whether the idea of Finns as a different kind of immigrant is a myth, this book challenges it in many ways. It offers an analysis of the ways in which this myth manifests itself, why it has been upheld to this day, and most importantly how it contributes to settler colonialism in North America and beyond.The authors in this volume apply multidisciplinary perspectives in revealing the various levels of Finnish involvement in settler colonialism. In their chapters, authors seek to understand the experiences and representations of Finns in North American spatial projects, in territorial expansion and integration, and visions of power. They do so by analyzing how Finns reinvented their identities and acted as settlers, participated in the production of settler colonial narratives, as well as benefitted and took advantage of settler colonial structures. Finnish Settler Colonialism in North America</italic> aims to challenge traditional histories of Finnish migration, in which Finns have typically been viewed almost in isolation from the broader American context, not to mention colonialism. The book examines the diversity of roles, experiences, and narrations of and by Finns in the histories of North America by employing the settler colonial analytical framework.Rani-Henrik Andersson</bold> (PhD) is senior university lecturer of North American Studies at the University of Helsinki and the principal investigator of HUMANA—Human Migration and Network Analysis: Developing New Research Methods for the Study of Human Migration and Social Change. Janne Lahti</bold> (PhD) is a historian who works at the University of Helsinki as an Academy of Finland research fellow. His research focuses on global and transnational histories of settler colonialism, borderlands, the American West, and Nordic colonialism. Lahti is also the editor-in-chief of the journal Settler Colonial Studies</italic>. 30 00 Finnish Settler Colonialism in North America</italic> reinterprets Finnish experiences in North America by connecting them to the transnational processes of settler colonial conquest, far-settlement, elimination of natives, and capture of terrestrial spaces. Rather than merely exploring whether the idea of Finns as a different kind of immigrant is a myth, this book challenges it in many ways. It offers an analysis of the ways in which this myth manifests itself, why it has been upheld to this day, and most importantly how it contributes to settler colonialism in North America and beyond.The authors in this volume apply multidisciplinary perspectives in revealing the various levels of Finnish involvement in settler colonialism. In their chapters, authors seek to understand the experiences and representations of Finns in North American spatial projects, in territorial expansion and integration, and visions of power. They do so by analyzing how Finns reinvented their identities and acted as settlers, participated in the production of settler colonial narratives, as well as benefitted and took advantage of settler colonial structures. Finnish Settler Colonialism in North America</italic> aims to challenge traditional histories of Finnish migration, in which Finns have typically been viewed almost in isolation from the broader American context, not to mention colonialism. The book examines the diversity of roles, experiences, and narrations of and by Finns in the histories of North America by employing the settler colonial analytical framework.Rani-Henrik Andersson</bold> (PhD) is senior university lecturer of North American Studies at the University of Helsinki and the principal investigator of HUMANA—Human Migration and Network Analysis: Developing New Research Methods for the Study of Human Migration and Social Change. Janne Lahti</bold> (PhD) is a historian who works at the University of Helsinki as an Academy of Finland research fellow. His research focuses on global and transnational histories of settler colonialism, borderlands, the American West, and Nordic colonialism. Lahti is also the editor-in-chief of the journal Settler Colonial Studies</italic>. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/e60e8ed5-5782-4392-af66-153d3fea550e.jpg 1 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction: Finns and the Settler Colonial Worlds of North America 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Claims for Space: Unpacking Finnish Geohistorical Imaginations of the United States 1 A01 21 0000000294219331 Johanna Skurnik Johanna Skurnik Philosophy, History and Art 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Dr. Johanna Skurnik works as an Academy of Finland postdoctoral researcher at the Department of Philosophy, History and Art at the University of Helsinki. She specializes in the history of (geographical) knowledge and science, map history and colonial history. 03 00 This chapter explores how geographical texts and maps represents the historical roots of Finns in America and made them visible on the map of the United States, in essence to map a Finnish history in settler colonial North America and to carve Finns a place on the continent. The chapter shows how Finnish geohistorical imaginations have developed through an enagement with the settler colonial artographic frame as Finnish presence entangled with questions of colonial violence and land ownership in multifaceted ways. 30 00 This chapter explores how geographical texts and maps represents the historical roots of Finns in America and made them visible on the map of the United States, in essence to map a Finnish history in settler colonial North America and to carve Finns a place on the continent. The chapter shows how Finnish geohistorical imaginations have developed through an enagement with the settler colonial artographic frame as Finnish presence entangled with questions of colonial violence and land ownership in multifaceted ways. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Finnish Americanism and Indigenous Land on Sugar Island, Michigan, 1915–1940 1 A01 21 0000000231595065 Justin Gage Justin Gage History 40 02y3ad647 University of Florida Justin Gage is an Assistant Professor at the University of Florida who studies Native American mobility and anticolonial activism, intertribal relationships, and settler colonialism in the American West. His first book, We Do Not Want the Gates Closed between Us: Native Networks and the Spread of the Ghost Dance was awarded the 2021 Outstanding Western Book by the Center for the Study of the American West and the 2021 Beatrice Medicine Award from the Association for the Study of American Indian Literatures. 03 00 This chapter analyses Finns migration to Sugar Island, Michigan, in 1915. Sugar Island had been home to Anishinaabe Ojibwe (Chippewa) peoples for thousands of years, but their lands had been persistently taken from them since the arrival of white Americans in the early 1800s. In the 20th century, dozens of Finnish families changed the island once again, continuing processes of settler colonialism. Finnish success on Sugar Island came at the expense of the Anishinaabe families there (which included transborder people of mixed Ojibwe, Ottawa, and European ancestry). With a developing economy, Finns seized the labor market, putting Anishinaabe workers at a significant disadvantage, further damaging Indigenous livelihoods and political power. 30 00 This chapter analyses Finns migration to Sugar Island, Michigan, in 1915. Sugar Island had been home to Anishinaabe Ojibwe (Chippewa) peoples for thousands of years, but their lands had been persistently taken from them since the arrival of white Americans in the early 1800s. In the 20th century, dozens of Finnish families changed the island once again, continuing processes of settler colonialism. Finnish success on Sugar Island came at the expense of the Anishinaabe families there (which included transborder people of mixed Ojibwe, Ottawa, and European ancestry). With a developing economy, Finns seized the labor market, putting Anishinaabe workers at a significant disadvantage, further damaging Indigenous livelihoods and political power. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 “Some Kind of Eldorado”: Eero Erkko and the Plan for a Finnish Settler Colony in Cuba, 1903–1905 1 A01 21 0000000330929331 Aleksi Huhta Aleksi Huhta Department of Cultures 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Aleksi Huhta is an Academy of Finland Postdoctoral Fellow at the University of Helsinki. He received his PhD at the University in Turku in 2018. His dissertation focused on the ideas of race in the Finnish–American labor movement in the early twentieth century. His current research explores connections between migration and imperial history within the context of late nineteenth and early twentieth century Finland. 03 00 This chapter explores the rhetoric and realities of Eero Erkko’s Cuba plan. The chapter draws mainly on Erkko’s private correspondence and newspaper articles published in Finnish and Finnish–American newspapers. The chapter first examines Erkko’s vision of a Finnish settler colony in Cuba within the context of his political thinking and the broader ideological currents on which it drew on. The chapter will then probe how Erkko attempted to make his vision a reality: the negotiations with other activists, business partners, American landholding companies, and prospective emigrants. The chapter closes with a brief look at the lives of the Finnish emigrants who followed Erkko’s call and migrated to the Cuba Real Estate Association’s farming colony of “Chicago,” near Itabo in the western Matanzas province. 30 00 This chapter explores the rhetoric and realities of Eero Erkko’s Cuba plan. The chapter draws mainly on Erkko’s private correspondence and newspaper articles published in Finnish and Finnish–American newspapers. The chapter first examines Erkko’s vision of a Finnish settler colony in Cuba within the context of his political thinking and the broader ideological currents on which it drew on. The chapter will then probe how Erkko attempted to make his vision a reality: the negotiations with other activists, business partners, American landholding companies, and prospective emigrants. The chapter closes with a brief look at the lives of the Finnish emigrants who followed Erkko’s call and migrated to the Cuba Real Estate Association’s farming colony of “Chicago,” near Itabo in the western Matanzas province. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Finnish Utopian Communities, Historiographies, and Shapes of Settler Colonialism 1 A01 21 0000000313598235 Johanna Leinonen Johanna Leinonen Research Unit for History, Culture and Communications 40 03yj89h83 University of Oulu Johanna Leinonen is an Academy Research Fellow in the Research Unit for History, Culture and Communications at the University of Oulu, Finland. She completed her PhD in history in 2011 at the University of Minnesota, United States. She holds the title of associate professor (docent) in research on multiculturalism from the University of Turku (2016). Her research interests include migration history, forced migration and family separation, family and marriage migration, memory and migration, transnationalism, gender and migration, and critical race studies. 03 00 The goal of this chapter is to critically examine historical scholarship dealing with the histories of migration from Finland. In particular, the chapter looks at those studies that discuss migrant communities labeled as “utopian” by Finnish scholars. Through a close reading of several historical studies on Finnish migration, the chapter demonstrates how the absence of a critical perspective on utopian settlements contributes to the idea of Finland as an “outsider” in the histories of colonialism. 30 00 The goal of this chapter is to critically examine historical scholarship dealing with the histories of migration from Finland. In particular, the chapter looks at those studies that discuss migrant communities labeled as “utopian” by Finnish scholars. Through a close reading of several historical studies on Finnish migration, the chapter demonstrates how the absence of a critical perspective on utopian settlements contributes to the idea of Finland as an “outsider” in the histories of colonialism. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Building a (White) Nation: Finns in James Kirke Paulding’s Koningsmarke, the Long Finne (1823) 1 A01 Sirpa Salenius Sirpa Salenius Laboratoire de Recherche sur les Cultures Anglophones, Paris (LARCA) Dr. Sirpa Salenius is Associate Researcher at LARCA (Laboratoire de Recherche sur les Cultures Anglophones, Paris), External Affiliate at the University College London Sarah Parker Remond Centre for the Study of Racism and Racialisation (London), and affiliated with the University of Eastern Finland (Joensuu). Her research focuses on race, gender, sexuality, and space studies. 03 00 James Kirke Paulding’s (1778–1860) historical novel Koningsmarke, the Long Finne: A Story of the New World (1823) came out in the 1820s, when the United States was witnessing the publication of works that were consciously aspiring to create uniquely American literature. The novel creates and reinforces myths about white superiority and the exceptionality of Finns, who are described as possessing traits that continue to resonate in the idealized constructions of Finnishness. This chapter demonstrates how the novel affirms stereotypes, justifies settlers’ land possession, legitimizes removal and slaughter of Natives, and contributes to defining myths about the new nation and ideal national identity. 30 00 James Kirke Paulding’s (1778–1860) historical novel Koningsmarke, the Long Finne: A Story of the New World (1823) came out in the 1820s, when the United States was witnessing the publication of works that were consciously aspiring to create uniquely American literature. The novel creates and reinforces myths about white superiority and the exceptionality of Finns, who are described as possessing traits that continue to resonate in the idealized constructions of Finnishness. This chapter demonstrates how the novel affirms stereotypes, justifies settlers’ land possession, legitimizes removal and slaughter of Natives, and contributes to defining myths about the new nation and ideal national identity. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Socialist Visions of American Dreams: The Finnish Settler Lives of Oskari Tokoi and Frank Aaltonen 1 A01 21 0000000303303886 Rani-Henrik Andersson Rani-Henrik Andersson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 Rainer Smedman Rainer Smedman Dr. Rainer Smedman holds a PhD in history from the University of Tampere. He is a retired primary education history lecturer who has recently focused on labor history. He is currently finishing a source edition on Finland's most famous exile, Senator Oskari Tokoi (1873–1963), to be published in spring 2023, in the year of Tokoi's 150th birthday (https://oskaritokoi.fi/). 03 00 This chapter provides a window to settler colonialism through the political activities and perceptions of two Finnish socialists of Oskari Tokoi and Frank Aaltonen. It looks at how Tokoi and Aaltonen built their identities through movement in transnational frameworks, their relationship to land and Indigenous peoples, and understanding of settler rights. Oskari Tokoi and Frank Aaltonen espoused the idea of Finnish exceptionalism and that the Finns had a share in the American Dream. 30 00 This chapter provides a window to settler colonialism through the political activities and perceptions of two Finnish socialists of Oskari Tokoi and Frank Aaltonen. It looks at how Tokoi and Aaltonen built their identities through movement in transnational frameworks, their relationship to land and Indigenous peoples, and understanding of settler rights. Oskari Tokoi and Frank Aaltonen espoused the idea of Finnish exceptionalism and that the Finns had a share in the American Dream. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Indigenous and Settler: The North American Sámi Movement 1 A01 Erik Hieta Erik Hieta Language Center 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Erik Hieta completed a Ph.D. in History, with a designated emphasis in Native American Studies, at the University of California, Davis 03 00 The chapter is a study of how the North American Sámi movement expands definitions of what it means to be both settler and Indigenous in the 21st century. It focuses on the specific case of Finnish/Nordic immigrants to North America claiming and promoting Indigenous connections and on how they straddle and blur the boundaries between settler and Native, while negotiating their place in the settler colonial state. 30 00 The chapter is a study of how the North American Sámi movement expands definitions of what it means to be both settler and Indigenous in the 21st century. It focuses on the specific case of Finnish/Nordic immigrants to North America claiming and promoting Indigenous connections and on how they straddle and blur the boundaries between settler and Native, while negotiating their place in the settler colonial state. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Life Writing as a Settler Colonial Tool: Finnish Migrant-Settlers Claiming Place and Belonging 1 A01 21 0000000275706177 Samira Saramo Samira Saramo 40 025fkxt31 Migration Institute of Finland Dr. Samira Saramo is a Transdisciplinary Historian whose research focuses on place, emotion, migrant settlerhood, community-building, and the everyday. Most often, Samira’s work centers on the histories of Finnish migrants in Canada, the United States, and the Soviet Union. Samira is currently a Kone Foundation Senior Researcher at the Migration Institute of Finland and a Docent of Cultural History at the University of Turku. Samira is the founder and Chair of the international History of Finnish Migration (HoFM) Network and the Vice-Chair of the Finnish Oral History Network (FOHN). 03 00 By writing their stories of settlement in Canada and the United States over the decades, Finnish migrants and their descendants have claimed their place and belonging in these national histories. Through autobiographical and family history life writing, migrant-settler authors contribute personal narratives of migration, adversity, adventure, and (most often) positive integration that collectively build a rich view of Finnish lives and communities in North America. Through these texts, we are able to see some of the strategies and practices Finns have employed in establishing their North American migrant settlerhood. 30 00 By writing their stories of settlement in Canada and the United States over the decades, Finnish migrants and their descendants have claimed their place and belonging in these national histories. Through autobiographical and family history life writing, migrant-settler authors contribute personal narratives of migration, adversity, adventure, and (most often) positive integration that collectively build a rich view of Finnish lives and communities in North America. Through these texts, we are able to see some of the strategies and practices Finns have employed in establishing their North American migrant settlerhood. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Finns and the Indigenous People in the Great Lakes Region: Playing with Settler Myths in Late 20th- and Early 21st-Century Finnish American Fiction 1 A01 21 0000000345613356 Roman Kushnir Roman Kushnir Language and Communication Studies 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Roman Kushnir, MA, is a doctoral student at the Department of Language and Communication Studies at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. His doctoral research focuses on the representations of the construction of Finnish American identities in modern Finnish American Anglophone fiction, and the roles of such cultural practices as foodways, language, sports, and music in this construction. His research interests include Finnish immigrants in North America, their cultures, and literatures; Nordic Americans in general; and foods and food-related practices in the formation of ethnic and ethnocultural identities as well as their representations in ethnic and immigrant literatures. 03 00 This chapter explores the Finnish settler migration mythology through a selection of Finnish–American literature produced in the late 20th and early 21st centuries. The idea is to shed light on the ways in which these texts create, spread, and perpetuate the settler myths. A close reading of literary texts can offer the opportunity to refocus, reframe, and reconceptualize Finnish experiences in North America. The chapter demonstrates that these texts can be approached as reinforcing the Finnish–Indigenous myth. They feature perennial images and themes as well as familiar one dimensional and/or glamorizing and sugarcoating stereotypes, such as shared lore and mysticism, sauna–sweat lodge similarity, shared special affinity with nature and woods, and, all in all, Finnish uniqueness. 30 00 This chapter explores the Finnish settler migration mythology through a selection of Finnish–American literature produced in the late 20th and early 21st centuries. The idea is to shed light on the ways in which these texts create, spread, and perpetuate the settler myths. A close reading of literary texts can offer the opportunity to refocus, reframe, and reconceptualize Finnish experiences in North America. The chapter demonstrates that these texts can be approached as reinforcing the Finnish–Indigenous myth. They feature perennial images and themes as well as familiar one dimensional and/or glamorizing and sugarcoating stereotypes, such as shared lore and mysticism, sauna–sweat lodge similarity, shared special affinity with nature and woods, and, all in all, Finnish uniqueness. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Gustaf Nordenskiöld and the Mesa Verde: Settler Colonial Disconnects and Finnish Colonial Legacies 1 A01 21 0000000334751542 Janne Lahti Janne Lahti 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter discusses the character and legacies of settler colonialism through the looting of Indigenous artefacts by Gustaf Nordenskiöld in Mesa Verde in 1891. Nordenskiöld tied in with settler colonialism in several ways, albeit his experiences and narratives showcase disconnects as much as connections. Nordenskiöld’s excavation and knowledge production was one of the many practices of settler colonialism, showcasing a form of Indigenous elimination. When writing about his exploits, the Indigenous past, and settler colonial present of the US Southwest, Nordenskiöld advanced conceptual displacement, the substitution of Indigenous pasts and knowledge with linear and modern settler histories. His excavations and writings propagated a disconnect of dead civilizations, vanishing Indigenous presents, and empty lands, ripe for settler colonialism to “discover” and make sense of. His writings, actions, and the fate of his collection also created a lasting connection for Finland with US settler colonialism. 30 00 This chapter discusses the character and legacies of settler colonialism through the looting of Indigenous artefacts by Gustaf Nordenskiöld in Mesa Verde in 1891. Nordenskiöld tied in with settler colonialism in several ways, albeit his experiences and narratives showcase disconnects as much as connections. Nordenskiöld’s excavation and knowledge production was one of the many practices of settler colonialism, showcasing a form of Indigenous elimination. When writing about his exploits, the Indigenous past, and settler colonial present of the US Southwest, Nordenskiöld advanced conceptual displacement, the substitution of Indigenous pasts and knowledge with linear and modern settler histories. His excavations and writings propagated a disconnect of dead civilizations, vanishing Indigenous presents, and empty lands, ripe for settler colonialism to “discover” and make sense of. His writings, actions, and the fate of his collection also created a lasting connection for Finland with US settler colonialism. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-12 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Afterword: Concurrent Events and Entanglements in a Nordic–American Borderland 1 A01 Gunlög Fur Gunlög Fur 40 00j9qag85 Linnaeus University Professor Gunlög Fur serves as Deputy Vice-Chancellor, with responsibility for Sustainability and Equality, at Linnaeus University. Her research interests include cultural encounters, gender, and postcolonial perspectives, and her research primarily concerns Native American history and is focused on different aspects of cultural encounters from the 17th century to the present. Her most recent projects focus on the concurrent histories of Swedish/Scandinavian emigrants and indigenous nations in North America during the 19th and 20th centuries. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20221229 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690806 03 9789523690806 06 15 9789523690813 03 9789523690813 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690790 20 08 20221229 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690790 20 08 20221229 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690790 20 08 20221229 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690790 20 08 20221229 01 urn:uuid:f5304704-8947-4d7d-bc7b-c798be4f72d7 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:d6b3d8bb-046b-4902-abe6-bb727d1fa340 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f5304704-8947-4d7d-bc7b-c798be4f72d7 15 9789523690806 03 9789523690806 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 10 01 Series ID af47b02f-a187-41b1-8b10-23b714a097d2 02 27372812 03 2 01 02 AHEAD: Advanced Studies in the Humanities and Social Sciences 01 01 Finnish Settler Colonialism in North America Rethinking Finnish Experiences in Transnational Spaces 1 B01 21 0000000303303886 Rani-Henrik Andersson Rani-Henrik Andersson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 B01 21 0000000334751542 Janne Lahti Janne Lahti 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 01 eng 00 316 03 B2 history B2 Area and cultural studies B2 literature 20 migration; Settler colonialism; transnational; Nordic colonialism; ethnicity/race 01 06 02 00 This book reinterprets the Finnish experiences in North America by connecting them to the transnational processes of settler colonial conquest, far-settlement, elimination of natives, and capture of terrestrial spaces. It places Finns as active participants in settler colonial histories, circulations of knowledge, and their ongoing legacies.< 03 00 Finnish Settler Colonialism in North America</italic> reinterprets Finnish experiences in North America by connecting them to the transnational processes of settler colonial conquest, far-settlement, elimination of natives, and capture of terrestrial spaces. Rather than merely exploring whether the idea of Finns as a different kind of immigrant is a myth, this book challenges it in many ways. It offers an analysis of the ways in which this myth manifests itself, why it has been upheld to this day, and most importantly how it contributes to settler colonialism in North America and beyond.The authors in this volume apply multidisciplinary perspectives in revealing the various levels of Finnish involvement in settler colonialism. In their chapters, authors seek to understand the experiences and representations of Finns in North American spatial projects, in territorial expansion and integration, and visions of power. They do so by analyzing how Finns reinvented their identities and acted as settlers, participated in the production of settler colonial narratives, as well as benefitted and took advantage of settler colonial structures. Finnish Settler Colonialism in North America</italic> aims to challenge traditional histories of Finnish migration, in which Finns have typically been viewed almost in isolation from the broader American context, not to mention colonialism. The book examines the diversity of roles, experiences, and narrations of and by Finns in the histories of North America by employing the settler colonial analytical framework.Rani-Henrik Andersson</bold> (PhD) is senior university lecturer of North American Studies at the University of Helsinki and the principal investigator of HUMANA—Human Migration and Network Analysis: Developing New Research Methods for the Study of Human Migration and Social Change. Janne Lahti</bold> (PhD) is a historian who works at the University of Helsinki as an Academy of Finland research fellow. His research focuses on global and transnational histories of settler colonialism, borderlands, the American West, and Nordic colonialism. Lahti is also the editor-in-chief of the journal Settler Colonial Studies</italic>. 30 00 Finnish Settler Colonialism in North America</italic> reinterprets Finnish experiences in North America by connecting them to the transnational processes of settler colonial conquest, far-settlement, elimination of natives, and capture of terrestrial spaces. Rather than merely exploring whether the idea of Finns as a different kind of immigrant is a myth, this book challenges it in many ways. It offers an analysis of the ways in which this myth manifests itself, why it has been upheld to this day, and most importantly how it contributes to settler colonialism in North America and beyond.The authors in this volume apply multidisciplinary perspectives in revealing the various levels of Finnish involvement in settler colonialism. In their chapters, authors seek to understand the experiences and representations of Finns in North American spatial projects, in territorial expansion and integration, and visions of power. They do so by analyzing how Finns reinvented their identities and acted as settlers, participated in the production of settler colonial narratives, as well as benefitted and took advantage of settler colonial structures. Finnish Settler Colonialism in North America</italic> aims to challenge traditional histories of Finnish migration, in which Finns have typically been viewed almost in isolation from the broader American context, not to mention colonialism. The book examines the diversity of roles, experiences, and narrations of and by Finns in the histories of North America by employing the settler colonial analytical framework.Rani-Henrik Andersson</bold> (PhD) is senior university lecturer of North American Studies at the University of Helsinki and the principal investigator of HUMANA—Human Migration and Network Analysis: Developing New Research Methods for the Study of Human Migration and Social Change. Janne Lahti</bold> (PhD) is a historian who works at the University of Helsinki as an Academy of Finland research fellow. His research focuses on global and transnational histories of settler colonialism, borderlands, the American West, and Nordic colonialism. Lahti is also the editor-in-chief of the journal Settler Colonial Studies</italic>. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/e60e8ed5-5782-4392-af66-153d3fea550e.jpg 1 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction: Finns and the Settler Colonial Worlds of North America 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Claims for Space: Unpacking Finnish Geohistorical Imaginations of the United States 1 A01 21 0000000294219331 Johanna Skurnik Johanna Skurnik Philosophy, History and Art 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Dr. Johanna Skurnik works as an Academy of Finland postdoctoral researcher at the Department of Philosophy, History and Art at the University of Helsinki. She specializes in the history of (geographical) knowledge and science, map history and colonial history. 03 00 This chapter explores how geographical texts and maps represents the historical roots of Finns in America and made them visible on the map of the United States, in essence to map a Finnish history in settler colonial North America and to carve Finns a place on the continent. The chapter shows how Finnish geohistorical imaginations have developed through an enagement with the settler colonial artographic frame as Finnish presence entangled with questions of colonial violence and land ownership in multifaceted ways. 30 00 This chapter explores how geographical texts and maps represents the historical roots of Finns in America and made them visible on the map of the United States, in essence to map a Finnish history in settler colonial North America and to carve Finns a place on the continent. The chapter shows how Finnish geohistorical imaginations have developed through an enagement with the settler colonial artographic frame as Finnish presence entangled with questions of colonial violence and land ownership in multifaceted ways. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Finnish Americanism and Indigenous Land on Sugar Island, Michigan, 1915–1940 1 A01 21 0000000231595065 Justin Gage Justin Gage History 40 02y3ad647 University of Florida Justin Gage is an Assistant Professor at the University of Florida who studies Native American mobility and anticolonial activism, intertribal relationships, and settler colonialism in the American West. His first book, We Do Not Want the Gates Closed between Us: Native Networks and the Spread of the Ghost Dance was awarded the 2021 Outstanding Western Book by the Center for the Study of the American West and the 2021 Beatrice Medicine Award from the Association for the Study of American Indian Literatures. 03 00 This chapter analyses Finns migration to Sugar Island, Michigan, in 1915. Sugar Island had been home to Anishinaabe Ojibwe (Chippewa) peoples for thousands of years, but their lands had been persistently taken from them since the arrival of white Americans in the early 1800s. In the 20th century, dozens of Finnish families changed the island once again, continuing processes of settler colonialism. Finnish success on Sugar Island came at the expense of the Anishinaabe families there (which included transborder people of mixed Ojibwe, Ottawa, and European ancestry). With a developing economy, Finns seized the labor market, putting Anishinaabe workers at a significant disadvantage, further damaging Indigenous livelihoods and political power. 30 00 This chapter analyses Finns migration to Sugar Island, Michigan, in 1915. Sugar Island had been home to Anishinaabe Ojibwe (Chippewa) peoples for thousands of years, but their lands had been persistently taken from them since the arrival of white Americans in the early 1800s. In the 20th century, dozens of Finnish families changed the island once again, continuing processes of settler colonialism. Finnish success on Sugar Island came at the expense of the Anishinaabe families there (which included transborder people of mixed Ojibwe, Ottawa, and European ancestry). With a developing economy, Finns seized the labor market, putting Anishinaabe workers at a significant disadvantage, further damaging Indigenous livelihoods and political power. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 “Some Kind of Eldorado”: Eero Erkko and the Plan for a Finnish Settler Colony in Cuba, 1903–1905 1 A01 21 0000000330929331 Aleksi Huhta Aleksi Huhta Department of Cultures 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Aleksi Huhta is an Academy of Finland Postdoctoral Fellow at the University of Helsinki. He received his PhD at the University in Turku in 2018. His dissertation focused on the ideas of race in the Finnish–American labor movement in the early twentieth century. His current research explores connections between migration and imperial history within the context of late nineteenth and early twentieth century Finland. 03 00 This chapter explores the rhetoric and realities of Eero Erkko’s Cuba plan. The chapter draws mainly on Erkko’s private correspondence and newspaper articles published in Finnish and Finnish–American newspapers. The chapter first examines Erkko’s vision of a Finnish settler colony in Cuba within the context of his political thinking and the broader ideological currents on which it drew on. The chapter will then probe how Erkko attempted to make his vision a reality: the negotiations with other activists, business partners, American landholding companies, and prospective emigrants. The chapter closes with a brief look at the lives of the Finnish emigrants who followed Erkko’s call and migrated to the Cuba Real Estate Association’s farming colony of “Chicago,” near Itabo in the western Matanzas province. 30 00 This chapter explores the rhetoric and realities of Eero Erkko’s Cuba plan. The chapter draws mainly on Erkko’s private correspondence and newspaper articles published in Finnish and Finnish–American newspapers. The chapter first examines Erkko’s vision of a Finnish settler colony in Cuba within the context of his political thinking and the broader ideological currents on which it drew on. The chapter will then probe how Erkko attempted to make his vision a reality: the negotiations with other activists, business partners, American landholding companies, and prospective emigrants. The chapter closes with a brief look at the lives of the Finnish emigrants who followed Erkko’s call and migrated to the Cuba Real Estate Association’s farming colony of “Chicago,” near Itabo in the western Matanzas province. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Finnish Utopian Communities, Historiographies, and Shapes of Settler Colonialism 1 A01 21 0000000313598235 Johanna Leinonen Johanna Leinonen Research Unit for History, Culture and Communications 40 03yj89h83 University of Oulu Johanna Leinonen is an Academy Research Fellow in the Research Unit for History, Culture and Communications at the University of Oulu, Finland. She completed her PhD in history in 2011 at the University of Minnesota, United States. She holds the title of associate professor (docent) in research on multiculturalism from the University of Turku (2016). Her research interests include migration history, forced migration and family separation, family and marriage migration, memory and migration, transnationalism, gender and migration, and critical race studies. 03 00 The goal of this chapter is to critically examine historical scholarship dealing with the histories of migration from Finland. In particular, the chapter looks at those studies that discuss migrant communities labeled as “utopian” by Finnish scholars. Through a close reading of several historical studies on Finnish migration, the chapter demonstrates how the absence of a critical perspective on utopian settlements contributes to the idea of Finland as an “outsider” in the histories of colonialism. 30 00 The goal of this chapter is to critically examine historical scholarship dealing with the histories of migration from Finland. In particular, the chapter looks at those studies that discuss migrant communities labeled as “utopian” by Finnish scholars. Through a close reading of several historical studies on Finnish migration, the chapter demonstrates how the absence of a critical perspective on utopian settlements contributes to the idea of Finland as an “outsider” in the histories of colonialism. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Building a (White) Nation: Finns in James Kirke Paulding’s Koningsmarke, the Long Finne (1823) 1 A01 Sirpa Salenius Sirpa Salenius Laboratoire de Recherche sur les Cultures Anglophones, Paris (LARCA) Dr. Sirpa Salenius is Associate Researcher at LARCA (Laboratoire de Recherche sur les Cultures Anglophones, Paris), External Affiliate at the University College London Sarah Parker Remond Centre for the Study of Racism and Racialisation (London), and affiliated with the University of Eastern Finland (Joensuu). Her research focuses on race, gender, sexuality, and space studies. 03 00 James Kirke Paulding’s (1778–1860) historical novel Koningsmarke, the Long Finne: A Story of the New World (1823) came out in the 1820s, when the United States was witnessing the publication of works that were consciously aspiring to create uniquely American literature. The novel creates and reinforces myths about white superiority and the exceptionality of Finns, who are described as possessing traits that continue to resonate in the idealized constructions of Finnishness. This chapter demonstrates how the novel affirms stereotypes, justifies settlers’ land possession, legitimizes removal and slaughter of Natives, and contributes to defining myths about the new nation and ideal national identity. 30 00 James Kirke Paulding’s (1778–1860) historical novel Koningsmarke, the Long Finne: A Story of the New World (1823) came out in the 1820s, when the United States was witnessing the publication of works that were consciously aspiring to create uniquely American literature. The novel creates and reinforces myths about white superiority and the exceptionality of Finns, who are described as possessing traits that continue to resonate in the idealized constructions of Finnishness. This chapter demonstrates how the novel affirms stereotypes, justifies settlers’ land possession, legitimizes removal and slaughter of Natives, and contributes to defining myths about the new nation and ideal national identity. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Socialist Visions of American Dreams: The Finnish Settler Lives of Oskari Tokoi and Frank Aaltonen 1 A01 21 0000000303303886 Rani-Henrik Andersson Rani-Henrik Andersson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 Rainer Smedman Rainer Smedman Dr. Rainer Smedman holds a PhD in history from the University of Tampere. He is a retired primary education history lecturer who has recently focused on labor history. He is currently finishing a source edition on Finland's most famous exile, Senator Oskari Tokoi (1873–1963), to be published in spring 2023, in the year of Tokoi's 150th birthday (https://oskaritokoi.fi/). 03 00 This chapter provides a window to settler colonialism through the political activities and perceptions of two Finnish socialists of Oskari Tokoi and Frank Aaltonen. It looks at how Tokoi and Aaltonen built their identities through movement in transnational frameworks, their relationship to land and Indigenous peoples, and understanding of settler rights. Oskari Tokoi and Frank Aaltonen espoused the idea of Finnish exceptionalism and that the Finns had a share in the American Dream. 30 00 This chapter provides a window to settler colonialism through the political activities and perceptions of two Finnish socialists of Oskari Tokoi and Frank Aaltonen. It looks at how Tokoi and Aaltonen built their identities through movement in transnational frameworks, their relationship to land and Indigenous peoples, and understanding of settler rights. Oskari Tokoi and Frank Aaltonen espoused the idea of Finnish exceptionalism and that the Finns had a share in the American Dream. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Indigenous and Settler: The North American Sámi Movement 1 A01 Erik Hieta Erik Hieta Language Center 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Erik Hieta completed a Ph.D. in History, with a designated emphasis in Native American Studies, at the University of California, Davis 03 00 The chapter is a study of how the North American Sámi movement expands definitions of what it means to be both settler and Indigenous in the 21st century. It focuses on the specific case of Finnish/Nordic immigrants to North America claiming and promoting Indigenous connections and on how they straddle and blur the boundaries between settler and Native, while negotiating their place in the settler colonial state. 30 00 The chapter is a study of how the North American Sámi movement expands definitions of what it means to be both settler and Indigenous in the 21st century. It focuses on the specific case of Finnish/Nordic immigrants to North America claiming and promoting Indigenous connections and on how they straddle and blur the boundaries between settler and Native, while negotiating their place in the settler colonial state. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Life Writing as a Settler Colonial Tool: Finnish Migrant-Settlers Claiming Place and Belonging 1 A01 21 0000000275706177 Samira Saramo Samira Saramo 40 025fkxt31 Migration Institute of Finland Dr. Samira Saramo is a Transdisciplinary Historian whose research focuses on place, emotion, migrant settlerhood, community-building, and the everyday. Most often, Samira’s work centers on the histories of Finnish migrants in Canada, the United States, and the Soviet Union. Samira is currently a Kone Foundation Senior Researcher at the Migration Institute of Finland and a Docent of Cultural History at the University of Turku. Samira is the founder and Chair of the international History of Finnish Migration (HoFM) Network and the Vice-Chair of the Finnish Oral History Network (FOHN). 03 00 By writing their stories of settlement in Canada and the United States over the decades, Finnish migrants and their descendants have claimed their place and belonging in these national histories. Through autobiographical and family history life writing, migrant-settler authors contribute personal narratives of migration, adversity, adventure, and (most often) positive integration that collectively build a rich view of Finnish lives and communities in North America. Through these texts, we are able to see some of the strategies and practices Finns have employed in establishing their North American migrant settlerhood. 30 00 By writing their stories of settlement in Canada and the United States over the decades, Finnish migrants and their descendants have claimed their place and belonging in these national histories. Through autobiographical and family history life writing, migrant-settler authors contribute personal narratives of migration, adversity, adventure, and (most often) positive integration that collectively build a rich view of Finnish lives and communities in North America. Through these texts, we are able to see some of the strategies and practices Finns have employed in establishing their North American migrant settlerhood. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Finns and the Indigenous People in the Great Lakes Region: Playing with Settler Myths in Late 20th- and Early 21st-Century Finnish American Fiction 1 A01 21 0000000345613356 Roman Kushnir Roman Kushnir Language and Communication Studies 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Roman Kushnir, MA, is a doctoral student at the Department of Language and Communication Studies at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. His doctoral research focuses on the representations of the construction of Finnish American identities in modern Finnish American Anglophone fiction, and the roles of such cultural practices as foodways, language, sports, and music in this construction. His research interests include Finnish immigrants in North America, their cultures, and literatures; Nordic Americans in general; and foods and food-related practices in the formation of ethnic and ethnocultural identities as well as their representations in ethnic and immigrant literatures. 03 00 This chapter explores the Finnish settler migration mythology through a selection of Finnish–American literature produced in the late 20th and early 21st centuries. The idea is to shed light on the ways in which these texts create, spread, and perpetuate the settler myths. A close reading of literary texts can offer the opportunity to refocus, reframe, and reconceptualize Finnish experiences in North America. The chapter demonstrates that these texts can be approached as reinforcing the Finnish–Indigenous myth. They feature perennial images and themes as well as familiar one dimensional and/or glamorizing and sugarcoating stereotypes, such as shared lore and mysticism, sauna–sweat lodge similarity, shared special affinity with nature and woods, and, all in all, Finnish uniqueness. 30 00 This chapter explores the Finnish settler migration mythology through a selection of Finnish–American literature produced in the late 20th and early 21st centuries. The idea is to shed light on the ways in which these texts create, spread, and perpetuate the settler myths. A close reading of literary texts can offer the opportunity to refocus, reframe, and reconceptualize Finnish experiences in North America. The chapter demonstrates that these texts can be approached as reinforcing the Finnish–Indigenous myth. They feature perennial images and themes as well as familiar one dimensional and/or glamorizing and sugarcoating stereotypes, such as shared lore and mysticism, sauna–sweat lodge similarity, shared special affinity with nature and woods, and, all in all, Finnish uniqueness. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Gustaf Nordenskiöld and the Mesa Verde: Settler Colonial Disconnects and Finnish Colonial Legacies 1 A01 21 0000000334751542 Janne Lahti Janne Lahti 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter discusses the character and legacies of settler colonialism through the looting of Indigenous artefacts by Gustaf Nordenskiöld in Mesa Verde in 1891. Nordenskiöld tied in with settler colonialism in several ways, albeit his experiences and narratives showcase disconnects as much as connections. Nordenskiöld’s excavation and knowledge production was one of the many practices of settler colonialism, showcasing a form of Indigenous elimination. When writing about his exploits, the Indigenous past, and settler colonial present of the US Southwest, Nordenskiöld advanced conceptual displacement, the substitution of Indigenous pasts and knowledge with linear and modern settler histories. His excavations and writings propagated a disconnect of dead civilizations, vanishing Indigenous presents, and empty lands, ripe for settler colonialism to “discover” and make sense of. His writings, actions, and the fate of his collection also created a lasting connection for Finland with US settler colonialism. 30 00 This chapter discusses the character and legacies of settler colonialism through the looting of Indigenous artefacts by Gustaf Nordenskiöld in Mesa Verde in 1891. Nordenskiöld tied in with settler colonialism in several ways, albeit his experiences and narratives showcase disconnects as much as connections. Nordenskiöld’s excavation and knowledge production was one of the many practices of settler colonialism, showcasing a form of Indigenous elimination. When writing about his exploits, the Indigenous past, and settler colonial present of the US Southwest, Nordenskiöld advanced conceptual displacement, the substitution of Indigenous pasts and knowledge with linear and modern settler histories. His excavations and writings propagated a disconnect of dead civilizations, vanishing Indigenous presents, and empty lands, ripe for settler colonialism to “discover” and make sense of. His writings, actions, and the fate of his collection also created a lasting connection for Finland with US settler colonialism. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-12 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Afterword: Concurrent Events and Entanglements in a Nordic–American Borderland 1 A01 Gunlög Fur Gunlög Fur 40 00j9qag85 Linnaeus University Professor Gunlög Fur serves as Deputy Vice-Chancellor, with responsibility for Sustainability and Equality, at Linnaeus University. Her research interests include cultural encounters, gender, and postcolonial perspectives, and her research primarily concerns Native American history and is focused on different aspects of cultural encounters from the 17th century to the present. Her most recent projects focus on the concurrent histories of Swedish/Scandinavian emigrants and indigenous nations in North America during the 19th and 20th centuries. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20221229 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690790 03 9789523690790 06 15 9789523690813 03 9789523690813 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20221229 01 urn:uuid:009b23c1-3f7a-46b0-aca2-ccfed882bcb9 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:d6b3d8bb-046b-4902-abe6-bb727d1fa340 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:009b23c1-3f7a-46b0-aca2-ccfed882bcb9 15 9789523690813 03 9789523690813 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 10 01 Series ID af47b02f-a187-41b1-8b10-23b714a097d2 02 27372812 03 2 01 02 AHEAD: Advanced Studies in the Humanities and Social Sciences 01 01 Finnish Settler Colonialism in North America Rethinking Finnish Experiences in Transnational Spaces 1 B01 21 0000000303303886 Rani-Henrik Andersson Rani-Henrik Andersson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 B01 21 0000000334751542 Janne Lahti Janne Lahti 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 01 eng 00 316 03 B2 history B2 Area and cultural studies B2 literature 20 migration; Settler colonialism; transnational; Nordic colonialism; ethnicity/race 01 06 02 00 This book reinterprets the Finnish experiences in North America by connecting them to the transnational processes of settler colonial conquest, far-settlement, elimination of natives, and capture of terrestrial spaces. It places Finns as active participants in settler colonial histories, circulations of knowledge, and their ongoing legacies.< 03 00 Finnish Settler Colonialism in North America</italic> reinterprets Finnish experiences in North America by connecting them to the transnational processes of settler colonial conquest, far-settlement, elimination of natives, and capture of terrestrial spaces. Rather than merely exploring whether the idea of Finns as a different kind of immigrant is a myth, this book challenges it in many ways. It offers an analysis of the ways in which this myth manifests itself, why it has been upheld to this day, and most importantly how it contributes to settler colonialism in North America and beyond.The authors in this volume apply multidisciplinary perspectives in revealing the various levels of Finnish involvement in settler colonialism. In their chapters, authors seek to understand the experiences and representations of Finns in North American spatial projects, in territorial expansion and integration, and visions of power. They do so by analyzing how Finns reinvented their identities and acted as settlers, participated in the production of settler colonial narratives, as well as benefitted and took advantage of settler colonial structures. Finnish Settler Colonialism in North America</italic> aims to challenge traditional histories of Finnish migration, in which Finns have typically been viewed almost in isolation from the broader American context, not to mention colonialism. The book examines the diversity of roles, experiences, and narrations of and by Finns in the histories of North America by employing the settler colonial analytical framework.Rani-Henrik Andersson</bold> (PhD) is senior university lecturer of North American Studies at the University of Helsinki and the principal investigator of HUMANA—Human Migration and Network Analysis: Developing New Research Methods for the Study of Human Migration and Social Change. Janne Lahti</bold> (PhD) is a historian who works at the University of Helsinki as an Academy of Finland research fellow. His research focuses on global and transnational histories of settler colonialism, borderlands, the American West, and Nordic colonialism. Lahti is also the editor-in-chief of the journal Settler Colonial Studies</italic>. 30 00 Finnish Settler Colonialism in North America</italic> reinterprets Finnish experiences in North America by connecting them to the transnational processes of settler colonial conquest, far-settlement, elimination of natives, and capture of terrestrial spaces. Rather than merely exploring whether the idea of Finns as a different kind of immigrant is a myth, this book challenges it in many ways. It offers an analysis of the ways in which this myth manifests itself, why it has been upheld to this day, and most importantly how it contributes to settler colonialism in North America and beyond.The authors in this volume apply multidisciplinary perspectives in revealing the various levels of Finnish involvement in settler colonialism. In their chapters, authors seek to understand the experiences and representations of Finns in North American spatial projects, in territorial expansion and integration, and visions of power. They do so by analyzing how Finns reinvented their identities and acted as settlers, participated in the production of settler colonial narratives, as well as benefitted and took advantage of settler colonial structures. Finnish Settler Colonialism in North America</italic> aims to challenge traditional histories of Finnish migration, in which Finns have typically been viewed almost in isolation from the broader American context, not to mention colonialism. The book examines the diversity of roles, experiences, and narrations of and by Finns in the histories of North America by employing the settler colonial analytical framework.Rani-Henrik Andersson</bold> (PhD) is senior university lecturer of North American Studies at the University of Helsinki and the principal investigator of HUMANA—Human Migration and Network Analysis: Developing New Research Methods for the Study of Human Migration and Social Change. Janne Lahti</bold> (PhD) is a historian who works at the University of Helsinki as an Academy of Finland research fellow. His research focuses on global and transnational histories of settler colonialism, borderlands, the American West, and Nordic colonialism. Lahti is also the editor-in-chief of the journal Settler Colonial Studies</italic>. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/e60e8ed5-5782-4392-af66-153d3fea550e.jpg 1 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction: Finns and the Settler Colonial Worlds of North America 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Claims for Space: Unpacking Finnish Geohistorical Imaginations of the United States 1 A01 21 0000000294219331 Johanna Skurnik Johanna Skurnik Philosophy, History and Art 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Dr. Johanna Skurnik works as an Academy of Finland postdoctoral researcher at the Department of Philosophy, History and Art at the University of Helsinki. She specializes in the history of (geographical) knowledge and science, map history and colonial history. 03 00 This chapter explores how geographical texts and maps represents the historical roots of Finns in America and made them visible on the map of the United States, in essence to map a Finnish history in settler colonial North America and to carve Finns a place on the continent. The chapter shows how Finnish geohistorical imaginations have developed through an enagement with the settler colonial artographic frame as Finnish presence entangled with questions of colonial violence and land ownership in multifaceted ways. 30 00 This chapter explores how geographical texts and maps represents the historical roots of Finns in America and made them visible on the map of the United States, in essence to map a Finnish history in settler colonial North America and to carve Finns a place on the continent. The chapter shows how Finnish geohistorical imaginations have developed through an enagement with the settler colonial artographic frame as Finnish presence entangled with questions of colonial violence and land ownership in multifaceted ways. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Finnish Americanism and Indigenous Land on Sugar Island, Michigan, 1915–1940 1 A01 21 0000000231595065 Justin Gage Justin Gage History 40 02y3ad647 University of Florida Justin Gage is an Assistant Professor at the University of Florida who studies Native American mobility and anticolonial activism, intertribal relationships, and settler colonialism in the American West. His first book, We Do Not Want the Gates Closed between Us: Native Networks and the Spread of the Ghost Dance was awarded the 2021 Outstanding Western Book by the Center for the Study of the American West and the 2021 Beatrice Medicine Award from the Association for the Study of American Indian Literatures. 03 00 This chapter analyses Finns migration to Sugar Island, Michigan, in 1915. Sugar Island had been home to Anishinaabe Ojibwe (Chippewa) peoples for thousands of years, but their lands had been persistently taken from them since the arrival of white Americans in the early 1800s. In the 20th century, dozens of Finnish families changed the island once again, continuing processes of settler colonialism. Finnish success on Sugar Island came at the expense of the Anishinaabe families there (which included transborder people of mixed Ojibwe, Ottawa, and European ancestry). With a developing economy, Finns seized the labor market, putting Anishinaabe workers at a significant disadvantage, further damaging Indigenous livelihoods and political power. 30 00 This chapter analyses Finns migration to Sugar Island, Michigan, in 1915. Sugar Island had been home to Anishinaabe Ojibwe (Chippewa) peoples for thousands of years, but their lands had been persistently taken from them since the arrival of white Americans in the early 1800s. In the 20th century, dozens of Finnish families changed the island once again, continuing processes of settler colonialism. Finnish success on Sugar Island came at the expense of the Anishinaabe families there (which included transborder people of mixed Ojibwe, Ottawa, and European ancestry). With a developing economy, Finns seized the labor market, putting Anishinaabe workers at a significant disadvantage, further damaging Indigenous livelihoods and political power. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 “Some Kind of Eldorado”: Eero Erkko and the Plan for a Finnish Settler Colony in Cuba, 1903–1905 1 A01 21 0000000330929331 Aleksi Huhta Aleksi Huhta Department of Cultures 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Aleksi Huhta is an Academy of Finland Postdoctoral Fellow at the University of Helsinki. He received his PhD at the University in Turku in 2018. His dissertation focused on the ideas of race in the Finnish–American labor movement in the early twentieth century. His current research explores connections between migration and imperial history within the context of late nineteenth and early twentieth century Finland. 03 00 This chapter explores the rhetoric and realities of Eero Erkko’s Cuba plan. The chapter draws mainly on Erkko’s private correspondence and newspaper articles published in Finnish and Finnish–American newspapers. The chapter first examines Erkko’s vision of a Finnish settler colony in Cuba within the context of his political thinking and the broader ideological currents on which it drew on. The chapter will then probe how Erkko attempted to make his vision a reality: the negotiations with other activists, business partners, American landholding companies, and prospective emigrants. The chapter closes with a brief look at the lives of the Finnish emigrants who followed Erkko’s call and migrated to the Cuba Real Estate Association’s farming colony of “Chicago,” near Itabo in the western Matanzas province. 30 00 This chapter explores the rhetoric and realities of Eero Erkko’s Cuba plan. The chapter draws mainly on Erkko’s private correspondence and newspaper articles published in Finnish and Finnish–American newspapers. The chapter first examines Erkko’s vision of a Finnish settler colony in Cuba within the context of his political thinking and the broader ideological currents on which it drew on. The chapter will then probe how Erkko attempted to make his vision a reality: the negotiations with other activists, business partners, American landholding companies, and prospective emigrants. The chapter closes with a brief look at the lives of the Finnish emigrants who followed Erkko’s call and migrated to the Cuba Real Estate Association’s farming colony of “Chicago,” near Itabo in the western Matanzas province. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Finnish Utopian Communities, Historiographies, and Shapes of Settler Colonialism 1 A01 21 0000000313598235 Johanna Leinonen Johanna Leinonen Research Unit for History, Culture and Communications 40 03yj89h83 University of Oulu Johanna Leinonen is an Academy Research Fellow in the Research Unit for History, Culture and Communications at the University of Oulu, Finland. She completed her PhD in history in 2011 at the University of Minnesota, United States. She holds the title of associate professor (docent) in research on multiculturalism from the University of Turku (2016). Her research interests include migration history, forced migration and family separation, family and marriage migration, memory and migration, transnationalism, gender and migration, and critical race studies. 03 00 The goal of this chapter is to critically examine historical scholarship dealing with the histories of migration from Finland. In particular, the chapter looks at those studies that discuss migrant communities labeled as “utopian” by Finnish scholars. Through a close reading of several historical studies on Finnish migration, the chapter demonstrates how the absence of a critical perspective on utopian settlements contributes to the idea of Finland as an “outsider” in the histories of colonialism. 30 00 The goal of this chapter is to critically examine historical scholarship dealing with the histories of migration from Finland. In particular, the chapter looks at those studies that discuss migrant communities labeled as “utopian” by Finnish scholars. Through a close reading of several historical studies on Finnish migration, the chapter demonstrates how the absence of a critical perspective on utopian settlements contributes to the idea of Finland as an “outsider” in the histories of colonialism. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Building a (White) Nation: Finns in James Kirke Paulding’s Koningsmarke, the Long Finne (1823) 1 A01 Sirpa Salenius Sirpa Salenius Laboratoire de Recherche sur les Cultures Anglophones, Paris (LARCA) Dr. Sirpa Salenius is Associate Researcher at LARCA (Laboratoire de Recherche sur les Cultures Anglophones, Paris), External Affiliate at the University College London Sarah Parker Remond Centre for the Study of Racism and Racialisation (London), and affiliated with the University of Eastern Finland (Joensuu). Her research focuses on race, gender, sexuality, and space studies. 03 00 James Kirke Paulding’s (1778–1860) historical novel Koningsmarke, the Long Finne: A Story of the New World (1823) came out in the 1820s, when the United States was witnessing the publication of works that were consciously aspiring to create uniquely American literature. The novel creates and reinforces myths about white superiority and the exceptionality of Finns, who are described as possessing traits that continue to resonate in the idealized constructions of Finnishness. This chapter demonstrates how the novel affirms stereotypes, justifies settlers’ land possession, legitimizes removal and slaughter of Natives, and contributes to defining myths about the new nation and ideal national identity. 30 00 James Kirke Paulding’s (1778–1860) historical novel Koningsmarke, the Long Finne: A Story of the New World (1823) came out in the 1820s, when the United States was witnessing the publication of works that were consciously aspiring to create uniquely American literature. The novel creates and reinforces myths about white superiority and the exceptionality of Finns, who are described as possessing traits that continue to resonate in the idealized constructions of Finnishness. This chapter demonstrates how the novel affirms stereotypes, justifies settlers’ land possession, legitimizes removal and slaughter of Natives, and contributes to defining myths about the new nation and ideal national identity. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Socialist Visions of American Dreams: The Finnish Settler Lives of Oskari Tokoi and Frank Aaltonen 1 A01 21 0000000303303886 Rani-Henrik Andersson Rani-Henrik Andersson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 Rainer Smedman Rainer Smedman Dr. Rainer Smedman holds a PhD in history from the University of Tampere. He is a retired primary education history lecturer who has recently focused on labor history. He is currently finishing a source edition on Finland's most famous exile, Senator Oskari Tokoi (1873–1963), to be published in spring 2023, in the year of Tokoi's 150th birthday (https://oskaritokoi.fi/). 03 00 This chapter provides a window to settler colonialism through the political activities and perceptions of two Finnish socialists of Oskari Tokoi and Frank Aaltonen. It looks at how Tokoi and Aaltonen built their identities through movement in transnational frameworks, their relationship to land and Indigenous peoples, and understanding of settler rights. Oskari Tokoi and Frank Aaltonen espoused the idea of Finnish exceptionalism and that the Finns had a share in the American Dream. 30 00 This chapter provides a window to settler colonialism through the political activities and perceptions of two Finnish socialists of Oskari Tokoi and Frank Aaltonen. It looks at how Tokoi and Aaltonen built their identities through movement in transnational frameworks, their relationship to land and Indigenous peoples, and understanding of settler rights. Oskari Tokoi and Frank Aaltonen espoused the idea of Finnish exceptionalism and that the Finns had a share in the American Dream. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Indigenous and Settler: The North American Sámi Movement 1 A01 Erik Hieta Erik Hieta Language Center 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Erik Hieta completed a Ph.D. in History, with a designated emphasis in Native American Studies, at the University of California, Davis 03 00 The chapter is a study of how the North American Sámi movement expands definitions of what it means to be both settler and Indigenous in the 21st century. It focuses on the specific case of Finnish/Nordic immigrants to North America claiming and promoting Indigenous connections and on how they straddle and blur the boundaries between settler and Native, while negotiating their place in the settler colonial state. 30 00 The chapter is a study of how the North American Sámi movement expands definitions of what it means to be both settler and Indigenous in the 21st century. It focuses on the specific case of Finnish/Nordic immigrants to North America claiming and promoting Indigenous connections and on how they straddle and blur the boundaries between settler and Native, while negotiating their place in the settler colonial state. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Life Writing as a Settler Colonial Tool: Finnish Migrant-Settlers Claiming Place and Belonging 1 A01 21 0000000275706177 Samira Saramo Samira Saramo 40 025fkxt31 Migration Institute of Finland Dr. Samira Saramo is a Transdisciplinary Historian whose research focuses on place, emotion, migrant settlerhood, community-building, and the everyday. Most often, Samira’s work centers on the histories of Finnish migrants in Canada, the United States, and the Soviet Union. Samira is currently a Kone Foundation Senior Researcher at the Migration Institute of Finland and a Docent of Cultural History at the University of Turku. Samira is the founder and Chair of the international History of Finnish Migration (HoFM) Network and the Vice-Chair of the Finnish Oral History Network (FOHN). 03 00 By writing their stories of settlement in Canada and the United States over the decades, Finnish migrants and their descendants have claimed their place and belonging in these national histories. Through autobiographical and family history life writing, migrant-settler authors contribute personal narratives of migration, adversity, adventure, and (most often) positive integration that collectively build a rich view of Finnish lives and communities in North America. Through these texts, we are able to see some of the strategies and practices Finns have employed in establishing their North American migrant settlerhood. 30 00 By writing their stories of settlement in Canada and the United States over the decades, Finnish migrants and their descendants have claimed their place and belonging in these national histories. Through autobiographical and family history life writing, migrant-settler authors contribute personal narratives of migration, adversity, adventure, and (most often) positive integration that collectively build a rich view of Finnish lives and communities in North America. Through these texts, we are able to see some of the strategies and practices Finns have employed in establishing their North American migrant settlerhood. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Finns and the Indigenous People in the Great Lakes Region: Playing with Settler Myths in Late 20th- and Early 21st-Century Finnish American Fiction 1 A01 21 0000000345613356 Roman Kushnir Roman Kushnir Language and Communication Studies 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Roman Kushnir, MA, is a doctoral student at the Department of Language and Communication Studies at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. His doctoral research focuses on the representations of the construction of Finnish American identities in modern Finnish American Anglophone fiction, and the roles of such cultural practices as foodways, language, sports, and music in this construction. His research interests include Finnish immigrants in North America, their cultures, and literatures; Nordic Americans in general; and foods and food-related practices in the formation of ethnic and ethnocultural identities as well as their representations in ethnic and immigrant literatures. 03 00 This chapter explores the Finnish settler migration mythology through a selection of Finnish–American literature produced in the late 20th and early 21st centuries. The idea is to shed light on the ways in which these texts create, spread, and perpetuate the settler myths. A close reading of literary texts can offer the opportunity to refocus, reframe, and reconceptualize Finnish experiences in North America. The chapter demonstrates that these texts can be approached as reinforcing the Finnish–Indigenous myth. They feature perennial images and themes as well as familiar one dimensional and/or glamorizing and sugarcoating stereotypes, such as shared lore and mysticism, sauna–sweat lodge similarity, shared special affinity with nature and woods, and, all in all, Finnish uniqueness. 30 00 This chapter explores the Finnish settler migration mythology through a selection of Finnish–American literature produced in the late 20th and early 21st centuries. The idea is to shed light on the ways in which these texts create, spread, and perpetuate the settler myths. A close reading of literary texts can offer the opportunity to refocus, reframe, and reconceptualize Finnish experiences in North America. The chapter demonstrates that these texts can be approached as reinforcing the Finnish–Indigenous myth. They feature perennial images and themes as well as familiar one dimensional and/or glamorizing and sugarcoating stereotypes, such as shared lore and mysticism, sauna–sweat lodge similarity, shared special affinity with nature and woods, and, all in all, Finnish uniqueness. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Gustaf Nordenskiöld and the Mesa Verde: Settler Colonial Disconnects and Finnish Colonial Legacies 1 A01 21 0000000334751542 Janne Lahti Janne Lahti 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter discusses the character and legacies of settler colonialism through the looting of Indigenous artefacts by Gustaf Nordenskiöld in Mesa Verde in 1891. Nordenskiöld tied in with settler colonialism in several ways, albeit his experiences and narratives showcase disconnects as much as connections. Nordenskiöld’s excavation and knowledge production was one of the many practices of settler colonialism, showcasing a form of Indigenous elimination. When writing about his exploits, the Indigenous past, and settler colonial present of the US Southwest, Nordenskiöld advanced conceptual displacement, the substitution of Indigenous pasts and knowledge with linear and modern settler histories. His excavations and writings propagated a disconnect of dead civilizations, vanishing Indigenous presents, and empty lands, ripe for settler colonialism to “discover” and make sense of. His writings, actions, and the fate of his collection also created a lasting connection for Finland with US settler colonialism. 30 00 This chapter discusses the character and legacies of settler colonialism through the looting of Indigenous artefacts by Gustaf Nordenskiöld in Mesa Verde in 1891. Nordenskiöld tied in with settler colonialism in several ways, albeit his experiences and narratives showcase disconnects as much as connections. Nordenskiöld’s excavation and knowledge production was one of the many practices of settler colonialism, showcasing a form of Indigenous elimination. When writing about his exploits, the Indigenous past, and settler colonial present of the US Southwest, Nordenskiöld advanced conceptual displacement, the substitution of Indigenous pasts and knowledge with linear and modern settler histories. His excavations and writings propagated a disconnect of dead civilizations, vanishing Indigenous presents, and empty lands, ripe for settler colonialism to “discover” and make sense of. His writings, actions, and the fate of his collection also created a lasting connection for Finland with US settler colonialism. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-2-12 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Afterword: Concurrent Events and Entanglements in a Nordic–American Borderland 1 A01 Gunlög Fur Gunlög Fur 40 00j9qag85 Linnaeus University Professor Gunlög Fur serves as Deputy Vice-Chancellor, with responsibility for Sustainability and Equality, at Linnaeus University. Her research interests include cultural encounters, gender, and postcolonial perspectives, and her research primarily concerns Native American history and is focused on different aspects of cultural encounters from the 17th century to the present. Her most recent projects focus on the concurrent histories of Swedish/Scandinavian emigrants and indigenous nations in North America during the 19th and 20th centuries. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20221229 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690790 03 9789523690790 06 15 9789523690806 03 9789523690806 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20221229 01 urn:uuid:6c50357d-b57e-4ac4-a6d6-4f1a5edbe6af 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:286e8771-f95d-494c-9cf3-6ed6e7f584c9 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:6c50357d-b57e-4ac4-a6d6-4f1a5edbe6af 15 9789523691063 03 9789523691063 06 10.33134/HUP-24 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Genome Finland From Rare Diseases to Data Economy 1 A01 21 0000000200710972 Ilpo Helén Ilpo Helén 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Ilpo Helén is Professor of Sociology at the Department of Social Sciences, University of Eastern Finland and Adjunct Professor (Docent) of Sociology at the University of Helsinki. He is an internationally distinguished scholar in sociology of biomedicine and medical STS, and he has written widely on biopolitics and political economy of medical genomics and other biomedical technologies, biobanking, and datafication of medicine and healthcare. His current studies are focused on datafication of healthcare and health data economies. 2 A01 21 0000000226436676 Karoliina Snell Karoliina Snell 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Karoliina Snell works as a programme director at the University of Helsinki. She is a Docent of Sociology and specialises in science and technology studies. She has studied biobanks, genomics and health data from the perspective of policy and governance as well as public understanding and engagement in science. Her current research focuses on data literacy and digital public services and infrastructures. She is also expert in research ethics. 3 A01 21 0000000152843091 Heta Tarkkala Heta Tarkkala 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Heta Tarkkala is a Docent of Sociology. She is currently an Academy Research Fellow at the University of Helsinki, starting a project on wastewater as health data. Previously she has been working on digitalisation policies and public services. She has also studied biobanks, objects of science and reorganization of health data. She works in the fields of science & technology studies (STS) and sociology. 4 A01 21 0000000315127533 Aaro Tupasela Aaro Tupasela 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Aaro Tupasela is a Docent of Sociology with an interest in medical science and technology studies (STS). For the past 20 years he has explored different perspectives related to the biomedical collection and use of human tissue collections, as well as health related data. He has previously worked as an Associate professor at the Department of Public Health at the University of Copenhagen. His most recent book Populations as Brands - Marketing National Resources for Global Data Markets (Palgrave 2021) explores how data on populations in Finland and Denmark is being marketed for the global data economy. 01 eng 00 310 03 B2 Sociology B2 Sociology of medicine B2 Medical history B2 Science and technology studies (STS) 20 Genomics; Biomedical research and innovation; Informed consent; Biobanking; Data economy; Nordic welfare state 01 06 02 00 Genome Finland</italic> tells a story of genomic medicine in Finland. The book introduces the reader to the scientific and societal surroundings in which Finnish medical genetics evolved from the 1960s to the 2020s. In particular, the book examines and exposes the connections between biomedical science, ‘knowledge-based’ economy and busine 03 00 Genome Finland </italic>tells a story of genomic medicine in Finland from the study of rare Finnish diseases in the 1960s and 1970s to the implementation of personalized medicine in the 2020s. The main focus is on the 21st century – the period after the Human Genome Project – and on the establishment of new infrastructures to support genomic medicine, such as biobanks. The book opens up the reasoning and discussions as well as the settings and events through which Finnish medical genetics reached the top level of international biomedicine in the late 1990s, biobanks and biobank research evolved during the 2000s and 2010s, and large transnational public-private partnership projects utilising massive amounts of genome and patient data started to dominate also Finnish research into the 2020s. In particular, Genome Finland </italic>examines and exposes the connections between biomedical science, ‘knowledge-based’ economy and business, and innovation policy in Finland during the past decades.Ilpo Helén</bold> is Professor of Sociology at the Department of Social Sciences, University of Eastern Finland and a Docent of Sociology at the University of Helsinki.Karoliina Snell</bold> is a programme director and a Docent of Sociology at the University of Helsinki.Heta Tarkkala</bold> is a Docent of Sociology and an Academy Research Fellow at the University of Helsinki.Aaro Tupasela</bold> is a Docent of Sociology at the University of Helsinki.<break/> 30 00 Genome Finland </italic>tells a story of genomic medicine in Finland from the study of rare Finnish diseases in the 1960s and 1970s to the implementation of personalized medicine in the 2020s. The main focus is on the 21st century – the period after the Human Genome Project – and on the establishment of new infrastructures to support genomic medicine, such as biobanks. The book opens up the reasoning and discussions as well as the settings and events through which Finnish medical genetics reached the top level of international biomedicine in the late 1990s, biobanks and biobank research evolved during the 2000s and 2010s, and large transnational public-private partnership projects utilising massive amounts of genome and patient data started to dominate also Finnish research into the 2020s. In particular, Genome Finland </italic>examines and exposes the connections between biomedical science, ‘knowledge-based’ economy and business, and innovation policy in Finland during the past decades.Ilpo Helén</bold> is Professor of Sociology at the Department of Social Sciences, University of Eastern Finland and a Docent of Sociology at the University of Helsinki.Karoliina Snell</bold> is a programme director and a Docent of Sociology at the University of Helsinki.Heta Tarkkala</bold> is a Docent of Sociology and an Academy Research Fellow at the University of Helsinki.Aaro Tupasela</bold> is a Docent of Sociology at the University of Helsinki.<break/> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/15b8795f-e770-48ed-a8e3-0dd27dcbb303.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20240627 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523691070 03 9789523691070 06 15 9789523691087 03 9789523691087 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523691063 20 08 20240627 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523691063 20 08 20240627 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523691063 20 08 20240627 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523691063 20 08 20240627 01 urn:uuid:a79011f3-325f-47d4-9c19-a737540ea963 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:286e8771-f95d-494c-9cf3-6ed6e7f584c9 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a79011f3-325f-47d4-9c19-a737540ea963 15 9789523691070 03 9789523691070 06 10.33134/HUP-24 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Genome Finland From Rare Diseases to Data Economy 1 A01 21 0000000200710972 Ilpo Helén Ilpo Helén 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Ilpo Helén is Professor of Sociology at the Department of Social Sciences, University of Eastern Finland and Adjunct Professor (Docent) of Sociology at the University of Helsinki. He is an internationally distinguished scholar in sociology of biomedicine and medical STS, and he has written widely on biopolitics and political economy of medical genomics and other biomedical technologies, biobanking, and datafication of medicine and healthcare. His current studies are focused on datafication of healthcare and health data economies. 2 A01 21 0000000226436676 Karoliina Snell Karoliina Snell 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Karoliina Snell works as a programme director at the University of Helsinki. She is a Docent of Sociology and specialises in science and technology studies. She has studied biobanks, genomics and health data from the perspective of policy and governance as well as public understanding and engagement in science. Her current research focuses on data literacy and digital public services and infrastructures. She is also expert in research ethics. 3 A01 21 0000000152843091 Heta Tarkkala Heta Tarkkala 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Heta Tarkkala is a Docent of Sociology. She is currently an Academy Research Fellow at the University of Helsinki, starting a project on wastewater as health data. Previously she has been working on digitalisation policies and public services. She has also studied biobanks, objects of science and reorganization of health data. She works in the fields of science & technology studies (STS) and sociology. 4 A01 21 0000000315127533 Aaro Tupasela Aaro Tupasela 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Aaro Tupasela is a Docent of Sociology with an interest in medical science and technology studies (STS). For the past 20 years he has explored different perspectives related to the biomedical collection and use of human tissue collections, as well as health related data. He has previously worked as an Associate professor at the Department of Public Health at the University of Copenhagen. His most recent book Populations as Brands - Marketing National Resources for Global Data Markets (Palgrave 2021) explores how data on populations in Finland and Denmark is being marketed for the global data economy. 01 eng 00 310 03 B2 Sociology B2 Sociology of medicine B2 Medical history B2 Science and technology studies (STS) 20 Genomics; Biomedical research and innovation; Informed consent; Biobanking; Data economy; Nordic welfare state 01 06 02 00 Genome Finland</italic> tells a story of genomic medicine in Finland. The book introduces the reader to the scientific and societal surroundings in which Finnish medical genetics evolved from the 1960s to the 2020s. In particular, the book examines and exposes the connections between biomedical science, ‘knowledge-based’ economy and busine 03 00 Genome Finland </italic>tells a story of genomic medicine in Finland from the study of rare Finnish diseases in the 1960s and 1970s to the implementation of personalized medicine in the 2020s. The main focus is on the 21st century – the period after the Human Genome Project – and on the establishment of new infrastructures to support genomic medicine, such as biobanks. The book opens up the reasoning and discussions as well as the settings and events through which Finnish medical genetics reached the top level of international biomedicine in the late 1990s, biobanks and biobank research evolved during the 2000s and 2010s, and large transnational public-private partnership projects utilising massive amounts of genome and patient data started to dominate also Finnish research into the 2020s. In particular, Genome Finland </italic>examines and exposes the connections between biomedical science, ‘knowledge-based’ economy and business, and innovation policy in Finland during the past decades.Ilpo Helén</bold> is Professor of Sociology at the Department of Social Sciences, University of Eastern Finland and a Docent of Sociology at the University of Helsinki.Karoliina Snell</bold> is a programme director and a Docent of Sociology at the University of Helsinki.Heta Tarkkala</bold> is a Docent of Sociology and an Academy Research Fellow at the University of Helsinki.Aaro Tupasela</bold> is a Docent of Sociology at the University of Helsinki.<break/> 30 00 Genome Finland </italic>tells a story of genomic medicine in Finland from the study of rare Finnish diseases in the 1960s and 1970s to the implementation of personalized medicine in the 2020s. The main focus is on the 21st century – the period after the Human Genome Project – and on the establishment of new infrastructures to support genomic medicine, such as biobanks. The book opens up the reasoning and discussions as well as the settings and events through which Finnish medical genetics reached the top level of international biomedicine in the late 1990s, biobanks and biobank research evolved during the 2000s and 2010s, and large transnational public-private partnership projects utilising massive amounts of genome and patient data started to dominate also Finnish research into the 2020s. In particular, Genome Finland </italic>examines and exposes the connections between biomedical science, ‘knowledge-based’ economy and business, and innovation policy in Finland during the past decades.Ilpo Helén</bold> is Professor of Sociology at the Department of Social Sciences, University of Eastern Finland and a Docent of Sociology at the University of Helsinki.Karoliina Snell</bold> is a programme director and a Docent of Sociology at the University of Helsinki.Heta Tarkkala</bold> is a Docent of Sociology and an Academy Research Fellow at the University of Helsinki.Aaro Tupasela</bold> is a Docent of Sociology at the University of Helsinki.<break/> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/15b8795f-e770-48ed-a8e3-0dd27dcbb303.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20240627 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523691063 03 9789523691063 06 15 9789523691087 03 9789523691087 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20240627 01 urn:uuid:e4cf8360-1d3c-4467-875d-d94f71b6f7c2 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:286e8771-f95d-494c-9cf3-6ed6e7f584c9 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e4cf8360-1d3c-4467-875d-d94f71b6f7c2 15 9789523691087 03 9789523691087 06 10.33134/HUP-24 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Genome Finland From Rare Diseases to Data Economy 1 A01 21 0000000200710972 Ilpo Helén Ilpo Helén 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Ilpo Helén is Professor of Sociology at the Department of Social Sciences, University of Eastern Finland and Adjunct Professor (Docent) of Sociology at the University of Helsinki. He is an internationally distinguished scholar in sociology of biomedicine and medical STS, and he has written widely on biopolitics and political economy of medical genomics and other biomedical technologies, biobanking, and datafication of medicine and healthcare. His current studies are focused on datafication of healthcare and health data economies. 2 A01 21 0000000226436676 Karoliina Snell Karoliina Snell 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Karoliina Snell works as a programme director at the University of Helsinki. She is a Docent of Sociology and specialises in science and technology studies. She has studied biobanks, genomics and health data from the perspective of policy and governance as well as public understanding and engagement in science. Her current research focuses on data literacy and digital public services and infrastructures. She is also expert in research ethics. 3 A01 21 0000000152843091 Heta Tarkkala Heta Tarkkala 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Heta Tarkkala is a Docent of Sociology. She is currently an Academy Research Fellow at the University of Helsinki, starting a project on wastewater as health data. Previously she has been working on digitalisation policies and public services. She has also studied biobanks, objects of science and reorganization of health data. She works in the fields of science & technology studies (STS) and sociology. 4 A01 21 0000000315127533 Aaro Tupasela Aaro Tupasela 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Aaro Tupasela is a Docent of Sociology with an interest in medical science and technology studies (STS). For the past 20 years he has explored different perspectives related to the biomedical collection and use of human tissue collections, as well as health related data. He has previously worked as an Associate professor at the Department of Public Health at the University of Copenhagen. His most recent book Populations as Brands - Marketing National Resources for Global Data Markets (Palgrave 2021) explores how data on populations in Finland and Denmark is being marketed for the global data economy. 01 eng 00 310 03 B2 Sociology B2 Sociology of medicine B2 Medical history B2 Science and technology studies (STS) 20 Genomics; Biomedical research and innovation; Informed consent; Biobanking; Data economy; Nordic welfare state 01 06 02 00 Genome Finland</italic> tells a story of genomic medicine in Finland. The book introduces the reader to the scientific and societal surroundings in which Finnish medical genetics evolved from the 1960s to the 2020s. In particular, the book examines and exposes the connections between biomedical science, ‘knowledge-based’ economy and busine 03 00 Genome Finland </italic>tells a story of genomic medicine in Finland from the study of rare Finnish diseases in the 1960s and 1970s to the implementation of personalized medicine in the 2020s. The main focus is on the 21st century – the period after the Human Genome Project – and on the establishment of new infrastructures to support genomic medicine, such as biobanks. The book opens up the reasoning and discussions as well as the settings and events through which Finnish medical genetics reached the top level of international biomedicine in the late 1990s, biobanks and biobank research evolved during the 2000s and 2010s, and large transnational public-private partnership projects utilising massive amounts of genome and patient data started to dominate also Finnish research into the 2020s. In particular, Genome Finland </italic>examines and exposes the connections between biomedical science, ‘knowledge-based’ economy and business, and innovation policy in Finland during the past decades.Ilpo Helén</bold> is Professor of Sociology at the Department of Social Sciences, University of Eastern Finland and a Docent of Sociology at the University of Helsinki.Karoliina Snell</bold> is a programme director and a Docent of Sociology at the University of Helsinki.Heta Tarkkala</bold> is a Docent of Sociology and an Academy Research Fellow at the University of Helsinki.Aaro Tupasela</bold> is a Docent of Sociology at the University of Helsinki.<break/> 30 00 Genome Finland </italic>tells a story of genomic medicine in Finland from the study of rare Finnish diseases in the 1960s and 1970s to the implementation of personalized medicine in the 2020s. The main focus is on the 21st century – the period after the Human Genome Project – and on the establishment of new infrastructures to support genomic medicine, such as biobanks. The book opens up the reasoning and discussions as well as the settings and events through which Finnish medical genetics reached the top level of international biomedicine in the late 1990s, biobanks and biobank research evolved during the 2000s and 2010s, and large transnational public-private partnership projects utilising massive amounts of genome and patient data started to dominate also Finnish research into the 2020s. In particular, Genome Finland </italic>examines and exposes the connections between biomedical science, ‘knowledge-based’ economy and business, and innovation policy in Finland during the past decades.Ilpo Helén</bold> is Professor of Sociology at the Department of Social Sciences, University of Eastern Finland and a Docent of Sociology at the University of Helsinki.Karoliina Snell</bold> is a programme director and a Docent of Sociology at the University of Helsinki.Heta Tarkkala</bold> is a Docent of Sociology and an Academy Research Fellow at the University of Helsinki.Aaro Tupasela</bold> is a Docent of Sociology at the University of Helsinki.<break/> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/15b8795f-e770-48ed-a8e3-0dd27dcbb303.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20240627 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523691063 03 9789523691063 06 15 9789523691070 03 9789523691070 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20240627 01 urn:uuid:28697c4b-864b-4f06-8bbf-c1615761fc29 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:88658eec-4f51-4232-9f48-a865c5c444aa 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:28697c4b-864b-4f06-8bbf-c1615761fc29 15 9789523691124 03 9789523691124 06 10.33134/HUP-26 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Global Migration and Illiberalism in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe 1 B01 21 0000000309692149 Anna-Liisa Heusala Anna-Liisa Heusala Aleksanteri Institute 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Anna-Liisa Heusala is a scholar in Russian and Eurasian studies at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki. 2 B01 21 0000000281822035 Kaarina Aitamurto Kaarina Aitamurto Aleksanteri Institute 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kaarina Aitamurto is a lecturer at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki. 3 B01 21 0000000177660961 Sherzod Eraliev Sherzod Eraliev Sociology of Law Department 40 012a77v79 Lund University Sherzod Eraliev is a senior researcher at the Sociology of Law Department, Lund University, and a senior researcher at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki. 01 eng 00 352 03 B2 Sociology B2 Political science B2 History B2 Migration studies B2 Legal studies B2 Media studies 20 Russia; Migration; Illiberalism; Eurasia; Autocracy; Eastern Europe 01 06 02 00 This edited volume analyses how illiberal states manage migration to absorb resistance and how migration impacts the illiberal political agenda in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe. With an interdisciplinary approach, the contributions show how illiberalism shapes, influences, and enables states to take advantage of migration to secure and 03 00 Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe remain an important hub for migration, with significant implications for both the societies in the region and migrants themselves. Migration can affect illiberal practices by contributing to political polarization, the adoption of restrictive immigration policies, the spread of xenophobia and discrimination, and economic competition.Global Migration and Illiberalism in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe</italic> analyses how illiberal states manage migration to absorb resistance and how migration impacts the illiberal political agenda. With this dual perspective, the contributions provide an understanding of how migration becomes a pivotal factor in shaping political discourse, policies, and governance practices within the context of illiberal states. Through an interdisciplinary approach, the studies on Russia, Central Asia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Hungary, Poland, Belarus, and Ukraine show how illiberalism shapes, influences, and enables states to take advantage of migration to secure and advance political goals. Simultaneously, migration processes can challenge authoritarianism and illiberal political goals by fostering diversity, networking, democracy promotion, and political empowerment. Finally, the volume aims to make the conceptualization of illiberalism more relevant for the study of political and administrative practices and ways of thinking in this region. Political decisions are made in structures which are not only shaped by domestic considerations but are also deeply entwined with the globalized markets and the shadow economy that transcend national borders economically and culturally. Furthermore, the examination of illiberalism vis-à-vis migration in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe illustrates the global socio-political tendencies in many other parts of the world.Anna-Liisa Heusala</bold> is a scholar in Russian and Eurasian studies at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki.Kaarina Aitamurto</bold> is a lecturer at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki.Sherzod Eraliev</bold> is a senior researcher at the Sociology of Law Department, Lund University, and a senior researcher at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki. 30 00 Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe remain an important hub for migration, with significant implications for both the societies in the region and migrants themselves. Migration can affect illiberal practices by contributing to political polarization, the adoption of restrictive immigration policies, the spread of xenophobia and discrimination, and economic competition.Global Migration and Illiberalism in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe</italic> analyses how illiberal states manage migration to absorb resistance and how migration impacts the illiberal political agenda. With this dual perspective, the contributions provide an understanding of how migration becomes a pivotal factor in shaping political discourse, policies, and governance practices within the context of illiberal states. Through an interdisciplinary approach, the studies on Russia, Central Asia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Hungary, Poland, Belarus, and Ukraine show how illiberalism shapes, influences, and enables states to take advantage of migration to secure and advance political goals. Simultaneously, migration processes can challenge authoritarianism and illiberal political goals by fostering diversity, networking, democracy promotion, and political empowerment. Finally, the volume aims to make the conceptualization of illiberalism more relevant for the study of political and administrative practices and ways of thinking in this region. Political decisions are made in structures which are not only shaped by domestic considerations but are also deeply entwined with the globalized markets and the shadow economy that transcend national borders economically and culturally. Furthermore, the examination of illiberalism vis-à-vis migration in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe illustrates the global socio-political tendencies in many other parts of the world.Anna-Liisa Heusala</bold> is a scholar in Russian and Eurasian studies at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki.Kaarina Aitamurto</bold> is a lecturer at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki.Sherzod Eraliev</bold> is a senior researcher at the Sociology of Law Department, Lund University, and a senior researcher at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/840d4255-e832-4c7c-a227-3c7f0bca7c1c.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction: The Mutual Impact of Global Migration and Illiberalism in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe 1 A01 21 0000000309692149 Anna-Liisa Heusala Anna-Liisa Heusala Aleksanteri Institute 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Anna-Liisa Heusala is a scholar in Russian and Eurasian studies in the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki. Educated as a political scientist at the University of Helsinki, she has also stud¬ied at Moscow State University. Her research career and publica¬tions cover topics related to public administration, law and legal culture, border security, and migration. She is the co-editor of Migrant Workers in Russia: Global Challenges of the Shadow Econ¬omy in Societal Transformation (Routledge, 2017). In 2024, she was a visiting researcher at the KIMEP University, Kazakhstan. 2 A01 21 0000000281822035 Kaarina Aitamurto Kaarina Aitamurto Aleksanteri Institute 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kaarina Aitamurto is a lecturer at the Aleksanteri Institute, Uni¬versity of Helsinki. Her area of expertise is the governance of reli¬gion in Russia. Her doctoral dissertation analysed Russian con¬temporary Paganism and nationalism. Aitamurto is the author of Paganism, Traditionalism, Nationalism: Narratives of Russian Rod-noverie (Routledge, 2016) and the co-editor of Modern Pagan and Native Faith Movements in Central and Eastern Europe (Acumen, 2011), Migrant Workers in Russia: Global Challenges of the Shadow Economy in Societal Transformation (Routledge, 2017), and Reli¬gion, Expression, and Patriotism in Russia: Essays on Post-Soviet Society and the State (Ibidem Verlag, 2019). She has published articles in such journals and publications as Europe-Asia Studies; Journal of Religion in Europe; Religion, State and Society; Religion; and Oxford Research Encyclopedias: Religion. 3 A01 21 0000000177660961 Sherzod Eraliev Sherzod Eraliev Sociology of Law Department 40 012a77v79 Lund University Sherzod Eraliev is a senior researcher at the Sociology of Law Department, Lund University, and a senior researcher at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki. He is also an adjunct professor at Tashkent State University of Economics. Dr Eraliev has been a principal investigator on several migration-related research projects. He is the co-author of The Political Economy of Non-Western Migration Regimes: Central Asian Migrant Work¬ers in Russia and Turkey (Palgrave, 2022) and has published on migration, informality, and state–society relations. 03 00 Illiberalism is a political view and agenda that impacts state–society relations in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe, and migrant diaspora communities in other regions. This chapter underlines the need to understand how illiberal states manage migration to absorb resistance, and how migration may impact the illiberal political agenda and policymaking. These processes often happen over a long period and involve a complex set of legal and administrative decisions. The driving forces of illiberalism are shared by different political systems and often have transnational features, while being anchored on local and national circumstances and rationale. Exploring how illiberalism influences and is influenced by global migration trends in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe offers insights into the complex interplay between political regimes and transnational mobility, and helps to conceptualize illiberalism for the study of politics and government. 30 00 Illiberalism is a political view and agenda that impacts state–society relations in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe, and migrant diaspora communities in other regions. This chapter underlines the need to understand how illiberal states manage migration to absorb resistance, and how migration may impact the illiberal political agenda and policymaking. These processes often happen over a long period and involve a complex set of legal and administrative decisions. The driving forces of illiberalism are shared by different political systems and often have transnational features, while being anchored on local and national circumstances and rationale. Exploring how illiberalism influences and is influenced by global migration trends in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe offers insights into the complex interplay between political regimes and transnational mobility, and helps to conceptualize illiberalism for the study of politics and government. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Illiberal Advantages of Migration: Hungarian and Polish Narratives in Comparison 1 A01 21 0000000203985066 Katalin Miklóssy Katalin Miklóssy 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Katalin Miklóssy is Jean Monnet Chair and head of Eastern European studies, working at the University of Helsinki. Miklóssy focuses on the evolution of the rule of law and its relation to secu¬rity conceptions, nationalism, and conservatism. She leads a team in the international project ARENAS, funded by the European Commission, analysing the circulation of extremist narratives in the European context. 03 00 The chapter asks when migration carries a crossroad moment that opens a new horizon of possibilities to strengthen illiberal regimes. The study investigates what types of migration are framed discursively as ‘crisis’, which is closely connected to the means developed as crisis management. The core argument is that while these regimes feed on crises that justify extraordinary measures, not every crisis represents a temporal juncture point that can expand geopolitical leverage. New elbow room for integrity is aimed at through innovative modus operandi that are rooted in illiberal regimes’ capabilities to adapt to new circumstances. The main questions this chapter seeks to answer are (1) how this special window of opportunities occurs and (2) what the process is that leads to the revision of traditional political means and the invention of new strategy, designed to reaffirm the resilience of the regime. 30 00 The chapter asks when migration carries a crossroad moment that opens a new horizon of possibilities to strengthen illiberal regimes. The study investigates what types of migration are framed discursively as ‘crisis’, which is closely connected to the means developed as crisis management. The core argument is that while these regimes feed on crises that justify extraordinary measures, not every crisis represents a temporal juncture point that can expand geopolitical leverage. New elbow room for integrity is aimed at through innovative modus operandi that are rooted in illiberal regimes’ capabilities to adapt to new circumstances. The main questions this chapter seeks to answer are (1) how this special window of opportunities occurs and (2) what the process is that leads to the revision of traditional political means and the invention of new strategy, designed to reaffirm the resilience of the regime. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Why Politicize Immigration? Elections and Anti-Immigrant Policy in Russia and Kazakhstan 1 A01 21 0000000340360150 Song Ha Joo Song Joo 40 0049erg63 Kookmin University Song Ha Joo is an assistant professor in the Department of Politi¬cal Science and International Relations at Kookmin University, South Korea. Her research focuses on authoritarian politics and the politics of migration, with a regional emphasis on post-com¬munist Europe and Eurasia. She was a ‘Hundred Talents Young Professor’ in the Department of Political Science at Zhejiang Uni¬versity in China and a visiting researcher at the Institute of Inter¬national Studies at Seoul National University in South Korea. She was also a visiting scholar and lecturer at the Center for Russian, East European, and Eurasian Studies at Stanford University. She received her PhD in Politics from Princeton University in June 2019. 03 00 Under what circumstances do autocrats politicize immigration and adopt anti-immigration policy? Much of the existing literature focuses on the politics of immigration in liberal democracies, despite the presence of large-scale immigration to illiberal societies. This research shows how different electoral dynamics can shape the politicization of immigration and policies distinctly, focusing on Russia and Kazakhstan. The ruling regime in Russia has actively adopted anti-immigrant rhetoric and policies whereas Kazakhstan has turned a blind eye to undocumented immigrants. I argue that such differences stem from the variation in pressures from the electorate. Putin and his United Russia party are subjected to significant pressure imposed by anti-immigrant citizens and political opponents. By contrast, Kazakhstan has been closer to a non-competitive form of authoritarianism, with the regime’s emphasis on inter-ethnic harmony. This research is based on analysis of original qualitative data, including interviews with government officials, NGOs, local scholars, and migrants, gathered from 11 months of fieldwork in the two countries in 2015–2017. 30 00 Under what circumstances do autocrats politicize immigration and adopt anti-immigration policy? Much of the existing literature focuses on the politics of immigration in liberal democracies, despite the presence of large-scale immigration to illiberal societies. This research shows how different electoral dynamics can shape the politicization of immigration and policies distinctly, focusing on Russia and Kazakhstan. The ruling regime in Russia has actively adopted anti-immigrant rhetoric and policies whereas Kazakhstan has turned a blind eye to undocumented immigrants. I argue that such differences stem from the variation in pressures from the electorate. Putin and his United Russia party are subjected to significant pressure imposed by anti-immigrant citizens and political opponents. By contrast, Kazakhstan has been closer to a non-competitive form of authoritarianism, with the regime’s emphasis on inter-ethnic harmony. This research is based on analysis of original qualitative data, including interviews with government officials, NGOs, local scholars, and migrants, gathered from 11 months of fieldwork in the two countries in 2015–2017. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Politicization of Labour Migration in Post-Soviet Russia: Competing Projects of Post-Socialist Development 1 A01 21 000000032837252X Julia Glathe Julia Glathe Institute of Political Science University of Tübingen Julia Glathe is currently a postdoctoral fellow at the Institute of Political Science at the University of Tübingen. She holds a Doctor of Philosophy (Dr. Phil.) in Sociology - European Societies, awarded in April 2024. In her dissertation at the Department of Political and Social Sciences of the Free University of Berlin and the University of California, Berkeley, she analysed migration policies and discourses in post-socialist Russia, in particular the role of experts under conditions of authoritarian rule. Previously, she studied Eastern European studies with a focus on sociology and political science (M.A.) at the Free University of Berlin and the University of Birmingham. 03 00 Like liberal democracies, Russia, as one of the world’s largest immigration destinations, must manage numerous political conflicts related to immigration to ensure political stability. The majority of migration scholarship characterizes Russia’s political response to immigration as contradictory and interprets this as an expression of the authoritarian, patrimonial, and populist Russian state. To complement this literature, the chapter shows how Russian migration policy is linked to broader problems and conflicts of post-socialist change. Based on an analysis of the Russian expert discourse on labour migration, it argues that the competing political projects of labour migration are an expression of a society that is renegotiating its post-socialist coordinates in economic, cultural, and global terms. 30 00 Like liberal democracies, Russia, as one of the world’s largest immigration destinations, must manage numerous political conflicts related to immigration to ensure political stability. The majority of migration scholarship characterizes Russia’s political response to immigration as contradictory and interprets this as an expression of the authoritarian, patrimonial, and populist Russian state. To complement this literature, the chapter shows how Russian migration policy is linked to broader problems and conflicts of post-socialist change. Based on an analysis of the Russian expert discourse on labour migration, it argues that the competing political projects of labour migration are an expression of a society that is renegotiating its post-socialist coordinates in economic, cultural, and global terms. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Legal Approaches to Migration and Electoral Rights: The Experience of Russia 1 A01 21 0000000247746761 Dmitry Kurnosov Dmitry Kurnosov 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter investigates the impact of global migration on approaches towards electoral rights in Russia. Specifically, it focuses on the implications of the reactionary attitudes towards migration of labour and capital (‘othering’) for the legal regulation of elections and perceptions of electoral behaviour in Russia. The chapter addresses the existing gap in the legal and political science scholarship by applying an interdisciplinary approach and taking regional context into the account. 30 00 This chapter investigates the impact of global migration on approaches towards electoral rights in Russia. Specifically, it focuses on the implications of the reactionary attitudes towards migration of labour and capital (‘othering’) for the legal regulation of elections and perceptions of electoral behaviour in Russia. The chapter addresses the existing gap in the legal and political science scholarship by applying an interdisciplinary approach and taking regional context into the account. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Kyrgyz Diaspora Online: Understanding Transnational Political Participation 1 A01 21 0000000194833502 Ajar Chekirova Ajar Chekirova Department of Polits and International Relations 40 04rmtzr09 Lake Forest College Ajar Chekirova is an assistant professor at Lake Forest College, Illinois. She holds a PhD in political science from the University of Illinois-Chicago. Dr Chekirova’s research interests include migration and citizenship, informal institutions, and political communication and behaviour. Dr Chekirova holds an MA degree in<break/>international affairs from Ohio University, where she was a Fulbright Fellow. She earned her bachelor’s degree in law from Peking University in China. 03 00 In recent years, social media platforms have become sites of populist propaganda, fake news, bots, and trolls that have influenced public perceptions and the political behaviours of individuals worldwide. At the same time, social media is the primary channel of communication for migrants, connecting them to each other and to their homelands. This chapter investigates how Kyrgyz emigrants engage with virtual communities politically: does cross-border online political participation challenge illiberal institutions or add to their resiliency? The study reveals that while overall political discourse shows signs of susceptibility to populist rhetoric and a preference for strongman leaders, at the same time, the virtual space serves as an arena for emigrants in the diaspora community to exercise political membership and participate in crisis-induced nation-building experience in the homeland. 30 00 In recent years, social media platforms have become sites of populist propaganda, fake news, bots, and trolls that have influenced public perceptions and the political behaviours of individuals worldwide. At the same time, social media is the primary channel of communication for migrants, connecting them to each other and to their homelands. This chapter investigates how Kyrgyz emigrants engage with virtual communities politically: does cross-border online political participation challenge illiberal institutions or add to their resiliency? The study reveals that while overall political discourse shows signs of susceptibility to populist rhetoric and a preference for strongman leaders, at the same time, the virtual space serves as an arena for emigrants in the diaspora community to exercise political membership and participate in crisis-induced nation-building experience in the homeland. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Weaponizing Migration in Illiberal Autocracies: The 2015–2016 Russian Arctic Route and the Belarus–EU Border Crisis since 2021 1 A01 21 0000000288451396 Joni Virkkunen Joni Virkkunen Karelian Institute 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Joni Virkkunen works as a Research manager and the Director of the VERA Centre for Russia and Border Studies at the Karelian Institute, University of Eastern Finland. He holds the title of Docent in the geography of migration (particularly in the Eurasian region) at the University of Oulu, Finland. His research focuses on bordering and migratory processes in Finland, Russia, and the Eurasian region, as well as EU–Russia relations and cross-border and regional cooperation. 2 A01 21 0000000165992141 Kristiina Silvan Kristiina Silvan Russia, EU’s Eastern Neighbourhood and Eurasia Research Programme 40 02qpcpw42 Finnish Institute of International Affairs Dr. Kristiina Silvan is Postdoctoral Fellow in the ‘Russia, EU’s Eastern Neighbourhood and Eurasia’ research programme at the Finnish Institute of International Affairs. She defended her doctoral dissertation with distinction at the University of Helsinki in 2022. She works on authoritarian politics in Eurasia, researching domestic and foreign policy developments particularly in Belarus, Kazakhstan, and Russia. 3 A01 21 0000000231900728 Minna Piipponen Minna Piipponen Karelian Institute 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Dr. Piipponen is a human geographer and works as research manager at the Karelian Institute and the Borders, Mobilities and Cultural Encounters Research Community, BOMOCULT, of the University of Eastern Finland. Dr Piipponen’s recent research interests include international migration in Russia and its impacts on external EU borders, as well as cross-border cooperation between Finland and Russia. Dr Piipponen did her PhD in 2007 on the transformation of the forest sector and resource-based communities in north-west Russia. 03 00 Thousands of asylum seekers have sought to cross the border to Europe from Russia to Norway and Finland during 2015–2016 and through Belarus since 2021. This migration at the EU’s external borders encapsulates the geopolitical and weaponizing potential of global migration for authoritarian illiberal states. In this chapter, we argue that both the migration from Russia during the 2015–2016 ‘migration crisis’ and the asylum seekers stranded at the Belarus–Polish border since 2021 reveal interesting perspectives on the EU’s and its member states’ responses to both migration and its instrumentalization, as well as on liberalism and illiberalism in global migration. Both the illiberal Russian and Belarusian states and the responses of Finland and Poland as EU member states feature key characteristics of illiberalism and demonstrate the contradictory character and the effectiveness of these attempts at coercive engineered migration. 30 00 Thousands of asylum seekers have sought to cross the border to Europe from Russia to Norway and Finland during 2015–2016 and through Belarus since 2021. This migration at the EU’s external borders encapsulates the geopolitical and weaponizing potential of global migration for authoritarian illiberal states. In this chapter, we argue that both the migration from Russia during the 2015–2016 ‘migration crisis’ and the asylum seekers stranded at the Belarus–Polish border since 2021 reveal interesting perspectives on the EU’s and its member states’ responses to both migration and its instrumentalization, as well as on liberalism and illiberalism in global migration. Both the illiberal Russian and Belarusian states and the responses of Finland and Poland as EU member states feature key characteristics of illiberalism and demonstrate the contradictory character and the effectiveness of these attempts at coercive engineered migration. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Voice after Exit? Exploring Patterns of Civic Activism among Russian Migrant Communities in Eurasia after 24 February 2022 1 A01 21 0000000237284073 Margarita Zavadskaya Margarita Zavadskaya Finnish Institute of International Affairs; University of Helsinki Margarita is a senior research fellow at the Finnish Institute of International Affairs and affiliated researcher at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki. Margarita has broadly published on the role of elections in authoritarian states, mass protests and public opinion in journals such as Electoral Studies, Democratization, East European Politics, Post-Soviet Affairs, Russian Politics, Europe-Asia Studies. Margarita focuses on the political impact of Russian emigration in receiving countries, including EU member states, public opinion in Russia. Email: margarita.zavadskaya@fiia.fi<break/> Personal website: https://www.fiia.fi/en/expert/margarita-zavadskaya 2 A01 21 0000000157274828 Emil Kamalov Emil Kamalov 40 0031wrj91 European University Institute Emil is a PhD candidate at the European University Institute. He is the co-Principal Investigator of the OutRush project, a panel survey of Russian migrants who left following the full-scale invasion of Ukraine. Emil specializes in political behaviour, repression, violence, and Russian emigration.<break/>Email: emil.kamalov@eui.eu <break/>Personal website: www.emilkamalov.com 3 A01 21 0000000333178115 Ivetta Sergeeva Ivetta Sergeeva 40 0031wrj91 European University Institute Ivetta is a PhD candidate at the European University Institute and a 2024-2025 Postdoctoral Fellow at Stanford University. She is the co-Principal Investigator of the OutRush project, a panel survey of Russian migrants who left following the full-scale invasion of Ukraine. Ivetta specializes in comparative social science, focusing on political behavior, civil society, and migration. 03 00 Can citizens continue to participate in the<break/>politics of their home country after migrating to another country? Many<break/>examples exist of migrants engaging in their country of origin’s political<break/>affairs, such as expatriate voting, forming political communities and hometown<break/>associations, donating money to political movements and politicians,<break/>advocating for migrants’ rights, and other forms of political participation.<break/>However, it remains unclear why migrants are willing to continue exercising<break/>their ‘voice’ after ‘exit’, and what the main challenges and obstacles are for<break/>them to do so while abroad. In this chapter, we analyse the patterns of civic<break/>and political engagement among Russian migrants who fled their home country<break/>following the invasion of Ukraine in February 2022. Drawing on scholarship in<break/>migration studies, we view exit and voice not as mutually exclusive but as<break/>mutually reinforcing alternatives. We argue that the way migrants connect with<break/>their homeland, and particularly the connections they have with their<break/>employers, plays a crucial role in mobilizing and demobilizing them. The<break/>incentives provided by employers may force migrants to damp their propensity to<break/>engage in political activities. To support our argument, we rely on an<break/>original survey conducted in March–April and September 2022, as well as<break/>semi-structured, in-depth interviews conducted in Georgia, Kazakhstan,<break/>Kyrgyzstan, Armenia, and Türkiye.<o:p></o:p>  30 00 Can citizens continue to participate in the<break/>politics of their home country after migrating to another country? Many<break/>examples exist of migrants engaging in their country of origin’s political<break/>affairs, such as expatriate voting, forming political communities and hometown<break/>associations, donating money to political movements and politicians,<break/>advocating for migrants’ rights, and other forms of political participation.<break/>However, it remains unclear why migrants are willing to continue exercising<break/>their ‘voice’ after ‘exit’, and what the main challenges and obstacles are for<break/>them to do so while abroad. In this chapter, we analyse the patterns of civic<break/>and political engagement among Russian migrants who fled their home country<break/>following the invasion of Ukraine in February 2022. Drawing on scholarship in<break/>migration studies, we view exit and voice not as mutually exclusive but as<break/>mutually reinforcing alternatives. We argue that the way migrants connect with<break/>their homeland, and particularly the connections they have with their<break/>employers, plays a crucial role in mobilizing and demobilizing them. The<break/>incentives provided by employers may force migrants to damp their propensity to<break/>engage in political activities. To support our argument, we rely on an<break/>original survey conducted in March–April and September 2022, as well as<break/>semi-structured, in-depth interviews conducted in Georgia, Kazakhstan,<break/>Kyrgyzstan, Armenia, and Türkiye.<o:p></o:p>  20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Russia’s War in Ukraine: The Development of Russian Illiberalism and Migration in Central Asia 1 A01 21 0000000309692149 Anna-Liisa Heusala Anna-Liisa Heusala Aleksanteri Institute 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000177660961 Sherzod Eraliev Sherzod Eraliev Sociology of Law Department 40 012a77v79 Lund University 03 00 This chapter analyses the impact which Russia’s war in Ukraine, as the manifestation of illiberal politics in Russia, has had on migration. We outline key developments in Russia’s security policy and the shift towards ideological and disruptive illiberalism rooted in Soviet and imperial traditions and examine the war’s impact on mobilities within and from Central Asia, specifically looking at what these changing dynamics mean for illiberalism and authoritarian rule in the region. The analysis points to the fact that Russian illiberalism has formed a loose state ideology, resulting in a balancing act between political and economic goals in the Global East and Global South and utilizing forced migration and refugees as a hybrid tool to influence the outcome of the war. Ultimately, the way in which migration is addressed in the region is likely to have significant implications for the future of illiberalism. 30 00 This chapter analyses the impact which Russia’s war in Ukraine, as the manifestation of illiberal politics in Russia, has had on migration. We outline key developments in Russia’s security policy and the shift towards ideological and disruptive illiberalism rooted in Soviet and imperial traditions and examine the war’s impact on mobilities within and from Central Asia, specifically looking at what these changing dynamics mean for illiberalism and authoritarian rule in the region. The analysis points to the fact that Russian illiberalism has formed a loose state ideology, resulting in a balancing act between political and economic goals in the Global East and Global South and utilizing forced migration and refugees as a hybrid tool to influence the outcome of the war. Ultimately, the way in which migration is addressed in the region is likely to have significant implications for the future of illiberalism. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Conclusions 1 A01 21 0000000309692149 Anna-Liisa Heusala Anna-Liisa Heusala Aleksanteri Institute 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000281822035 Kaarina Aitamurto Kaarina Aitamurto Aleksanteri Institute 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000177660961 Sherzod Eraliev Sherzod Eraliev Sociology of Law Department 40 012a77v79 Lund University 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20241210 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523691131 03 9789523691131 06 15 9789523691148 03 9789523691148 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523691124 20 08 20241210 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523691124 20 08 20241210 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523691124 20 08 20241210 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523691124 20 08 20241210 01 urn:uuid:d0ca3506-a917-46af-921c-217df6fea93d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:88658eec-4f51-4232-9f48-a865c5c444aa 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:d0ca3506-a917-46af-921c-217df6fea93d 15 9789523691131 03 9789523691131 06 10.33134/HUP-26 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Global Migration and Illiberalism in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe 1 B01 21 0000000309692149 Anna-Liisa Heusala Anna-Liisa Heusala Aleksanteri Institute 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Anna-Liisa Heusala is a scholar in Russian and Eurasian studies at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki. 2 B01 21 0000000281822035 Kaarina Aitamurto Kaarina Aitamurto Aleksanteri Institute 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kaarina Aitamurto is a lecturer at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki. 3 B01 21 0000000177660961 Sherzod Eraliev Sherzod Eraliev Sociology of Law Department 40 012a77v79 Lund University Sherzod Eraliev is a senior researcher at the Sociology of Law Department, Lund University, and a senior researcher at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki. 01 eng 00 352 03 B2 Sociology B2 Political science B2 History B2 Migration studies B2 Legal studies B2 Media studies 20 Russia; Migration; Illiberalism; Eurasia; Autocracy; Eastern Europe 01 06 02 00 This edited volume analyses how illiberal states manage migration to absorb resistance and how migration impacts the illiberal political agenda in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe. With an interdisciplinary approach, the contributions show how illiberalism shapes, influences, and enables states to take advantage of migration to secure and 03 00 Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe remain an important hub for migration, with significant implications for both the societies in the region and migrants themselves. Migration can affect illiberal practices by contributing to political polarization, the adoption of restrictive immigration policies, the spread of xenophobia and discrimination, and economic competition.Global Migration and Illiberalism in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe</italic> analyses how illiberal states manage migration to absorb resistance and how migration impacts the illiberal political agenda. With this dual perspective, the contributions provide an understanding of how migration becomes a pivotal factor in shaping political discourse, policies, and governance practices within the context of illiberal states. Through an interdisciplinary approach, the studies on Russia, Central Asia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Hungary, Poland, Belarus, and Ukraine show how illiberalism shapes, influences, and enables states to take advantage of migration to secure and advance political goals. Simultaneously, migration processes can challenge authoritarianism and illiberal political goals by fostering diversity, networking, democracy promotion, and political empowerment. Finally, the volume aims to make the conceptualization of illiberalism more relevant for the study of political and administrative practices and ways of thinking in this region. Political decisions are made in structures which are not only shaped by domestic considerations but are also deeply entwined with the globalized markets and the shadow economy that transcend national borders economically and culturally. Furthermore, the examination of illiberalism vis-à-vis migration in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe illustrates the global socio-political tendencies in many other parts of the world.Anna-Liisa Heusala</bold> is a scholar in Russian and Eurasian studies at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki.Kaarina Aitamurto</bold> is a lecturer at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki.Sherzod Eraliev</bold> is a senior researcher at the Sociology of Law Department, Lund University, and a senior researcher at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki. 30 00 Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe remain an important hub for migration, with significant implications for both the societies in the region and migrants themselves. Migration can affect illiberal practices by contributing to political polarization, the adoption of restrictive immigration policies, the spread of xenophobia and discrimination, and economic competition.Global Migration and Illiberalism in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe</italic> analyses how illiberal states manage migration to absorb resistance and how migration impacts the illiberal political agenda. With this dual perspective, the contributions provide an understanding of how migration becomes a pivotal factor in shaping political discourse, policies, and governance practices within the context of illiberal states. Through an interdisciplinary approach, the studies on Russia, Central Asia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Hungary, Poland, Belarus, and Ukraine show how illiberalism shapes, influences, and enables states to take advantage of migration to secure and advance political goals. Simultaneously, migration processes can challenge authoritarianism and illiberal political goals by fostering diversity, networking, democracy promotion, and political empowerment. Finally, the volume aims to make the conceptualization of illiberalism more relevant for the study of political and administrative practices and ways of thinking in this region. Political decisions are made in structures which are not only shaped by domestic considerations but are also deeply entwined with the globalized markets and the shadow economy that transcend national borders economically and culturally. Furthermore, the examination of illiberalism vis-à-vis migration in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe illustrates the global socio-political tendencies in many other parts of the world.Anna-Liisa Heusala</bold> is a scholar in Russian and Eurasian studies at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki.Kaarina Aitamurto</bold> is a lecturer at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki.Sherzod Eraliev</bold> is a senior researcher at the Sociology of Law Department, Lund University, and a senior researcher at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/840d4255-e832-4c7c-a227-3c7f0bca7c1c.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction: The Mutual Impact of Global Migration and Illiberalism in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe 1 A01 21 0000000309692149 Anna-Liisa Heusala Anna-Liisa Heusala Aleksanteri Institute 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Anna-Liisa Heusala is a scholar in Russian and Eurasian studies in the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki. Educated as a political scientist at the University of Helsinki, she has also stud¬ied at Moscow State University. Her research career and publica¬tions cover topics related to public administration, law and legal culture, border security, and migration. She is the co-editor of Migrant Workers in Russia: Global Challenges of the Shadow Econ¬omy in Societal Transformation (Routledge, 2017). In 2024, she was a visiting researcher at the KIMEP University, Kazakhstan. 2 A01 21 0000000281822035 Kaarina Aitamurto Kaarina Aitamurto Aleksanteri Institute 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kaarina Aitamurto is a lecturer at the Aleksanteri Institute, Uni¬versity of Helsinki. Her area of expertise is the governance of reli¬gion in Russia. Her doctoral dissertation analysed Russian con¬temporary Paganism and nationalism. Aitamurto is the author of Paganism, Traditionalism, Nationalism: Narratives of Russian Rod-noverie (Routledge, 2016) and the co-editor of Modern Pagan and Native Faith Movements in Central and Eastern Europe (Acumen, 2011), Migrant Workers in Russia: Global Challenges of the Shadow Economy in Societal Transformation (Routledge, 2017), and Reli¬gion, Expression, and Patriotism in Russia: Essays on Post-Soviet Society and the State (Ibidem Verlag, 2019). She has published articles in such journals and publications as Europe-Asia Studies; Journal of Religion in Europe; Religion, State and Society; Religion; and Oxford Research Encyclopedias: Religion. 3 A01 21 0000000177660961 Sherzod Eraliev Sherzod Eraliev Sociology of Law Department 40 012a77v79 Lund University Sherzod Eraliev is a senior researcher at the Sociology of Law Department, Lund University, and a senior researcher at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki. He is also an adjunct professor at Tashkent State University of Economics. Dr Eraliev has been a principal investigator on several migration-related research projects. He is the co-author of The Political Economy of Non-Western Migration Regimes: Central Asian Migrant Work¬ers in Russia and Turkey (Palgrave, 2022) and has published on migration, informality, and state–society relations. 03 00 Illiberalism is a political view and agenda that impacts state–society relations in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe, and migrant diaspora communities in other regions. This chapter underlines the need to understand how illiberal states manage migration to absorb resistance, and how migration may impact the illiberal political agenda and policymaking. These processes often happen over a long period and involve a complex set of legal and administrative decisions. The driving forces of illiberalism are shared by different political systems and often have transnational features, while being anchored on local and national circumstances and rationale. Exploring how illiberalism influences and is influenced by global migration trends in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe offers insights into the complex interplay between political regimes and transnational mobility, and helps to conceptualize illiberalism for the study of politics and government. 30 00 Illiberalism is a political view and agenda that impacts state–society relations in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe, and migrant diaspora communities in other regions. This chapter underlines the need to understand how illiberal states manage migration to absorb resistance, and how migration may impact the illiberal political agenda and policymaking. These processes often happen over a long period and involve a complex set of legal and administrative decisions. The driving forces of illiberalism are shared by different political systems and often have transnational features, while being anchored on local and national circumstances and rationale. Exploring how illiberalism influences and is influenced by global migration trends in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe offers insights into the complex interplay between political regimes and transnational mobility, and helps to conceptualize illiberalism for the study of politics and government. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Illiberal Advantages of Migration: Hungarian and Polish Narratives in Comparison 1 A01 21 0000000203985066 Katalin Miklóssy Katalin Miklóssy 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Katalin Miklóssy is Jean Monnet Chair and head of Eastern European studies, working at the University of Helsinki. Miklóssy focuses on the evolution of the rule of law and its relation to secu¬rity conceptions, nationalism, and conservatism. She leads a team in the international project ARENAS, funded by the European Commission, analysing the circulation of extremist narratives in the European context. 03 00 The chapter asks when migration carries a crossroad moment that opens a new horizon of possibilities to strengthen illiberal regimes. The study investigates what types of migration are framed discursively as ‘crisis’, which is closely connected to the means developed as crisis management. The core argument is that while these regimes feed on crises that justify extraordinary measures, not every crisis represents a temporal juncture point that can expand geopolitical leverage. New elbow room for integrity is aimed at through innovative modus operandi that are rooted in illiberal regimes’ capabilities to adapt to new circumstances. The main questions this chapter seeks to answer are (1) how this special window of opportunities occurs and (2) what the process is that leads to the revision of traditional political means and the invention of new strategy, designed to reaffirm the resilience of the regime. 30 00 The chapter asks when migration carries a crossroad moment that opens a new horizon of possibilities to strengthen illiberal regimes. The study investigates what types of migration are framed discursively as ‘crisis’, which is closely connected to the means developed as crisis management. The core argument is that while these regimes feed on crises that justify extraordinary measures, not every crisis represents a temporal juncture point that can expand geopolitical leverage. New elbow room for integrity is aimed at through innovative modus operandi that are rooted in illiberal regimes’ capabilities to adapt to new circumstances. The main questions this chapter seeks to answer are (1) how this special window of opportunities occurs and (2) what the process is that leads to the revision of traditional political means and the invention of new strategy, designed to reaffirm the resilience of the regime. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Why Politicize Immigration? Elections and Anti-Immigrant Policy in Russia and Kazakhstan 1 A01 21 0000000340360150 Song Ha Joo Song Joo 40 0049erg63 Kookmin University Song Ha Joo is an assistant professor in the Department of Politi¬cal Science and International Relations at Kookmin University, South Korea. Her research focuses on authoritarian politics and the politics of migration, with a regional emphasis on post-com¬munist Europe and Eurasia. She was a ‘Hundred Talents Young Professor’ in the Department of Political Science at Zhejiang Uni¬versity in China and a visiting researcher at the Institute of Inter¬national Studies at Seoul National University in South Korea. She was also a visiting scholar and lecturer at the Center for Russian, East European, and Eurasian Studies at Stanford University. She received her PhD in Politics from Princeton University in June 2019. 03 00 Under what circumstances do autocrats politicize immigration and adopt anti-immigration policy? Much of the existing literature focuses on the politics of immigration in liberal democracies, despite the presence of large-scale immigration to illiberal societies. This research shows how different electoral dynamics can shape the politicization of immigration and policies distinctly, focusing on Russia and Kazakhstan. The ruling regime in Russia has actively adopted anti-immigrant rhetoric and policies whereas Kazakhstan has turned a blind eye to undocumented immigrants. I argue that such differences stem from the variation in pressures from the electorate. Putin and his United Russia party are subjected to significant pressure imposed by anti-immigrant citizens and political opponents. By contrast, Kazakhstan has been closer to a non-competitive form of authoritarianism, with the regime’s emphasis on inter-ethnic harmony. This research is based on analysis of original qualitative data, including interviews with government officials, NGOs, local scholars, and migrants, gathered from 11 months of fieldwork in the two countries in 2015–2017. 30 00 Under what circumstances do autocrats politicize immigration and adopt anti-immigration policy? Much of the existing literature focuses on the politics of immigration in liberal democracies, despite the presence of large-scale immigration to illiberal societies. This research shows how different electoral dynamics can shape the politicization of immigration and policies distinctly, focusing on Russia and Kazakhstan. The ruling regime in Russia has actively adopted anti-immigrant rhetoric and policies whereas Kazakhstan has turned a blind eye to undocumented immigrants. I argue that such differences stem from the variation in pressures from the electorate. Putin and his United Russia party are subjected to significant pressure imposed by anti-immigrant citizens and political opponents. By contrast, Kazakhstan has been closer to a non-competitive form of authoritarianism, with the regime’s emphasis on inter-ethnic harmony. This research is based on analysis of original qualitative data, including interviews with government officials, NGOs, local scholars, and migrants, gathered from 11 months of fieldwork in the two countries in 2015–2017. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Politicization of Labour Migration in Post-Soviet Russia: Competing Projects of Post-Socialist Development 1 A01 21 000000032837252X Julia Glathe Julia Glathe Institute of Political Science University of Tübingen Julia Glathe is currently a postdoctoral fellow at the Institute of Political Science at the University of Tübingen. She holds a Doctor of Philosophy (Dr. Phil.) in Sociology - European Societies, awarded in April 2024. In her dissertation at the Department of Political and Social Sciences of the Free University of Berlin and the University of California, Berkeley, she analysed migration policies and discourses in post-socialist Russia, in particular the role of experts under conditions of authoritarian rule. Previously, she studied Eastern European studies with a focus on sociology and political science (M.A.) at the Free University of Berlin and the University of Birmingham. 03 00 Like liberal democracies, Russia, as one of the world’s largest immigration destinations, must manage numerous political conflicts related to immigration to ensure political stability. The majority of migration scholarship characterizes Russia’s political response to immigration as contradictory and interprets this as an expression of the authoritarian, patrimonial, and populist Russian state. To complement this literature, the chapter shows how Russian migration policy is linked to broader problems and conflicts of post-socialist change. Based on an analysis of the Russian expert discourse on labour migration, it argues that the competing political projects of labour migration are an expression of a society that is renegotiating its post-socialist coordinates in economic, cultural, and global terms. 30 00 Like liberal democracies, Russia, as one of the world’s largest immigration destinations, must manage numerous political conflicts related to immigration to ensure political stability. The majority of migration scholarship characterizes Russia’s political response to immigration as contradictory and interprets this as an expression of the authoritarian, patrimonial, and populist Russian state. To complement this literature, the chapter shows how Russian migration policy is linked to broader problems and conflicts of post-socialist change. Based on an analysis of the Russian expert discourse on labour migration, it argues that the competing political projects of labour migration are an expression of a society that is renegotiating its post-socialist coordinates in economic, cultural, and global terms. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Legal Approaches to Migration and Electoral Rights: The Experience of Russia 1 A01 21 0000000247746761 Dmitry Kurnosov Dmitry Kurnosov 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter investigates the impact of global migration on approaches towards electoral rights in Russia. Specifically, it focuses on the implications of the reactionary attitudes towards migration of labour and capital (‘othering’) for the legal regulation of elections and perceptions of electoral behaviour in Russia. The chapter addresses the existing gap in the legal and political science scholarship by applying an interdisciplinary approach and taking regional context into the account. 30 00 This chapter investigates the impact of global migration on approaches towards electoral rights in Russia. Specifically, it focuses on the implications of the reactionary attitudes towards migration of labour and capital (‘othering’) for the legal regulation of elections and perceptions of electoral behaviour in Russia. The chapter addresses the existing gap in the legal and political science scholarship by applying an interdisciplinary approach and taking regional context into the account. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Kyrgyz Diaspora Online: Understanding Transnational Political Participation 1 A01 21 0000000194833502 Ajar Chekirova Ajar Chekirova Department of Polits and International Relations 40 04rmtzr09 Lake Forest College Ajar Chekirova is an assistant professor at Lake Forest College, Illinois. She holds a PhD in political science from the University of Illinois-Chicago. Dr Chekirova’s research interests include migration and citizenship, informal institutions, and political communication and behaviour. Dr Chekirova holds an MA degree in<break/>international affairs from Ohio University, where she was a Fulbright Fellow. She earned her bachelor’s degree in law from Peking University in China. 03 00 In recent years, social media platforms have become sites of populist propaganda, fake news, bots, and trolls that have influenced public perceptions and the political behaviours of individuals worldwide. At the same time, social media is the primary channel of communication for migrants, connecting them to each other and to their homelands. This chapter investigates how Kyrgyz emigrants engage with virtual communities politically: does cross-border online political participation challenge illiberal institutions or add to their resiliency? The study reveals that while overall political discourse shows signs of susceptibility to populist rhetoric and a preference for strongman leaders, at the same time, the virtual space serves as an arena for emigrants in the diaspora community to exercise political membership and participate in crisis-induced nation-building experience in the homeland. 30 00 In recent years, social media platforms have become sites of populist propaganda, fake news, bots, and trolls that have influenced public perceptions and the political behaviours of individuals worldwide. At the same time, social media is the primary channel of communication for migrants, connecting them to each other and to their homelands. This chapter investigates how Kyrgyz emigrants engage with virtual communities politically: does cross-border online political participation challenge illiberal institutions or add to their resiliency? The study reveals that while overall political discourse shows signs of susceptibility to populist rhetoric and a preference for strongman leaders, at the same time, the virtual space serves as an arena for emigrants in the diaspora community to exercise political membership and participate in crisis-induced nation-building experience in the homeland. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Weaponizing Migration in Illiberal Autocracies: The 2015–2016 Russian Arctic Route and the Belarus–EU Border Crisis since 2021 1 A01 21 0000000288451396 Joni Virkkunen Joni Virkkunen Karelian Institute 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Joni Virkkunen works as a Research manager and the Director of the VERA Centre for Russia and Border Studies at the Karelian Institute, University of Eastern Finland. He holds the title of Docent in the geography of migration (particularly in the Eurasian region) at the University of Oulu, Finland. His research focuses on bordering and migratory processes in Finland, Russia, and the Eurasian region, as well as EU–Russia relations and cross-border and regional cooperation. 2 A01 21 0000000165992141 Kristiina Silvan Kristiina Silvan Russia, EU’s Eastern Neighbourhood and Eurasia Research Programme 40 02qpcpw42 Finnish Institute of International Affairs Dr. Kristiina Silvan is Postdoctoral Fellow in the ‘Russia, EU’s Eastern Neighbourhood and Eurasia’ research programme at the Finnish Institute of International Affairs. She defended her doctoral dissertation with distinction at the University of Helsinki in 2022. She works on authoritarian politics in Eurasia, researching domestic and foreign policy developments particularly in Belarus, Kazakhstan, and Russia. 3 A01 21 0000000231900728 Minna Piipponen Minna Piipponen Karelian Institute 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Dr. Piipponen is a human geographer and works as research manager at the Karelian Institute and the Borders, Mobilities and Cultural Encounters Research Community, BOMOCULT, of the University of Eastern Finland. Dr Piipponen’s recent research interests include international migration in Russia and its impacts on external EU borders, as well as cross-border cooperation between Finland and Russia. Dr Piipponen did her PhD in 2007 on the transformation of the forest sector and resource-based communities in north-west Russia. 03 00 Thousands of asylum seekers have sought to cross the border to Europe from Russia to Norway and Finland during 2015–2016 and through Belarus since 2021. This migration at the EU’s external borders encapsulates the geopolitical and weaponizing potential of global migration for authoritarian illiberal states. In this chapter, we argue that both the migration from Russia during the 2015–2016 ‘migration crisis’ and the asylum seekers stranded at the Belarus–Polish border since 2021 reveal interesting perspectives on the EU’s and its member states’ responses to both migration and its instrumentalization, as well as on liberalism and illiberalism in global migration. Both the illiberal Russian and Belarusian states and the responses of Finland and Poland as EU member states feature key characteristics of illiberalism and demonstrate the contradictory character and the effectiveness of these attempts at coercive engineered migration. 30 00 Thousands of asylum seekers have sought to cross the border to Europe from Russia to Norway and Finland during 2015–2016 and through Belarus since 2021. This migration at the EU’s external borders encapsulates the geopolitical and weaponizing potential of global migration for authoritarian illiberal states. In this chapter, we argue that both the migration from Russia during the 2015–2016 ‘migration crisis’ and the asylum seekers stranded at the Belarus–Polish border since 2021 reveal interesting perspectives on the EU’s and its member states’ responses to both migration and its instrumentalization, as well as on liberalism and illiberalism in global migration. Both the illiberal Russian and Belarusian states and the responses of Finland and Poland as EU member states feature key characteristics of illiberalism and demonstrate the contradictory character and the effectiveness of these attempts at coercive engineered migration. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Voice after Exit? Exploring Patterns of Civic Activism among Russian Migrant Communities in Eurasia after 24 February 2022 1 A01 21 0000000237284073 Margarita Zavadskaya Margarita Zavadskaya Finnish Institute of International Affairs; University of Helsinki Margarita is a senior research fellow at the Finnish Institute of International Affairs and affiliated researcher at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki. Margarita has broadly published on the role of elections in authoritarian states, mass protests and public opinion in journals such as Electoral Studies, Democratization, East European Politics, Post-Soviet Affairs, Russian Politics, Europe-Asia Studies. Margarita focuses on the political impact of Russian emigration in receiving countries, including EU member states, public opinion in Russia. Email: margarita.zavadskaya@fiia.fi<break/> Personal website: https://www.fiia.fi/en/expert/margarita-zavadskaya 2 A01 21 0000000157274828 Emil Kamalov Emil Kamalov 40 0031wrj91 European University Institute Emil is a PhD candidate at the European University Institute. He is the co-Principal Investigator of the OutRush project, a panel survey of Russian migrants who left following the full-scale invasion of Ukraine. Emil specializes in political behaviour, repression, violence, and Russian emigration.<break/>Email: emil.kamalov@eui.eu <break/>Personal website: www.emilkamalov.com 3 A01 21 0000000333178115 Ivetta Sergeeva Ivetta Sergeeva 40 0031wrj91 European University Institute Ivetta is a PhD candidate at the European University Institute and a 2024-2025 Postdoctoral Fellow at Stanford University. She is the co-Principal Investigator of the OutRush project, a panel survey of Russian migrants who left following the full-scale invasion of Ukraine. Ivetta specializes in comparative social science, focusing on political behavior, civil society, and migration. 03 00 Can citizens continue to participate in the<break/>politics of their home country after migrating to another country? Many<break/>examples exist of migrants engaging in their country of origin’s political<break/>affairs, such as expatriate voting, forming political communities and hometown<break/>associations, donating money to political movements and politicians,<break/>advocating for migrants’ rights, and other forms of political participation.<break/>However, it remains unclear why migrants are willing to continue exercising<break/>their ‘voice’ after ‘exit’, and what the main challenges and obstacles are for<break/>them to do so while abroad. In this chapter, we analyse the patterns of civic<break/>and political engagement among Russian migrants who fled their home country<break/>following the invasion of Ukraine in February 2022. Drawing on scholarship in<break/>migration studies, we view exit and voice not as mutually exclusive but as<break/>mutually reinforcing alternatives. We argue that the way migrants connect with<break/>their homeland, and particularly the connections they have with their<break/>employers, plays a crucial role in mobilizing and demobilizing them. The<break/>incentives provided by employers may force migrants to damp their propensity to<break/>engage in political activities. To support our argument, we rely on an<break/>original survey conducted in March–April and September 2022, as well as<break/>semi-structured, in-depth interviews conducted in Georgia, Kazakhstan,<break/>Kyrgyzstan, Armenia, and Türkiye.<o:p></o:p>  30 00 Can citizens continue to participate in the<break/>politics of their home country after migrating to another country? Many<break/>examples exist of migrants engaging in their country of origin’s political<break/>affairs, such as expatriate voting, forming political communities and hometown<break/>associations, donating money to political movements and politicians,<break/>advocating for migrants’ rights, and other forms of political participation.<break/>However, it remains unclear why migrants are willing to continue exercising<break/>their ‘voice’ after ‘exit’, and what the main challenges and obstacles are for<break/>them to do so while abroad. In this chapter, we analyse the patterns of civic<break/>and political engagement among Russian migrants who fled their home country<break/>following the invasion of Ukraine in February 2022. Drawing on scholarship in<break/>migration studies, we view exit and voice not as mutually exclusive but as<break/>mutually reinforcing alternatives. We argue that the way migrants connect with<break/>their homeland, and particularly the connections they have with their<break/>employers, plays a crucial role in mobilizing and demobilizing them. The<break/>incentives provided by employers may force migrants to damp their propensity to<break/>engage in political activities. To support our argument, we rely on an<break/>original survey conducted in March–April and September 2022, as well as<break/>semi-structured, in-depth interviews conducted in Georgia, Kazakhstan,<break/>Kyrgyzstan, Armenia, and Türkiye.<o:p></o:p>  20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Russia’s War in Ukraine: The Development of Russian Illiberalism and Migration in Central Asia 1 A01 21 0000000309692149 Anna-Liisa Heusala Anna-Liisa Heusala Aleksanteri Institute 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000177660961 Sherzod Eraliev Sherzod Eraliev Sociology of Law Department 40 012a77v79 Lund University 03 00 This chapter analyses the impact which Russia’s war in Ukraine, as the manifestation of illiberal politics in Russia, has had on migration. We outline key developments in Russia’s security policy and the shift towards ideological and disruptive illiberalism rooted in Soviet and imperial traditions and examine the war’s impact on mobilities within and from Central Asia, specifically looking at what these changing dynamics mean for illiberalism and authoritarian rule in the region. The analysis points to the fact that Russian illiberalism has formed a loose state ideology, resulting in a balancing act between political and economic goals in the Global East and Global South and utilizing forced migration and refugees as a hybrid tool to influence the outcome of the war. Ultimately, the way in which migration is addressed in the region is likely to have significant implications for the future of illiberalism. 30 00 This chapter analyses the impact which Russia’s war in Ukraine, as the manifestation of illiberal politics in Russia, has had on migration. We outline key developments in Russia’s security policy and the shift towards ideological and disruptive illiberalism rooted in Soviet and imperial traditions and examine the war’s impact on mobilities within and from Central Asia, specifically looking at what these changing dynamics mean for illiberalism and authoritarian rule in the region. The analysis points to the fact that Russian illiberalism has formed a loose state ideology, resulting in a balancing act between political and economic goals in the Global East and Global South and utilizing forced migration and refugees as a hybrid tool to influence the outcome of the war. Ultimately, the way in which migration is addressed in the region is likely to have significant implications for the future of illiberalism. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Conclusions 1 A01 21 0000000309692149 Anna-Liisa Heusala Anna-Liisa Heusala Aleksanteri Institute 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000281822035 Kaarina Aitamurto Kaarina Aitamurto Aleksanteri Institute 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000177660961 Sherzod Eraliev Sherzod Eraliev Sociology of Law Department 40 012a77v79 Lund University 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20241210 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523691124 03 9789523691124 06 15 9789523691148 03 9789523691148 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20241210 01 urn:uuid:0a57391c-a83b-4bb5-a08f-d7582d17954a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:88658eec-4f51-4232-9f48-a865c5c444aa 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:0a57391c-a83b-4bb5-a08f-d7582d17954a 15 9789523691148 03 9789523691148 06 10.33134/HUP-26 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Global Migration and Illiberalism in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe 1 B01 21 0000000309692149 Anna-Liisa Heusala Anna-Liisa Heusala Aleksanteri Institute 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Anna-Liisa Heusala is a scholar in Russian and Eurasian studies at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki. 2 B01 21 0000000281822035 Kaarina Aitamurto Kaarina Aitamurto Aleksanteri Institute 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kaarina Aitamurto is a lecturer at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki. 3 B01 21 0000000177660961 Sherzod Eraliev Sherzod Eraliev Sociology of Law Department 40 012a77v79 Lund University Sherzod Eraliev is a senior researcher at the Sociology of Law Department, Lund University, and a senior researcher at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki. 01 eng 00 352 03 B2 Sociology B2 Political science B2 History B2 Migration studies B2 Legal studies B2 Media studies 20 Russia; Migration; Illiberalism; Eurasia; Autocracy; Eastern Europe 01 06 02 00 This edited volume analyses how illiberal states manage migration to absorb resistance and how migration impacts the illiberal political agenda in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe. With an interdisciplinary approach, the contributions show how illiberalism shapes, influences, and enables states to take advantage of migration to secure and 03 00 Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe remain an important hub for migration, with significant implications for both the societies in the region and migrants themselves. Migration can affect illiberal practices by contributing to political polarization, the adoption of restrictive immigration policies, the spread of xenophobia and discrimination, and economic competition.Global Migration and Illiberalism in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe</italic> analyses how illiberal states manage migration to absorb resistance and how migration impacts the illiberal political agenda. With this dual perspective, the contributions provide an understanding of how migration becomes a pivotal factor in shaping political discourse, policies, and governance practices within the context of illiberal states. Through an interdisciplinary approach, the studies on Russia, Central Asia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Hungary, Poland, Belarus, and Ukraine show how illiberalism shapes, influences, and enables states to take advantage of migration to secure and advance political goals. Simultaneously, migration processes can challenge authoritarianism and illiberal political goals by fostering diversity, networking, democracy promotion, and political empowerment. Finally, the volume aims to make the conceptualization of illiberalism more relevant for the study of political and administrative practices and ways of thinking in this region. Political decisions are made in structures which are not only shaped by domestic considerations but are also deeply entwined with the globalized markets and the shadow economy that transcend national borders economically and culturally. Furthermore, the examination of illiberalism vis-à-vis migration in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe illustrates the global socio-political tendencies in many other parts of the world.Anna-Liisa Heusala</bold> is a scholar in Russian and Eurasian studies at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki.Kaarina Aitamurto</bold> is a lecturer at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki.Sherzod Eraliev</bold> is a senior researcher at the Sociology of Law Department, Lund University, and a senior researcher at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki. 30 00 Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe remain an important hub for migration, with significant implications for both the societies in the region and migrants themselves. Migration can affect illiberal practices by contributing to political polarization, the adoption of restrictive immigration policies, the spread of xenophobia and discrimination, and economic competition.Global Migration and Illiberalism in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe</italic> analyses how illiberal states manage migration to absorb resistance and how migration impacts the illiberal political agenda. With this dual perspective, the contributions provide an understanding of how migration becomes a pivotal factor in shaping political discourse, policies, and governance practices within the context of illiberal states. Through an interdisciplinary approach, the studies on Russia, Central Asia, Kazakhstan, Kyrgyzstan, Hungary, Poland, Belarus, and Ukraine show how illiberalism shapes, influences, and enables states to take advantage of migration to secure and advance political goals. Simultaneously, migration processes can challenge authoritarianism and illiberal political goals by fostering diversity, networking, democracy promotion, and political empowerment. Finally, the volume aims to make the conceptualization of illiberalism more relevant for the study of political and administrative practices and ways of thinking in this region. Political decisions are made in structures which are not only shaped by domestic considerations but are also deeply entwined with the globalized markets and the shadow economy that transcend national borders economically and culturally. Furthermore, the examination of illiberalism vis-à-vis migration in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe illustrates the global socio-political tendencies in many other parts of the world.Anna-Liisa Heusala</bold> is a scholar in Russian and Eurasian studies at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki.Kaarina Aitamurto</bold> is a lecturer at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki.Sherzod Eraliev</bold> is a senior researcher at the Sociology of Law Department, Lund University, and a senior researcher at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/840d4255-e832-4c7c-a227-3c7f0bca7c1c.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction: The Mutual Impact of Global Migration and Illiberalism in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe 1 A01 21 0000000309692149 Anna-Liisa Heusala Anna-Liisa Heusala Aleksanteri Institute 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Anna-Liisa Heusala is a scholar in Russian and Eurasian studies in the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki. Educated as a political scientist at the University of Helsinki, she has also stud¬ied at Moscow State University. Her research career and publica¬tions cover topics related to public administration, law and legal culture, border security, and migration. She is the co-editor of Migrant Workers in Russia: Global Challenges of the Shadow Econ¬omy in Societal Transformation (Routledge, 2017). In 2024, she was a visiting researcher at the KIMEP University, Kazakhstan. 2 A01 21 0000000281822035 Kaarina Aitamurto Kaarina Aitamurto Aleksanteri Institute 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kaarina Aitamurto is a lecturer at the Aleksanteri Institute, Uni¬versity of Helsinki. Her area of expertise is the governance of reli¬gion in Russia. Her doctoral dissertation analysed Russian con¬temporary Paganism and nationalism. Aitamurto is the author of Paganism, Traditionalism, Nationalism: Narratives of Russian Rod-noverie (Routledge, 2016) and the co-editor of Modern Pagan and Native Faith Movements in Central and Eastern Europe (Acumen, 2011), Migrant Workers in Russia: Global Challenges of the Shadow Economy in Societal Transformation (Routledge, 2017), and Reli¬gion, Expression, and Patriotism in Russia: Essays on Post-Soviet Society and the State (Ibidem Verlag, 2019). She has published articles in such journals and publications as Europe-Asia Studies; Journal of Religion in Europe; Religion, State and Society; Religion; and Oxford Research Encyclopedias: Religion. 3 A01 21 0000000177660961 Sherzod Eraliev Sherzod Eraliev Sociology of Law Department 40 012a77v79 Lund University Sherzod Eraliev is a senior researcher at the Sociology of Law Department, Lund University, and a senior researcher at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki. He is also an adjunct professor at Tashkent State University of Economics. Dr Eraliev has been a principal investigator on several migration-related research projects. He is the co-author of The Political Economy of Non-Western Migration Regimes: Central Asian Migrant Work¬ers in Russia and Turkey (Palgrave, 2022) and has published on migration, informality, and state–society relations. 03 00 Illiberalism is a political view and agenda that impacts state–society relations in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe, and migrant diaspora communities in other regions. This chapter underlines the need to understand how illiberal states manage migration to absorb resistance, and how migration may impact the illiberal political agenda and policymaking. These processes often happen over a long period and involve a complex set of legal and administrative decisions. The driving forces of illiberalism are shared by different political systems and often have transnational features, while being anchored on local and national circumstances and rationale. Exploring how illiberalism influences and is influenced by global migration trends in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe offers insights into the complex interplay between political regimes and transnational mobility, and helps to conceptualize illiberalism for the study of politics and government. 30 00 Illiberalism is a political view and agenda that impacts state–society relations in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe, and migrant diaspora communities in other regions. This chapter underlines the need to understand how illiberal states manage migration to absorb resistance, and how migration may impact the illiberal political agenda and policymaking. These processes often happen over a long period and involve a complex set of legal and administrative decisions. The driving forces of illiberalism are shared by different political systems and often have transnational features, while being anchored on local and national circumstances and rationale. Exploring how illiberalism influences and is influenced by global migration trends in Russia, Eurasia, and Eastern Europe offers insights into the complex interplay between political regimes and transnational mobility, and helps to conceptualize illiberalism for the study of politics and government. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Illiberal Advantages of Migration: Hungarian and Polish Narratives in Comparison 1 A01 21 0000000203985066 Katalin Miklóssy Katalin Miklóssy 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Katalin Miklóssy is Jean Monnet Chair and head of Eastern European studies, working at the University of Helsinki. Miklóssy focuses on the evolution of the rule of law and its relation to secu¬rity conceptions, nationalism, and conservatism. She leads a team in the international project ARENAS, funded by the European Commission, analysing the circulation of extremist narratives in the European context. 03 00 The chapter asks when migration carries a crossroad moment that opens a new horizon of possibilities to strengthen illiberal regimes. The study investigates what types of migration are framed discursively as ‘crisis’, which is closely connected to the means developed as crisis management. The core argument is that while these regimes feed on crises that justify extraordinary measures, not every crisis represents a temporal juncture point that can expand geopolitical leverage. New elbow room for integrity is aimed at through innovative modus operandi that are rooted in illiberal regimes’ capabilities to adapt to new circumstances. The main questions this chapter seeks to answer are (1) how this special window of opportunities occurs and (2) what the process is that leads to the revision of traditional political means and the invention of new strategy, designed to reaffirm the resilience of the regime. 30 00 The chapter asks when migration carries a crossroad moment that opens a new horizon of possibilities to strengthen illiberal regimes. The study investigates what types of migration are framed discursively as ‘crisis’, which is closely connected to the means developed as crisis management. The core argument is that while these regimes feed on crises that justify extraordinary measures, not every crisis represents a temporal juncture point that can expand geopolitical leverage. New elbow room for integrity is aimed at through innovative modus operandi that are rooted in illiberal regimes’ capabilities to adapt to new circumstances. The main questions this chapter seeks to answer are (1) how this special window of opportunities occurs and (2) what the process is that leads to the revision of traditional political means and the invention of new strategy, designed to reaffirm the resilience of the regime. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Why Politicize Immigration? Elections and Anti-Immigrant Policy in Russia and Kazakhstan 1 A01 21 0000000340360150 Song Ha Joo Song Joo 40 0049erg63 Kookmin University Song Ha Joo is an assistant professor in the Department of Politi¬cal Science and International Relations at Kookmin University, South Korea. Her research focuses on authoritarian politics and the politics of migration, with a regional emphasis on post-com¬munist Europe and Eurasia. She was a ‘Hundred Talents Young Professor’ in the Department of Political Science at Zhejiang Uni¬versity in China and a visiting researcher at the Institute of Inter¬national Studies at Seoul National University in South Korea. She was also a visiting scholar and lecturer at the Center for Russian, East European, and Eurasian Studies at Stanford University. She received her PhD in Politics from Princeton University in June 2019. 03 00 Under what circumstances do autocrats politicize immigration and adopt anti-immigration policy? Much of the existing literature focuses on the politics of immigration in liberal democracies, despite the presence of large-scale immigration to illiberal societies. This research shows how different electoral dynamics can shape the politicization of immigration and policies distinctly, focusing on Russia and Kazakhstan. The ruling regime in Russia has actively adopted anti-immigrant rhetoric and policies whereas Kazakhstan has turned a blind eye to undocumented immigrants. I argue that such differences stem from the variation in pressures from the electorate. Putin and his United Russia party are subjected to significant pressure imposed by anti-immigrant citizens and political opponents. By contrast, Kazakhstan has been closer to a non-competitive form of authoritarianism, with the regime’s emphasis on inter-ethnic harmony. This research is based on analysis of original qualitative data, including interviews with government officials, NGOs, local scholars, and migrants, gathered from 11 months of fieldwork in the two countries in 2015–2017. 30 00 Under what circumstances do autocrats politicize immigration and adopt anti-immigration policy? Much of the existing literature focuses on the politics of immigration in liberal democracies, despite the presence of large-scale immigration to illiberal societies. This research shows how different electoral dynamics can shape the politicization of immigration and policies distinctly, focusing on Russia and Kazakhstan. The ruling regime in Russia has actively adopted anti-immigrant rhetoric and policies whereas Kazakhstan has turned a blind eye to undocumented immigrants. I argue that such differences stem from the variation in pressures from the electorate. Putin and his United Russia party are subjected to significant pressure imposed by anti-immigrant citizens and political opponents. By contrast, Kazakhstan has been closer to a non-competitive form of authoritarianism, with the regime’s emphasis on inter-ethnic harmony. This research is based on analysis of original qualitative data, including interviews with government officials, NGOs, local scholars, and migrants, gathered from 11 months of fieldwork in the two countries in 2015–2017. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Politicization of Labour Migration in Post-Soviet Russia: Competing Projects of Post-Socialist Development 1 A01 21 000000032837252X Julia Glathe Julia Glathe Institute of Political Science University of Tübingen Julia Glathe is currently a postdoctoral fellow at the Institute of Political Science at the University of Tübingen. She holds a Doctor of Philosophy (Dr. Phil.) in Sociology - European Societies, awarded in April 2024. In her dissertation at the Department of Political and Social Sciences of the Free University of Berlin and the University of California, Berkeley, she analysed migration policies and discourses in post-socialist Russia, in particular the role of experts under conditions of authoritarian rule. Previously, she studied Eastern European studies with a focus on sociology and political science (M.A.) at the Free University of Berlin and the University of Birmingham. 03 00 Like liberal democracies, Russia, as one of the world’s largest immigration destinations, must manage numerous political conflicts related to immigration to ensure political stability. The majority of migration scholarship characterizes Russia’s political response to immigration as contradictory and interprets this as an expression of the authoritarian, patrimonial, and populist Russian state. To complement this literature, the chapter shows how Russian migration policy is linked to broader problems and conflicts of post-socialist change. Based on an analysis of the Russian expert discourse on labour migration, it argues that the competing political projects of labour migration are an expression of a society that is renegotiating its post-socialist coordinates in economic, cultural, and global terms. 30 00 Like liberal democracies, Russia, as one of the world’s largest immigration destinations, must manage numerous political conflicts related to immigration to ensure political stability. The majority of migration scholarship characterizes Russia’s political response to immigration as contradictory and interprets this as an expression of the authoritarian, patrimonial, and populist Russian state. To complement this literature, the chapter shows how Russian migration policy is linked to broader problems and conflicts of post-socialist change. Based on an analysis of the Russian expert discourse on labour migration, it argues that the competing political projects of labour migration are an expression of a society that is renegotiating its post-socialist coordinates in economic, cultural, and global terms. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Legal Approaches to Migration and Electoral Rights: The Experience of Russia 1 A01 21 0000000247746761 Dmitry Kurnosov Dmitry Kurnosov 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter investigates the impact of global migration on approaches towards electoral rights in Russia. Specifically, it focuses on the implications of the reactionary attitudes towards migration of labour and capital (‘othering’) for the legal regulation of elections and perceptions of electoral behaviour in Russia. The chapter addresses the existing gap in the legal and political science scholarship by applying an interdisciplinary approach and taking regional context into the account. 30 00 This chapter investigates the impact of global migration on approaches towards electoral rights in Russia. Specifically, it focuses on the implications of the reactionary attitudes towards migration of labour and capital (‘othering’) for the legal regulation of elections and perceptions of electoral behaviour in Russia. The chapter addresses the existing gap in the legal and political science scholarship by applying an interdisciplinary approach and taking regional context into the account. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Kyrgyz Diaspora Online: Understanding Transnational Political Participation 1 A01 21 0000000194833502 Ajar Chekirova Ajar Chekirova Department of Polits and International Relations 40 04rmtzr09 Lake Forest College Ajar Chekirova is an assistant professor at Lake Forest College, Illinois. She holds a PhD in political science from the University of Illinois-Chicago. Dr Chekirova’s research interests include migration and citizenship, informal institutions, and political communication and behaviour. Dr Chekirova holds an MA degree in<break/>international affairs from Ohio University, where she was a Fulbright Fellow. She earned her bachelor’s degree in law from Peking University in China. 03 00 In recent years, social media platforms have become sites of populist propaganda, fake news, bots, and trolls that have influenced public perceptions and the political behaviours of individuals worldwide. At the same time, social media is the primary channel of communication for migrants, connecting them to each other and to their homelands. This chapter investigates how Kyrgyz emigrants engage with virtual communities politically: does cross-border online political participation challenge illiberal institutions or add to their resiliency? The study reveals that while overall political discourse shows signs of susceptibility to populist rhetoric and a preference for strongman leaders, at the same time, the virtual space serves as an arena for emigrants in the diaspora community to exercise political membership and participate in crisis-induced nation-building experience in the homeland. 30 00 In recent years, social media platforms have become sites of populist propaganda, fake news, bots, and trolls that have influenced public perceptions and the political behaviours of individuals worldwide. At the same time, social media is the primary channel of communication for migrants, connecting them to each other and to their homelands. This chapter investigates how Kyrgyz emigrants engage with virtual communities politically: does cross-border online political participation challenge illiberal institutions or add to their resiliency? The study reveals that while overall political discourse shows signs of susceptibility to populist rhetoric and a preference for strongman leaders, at the same time, the virtual space serves as an arena for emigrants in the diaspora community to exercise political membership and participate in crisis-induced nation-building experience in the homeland. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Weaponizing Migration in Illiberal Autocracies: The 2015–2016 Russian Arctic Route and the Belarus–EU Border Crisis since 2021 1 A01 21 0000000288451396 Joni Virkkunen Joni Virkkunen Karelian Institute 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Joni Virkkunen works as a Research manager and the Director of the VERA Centre for Russia and Border Studies at the Karelian Institute, University of Eastern Finland. He holds the title of Docent in the geography of migration (particularly in the Eurasian region) at the University of Oulu, Finland. His research focuses on bordering and migratory processes in Finland, Russia, and the Eurasian region, as well as EU–Russia relations and cross-border and regional cooperation. 2 A01 21 0000000165992141 Kristiina Silvan Kristiina Silvan Russia, EU’s Eastern Neighbourhood and Eurasia Research Programme 40 02qpcpw42 Finnish Institute of International Affairs Dr. Kristiina Silvan is Postdoctoral Fellow in the ‘Russia, EU’s Eastern Neighbourhood and Eurasia’ research programme at the Finnish Institute of International Affairs. She defended her doctoral dissertation with distinction at the University of Helsinki in 2022. She works on authoritarian politics in Eurasia, researching domestic and foreign policy developments particularly in Belarus, Kazakhstan, and Russia. 3 A01 21 0000000231900728 Minna Piipponen Minna Piipponen Karelian Institute 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Dr. Piipponen is a human geographer and works as research manager at the Karelian Institute and the Borders, Mobilities and Cultural Encounters Research Community, BOMOCULT, of the University of Eastern Finland. Dr Piipponen’s recent research interests include international migration in Russia and its impacts on external EU borders, as well as cross-border cooperation between Finland and Russia. Dr Piipponen did her PhD in 2007 on the transformation of the forest sector and resource-based communities in north-west Russia. 03 00 Thousands of asylum seekers have sought to cross the border to Europe from Russia to Norway and Finland during 2015–2016 and through Belarus since 2021. This migration at the EU’s external borders encapsulates the geopolitical and weaponizing potential of global migration for authoritarian illiberal states. In this chapter, we argue that both the migration from Russia during the 2015–2016 ‘migration crisis’ and the asylum seekers stranded at the Belarus–Polish border since 2021 reveal interesting perspectives on the EU’s and its member states’ responses to both migration and its instrumentalization, as well as on liberalism and illiberalism in global migration. Both the illiberal Russian and Belarusian states and the responses of Finland and Poland as EU member states feature key characteristics of illiberalism and demonstrate the contradictory character and the effectiveness of these attempts at coercive engineered migration. 30 00 Thousands of asylum seekers have sought to cross the border to Europe from Russia to Norway and Finland during 2015–2016 and through Belarus since 2021. This migration at the EU’s external borders encapsulates the geopolitical and weaponizing potential of global migration for authoritarian illiberal states. In this chapter, we argue that both the migration from Russia during the 2015–2016 ‘migration crisis’ and the asylum seekers stranded at the Belarus–Polish border since 2021 reveal interesting perspectives on the EU’s and its member states’ responses to both migration and its instrumentalization, as well as on liberalism and illiberalism in global migration. Both the illiberal Russian and Belarusian states and the responses of Finland and Poland as EU member states feature key characteristics of illiberalism and demonstrate the contradictory character and the effectiveness of these attempts at coercive engineered migration. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Voice after Exit? Exploring Patterns of Civic Activism among Russian Migrant Communities in Eurasia after 24 February 2022 1 A01 21 0000000237284073 Margarita Zavadskaya Margarita Zavadskaya Finnish Institute of International Affairs; University of Helsinki Margarita is a senior research fellow at the Finnish Institute of International Affairs and affiliated researcher at the Aleksanteri Institute, University of Helsinki. Margarita has broadly published on the role of elections in authoritarian states, mass protests and public opinion in journals such as Electoral Studies, Democratization, East European Politics, Post-Soviet Affairs, Russian Politics, Europe-Asia Studies. Margarita focuses on the political impact of Russian emigration in receiving countries, including EU member states, public opinion in Russia. Email: margarita.zavadskaya@fiia.fi<break/> Personal website: https://www.fiia.fi/en/expert/margarita-zavadskaya 2 A01 21 0000000157274828 Emil Kamalov Emil Kamalov 40 0031wrj91 European University Institute Emil is a PhD candidate at the European University Institute. He is the co-Principal Investigator of the OutRush project, a panel survey of Russian migrants who left following the full-scale invasion of Ukraine. Emil specializes in political behaviour, repression, violence, and Russian emigration.<break/>Email: emil.kamalov@eui.eu <break/>Personal website: www.emilkamalov.com 3 A01 21 0000000333178115 Ivetta Sergeeva Ivetta Sergeeva 40 0031wrj91 European University Institute Ivetta is a PhD candidate at the European University Institute and a 2024-2025 Postdoctoral Fellow at Stanford University. She is the co-Principal Investigator of the OutRush project, a panel survey of Russian migrants who left following the full-scale invasion of Ukraine. Ivetta specializes in comparative social science, focusing on political behavior, civil society, and migration. 03 00 Can citizens continue to participate in the<break/>politics of their home country after migrating to another country? Many<break/>examples exist of migrants engaging in their country of origin’s political<break/>affairs, such as expatriate voting, forming political communities and hometown<break/>associations, donating money to political movements and politicians,<break/>advocating for migrants’ rights, and other forms of political participation.<break/>However, it remains unclear why migrants are willing to continue exercising<break/>their ‘voice’ after ‘exit’, and what the main challenges and obstacles are for<break/>them to do so while abroad. In this chapter, we analyse the patterns of civic<break/>and political engagement among Russian migrants who fled their home country<break/>following the invasion of Ukraine in February 2022. Drawing on scholarship in<break/>migration studies, we view exit and voice not as mutually exclusive but as<break/>mutually reinforcing alternatives. We argue that the way migrants connect with<break/>their homeland, and particularly the connections they have with their<break/>employers, plays a crucial role in mobilizing and demobilizing them. The<break/>incentives provided by employers may force migrants to damp their propensity to<break/>engage in political activities. To support our argument, we rely on an<break/>original survey conducted in March–April and September 2022, as well as<break/>semi-structured, in-depth interviews conducted in Georgia, Kazakhstan,<break/>Kyrgyzstan, Armenia, and Türkiye.<o:p></o:p>  30 00 Can citizens continue to participate in the<break/>politics of their home country after migrating to another country? Many<break/>examples exist of migrants engaging in their country of origin’s political<break/>affairs, such as expatriate voting, forming political communities and hometown<break/>associations, donating money to political movements and politicians,<break/>advocating for migrants’ rights, and other forms of political participation.<break/>However, it remains unclear why migrants are willing to continue exercising<break/>their ‘voice’ after ‘exit’, and what the main challenges and obstacles are for<break/>them to do so while abroad. In this chapter, we analyse the patterns of civic<break/>and political engagement among Russian migrants who fled their home country<break/>following the invasion of Ukraine in February 2022. Drawing on scholarship in<break/>migration studies, we view exit and voice not as mutually exclusive but as<break/>mutually reinforcing alternatives. We argue that the way migrants connect with<break/>their homeland, and particularly the connections they have with their<break/>employers, plays a crucial role in mobilizing and demobilizing them. The<break/>incentives provided by employers may force migrants to damp their propensity to<break/>engage in political activities. To support our argument, we rely on an<break/>original survey conducted in March–April and September 2022, as well as<break/>semi-structured, in-depth interviews conducted in Georgia, Kazakhstan,<break/>Kyrgyzstan, Armenia, and Türkiye.<o:p></o:p>  20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Russia’s War in Ukraine: The Development of Russian Illiberalism and Migration in Central Asia 1 A01 21 0000000309692149 Anna-Liisa Heusala Anna-Liisa Heusala Aleksanteri Institute 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000177660961 Sherzod Eraliev Sherzod Eraliev Sociology of Law Department 40 012a77v79 Lund University 03 00 This chapter analyses the impact which Russia’s war in Ukraine, as the manifestation of illiberal politics in Russia, has had on migration. We outline key developments in Russia’s security policy and the shift towards ideological and disruptive illiberalism rooted in Soviet and imperial traditions and examine the war’s impact on mobilities within and from Central Asia, specifically looking at what these changing dynamics mean for illiberalism and authoritarian rule in the region. The analysis points to the fact that Russian illiberalism has formed a loose state ideology, resulting in a balancing act between political and economic goals in the Global East and Global South and utilizing forced migration and refugees as a hybrid tool to influence the outcome of the war. Ultimately, the way in which migration is addressed in the region is likely to have significant implications for the future of illiberalism. 30 00 This chapter analyses the impact which Russia’s war in Ukraine, as the manifestation of illiberal politics in Russia, has had on migration. We outline key developments in Russia’s security policy and the shift towards ideological and disruptive illiberalism rooted in Soviet and imperial traditions and examine the war’s impact on mobilities within and from Central Asia, specifically looking at what these changing dynamics mean for illiberalism and authoritarian rule in the region. The analysis points to the fact that Russian illiberalism has formed a loose state ideology, resulting in a balancing act between political and economic goals in the Global East and Global South and utilizing forced migration and refugees as a hybrid tool to influence the outcome of the war. Ultimately, the way in which migration is addressed in the region is likely to have significant implications for the future of illiberalism. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-26-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Conclusions 1 A01 21 0000000309692149 Anna-Liisa Heusala Anna-Liisa Heusala Aleksanteri Institute 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000281822035 Kaarina Aitamurto Kaarina Aitamurto Aleksanteri Institute 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000177660961 Sherzod Eraliev Sherzod Eraliev Sociology of Law Department 40 012a77v79 Lund University 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20241210 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523691124 03 9789523691124 06 15 9789523691131 03 9789523691131 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20241210 01 urn:uuid:13f5ded3-e7ee-4f52-9616-36382371220c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:350809f6-127c-4395-ae67-b638fac0406e 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:13f5ded3-e7ee-4f52-9616-36382371220c 15 9789523690882 03 9789523690882 06 10.33134/HUP-20 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Global Perspectives on Leadership in Early Childhood Education 1 B01 21 0000000204042035 Matshediso Modise Matshediso Modise 40 048cwvf49 University of South Africa Matshediso Modise is an associate professor at the University of South Africa who specialises in leadership and management in the early years, which highlights issues for transformative pedagogy, curriculum, quality practices and programmes, teacher development, and pedagogical leadership. She has delivered papers internationally, written book chapters, and co-supervised master’s and PhD students, and she is a recipient of a 2022 Women in Research Scholarship. She serves in the college Research Ethics committee and is an acting chairperson of the college academic integrity committee. She is the leader of the project titled Professional Identities and Wellbeing of Middle Leaders. 2 B01 21 000000022547905X Elina Fonsén Elina Fonsén 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Elina Fonsén holds a PhD and works as an associate professor at the Institute of Educational Leadership at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. Her research interest focuses on leadership in the educational field. She leads national and international research projects (e.g. Discourses of leadership, Sääntökirjat). In addition, she is a member of the Board of Early Childhood Education Association Finland (ECEAF) and chief of coordination group member in the International Leadership Research Forum (ILRF–EC). Furthermore, she is a member of the Executive Board of the Education, Administration and Research (SIG) of the Finnish Educational Research Association (FERA). 3 B01 21 0000000207120801 Johanna Heikka Johanna Heikka 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Johanna Heikka is senior lecturer at the School of Applied Educational Science and Teacher Education at the University of Eastern Finland in Joensuu, Finland. Her current teaching focuses on the research methods, thesis guidance, pedagogy, organisational and leadership issues in early childhood education. Her research interests focus on leadership, quality and pedagogical development in early childhood education. Her publications focus on distributed pedagogical leadership and teacher leadership as well as pedagogy in ECEC. She is a leader and/or a member of leadership development projects and research groups in Finland and internationally. She is adjunct professor in ECE leadership at the University of Oulu. 4 B01 21 0000000178603731 Nkidi Phatudi Nkidi Phatudi 40 048cwvf49 University of South Africa Nkidi Phatudi is a retired professor in the Department of Early Childhood Education, College of Education, University of South Africa. She taught literacy in early years for first and second language pedagogy in postgraduate and undergraduate programmes. She has supervised doctoral and master’s students in language teaching and learning and in leadership in ECD. She has also presented at different conferences on the same themes. She has edited a book on EFAL (English as First Additional Language), published articles, and contributed book chapters on a range of topics in ECD, including language teaching and learning in the early years. She serves as a member of the International Leadership Research Forum (ILRF) and the MOLTENO literacies and languages boards. 5 B01 21 0000000337687259 Marit Bøe Marit Bøe 40 05ecg5h20 University of South-Eastern Norway Marit Bøe is professor in educational leadership at the University of South-Eastern Norway. She has a PhD in early childhood education (ECE) leadership. Bøe has researched and published on educational leadership in ECE, leadership development, and teaching methodologies related to leadership training programmes for ECE leaders. She has worked as a leader in ECEC centres for 17 years, and as a lecturer within leadership programmes at bachelor’s and master’s levels since 2007. She participates in several projects in close relationships with ECEC teachers and leaders. Bøe is a member of the international leadership research forum (ILRF) coordination group. 6 B01 21 0000000201115331 Thembi Phala Thembi Phala 40 048cwvf49 University of South Africa Thembi Phala has a PhD in education and is the chair of the Early Childhood Department at the University of South Africa. Her research interests include diverse learners’ reading support and inclusive education. She has presented research papers at conferences and participates in multidisciplinary research aimed at developing inclusive early childhood care and education programmes. She supervises postgraduate students. Dr Phala is a member of the International Leadership Research Forum and Discourse of Leadership in Early Childhood. She is the project manager for the BEd FP degree programme at the Mathew Goniwe School of Leadership and Governance, which prepares Grade R teachers. 01 eng 00 340 03 B2 Educational science B2 Educational leadership B2 Early childhood education B2 Educational administration B2 Educational management 20 Early childhood education; Educational leadership; Pedagogical leadership; Educational administration; pedagogy inclusion 01 06 02 00 Global Perspectives on Leadership in Early Childhood Education</italic> offers valuable research evidence on how successful leadership is developed in various Early Childhood Education and Care settings and contexts. The contributions of this edited volume provide insightful perspectives on leadership issues from across the world, making i 03 00 Global Perspectives on Leadership in Early Childhood Education</italic> aims to improve leadership and management in Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) settings through research evidence. Written for a wide audience, including the academic community, policymakers, practitioners, teachers, directors, and professionals, the book provides knowledge and tools to enhance the ECEC sector.Divided into three thematic sections, the book examines the theory of leadership in ECEC, strategies for improving professional development, and the governance and policies related to ECEC leadership worldwide. In its 16 chapters that blend theoretical and practical perspectives, the book addresses diverse topics, such as pedagogical leadership in different countries, peer mentoring, and the utilization of digital technology in early childhood education. The volume draws upon collaboration through the International Leadership Research Forum in Early Childhood (ILRF–EC) and encompasses contributions from across the world, from South Africa to Norway, Australia, Finland, and beyond. By incorporating different contexts and viewpoints, Global Perspectives on Leadership in Early Childhood Education makes a significant and timely contribution to the field of education. 30 00 Global Perspectives on Leadership in Early Childhood Education</italic> aims to improve leadership and management in Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) settings through research evidence. Written for a wide audience, including the academic community, policymakers, practitioners, teachers, directors, and professionals, the book provides knowledge and tools to enhance the ECEC sector.Divided into three thematic sections, the book examines the theory of leadership in ECEC, strategies for improving professional development, and the governance and policies related to ECEC leadership worldwide. In its 16 chapters that blend theoretical and practical perspectives, the book addresses diverse topics, such as pedagogical leadership in different countries, peer mentoring, and the utilization of digital technology in early childhood education. The volume draws upon collaboration through the International Leadership Research Forum in Early Childhood (ILRF–EC) and encompasses contributions from across the world, from South Africa to Norway, Australia, Finland, and beyond. By incorporating different contexts and viewpoints, Global Perspectives on Leadership in Early Childhood Education makes a significant and timely contribution to the field of education. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/d233e115-e5ab-4b9e-a0cf-a013e76b0305.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction 1 A01 21 0000000204042035 Matshediso Modise Matshediso Modise 40 048cwvf49 University of South Africa Matshediso Modise is an associate professor at the University of South Africa who specialises in leadership and management in the early years, which highlights issues for transformative pedagogy, curriculum, quality practices and programmes, teacher development, and pedagogical leadership. She has delivered papers internationally, written book chapters, and co-supervised master’s and PhD students, and she is a recipient of a 2022 Women in Research Scholarship. She serves in the college Research Ethics committee and is an acting chairperson of the college academic integrity committee. She is the leader of the project titled Professional Identities and Wellbeing of Middle Leaders. 2 A01 21 000000022547905X Elina Fonsén Elina Fonsén 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Elina Fonsén holds a PhD and works as an associate professor at the Institute of Educational Leadership at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. Her research interest focuses on leadership in the educational field. She leads national and international research projects (e.g. Discourses of leadership, Sääntökirjat). In addition, she is a member of the Board of Early Childhood Education Association Finland (ECEAF) and chief of coordination group member in the International Leadership Research Forum (ILRF–EC). Furthermore, she is a member of the Executive Board of the Education, Administration and Research (SIG) of the Finnish Educational Research Association (FERA). 3 A01 21 0000000207120801 Johanna Heikka Johanna Heikka 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Johanna Heikka is senior lecturer at the School of Applied Educational Science and Teacher Education at the University of Eastern Finland in Joensuu, Finland. Her current teaching focuses on the research methods, thesis guidance, pedagogy, organisational and leadership issues in early childhood education. Her research interests focus on leadership, quality and pedagogical development in early childhood education. Her publications focus on distributed pedagogical leadership and teacher leadership as well as pedagogy in ECEC. She is a leader and/or a member of leadership development projects and research groups in Finland and internationally. She is adjunct professor in ECE leadership at the University of Oulu. 4 A01 21 0000000178603731 Nkidi Phatudi Nkidi Phatudi 40 048cwvf49 University of South Africa Nkidi Phatudi is a retired professor in the Department of Early Childhood Education, College of Education, University of South Africa. She taught literacy in early years for first and second language pedagogy in postgraduate and undergraduate programmes. She has supervised doctoral and master’s students in language teaching and learning and in leadership in ECD. She has also presented at different conferences on the same themes. She has edited a book on EFAL (English as First Additional Language), published articles, and contributed book chapters on a range of topics in ECD, including language teaching and learning in the early years. She serves as a member of the International Leadership Research Forum (ILRF) and the MOLTENO literacies and languages boards. 5 A01 21 0000000337687259 Marit Bøe Marit Bøe 40 05ecg5h20 University of South-Eastern Norway Marit Bøe is professor in educational leadership at the University of South-Eastern Norway. She has a PhD in early childhood education (ECE) leadership. Bøe has researched and published on educational leadership in ECE, leadership development, and teaching methodologies related to leadership training programmes for ECE leaders. She has worked as a leader in ECEC centres for 17 years, and as a lecturer within leadership programmes at bachelor’s and master’s levels since 2007. She participates in several projects in close relationships with ECEC teachers and leaders. Bøe is a member of the international leadership research forum (ILRF) coordination group. 6 A01 21 0000000201115331 Thembi Phala Thembi Phala 40 048cwvf49 University of South Africa Thembi Phala has a PhD in education and is the chair of the Early Childhood Department at the University of South Africa. Her research interests include diverse learners’ reading support and inclusive education. She has presented research papers at conferences and participates in multidisciplinary research aimed at developing inclusive early childhood care and education programmes. She supervises postgraduate students. Dr Phala is a member of the International Leadership Research Forum and Discourse of Leadership in Early Childhood. She is the project manager for the BEd FP degree programme at the Mathew Goniwe School of Leadership and Governance, which prepares Grade R teachers. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Finnish Early Childhood Education and Care Leaders’ Conceptualisations and Understandings of Pedagogical Leadership 1 A01 21 000000022547905X Elina Fonsén Elina Fonsén 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Elina Fonsén holds a PhD and works as an associate professor at the Institute of Educational Leadership at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. Her research interest focuses on leadership in the educational field. She leads national and international research projects (e.g. Discourses of leadership, Sääntökirjat). In addition, she is a member of the Board of Early Childhood Education Association Finland (ECEAF) and chief of coordination group member in the International Leadership Research Forum (ILRF–EC). Furthermore, she is a member of the Executive Board of the Education, Administration and Research (SIG) of the Finnish Educational Research Association (FERA). 2 A01 21 0000000319256578 Raisa Ahtiainen Raisa Ahtiainen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Raisa Ahtiainen, PhD (Ed.), is a researcher and university lecturer at the Faculty of Educational Sciences, University of Helsinki, Finland. She is a co-leader of the Leadership in Educational Contexts research group (LeadEd), and a principal investigator (PI) in the Centre for Educational Assessment (CEA) at the faculty. She also works as a visiting research fellow at the Tallinn University, Estonia, and holds a title of docent (associate professor) at the Åbo Akademi University, Finland. In her research, she focuses on educational change, school development, inclusive school communities, and leadership in education. 3 A01 21 0000000232624227 Kirsi-Marja Heikkinen Kirsi-Marja Heikkinen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kirsi-Marja Heikkinen, M.A. (Ed.), is a PhD student and university teacher at the University of Helsinki, Faculty of Educational Sciences, Early Childhood Education Unit. She is part of the Finnish Leadership in Educational Contexts research group (LeadEd) and international ILRF–EC research group. She is also active in the TOTEMK project, developing Kenyan teacher education with local universities. Heikkinen’s research focuses on ECE leadership as a profession, what its building blocks are, how leader identity is formed, and what leaders’ relation to multi-professional working communities is. In this, her special interests are employee participation, deeper involvement, and power relations. 03 00 Since the 2010s, the field of early childhood education and care (ECEC) in Finland has gone through several changes. Leaders working in ECEC have a crucial role in developing pedagogy and practices in their centres. Pedagogical leadership is one of the key concepts in educational discourse around leaders’ work; however, the field lacks a unified definition for pedagogical leadership in terms of both research and practice in ECEC. Therefore, it is necessary to examine how leaders conceptualise pedagogical leadership and how they see their own roles as pedagogical leaders. The data are five focus group interviews with ECEC leaders (N = 15) that were conducted in 2019. The data were analysed by employing the discursive institutionalism approach. The discourse analysis revealed how ECEC leadership tasks were reflected in relation to the importance of pedagogical leadership competence and the use of ‘pedagogical lenses’. Further, leaders described the ECEC curriculum as a strategic tool. Pedagogical leadership was seen as a means for leaders and teachers to jointly interpret and implement the curriculum. In light of these findings, it may be stated that ECEC pedagogical leadership is a concept that appears to be taking shape theoretically in ECEC leaders’ discourses. However, its daily implementation requires clarification before a shared understanding of the matter can be reached. 30 00 Since the 2010s, the field of early childhood education and care (ECEC) in Finland has gone through several changes. Leaders working in ECEC have a crucial role in developing pedagogy and practices in their centres. Pedagogical leadership is one of the key concepts in educational discourse around leaders’ work; however, the field lacks a unified definition for pedagogical leadership in terms of both research and practice in ECEC. Therefore, it is necessary to examine how leaders conceptualise pedagogical leadership and how they see their own roles as pedagogical leaders. The data are five focus group interviews with ECEC leaders (N = 15) that were conducted in 2019. The data were analysed by employing the discursive institutionalism approach. The discourse analysis revealed how ECEC leadership tasks were reflected in relation to the importance of pedagogical leadership competence and the use of ‘pedagogical lenses’. Further, leaders described the ECEC curriculum as a strategic tool. Pedagogical leadership was seen as a means for leaders and teachers to jointly interpret and implement the curriculum. In light of these findings, it may be stated that ECEC pedagogical leadership is a concept that appears to be taking shape theoretically in ECEC leaders’ discourses. However, its daily implementation requires clarification before a shared understanding of the matter can be reached. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Early Childhood Leaders’ Conceptualisation and Understanding of Leadership in Community Centres: The Case of South Africa 1 A01 21 0000000204042035 Matshediso Modise Matshediso Modise 40 048cwvf49 University of South Africa Matshediso Modise is an associate professor at the University of South Africa who specialises in leadership and management in the early years, which highlights issues for transformative pedagogy, curriculum, quality practices and programmes, teacher development, and pedagogical leadership. She has delivered papers internationally, written book chapters, and co-supervised master’s and PhD students, and she is a recipient of a 2022 Women in Research Scholarship. She serves in the college Research Ethics committee and is an acting chairperson of the college academic integrity committee. She is the leader of the project titled Professional Identities and Wellbeing of Middle Leaders. 2 A01 21 000000033789600X Sharon Mampane Sharon Mampane 40 048cwvf49 University of South Africa Sharon Mampane is a professor emerita in the Department of Leadership and Management at the University of South Africa. She has taught courses on Teaching Effectiveness and Performance Evaluation (TEPA) to principals and teachers in Nigerian private schools in the Nigerian Quality Assurance and Research Development Agency (QAARDAN) project. She has participated in the Irish Aid Circuit Improvement Project (CIP), training circuit inspectors in the Department of Education. Sharon has provided training for district officials and school managers in Windhoek, Namibia. She has instructed Tanzanian Technical Vocational Education and Training (TVET) members of the National Council for Technical Education (NACTE) on TVET curriculum development. Her scholarly work appears in high-profile publications. She has developed an ECD diploma module and Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) programmes for higher education students. 3 A01 21 0000000178603731 Nkidi Phatudi Nkidi Phatudi 40 048cwvf49 University of South Africa Nkidi Phatudi is a retired professor in the Department of Early Childhood Education, College of Education, University of South Africa. She taught literacy in early years for first and second language pedagogy in postgraduate and undergraduate programmes. She has supervised doctoral and master’s students in language teaching and learning and in leadership in ECD. She has also presented at different conferences on the same themes. She has edited a book on EFAL (English as First Additional Language), published articles, and contributed book chapters on a range of topics in ECD, including language teaching and learning in the early years. She serves as a member of the International Leadership Research Forum (ILRF) and the MOLTENO literacies and languages boards. 03 00 This chapter conceptualises leadership in early childhood care and education (ECEC) centres in South Africa. The report emanates from the Project in Early Childhood Policy Analysis (PECPA) research project conducted in ECEC community centres in the rural communities of Gauteng Province (RSA). Because of the minimal research conducted on centre managers’ conceptualisation of leadership in rural South African ECEC centres, the study aims to highlight the challenges, understanding, and practices of ECEC centre leaders. Five principals were purposively selected from five rural community settings in this qualitative case study. The school-based management theory and leadership principle, termed centre-based management, underpinned the chapter. The research lends itself to an exploratory qualitative data collection method through face-to-face semi-structured interviews to explore the phenomenon under study. Findings reveal that principals’ conceptualisation and understanding of leadership practices focus on administrative duties that exclude distributive leadership. The conceptualisation of leadership is limited to performing managerial duties such as practitioner recruitment, fundraising, and centre resource development. The conclusion is that ECEC leadership and sustainable development of community centres urgently require well-trained, informed, visionary, experienced, and critical-thinking leaders. 30 00 This chapter conceptualises leadership in early childhood care and education (ECEC) centres in South Africa. The report emanates from the Project in Early Childhood Policy Analysis (PECPA) research project conducted in ECEC community centres in the rural communities of Gauteng Province (RSA). Because of the minimal research conducted on centre managers’ conceptualisation of leadership in rural South African ECEC centres, the study aims to highlight the challenges, understanding, and practices of ECEC centre leaders. Five principals were purposively selected from five rural community settings in this qualitative case study. The school-based management theory and leadership principle, termed centre-based management, underpinned the chapter. The research lends itself to an exploratory qualitative data collection method through face-to-face semi-structured interviews to explore the phenomenon under study. Findings reveal that principals’ conceptualisation and understanding of leadership practices focus on administrative duties that exclude distributive leadership. The conceptualisation of leadership is limited to performing managerial duties such as practitioner recruitment, fundraising, and centre resource development. The conclusion is that ECEC leadership and sustainable development of community centres urgently require well-trained, informed, visionary, experienced, and critical-thinking leaders. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Wrestling with the Notion of Leadership and Teacher Involvement: Understanding Caribbean Teachers’ Myths and Beliefs within Global Perspectives 1 A01 21 0000000306561039 Carol Logie Carol Logie University of The West Indies Carol Logie, PhD, was nominated Exceptional Master Leader 2015–2016 by the World Forum on Early Care and Education and featured in the Exchange magazine 2015 issue. She is a former director and senior lecturer at the University of the West Indies, Family Development and Children’s Research Centre. Dr Logie is an international consultant and chair of the Children’s Authority of Trinidad and Tobago. She continues to advocate globally for children and families. 2 A01 21 0009000630160277 Lenisa Joseph Lenisa Joseph 40 03np13864 University of Trinidad and Tobago Lenisa N. Joseph, PhD, is an assistant professor of Special Needs Education at the University of Trinidad and Tobago and an advocate for the rights of children with special needs, particularly their right to education. She founded Sooner Than Later Intervention Services in 2018, and her research interests include intervention and inclusion services for young children with special needs and disabilities. Dr Joseph is a Fulbright Scholar and worked as an assistant professor in the United States. She is currently consulting on developing early childhood and special education initiatives in the Caribbean. 3 A01 21 0009000168468908 Ria Eustace Ria Eustace University of The West Indies Ria Eustace is a researcher with over three years of experience in conducting research at university level. Ria’s work is characterised by a commitment to exploring the unique challenges and opportunities associated with early childhood education in small island states. Ria has assisted in identifying key factors that shape the quality and accessibility of early childhood education in small island states and has provided important insights into the ways in which these factors can be leveraged to improve outcomes for young children and their families. 4 A01 21 0009000620868589 Altaf Mohammed Altaf Mohammed University of The West Indies Altaf Mohammed is a children’s services associate at the Children’s Authority of Trinidad and Tobago (CATT) Investigation and Intervention Unit and a former researcher at the University of the West Indies (UWI), Family Development and Children’s Research Centre. He has an MSc in counselling psychology with an emphasis in community counselling from the University of the Southern Caribbean (USC) and a BSc in psychology from the University of the West Indies (UWI). 5 A01 21 0009000564365660 Jovelle Donaldson Jovelle Donaldson University of The West Indies Jovelle Donaldson is a clinical psychologist working at the University of the West Indies (UWI). She is currently working at the Psychoeducational, Diagnostic and Intervention Clinic at the same university. Her work entails providing psychoeducational assessments to children with special educational needs. Prior to that, she worked as a researcher at the UWI Family Development & Children’s Research Centre, where her research interests included early childhood care and education (ECCE). 03 00 As developing nations continue to provide children with high-quality education, they too struggle to understand the notion of leadership and teacher involvement within the sector. This study is part of a Caribbean cross-national project on leadership in the early childhood sector funded by the government of Trinidad and Tobago and The University of the West Indies. A survey of 721 early childhood teachers in Trinidad and Tobago and Barbados provided data on their myths and beliefs about leadership. Key findings debunked the notion that teachers believed that only positional leaders can lead within ECEC settings. Intuitive understandings of the potential of distributed leadership were analysed. Global myths and beliefs were scrutinised. Global understanding and possibilities for qualitative research across borders were identified. A conceptual framework is offered for global advancement and support for teacher leaders from developing countries. 30 00 As developing nations continue to provide children with high-quality education, they too struggle to understand the notion of leadership and teacher involvement within the sector. This study is part of a Caribbean cross-national project on leadership in the early childhood sector funded by the government of Trinidad and Tobago and The University of the West Indies. A survey of 721 early childhood teachers in Trinidad and Tobago and Barbados provided data on their myths and beliefs about leadership. Key findings debunked the notion that teachers believed that only positional leaders can lead within ECEC settings. Intuitive understandings of the potential of distributed leadership were analysed. Global myths and beliefs were scrutinised. Global understanding and possibilities for qualitative research across borders were identified. A conceptual framework is offered for global advancement and support for teacher leaders from developing countries. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Leadership in Norwegian Municipal Early Childhood Education Care Centres 1 A01 21 0000000332247975 Ann Kristin Larsen Ann Larsen Oslo Metropolitan University Ann Kristin Larsen is a professor in organisation and leadership at Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway, Department of Early Childhood Education. Larsen has worked in the field of organisation and leadership in ECEC institutions through teaching and research since 1993. As a sociologist, her research has a sociological perspective on organisational development and on how leadership in ECEC institutions develops and changes in line with societal development. Larsen has published several books and research articles on the subject. She is the academic leader of several continuing education master’s level courses in childcare leadership. Larsen is also leader of a research group named Leadership, Guidance, and Organisation Development. 03 00 This chapter is based on a qualitative interview survey among directors of Norwegian early childhood education and care (ECEC) centres. The research question is as follows: What expectations, possibilities, and challenges do ECEC directors perceive in their cooperation with their immediate superiors, and how does this cooperation affect the autonomy and freedom of action of directors’ leadership role? The main findings of the survey are that directors have regular contact with their immediate superiors in the municipal leadership and management hierarchy, as well as when a need arises. The contact takes place in the form of meetings with other directors and individual contact by phone and email. At these meetings, information is provided, matters of a legal and administrative nature are discussed, and there are discussions about the implementation of pedagogical guidelines from the municipality. The individual cooperation between the director and their immediate superior largely focuses on individual cases relating to children and parents, personnel matters, or pedagogical issues. The directors find this cooperation important and regard their immediate superior as a source of support. Five out of six interviewees have a superior who is a trained kindergarten teacher. They want their superior to provide pedagogical advice and be a discussion partner in pedagogical matters. They are mostly satisfied with the cooperation, but find that their superiors have little time to set aside for pedagogical follow-up work. Although the superior has overriding pedagogical responsibility for the ECEC centres, the directors themselves perceive that they have pedagogical authority and freedom of action and autonomy, and that their superior trusts them. 30 00 This chapter is based on a qualitative interview survey among directors of Norwegian early childhood education and care (ECEC) centres. The research question is as follows: What expectations, possibilities, and challenges do ECEC directors perceive in their cooperation with their immediate superiors, and how does this cooperation affect the autonomy and freedom of action of directors’ leadership role? The main findings of the survey are that directors have regular contact with their immediate superiors in the municipal leadership and management hierarchy, as well as when a need arises. The contact takes place in the form of meetings with other directors and individual contact by phone and email. At these meetings, information is provided, matters of a legal and administrative nature are discussed, and there are discussions about the implementation of pedagogical guidelines from the municipality. The individual cooperation between the director and their immediate superior largely focuses on individual cases relating to children and parents, personnel matters, or pedagogical issues. The directors find this cooperation important and regard their immediate superior as a source of support. Five out of six interviewees have a superior who is a trained kindergarten teacher. They want their superior to provide pedagogical advice and be a discussion partner in pedagogical matters. They are mostly satisfied with the cooperation, but find that their superiors have little time to set aside for pedagogical follow-up work. Although the superior has overriding pedagogical responsibility for the ECEC centres, the directors themselves perceive that they have pedagogical authority and freedom of action and autonomy, and that their superior trusts them. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Leadership Responsibilities of Early Childhood Directors in Palestine from the Directors’ Viewpoint 1 A01 21 0000000346397376 Sami Adwan Sami Adwan 40 04wwgp209 Hebron University Sami Adwan is a professor emeritus of education and teacher training. He is the author of The Status of Islamic and Christian Religious Education in Palestinian Schools and co-author of Side by Side: Parallel Histories of Israel-Palestine (2011), Writers Matter: Empowering Voices of Israeli and Palestinian Teens – Cultural Narrative Building through Writing (2016), and Participation and Reconciliation: Preconditions of Justice (2011). He has published many research articles related to kindergarten education, the role of religion in creating harmony, and other topics. He has been a consultant to many schools, Dean of the Faculty of Education at Bethlehem University, Academic Vice President at Hebron University, and a member of the Palestinian UNESCO committee and the Palestinian Curriculum Center. He has coordinated many international cooperation projects and has been a Fulbright scholar and visiting scholar in many local and international universities. 2 A01 21 0000000202482475 Karin Hognestad Karin Hognestad 40 05ecg5h20 University of South-Eastern Norway Karin Hognestad is professor in education and Head of the Early Childhood Research Center (SEBUTI) at the University of South-Eastern Norway. Professor Hognestad completed her PhD in early childhood education in June 2016 at the Norwegian University of Science and Technology. She has published refereed articles both nationally and internationally about pedagogical leadership and leadership development. Her research interests are education, ECE leadership, pedagogical leadership, teacher leadership, small children’s voices, practice perspectives, and qualitative shadowing. She is a member of the ILRF coordination group. 3 A01 21 0000000240260857 Somaya Sayma Somaya Sayma 40 057ts1y80 Islamic University of Gaza Somaya Sayma has a PhD in educational administration. She is a faculty member at the Education Faculty at the Islamic University of Gaza (IUG). She is currently working as the manager of the Women’s Studies Center at IUG. She is a member of the Norwegian project team to develop an early childhood education programme and is an advisory member in the Culture for a Sustainable and Comprehensive Social Peace project. She has published many papers and has participated in conferences and workshops in the field of early childhood education, gender, women, and equality. 4 A01 21 0000000337687259 Marit Bøe Marit Bøe 40 05ecg5h20 University of South-Eastern Norway Marit Bøe is professor in educational leadership at the University of South-Eastern Norway. She has a PhD in early childhood education (ECE) leadership. Bøe has researched and published on educational leadership in ECE, leadership development, and teaching methodologies related to leadership training programmes for ECE leaders. She has worked as a leader in ECEC centres for 17 years, and as a lecturer within leadership programmes at bachelor’s and master’s levels since 2007. She participates in several projects in close relationships with ECEC teachers and leaders. Bøe is a member of the international leadership research forum (ILRF) coordination group. 03 00 This chapter discusses early childhood education (ECE) directors’ leadership in Palestinian ECE in a time when Palestine reforms and develops its ECE system. Specifically, the study sets out to investigate what key leadership responsibilities are being experienced by Palestinian early childhood directors. The lack of studies dealing with ECE leadership in the Palestinian context shows the need for a unified consciousness of leadership. This chapter adds to this challenge, and it is hoped that novel researched-based knowledge might also add to the understanding of leadership responsibilities internationally. The study belongs to the Norwegian Partnership Programme for Global Academic Cooperation (NORPART) project Developing Teacher Education in Pedagogy for Early Childhood Education and Early Elementary Schools in Palestine and Norway, in which researchers from Palestine and Norway investigated ECE leadership as one selected topic. This chapter builds on empirical data from a quantitative questionnaire (N = 166) administered to a purposeful representative sample of ECE directors from the West Bank and Gaza Strip. The results show the wide range of leadership responsibilities that ECE directors perceive in their daily work. Using the theoretical framework of leadership as function (Adizes, 1991), we found that ECE directors in Palestine range responsibilities to children highest. Even though leadership responsibilities related to administration were ranged as lowest, this category contains most areas of responsibility. Moreover, the results highlight the directors’ role and duties in securing and safeguarding the organisation’s goals as core responsibilities. The results make a new contribution to understanding and developing the professional role in order to strengthen ECE leadership and be more effective and dynamic in Palestinian ECE during a time of significant expansion. 30 00 This chapter discusses early childhood education (ECE) directors’ leadership in Palestinian ECE in a time when Palestine reforms and develops its ECE system. Specifically, the study sets out to investigate what key leadership responsibilities are being experienced by Palestinian early childhood directors. The lack of studies dealing with ECE leadership in the Palestinian context shows the need for a unified consciousness of leadership. This chapter adds to this challenge, and it is hoped that novel researched-based knowledge might also add to the understanding of leadership responsibilities internationally. The study belongs to the Norwegian Partnership Programme for Global Academic Cooperation (NORPART) project Developing Teacher Education in Pedagogy for Early Childhood Education and Early Elementary Schools in Palestine and Norway, in which researchers from Palestine and Norway investigated ECE leadership as one selected topic. This chapter builds on empirical data from a quantitative questionnaire (N = 166) administered to a purposeful representative sample of ECE directors from the West Bank and Gaza Strip. The results show the wide range of leadership responsibilities that ECE directors perceive in their daily work. Using the theoretical framework of leadership as function (Adizes, 1991), we found that ECE directors in Palestine range responsibilities to children highest. Even though leadership responsibilities related to administration were ranged as lowest, this category contains most areas of responsibility. Moreover, the results highlight the directors’ role and duties in securing and safeguarding the organisation’s goals as core responsibilities. The results make a new contribution to understanding and developing the professional role in order to strengthen ECE leadership and be more effective and dynamic in Palestinian ECE during a time of significant expansion. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Leadership in Irish Early Childhood Education and Care: In Pursuit of Purpose and Possibilities 1 A01 21 0000000236119578 Geraldine Nolan Geraldine Nolan 40 02qzs9336 National College of Ireland Geraldine Nolan, PhD, completed a BA (Hons) in English (University College Cork) and a postgraduate diploma in Montessori education (AMI) in the 1980s and worked in a Montessori school (for children aged 3–12 years) in San Francisco, USA. She returned to education, trained as a primary teacher (Scotland), and worked in the Irish primary school sector, before opening a Montessori AMI school (1991), retiring in 2016. She undertook a BA (Hons) ECEC, MEd (Distinction) and a PhD in educational leadership at Trinity College Dublin during this period. Geraldine currently enjoys working with the students (BA (Hons) ECEC) at the National College of Ireland. 03 00 In recent years, the Irish government has introduced several mandatory leadership roles for early childhood education and care (ECEC) services. This chapter outlines the development, delineation, and [un]intended consequences of such positions and the potential to pursue leadership beyond the prescribed roles. It draws from my research, a social feminism exploration of ECEC leadership, which questioned how leadership is conceptualised and practised in Irish ECEC services. The research involved individual interviews with 50 Irish ECEC participants. The participants argued that leadership was introduced to the sector without discussion, research, or adequate training, and was more concerned with economics and standardisation than with ECEC stakeholders’ welfare. This situation had created leadership confusion, and had marginalised practitioner knowledge and weakened their confidence in articulating their understanding of leadership and its purpose. Scholarship in the broader educational leadership field suggests that the purpose of leadership is seldom questioned and often remains ambiguous. While this chapter makes specific reference to the Irish context, the findings and research approach may be relevant for the wider ECEC community. 30 00 In recent years, the Irish government has introduced several mandatory leadership roles for early childhood education and care (ECEC) services. This chapter outlines the development, delineation, and [un]intended consequences of such positions and the potential to pursue leadership beyond the prescribed roles. It draws from my research, a social feminism exploration of ECEC leadership, which questioned how leadership is conceptualised and practised in Irish ECEC services. The research involved individual interviews with 50 Irish ECEC participants. The participants argued that leadership was introduced to the sector without discussion, research, or adequate training, and was more concerned with economics and standardisation than with ECEC stakeholders’ welfare. This situation had created leadership confusion, and had marginalised practitioner knowledge and weakened their confidence in articulating their understanding of leadership and its purpose. Scholarship in the broader educational leadership field suggests that the purpose of leadership is seldom questioned and often remains ambiguous. While this chapter makes specific reference to the Irish context, the findings and research approach may be relevant for the wider ECEC community. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Team Leadership and Diversity in Norwegian Early Childhood Education and Care 1 A01 21 0000000229726097 Cecilie Thun Cecilie Thun Oslo Metropolitan University Cecilie Thun is an associate professor in the Department of Early Childhood Education at Oslo Metropolitan University in Norway. Her research interests include children’s citizenship, gender, and cultural diversity in ECEC, diversity management, and organisational theory. She has co-edited the anthology Organisering, arbeidsdeling og profesjonalitet i barnehagen. Her postdoctoral project examined academic organisational culture and leadership from a gender perspective. In her dissertation, she used citizenship theory and developed the analytical concept of ‘complex Norwegianness’, which among other things is about identity, belonging, and participation in a diverse society. 03 00 This chapter presents a theoretical discussion of team leadership and the balance between sameness and difference. It draws upon and extends existing literature on team leadership in general, and team leadership in early childhood education and care (ECEC) in Norway in particular. In this chapter, I ask: How does the theory on team leadership handle the balance between sameness and difference in a diverse ECEC context?<break/>To help answer this question, the chapter presents an analytical framework in which to discuss dilemmas of team leadership and diversity. Furthermore, it uses insights from literature on diversity management and discusses dilemmas of difference and sameness in organisations. The chapter highlights two shortcomings in mainstream literature on team leadership: leadership and diversity, and power and conflict in organisational culture. Moreover, the ambition is to contribute to theoretical advancement by introducing an intersectional approach to the theoretical framework for research on leadership in ECEC in diverse societies. 30 00 This chapter presents a theoretical discussion of team leadership and the balance between sameness and difference. It draws upon and extends existing literature on team leadership in general, and team leadership in early childhood education and care (ECEC) in Norway in particular. In this chapter, I ask: How does the theory on team leadership handle the balance between sameness and difference in a diverse ECEC context?<break/>To help answer this question, the chapter presents an analytical framework in which to discuss dilemmas of team leadership and diversity. Furthermore, it uses insights from literature on diversity management and discusses dilemmas of difference and sameness in organisations. The chapter highlights two shortcomings in mainstream literature on team leadership: leadership and diversity, and power and conflict in organisational culture. Moreover, the ambition is to contribute to theoretical advancement by introducing an intersectional approach to the theoretical framework for research on leadership in ECEC in diverse societies. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Shadowing Centre Directors as Pedagogical Leaders in Early Childhood Education Settings in Finland 1 A01 21 0000000207120801 Johanna Heikka Johanna Heikka 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Johanna Heikka is senior lecturer at the School of Applied Educational Science and Teacher Education at the University of Eastern Finland in Joensuu, Finland. Her current teaching focuses on the research methods, thesis guidance, pedagogy, organisational and leadership issues in early childhood education. Her research interests focus on leadership, quality and pedagogical development in early childhood education. Her publications focus on distributed pedagogical leadership and teacher leadership as well as pedagogy in ECEC. She is a leader and/or a member of leadership development projects and research groups in Finland and internationally. She is adjunct professor in ECE leadership at the University of Oulu. 2 A01 21 0000000229800031 Merja Koivula Merja Koivula 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Merja Koivula, PhD, title of docent, works as a senior lecturer in early childhood education at the Faculty of Education and Psychology, Department of Education, University of Jyväskylä, Finland. Her main research interests have focused on children’s social-emotional development, social-emotional learning interventions, and well-being in early childhood education and care. Furthermore, she studies early childhood education pedagogy, for example, the use of digital technologies in ECEC and play as a context for learning. 3 A01 21 0000000281253514 Merja Hautakangas Merja Hautakangas Municipality of Muurame Merja Hautakangas, PhD, works as a director of early childhood education service. She has previously worked as a senior specialist at the Finnish National Agency for Education, Finland, and as a university teacher at the Institute of Educational Leadership at the University of Jyväskylä. She also has extensive experience in early childhood education leadership. Her research interests include educational leadership, especially appreciative and strength-based leadership, as well as children’s self-regulation skills from a positive approach. 4 A01 Katja Suhonen Katja Suhonen 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Katja Suhonen works as a university teacher in early childhood education at the University of Eastern Finland, School of Applied Educational Science and Teacher Education. She received a master’s degree in educational sciences in 2018. Her research has focused on pedagogical leadership and teacher efficacy in early childhood education, for example. She has worked in several early childhood pedagogy and quality development projects, which have inspired her to plan her own doctoral studies. 03 00 This chapter investigates the implementation of pedagogical leadership by Finnish early childhood education (ECE) centre directors. The study focuses on the key pedagogical leadership responsibilities of three centre directors and how leadership structures and approaches influence the implementation of pedagogical leadership in ECE settings. Qualitative shadowing was employed to investigate the directors’ leadership practices on pedagogical leadership in selected settings. The findings reflected three main areas of responsibility for pedagogical leadership: leading pedagogical activities and curriculum work within the centre, leading professional development of educators, and leading pedagogical assessment and development. Furthermore, it was revealed that leadership structures in the municipality and leadership approaches of the centre directors significantly influenced the implementation of pedagogical leadership. This study’s findings can inform and promote the implementation of pedagogical leadership and can enhance the preparation and training of ECE leaders who can guide the quality provisioning of ECE programmes that impact children’s learning outcomes. 30 00 This chapter investigates the implementation of pedagogical leadership by Finnish early childhood education (ECE) centre directors. The study focuses on the key pedagogical leadership responsibilities of three centre directors and how leadership structures and approaches influence the implementation of pedagogical leadership in ECE settings. Qualitative shadowing was employed to investigate the directors’ leadership practices on pedagogical leadership in selected settings. The findings reflected three main areas of responsibility for pedagogical leadership: leading pedagogical activities and curriculum work within the centre, leading professional development of educators, and leading pedagogical assessment and development. Furthermore, it was revealed that leadership structures in the municipality and leadership approaches of the centre directors significantly influenced the implementation of pedagogical leadership. This study’s findings can inform and promote the implementation of pedagogical leadership and can enhance the preparation and training of ECE leaders who can guide the quality provisioning of ECE programmes that impact children’s learning outcomes. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Pedagogical Leaders’ Use of Professional Judgement in Early Childhood Education and Care: A Case from Norway 1 A01 21 000000031943483X Torill Moe Torill Moe Nord University/Norwegian University of Science and Technology Torill Moe is an associate professor in organisation and leadership at Nord University, and in child welfare leadership, Norwegian University of Science and Technology. She is programme manager for the Master in Knowledge Management programme, Nord University, and also subject manager for National Leadership Education for Child Protection Services, NTNU. Her research publications are mostly about leadership and professional judgement and collaboration between welfare professionals. 2 A01 21 0009000126958730 Kjell Aage Gotvassli Kjell Gotvassli 40 030mwrt98 Nord University Kjell Aage Gotvassli is a professor emeritus in leadership at Nord University, Campus Levanger. He has a PhD in knowledge management from Copenhagen Business School. He has written about 20 books on leadership in early childhood organisations and knowledge management, and numerous articles in international and Norwegian journals on the same topics. 03 00 In this chapter, we discuss the exercise of professional judgement according to the Framework Plan for the Content and Tasks of Kindergartens in Norway</italic>. Our empirical bases consist of semi-structured interviews with a total of eight educational leaders, who emphasise the importance of practical knowledge and intuition in unpredictable and complex situations. This chapter also illuminates the dangers of the extensive use of professional judgement, and how pedagogical leaders work to ensure that their pedagogical work is in line with sound professional judgement. Arbitrariness, uncertainty, and insecurity in pedagogical work can result from the widespread use of professional judgement in order to maintain children’s best interests. Leadership strategies that pedagogical leaders use to ensure consensus in the employee group around the matter of professional judgement include mentoring, joint reflection, motivation, and support. The extent of professional judgement also depends on the current restrictions and the complexity of the situation. 30 00 In this chapter, we discuss the exercise of professional judgement according to the Framework Plan for the Content and Tasks of Kindergartens in Norway</italic>. Our empirical bases consist of semi-structured interviews with a total of eight educational leaders, who emphasise the importance of practical knowledge and intuition in unpredictable and complex situations. This chapter also illuminates the dangers of the extensive use of professional judgement, and how pedagogical leaders work to ensure that their pedagogical work is in line with sound professional judgement. Arbitrariness, uncertainty, and insecurity in pedagogical work can result from the widespread use of professional judgement in order to maintain children’s best interests. Leadership strategies that pedagogical leaders use to ensure consensus in the employee group around the matter of professional judgement include mentoring, joint reflection, motivation, and support. The extent of professional judgement also depends on the current restrictions and the complexity of the situation. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 School Leaders’ Attitude Towards the Use of Digital Technology in the Early Grades 1 A01 21 000000023594527X Roy Venketsamy Roy Venketsamy 40 04qzfn040 University of KwaZulu-Natal Roy Venketsamy is the Academic Head of School: Childhood Education at the University of KwaZulu-Natal. He is responsible for the promotion and provisioning of quality teaching, learning, and management of ECD and ECCE. Professor Roy comes from a strong curriculum background, having been involved in the development and training of the National Curriculum in South Africa. His research focus is the professionalisation of education through invitational teaching and learning, following in the footsteps of William Purkey and Kim Novak. He is involved in play pedagogy, lesson study, inclusive education, transformative pedagogy, and comprehensive sexuality education. He has published widely on these research areas. 2 A01 21 0000000297524163 Zijing Hu Zijing Hu 40 04z6c2n17 University of Johannesburg Zijing Hu is a senior lecturer in the Department of Complementary Medicine, Faculty of Health Sciences, at the University of Johannesburg. He has a PhD from the University of Pretoria with a focus on teaching, learning assessment, and practices to improve teaching and learning outcomes. His research focus is on quality education provision, with a particular interest in complementary medicine (Traditional Chinese Medicine), teaching and learning, and professional teacher development within a South African context. He has published several papers on improving teaching, learning, assessment, and practice within the South African higher education context. 3 A01 21 000000033679241X Candice Wilson Candice Wilson SANTS Private Higher Education Institute Candice Wilson is a foundation phase specialist. She is currently employed at a private higher education institute (SANTS) in South Africa. She is a curriculum developer for foundation phase subjects. Candice has vast experience in teaching in the early childhood education and care sector. She has completed her master’s thesis at the University of Pretoria, focusing on the use of technology for teaching and learning. Currently she is busy with her PhD study on comprehensive sexuality education in the early grades. 03 00 Technology is changing the way we learn in the 21st century. It has found its way into schools at an increasing pace. This study seeks to examine the attitude of school leaders towards the use of technology for teaching and learning. The study was conducted in a district in Gauteng. A qualitative case study involving methods such as interviews and document analysis containing notes was examined through the lens of the Technological Pedagogical and Content Knowledge model. The data gathered showed that school leaders supported the use of technology. School leaders were more focused on ‘reading, writing and arithmetic’, which are known in South Africa as the ‘3Rs’. Most leaders did not see the importance and necessity of technology in the early grades. Managers indicated that they were reluctant to allow staff to use technology because of theft and lack of training. Many cited their schools did not have the infrastructure and connectivity to support the use of technology. It was recommended that school leaders should be capacitated in the use of technology. The Department of Education should ensure that all schools have the necessary infrastructure in place before technology is introduced and that stricter security measures are put in place to prevent the theft of equipment from schools. 30 00 Technology is changing the way we learn in the 21st century. It has found its way into schools at an increasing pace. This study seeks to examine the attitude of school leaders towards the use of technology for teaching and learning. The study was conducted in a district in Gauteng. A qualitative case study involving methods such as interviews and document analysis containing notes was examined through the lens of the Technological Pedagogical and Content Knowledge model. The data gathered showed that school leaders supported the use of technology. School leaders were more focused on ‘reading, writing and arithmetic’, which are known in South Africa as the ‘3Rs’. Most leaders did not see the importance and necessity of technology in the early grades. Managers indicated that they were reluctant to allow staff to use technology because of theft and lack of training. Many cited their schools did not have the infrastructure and connectivity to support the use of technology. It was recommended that school leaders should be capacitated in the use of technology. The Department of Education should ensure that all schools have the necessary infrastructure in place before technology is introduced and that stricter security measures are put in place to prevent the theft of equipment from schools. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-12 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Peer Mentoring as a Means of Leader Support in Early Childhood Education and Care 1 A01 21 0000000348078360 Päivi Kupila Päivi Kupila 40 033003e23 Tampere University Päivi Kupila, PhD, works as a visitor (teaching) university lecturer at the Faculty of Education and Culture, Tampere University, Finland. She has worked extensively in research and teaching positions. Her research interests include the negotiation of work identities and professionalism in early childhood education. She is interested in social and cultural transformation in relation to early childhood education and educational institutions both locally and globally. Her research interests also include mentoring as a support for professionals. Kupila also participated in national and international research projects on leadership in early education. 03 00 Mentoring has become a valuable tool in supporting professionals. However, despite the benefits of mentoring, mentoring in early childhood education (ECE) has been paid only limited attention. The chapter is based on a research project focusing on peer mentoring as a means of leader support in Finnish ECE. The purpose of the project was to implement a peer mentoring programme to develop mentoring for leaders. During the programme, 21 leaders working in ECE were trained to start working as peer mentors for leaders in ECE. Learning activities during the programme required participants to start peer mentoring in their own professional contexts. The study investigates peer mentors’ experiences of peer mentoring related to their mentoring process with their mentees. Qualitative data were obtained through focus group interviews investigating the peer mentors’ experiences of the peer mentoring. The findings show that peer mentoring facilitates leadership in ECE. Peer mentoring provided a safe space to discuss professional issues and dilemmas and is characterised by collegial and reciprocal relationships. The results enhance our understanding of peer mentoring from the perspective of the peer mentors. 30 00 Mentoring has become a valuable tool in supporting professionals. However, despite the benefits of mentoring, mentoring in early childhood education (ECE) has been paid only limited attention. The chapter is based on a research project focusing on peer mentoring as a means of leader support in Finnish ECE. The purpose of the project was to implement a peer mentoring programme to develop mentoring for leaders. During the programme, 21 leaders working in ECE were trained to start working as peer mentors for leaders in ECE. Learning activities during the programme required participants to start peer mentoring in their own professional contexts. The study investigates peer mentors’ experiences of peer mentoring related to their mentoring process with their mentees. Qualitative data were obtained through focus group interviews investigating the peer mentors’ experiences of the peer mentoring. The findings show that peer mentoring facilitates leadership in ECE. Peer mentoring provided a safe space to discuss professional issues and dilemmas and is characterised by collegial and reciprocal relationships. The results enhance our understanding of peer mentoring from the perspective of the peer mentors. 20 00 Open Access 13 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-13 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Does Leadership Matter? A Narrative Analysis of Men’s Life Stories in Early Childhood Education and Care 1 A01 21 0000000226038715 Joanne McHale Joanne McHale 40 04t0qbt32 Technological University Dublin Joanne McHale has worked on the Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) programme in TU Dublin (formerly Institute of Technology, Blanchardstown) since 2010. She is interested in issues of gender, inclusion, and professional practice in ECEC. She received her PhD award from UCL Institute of Education, London, for her thesis on ‘Gender, Care and Career Trajectories in Early Childhood Education and Care in Ireland’, with a focus on men working in the sector. 2 A01 21 0000000174884572 Victoria Sullivan Victoria Sullivan 40 00rqy9422 University of Queensland Victoria Sullivan, PhD, has worked in research focusing on workplace environments, early childhood education, intersectionality, equity, and disadvantage, through a reflexive and abductive process. Her thesis from The University of Queensland focused on the low representation of men who educate in the early childhood education and care (ECEC) workforce. A mere 3 per cent of the Australian ECEC workforce identify as men and her research contributes to solving this significant policy problem. Dr Sullivan is now working with Goodstart Early Learning, Australia’s largest childcare provider and a nonprofit organisation, to develop their social inclusion projects for children, families, and educators. 3 A01 21 0000000177357276 Birgitte Ljunggren Birgitte Ljunggren Queen Maud University College of Early Childhood Education Birgitte Ljunggren has a PhD in sociology and is an associate professor, lecturer, and researcher at Queen Maud University College of Early Childhood Education (QMUC), Trondheim, Norway. Ljunggren is affiliated to the social science department at QMUC. Her research focuses on leadership, management, governance, and professionalisation in early childhood education and care (ECEC), as well as gender studies in ECEC. She has published nationally and internationally. Recently she has thematised men’s career choices in an embodied intersectional perspective and leadership of competence development in Norwegian ECECs as lean organisations. Her current research projects explore topics such as ECEC ownership, gender, pedagogical leadership, and children’s gender perspectives. 03 00 Early childhood education and care (ECEC) and early childhood centres (ECC) vary across countries and are embedded in their wider social and cultural contexts. However, difficulty with workforce gender balance, and in recruitment and retention of men to ECEC, is a worldwide issue. The ECEC workforce is a female-dominated workforce, with women averaging 98 per cent of the staff. The lack of men can be regarded as a democratic, developmental, social, and quality problem. Previous research points to leadership as central to issues of retention and recruitment in organisations in general and to ECEC in particular. However, there is still a lack of knowledge on how leadership relates to men’s career choices. In this chapter, we take a narrative approach to the life stories and graphic storylines of men working in ECEC in Australia, Norway, and Ireland. We investigate if, where, and how leadership is made relevant in their narratives and whether leadership influences the presence and retention of men in the sector. A narrative approach allows us to draw out the more subtle leadership practices embedded in interactions, relationships, and meaning making. We find that leadership can operate as a push- or pull-factor but may not be the only factor. 30 00 Early childhood education and care (ECEC) and early childhood centres (ECC) vary across countries and are embedded in their wider social and cultural contexts. However, difficulty with workforce gender balance, and in recruitment and retention of men to ECEC, is a worldwide issue. The ECEC workforce is a female-dominated workforce, with women averaging 98 per cent of the staff. The lack of men can be regarded as a democratic, developmental, social, and quality problem. Previous research points to leadership as central to issues of retention and recruitment in organisations in general and to ECEC in particular. However, there is still a lack of knowledge on how leadership relates to men’s career choices. In this chapter, we take a narrative approach to the life stories and graphic storylines of men working in ECEC in Australia, Norway, and Ireland. We investigate if, where, and how leadership is made relevant in their narratives and whether leadership influences the presence and retention of men in the sector. A narrative approach allows us to draw out the more subtle leadership practices embedded in interactions, relationships, and meaning making. We find that leadership can operate as a push- or pull-factor but may not be the only factor. 20 00 Open Access 14 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-14 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Early Childhood Development Centre Managers’ Provision of Comprehensive Quality Programmes: Policy Implementation 1 A01 21 0000000182103588 Jabulile Mzimela Jabulile Mzimela 40 04qzfn040 University of KwaZulu-Natal Jabulile Mzimela is an early childhood education specialist. She is a lecturer at the University of KwaZulu-Natal, School of Education, under the discipline of early childhood education. She holds a PhD in teacher development studies. Jabulile leads the Project for Early Childhood Policy Analysis (PECPA) in KwaZulu-Natal province, South Africa. Her research interests are on home language and additional languages teaching in the foundation phase. Lately, she has developed a further interest in early childhood care and education (birth to four years): leadership and management, early literacy, teacher knowledge. 2 A01 21 0000000205240375 Zanele Zama Zanele Zama 40 04qzfn040 University of KwaZulu-Natal Zanele Zama is a lecturer in the School of Education, Early Childhood Education Discipline, University of Kwa-Zulu Natal (UKZN) in South Africa. She holds a PhD in educational psychology. Her research interests are on early childhood care and education (ECCE) and how ECCE teachers understand the National Curriculum Framework (2015), which is a policy on how early learning development areas (ELDAs) can be taught to children from birth to four years. Dr Zanele Zama believes in transformative pedagogies, which she foresees as the solution to develop ECCE teachers’ and centre managers’ pedagogic knowledge. 3 A01 21 0000000173891420 Jongiwe Tebekana Jongiwe Tebekana University of Walter Sisulu Jongiwe Tebekana is a lecturer in the Faculty of Education, Early Childhood Education Discipline, and Walter Sisulu University (WSU) in South Africa. She is currently a PhD candidate in early childhood education. Her research interests are in the monitoring and evaluation of early childhood development (ECD) programmes and how these programmes contribute towards the holistic development of children from birth to four years. She believes in play-based pedagogy and that it is through this pedagogy that ECD programmes will have the potential to accomplish the role of teaching children holistically. 03 00 The establishment of the National Integrated Early Childhood Development Policy (NIECDP) in 2015 aimed at defining a national comprehensive early childhood development (ECD) programme and support with identified essential components inclusive of national, provincial, and local spheres of government. This study’s purpose is to explore ECD centre managers’ understandings of how provision for comprehensive quality early childhood development programmes can be made in their centres with specific reference to the aims of the NIECDP. Using Wenger’s Communities of Practice theory, this study focuses on ECD centre managers’ experiences of providing integrated programmes that are aligned with the policy’s expectations. The study was conducted in 10 community ECD centres located in rural and peri-urban contexts in Eastern Cape and KwaZulu-Natal provinces. Five ECD centre managers from each province were purposefully sampled for the study to interpret their understandings of provisioning of comprehensive quality programmes in their ECD centres. An interpretive qualitative case study methodological design was adopted. Semi-structured interviews and structured observations were used to generate credible and trustworthy data that were beyond generalisation. Findings revealed that some ECD centre managers lacked knowledge of the NIECDP. As a result, no provisioning of comprehensive quality ECD programmes that were overarched by multi-sectoral bodies as per the framework were implemented. ECD centre managers from underprivileged rural and peri-urban contexts worked in silos, as it was evidently clear that there was no collaboration with other provincial departments in ensuring the provision of a comprehensive quality ECD programme. 30 00 The establishment of the National Integrated Early Childhood Development Policy (NIECDP) in 2015 aimed at defining a national comprehensive early childhood development (ECD) programme and support with identified essential components inclusive of national, provincial, and local spheres of government. This study’s purpose is to explore ECD centre managers’ understandings of how provision for comprehensive quality early childhood development programmes can be made in their centres with specific reference to the aims of the NIECDP. Using Wenger’s Communities of Practice theory, this study focuses on ECD centre managers’ experiences of providing integrated programmes that are aligned with the policy’s expectations. The study was conducted in 10 community ECD centres located in rural and peri-urban contexts in Eastern Cape and KwaZulu-Natal provinces. Five ECD centre managers from each province were purposefully sampled for the study to interpret their understandings of provisioning of comprehensive quality programmes in their ECD centres. An interpretive qualitative case study methodological design was adopted. Semi-structured interviews and structured observations were used to generate credible and trustworthy data that were beyond generalisation. Findings revealed that some ECD centre managers lacked knowledge of the NIECDP. As a result, no provisioning of comprehensive quality ECD programmes that were overarched by multi-sectoral bodies as per the framework were implemented. ECD centre managers from underprivileged rural and peri-urban contexts worked in silos, as it was evidently clear that there was no collaboration with other provincial departments in ensuring the provision of a comprehensive quality ECD programme. 20 00 Open Access 15 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-15 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Supervising Early Childhood Education and Care in Finland 1 A01 21 0000000152114083 Ulla Soukainen Ulla Soukainen Regional State Administrative Agency for Southwestern Finland Ulla Soukainen has worked as a senior officer (ECE) in the Regional State Administrative Agency for Southwestern Finland since 2019. She is a teacher of ECE by primary profession and she has a long experience of teaching in ECE and in leading an ECE centre that included both a kindergarten and family day care. Ulla also has experience of developing ECE in two cities. She wrote her doctoral dissertation in 2015 on leadership in distributed organisations in ECE. She has been actively involved in developing the Joy in Motion programme since 2012. She is currently part of the quality assessment team led by the Finnish Education Evaluation Centre. 03 00 The Act on Early Childhood Education and Care takes a stand on premises, learning environment, qualification of personnel, aims, quality assessment, and supervision. Pursuant to the Act on Early Childhood Education and Care, the National core curriculum for early childhood education and care (ECEC) is a national regulation that provides guidelines for the national steering of ECEC. On a governmental level, supervision is very important when it comes to management, and in addition to that, assessment and supervision of the supervisory authorities are a part of the ECEC director’s tasks. Supervision is a part of strategic leadership. From the beginning of the year 2020, the Regional State Administrative Agency has implemented a supervision programme in which the focus is to check that there is adequate staffing throughout the day. There is a systematic sampling of children’s and personnel’s presence in early education centres of the municipal ECEC. By examining the adult–child ratios, senior officers in the Regional State Administrative Agency judge if the situation is satisfactory. The study was conducted to see whether municipalities are complying with the law. A low ratio affects the quality of early childhood education and care. The supervisory authority may issue an admonition for future operations to the organiser of ECEC. The sampling is ongoing, but the results so far show that municipal ECEC follows the ratio very well. During 2020, the Regional State Administrative Agencies supervised 1596 municipal day care centres. The adult–child ratio overrun percentage was only 0.45 per cent. 30 00 The Act on Early Childhood Education and Care takes a stand on premises, learning environment, qualification of personnel, aims, quality assessment, and supervision. Pursuant to the Act on Early Childhood Education and Care, the National core curriculum for early childhood education and care (ECEC) is a national regulation that provides guidelines for the national steering of ECEC. On a governmental level, supervision is very important when it comes to management, and in addition to that, assessment and supervision of the supervisory authorities are a part of the ECEC director’s tasks. Supervision is a part of strategic leadership. From the beginning of the year 2020, the Regional State Administrative Agency has implemented a supervision programme in which the focus is to check that there is adequate staffing throughout the day. There is a systematic sampling of children’s and personnel’s presence in early education centres of the municipal ECEC. By examining the adult–child ratios, senior officers in the Regional State Administrative Agency judge if the situation is satisfactory. The study was conducted to see whether municipalities are complying with the law. A low ratio affects the quality of early childhood education and care. The supervisory authority may issue an admonition for future operations to the organiser of ECEC. The sampling is ongoing, but the results so far show that municipal ECEC follows the ratio very well. During 2020, the Regional State Administrative Agencies supervised 1596 municipal day care centres. The adult–child ratio overrun percentage was only 0.45 per cent. 20 00 Open Access 16 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-16 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Owners’ Governance of Directors’ Mentoring Practices in Early Childhood Education and Care Centres in Norway 1 A01 21 0000000153101946 Magritt Lundestad Magritt Lundestad Oslo Metropolitan University Magritt Lundestad is a professor in organisation and leadership at Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway, Department of Early Childhood Education. Lundestad has worked as a leader in ECEC centres, and as a lecturer and researcher within the field of leadership, mentoring, and organisational development since 1997. Her research has included areas such as leadership and conflict resolution, mentoring in leader roles, pedagogical leadership in leader roles, and ECEC centres as learning organisations. Lundestad has published several books and articles on these subjects. She is the academic leader of several continuing education master’s level courses in leadership, mentoring, and educational change processes. 03 00 This chapter draws on data from semi-structured lifeworld interviews with seven directors in early childhood education and care centres (ECEC) in Norway with both public and private owners. The research questions for the study are: 1) What kind of role do owners have in directors’ mentoring of staff in ECEC centres in Norway? and 2) Does owners’ governance influence the quality of mentoring practices? Mentoring is understood as a learning process where the intention is that staff reflect individually and collectively on pedagogical practice. The study shows that directors believe owners see mentoring as important to ensure the quality of the pedagogical work, and that they expect directors to organise mentoring of staff. However, few owners have written guidelines or strategies beyond systems for mentoring of newly qualified early childhood teachers. Owners seem to govern more through support and dialogue than through authoritative rules. Owners also offer pedagogical capacity building at meetings for directors at owner level, in the form of mentoring in which the directors themselves participate. Directors are positive towards being given autonomy in mentoring for staff, but they ask for more financial resources and time to do mentoring. 30 00 This chapter draws on data from semi-structured lifeworld interviews with seven directors in early childhood education and care centres (ECEC) in Norway with both public and private owners. The research questions for the study are: 1) What kind of role do owners have in directors’ mentoring of staff in ECEC centres in Norway? and 2) Does owners’ governance influence the quality of mentoring practices? Mentoring is understood as a learning process where the intention is that staff reflect individually and collectively on pedagogical practice. The study shows that directors believe owners see mentoring as important to ensure the quality of the pedagogical work, and that they expect directors to organise mentoring of staff. However, few owners have written guidelines or strategies beyond systems for mentoring of newly qualified early childhood teachers. Owners seem to govern more through support and dialogue than through authoritative rules. Owners also offer pedagogical capacity building at meetings for directors at owner level, in the form of mentoring in which the directors themselves participate. Directors are positive towards being given autonomy in mentoring for staff, but they ask for more financial resources and time to do mentoring. 20 00 Open Access 17 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-17 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Integrative Leadership Framework for Quality in Early Childhood Education and Care 1 A01 21 0009000437557934 Eeva Hujala Eeva Hujala 40 033003e23 Tampere University Eeva Hujala is a professor emerita of ECE. During her academic career she has worked as a professor at several universities in Finland and abroad as well as in university administration, for example as Dean of the Faculty of Education. Her research areas include ECEC leadership, quality evaluation, and parent–teacher partnership, as well as cross-cultural comparisons in ECEC. She is the founder of the International Leadership Research Forum and the Journal of Early Childhood Education Research. For many years she was a vice president of ACEI and president of ECEAF. She is an honorary expert in the Finnish ECEC Leadership Forum. 2 A01 21 0000000170972313 Janniina Vlasov Janniina Vlasov Finnish Education Evaluation Centre Janniina Vlasov, PhD, works as a counsellor of evaluation at the Finnish Education Evaluation Centre (FINEEC). She is currently responsible for the development of the national evaluation system for the Finnish early childhood education and care (ECEC) field. As part of her governmental duties, she supports municipal ECEC organisers and private providers to develop their leadership and quality management structures. Vlasov’s research interests concern evaluation and development of ECEC in both national and cross-cultural contexts. 3 A01 21 0009000321756659 Kirsi Alila Kirsi Alila 40 02w52zt87 Ministry of Education and Culture Kirsi Alila, PhD, works as a senior ministerial adviser (Educational Affairs) in the Ministry of Education and Culture in the Department of Early Childhood Education, Comprehensive School Education and Liberal Adult Education in Finland. In her role, she is responsible for the national and international strategic development of early childhood education. Her main areas of research are the quality, steering system, leadership, and pedagogy of early childhood education. 03 00 Several changes have taken place both in the content and structure of early childhood education and care (ECEC) throughout the world, which has led to a need for developing leadership and quality evaluation strategies in early educational settings. Recent changes call for understanding leadership as part of comprehensive ECEC governance. The purpose of this conceptual chapter is to describe how governance, leadership, and operational culture in the ECEC context are integrated and how they provide the foundation for examining quality in ECEC. The aim of the chapter is to introduce a comprehensive approach to ECEC leadership, called an integrative leadership framework, developed in the Finnish ECEC context. The integrative leadership framework introduces the dimensions affecting operational culture in ECEC leadership and curriculum implementation when developing quality of ECEC services and their pedagogical practices. Legislation and administrative premises provide the frame for the leadership and management functions, as well as for quality management. The integrative leadership framework combines the dimensions connected to leadership to provide high-quality ECEC services. 30 00 Several changes have taken place both in the content and structure of early childhood education and care (ECEC) throughout the world, which has led to a need for developing leadership and quality evaluation strategies in early educational settings. Recent changes call for understanding leadership as part of comprehensive ECEC governance. The purpose of this conceptual chapter is to describe how governance, leadership, and operational culture in the ECEC context are integrated and how they provide the foundation for examining quality in ECEC. The aim of the chapter is to introduce a comprehensive approach to ECEC leadership, called an integrative leadership framework, developed in the Finnish ECEC context. The integrative leadership framework introduces the dimensions affecting operational culture in ECEC leadership and curriculum implementation when developing quality of ECEC services and their pedagogical practices. Legislation and administrative premises provide the frame for the leadership and management functions, as well as for quality management. The integrative leadership framework combines the dimensions connected to leadership to provide high-quality ECEC services. 20 00 Open Access 18 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-18 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Concluding Words 1 A01 21 000000022547905X Elina Fonsén Elina Fonsén 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Elina Fonsén holds a PhD and works as an associate professor at the Institute of Educational Leadership at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. Her research interest focuses on leadership in the educational field. She leads national and international research projects (e.g. Discourses of leadership, Sääntökirjat). In addition, she is a member of the Board of Early Childhood Education Association Finland (ECEAF) and chief of coordination group member in the International Leadership Research Forum (ILRF–EC). Furthermore, she is a member of the Executive Board of the Education, Administration and Research (SIG) of the Finnish Educational Research Association (FERA). 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20231220 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690899 03 9789523690899 06 15 9789523690905 03 9789523690905 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690882 20 08 20231220 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690882 20 08 20231220 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690882 20 08 20231220 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690882 20 08 20231220 01 urn:uuid:ae503362-f24a-4cae-a170-4156ea7a2baa 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:350809f6-127c-4395-ae67-b638fac0406e 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ae503362-f24a-4cae-a170-4156ea7a2baa 15 9789523690899 03 9789523690899 06 10.33134/HUP-20 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Global Perspectives on Leadership in Early Childhood Education 1 B01 21 0000000204042035 Matshediso Modise Matshediso Modise 40 048cwvf49 University of South Africa Matshediso Modise is an associate professor at the University of South Africa who specialises in leadership and management in the early years, which highlights issues for transformative pedagogy, curriculum, quality practices and programmes, teacher development, and pedagogical leadership. She has delivered papers internationally, written book chapters, and co-supervised master’s and PhD students, and she is a recipient of a 2022 Women in Research Scholarship. She serves in the college Research Ethics committee and is an acting chairperson of the college academic integrity committee. She is the leader of the project titled Professional Identities and Wellbeing of Middle Leaders. 2 B01 21 000000022547905X Elina Fonsén Elina Fonsén 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Elina Fonsén holds a PhD and works as an associate professor at the Institute of Educational Leadership at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. Her research interest focuses on leadership in the educational field. She leads national and international research projects (e.g. Discourses of leadership, Sääntökirjat). In addition, she is a member of the Board of Early Childhood Education Association Finland (ECEAF) and chief of coordination group member in the International Leadership Research Forum (ILRF–EC). Furthermore, she is a member of the Executive Board of the Education, Administration and Research (SIG) of the Finnish Educational Research Association (FERA). 3 B01 21 0000000207120801 Johanna Heikka Johanna Heikka 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Johanna Heikka is senior lecturer at the School of Applied Educational Science and Teacher Education at the University of Eastern Finland in Joensuu, Finland. Her current teaching focuses on the research methods, thesis guidance, pedagogy, organisational and leadership issues in early childhood education. Her research interests focus on leadership, quality and pedagogical development in early childhood education. Her publications focus on distributed pedagogical leadership and teacher leadership as well as pedagogy in ECEC. She is a leader and/or a member of leadership development projects and research groups in Finland and internationally. She is adjunct professor in ECE leadership at the University of Oulu. 4 B01 21 0000000178603731 Nkidi Phatudi Nkidi Phatudi 40 048cwvf49 University of South Africa Nkidi Phatudi is a retired professor in the Department of Early Childhood Education, College of Education, University of South Africa. She taught literacy in early years for first and second language pedagogy in postgraduate and undergraduate programmes. She has supervised doctoral and master’s students in language teaching and learning and in leadership in ECD. She has also presented at different conferences on the same themes. She has edited a book on EFAL (English as First Additional Language), published articles, and contributed book chapters on a range of topics in ECD, including language teaching and learning in the early years. She serves as a member of the International Leadership Research Forum (ILRF) and the MOLTENO literacies and languages boards. 5 B01 21 0000000337687259 Marit Bøe Marit Bøe 40 05ecg5h20 University of South-Eastern Norway Marit Bøe is professor in educational leadership at the University of South-Eastern Norway. She has a PhD in early childhood education (ECE) leadership. Bøe has researched and published on educational leadership in ECE, leadership development, and teaching methodologies related to leadership training programmes for ECE leaders. She has worked as a leader in ECEC centres for 17 years, and as a lecturer within leadership programmes at bachelor’s and master’s levels since 2007. She participates in several projects in close relationships with ECEC teachers and leaders. Bøe is a member of the international leadership research forum (ILRF) coordination group. 6 B01 21 0000000201115331 Thembi Phala Thembi Phala 40 048cwvf49 University of South Africa Thembi Phala has a PhD in education and is the chair of the Early Childhood Department at the University of South Africa. Her research interests include diverse learners’ reading support and inclusive education. She has presented research papers at conferences and participates in multidisciplinary research aimed at developing inclusive early childhood care and education programmes. She supervises postgraduate students. Dr Phala is a member of the International Leadership Research Forum and Discourse of Leadership in Early Childhood. She is the project manager for the BEd FP degree programme at the Mathew Goniwe School of Leadership and Governance, which prepares Grade R teachers. 01 eng 00 340 03 B2 Educational science B2 Educational leadership B2 Early childhood education B2 Educational administration B2 Educational management 20 Early childhood education; Educational leadership; Pedagogical leadership; Educational administration; pedagogy inclusion 01 06 02 00 Global Perspectives on Leadership in Early Childhood Education</italic> offers valuable research evidence on how successful leadership is developed in various Early Childhood Education and Care settings and contexts. The contributions of this edited volume provide insightful perspectives on leadership issues from across the world, making i 03 00 Global Perspectives on Leadership in Early Childhood Education</italic> aims to improve leadership and management in Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) settings through research evidence. Written for a wide audience, including the academic community, policymakers, practitioners, teachers, directors, and professionals, the book provides knowledge and tools to enhance the ECEC sector.Divided into three thematic sections, the book examines the theory of leadership in ECEC, strategies for improving professional development, and the governance and policies related to ECEC leadership worldwide. In its 16 chapters that blend theoretical and practical perspectives, the book addresses diverse topics, such as pedagogical leadership in different countries, peer mentoring, and the utilization of digital technology in early childhood education. The volume draws upon collaboration through the International Leadership Research Forum in Early Childhood (ILRF–EC) and encompasses contributions from across the world, from South Africa to Norway, Australia, Finland, and beyond. By incorporating different contexts and viewpoints, Global Perspectives on Leadership in Early Childhood Education makes a significant and timely contribution to the field of education. 30 00 Global Perspectives on Leadership in Early Childhood Education</italic> aims to improve leadership and management in Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) settings through research evidence. Written for a wide audience, including the academic community, policymakers, practitioners, teachers, directors, and professionals, the book provides knowledge and tools to enhance the ECEC sector.Divided into three thematic sections, the book examines the theory of leadership in ECEC, strategies for improving professional development, and the governance and policies related to ECEC leadership worldwide. In its 16 chapters that blend theoretical and practical perspectives, the book addresses diverse topics, such as pedagogical leadership in different countries, peer mentoring, and the utilization of digital technology in early childhood education. The volume draws upon collaboration through the International Leadership Research Forum in Early Childhood (ILRF–EC) and encompasses contributions from across the world, from South Africa to Norway, Australia, Finland, and beyond. By incorporating different contexts and viewpoints, Global Perspectives on Leadership in Early Childhood Education makes a significant and timely contribution to the field of education. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/d233e115-e5ab-4b9e-a0cf-a013e76b0305.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction 1 A01 21 0000000204042035 Matshediso Modise Matshediso Modise 40 048cwvf49 University of South Africa Matshediso Modise is an associate professor at the University of South Africa who specialises in leadership and management in the early years, which highlights issues for transformative pedagogy, curriculum, quality practices and programmes, teacher development, and pedagogical leadership. She has delivered papers internationally, written book chapters, and co-supervised master’s and PhD students, and she is a recipient of a 2022 Women in Research Scholarship. She serves in the college Research Ethics committee and is an acting chairperson of the college academic integrity committee. She is the leader of the project titled Professional Identities and Wellbeing of Middle Leaders. 2 A01 21 000000022547905X Elina Fonsén Elina Fonsén 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Elina Fonsén holds a PhD and works as an associate professor at the Institute of Educational Leadership at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. Her research interest focuses on leadership in the educational field. She leads national and international research projects (e.g. Discourses of leadership, Sääntökirjat). In addition, she is a member of the Board of Early Childhood Education Association Finland (ECEAF) and chief of coordination group member in the International Leadership Research Forum (ILRF–EC). Furthermore, she is a member of the Executive Board of the Education, Administration and Research (SIG) of the Finnish Educational Research Association (FERA). 3 A01 21 0000000207120801 Johanna Heikka Johanna Heikka 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Johanna Heikka is senior lecturer at the School of Applied Educational Science and Teacher Education at the University of Eastern Finland in Joensuu, Finland. Her current teaching focuses on the research methods, thesis guidance, pedagogy, organisational and leadership issues in early childhood education. Her research interests focus on leadership, quality and pedagogical development in early childhood education. Her publications focus on distributed pedagogical leadership and teacher leadership as well as pedagogy in ECEC. She is a leader and/or a member of leadership development projects and research groups in Finland and internationally. She is adjunct professor in ECE leadership at the University of Oulu. 4 A01 21 0000000178603731 Nkidi Phatudi Nkidi Phatudi 40 048cwvf49 University of South Africa Nkidi Phatudi is a retired professor in the Department of Early Childhood Education, College of Education, University of South Africa. She taught literacy in early years for first and second language pedagogy in postgraduate and undergraduate programmes. She has supervised doctoral and master’s students in language teaching and learning and in leadership in ECD. She has also presented at different conferences on the same themes. She has edited a book on EFAL (English as First Additional Language), published articles, and contributed book chapters on a range of topics in ECD, including language teaching and learning in the early years. She serves as a member of the International Leadership Research Forum (ILRF) and the MOLTENO literacies and languages boards. 5 A01 21 0000000337687259 Marit Bøe Marit Bøe 40 05ecg5h20 University of South-Eastern Norway Marit Bøe is professor in educational leadership at the University of South-Eastern Norway. She has a PhD in early childhood education (ECE) leadership. Bøe has researched and published on educational leadership in ECE, leadership development, and teaching methodologies related to leadership training programmes for ECE leaders. She has worked as a leader in ECEC centres for 17 years, and as a lecturer within leadership programmes at bachelor’s and master’s levels since 2007. She participates in several projects in close relationships with ECEC teachers and leaders. Bøe is a member of the international leadership research forum (ILRF) coordination group. 6 A01 21 0000000201115331 Thembi Phala Thembi Phala 40 048cwvf49 University of South Africa Thembi Phala has a PhD in education and is the chair of the Early Childhood Department at the University of South Africa. Her research interests include diverse learners’ reading support and inclusive education. She has presented research papers at conferences and participates in multidisciplinary research aimed at developing inclusive early childhood care and education programmes. She supervises postgraduate students. Dr Phala is a member of the International Leadership Research Forum and Discourse of Leadership in Early Childhood. She is the project manager for the BEd FP degree programme at the Mathew Goniwe School of Leadership and Governance, which prepares Grade R teachers. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Finnish Early Childhood Education and Care Leaders’ Conceptualisations and Understandings of Pedagogical Leadership 1 A01 21 000000022547905X Elina Fonsén Elina Fonsén 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Elina Fonsén holds a PhD and works as an associate professor at the Institute of Educational Leadership at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. Her research interest focuses on leadership in the educational field. She leads national and international research projects (e.g. Discourses of leadership, Sääntökirjat). In addition, she is a member of the Board of Early Childhood Education Association Finland (ECEAF) and chief of coordination group member in the International Leadership Research Forum (ILRF–EC). Furthermore, she is a member of the Executive Board of the Education, Administration and Research (SIG) of the Finnish Educational Research Association (FERA). 2 A01 21 0000000319256578 Raisa Ahtiainen Raisa Ahtiainen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Raisa Ahtiainen, PhD (Ed.), is a researcher and university lecturer at the Faculty of Educational Sciences, University of Helsinki, Finland. She is a co-leader of the Leadership in Educational Contexts research group (LeadEd), and a principal investigator (PI) in the Centre for Educational Assessment (CEA) at the faculty. She also works as a visiting research fellow at the Tallinn University, Estonia, and holds a title of docent (associate professor) at the Åbo Akademi University, Finland. In her research, she focuses on educational change, school development, inclusive school communities, and leadership in education. 3 A01 21 0000000232624227 Kirsi-Marja Heikkinen Kirsi-Marja Heikkinen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kirsi-Marja Heikkinen, M.A. (Ed.), is a PhD student and university teacher at the University of Helsinki, Faculty of Educational Sciences, Early Childhood Education Unit. She is part of the Finnish Leadership in Educational Contexts research group (LeadEd) and international ILRF–EC research group. She is also active in the TOTEMK project, developing Kenyan teacher education with local universities. Heikkinen’s research focuses on ECE leadership as a profession, what its building blocks are, how leader identity is formed, and what leaders’ relation to multi-professional working communities is. In this, her special interests are employee participation, deeper involvement, and power relations. 03 00 Since the 2010s, the field of early childhood education and care (ECEC) in Finland has gone through several changes. Leaders working in ECEC have a crucial role in developing pedagogy and practices in their centres. Pedagogical leadership is one of the key concepts in educational discourse around leaders’ work; however, the field lacks a unified definition for pedagogical leadership in terms of both research and practice in ECEC. Therefore, it is necessary to examine how leaders conceptualise pedagogical leadership and how they see their own roles as pedagogical leaders. The data are five focus group interviews with ECEC leaders (N = 15) that were conducted in 2019. The data were analysed by employing the discursive institutionalism approach. The discourse analysis revealed how ECEC leadership tasks were reflected in relation to the importance of pedagogical leadership competence and the use of ‘pedagogical lenses’. Further, leaders described the ECEC curriculum as a strategic tool. Pedagogical leadership was seen as a means for leaders and teachers to jointly interpret and implement the curriculum. In light of these findings, it may be stated that ECEC pedagogical leadership is a concept that appears to be taking shape theoretically in ECEC leaders’ discourses. However, its daily implementation requires clarification before a shared understanding of the matter can be reached. 30 00 Since the 2010s, the field of early childhood education and care (ECEC) in Finland has gone through several changes. Leaders working in ECEC have a crucial role in developing pedagogy and practices in their centres. Pedagogical leadership is one of the key concepts in educational discourse around leaders’ work; however, the field lacks a unified definition for pedagogical leadership in terms of both research and practice in ECEC. Therefore, it is necessary to examine how leaders conceptualise pedagogical leadership and how they see their own roles as pedagogical leaders. The data are five focus group interviews with ECEC leaders (N = 15) that were conducted in 2019. The data were analysed by employing the discursive institutionalism approach. The discourse analysis revealed how ECEC leadership tasks were reflected in relation to the importance of pedagogical leadership competence and the use of ‘pedagogical lenses’. Further, leaders described the ECEC curriculum as a strategic tool. Pedagogical leadership was seen as a means for leaders and teachers to jointly interpret and implement the curriculum. In light of these findings, it may be stated that ECEC pedagogical leadership is a concept that appears to be taking shape theoretically in ECEC leaders’ discourses. However, its daily implementation requires clarification before a shared understanding of the matter can be reached. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Early Childhood Leaders’ Conceptualisation and Understanding of Leadership in Community Centres: The Case of South Africa 1 A01 21 0000000204042035 Matshediso Modise Matshediso Modise 40 048cwvf49 University of South Africa Matshediso Modise is an associate professor at the University of South Africa who specialises in leadership and management in the early years, which highlights issues for transformative pedagogy, curriculum, quality practices and programmes, teacher development, and pedagogical leadership. She has delivered papers internationally, written book chapters, and co-supervised master’s and PhD students, and she is a recipient of a 2022 Women in Research Scholarship. She serves in the college Research Ethics committee and is an acting chairperson of the college academic integrity committee. She is the leader of the project titled Professional Identities and Wellbeing of Middle Leaders. 2 A01 21 000000033789600X Sharon Mampane Sharon Mampane 40 048cwvf49 University of South Africa Sharon Mampane is a professor emerita in the Department of Leadership and Management at the University of South Africa. She has taught courses on Teaching Effectiveness and Performance Evaluation (TEPA) to principals and teachers in Nigerian private schools in the Nigerian Quality Assurance and Research Development Agency (QAARDAN) project. She has participated in the Irish Aid Circuit Improvement Project (CIP), training circuit inspectors in the Department of Education. Sharon has provided training for district officials and school managers in Windhoek, Namibia. She has instructed Tanzanian Technical Vocational Education and Training (TVET) members of the National Council for Technical Education (NACTE) on TVET curriculum development. Her scholarly work appears in high-profile publications. She has developed an ECD diploma module and Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) programmes for higher education students. 3 A01 21 0000000178603731 Nkidi Phatudi Nkidi Phatudi 40 048cwvf49 University of South Africa Nkidi Phatudi is a retired professor in the Department of Early Childhood Education, College of Education, University of South Africa. She taught literacy in early years for first and second language pedagogy in postgraduate and undergraduate programmes. She has supervised doctoral and master’s students in language teaching and learning and in leadership in ECD. She has also presented at different conferences on the same themes. She has edited a book on EFAL (English as First Additional Language), published articles, and contributed book chapters on a range of topics in ECD, including language teaching and learning in the early years. She serves as a member of the International Leadership Research Forum (ILRF) and the MOLTENO literacies and languages boards. 03 00 This chapter conceptualises leadership in early childhood care and education (ECEC) centres in South Africa. The report emanates from the Project in Early Childhood Policy Analysis (PECPA) research project conducted in ECEC community centres in the rural communities of Gauteng Province (RSA). Because of the minimal research conducted on centre managers’ conceptualisation of leadership in rural South African ECEC centres, the study aims to highlight the challenges, understanding, and practices of ECEC centre leaders. Five principals were purposively selected from five rural community settings in this qualitative case study. The school-based management theory and leadership principle, termed centre-based management, underpinned the chapter. The research lends itself to an exploratory qualitative data collection method through face-to-face semi-structured interviews to explore the phenomenon under study. Findings reveal that principals’ conceptualisation and understanding of leadership practices focus on administrative duties that exclude distributive leadership. The conceptualisation of leadership is limited to performing managerial duties such as practitioner recruitment, fundraising, and centre resource development. The conclusion is that ECEC leadership and sustainable development of community centres urgently require well-trained, informed, visionary, experienced, and critical-thinking leaders. 30 00 This chapter conceptualises leadership in early childhood care and education (ECEC) centres in South Africa. The report emanates from the Project in Early Childhood Policy Analysis (PECPA) research project conducted in ECEC community centres in the rural communities of Gauteng Province (RSA). Because of the minimal research conducted on centre managers’ conceptualisation of leadership in rural South African ECEC centres, the study aims to highlight the challenges, understanding, and practices of ECEC centre leaders. Five principals were purposively selected from five rural community settings in this qualitative case study. The school-based management theory and leadership principle, termed centre-based management, underpinned the chapter. The research lends itself to an exploratory qualitative data collection method through face-to-face semi-structured interviews to explore the phenomenon under study. Findings reveal that principals’ conceptualisation and understanding of leadership practices focus on administrative duties that exclude distributive leadership. The conceptualisation of leadership is limited to performing managerial duties such as practitioner recruitment, fundraising, and centre resource development. The conclusion is that ECEC leadership and sustainable development of community centres urgently require well-trained, informed, visionary, experienced, and critical-thinking leaders. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Wrestling with the Notion of Leadership and Teacher Involvement: Understanding Caribbean Teachers’ Myths and Beliefs within Global Perspectives 1 A01 21 0000000306561039 Carol Logie Carol Logie University of The West Indies Carol Logie, PhD, was nominated Exceptional Master Leader 2015–2016 by the World Forum on Early Care and Education and featured in the Exchange magazine 2015 issue. She is a former director and senior lecturer at the University of the West Indies, Family Development and Children’s Research Centre. Dr Logie is an international consultant and chair of the Children’s Authority of Trinidad and Tobago. She continues to advocate globally for children and families. 2 A01 21 0009000630160277 Lenisa Joseph Lenisa Joseph 40 03np13864 University of Trinidad and Tobago Lenisa N. Joseph, PhD, is an assistant professor of Special Needs Education at the University of Trinidad and Tobago and an advocate for the rights of children with special needs, particularly their right to education. She founded Sooner Than Later Intervention Services in 2018, and her research interests include intervention and inclusion services for young children with special needs and disabilities. Dr Joseph is a Fulbright Scholar and worked as an assistant professor in the United States. She is currently consulting on developing early childhood and special education initiatives in the Caribbean. 3 A01 21 0009000168468908 Ria Eustace Ria Eustace University of The West Indies Ria Eustace is a researcher with over three years of experience in conducting research at university level. Ria’s work is characterised by a commitment to exploring the unique challenges and opportunities associated with early childhood education in small island states. Ria has assisted in identifying key factors that shape the quality and accessibility of early childhood education in small island states and has provided important insights into the ways in which these factors can be leveraged to improve outcomes for young children and their families. 4 A01 21 0009000620868589 Altaf Mohammed Altaf Mohammed University of The West Indies Altaf Mohammed is a children’s services associate at the Children’s Authority of Trinidad and Tobago (CATT) Investigation and Intervention Unit and a former researcher at the University of the West Indies (UWI), Family Development and Children’s Research Centre. He has an MSc in counselling psychology with an emphasis in community counselling from the University of the Southern Caribbean (USC) and a BSc in psychology from the University of the West Indies (UWI). 5 A01 21 0009000564365660 Jovelle Donaldson Jovelle Donaldson University of The West Indies Jovelle Donaldson is a clinical psychologist working at the University of the West Indies (UWI). She is currently working at the Psychoeducational, Diagnostic and Intervention Clinic at the same university. Her work entails providing psychoeducational assessments to children with special educational needs. Prior to that, she worked as a researcher at the UWI Family Development & Children’s Research Centre, where her research interests included early childhood care and education (ECCE). 03 00 As developing nations continue to provide children with high-quality education, they too struggle to understand the notion of leadership and teacher involvement within the sector. This study is part of a Caribbean cross-national project on leadership in the early childhood sector funded by the government of Trinidad and Tobago and The University of the West Indies. A survey of 721 early childhood teachers in Trinidad and Tobago and Barbados provided data on their myths and beliefs about leadership. Key findings debunked the notion that teachers believed that only positional leaders can lead within ECEC settings. Intuitive understandings of the potential of distributed leadership were analysed. Global myths and beliefs were scrutinised. Global understanding and possibilities for qualitative research across borders were identified. A conceptual framework is offered for global advancement and support for teacher leaders from developing countries. 30 00 As developing nations continue to provide children with high-quality education, they too struggle to understand the notion of leadership and teacher involvement within the sector. This study is part of a Caribbean cross-national project on leadership in the early childhood sector funded by the government of Trinidad and Tobago and The University of the West Indies. A survey of 721 early childhood teachers in Trinidad and Tobago and Barbados provided data on their myths and beliefs about leadership. Key findings debunked the notion that teachers believed that only positional leaders can lead within ECEC settings. Intuitive understandings of the potential of distributed leadership were analysed. Global myths and beliefs were scrutinised. Global understanding and possibilities for qualitative research across borders were identified. A conceptual framework is offered for global advancement and support for teacher leaders from developing countries. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Leadership in Norwegian Municipal Early Childhood Education Care Centres 1 A01 21 0000000332247975 Ann Kristin Larsen Ann Larsen Oslo Metropolitan University Ann Kristin Larsen is a professor in organisation and leadership at Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway, Department of Early Childhood Education. Larsen has worked in the field of organisation and leadership in ECEC institutions through teaching and research since 1993. As a sociologist, her research has a sociological perspective on organisational development and on how leadership in ECEC institutions develops and changes in line with societal development. Larsen has published several books and research articles on the subject. She is the academic leader of several continuing education master’s level courses in childcare leadership. Larsen is also leader of a research group named Leadership, Guidance, and Organisation Development. 03 00 This chapter is based on a qualitative interview survey among directors of Norwegian early childhood education and care (ECEC) centres. The research question is as follows: What expectations, possibilities, and challenges do ECEC directors perceive in their cooperation with their immediate superiors, and how does this cooperation affect the autonomy and freedom of action of directors’ leadership role? The main findings of the survey are that directors have regular contact with their immediate superiors in the municipal leadership and management hierarchy, as well as when a need arises. The contact takes place in the form of meetings with other directors and individual contact by phone and email. At these meetings, information is provided, matters of a legal and administrative nature are discussed, and there are discussions about the implementation of pedagogical guidelines from the municipality. The individual cooperation between the director and their immediate superior largely focuses on individual cases relating to children and parents, personnel matters, or pedagogical issues. The directors find this cooperation important and regard their immediate superior as a source of support. Five out of six interviewees have a superior who is a trained kindergarten teacher. They want their superior to provide pedagogical advice and be a discussion partner in pedagogical matters. They are mostly satisfied with the cooperation, but find that their superiors have little time to set aside for pedagogical follow-up work. Although the superior has overriding pedagogical responsibility for the ECEC centres, the directors themselves perceive that they have pedagogical authority and freedom of action and autonomy, and that their superior trusts them. 30 00 This chapter is based on a qualitative interview survey among directors of Norwegian early childhood education and care (ECEC) centres. The research question is as follows: What expectations, possibilities, and challenges do ECEC directors perceive in their cooperation with their immediate superiors, and how does this cooperation affect the autonomy and freedom of action of directors’ leadership role? The main findings of the survey are that directors have regular contact with their immediate superiors in the municipal leadership and management hierarchy, as well as when a need arises. The contact takes place in the form of meetings with other directors and individual contact by phone and email. At these meetings, information is provided, matters of a legal and administrative nature are discussed, and there are discussions about the implementation of pedagogical guidelines from the municipality. The individual cooperation between the director and their immediate superior largely focuses on individual cases relating to children and parents, personnel matters, or pedagogical issues. The directors find this cooperation important and regard their immediate superior as a source of support. Five out of six interviewees have a superior who is a trained kindergarten teacher. They want their superior to provide pedagogical advice and be a discussion partner in pedagogical matters. They are mostly satisfied with the cooperation, but find that their superiors have little time to set aside for pedagogical follow-up work. Although the superior has overriding pedagogical responsibility for the ECEC centres, the directors themselves perceive that they have pedagogical authority and freedom of action and autonomy, and that their superior trusts them. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Leadership Responsibilities of Early Childhood Directors in Palestine from the Directors’ Viewpoint 1 A01 21 0000000346397376 Sami Adwan Sami Adwan 40 04wwgp209 Hebron University Sami Adwan is a professor emeritus of education and teacher training. He is the author of The Status of Islamic and Christian Religious Education in Palestinian Schools and co-author of Side by Side: Parallel Histories of Israel-Palestine (2011), Writers Matter: Empowering Voices of Israeli and Palestinian Teens – Cultural Narrative Building through Writing (2016), and Participation and Reconciliation: Preconditions of Justice (2011). He has published many research articles related to kindergarten education, the role of religion in creating harmony, and other topics. He has been a consultant to many schools, Dean of the Faculty of Education at Bethlehem University, Academic Vice President at Hebron University, and a member of the Palestinian UNESCO committee and the Palestinian Curriculum Center. He has coordinated many international cooperation projects and has been a Fulbright scholar and visiting scholar in many local and international universities. 2 A01 21 0000000202482475 Karin Hognestad Karin Hognestad 40 05ecg5h20 University of South-Eastern Norway Karin Hognestad is professor in education and Head of the Early Childhood Research Center (SEBUTI) at the University of South-Eastern Norway. Professor Hognestad completed her PhD in early childhood education in June 2016 at the Norwegian University of Science and Technology. She has published refereed articles both nationally and internationally about pedagogical leadership and leadership development. Her research interests are education, ECE leadership, pedagogical leadership, teacher leadership, small children’s voices, practice perspectives, and qualitative shadowing. She is a member of the ILRF coordination group. 3 A01 21 0000000240260857 Somaya Sayma Somaya Sayma 40 057ts1y80 Islamic University of Gaza Somaya Sayma has a PhD in educational administration. She is a faculty member at the Education Faculty at the Islamic University of Gaza (IUG). She is currently working as the manager of the Women’s Studies Center at IUG. She is a member of the Norwegian project team to develop an early childhood education programme and is an advisory member in the Culture for a Sustainable and Comprehensive Social Peace project. She has published many papers and has participated in conferences and workshops in the field of early childhood education, gender, women, and equality. 4 A01 21 0000000337687259 Marit Bøe Marit Bøe 40 05ecg5h20 University of South-Eastern Norway Marit Bøe is professor in educational leadership at the University of South-Eastern Norway. She has a PhD in early childhood education (ECE) leadership. Bøe has researched and published on educational leadership in ECE, leadership development, and teaching methodologies related to leadership training programmes for ECE leaders. She has worked as a leader in ECEC centres for 17 years, and as a lecturer within leadership programmes at bachelor’s and master’s levels since 2007. She participates in several projects in close relationships with ECEC teachers and leaders. Bøe is a member of the international leadership research forum (ILRF) coordination group. 03 00 This chapter discusses early childhood education (ECE) directors’ leadership in Palestinian ECE in a time when Palestine reforms and develops its ECE system. Specifically, the study sets out to investigate what key leadership responsibilities are being experienced by Palestinian early childhood directors. The lack of studies dealing with ECE leadership in the Palestinian context shows the need for a unified consciousness of leadership. This chapter adds to this challenge, and it is hoped that novel researched-based knowledge might also add to the understanding of leadership responsibilities internationally. The study belongs to the Norwegian Partnership Programme for Global Academic Cooperation (NORPART) project Developing Teacher Education in Pedagogy for Early Childhood Education and Early Elementary Schools in Palestine and Norway, in which researchers from Palestine and Norway investigated ECE leadership as one selected topic. This chapter builds on empirical data from a quantitative questionnaire (N = 166) administered to a purposeful representative sample of ECE directors from the West Bank and Gaza Strip. The results show the wide range of leadership responsibilities that ECE directors perceive in their daily work. Using the theoretical framework of leadership as function (Adizes, 1991), we found that ECE directors in Palestine range responsibilities to children highest. Even though leadership responsibilities related to administration were ranged as lowest, this category contains most areas of responsibility. Moreover, the results highlight the directors’ role and duties in securing and safeguarding the organisation’s goals as core responsibilities. The results make a new contribution to understanding and developing the professional role in order to strengthen ECE leadership and be more effective and dynamic in Palestinian ECE during a time of significant expansion. 30 00 This chapter discusses early childhood education (ECE) directors’ leadership in Palestinian ECE in a time when Palestine reforms and develops its ECE system. Specifically, the study sets out to investigate what key leadership responsibilities are being experienced by Palestinian early childhood directors. The lack of studies dealing with ECE leadership in the Palestinian context shows the need for a unified consciousness of leadership. This chapter adds to this challenge, and it is hoped that novel researched-based knowledge might also add to the understanding of leadership responsibilities internationally. The study belongs to the Norwegian Partnership Programme for Global Academic Cooperation (NORPART) project Developing Teacher Education in Pedagogy for Early Childhood Education and Early Elementary Schools in Palestine and Norway, in which researchers from Palestine and Norway investigated ECE leadership as one selected topic. This chapter builds on empirical data from a quantitative questionnaire (N = 166) administered to a purposeful representative sample of ECE directors from the West Bank and Gaza Strip. The results show the wide range of leadership responsibilities that ECE directors perceive in their daily work. Using the theoretical framework of leadership as function (Adizes, 1991), we found that ECE directors in Palestine range responsibilities to children highest. Even though leadership responsibilities related to administration were ranged as lowest, this category contains most areas of responsibility. Moreover, the results highlight the directors’ role and duties in securing and safeguarding the organisation’s goals as core responsibilities. The results make a new contribution to understanding and developing the professional role in order to strengthen ECE leadership and be more effective and dynamic in Palestinian ECE during a time of significant expansion. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Leadership in Irish Early Childhood Education and Care: In Pursuit of Purpose and Possibilities 1 A01 21 0000000236119578 Geraldine Nolan Geraldine Nolan 40 02qzs9336 National College of Ireland Geraldine Nolan, PhD, completed a BA (Hons) in English (University College Cork) and a postgraduate diploma in Montessori education (AMI) in the 1980s and worked in a Montessori school (for children aged 3–12 years) in San Francisco, USA. She returned to education, trained as a primary teacher (Scotland), and worked in the Irish primary school sector, before opening a Montessori AMI school (1991), retiring in 2016. She undertook a BA (Hons) ECEC, MEd (Distinction) and a PhD in educational leadership at Trinity College Dublin during this period. Geraldine currently enjoys working with the students (BA (Hons) ECEC) at the National College of Ireland. 03 00 In recent years, the Irish government has introduced several mandatory leadership roles for early childhood education and care (ECEC) services. This chapter outlines the development, delineation, and [un]intended consequences of such positions and the potential to pursue leadership beyond the prescribed roles. It draws from my research, a social feminism exploration of ECEC leadership, which questioned how leadership is conceptualised and practised in Irish ECEC services. The research involved individual interviews with 50 Irish ECEC participants. The participants argued that leadership was introduced to the sector without discussion, research, or adequate training, and was more concerned with economics and standardisation than with ECEC stakeholders’ welfare. This situation had created leadership confusion, and had marginalised practitioner knowledge and weakened their confidence in articulating their understanding of leadership and its purpose. Scholarship in the broader educational leadership field suggests that the purpose of leadership is seldom questioned and often remains ambiguous. While this chapter makes specific reference to the Irish context, the findings and research approach may be relevant for the wider ECEC community. 30 00 In recent years, the Irish government has introduced several mandatory leadership roles for early childhood education and care (ECEC) services. This chapter outlines the development, delineation, and [un]intended consequences of such positions and the potential to pursue leadership beyond the prescribed roles. It draws from my research, a social feminism exploration of ECEC leadership, which questioned how leadership is conceptualised and practised in Irish ECEC services. The research involved individual interviews with 50 Irish ECEC participants. The participants argued that leadership was introduced to the sector without discussion, research, or adequate training, and was more concerned with economics and standardisation than with ECEC stakeholders’ welfare. This situation had created leadership confusion, and had marginalised practitioner knowledge and weakened their confidence in articulating their understanding of leadership and its purpose. Scholarship in the broader educational leadership field suggests that the purpose of leadership is seldom questioned and often remains ambiguous. While this chapter makes specific reference to the Irish context, the findings and research approach may be relevant for the wider ECEC community. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Team Leadership and Diversity in Norwegian Early Childhood Education and Care 1 A01 21 0000000229726097 Cecilie Thun Cecilie Thun Oslo Metropolitan University Cecilie Thun is an associate professor in the Department of Early Childhood Education at Oslo Metropolitan University in Norway. Her research interests include children’s citizenship, gender, and cultural diversity in ECEC, diversity management, and organisational theory. She has co-edited the anthology Organisering, arbeidsdeling og profesjonalitet i barnehagen. Her postdoctoral project examined academic organisational culture and leadership from a gender perspective. In her dissertation, she used citizenship theory and developed the analytical concept of ‘complex Norwegianness’, which among other things is about identity, belonging, and participation in a diverse society. 03 00 This chapter presents a theoretical discussion of team leadership and the balance between sameness and difference. It draws upon and extends existing literature on team leadership in general, and team leadership in early childhood education and care (ECEC) in Norway in particular. In this chapter, I ask: How does the theory on team leadership handle the balance between sameness and difference in a diverse ECEC context?<break/>To help answer this question, the chapter presents an analytical framework in which to discuss dilemmas of team leadership and diversity. Furthermore, it uses insights from literature on diversity management and discusses dilemmas of difference and sameness in organisations. The chapter highlights two shortcomings in mainstream literature on team leadership: leadership and diversity, and power and conflict in organisational culture. Moreover, the ambition is to contribute to theoretical advancement by introducing an intersectional approach to the theoretical framework for research on leadership in ECEC in diverse societies. 30 00 This chapter presents a theoretical discussion of team leadership and the balance between sameness and difference. It draws upon and extends existing literature on team leadership in general, and team leadership in early childhood education and care (ECEC) in Norway in particular. In this chapter, I ask: How does the theory on team leadership handle the balance between sameness and difference in a diverse ECEC context?<break/>To help answer this question, the chapter presents an analytical framework in which to discuss dilemmas of team leadership and diversity. Furthermore, it uses insights from literature on diversity management and discusses dilemmas of difference and sameness in organisations. The chapter highlights two shortcomings in mainstream literature on team leadership: leadership and diversity, and power and conflict in organisational culture. Moreover, the ambition is to contribute to theoretical advancement by introducing an intersectional approach to the theoretical framework for research on leadership in ECEC in diverse societies. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Shadowing Centre Directors as Pedagogical Leaders in Early Childhood Education Settings in Finland 1 A01 21 0000000207120801 Johanna Heikka Johanna Heikka 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Johanna Heikka is senior lecturer at the School of Applied Educational Science and Teacher Education at the University of Eastern Finland in Joensuu, Finland. Her current teaching focuses on the research methods, thesis guidance, pedagogy, organisational and leadership issues in early childhood education. Her research interests focus on leadership, quality and pedagogical development in early childhood education. Her publications focus on distributed pedagogical leadership and teacher leadership as well as pedagogy in ECEC. She is a leader and/or a member of leadership development projects and research groups in Finland and internationally. She is adjunct professor in ECE leadership at the University of Oulu. 2 A01 21 0000000229800031 Merja Koivula Merja Koivula 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Merja Koivula, PhD, title of docent, works as a senior lecturer in early childhood education at the Faculty of Education and Psychology, Department of Education, University of Jyväskylä, Finland. Her main research interests have focused on children’s social-emotional development, social-emotional learning interventions, and well-being in early childhood education and care. Furthermore, she studies early childhood education pedagogy, for example, the use of digital technologies in ECEC and play as a context for learning. 3 A01 21 0000000281253514 Merja Hautakangas Merja Hautakangas Municipality of Muurame Merja Hautakangas, PhD, works as a director of early childhood education service. She has previously worked as a senior specialist at the Finnish National Agency for Education, Finland, and as a university teacher at the Institute of Educational Leadership at the University of Jyväskylä. She also has extensive experience in early childhood education leadership. Her research interests include educational leadership, especially appreciative and strength-based leadership, as well as children’s self-regulation skills from a positive approach. 4 A01 Katja Suhonen Katja Suhonen 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Katja Suhonen works as a university teacher in early childhood education at the University of Eastern Finland, School of Applied Educational Science and Teacher Education. She received a master’s degree in educational sciences in 2018. Her research has focused on pedagogical leadership and teacher efficacy in early childhood education, for example. She has worked in several early childhood pedagogy and quality development projects, which have inspired her to plan her own doctoral studies. 03 00 This chapter investigates the implementation of pedagogical leadership by Finnish early childhood education (ECE) centre directors. The study focuses on the key pedagogical leadership responsibilities of three centre directors and how leadership structures and approaches influence the implementation of pedagogical leadership in ECE settings. Qualitative shadowing was employed to investigate the directors’ leadership practices on pedagogical leadership in selected settings. The findings reflected three main areas of responsibility for pedagogical leadership: leading pedagogical activities and curriculum work within the centre, leading professional development of educators, and leading pedagogical assessment and development. Furthermore, it was revealed that leadership structures in the municipality and leadership approaches of the centre directors significantly influenced the implementation of pedagogical leadership. This study’s findings can inform and promote the implementation of pedagogical leadership and can enhance the preparation and training of ECE leaders who can guide the quality provisioning of ECE programmes that impact children’s learning outcomes. 30 00 This chapter investigates the implementation of pedagogical leadership by Finnish early childhood education (ECE) centre directors. The study focuses on the key pedagogical leadership responsibilities of three centre directors and how leadership structures and approaches influence the implementation of pedagogical leadership in ECE settings. Qualitative shadowing was employed to investigate the directors’ leadership practices on pedagogical leadership in selected settings. The findings reflected three main areas of responsibility for pedagogical leadership: leading pedagogical activities and curriculum work within the centre, leading professional development of educators, and leading pedagogical assessment and development. Furthermore, it was revealed that leadership structures in the municipality and leadership approaches of the centre directors significantly influenced the implementation of pedagogical leadership. This study’s findings can inform and promote the implementation of pedagogical leadership and can enhance the preparation and training of ECE leaders who can guide the quality provisioning of ECE programmes that impact children’s learning outcomes. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Pedagogical Leaders’ Use of Professional Judgement in Early Childhood Education and Care: A Case from Norway 1 A01 21 000000031943483X Torill Moe Torill Moe Nord University/Norwegian University of Science and Technology Torill Moe is an associate professor in organisation and leadership at Nord University, and in child welfare leadership, Norwegian University of Science and Technology. She is programme manager for the Master in Knowledge Management programme, Nord University, and also subject manager for National Leadership Education for Child Protection Services, NTNU. Her research publications are mostly about leadership and professional judgement and collaboration between welfare professionals. 2 A01 21 0009000126958730 Kjell Aage Gotvassli Kjell Gotvassli 40 030mwrt98 Nord University Kjell Aage Gotvassli is a professor emeritus in leadership at Nord University, Campus Levanger. He has a PhD in knowledge management from Copenhagen Business School. He has written about 20 books on leadership in early childhood organisations and knowledge management, and numerous articles in international and Norwegian journals on the same topics. 03 00 In this chapter, we discuss the exercise of professional judgement according to the Framework Plan for the Content and Tasks of Kindergartens in Norway</italic>. Our empirical bases consist of semi-structured interviews with a total of eight educational leaders, who emphasise the importance of practical knowledge and intuition in unpredictable and complex situations. This chapter also illuminates the dangers of the extensive use of professional judgement, and how pedagogical leaders work to ensure that their pedagogical work is in line with sound professional judgement. Arbitrariness, uncertainty, and insecurity in pedagogical work can result from the widespread use of professional judgement in order to maintain children’s best interests. Leadership strategies that pedagogical leaders use to ensure consensus in the employee group around the matter of professional judgement include mentoring, joint reflection, motivation, and support. The extent of professional judgement also depends on the current restrictions and the complexity of the situation. 30 00 In this chapter, we discuss the exercise of professional judgement according to the Framework Plan for the Content and Tasks of Kindergartens in Norway</italic>. Our empirical bases consist of semi-structured interviews with a total of eight educational leaders, who emphasise the importance of practical knowledge and intuition in unpredictable and complex situations. This chapter also illuminates the dangers of the extensive use of professional judgement, and how pedagogical leaders work to ensure that their pedagogical work is in line with sound professional judgement. Arbitrariness, uncertainty, and insecurity in pedagogical work can result from the widespread use of professional judgement in order to maintain children’s best interests. Leadership strategies that pedagogical leaders use to ensure consensus in the employee group around the matter of professional judgement include mentoring, joint reflection, motivation, and support. The extent of professional judgement also depends on the current restrictions and the complexity of the situation. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 School Leaders’ Attitude Towards the Use of Digital Technology in the Early Grades 1 A01 21 000000023594527X Roy Venketsamy Roy Venketsamy 40 04qzfn040 University of KwaZulu-Natal Roy Venketsamy is the Academic Head of School: Childhood Education at the University of KwaZulu-Natal. He is responsible for the promotion and provisioning of quality teaching, learning, and management of ECD and ECCE. Professor Roy comes from a strong curriculum background, having been involved in the development and training of the National Curriculum in South Africa. His research focus is the professionalisation of education through invitational teaching and learning, following in the footsteps of William Purkey and Kim Novak. He is involved in play pedagogy, lesson study, inclusive education, transformative pedagogy, and comprehensive sexuality education. He has published widely on these research areas. 2 A01 21 0000000297524163 Zijing Hu Zijing Hu 40 04z6c2n17 University of Johannesburg Zijing Hu is a senior lecturer in the Department of Complementary Medicine, Faculty of Health Sciences, at the University of Johannesburg. He has a PhD from the University of Pretoria with a focus on teaching, learning assessment, and practices to improve teaching and learning outcomes. His research focus is on quality education provision, with a particular interest in complementary medicine (Traditional Chinese Medicine), teaching and learning, and professional teacher development within a South African context. He has published several papers on improving teaching, learning, assessment, and practice within the South African higher education context. 3 A01 21 000000033679241X Candice Wilson Candice Wilson SANTS Private Higher Education Institute Candice Wilson is a foundation phase specialist. She is currently employed at a private higher education institute (SANTS) in South Africa. She is a curriculum developer for foundation phase subjects. Candice has vast experience in teaching in the early childhood education and care sector. She has completed her master’s thesis at the University of Pretoria, focusing on the use of technology for teaching and learning. Currently she is busy with her PhD study on comprehensive sexuality education in the early grades. 03 00 Technology is changing the way we learn in the 21st century. It has found its way into schools at an increasing pace. This study seeks to examine the attitude of school leaders towards the use of technology for teaching and learning. The study was conducted in a district in Gauteng. A qualitative case study involving methods such as interviews and document analysis containing notes was examined through the lens of the Technological Pedagogical and Content Knowledge model. The data gathered showed that school leaders supported the use of technology. School leaders were more focused on ‘reading, writing and arithmetic’, which are known in South Africa as the ‘3Rs’. Most leaders did not see the importance and necessity of technology in the early grades. Managers indicated that they were reluctant to allow staff to use technology because of theft and lack of training. Many cited their schools did not have the infrastructure and connectivity to support the use of technology. It was recommended that school leaders should be capacitated in the use of technology. The Department of Education should ensure that all schools have the necessary infrastructure in place before technology is introduced and that stricter security measures are put in place to prevent the theft of equipment from schools. 30 00 Technology is changing the way we learn in the 21st century. It has found its way into schools at an increasing pace. This study seeks to examine the attitude of school leaders towards the use of technology for teaching and learning. The study was conducted in a district in Gauteng. A qualitative case study involving methods such as interviews and document analysis containing notes was examined through the lens of the Technological Pedagogical and Content Knowledge model. The data gathered showed that school leaders supported the use of technology. School leaders were more focused on ‘reading, writing and arithmetic’, which are known in South Africa as the ‘3Rs’. Most leaders did not see the importance and necessity of technology in the early grades. Managers indicated that they were reluctant to allow staff to use technology because of theft and lack of training. Many cited their schools did not have the infrastructure and connectivity to support the use of technology. It was recommended that school leaders should be capacitated in the use of technology. The Department of Education should ensure that all schools have the necessary infrastructure in place before technology is introduced and that stricter security measures are put in place to prevent the theft of equipment from schools. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-12 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Peer Mentoring as a Means of Leader Support in Early Childhood Education and Care 1 A01 21 0000000348078360 Päivi Kupila Päivi Kupila 40 033003e23 Tampere University Päivi Kupila, PhD, works as a visitor (teaching) university lecturer at the Faculty of Education and Culture, Tampere University, Finland. She has worked extensively in research and teaching positions. Her research interests include the negotiation of work identities and professionalism in early childhood education. She is interested in social and cultural transformation in relation to early childhood education and educational institutions both locally and globally. Her research interests also include mentoring as a support for professionals. Kupila also participated in national and international research projects on leadership in early education. 03 00 Mentoring has become a valuable tool in supporting professionals. However, despite the benefits of mentoring, mentoring in early childhood education (ECE) has been paid only limited attention. The chapter is based on a research project focusing on peer mentoring as a means of leader support in Finnish ECE. The purpose of the project was to implement a peer mentoring programme to develop mentoring for leaders. During the programme, 21 leaders working in ECE were trained to start working as peer mentors for leaders in ECE. Learning activities during the programme required participants to start peer mentoring in their own professional contexts. The study investigates peer mentors’ experiences of peer mentoring related to their mentoring process with their mentees. Qualitative data were obtained through focus group interviews investigating the peer mentors’ experiences of the peer mentoring. The findings show that peer mentoring facilitates leadership in ECE. Peer mentoring provided a safe space to discuss professional issues and dilemmas and is characterised by collegial and reciprocal relationships. The results enhance our understanding of peer mentoring from the perspective of the peer mentors. 30 00 Mentoring has become a valuable tool in supporting professionals. However, despite the benefits of mentoring, mentoring in early childhood education (ECE) has been paid only limited attention. The chapter is based on a research project focusing on peer mentoring as a means of leader support in Finnish ECE. The purpose of the project was to implement a peer mentoring programme to develop mentoring for leaders. During the programme, 21 leaders working in ECE were trained to start working as peer mentors for leaders in ECE. Learning activities during the programme required participants to start peer mentoring in their own professional contexts. The study investigates peer mentors’ experiences of peer mentoring related to their mentoring process with their mentees. Qualitative data were obtained through focus group interviews investigating the peer mentors’ experiences of the peer mentoring. The findings show that peer mentoring facilitates leadership in ECE. Peer mentoring provided a safe space to discuss professional issues and dilemmas and is characterised by collegial and reciprocal relationships. The results enhance our understanding of peer mentoring from the perspective of the peer mentors. 20 00 Open Access 13 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-13 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Does Leadership Matter? A Narrative Analysis of Men’s Life Stories in Early Childhood Education and Care 1 A01 21 0000000226038715 Joanne McHale Joanne McHale 40 04t0qbt32 Technological University Dublin Joanne McHale has worked on the Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) programme in TU Dublin (formerly Institute of Technology, Blanchardstown) since 2010. She is interested in issues of gender, inclusion, and professional practice in ECEC. She received her PhD award from UCL Institute of Education, London, for her thesis on ‘Gender, Care and Career Trajectories in Early Childhood Education and Care in Ireland’, with a focus on men working in the sector. 2 A01 21 0000000174884572 Victoria Sullivan Victoria Sullivan 40 00rqy9422 University of Queensland Victoria Sullivan, PhD, has worked in research focusing on workplace environments, early childhood education, intersectionality, equity, and disadvantage, through a reflexive and abductive process. Her thesis from The University of Queensland focused on the low representation of men who educate in the early childhood education and care (ECEC) workforce. A mere 3 per cent of the Australian ECEC workforce identify as men and her research contributes to solving this significant policy problem. Dr Sullivan is now working with Goodstart Early Learning, Australia’s largest childcare provider and a nonprofit organisation, to develop their social inclusion projects for children, families, and educators. 3 A01 21 0000000177357276 Birgitte Ljunggren Birgitte Ljunggren Queen Maud University College of Early Childhood Education Birgitte Ljunggren has a PhD in sociology and is an associate professor, lecturer, and researcher at Queen Maud University College of Early Childhood Education (QMUC), Trondheim, Norway. Ljunggren is affiliated to the social science department at QMUC. Her research focuses on leadership, management, governance, and professionalisation in early childhood education and care (ECEC), as well as gender studies in ECEC. She has published nationally and internationally. Recently she has thematised men’s career choices in an embodied intersectional perspective and leadership of competence development in Norwegian ECECs as lean organisations. Her current research projects explore topics such as ECEC ownership, gender, pedagogical leadership, and children’s gender perspectives. 03 00 Early childhood education and care (ECEC) and early childhood centres (ECC) vary across countries and are embedded in their wider social and cultural contexts. However, difficulty with workforce gender balance, and in recruitment and retention of men to ECEC, is a worldwide issue. The ECEC workforce is a female-dominated workforce, with women averaging 98 per cent of the staff. The lack of men can be regarded as a democratic, developmental, social, and quality problem. Previous research points to leadership as central to issues of retention and recruitment in organisations in general and to ECEC in particular. However, there is still a lack of knowledge on how leadership relates to men’s career choices. In this chapter, we take a narrative approach to the life stories and graphic storylines of men working in ECEC in Australia, Norway, and Ireland. We investigate if, where, and how leadership is made relevant in their narratives and whether leadership influences the presence and retention of men in the sector. A narrative approach allows us to draw out the more subtle leadership practices embedded in interactions, relationships, and meaning making. We find that leadership can operate as a push- or pull-factor but may not be the only factor. 30 00 Early childhood education and care (ECEC) and early childhood centres (ECC) vary across countries and are embedded in their wider social and cultural contexts. However, difficulty with workforce gender balance, and in recruitment and retention of men to ECEC, is a worldwide issue. The ECEC workforce is a female-dominated workforce, with women averaging 98 per cent of the staff. The lack of men can be regarded as a democratic, developmental, social, and quality problem. Previous research points to leadership as central to issues of retention and recruitment in organisations in general and to ECEC in particular. However, there is still a lack of knowledge on how leadership relates to men’s career choices. In this chapter, we take a narrative approach to the life stories and graphic storylines of men working in ECEC in Australia, Norway, and Ireland. We investigate if, where, and how leadership is made relevant in their narratives and whether leadership influences the presence and retention of men in the sector. A narrative approach allows us to draw out the more subtle leadership practices embedded in interactions, relationships, and meaning making. We find that leadership can operate as a push- or pull-factor but may not be the only factor. 20 00 Open Access 14 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-14 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Early Childhood Development Centre Managers’ Provision of Comprehensive Quality Programmes: Policy Implementation 1 A01 21 0000000182103588 Jabulile Mzimela Jabulile Mzimela 40 04qzfn040 University of KwaZulu-Natal Jabulile Mzimela is an early childhood education specialist. She is a lecturer at the University of KwaZulu-Natal, School of Education, under the discipline of early childhood education. She holds a PhD in teacher development studies. Jabulile leads the Project for Early Childhood Policy Analysis (PECPA) in KwaZulu-Natal province, South Africa. Her research interests are on home language and additional languages teaching in the foundation phase. Lately, she has developed a further interest in early childhood care and education (birth to four years): leadership and management, early literacy, teacher knowledge. 2 A01 21 0000000205240375 Zanele Zama Zanele Zama 40 04qzfn040 University of KwaZulu-Natal Zanele Zama is a lecturer in the School of Education, Early Childhood Education Discipline, University of Kwa-Zulu Natal (UKZN) in South Africa. She holds a PhD in educational psychology. Her research interests are on early childhood care and education (ECCE) and how ECCE teachers understand the National Curriculum Framework (2015), which is a policy on how early learning development areas (ELDAs) can be taught to children from birth to four years. Dr Zanele Zama believes in transformative pedagogies, which she foresees as the solution to develop ECCE teachers’ and centre managers’ pedagogic knowledge. 3 A01 21 0000000173891420 Jongiwe Tebekana Jongiwe Tebekana University of Walter Sisulu Jongiwe Tebekana is a lecturer in the Faculty of Education, Early Childhood Education Discipline, and Walter Sisulu University (WSU) in South Africa. She is currently a PhD candidate in early childhood education. Her research interests are in the monitoring and evaluation of early childhood development (ECD) programmes and how these programmes contribute towards the holistic development of children from birth to four years. She believes in play-based pedagogy and that it is through this pedagogy that ECD programmes will have the potential to accomplish the role of teaching children holistically. 03 00 The establishment of the National Integrated Early Childhood Development Policy (NIECDP) in 2015 aimed at defining a national comprehensive early childhood development (ECD) programme and support with identified essential components inclusive of national, provincial, and local spheres of government. This study’s purpose is to explore ECD centre managers’ understandings of how provision for comprehensive quality early childhood development programmes can be made in their centres with specific reference to the aims of the NIECDP. Using Wenger’s Communities of Practice theory, this study focuses on ECD centre managers’ experiences of providing integrated programmes that are aligned with the policy’s expectations. The study was conducted in 10 community ECD centres located in rural and peri-urban contexts in Eastern Cape and KwaZulu-Natal provinces. Five ECD centre managers from each province were purposefully sampled for the study to interpret their understandings of provisioning of comprehensive quality programmes in their ECD centres. An interpretive qualitative case study methodological design was adopted. Semi-structured interviews and structured observations were used to generate credible and trustworthy data that were beyond generalisation. Findings revealed that some ECD centre managers lacked knowledge of the NIECDP. As a result, no provisioning of comprehensive quality ECD programmes that were overarched by multi-sectoral bodies as per the framework were implemented. ECD centre managers from underprivileged rural and peri-urban contexts worked in silos, as it was evidently clear that there was no collaboration with other provincial departments in ensuring the provision of a comprehensive quality ECD programme. 30 00 The establishment of the National Integrated Early Childhood Development Policy (NIECDP) in 2015 aimed at defining a national comprehensive early childhood development (ECD) programme and support with identified essential components inclusive of national, provincial, and local spheres of government. This study’s purpose is to explore ECD centre managers’ understandings of how provision for comprehensive quality early childhood development programmes can be made in their centres with specific reference to the aims of the NIECDP. Using Wenger’s Communities of Practice theory, this study focuses on ECD centre managers’ experiences of providing integrated programmes that are aligned with the policy’s expectations. The study was conducted in 10 community ECD centres located in rural and peri-urban contexts in Eastern Cape and KwaZulu-Natal provinces. Five ECD centre managers from each province were purposefully sampled for the study to interpret their understandings of provisioning of comprehensive quality programmes in their ECD centres. An interpretive qualitative case study methodological design was adopted. Semi-structured interviews and structured observations were used to generate credible and trustworthy data that were beyond generalisation. Findings revealed that some ECD centre managers lacked knowledge of the NIECDP. As a result, no provisioning of comprehensive quality ECD programmes that were overarched by multi-sectoral bodies as per the framework were implemented. ECD centre managers from underprivileged rural and peri-urban contexts worked in silos, as it was evidently clear that there was no collaboration with other provincial departments in ensuring the provision of a comprehensive quality ECD programme. 20 00 Open Access 15 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-15 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Supervising Early Childhood Education and Care in Finland 1 A01 21 0000000152114083 Ulla Soukainen Ulla Soukainen Regional State Administrative Agency for Southwestern Finland Ulla Soukainen has worked as a senior officer (ECE) in the Regional State Administrative Agency for Southwestern Finland since 2019. She is a teacher of ECE by primary profession and she has a long experience of teaching in ECE and in leading an ECE centre that included both a kindergarten and family day care. Ulla also has experience of developing ECE in two cities. She wrote her doctoral dissertation in 2015 on leadership in distributed organisations in ECE. She has been actively involved in developing the Joy in Motion programme since 2012. She is currently part of the quality assessment team led by the Finnish Education Evaluation Centre. 03 00 The Act on Early Childhood Education and Care takes a stand on premises, learning environment, qualification of personnel, aims, quality assessment, and supervision. Pursuant to the Act on Early Childhood Education and Care, the National core curriculum for early childhood education and care (ECEC) is a national regulation that provides guidelines for the national steering of ECEC. On a governmental level, supervision is very important when it comes to management, and in addition to that, assessment and supervision of the supervisory authorities are a part of the ECEC director’s tasks. Supervision is a part of strategic leadership. From the beginning of the year 2020, the Regional State Administrative Agency has implemented a supervision programme in which the focus is to check that there is adequate staffing throughout the day. There is a systematic sampling of children’s and personnel’s presence in early education centres of the municipal ECEC. By examining the adult–child ratios, senior officers in the Regional State Administrative Agency judge if the situation is satisfactory. The study was conducted to see whether municipalities are complying with the law. A low ratio affects the quality of early childhood education and care. The supervisory authority may issue an admonition for future operations to the organiser of ECEC. The sampling is ongoing, but the results so far show that municipal ECEC follows the ratio very well. During 2020, the Regional State Administrative Agencies supervised 1596 municipal day care centres. The adult–child ratio overrun percentage was only 0.45 per cent. 30 00 The Act on Early Childhood Education and Care takes a stand on premises, learning environment, qualification of personnel, aims, quality assessment, and supervision. Pursuant to the Act on Early Childhood Education and Care, the National core curriculum for early childhood education and care (ECEC) is a national regulation that provides guidelines for the national steering of ECEC. On a governmental level, supervision is very important when it comes to management, and in addition to that, assessment and supervision of the supervisory authorities are a part of the ECEC director’s tasks. Supervision is a part of strategic leadership. From the beginning of the year 2020, the Regional State Administrative Agency has implemented a supervision programme in which the focus is to check that there is adequate staffing throughout the day. There is a systematic sampling of children’s and personnel’s presence in early education centres of the municipal ECEC. By examining the adult–child ratios, senior officers in the Regional State Administrative Agency judge if the situation is satisfactory. The study was conducted to see whether municipalities are complying with the law. A low ratio affects the quality of early childhood education and care. The supervisory authority may issue an admonition for future operations to the organiser of ECEC. The sampling is ongoing, but the results so far show that municipal ECEC follows the ratio very well. During 2020, the Regional State Administrative Agencies supervised 1596 municipal day care centres. The adult–child ratio overrun percentage was only 0.45 per cent. 20 00 Open Access 16 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-16 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Owners’ Governance of Directors’ Mentoring Practices in Early Childhood Education and Care Centres in Norway 1 A01 21 0000000153101946 Magritt Lundestad Magritt Lundestad Oslo Metropolitan University Magritt Lundestad is a professor in organisation and leadership at Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway, Department of Early Childhood Education. Lundestad has worked as a leader in ECEC centres, and as a lecturer and researcher within the field of leadership, mentoring, and organisational development since 1997. Her research has included areas such as leadership and conflict resolution, mentoring in leader roles, pedagogical leadership in leader roles, and ECEC centres as learning organisations. Lundestad has published several books and articles on these subjects. She is the academic leader of several continuing education master’s level courses in leadership, mentoring, and educational change processes. 03 00 This chapter draws on data from semi-structured lifeworld interviews with seven directors in early childhood education and care centres (ECEC) in Norway with both public and private owners. The research questions for the study are: 1) What kind of role do owners have in directors’ mentoring of staff in ECEC centres in Norway? and 2) Does owners’ governance influence the quality of mentoring practices? Mentoring is understood as a learning process where the intention is that staff reflect individually and collectively on pedagogical practice. The study shows that directors believe owners see mentoring as important to ensure the quality of the pedagogical work, and that they expect directors to organise mentoring of staff. However, few owners have written guidelines or strategies beyond systems for mentoring of newly qualified early childhood teachers. Owners seem to govern more through support and dialogue than through authoritative rules. Owners also offer pedagogical capacity building at meetings for directors at owner level, in the form of mentoring in which the directors themselves participate. Directors are positive towards being given autonomy in mentoring for staff, but they ask for more financial resources and time to do mentoring. 30 00 This chapter draws on data from semi-structured lifeworld interviews with seven directors in early childhood education and care centres (ECEC) in Norway with both public and private owners. The research questions for the study are: 1) What kind of role do owners have in directors’ mentoring of staff in ECEC centres in Norway? and 2) Does owners’ governance influence the quality of mentoring practices? Mentoring is understood as a learning process where the intention is that staff reflect individually and collectively on pedagogical practice. The study shows that directors believe owners see mentoring as important to ensure the quality of the pedagogical work, and that they expect directors to organise mentoring of staff. However, few owners have written guidelines or strategies beyond systems for mentoring of newly qualified early childhood teachers. Owners seem to govern more through support and dialogue than through authoritative rules. Owners also offer pedagogical capacity building at meetings for directors at owner level, in the form of mentoring in which the directors themselves participate. Directors are positive towards being given autonomy in mentoring for staff, but they ask for more financial resources and time to do mentoring. 20 00 Open Access 17 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-17 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Integrative Leadership Framework for Quality in Early Childhood Education and Care 1 A01 21 0009000437557934 Eeva Hujala Eeva Hujala 40 033003e23 Tampere University Eeva Hujala is a professor emerita of ECE. During her academic career she has worked as a professor at several universities in Finland and abroad as well as in university administration, for example as Dean of the Faculty of Education. Her research areas include ECEC leadership, quality evaluation, and parent–teacher partnership, as well as cross-cultural comparisons in ECEC. She is the founder of the International Leadership Research Forum and the Journal of Early Childhood Education Research. For many years she was a vice president of ACEI and president of ECEAF. She is an honorary expert in the Finnish ECEC Leadership Forum. 2 A01 21 0000000170972313 Janniina Vlasov Janniina Vlasov Finnish Education Evaluation Centre Janniina Vlasov, PhD, works as a counsellor of evaluation at the Finnish Education Evaluation Centre (FINEEC). She is currently responsible for the development of the national evaluation system for the Finnish early childhood education and care (ECEC) field. As part of her governmental duties, she supports municipal ECEC organisers and private providers to develop their leadership and quality management structures. Vlasov’s research interests concern evaluation and development of ECEC in both national and cross-cultural contexts. 3 A01 21 0009000321756659 Kirsi Alila Kirsi Alila 40 02w52zt87 Ministry of Education and Culture Kirsi Alila, PhD, works as a senior ministerial adviser (Educational Affairs) in the Ministry of Education and Culture in the Department of Early Childhood Education, Comprehensive School Education and Liberal Adult Education in Finland. In her role, she is responsible for the national and international strategic development of early childhood education. Her main areas of research are the quality, steering system, leadership, and pedagogy of early childhood education. 03 00 Several changes have taken place both in the content and structure of early childhood education and care (ECEC) throughout the world, which has led to a need for developing leadership and quality evaluation strategies in early educational settings. Recent changes call for understanding leadership as part of comprehensive ECEC governance. The purpose of this conceptual chapter is to describe how governance, leadership, and operational culture in the ECEC context are integrated and how they provide the foundation for examining quality in ECEC. The aim of the chapter is to introduce a comprehensive approach to ECEC leadership, called an integrative leadership framework, developed in the Finnish ECEC context. The integrative leadership framework introduces the dimensions affecting operational culture in ECEC leadership and curriculum implementation when developing quality of ECEC services and their pedagogical practices. Legislation and administrative premises provide the frame for the leadership and management functions, as well as for quality management. The integrative leadership framework combines the dimensions connected to leadership to provide high-quality ECEC services. 30 00 Several changes have taken place both in the content and structure of early childhood education and care (ECEC) throughout the world, which has led to a need for developing leadership and quality evaluation strategies in early educational settings. Recent changes call for understanding leadership as part of comprehensive ECEC governance. The purpose of this conceptual chapter is to describe how governance, leadership, and operational culture in the ECEC context are integrated and how they provide the foundation for examining quality in ECEC. The aim of the chapter is to introduce a comprehensive approach to ECEC leadership, called an integrative leadership framework, developed in the Finnish ECEC context. The integrative leadership framework introduces the dimensions affecting operational culture in ECEC leadership and curriculum implementation when developing quality of ECEC services and their pedagogical practices. Legislation and administrative premises provide the frame for the leadership and management functions, as well as for quality management. The integrative leadership framework combines the dimensions connected to leadership to provide high-quality ECEC services. 20 00 Open Access 18 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-18 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Concluding Words 1 A01 21 000000022547905X Elina Fonsén Elina Fonsén 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Elina Fonsén holds a PhD and works as an associate professor at the Institute of Educational Leadership at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. Her research interest focuses on leadership in the educational field. She leads national and international research projects (e.g. Discourses of leadership, Sääntökirjat). In addition, she is a member of the Board of Early Childhood Education Association Finland (ECEAF) and chief of coordination group member in the International Leadership Research Forum (ILRF–EC). Furthermore, she is a member of the Executive Board of the Education, Administration and Research (SIG) of the Finnish Educational Research Association (FERA). 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20231220 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690882 03 9789523690882 06 15 9789523690905 03 9789523690905 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20231220 01 urn:uuid:b99e346f-6fb8-4693-b810-dcb3d818fa7f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:350809f6-127c-4395-ae67-b638fac0406e 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:b99e346f-6fb8-4693-b810-dcb3d818fa7f 15 9789523690905 03 9789523690905 06 10.33134/HUP-20 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Global Perspectives on Leadership in Early Childhood Education 1 B01 21 0000000204042035 Matshediso Modise Matshediso Modise 40 048cwvf49 University of South Africa Matshediso Modise is an associate professor at the University of South Africa who specialises in leadership and management in the early years, which highlights issues for transformative pedagogy, curriculum, quality practices and programmes, teacher development, and pedagogical leadership. She has delivered papers internationally, written book chapters, and co-supervised master’s and PhD students, and she is a recipient of a 2022 Women in Research Scholarship. She serves in the college Research Ethics committee and is an acting chairperson of the college academic integrity committee. She is the leader of the project titled Professional Identities and Wellbeing of Middle Leaders. 2 B01 21 000000022547905X Elina Fonsén Elina Fonsén 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Elina Fonsén holds a PhD and works as an associate professor at the Institute of Educational Leadership at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. Her research interest focuses on leadership in the educational field. She leads national and international research projects (e.g. Discourses of leadership, Sääntökirjat). In addition, she is a member of the Board of Early Childhood Education Association Finland (ECEAF) and chief of coordination group member in the International Leadership Research Forum (ILRF–EC). Furthermore, she is a member of the Executive Board of the Education, Administration and Research (SIG) of the Finnish Educational Research Association (FERA). 3 B01 21 0000000207120801 Johanna Heikka Johanna Heikka 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Johanna Heikka is senior lecturer at the School of Applied Educational Science and Teacher Education at the University of Eastern Finland in Joensuu, Finland. Her current teaching focuses on the research methods, thesis guidance, pedagogy, organisational and leadership issues in early childhood education. Her research interests focus on leadership, quality and pedagogical development in early childhood education. Her publications focus on distributed pedagogical leadership and teacher leadership as well as pedagogy in ECEC. She is a leader and/or a member of leadership development projects and research groups in Finland and internationally. She is adjunct professor in ECE leadership at the University of Oulu. 4 B01 21 0000000178603731 Nkidi Phatudi Nkidi Phatudi 40 048cwvf49 University of South Africa Nkidi Phatudi is a retired professor in the Department of Early Childhood Education, College of Education, University of South Africa. She taught literacy in early years for first and second language pedagogy in postgraduate and undergraduate programmes. She has supervised doctoral and master’s students in language teaching and learning and in leadership in ECD. She has also presented at different conferences on the same themes. She has edited a book on EFAL (English as First Additional Language), published articles, and contributed book chapters on a range of topics in ECD, including language teaching and learning in the early years. She serves as a member of the International Leadership Research Forum (ILRF) and the MOLTENO literacies and languages boards. 5 B01 21 0000000337687259 Marit Bøe Marit Bøe 40 05ecg5h20 University of South-Eastern Norway Marit Bøe is professor in educational leadership at the University of South-Eastern Norway. She has a PhD in early childhood education (ECE) leadership. Bøe has researched and published on educational leadership in ECE, leadership development, and teaching methodologies related to leadership training programmes for ECE leaders. She has worked as a leader in ECEC centres for 17 years, and as a lecturer within leadership programmes at bachelor’s and master’s levels since 2007. She participates in several projects in close relationships with ECEC teachers and leaders. Bøe is a member of the international leadership research forum (ILRF) coordination group. 6 B01 21 0000000201115331 Thembi Phala Thembi Phala 40 048cwvf49 University of South Africa Thembi Phala has a PhD in education and is the chair of the Early Childhood Department at the University of South Africa. Her research interests include diverse learners’ reading support and inclusive education. She has presented research papers at conferences and participates in multidisciplinary research aimed at developing inclusive early childhood care and education programmes. She supervises postgraduate students. Dr Phala is a member of the International Leadership Research Forum and Discourse of Leadership in Early Childhood. She is the project manager for the BEd FP degree programme at the Mathew Goniwe School of Leadership and Governance, which prepares Grade R teachers. 01 eng 00 340 03 B2 Educational science B2 Educational leadership B2 Early childhood education B2 Educational administration B2 Educational management 20 Early childhood education; Educational leadership; Pedagogical leadership; Educational administration; pedagogy inclusion 01 06 02 00 Global Perspectives on Leadership in Early Childhood Education</italic> offers valuable research evidence on how successful leadership is developed in various Early Childhood Education and Care settings and contexts. The contributions of this edited volume provide insightful perspectives on leadership issues from across the world, making i 03 00 Global Perspectives on Leadership in Early Childhood Education</italic> aims to improve leadership and management in Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) settings through research evidence. Written for a wide audience, including the academic community, policymakers, practitioners, teachers, directors, and professionals, the book provides knowledge and tools to enhance the ECEC sector.Divided into three thematic sections, the book examines the theory of leadership in ECEC, strategies for improving professional development, and the governance and policies related to ECEC leadership worldwide. In its 16 chapters that blend theoretical and practical perspectives, the book addresses diverse topics, such as pedagogical leadership in different countries, peer mentoring, and the utilization of digital technology in early childhood education. The volume draws upon collaboration through the International Leadership Research Forum in Early Childhood (ILRF–EC) and encompasses contributions from across the world, from South Africa to Norway, Australia, Finland, and beyond. By incorporating different contexts and viewpoints, Global Perspectives on Leadership in Early Childhood Education makes a significant and timely contribution to the field of education. 30 00 Global Perspectives on Leadership in Early Childhood Education</italic> aims to improve leadership and management in Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) settings through research evidence. Written for a wide audience, including the academic community, policymakers, practitioners, teachers, directors, and professionals, the book provides knowledge and tools to enhance the ECEC sector.Divided into three thematic sections, the book examines the theory of leadership in ECEC, strategies for improving professional development, and the governance and policies related to ECEC leadership worldwide. In its 16 chapters that blend theoretical and practical perspectives, the book addresses diverse topics, such as pedagogical leadership in different countries, peer mentoring, and the utilization of digital technology in early childhood education. The volume draws upon collaboration through the International Leadership Research Forum in Early Childhood (ILRF–EC) and encompasses contributions from across the world, from South Africa to Norway, Australia, Finland, and beyond. By incorporating different contexts and viewpoints, Global Perspectives on Leadership in Early Childhood Education makes a significant and timely contribution to the field of education. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/d233e115-e5ab-4b9e-a0cf-a013e76b0305.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction 1 A01 21 0000000204042035 Matshediso Modise Matshediso Modise 40 048cwvf49 University of South Africa Matshediso Modise is an associate professor at the University of South Africa who specialises in leadership and management in the early years, which highlights issues for transformative pedagogy, curriculum, quality practices and programmes, teacher development, and pedagogical leadership. She has delivered papers internationally, written book chapters, and co-supervised master’s and PhD students, and she is a recipient of a 2022 Women in Research Scholarship. She serves in the college Research Ethics committee and is an acting chairperson of the college academic integrity committee. She is the leader of the project titled Professional Identities and Wellbeing of Middle Leaders. 2 A01 21 000000022547905X Elina Fonsén Elina Fonsén 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Elina Fonsén holds a PhD and works as an associate professor at the Institute of Educational Leadership at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. Her research interest focuses on leadership in the educational field. She leads national and international research projects (e.g. Discourses of leadership, Sääntökirjat). In addition, she is a member of the Board of Early Childhood Education Association Finland (ECEAF) and chief of coordination group member in the International Leadership Research Forum (ILRF–EC). Furthermore, she is a member of the Executive Board of the Education, Administration and Research (SIG) of the Finnish Educational Research Association (FERA). 3 A01 21 0000000207120801 Johanna Heikka Johanna Heikka 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Johanna Heikka is senior lecturer at the School of Applied Educational Science and Teacher Education at the University of Eastern Finland in Joensuu, Finland. Her current teaching focuses on the research methods, thesis guidance, pedagogy, organisational and leadership issues in early childhood education. Her research interests focus on leadership, quality and pedagogical development in early childhood education. Her publications focus on distributed pedagogical leadership and teacher leadership as well as pedagogy in ECEC. She is a leader and/or a member of leadership development projects and research groups in Finland and internationally. She is adjunct professor in ECE leadership at the University of Oulu. 4 A01 21 0000000178603731 Nkidi Phatudi Nkidi Phatudi 40 048cwvf49 University of South Africa Nkidi Phatudi is a retired professor in the Department of Early Childhood Education, College of Education, University of South Africa. She taught literacy in early years for first and second language pedagogy in postgraduate and undergraduate programmes. She has supervised doctoral and master’s students in language teaching and learning and in leadership in ECD. She has also presented at different conferences on the same themes. She has edited a book on EFAL (English as First Additional Language), published articles, and contributed book chapters on a range of topics in ECD, including language teaching and learning in the early years. She serves as a member of the International Leadership Research Forum (ILRF) and the MOLTENO literacies and languages boards. 5 A01 21 0000000337687259 Marit Bøe Marit Bøe 40 05ecg5h20 University of South-Eastern Norway Marit Bøe is professor in educational leadership at the University of South-Eastern Norway. She has a PhD in early childhood education (ECE) leadership. Bøe has researched and published on educational leadership in ECE, leadership development, and teaching methodologies related to leadership training programmes for ECE leaders. She has worked as a leader in ECEC centres for 17 years, and as a lecturer within leadership programmes at bachelor’s and master’s levels since 2007. She participates in several projects in close relationships with ECEC teachers and leaders. Bøe is a member of the international leadership research forum (ILRF) coordination group. 6 A01 21 0000000201115331 Thembi Phala Thembi Phala 40 048cwvf49 University of South Africa Thembi Phala has a PhD in education and is the chair of the Early Childhood Department at the University of South Africa. Her research interests include diverse learners’ reading support and inclusive education. She has presented research papers at conferences and participates in multidisciplinary research aimed at developing inclusive early childhood care and education programmes. She supervises postgraduate students. Dr Phala is a member of the International Leadership Research Forum and Discourse of Leadership in Early Childhood. She is the project manager for the BEd FP degree programme at the Mathew Goniwe School of Leadership and Governance, which prepares Grade R teachers. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Finnish Early Childhood Education and Care Leaders’ Conceptualisations and Understandings of Pedagogical Leadership 1 A01 21 000000022547905X Elina Fonsén Elina Fonsén 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Elina Fonsén holds a PhD and works as an associate professor at the Institute of Educational Leadership at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. Her research interest focuses on leadership in the educational field. She leads national and international research projects (e.g. Discourses of leadership, Sääntökirjat). In addition, she is a member of the Board of Early Childhood Education Association Finland (ECEAF) and chief of coordination group member in the International Leadership Research Forum (ILRF–EC). Furthermore, she is a member of the Executive Board of the Education, Administration and Research (SIG) of the Finnish Educational Research Association (FERA). 2 A01 21 0000000319256578 Raisa Ahtiainen Raisa Ahtiainen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Raisa Ahtiainen, PhD (Ed.), is a researcher and university lecturer at the Faculty of Educational Sciences, University of Helsinki, Finland. She is a co-leader of the Leadership in Educational Contexts research group (LeadEd), and a principal investigator (PI) in the Centre for Educational Assessment (CEA) at the faculty. She also works as a visiting research fellow at the Tallinn University, Estonia, and holds a title of docent (associate professor) at the Åbo Akademi University, Finland. In her research, she focuses on educational change, school development, inclusive school communities, and leadership in education. 3 A01 21 0000000232624227 Kirsi-Marja Heikkinen Kirsi-Marja Heikkinen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Kirsi-Marja Heikkinen, M.A. (Ed.), is a PhD student and university teacher at the University of Helsinki, Faculty of Educational Sciences, Early Childhood Education Unit. She is part of the Finnish Leadership in Educational Contexts research group (LeadEd) and international ILRF–EC research group. She is also active in the TOTEMK project, developing Kenyan teacher education with local universities. Heikkinen’s research focuses on ECE leadership as a profession, what its building blocks are, how leader identity is formed, and what leaders’ relation to multi-professional working communities is. In this, her special interests are employee participation, deeper involvement, and power relations. 03 00 Since the 2010s, the field of early childhood education and care (ECEC) in Finland has gone through several changes. Leaders working in ECEC have a crucial role in developing pedagogy and practices in their centres. Pedagogical leadership is one of the key concepts in educational discourse around leaders’ work; however, the field lacks a unified definition for pedagogical leadership in terms of both research and practice in ECEC. Therefore, it is necessary to examine how leaders conceptualise pedagogical leadership and how they see their own roles as pedagogical leaders. The data are five focus group interviews with ECEC leaders (N = 15) that were conducted in 2019. The data were analysed by employing the discursive institutionalism approach. The discourse analysis revealed how ECEC leadership tasks were reflected in relation to the importance of pedagogical leadership competence and the use of ‘pedagogical lenses’. Further, leaders described the ECEC curriculum as a strategic tool. Pedagogical leadership was seen as a means for leaders and teachers to jointly interpret and implement the curriculum. In light of these findings, it may be stated that ECEC pedagogical leadership is a concept that appears to be taking shape theoretically in ECEC leaders’ discourses. However, its daily implementation requires clarification before a shared understanding of the matter can be reached. 30 00 Since the 2010s, the field of early childhood education and care (ECEC) in Finland has gone through several changes. Leaders working in ECEC have a crucial role in developing pedagogy and practices in their centres. Pedagogical leadership is one of the key concepts in educational discourse around leaders’ work; however, the field lacks a unified definition for pedagogical leadership in terms of both research and practice in ECEC. Therefore, it is necessary to examine how leaders conceptualise pedagogical leadership and how they see their own roles as pedagogical leaders. The data are five focus group interviews with ECEC leaders (N = 15) that were conducted in 2019. The data were analysed by employing the discursive institutionalism approach. The discourse analysis revealed how ECEC leadership tasks were reflected in relation to the importance of pedagogical leadership competence and the use of ‘pedagogical lenses’. Further, leaders described the ECEC curriculum as a strategic tool. Pedagogical leadership was seen as a means for leaders and teachers to jointly interpret and implement the curriculum. In light of these findings, it may be stated that ECEC pedagogical leadership is a concept that appears to be taking shape theoretically in ECEC leaders’ discourses. However, its daily implementation requires clarification before a shared understanding of the matter can be reached. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Early Childhood Leaders’ Conceptualisation and Understanding of Leadership in Community Centres: The Case of South Africa 1 A01 21 0000000204042035 Matshediso Modise Matshediso Modise 40 048cwvf49 University of South Africa Matshediso Modise is an associate professor at the University of South Africa who specialises in leadership and management in the early years, which highlights issues for transformative pedagogy, curriculum, quality practices and programmes, teacher development, and pedagogical leadership. She has delivered papers internationally, written book chapters, and co-supervised master’s and PhD students, and she is a recipient of a 2022 Women in Research Scholarship. She serves in the college Research Ethics committee and is an acting chairperson of the college academic integrity committee. She is the leader of the project titled Professional Identities and Wellbeing of Middle Leaders. 2 A01 21 000000033789600X Sharon Mampane Sharon Mampane 40 048cwvf49 University of South Africa Sharon Mampane is a professor emerita in the Department of Leadership and Management at the University of South Africa. She has taught courses on Teaching Effectiveness and Performance Evaluation (TEPA) to principals and teachers in Nigerian private schools in the Nigerian Quality Assurance and Research Development Agency (QAARDAN) project. She has participated in the Irish Aid Circuit Improvement Project (CIP), training circuit inspectors in the Department of Education. Sharon has provided training for district officials and school managers in Windhoek, Namibia. She has instructed Tanzanian Technical Vocational Education and Training (TVET) members of the National Council for Technical Education (NACTE) on TVET curriculum development. Her scholarly work appears in high-profile publications. She has developed an ECD diploma module and Recognition of Prior Learning (RPL) programmes for higher education students. 3 A01 21 0000000178603731 Nkidi Phatudi Nkidi Phatudi 40 048cwvf49 University of South Africa Nkidi Phatudi is a retired professor in the Department of Early Childhood Education, College of Education, University of South Africa. She taught literacy in early years for first and second language pedagogy in postgraduate and undergraduate programmes. She has supervised doctoral and master’s students in language teaching and learning and in leadership in ECD. She has also presented at different conferences on the same themes. She has edited a book on EFAL (English as First Additional Language), published articles, and contributed book chapters on a range of topics in ECD, including language teaching and learning in the early years. She serves as a member of the International Leadership Research Forum (ILRF) and the MOLTENO literacies and languages boards. 03 00 This chapter conceptualises leadership in early childhood care and education (ECEC) centres in South Africa. The report emanates from the Project in Early Childhood Policy Analysis (PECPA) research project conducted in ECEC community centres in the rural communities of Gauteng Province (RSA). Because of the minimal research conducted on centre managers’ conceptualisation of leadership in rural South African ECEC centres, the study aims to highlight the challenges, understanding, and practices of ECEC centre leaders. Five principals were purposively selected from five rural community settings in this qualitative case study. The school-based management theory and leadership principle, termed centre-based management, underpinned the chapter. The research lends itself to an exploratory qualitative data collection method through face-to-face semi-structured interviews to explore the phenomenon under study. Findings reveal that principals’ conceptualisation and understanding of leadership practices focus on administrative duties that exclude distributive leadership. The conceptualisation of leadership is limited to performing managerial duties such as practitioner recruitment, fundraising, and centre resource development. The conclusion is that ECEC leadership and sustainable development of community centres urgently require well-trained, informed, visionary, experienced, and critical-thinking leaders. 30 00 This chapter conceptualises leadership in early childhood care and education (ECEC) centres in South Africa. The report emanates from the Project in Early Childhood Policy Analysis (PECPA) research project conducted in ECEC community centres in the rural communities of Gauteng Province (RSA). Because of the minimal research conducted on centre managers’ conceptualisation of leadership in rural South African ECEC centres, the study aims to highlight the challenges, understanding, and practices of ECEC centre leaders. Five principals were purposively selected from five rural community settings in this qualitative case study. The school-based management theory and leadership principle, termed centre-based management, underpinned the chapter. The research lends itself to an exploratory qualitative data collection method through face-to-face semi-structured interviews to explore the phenomenon under study. Findings reveal that principals’ conceptualisation and understanding of leadership practices focus on administrative duties that exclude distributive leadership. The conceptualisation of leadership is limited to performing managerial duties such as practitioner recruitment, fundraising, and centre resource development. The conclusion is that ECEC leadership and sustainable development of community centres urgently require well-trained, informed, visionary, experienced, and critical-thinking leaders. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Wrestling with the Notion of Leadership and Teacher Involvement: Understanding Caribbean Teachers’ Myths and Beliefs within Global Perspectives 1 A01 21 0000000306561039 Carol Logie Carol Logie University of The West Indies Carol Logie, PhD, was nominated Exceptional Master Leader 2015–2016 by the World Forum on Early Care and Education and featured in the Exchange magazine 2015 issue. She is a former director and senior lecturer at the University of the West Indies, Family Development and Children’s Research Centre. Dr Logie is an international consultant and chair of the Children’s Authority of Trinidad and Tobago. She continues to advocate globally for children and families. 2 A01 21 0009000630160277 Lenisa Joseph Lenisa Joseph 40 03np13864 University of Trinidad and Tobago Lenisa N. Joseph, PhD, is an assistant professor of Special Needs Education at the University of Trinidad and Tobago and an advocate for the rights of children with special needs, particularly their right to education. She founded Sooner Than Later Intervention Services in 2018, and her research interests include intervention and inclusion services for young children with special needs and disabilities. Dr Joseph is a Fulbright Scholar and worked as an assistant professor in the United States. She is currently consulting on developing early childhood and special education initiatives in the Caribbean. 3 A01 21 0009000168468908 Ria Eustace Ria Eustace University of The West Indies Ria Eustace is a researcher with over three years of experience in conducting research at university level. Ria’s work is characterised by a commitment to exploring the unique challenges and opportunities associated with early childhood education in small island states. Ria has assisted in identifying key factors that shape the quality and accessibility of early childhood education in small island states and has provided important insights into the ways in which these factors can be leveraged to improve outcomes for young children and their families. 4 A01 21 0009000620868589 Altaf Mohammed Altaf Mohammed University of The West Indies Altaf Mohammed is a children’s services associate at the Children’s Authority of Trinidad and Tobago (CATT) Investigation and Intervention Unit and a former researcher at the University of the West Indies (UWI), Family Development and Children’s Research Centre. He has an MSc in counselling psychology with an emphasis in community counselling from the University of the Southern Caribbean (USC) and a BSc in psychology from the University of the West Indies (UWI). 5 A01 21 0009000564365660 Jovelle Donaldson Jovelle Donaldson University of The West Indies Jovelle Donaldson is a clinical psychologist working at the University of the West Indies (UWI). She is currently working at the Psychoeducational, Diagnostic and Intervention Clinic at the same university. Her work entails providing psychoeducational assessments to children with special educational needs. Prior to that, she worked as a researcher at the UWI Family Development & Children’s Research Centre, where her research interests included early childhood care and education (ECCE). 03 00 As developing nations continue to provide children with high-quality education, they too struggle to understand the notion of leadership and teacher involvement within the sector. This study is part of a Caribbean cross-national project on leadership in the early childhood sector funded by the government of Trinidad and Tobago and The University of the West Indies. A survey of 721 early childhood teachers in Trinidad and Tobago and Barbados provided data on their myths and beliefs about leadership. Key findings debunked the notion that teachers believed that only positional leaders can lead within ECEC settings. Intuitive understandings of the potential of distributed leadership were analysed. Global myths and beliefs were scrutinised. Global understanding and possibilities for qualitative research across borders were identified. A conceptual framework is offered for global advancement and support for teacher leaders from developing countries. 30 00 As developing nations continue to provide children with high-quality education, they too struggle to understand the notion of leadership and teacher involvement within the sector. This study is part of a Caribbean cross-national project on leadership in the early childhood sector funded by the government of Trinidad and Tobago and The University of the West Indies. A survey of 721 early childhood teachers in Trinidad and Tobago and Barbados provided data on their myths and beliefs about leadership. Key findings debunked the notion that teachers believed that only positional leaders can lead within ECEC settings. Intuitive understandings of the potential of distributed leadership were analysed. Global myths and beliefs were scrutinised. Global understanding and possibilities for qualitative research across borders were identified. A conceptual framework is offered for global advancement and support for teacher leaders from developing countries. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Leadership in Norwegian Municipal Early Childhood Education Care Centres 1 A01 21 0000000332247975 Ann Kristin Larsen Ann Larsen Oslo Metropolitan University Ann Kristin Larsen is a professor in organisation and leadership at Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway, Department of Early Childhood Education. Larsen has worked in the field of organisation and leadership in ECEC institutions through teaching and research since 1993. As a sociologist, her research has a sociological perspective on organisational development and on how leadership in ECEC institutions develops and changes in line with societal development. Larsen has published several books and research articles on the subject. She is the academic leader of several continuing education master’s level courses in childcare leadership. Larsen is also leader of a research group named Leadership, Guidance, and Organisation Development. 03 00 This chapter is based on a qualitative interview survey among directors of Norwegian early childhood education and care (ECEC) centres. The research question is as follows: What expectations, possibilities, and challenges do ECEC directors perceive in their cooperation with their immediate superiors, and how does this cooperation affect the autonomy and freedom of action of directors’ leadership role? The main findings of the survey are that directors have regular contact with their immediate superiors in the municipal leadership and management hierarchy, as well as when a need arises. The contact takes place in the form of meetings with other directors and individual contact by phone and email. At these meetings, information is provided, matters of a legal and administrative nature are discussed, and there are discussions about the implementation of pedagogical guidelines from the municipality. The individual cooperation between the director and their immediate superior largely focuses on individual cases relating to children and parents, personnel matters, or pedagogical issues. The directors find this cooperation important and regard their immediate superior as a source of support. Five out of six interviewees have a superior who is a trained kindergarten teacher. They want their superior to provide pedagogical advice and be a discussion partner in pedagogical matters. They are mostly satisfied with the cooperation, but find that their superiors have little time to set aside for pedagogical follow-up work. Although the superior has overriding pedagogical responsibility for the ECEC centres, the directors themselves perceive that they have pedagogical authority and freedom of action and autonomy, and that their superior trusts them. 30 00 This chapter is based on a qualitative interview survey among directors of Norwegian early childhood education and care (ECEC) centres. The research question is as follows: What expectations, possibilities, and challenges do ECEC directors perceive in their cooperation with their immediate superiors, and how does this cooperation affect the autonomy and freedom of action of directors’ leadership role? The main findings of the survey are that directors have regular contact with their immediate superiors in the municipal leadership and management hierarchy, as well as when a need arises. The contact takes place in the form of meetings with other directors and individual contact by phone and email. At these meetings, information is provided, matters of a legal and administrative nature are discussed, and there are discussions about the implementation of pedagogical guidelines from the municipality. The individual cooperation between the director and their immediate superior largely focuses on individual cases relating to children and parents, personnel matters, or pedagogical issues. The directors find this cooperation important and regard their immediate superior as a source of support. Five out of six interviewees have a superior who is a trained kindergarten teacher. They want their superior to provide pedagogical advice and be a discussion partner in pedagogical matters. They are mostly satisfied with the cooperation, but find that their superiors have little time to set aside for pedagogical follow-up work. Although the superior has overriding pedagogical responsibility for the ECEC centres, the directors themselves perceive that they have pedagogical authority and freedom of action and autonomy, and that their superior trusts them. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Leadership Responsibilities of Early Childhood Directors in Palestine from the Directors’ Viewpoint 1 A01 21 0000000346397376 Sami Adwan Sami Adwan 40 04wwgp209 Hebron University Sami Adwan is a professor emeritus of education and teacher training. He is the author of The Status of Islamic and Christian Religious Education in Palestinian Schools and co-author of Side by Side: Parallel Histories of Israel-Palestine (2011), Writers Matter: Empowering Voices of Israeli and Palestinian Teens – Cultural Narrative Building through Writing (2016), and Participation and Reconciliation: Preconditions of Justice (2011). He has published many research articles related to kindergarten education, the role of religion in creating harmony, and other topics. He has been a consultant to many schools, Dean of the Faculty of Education at Bethlehem University, Academic Vice President at Hebron University, and a member of the Palestinian UNESCO committee and the Palestinian Curriculum Center. He has coordinated many international cooperation projects and has been a Fulbright scholar and visiting scholar in many local and international universities. 2 A01 21 0000000202482475 Karin Hognestad Karin Hognestad 40 05ecg5h20 University of South-Eastern Norway Karin Hognestad is professor in education and Head of the Early Childhood Research Center (SEBUTI) at the University of South-Eastern Norway. Professor Hognestad completed her PhD in early childhood education in June 2016 at the Norwegian University of Science and Technology. She has published refereed articles both nationally and internationally about pedagogical leadership and leadership development. Her research interests are education, ECE leadership, pedagogical leadership, teacher leadership, small children’s voices, practice perspectives, and qualitative shadowing. She is a member of the ILRF coordination group. 3 A01 21 0000000240260857 Somaya Sayma Somaya Sayma 40 057ts1y80 Islamic University of Gaza Somaya Sayma has a PhD in educational administration. She is a faculty member at the Education Faculty at the Islamic University of Gaza (IUG). She is currently working as the manager of the Women’s Studies Center at IUG. She is a member of the Norwegian project team to develop an early childhood education programme and is an advisory member in the Culture for a Sustainable and Comprehensive Social Peace project. She has published many papers and has participated in conferences and workshops in the field of early childhood education, gender, women, and equality. 4 A01 21 0000000337687259 Marit Bøe Marit Bøe 40 05ecg5h20 University of South-Eastern Norway Marit Bøe is professor in educational leadership at the University of South-Eastern Norway. She has a PhD in early childhood education (ECE) leadership. Bøe has researched and published on educational leadership in ECE, leadership development, and teaching methodologies related to leadership training programmes for ECE leaders. She has worked as a leader in ECEC centres for 17 years, and as a lecturer within leadership programmes at bachelor’s and master’s levels since 2007. She participates in several projects in close relationships with ECEC teachers and leaders. Bøe is a member of the international leadership research forum (ILRF) coordination group. 03 00 This chapter discusses early childhood education (ECE) directors’ leadership in Palestinian ECE in a time when Palestine reforms and develops its ECE system. Specifically, the study sets out to investigate what key leadership responsibilities are being experienced by Palestinian early childhood directors. The lack of studies dealing with ECE leadership in the Palestinian context shows the need for a unified consciousness of leadership. This chapter adds to this challenge, and it is hoped that novel researched-based knowledge might also add to the understanding of leadership responsibilities internationally. The study belongs to the Norwegian Partnership Programme for Global Academic Cooperation (NORPART) project Developing Teacher Education in Pedagogy for Early Childhood Education and Early Elementary Schools in Palestine and Norway, in which researchers from Palestine and Norway investigated ECE leadership as one selected topic. This chapter builds on empirical data from a quantitative questionnaire (N = 166) administered to a purposeful representative sample of ECE directors from the West Bank and Gaza Strip. The results show the wide range of leadership responsibilities that ECE directors perceive in their daily work. Using the theoretical framework of leadership as function (Adizes, 1991), we found that ECE directors in Palestine range responsibilities to children highest. Even though leadership responsibilities related to administration were ranged as lowest, this category contains most areas of responsibility. Moreover, the results highlight the directors’ role and duties in securing and safeguarding the organisation’s goals as core responsibilities. The results make a new contribution to understanding and developing the professional role in order to strengthen ECE leadership and be more effective and dynamic in Palestinian ECE during a time of significant expansion. 30 00 This chapter discusses early childhood education (ECE) directors’ leadership in Palestinian ECE in a time when Palestine reforms and develops its ECE system. Specifically, the study sets out to investigate what key leadership responsibilities are being experienced by Palestinian early childhood directors. The lack of studies dealing with ECE leadership in the Palestinian context shows the need for a unified consciousness of leadership. This chapter adds to this challenge, and it is hoped that novel researched-based knowledge might also add to the understanding of leadership responsibilities internationally. The study belongs to the Norwegian Partnership Programme for Global Academic Cooperation (NORPART) project Developing Teacher Education in Pedagogy for Early Childhood Education and Early Elementary Schools in Palestine and Norway, in which researchers from Palestine and Norway investigated ECE leadership as one selected topic. This chapter builds on empirical data from a quantitative questionnaire (N = 166) administered to a purposeful representative sample of ECE directors from the West Bank and Gaza Strip. The results show the wide range of leadership responsibilities that ECE directors perceive in their daily work. Using the theoretical framework of leadership as function (Adizes, 1991), we found that ECE directors in Palestine range responsibilities to children highest. Even though leadership responsibilities related to administration were ranged as lowest, this category contains most areas of responsibility. Moreover, the results highlight the directors’ role and duties in securing and safeguarding the organisation’s goals as core responsibilities. The results make a new contribution to understanding and developing the professional role in order to strengthen ECE leadership and be more effective and dynamic in Palestinian ECE during a time of significant expansion. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Leadership in Irish Early Childhood Education and Care: In Pursuit of Purpose and Possibilities 1 A01 21 0000000236119578 Geraldine Nolan Geraldine Nolan 40 02qzs9336 National College of Ireland Geraldine Nolan, PhD, completed a BA (Hons) in English (University College Cork) and a postgraduate diploma in Montessori education (AMI) in the 1980s and worked in a Montessori school (for children aged 3–12 years) in San Francisco, USA. She returned to education, trained as a primary teacher (Scotland), and worked in the Irish primary school sector, before opening a Montessori AMI school (1991), retiring in 2016. She undertook a BA (Hons) ECEC, MEd (Distinction) and a PhD in educational leadership at Trinity College Dublin during this period. Geraldine currently enjoys working with the students (BA (Hons) ECEC) at the National College of Ireland. 03 00 In recent years, the Irish government has introduced several mandatory leadership roles for early childhood education and care (ECEC) services. This chapter outlines the development, delineation, and [un]intended consequences of such positions and the potential to pursue leadership beyond the prescribed roles. It draws from my research, a social feminism exploration of ECEC leadership, which questioned how leadership is conceptualised and practised in Irish ECEC services. The research involved individual interviews with 50 Irish ECEC participants. The participants argued that leadership was introduced to the sector without discussion, research, or adequate training, and was more concerned with economics and standardisation than with ECEC stakeholders’ welfare. This situation had created leadership confusion, and had marginalised practitioner knowledge and weakened their confidence in articulating their understanding of leadership and its purpose. Scholarship in the broader educational leadership field suggests that the purpose of leadership is seldom questioned and often remains ambiguous. While this chapter makes specific reference to the Irish context, the findings and research approach may be relevant for the wider ECEC community. 30 00 In recent years, the Irish government has introduced several mandatory leadership roles for early childhood education and care (ECEC) services. This chapter outlines the development, delineation, and [un]intended consequences of such positions and the potential to pursue leadership beyond the prescribed roles. It draws from my research, a social feminism exploration of ECEC leadership, which questioned how leadership is conceptualised and practised in Irish ECEC services. The research involved individual interviews with 50 Irish ECEC participants. The participants argued that leadership was introduced to the sector without discussion, research, or adequate training, and was more concerned with economics and standardisation than with ECEC stakeholders’ welfare. This situation had created leadership confusion, and had marginalised practitioner knowledge and weakened their confidence in articulating their understanding of leadership and its purpose. Scholarship in the broader educational leadership field suggests that the purpose of leadership is seldom questioned and often remains ambiguous. While this chapter makes specific reference to the Irish context, the findings and research approach may be relevant for the wider ECEC community. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Team Leadership and Diversity in Norwegian Early Childhood Education and Care 1 A01 21 0000000229726097 Cecilie Thun Cecilie Thun Oslo Metropolitan University Cecilie Thun is an associate professor in the Department of Early Childhood Education at Oslo Metropolitan University in Norway. Her research interests include children’s citizenship, gender, and cultural diversity in ECEC, diversity management, and organisational theory. She has co-edited the anthology Organisering, arbeidsdeling og profesjonalitet i barnehagen. Her postdoctoral project examined academic organisational culture and leadership from a gender perspective. In her dissertation, she used citizenship theory and developed the analytical concept of ‘complex Norwegianness’, which among other things is about identity, belonging, and participation in a diverse society. 03 00 This chapter presents a theoretical discussion of team leadership and the balance between sameness and difference. It draws upon and extends existing literature on team leadership in general, and team leadership in early childhood education and care (ECEC) in Norway in particular. In this chapter, I ask: How does the theory on team leadership handle the balance between sameness and difference in a diverse ECEC context?<break/>To help answer this question, the chapter presents an analytical framework in which to discuss dilemmas of team leadership and diversity. Furthermore, it uses insights from literature on diversity management and discusses dilemmas of difference and sameness in organisations. The chapter highlights two shortcomings in mainstream literature on team leadership: leadership and diversity, and power and conflict in organisational culture. Moreover, the ambition is to contribute to theoretical advancement by introducing an intersectional approach to the theoretical framework for research on leadership in ECEC in diverse societies. 30 00 This chapter presents a theoretical discussion of team leadership and the balance between sameness and difference. It draws upon and extends existing literature on team leadership in general, and team leadership in early childhood education and care (ECEC) in Norway in particular. In this chapter, I ask: How does the theory on team leadership handle the balance between sameness and difference in a diverse ECEC context?<break/>To help answer this question, the chapter presents an analytical framework in which to discuss dilemmas of team leadership and diversity. Furthermore, it uses insights from literature on diversity management and discusses dilemmas of difference and sameness in organisations. The chapter highlights two shortcomings in mainstream literature on team leadership: leadership and diversity, and power and conflict in organisational culture. Moreover, the ambition is to contribute to theoretical advancement by introducing an intersectional approach to the theoretical framework for research on leadership in ECEC in diverse societies. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Shadowing Centre Directors as Pedagogical Leaders in Early Childhood Education Settings in Finland 1 A01 21 0000000207120801 Johanna Heikka Johanna Heikka 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Johanna Heikka is senior lecturer at the School of Applied Educational Science and Teacher Education at the University of Eastern Finland in Joensuu, Finland. Her current teaching focuses on the research methods, thesis guidance, pedagogy, organisational and leadership issues in early childhood education. Her research interests focus on leadership, quality and pedagogical development in early childhood education. Her publications focus on distributed pedagogical leadership and teacher leadership as well as pedagogy in ECEC. She is a leader and/or a member of leadership development projects and research groups in Finland and internationally. She is adjunct professor in ECE leadership at the University of Oulu. 2 A01 21 0000000229800031 Merja Koivula Merja Koivula 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Merja Koivula, PhD, title of docent, works as a senior lecturer in early childhood education at the Faculty of Education and Psychology, Department of Education, University of Jyväskylä, Finland. Her main research interests have focused on children’s social-emotional development, social-emotional learning interventions, and well-being in early childhood education and care. Furthermore, she studies early childhood education pedagogy, for example, the use of digital technologies in ECEC and play as a context for learning. 3 A01 21 0000000281253514 Merja Hautakangas Merja Hautakangas Municipality of Muurame Merja Hautakangas, PhD, works as a director of early childhood education service. She has previously worked as a senior specialist at the Finnish National Agency for Education, Finland, and as a university teacher at the Institute of Educational Leadership at the University of Jyväskylä. She also has extensive experience in early childhood education leadership. Her research interests include educational leadership, especially appreciative and strength-based leadership, as well as children’s self-regulation skills from a positive approach. 4 A01 Katja Suhonen Katja Suhonen 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Katja Suhonen works as a university teacher in early childhood education at the University of Eastern Finland, School of Applied Educational Science and Teacher Education. She received a master’s degree in educational sciences in 2018. Her research has focused on pedagogical leadership and teacher efficacy in early childhood education, for example. She has worked in several early childhood pedagogy and quality development projects, which have inspired her to plan her own doctoral studies. 03 00 This chapter investigates the implementation of pedagogical leadership by Finnish early childhood education (ECE) centre directors. The study focuses on the key pedagogical leadership responsibilities of three centre directors and how leadership structures and approaches influence the implementation of pedagogical leadership in ECE settings. Qualitative shadowing was employed to investigate the directors’ leadership practices on pedagogical leadership in selected settings. The findings reflected three main areas of responsibility for pedagogical leadership: leading pedagogical activities and curriculum work within the centre, leading professional development of educators, and leading pedagogical assessment and development. Furthermore, it was revealed that leadership structures in the municipality and leadership approaches of the centre directors significantly influenced the implementation of pedagogical leadership. This study’s findings can inform and promote the implementation of pedagogical leadership and can enhance the preparation and training of ECE leaders who can guide the quality provisioning of ECE programmes that impact children’s learning outcomes. 30 00 This chapter investigates the implementation of pedagogical leadership by Finnish early childhood education (ECE) centre directors. The study focuses on the key pedagogical leadership responsibilities of three centre directors and how leadership structures and approaches influence the implementation of pedagogical leadership in ECE settings. Qualitative shadowing was employed to investigate the directors’ leadership practices on pedagogical leadership in selected settings. The findings reflected three main areas of responsibility for pedagogical leadership: leading pedagogical activities and curriculum work within the centre, leading professional development of educators, and leading pedagogical assessment and development. Furthermore, it was revealed that leadership structures in the municipality and leadership approaches of the centre directors significantly influenced the implementation of pedagogical leadership. This study’s findings can inform and promote the implementation of pedagogical leadership and can enhance the preparation and training of ECE leaders who can guide the quality provisioning of ECE programmes that impact children’s learning outcomes. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Pedagogical Leaders’ Use of Professional Judgement in Early Childhood Education and Care: A Case from Norway 1 A01 21 000000031943483X Torill Moe Torill Moe Nord University/Norwegian University of Science and Technology Torill Moe is an associate professor in organisation and leadership at Nord University, and in child welfare leadership, Norwegian University of Science and Technology. She is programme manager for the Master in Knowledge Management programme, Nord University, and also subject manager for National Leadership Education for Child Protection Services, NTNU. Her research publications are mostly about leadership and professional judgement and collaboration between welfare professionals. 2 A01 21 0009000126958730 Kjell Aage Gotvassli Kjell Gotvassli 40 030mwrt98 Nord University Kjell Aage Gotvassli is a professor emeritus in leadership at Nord University, Campus Levanger. He has a PhD in knowledge management from Copenhagen Business School. He has written about 20 books on leadership in early childhood organisations and knowledge management, and numerous articles in international and Norwegian journals on the same topics. 03 00 In this chapter, we discuss the exercise of professional judgement according to the Framework Plan for the Content and Tasks of Kindergartens in Norway</italic>. Our empirical bases consist of semi-structured interviews with a total of eight educational leaders, who emphasise the importance of practical knowledge and intuition in unpredictable and complex situations. This chapter also illuminates the dangers of the extensive use of professional judgement, and how pedagogical leaders work to ensure that their pedagogical work is in line with sound professional judgement. Arbitrariness, uncertainty, and insecurity in pedagogical work can result from the widespread use of professional judgement in order to maintain children’s best interests. Leadership strategies that pedagogical leaders use to ensure consensus in the employee group around the matter of professional judgement include mentoring, joint reflection, motivation, and support. The extent of professional judgement also depends on the current restrictions and the complexity of the situation. 30 00 In this chapter, we discuss the exercise of professional judgement according to the Framework Plan for the Content and Tasks of Kindergartens in Norway</italic>. Our empirical bases consist of semi-structured interviews with a total of eight educational leaders, who emphasise the importance of practical knowledge and intuition in unpredictable and complex situations. This chapter also illuminates the dangers of the extensive use of professional judgement, and how pedagogical leaders work to ensure that their pedagogical work is in line with sound professional judgement. Arbitrariness, uncertainty, and insecurity in pedagogical work can result from the widespread use of professional judgement in order to maintain children’s best interests. Leadership strategies that pedagogical leaders use to ensure consensus in the employee group around the matter of professional judgement include mentoring, joint reflection, motivation, and support. The extent of professional judgement also depends on the current restrictions and the complexity of the situation. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 School Leaders’ Attitude Towards the Use of Digital Technology in the Early Grades 1 A01 21 000000023594527X Roy Venketsamy Roy Venketsamy 40 04qzfn040 University of KwaZulu-Natal Roy Venketsamy is the Academic Head of School: Childhood Education at the University of KwaZulu-Natal. He is responsible for the promotion and provisioning of quality teaching, learning, and management of ECD and ECCE. Professor Roy comes from a strong curriculum background, having been involved in the development and training of the National Curriculum in South Africa. His research focus is the professionalisation of education through invitational teaching and learning, following in the footsteps of William Purkey and Kim Novak. He is involved in play pedagogy, lesson study, inclusive education, transformative pedagogy, and comprehensive sexuality education. He has published widely on these research areas. 2 A01 21 0000000297524163 Zijing Hu Zijing Hu 40 04z6c2n17 University of Johannesburg Zijing Hu is a senior lecturer in the Department of Complementary Medicine, Faculty of Health Sciences, at the University of Johannesburg. He has a PhD from the University of Pretoria with a focus on teaching, learning assessment, and practices to improve teaching and learning outcomes. His research focus is on quality education provision, with a particular interest in complementary medicine (Traditional Chinese Medicine), teaching and learning, and professional teacher development within a South African context. He has published several papers on improving teaching, learning, assessment, and practice within the South African higher education context. 3 A01 21 000000033679241X Candice Wilson Candice Wilson SANTS Private Higher Education Institute Candice Wilson is a foundation phase specialist. She is currently employed at a private higher education institute (SANTS) in South Africa. She is a curriculum developer for foundation phase subjects. Candice has vast experience in teaching in the early childhood education and care sector. She has completed her master’s thesis at the University of Pretoria, focusing on the use of technology for teaching and learning. Currently she is busy with her PhD study on comprehensive sexuality education in the early grades. 03 00 Technology is changing the way we learn in the 21st century. It has found its way into schools at an increasing pace. This study seeks to examine the attitude of school leaders towards the use of technology for teaching and learning. The study was conducted in a district in Gauteng. A qualitative case study involving methods such as interviews and document analysis containing notes was examined through the lens of the Technological Pedagogical and Content Knowledge model. The data gathered showed that school leaders supported the use of technology. School leaders were more focused on ‘reading, writing and arithmetic’, which are known in South Africa as the ‘3Rs’. Most leaders did not see the importance and necessity of technology in the early grades. Managers indicated that they were reluctant to allow staff to use technology because of theft and lack of training. Many cited their schools did not have the infrastructure and connectivity to support the use of technology. It was recommended that school leaders should be capacitated in the use of technology. The Department of Education should ensure that all schools have the necessary infrastructure in place before technology is introduced and that stricter security measures are put in place to prevent the theft of equipment from schools. 30 00 Technology is changing the way we learn in the 21st century. It has found its way into schools at an increasing pace. This study seeks to examine the attitude of school leaders towards the use of technology for teaching and learning. The study was conducted in a district in Gauteng. A qualitative case study involving methods such as interviews and document analysis containing notes was examined through the lens of the Technological Pedagogical and Content Knowledge model. The data gathered showed that school leaders supported the use of technology. School leaders were more focused on ‘reading, writing and arithmetic’, which are known in South Africa as the ‘3Rs’. Most leaders did not see the importance and necessity of technology in the early grades. Managers indicated that they were reluctant to allow staff to use technology because of theft and lack of training. Many cited their schools did not have the infrastructure and connectivity to support the use of technology. It was recommended that school leaders should be capacitated in the use of technology. The Department of Education should ensure that all schools have the necessary infrastructure in place before technology is introduced and that stricter security measures are put in place to prevent the theft of equipment from schools. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-12 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Peer Mentoring as a Means of Leader Support in Early Childhood Education and Care 1 A01 21 0000000348078360 Päivi Kupila Päivi Kupila 40 033003e23 Tampere University Päivi Kupila, PhD, works as a visitor (teaching) university lecturer at the Faculty of Education and Culture, Tampere University, Finland. She has worked extensively in research and teaching positions. Her research interests include the negotiation of work identities and professionalism in early childhood education. She is interested in social and cultural transformation in relation to early childhood education and educational institutions both locally and globally. Her research interests also include mentoring as a support for professionals. Kupila also participated in national and international research projects on leadership in early education. 03 00 Mentoring has become a valuable tool in supporting professionals. However, despite the benefits of mentoring, mentoring in early childhood education (ECE) has been paid only limited attention. The chapter is based on a research project focusing on peer mentoring as a means of leader support in Finnish ECE. The purpose of the project was to implement a peer mentoring programme to develop mentoring for leaders. During the programme, 21 leaders working in ECE were trained to start working as peer mentors for leaders in ECE. Learning activities during the programme required participants to start peer mentoring in their own professional contexts. The study investigates peer mentors’ experiences of peer mentoring related to their mentoring process with their mentees. Qualitative data were obtained through focus group interviews investigating the peer mentors’ experiences of the peer mentoring. The findings show that peer mentoring facilitates leadership in ECE. Peer mentoring provided a safe space to discuss professional issues and dilemmas and is characterised by collegial and reciprocal relationships. The results enhance our understanding of peer mentoring from the perspective of the peer mentors. 30 00 Mentoring has become a valuable tool in supporting professionals. However, despite the benefits of mentoring, mentoring in early childhood education (ECE) has been paid only limited attention. The chapter is based on a research project focusing on peer mentoring as a means of leader support in Finnish ECE. The purpose of the project was to implement a peer mentoring programme to develop mentoring for leaders. During the programme, 21 leaders working in ECE were trained to start working as peer mentors for leaders in ECE. Learning activities during the programme required participants to start peer mentoring in their own professional contexts. The study investigates peer mentors’ experiences of peer mentoring related to their mentoring process with their mentees. Qualitative data were obtained through focus group interviews investigating the peer mentors’ experiences of the peer mentoring. The findings show that peer mentoring facilitates leadership in ECE. Peer mentoring provided a safe space to discuss professional issues and dilemmas and is characterised by collegial and reciprocal relationships. The results enhance our understanding of peer mentoring from the perspective of the peer mentors. 20 00 Open Access 13 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-13 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Does Leadership Matter? A Narrative Analysis of Men’s Life Stories in Early Childhood Education and Care 1 A01 21 0000000226038715 Joanne McHale Joanne McHale 40 04t0qbt32 Technological University Dublin Joanne McHale has worked on the Early Childhood Education and Care (ECEC) programme in TU Dublin (formerly Institute of Technology, Blanchardstown) since 2010. She is interested in issues of gender, inclusion, and professional practice in ECEC. She received her PhD award from UCL Institute of Education, London, for her thesis on ‘Gender, Care and Career Trajectories in Early Childhood Education and Care in Ireland’, with a focus on men working in the sector. 2 A01 21 0000000174884572 Victoria Sullivan Victoria Sullivan 40 00rqy9422 University of Queensland Victoria Sullivan, PhD, has worked in research focusing on workplace environments, early childhood education, intersectionality, equity, and disadvantage, through a reflexive and abductive process. Her thesis from The University of Queensland focused on the low representation of men who educate in the early childhood education and care (ECEC) workforce. A mere 3 per cent of the Australian ECEC workforce identify as men and her research contributes to solving this significant policy problem. Dr Sullivan is now working with Goodstart Early Learning, Australia’s largest childcare provider and a nonprofit organisation, to develop their social inclusion projects for children, families, and educators. 3 A01 21 0000000177357276 Birgitte Ljunggren Birgitte Ljunggren Queen Maud University College of Early Childhood Education Birgitte Ljunggren has a PhD in sociology and is an associate professor, lecturer, and researcher at Queen Maud University College of Early Childhood Education (QMUC), Trondheim, Norway. Ljunggren is affiliated to the social science department at QMUC. Her research focuses on leadership, management, governance, and professionalisation in early childhood education and care (ECEC), as well as gender studies in ECEC. She has published nationally and internationally. Recently she has thematised men’s career choices in an embodied intersectional perspective and leadership of competence development in Norwegian ECECs as lean organisations. Her current research projects explore topics such as ECEC ownership, gender, pedagogical leadership, and children’s gender perspectives. 03 00 Early childhood education and care (ECEC) and early childhood centres (ECC) vary across countries and are embedded in their wider social and cultural contexts. However, difficulty with workforce gender balance, and in recruitment and retention of men to ECEC, is a worldwide issue. The ECEC workforce is a female-dominated workforce, with women averaging 98 per cent of the staff. The lack of men can be regarded as a democratic, developmental, social, and quality problem. Previous research points to leadership as central to issues of retention and recruitment in organisations in general and to ECEC in particular. However, there is still a lack of knowledge on how leadership relates to men’s career choices. In this chapter, we take a narrative approach to the life stories and graphic storylines of men working in ECEC in Australia, Norway, and Ireland. We investigate if, where, and how leadership is made relevant in their narratives and whether leadership influences the presence and retention of men in the sector. A narrative approach allows us to draw out the more subtle leadership practices embedded in interactions, relationships, and meaning making. We find that leadership can operate as a push- or pull-factor but may not be the only factor. 30 00 Early childhood education and care (ECEC) and early childhood centres (ECC) vary across countries and are embedded in their wider social and cultural contexts. However, difficulty with workforce gender balance, and in recruitment and retention of men to ECEC, is a worldwide issue. The ECEC workforce is a female-dominated workforce, with women averaging 98 per cent of the staff. The lack of men can be regarded as a democratic, developmental, social, and quality problem. Previous research points to leadership as central to issues of retention and recruitment in organisations in general and to ECEC in particular. However, there is still a lack of knowledge on how leadership relates to men’s career choices. In this chapter, we take a narrative approach to the life stories and graphic storylines of men working in ECEC in Australia, Norway, and Ireland. We investigate if, where, and how leadership is made relevant in their narratives and whether leadership influences the presence and retention of men in the sector. A narrative approach allows us to draw out the more subtle leadership practices embedded in interactions, relationships, and meaning making. We find that leadership can operate as a push- or pull-factor but may not be the only factor. 20 00 Open Access 14 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-14 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Early Childhood Development Centre Managers’ Provision of Comprehensive Quality Programmes: Policy Implementation 1 A01 21 0000000182103588 Jabulile Mzimela Jabulile Mzimela 40 04qzfn040 University of KwaZulu-Natal Jabulile Mzimela is an early childhood education specialist. She is a lecturer at the University of KwaZulu-Natal, School of Education, under the discipline of early childhood education. She holds a PhD in teacher development studies. Jabulile leads the Project for Early Childhood Policy Analysis (PECPA) in KwaZulu-Natal province, South Africa. Her research interests are on home language and additional languages teaching in the foundation phase. Lately, she has developed a further interest in early childhood care and education (birth to four years): leadership and management, early literacy, teacher knowledge. 2 A01 21 0000000205240375 Zanele Zama Zanele Zama 40 04qzfn040 University of KwaZulu-Natal Zanele Zama is a lecturer in the School of Education, Early Childhood Education Discipline, University of Kwa-Zulu Natal (UKZN) in South Africa. She holds a PhD in educational psychology. Her research interests are on early childhood care and education (ECCE) and how ECCE teachers understand the National Curriculum Framework (2015), which is a policy on how early learning development areas (ELDAs) can be taught to children from birth to four years. Dr Zanele Zama believes in transformative pedagogies, which she foresees as the solution to develop ECCE teachers’ and centre managers’ pedagogic knowledge. 3 A01 21 0000000173891420 Jongiwe Tebekana Jongiwe Tebekana University of Walter Sisulu Jongiwe Tebekana is a lecturer in the Faculty of Education, Early Childhood Education Discipline, and Walter Sisulu University (WSU) in South Africa. She is currently a PhD candidate in early childhood education. Her research interests are in the monitoring and evaluation of early childhood development (ECD) programmes and how these programmes contribute towards the holistic development of children from birth to four years. She believes in play-based pedagogy and that it is through this pedagogy that ECD programmes will have the potential to accomplish the role of teaching children holistically. 03 00 The establishment of the National Integrated Early Childhood Development Policy (NIECDP) in 2015 aimed at defining a national comprehensive early childhood development (ECD) programme and support with identified essential components inclusive of national, provincial, and local spheres of government. This study’s purpose is to explore ECD centre managers’ understandings of how provision for comprehensive quality early childhood development programmes can be made in their centres with specific reference to the aims of the NIECDP. Using Wenger’s Communities of Practice theory, this study focuses on ECD centre managers’ experiences of providing integrated programmes that are aligned with the policy’s expectations. The study was conducted in 10 community ECD centres located in rural and peri-urban contexts in Eastern Cape and KwaZulu-Natal provinces. Five ECD centre managers from each province were purposefully sampled for the study to interpret their understandings of provisioning of comprehensive quality programmes in their ECD centres. An interpretive qualitative case study methodological design was adopted. Semi-structured interviews and structured observations were used to generate credible and trustworthy data that were beyond generalisation. Findings revealed that some ECD centre managers lacked knowledge of the NIECDP. As a result, no provisioning of comprehensive quality ECD programmes that were overarched by multi-sectoral bodies as per the framework were implemented. ECD centre managers from underprivileged rural and peri-urban contexts worked in silos, as it was evidently clear that there was no collaboration with other provincial departments in ensuring the provision of a comprehensive quality ECD programme. 30 00 The establishment of the National Integrated Early Childhood Development Policy (NIECDP) in 2015 aimed at defining a national comprehensive early childhood development (ECD) programme and support with identified essential components inclusive of national, provincial, and local spheres of government. This study’s purpose is to explore ECD centre managers’ understandings of how provision for comprehensive quality early childhood development programmes can be made in their centres with specific reference to the aims of the NIECDP. Using Wenger’s Communities of Practice theory, this study focuses on ECD centre managers’ experiences of providing integrated programmes that are aligned with the policy’s expectations. The study was conducted in 10 community ECD centres located in rural and peri-urban contexts in Eastern Cape and KwaZulu-Natal provinces. Five ECD centre managers from each province were purposefully sampled for the study to interpret their understandings of provisioning of comprehensive quality programmes in their ECD centres. An interpretive qualitative case study methodological design was adopted. Semi-structured interviews and structured observations were used to generate credible and trustworthy data that were beyond generalisation. Findings revealed that some ECD centre managers lacked knowledge of the NIECDP. As a result, no provisioning of comprehensive quality ECD programmes that were overarched by multi-sectoral bodies as per the framework were implemented. ECD centre managers from underprivileged rural and peri-urban contexts worked in silos, as it was evidently clear that there was no collaboration with other provincial departments in ensuring the provision of a comprehensive quality ECD programme. 20 00 Open Access 15 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-15 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Supervising Early Childhood Education and Care in Finland 1 A01 21 0000000152114083 Ulla Soukainen Ulla Soukainen Regional State Administrative Agency for Southwestern Finland Ulla Soukainen has worked as a senior officer (ECE) in the Regional State Administrative Agency for Southwestern Finland since 2019. She is a teacher of ECE by primary profession and she has a long experience of teaching in ECE and in leading an ECE centre that included both a kindergarten and family day care. Ulla also has experience of developing ECE in two cities. She wrote her doctoral dissertation in 2015 on leadership in distributed organisations in ECE. She has been actively involved in developing the Joy in Motion programme since 2012. She is currently part of the quality assessment team led by the Finnish Education Evaluation Centre. 03 00 The Act on Early Childhood Education and Care takes a stand on premises, learning environment, qualification of personnel, aims, quality assessment, and supervision. Pursuant to the Act on Early Childhood Education and Care, the National core curriculum for early childhood education and care (ECEC) is a national regulation that provides guidelines for the national steering of ECEC. On a governmental level, supervision is very important when it comes to management, and in addition to that, assessment and supervision of the supervisory authorities are a part of the ECEC director’s tasks. Supervision is a part of strategic leadership. From the beginning of the year 2020, the Regional State Administrative Agency has implemented a supervision programme in which the focus is to check that there is adequate staffing throughout the day. There is a systematic sampling of children’s and personnel’s presence in early education centres of the municipal ECEC. By examining the adult–child ratios, senior officers in the Regional State Administrative Agency judge if the situation is satisfactory. The study was conducted to see whether municipalities are complying with the law. A low ratio affects the quality of early childhood education and care. The supervisory authority may issue an admonition for future operations to the organiser of ECEC. The sampling is ongoing, but the results so far show that municipal ECEC follows the ratio very well. During 2020, the Regional State Administrative Agencies supervised 1596 municipal day care centres. The adult–child ratio overrun percentage was only 0.45 per cent. 30 00 The Act on Early Childhood Education and Care takes a stand on premises, learning environment, qualification of personnel, aims, quality assessment, and supervision. Pursuant to the Act on Early Childhood Education and Care, the National core curriculum for early childhood education and care (ECEC) is a national regulation that provides guidelines for the national steering of ECEC. On a governmental level, supervision is very important when it comes to management, and in addition to that, assessment and supervision of the supervisory authorities are a part of the ECEC director’s tasks. Supervision is a part of strategic leadership. From the beginning of the year 2020, the Regional State Administrative Agency has implemented a supervision programme in which the focus is to check that there is adequate staffing throughout the day. There is a systematic sampling of children’s and personnel’s presence in early education centres of the municipal ECEC. By examining the adult–child ratios, senior officers in the Regional State Administrative Agency judge if the situation is satisfactory. The study was conducted to see whether municipalities are complying with the law. A low ratio affects the quality of early childhood education and care. The supervisory authority may issue an admonition for future operations to the organiser of ECEC. The sampling is ongoing, but the results so far show that municipal ECEC follows the ratio very well. During 2020, the Regional State Administrative Agencies supervised 1596 municipal day care centres. The adult–child ratio overrun percentage was only 0.45 per cent. 20 00 Open Access 16 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-16 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Owners’ Governance of Directors’ Mentoring Practices in Early Childhood Education and Care Centres in Norway 1 A01 21 0000000153101946 Magritt Lundestad Magritt Lundestad Oslo Metropolitan University Magritt Lundestad is a professor in organisation and leadership at Oslo Metropolitan University, Norway, Department of Early Childhood Education. Lundestad has worked as a leader in ECEC centres, and as a lecturer and researcher within the field of leadership, mentoring, and organisational development since 1997. Her research has included areas such as leadership and conflict resolution, mentoring in leader roles, pedagogical leadership in leader roles, and ECEC centres as learning organisations. Lundestad has published several books and articles on these subjects. She is the academic leader of several continuing education master’s level courses in leadership, mentoring, and educational change processes. 03 00 This chapter draws on data from semi-structured lifeworld interviews with seven directors in early childhood education and care centres (ECEC) in Norway with both public and private owners. The research questions for the study are: 1) What kind of role do owners have in directors’ mentoring of staff in ECEC centres in Norway? and 2) Does owners’ governance influence the quality of mentoring practices? Mentoring is understood as a learning process where the intention is that staff reflect individually and collectively on pedagogical practice. The study shows that directors believe owners see mentoring as important to ensure the quality of the pedagogical work, and that they expect directors to organise mentoring of staff. However, few owners have written guidelines or strategies beyond systems for mentoring of newly qualified early childhood teachers. Owners seem to govern more through support and dialogue than through authoritative rules. Owners also offer pedagogical capacity building at meetings for directors at owner level, in the form of mentoring in which the directors themselves participate. Directors are positive towards being given autonomy in mentoring for staff, but they ask for more financial resources and time to do mentoring. 30 00 This chapter draws on data from semi-structured lifeworld interviews with seven directors in early childhood education and care centres (ECEC) in Norway with both public and private owners. The research questions for the study are: 1) What kind of role do owners have in directors’ mentoring of staff in ECEC centres in Norway? and 2) Does owners’ governance influence the quality of mentoring practices? Mentoring is understood as a learning process where the intention is that staff reflect individually and collectively on pedagogical practice. The study shows that directors believe owners see mentoring as important to ensure the quality of the pedagogical work, and that they expect directors to organise mentoring of staff. However, few owners have written guidelines or strategies beyond systems for mentoring of newly qualified early childhood teachers. Owners seem to govern more through support and dialogue than through authoritative rules. Owners also offer pedagogical capacity building at meetings for directors at owner level, in the form of mentoring in which the directors themselves participate. Directors are positive towards being given autonomy in mentoring for staff, but they ask for more financial resources and time to do mentoring. 20 00 Open Access 17 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-17 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Integrative Leadership Framework for Quality in Early Childhood Education and Care 1 A01 21 0009000437557934 Eeva Hujala Eeva Hujala 40 033003e23 Tampere University Eeva Hujala is a professor emerita of ECE. During her academic career she has worked as a professor at several universities in Finland and abroad as well as in university administration, for example as Dean of the Faculty of Education. Her research areas include ECEC leadership, quality evaluation, and parent–teacher partnership, as well as cross-cultural comparisons in ECEC. She is the founder of the International Leadership Research Forum and the Journal of Early Childhood Education Research. For many years she was a vice president of ACEI and president of ECEAF. She is an honorary expert in the Finnish ECEC Leadership Forum. 2 A01 21 0000000170972313 Janniina Vlasov Janniina Vlasov Finnish Education Evaluation Centre Janniina Vlasov, PhD, works as a counsellor of evaluation at the Finnish Education Evaluation Centre (FINEEC). She is currently responsible for the development of the national evaluation system for the Finnish early childhood education and care (ECEC) field. As part of her governmental duties, she supports municipal ECEC organisers and private providers to develop their leadership and quality management structures. Vlasov’s research interests concern evaluation and development of ECEC in both national and cross-cultural contexts. 3 A01 21 0009000321756659 Kirsi Alila Kirsi Alila 40 02w52zt87 Ministry of Education and Culture Kirsi Alila, PhD, works as a senior ministerial adviser (Educational Affairs) in the Ministry of Education and Culture in the Department of Early Childhood Education, Comprehensive School Education and Liberal Adult Education in Finland. In her role, she is responsible for the national and international strategic development of early childhood education. Her main areas of research are the quality, steering system, leadership, and pedagogy of early childhood education. 03 00 Several changes have taken place both in the content and structure of early childhood education and care (ECEC) throughout the world, which has led to a need for developing leadership and quality evaluation strategies in early educational settings. Recent changes call for understanding leadership as part of comprehensive ECEC governance. The purpose of this conceptual chapter is to describe how governance, leadership, and operational culture in the ECEC context are integrated and how they provide the foundation for examining quality in ECEC. The aim of the chapter is to introduce a comprehensive approach to ECEC leadership, called an integrative leadership framework, developed in the Finnish ECEC context. The integrative leadership framework introduces the dimensions affecting operational culture in ECEC leadership and curriculum implementation when developing quality of ECEC services and their pedagogical practices. Legislation and administrative premises provide the frame for the leadership and management functions, as well as for quality management. The integrative leadership framework combines the dimensions connected to leadership to provide high-quality ECEC services. 30 00 Several changes have taken place both in the content and structure of early childhood education and care (ECEC) throughout the world, which has led to a need for developing leadership and quality evaluation strategies in early educational settings. Recent changes call for understanding leadership as part of comprehensive ECEC governance. The purpose of this conceptual chapter is to describe how governance, leadership, and operational culture in the ECEC context are integrated and how they provide the foundation for examining quality in ECEC. The aim of the chapter is to introduce a comprehensive approach to ECEC leadership, called an integrative leadership framework, developed in the Finnish ECEC context. The integrative leadership framework introduces the dimensions affecting operational culture in ECEC leadership and curriculum implementation when developing quality of ECEC services and their pedagogical practices. Legislation and administrative premises provide the frame for the leadership and management functions, as well as for quality management. The integrative leadership framework combines the dimensions connected to leadership to provide high-quality ECEC services. 20 00 Open Access 18 03 06 10.33134/HUP-20-18 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Concluding Words 1 A01 21 000000022547905X Elina Fonsén Elina Fonsén 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Elina Fonsén holds a PhD and works as an associate professor at the Institute of Educational Leadership at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. Her research interest focuses on leadership in the educational field. She leads national and international research projects (e.g. Discourses of leadership, Sääntökirjat). In addition, she is a member of the Board of Early Childhood Education Association Finland (ECEAF) and chief of coordination group member in the International Leadership Research Forum (ILRF–EC). Furthermore, she is a member of the Executive Board of the Education, Administration and Research (SIG) of the Finnish Educational Research Association (FERA). 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20231220 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690882 03 9789523690882 06 15 9789523690899 03 9789523690899 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20231220 01 urn:uuid:033ec1f0-c8e3-4a0e-b4dc-9a10c92409aa 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:aee38a48-bfc9-4780-af0f-3d46e28c72a0 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:033ec1f0-c8e3-4a0e-b4dc-9a10c92409aa 15 9789523691216 03 9789523691216 06 10.33134/HUP-29 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Hard Work Producing places, relations and value on a Papua New Guinea resource frontier 1 A01 21 0000000197677832 Tuomas Tammisto Tuomas Tammisto Social Anthropology 40 033003e23 Tampere University Tammisto is a socio-cultural anthropologist specializing in political ecology. He received his Ph.D. from the University of Helsinki, and works now as an academy research fellow in Social Anthropology at Tampere University. 01 eng 00 350 03 B2 Anthropology B2 History B2 Political ecology B2 Development studies 20 state formation; value; land use; plantations; logging; swidden horticulture; natural resource extraction 01 06 02 00 For the Mengen of Papua New Guinea, ‘hard work’ does not refer to drudgery or physically exhausting labour. Instead, ‘work’ involves creating and recreating meaningful social relations and generating value through acts of care, marriages, ceremonial events, sharing, and working the land together. Similarly, all activities that produce valued 03 00 For the Mengen people of Papua New Guinea, ‘hard work’ does not refer to drudgery or physically exhausting labour. Instead, it involves creating and recreating social relations through acts of care, marriages, ceremonial events, sharing, and working the land together. ‘Work’ as the Mengen see it, produces value understood as meaningful social relations. This differs significantly from the way colonial officials, loggers, and planters perceived value. Hard Work</italic> examines human-environmental relations, value production, natural resource extraction, and state formation within the context of the Mengen. It delves into how the Mengen engage with their land and outside actors like companies, NGOs, and the state through agriculture, logging, plantation labour, and environmental conservation. These practices have shaped the Mengen’s lived environment, while also sparking debates on what is considered valuable and how value is created.Tammisto’s monograph explores the complexities of natural resource extraction, looking at both large-scale processes and personal human-environment interactions. It combines a political ecology focus on the connection between environmental issues and power relations with a focus on how value is produced, represented, and materialized.Tuomas Tammisto</bold> is a socio-cultural anthropologist specializing in political ecology. He currently works as an academy research fellow in Social Anthropology at Tampere University.<break/><break/><hr><break/><break/>“The fate of tropical rainforests is a paramount global concern, and this is one of the best books yet written about how indigenous people themselves think about logging, plantations, and conservation as possibilities for their environment. Tammisto is uniquely skilled at synthesizing the anthropological tradition of meaning-focused analysis of space and landscape with scholarship on the political economy and ecology of resource extraction. Above all, he has done hard, valuable work of listening to Mengen people’s own accounts of their lives, and he describes with dignity and richness the varied approaches different community members take to futures of land and livelihood currently open to them.”<break/> - Rupert Stasch</bold>, Professor, Sidney Sussex College, University of Cambridge, United Kingdom<break/><break/><hr><break/><break/>This book has received support from the Kone Foundation.<break/><img src="https://hup.fi/files/892b1963-1068-480c-ae61-e6466a5c013d" style="height: 100px;"> 30 00 For the Mengen people of Papua New Guinea, ‘hard work’ does not refer to drudgery or physically exhausting labour. Instead, it involves creating and recreating social relations through acts of care, marriages, ceremonial events, sharing, and working the land together. ‘Work’ as the Mengen see it, produces value understood as meaningful social relations. This differs significantly from the way colonial officials, loggers, and planters perceived value. Hard Work</italic> examines human-environmental relations, value production, natural resource extraction, and state formation within the context of the Mengen. It delves into how the Mengen engage with their land and outside actors like companies, NGOs, and the state through agriculture, logging, plantation labour, and environmental conservation. These practices have shaped the Mengen’s lived environment, while also sparking debates on what is considered valuable and how value is created.Tammisto’s monograph explores the complexities of natural resource extraction, looking at both large-scale processes and personal human-environment interactions. It combines a political ecology focus on the connection between environmental issues and power relations with a focus on how value is produced, represented, and materialized.Tuomas Tammisto</bold> is a socio-cultural anthropologist specializing in political ecology. He currently works as an academy research fellow in Social Anthropology at Tampere University.<break/><break/><hr><break/><break/>“The fate of tropical rainforests is a paramount global concern, and this is one of the best books yet written about how indigenous people themselves think about logging, plantations, and conservation as possibilities for their environment. Tammisto is uniquely skilled at synthesizing the anthropological tradition of meaning-focused analysis of space and landscape with scholarship on the political economy and ecology of resource extraction. Above all, he has done hard, valuable work of listening to Mengen people’s own accounts of their lives, and he describes with dignity and richness the varied approaches different community members take to futures of land and livelihood currently open to them.”<break/> - Rupert Stasch</bold>, Professor, Sidney Sussex College, University of Cambridge, United Kingdom<break/><break/><hr><break/><break/>This book has received support from the Kone Foundation.<break/><img src="https://hup.fi/files/892b1963-1068-480c-ae61-e6466a5c013d" style="height: 100px;"> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/4b6be50d-4159-4082-978f-b5aefec451ea.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20241219 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523691223 03 9789523691223 06 15 9789523691230 03 9789523691230 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523691216 20 08 20241219 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523691216 20 08 20241219 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523691216 20 08 20241219 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523691216 20 08 20241219 01 urn:uuid:4e548a1c-24d6-4754-a93d-f7580fbe0dcb 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:aee38a48-bfc9-4780-af0f-3d46e28c72a0 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:4e548a1c-24d6-4754-a93d-f7580fbe0dcb 15 9789523691223 03 9789523691223 06 10.33134/HUP-29 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Hard Work Producing places, relations and value on a Papua New Guinea resource frontier 1 A01 21 0000000197677832 Tuomas Tammisto Tuomas Tammisto Social Anthropology 40 033003e23 Tampere University Tammisto is a socio-cultural anthropologist specializing in political ecology. He received his Ph.D. from the University of Helsinki, and works now as an academy research fellow in Social Anthropology at Tampere University. 01 eng 00 350 03 B2 Anthropology B2 History B2 Political ecology B2 Development studies 20 state formation; value; land use; plantations; logging; swidden horticulture; natural resource extraction 01 06 02 00 For the Mengen of Papua New Guinea, ‘hard work’ does not refer to drudgery or physically exhausting labour. Instead, ‘work’ involves creating and recreating meaningful social relations and generating value through acts of care, marriages, ceremonial events, sharing, and working the land together. Similarly, all activities that produce valued 03 00 For the Mengen people of Papua New Guinea, ‘hard work’ does not refer to drudgery or physically exhausting labour. Instead, it involves creating and recreating social relations through acts of care, marriages, ceremonial events, sharing, and working the land together. ‘Work’ as the Mengen see it, produces value understood as meaningful social relations. This differs significantly from the way colonial officials, loggers, and planters perceived value. Hard Work</italic> examines human-environmental relations, value production, natural resource extraction, and state formation within the context of the Mengen. It delves into how the Mengen engage with their land and outside actors like companies, NGOs, and the state through agriculture, logging, plantation labour, and environmental conservation. These practices have shaped the Mengen’s lived environment, while also sparking debates on what is considered valuable and how value is created.Tammisto’s monograph explores the complexities of natural resource extraction, looking at both large-scale processes and personal human-environment interactions. It combines a political ecology focus on the connection between environmental issues and power relations with a focus on how value is produced, represented, and materialized.Tuomas Tammisto</bold> is a socio-cultural anthropologist specializing in political ecology. He currently works as an academy research fellow in Social Anthropology at Tampere University.<break/><break/><hr><break/><break/>“The fate of tropical rainforests is a paramount global concern, and this is one of the best books yet written about how indigenous people themselves think about logging, plantations, and conservation as possibilities for their environment. Tammisto is uniquely skilled at synthesizing the anthropological tradition of meaning-focused analysis of space and landscape with scholarship on the political economy and ecology of resource extraction. Above all, he has done hard, valuable work of listening to Mengen people’s own accounts of their lives, and he describes with dignity and richness the varied approaches different community members take to futures of land and livelihood currently open to them.”<break/> - Rupert Stasch</bold>, Professor, Sidney Sussex College, University of Cambridge, United Kingdom<break/><break/><hr><break/><break/>This book has received support from the Kone Foundation.<break/><img src="https://hup.fi/files/892b1963-1068-480c-ae61-e6466a5c013d" style="height: 100px;"> 30 00 For the Mengen people of Papua New Guinea, ‘hard work’ does not refer to drudgery or physically exhausting labour. Instead, it involves creating and recreating social relations through acts of care, marriages, ceremonial events, sharing, and working the land together. ‘Work’ as the Mengen see it, produces value understood as meaningful social relations. This differs significantly from the way colonial officials, loggers, and planters perceived value. Hard Work</italic> examines human-environmental relations, value production, natural resource extraction, and state formation within the context of the Mengen. It delves into how the Mengen engage with their land and outside actors like companies, NGOs, and the state through agriculture, logging, plantation labour, and environmental conservation. These practices have shaped the Mengen’s lived environment, while also sparking debates on what is considered valuable and how value is created.Tammisto’s monograph explores the complexities of natural resource extraction, looking at both large-scale processes and personal human-environment interactions. It combines a political ecology focus on the connection between environmental issues and power relations with a focus on how value is produced, represented, and materialized.Tuomas Tammisto</bold> is a socio-cultural anthropologist specializing in political ecology. He currently works as an academy research fellow in Social Anthropology at Tampere University.<break/><break/><hr><break/><break/>“The fate of tropical rainforests is a paramount global concern, and this is one of the best books yet written about how indigenous people themselves think about logging, plantations, and conservation as possibilities for their environment. Tammisto is uniquely skilled at synthesizing the anthropological tradition of meaning-focused analysis of space and landscape with scholarship on the political economy and ecology of resource extraction. Above all, he has done hard, valuable work of listening to Mengen people’s own accounts of their lives, and he describes with dignity and richness the varied approaches different community members take to futures of land and livelihood currently open to them.”<break/> - Rupert Stasch</bold>, Professor, Sidney Sussex College, University of Cambridge, United Kingdom<break/><break/><hr><break/><break/>This book has received support from the Kone Foundation.<break/><img src="https://hup.fi/files/892b1963-1068-480c-ae61-e6466a5c013d" style="height: 100px;"> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/4b6be50d-4159-4082-978f-b5aefec451ea.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20241219 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523691216 03 9789523691216 06 15 9789523691230 03 9789523691230 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20241219 01 urn:uuid:49181647-da64-40fd-979d-e12212068ac7 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:aee38a48-bfc9-4780-af0f-3d46e28c72a0 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:49181647-da64-40fd-979d-e12212068ac7 15 9789523691230 03 9789523691230 06 10.33134/HUP-29 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Hard Work Producing places, relations and value on a Papua New Guinea resource frontier 1 A01 21 0000000197677832 Tuomas Tammisto Tuomas Tammisto Social Anthropology 40 033003e23 Tampere University Tammisto is a socio-cultural anthropologist specializing in political ecology. He received his Ph.D. from the University of Helsinki, and works now as an academy research fellow in Social Anthropology at Tampere University. 01 eng 00 350 03 B2 Anthropology B2 History B2 Political ecology B2 Development studies 20 state formation; value; land use; plantations; logging; swidden horticulture; natural resource extraction 01 06 02 00 For the Mengen of Papua New Guinea, ‘hard work’ does not refer to drudgery or physically exhausting labour. Instead, ‘work’ involves creating and recreating meaningful social relations and generating value through acts of care, marriages, ceremonial events, sharing, and working the land together. Similarly, all activities that produce valued 03 00 For the Mengen people of Papua New Guinea, ‘hard work’ does not refer to drudgery or physically exhausting labour. Instead, it involves creating and recreating social relations through acts of care, marriages, ceremonial events, sharing, and working the land together. ‘Work’ as the Mengen see it, produces value understood as meaningful social relations. This differs significantly from the way colonial officials, loggers, and planters perceived value. Hard Work</italic> examines human-environmental relations, value production, natural resource extraction, and state formation within the context of the Mengen. It delves into how the Mengen engage with their land and outside actors like companies, NGOs, and the state through agriculture, logging, plantation labour, and environmental conservation. These practices have shaped the Mengen’s lived environment, while also sparking debates on what is considered valuable and how value is created.Tammisto’s monograph explores the complexities of natural resource extraction, looking at both large-scale processes and personal human-environment interactions. It combines a political ecology focus on the connection between environmental issues and power relations with a focus on how value is produced, represented, and materialized.Tuomas Tammisto</bold> is a socio-cultural anthropologist specializing in political ecology. He currently works as an academy research fellow in Social Anthropology at Tampere University.<break/><break/><hr><break/><break/>“The fate of tropical rainforests is a paramount global concern, and this is one of the best books yet written about how indigenous people themselves think about logging, plantations, and conservation as possibilities for their environment. Tammisto is uniquely skilled at synthesizing the anthropological tradition of meaning-focused analysis of space and landscape with scholarship on the political economy and ecology of resource extraction. Above all, he has done hard, valuable work of listening to Mengen people’s own accounts of their lives, and he describes with dignity and richness the varied approaches different community members take to futures of land and livelihood currently open to them.”<break/> - Rupert Stasch</bold>, Professor, Sidney Sussex College, University of Cambridge, United Kingdom<break/><break/><hr><break/><break/>This book has received support from the Kone Foundation.<break/><img src="https://hup.fi/files/892b1963-1068-480c-ae61-e6466a5c013d" style="height: 100px;"> 30 00 For the Mengen people of Papua New Guinea, ‘hard work’ does not refer to drudgery or physically exhausting labour. Instead, it involves creating and recreating social relations through acts of care, marriages, ceremonial events, sharing, and working the land together. ‘Work’ as the Mengen see it, produces value understood as meaningful social relations. This differs significantly from the way colonial officials, loggers, and planters perceived value. Hard Work</italic> examines human-environmental relations, value production, natural resource extraction, and state formation within the context of the Mengen. It delves into how the Mengen engage with their land and outside actors like companies, NGOs, and the state through agriculture, logging, plantation labour, and environmental conservation. These practices have shaped the Mengen’s lived environment, while also sparking debates on what is considered valuable and how value is created.Tammisto’s monograph explores the complexities of natural resource extraction, looking at both large-scale processes and personal human-environment interactions. It combines a political ecology focus on the connection between environmental issues and power relations with a focus on how value is produced, represented, and materialized.Tuomas Tammisto</bold> is a socio-cultural anthropologist specializing in political ecology. He currently works as an academy research fellow in Social Anthropology at Tampere University.<break/><break/><hr><break/><break/>“The fate of tropical rainforests is a paramount global concern, and this is one of the best books yet written about how indigenous people themselves think about logging, plantations, and conservation as possibilities for their environment. Tammisto is uniquely skilled at synthesizing the anthropological tradition of meaning-focused analysis of space and landscape with scholarship on the political economy and ecology of resource extraction. Above all, he has done hard, valuable work of listening to Mengen people’s own accounts of their lives, and he describes with dignity and richness the varied approaches different community members take to futures of land and livelihood currently open to them.”<break/> - Rupert Stasch</bold>, Professor, Sidney Sussex College, University of Cambridge, United Kingdom<break/><break/><hr><break/><break/>This book has received support from the Kone Foundation.<break/><img src="https://hup.fi/files/892b1963-1068-480c-ae61-e6466a5c013d" style="height: 100px;"> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/4b6be50d-4159-4082-978f-b5aefec451ea.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20241219 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523691216 03 9789523691216 06 15 9789523691223 03 9789523691223 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20241219 01 urn:uuid:822689a6-6d44-45d3-9366-793c337b30b8 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:f6813fff-61f5-47cc-b90e-5df833bfc46c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:822689a6-6d44-45d3-9366-793c337b30b8 15 9789523690288 03 9789523690288 06 10.33134/HUP-7 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Kant’s Transcendental Deduction of the Categories Critical Re-Examination, Elucidation and Corroboration 1 A01 21 000000016039760X Kenneth R. Westphal Kenneth Westphal Philosophy Boğaziçi Üniversitesi, İstanbul Kenneth R. Westphal is Professor of Philosophy, Boğaziçi Üniversitesi (İstanbul). His research focuses on the character and scope of rational justification in non-formal, substantive domains, both moral (ethics, justice, history and philosophy of law, philosophy of education) and theoretical (epistemology, history and philosophy of science). His books include Kant’s Transcendental Proof of Realism (Cambridge, 2004), How Hume and Kant Reconstruct Natural Law: Justifying Strict Objectivity without Debating Moral Realism (Clarendon, 2016), Grounds of Pragmatic Realism: Hegel’s Internal Critique and Transformation of Kant’s Critical Philosophy (Brill, 2018), Hegel’s Civic Republicanism: Integrating Natural Law with Kant’s Moral Constructivsm (Routledge, 2020) and Kant’s Critical Epistemology: Why Epistemology must Consider Judgment First (Routledge, 2020). He is researching systematically history and philosophy of law, especially Montesquieu, G.W.F. Hegel and Rudolf von Jhering, to develop a cogent normative sociological theory of law and justice. 01 eng 00 118 03 B2 philosophy B2 Epistemology B2 Immanuel Kant 20 Immanuel Kant; Epsitemology; Transcendental Deduction of the Categories; Critique of Pure Reason 01 06 02 00 Immanuel Kant’s ‘Transcendental Deduction of the Categories’ addresses issues centrally debated today in philosophy and in cognitive sciences, especially in epistemology, and in theory of perception. Kant’s insights into these issues are clouded by pervasive misunderstandings of Kant’s ‘Deduction’ and its actual aims, scope, and argument. The 03 00 Immanuel Kant’s ‘Transcendental Deduction of the Categories’ addresses issues centrally debated today in philosophy and in cognitive sciences, especially in epistemology, and in theory of perception. Kant’s insights into these issues are clouded by pervasive misunderstandings of Kant’s ‘Deduction’ and its actual aims, scope, and argument. The present edition with its fresh and accurate translation and concise commentary aims to serve these contemporary debates as well as continuing intensive and extensive scholarship on Kant’s Critique of Pure Reason</italic>. Two surprising results are that ‘Transcendental Deduction’ is valid and sound, and it holds independently of Kant’s transcendental idealism. This lucid volume is interesting and useful to students, yet sufficiently detailed to be informative to specialists.Kenneth R. Westphal</bold> is Professor of Philosophy at Boğaziçi University, İstanbul. His research focuses on the character and scope of rational justification in non-formal, substantive domains, both moral and theoretical. His books include several volumes on Kant.<break/>“This compact book will be of very considerable interest to scholars in philosophy and in cognitive science working on Kant’s Kritik der reinen Vernunft / Critique of Pure Reason, especially those concerned with perceptual judgment and with self-consciousness, self-ascription or apperception. It is also an ideal text for advanced courses and seminars treating Kant’s 1787 version of the Transcendental Deduction. The book is constructed to strongly promote running comparison of Kant’s German prose with Westphal’s highly competent translation. Westphal’s succinct analytic commentary culls through two centuries worth of secondary literature to lay out the essential terminological, conceptual, and historical presuppositions of Kant’s key claims and arguments. For decades now, I have been looking for a bilingual edition of the 1787 Deduction suitable for advanced teaching purposes—an edition of the format and sharply focussed scholarly quality exhibited by Westphal’s book. It is especially gratifying to know that this work is freely accessible to everyone.”</italic>Professor Jeff Edwards,</bold> Stony Brook University, United States 30 00 Immanuel Kant’s ‘Transcendental Deduction of the Categories’ addresses issues centrally debated today in philosophy and in cognitive sciences, especially in epistemology, and in theory of perception. Kant’s insights into these issues are clouded by pervasive misunderstandings of Kant’s ‘Deduction’ and its actual aims, scope, and argument. The present edition with its fresh and accurate translation and concise commentary aims to serve these contemporary debates as well as continuing intensive and extensive scholarship on Kant’s Critique of Pure Reason</italic>. Two surprising results are that ‘Transcendental Deduction’ is valid and sound, and it holds independently of Kant’s transcendental idealism. This lucid volume is interesting and useful to students, yet sufficiently detailed to be informative to specialists.Kenneth R. Westphal</bold> is Professor of Philosophy at Boğaziçi University, İstanbul. His research focuses on the character and scope of rational justification in non-formal, substantive domains, both moral and theoretical. His books include several volumes on Kant.<break/>“This compact book will be of very considerable interest to scholars in philosophy and in cognitive science working on Kant’s Kritik der reinen Vernunft / Critique of Pure Reason, especially those concerned with perceptual judgment and with self-consciousness, self-ascription or apperception. It is also an ideal text for advanced courses and seminars treating Kant’s 1787 version of the Transcendental Deduction. The book is constructed to strongly promote running comparison of Kant’s German prose with Westphal’s highly competent translation. Westphal’s succinct analytic commentary culls through two centuries worth of secondary literature to lay out the essential terminological, conceptual, and historical presuppositions of Kant’s key claims and arguments. For decades now, I have been looking for a bilingual edition of the 1787 Deduction suitable for advanced teaching purposes—an edition of the format and sharply focussed scholarly quality exhibited by Westphal’s book. It is especially gratifying to know that this work is freely accessible to everyone.”</italic>Professor Jeff Edwards,</bold> Stony Brook University, United States 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/2148bcb1-a3dd-4c89-af57-9fd5cd64652d.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20210407 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690295 03 9789523690295 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690288 20 08 20210407 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690288 20 08 20210407 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690288 20 08 20210407 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690288 20 08 20210407 01 urn:uuid:be34ce30-374c-45f7-b0f7-4f2b34c82c15 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:f6813fff-61f5-47cc-b90e-5df833bfc46c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:be34ce30-374c-45f7-b0f7-4f2b34c82c15 15 9789523690295 03 9789523690295 06 10.33134/HUP-7 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 Kant’s Transcendental Deduction of the Categories Critical Re-Examination, Elucidation and Corroboration 1 A01 21 000000016039760X Kenneth R. Westphal Kenneth Westphal Philosophy Boğaziçi Üniversitesi, İstanbul Kenneth R. Westphal is Professor of Philosophy, Boğaziçi Üniversitesi (İstanbul). His research focuses on the character and scope of rational justification in non-formal, substantive domains, both moral (ethics, justice, history and philosophy of law, philosophy of education) and theoretical (epistemology, history and philosophy of science). His books include Kant’s Transcendental Proof of Realism (Cambridge, 2004), How Hume and Kant Reconstruct Natural Law: Justifying Strict Objectivity without Debating Moral Realism (Clarendon, 2016), Grounds of Pragmatic Realism: Hegel’s Internal Critique and Transformation of Kant’s Critical Philosophy (Brill, 2018), Hegel’s Civic Republicanism: Integrating Natural Law with Kant’s Moral Constructivsm (Routledge, 2020) and Kant’s Critical Epistemology: Why Epistemology must Consider Judgment First (Routledge, 2020). He is researching systematically history and philosophy of law, especially Montesquieu, G.W.F. Hegel and Rudolf von Jhering, to develop a cogent normative sociological theory of law and justice. 01 eng 00 118 03 B2 philosophy B2 Epistemology B2 Immanuel Kant 20 Immanuel Kant; Epsitemology; Transcendental Deduction of the Categories; Critique of Pure Reason 01 06 02 00 Immanuel Kant’s ‘Transcendental Deduction of the Categories’ addresses issues centrally debated today in philosophy and in cognitive sciences, especially in epistemology, and in theory of perception. Kant’s insights into these issues are clouded by pervasive misunderstandings of Kant’s ‘Deduction’ and its actual aims, scope, and argument. The 03 00 Immanuel Kant’s ‘Transcendental Deduction of the Categories’ addresses issues centrally debated today in philosophy and in cognitive sciences, especially in epistemology, and in theory of perception. Kant’s insights into these issues are clouded by pervasive misunderstandings of Kant’s ‘Deduction’ and its actual aims, scope, and argument. The present edition with its fresh and accurate translation and concise commentary aims to serve these contemporary debates as well as continuing intensive and extensive scholarship on Kant’s Critique of Pure Reason</italic>. Two surprising results are that ‘Transcendental Deduction’ is valid and sound, and it holds independently of Kant’s transcendental idealism. This lucid volume is interesting and useful to students, yet sufficiently detailed to be informative to specialists.Kenneth R. Westphal</bold> is Professor of Philosophy at Boğaziçi University, İstanbul. His research focuses on the character and scope of rational justification in non-formal, substantive domains, both moral and theoretical. His books include several volumes on Kant.<break/>“This compact book will be of very considerable interest to scholars in philosophy and in cognitive science working on Kant’s Kritik der reinen Vernunft / Critique of Pure Reason, especially those concerned with perceptual judgment and with self-consciousness, self-ascription or apperception. It is also an ideal text for advanced courses and seminars treating Kant’s 1787 version of the Transcendental Deduction. The book is constructed to strongly promote running comparison of Kant’s German prose with Westphal’s highly competent translation. Westphal’s succinct analytic commentary culls through two centuries worth of secondary literature to lay out the essential terminological, conceptual, and historical presuppositions of Kant’s key claims and arguments. For decades now, I have been looking for a bilingual edition of the 1787 Deduction suitable for advanced teaching purposes—an edition of the format and sharply focussed scholarly quality exhibited by Westphal’s book. It is especially gratifying to know that this work is freely accessible to everyone.”</italic>Professor Jeff Edwards,</bold> Stony Brook University, United States 30 00 Immanuel Kant’s ‘Transcendental Deduction of the Categories’ addresses issues centrally debated today in philosophy and in cognitive sciences, especially in epistemology, and in theory of perception. Kant’s insights into these issues are clouded by pervasive misunderstandings of Kant’s ‘Deduction’ and its actual aims, scope, and argument. The present edition with its fresh and accurate translation and concise commentary aims to serve these contemporary debates as well as continuing intensive and extensive scholarship on Kant’s Critique of Pure Reason</italic>. Two surprising results are that ‘Transcendental Deduction’ is valid and sound, and it holds independently of Kant’s transcendental idealism. This lucid volume is interesting and useful to students, yet sufficiently detailed to be informative to specialists.Kenneth R. Westphal</bold> is Professor of Philosophy at Boğaziçi University, İstanbul. His research focuses on the character and scope of rational justification in non-formal, substantive domains, both moral and theoretical. His books include several volumes on Kant.<break/>“This compact book will be of very considerable interest to scholars in philosophy and in cognitive science working on Kant’s Kritik der reinen Vernunft / Critique of Pure Reason, especially those concerned with perceptual judgment and with self-consciousness, self-ascription or apperception. It is also an ideal text for advanced courses and seminars treating Kant’s 1787 version of the Transcendental Deduction. The book is constructed to strongly promote running comparison of Kant’s German prose with Westphal’s highly competent translation. Westphal’s succinct analytic commentary culls through two centuries worth of secondary literature to lay out the essential terminological, conceptual, and historical presuppositions of Kant’s key claims and arguments. For decades now, I have been looking for a bilingual edition of the 1787 Deduction suitable for advanced teaching purposes—an edition of the format and sharply focussed scholarly quality exhibited by Westphal’s book. It is especially gratifying to know that this work is freely accessible to everyone.”</italic>Professor Jeff Edwards,</bold> Stony Brook University, United States 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/2148bcb1-a3dd-4c89-af57-9fd5cd64652d.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20210407 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690288 03 9789523690288 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20210407 01 urn:uuid:caaf469c-7c23-4d86-85c9-15b9577844c8 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e37c3845-827d-4b3b-9763-b548135d0ced 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:caaf469c-7c23-4d86-85c9-15b9577844c8 15 9789523690301 03 9789523690301 06 10.33134/HUP-8 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Kingdom of Nokia How a Nation Served the Needs of One Company 1 A01 21 0000000173014401 Carl-Gustav Lindén Carl-Gustav Lindén Department of Information Science and Media 40 03zga2b32 University of Bergen Carl-Gustav Lindén is an Associate Professor of Data Journalism at Bergen University and Associate Professor (Docent) at University of Helsinki. Lindén’s background is in journalism, and he was a business journalist working for newspapers, magazines, and television until 2012, when he turned to academia. 01 eng 00 274 03 B2 political science B2 Social Sciences B2 Communication B2 Mobile technology B2 Management B2 Business & Economics 20 Finland; Nokia; Nordics; Mobile communication; Management 01 06 02 00 Nokia became a global player in mobile communications in the 1990s, and helped establish Anglo-Saxon capitalism in Finland. Through its success and strong lobbying, the company managed to capture the attention of Finnish politicians, civil servants, and journalists nationwide. With concrete detailed examples, Kingdom of Nokia</italic> illu 03 00 Kingdom of Nokia</italic> tells a fascinating story of corporatism in Finland. How did the mobile phone giant Nokia make the Finnish elite willing to serve the interests of the company? Nokia became a global player in mobile communications in the 1990s, and helped establish Anglo-Saxon capitalism in Finland. Through its success and strong lobbying, the company managed to capture the attention of Finnish politicians, civil servants, and journalists nationwide. With concrete detailed examples, Kingdom of Nokia</italic> illustrates how Nokia organised lavishing trips to journalists and paid direct campaign funding to politicians to establish its role at the core of Finnish decision-making. As a result, the company influenced important political decisions such as joining the European Union and adopting the euro, and further, Nokia even drafted its own law to serve its special interests. All this in a country considered one of the least corrupt in the world. Carl-Gustav Lindén </bold>is an Associate Professor of Data Journalism at the University of Bergen, Norway. Lindén’s background is in journalism, and he was a business journalist working for newspapers, magazines, and television until 2012, when he turned to academia. 30 00 Kingdom of Nokia</italic> tells a fascinating story of corporatism in Finland. How did the mobile phone giant Nokia make the Finnish elite willing to serve the interests of the company? Nokia became a global player in mobile communications in the 1990s, and helped establish Anglo-Saxon capitalism in Finland. Through its success and strong lobbying, the company managed to capture the attention of Finnish politicians, civil servants, and journalists nationwide. With concrete detailed examples, Kingdom of Nokia</italic> illustrates how Nokia organised lavishing trips to journalists and paid direct campaign funding to politicians to establish its role at the core of Finnish decision-making. As a result, the company influenced important political decisions such as joining the European Union and adopting the euro, and further, Nokia even drafted its own law to serve its special interests. All this in a country considered one of the least corrupt in the world. Carl-Gustav Lindén </bold>is an Associate Professor of Data Journalism at the University of Bergen, Norway. Lindén’s background is in journalism, and he was a business journalist working for newspapers, magazines, and television until 2012, when he turned to academia. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/7e9a432e-1b4f-4942-b454-ad4dbe4b48e4.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20210429 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690318 03 9789523690318 06 15 9789523690325 03 9789523690325 06 15 9789523690332 03 9789523690332 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690301 20 08 20210429 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690301 20 08 20210429 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690301 20 08 20210429 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690301 20 08 20210429 01 urn:uuid:98e5b07a-9418-4514-8f72-bfd962b723be 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e37c3845-827d-4b3b-9763-b548135d0ced 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:98e5b07a-9418-4514-8f72-bfd962b723be 15 9789523690318 03 9789523690318 06 10.33134/HUP-8 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Kingdom of Nokia How a Nation Served the Needs of One Company 1 A01 21 0000000173014401 Carl-Gustav Lindén Carl-Gustav Lindén Department of Information Science and Media 40 03zga2b32 University of Bergen Carl-Gustav Lindén is an Associate Professor of Data Journalism at Bergen University and Associate Professor (Docent) at University of Helsinki. Lindén’s background is in journalism, and he was a business journalist working for newspapers, magazines, and television until 2012, when he turned to academia. 01 eng 00 274 03 B2 political science B2 Social Sciences B2 Communication B2 Mobile technology B2 Management B2 Business & Economics 20 Finland; Nokia; Nordics; Mobile communication; Management 01 06 02 00 Nokia became a global player in mobile communications in the 1990s, and helped establish Anglo-Saxon capitalism in Finland. Through its success and strong lobbying, the company managed to capture the attention of Finnish politicians, civil servants, and journalists nationwide. With concrete detailed examples, Kingdom of Nokia</italic> illu 03 00 Kingdom of Nokia</italic> tells a fascinating story of corporatism in Finland. How did the mobile phone giant Nokia make the Finnish elite willing to serve the interests of the company? Nokia became a global player in mobile communications in the 1990s, and helped establish Anglo-Saxon capitalism in Finland. Through its success and strong lobbying, the company managed to capture the attention of Finnish politicians, civil servants, and journalists nationwide. With concrete detailed examples, Kingdom of Nokia</italic> illustrates how Nokia organised lavishing trips to journalists and paid direct campaign funding to politicians to establish its role at the core of Finnish decision-making. As a result, the company influenced important political decisions such as joining the European Union and adopting the euro, and further, Nokia even drafted its own law to serve its special interests. All this in a country considered one of the least corrupt in the world. Carl-Gustav Lindén </bold>is an Associate Professor of Data Journalism at the University of Bergen, Norway. Lindén’s background is in journalism, and he was a business journalist working for newspapers, magazines, and television until 2012, when he turned to academia. 30 00 Kingdom of Nokia</italic> tells a fascinating story of corporatism in Finland. How did the mobile phone giant Nokia make the Finnish elite willing to serve the interests of the company? Nokia became a global player in mobile communications in the 1990s, and helped establish Anglo-Saxon capitalism in Finland. Through its success and strong lobbying, the company managed to capture the attention of Finnish politicians, civil servants, and journalists nationwide. With concrete detailed examples, Kingdom of Nokia</italic> illustrates how Nokia organised lavishing trips to journalists and paid direct campaign funding to politicians to establish its role at the core of Finnish decision-making. As a result, the company influenced important political decisions such as joining the European Union and adopting the euro, and further, Nokia even drafted its own law to serve its special interests. All this in a country considered one of the least corrupt in the world. Carl-Gustav Lindén </bold>is an Associate Professor of Data Journalism at the University of Bergen, Norway. Lindén’s background is in journalism, and he was a business journalist working for newspapers, magazines, and television until 2012, when he turned to academia. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/7e9a432e-1b4f-4942-b454-ad4dbe4b48e4.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20210429 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690301 03 9789523690301 06 15 9789523690325 03 9789523690325 06 15 9789523690332 03 9789523690332 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20210429 01 urn:uuid:af92ade2-92ba-480d-8685-49310e01e028 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e37c3845-827d-4b3b-9763-b548135d0ced 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:af92ade2-92ba-480d-8685-49310e01e028 15 9789523690325 03 9789523690325 06 10.33134/HUP-8 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Kingdom of Nokia How a Nation Served the Needs of One Company 1 A01 21 0000000173014401 Carl-Gustav Lindén Carl-Gustav Lindén Department of Information Science and Media 40 03zga2b32 University of Bergen Carl-Gustav Lindén is an Associate Professor of Data Journalism at Bergen University and Associate Professor (Docent) at University of Helsinki. Lindén’s background is in journalism, and he was a business journalist working for newspapers, magazines, and television until 2012, when he turned to academia. 01 eng 00 274 03 B2 political science B2 Social Sciences B2 Communication B2 Mobile technology B2 Management B2 Business & Economics 20 Finland; Nokia; Nordics; Mobile communication; Management 01 06 02 00 Nokia became a global player in mobile communications in the 1990s, and helped establish Anglo-Saxon capitalism in Finland. Through its success and strong lobbying, the company managed to capture the attention of Finnish politicians, civil servants, and journalists nationwide. With concrete detailed examples, Kingdom of Nokia</italic> illu 03 00 Kingdom of Nokia</italic> tells a fascinating story of corporatism in Finland. How did the mobile phone giant Nokia make the Finnish elite willing to serve the interests of the company? Nokia became a global player in mobile communications in the 1990s, and helped establish Anglo-Saxon capitalism in Finland. Through its success and strong lobbying, the company managed to capture the attention of Finnish politicians, civil servants, and journalists nationwide. With concrete detailed examples, Kingdom of Nokia</italic> illustrates how Nokia organised lavishing trips to journalists and paid direct campaign funding to politicians to establish its role at the core of Finnish decision-making. As a result, the company influenced important political decisions such as joining the European Union and adopting the euro, and further, Nokia even drafted its own law to serve its special interests. All this in a country considered one of the least corrupt in the world. Carl-Gustav Lindén </bold>is an Associate Professor of Data Journalism at the University of Bergen, Norway. Lindén’s background is in journalism, and he was a business journalist working for newspapers, magazines, and television until 2012, when he turned to academia. 30 00 Kingdom of Nokia</italic> tells a fascinating story of corporatism in Finland. How did the mobile phone giant Nokia make the Finnish elite willing to serve the interests of the company? Nokia became a global player in mobile communications in the 1990s, and helped establish Anglo-Saxon capitalism in Finland. Through its success and strong lobbying, the company managed to capture the attention of Finnish politicians, civil servants, and journalists nationwide. With concrete detailed examples, Kingdom of Nokia</italic> illustrates how Nokia organised lavishing trips to journalists and paid direct campaign funding to politicians to establish its role at the core of Finnish decision-making. As a result, the company influenced important political decisions such as joining the European Union and adopting the euro, and further, Nokia even drafted its own law to serve its special interests. All this in a country considered one of the least corrupt in the world. Carl-Gustav Lindén </bold>is an Associate Professor of Data Journalism at the University of Bergen, Norway. Lindén’s background is in journalism, and he was a business journalist working for newspapers, magazines, and television until 2012, when he turned to academia. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/7e9a432e-1b4f-4942-b454-ad4dbe4b48e4.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20210429 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690301 03 9789523690301 06 15 9789523690318 03 9789523690318 06 15 9789523690332 03 9789523690332 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20210429 01 urn:uuid:38ef5731-1be1-4384-be97-969fd3263a99 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e37c3845-827d-4b3b-9763-b548135d0ced 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:38ef5731-1be1-4384-be97-969fd3263a99 15 9789523690332 03 9789523690332 06 10.33134/HUP-8 00 EB E127 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Kingdom of Nokia How a Nation Served the Needs of One Company 1 A01 21 0000000173014401 Carl-Gustav Lindén Carl-Gustav Lindén Department of Information Science and Media 40 03zga2b32 University of Bergen Carl-Gustav Lindén is an Associate Professor of Data Journalism at Bergen University and Associate Professor (Docent) at University of Helsinki. Lindén’s background is in journalism, and he was a business journalist working for newspapers, magazines, and television until 2012, when he turned to academia. 01 eng 00 274 03 B2 political science B2 Social Sciences B2 Communication B2 Mobile technology B2 Management B2 Business & Economics 20 Finland; Nokia; Nordics; Mobile communication; Management 01 06 02 00 Nokia became a global player in mobile communications in the 1990s, and helped establish Anglo-Saxon capitalism in Finland. Through its success and strong lobbying, the company managed to capture the attention of Finnish politicians, civil servants, and journalists nationwide. With concrete detailed examples, Kingdom of Nokia</italic> illu 03 00 Kingdom of Nokia</italic> tells a fascinating story of corporatism in Finland. How did the mobile phone giant Nokia make the Finnish elite willing to serve the interests of the company? Nokia became a global player in mobile communications in the 1990s, and helped establish Anglo-Saxon capitalism in Finland. Through its success and strong lobbying, the company managed to capture the attention of Finnish politicians, civil servants, and journalists nationwide. With concrete detailed examples, Kingdom of Nokia</italic> illustrates how Nokia organised lavishing trips to journalists and paid direct campaign funding to politicians to establish its role at the core of Finnish decision-making. As a result, the company influenced important political decisions such as joining the European Union and adopting the euro, and further, Nokia even drafted its own law to serve its special interests. All this in a country considered one of the least corrupt in the world. Carl-Gustav Lindén </bold>is an Associate Professor of Data Journalism at the University of Bergen, Norway. Lindén’s background is in journalism, and he was a business journalist working for newspapers, magazines, and television until 2012, when he turned to academia. 30 00 Kingdom of Nokia</italic> tells a fascinating story of corporatism in Finland. How did the mobile phone giant Nokia make the Finnish elite willing to serve the interests of the company? Nokia became a global player in mobile communications in the 1990s, and helped establish Anglo-Saxon capitalism in Finland. Through its success and strong lobbying, the company managed to capture the attention of Finnish politicians, civil servants, and journalists nationwide. With concrete detailed examples, Kingdom of Nokia</italic> illustrates how Nokia organised lavishing trips to journalists and paid direct campaign funding to politicians to establish its role at the core of Finnish decision-making. As a result, the company influenced important political decisions such as joining the European Union and adopting the euro, and further, Nokia even drafted its own law to serve its special interests. All this in a country considered one of the least corrupt in the world. Carl-Gustav Lindén </bold>is an Associate Professor of Data Journalism at the University of Bergen, Norway. Lindén’s background is in journalism, and he was a business journalist working for newspapers, magazines, and television until 2012, when he turned to academia. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/7e9a432e-1b4f-4942-b454-ad4dbe4b48e4.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20210429 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690301 03 9789523690301 06 15 9789523690318 03 9789523690318 06 15 9789523690325 03 9789523690325 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20210429 01 urn:uuid:f49b21b3-4f5a-4836-bf00-b0655d437eff 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a4963641-44bf-4ac9-a5b5-293e84fbb042 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f49b21b3-4f5a-4836-bf00-b0655d437eff 15 9789523690851 03 9789523690851 06 10.33134/HUP-19 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Living Communities and Their Archaeologies in the Middle East 1 B01 21 0000000165653414 Rick Bonnie Rick Bonnie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 B01 21 0000000347475241 Marta Lorenzon Marta Lorenzon 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 B01 21 0000000233650136 Suzie Thomas Suzie Thomas 40 008x57b05 University of Antwerp 01 eng 00 286 03 B2 Sociology B2 Anthropology B2 Archaeology B2 Community engagement B2 Middle East studies B2 Postcolonial theories 20 Community archaeology; Middle East; Western Asia archaeology; Near Eastern archaeology; decolonization; public engagement 01 06 02 00 This volume presents theoretical ideas, case studies, and reflective insights on community archaeology approaches across the Middle East, with contributions by scholars working in and from Iraq, Israel, Jordan, Palestine, and Syria. The contributions provide multiple insights from contemporary public archaeology practice, drawing on theoretic 03 00 This volume presents theoretical ideas, case studies, and reflective insights on community archaeology across the Middle East, with contributions by scholars working in and from Iraq, Israel, Jordan, Palestine, and Syria. The chapters represent a multitude of insights from contemporary public archaeology practice—drawing on theoretical frameworks and discussing the realities of challenges and opportunities presented by opening up archaeological experiences to wider publics in different social and political settings.In particular, the volume focuses on the following three themes: (1) defining and reflecting on ‘community’ in community archaeology; (2) which archaeologies to employ in community archaeology; and (3) measuring the success and failure of community archaeology. In addressing these issues, the chapters reflect different historical trajectories and cultures that enable us to find similarities and differences in the theory and practice of community archaeology.In more recent decades a shift has been noticed among both national authorities and foreign archaeological expeditions, with more emphasis on local heritage experiences. However, this frequently took the form of guiding and introducing communities to ‘their heritage’. Only more recently local voices have become more heard in definitions of heritage and decisions on preservation matters, with more projects tying these voices into their research objectives. This volume presents several projects that combine postcolonial approaches, citizen participation, and community work across the Middle East.By focusing especially on this geographical area, the volume also reflects upon the current state of public and community archaeology in this unique and complex region, adding to the already rich literature from the rest of the world. The Middle East has a long, fascinating, but also complicated history of archaeological investigation, deeply entrenched in colonization, and more recently in the decolonization process. The involvement and social values of the associated communities have often been overlooked in academic discussions. This book aims to redress that imbalance and present original research that reflects on the work of current scholars and practitioners and draws similarities and differences from diverse cultures.Rick Bonnie</bold> is University Lecturer in Museology at the University of Helsinki, Finland, and a founding member of the Centre of Excellence in Ancient Near Eastern Empires.Marta Lorenzon</bold> is an archaeologist and earthen architectural specialist. She is currently an Academy of Finland Research Fellow at the University of Helsinki, Finland.Suzie Thomas</bold> is Professor of Heritage at the University of Antwerp, Belgium, and a member of the Antwerp Cultural Heritage Sciences (ARCHES) research unit. 30 00 This volume presents theoretical ideas, case studies, and reflective insights on community archaeology across the Middle East, with contributions by scholars working in and from Iraq, Israel, Jordan, Palestine, and Syria. The chapters represent a multitude of insights from contemporary public archaeology practice—drawing on theoretical frameworks and discussing the realities of challenges and opportunities presented by opening up archaeological experiences to wider publics in different social and political settings.In particular, the volume focuses on the following three themes: (1) defining and reflecting on ‘community’ in community archaeology; (2) which archaeologies to employ in community archaeology; and (3) measuring the success and failure of community archaeology. In addressing these issues, the chapters reflect different historical trajectories and cultures that enable us to find similarities and differences in the theory and practice of community archaeology.In more recent decades a shift has been noticed among both national authorities and foreign archaeological expeditions, with more emphasis on local heritage experiences. However, this frequently took the form of guiding and introducing communities to ‘their heritage’. Only more recently local voices have become more heard in definitions of heritage and decisions on preservation matters, with more projects tying these voices into their research objectives. This volume presents several projects that combine postcolonial approaches, citizen participation, and community work across the Middle East.By focusing especially on this geographical area, the volume also reflects upon the current state of public and community archaeology in this unique and complex region, adding to the already rich literature from the rest of the world. The Middle East has a long, fascinating, but also complicated history of archaeological investigation, deeply entrenched in colonization, and more recently in the decolonization process. The involvement and social values of the associated communities have often been overlooked in academic discussions. This book aims to redress that imbalance and present original research that reflects on the work of current scholars and practitioners and draws similarities and differences from diverse cultures.Rick Bonnie</bold> is University Lecturer in Museology at the University of Helsinki, Finland, and a founding member of the Centre of Excellence in Ancient Near Eastern Empires.Marta Lorenzon</bold> is an archaeologist and earthen architectural specialist. She is currently an Academy of Finland Research Fellow at the University of Helsinki, Finland.Suzie Thomas</bold> is Professor of Heritage at the University of Antwerp, Belgium, and a member of the Antwerp Cultural Heritage Sciences (ARCHES) research unit. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/e2b4b4ab-458b-47aa-bcaa-cc40ab75e1b6.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Living Communities and Their Archaeologies in the Middle East: An Introduction 1 A01 21 0000000165653414 Rick Bonnie Rick Bonnie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000347475241 Marta Lorenzon Marta Lorenzon 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000233650136 Suzie Thomas Suzie Thomas 40 008x57b05 University of Antwerp 03 00 This chapter introduces the theme and aims of the volume Living Communities and Their Archaeologies in the Middle East. The history of archaeology in the Middle East is deeply rooted in its original colonial enterprise. Hence, ‘doing’ community archaeology is very different from what is practised in countries in Europe and North America, where this archaeological sub-discipline first developed. Therefore, this chapter also serves as an introduction to and contextualization of community archaeology in the Middle East in relation to its development elsewhere globally. 30 00 This chapter introduces the theme and aims of the volume Living Communities and Their Archaeologies in the Middle East. The history of archaeology in the Middle East is deeply rooted in its original colonial enterprise. Hence, ‘doing’ community archaeology is very different from what is practised in countries in Europe and North America, where this archaeological sub-discipline first developed. Therefore, this chapter also serves as an introduction to and contextualization of community archaeology in the Middle East in relation to its development elsewhere globally. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Do Communities Have a Role in Community Archaeology in Jordan? 1 A01 Maria Elena Ronza Maria Ronza Sela for Training and Protection of Heritage 03 00 Within the past 30 years, community archaeology worldwide has worked to address ethical concerns raised by the colonial nature of traditional archaeological missions, and over the past 20 years, Jordan has witnessed a transformation of this colonial enterprise in the rise of community archaeology as a discipline. Unfortunately, this transformation has occurred in the appearance but very often not in the substance. This chapter discusses how archaeology and colonialism are closely intertwined in Jordan, and how such a relationship is fuelled by a culture of welfarism that traps host communities in a vicious cycle brokered by non-governmental organisations that alienates them from their own heritage. The chapter aims to initiate a discussion around the role and voice of host community in archaeology and how community archaeology could contribute to transforming the status quo. 30 00 Within the past 30 years, community archaeology worldwide has worked to address ethical concerns raised by the colonial nature of traditional archaeological missions, and over the past 20 years, Jordan has witnessed a transformation of this colonial enterprise in the rise of community archaeology as a discipline. Unfortunately, this transformation has occurred in the appearance but very often not in the substance. This chapter discusses how archaeology and colonialism are closely intertwined in Jordan, and how such a relationship is fuelled by a culture of welfarism that traps host communities in a vicious cycle brokered by non-governmental organisations that alienates them from their own heritage. The chapter aims to initiate a discussion around the role and voice of host community in archaeology and how community archaeology could contribute to transforming the status quo. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Safeguarding, Enhancing and Managing Archaeological Heritage and Museums in Iraq: The Contribution of the EDUU Project 1 A01 21 0000000315251462 Federico Zaina Federico Zaina 40 01nffqt88 Politecnico di Milano 2 A01 Licia Proserpio Licia Proserpio University of Bologna 3 A01 Giulia Scazzosi Giulia Scazzosi National Museum of Science and Technology Leonardo da Vinci, Milan 4 A01 Alaa Hussein Jasim Al-Lami Alaa Al-Lami 40 02dwrdh81 University of Kufa 5 A01 Riyam Hussein Abed Al-Rubaie Riyam Al-Rubaie 40 02dwrdh81 University of Kufa 03 00 Over four decades of conflicts and instability have severely deteriorated Iraq’s social and political systems. These long-term trends have also progressively damaged the rich heritage of the country and repeatedly weakened its cultural infrastructures. Against this backdrop, in recent years, international institutions and funding bodies have promoted initiatives to revive and relaunch the Iraqi cultural heritage which is considered a critical component to support the wider post-conflicts recovery as well as an important player in the country’s post-oil reality. Among these, between 2016 and 2020, a European-Iraqi partnership launched the “EDUU - Education and Cultural Heritage Enhancement for Social Cohesion in Iraq” project, funded by the EuropeAid Programme of the European Union. The project focused on improving education and enhancing cultural heritage by connecting Iraqi universities, heritage institutions, secondary schools, museums and local communities. To this end, the EDUU project implemented a wide range of activities using archaeological, ethnoarchaeological, cultural heritage, and community engagement methodologies. This paper provides a critical analysis of the project results and lessons learned together with future outlooks to foster social cohesion through cultural heritage in the country. 30 00 Over four decades of conflicts and instability have severely deteriorated Iraq’s social and political systems. These long-term trends have also progressively damaged the rich heritage of the country and repeatedly weakened its cultural infrastructures. Against this backdrop, in recent years, international institutions and funding bodies have promoted initiatives to revive and relaunch the Iraqi cultural heritage which is considered a critical component to support the wider post-conflicts recovery as well as an important player in the country’s post-oil reality. Among these, between 2016 and 2020, a European-Iraqi partnership launched the “EDUU - Education and Cultural Heritage Enhancement for Social Cohesion in Iraq” project, funded by the EuropeAid Programme of the European Union. The project focused on improving education and enhancing cultural heritage by connecting Iraqi universities, heritage institutions, secondary schools, museums and local communities. To this end, the EDUU project implemented a wide range of activities using archaeological, ethnoarchaeological, cultural heritage, and community engagement methodologies. This paper provides a critical analysis of the project results and lessons learned together with future outlooks to foster social cohesion through cultural heritage in the country. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Bourdieu’s Fields and Capital in Community Archaeology: An Example from Jordan 1 A01 21 0000000282476322 Päivi Miettunen Päivi Miettunen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter discusses Bourdieu’s field theory, capital and Habitus as possible theoretical tools for planning and establishing an archaeological community project. Collaboration and cooperation with local communities and stakeholders is acknowledged as an essential part of archaeological projects – not only as a means of decolonising the research field but, overall, to provide an ethical way to create long-term empowerment and benefits for local communities, and to make the research transparent and accessible. Various methods and tools have been proposed and tested for building and assessing community projects, but the heterogeneity of cultures and communities makes standardisation a challenging task. Using the Petra region in Jordan as a case study, I examine how Bourdieu’s theories could be utilised in understanding community structures, as well as in collaborating and creating long-term benefits before, during and after an archaeological project. 30 00 This chapter discusses Bourdieu’s field theory, capital and Habitus as possible theoretical tools for planning and establishing an archaeological community project. Collaboration and cooperation with local communities and stakeholders is acknowledged as an essential part of archaeological projects – not only as a means of decolonising the research field but, overall, to provide an ethical way to create long-term empowerment and benefits for local communities, and to make the research transparent and accessible. Various methods and tools have been proposed and tested for building and assessing community projects, but the heterogeneity of cultures and communities makes standardisation a challenging task. Using the Petra region in Jordan as a case study, I examine how Bourdieu’s theories could be utilised in understanding community structures, as well as in collaborating and creating long-term benefits before, during and after an archaeological project. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 A New Approach to Community Archaeology in the Israel Antiquities Authority: A View from the Northern Region 1 A01 Einat Ambar-Armon Einat Ambar-Armon 40 037fbyh64 Israel Antiquities Authority 03 00 The Israel Antiquities Authority (IAA) is in charge of the country’s antiquities and antiquity sites and their excavation, preservation, study and publication, as well as bringing the community closer to the long and rich legacy of the Land of Israel. This chapter focuses on some of the new projects in the northern region of Israel that have taken place over the past few years, since the IAA developed and enhanced its educational and community commitments. The activities are targeted at the entire population and are intended to initiate widespread exposure to archaeology. Activities take place all over Israel, designed for all ages as well as for all sectors and religions. The entire community is invited to take part in archaeological excavations and in a variety of educational initiatives. At the same time, the public is invited to see the backstage of the excavations, to see discoveries revealed to them as soon as they are found, and to access the findings through displays located near local sites and communities. The main purpose of these projects is to set the scene for community exposure to archaeology and create a meaningful, valuable and exciting experience that will eventually allow the public to become acquainted with the legacy and involved in preserving archaeological finds and ancient sites. 30 00 The Israel Antiquities Authority (IAA) is in charge of the country’s antiquities and antiquity sites and their excavation, preservation, study and publication, as well as bringing the community closer to the long and rich legacy of the Land of Israel. This chapter focuses on some of the new projects in the northern region of Israel that have taken place over the past few years, since the IAA developed and enhanced its educational and community commitments. The activities are targeted at the entire population and are intended to initiate widespread exposure to archaeology. Activities take place all over Israel, designed for all ages as well as for all sectors and religions. The entire community is invited to take part in archaeological excavations and in a variety of educational initiatives. At the same time, the public is invited to see the backstage of the excavations, to see discoveries revealed to them as soon as they are found, and to access the findings through displays located near local sites and communities. The main purpose of these projects is to set the scene for community exposure to archaeology and create a meaningful, valuable and exciting experience that will eventually allow the public to become acquainted with the legacy and involved in preserving archaeological finds and ancient sites. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Community Archaeology at Tell Balata, Palestine 1 A01 Hamdan Taha Hamdan Taha Independent 2 A01 Gerrit van der Kooij Gerrit van der Kooij 40 027bh9e22 Leiden University 03 00 This chapter introduces the community archaeology experience at Tell Balata, Palestine. It contextualises the aims, objectives and activities of a four-year joint project of the Palestinian Department of Antiquities and Cultural Heritage, the Faculty of Archaeology of the University of Leiden, and UNESCO’s Ramallah office, in cooperation with the local community. The site is identified with ancient Shechem and had been excavated in the last century by a series of archaeological expeditions, using a typical colonial archaeology, in which the involvement of the local community has been limited to physical work and dirt removal. The project’s main concern was the rehabilitation of the neglected archaeological site, and its development into a modern archaeological park for the benefit of the local community. The Tell Balata Archaeological Park was guided by a management plan based on UNESCO and ICOMOS principles and the management guidelines for World Cultural Heritage sites, in line with provisions of international charters and conventions. The plan determined the level and nature of community involvement. Community outreach activities included clearance work, excavations at certain spots to build capacity in the heritage sector in marginalised areas, involving workers in excavation and restoration work, and connecting the people with the place. Other outreach activities included promotion work, such as signposting outside the site, a site map and trail signage on site, leaflets, education and awareness programmes, the oral history survey, site staff training, and the interpretation centre. Complementary activities included excavation reports, a teacher’s handbook, a guidebook, a documentary film, and additional visitor-friendly provisions on site to facilitate and promote domestic and international tourism. 30 00 This chapter introduces the community archaeology experience at Tell Balata, Palestine. It contextualises the aims, objectives and activities of a four-year joint project of the Palestinian Department of Antiquities and Cultural Heritage, the Faculty of Archaeology of the University of Leiden, and UNESCO’s Ramallah office, in cooperation with the local community. The site is identified with ancient Shechem and had been excavated in the last century by a series of archaeological expeditions, using a typical colonial archaeology, in which the involvement of the local community has been limited to physical work and dirt removal. The project’s main concern was the rehabilitation of the neglected archaeological site, and its development into a modern archaeological park for the benefit of the local community. The Tell Balata Archaeological Park was guided by a management plan based on UNESCO and ICOMOS principles and the management guidelines for World Cultural Heritage sites, in line with provisions of international charters and conventions. The plan determined the level and nature of community involvement. Community outreach activities included clearance work, excavations at certain spots to build capacity in the heritage sector in marginalised areas, involving workers in excavation and restoration work, and connecting the people with the place. Other outreach activities included promotion work, such as signposting outside the site, a site map and trail signage on site, leaflets, education and awareness programmes, the oral history survey, site staff training, and the interpretation centre. Complementary activities included excavation reports, a teacher’s handbook, a guidebook, a documentary film, and additional visitor-friendly provisions on site to facilitate and promote domestic and international tourism. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Collaboration and Multivocality in Heritage and Museum Practice: Lessons from Jordan 1 A01 Arwa Badran Arwa Badran formerly Durham University 2 A01 21 000000018118673X Shatha Abu-Khafajah Shatha Abu-Khafajah 40 04a1r5z94 Hashemite University 3 A01 Maria Elena Ronza Maria Ronza Sela for Training and Protection of Heritage 4 A01 Robin Skeates Robin Skeates 40 01v29qb04 Durham University 5 A01 Ross Wilkinson Ross Wilkinson 40 01v29qb04 Durham University 6 A01 Fatma Marii Fatma Marii formerly University of Jordan 03 00 As part of a research project on how to better engage the young in learning about their past in Jordan, we report on our investigation into what constitutes good museum practice in the Jordanian context. We present some of the results of our work, which focuses on establishing and sustaining partnerships between museums, universities and schools for the purpose of guiding future capacity-building and enhancing standards across the sector. The chapter also sheds light on the benefits of collaborative work across cultures within internationally funded projects, and the importance of maintaining an equal platform for sharing ideas and making decisions. 30 00 As part of a research project on how to better engage the young in learning about their past in Jordan, we report on our investigation into what constitutes good museum practice in the Jordanian context. We present some of the results of our work, which focuses on establishing and sustaining partnerships between museums, universities and schools for the purpose of guiding future capacity-building and enhancing standards across the sector. The chapter also sheds light on the benefits of collaborative work across cultures within internationally funded projects, and the importance of maintaining an equal platform for sharing ideas and making decisions. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Enriching Cultural Heritage User Experiences through 3D Interpretive Models at Tafilah and Jerash, Jordan 1 A01 Safa’ Joudeh Safa’ Joudeh MAS design office 2 A01 21 0000000347475241 Marta Lorenzon Marta Lorenzon 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This contribution showcases the integration of digital and community archaeology in Jordan. We analysed the impact of 3D reconstructions on public engagement in archaeological projects, focusing on two case studies that involved diverse stakeholders and communities. Both case studies are central to understanding and discussing the impact on ‘living’ communities in modern-day Jordan of implementing digital tools and participatory practices. 30 00 This contribution showcases the integration of digital and community archaeology in Jordan. We analysed the impact of 3D reconstructions on public engagement in archaeological projects, focusing on two case studies that involved diverse stakeholders and communities. Both case studies are central to understanding and discussing the impact on ‘living’ communities in modern-day Jordan of implementing digital tools and participatory practices. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Urkesh Community Archaeology Project: A Sustainable Model from Syria 1 A01 Giorgio Buccellati Giorgio Buccellati University of California Los Angeles 2 A01 Hiba Qassar Hiba Qassar 40 03ppy8d91 International Institute for Mesopotamian Area Studies 03 00 This chapter discusses the community archaeology approach in Urkesh, which has been instrumental in turning the site into a source of pride and common identity for a mosaic of communities living next to it. It discusses the sustainability of the Urkesh community project, showing how these communities became more engaged in site activities despite the physical absence of the archaeological team. The concept of inheritance as tied to living inheritors is illustrated with examples from the interaction between archaeologists and the local communities. Finally, the chapter illustrates the resilience of the project in adapting to a situation of crisis, highlighting one particular programme designed to empower local young people amid the global pandemic and the impact of Syrian conflict on their lives. 30 00 This chapter discusses the community archaeology approach in Urkesh, which has been instrumental in turning the site into a source of pride and common identity for a mosaic of communities living next to it. It discusses the sustainability of the Urkesh community project, showing how these communities became more engaged in site activities despite the physical absence of the archaeological team. The concept of inheritance as tied to living inheritors is illustrated with examples from the interaction between archaeologists and the local communities. Finally, the chapter illustrates the resilience of the project in adapting to a situation of crisis, highlighting one particular programme designed to empower local young people amid the global pandemic and the impact of Syrian conflict on their lives. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Afterword: On Ethics, Cultural Capital and Sustainability 1 A01 21 0000000165653414 Rick Bonnie Rick Bonnie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000347475241 Marta Lorenzon Marta Lorenzon 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000233650136 Suzie Thomas Suzie Thomas 40 008x57b05 University of Antwerp 03 00 In this concluding chapter the editors provide commentary and response in relation to the previous chapters. We identify commonly emerging themes, namely ethics, cultural capital and sustainability, and draw out connections between the cases as revealed by the book’s authors. We conclude by thanking the contributors to the volume once more. 30 00 In this concluding chapter the editors provide commentary and response in relation to the previous chapters. We identify commonly emerging themes, namely ethics, cultural capital and sustainability, and draw out connections between the cases as revealed by the book’s authors. We conclude by thanking the contributors to the volume once more. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20230929 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690868 03 9789523690868 06 15 9789523690875 03 9789523690875 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690851 20 08 20230929 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690851 20 08 20230929 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690851 20 08 20230929 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690851 20 08 20230929 01 urn:uuid:db3e7cfe-6025-4ecf-974b-c4d808ed526e 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a4963641-44bf-4ac9-a5b5-293e84fbb042 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:db3e7cfe-6025-4ecf-974b-c4d808ed526e 15 9789523690868 03 9789523690868 06 10.33134/HUP-19 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Living Communities and Their Archaeologies in the Middle East 1 B01 21 0000000165653414 Rick Bonnie Rick Bonnie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 B01 21 0000000347475241 Marta Lorenzon Marta Lorenzon 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 B01 21 0000000233650136 Suzie Thomas Suzie Thomas 40 008x57b05 University of Antwerp 01 eng 00 286 03 B2 Sociology B2 Anthropology B2 Archaeology B2 Community engagement B2 Middle East studies B2 Postcolonial theories 20 Community archaeology; Middle East; Western Asia archaeology; Near Eastern archaeology; decolonization; public engagement 01 06 02 00 This volume presents theoretical ideas, case studies, and reflective insights on community archaeology approaches across the Middle East, with contributions by scholars working in and from Iraq, Israel, Jordan, Palestine, and Syria. The contributions provide multiple insights from contemporary public archaeology practice, drawing on theoretic 03 00 This volume presents theoretical ideas, case studies, and reflective insights on community archaeology across the Middle East, with contributions by scholars working in and from Iraq, Israel, Jordan, Palestine, and Syria. The chapters represent a multitude of insights from contemporary public archaeology practice—drawing on theoretical frameworks and discussing the realities of challenges and opportunities presented by opening up archaeological experiences to wider publics in different social and political settings.In particular, the volume focuses on the following three themes: (1) defining and reflecting on ‘community’ in community archaeology; (2) which archaeologies to employ in community archaeology; and (3) measuring the success and failure of community archaeology. In addressing these issues, the chapters reflect different historical trajectories and cultures that enable us to find similarities and differences in the theory and practice of community archaeology.In more recent decades a shift has been noticed among both national authorities and foreign archaeological expeditions, with more emphasis on local heritage experiences. However, this frequently took the form of guiding and introducing communities to ‘their heritage’. Only more recently local voices have become more heard in definitions of heritage and decisions on preservation matters, with more projects tying these voices into their research objectives. This volume presents several projects that combine postcolonial approaches, citizen participation, and community work across the Middle East.By focusing especially on this geographical area, the volume also reflects upon the current state of public and community archaeology in this unique and complex region, adding to the already rich literature from the rest of the world. The Middle East has a long, fascinating, but also complicated history of archaeological investigation, deeply entrenched in colonization, and more recently in the decolonization process. The involvement and social values of the associated communities have often been overlooked in academic discussions. This book aims to redress that imbalance and present original research that reflects on the work of current scholars and practitioners and draws similarities and differences from diverse cultures.Rick Bonnie</bold> is University Lecturer in Museology at the University of Helsinki, Finland, and a founding member of the Centre of Excellence in Ancient Near Eastern Empires.Marta Lorenzon</bold> is an archaeologist and earthen architectural specialist. She is currently an Academy of Finland Research Fellow at the University of Helsinki, Finland.Suzie Thomas</bold> is Professor of Heritage at the University of Antwerp, Belgium, and a member of the Antwerp Cultural Heritage Sciences (ARCHES) research unit. 30 00 This volume presents theoretical ideas, case studies, and reflective insights on community archaeology across the Middle East, with contributions by scholars working in and from Iraq, Israel, Jordan, Palestine, and Syria. The chapters represent a multitude of insights from contemporary public archaeology practice—drawing on theoretical frameworks and discussing the realities of challenges and opportunities presented by opening up archaeological experiences to wider publics in different social and political settings.In particular, the volume focuses on the following three themes: (1) defining and reflecting on ‘community’ in community archaeology; (2) which archaeologies to employ in community archaeology; and (3) measuring the success and failure of community archaeology. In addressing these issues, the chapters reflect different historical trajectories and cultures that enable us to find similarities and differences in the theory and practice of community archaeology.In more recent decades a shift has been noticed among both national authorities and foreign archaeological expeditions, with more emphasis on local heritage experiences. However, this frequently took the form of guiding and introducing communities to ‘their heritage’. Only more recently local voices have become more heard in definitions of heritage and decisions on preservation matters, with more projects tying these voices into their research objectives. This volume presents several projects that combine postcolonial approaches, citizen participation, and community work across the Middle East.By focusing especially on this geographical area, the volume also reflects upon the current state of public and community archaeology in this unique and complex region, adding to the already rich literature from the rest of the world. The Middle East has a long, fascinating, but also complicated history of archaeological investigation, deeply entrenched in colonization, and more recently in the decolonization process. The involvement and social values of the associated communities have often been overlooked in academic discussions. This book aims to redress that imbalance and present original research that reflects on the work of current scholars and practitioners and draws similarities and differences from diverse cultures.Rick Bonnie</bold> is University Lecturer in Museology at the University of Helsinki, Finland, and a founding member of the Centre of Excellence in Ancient Near Eastern Empires.Marta Lorenzon</bold> is an archaeologist and earthen architectural specialist. She is currently an Academy of Finland Research Fellow at the University of Helsinki, Finland.Suzie Thomas</bold> is Professor of Heritage at the University of Antwerp, Belgium, and a member of the Antwerp Cultural Heritage Sciences (ARCHES) research unit. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/e2b4b4ab-458b-47aa-bcaa-cc40ab75e1b6.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Living Communities and Their Archaeologies in the Middle East: An Introduction 1 A01 21 0000000165653414 Rick Bonnie Rick Bonnie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000347475241 Marta Lorenzon Marta Lorenzon 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000233650136 Suzie Thomas Suzie Thomas 40 008x57b05 University of Antwerp 03 00 This chapter introduces the theme and aims of the volume Living Communities and Their Archaeologies in the Middle East. The history of archaeology in the Middle East is deeply rooted in its original colonial enterprise. Hence, ‘doing’ community archaeology is very different from what is practised in countries in Europe and North America, where this archaeological sub-discipline first developed. Therefore, this chapter also serves as an introduction to and contextualization of community archaeology in the Middle East in relation to its development elsewhere globally. 30 00 This chapter introduces the theme and aims of the volume Living Communities and Their Archaeologies in the Middle East. The history of archaeology in the Middle East is deeply rooted in its original colonial enterprise. Hence, ‘doing’ community archaeology is very different from what is practised in countries in Europe and North America, where this archaeological sub-discipline first developed. Therefore, this chapter also serves as an introduction to and contextualization of community archaeology in the Middle East in relation to its development elsewhere globally. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Do Communities Have a Role in Community Archaeology in Jordan? 1 A01 Maria Elena Ronza Maria Ronza Sela for Training and Protection of Heritage 03 00 Within the past 30 years, community archaeology worldwide has worked to address ethical concerns raised by the colonial nature of traditional archaeological missions, and over the past 20 years, Jordan has witnessed a transformation of this colonial enterprise in the rise of community archaeology as a discipline. Unfortunately, this transformation has occurred in the appearance but very often not in the substance. This chapter discusses how archaeology and colonialism are closely intertwined in Jordan, and how such a relationship is fuelled by a culture of welfarism that traps host communities in a vicious cycle brokered by non-governmental organisations that alienates them from their own heritage. The chapter aims to initiate a discussion around the role and voice of host community in archaeology and how community archaeology could contribute to transforming the status quo. 30 00 Within the past 30 years, community archaeology worldwide has worked to address ethical concerns raised by the colonial nature of traditional archaeological missions, and over the past 20 years, Jordan has witnessed a transformation of this colonial enterprise in the rise of community archaeology as a discipline. Unfortunately, this transformation has occurred in the appearance but very often not in the substance. This chapter discusses how archaeology and colonialism are closely intertwined in Jordan, and how such a relationship is fuelled by a culture of welfarism that traps host communities in a vicious cycle brokered by non-governmental organisations that alienates them from their own heritage. The chapter aims to initiate a discussion around the role and voice of host community in archaeology and how community archaeology could contribute to transforming the status quo. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Safeguarding, Enhancing and Managing Archaeological Heritage and Museums in Iraq: The Contribution of the EDUU Project 1 A01 21 0000000315251462 Federico Zaina Federico Zaina 40 01nffqt88 Politecnico di Milano 2 A01 Licia Proserpio Licia Proserpio University of Bologna 3 A01 Giulia Scazzosi Giulia Scazzosi National Museum of Science and Technology Leonardo da Vinci, Milan 4 A01 Alaa Hussein Jasim Al-Lami Alaa Al-Lami 40 02dwrdh81 University of Kufa 5 A01 Riyam Hussein Abed Al-Rubaie Riyam Al-Rubaie 40 02dwrdh81 University of Kufa 03 00 Over four decades of conflicts and instability have severely deteriorated Iraq’s social and political systems. These long-term trends have also progressively damaged the rich heritage of the country and repeatedly weakened its cultural infrastructures. Against this backdrop, in recent years, international institutions and funding bodies have promoted initiatives to revive and relaunch the Iraqi cultural heritage which is considered a critical component to support the wider post-conflicts recovery as well as an important player in the country’s post-oil reality. Among these, between 2016 and 2020, a European-Iraqi partnership launched the “EDUU - Education and Cultural Heritage Enhancement for Social Cohesion in Iraq” project, funded by the EuropeAid Programme of the European Union. The project focused on improving education and enhancing cultural heritage by connecting Iraqi universities, heritage institutions, secondary schools, museums and local communities. To this end, the EDUU project implemented a wide range of activities using archaeological, ethnoarchaeological, cultural heritage, and community engagement methodologies. This paper provides a critical analysis of the project results and lessons learned together with future outlooks to foster social cohesion through cultural heritage in the country. 30 00 Over four decades of conflicts and instability have severely deteriorated Iraq’s social and political systems. These long-term trends have also progressively damaged the rich heritage of the country and repeatedly weakened its cultural infrastructures. Against this backdrop, in recent years, international institutions and funding bodies have promoted initiatives to revive and relaunch the Iraqi cultural heritage which is considered a critical component to support the wider post-conflicts recovery as well as an important player in the country’s post-oil reality. Among these, between 2016 and 2020, a European-Iraqi partnership launched the “EDUU - Education and Cultural Heritage Enhancement for Social Cohesion in Iraq” project, funded by the EuropeAid Programme of the European Union. The project focused on improving education and enhancing cultural heritage by connecting Iraqi universities, heritage institutions, secondary schools, museums and local communities. To this end, the EDUU project implemented a wide range of activities using archaeological, ethnoarchaeological, cultural heritage, and community engagement methodologies. This paper provides a critical analysis of the project results and lessons learned together with future outlooks to foster social cohesion through cultural heritage in the country. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Bourdieu’s Fields and Capital in Community Archaeology: An Example from Jordan 1 A01 21 0000000282476322 Päivi Miettunen Päivi Miettunen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter discusses Bourdieu’s field theory, capital and Habitus as possible theoretical tools for planning and establishing an archaeological community project. Collaboration and cooperation with local communities and stakeholders is acknowledged as an essential part of archaeological projects – not only as a means of decolonising the research field but, overall, to provide an ethical way to create long-term empowerment and benefits for local communities, and to make the research transparent and accessible. Various methods and tools have been proposed and tested for building and assessing community projects, but the heterogeneity of cultures and communities makes standardisation a challenging task. Using the Petra region in Jordan as a case study, I examine how Bourdieu’s theories could be utilised in understanding community structures, as well as in collaborating and creating long-term benefits before, during and after an archaeological project. 30 00 This chapter discusses Bourdieu’s field theory, capital and Habitus as possible theoretical tools for planning and establishing an archaeological community project. Collaboration and cooperation with local communities and stakeholders is acknowledged as an essential part of archaeological projects – not only as a means of decolonising the research field but, overall, to provide an ethical way to create long-term empowerment and benefits for local communities, and to make the research transparent and accessible. Various methods and tools have been proposed and tested for building and assessing community projects, but the heterogeneity of cultures and communities makes standardisation a challenging task. Using the Petra region in Jordan as a case study, I examine how Bourdieu’s theories could be utilised in understanding community structures, as well as in collaborating and creating long-term benefits before, during and after an archaeological project. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 A New Approach to Community Archaeology in the Israel Antiquities Authority: A View from the Northern Region 1 A01 Einat Ambar-Armon Einat Ambar-Armon 40 037fbyh64 Israel Antiquities Authority 03 00 The Israel Antiquities Authority (IAA) is in charge of the country’s antiquities and antiquity sites and their excavation, preservation, study and publication, as well as bringing the community closer to the long and rich legacy of the Land of Israel. This chapter focuses on some of the new projects in the northern region of Israel that have taken place over the past few years, since the IAA developed and enhanced its educational and community commitments. The activities are targeted at the entire population and are intended to initiate widespread exposure to archaeology. Activities take place all over Israel, designed for all ages as well as for all sectors and religions. The entire community is invited to take part in archaeological excavations and in a variety of educational initiatives. At the same time, the public is invited to see the backstage of the excavations, to see discoveries revealed to them as soon as they are found, and to access the findings through displays located near local sites and communities. The main purpose of these projects is to set the scene for community exposure to archaeology and create a meaningful, valuable and exciting experience that will eventually allow the public to become acquainted with the legacy and involved in preserving archaeological finds and ancient sites. 30 00 The Israel Antiquities Authority (IAA) is in charge of the country’s antiquities and antiquity sites and their excavation, preservation, study and publication, as well as bringing the community closer to the long and rich legacy of the Land of Israel. This chapter focuses on some of the new projects in the northern region of Israel that have taken place over the past few years, since the IAA developed and enhanced its educational and community commitments. The activities are targeted at the entire population and are intended to initiate widespread exposure to archaeology. Activities take place all over Israel, designed for all ages as well as for all sectors and religions. The entire community is invited to take part in archaeological excavations and in a variety of educational initiatives. At the same time, the public is invited to see the backstage of the excavations, to see discoveries revealed to them as soon as they are found, and to access the findings through displays located near local sites and communities. The main purpose of these projects is to set the scene for community exposure to archaeology and create a meaningful, valuable and exciting experience that will eventually allow the public to become acquainted with the legacy and involved in preserving archaeological finds and ancient sites. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Community Archaeology at Tell Balata, Palestine 1 A01 Hamdan Taha Hamdan Taha Independent 2 A01 Gerrit van der Kooij Gerrit van der Kooij 40 027bh9e22 Leiden University 03 00 This chapter introduces the community archaeology experience at Tell Balata, Palestine. It contextualises the aims, objectives and activities of a four-year joint project of the Palestinian Department of Antiquities and Cultural Heritage, the Faculty of Archaeology of the University of Leiden, and UNESCO’s Ramallah office, in cooperation with the local community. The site is identified with ancient Shechem and had been excavated in the last century by a series of archaeological expeditions, using a typical colonial archaeology, in which the involvement of the local community has been limited to physical work and dirt removal. The project’s main concern was the rehabilitation of the neglected archaeological site, and its development into a modern archaeological park for the benefit of the local community. The Tell Balata Archaeological Park was guided by a management plan based on UNESCO and ICOMOS principles and the management guidelines for World Cultural Heritage sites, in line with provisions of international charters and conventions. The plan determined the level and nature of community involvement. Community outreach activities included clearance work, excavations at certain spots to build capacity in the heritage sector in marginalised areas, involving workers in excavation and restoration work, and connecting the people with the place. Other outreach activities included promotion work, such as signposting outside the site, a site map and trail signage on site, leaflets, education and awareness programmes, the oral history survey, site staff training, and the interpretation centre. Complementary activities included excavation reports, a teacher’s handbook, a guidebook, a documentary film, and additional visitor-friendly provisions on site to facilitate and promote domestic and international tourism. 30 00 This chapter introduces the community archaeology experience at Tell Balata, Palestine. It contextualises the aims, objectives and activities of a four-year joint project of the Palestinian Department of Antiquities and Cultural Heritage, the Faculty of Archaeology of the University of Leiden, and UNESCO’s Ramallah office, in cooperation with the local community. The site is identified with ancient Shechem and had been excavated in the last century by a series of archaeological expeditions, using a typical colonial archaeology, in which the involvement of the local community has been limited to physical work and dirt removal. The project’s main concern was the rehabilitation of the neglected archaeological site, and its development into a modern archaeological park for the benefit of the local community. The Tell Balata Archaeological Park was guided by a management plan based on UNESCO and ICOMOS principles and the management guidelines for World Cultural Heritage sites, in line with provisions of international charters and conventions. The plan determined the level and nature of community involvement. Community outreach activities included clearance work, excavations at certain spots to build capacity in the heritage sector in marginalised areas, involving workers in excavation and restoration work, and connecting the people with the place. Other outreach activities included promotion work, such as signposting outside the site, a site map and trail signage on site, leaflets, education and awareness programmes, the oral history survey, site staff training, and the interpretation centre. Complementary activities included excavation reports, a teacher’s handbook, a guidebook, a documentary film, and additional visitor-friendly provisions on site to facilitate and promote domestic and international tourism. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Collaboration and Multivocality in Heritage and Museum Practice: Lessons from Jordan 1 A01 Arwa Badran Arwa Badran formerly Durham University 2 A01 21 000000018118673X Shatha Abu-Khafajah Shatha Abu-Khafajah 40 04a1r5z94 Hashemite University 3 A01 Maria Elena Ronza Maria Ronza Sela for Training and Protection of Heritage 4 A01 Robin Skeates Robin Skeates 40 01v29qb04 Durham University 5 A01 Ross Wilkinson Ross Wilkinson 40 01v29qb04 Durham University 6 A01 Fatma Marii Fatma Marii formerly University of Jordan 03 00 As part of a research project on how to better engage the young in learning about their past in Jordan, we report on our investigation into what constitutes good museum practice in the Jordanian context. We present some of the results of our work, which focuses on establishing and sustaining partnerships between museums, universities and schools for the purpose of guiding future capacity-building and enhancing standards across the sector. The chapter also sheds light on the benefits of collaborative work across cultures within internationally funded projects, and the importance of maintaining an equal platform for sharing ideas and making decisions. 30 00 As part of a research project on how to better engage the young in learning about their past in Jordan, we report on our investigation into what constitutes good museum practice in the Jordanian context. We present some of the results of our work, which focuses on establishing and sustaining partnerships between museums, universities and schools for the purpose of guiding future capacity-building and enhancing standards across the sector. The chapter also sheds light on the benefits of collaborative work across cultures within internationally funded projects, and the importance of maintaining an equal platform for sharing ideas and making decisions. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Enriching Cultural Heritage User Experiences through 3D Interpretive Models at Tafilah and Jerash, Jordan 1 A01 Safa’ Joudeh Safa’ Joudeh MAS design office 2 A01 21 0000000347475241 Marta Lorenzon Marta Lorenzon 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This contribution showcases the integration of digital and community archaeology in Jordan. We analysed the impact of 3D reconstructions on public engagement in archaeological projects, focusing on two case studies that involved diverse stakeholders and communities. Both case studies are central to understanding and discussing the impact on ‘living’ communities in modern-day Jordan of implementing digital tools and participatory practices. 30 00 This contribution showcases the integration of digital and community archaeology in Jordan. We analysed the impact of 3D reconstructions on public engagement in archaeological projects, focusing on two case studies that involved diverse stakeholders and communities. Both case studies are central to understanding and discussing the impact on ‘living’ communities in modern-day Jordan of implementing digital tools and participatory practices. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Urkesh Community Archaeology Project: A Sustainable Model from Syria 1 A01 Giorgio Buccellati Giorgio Buccellati University of California Los Angeles 2 A01 Hiba Qassar Hiba Qassar 40 03ppy8d91 International Institute for Mesopotamian Area Studies 03 00 This chapter discusses the community archaeology approach in Urkesh, which has been instrumental in turning the site into a source of pride and common identity for a mosaic of communities living next to it. It discusses the sustainability of the Urkesh community project, showing how these communities became more engaged in site activities despite the physical absence of the archaeological team. The concept of inheritance as tied to living inheritors is illustrated with examples from the interaction between archaeologists and the local communities. Finally, the chapter illustrates the resilience of the project in adapting to a situation of crisis, highlighting one particular programme designed to empower local young people amid the global pandemic and the impact of Syrian conflict on their lives. 30 00 This chapter discusses the community archaeology approach in Urkesh, which has been instrumental in turning the site into a source of pride and common identity for a mosaic of communities living next to it. It discusses the sustainability of the Urkesh community project, showing how these communities became more engaged in site activities despite the physical absence of the archaeological team. The concept of inheritance as tied to living inheritors is illustrated with examples from the interaction between archaeologists and the local communities. Finally, the chapter illustrates the resilience of the project in adapting to a situation of crisis, highlighting one particular programme designed to empower local young people amid the global pandemic and the impact of Syrian conflict on their lives. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Afterword: On Ethics, Cultural Capital and Sustainability 1 A01 21 0000000165653414 Rick Bonnie Rick Bonnie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000347475241 Marta Lorenzon Marta Lorenzon 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000233650136 Suzie Thomas Suzie Thomas 40 008x57b05 University of Antwerp 03 00 In this concluding chapter the editors provide commentary and response in relation to the previous chapters. We identify commonly emerging themes, namely ethics, cultural capital and sustainability, and draw out connections between the cases as revealed by the book’s authors. We conclude by thanking the contributors to the volume once more. 30 00 In this concluding chapter the editors provide commentary and response in relation to the previous chapters. We identify commonly emerging themes, namely ethics, cultural capital and sustainability, and draw out connections between the cases as revealed by the book’s authors. We conclude by thanking the contributors to the volume once more. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20230929 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690851 03 9789523690851 06 15 9789523690875 03 9789523690875 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20230929 01 urn:uuid:7f93ca74-991c-40a4-b839-62b734747da0 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a4963641-44bf-4ac9-a5b5-293e84fbb042 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:7f93ca74-991c-40a4-b839-62b734747da0 15 9789523690875 03 9789523690875 06 10.33134/HUP-19 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Living Communities and Their Archaeologies in the Middle East 1 B01 21 0000000165653414 Rick Bonnie Rick Bonnie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 B01 21 0000000347475241 Marta Lorenzon Marta Lorenzon 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 B01 21 0000000233650136 Suzie Thomas Suzie Thomas 40 008x57b05 University of Antwerp 01 eng 00 286 03 B2 Sociology B2 Anthropology B2 Archaeology B2 Community engagement B2 Middle East studies B2 Postcolonial theories 20 Community archaeology; Middle East; Western Asia archaeology; Near Eastern archaeology; decolonization; public engagement 01 06 02 00 This volume presents theoretical ideas, case studies, and reflective insights on community archaeology approaches across the Middle East, with contributions by scholars working in and from Iraq, Israel, Jordan, Palestine, and Syria. The contributions provide multiple insights from contemporary public archaeology practice, drawing on theoretic 03 00 This volume presents theoretical ideas, case studies, and reflective insights on community archaeology across the Middle East, with contributions by scholars working in and from Iraq, Israel, Jordan, Palestine, and Syria. The chapters represent a multitude of insights from contemporary public archaeology practice—drawing on theoretical frameworks and discussing the realities of challenges and opportunities presented by opening up archaeological experiences to wider publics in different social and political settings.In particular, the volume focuses on the following three themes: (1) defining and reflecting on ‘community’ in community archaeology; (2) which archaeologies to employ in community archaeology; and (3) measuring the success and failure of community archaeology. In addressing these issues, the chapters reflect different historical trajectories and cultures that enable us to find similarities and differences in the theory and practice of community archaeology.In more recent decades a shift has been noticed among both national authorities and foreign archaeological expeditions, with more emphasis on local heritage experiences. However, this frequently took the form of guiding and introducing communities to ‘their heritage’. Only more recently local voices have become more heard in definitions of heritage and decisions on preservation matters, with more projects tying these voices into their research objectives. This volume presents several projects that combine postcolonial approaches, citizen participation, and community work across the Middle East.By focusing especially on this geographical area, the volume also reflects upon the current state of public and community archaeology in this unique and complex region, adding to the already rich literature from the rest of the world. The Middle East has a long, fascinating, but also complicated history of archaeological investigation, deeply entrenched in colonization, and more recently in the decolonization process. The involvement and social values of the associated communities have often been overlooked in academic discussions. This book aims to redress that imbalance and present original research that reflects on the work of current scholars and practitioners and draws similarities and differences from diverse cultures.Rick Bonnie</bold> is University Lecturer in Museology at the University of Helsinki, Finland, and a founding member of the Centre of Excellence in Ancient Near Eastern Empires.Marta Lorenzon</bold> is an archaeologist and earthen architectural specialist. She is currently an Academy of Finland Research Fellow at the University of Helsinki, Finland.Suzie Thomas</bold> is Professor of Heritage at the University of Antwerp, Belgium, and a member of the Antwerp Cultural Heritage Sciences (ARCHES) research unit. 30 00 This volume presents theoretical ideas, case studies, and reflective insights on community archaeology across the Middle East, with contributions by scholars working in and from Iraq, Israel, Jordan, Palestine, and Syria. The chapters represent a multitude of insights from contemporary public archaeology practice—drawing on theoretical frameworks and discussing the realities of challenges and opportunities presented by opening up archaeological experiences to wider publics in different social and political settings.In particular, the volume focuses on the following three themes: (1) defining and reflecting on ‘community’ in community archaeology; (2) which archaeologies to employ in community archaeology; and (3) measuring the success and failure of community archaeology. In addressing these issues, the chapters reflect different historical trajectories and cultures that enable us to find similarities and differences in the theory and practice of community archaeology.In more recent decades a shift has been noticed among both national authorities and foreign archaeological expeditions, with more emphasis on local heritage experiences. However, this frequently took the form of guiding and introducing communities to ‘their heritage’. Only more recently local voices have become more heard in definitions of heritage and decisions on preservation matters, with more projects tying these voices into their research objectives. This volume presents several projects that combine postcolonial approaches, citizen participation, and community work across the Middle East.By focusing especially on this geographical area, the volume also reflects upon the current state of public and community archaeology in this unique and complex region, adding to the already rich literature from the rest of the world. The Middle East has a long, fascinating, but also complicated history of archaeological investigation, deeply entrenched in colonization, and more recently in the decolonization process. The involvement and social values of the associated communities have often been overlooked in academic discussions. This book aims to redress that imbalance and present original research that reflects on the work of current scholars and practitioners and draws similarities and differences from diverse cultures.Rick Bonnie</bold> is University Lecturer in Museology at the University of Helsinki, Finland, and a founding member of the Centre of Excellence in Ancient Near Eastern Empires.Marta Lorenzon</bold> is an archaeologist and earthen architectural specialist. She is currently an Academy of Finland Research Fellow at the University of Helsinki, Finland.Suzie Thomas</bold> is Professor of Heritage at the University of Antwerp, Belgium, and a member of the Antwerp Cultural Heritage Sciences (ARCHES) research unit. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/e2b4b4ab-458b-47aa-bcaa-cc40ab75e1b6.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Living Communities and Their Archaeologies in the Middle East: An Introduction 1 A01 21 0000000165653414 Rick Bonnie Rick Bonnie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000347475241 Marta Lorenzon Marta Lorenzon 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000233650136 Suzie Thomas Suzie Thomas 40 008x57b05 University of Antwerp 03 00 This chapter introduces the theme and aims of the volume Living Communities and Their Archaeologies in the Middle East. The history of archaeology in the Middle East is deeply rooted in its original colonial enterprise. Hence, ‘doing’ community archaeology is very different from what is practised in countries in Europe and North America, where this archaeological sub-discipline first developed. Therefore, this chapter also serves as an introduction to and contextualization of community archaeology in the Middle East in relation to its development elsewhere globally. 30 00 This chapter introduces the theme and aims of the volume Living Communities and Their Archaeologies in the Middle East. The history of archaeology in the Middle East is deeply rooted in its original colonial enterprise. Hence, ‘doing’ community archaeology is very different from what is practised in countries in Europe and North America, where this archaeological sub-discipline first developed. Therefore, this chapter also serves as an introduction to and contextualization of community archaeology in the Middle East in relation to its development elsewhere globally. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Do Communities Have a Role in Community Archaeology in Jordan? 1 A01 Maria Elena Ronza Maria Ronza Sela for Training and Protection of Heritage 03 00 Within the past 30 years, community archaeology worldwide has worked to address ethical concerns raised by the colonial nature of traditional archaeological missions, and over the past 20 years, Jordan has witnessed a transformation of this colonial enterprise in the rise of community archaeology as a discipline. Unfortunately, this transformation has occurred in the appearance but very often not in the substance. This chapter discusses how archaeology and colonialism are closely intertwined in Jordan, and how such a relationship is fuelled by a culture of welfarism that traps host communities in a vicious cycle brokered by non-governmental organisations that alienates them from their own heritage. The chapter aims to initiate a discussion around the role and voice of host community in archaeology and how community archaeology could contribute to transforming the status quo. 30 00 Within the past 30 years, community archaeology worldwide has worked to address ethical concerns raised by the colonial nature of traditional archaeological missions, and over the past 20 years, Jordan has witnessed a transformation of this colonial enterprise in the rise of community archaeology as a discipline. Unfortunately, this transformation has occurred in the appearance but very often not in the substance. This chapter discusses how archaeology and colonialism are closely intertwined in Jordan, and how such a relationship is fuelled by a culture of welfarism that traps host communities in a vicious cycle brokered by non-governmental organisations that alienates them from their own heritage. The chapter aims to initiate a discussion around the role and voice of host community in archaeology and how community archaeology could contribute to transforming the status quo. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Safeguarding, Enhancing and Managing Archaeological Heritage and Museums in Iraq: The Contribution of the EDUU Project 1 A01 21 0000000315251462 Federico Zaina Federico Zaina 40 01nffqt88 Politecnico di Milano 2 A01 Licia Proserpio Licia Proserpio University of Bologna 3 A01 Giulia Scazzosi Giulia Scazzosi National Museum of Science and Technology Leonardo da Vinci, Milan 4 A01 Alaa Hussein Jasim Al-Lami Alaa Al-Lami 40 02dwrdh81 University of Kufa 5 A01 Riyam Hussein Abed Al-Rubaie Riyam Al-Rubaie 40 02dwrdh81 University of Kufa 03 00 Over four decades of conflicts and instability have severely deteriorated Iraq’s social and political systems. These long-term trends have also progressively damaged the rich heritage of the country and repeatedly weakened its cultural infrastructures. Against this backdrop, in recent years, international institutions and funding bodies have promoted initiatives to revive and relaunch the Iraqi cultural heritage which is considered a critical component to support the wider post-conflicts recovery as well as an important player in the country’s post-oil reality. Among these, between 2016 and 2020, a European-Iraqi partnership launched the “EDUU - Education and Cultural Heritage Enhancement for Social Cohesion in Iraq” project, funded by the EuropeAid Programme of the European Union. The project focused on improving education and enhancing cultural heritage by connecting Iraqi universities, heritage institutions, secondary schools, museums and local communities. To this end, the EDUU project implemented a wide range of activities using archaeological, ethnoarchaeological, cultural heritage, and community engagement methodologies. This paper provides a critical analysis of the project results and lessons learned together with future outlooks to foster social cohesion through cultural heritage in the country. 30 00 Over four decades of conflicts and instability have severely deteriorated Iraq’s social and political systems. These long-term trends have also progressively damaged the rich heritage of the country and repeatedly weakened its cultural infrastructures. Against this backdrop, in recent years, international institutions and funding bodies have promoted initiatives to revive and relaunch the Iraqi cultural heritage which is considered a critical component to support the wider post-conflicts recovery as well as an important player in the country’s post-oil reality. Among these, between 2016 and 2020, a European-Iraqi partnership launched the “EDUU - Education and Cultural Heritage Enhancement for Social Cohesion in Iraq” project, funded by the EuropeAid Programme of the European Union. The project focused on improving education and enhancing cultural heritage by connecting Iraqi universities, heritage institutions, secondary schools, museums and local communities. To this end, the EDUU project implemented a wide range of activities using archaeological, ethnoarchaeological, cultural heritage, and community engagement methodologies. This paper provides a critical analysis of the project results and lessons learned together with future outlooks to foster social cohesion through cultural heritage in the country. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Bourdieu’s Fields and Capital in Community Archaeology: An Example from Jordan 1 A01 21 0000000282476322 Päivi Miettunen Päivi Miettunen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter discusses Bourdieu’s field theory, capital and Habitus as possible theoretical tools for planning and establishing an archaeological community project. Collaboration and cooperation with local communities and stakeholders is acknowledged as an essential part of archaeological projects – not only as a means of decolonising the research field but, overall, to provide an ethical way to create long-term empowerment and benefits for local communities, and to make the research transparent and accessible. Various methods and tools have been proposed and tested for building and assessing community projects, but the heterogeneity of cultures and communities makes standardisation a challenging task. Using the Petra region in Jordan as a case study, I examine how Bourdieu’s theories could be utilised in understanding community structures, as well as in collaborating and creating long-term benefits before, during and after an archaeological project. 30 00 This chapter discusses Bourdieu’s field theory, capital and Habitus as possible theoretical tools for planning and establishing an archaeological community project. Collaboration and cooperation with local communities and stakeholders is acknowledged as an essential part of archaeological projects – not only as a means of decolonising the research field but, overall, to provide an ethical way to create long-term empowerment and benefits for local communities, and to make the research transparent and accessible. Various methods and tools have been proposed and tested for building and assessing community projects, but the heterogeneity of cultures and communities makes standardisation a challenging task. Using the Petra region in Jordan as a case study, I examine how Bourdieu’s theories could be utilised in understanding community structures, as well as in collaborating and creating long-term benefits before, during and after an archaeological project. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 A New Approach to Community Archaeology in the Israel Antiquities Authority: A View from the Northern Region 1 A01 Einat Ambar-Armon Einat Ambar-Armon 40 037fbyh64 Israel Antiquities Authority 03 00 The Israel Antiquities Authority (IAA) is in charge of the country’s antiquities and antiquity sites and their excavation, preservation, study and publication, as well as bringing the community closer to the long and rich legacy of the Land of Israel. This chapter focuses on some of the new projects in the northern region of Israel that have taken place over the past few years, since the IAA developed and enhanced its educational and community commitments. The activities are targeted at the entire population and are intended to initiate widespread exposure to archaeology. Activities take place all over Israel, designed for all ages as well as for all sectors and religions. The entire community is invited to take part in archaeological excavations and in a variety of educational initiatives. At the same time, the public is invited to see the backstage of the excavations, to see discoveries revealed to them as soon as they are found, and to access the findings through displays located near local sites and communities. The main purpose of these projects is to set the scene for community exposure to archaeology and create a meaningful, valuable and exciting experience that will eventually allow the public to become acquainted with the legacy and involved in preserving archaeological finds and ancient sites. 30 00 The Israel Antiquities Authority (IAA) is in charge of the country’s antiquities and antiquity sites and their excavation, preservation, study and publication, as well as bringing the community closer to the long and rich legacy of the Land of Israel. This chapter focuses on some of the new projects in the northern region of Israel that have taken place over the past few years, since the IAA developed and enhanced its educational and community commitments. The activities are targeted at the entire population and are intended to initiate widespread exposure to archaeology. Activities take place all over Israel, designed for all ages as well as for all sectors and religions. The entire community is invited to take part in archaeological excavations and in a variety of educational initiatives. At the same time, the public is invited to see the backstage of the excavations, to see discoveries revealed to them as soon as they are found, and to access the findings through displays located near local sites and communities. The main purpose of these projects is to set the scene for community exposure to archaeology and create a meaningful, valuable and exciting experience that will eventually allow the public to become acquainted with the legacy and involved in preserving archaeological finds and ancient sites. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Community Archaeology at Tell Balata, Palestine 1 A01 Hamdan Taha Hamdan Taha Independent 2 A01 Gerrit van der Kooij Gerrit van der Kooij 40 027bh9e22 Leiden University 03 00 This chapter introduces the community archaeology experience at Tell Balata, Palestine. It contextualises the aims, objectives and activities of a four-year joint project of the Palestinian Department of Antiquities and Cultural Heritage, the Faculty of Archaeology of the University of Leiden, and UNESCO’s Ramallah office, in cooperation with the local community. The site is identified with ancient Shechem and had been excavated in the last century by a series of archaeological expeditions, using a typical colonial archaeology, in which the involvement of the local community has been limited to physical work and dirt removal. The project’s main concern was the rehabilitation of the neglected archaeological site, and its development into a modern archaeological park for the benefit of the local community. The Tell Balata Archaeological Park was guided by a management plan based on UNESCO and ICOMOS principles and the management guidelines for World Cultural Heritage sites, in line with provisions of international charters and conventions. The plan determined the level and nature of community involvement. Community outreach activities included clearance work, excavations at certain spots to build capacity in the heritage sector in marginalised areas, involving workers in excavation and restoration work, and connecting the people with the place. Other outreach activities included promotion work, such as signposting outside the site, a site map and trail signage on site, leaflets, education and awareness programmes, the oral history survey, site staff training, and the interpretation centre. Complementary activities included excavation reports, a teacher’s handbook, a guidebook, a documentary film, and additional visitor-friendly provisions on site to facilitate and promote domestic and international tourism. 30 00 This chapter introduces the community archaeology experience at Tell Balata, Palestine. It contextualises the aims, objectives and activities of a four-year joint project of the Palestinian Department of Antiquities and Cultural Heritage, the Faculty of Archaeology of the University of Leiden, and UNESCO’s Ramallah office, in cooperation with the local community. The site is identified with ancient Shechem and had been excavated in the last century by a series of archaeological expeditions, using a typical colonial archaeology, in which the involvement of the local community has been limited to physical work and dirt removal. The project’s main concern was the rehabilitation of the neglected archaeological site, and its development into a modern archaeological park for the benefit of the local community. The Tell Balata Archaeological Park was guided by a management plan based on UNESCO and ICOMOS principles and the management guidelines for World Cultural Heritage sites, in line with provisions of international charters and conventions. The plan determined the level and nature of community involvement. Community outreach activities included clearance work, excavations at certain spots to build capacity in the heritage sector in marginalised areas, involving workers in excavation and restoration work, and connecting the people with the place. Other outreach activities included promotion work, such as signposting outside the site, a site map and trail signage on site, leaflets, education and awareness programmes, the oral history survey, site staff training, and the interpretation centre. Complementary activities included excavation reports, a teacher’s handbook, a guidebook, a documentary film, and additional visitor-friendly provisions on site to facilitate and promote domestic and international tourism. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Collaboration and Multivocality in Heritage and Museum Practice: Lessons from Jordan 1 A01 Arwa Badran Arwa Badran formerly Durham University 2 A01 21 000000018118673X Shatha Abu-Khafajah Shatha Abu-Khafajah 40 04a1r5z94 Hashemite University 3 A01 Maria Elena Ronza Maria Ronza Sela for Training and Protection of Heritage 4 A01 Robin Skeates Robin Skeates 40 01v29qb04 Durham University 5 A01 Ross Wilkinson Ross Wilkinson 40 01v29qb04 Durham University 6 A01 Fatma Marii Fatma Marii formerly University of Jordan 03 00 As part of a research project on how to better engage the young in learning about their past in Jordan, we report on our investigation into what constitutes good museum practice in the Jordanian context. We present some of the results of our work, which focuses on establishing and sustaining partnerships between museums, universities and schools for the purpose of guiding future capacity-building and enhancing standards across the sector. The chapter also sheds light on the benefits of collaborative work across cultures within internationally funded projects, and the importance of maintaining an equal platform for sharing ideas and making decisions. 30 00 As part of a research project on how to better engage the young in learning about their past in Jordan, we report on our investigation into what constitutes good museum practice in the Jordanian context. We present some of the results of our work, which focuses on establishing and sustaining partnerships between museums, universities and schools for the purpose of guiding future capacity-building and enhancing standards across the sector. The chapter also sheds light on the benefits of collaborative work across cultures within internationally funded projects, and the importance of maintaining an equal platform for sharing ideas and making decisions. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Enriching Cultural Heritage User Experiences through 3D Interpretive Models at Tafilah and Jerash, Jordan 1 A01 Safa’ Joudeh Safa’ Joudeh MAS design office 2 A01 21 0000000347475241 Marta Lorenzon Marta Lorenzon 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This contribution showcases the integration of digital and community archaeology in Jordan. We analysed the impact of 3D reconstructions on public engagement in archaeological projects, focusing on two case studies that involved diverse stakeholders and communities. Both case studies are central to understanding and discussing the impact on ‘living’ communities in modern-day Jordan of implementing digital tools and participatory practices. 30 00 This contribution showcases the integration of digital and community archaeology in Jordan. We analysed the impact of 3D reconstructions on public engagement in archaeological projects, focusing on two case studies that involved diverse stakeholders and communities. Both case studies are central to understanding and discussing the impact on ‘living’ communities in modern-day Jordan of implementing digital tools and participatory practices. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Urkesh Community Archaeology Project: A Sustainable Model from Syria 1 A01 Giorgio Buccellati Giorgio Buccellati University of California Los Angeles 2 A01 Hiba Qassar Hiba Qassar 40 03ppy8d91 International Institute for Mesopotamian Area Studies 03 00 This chapter discusses the community archaeology approach in Urkesh, which has been instrumental in turning the site into a source of pride and common identity for a mosaic of communities living next to it. It discusses the sustainability of the Urkesh community project, showing how these communities became more engaged in site activities despite the physical absence of the archaeological team. The concept of inheritance as tied to living inheritors is illustrated with examples from the interaction between archaeologists and the local communities. Finally, the chapter illustrates the resilience of the project in adapting to a situation of crisis, highlighting one particular programme designed to empower local young people amid the global pandemic and the impact of Syrian conflict on their lives. 30 00 This chapter discusses the community archaeology approach in Urkesh, which has been instrumental in turning the site into a source of pride and common identity for a mosaic of communities living next to it. It discusses the sustainability of the Urkesh community project, showing how these communities became more engaged in site activities despite the physical absence of the archaeological team. The concept of inheritance as tied to living inheritors is illustrated with examples from the interaction between archaeologists and the local communities. Finally, the chapter illustrates the resilience of the project in adapting to a situation of crisis, highlighting one particular programme designed to empower local young people amid the global pandemic and the impact of Syrian conflict on their lives. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-19-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Afterword: On Ethics, Cultural Capital and Sustainability 1 A01 21 0000000165653414 Rick Bonnie Rick Bonnie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000347475241 Marta Lorenzon Marta Lorenzon 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000233650136 Suzie Thomas Suzie Thomas 40 008x57b05 University of Antwerp 03 00 In this concluding chapter the editors provide commentary and response in relation to the previous chapters. We identify commonly emerging themes, namely ethics, cultural capital and sustainability, and draw out connections between the cases as revealed by the book’s authors. We conclude by thanking the contributors to the volume once more. 30 00 In this concluding chapter the editors provide commentary and response in relation to the previous chapters. We identify commonly emerging themes, namely ethics, cultural capital and sustainability, and draw out connections between the cases as revealed by the book’s authors. We conclude by thanking the contributors to the volume once more. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20230929 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690851 03 9789523690851 06 15 9789523690868 03 9789523690868 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20230929 01 urn:uuid:9df0d666-4c40-4f3c-bb7e-9f446a3721db 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:8762b7bd-7eb4-4a85-b8d5-03d7c32fbad6 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:9df0d666-4c40-4f3c-bb7e-9f446a3721db 15 9789523690769 03 9789523690769 06 10.33134/HUP-18 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Locating the Mediterranean Connections and Separations across Space and Time 1 B01 21 0000000303016131 Carl Rommel Carl Rommel Department of Cultural Anthropology and Ethnology 40 048a87296 Uppsala University Carl Rommel is a researcher at the Department of Cultural Anthropology and Ethnology at Uppsala University. His ongoing research – ‘Egypt as a Project: Dreamwork and Masculinity in a Projectified Society’ – is funded by Riksbankens Jubileumsfond. Rommel’s anthropological research in Egypt focuses on masculinity, emotions, future-making, sports, revolution and ‘projects’. In 2015, Rommel earned his PhD from SOAS, University of London. Between 2017 and 2021, he was a postdoctoral researcher in the ERC project ‘Crosslocations’ at the University of Helsinki. Rommel has published articles in Men & Masculinity, Critical African Studies, Middle East – Topics & Arguments, and Soccer & Society. His first monograph, Egypt’s Football Revolution: Emotion, Masculinity and Uneasy Politics, was published with the University of Texas Press in July 2021. 2 B01 21 0000000211478689 Joseph John Viscomi Joseph Viscomi History, Classics and Archaeology 40 02mb95055 Birkbeck, University of London Joseph John Viscomi is a lecturer in European History in the Department of History, Classics and Archaeology at Birkbeck, University of London. He trained in anthropology and history at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, and is specialised in temporality, migration, and political processes in the Mediterranean region. He is currently completing a book that examines migration, political membership, and historical time by studying the departure of Italians from Egypt in the twentieth-century. This research has been published in The Journal of Modern History, History and Anthropology, and Modern Italy. He has begun new research on depopulation in Southern Italy since the late-eighteenth century. 01 eng 00 264 03 B2 Geography B2 Sociology B2 Anthropology B2 History 20 Ethnography; Mediterranean; Regional studies; Location and place 01 06 02 00 Locating the Mediterranean</italic> brings together ethnographic examinations of processes that make locations and render them meaningful. The volume’s contributions illustrate how historical, legal, religious, economic, political, and social connections and separations shape the experience of being located in the geographical space around 03 00 Until today, anthropological studies of locality have taken primary interest in local subjects leading local lives in local communities. Through a shift of conceptual emphasis from locality to location, the present volume departs from previous preoccupations with identity and belonging. Instead, Locating the Mediterranean</italic> brings together ethnographic examinations of processes that make locations and render them meaningful. In doing so, it stimulates debates on the interplay between location and region-making in history as well as anthropology.The volume’s deeply empirical contributions illustrate how historical, material, legal, religious, economic, political, and social connections and separations shape the experience of being located in the geographical space commonly known as the Mediterranean region. Drawing from research in Melilla, Lampedusa, Istanbul, Nefpaktos/Lepanto, Tunisia, Beirut, Marseille, and elsewhere, the volume articulates location through the overlapping and incorporation of multiple social and historical processes.Individual contributions are linked by the pursuit to rethink the conceptual frames deployed to study the Mediterranean region. Together, the volume’s chapters challenge strict geopolitical renderings of Europe, the Middle East, and North Africa and suggest how the ‘Mediterranean’ can function as a meaningful anthropological and historical category if the notion of ‘location’ is reinvigorated and conceptualised anew.Carl Rommel</bold> is a researcher at the Department of Cultural Anthropology and Ethnology at Uppsala University. He is an anthropologist, whose research focuses on masculinity, sports, future-making and ‘projects’ in contemporary Egypt.Joseph John Viscomi</bold> is a lecturer in European History in the Department of History, Classics and Archaeology at Birkbeck, University of London. He is a historian and anthropologist specialised in temporality, migration, and political processes in the Mediterranean region.<break/><break/><hr><break/><break/>‘Locating the Mediterranean</italic> presents the fruit of a collective work that has for several years approached the Mediterranean and Mediterraneanism in a compelling, refreshing, and wonderfully productive new perspective. The introduction articulates and the chapters showcase the locating approach in varied, mutually complementary ways, which the epilogue gracefully brings together. This powerful analytic approach permits us to appreciate regional constellations and specific locations at the same time. That is so, as the authors explain, because these various locations are relative to each other (and to other cross-locations), and because they are all “partial locations”.’<break/> - Naor Ben-Yehoyada</bold>, Assistant Professor, Columbia University, United States 30 00 Until today, anthropological studies of locality have taken primary interest in local subjects leading local lives in local communities. Through a shift of conceptual emphasis from locality to location, the present volume departs from previous preoccupations with identity and belonging. Instead, Locating the Mediterranean</italic> brings together ethnographic examinations of processes that make locations and render them meaningful. In doing so, it stimulates debates on the interplay between location and region-making in history as well as anthropology.The volume’s deeply empirical contributions illustrate how historical, material, legal, religious, economic, political, and social connections and separations shape the experience of being located in the geographical space commonly known as the Mediterranean region. Drawing from research in Melilla, Lampedusa, Istanbul, Nefpaktos/Lepanto, Tunisia, Beirut, Marseille, and elsewhere, the volume articulates location through the overlapping and incorporation of multiple social and historical processes.Individual contributions are linked by the pursuit to rethink the conceptual frames deployed to study the Mediterranean region. Together, the volume’s chapters challenge strict geopolitical renderings of Europe, the Middle East, and North Africa and suggest how the ‘Mediterranean’ can function as a meaningful anthropological and historical category if the notion of ‘location’ is reinvigorated and conceptualised anew.Carl Rommel</bold> is a researcher at the Department of Cultural Anthropology and Ethnology at Uppsala University. He is an anthropologist, whose research focuses on masculinity, sports, future-making and ‘projects’ in contemporary Egypt.Joseph John Viscomi</bold> is a lecturer in European History in the Department of History, Classics and Archaeology at Birkbeck, University of London. He is a historian and anthropologist specialised in temporality, migration, and political processes in the Mediterranean region.<break/><break/><hr><break/><break/>‘Locating the Mediterranean</italic> presents the fruit of a collective work that has for several years approached the Mediterranean and Mediterraneanism in a compelling, refreshing, and wonderfully productive new perspective. The introduction articulates and the chapters showcase the locating approach in varied, mutually complementary ways, which the epilogue gracefully brings together. This powerful analytic approach permits us to appreciate regional constellations and specific locations at the same time. That is so, as the authors explain, because these various locations are relative to each other (and to other cross-locations), and because they are all “partial locations”.’<break/> - Naor Ben-Yehoyada</bold>, Assistant Professor, Columbia University, United States 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/22008cad-8b0b-47ac-80fe-a1ae43ec9d8c.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction: Locating the Mediterranean 1 A01 21 0000000303016131 Carl Rommel Carl Rommel Department of Cultural Anthropology and Ethnology 40 048a87296 Uppsala University Carl Rommel is a researcher at the Department of Cultural Anthropology and Ethnology at Uppsala University. His ongoing research – ‘Egypt as a Project: Dreamwork and Masculinity in a Projectified Society’ – is funded by Riksbankens Jubileumsfond. Rommel’s anthropological research in Egypt focuses on masculinity, emotions, future-making, sports, revolution and ‘projects’. In 2015, Rommel earned his PhD from SOAS, University of London. Between 2017 and 2021, he was a postdoctoral researcher in the ERC project ‘Crosslocations’ at the University of Helsinki. Rommel has published articles in Men & Masculinity, Critical African Studies, Middle East – Topics & Arguments, and Soccer & Society. His first monograph, Egypt’s Football Revolution: Emotion, Masculinity and Uneasy Politics, was published with the University of Texas Press in July 2021. 2 A01 21 0000000211478689 Joseph John Viscomi Joseph Viscomi History, Classics and Archaeology 40 02mb95055 Birkbeck, University of London Joseph John Viscomi is a lecturer in European History in the Department of History, Classics and Archaeology at Birkbeck, University of London. He trained in anthropology and history at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, and is specialised in temporality, migration, and political processes in the Mediterranean region. He is currently completing a book that examines migration, political membership, and historical time by studying the departure of Italians from Egypt in the twentieth-century. This research has been published in The Journal of Modern History, History and Anthropology, and Modern Italy. He has begun new research on depopulation in Southern Italy since 1783. 03 00 In recent years, the Mediterranean region has reasserted itself in the world: popular uprisings have unsettled long-standing political regimes, economic crises have generated precarity, and nationalist movements have reified some borders while condemning others. The circulation and stagnation of people, ideas, and objects provoked by these events draw attention to regional connections and separations that, in turn, challenge strict geopolitical renderings of Europe, the Middle East, and North Africa. In considering this resurgence of interest in the Mediterranean, this introduction asks: what role does ‘location’ play in our conception of region and region-formations? What kinds of locations are generated in the contemporary Mediterranean? How do historical, legal, political, and social connections and separations<break/>shape the experience of being located somewhere in particular? Furthermore, the introduction explores how, by placing in dialogue diverse approaches and traditions, this collective volume works on two levels at once. First, each contribution posits its own Mediterranean ‘constellation’. Second, the collective volume presents a wider understanding of what historically inclined anthropologists might conceive of as a Mediterranean ‘constellation’. In doing this, the introduction proposes a theoretical apparatus through which we can understand cultural and historical values of region and region-making in and beyond the Mediterranean. 30 00 In recent years, the Mediterranean region has reasserted itself in the world: popular uprisings have unsettled long-standing political regimes, economic crises have generated precarity, and nationalist movements have reified some borders while condemning others. The circulation and stagnation of people, ideas, and objects provoked by these events draw attention to regional connections and separations that, in turn, challenge strict geopolitical renderings of Europe, the Middle East, and North Africa. In considering this resurgence of interest in the Mediterranean, this introduction asks: what role does ‘location’ play in our conception of region and region-formations? What kinds of locations are generated in the contemporary Mediterranean? How do historical, legal, political, and social connections and separations<break/>shape the experience of being located somewhere in particular? Furthermore, the introduction explores how, by placing in dialogue diverse approaches and traditions, this collective volume works on two levels at once. First, each contribution posits its own Mediterranean ‘constellation’. Second, the collective volume presents a wider understanding of what historically inclined anthropologists might conceive of as a Mediterranean ‘constellation’. In doing this, the introduction proposes a theoretical apparatus through which we can understand cultural and historical values of region and region-making in and beyond the Mediterranean. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Spotlights in the Middle of Nowhere: Everyday Marginality and ‘the Border’ on Lampedusa 1 A01 21 0000000267199478 Laust Lund Elbek Laust Elbek Department of Political Science 40 03yrrjy16 University of Southern Denmark Laust Lund Elbek holds a PhD in social anthropology from Aarhus University (2020). He has a particular ethnographic interest in the politics of location and a regional focus on Italy and Scandinavia. His doctoral work on Lampedusa has appeared in journals such as Ethnos and History and Anthropology. He is currently a postdoctoral research fellow at the Danish Centre for Welfare Studies at the University of Southern Denmark. 03 00 A main entry point for boat migrants, the Italian island of Lampedusa is a strategically important and highly symbolic location on Europe’s Mediterranean border, and, owing to heavy militarisation and political and media attention, the island has acquired a central place in national as well as European political imaginaries. Yet, for the island’s population of 6,000, things look rather different. Rather than a fixation point for political attention, Lampedusa is experienced by its inhabitants as a deeply marginal place with weak ties to the mainland and, by extension, the border, which is described by locals as ‘not our business’. Drawing inspiration from Doreen Massey, the chapter argues that Lampedusa’s simultaneous centrality and marginality should not be understood as a kind of paradox to be ‘solved’ but as the outcome of different, yet overlapping, political histories that go well beyond the island itself. Lampedusa thus testifies to ‘location’ as a potentially multiple concept that never stands on its own but is inherently constituted in relation to other locations across time and space. By approaching the Mediterranean as both a periphery and politically important border zone, the chapter draws together two ethnographically well-known ‘Mediterraneans’ that are typically studied in separate contexts. 30 00 A main entry point for boat migrants, the Italian island of Lampedusa is a strategically important and highly symbolic location on Europe’s Mediterranean border, and, owing to heavy militarisation and political and media attention, the island has acquired a central place in national as well as European political imaginaries. Yet, for the island’s population of 6,000, things look rather different. Rather than a fixation point for political attention, Lampedusa is experienced by its inhabitants as a deeply marginal place with weak ties to the mainland and, by extension, the border, which is described by locals as ‘not our business’. Drawing inspiration from Doreen Massey, the chapter argues that Lampedusa’s simultaneous centrality and marginality should not be understood as a kind of paradox to be ‘solved’ but as the outcome of different, yet overlapping, political histories that go well beyond the island itself. Lampedusa thus testifies to ‘location’ as a potentially multiple concept that never stands on its own but is inherently constituted in relation to other locations across time and space. By approaching the Mediterranean as both a periphery and politically important border zone, the chapter draws together two ethnographically well-known ‘Mediterraneans’ that are typically studied in separate contexts. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Remote Areas in the Mediterranean: A View from Europe’s Southern Borderland 1 A01 21 0000000216761432 Laia Soto Bermant Laia Soto Bermant Faculty of Social Sciences 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Laia Soto Bermant is a social anthropologist specialised in the anthropology of borders, identity, and location, with a regional interest in Europe and the Mediterranean. She earned her MA (2007) and PhD (2012) in social and cultural anthropology from the University of Oxford. After graduating, she held postdoctoral research fellowships at the School of Transborder Studies at Arizona State University, and at the University of Helsinki, where she participated in the ERC project‘ Crosslocations: Rethinking Relative Location in the Mediterranean’ and the Academy of Finland project ‘Trade, Transit and Travel’. Presently, she is the editor-in-chief of the EASA’s flagship journal Social Anthropology/Anthropologie Sociale. Her current research, funded by the KONE Foundation, explores the global spread of conspiracy theories about Covid-19. 03 00 This chapter examines how the variable geopolitical dynamics of the EU’s border regime have affected the Mediterranean’s southern shore. I focus on one of Europe’s most controversial border areas: the city of<break/>Melilla, a territory of 12 km2 located in north-eastern Morocco under Spanish sovereignty since 1497. When Spain joined the Schengen Area in 1991, both Melilla and Ceuta, the two Spanish territories in North Africa, became the gatekeepers of ‘Fortress Europe’. This put Melilla at the centre of the EU’s political agenda, but was locally experienced with a sense of increased detachment and isolation. In this chapter, I explore ethnographically this general experience of marginality and how it is connected to the constitution of Melilla as an offshore border zone. I build on Edwin Ardener’s notion of ‘remote areas’ as a distinct and identifiable type of place to explain why the problem of identity is experienced with particular intensity in places like Melilla, and argue that this feeling of vulnerability evokes a larger constellation of relations, connections and disconnections across the Mediterranean region and beyond. 30 00 This chapter examines how the variable geopolitical dynamics of the EU’s border regime have affected the Mediterranean’s southern shore. I focus on one of Europe’s most controversial border areas: the city of<break/>Melilla, a territory of 12 km2 located in north-eastern Morocco under Spanish sovereignty since 1497. When Spain joined the Schengen Area in 1991, both Melilla and Ceuta, the two Spanish territories in North Africa, became the gatekeepers of ‘Fortress Europe’. This put Melilla at the centre of the EU’s political agenda, but was locally experienced with a sense of increased detachment and isolation. In this chapter, I explore ethnographically this general experience of marginality and how it is connected to the constitution of Melilla as an offshore border zone. I build on Edwin Ardener’s notion of ‘remote areas’ as a distinct and identifiable type of place to explain why the problem of identity is experienced with particular intensity in places like Melilla, and argue that this feeling of vulnerability evokes a larger constellation of relations, connections and disconnections across the Mediterranean region and beyond. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Mediterranean (A)bridged: A View from Nafpaktos, Also Known as Lepanto 1 A01 21 0000000155755636 Phaedra Douzina-Bakalaki Phaedra Douzina-Bakalaki Social and Cultural Anthropology 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Phaedra Douzina-Bakalaki is a social anthropologist specialised in the ethnographic study of Greece, Southern Europe, and the Mediterranean. Her research interests lie in patterns of social reproduction and processes of sociopolitical transformation. Among others, she has explored provisioning practices amid the Greek economic crisis, ongoing reconfigurations of church–state relations in contemporary Greece, and emergent landscapes of religious tourism. Her ongoing research ‘From Extractivist Pasts to Post-Carbon Futures: An Ethnographic study of lignite phase-out in Southern Greece’ is funded by the Finnish Cultural Foundation. She earned her doctoral degree in social anthropology from the University of Manchester in 2017. Shortly afterwards she joined the University of Helsinki as a postdoctoral researcher for ‘Crosslocations: Rethinking Relative Location in the Mediterranean’. She is the co-editor of Anthropology Matters, the ASA’s early-career open-access journal. 03 00 The Battle of Lepanto took place in 1571, when the allied naval forces of the Holy League engaged the Ottoman fleet at the gulf of Corinth–Patras, near modern Nafpaktos, a western Greek town of 20,000 people. The Catholic victory resonated across Europe, to capture the imagination of Renaissance composers and poets, to inspire important artwork, and to leave an indelible mark on Miguel de Cervantes, whose left hand ‘became useless at the Battle of Lepanto, to glorify the <break/>right one’, as he is quoted to have said. Today, Lepanto holds a prominent place in Islamophobic discourses and alt-right formations across Europe and North America. Yet, unlike commemorators who rejoice in divisions between the West and barbaric Rest, my Nafpaktian interlocutors are more ambiguously positioned vis-à-vis these binaries. In fact, rather than celebrating Lepanto’s contemporary symbolism, Nafpaktos’s claim to the battle is premised on location, and on the town’s proximity to the site of the naval engagement. This chapter examines Nafpaktians’ quests for a meaningful location-driven narrative on the Battle of Lepanto. Tracing the mutual co-production of relative location and historical event – Nafpaktos and Lepanto – the chapter draws attention to the different Mediterraneans afforded by such processes of creative synthesis. 30 00 The Battle of Lepanto took place in 1571, when the allied naval forces of the Holy League engaged the Ottoman fleet at the gulf of Corinth–Patras, near modern Nafpaktos, a western Greek town of 20,000 people. The Catholic victory resonated across Europe, to capture the imagination of Renaissance composers and poets, to inspire important artwork, and to leave an indelible mark on Miguel de Cervantes, whose left hand ‘became useless at the Battle of Lepanto, to glorify the <break/>right one’, as he is quoted to have said. Today, Lepanto holds a prominent place in Islamophobic discourses and alt-right formations across Europe and North America. Yet, unlike commemorators who rejoice in divisions between the West and barbaric Rest, my Nafpaktian interlocutors are more ambiguously positioned vis-à-vis these binaries. In fact, rather than celebrating Lepanto’s contemporary symbolism, Nafpaktos’s claim to the battle is premised on location, and on the town’s proximity to the site of the naval engagement. This chapter examines Nafpaktians’ quests for a meaningful location-driven narrative on the Battle of Lepanto. Tracing the mutual co-production of relative location and historical event – Nafpaktos and Lepanto – the chapter draws attention to the different Mediterraneans afforded by such processes of creative synthesis. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Gentrified, Euro-Mediterranean, Arabic? Situating Mediterranean Locations along a Street in Marseille 1 A01 21 0000000157220205 Claire Bullen Claire Bullen Institute for Sociology University of Tübingen Claire Bullen is a postdoctoral researcher at the Institute for Sociology at the University of Tübingen in Germany, as well as an affiliated researcher at IDEMEC, the Institute for Mediterranean, European and Comparative Ethnography, at Aix-Marseille University in France. Her research interests include transforming urban socio-spatial relations, ethnographic urban comparisons, and the anthropology of the Mediterranean. She has carried out fieldwork in Algeria, France, and the UK. Her latest publications include a thematic section in the International Journal of Heritage Studies on heritage associations operating around the Mediterranean basin. 03 00 In scientific literature and public discourse, Marseille is regularly depicted as fundamentally Mediterranean. While this is not grounds for assuming Marseille is Mediterranean, I argue that evocations of the Mediterranean in relation to Marseille need to be taken seriously. I suggest that examining urban dynamics in Marseille through a relational ‘Mediterranean lens’ can offer new perspectives on the production of socio-spatial difference in that city. To make my case, I draw on observations of three eateries situated along one long street that joins the docks to the city centre. By grounding the analysis along this diverse street, it is possible to move beyond sweeping generalisations about people or places, while allowing the processes shaping unequal socio-spatial relations in Marseille – including ones that can be associated with ‘gentrifying’, ‘Euro-Mediterranean’, and ‘Arabic’ Mediterranean identities – to come more sharply into focus. 30 00 In scientific literature and public discourse, Marseille is regularly depicted as fundamentally Mediterranean. While this is not grounds for assuming Marseille is Mediterranean, I argue that evocations of the Mediterranean in relation to Marseille need to be taken seriously. I suggest that examining urban dynamics in Marseille through a relational ‘Mediterranean lens’ can offer new perspectives on the production of socio-spatial difference in that city. To make my case, I draw on observations of three eateries situated along one long street that joins the docks to the city centre. By grounding the analysis along this diverse street, it is possible to move beyond sweeping generalisations about people or places, while allowing the processes shaping unequal socio-spatial relations in Marseille – including ones that can be associated with ‘gentrifying’, ‘Euro-Mediterranean’, and ‘Arabic’ Mediterranean identities – to come more sharply into focus. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Virgin Mary of Trapani in La Goulette (Tunisia): An Interreligious Crossing 1 A01 21 0000000311401566 Carmelo Russo Carmelo Russo Department of History Anthropology Religions Art Performing Arts 40 02be6w209 Sapienza University of Rome Carmelo Russo is Marie Curie Global researcher with a project on religious superdiversity at the Department of History Anthropology Religions Art Performing Arts, Sapienza University, Rome (Italy). In 2020 he obtained the Italian Scientific Qualification as Associate Professor in Anthropology, two years after defending his doctoral thesis. He has conducted fieldwork in Italy and Tunisia focusing on migration process and religious dynamics. He is the author of numerous journal articles and volume chapters. His monograph Nostra Signora del limite (Our Lady of the Boundaries), concerning the Marian worship in Tunisia, was published in September 2020. 03 00 The Virgin Mary of Trapani in La Goulette (Tunisia) is an emblematic case for studying a Mediterranean crossing. Worship of Mary arrived in Tunis with Sicilian migrants, chiefly in the decades between the 19th and 20th centuries. During that period, La Goulette was a multi-ethnic and multi-religious town: Tunisians, Sicilians, French, and Maltese, and Christians, Jews, and Muslims lived there all together. Since 1885, in La Goulette, there has been a procession on 15 August in which both Jews and Muslims have participated. Tunisian independence disrupted this phenomenon: since 1962, the procession has been forbidden. On 15 August 2017, after 55 years, the Virgin Mary’s procession returned to La Goulette, an event celebrated even by local Muslims. The ‘new’ Virgin Mary of Trapani in La Goulette is the symbol of secularity – in the sense of laïcité</italic> – who sustains the rights of religious minorities in the public sphere. Alongside other contemporary multi-faith sites, La Goulette, the Virgin Mary of Trapani, and her procession have become less of a movement of the people and is now a larger symbol of the state and society at large. 30 00 The Virgin Mary of Trapani in La Goulette (Tunisia) is an emblematic case for studying a Mediterranean crossing. Worship of Mary arrived in Tunis with Sicilian migrants, chiefly in the decades between the 19th and 20th centuries. During that period, La Goulette was a multi-ethnic and multi-religious town: Tunisians, Sicilians, French, and Maltese, and Christians, Jews, and Muslims lived there all together. Since 1885, in La Goulette, there has been a procession on 15 August in which both Jews and Muslims have participated. Tunisian independence disrupted this phenomenon: since 1962, the procession has been forbidden. On 15 August 2017, after 55 years, the Virgin Mary’s procession returned to La Goulette, an event celebrated even by local Muslims. The ‘new’ Virgin Mary of Trapani in La Goulette is the symbol of secularity – in the sense of laïcité</italic> – who sustains the rights of religious minorities in the public sphere. Alongside other contemporary multi-faith sites, La Goulette, the Virgin Mary of Trapani, and her procession have become less of a movement of the people and is now a larger symbol of the state and society at large. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 A Line in the Sand: Colonial Traces on Beirut's Mediterranean Coastline 1 A01 21 0000000317572331 Samuli Lähteenaho Samuli Lähteenaho Social and cultural anthropology 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Samuli Lähteenaho is a PhD candidate in social and cultural anthropology at the University of Helsinki. His wider research interests cover ethnographic theorisations of space, place, and location, alongside questions of ecology and social movements. His doctoral research focuses on the politics and poetics of the coastline in Lebanon, based on ethnographic fieldwork with civil society and volunteer groups engaged with the country’s littoral. He holds a master’s degree in anthropology from the University of Helsinki. His current research is a part of the European Research Council project ‘Crosslocations: Rethinking Relative Location in the Mediterranean’. 03 00 A line drawn in the sand became significant in the late 2010s at a public beach on the Mediterranean coastline of Lebanon. This line, originally drawn by the French mandatory authority governing Lebanon at the time as part of a land registry reform in the late 1920s, gathered new-found significance in current day Lebanon. The chapter starts by outlining the historical shift from the Ottoman-era land registry and property regime in Beirut to the new regime instituted by the French colonial authorities. Then, the chapter discusses how contemporary urban politics such as public space campaigning has engaged the traces of the mandate-era reform, in relation to a widely shared propertied <break/>understanding of space on the Lebanese littoral. It further examines how the line in the sand became poetically dense, a locus for claiming space as public or private. Through these discussions, the chapter asks how the public beach (and the coastline at large) became located at the intersection of different spatial logics, including that of the land registry reform. The connections and disconnections implied in these logics were derived in part through the significance of the Mediterranean for the Lebanese coastline, but also composed it in the contemporary moment as a constitutive part of regional constellations. 30 00 A line drawn in the sand became significant in the late 2010s at a public beach on the Mediterranean coastline of Lebanon. This line, originally drawn by the French mandatory authority governing Lebanon at the time as part of a land registry reform in the late 1920s, gathered new-found significance in current day Lebanon. The chapter starts by outlining the historical shift from the Ottoman-era land registry and property regime in Beirut to the new regime instituted by the French colonial authorities. Then, the chapter discusses how contemporary urban politics such as public space campaigning has engaged the traces of the mandate-era reform, in relation to a widely shared propertied <break/>understanding of space on the Lebanese littoral. It further examines how the line in the sand became poetically dense, a locus for claiming space as public or private. Through these discussions, the chapter asks how the public beach (and the coastline at large) became located at the intersection of different spatial logics, including that of the land registry reform. The connections and disconnections implied in these logics were derived in part through the significance of the Mediterranean for the Lebanese coastline, but also composed it in the contemporary moment as a constitutive part of regional constellations. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 ‘The Exception Which Proves the Rule’: Gurbet and Historical Constellations of Mobility in Istanbul’s Old City 1 A01 21 0000000202827576 Janine Su Janine Su Anthropology 40 02jx3x895 University College London Janine Su is a PhD candidate in the Department of Anthropology at University College London, with research and professional interests centering around issues of youth, masculinities, and mobilities. Her doctoral study was first conceived during her tenure as research scholar at the British Institute at Ankara, and the faculty and postgraduate students at the Middle East Technical University Department of Sociology have generously supported her work on an ongoing basis. 03 00 Regimes of relative location in much of the former Ottoman Mediterranean position migrating from one’s hometown or village as ‘going to gurbet’ – a term that best translates as ‘exile’ (Said 2000) – and those who leave are expected to perform exile in various ways. In contemporary Turkey, this expectation is particularly upheld among those who lack the social and institutional capital to navigate strict international visa schemes. In the Ottoman era, other mobile trajectories were available to peasants wishing to see more of the world, but these were lost in the structural upheavals of the transition to the modern nation-state era. However, the phenomenological descendants of mobile figures like bandits did not go extinct with the societal structures that begat them. Drawing on more than 18 months of ethnographic fieldwork in Istanbul’s touristic Sultanahmet district, this chapter identifies the disconnect between historical and modern constellations of socio-spatial movement, and explores how it renders the subjectivities of some young men ‘unintelligible’ (Butler 2009) to normative sociability today. These subjectivities are distinct for their affective detachment from gurbet, so their efforts to self-actualise mobile aspirations initially go unrecognised. Those who exhibit sufficient ‘performative excellence’ (Herzfeld 1985) to enact these aspirations, however, are then disparaged as upstarts and explained away as ‘exceptions’. 30 00 Regimes of relative location in much of the former Ottoman Mediterranean position migrating from one’s hometown or village as ‘going to gurbet’ – a term that best translates as ‘exile’ (Said 2000) – and those who leave are expected to perform exile in various ways. In contemporary Turkey, this expectation is particularly upheld among those who lack the social and institutional capital to navigate strict international visa schemes. In the Ottoman era, other mobile trajectories were available to peasants wishing to see more of the world, but these were lost in the structural upheavals of the transition to the modern nation-state era. However, the phenomenological descendants of mobile figures like bandits did not go extinct with the societal structures that begat them. Drawing on more than 18 months of ethnographic fieldwork in Istanbul’s touristic Sultanahmet district, this chapter identifies the disconnect between historical and modern constellations of socio-spatial movement, and explores how it renders the subjectivities of some young men ‘unintelligible’ (Butler 2009) to normative sociability today. These subjectivities are distinct for their affective detachment from gurbet, so their efforts to self-actualise mobile aspirations initially go unrecognised. Those who exhibit sufficient ‘performative excellence’ (Herzfeld 1985) to enact these aspirations, however, are then disparaged as upstarts and explained away as ‘exceptions’. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Hedgehog from Jordan: Or, How to Locate the Movement of Wild Animals in a Partially Mediterranean Context 1 A01 21 000000027026383X Sarah Green Sarah Green Social Sciences, Social & Cultural Anthropology 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Sarah Green is professor of social and cultural anthropology at the University of Helsinki. She has spent her academic career studying issues of space, place, location, and borders. She moved on to study the reopening of the Greek–Albanian border following the end of the Cold War, and to look at the introduction of internet and digital technologies to Manchester. She is the principal investigator in the ERC project ‘Crosslocations’. Her own research in that project involves looking at the transportation of livestock across borders, the tracking of wild animals across borders, and efforts to stop the spread of zoonotic disease. Her chapter in this book is part of that research. 03 00 This chapter considers Mediterranean crosslocations in terms of nonhuman animals. It begins with a hedgehog crossing the border between Jordan and Israel, and describes some of the ways it has been spatially located. One involves formal scientific classification systems: Latin naming conventions, concepts of habitat and ideas about indigeneity. The hedgehog’s designated habitat overlaps with another locating system in the region, the state border territorial structure, which is not at all relevant to hedgehogs. A third layer is to consider how the hedgehog might fit into the idea of Mediterranean, to which a short answer is: awkwardly. The chapter then moves away from hedgehogs to briefly describe how people in different parts of the geographical Mediterranean have accounted for the dramatic rise in populations of wild boar in their area in recent years. Wild boar are among a number of animals that have suddenly appeared, or rapidly increased in number, in many areas in the geographical Mediterranean region. Looking at how people have accounted for this provides one way to briefly explore how the logic of locating regimes might be deployed to explain changes in the spatial presence of non-human animals. 30 00 This chapter considers Mediterranean crosslocations in terms of nonhuman animals. It begins with a hedgehog crossing the border between Jordan and Israel, and describes some of the ways it has been spatially located. One involves formal scientific classification systems: Latin naming conventions, concepts of habitat and ideas about indigeneity. The hedgehog’s designated habitat overlaps with another locating system in the region, the state border territorial structure, which is not at all relevant to hedgehogs. A third layer is to consider how the hedgehog might fit into the idea of Mediterranean, to which a short answer is: awkwardly. The chapter then moves away from hedgehogs to briefly describe how people in different parts of the geographical Mediterranean have accounted for the dramatic rise in populations of wild boar in their area in recent years. Wild boar are among a number of animals that have suddenly appeared, or rapidly increased in number, in many areas in the geographical Mediterranean region. Looking at how people have accounted for this provides one way to briefly explore how the logic of locating regimes might be deployed to explain changes in the spatial presence of non-human animals. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Epilogue: On the Topic of Location 1 A01 21 0000000172604194 Matei Candea Matei Candea Social Anthropology 40 013meh722 University of Cambridge Matei Candea is professor of social anthropology at the University of Cambridge. He is the author of Corsican Fragments (2010, Indiana University Press) and Comparison in Anthropology (2018, Cambridge<break/>University Press). Please see www.candea.org. 03 00 What does it mean to ‘locate’ the study of location in the Mediterranean? Would studying location somewhere other than the Mediterranean make location itself look different? Conversely – this is the same question, inside out – is there something distinctively Mediterranean about the topic of location? This afterword considers the way in which the volume contributes to rethinking not just Mediterranean anthropology but also the broader assumption that anthropology is about studying general topics in particular places. 30 00 What does it mean to ‘locate’ the study of location in the Mediterranean? Would studying location somewhere other than the Mediterranean make location itself look different? Conversely – this is the same question, inside out – is there something distinctively Mediterranean about the topic of location? This afterword considers the way in which the volume contributes to rethinking not just Mediterranean anthropology but also the broader assumption that anthropology is about studying general topics in particular places. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20220706 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690776 03 9789523690776 06 15 9789523690783 03 9789523690783 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690769 20 08 20220706 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690769 20 08 20220706 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690769 20 08 20220706 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690769 20 08 20220706 01 urn:uuid:e7d9a1e4-62b3-41ad-94a8-34e05bbdaa23 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:8762b7bd-7eb4-4a85-b8d5-03d7c32fbad6 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e7d9a1e4-62b3-41ad-94a8-34e05bbdaa23 15 9789523690776 03 9789523690776 06 10.33134/HUP-18 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Locating the Mediterranean Connections and Separations across Space and Time 1 B01 21 0000000303016131 Carl Rommel Carl Rommel Department of Cultural Anthropology and Ethnology 40 048a87296 Uppsala University Carl Rommel is a researcher at the Department of Cultural Anthropology and Ethnology at Uppsala University. His ongoing research – ‘Egypt as a Project: Dreamwork and Masculinity in a Projectified Society’ – is funded by Riksbankens Jubileumsfond. Rommel’s anthropological research in Egypt focuses on masculinity, emotions, future-making, sports, revolution and ‘projects’. In 2015, Rommel earned his PhD from SOAS, University of London. Between 2017 and 2021, he was a postdoctoral researcher in the ERC project ‘Crosslocations’ at the University of Helsinki. Rommel has published articles in Men & Masculinity, Critical African Studies, Middle East – Topics & Arguments, and Soccer & Society. His first monograph, Egypt’s Football Revolution: Emotion, Masculinity and Uneasy Politics, was published with the University of Texas Press in July 2021. 2 B01 21 0000000211478689 Joseph John Viscomi Joseph Viscomi History, Classics and Archaeology 40 02mb95055 Birkbeck, University of London Joseph John Viscomi is a lecturer in European History in the Department of History, Classics and Archaeology at Birkbeck, University of London. He trained in anthropology and history at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, and is specialised in temporality, migration, and political processes in the Mediterranean region. He is currently completing a book that examines migration, political membership, and historical time by studying the departure of Italians from Egypt in the twentieth-century. This research has been published in The Journal of Modern History, History and Anthropology, and Modern Italy. He has begun new research on depopulation in Southern Italy since the late-eighteenth century. 01 eng 00 264 03 B2 Geography B2 Sociology B2 Anthropology B2 History 20 Ethnography; Mediterranean; Regional studies; Location and place 01 06 02 00 Locating the Mediterranean</italic> brings together ethnographic examinations of processes that make locations and render them meaningful. The volume’s contributions illustrate how historical, legal, religious, economic, political, and social connections and separations shape the experience of being located in the geographical space around 03 00 Until today, anthropological studies of locality have taken primary interest in local subjects leading local lives in local communities. Through a shift of conceptual emphasis from locality to location, the present volume departs from previous preoccupations with identity and belonging. Instead, Locating the Mediterranean</italic> brings together ethnographic examinations of processes that make locations and render them meaningful. In doing so, it stimulates debates on the interplay between location and region-making in history as well as anthropology.The volume’s deeply empirical contributions illustrate how historical, material, legal, religious, economic, political, and social connections and separations shape the experience of being located in the geographical space commonly known as the Mediterranean region. Drawing from research in Melilla, Lampedusa, Istanbul, Nefpaktos/Lepanto, Tunisia, Beirut, Marseille, and elsewhere, the volume articulates location through the overlapping and incorporation of multiple social and historical processes.Individual contributions are linked by the pursuit to rethink the conceptual frames deployed to study the Mediterranean region. Together, the volume’s chapters challenge strict geopolitical renderings of Europe, the Middle East, and North Africa and suggest how the ‘Mediterranean’ can function as a meaningful anthropological and historical category if the notion of ‘location’ is reinvigorated and conceptualised anew.Carl Rommel</bold> is a researcher at the Department of Cultural Anthropology and Ethnology at Uppsala University. He is an anthropologist, whose research focuses on masculinity, sports, future-making and ‘projects’ in contemporary Egypt.Joseph John Viscomi</bold> is a lecturer in European History in the Department of History, Classics and Archaeology at Birkbeck, University of London. He is a historian and anthropologist specialised in temporality, migration, and political processes in the Mediterranean region.<break/><break/><hr><break/><break/>‘Locating the Mediterranean</italic> presents the fruit of a collective work that has for several years approached the Mediterranean and Mediterraneanism in a compelling, refreshing, and wonderfully productive new perspective. The introduction articulates and the chapters showcase the locating approach in varied, mutually complementary ways, which the epilogue gracefully brings together. This powerful analytic approach permits us to appreciate regional constellations and specific locations at the same time. That is so, as the authors explain, because these various locations are relative to each other (and to other cross-locations), and because they are all “partial locations”.’<break/> - Naor Ben-Yehoyada</bold>, Assistant Professor, Columbia University, United States 30 00 Until today, anthropological studies of locality have taken primary interest in local subjects leading local lives in local communities. Through a shift of conceptual emphasis from locality to location, the present volume departs from previous preoccupations with identity and belonging. Instead, Locating the Mediterranean</italic> brings together ethnographic examinations of processes that make locations and render them meaningful. In doing so, it stimulates debates on the interplay between location and region-making in history as well as anthropology.The volume’s deeply empirical contributions illustrate how historical, material, legal, religious, economic, political, and social connections and separations shape the experience of being located in the geographical space commonly known as the Mediterranean region. Drawing from research in Melilla, Lampedusa, Istanbul, Nefpaktos/Lepanto, Tunisia, Beirut, Marseille, and elsewhere, the volume articulates location through the overlapping and incorporation of multiple social and historical processes.Individual contributions are linked by the pursuit to rethink the conceptual frames deployed to study the Mediterranean region. Together, the volume’s chapters challenge strict geopolitical renderings of Europe, the Middle East, and North Africa and suggest how the ‘Mediterranean’ can function as a meaningful anthropological and historical category if the notion of ‘location’ is reinvigorated and conceptualised anew.Carl Rommel</bold> is a researcher at the Department of Cultural Anthropology and Ethnology at Uppsala University. He is an anthropologist, whose research focuses on masculinity, sports, future-making and ‘projects’ in contemporary Egypt.Joseph John Viscomi</bold> is a lecturer in European History in the Department of History, Classics and Archaeology at Birkbeck, University of London. He is a historian and anthropologist specialised in temporality, migration, and political processes in the Mediterranean region.<break/><break/><hr><break/><break/>‘Locating the Mediterranean</italic> presents the fruit of a collective work that has for several years approached the Mediterranean and Mediterraneanism in a compelling, refreshing, and wonderfully productive new perspective. The introduction articulates and the chapters showcase the locating approach in varied, mutually complementary ways, which the epilogue gracefully brings together. This powerful analytic approach permits us to appreciate regional constellations and specific locations at the same time. That is so, as the authors explain, because these various locations are relative to each other (and to other cross-locations), and because they are all “partial locations”.’<break/> - Naor Ben-Yehoyada</bold>, Assistant Professor, Columbia University, United States 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/22008cad-8b0b-47ac-80fe-a1ae43ec9d8c.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction: Locating the Mediterranean 1 A01 21 0000000303016131 Carl Rommel Carl Rommel Department of Cultural Anthropology and Ethnology 40 048a87296 Uppsala University Carl Rommel is a researcher at the Department of Cultural Anthropology and Ethnology at Uppsala University. His ongoing research – ‘Egypt as a Project: Dreamwork and Masculinity in a Projectified Society’ – is funded by Riksbankens Jubileumsfond. Rommel’s anthropological research in Egypt focuses on masculinity, emotions, future-making, sports, revolution and ‘projects’. In 2015, Rommel earned his PhD from SOAS, University of London. Between 2017 and 2021, he was a postdoctoral researcher in the ERC project ‘Crosslocations’ at the University of Helsinki. Rommel has published articles in Men & Masculinity, Critical African Studies, Middle East – Topics & Arguments, and Soccer & Society. His first monograph, Egypt’s Football Revolution: Emotion, Masculinity and Uneasy Politics, was published with the University of Texas Press in July 2021. 2 A01 21 0000000211478689 Joseph John Viscomi Joseph Viscomi History, Classics and Archaeology 40 02mb95055 Birkbeck, University of London Joseph John Viscomi is a lecturer in European History in the Department of History, Classics and Archaeology at Birkbeck, University of London. He trained in anthropology and history at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, and is specialised in temporality, migration, and political processes in the Mediterranean region. He is currently completing a book that examines migration, political membership, and historical time by studying the departure of Italians from Egypt in the twentieth-century. This research has been published in The Journal of Modern History, History and Anthropology, and Modern Italy. He has begun new research on depopulation in Southern Italy since 1783. 03 00 In recent years, the Mediterranean region has reasserted itself in the world: popular uprisings have unsettled long-standing political regimes, economic crises have generated precarity, and nationalist movements have reified some borders while condemning others. The circulation and stagnation of people, ideas, and objects provoked by these events draw attention to regional connections and separations that, in turn, challenge strict geopolitical renderings of Europe, the Middle East, and North Africa. In considering this resurgence of interest in the Mediterranean, this introduction asks: what role does ‘location’ play in our conception of region and region-formations? What kinds of locations are generated in the contemporary Mediterranean? How do historical, legal, political, and social connections and separations<break/>shape the experience of being located somewhere in particular? Furthermore, the introduction explores how, by placing in dialogue diverse approaches and traditions, this collective volume works on two levels at once. First, each contribution posits its own Mediterranean ‘constellation’. Second, the collective volume presents a wider understanding of what historically inclined anthropologists might conceive of as a Mediterranean ‘constellation’. In doing this, the introduction proposes a theoretical apparatus through which we can understand cultural and historical values of region and region-making in and beyond the Mediterranean. 30 00 In recent years, the Mediterranean region has reasserted itself in the world: popular uprisings have unsettled long-standing political regimes, economic crises have generated precarity, and nationalist movements have reified some borders while condemning others. The circulation and stagnation of people, ideas, and objects provoked by these events draw attention to regional connections and separations that, in turn, challenge strict geopolitical renderings of Europe, the Middle East, and North Africa. In considering this resurgence of interest in the Mediterranean, this introduction asks: what role does ‘location’ play in our conception of region and region-formations? What kinds of locations are generated in the contemporary Mediterranean? How do historical, legal, political, and social connections and separations<break/>shape the experience of being located somewhere in particular? Furthermore, the introduction explores how, by placing in dialogue diverse approaches and traditions, this collective volume works on two levels at once. First, each contribution posits its own Mediterranean ‘constellation’. Second, the collective volume presents a wider understanding of what historically inclined anthropologists might conceive of as a Mediterranean ‘constellation’. In doing this, the introduction proposes a theoretical apparatus through which we can understand cultural and historical values of region and region-making in and beyond the Mediterranean. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Spotlights in the Middle of Nowhere: Everyday Marginality and ‘the Border’ on Lampedusa 1 A01 21 0000000267199478 Laust Lund Elbek Laust Elbek Department of Political Science 40 03yrrjy16 University of Southern Denmark Laust Lund Elbek holds a PhD in social anthropology from Aarhus University (2020). He has a particular ethnographic interest in the politics of location and a regional focus on Italy and Scandinavia. His doctoral work on Lampedusa has appeared in journals such as Ethnos and History and Anthropology. He is currently a postdoctoral research fellow at the Danish Centre for Welfare Studies at the University of Southern Denmark. 03 00 A main entry point for boat migrants, the Italian island of Lampedusa is a strategically important and highly symbolic location on Europe’s Mediterranean border, and, owing to heavy militarisation and political and media attention, the island has acquired a central place in national as well as European political imaginaries. Yet, for the island’s population of 6,000, things look rather different. Rather than a fixation point for political attention, Lampedusa is experienced by its inhabitants as a deeply marginal place with weak ties to the mainland and, by extension, the border, which is described by locals as ‘not our business’. Drawing inspiration from Doreen Massey, the chapter argues that Lampedusa’s simultaneous centrality and marginality should not be understood as a kind of paradox to be ‘solved’ but as the outcome of different, yet overlapping, political histories that go well beyond the island itself. Lampedusa thus testifies to ‘location’ as a potentially multiple concept that never stands on its own but is inherently constituted in relation to other locations across time and space. By approaching the Mediterranean as both a periphery and politically important border zone, the chapter draws together two ethnographically well-known ‘Mediterraneans’ that are typically studied in separate contexts. 30 00 A main entry point for boat migrants, the Italian island of Lampedusa is a strategically important and highly symbolic location on Europe’s Mediterranean border, and, owing to heavy militarisation and political and media attention, the island has acquired a central place in national as well as European political imaginaries. Yet, for the island’s population of 6,000, things look rather different. Rather than a fixation point for political attention, Lampedusa is experienced by its inhabitants as a deeply marginal place with weak ties to the mainland and, by extension, the border, which is described by locals as ‘not our business’. Drawing inspiration from Doreen Massey, the chapter argues that Lampedusa’s simultaneous centrality and marginality should not be understood as a kind of paradox to be ‘solved’ but as the outcome of different, yet overlapping, political histories that go well beyond the island itself. Lampedusa thus testifies to ‘location’ as a potentially multiple concept that never stands on its own but is inherently constituted in relation to other locations across time and space. By approaching the Mediterranean as both a periphery and politically important border zone, the chapter draws together two ethnographically well-known ‘Mediterraneans’ that are typically studied in separate contexts. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Remote Areas in the Mediterranean: A View from Europe’s Southern Borderland 1 A01 21 0000000216761432 Laia Soto Bermant Laia Soto Bermant Faculty of Social Sciences 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Laia Soto Bermant is a social anthropologist specialised in the anthropology of borders, identity, and location, with a regional interest in Europe and the Mediterranean. She earned her MA (2007) and PhD (2012) in social and cultural anthropology from the University of Oxford. After graduating, she held postdoctoral research fellowships at the School of Transborder Studies at Arizona State University, and at the University of Helsinki, where she participated in the ERC project‘ Crosslocations: Rethinking Relative Location in the Mediterranean’ and the Academy of Finland project ‘Trade, Transit and Travel’. Presently, she is the editor-in-chief of the EASA’s flagship journal Social Anthropology/Anthropologie Sociale. Her current research, funded by the KONE Foundation, explores the global spread of conspiracy theories about Covid-19. 03 00 This chapter examines how the variable geopolitical dynamics of the EU’s border regime have affected the Mediterranean’s southern shore. I focus on one of Europe’s most controversial border areas: the city of<break/>Melilla, a territory of 12 km2 located in north-eastern Morocco under Spanish sovereignty since 1497. When Spain joined the Schengen Area in 1991, both Melilla and Ceuta, the two Spanish territories in North Africa, became the gatekeepers of ‘Fortress Europe’. This put Melilla at the centre of the EU’s political agenda, but was locally experienced with a sense of increased detachment and isolation. In this chapter, I explore ethnographically this general experience of marginality and how it is connected to the constitution of Melilla as an offshore border zone. I build on Edwin Ardener’s notion of ‘remote areas’ as a distinct and identifiable type of place to explain why the problem of identity is experienced with particular intensity in places like Melilla, and argue that this feeling of vulnerability evokes a larger constellation of relations, connections and disconnections across the Mediterranean region and beyond. 30 00 This chapter examines how the variable geopolitical dynamics of the EU’s border regime have affected the Mediterranean’s southern shore. I focus on one of Europe’s most controversial border areas: the city of<break/>Melilla, a territory of 12 km2 located in north-eastern Morocco under Spanish sovereignty since 1497. When Spain joined the Schengen Area in 1991, both Melilla and Ceuta, the two Spanish territories in North Africa, became the gatekeepers of ‘Fortress Europe’. This put Melilla at the centre of the EU’s political agenda, but was locally experienced with a sense of increased detachment and isolation. In this chapter, I explore ethnographically this general experience of marginality and how it is connected to the constitution of Melilla as an offshore border zone. I build on Edwin Ardener’s notion of ‘remote areas’ as a distinct and identifiable type of place to explain why the problem of identity is experienced with particular intensity in places like Melilla, and argue that this feeling of vulnerability evokes a larger constellation of relations, connections and disconnections across the Mediterranean region and beyond. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Mediterranean (A)bridged: A View from Nafpaktos, Also Known as Lepanto 1 A01 21 0000000155755636 Phaedra Douzina-Bakalaki Phaedra Douzina-Bakalaki Social and Cultural Anthropology 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Phaedra Douzina-Bakalaki is a social anthropologist specialised in the ethnographic study of Greece, Southern Europe, and the Mediterranean. Her research interests lie in patterns of social reproduction and processes of sociopolitical transformation. Among others, she has explored provisioning practices amid the Greek economic crisis, ongoing reconfigurations of church–state relations in contemporary Greece, and emergent landscapes of religious tourism. Her ongoing research ‘From Extractivist Pasts to Post-Carbon Futures: An Ethnographic study of lignite phase-out in Southern Greece’ is funded by the Finnish Cultural Foundation. She earned her doctoral degree in social anthropology from the University of Manchester in 2017. Shortly afterwards she joined the University of Helsinki as a postdoctoral researcher for ‘Crosslocations: Rethinking Relative Location in the Mediterranean’. She is the co-editor of Anthropology Matters, the ASA’s early-career open-access journal. 03 00 The Battle of Lepanto took place in 1571, when the allied naval forces of the Holy League engaged the Ottoman fleet at the gulf of Corinth–Patras, near modern Nafpaktos, a western Greek town of 20,000 people. The Catholic victory resonated across Europe, to capture the imagination of Renaissance composers and poets, to inspire important artwork, and to leave an indelible mark on Miguel de Cervantes, whose left hand ‘became useless at the Battle of Lepanto, to glorify the <break/>right one’, as he is quoted to have said. Today, Lepanto holds a prominent place in Islamophobic discourses and alt-right formations across Europe and North America. Yet, unlike commemorators who rejoice in divisions between the West and barbaric Rest, my Nafpaktian interlocutors are more ambiguously positioned vis-à-vis these binaries. In fact, rather than celebrating Lepanto’s contemporary symbolism, Nafpaktos’s claim to the battle is premised on location, and on the town’s proximity to the site of the naval engagement. This chapter examines Nafpaktians’ quests for a meaningful location-driven narrative on the Battle of Lepanto. Tracing the mutual co-production of relative location and historical event – Nafpaktos and Lepanto – the chapter draws attention to the different Mediterraneans afforded by such processes of creative synthesis. 30 00 The Battle of Lepanto took place in 1571, when the allied naval forces of the Holy League engaged the Ottoman fleet at the gulf of Corinth–Patras, near modern Nafpaktos, a western Greek town of 20,000 people. The Catholic victory resonated across Europe, to capture the imagination of Renaissance composers and poets, to inspire important artwork, and to leave an indelible mark on Miguel de Cervantes, whose left hand ‘became useless at the Battle of Lepanto, to glorify the <break/>right one’, as he is quoted to have said. Today, Lepanto holds a prominent place in Islamophobic discourses and alt-right formations across Europe and North America. Yet, unlike commemorators who rejoice in divisions between the West and barbaric Rest, my Nafpaktian interlocutors are more ambiguously positioned vis-à-vis these binaries. In fact, rather than celebrating Lepanto’s contemporary symbolism, Nafpaktos’s claim to the battle is premised on location, and on the town’s proximity to the site of the naval engagement. This chapter examines Nafpaktians’ quests for a meaningful location-driven narrative on the Battle of Lepanto. Tracing the mutual co-production of relative location and historical event – Nafpaktos and Lepanto – the chapter draws attention to the different Mediterraneans afforded by such processes of creative synthesis. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Gentrified, Euro-Mediterranean, Arabic? Situating Mediterranean Locations along a Street in Marseille 1 A01 21 0000000157220205 Claire Bullen Claire Bullen Institute for Sociology University of Tübingen Claire Bullen is a postdoctoral researcher at the Institute for Sociology at the University of Tübingen in Germany, as well as an affiliated researcher at IDEMEC, the Institute for Mediterranean, European and Comparative Ethnography, at Aix-Marseille University in France. Her research interests include transforming urban socio-spatial relations, ethnographic urban comparisons, and the anthropology of the Mediterranean. She has carried out fieldwork in Algeria, France, and the UK. Her latest publications include a thematic section in the International Journal of Heritage Studies on heritage associations operating around the Mediterranean basin. 03 00 In scientific literature and public discourse, Marseille is regularly depicted as fundamentally Mediterranean. While this is not grounds for assuming Marseille is Mediterranean, I argue that evocations of the Mediterranean in relation to Marseille need to be taken seriously. I suggest that examining urban dynamics in Marseille through a relational ‘Mediterranean lens’ can offer new perspectives on the production of socio-spatial difference in that city. To make my case, I draw on observations of three eateries situated along one long street that joins the docks to the city centre. By grounding the analysis along this diverse street, it is possible to move beyond sweeping generalisations about people or places, while allowing the processes shaping unequal socio-spatial relations in Marseille – including ones that can be associated with ‘gentrifying’, ‘Euro-Mediterranean’, and ‘Arabic’ Mediterranean identities – to come more sharply into focus. 30 00 In scientific literature and public discourse, Marseille is regularly depicted as fundamentally Mediterranean. While this is not grounds for assuming Marseille is Mediterranean, I argue that evocations of the Mediterranean in relation to Marseille need to be taken seriously. I suggest that examining urban dynamics in Marseille through a relational ‘Mediterranean lens’ can offer new perspectives on the production of socio-spatial difference in that city. To make my case, I draw on observations of three eateries situated along one long street that joins the docks to the city centre. By grounding the analysis along this diverse street, it is possible to move beyond sweeping generalisations about people or places, while allowing the processes shaping unequal socio-spatial relations in Marseille – including ones that can be associated with ‘gentrifying’, ‘Euro-Mediterranean’, and ‘Arabic’ Mediterranean identities – to come more sharply into focus. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Virgin Mary of Trapani in La Goulette (Tunisia): An Interreligious Crossing 1 A01 21 0000000311401566 Carmelo Russo Carmelo Russo Department of History Anthropology Religions Art Performing Arts 40 02be6w209 Sapienza University of Rome Carmelo Russo is Marie Curie Global researcher with a project on religious superdiversity at the Department of History Anthropology Religions Art Performing Arts, Sapienza University, Rome (Italy). In 2020 he obtained the Italian Scientific Qualification as Associate Professor in Anthropology, two years after defending his doctoral thesis. He has conducted fieldwork in Italy and Tunisia focusing on migration process and religious dynamics. He is the author of numerous journal articles and volume chapters. His monograph Nostra Signora del limite (Our Lady of the Boundaries), concerning the Marian worship in Tunisia, was published in September 2020. 03 00 The Virgin Mary of Trapani in La Goulette (Tunisia) is an emblematic case for studying a Mediterranean crossing. Worship of Mary arrived in Tunis with Sicilian migrants, chiefly in the decades between the 19th and 20th centuries. During that period, La Goulette was a multi-ethnic and multi-religious town: Tunisians, Sicilians, French, and Maltese, and Christians, Jews, and Muslims lived there all together. Since 1885, in La Goulette, there has been a procession on 15 August in which both Jews and Muslims have participated. Tunisian independence disrupted this phenomenon: since 1962, the procession has been forbidden. On 15 August 2017, after 55 years, the Virgin Mary’s procession returned to La Goulette, an event celebrated even by local Muslims. The ‘new’ Virgin Mary of Trapani in La Goulette is the symbol of secularity – in the sense of laïcité</italic> – who sustains the rights of religious minorities in the public sphere. Alongside other contemporary multi-faith sites, La Goulette, the Virgin Mary of Trapani, and her procession have become less of a movement of the people and is now a larger symbol of the state and society at large. 30 00 The Virgin Mary of Trapani in La Goulette (Tunisia) is an emblematic case for studying a Mediterranean crossing. Worship of Mary arrived in Tunis with Sicilian migrants, chiefly in the decades between the 19th and 20th centuries. During that period, La Goulette was a multi-ethnic and multi-religious town: Tunisians, Sicilians, French, and Maltese, and Christians, Jews, and Muslims lived there all together. Since 1885, in La Goulette, there has been a procession on 15 August in which both Jews and Muslims have participated. Tunisian independence disrupted this phenomenon: since 1962, the procession has been forbidden. On 15 August 2017, after 55 years, the Virgin Mary’s procession returned to La Goulette, an event celebrated even by local Muslims. The ‘new’ Virgin Mary of Trapani in La Goulette is the symbol of secularity – in the sense of laïcité</italic> – who sustains the rights of religious minorities in the public sphere. Alongside other contemporary multi-faith sites, La Goulette, the Virgin Mary of Trapani, and her procession have become less of a movement of the people and is now a larger symbol of the state and society at large. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 A Line in the Sand: Colonial Traces on Beirut's Mediterranean Coastline 1 A01 21 0000000317572331 Samuli Lähteenaho Samuli Lähteenaho Social and cultural anthropology 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Samuli Lähteenaho is a PhD candidate in social and cultural anthropology at the University of Helsinki. His wider research interests cover ethnographic theorisations of space, place, and location, alongside questions of ecology and social movements. His doctoral research focuses on the politics and poetics of the coastline in Lebanon, based on ethnographic fieldwork with civil society and volunteer groups engaged with the country’s littoral. He holds a master’s degree in anthropology from the University of Helsinki. His current research is a part of the European Research Council project ‘Crosslocations: Rethinking Relative Location in the Mediterranean’. 03 00 A line drawn in the sand became significant in the late 2010s at a public beach on the Mediterranean coastline of Lebanon. This line, originally drawn by the French mandatory authority governing Lebanon at the time as part of a land registry reform in the late 1920s, gathered new-found significance in current day Lebanon. The chapter starts by outlining the historical shift from the Ottoman-era land registry and property regime in Beirut to the new regime instituted by the French colonial authorities. Then, the chapter discusses how contemporary urban politics such as public space campaigning has engaged the traces of the mandate-era reform, in relation to a widely shared propertied <break/>understanding of space on the Lebanese littoral. It further examines how the line in the sand became poetically dense, a locus for claiming space as public or private. Through these discussions, the chapter asks how the public beach (and the coastline at large) became located at the intersection of different spatial logics, including that of the land registry reform. The connections and disconnections implied in these logics were derived in part through the significance of the Mediterranean for the Lebanese coastline, but also composed it in the contemporary moment as a constitutive part of regional constellations. 30 00 A line drawn in the sand became significant in the late 2010s at a public beach on the Mediterranean coastline of Lebanon. This line, originally drawn by the French mandatory authority governing Lebanon at the time as part of a land registry reform in the late 1920s, gathered new-found significance in current day Lebanon. The chapter starts by outlining the historical shift from the Ottoman-era land registry and property regime in Beirut to the new regime instituted by the French colonial authorities. Then, the chapter discusses how contemporary urban politics such as public space campaigning has engaged the traces of the mandate-era reform, in relation to a widely shared propertied <break/>understanding of space on the Lebanese littoral. It further examines how the line in the sand became poetically dense, a locus for claiming space as public or private. Through these discussions, the chapter asks how the public beach (and the coastline at large) became located at the intersection of different spatial logics, including that of the land registry reform. The connections and disconnections implied in these logics were derived in part through the significance of the Mediterranean for the Lebanese coastline, but also composed it in the contemporary moment as a constitutive part of regional constellations. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 ‘The Exception Which Proves the Rule’: Gurbet and Historical Constellations of Mobility in Istanbul’s Old City 1 A01 21 0000000202827576 Janine Su Janine Su Anthropology 40 02jx3x895 University College London Janine Su is a PhD candidate in the Department of Anthropology at University College London, with research and professional interests centering around issues of youth, masculinities, and mobilities. Her doctoral study was first conceived during her tenure as research scholar at the British Institute at Ankara, and the faculty and postgraduate students at the Middle East Technical University Department of Sociology have generously supported her work on an ongoing basis. 03 00 Regimes of relative location in much of the former Ottoman Mediterranean position migrating from one’s hometown or village as ‘going to gurbet’ – a term that best translates as ‘exile’ (Said 2000) – and those who leave are expected to perform exile in various ways. In contemporary Turkey, this expectation is particularly upheld among those who lack the social and institutional capital to navigate strict international visa schemes. In the Ottoman era, other mobile trajectories were available to peasants wishing to see more of the world, but these were lost in the structural upheavals of the transition to the modern nation-state era. However, the phenomenological descendants of mobile figures like bandits did not go extinct with the societal structures that begat them. Drawing on more than 18 months of ethnographic fieldwork in Istanbul’s touristic Sultanahmet district, this chapter identifies the disconnect between historical and modern constellations of socio-spatial movement, and explores how it renders the subjectivities of some young men ‘unintelligible’ (Butler 2009) to normative sociability today. These subjectivities are distinct for their affective detachment from gurbet, so their efforts to self-actualise mobile aspirations initially go unrecognised. Those who exhibit sufficient ‘performative excellence’ (Herzfeld 1985) to enact these aspirations, however, are then disparaged as upstarts and explained away as ‘exceptions’. 30 00 Regimes of relative location in much of the former Ottoman Mediterranean position migrating from one’s hometown or village as ‘going to gurbet’ – a term that best translates as ‘exile’ (Said 2000) – and those who leave are expected to perform exile in various ways. In contemporary Turkey, this expectation is particularly upheld among those who lack the social and institutional capital to navigate strict international visa schemes. In the Ottoman era, other mobile trajectories were available to peasants wishing to see more of the world, but these were lost in the structural upheavals of the transition to the modern nation-state era. However, the phenomenological descendants of mobile figures like bandits did not go extinct with the societal structures that begat them. Drawing on more than 18 months of ethnographic fieldwork in Istanbul’s touristic Sultanahmet district, this chapter identifies the disconnect between historical and modern constellations of socio-spatial movement, and explores how it renders the subjectivities of some young men ‘unintelligible’ (Butler 2009) to normative sociability today. These subjectivities are distinct for their affective detachment from gurbet, so their efforts to self-actualise mobile aspirations initially go unrecognised. Those who exhibit sufficient ‘performative excellence’ (Herzfeld 1985) to enact these aspirations, however, are then disparaged as upstarts and explained away as ‘exceptions’. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Hedgehog from Jordan: Or, How to Locate the Movement of Wild Animals in a Partially Mediterranean Context 1 A01 21 000000027026383X Sarah Green Sarah Green Social Sciences, Social & Cultural Anthropology 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Sarah Green is professor of social and cultural anthropology at the University of Helsinki. She has spent her academic career studying issues of space, place, location, and borders. She moved on to study the reopening of the Greek–Albanian border following the end of the Cold War, and to look at the introduction of internet and digital technologies to Manchester. She is the principal investigator in the ERC project ‘Crosslocations’. Her own research in that project involves looking at the transportation of livestock across borders, the tracking of wild animals across borders, and efforts to stop the spread of zoonotic disease. Her chapter in this book is part of that research. 03 00 This chapter considers Mediterranean crosslocations in terms of nonhuman animals. It begins with a hedgehog crossing the border between Jordan and Israel, and describes some of the ways it has been spatially located. One involves formal scientific classification systems: Latin naming conventions, concepts of habitat and ideas about indigeneity. The hedgehog’s designated habitat overlaps with another locating system in the region, the state border territorial structure, which is not at all relevant to hedgehogs. A third layer is to consider how the hedgehog might fit into the idea of Mediterranean, to which a short answer is: awkwardly. The chapter then moves away from hedgehogs to briefly describe how people in different parts of the geographical Mediterranean have accounted for the dramatic rise in populations of wild boar in their area in recent years. Wild boar are among a number of animals that have suddenly appeared, or rapidly increased in number, in many areas in the geographical Mediterranean region. Looking at how people have accounted for this provides one way to briefly explore how the logic of locating regimes might be deployed to explain changes in the spatial presence of non-human animals. 30 00 This chapter considers Mediterranean crosslocations in terms of nonhuman animals. It begins with a hedgehog crossing the border between Jordan and Israel, and describes some of the ways it has been spatially located. One involves formal scientific classification systems: Latin naming conventions, concepts of habitat and ideas about indigeneity. The hedgehog’s designated habitat overlaps with another locating system in the region, the state border territorial structure, which is not at all relevant to hedgehogs. A third layer is to consider how the hedgehog might fit into the idea of Mediterranean, to which a short answer is: awkwardly. The chapter then moves away from hedgehogs to briefly describe how people in different parts of the geographical Mediterranean have accounted for the dramatic rise in populations of wild boar in their area in recent years. Wild boar are among a number of animals that have suddenly appeared, or rapidly increased in number, in many areas in the geographical Mediterranean region. Looking at how people have accounted for this provides one way to briefly explore how the logic of locating regimes might be deployed to explain changes in the spatial presence of non-human animals. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Epilogue: On the Topic of Location 1 A01 21 0000000172604194 Matei Candea Matei Candea Social Anthropology 40 013meh722 University of Cambridge Matei Candea is professor of social anthropology at the University of Cambridge. He is the author of Corsican Fragments (2010, Indiana University Press) and Comparison in Anthropology (2018, Cambridge<break/>University Press). Please see www.candea.org. 03 00 What does it mean to ‘locate’ the study of location in the Mediterranean? Would studying location somewhere other than the Mediterranean make location itself look different? Conversely – this is the same question, inside out – is there something distinctively Mediterranean about the topic of location? This afterword considers the way in which the volume contributes to rethinking not just Mediterranean anthropology but also the broader assumption that anthropology is about studying general topics in particular places. 30 00 What does it mean to ‘locate’ the study of location in the Mediterranean? Would studying location somewhere other than the Mediterranean make location itself look different? Conversely – this is the same question, inside out – is there something distinctively Mediterranean about the topic of location? This afterword considers the way in which the volume contributes to rethinking not just Mediterranean anthropology but also the broader assumption that anthropology is about studying general topics in particular places. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20220706 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690769 03 9789523690769 06 15 9789523690783 03 9789523690783 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20220706 01 urn:uuid:cc307750-f237-409e-9ff9-30e720ac7ec3 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:8762b7bd-7eb4-4a85-b8d5-03d7c32fbad6 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:cc307750-f237-409e-9ff9-30e720ac7ec3 15 9789523690783 03 9789523690783 06 10.33134/HUP-18 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Locating the Mediterranean Connections and Separations across Space and Time 1 B01 21 0000000303016131 Carl Rommel Carl Rommel Department of Cultural Anthropology and Ethnology 40 048a87296 Uppsala University Carl Rommel is a researcher at the Department of Cultural Anthropology and Ethnology at Uppsala University. His ongoing research – ‘Egypt as a Project: Dreamwork and Masculinity in a Projectified Society’ – is funded by Riksbankens Jubileumsfond. Rommel’s anthropological research in Egypt focuses on masculinity, emotions, future-making, sports, revolution and ‘projects’. In 2015, Rommel earned his PhD from SOAS, University of London. Between 2017 and 2021, he was a postdoctoral researcher in the ERC project ‘Crosslocations’ at the University of Helsinki. Rommel has published articles in Men & Masculinity, Critical African Studies, Middle East – Topics & Arguments, and Soccer & Society. His first monograph, Egypt’s Football Revolution: Emotion, Masculinity and Uneasy Politics, was published with the University of Texas Press in July 2021. 2 B01 21 0000000211478689 Joseph John Viscomi Joseph Viscomi History, Classics and Archaeology 40 02mb95055 Birkbeck, University of London Joseph John Viscomi is a lecturer in European History in the Department of History, Classics and Archaeology at Birkbeck, University of London. He trained in anthropology and history at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, and is specialised in temporality, migration, and political processes in the Mediterranean region. He is currently completing a book that examines migration, political membership, and historical time by studying the departure of Italians from Egypt in the twentieth-century. This research has been published in The Journal of Modern History, History and Anthropology, and Modern Italy. He has begun new research on depopulation in Southern Italy since the late-eighteenth century. 01 eng 00 264 03 B2 Geography B2 Sociology B2 Anthropology B2 History 20 Ethnography; Mediterranean; Regional studies; Location and place 01 06 02 00 Locating the Mediterranean</italic> brings together ethnographic examinations of processes that make locations and render them meaningful. The volume’s contributions illustrate how historical, legal, religious, economic, political, and social connections and separations shape the experience of being located in the geographical space around 03 00 Until today, anthropological studies of locality have taken primary interest in local subjects leading local lives in local communities. Through a shift of conceptual emphasis from locality to location, the present volume departs from previous preoccupations with identity and belonging. Instead, Locating the Mediterranean</italic> brings together ethnographic examinations of processes that make locations and render them meaningful. In doing so, it stimulates debates on the interplay between location and region-making in history as well as anthropology.The volume’s deeply empirical contributions illustrate how historical, material, legal, religious, economic, political, and social connections and separations shape the experience of being located in the geographical space commonly known as the Mediterranean region. Drawing from research in Melilla, Lampedusa, Istanbul, Nefpaktos/Lepanto, Tunisia, Beirut, Marseille, and elsewhere, the volume articulates location through the overlapping and incorporation of multiple social and historical processes.Individual contributions are linked by the pursuit to rethink the conceptual frames deployed to study the Mediterranean region. Together, the volume’s chapters challenge strict geopolitical renderings of Europe, the Middle East, and North Africa and suggest how the ‘Mediterranean’ can function as a meaningful anthropological and historical category if the notion of ‘location’ is reinvigorated and conceptualised anew.Carl Rommel</bold> is a researcher at the Department of Cultural Anthropology and Ethnology at Uppsala University. He is an anthropologist, whose research focuses on masculinity, sports, future-making and ‘projects’ in contemporary Egypt.Joseph John Viscomi</bold> is a lecturer in European History in the Department of History, Classics and Archaeology at Birkbeck, University of London. He is a historian and anthropologist specialised in temporality, migration, and political processes in the Mediterranean region.<break/><break/><hr><break/><break/>‘Locating the Mediterranean</italic> presents the fruit of a collective work that has for several years approached the Mediterranean and Mediterraneanism in a compelling, refreshing, and wonderfully productive new perspective. The introduction articulates and the chapters showcase the locating approach in varied, mutually complementary ways, which the epilogue gracefully brings together. This powerful analytic approach permits us to appreciate regional constellations and specific locations at the same time. That is so, as the authors explain, because these various locations are relative to each other (and to other cross-locations), and because they are all “partial locations”.’<break/> - Naor Ben-Yehoyada</bold>, Assistant Professor, Columbia University, United States 30 00 Until today, anthropological studies of locality have taken primary interest in local subjects leading local lives in local communities. Through a shift of conceptual emphasis from locality to location, the present volume departs from previous preoccupations with identity and belonging. Instead, Locating the Mediterranean</italic> brings together ethnographic examinations of processes that make locations and render them meaningful. In doing so, it stimulates debates on the interplay between location and region-making in history as well as anthropology.The volume’s deeply empirical contributions illustrate how historical, material, legal, religious, economic, political, and social connections and separations shape the experience of being located in the geographical space commonly known as the Mediterranean region. Drawing from research in Melilla, Lampedusa, Istanbul, Nefpaktos/Lepanto, Tunisia, Beirut, Marseille, and elsewhere, the volume articulates location through the overlapping and incorporation of multiple social and historical processes.Individual contributions are linked by the pursuit to rethink the conceptual frames deployed to study the Mediterranean region. Together, the volume’s chapters challenge strict geopolitical renderings of Europe, the Middle East, and North Africa and suggest how the ‘Mediterranean’ can function as a meaningful anthropological and historical category if the notion of ‘location’ is reinvigorated and conceptualised anew.Carl Rommel</bold> is a researcher at the Department of Cultural Anthropology and Ethnology at Uppsala University. He is an anthropologist, whose research focuses on masculinity, sports, future-making and ‘projects’ in contemporary Egypt.Joseph John Viscomi</bold> is a lecturer in European History in the Department of History, Classics and Archaeology at Birkbeck, University of London. He is a historian and anthropologist specialised in temporality, migration, and political processes in the Mediterranean region.<break/><break/><hr><break/><break/>‘Locating the Mediterranean</italic> presents the fruit of a collective work that has for several years approached the Mediterranean and Mediterraneanism in a compelling, refreshing, and wonderfully productive new perspective. The introduction articulates and the chapters showcase the locating approach in varied, mutually complementary ways, which the epilogue gracefully brings together. This powerful analytic approach permits us to appreciate regional constellations and specific locations at the same time. That is so, as the authors explain, because these various locations are relative to each other (and to other cross-locations), and because they are all “partial locations”.’<break/> - Naor Ben-Yehoyada</bold>, Assistant Professor, Columbia University, United States 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/22008cad-8b0b-47ac-80fe-a1ae43ec9d8c.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction: Locating the Mediterranean 1 A01 21 0000000303016131 Carl Rommel Carl Rommel Department of Cultural Anthropology and Ethnology 40 048a87296 Uppsala University Carl Rommel is a researcher at the Department of Cultural Anthropology and Ethnology at Uppsala University. His ongoing research – ‘Egypt as a Project: Dreamwork and Masculinity in a Projectified Society’ – is funded by Riksbankens Jubileumsfond. Rommel’s anthropological research in Egypt focuses on masculinity, emotions, future-making, sports, revolution and ‘projects’. In 2015, Rommel earned his PhD from SOAS, University of London. Between 2017 and 2021, he was a postdoctoral researcher in the ERC project ‘Crosslocations’ at the University of Helsinki. Rommel has published articles in Men & Masculinity, Critical African Studies, Middle East – Topics & Arguments, and Soccer & Society. His first monograph, Egypt’s Football Revolution: Emotion, Masculinity and Uneasy Politics, was published with the University of Texas Press in July 2021. 2 A01 21 0000000211478689 Joseph John Viscomi Joseph Viscomi History, Classics and Archaeology 40 02mb95055 Birkbeck, University of London Joseph John Viscomi is a lecturer in European History in the Department of History, Classics and Archaeology at Birkbeck, University of London. He trained in anthropology and history at the University of Michigan, Ann Arbor, and is specialised in temporality, migration, and political processes in the Mediterranean region. He is currently completing a book that examines migration, political membership, and historical time by studying the departure of Italians from Egypt in the twentieth-century. This research has been published in The Journal of Modern History, History and Anthropology, and Modern Italy. He has begun new research on depopulation in Southern Italy since 1783. 03 00 In recent years, the Mediterranean region has reasserted itself in the world: popular uprisings have unsettled long-standing political regimes, economic crises have generated precarity, and nationalist movements have reified some borders while condemning others. The circulation and stagnation of people, ideas, and objects provoked by these events draw attention to regional connections and separations that, in turn, challenge strict geopolitical renderings of Europe, the Middle East, and North Africa. In considering this resurgence of interest in the Mediterranean, this introduction asks: what role does ‘location’ play in our conception of region and region-formations? What kinds of locations are generated in the contemporary Mediterranean? How do historical, legal, political, and social connections and separations<break/>shape the experience of being located somewhere in particular? Furthermore, the introduction explores how, by placing in dialogue diverse approaches and traditions, this collective volume works on two levels at once. First, each contribution posits its own Mediterranean ‘constellation’. Second, the collective volume presents a wider understanding of what historically inclined anthropologists might conceive of as a Mediterranean ‘constellation’. In doing this, the introduction proposes a theoretical apparatus through which we can understand cultural and historical values of region and region-making in and beyond the Mediterranean. 30 00 In recent years, the Mediterranean region has reasserted itself in the world: popular uprisings have unsettled long-standing political regimes, economic crises have generated precarity, and nationalist movements have reified some borders while condemning others. The circulation and stagnation of people, ideas, and objects provoked by these events draw attention to regional connections and separations that, in turn, challenge strict geopolitical renderings of Europe, the Middle East, and North Africa. In considering this resurgence of interest in the Mediterranean, this introduction asks: what role does ‘location’ play in our conception of region and region-formations? What kinds of locations are generated in the contemporary Mediterranean? How do historical, legal, political, and social connections and separations<break/>shape the experience of being located somewhere in particular? Furthermore, the introduction explores how, by placing in dialogue diverse approaches and traditions, this collective volume works on two levels at once. First, each contribution posits its own Mediterranean ‘constellation’. Second, the collective volume presents a wider understanding of what historically inclined anthropologists might conceive of as a Mediterranean ‘constellation’. In doing this, the introduction proposes a theoretical apparatus through which we can understand cultural and historical values of region and region-making in and beyond the Mediterranean. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Spotlights in the Middle of Nowhere: Everyday Marginality and ‘the Border’ on Lampedusa 1 A01 21 0000000267199478 Laust Lund Elbek Laust Elbek Department of Political Science 40 03yrrjy16 University of Southern Denmark Laust Lund Elbek holds a PhD in social anthropology from Aarhus University (2020). He has a particular ethnographic interest in the politics of location and a regional focus on Italy and Scandinavia. His doctoral work on Lampedusa has appeared in journals such as Ethnos and History and Anthropology. He is currently a postdoctoral research fellow at the Danish Centre for Welfare Studies at the University of Southern Denmark. 03 00 A main entry point for boat migrants, the Italian island of Lampedusa is a strategically important and highly symbolic location on Europe’s Mediterranean border, and, owing to heavy militarisation and political and media attention, the island has acquired a central place in national as well as European political imaginaries. Yet, for the island’s population of 6,000, things look rather different. Rather than a fixation point for political attention, Lampedusa is experienced by its inhabitants as a deeply marginal place with weak ties to the mainland and, by extension, the border, which is described by locals as ‘not our business’. Drawing inspiration from Doreen Massey, the chapter argues that Lampedusa’s simultaneous centrality and marginality should not be understood as a kind of paradox to be ‘solved’ but as the outcome of different, yet overlapping, political histories that go well beyond the island itself. Lampedusa thus testifies to ‘location’ as a potentially multiple concept that never stands on its own but is inherently constituted in relation to other locations across time and space. By approaching the Mediterranean as both a periphery and politically important border zone, the chapter draws together two ethnographically well-known ‘Mediterraneans’ that are typically studied in separate contexts. 30 00 A main entry point for boat migrants, the Italian island of Lampedusa is a strategically important and highly symbolic location on Europe’s Mediterranean border, and, owing to heavy militarisation and political and media attention, the island has acquired a central place in national as well as European political imaginaries. Yet, for the island’s population of 6,000, things look rather different. Rather than a fixation point for political attention, Lampedusa is experienced by its inhabitants as a deeply marginal place with weak ties to the mainland and, by extension, the border, which is described by locals as ‘not our business’. Drawing inspiration from Doreen Massey, the chapter argues that Lampedusa’s simultaneous centrality and marginality should not be understood as a kind of paradox to be ‘solved’ but as the outcome of different, yet overlapping, political histories that go well beyond the island itself. Lampedusa thus testifies to ‘location’ as a potentially multiple concept that never stands on its own but is inherently constituted in relation to other locations across time and space. By approaching the Mediterranean as both a periphery and politically important border zone, the chapter draws together two ethnographically well-known ‘Mediterraneans’ that are typically studied in separate contexts. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Remote Areas in the Mediterranean: A View from Europe’s Southern Borderland 1 A01 21 0000000216761432 Laia Soto Bermant Laia Soto Bermant Faculty of Social Sciences 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Laia Soto Bermant is a social anthropologist specialised in the anthropology of borders, identity, and location, with a regional interest in Europe and the Mediterranean. She earned her MA (2007) and PhD (2012) in social and cultural anthropology from the University of Oxford. After graduating, she held postdoctoral research fellowships at the School of Transborder Studies at Arizona State University, and at the University of Helsinki, where she participated in the ERC project‘ Crosslocations: Rethinking Relative Location in the Mediterranean’ and the Academy of Finland project ‘Trade, Transit and Travel’. Presently, she is the editor-in-chief of the EASA’s flagship journal Social Anthropology/Anthropologie Sociale. Her current research, funded by the KONE Foundation, explores the global spread of conspiracy theories about Covid-19. 03 00 This chapter examines how the variable geopolitical dynamics of the EU’s border regime have affected the Mediterranean’s southern shore. I focus on one of Europe’s most controversial border areas: the city of<break/>Melilla, a territory of 12 km2 located in north-eastern Morocco under Spanish sovereignty since 1497. When Spain joined the Schengen Area in 1991, both Melilla and Ceuta, the two Spanish territories in North Africa, became the gatekeepers of ‘Fortress Europe’. This put Melilla at the centre of the EU’s political agenda, but was locally experienced with a sense of increased detachment and isolation. In this chapter, I explore ethnographically this general experience of marginality and how it is connected to the constitution of Melilla as an offshore border zone. I build on Edwin Ardener’s notion of ‘remote areas’ as a distinct and identifiable type of place to explain why the problem of identity is experienced with particular intensity in places like Melilla, and argue that this feeling of vulnerability evokes a larger constellation of relations, connections and disconnections across the Mediterranean region and beyond. 30 00 This chapter examines how the variable geopolitical dynamics of the EU’s border regime have affected the Mediterranean’s southern shore. I focus on one of Europe’s most controversial border areas: the city of<break/>Melilla, a territory of 12 km2 located in north-eastern Morocco under Spanish sovereignty since 1497. When Spain joined the Schengen Area in 1991, both Melilla and Ceuta, the two Spanish territories in North Africa, became the gatekeepers of ‘Fortress Europe’. This put Melilla at the centre of the EU’s political agenda, but was locally experienced with a sense of increased detachment and isolation. In this chapter, I explore ethnographically this general experience of marginality and how it is connected to the constitution of Melilla as an offshore border zone. I build on Edwin Ardener’s notion of ‘remote areas’ as a distinct and identifiable type of place to explain why the problem of identity is experienced with particular intensity in places like Melilla, and argue that this feeling of vulnerability evokes a larger constellation of relations, connections and disconnections across the Mediterranean region and beyond. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Mediterranean (A)bridged: A View from Nafpaktos, Also Known as Lepanto 1 A01 21 0000000155755636 Phaedra Douzina-Bakalaki Phaedra Douzina-Bakalaki Social and Cultural Anthropology 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Phaedra Douzina-Bakalaki is a social anthropologist specialised in the ethnographic study of Greece, Southern Europe, and the Mediterranean. Her research interests lie in patterns of social reproduction and processes of sociopolitical transformation. Among others, she has explored provisioning practices amid the Greek economic crisis, ongoing reconfigurations of church–state relations in contemporary Greece, and emergent landscapes of religious tourism. Her ongoing research ‘From Extractivist Pasts to Post-Carbon Futures: An Ethnographic study of lignite phase-out in Southern Greece’ is funded by the Finnish Cultural Foundation. She earned her doctoral degree in social anthropology from the University of Manchester in 2017. Shortly afterwards she joined the University of Helsinki as a postdoctoral researcher for ‘Crosslocations: Rethinking Relative Location in the Mediterranean’. She is the co-editor of Anthropology Matters, the ASA’s early-career open-access journal. 03 00 The Battle of Lepanto took place in 1571, when the allied naval forces of the Holy League engaged the Ottoman fleet at the gulf of Corinth–Patras, near modern Nafpaktos, a western Greek town of 20,000 people. The Catholic victory resonated across Europe, to capture the imagination of Renaissance composers and poets, to inspire important artwork, and to leave an indelible mark on Miguel de Cervantes, whose left hand ‘became useless at the Battle of Lepanto, to glorify the <break/>right one’, as he is quoted to have said. Today, Lepanto holds a prominent place in Islamophobic discourses and alt-right formations across Europe and North America. Yet, unlike commemorators who rejoice in divisions between the West and barbaric Rest, my Nafpaktian interlocutors are more ambiguously positioned vis-à-vis these binaries. In fact, rather than celebrating Lepanto’s contemporary symbolism, Nafpaktos’s claim to the battle is premised on location, and on the town’s proximity to the site of the naval engagement. This chapter examines Nafpaktians’ quests for a meaningful location-driven narrative on the Battle of Lepanto. Tracing the mutual co-production of relative location and historical event – Nafpaktos and Lepanto – the chapter draws attention to the different Mediterraneans afforded by such processes of creative synthesis. 30 00 The Battle of Lepanto took place in 1571, when the allied naval forces of the Holy League engaged the Ottoman fleet at the gulf of Corinth–Patras, near modern Nafpaktos, a western Greek town of 20,000 people. The Catholic victory resonated across Europe, to capture the imagination of Renaissance composers and poets, to inspire important artwork, and to leave an indelible mark on Miguel de Cervantes, whose left hand ‘became useless at the Battle of Lepanto, to glorify the <break/>right one’, as he is quoted to have said. Today, Lepanto holds a prominent place in Islamophobic discourses and alt-right formations across Europe and North America. Yet, unlike commemorators who rejoice in divisions between the West and barbaric Rest, my Nafpaktian interlocutors are more ambiguously positioned vis-à-vis these binaries. In fact, rather than celebrating Lepanto’s contemporary symbolism, Nafpaktos’s claim to the battle is premised on location, and on the town’s proximity to the site of the naval engagement. This chapter examines Nafpaktians’ quests for a meaningful location-driven narrative on the Battle of Lepanto. Tracing the mutual co-production of relative location and historical event – Nafpaktos and Lepanto – the chapter draws attention to the different Mediterraneans afforded by such processes of creative synthesis. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Gentrified, Euro-Mediterranean, Arabic? Situating Mediterranean Locations along a Street in Marseille 1 A01 21 0000000157220205 Claire Bullen Claire Bullen Institute for Sociology University of Tübingen Claire Bullen is a postdoctoral researcher at the Institute for Sociology at the University of Tübingen in Germany, as well as an affiliated researcher at IDEMEC, the Institute for Mediterranean, European and Comparative Ethnography, at Aix-Marseille University in France. Her research interests include transforming urban socio-spatial relations, ethnographic urban comparisons, and the anthropology of the Mediterranean. She has carried out fieldwork in Algeria, France, and the UK. Her latest publications include a thematic section in the International Journal of Heritage Studies on heritage associations operating around the Mediterranean basin. 03 00 In scientific literature and public discourse, Marseille is regularly depicted as fundamentally Mediterranean. While this is not grounds for assuming Marseille is Mediterranean, I argue that evocations of the Mediterranean in relation to Marseille need to be taken seriously. I suggest that examining urban dynamics in Marseille through a relational ‘Mediterranean lens’ can offer new perspectives on the production of socio-spatial difference in that city. To make my case, I draw on observations of three eateries situated along one long street that joins the docks to the city centre. By grounding the analysis along this diverse street, it is possible to move beyond sweeping generalisations about people or places, while allowing the processes shaping unequal socio-spatial relations in Marseille – including ones that can be associated with ‘gentrifying’, ‘Euro-Mediterranean’, and ‘Arabic’ Mediterranean identities – to come more sharply into focus. 30 00 In scientific literature and public discourse, Marseille is regularly depicted as fundamentally Mediterranean. While this is not grounds for assuming Marseille is Mediterranean, I argue that evocations of the Mediterranean in relation to Marseille need to be taken seriously. I suggest that examining urban dynamics in Marseille through a relational ‘Mediterranean lens’ can offer new perspectives on the production of socio-spatial difference in that city. To make my case, I draw on observations of three eateries situated along one long street that joins the docks to the city centre. By grounding the analysis along this diverse street, it is possible to move beyond sweeping generalisations about people or places, while allowing the processes shaping unequal socio-spatial relations in Marseille – including ones that can be associated with ‘gentrifying’, ‘Euro-Mediterranean’, and ‘Arabic’ Mediterranean identities – to come more sharply into focus. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Virgin Mary of Trapani in La Goulette (Tunisia): An Interreligious Crossing 1 A01 21 0000000311401566 Carmelo Russo Carmelo Russo Department of History Anthropology Religions Art Performing Arts 40 02be6w209 Sapienza University of Rome Carmelo Russo is Marie Curie Global researcher with a project on religious superdiversity at the Department of History Anthropology Religions Art Performing Arts, Sapienza University, Rome (Italy). In 2020 he obtained the Italian Scientific Qualification as Associate Professor in Anthropology, two years after defending his doctoral thesis. He has conducted fieldwork in Italy and Tunisia focusing on migration process and religious dynamics. He is the author of numerous journal articles and volume chapters. His monograph Nostra Signora del limite (Our Lady of the Boundaries), concerning the Marian worship in Tunisia, was published in September 2020. 03 00 The Virgin Mary of Trapani in La Goulette (Tunisia) is an emblematic case for studying a Mediterranean crossing. Worship of Mary arrived in Tunis with Sicilian migrants, chiefly in the decades between the 19th and 20th centuries. During that period, La Goulette was a multi-ethnic and multi-religious town: Tunisians, Sicilians, French, and Maltese, and Christians, Jews, and Muslims lived there all together. Since 1885, in La Goulette, there has been a procession on 15 August in which both Jews and Muslims have participated. Tunisian independence disrupted this phenomenon: since 1962, the procession has been forbidden. On 15 August 2017, after 55 years, the Virgin Mary’s procession returned to La Goulette, an event celebrated even by local Muslims. The ‘new’ Virgin Mary of Trapani in La Goulette is the symbol of secularity – in the sense of laïcité</italic> – who sustains the rights of religious minorities in the public sphere. Alongside other contemporary multi-faith sites, La Goulette, the Virgin Mary of Trapani, and her procession have become less of a movement of the people and is now a larger symbol of the state and society at large. 30 00 The Virgin Mary of Trapani in La Goulette (Tunisia) is an emblematic case for studying a Mediterranean crossing. Worship of Mary arrived in Tunis with Sicilian migrants, chiefly in the decades between the 19th and 20th centuries. During that period, La Goulette was a multi-ethnic and multi-religious town: Tunisians, Sicilians, French, and Maltese, and Christians, Jews, and Muslims lived there all together. Since 1885, in La Goulette, there has been a procession on 15 August in which both Jews and Muslims have participated. Tunisian independence disrupted this phenomenon: since 1962, the procession has been forbidden. On 15 August 2017, after 55 years, the Virgin Mary’s procession returned to La Goulette, an event celebrated even by local Muslims. The ‘new’ Virgin Mary of Trapani in La Goulette is the symbol of secularity – in the sense of laïcité</italic> – who sustains the rights of religious minorities in the public sphere. Alongside other contemporary multi-faith sites, La Goulette, the Virgin Mary of Trapani, and her procession have become less of a movement of the people and is now a larger symbol of the state and society at large. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 A Line in the Sand: Colonial Traces on Beirut's Mediterranean Coastline 1 A01 21 0000000317572331 Samuli Lähteenaho Samuli Lähteenaho Social and cultural anthropology 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Samuli Lähteenaho is a PhD candidate in social and cultural anthropology at the University of Helsinki. His wider research interests cover ethnographic theorisations of space, place, and location, alongside questions of ecology and social movements. His doctoral research focuses on the politics and poetics of the coastline in Lebanon, based on ethnographic fieldwork with civil society and volunteer groups engaged with the country’s littoral. He holds a master’s degree in anthropology from the University of Helsinki. His current research is a part of the European Research Council project ‘Crosslocations: Rethinking Relative Location in the Mediterranean’. 03 00 A line drawn in the sand became significant in the late 2010s at a public beach on the Mediterranean coastline of Lebanon. This line, originally drawn by the French mandatory authority governing Lebanon at the time as part of a land registry reform in the late 1920s, gathered new-found significance in current day Lebanon. The chapter starts by outlining the historical shift from the Ottoman-era land registry and property regime in Beirut to the new regime instituted by the French colonial authorities. Then, the chapter discusses how contemporary urban politics such as public space campaigning has engaged the traces of the mandate-era reform, in relation to a widely shared propertied <break/>understanding of space on the Lebanese littoral. It further examines how the line in the sand became poetically dense, a locus for claiming space as public or private. Through these discussions, the chapter asks how the public beach (and the coastline at large) became located at the intersection of different spatial logics, including that of the land registry reform. The connections and disconnections implied in these logics were derived in part through the significance of the Mediterranean for the Lebanese coastline, but also composed it in the contemporary moment as a constitutive part of regional constellations. 30 00 A line drawn in the sand became significant in the late 2010s at a public beach on the Mediterranean coastline of Lebanon. This line, originally drawn by the French mandatory authority governing Lebanon at the time as part of a land registry reform in the late 1920s, gathered new-found significance in current day Lebanon. The chapter starts by outlining the historical shift from the Ottoman-era land registry and property regime in Beirut to the new regime instituted by the French colonial authorities. Then, the chapter discusses how contemporary urban politics such as public space campaigning has engaged the traces of the mandate-era reform, in relation to a widely shared propertied <break/>understanding of space on the Lebanese littoral. It further examines how the line in the sand became poetically dense, a locus for claiming space as public or private. Through these discussions, the chapter asks how the public beach (and the coastline at large) became located at the intersection of different spatial logics, including that of the land registry reform. The connections and disconnections implied in these logics were derived in part through the significance of the Mediterranean for the Lebanese coastline, but also composed it in the contemporary moment as a constitutive part of regional constellations. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 ‘The Exception Which Proves the Rule’: Gurbet and Historical Constellations of Mobility in Istanbul’s Old City 1 A01 21 0000000202827576 Janine Su Janine Su Anthropology 40 02jx3x895 University College London Janine Su is a PhD candidate in the Department of Anthropology at University College London, with research and professional interests centering around issues of youth, masculinities, and mobilities. Her doctoral study was first conceived during her tenure as research scholar at the British Institute at Ankara, and the faculty and postgraduate students at the Middle East Technical University Department of Sociology have generously supported her work on an ongoing basis. 03 00 Regimes of relative location in much of the former Ottoman Mediterranean position migrating from one’s hometown or village as ‘going to gurbet’ – a term that best translates as ‘exile’ (Said 2000) – and those who leave are expected to perform exile in various ways. In contemporary Turkey, this expectation is particularly upheld among those who lack the social and institutional capital to navigate strict international visa schemes. In the Ottoman era, other mobile trajectories were available to peasants wishing to see more of the world, but these were lost in the structural upheavals of the transition to the modern nation-state era. However, the phenomenological descendants of mobile figures like bandits did not go extinct with the societal structures that begat them. Drawing on more than 18 months of ethnographic fieldwork in Istanbul’s touristic Sultanahmet district, this chapter identifies the disconnect between historical and modern constellations of socio-spatial movement, and explores how it renders the subjectivities of some young men ‘unintelligible’ (Butler 2009) to normative sociability today. These subjectivities are distinct for their affective detachment from gurbet, so their efforts to self-actualise mobile aspirations initially go unrecognised. Those who exhibit sufficient ‘performative excellence’ (Herzfeld 1985) to enact these aspirations, however, are then disparaged as upstarts and explained away as ‘exceptions’. 30 00 Regimes of relative location in much of the former Ottoman Mediterranean position migrating from one’s hometown or village as ‘going to gurbet’ – a term that best translates as ‘exile’ (Said 2000) – and those who leave are expected to perform exile in various ways. In contemporary Turkey, this expectation is particularly upheld among those who lack the social and institutional capital to navigate strict international visa schemes. In the Ottoman era, other mobile trajectories were available to peasants wishing to see more of the world, but these were lost in the structural upheavals of the transition to the modern nation-state era. However, the phenomenological descendants of mobile figures like bandits did not go extinct with the societal structures that begat them. Drawing on more than 18 months of ethnographic fieldwork in Istanbul’s touristic Sultanahmet district, this chapter identifies the disconnect between historical and modern constellations of socio-spatial movement, and explores how it renders the subjectivities of some young men ‘unintelligible’ (Butler 2009) to normative sociability today. These subjectivities are distinct for their affective detachment from gurbet, so their efforts to self-actualise mobile aspirations initially go unrecognised. Those who exhibit sufficient ‘performative excellence’ (Herzfeld 1985) to enact these aspirations, however, are then disparaged as upstarts and explained away as ‘exceptions’. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Hedgehog from Jordan: Or, How to Locate the Movement of Wild Animals in a Partially Mediterranean Context 1 A01 21 000000027026383X Sarah Green Sarah Green Social Sciences, Social & Cultural Anthropology 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Sarah Green is professor of social and cultural anthropology at the University of Helsinki. She has spent her academic career studying issues of space, place, location, and borders. She moved on to study the reopening of the Greek–Albanian border following the end of the Cold War, and to look at the introduction of internet and digital technologies to Manchester. She is the principal investigator in the ERC project ‘Crosslocations’. Her own research in that project involves looking at the transportation of livestock across borders, the tracking of wild animals across borders, and efforts to stop the spread of zoonotic disease. Her chapter in this book is part of that research. 03 00 This chapter considers Mediterranean crosslocations in terms of nonhuman animals. It begins with a hedgehog crossing the border between Jordan and Israel, and describes some of the ways it has been spatially located. One involves formal scientific classification systems: Latin naming conventions, concepts of habitat and ideas about indigeneity. The hedgehog’s designated habitat overlaps with another locating system in the region, the state border territorial structure, which is not at all relevant to hedgehogs. A third layer is to consider how the hedgehog might fit into the idea of Mediterranean, to which a short answer is: awkwardly. The chapter then moves away from hedgehogs to briefly describe how people in different parts of the geographical Mediterranean have accounted for the dramatic rise in populations of wild boar in their area in recent years. Wild boar are among a number of animals that have suddenly appeared, or rapidly increased in number, in many areas in the geographical Mediterranean region. Looking at how people have accounted for this provides one way to briefly explore how the logic of locating regimes might be deployed to explain changes in the spatial presence of non-human animals. 30 00 This chapter considers Mediterranean crosslocations in terms of nonhuman animals. It begins with a hedgehog crossing the border between Jordan and Israel, and describes some of the ways it has been spatially located. One involves formal scientific classification systems: Latin naming conventions, concepts of habitat and ideas about indigeneity. The hedgehog’s designated habitat overlaps with another locating system in the region, the state border territorial structure, which is not at all relevant to hedgehogs. A third layer is to consider how the hedgehog might fit into the idea of Mediterranean, to which a short answer is: awkwardly. The chapter then moves away from hedgehogs to briefly describe how people in different parts of the geographical Mediterranean have accounted for the dramatic rise in populations of wild boar in their area in recent years. Wild boar are among a number of animals that have suddenly appeared, or rapidly increased in number, in many areas in the geographical Mediterranean region. Looking at how people have accounted for this provides one way to briefly explore how the logic of locating regimes might be deployed to explain changes in the spatial presence of non-human animals. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-18-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Epilogue: On the Topic of Location 1 A01 21 0000000172604194 Matei Candea Matei Candea Social Anthropology 40 013meh722 University of Cambridge Matei Candea is professor of social anthropology at the University of Cambridge. He is the author of Corsican Fragments (2010, Indiana University Press) and Comparison in Anthropology (2018, Cambridge<break/>University Press). Please see www.candea.org. 03 00 What does it mean to ‘locate’ the study of location in the Mediterranean? Would studying location somewhere other than the Mediterranean make location itself look different? Conversely – this is the same question, inside out – is there something distinctively Mediterranean about the topic of location? This afterword considers the way in which the volume contributes to rethinking not just Mediterranean anthropology but also the broader assumption that anthropology is about studying general topics in particular places. 30 00 What does it mean to ‘locate’ the study of location in the Mediterranean? Would studying location somewhere other than the Mediterranean make location itself look different? Conversely – this is the same question, inside out – is there something distinctively Mediterranean about the topic of location? This afterword considers the way in which the volume contributes to rethinking not just Mediterranean anthropology but also the broader assumption that anthropology is about studying general topics in particular places. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20220706 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690769 03 9789523690769 06 15 9789523690776 03 9789523690776 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20220706 01 urn:uuid:ef270df9-fc6f-49c1-8383-df90958b3b20 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:47449538-8b6a-413d-a79c-de0f7e4a4c72 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ef270df9-fc6f-49c1-8383-df90958b3b20 15 9789523690912 03 9789523690912 06 10.33134/HUP-21 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Military Revolution and the Thirty Years War 1618–1648 Aspects of Institutional Change and Decline 1 A01 21 000000026453674X Olli Bäckström Olli Bäckström 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Olli Bäckström (PhD) holds the title of docent in General History at the University of Eastern Finland. His research focuses on early modern warfare and the Thirty Years War. 01 eng 00 313 03 B2 history B2 sociology 20 Thirty Years War; Military Revolution 01 06 02 00 This book investigates the Thirty Years War (1618–1648) in the context of the Military Revolution theory that connects military transformations with early modern state formation. Instead of focusing on technological and tactical developments this book examines change and decline in military institutions. This systemic approach offers a reappr 03 00 Military Revolution and the Thirty Years War 1618–1648</italic> investigates change and decline in military institutions during a period of protracted and destructive European warfare. Conceptual background is provided by the Military Revolution thesis, which argues that changes in military technology and tactics drove revolutionary transformation in the way states organised and waged war in the early modern era. This transformation of military institutions became evident during the long and destructive Thirty Years War in 1618–1648. The outcome of the Military Revolution was the centralised fiscal-military state that possessed a strong claim to the monopoly of violence within its territorial boundaries.The book examines how the Thirty Years War accelerated and even initiated transformation in four military institutions that defined land warfare: feudal cavalry services, militias, regular armies, and war commissariats. The regional scope of the investigation covers the Holy Roman Empire, France, Spain, Portugal, Sweden, Denmark, and the Dutch Republic. The book combines military-historical inquiry with ancillary sciences of sociology and economics. It argues that the Military Revolution of the Thirty Years War stimulated institutions capable of increased complexification and specialisation while curtailing those that were locked in stasis and immutability. The institutional legacy of the Thirty Years War was the emergence of complex military organisations that are characteristic to the modern society and its self-renewing social subsystems.Previous scholarship on the Military Revolution has concentrated on military technicalities and the wider process of early modern state formation. This book proposes an alternative way of viewing early modern military transformations from the perspectives of institutions and systems. System-analytical survey of change and decline in the military institutions of the Thirty Years War introduces qualifications to the Military Revolution theory and offers a novel way of conceptualising early modern military history.Olli Bäckström </bold>(PhD) holds the title of docent in General History at the University of Eastern Finland. His research focuses on early modern warfare and the Thirty Years War. 30 00 Military Revolution and the Thirty Years War 1618–1648</italic> investigates change and decline in military institutions during a period of protracted and destructive European warfare. Conceptual background is provided by the Military Revolution thesis, which argues that changes in military technology and tactics drove revolutionary transformation in the way states organised and waged war in the early modern era. This transformation of military institutions became evident during the long and destructive Thirty Years War in 1618–1648. The outcome of the Military Revolution was the centralised fiscal-military state that possessed a strong claim to the monopoly of violence within its territorial boundaries.The book examines how the Thirty Years War accelerated and even initiated transformation in four military institutions that defined land warfare: feudal cavalry services, militias, regular armies, and war commissariats. The regional scope of the investigation covers the Holy Roman Empire, France, Spain, Portugal, Sweden, Denmark, and the Dutch Republic. The book combines military-historical inquiry with ancillary sciences of sociology and economics. It argues that the Military Revolution of the Thirty Years War stimulated institutions capable of increased complexification and specialisation while curtailing those that were locked in stasis and immutability. The institutional legacy of the Thirty Years War was the emergence of complex military organisations that are characteristic to the modern society and its self-renewing social subsystems.Previous scholarship on the Military Revolution has concentrated on military technicalities and the wider process of early modern state formation. This book proposes an alternative way of viewing early modern military transformations from the perspectives of institutions and systems. System-analytical survey of change and decline in the military institutions of the Thirty Years War introduces qualifications to the Military Revolution theory and offers a novel way of conceptualising early modern military history.Olli Bäckström </bold>(PhD) holds the title of docent in General History at the University of Eastern Finland. His research focuses on early modern warfare and the Thirty Years War. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/19e1e320-6c78-4538-ad69-ccac83f05c42.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20231108 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690929 03 9789523690929 06 15 9789523690936 03 9789523690936 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690912 20 08 20231108 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690912 20 08 20231108 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690912 20 08 20231108 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690912 20 08 20231108 01 urn:uuid:ff719795-23f6-48fd-9082-399fca91a2b0 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:47449538-8b6a-413d-a79c-de0f7e4a4c72 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ff719795-23f6-48fd-9082-399fca91a2b0 15 9789523690929 03 9789523690929 06 10.33134/HUP-21 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Military Revolution and the Thirty Years War 1618–1648 Aspects of Institutional Change and Decline 1 A01 21 000000026453674X Olli Bäckström Olli Bäckström 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Olli Bäckström (PhD) holds the title of docent in General History at the University of Eastern Finland. His research focuses on early modern warfare and the Thirty Years War. 01 eng 00 313 03 B2 history B2 sociology 20 Thirty Years War; Military Revolution 01 06 02 00 This book investigates the Thirty Years War (1618–1648) in the context of the Military Revolution theory that connects military transformations with early modern state formation. Instead of focusing on technological and tactical developments this book examines change and decline in military institutions. This systemic approach offers a reappr 03 00 Military Revolution and the Thirty Years War 1618–1648</italic> investigates change and decline in military institutions during a period of protracted and destructive European warfare. Conceptual background is provided by the Military Revolution thesis, which argues that changes in military technology and tactics drove revolutionary transformation in the way states organised and waged war in the early modern era. This transformation of military institutions became evident during the long and destructive Thirty Years War in 1618–1648. The outcome of the Military Revolution was the centralised fiscal-military state that possessed a strong claim to the monopoly of violence within its territorial boundaries.The book examines how the Thirty Years War accelerated and even initiated transformation in four military institutions that defined land warfare: feudal cavalry services, militias, regular armies, and war commissariats. The regional scope of the investigation covers the Holy Roman Empire, France, Spain, Portugal, Sweden, Denmark, and the Dutch Republic. The book combines military-historical inquiry with ancillary sciences of sociology and economics. It argues that the Military Revolution of the Thirty Years War stimulated institutions capable of increased complexification and specialisation while curtailing those that were locked in stasis and immutability. The institutional legacy of the Thirty Years War was the emergence of complex military organisations that are characteristic to the modern society and its self-renewing social subsystems.Previous scholarship on the Military Revolution has concentrated on military technicalities and the wider process of early modern state formation. This book proposes an alternative way of viewing early modern military transformations from the perspectives of institutions and systems. System-analytical survey of change and decline in the military institutions of the Thirty Years War introduces qualifications to the Military Revolution theory and offers a novel way of conceptualising early modern military history.Olli Bäckström </bold>(PhD) holds the title of docent in General History at the University of Eastern Finland. His research focuses on early modern warfare and the Thirty Years War. 30 00 Military Revolution and the Thirty Years War 1618–1648</italic> investigates change and decline in military institutions during a period of protracted and destructive European warfare. Conceptual background is provided by the Military Revolution thesis, which argues that changes in military technology and tactics drove revolutionary transformation in the way states organised and waged war in the early modern era. This transformation of military institutions became evident during the long and destructive Thirty Years War in 1618–1648. The outcome of the Military Revolution was the centralised fiscal-military state that possessed a strong claim to the monopoly of violence within its territorial boundaries.The book examines how the Thirty Years War accelerated and even initiated transformation in four military institutions that defined land warfare: feudal cavalry services, militias, regular armies, and war commissariats. The regional scope of the investigation covers the Holy Roman Empire, France, Spain, Portugal, Sweden, Denmark, and the Dutch Republic. The book combines military-historical inquiry with ancillary sciences of sociology and economics. It argues that the Military Revolution of the Thirty Years War stimulated institutions capable of increased complexification and specialisation while curtailing those that were locked in stasis and immutability. The institutional legacy of the Thirty Years War was the emergence of complex military organisations that are characteristic to the modern society and its self-renewing social subsystems.Previous scholarship on the Military Revolution has concentrated on military technicalities and the wider process of early modern state formation. This book proposes an alternative way of viewing early modern military transformations from the perspectives of institutions and systems. System-analytical survey of change and decline in the military institutions of the Thirty Years War introduces qualifications to the Military Revolution theory and offers a novel way of conceptualising early modern military history.Olli Bäckström </bold>(PhD) holds the title of docent in General History at the University of Eastern Finland. His research focuses on early modern warfare and the Thirty Years War. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/19e1e320-6c78-4538-ad69-ccac83f05c42.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20231108 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690912 03 9789523690912 06 15 9789523690936 03 9789523690936 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20231108 01 urn:uuid:7311bd0a-39a4-423e-b926-2c70b66a9448 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:47449538-8b6a-413d-a79c-de0f7e4a4c72 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:7311bd0a-39a4-423e-b926-2c70b66a9448 15 9789523690936 03 9789523690936 06 10.33134/HUP-21 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Military Revolution and the Thirty Years War 1618–1648 Aspects of Institutional Change and Decline 1 A01 21 000000026453674X Olli Bäckström Olli Bäckström 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Olli Bäckström (PhD) holds the title of docent in General History at the University of Eastern Finland. His research focuses on early modern warfare and the Thirty Years War. 01 eng 00 313 03 B2 history B2 sociology 20 Thirty Years War; Military Revolution 01 06 02 00 This book investigates the Thirty Years War (1618–1648) in the context of the Military Revolution theory that connects military transformations with early modern state formation. Instead of focusing on technological and tactical developments this book examines change and decline in military institutions. This systemic approach offers a reappr 03 00 Military Revolution and the Thirty Years War 1618–1648</italic> investigates change and decline in military institutions during a period of protracted and destructive European warfare. Conceptual background is provided by the Military Revolution thesis, which argues that changes in military technology and tactics drove revolutionary transformation in the way states organised and waged war in the early modern era. This transformation of military institutions became evident during the long and destructive Thirty Years War in 1618–1648. The outcome of the Military Revolution was the centralised fiscal-military state that possessed a strong claim to the monopoly of violence within its territorial boundaries.The book examines how the Thirty Years War accelerated and even initiated transformation in four military institutions that defined land warfare: feudal cavalry services, militias, regular armies, and war commissariats. The regional scope of the investigation covers the Holy Roman Empire, France, Spain, Portugal, Sweden, Denmark, and the Dutch Republic. The book combines military-historical inquiry with ancillary sciences of sociology and economics. It argues that the Military Revolution of the Thirty Years War stimulated institutions capable of increased complexification and specialisation while curtailing those that were locked in stasis and immutability. The institutional legacy of the Thirty Years War was the emergence of complex military organisations that are characteristic to the modern society and its self-renewing social subsystems.Previous scholarship on the Military Revolution has concentrated on military technicalities and the wider process of early modern state formation. This book proposes an alternative way of viewing early modern military transformations from the perspectives of institutions and systems. System-analytical survey of change and decline in the military institutions of the Thirty Years War introduces qualifications to the Military Revolution theory and offers a novel way of conceptualising early modern military history.Olli Bäckström </bold>(PhD) holds the title of docent in General History at the University of Eastern Finland. His research focuses on early modern warfare and the Thirty Years War. 30 00 Military Revolution and the Thirty Years War 1618–1648</italic> investigates change and decline in military institutions during a period of protracted and destructive European warfare. Conceptual background is provided by the Military Revolution thesis, which argues that changes in military technology and tactics drove revolutionary transformation in the way states organised and waged war in the early modern era. This transformation of military institutions became evident during the long and destructive Thirty Years War in 1618–1648. The outcome of the Military Revolution was the centralised fiscal-military state that possessed a strong claim to the monopoly of violence within its territorial boundaries.The book examines how the Thirty Years War accelerated and even initiated transformation in four military institutions that defined land warfare: feudal cavalry services, militias, regular armies, and war commissariats. The regional scope of the investigation covers the Holy Roman Empire, France, Spain, Portugal, Sweden, Denmark, and the Dutch Republic. The book combines military-historical inquiry with ancillary sciences of sociology and economics. It argues that the Military Revolution of the Thirty Years War stimulated institutions capable of increased complexification and specialisation while curtailing those that were locked in stasis and immutability. The institutional legacy of the Thirty Years War was the emergence of complex military organisations that are characteristic to the modern society and its self-renewing social subsystems.Previous scholarship on the Military Revolution has concentrated on military technicalities and the wider process of early modern state formation. This book proposes an alternative way of viewing early modern military transformations from the perspectives of institutions and systems. System-analytical survey of change and decline in the military institutions of the Thirty Years War introduces qualifications to the Military Revolution theory and offers a novel way of conceptualising early modern military history.Olli Bäckström </bold>(PhD) holds the title of docent in General History at the University of Eastern Finland. His research focuses on early modern warfare and the Thirty Years War. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/19e1e320-6c78-4538-ad69-ccac83f05c42.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20231108 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690912 03 9789523690912 06 15 9789523690929 03 9789523690929 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20231108 01 urn:uuid:11776968-6819-481c-91ad-0e3f9c0e2b36 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e37b2d10-957c-4bc2-b5d3-75fce0a6ae34 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:11776968-6819-481c-91ad-0e3f9c0e2b36 15 9789523690547 03 9789523690547 06 10.33134/HUP-13 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Modern Folk Devils Contemporary Constructions of Evil 1 B01 21 0000000280322899 Martin Demant Frederiksen Martin Frederiksen Department of Anthropology 40 01aj84f44 Aarhus University Martin Demant Frederiksen is Associate Professor of Anthropology at the Department of Culture and Society, Aarhus University. He works in the interface of anthropology and contemporary archaeology, and his current research focuses on emptiness, temporality and coastal infrastructures in Croatia and Denmark, and on subcultures and urbanization in Georgia. He is author of the monographs Young Men, Time, and Boredom in the Republic of Georgia (2011), Georgian Portraits: Essays on the Afterlives of a Revolution (with Katrine B. Gotfredsen, 2017) and An Anthropology of Nothing in Particular (2018). 2 B01 Ida Harboe Knudsen Ida Harboe Knudsen Department of Social Sciences 40 04y7eh037 Vytautas Magnus University Ida Harboe Knudsen is a social anthropologist, who received her PhD from the Max Planck Institute for Social Anthropology in Halle/Saale Germany. Her PhD focused on rural development in Lithuania after the EU-membership and was later published as a book with Anthem Press in 2012: New Lithuania in Old Hands. Following she has been involved in two postdoc projects, one financed by the Danish Research Council on informal working strategies in Lithuania and one financed by the Scandinavian Research Council for Criminology on Lithuanian inmates in Danish prison facilities. 01 eng 00 294 03 B2 Sociology B2 Ethnology B2 Social anthropology B2 Political science B2 Criminology 20 Otherness; Folk devils; Moral panic; Stigmatization; Exclusion; Public fear 01 06 02 00 The devilish has long been integral to myths, legends, and folklore, firmly located in the relationships between good and evil, and selves and others. But how are ideas of evil constructed in current times and framed by contemporary social discourses? Modern Folk Devils</italic> builds on and works with Stanley Cohen’s theory on folk devil 03 00 The devilish has long been integral to myths, legends, and folklore, firmly located in the relationships between good and evil, and selves and others. But how are ideas of evil constructed in current times and framed by contemporary social discourses? Modern Folk Devils</italic> builds on and works with Stanley Cohen’s theory on folk devils and moral panics to discuss the constructions of evil. The authors present an array of case-studies that illustrate how the notion of folk devils nowadays comes into play and animates ideas of otherness and evil throughout the world. Examining current fears and perceived threats, this volume investigates and analyzes how and why these devils are constructed. The chapters discuss how the devilish may take on many different forms: sometimes they exist only as a potential threat, other times they are a single individual or phenomenon or a visible group, such as refugees, technocrats, Roma, hipsters, LGBT groups, and rightwing politicians. Folk devils themselves are also given a voice to offer an essential complementary perspective on how panics become exaggerated, facts distorted, and problems acutely angled.Bringing together researchers from anthropology, sociology, political studies, ethnology, and criminology, the contributions examine cases from across the world spanning from Europe to Asia and Oceania.Martin Demant Frederiksen</bold> is an Associate Professor of Anthropology at the Department of Culture and Society, Aarhus University. He works in the interface of anthropology and contemporary archaeology, focusing on emptiness, temporality and coastal infrastructures in Croatia and Denmark, and on subcultures and urbanization in Georgia.Ida Harboe Knudsen</bold> is a social anthropologist, who received her PhD from the Max Planck Institute for Social Anthropology in Halle/Saale Germany. Her research is focused on rural development in Lithuania after the EU-membership and on Lithuanian inmates in Danish prison facilities. 30 00 The devilish has long been integral to myths, legends, and folklore, firmly located in the relationships between good and evil, and selves and others. But how are ideas of evil constructed in current times and framed by contemporary social discourses? Modern Folk Devils</italic> builds on and works with Stanley Cohen’s theory on folk devils and moral panics to discuss the constructions of evil. The authors present an array of case-studies that illustrate how the notion of folk devils nowadays comes into play and animates ideas of otherness and evil throughout the world. Examining current fears and perceived threats, this volume investigates and analyzes how and why these devils are constructed. The chapters discuss how the devilish may take on many different forms: sometimes they exist only as a potential threat, other times they are a single individual or phenomenon or a visible group, such as refugees, technocrats, Roma, hipsters, LGBT groups, and rightwing politicians. Folk devils themselves are also given a voice to offer an essential complementary perspective on how panics become exaggerated, facts distorted, and problems acutely angled.Bringing together researchers from anthropology, sociology, political studies, ethnology, and criminology, the contributions examine cases from across the world spanning from Europe to Asia and Oceania.Martin Demant Frederiksen</bold> is an Associate Professor of Anthropology at the Department of Culture and Society, Aarhus University. He works in the interface of anthropology and contemporary archaeology, focusing on emptiness, temporality and coastal infrastructures in Croatia and Denmark, and on subcultures and urbanization in Georgia.Ida Harboe Knudsen</bold> is a social anthropologist, who received her PhD from the Max Planck Institute for Social Anthropology in Halle/Saale Germany. Her research is focused on rural development in Lithuania after the EU-membership and on Lithuanian inmates in Danish prison facilities. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/a3413131-4455-45c6-bac7-3d8b1e00796c.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction: Folk Devils Past and Present 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Folk Devils and the Hipster Figure: On Classification Struggles, Social Types and Figures in Moral Panic Research 1 A01 Elias le Grand Elias le Grand Department of Child and Youth Studies 40 05f0yaq80 Stockholm University Elias le Grand holds a PhD in Sociology from Stockholm University and works as a Senior Lecturer in the Department of Child and Youth Studies at Stockholm University. His research interests lie in the areas of identity formation, socio-spatial divisions, consumer culture, youth and generation. Current work explores the significance of social figures and public representations in classification struggles. 03 00 This chapter draws on a case study of contested societal reactions to the middle-class hipster figure and gentrification in contemporary London. The analysis shows how public reactions involve forms of class politics and classificatory struggles over the moral meaning gentrification processes and the role of the hipster figure in the latter. Through this, the chapter discusses how the folk devil can be conceptualized as a social type by drawing on Bourdieu’s research on classification. 30 00 This chapter draws on a case study of contested societal reactions to the middle-class hipster figure and gentrification in contemporary London. The analysis shows how public reactions involve forms of class politics and classificatory struggles over the moral meaning gentrification processes and the role of the hipster figure in the latter. Through this, the chapter discusses how the folk devil can be conceptualized as a social type by drawing on Bourdieu’s research on classification. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Sorcerer as Folk Devil in Contemporary Melanesia 1 A01 Tom Bratrud Tom Bratrud Department of Social Anthropology 40 01xtthb56 University of Oslo Tom Bratrud is Postdoctoral fellow at the Department of Social Anthropology, University of Oslo. He received his Ph.D from the same institution in 2018. Before re-joining the University of Oslo he was associate professor at the University of South-Eastern Norway. Bratrud has worked with Vanuatu in the South Pacific since 2010 and has recently started doing ethnographic research in rural Norway. His monograph Fire on the Island: Fear, Hope and a Christian Revival in Vanuatu will be published by Berghahn Books in 2022. 03 00 This chapter ethnographically explores a Christian revival movement in Vanuatu led by children. Examining events surrounding the hanging of two adults accused of sorcery, the text challenges the assumption that moral panics are only created with the assistance of mass media. Instead, the chapter shows that they also arise in contexts where gossip, dreams and visions play a similar role in both defining social problems and moral panic. 30 00 This chapter ethnographically explores a Christian revival movement in Vanuatu led by children. Examining events surrounding the hanging of two adults accused of sorcery, the text challenges the assumption that moral panics are only created with the assistance of mass media. Instead, the chapter shows that they also arise in contexts where gossip, dreams and visions play a similar role in both defining social problems and moral panic. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Human Devils: Affects and Spectres of Alterity in Eerie Cities of Georgia 1 A01 Tamta Khalvashi Tamta Khalvashi School of Arts and Sciences Ilia State University Georgia Tamta Khalvashi is Professor of Anthropology at the Ilia State University, Georgia. She received her doctorate from Copenhagen University and worked as Fulbright Scholar at New York University. Her research explores the issues of infrastructural breakdown and repair, and intersection between film, fiction and ethnography. She is currently working on a multimedia research project entitled The Jarti (scrap metal) Hunters and co-editing the book A Sea of Transience: Politics, Poetics and Aesthetics Along the Black Sea Coast. 2 A01 Paul Manning Paul Manning Department of Anthropology 40 03ygmq230 Trent University Paul Manning is a Professor of Anthropology at Trent University in Canada. He is the author of three books (Strangers in a Strange Land, Academic Studies press, 2012; Semiotics of Drinks and Drinking Continuum/Bloomsbury, 2012; and Love Stories, University of Toronto Press, 2015). In addition to guest-editing or co-editing 3 volumes for Language & Communication and co-editing one for Ethnos, he is past co-editor of the Journal of Linguistic Anthropology (2007-2010) and current editor of Semiotic Review (2012-present). His research interests involve linguistic and semiotic anthropology of Wales, Georgia, and historical anthropology of the 19th century in Wales, Georgia and elsewhere, as well as North American ghosts and Spiritualism. 03 00 This chapter focuses on traditional folk devils in the form of goblins and spectres in cities of the Republic of Georgia. The goblins and spectres are traditional figures of local folklore that have not disappeared with modernity but rather re-emerged through new anxieties and moral conditions. Moreover, while devilry is often perceived as humans taking on non-human (or devilish) characteristics, the chapter presents a case where the opposite is actually at stake, namely where non-human entities such as goblins take on human characteristics. In describing this, the authors add a fascination aspect to how folk devilry and panic or anxiety may intertwine. 30 00 This chapter focuses on traditional folk devils in the form of goblins and spectres in cities of the Republic of Georgia. The goblins and spectres are traditional figures of local folklore that have not disappeared with modernity but rather re-emerged through new anxieties and moral conditions. Moreover, while devilry is often perceived as humans taking on non-human (or devilish) characteristics, the chapter presents a case where the opposite is actually at stake, namely where non-human entities such as goblins take on human characteristics. In describing this, the authors add a fascination aspect to how folk devilry and panic or anxiety may intertwine. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Sugar Devil: Demonizing the Taste of Sweetness in Denmark 1 A01 Susanne Højlund Susanne Højlund Department of Anthropology University of Aarhus Susanne Højlund is associate professor at Department of Anthropology, Aarhus University. She has done research centred around questions of welfare and wellbeing of children in Denmark with different projects: The meaning of home and hominess at children’s homes; marginalised youth and future; the anthropology of food and taste (including fieldwork in Cuba – published in the book Sugar and Modernity in Latin America, 2014). Since 2014 she has been partner in the national project Taste for Life (Smag for Livet), where she does research on children, youth and taste. Co-edited Making Taste Public, Bloomsbury 2017, with prof. Carole Counihan. 03 00 This chapter focuses on how a food item, namely sugar, suddenly emerged as devilish in Danish children’s institutions. How, the article asks, has it become possible within a relative short number of years to change the perceptions of sugar and agree on it as a dangerous foodstuff to an extent that there are written rules for its use for nearly all children in Denmark? The folk devil here is someone, or something, that has always been there but which suddenly (re)emerges as particularly evil. 30 00 This chapter focuses on how a food item, namely sugar, suddenly emerged as devilish in Danish children’s institutions. How, the article asks, has it become possible within a relative short number of years to change the perceptions of sugar and agree on it as a dangerous foodstuff to an extent that there are written rules for its use for nearly all children in Denmark? The folk devil here is someone, or something, that has always been there but which suddenly (re)emerges as particularly evil. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 A Fish Rots from the Head: How Powerful Moral Entrepreneurs Manufacture Folk Devils 1 A01 Matt Clement Matt Clement Department of Applied Social Sciences, Forensics and Politics 40 03fmjzx88 University of Winchester Matt Clement lectures Criminology at the University of Winchester. He is a socialist and anti-racist activist and author of 'A Peoples History of Riots, Protest and the Law: The sound of the crowd' (2016). He is currently editing a new collection, 'No Justice, No Police? Protest and the Politics of Social Change' . 03 00 Drawing mainly on examples from France and the United Kingdom, this chapter examines the actors and institutions that carry out particular forms of victimization through prejudice, and analyses the mechanism employed by state actors to create or even boost climates of fear. Through this, the text shows how it is often those labelling others as folk devils that in the end constitute the greatest threats to society. 30 00 Drawing mainly on examples from France and the United Kingdom, this chapter examines the actors and institutions that carry out particular forms of victimization through prejudice, and analyses the mechanism employed by state actors to create or even boost climates of fear. Through this, the text shows how it is often those labelling others as folk devils that in the end constitute the greatest threats to society. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Trump Plays the Devil – the Devil Plays Trump 1 A01 21 0000000305079398 Katharina F. Gallant Katharina Gallant Center for Developmental Research 40 041nas322 University of Bonn Dr. Katharina F. Gallant is a senior researcher at the Center for Development Research (ZEF) at the University of Bonn. Her doctoral dissertation in Historical Ethnology from the University of Frankfurt focused on the roles of Barack Obama in the USA and Evo Morales in Bolivia as "bridges of interculturality" and the broader meaning of their election as head of state to the national narrative. In addition to her PhD, she holds a MSc and a BSc in Psychology from the University of Hagen, and a MA in North American Regional Studies from the University of Bonn. In her work and research she focuses on cultural identity, ethnicity, and interculturality in various geographic contexts. Katharina is a member of the Transdisciplinary Research Area “Innovation and Technology for Sustainable Futures” of the University of Bonn as well as of Societas Ethica - the European Society for Research in Ethics, and a founding member of DiscourseNet - the International Association for Discourse Studies. 03 00 The presidency of Donald Trump is a core example of the role of sensationalism in politics. Trump has accused political opponents of both devilry and moral degradation, but such accusations have gone both ways. In her examination of German media coverage of Trump, Katharina Gallant shows how Trump has been portrayed as politically and morally inadequate. Bringing together Cohen’s traditional framework with Paul Joosse’s work on charismatic leadership, this chapter illuminates how Trump has emerged as a devil figure for the left wing in Europe, while similarly being someone that the European left-wingers have had few options for dealing with. 30 00 The presidency of Donald Trump is a core example of the role of sensationalism in politics. Trump has accused political opponents of both devilry and moral degradation, but such accusations have gone both ways. In her examination of German media coverage of Trump, Katharina Gallant shows how Trump has been portrayed as politically and morally inadequate. Bringing together Cohen’s traditional framework with Paul Joosse’s work on charismatic leadership, this chapter illuminates how Trump has emerged as a devil figure for the left wing in Europe, while similarly being someone that the European left-wingers have had few options for dealing with. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 ‘Gender Activists Will Kidnap Your Kids’: The Construction of Feminist and LGBT+ Rights Activists as Modern Folk Devils in Czech Anti-Gender Campaigns 1 A01 Eva Svatoňová Eva Svatoňová School of Culture and Society University of Aarhus Eva Svatoňová is a PhD Candidate at the School of Culture and Society at University of Aarhus Denmark. She received her master`s degrees from the Charles University in Prague and Aarhus University. In her doctoral research she investigates the discourses of anti-gender campaigns in Czechia and Slovakia. In her work she focuses on the articulation of discourses and their travelling as well as conducts life-history interviews with activists involved in the campaigning against “gender ideology“. 03 00 This chapter examines how internet forums such as Facebook can be used in creating and spreading misleading stories and stimulating fear and panic. With the example of the Czech society, the author analyses various web forums that are based on anti-LGBT rights and anti-feminist ideologies, promoting these as threats to nuclear families and traditional gender norms. The text shows the paradoxical portrayal of LGBT activists as, on the one hand, freaks living on the fringe of society, not much more than a laughing stock, and, on the other hand, as a threat with the potential power to destroy traditional values in Czech society. 30 00 This chapter examines how internet forums such as Facebook can be used in creating and spreading misleading stories and stimulating fear and panic. With the example of the Czech society, the author analyses various web forums that are based on anti-LGBT rights and anti-feminist ideologies, promoting these as threats to nuclear families and traditional gender norms. The text shows the paradoxical portrayal of LGBT activists as, on the one hand, freaks living on the fringe of society, not much more than a laughing stock, and, on the other hand, as a threat with the potential power to destroy traditional values in Czech society. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 From Folk Devils to Modern State Devils: The Securitization and Racial Policing of the Roma in Italy 1 A01 21 0000000161932248 Ana Ivasiuc Ana Ivasiuc Zentrum für Konfliktforschung Marburg University Ana Ivasiuc is a social anthropologist working on urban insecurity, social and racial inequalities (with a focus on Roma), policing, and the far-right in Europe. In her postdoctoral research at the Collaborative Research Center ‘Dynamics of Security: Forms of Securitization in Historical Perspective’ (SFB/TRR 138), funded by the German Research Foundation, she carried out an ethnography of formal and informal policing of the Roma in the peripheries of Rome. She is currently affiliated with the Center for Conflict Studies at the Philipps University Marburg, Germany, where she researches informal policing in Germany and The Netherlands, with funding from the Gerda Henkel Foundation’s Special Program ‘Security, Society, State’. She has published extensively in peer-reviewed international journals and has co-edited two volumes (Roma Activism: Reimagining Power and Knowledge, with Sam Beck, 2018, Berghahn Books, and The Securitization of the Roma in Europe, with Huub van Baar and Regina Kreide, 2019, Palgrave Macmillan). 03 00 This chapter follows the anti-Roma laws in Italy, where the government has moved away from inclusion policies for the Roma to downright ethnic repression, policing and surveillance. Despite the fact that the majority of Roma are no longer nomadic, the public still associate them with nomadism and use their non-nomadic lifestyle as a weapon against them, by monitoring the Roma camps and creating special laws that secure the continuous repression of the Roma. Thus, while their status as outsiders and nomads previously made the Roma devilish figures and imagined as travelling and stealing “Gypsies”, it is now their lack of nomadism that is seen as a threat, as the Roma have now settled in society. 30 00 This chapter follows the anti-Roma laws in Italy, where the government has moved away from inclusion policies for the Roma to downright ethnic repression, policing and surveillance. Despite the fact that the majority of Roma are no longer nomadic, the public still associate them with nomadism and use their non-nomadic lifestyle as a weapon against them, by monitoring the Roma camps and creating special laws that secure the continuous repression of the Roma. Thus, while their status as outsiders and nomads previously made the Roma devilish figures and imagined as travelling and stealing “Gypsies”, it is now their lack of nomadism that is seen as a threat, as the Roma have now settled in society. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 ‘Inadaptable Gypsies’ and ‘Dangerous Antiziganists’: Struggling and Mirroring Folk Devils 1 A01 21 0000000198413767 Ondřej Slačálek Ondřej Slačálek Department of Political Science 40 024d6js02 Charles University Ondřej Slačálek is Assistant Professor at the Department of Political Science, Charles University, Prague. He works on East European politics, nationalist discourses and social movements from various analytical perspectives. Besides articles in scholarly journals (Patterns of Prejudice, Slavic Review, Intersections), he is a regular collaborator of Czech bi-weekly A2 and webzine A2larm.cz. 03 00 Based on a study of anti-Roma mobilizations in the Czech Republic, this chapter examines how the image of the Roma as a folk devil exhibits not only stigmatizing characteristics but also complicated relationships in terms of tension and expectations between the ‘decent and productive majority’ and the ‘inadaptable minority’. Through this, the article states that given that decency means complying with norms defined by the behaviour of the majority, the minority is at the very least an object of suspicion from the start. 30 00 Based on a study of anti-Roma mobilizations in the Czech Republic, this chapter examines how the image of the Roma as a folk devil exhibits not only stigmatizing characteristics but also complicated relationships in terms of tension and expectations between the ‘decent and productive majority’ and the ‘inadaptable minority’. Through this, the article states that given that decency means complying with norms defined by the behaviour of the majority, the minority is at the very least an object of suspicion from the start. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Who’s to Blame for Asylum ‘Moral Panics’? Asylum Seekers’ Perspectives on UK Policymaking, News Reporting, and Preferences of Identity Construction 1 A01 Amadu Khan Amadu Khan 40 037wqvd92 Royal Conservatoire of Scotland Amadu Wurie Khan is an independent scholar and consultant in the fields of forced migration, citizenship, international development, and media, culture and arts. He received his doctorate degree from the School of Social and Political Sciences in The University of Edinburgh where he researched the relationship between refugees' citizenship formations and the UK news media. He is currently the Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Officer at The Royal Conservatoire of Scotland. As an international development consultant, Amadu provides strategic guidance on citizenship, human rights, equality, and environmental and social justice to governments, civil society, international development organisations and grassroots communities. 03 00 This chapter critically reviews policies and news reporting in the United Kingdom claiming that they create, circulate and sustain a labelling of asylum seekers as folk devils. Drawing on interviews with asylum seekers on their preferred forms of representation, the author argues that, while the news media is mainly blamed for moral panics and representations of asylum seekers as folk devils, policymaking is equally complicit in the current demonization of asylum seekers in the UK. 30 00 This chapter critically reviews policies and news reporting in the United Kingdom claiming that they create, circulate and sustain a labelling of asylum seekers as folk devils. Drawing on interviews with asylum seekers on their preferred forms of representation, the author argues that, while the news media is mainly blamed for moral panics and representations of asylum seekers as folk devils, policymaking is equally complicit in the current demonization of asylum seekers in the UK. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-12 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 ‘Eastern Criminals’ and Moral Panic: On Lithuanian Offenders in Danish Prison Facilities 1 A01 Ida Harboe Knudsen Ida Harboe Knudsen Department of Social Sciences 40 04y7eh037 Vytautas Magnus University Ida Harboe Knudsen is a social anthropologist, who received her PhD from the Max Planck Institute for Social Anthropology in Halle/Saale Germany. Her PhD focused on rural development in Lithuania after the EU-membership and was later published as a book with Anthem Press in 20212: New Lithuania in Old Hands. Following she has been involved in two postdoc projects, one financed by the Danish Research Council on informal working strategies in Lithuania and one financed by the Scandinavian Research Council for Criminology on Lithuanian inmates in Danish prison facilities. 03 00 This chapter analyses an increased number of arrests made on young Lithuanian burglars in Denmark. Following the newspaper hype and political reactions to the burglaries, a distorted picture of the ‘devils’ is produced, letting the public believe that the Lithuanian lawbreakers are particularly inhumane, ruthless and violent. Despite the police reporting that they never have had any violent incidents with Lithuanians, the public image prevails. This negative image ends up affecting their treatment and their rights in Danish detention centres, as prison guards act in accordance with the image, rather than in accordance with their own experience. This makes Lithuanians a particularly vulnerable group of inmates in Denmark. 30 00 This chapter analyses an increased number of arrests made on young Lithuanian burglars in Denmark. Following the newspaper hype and political reactions to the burglaries, a distorted picture of the ‘devils’ is produced, letting the public believe that the Lithuanian lawbreakers are particularly inhumane, ruthless and violent. Despite the police reporting that they never have had any violent incidents with Lithuanians, the public image prevails. This negative image ends up affecting their treatment and their rights in Danish detention centres, as prison guards act in accordance with the image, rather than in accordance with their own experience. This makes Lithuanians a particularly vulnerable group of inmates in Denmark. 20 00 Open Access 13 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-13 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 When Cryptotype Meets the Imaginary: ‘Adultery’ in a Sri Lankan Village 1 A01 Victor C. de Munck Victor de Munck Asian and Transcultural Studies 40 03nadee84 Vilnius University Victor de Munck is a cultural and cognitive anthropologist. He is a professor at Vilnius University, in the Asian and Transcultural Studies Institute. He has recently published articles in Current anthropology and JRAI on theories of culture and on Sufism and cognition, respectively. He has a book titled "Romantic Love in America" (2019, Lexington). His current research (supported by the Lithuanian Research Council) is on new forms of intimacy as they affect conceptions of self and decisions regarding, marriage and having children. He has published eleven monographs (some co-authored) and over 50 refereed articles. Most of his field research has been conducted in Sri Lanka, but more recently he has been working in Eastern Europe where he is fascinated with the Albanian-Macedonian socio-cultural interface as well as how cultural models theory can describe and explain changes in love relations in Lithuania. 03 00 This chapter presents an empirical case of a young Sri Lankan woman who is ostracized from her local community for being an adulteress, despite no one in the community having any real proof of this being the case. The article engages with the preceding chapters of this volume in order to find comparative connections to both understand this case and to situate it in the contexts of the symbolic roles folk devils may play in a society. 30 00 This chapter presents an empirical case of a young Sri Lankan woman who is ostracized from her local community for being an adulteress, despite no one in the community having any real proof of this being the case. The article engages with the preceding chapters of this volume in order to find comparative connections to both understand this case and to situate it in the contexts of the symbolic roles folk devils may play in a society. 20 00 Open Access 14 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-14 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Afterword. Folk Devils: From Youthful Innocence to Conceptual Maturity 1 A01 Paul Joosse Paul Joosse Department of Sociology 40 02zhqgq86 University of Hong Kong Paul Joosse is Associate Professor of Sociology in the Department of Sociology at the University of Hong Kong. He works at the intersection of sociological and criminological theory. Recent articles of his include “Countering Trump: Toward a Theory of Charismatic Counter-roles” (2018) which received the International Sociological Association's Junior Theorist Award; “Max Weber’s Disciples: Theorizing the Charismatic Aristocracy” (2017) which won the ASA Culture Section's Clifford Geertz Prize; and “Expanding Moral Panic Theory to Include the Agency of Charismatic Entrepreneurs” (2018) which won the Society for the Study of Social Problems Outstanding Theory Article Award. 03 00 This afterword focuses specifically to Stanley Cohen and considers how questions of contextualization and historicity can be productively added to Cohen’s original framework, as shown by the chapters of this volume. 30 00 This afterword focuses specifically to Stanley Cohen and considers how questions of contextualization and historicity can be productively added to Cohen’s original framework, as shown by the chapters of this volume. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20211213 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690554 03 9789523690554 06 15 9789523690561 03 9789523690561 06 15 9789523690578 03 9789523690578 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690547 20 08 20211213 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690547 20 08 20211213 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690547 20 08 20211213 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690547 20 08 20211213 01 urn:uuid:e11f1152-5849-45c2-a214-162c319c8dc1 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e37b2d10-957c-4bc2-b5d3-75fce0a6ae34 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e11f1152-5849-45c2-a214-162c319c8dc1 15 9789523690554 03 9789523690554 06 10.33134/HUP-13 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Modern Folk Devils Contemporary Constructions of Evil 1 B01 21 0000000280322899 Martin Demant Frederiksen Martin Frederiksen Department of Anthropology 40 01aj84f44 Aarhus University Martin Demant Frederiksen is Associate Professor of Anthropology at the Department of Culture and Society, Aarhus University. He works in the interface of anthropology and contemporary archaeology, and his current research focuses on emptiness, temporality and coastal infrastructures in Croatia and Denmark, and on subcultures and urbanization in Georgia. He is author of the monographs Young Men, Time, and Boredom in the Republic of Georgia (2011), Georgian Portraits: Essays on the Afterlives of a Revolution (with Katrine B. Gotfredsen, 2017) and An Anthropology of Nothing in Particular (2018). 2 B01 Ida Harboe Knudsen Ida Harboe Knudsen Department of Social Sciences 40 04y7eh037 Vytautas Magnus University Ida Harboe Knudsen is a social anthropologist, who received her PhD from the Max Planck Institute for Social Anthropology in Halle/Saale Germany. Her PhD focused on rural development in Lithuania after the EU-membership and was later published as a book with Anthem Press in 2012: New Lithuania in Old Hands. Following she has been involved in two postdoc projects, one financed by the Danish Research Council on informal working strategies in Lithuania and one financed by the Scandinavian Research Council for Criminology on Lithuanian inmates in Danish prison facilities. 01 eng 00 294 03 B2 Sociology B2 Ethnology B2 Social anthropology B2 Political science B2 Criminology 20 Otherness; Folk devils; Moral panic; Stigmatization; Exclusion; Public fear 01 06 02 00 The devilish has long been integral to myths, legends, and folklore, firmly located in the relationships between good and evil, and selves and others. But how are ideas of evil constructed in current times and framed by contemporary social discourses? Modern Folk Devils</italic> builds on and works with Stanley Cohen’s theory on folk devil 03 00 The devilish has long been integral to myths, legends, and folklore, firmly located in the relationships between good and evil, and selves and others. But how are ideas of evil constructed in current times and framed by contemporary social discourses? Modern Folk Devils</italic> builds on and works with Stanley Cohen’s theory on folk devils and moral panics to discuss the constructions of evil. The authors present an array of case-studies that illustrate how the notion of folk devils nowadays comes into play and animates ideas of otherness and evil throughout the world. Examining current fears and perceived threats, this volume investigates and analyzes how and why these devils are constructed. The chapters discuss how the devilish may take on many different forms: sometimes they exist only as a potential threat, other times they are a single individual or phenomenon or a visible group, such as refugees, technocrats, Roma, hipsters, LGBT groups, and rightwing politicians. Folk devils themselves are also given a voice to offer an essential complementary perspective on how panics become exaggerated, facts distorted, and problems acutely angled.Bringing together researchers from anthropology, sociology, political studies, ethnology, and criminology, the contributions examine cases from across the world spanning from Europe to Asia and Oceania.Martin Demant Frederiksen</bold> is an Associate Professor of Anthropology at the Department of Culture and Society, Aarhus University. He works in the interface of anthropology and contemporary archaeology, focusing on emptiness, temporality and coastal infrastructures in Croatia and Denmark, and on subcultures and urbanization in Georgia.Ida Harboe Knudsen</bold> is a social anthropologist, who received her PhD from the Max Planck Institute for Social Anthropology in Halle/Saale Germany. Her research is focused on rural development in Lithuania after the EU-membership and on Lithuanian inmates in Danish prison facilities. 30 00 The devilish has long been integral to myths, legends, and folklore, firmly located in the relationships between good and evil, and selves and others. But how are ideas of evil constructed in current times and framed by contemporary social discourses? Modern Folk Devils</italic> builds on and works with Stanley Cohen’s theory on folk devils and moral panics to discuss the constructions of evil. The authors present an array of case-studies that illustrate how the notion of folk devils nowadays comes into play and animates ideas of otherness and evil throughout the world. Examining current fears and perceived threats, this volume investigates and analyzes how and why these devils are constructed. The chapters discuss how the devilish may take on many different forms: sometimes they exist only as a potential threat, other times they are a single individual or phenomenon or a visible group, such as refugees, technocrats, Roma, hipsters, LGBT groups, and rightwing politicians. Folk devils themselves are also given a voice to offer an essential complementary perspective on how panics become exaggerated, facts distorted, and problems acutely angled.Bringing together researchers from anthropology, sociology, political studies, ethnology, and criminology, the contributions examine cases from across the world spanning from Europe to Asia and Oceania.Martin Demant Frederiksen</bold> is an Associate Professor of Anthropology at the Department of Culture and Society, Aarhus University. He works in the interface of anthropology and contemporary archaeology, focusing on emptiness, temporality and coastal infrastructures in Croatia and Denmark, and on subcultures and urbanization in Georgia.Ida Harboe Knudsen</bold> is a social anthropologist, who received her PhD from the Max Planck Institute for Social Anthropology in Halle/Saale Germany. Her research is focused on rural development in Lithuania after the EU-membership and on Lithuanian inmates in Danish prison facilities. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/a3413131-4455-45c6-bac7-3d8b1e00796c.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction: Folk Devils Past and Present 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Folk Devils and the Hipster Figure: On Classification Struggles, Social Types and Figures in Moral Panic Research 1 A01 Elias le Grand Elias le Grand Department of Child and Youth Studies 40 05f0yaq80 Stockholm University Elias le Grand holds a PhD in Sociology from Stockholm University and works as a Senior Lecturer in the Department of Child and Youth Studies at Stockholm University. His research interests lie in the areas of identity formation, socio-spatial divisions, consumer culture, youth and generation. Current work explores the significance of social figures and public representations in classification struggles. 03 00 This chapter draws on a case study of contested societal reactions to the middle-class hipster figure and gentrification in contemporary London. The analysis shows how public reactions involve forms of class politics and classificatory struggles over the moral meaning gentrification processes and the role of the hipster figure in the latter. Through this, the chapter discusses how the folk devil can be conceptualized as a social type by drawing on Bourdieu’s research on classification. 30 00 This chapter draws on a case study of contested societal reactions to the middle-class hipster figure and gentrification in contemporary London. The analysis shows how public reactions involve forms of class politics and classificatory struggles over the moral meaning gentrification processes and the role of the hipster figure in the latter. Through this, the chapter discusses how the folk devil can be conceptualized as a social type by drawing on Bourdieu’s research on classification. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Sorcerer as Folk Devil in Contemporary Melanesia 1 A01 Tom Bratrud Tom Bratrud Department of Social Anthropology 40 01xtthb56 University of Oslo Tom Bratrud is Postdoctoral fellow at the Department of Social Anthropology, University of Oslo. He received his Ph.D from the same institution in 2018. Before re-joining the University of Oslo he was associate professor at the University of South-Eastern Norway. Bratrud has worked with Vanuatu in the South Pacific since 2010 and has recently started doing ethnographic research in rural Norway. His monograph Fire on the Island: Fear, Hope and a Christian Revival in Vanuatu will be published by Berghahn Books in 2022. 03 00 This chapter ethnographically explores a Christian revival movement in Vanuatu led by children. Examining events surrounding the hanging of two adults accused of sorcery, the text challenges the assumption that moral panics are only created with the assistance of mass media. Instead, the chapter shows that they also arise in contexts where gossip, dreams and visions play a similar role in both defining social problems and moral panic. 30 00 This chapter ethnographically explores a Christian revival movement in Vanuatu led by children. Examining events surrounding the hanging of two adults accused of sorcery, the text challenges the assumption that moral panics are only created with the assistance of mass media. Instead, the chapter shows that they also arise in contexts where gossip, dreams and visions play a similar role in both defining social problems and moral panic. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Human Devils: Affects and Spectres of Alterity in Eerie Cities of Georgia 1 A01 Tamta Khalvashi Tamta Khalvashi School of Arts and Sciences Ilia State University Georgia Tamta Khalvashi is Professor of Anthropology at the Ilia State University, Georgia. She received her doctorate from Copenhagen University and worked as Fulbright Scholar at New York University. Her research explores the issues of infrastructural breakdown and repair, and intersection between film, fiction and ethnography. She is currently working on a multimedia research project entitled The Jarti (scrap metal) Hunters and co-editing the book A Sea of Transience: Politics, Poetics and Aesthetics Along the Black Sea Coast. 2 A01 Paul Manning Paul Manning Department of Anthropology 40 03ygmq230 Trent University Paul Manning is a Professor of Anthropology at Trent University in Canada. He is the author of three books (Strangers in a Strange Land, Academic Studies press, 2012; Semiotics of Drinks and Drinking Continuum/Bloomsbury, 2012; and Love Stories, University of Toronto Press, 2015). In addition to guest-editing or co-editing 3 volumes for Language & Communication and co-editing one for Ethnos, he is past co-editor of the Journal of Linguistic Anthropology (2007-2010) and current editor of Semiotic Review (2012-present). His research interests involve linguistic and semiotic anthropology of Wales, Georgia, and historical anthropology of the 19th century in Wales, Georgia and elsewhere, as well as North American ghosts and Spiritualism. 03 00 This chapter focuses on traditional folk devils in the form of goblins and spectres in cities of the Republic of Georgia. The goblins and spectres are traditional figures of local folklore that have not disappeared with modernity but rather re-emerged through new anxieties and moral conditions. Moreover, while devilry is often perceived as humans taking on non-human (or devilish) characteristics, the chapter presents a case where the opposite is actually at stake, namely where non-human entities such as goblins take on human characteristics. In describing this, the authors add a fascination aspect to how folk devilry and panic or anxiety may intertwine. 30 00 This chapter focuses on traditional folk devils in the form of goblins and spectres in cities of the Republic of Georgia. The goblins and spectres are traditional figures of local folklore that have not disappeared with modernity but rather re-emerged through new anxieties and moral conditions. Moreover, while devilry is often perceived as humans taking on non-human (or devilish) characteristics, the chapter presents a case where the opposite is actually at stake, namely where non-human entities such as goblins take on human characteristics. In describing this, the authors add a fascination aspect to how folk devilry and panic or anxiety may intertwine. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Sugar Devil: Demonizing the Taste of Sweetness in Denmark 1 A01 Susanne Højlund Susanne Højlund Department of Anthropology University of Aarhus Susanne Højlund is associate professor at Department of Anthropology, Aarhus University. She has done research centred around questions of welfare and wellbeing of children in Denmark with different projects: The meaning of home and hominess at children’s homes; marginalised youth and future; the anthropology of food and taste (including fieldwork in Cuba – published in the book Sugar and Modernity in Latin America, 2014). Since 2014 she has been partner in the national project Taste for Life (Smag for Livet), where she does research on children, youth and taste. Co-edited Making Taste Public, Bloomsbury 2017, with prof. Carole Counihan. 03 00 This chapter focuses on how a food item, namely sugar, suddenly emerged as devilish in Danish children’s institutions. How, the article asks, has it become possible within a relative short number of years to change the perceptions of sugar and agree on it as a dangerous foodstuff to an extent that there are written rules for its use for nearly all children in Denmark? The folk devil here is someone, or something, that has always been there but which suddenly (re)emerges as particularly evil. 30 00 This chapter focuses on how a food item, namely sugar, suddenly emerged as devilish in Danish children’s institutions. How, the article asks, has it become possible within a relative short number of years to change the perceptions of sugar and agree on it as a dangerous foodstuff to an extent that there are written rules for its use for nearly all children in Denmark? The folk devil here is someone, or something, that has always been there but which suddenly (re)emerges as particularly evil. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 A Fish Rots from the Head: How Powerful Moral Entrepreneurs Manufacture Folk Devils 1 A01 Matt Clement Matt Clement Department of Applied Social Sciences, Forensics and Politics 40 03fmjzx88 University of Winchester Matt Clement lectures Criminology at the University of Winchester. He is a socialist and anti-racist activist and author of 'A Peoples History of Riots, Protest and the Law: The sound of the crowd' (2016). He is currently editing a new collection, 'No Justice, No Police? Protest and the Politics of Social Change' . 03 00 Drawing mainly on examples from France and the United Kingdom, this chapter examines the actors and institutions that carry out particular forms of victimization through prejudice, and analyses the mechanism employed by state actors to create or even boost climates of fear. Through this, the text shows how it is often those labelling others as folk devils that in the end constitute the greatest threats to society. 30 00 Drawing mainly on examples from France and the United Kingdom, this chapter examines the actors and institutions that carry out particular forms of victimization through prejudice, and analyses the mechanism employed by state actors to create or even boost climates of fear. Through this, the text shows how it is often those labelling others as folk devils that in the end constitute the greatest threats to society. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Trump Plays the Devil – the Devil Plays Trump 1 A01 21 0000000305079398 Katharina F. Gallant Katharina Gallant Center for Developmental Research 40 041nas322 University of Bonn Dr. Katharina F. Gallant is a senior researcher at the Center for Development Research (ZEF) at the University of Bonn. Her doctoral dissertation in Historical Ethnology from the University of Frankfurt focused on the roles of Barack Obama in the USA and Evo Morales in Bolivia as "bridges of interculturality" and the broader meaning of their election as head of state to the national narrative. In addition to her PhD, she holds a MSc and a BSc in Psychology from the University of Hagen, and a MA in North American Regional Studies from the University of Bonn. In her work and research she focuses on cultural identity, ethnicity, and interculturality in various geographic contexts. Katharina is a member of the Transdisciplinary Research Area “Innovation and Technology for Sustainable Futures” of the University of Bonn as well as of Societas Ethica - the European Society for Research in Ethics, and a founding member of DiscourseNet - the International Association for Discourse Studies. 03 00 The presidency of Donald Trump is a core example of the role of sensationalism in politics. Trump has accused political opponents of both devilry and moral degradation, but such accusations have gone both ways. In her examination of German media coverage of Trump, Katharina Gallant shows how Trump has been portrayed as politically and morally inadequate. Bringing together Cohen’s traditional framework with Paul Joosse’s work on charismatic leadership, this chapter illuminates how Trump has emerged as a devil figure for the left wing in Europe, while similarly being someone that the European left-wingers have had few options for dealing with. 30 00 The presidency of Donald Trump is a core example of the role of sensationalism in politics. Trump has accused political opponents of both devilry and moral degradation, but such accusations have gone both ways. In her examination of German media coverage of Trump, Katharina Gallant shows how Trump has been portrayed as politically and morally inadequate. Bringing together Cohen’s traditional framework with Paul Joosse’s work on charismatic leadership, this chapter illuminates how Trump has emerged as a devil figure for the left wing in Europe, while similarly being someone that the European left-wingers have had few options for dealing with. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 ‘Gender Activists Will Kidnap Your Kids’: The Construction of Feminist and LGBT+ Rights Activists as Modern Folk Devils in Czech Anti-Gender Campaigns 1 A01 Eva Svatoňová Eva Svatoňová School of Culture and Society University of Aarhus Eva Svatoňová is a PhD Candidate at the School of Culture and Society at University of Aarhus Denmark. She received her master`s degrees from the Charles University in Prague and Aarhus University. In her doctoral research she investigates the discourses of anti-gender campaigns in Czechia and Slovakia. In her work she focuses on the articulation of discourses and their travelling as well as conducts life-history interviews with activists involved in the campaigning against “gender ideology“. 03 00 This chapter examines how internet forums such as Facebook can be used in creating and spreading misleading stories and stimulating fear and panic. With the example of the Czech society, the author analyses various web forums that are based on anti-LGBT rights and anti-feminist ideologies, promoting these as threats to nuclear families and traditional gender norms. The text shows the paradoxical portrayal of LGBT activists as, on the one hand, freaks living on the fringe of society, not much more than a laughing stock, and, on the other hand, as a threat with the potential power to destroy traditional values in Czech society. 30 00 This chapter examines how internet forums such as Facebook can be used in creating and spreading misleading stories and stimulating fear and panic. With the example of the Czech society, the author analyses various web forums that are based on anti-LGBT rights and anti-feminist ideologies, promoting these as threats to nuclear families and traditional gender norms. The text shows the paradoxical portrayal of LGBT activists as, on the one hand, freaks living on the fringe of society, not much more than a laughing stock, and, on the other hand, as a threat with the potential power to destroy traditional values in Czech society. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 From Folk Devils to Modern State Devils: The Securitization and Racial Policing of the Roma in Italy 1 A01 21 0000000161932248 Ana Ivasiuc Ana Ivasiuc Zentrum für Konfliktforschung Marburg University Ana Ivasiuc is a social anthropologist working on urban insecurity, social and racial inequalities (with a focus on Roma), policing, and the far-right in Europe. In her postdoctoral research at the Collaborative Research Center ‘Dynamics of Security: Forms of Securitization in Historical Perspective’ (SFB/TRR 138), funded by the German Research Foundation, she carried out an ethnography of formal and informal policing of the Roma in the peripheries of Rome. She is currently affiliated with the Center for Conflict Studies at the Philipps University Marburg, Germany, where she researches informal policing in Germany and The Netherlands, with funding from the Gerda Henkel Foundation’s Special Program ‘Security, Society, State’. She has published extensively in peer-reviewed international journals and has co-edited two volumes (Roma Activism: Reimagining Power and Knowledge, with Sam Beck, 2018, Berghahn Books, and The Securitization of the Roma in Europe, with Huub van Baar and Regina Kreide, 2019, Palgrave Macmillan). 03 00 This chapter follows the anti-Roma laws in Italy, where the government has moved away from inclusion policies for the Roma to downright ethnic repression, policing and surveillance. Despite the fact that the majority of Roma are no longer nomadic, the public still associate them with nomadism and use their non-nomadic lifestyle as a weapon against them, by monitoring the Roma camps and creating special laws that secure the continuous repression of the Roma. Thus, while their status as outsiders and nomads previously made the Roma devilish figures and imagined as travelling and stealing “Gypsies”, it is now their lack of nomadism that is seen as a threat, as the Roma have now settled in society. 30 00 This chapter follows the anti-Roma laws in Italy, where the government has moved away from inclusion policies for the Roma to downright ethnic repression, policing and surveillance. Despite the fact that the majority of Roma are no longer nomadic, the public still associate them with nomadism and use their non-nomadic lifestyle as a weapon against them, by monitoring the Roma camps and creating special laws that secure the continuous repression of the Roma. Thus, while their status as outsiders and nomads previously made the Roma devilish figures and imagined as travelling and stealing “Gypsies”, it is now their lack of nomadism that is seen as a threat, as the Roma have now settled in society. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 ‘Inadaptable Gypsies’ and ‘Dangerous Antiziganists’: Struggling and Mirroring Folk Devils 1 A01 21 0000000198413767 Ondřej Slačálek Ondřej Slačálek Department of Political Science 40 024d6js02 Charles University Ondřej Slačálek is Assistant Professor at the Department of Political Science, Charles University, Prague. He works on East European politics, nationalist discourses and social movements from various analytical perspectives. Besides articles in scholarly journals (Patterns of Prejudice, Slavic Review, Intersections), he is a regular collaborator of Czech bi-weekly A2 and webzine A2larm.cz. 03 00 Based on a study of anti-Roma mobilizations in the Czech Republic, this chapter examines how the image of the Roma as a folk devil exhibits not only stigmatizing characteristics but also complicated relationships in terms of tension and expectations between the ‘decent and productive majority’ and the ‘inadaptable minority’. Through this, the article states that given that decency means complying with norms defined by the behaviour of the majority, the minority is at the very least an object of suspicion from the start. 30 00 Based on a study of anti-Roma mobilizations in the Czech Republic, this chapter examines how the image of the Roma as a folk devil exhibits not only stigmatizing characteristics but also complicated relationships in terms of tension and expectations between the ‘decent and productive majority’ and the ‘inadaptable minority’. Through this, the article states that given that decency means complying with norms defined by the behaviour of the majority, the minority is at the very least an object of suspicion from the start. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Who’s to Blame for Asylum ‘Moral Panics’? Asylum Seekers’ Perspectives on UK Policymaking, News Reporting, and Preferences of Identity Construction 1 A01 Amadu Khan Amadu Khan 40 037wqvd92 Royal Conservatoire of Scotland Amadu Wurie Khan is an independent scholar and consultant in the fields of forced migration, citizenship, international development, and media, culture and arts. He received his doctorate degree from the School of Social and Political Sciences in The University of Edinburgh where he researched the relationship between refugees' citizenship formations and the UK news media. He is currently the Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Officer at The Royal Conservatoire of Scotland. As an international development consultant, Amadu provides strategic guidance on citizenship, human rights, equality, and environmental and social justice to governments, civil society, international development organisations and grassroots communities. 03 00 This chapter critically reviews policies and news reporting in the United Kingdom claiming that they create, circulate and sustain a labelling of asylum seekers as folk devils. Drawing on interviews with asylum seekers on their preferred forms of representation, the author argues that, while the news media is mainly blamed for moral panics and representations of asylum seekers as folk devils, policymaking is equally complicit in the current demonization of asylum seekers in the UK. 30 00 This chapter critically reviews policies and news reporting in the United Kingdom claiming that they create, circulate and sustain a labelling of asylum seekers as folk devils. Drawing on interviews with asylum seekers on their preferred forms of representation, the author argues that, while the news media is mainly blamed for moral panics and representations of asylum seekers as folk devils, policymaking is equally complicit in the current demonization of asylum seekers in the UK. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-12 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 ‘Eastern Criminals’ and Moral Panic: On Lithuanian Offenders in Danish Prison Facilities 1 A01 Ida Harboe Knudsen Ida Harboe Knudsen Department of Social Sciences 40 04y7eh037 Vytautas Magnus University Ida Harboe Knudsen is a social anthropologist, who received her PhD from the Max Planck Institute for Social Anthropology in Halle/Saale Germany. Her PhD focused on rural development in Lithuania after the EU-membership and was later published as a book with Anthem Press in 20212: New Lithuania in Old Hands. Following she has been involved in two postdoc projects, one financed by the Danish Research Council on informal working strategies in Lithuania and one financed by the Scandinavian Research Council for Criminology on Lithuanian inmates in Danish prison facilities. 03 00 This chapter analyses an increased number of arrests made on young Lithuanian burglars in Denmark. Following the newspaper hype and political reactions to the burglaries, a distorted picture of the ‘devils’ is produced, letting the public believe that the Lithuanian lawbreakers are particularly inhumane, ruthless and violent. Despite the police reporting that they never have had any violent incidents with Lithuanians, the public image prevails. This negative image ends up affecting their treatment and their rights in Danish detention centres, as prison guards act in accordance with the image, rather than in accordance with their own experience. This makes Lithuanians a particularly vulnerable group of inmates in Denmark. 30 00 This chapter analyses an increased number of arrests made on young Lithuanian burglars in Denmark. Following the newspaper hype and political reactions to the burglaries, a distorted picture of the ‘devils’ is produced, letting the public believe that the Lithuanian lawbreakers are particularly inhumane, ruthless and violent. Despite the police reporting that they never have had any violent incidents with Lithuanians, the public image prevails. This negative image ends up affecting their treatment and their rights in Danish detention centres, as prison guards act in accordance with the image, rather than in accordance with their own experience. This makes Lithuanians a particularly vulnerable group of inmates in Denmark. 20 00 Open Access 13 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-13 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 When Cryptotype Meets the Imaginary: ‘Adultery’ in a Sri Lankan Village 1 A01 Victor C. de Munck Victor de Munck Asian and Transcultural Studies 40 03nadee84 Vilnius University Victor de Munck is a cultural and cognitive anthropologist. He is a professor at Vilnius University, in the Asian and Transcultural Studies Institute. He has recently published articles in Current anthropology and JRAI on theories of culture and on Sufism and cognition, respectively. He has a book titled "Romantic Love in America" (2019, Lexington). His current research (supported by the Lithuanian Research Council) is on new forms of intimacy as they affect conceptions of self and decisions regarding, marriage and having children. He has published eleven monographs (some co-authored) and over 50 refereed articles. Most of his field research has been conducted in Sri Lanka, but more recently he has been working in Eastern Europe where he is fascinated with the Albanian-Macedonian socio-cultural interface as well as how cultural models theory can describe and explain changes in love relations in Lithuania. 03 00 This chapter presents an empirical case of a young Sri Lankan woman who is ostracized from her local community for being an adulteress, despite no one in the community having any real proof of this being the case. The article engages with the preceding chapters of this volume in order to find comparative connections to both understand this case and to situate it in the contexts of the symbolic roles folk devils may play in a society. 30 00 This chapter presents an empirical case of a young Sri Lankan woman who is ostracized from her local community for being an adulteress, despite no one in the community having any real proof of this being the case. The article engages with the preceding chapters of this volume in order to find comparative connections to both understand this case and to situate it in the contexts of the symbolic roles folk devils may play in a society. 20 00 Open Access 14 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-14 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Afterword. Folk Devils: From Youthful Innocence to Conceptual Maturity 1 A01 Paul Joosse Paul Joosse Department of Sociology 40 02zhqgq86 University of Hong Kong Paul Joosse is Associate Professor of Sociology in the Department of Sociology at the University of Hong Kong. He works at the intersection of sociological and criminological theory. Recent articles of his include “Countering Trump: Toward a Theory of Charismatic Counter-roles” (2018) which received the International Sociological Association's Junior Theorist Award; “Max Weber’s Disciples: Theorizing the Charismatic Aristocracy” (2017) which won the ASA Culture Section's Clifford Geertz Prize; and “Expanding Moral Panic Theory to Include the Agency of Charismatic Entrepreneurs” (2018) which won the Society for the Study of Social Problems Outstanding Theory Article Award. 03 00 This afterword focuses specifically to Stanley Cohen and considers how questions of contextualization and historicity can be productively added to Cohen’s original framework, as shown by the chapters of this volume. 30 00 This afterword focuses specifically to Stanley Cohen and considers how questions of contextualization and historicity can be productively added to Cohen’s original framework, as shown by the chapters of this volume. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20211213 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690547 03 9789523690547 06 15 9789523690561 03 9789523690561 06 15 9789523690578 03 9789523690578 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20211213 01 urn:uuid:5e4e2794-6696-41ad-9e57-ed7745e57e44 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e37b2d10-957c-4bc2-b5d3-75fce0a6ae34 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:5e4e2794-6696-41ad-9e57-ed7745e57e44 15 9789523690561 03 9789523690561 06 10.33134/HUP-13 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Modern Folk Devils Contemporary Constructions of Evil 1 B01 21 0000000280322899 Martin Demant Frederiksen Martin Frederiksen Department of Anthropology 40 01aj84f44 Aarhus University Martin Demant Frederiksen is Associate Professor of Anthropology at the Department of Culture and Society, Aarhus University. He works in the interface of anthropology and contemporary archaeology, and his current research focuses on emptiness, temporality and coastal infrastructures in Croatia and Denmark, and on subcultures and urbanization in Georgia. He is author of the monographs Young Men, Time, and Boredom in the Republic of Georgia (2011), Georgian Portraits: Essays on the Afterlives of a Revolution (with Katrine B. Gotfredsen, 2017) and An Anthropology of Nothing in Particular (2018). 2 B01 Ida Harboe Knudsen Ida Harboe Knudsen Department of Social Sciences 40 04y7eh037 Vytautas Magnus University Ida Harboe Knudsen is a social anthropologist, who received her PhD from the Max Planck Institute for Social Anthropology in Halle/Saale Germany. Her PhD focused on rural development in Lithuania after the EU-membership and was later published as a book with Anthem Press in 2012: New Lithuania in Old Hands. Following she has been involved in two postdoc projects, one financed by the Danish Research Council on informal working strategies in Lithuania and one financed by the Scandinavian Research Council for Criminology on Lithuanian inmates in Danish prison facilities. 01 eng 00 294 03 B2 Sociology B2 Ethnology B2 Social anthropology B2 Political science B2 Criminology 20 Otherness; Folk devils; Moral panic; Stigmatization; Exclusion; Public fear 01 06 02 00 The devilish has long been integral to myths, legends, and folklore, firmly located in the relationships between good and evil, and selves and others. But how are ideas of evil constructed in current times and framed by contemporary social discourses? Modern Folk Devils</italic> builds on and works with Stanley Cohen’s theory on folk devil 03 00 The devilish has long been integral to myths, legends, and folklore, firmly located in the relationships between good and evil, and selves and others. But how are ideas of evil constructed in current times and framed by contemporary social discourses? Modern Folk Devils</italic> builds on and works with Stanley Cohen’s theory on folk devils and moral panics to discuss the constructions of evil. The authors present an array of case-studies that illustrate how the notion of folk devils nowadays comes into play and animates ideas of otherness and evil throughout the world. Examining current fears and perceived threats, this volume investigates and analyzes how and why these devils are constructed. The chapters discuss how the devilish may take on many different forms: sometimes they exist only as a potential threat, other times they are a single individual or phenomenon or a visible group, such as refugees, technocrats, Roma, hipsters, LGBT groups, and rightwing politicians. Folk devils themselves are also given a voice to offer an essential complementary perspective on how panics become exaggerated, facts distorted, and problems acutely angled.Bringing together researchers from anthropology, sociology, political studies, ethnology, and criminology, the contributions examine cases from across the world spanning from Europe to Asia and Oceania.Martin Demant Frederiksen</bold> is an Associate Professor of Anthropology at the Department of Culture and Society, Aarhus University. He works in the interface of anthropology and contemporary archaeology, focusing on emptiness, temporality and coastal infrastructures in Croatia and Denmark, and on subcultures and urbanization in Georgia.Ida Harboe Knudsen</bold> is a social anthropologist, who received her PhD from the Max Planck Institute for Social Anthropology in Halle/Saale Germany. Her research is focused on rural development in Lithuania after the EU-membership and on Lithuanian inmates in Danish prison facilities. 30 00 The devilish has long been integral to myths, legends, and folklore, firmly located in the relationships between good and evil, and selves and others. But how are ideas of evil constructed in current times and framed by contemporary social discourses? Modern Folk Devils</italic> builds on and works with Stanley Cohen’s theory on folk devils and moral panics to discuss the constructions of evil. The authors present an array of case-studies that illustrate how the notion of folk devils nowadays comes into play and animates ideas of otherness and evil throughout the world. Examining current fears and perceived threats, this volume investigates and analyzes how and why these devils are constructed. The chapters discuss how the devilish may take on many different forms: sometimes they exist only as a potential threat, other times they are a single individual or phenomenon or a visible group, such as refugees, technocrats, Roma, hipsters, LGBT groups, and rightwing politicians. Folk devils themselves are also given a voice to offer an essential complementary perspective on how panics become exaggerated, facts distorted, and problems acutely angled.Bringing together researchers from anthropology, sociology, political studies, ethnology, and criminology, the contributions examine cases from across the world spanning from Europe to Asia and Oceania.Martin Demant Frederiksen</bold> is an Associate Professor of Anthropology at the Department of Culture and Society, Aarhus University. He works in the interface of anthropology and contemporary archaeology, focusing on emptiness, temporality and coastal infrastructures in Croatia and Denmark, and on subcultures and urbanization in Georgia.Ida Harboe Knudsen</bold> is a social anthropologist, who received her PhD from the Max Planck Institute for Social Anthropology in Halle/Saale Germany. Her research is focused on rural development in Lithuania after the EU-membership and on Lithuanian inmates in Danish prison facilities. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/a3413131-4455-45c6-bac7-3d8b1e00796c.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction: Folk Devils Past and Present 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Folk Devils and the Hipster Figure: On Classification Struggles, Social Types and Figures in Moral Panic Research 1 A01 Elias le Grand Elias le Grand Department of Child and Youth Studies 40 05f0yaq80 Stockholm University Elias le Grand holds a PhD in Sociology from Stockholm University and works as a Senior Lecturer in the Department of Child and Youth Studies at Stockholm University. His research interests lie in the areas of identity formation, socio-spatial divisions, consumer culture, youth and generation. Current work explores the significance of social figures and public representations in classification struggles. 03 00 This chapter draws on a case study of contested societal reactions to the middle-class hipster figure and gentrification in contemporary London. The analysis shows how public reactions involve forms of class politics and classificatory struggles over the moral meaning gentrification processes and the role of the hipster figure in the latter. Through this, the chapter discusses how the folk devil can be conceptualized as a social type by drawing on Bourdieu’s research on classification. 30 00 This chapter draws on a case study of contested societal reactions to the middle-class hipster figure and gentrification in contemporary London. The analysis shows how public reactions involve forms of class politics and classificatory struggles over the moral meaning gentrification processes and the role of the hipster figure in the latter. Through this, the chapter discusses how the folk devil can be conceptualized as a social type by drawing on Bourdieu’s research on classification. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Sorcerer as Folk Devil in Contemporary Melanesia 1 A01 Tom Bratrud Tom Bratrud Department of Social Anthropology 40 01xtthb56 University of Oslo Tom Bratrud is Postdoctoral fellow at the Department of Social Anthropology, University of Oslo. He received his Ph.D from the same institution in 2018. Before re-joining the University of Oslo he was associate professor at the University of South-Eastern Norway. Bratrud has worked with Vanuatu in the South Pacific since 2010 and has recently started doing ethnographic research in rural Norway. His monograph Fire on the Island: Fear, Hope and a Christian Revival in Vanuatu will be published by Berghahn Books in 2022. 03 00 This chapter ethnographically explores a Christian revival movement in Vanuatu led by children. Examining events surrounding the hanging of two adults accused of sorcery, the text challenges the assumption that moral panics are only created with the assistance of mass media. Instead, the chapter shows that they also arise in contexts where gossip, dreams and visions play a similar role in both defining social problems and moral panic. 30 00 This chapter ethnographically explores a Christian revival movement in Vanuatu led by children. Examining events surrounding the hanging of two adults accused of sorcery, the text challenges the assumption that moral panics are only created with the assistance of mass media. Instead, the chapter shows that they also arise in contexts where gossip, dreams and visions play a similar role in both defining social problems and moral panic. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Human Devils: Affects and Spectres of Alterity in Eerie Cities of Georgia 1 A01 Tamta Khalvashi Tamta Khalvashi School of Arts and Sciences Ilia State University Georgia Tamta Khalvashi is Professor of Anthropology at the Ilia State University, Georgia. She received her doctorate from Copenhagen University and worked as Fulbright Scholar at New York University. Her research explores the issues of infrastructural breakdown and repair, and intersection between film, fiction and ethnography. She is currently working on a multimedia research project entitled The Jarti (scrap metal) Hunters and co-editing the book A Sea of Transience: Politics, Poetics and Aesthetics Along the Black Sea Coast. 2 A01 Paul Manning Paul Manning Department of Anthropology 40 03ygmq230 Trent University Paul Manning is a Professor of Anthropology at Trent University in Canada. He is the author of three books (Strangers in a Strange Land, Academic Studies press, 2012; Semiotics of Drinks and Drinking Continuum/Bloomsbury, 2012; and Love Stories, University of Toronto Press, 2015). In addition to guest-editing or co-editing 3 volumes for Language & Communication and co-editing one for Ethnos, he is past co-editor of the Journal of Linguistic Anthropology (2007-2010) and current editor of Semiotic Review (2012-present). His research interests involve linguistic and semiotic anthropology of Wales, Georgia, and historical anthropology of the 19th century in Wales, Georgia and elsewhere, as well as North American ghosts and Spiritualism. 03 00 This chapter focuses on traditional folk devils in the form of goblins and spectres in cities of the Republic of Georgia. The goblins and spectres are traditional figures of local folklore that have not disappeared with modernity but rather re-emerged through new anxieties and moral conditions. Moreover, while devilry is often perceived as humans taking on non-human (or devilish) characteristics, the chapter presents a case where the opposite is actually at stake, namely where non-human entities such as goblins take on human characteristics. In describing this, the authors add a fascination aspect to how folk devilry and panic or anxiety may intertwine. 30 00 This chapter focuses on traditional folk devils in the form of goblins and spectres in cities of the Republic of Georgia. The goblins and spectres are traditional figures of local folklore that have not disappeared with modernity but rather re-emerged through new anxieties and moral conditions. Moreover, while devilry is often perceived as humans taking on non-human (or devilish) characteristics, the chapter presents a case where the opposite is actually at stake, namely where non-human entities such as goblins take on human characteristics. In describing this, the authors add a fascination aspect to how folk devilry and panic or anxiety may intertwine. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Sugar Devil: Demonizing the Taste of Sweetness in Denmark 1 A01 Susanne Højlund Susanne Højlund Department of Anthropology University of Aarhus Susanne Højlund is associate professor at Department of Anthropology, Aarhus University. She has done research centred around questions of welfare and wellbeing of children in Denmark with different projects: The meaning of home and hominess at children’s homes; marginalised youth and future; the anthropology of food and taste (including fieldwork in Cuba – published in the book Sugar and Modernity in Latin America, 2014). Since 2014 she has been partner in the national project Taste for Life (Smag for Livet), where she does research on children, youth and taste. Co-edited Making Taste Public, Bloomsbury 2017, with prof. Carole Counihan. 03 00 This chapter focuses on how a food item, namely sugar, suddenly emerged as devilish in Danish children’s institutions. How, the article asks, has it become possible within a relative short number of years to change the perceptions of sugar and agree on it as a dangerous foodstuff to an extent that there are written rules for its use for nearly all children in Denmark? The folk devil here is someone, or something, that has always been there but which suddenly (re)emerges as particularly evil. 30 00 This chapter focuses on how a food item, namely sugar, suddenly emerged as devilish in Danish children’s institutions. How, the article asks, has it become possible within a relative short number of years to change the perceptions of sugar and agree on it as a dangerous foodstuff to an extent that there are written rules for its use for nearly all children in Denmark? The folk devil here is someone, or something, that has always been there but which suddenly (re)emerges as particularly evil. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 A Fish Rots from the Head: How Powerful Moral Entrepreneurs Manufacture Folk Devils 1 A01 Matt Clement Matt Clement Department of Applied Social Sciences, Forensics and Politics 40 03fmjzx88 University of Winchester Matt Clement lectures Criminology at the University of Winchester. He is a socialist and anti-racist activist and author of 'A Peoples History of Riots, Protest and the Law: The sound of the crowd' (2016). He is currently editing a new collection, 'No Justice, No Police? Protest and the Politics of Social Change' . 03 00 Drawing mainly on examples from France and the United Kingdom, this chapter examines the actors and institutions that carry out particular forms of victimization through prejudice, and analyses the mechanism employed by state actors to create or even boost climates of fear. Through this, the text shows how it is often those labelling others as folk devils that in the end constitute the greatest threats to society. 30 00 Drawing mainly on examples from France and the United Kingdom, this chapter examines the actors and institutions that carry out particular forms of victimization through prejudice, and analyses the mechanism employed by state actors to create or even boost climates of fear. Through this, the text shows how it is often those labelling others as folk devils that in the end constitute the greatest threats to society. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Trump Plays the Devil – the Devil Plays Trump 1 A01 21 0000000305079398 Katharina F. Gallant Katharina Gallant Center for Developmental Research 40 041nas322 University of Bonn Dr. Katharina F. Gallant is a senior researcher at the Center for Development Research (ZEF) at the University of Bonn. Her doctoral dissertation in Historical Ethnology from the University of Frankfurt focused on the roles of Barack Obama in the USA and Evo Morales in Bolivia as "bridges of interculturality" and the broader meaning of their election as head of state to the national narrative. In addition to her PhD, she holds a MSc and a BSc in Psychology from the University of Hagen, and a MA in North American Regional Studies from the University of Bonn. In her work and research she focuses on cultural identity, ethnicity, and interculturality in various geographic contexts. Katharina is a member of the Transdisciplinary Research Area “Innovation and Technology for Sustainable Futures” of the University of Bonn as well as of Societas Ethica - the European Society for Research in Ethics, and a founding member of DiscourseNet - the International Association for Discourse Studies. 03 00 The presidency of Donald Trump is a core example of the role of sensationalism in politics. Trump has accused political opponents of both devilry and moral degradation, but such accusations have gone both ways. In her examination of German media coverage of Trump, Katharina Gallant shows how Trump has been portrayed as politically and morally inadequate. Bringing together Cohen’s traditional framework with Paul Joosse’s work on charismatic leadership, this chapter illuminates how Trump has emerged as a devil figure for the left wing in Europe, while similarly being someone that the European left-wingers have had few options for dealing with. 30 00 The presidency of Donald Trump is a core example of the role of sensationalism in politics. Trump has accused political opponents of both devilry and moral degradation, but such accusations have gone both ways. In her examination of German media coverage of Trump, Katharina Gallant shows how Trump has been portrayed as politically and morally inadequate. Bringing together Cohen’s traditional framework with Paul Joosse’s work on charismatic leadership, this chapter illuminates how Trump has emerged as a devil figure for the left wing in Europe, while similarly being someone that the European left-wingers have had few options for dealing with. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 ‘Gender Activists Will Kidnap Your Kids’: The Construction of Feminist and LGBT+ Rights Activists as Modern Folk Devils in Czech Anti-Gender Campaigns 1 A01 Eva Svatoňová Eva Svatoňová School of Culture and Society University of Aarhus Eva Svatoňová is a PhD Candidate at the School of Culture and Society at University of Aarhus Denmark. She received her master`s degrees from the Charles University in Prague and Aarhus University. In her doctoral research she investigates the discourses of anti-gender campaigns in Czechia and Slovakia. In her work she focuses on the articulation of discourses and their travelling as well as conducts life-history interviews with activists involved in the campaigning against “gender ideology“. 03 00 This chapter examines how internet forums such as Facebook can be used in creating and spreading misleading stories and stimulating fear and panic. With the example of the Czech society, the author analyses various web forums that are based on anti-LGBT rights and anti-feminist ideologies, promoting these as threats to nuclear families and traditional gender norms. The text shows the paradoxical portrayal of LGBT activists as, on the one hand, freaks living on the fringe of society, not much more than a laughing stock, and, on the other hand, as a threat with the potential power to destroy traditional values in Czech society. 30 00 This chapter examines how internet forums such as Facebook can be used in creating and spreading misleading stories and stimulating fear and panic. With the example of the Czech society, the author analyses various web forums that are based on anti-LGBT rights and anti-feminist ideologies, promoting these as threats to nuclear families and traditional gender norms. The text shows the paradoxical portrayal of LGBT activists as, on the one hand, freaks living on the fringe of society, not much more than a laughing stock, and, on the other hand, as a threat with the potential power to destroy traditional values in Czech society. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 From Folk Devils to Modern State Devils: The Securitization and Racial Policing of the Roma in Italy 1 A01 21 0000000161932248 Ana Ivasiuc Ana Ivasiuc Zentrum für Konfliktforschung Marburg University Ana Ivasiuc is a social anthropologist working on urban insecurity, social and racial inequalities (with a focus on Roma), policing, and the far-right in Europe. In her postdoctoral research at the Collaborative Research Center ‘Dynamics of Security: Forms of Securitization in Historical Perspective’ (SFB/TRR 138), funded by the German Research Foundation, she carried out an ethnography of formal and informal policing of the Roma in the peripheries of Rome. She is currently affiliated with the Center for Conflict Studies at the Philipps University Marburg, Germany, where she researches informal policing in Germany and The Netherlands, with funding from the Gerda Henkel Foundation’s Special Program ‘Security, Society, State’. She has published extensively in peer-reviewed international journals and has co-edited two volumes (Roma Activism: Reimagining Power and Knowledge, with Sam Beck, 2018, Berghahn Books, and The Securitization of the Roma in Europe, with Huub van Baar and Regina Kreide, 2019, Palgrave Macmillan). 03 00 This chapter follows the anti-Roma laws in Italy, where the government has moved away from inclusion policies for the Roma to downright ethnic repression, policing and surveillance. Despite the fact that the majority of Roma are no longer nomadic, the public still associate them with nomadism and use their non-nomadic lifestyle as a weapon against them, by monitoring the Roma camps and creating special laws that secure the continuous repression of the Roma. Thus, while their status as outsiders and nomads previously made the Roma devilish figures and imagined as travelling and stealing “Gypsies”, it is now their lack of nomadism that is seen as a threat, as the Roma have now settled in society. 30 00 This chapter follows the anti-Roma laws in Italy, where the government has moved away from inclusion policies for the Roma to downright ethnic repression, policing and surveillance. Despite the fact that the majority of Roma are no longer nomadic, the public still associate them with nomadism and use their non-nomadic lifestyle as a weapon against them, by monitoring the Roma camps and creating special laws that secure the continuous repression of the Roma. Thus, while their status as outsiders and nomads previously made the Roma devilish figures and imagined as travelling and stealing “Gypsies”, it is now their lack of nomadism that is seen as a threat, as the Roma have now settled in society. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 ‘Inadaptable Gypsies’ and ‘Dangerous Antiziganists’: Struggling and Mirroring Folk Devils 1 A01 21 0000000198413767 Ondřej Slačálek Ondřej Slačálek Department of Political Science 40 024d6js02 Charles University Ondřej Slačálek is Assistant Professor at the Department of Political Science, Charles University, Prague. He works on East European politics, nationalist discourses and social movements from various analytical perspectives. Besides articles in scholarly journals (Patterns of Prejudice, Slavic Review, Intersections), he is a regular collaborator of Czech bi-weekly A2 and webzine A2larm.cz. 03 00 Based on a study of anti-Roma mobilizations in the Czech Republic, this chapter examines how the image of the Roma as a folk devil exhibits not only stigmatizing characteristics but also complicated relationships in terms of tension and expectations between the ‘decent and productive majority’ and the ‘inadaptable minority’. Through this, the article states that given that decency means complying with norms defined by the behaviour of the majority, the minority is at the very least an object of suspicion from the start. 30 00 Based on a study of anti-Roma mobilizations in the Czech Republic, this chapter examines how the image of the Roma as a folk devil exhibits not only stigmatizing characteristics but also complicated relationships in terms of tension and expectations between the ‘decent and productive majority’ and the ‘inadaptable minority’. Through this, the article states that given that decency means complying with norms defined by the behaviour of the majority, the minority is at the very least an object of suspicion from the start. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Who’s to Blame for Asylum ‘Moral Panics’? Asylum Seekers’ Perspectives on UK Policymaking, News Reporting, and Preferences of Identity Construction 1 A01 Amadu Khan Amadu Khan 40 037wqvd92 Royal Conservatoire of Scotland Amadu Wurie Khan is an independent scholar and consultant in the fields of forced migration, citizenship, international development, and media, culture and arts. He received his doctorate degree from the School of Social and Political Sciences in The University of Edinburgh where he researched the relationship between refugees' citizenship formations and the UK news media. He is currently the Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Officer at The Royal Conservatoire of Scotland. As an international development consultant, Amadu provides strategic guidance on citizenship, human rights, equality, and environmental and social justice to governments, civil society, international development organisations and grassroots communities. 03 00 This chapter critically reviews policies and news reporting in the United Kingdom claiming that they create, circulate and sustain a labelling of asylum seekers as folk devils. Drawing on interviews with asylum seekers on their preferred forms of representation, the author argues that, while the news media is mainly blamed for moral panics and representations of asylum seekers as folk devils, policymaking is equally complicit in the current demonization of asylum seekers in the UK. 30 00 This chapter critically reviews policies and news reporting in the United Kingdom claiming that they create, circulate and sustain a labelling of asylum seekers as folk devils. Drawing on interviews with asylum seekers on their preferred forms of representation, the author argues that, while the news media is mainly blamed for moral panics and representations of asylum seekers as folk devils, policymaking is equally complicit in the current demonization of asylum seekers in the UK. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-12 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 ‘Eastern Criminals’ and Moral Panic: On Lithuanian Offenders in Danish Prison Facilities 1 A01 Ida Harboe Knudsen Ida Harboe Knudsen Department of Social Sciences 40 04y7eh037 Vytautas Magnus University Ida Harboe Knudsen is a social anthropologist, who received her PhD from the Max Planck Institute for Social Anthropology in Halle/Saale Germany. Her PhD focused on rural development in Lithuania after the EU-membership and was later published as a book with Anthem Press in 20212: New Lithuania in Old Hands. Following she has been involved in two postdoc projects, one financed by the Danish Research Council on informal working strategies in Lithuania and one financed by the Scandinavian Research Council for Criminology on Lithuanian inmates in Danish prison facilities. 03 00 This chapter analyses an increased number of arrests made on young Lithuanian burglars in Denmark. Following the newspaper hype and political reactions to the burglaries, a distorted picture of the ‘devils’ is produced, letting the public believe that the Lithuanian lawbreakers are particularly inhumane, ruthless and violent. Despite the police reporting that they never have had any violent incidents with Lithuanians, the public image prevails. This negative image ends up affecting their treatment and their rights in Danish detention centres, as prison guards act in accordance with the image, rather than in accordance with their own experience. This makes Lithuanians a particularly vulnerable group of inmates in Denmark. 30 00 This chapter analyses an increased number of arrests made on young Lithuanian burglars in Denmark. Following the newspaper hype and political reactions to the burglaries, a distorted picture of the ‘devils’ is produced, letting the public believe that the Lithuanian lawbreakers are particularly inhumane, ruthless and violent. Despite the police reporting that they never have had any violent incidents with Lithuanians, the public image prevails. This negative image ends up affecting their treatment and their rights in Danish detention centres, as prison guards act in accordance with the image, rather than in accordance with their own experience. This makes Lithuanians a particularly vulnerable group of inmates in Denmark. 20 00 Open Access 13 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-13 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 When Cryptotype Meets the Imaginary: ‘Adultery’ in a Sri Lankan Village 1 A01 Victor C. de Munck Victor de Munck Asian and Transcultural Studies 40 03nadee84 Vilnius University Victor de Munck is a cultural and cognitive anthropologist. He is a professor at Vilnius University, in the Asian and Transcultural Studies Institute. He has recently published articles in Current anthropology and JRAI on theories of culture and on Sufism and cognition, respectively. He has a book titled "Romantic Love in America" (2019, Lexington). His current research (supported by the Lithuanian Research Council) is on new forms of intimacy as they affect conceptions of self and decisions regarding, marriage and having children. He has published eleven monographs (some co-authored) and over 50 refereed articles. Most of his field research has been conducted in Sri Lanka, but more recently he has been working in Eastern Europe where he is fascinated with the Albanian-Macedonian socio-cultural interface as well as how cultural models theory can describe and explain changes in love relations in Lithuania. 03 00 This chapter presents an empirical case of a young Sri Lankan woman who is ostracized from her local community for being an adulteress, despite no one in the community having any real proof of this being the case. The article engages with the preceding chapters of this volume in order to find comparative connections to both understand this case and to situate it in the contexts of the symbolic roles folk devils may play in a society. 30 00 This chapter presents an empirical case of a young Sri Lankan woman who is ostracized from her local community for being an adulteress, despite no one in the community having any real proof of this being the case. The article engages with the preceding chapters of this volume in order to find comparative connections to both understand this case and to situate it in the contexts of the symbolic roles folk devils may play in a society. 20 00 Open Access 14 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-14 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Afterword. Folk Devils: From Youthful Innocence to Conceptual Maturity 1 A01 Paul Joosse Paul Joosse Department of Sociology 40 02zhqgq86 University of Hong Kong Paul Joosse is Associate Professor of Sociology in the Department of Sociology at the University of Hong Kong. He works at the intersection of sociological and criminological theory. Recent articles of his include “Countering Trump: Toward a Theory of Charismatic Counter-roles” (2018) which received the International Sociological Association's Junior Theorist Award; “Max Weber’s Disciples: Theorizing the Charismatic Aristocracy” (2017) which won the ASA Culture Section's Clifford Geertz Prize; and “Expanding Moral Panic Theory to Include the Agency of Charismatic Entrepreneurs” (2018) which won the Society for the Study of Social Problems Outstanding Theory Article Award. 03 00 This afterword focuses specifically to Stanley Cohen and considers how questions of contextualization and historicity can be productively added to Cohen’s original framework, as shown by the chapters of this volume. 30 00 This afterword focuses specifically to Stanley Cohen and considers how questions of contextualization and historicity can be productively added to Cohen’s original framework, as shown by the chapters of this volume. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20211213 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690547 03 9789523690547 06 15 9789523690554 03 9789523690554 06 15 9789523690578 03 9789523690578 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20211213 01 urn:uuid:6025848d-beed-4152-9c6e-d39e923a762d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:e37b2d10-957c-4bc2-b5d3-75fce0a6ae34 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:6025848d-beed-4152-9c6e-d39e923a762d 15 9789523690578 03 9789523690578 06 10.33134/HUP-13 00 EB E127 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Modern Folk Devils Contemporary Constructions of Evil 1 B01 21 0000000280322899 Martin Demant Frederiksen Martin Frederiksen Department of Anthropology 40 01aj84f44 Aarhus University Martin Demant Frederiksen is Associate Professor of Anthropology at the Department of Culture and Society, Aarhus University. He works in the interface of anthropology and contemporary archaeology, and his current research focuses on emptiness, temporality and coastal infrastructures in Croatia and Denmark, and on subcultures and urbanization in Georgia. He is author of the monographs Young Men, Time, and Boredom in the Republic of Georgia (2011), Georgian Portraits: Essays on the Afterlives of a Revolution (with Katrine B. Gotfredsen, 2017) and An Anthropology of Nothing in Particular (2018). 2 B01 Ida Harboe Knudsen Ida Harboe Knudsen Department of Social Sciences 40 04y7eh037 Vytautas Magnus University Ida Harboe Knudsen is a social anthropologist, who received her PhD from the Max Planck Institute for Social Anthropology in Halle/Saale Germany. Her PhD focused on rural development in Lithuania after the EU-membership and was later published as a book with Anthem Press in 2012: New Lithuania in Old Hands. Following she has been involved in two postdoc projects, one financed by the Danish Research Council on informal working strategies in Lithuania and one financed by the Scandinavian Research Council for Criminology on Lithuanian inmates in Danish prison facilities. 01 eng 00 294 03 B2 Sociology B2 Ethnology B2 Social anthropology B2 Political science B2 Criminology 20 Otherness; Folk devils; Moral panic; Stigmatization; Exclusion; Public fear 01 06 02 00 The devilish has long been integral to myths, legends, and folklore, firmly located in the relationships between good and evil, and selves and others. But how are ideas of evil constructed in current times and framed by contemporary social discourses? Modern Folk Devils</italic> builds on and works with Stanley Cohen’s theory on folk devil 03 00 The devilish has long been integral to myths, legends, and folklore, firmly located in the relationships between good and evil, and selves and others. But how are ideas of evil constructed in current times and framed by contemporary social discourses? Modern Folk Devils</italic> builds on and works with Stanley Cohen’s theory on folk devils and moral panics to discuss the constructions of evil. The authors present an array of case-studies that illustrate how the notion of folk devils nowadays comes into play and animates ideas of otherness and evil throughout the world. Examining current fears and perceived threats, this volume investigates and analyzes how and why these devils are constructed. The chapters discuss how the devilish may take on many different forms: sometimes they exist only as a potential threat, other times they are a single individual or phenomenon or a visible group, such as refugees, technocrats, Roma, hipsters, LGBT groups, and rightwing politicians. Folk devils themselves are also given a voice to offer an essential complementary perspective on how panics become exaggerated, facts distorted, and problems acutely angled.Bringing together researchers from anthropology, sociology, political studies, ethnology, and criminology, the contributions examine cases from across the world spanning from Europe to Asia and Oceania.Martin Demant Frederiksen</bold> is an Associate Professor of Anthropology at the Department of Culture and Society, Aarhus University. He works in the interface of anthropology and contemporary archaeology, focusing on emptiness, temporality and coastal infrastructures in Croatia and Denmark, and on subcultures and urbanization in Georgia.Ida Harboe Knudsen</bold> is a social anthropologist, who received her PhD from the Max Planck Institute for Social Anthropology in Halle/Saale Germany. Her research is focused on rural development in Lithuania after the EU-membership and on Lithuanian inmates in Danish prison facilities. 30 00 The devilish has long been integral to myths, legends, and folklore, firmly located in the relationships between good and evil, and selves and others. But how are ideas of evil constructed in current times and framed by contemporary social discourses? Modern Folk Devils</italic> builds on and works with Stanley Cohen’s theory on folk devils and moral panics to discuss the constructions of evil. The authors present an array of case-studies that illustrate how the notion of folk devils nowadays comes into play and animates ideas of otherness and evil throughout the world. Examining current fears and perceived threats, this volume investigates and analyzes how and why these devils are constructed. The chapters discuss how the devilish may take on many different forms: sometimes they exist only as a potential threat, other times they are a single individual or phenomenon or a visible group, such as refugees, technocrats, Roma, hipsters, LGBT groups, and rightwing politicians. Folk devils themselves are also given a voice to offer an essential complementary perspective on how panics become exaggerated, facts distorted, and problems acutely angled.Bringing together researchers from anthropology, sociology, political studies, ethnology, and criminology, the contributions examine cases from across the world spanning from Europe to Asia and Oceania.Martin Demant Frederiksen</bold> is an Associate Professor of Anthropology at the Department of Culture and Society, Aarhus University. He works in the interface of anthropology and contemporary archaeology, focusing on emptiness, temporality and coastal infrastructures in Croatia and Denmark, and on subcultures and urbanization in Georgia.Ida Harboe Knudsen</bold> is a social anthropologist, who received her PhD from the Max Planck Institute for Social Anthropology in Halle/Saale Germany. Her research is focused on rural development in Lithuania after the EU-membership and on Lithuanian inmates in Danish prison facilities. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/a3413131-4455-45c6-bac7-3d8b1e00796c.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction: Folk Devils Past and Present 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Folk Devils and the Hipster Figure: On Classification Struggles, Social Types and Figures in Moral Panic Research 1 A01 Elias le Grand Elias le Grand Department of Child and Youth Studies 40 05f0yaq80 Stockholm University Elias le Grand holds a PhD in Sociology from Stockholm University and works as a Senior Lecturer in the Department of Child and Youth Studies at Stockholm University. His research interests lie in the areas of identity formation, socio-spatial divisions, consumer culture, youth and generation. Current work explores the significance of social figures and public representations in classification struggles. 03 00 This chapter draws on a case study of contested societal reactions to the middle-class hipster figure and gentrification in contemporary London. The analysis shows how public reactions involve forms of class politics and classificatory struggles over the moral meaning gentrification processes and the role of the hipster figure in the latter. Through this, the chapter discusses how the folk devil can be conceptualized as a social type by drawing on Bourdieu’s research on classification. 30 00 This chapter draws on a case study of contested societal reactions to the middle-class hipster figure and gentrification in contemporary London. The analysis shows how public reactions involve forms of class politics and classificatory struggles over the moral meaning gentrification processes and the role of the hipster figure in the latter. Through this, the chapter discusses how the folk devil can be conceptualized as a social type by drawing on Bourdieu’s research on classification. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Sorcerer as Folk Devil in Contemporary Melanesia 1 A01 Tom Bratrud Tom Bratrud Department of Social Anthropology 40 01xtthb56 University of Oslo Tom Bratrud is Postdoctoral fellow at the Department of Social Anthropology, University of Oslo. He received his Ph.D from the same institution in 2018. Before re-joining the University of Oslo he was associate professor at the University of South-Eastern Norway. Bratrud has worked with Vanuatu in the South Pacific since 2010 and has recently started doing ethnographic research in rural Norway. His monograph Fire on the Island: Fear, Hope and a Christian Revival in Vanuatu will be published by Berghahn Books in 2022. 03 00 This chapter ethnographically explores a Christian revival movement in Vanuatu led by children. Examining events surrounding the hanging of two adults accused of sorcery, the text challenges the assumption that moral panics are only created with the assistance of mass media. Instead, the chapter shows that they also arise in contexts where gossip, dreams and visions play a similar role in both defining social problems and moral panic. 30 00 This chapter ethnographically explores a Christian revival movement in Vanuatu led by children. Examining events surrounding the hanging of two adults accused of sorcery, the text challenges the assumption that moral panics are only created with the assistance of mass media. Instead, the chapter shows that they also arise in contexts where gossip, dreams and visions play a similar role in both defining social problems and moral panic. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Human Devils: Affects and Spectres of Alterity in Eerie Cities of Georgia 1 A01 Tamta Khalvashi Tamta Khalvashi School of Arts and Sciences Ilia State University Georgia Tamta Khalvashi is Professor of Anthropology at the Ilia State University, Georgia. She received her doctorate from Copenhagen University and worked as Fulbright Scholar at New York University. Her research explores the issues of infrastructural breakdown and repair, and intersection between film, fiction and ethnography. She is currently working on a multimedia research project entitled The Jarti (scrap metal) Hunters and co-editing the book A Sea of Transience: Politics, Poetics and Aesthetics Along the Black Sea Coast. 2 A01 Paul Manning Paul Manning Department of Anthropology 40 03ygmq230 Trent University Paul Manning is a Professor of Anthropology at Trent University in Canada. He is the author of three books (Strangers in a Strange Land, Academic Studies press, 2012; Semiotics of Drinks and Drinking Continuum/Bloomsbury, 2012; and Love Stories, University of Toronto Press, 2015). In addition to guest-editing or co-editing 3 volumes for Language & Communication and co-editing one for Ethnos, he is past co-editor of the Journal of Linguistic Anthropology (2007-2010) and current editor of Semiotic Review (2012-present). His research interests involve linguistic and semiotic anthropology of Wales, Georgia, and historical anthropology of the 19th century in Wales, Georgia and elsewhere, as well as North American ghosts and Spiritualism. 03 00 This chapter focuses on traditional folk devils in the form of goblins and spectres in cities of the Republic of Georgia. The goblins and spectres are traditional figures of local folklore that have not disappeared with modernity but rather re-emerged through new anxieties and moral conditions. Moreover, while devilry is often perceived as humans taking on non-human (or devilish) characteristics, the chapter presents a case where the opposite is actually at stake, namely where non-human entities such as goblins take on human characteristics. In describing this, the authors add a fascination aspect to how folk devilry and panic or anxiety may intertwine. 30 00 This chapter focuses on traditional folk devils in the form of goblins and spectres in cities of the Republic of Georgia. The goblins and spectres are traditional figures of local folklore that have not disappeared with modernity but rather re-emerged through new anxieties and moral conditions. Moreover, while devilry is often perceived as humans taking on non-human (or devilish) characteristics, the chapter presents a case where the opposite is actually at stake, namely where non-human entities such as goblins take on human characteristics. In describing this, the authors add a fascination aspect to how folk devilry and panic or anxiety may intertwine. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Sugar Devil: Demonizing the Taste of Sweetness in Denmark 1 A01 Susanne Højlund Susanne Højlund Department of Anthropology University of Aarhus Susanne Højlund is associate professor at Department of Anthropology, Aarhus University. She has done research centred around questions of welfare and wellbeing of children in Denmark with different projects: The meaning of home and hominess at children’s homes; marginalised youth and future; the anthropology of food and taste (including fieldwork in Cuba – published in the book Sugar and Modernity in Latin America, 2014). Since 2014 she has been partner in the national project Taste for Life (Smag for Livet), where she does research on children, youth and taste. Co-edited Making Taste Public, Bloomsbury 2017, with prof. Carole Counihan. 03 00 This chapter focuses on how a food item, namely sugar, suddenly emerged as devilish in Danish children’s institutions. How, the article asks, has it become possible within a relative short number of years to change the perceptions of sugar and agree on it as a dangerous foodstuff to an extent that there are written rules for its use for nearly all children in Denmark? The folk devil here is someone, or something, that has always been there but which suddenly (re)emerges as particularly evil. 30 00 This chapter focuses on how a food item, namely sugar, suddenly emerged as devilish in Danish children’s institutions. How, the article asks, has it become possible within a relative short number of years to change the perceptions of sugar and agree on it as a dangerous foodstuff to an extent that there are written rules for its use for nearly all children in Denmark? The folk devil here is someone, or something, that has always been there but which suddenly (re)emerges as particularly evil. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 A Fish Rots from the Head: How Powerful Moral Entrepreneurs Manufacture Folk Devils 1 A01 Matt Clement Matt Clement Department of Applied Social Sciences, Forensics and Politics 40 03fmjzx88 University of Winchester Matt Clement lectures Criminology at the University of Winchester. He is a socialist and anti-racist activist and author of 'A Peoples History of Riots, Protest and the Law: The sound of the crowd' (2016). He is currently editing a new collection, 'No Justice, No Police? Protest and the Politics of Social Change' . 03 00 Drawing mainly on examples from France and the United Kingdom, this chapter examines the actors and institutions that carry out particular forms of victimization through prejudice, and analyses the mechanism employed by state actors to create or even boost climates of fear. Through this, the text shows how it is often those labelling others as folk devils that in the end constitute the greatest threats to society. 30 00 Drawing mainly on examples from France and the United Kingdom, this chapter examines the actors and institutions that carry out particular forms of victimization through prejudice, and analyses the mechanism employed by state actors to create or even boost climates of fear. Through this, the text shows how it is often those labelling others as folk devils that in the end constitute the greatest threats to society. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Trump Plays the Devil – the Devil Plays Trump 1 A01 21 0000000305079398 Katharina F. Gallant Katharina Gallant Center for Developmental Research 40 041nas322 University of Bonn Dr. Katharina F. Gallant is a senior researcher at the Center for Development Research (ZEF) at the University of Bonn. Her doctoral dissertation in Historical Ethnology from the University of Frankfurt focused on the roles of Barack Obama in the USA and Evo Morales in Bolivia as "bridges of interculturality" and the broader meaning of their election as head of state to the national narrative. In addition to her PhD, she holds a MSc and a BSc in Psychology from the University of Hagen, and a MA in North American Regional Studies from the University of Bonn. In her work and research she focuses on cultural identity, ethnicity, and interculturality in various geographic contexts. Katharina is a member of the Transdisciplinary Research Area “Innovation and Technology for Sustainable Futures” of the University of Bonn as well as of Societas Ethica - the European Society for Research in Ethics, and a founding member of DiscourseNet - the International Association for Discourse Studies. 03 00 The presidency of Donald Trump is a core example of the role of sensationalism in politics. Trump has accused political opponents of both devilry and moral degradation, but such accusations have gone both ways. In her examination of German media coverage of Trump, Katharina Gallant shows how Trump has been portrayed as politically and morally inadequate. Bringing together Cohen’s traditional framework with Paul Joosse’s work on charismatic leadership, this chapter illuminates how Trump has emerged as a devil figure for the left wing in Europe, while similarly being someone that the European left-wingers have had few options for dealing with. 30 00 The presidency of Donald Trump is a core example of the role of sensationalism in politics. Trump has accused political opponents of both devilry and moral degradation, but such accusations have gone both ways. In her examination of German media coverage of Trump, Katharina Gallant shows how Trump has been portrayed as politically and morally inadequate. Bringing together Cohen’s traditional framework with Paul Joosse’s work on charismatic leadership, this chapter illuminates how Trump has emerged as a devil figure for the left wing in Europe, while similarly being someone that the European left-wingers have had few options for dealing with. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 ‘Gender Activists Will Kidnap Your Kids’: The Construction of Feminist and LGBT+ Rights Activists as Modern Folk Devils in Czech Anti-Gender Campaigns 1 A01 Eva Svatoňová Eva Svatoňová School of Culture and Society University of Aarhus Eva Svatoňová is a PhD Candidate at the School of Culture and Society at University of Aarhus Denmark. She received her master`s degrees from the Charles University in Prague and Aarhus University. In her doctoral research she investigates the discourses of anti-gender campaigns in Czechia and Slovakia. In her work she focuses on the articulation of discourses and their travelling as well as conducts life-history interviews with activists involved in the campaigning against “gender ideology“. 03 00 This chapter examines how internet forums such as Facebook can be used in creating and spreading misleading stories and stimulating fear and panic. With the example of the Czech society, the author analyses various web forums that are based on anti-LGBT rights and anti-feminist ideologies, promoting these as threats to nuclear families and traditional gender norms. The text shows the paradoxical portrayal of LGBT activists as, on the one hand, freaks living on the fringe of society, not much more than a laughing stock, and, on the other hand, as a threat with the potential power to destroy traditional values in Czech society. 30 00 This chapter examines how internet forums such as Facebook can be used in creating and spreading misleading stories and stimulating fear and panic. With the example of the Czech society, the author analyses various web forums that are based on anti-LGBT rights and anti-feminist ideologies, promoting these as threats to nuclear families and traditional gender norms. The text shows the paradoxical portrayal of LGBT activists as, on the one hand, freaks living on the fringe of society, not much more than a laughing stock, and, on the other hand, as a threat with the potential power to destroy traditional values in Czech society. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 From Folk Devils to Modern State Devils: The Securitization and Racial Policing of the Roma in Italy 1 A01 21 0000000161932248 Ana Ivasiuc Ana Ivasiuc Zentrum für Konfliktforschung Marburg University Ana Ivasiuc is a social anthropologist working on urban insecurity, social and racial inequalities (with a focus on Roma), policing, and the far-right in Europe. In her postdoctoral research at the Collaborative Research Center ‘Dynamics of Security: Forms of Securitization in Historical Perspective’ (SFB/TRR 138), funded by the German Research Foundation, she carried out an ethnography of formal and informal policing of the Roma in the peripheries of Rome. She is currently affiliated with the Center for Conflict Studies at the Philipps University Marburg, Germany, where she researches informal policing in Germany and The Netherlands, with funding from the Gerda Henkel Foundation’s Special Program ‘Security, Society, State’. She has published extensively in peer-reviewed international journals and has co-edited two volumes (Roma Activism: Reimagining Power and Knowledge, with Sam Beck, 2018, Berghahn Books, and The Securitization of the Roma in Europe, with Huub van Baar and Regina Kreide, 2019, Palgrave Macmillan). 03 00 This chapter follows the anti-Roma laws in Italy, where the government has moved away from inclusion policies for the Roma to downright ethnic repression, policing and surveillance. Despite the fact that the majority of Roma are no longer nomadic, the public still associate them with nomadism and use their non-nomadic lifestyle as a weapon against them, by monitoring the Roma camps and creating special laws that secure the continuous repression of the Roma. Thus, while their status as outsiders and nomads previously made the Roma devilish figures and imagined as travelling and stealing “Gypsies”, it is now their lack of nomadism that is seen as a threat, as the Roma have now settled in society. 30 00 This chapter follows the anti-Roma laws in Italy, where the government has moved away from inclusion policies for the Roma to downright ethnic repression, policing and surveillance. Despite the fact that the majority of Roma are no longer nomadic, the public still associate them with nomadism and use their non-nomadic lifestyle as a weapon against them, by monitoring the Roma camps and creating special laws that secure the continuous repression of the Roma. Thus, while their status as outsiders and nomads previously made the Roma devilish figures and imagined as travelling and stealing “Gypsies”, it is now their lack of nomadism that is seen as a threat, as the Roma have now settled in society. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 ‘Inadaptable Gypsies’ and ‘Dangerous Antiziganists’: Struggling and Mirroring Folk Devils 1 A01 21 0000000198413767 Ondřej Slačálek Ondřej Slačálek Department of Political Science 40 024d6js02 Charles University Ondřej Slačálek is Assistant Professor at the Department of Political Science, Charles University, Prague. He works on East European politics, nationalist discourses and social movements from various analytical perspectives. Besides articles in scholarly journals (Patterns of Prejudice, Slavic Review, Intersections), he is a regular collaborator of Czech bi-weekly A2 and webzine A2larm.cz. 03 00 Based on a study of anti-Roma mobilizations in the Czech Republic, this chapter examines how the image of the Roma as a folk devil exhibits not only stigmatizing characteristics but also complicated relationships in terms of tension and expectations between the ‘decent and productive majority’ and the ‘inadaptable minority’. Through this, the article states that given that decency means complying with norms defined by the behaviour of the majority, the minority is at the very least an object of suspicion from the start. 30 00 Based on a study of anti-Roma mobilizations in the Czech Republic, this chapter examines how the image of the Roma as a folk devil exhibits not only stigmatizing characteristics but also complicated relationships in terms of tension and expectations between the ‘decent and productive majority’ and the ‘inadaptable minority’. Through this, the article states that given that decency means complying with norms defined by the behaviour of the majority, the minority is at the very least an object of suspicion from the start. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Who’s to Blame for Asylum ‘Moral Panics’? Asylum Seekers’ Perspectives on UK Policymaking, News Reporting, and Preferences of Identity Construction 1 A01 Amadu Khan Amadu Khan 40 037wqvd92 Royal Conservatoire of Scotland Amadu Wurie Khan is an independent scholar and consultant in the fields of forced migration, citizenship, international development, and media, culture and arts. He received his doctorate degree from the School of Social and Political Sciences in The University of Edinburgh where he researched the relationship between refugees' citizenship formations and the UK news media. He is currently the Equality, Diversity and Inclusion Officer at The Royal Conservatoire of Scotland. As an international development consultant, Amadu provides strategic guidance on citizenship, human rights, equality, and environmental and social justice to governments, civil society, international development organisations and grassroots communities. 03 00 This chapter critically reviews policies and news reporting in the United Kingdom claiming that they create, circulate and sustain a labelling of asylum seekers as folk devils. Drawing on interviews with asylum seekers on their preferred forms of representation, the author argues that, while the news media is mainly blamed for moral panics and representations of asylum seekers as folk devils, policymaking is equally complicit in the current demonization of asylum seekers in the UK. 30 00 This chapter critically reviews policies and news reporting in the United Kingdom claiming that they create, circulate and sustain a labelling of asylum seekers as folk devils. Drawing on interviews with asylum seekers on their preferred forms of representation, the author argues that, while the news media is mainly blamed for moral panics and representations of asylum seekers as folk devils, policymaking is equally complicit in the current demonization of asylum seekers in the UK. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-12 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 ‘Eastern Criminals’ and Moral Panic: On Lithuanian Offenders in Danish Prison Facilities 1 A01 Ida Harboe Knudsen Ida Harboe Knudsen Department of Social Sciences 40 04y7eh037 Vytautas Magnus University Ida Harboe Knudsen is a social anthropologist, who received her PhD from the Max Planck Institute for Social Anthropology in Halle/Saale Germany. Her PhD focused on rural development in Lithuania after the EU-membership and was later published as a book with Anthem Press in 20212: New Lithuania in Old Hands. Following she has been involved in two postdoc projects, one financed by the Danish Research Council on informal working strategies in Lithuania and one financed by the Scandinavian Research Council for Criminology on Lithuanian inmates in Danish prison facilities. 03 00 This chapter analyses an increased number of arrests made on young Lithuanian burglars in Denmark. Following the newspaper hype and political reactions to the burglaries, a distorted picture of the ‘devils’ is produced, letting the public believe that the Lithuanian lawbreakers are particularly inhumane, ruthless and violent. Despite the police reporting that they never have had any violent incidents with Lithuanians, the public image prevails. This negative image ends up affecting their treatment and their rights in Danish detention centres, as prison guards act in accordance with the image, rather than in accordance with their own experience. This makes Lithuanians a particularly vulnerable group of inmates in Denmark. 30 00 This chapter analyses an increased number of arrests made on young Lithuanian burglars in Denmark. Following the newspaper hype and political reactions to the burglaries, a distorted picture of the ‘devils’ is produced, letting the public believe that the Lithuanian lawbreakers are particularly inhumane, ruthless and violent. Despite the police reporting that they never have had any violent incidents with Lithuanians, the public image prevails. This negative image ends up affecting their treatment and their rights in Danish detention centres, as prison guards act in accordance with the image, rather than in accordance with their own experience. This makes Lithuanians a particularly vulnerable group of inmates in Denmark. 20 00 Open Access 13 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-13 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 When Cryptotype Meets the Imaginary: ‘Adultery’ in a Sri Lankan Village 1 A01 Victor C. de Munck Victor de Munck Asian and Transcultural Studies 40 03nadee84 Vilnius University Victor de Munck is a cultural and cognitive anthropologist. He is a professor at Vilnius University, in the Asian and Transcultural Studies Institute. He has recently published articles in Current anthropology and JRAI on theories of culture and on Sufism and cognition, respectively. He has a book titled "Romantic Love in America" (2019, Lexington). His current research (supported by the Lithuanian Research Council) is on new forms of intimacy as they affect conceptions of self and decisions regarding, marriage and having children. He has published eleven monographs (some co-authored) and over 50 refereed articles. Most of his field research has been conducted in Sri Lanka, but more recently he has been working in Eastern Europe where he is fascinated with the Albanian-Macedonian socio-cultural interface as well as how cultural models theory can describe and explain changes in love relations in Lithuania. 03 00 This chapter presents an empirical case of a young Sri Lankan woman who is ostracized from her local community for being an adulteress, despite no one in the community having any real proof of this being the case. The article engages with the preceding chapters of this volume in order to find comparative connections to both understand this case and to situate it in the contexts of the symbolic roles folk devils may play in a society. 30 00 This chapter presents an empirical case of a young Sri Lankan woman who is ostracized from her local community for being an adulteress, despite no one in the community having any real proof of this being the case. The article engages with the preceding chapters of this volume in order to find comparative connections to both understand this case and to situate it in the contexts of the symbolic roles folk devils may play in a society. 20 00 Open Access 14 03 06 10.33134/HUP-13-14 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Afterword. Folk Devils: From Youthful Innocence to Conceptual Maturity 1 A01 Paul Joosse Paul Joosse Department of Sociology 40 02zhqgq86 University of Hong Kong Paul Joosse is Associate Professor of Sociology in the Department of Sociology at the University of Hong Kong. He works at the intersection of sociological and criminological theory. Recent articles of his include “Countering Trump: Toward a Theory of Charismatic Counter-roles” (2018) which received the International Sociological Association's Junior Theorist Award; “Max Weber’s Disciples: Theorizing the Charismatic Aristocracy” (2017) which won the ASA Culture Section's Clifford Geertz Prize; and “Expanding Moral Panic Theory to Include the Agency of Charismatic Entrepreneurs” (2018) which won the Society for the Study of Social Problems Outstanding Theory Article Award. 03 00 This afterword focuses specifically to Stanley Cohen and considers how questions of contextualization and historicity can be productively added to Cohen’s original framework, as shown by the chapters of this volume. 30 00 This afterword focuses specifically to Stanley Cohen and considers how questions of contextualization and historicity can be productively added to Cohen’s original framework, as shown by the chapters of this volume. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20211213 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690547 03 9789523690547 06 15 9789523690554 03 9789523690554 06 15 9789523690561 03 9789523690561 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20211213 01 urn:uuid:7f4087f7-79ba-42cb-9b72-1b8371016c92 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:fb902644-fa48-4742-8ac3-a7ac4b375337 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:7f4087f7-79ba-42cb-9b72-1b8371016c92 15 9789523690349 03 9789523690349 06 10.33134/HUP-9 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Nexus of Patriotism and Militarism in Russia A Quest for Internal Cohesion 1 B01 21 0000000161231206 Katri Pynnöniemi Katri Pynnöniemi Aleksanteri-institute and Department of Art of War University of Helsinki and National Defence University Katri Pynnöniemi is an assistant professor at the University of Helsinki (Aleksanteri-institute) and holds Mannerheim Chair of Russian Security Studies. The joint professorship between the University of Helsinki and the National Defense University was established in August 2017. Pynnöniemi has published widely on the system change in Russia and on Russian foreign and security policy. Her current research deals with Russia's security policy and strategic thinking. Her latest publications include: Perceptions of hybrid war in Russia: means, targets and objectives identified in the Russian debate (co-authored with Minna Jokela), Cambridge Review of International Affairs (2020); Information-psychological warfare in Russian strategic thinking, in Handbook of Russian Security Policy (2019); Russia’s National Security Strategy: Analysis of Conceptual Evolution” at the Journal of Slavic Military Studies (2018) 01 eng 00 342 03 B2 Sociology B2 political science B2 contemporary history B2 Russian and Eurasian Studies B2 survey research B2 Communication sciences 20 Russia; Youth; Putin; Patriotism; Patriotic education; Militarism; Authoritarianism; Blood sacrifice; submarine Kursk; Threat perception; Enemy image 01 06 02 00 This volume provides new insights into the evolution of enemy images in Russia and the ways in which societal actors perceive official projections of patriotism and militarism in the country. When analysing the trajectory of Russia’s foreign policy and the transformation of society in general, patriotism and the growing role of militarism are 03 00 This edited volume explores patriotism and the growing role of militarism in today’s Russia. During the last 20-year period, there has been a consistent effort in Russia to consolidate the nation and to foster a sense of unity and common purpose. To this end, Russian authorities have activated various channels, from educational programmes and youth organizations to media and popular culture. With the conflict in Ukraine, the manipulation of public sentiments – feeling of pride and perception of threat – has become more systemic. The traditional view of Russia being Other for Europe has been replaced with a narrative of enmity. The West is portrayed as a threat to Russia’s historical-cultural originality while Russia represents itself as a country encircled by enemies. On the other hand, these state-led projects mixing patriotism and militarism are perceived sceptically by the Russian society, especially the younger generations.This volume provides new insights into the evolution of enemy images in Russia and the ways in which societal actors perceive official projections of patriotism and militarism in the Russian society. The contributors of the volume include several experts on Russian studies, contemporary history, political science, sociology, and media studies.Katri Pynnöniemi</bold> holds a joint professorship of Russian security studies at the University of Helsinki and at the Finnish National Defense University. She has published widely on the system change in Russia as well as on Russian foreign and security policy. The contributors of the volume include several experts on Russian studies, contemporary history, political science, sociology, and media studies. 30 00 This edited volume explores patriotism and the growing role of militarism in today’s Russia. During the last 20-year period, there has been a consistent effort in Russia to consolidate the nation and to foster a sense of unity and common purpose. To this end, Russian authorities have activated various channels, from educational programmes and youth organizations to media and popular culture. With the conflict in Ukraine, the manipulation of public sentiments – feeling of pride and perception of threat – has become more systemic. The traditional view of Russia being Other for Europe has been replaced with a narrative of enmity. The West is portrayed as a threat to Russia’s historical-cultural originality while Russia represents itself as a country encircled by enemies. On the other hand, these state-led projects mixing patriotism and militarism are perceived sceptically by the Russian society, especially the younger generations.This volume provides new insights into the evolution of enemy images in Russia and the ways in which societal actors perceive official projections of patriotism and militarism in the Russian society. The contributors of the volume include several experts on Russian studies, contemporary history, political science, sociology, and media studies.Katri Pynnöniemi</bold> holds a joint professorship of Russian security studies at the University of Helsinki and at the Finnish National Defense University. She has published widely on the system change in Russia as well as on Russian foreign and security policy. The contributors of the volume include several experts on Russian studies, contemporary history, political science, sociology, and media studies. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/a1a7790d-2170-4d29-8652-1732d4dcf98d.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction 1 A01 21 0000000161231206 Katri Pynnöniemi Katri Pynnöniemi Aleksanteri-institute and Department of Art of War University of Helsinki and National Defence University Katri Pynnöniemi is an assistant professor at the University of Helsinki (Aleksanteri-institute) and holds Mannerheim Chair of Russian Security Studies. The joint professorship between the University of Helsinki and the National Defense University was established in August 2017. Pynnöniemi has published widely on the system change in Russia and on Russian foreign and security policy. Her current research deals with Russia's security policy and strategic thinking. Her latest publications include: Perceptions of hybrid war in Russia: means, targets and objectives identified in the Russian debate (co-authored with Minna Jokela), Cambridge Review of International Affairs (2020); Information-psychological warfare in Russian strategic thinking, in Handbook of Russian Security Policy (2019); Russia’s National Security Strategy: Analysis of Conceptual Evolution” at the Journal of Slavic Military Studies (2018) 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Enemy Images in the Russian National Narrative 1 A01 Kati Parppei Kati Parppei Department of Geographical and Historical Studies 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland 03 00 Historical contextualizing is essential to examining and understanding the forms of patriotism and applications of national narrative in contemporary Russia. An important aspect in the formation of collective identities are the perceptions of outer threat at any given time. In this chapter, certain aspects of the development of enemy images in Russia are briefly studied and contextualized, followed by an examination of their manifestations in the contemporary Russian politicization of history. 30 00 Historical contextualizing is essential to examining and understanding the forms of patriotism and applications of national narrative in contemporary Russia. An important aspect in the formation of collective identities are the perceptions of outer threat at any given time. In this chapter, certain aspects of the development of enemy images in Russia are briefly studied and contextualized, followed by an examination of their manifestations in the contemporary Russian politicization of history. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Evolution of Russia’s ‘Others’ in Presidential Discourse in 2000–2020 1 A01 21 0000000339901714 Veera Laine Veera Laine EU’s Eastern Neighbourhood and Russia research programme / Political history Finnish Institute of International Affairs (FIIA) / University of Helsinki Veera Laine is a Doctoral Candidate in political history at the University of Helsinki, Finland. She is also a Research Fellow in the EU’s Eastern Neighbourhood and Russia research program at the Finnish Institute of International Affairs (FIIA). Her research interests include nationalism(s) in Russia, Russian Orthodox Church, and conceptual history. 03 00 In this chapter, the Others of Russia, reoccurring in the presidential discourse in 2000–2020, will be analysed. The key speeches reveal three distinctive ‘Others’ of the Russian state and nation, evolving in space and time: first, an ineffective politician in the 1990s, and, later, a corrupt bureaucrat, is framed as historical and internal Other, whose figure legitimizes the current power. Second, the metaphor of constant competition in the international relations describes the Other as economically stronger developed Western country, against which Russia’s ‘backwardness’ is mirrored, especially in the early 2000s. As the economic competition becomes harder to win and the quest for national unity intensifies, the emphasis turns to the third Other, the one holding fundamentally different values than the Self. Thus, it is argued that the metaphor of competition/conflict between Russia and its Others has undergone a qualitative transformation in the presidential rhetoric, reflecting change in Russia’s relative strength: instead of the previously admired economic performance, the times of conflict show that Russia’s true strength vis-à-vis its Others resides in the conservative, moral values and military might. 30 00 In this chapter, the Others of Russia, reoccurring in the presidential discourse in 2000–2020, will be analysed. The key speeches reveal three distinctive ‘Others’ of the Russian state and nation, evolving in space and time: first, an ineffective politician in the 1990s, and, later, a corrupt bureaucrat, is framed as historical and internal Other, whose figure legitimizes the current power. Second, the metaphor of constant competition in the international relations describes the Other as economically stronger developed Western country, against which Russia’s ‘backwardness’ is mirrored, especially in the early 2000s. As the economic competition becomes harder to win and the quest for national unity intensifies, the emphasis turns to the third Other, the one holding fundamentally different values than the Self. Thus, it is argued that the metaphor of competition/conflict between Russia and its Others has undergone a qualitative transformation in the presidential rhetoric, reflecting change in Russia’s relative strength: instead of the previously admired economic performance, the times of conflict show that Russia’s true strength vis-à-vis its Others resides in the conservative, moral values and military might. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Ivan Ilʹin and the Kremlin’s Strategic Communication of Threats: Evil, Worthy and Hidden Enemies 1 A01 21 0000000161231206 Katri Pynnöniemi Katri Pynnöniemi Aleksanteri-institute and Department of Art of War University of Helsinki and National Defence University Katri Pynnöniemi is an assistant professor at the University of Helsinki (Aleksanteri-institute) and holds Mannerheim Chair of Russian Security Studies. The joint professorship between the University of Helsinki and the National Defense University was established in August 2017. Pynnöniemi has published widely on the system change in Russia and on Russian foreign and security policy. Her current research deals with Russia's security policy and strategic thinking. Her latest publications include: Perceptions of hybrid war in Russia: means, targets and objectives identified in the Russian debate (co-authored with Minna Jokela), Cambridge Review of International Affairs (2020); Information-psychological warfare in Russian strategic thinking, in Handbook of Russian Security Policy (2019); Russia’s National Security Strategy: Analysis of Conceptual Evolution” at the Journal of Slavic Military Studies (2018) 03 00 Enemy images can be thought of as scripts that articulate a logic of enmity and identify a source of threat towards the Self. In this chapter, Russian émigré philosopher Ivan Ilʹin’s identification of Russia’s enemies are used as a reference point in the analysis of the Kremlin’s strategic communication of threats. The analysis of Ilʹin’s enemy images and their juxtaposition with the Kremlin’s strategic communication of threats opens up three different but complementary scripts that explain threats and risks for Russia’s state security. 30 00 Enemy images can be thought of as scripts that articulate a logic of enmity and identify a source of threat towards the Self. In this chapter, Russian émigré philosopher Ivan Ilʹin’s identification of Russia’s enemies are used as a reference point in the analysis of the Kremlin’s strategic communication of threats. The analysis of Ilʹin’s enemy images and their juxtaposition with the Kremlin’s strategic communication of threats opens up three different but complementary scripts that explain threats and risks for Russia’s state security. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 An Unattainable Ideal: Youth and Patriotism in Russia 1 A01 21 0000000159662947 Jussi Lassila Jussi Lassila Finnish Institute of International Affairs (FIIA) Senior research fellow. 03 00 The chapter discusses patriotism’s role and future prospects in Russia in relation to its principal target, Russia’s youth. Beneath the overall conformism with the Kremlin’s patriotic policies, youth’s relatively marginal engagement with any fixed patriotic identity is to be found among a variety of patriotic activists who prefer a distinct patriotic position to the state and the rest of society. In generational terms, Russia is witnessing a deepening gap between the policymakers of patriotism and the youth. On the one hand, the state repeatedly attempts to strengthen patriotism as an ideological tool in controlling societal and cultural processes, while, on the other hand, youth’s departing views from Soviet-like modes of patriotic education ignite demands to increase the role of patriotism further. Over the course of the next 10–15 years, it is very likely that an change in the balance between Soviet-era and post-Soviet cohorts of policymakers and conductors of patriotic policies will have a significant impact on the role and meaning of patriotism in Russian society. 30 00 The chapter discusses patriotism’s role and future prospects in Russia in relation to its principal target, Russia’s youth. Beneath the overall conformism with the Kremlin’s patriotic policies, youth’s relatively marginal engagement with any fixed patriotic identity is to be found among a variety of patriotic activists who prefer a distinct patriotic position to the state and the rest of society. In generational terms, Russia is witnessing a deepening gap between the policymakers of patriotism and the youth. On the one hand, the state repeatedly attempts to strengthen patriotism as an ideological tool in controlling societal and cultural processes, while, on the other hand, youth’s departing views from Soviet-like modes of patriotic education ignite demands to increase the role of patriotism further. Over the course of the next 10–15 years, it is very likely that an change in the balance between Soviet-era and post-Soviet cohorts of policymakers and conductors of patriotic policies will have a significant impact on the role and meaning of patriotism in Russian society. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 A Growing Militarism? Changing Meanings of Russian Patriotism in 2011–2017 1 A01 21 000000020784261X Eemil Mitikka Eemil Mitikka Aleksanteri Institute University of Helsinki, Faculty of Arts Doctoral researcher at University of Helsinki / Aleksanteri Insitute, Doctoral Programme in Political, Social and Regional Change, 2021— Research assistant of Dr. Tuomas Forsberg, Tampere University of Applied Sciences / University of Helsinki, 2020 Research assistant of Dr. Katri Pynnöniemi, University of Helsinki (Aleksanteri Institute) / Finnish Defence University, 2018–2019 2 A01 21 0000000237284073 Margarita Zavadskaya Margarita Zavadskaya Aleksanteri institute University of Helsinki, Faculty of Arts 03 00 Since the early 2000s, the Kremlin has sought to make patriotism an overarching national ideology for Russia. In recent years, the state-promoted patriotism has become increasingly militaristic and the external threats have been more and more emphasized in the Kremlin’s discourse. At the same time, some streams of literature suggest that the majority of Russians have actually embraced the state’s vision of militaristic patriotism and the regime-promoted idea of strong political leadership over a democratic rule. Drawing on previous research and fresh and nationally representative survey data, we examine how public perceptions of patriotism relate to the state-promoted patriotism and preference for political authoritarian leadership in contemporary Russia. Our results indicate that while the Kremlin-promoted militaristic component of patriotism has slightly increased among the Russian public after the political events of 2014, it still differs from the state-imposed patriotism in many ways and remains more diverse across Russian society. Furthermore, the notion of patriotism in the mass opinion has remained by and large the same despite the ‘rallying around the flag’ after the annexation of Crimea in 2014. 30 00 Since the early 2000s, the Kremlin has sought to make patriotism an overarching national ideology for Russia. In recent years, the state-promoted patriotism has become increasingly militaristic and the external threats have been more and more emphasized in the Kremlin’s discourse. At the same time, some streams of literature suggest that the majority of Russians have actually embraced the state’s vision of militaristic patriotism and the regime-promoted idea of strong political leadership over a democratic rule. Drawing on previous research and fresh and nationally representative survey data, we examine how public perceptions of patriotism relate to the state-promoted patriotism and preference for political authoritarian leadership in contemporary Russia. Our results indicate that while the Kremlin-promoted militaristic component of patriotism has slightly increased among the Russian public after the political events of 2014, it still differs from the state-imposed patriotism in many ways and remains more diverse across Russian society. Furthermore, the notion of patriotism in the mass opinion has remained by and large the same despite the ‘rallying around the flag’ after the annexation of Crimea in 2014. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Patriots on Air: Reflections on Patriotism in the Minds of TV Journalists 1 A01 Salla Nazarenko Salla Nazarenko Communication Sciences 40 033003e23 Tampere University 03 00 This chapter analyses patriotic discourses of Russian television journalists. The starting point is that there is a certain pressure to be patriotic imposed upon journalists who work for mainstream television. Three discourses on patriotism have been identified through thematic interviews: a personal, intimate patriotism; a militaristic one - and a patriotism that draws from the narratives of ongoing information war. Russian journalists use all three discourses when they explain their attitude towards patriotism. While journalists express criticism towards militaristic undertones of official discourse, the most prominent figures in television accept and repeat it in their work. 30 00 This chapter analyses patriotic discourses of Russian television journalists. The starting point is that there is a certain pressure to be patriotic imposed upon journalists who work for mainstream television. Three discourses on patriotism have been identified through thematic interviews: a personal, intimate patriotism; a militaristic one - and a patriotism that draws from the narratives of ongoing information war. Russian journalists use all three discourses when they explain their attitude towards patriotism. While journalists express criticism towards militaristic undertones of official discourse, the most prominent figures in television accept and repeat it in their work. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Upgrading the Image of the Russian Armed Forces: A Task Set for Military-Political Training 1 A01 21 0000000256027240 Arseniy Svynarenko Arseniy Svynarenko Faculty of Social Sciences University of Tampere MSSc (University of Tampere); Dr. (Taras Shevchenko National University of Kyiv, Ukraine) 03 00 The demographic trends and general general scepticism among the youth towards the armed forces have created a strong impetus for the authorities to make military service more attractive to young Russian men. This chapter will provide an overview of the newly organized military-political training among the conscripts and military personnel. 30 00 The demographic trends and general general scepticism among the youth towards the armed forces have created a strong impetus for the authorities to make military service more attractive to young Russian men. This chapter will provide an overview of the newly organized military-political training among the conscripts and military personnel. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Russia’s Young Army: Raising New Generations into Militarized Patriots 1 A01 21 0000000307938256 Jonna Alava Jonna Alava Faculty of Arts 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Jonna Alava, MA is a doctoral researcher at the University of Helsinki and a member of the RUSMILSEC group at the National Defence University. Her doctoral research project deals with the gender aspects of military-patriotic education in Russia. 03 00 This chapter addresses military-patriotic education in Russia. The Russian state pays increasing attention to the military-patriotic upbringing of children to elevate patriotic spirit in society and to get a larger number of motivated young men join the armed forces. In 2015, Ûnarmiâ was founded to unite the country’s fragmented military-patriotic youth organisations. The movement aims to operate in all schools in Russia. By deconstructing the hegemonic discourse of military-patriotic education, I analyse the linguistic modes in which the legitimization of Ûnarmiâ is constructed. Discourses of heroism, masculinity, a beneficial and fun hobby, being citizen-soldiers, and military traditionalism include key strategies of legitimization processes for influencing audiences. Discourses suggest that rather than preparing young people for immediate war, Ûnarmiâ's purpose is to raise patriotic citizens who support the prevailing regime and contribute to solving the demographic crisis by repeating ‘traditional’ gender roles.” 30 00 This chapter addresses military-patriotic education in Russia. The Russian state pays increasing attention to the military-patriotic upbringing of children to elevate patriotic spirit in society and to get a larger number of motivated young men join the armed forces. In 2015, Ûnarmiâ was founded to unite the country’s fragmented military-patriotic youth organisations. The movement aims to operate in all schools in Russia. By deconstructing the hegemonic discourse of military-patriotic education, I analyse the linguistic modes in which the legitimization of Ûnarmiâ is constructed. Discourses of heroism, masculinity, a beneficial and fun hobby, being citizen-soldiers, and military traditionalism include key strategies of legitimization processes for influencing audiences. Discourses suggest that rather than preparing young people for immediate war, Ûnarmiâ's purpose is to raise patriotic citizens who support the prevailing regime and contribute to solving the demographic crisis by repeating ‘traditional’ gender roles.” 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Why Did the Seamen Have to Die? The Kursk Tragedy and the Evoking of Old Testament Blood Sacrifice 1 A01 21 0000000294738158 Elina Kahla Elina Kahla Aleksanteri Institute 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki PhD Elina Kahla is Principal Investigator & Liaison Manager affiliated with the Aleksanteri Institute, and Docent (Adjunct Professor) in Cultural History of Russia at the University of Helsinki. She specializes in memory politics and cultural production, as well as church-state collaboration in contemporary Russia. 03 00 This chapter addresses church-state collaboration in the context of ‘spiritual national defence’; it compares different views represented in cultural productions on the tragedy of the submarine Kursk</italic>, that which sank in the Barents Sea, on 12 August 2000. It suggests that the Russian secular leadership’s reluctance to deal with the management of the past, especially concerning the punishment of Stalinist oppressors, is compensated by glorifying victims – here, the seamen of the Kursk</italic> – having died on duty, as martyrs. Тhe glorification of martyrs derives from Old Testament theology of blood sacrifice (2 Moses, 24:8), and makes it possible to commemorate Muslim martyrs together with Orthodox Christian ones. Some theologians have claimed that Russia had needed these sacrifices to spiritually wake up in the post-atheist vacuum of values, and that the Russian people had to repent for having abandoned their forefathers’ Christian faith. In this line of apologetics of blood sacrifices and need to repent, the New Testament’s promise of Jesus’s complete purgation and redemption of sin through perfect sacrifice (Matt. 26:28) is not mentioned. My reading elaborates on the commemorative album Everlasting Lamp of Kursk</italic> by (then) Hegumen Mitrofan (Badanin) (2010), as well as on the drama film Kursk</italic> by Danish director Thomas Vinterberg (2018), whose film illustrates pan-European visions, based implicitly on the New Testament promise. 30 00 This chapter addresses church-state collaboration in the context of ‘spiritual national defence’; it compares different views represented in cultural productions on the tragedy of the submarine Kursk</italic>, that which sank in the Barents Sea, on 12 August 2000. It suggests that the Russian secular leadership’s reluctance to deal with the management of the past, especially concerning the punishment of Stalinist oppressors, is compensated by glorifying victims – here, the seamen of the Kursk</italic> – having died on duty, as martyrs. Тhe glorification of martyrs derives from Old Testament theology of blood sacrifice (2 Moses, 24:8), and makes it possible to commemorate Muslim martyrs together with Orthodox Christian ones. Some theologians have claimed that Russia had needed these sacrifices to spiritually wake up in the post-atheist vacuum of values, and that the Russian people had to repent for having abandoned their forefathers’ Christian faith. In this line of apologetics of blood sacrifices and need to repent, the New Testament’s promise of Jesus’s complete purgation and redemption of sin through perfect sacrifice (Matt. 26:28) is not mentioned. My reading elaborates on the commemorative album Everlasting Lamp of Kursk</italic> by (then) Hegumen Mitrofan (Badanin) (2010), as well as on the drama film Kursk</italic> by Danish director Thomas Vinterberg (2018), whose film illustrates pan-European visions, based implicitly on the New Testament promise. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Conclusion 1 A01 21 0000000161231206 Katri Pynnöniemi Katri Pynnöniemi University of Helsinki and National Defence University 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20210527 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690356 03 9789523690356 06 15 9789523690363 03 9789523690363 06 15 9789523690370 03 9789523690370 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690349 20 08 20210527 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690349 20 08 20210527 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690349 20 08 20210527 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690349 20 08 20210527 01 urn:uuid:e98d4978-1430-41f2-8189-0cc71d2882f0 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:fb902644-fa48-4742-8ac3-a7ac4b375337 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e98d4978-1430-41f2-8189-0cc71d2882f0 15 9789523690356 03 9789523690356 06 10.33134/HUP-9 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Nexus of Patriotism and Militarism in Russia A Quest for Internal Cohesion 1 B01 21 0000000161231206 Katri Pynnöniemi Katri Pynnöniemi Aleksanteri-institute and Department of Art of War University of Helsinki and National Defence University Katri Pynnöniemi is an assistant professor at the University of Helsinki (Aleksanteri-institute) and holds Mannerheim Chair of Russian Security Studies. The joint professorship between the University of Helsinki and the National Defense University was established in August 2017. Pynnöniemi has published widely on the system change in Russia and on Russian foreign and security policy. Her current research deals with Russia's security policy and strategic thinking. Her latest publications include: Perceptions of hybrid war in Russia: means, targets and objectives identified in the Russian debate (co-authored with Minna Jokela), Cambridge Review of International Affairs (2020); Information-psychological warfare in Russian strategic thinking, in Handbook of Russian Security Policy (2019); Russia’s National Security Strategy: Analysis of Conceptual Evolution” at the Journal of Slavic Military Studies (2018) 01 eng 00 342 03 B2 Sociology B2 political science B2 contemporary history B2 Russian and Eurasian Studies B2 survey research B2 Communication sciences 20 Russia; Youth; Putin; Patriotism; Patriotic education; Militarism; Authoritarianism; Blood sacrifice; submarine Kursk; Threat perception; Enemy image 01 06 02 00 This volume provides new insights into the evolution of enemy images in Russia and the ways in which societal actors perceive official projections of patriotism and militarism in the country. When analysing the trajectory of Russia’s foreign policy and the transformation of society in general, patriotism and the growing role of militarism are 03 00 This edited volume explores patriotism and the growing role of militarism in today’s Russia. During the last 20-year period, there has been a consistent effort in Russia to consolidate the nation and to foster a sense of unity and common purpose. To this end, Russian authorities have activated various channels, from educational programmes and youth organizations to media and popular culture. With the conflict in Ukraine, the manipulation of public sentiments – feeling of pride and perception of threat – has become more systemic. The traditional view of Russia being Other for Europe has been replaced with a narrative of enmity. The West is portrayed as a threat to Russia’s historical-cultural originality while Russia represents itself as a country encircled by enemies. On the other hand, these state-led projects mixing patriotism and militarism are perceived sceptically by the Russian society, especially the younger generations.This volume provides new insights into the evolution of enemy images in Russia and the ways in which societal actors perceive official projections of patriotism and militarism in the Russian society. The contributors of the volume include several experts on Russian studies, contemporary history, political science, sociology, and media studies.Katri Pynnöniemi</bold> holds a joint professorship of Russian security studies at the University of Helsinki and at the Finnish National Defense University. She has published widely on the system change in Russia as well as on Russian foreign and security policy. The contributors of the volume include several experts on Russian studies, contemporary history, political science, sociology, and media studies. 30 00 This edited volume explores patriotism and the growing role of militarism in today’s Russia. During the last 20-year period, there has been a consistent effort in Russia to consolidate the nation and to foster a sense of unity and common purpose. To this end, Russian authorities have activated various channels, from educational programmes and youth organizations to media and popular culture. With the conflict in Ukraine, the manipulation of public sentiments – feeling of pride and perception of threat – has become more systemic. The traditional view of Russia being Other for Europe has been replaced with a narrative of enmity. The West is portrayed as a threat to Russia’s historical-cultural originality while Russia represents itself as a country encircled by enemies. On the other hand, these state-led projects mixing patriotism and militarism are perceived sceptically by the Russian society, especially the younger generations.This volume provides new insights into the evolution of enemy images in Russia and the ways in which societal actors perceive official projections of patriotism and militarism in the Russian society. The contributors of the volume include several experts on Russian studies, contemporary history, political science, sociology, and media studies.Katri Pynnöniemi</bold> holds a joint professorship of Russian security studies at the University of Helsinki and at the Finnish National Defense University. She has published widely on the system change in Russia as well as on Russian foreign and security policy. The contributors of the volume include several experts on Russian studies, contemporary history, political science, sociology, and media studies. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/a1a7790d-2170-4d29-8652-1732d4dcf98d.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction 1 A01 21 0000000161231206 Katri Pynnöniemi Katri Pynnöniemi Aleksanteri-institute and Department of Art of War University of Helsinki and National Defence University Katri Pynnöniemi is an assistant professor at the University of Helsinki (Aleksanteri-institute) and holds Mannerheim Chair of Russian Security Studies. The joint professorship between the University of Helsinki and the National Defense University was established in August 2017. Pynnöniemi has published widely on the system change in Russia and on Russian foreign and security policy. Her current research deals with Russia's security policy and strategic thinking. Her latest publications include: Perceptions of hybrid war in Russia: means, targets and objectives identified in the Russian debate (co-authored with Minna Jokela), Cambridge Review of International Affairs (2020); Information-psychological warfare in Russian strategic thinking, in Handbook of Russian Security Policy (2019); Russia’s National Security Strategy: Analysis of Conceptual Evolution” at the Journal of Slavic Military Studies (2018) 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Enemy Images in the Russian National Narrative 1 A01 Kati Parppei Kati Parppei Department of Geographical and Historical Studies 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland 03 00 Historical contextualizing is essential to examining and understanding the forms of patriotism and applications of national narrative in contemporary Russia. An important aspect in the formation of collective identities are the perceptions of outer threat at any given time. In this chapter, certain aspects of the development of enemy images in Russia are briefly studied and contextualized, followed by an examination of their manifestations in the contemporary Russian politicization of history. 30 00 Historical contextualizing is essential to examining and understanding the forms of patriotism and applications of national narrative in contemporary Russia. An important aspect in the formation of collective identities are the perceptions of outer threat at any given time. In this chapter, certain aspects of the development of enemy images in Russia are briefly studied and contextualized, followed by an examination of their manifestations in the contemporary Russian politicization of history. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Evolution of Russia’s ‘Others’ in Presidential Discourse in 2000–2020 1 A01 21 0000000339901714 Veera Laine Veera Laine EU’s Eastern Neighbourhood and Russia research programme / Political history Finnish Institute of International Affairs (FIIA) / University of Helsinki Veera Laine is a Doctoral Candidate in political history at the University of Helsinki, Finland. She is also a Research Fellow in the EU’s Eastern Neighbourhood and Russia research program at the Finnish Institute of International Affairs (FIIA). Her research interests include nationalism(s) in Russia, Russian Orthodox Church, and conceptual history. 03 00 In this chapter, the Others of Russia, reoccurring in the presidential discourse in 2000–2020, will be analysed. The key speeches reveal three distinctive ‘Others’ of the Russian state and nation, evolving in space and time: first, an ineffective politician in the 1990s, and, later, a corrupt bureaucrat, is framed as historical and internal Other, whose figure legitimizes the current power. Second, the metaphor of constant competition in the international relations describes the Other as economically stronger developed Western country, against which Russia’s ‘backwardness’ is mirrored, especially in the early 2000s. As the economic competition becomes harder to win and the quest for national unity intensifies, the emphasis turns to the third Other, the one holding fundamentally different values than the Self. Thus, it is argued that the metaphor of competition/conflict between Russia and its Others has undergone a qualitative transformation in the presidential rhetoric, reflecting change in Russia’s relative strength: instead of the previously admired economic performance, the times of conflict show that Russia’s true strength vis-à-vis its Others resides in the conservative, moral values and military might. 30 00 In this chapter, the Others of Russia, reoccurring in the presidential discourse in 2000–2020, will be analysed. The key speeches reveal three distinctive ‘Others’ of the Russian state and nation, evolving in space and time: first, an ineffective politician in the 1990s, and, later, a corrupt bureaucrat, is framed as historical and internal Other, whose figure legitimizes the current power. Second, the metaphor of constant competition in the international relations describes the Other as economically stronger developed Western country, against which Russia’s ‘backwardness’ is mirrored, especially in the early 2000s. As the economic competition becomes harder to win and the quest for national unity intensifies, the emphasis turns to the third Other, the one holding fundamentally different values than the Self. Thus, it is argued that the metaphor of competition/conflict between Russia and its Others has undergone a qualitative transformation in the presidential rhetoric, reflecting change in Russia’s relative strength: instead of the previously admired economic performance, the times of conflict show that Russia’s true strength vis-à-vis its Others resides in the conservative, moral values and military might. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Ivan Ilʹin and the Kremlin’s Strategic Communication of Threats: Evil, Worthy and Hidden Enemies 1 A01 21 0000000161231206 Katri Pynnöniemi Katri Pynnöniemi Aleksanteri-institute and Department of Art of War University of Helsinki and National Defence University Katri Pynnöniemi is an assistant professor at the University of Helsinki (Aleksanteri-institute) and holds Mannerheim Chair of Russian Security Studies. The joint professorship between the University of Helsinki and the National Defense University was established in August 2017. Pynnöniemi has published widely on the system change in Russia and on Russian foreign and security policy. Her current research deals with Russia's security policy and strategic thinking. Her latest publications include: Perceptions of hybrid war in Russia: means, targets and objectives identified in the Russian debate (co-authored with Minna Jokela), Cambridge Review of International Affairs (2020); Information-psychological warfare in Russian strategic thinking, in Handbook of Russian Security Policy (2019); Russia’s National Security Strategy: Analysis of Conceptual Evolution” at the Journal of Slavic Military Studies (2018) 03 00 Enemy images can be thought of as scripts that articulate a logic of enmity and identify a source of threat towards the Self. In this chapter, Russian émigré philosopher Ivan Ilʹin’s identification of Russia’s enemies are used as a reference point in the analysis of the Kremlin’s strategic communication of threats. The analysis of Ilʹin’s enemy images and their juxtaposition with the Kremlin’s strategic communication of threats opens up three different but complementary scripts that explain threats and risks for Russia’s state security. 30 00 Enemy images can be thought of as scripts that articulate a logic of enmity and identify a source of threat towards the Self. In this chapter, Russian émigré philosopher Ivan Ilʹin’s identification of Russia’s enemies are used as a reference point in the analysis of the Kremlin’s strategic communication of threats. The analysis of Ilʹin’s enemy images and their juxtaposition with the Kremlin’s strategic communication of threats opens up three different but complementary scripts that explain threats and risks for Russia’s state security. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 An Unattainable Ideal: Youth and Patriotism in Russia 1 A01 21 0000000159662947 Jussi Lassila Jussi Lassila Finnish Institute of International Affairs (FIIA) Senior research fellow. 03 00 The chapter discusses patriotism’s role and future prospects in Russia in relation to its principal target, Russia’s youth. Beneath the overall conformism with the Kremlin’s patriotic policies, youth’s relatively marginal engagement with any fixed patriotic identity is to be found among a variety of patriotic activists who prefer a distinct patriotic position to the state and the rest of society. In generational terms, Russia is witnessing a deepening gap between the policymakers of patriotism and the youth. On the one hand, the state repeatedly attempts to strengthen patriotism as an ideological tool in controlling societal and cultural processes, while, on the other hand, youth’s departing views from Soviet-like modes of patriotic education ignite demands to increase the role of patriotism further. Over the course of the next 10–15 years, it is very likely that an change in the balance between Soviet-era and post-Soviet cohorts of policymakers and conductors of patriotic policies will have a significant impact on the role and meaning of patriotism in Russian society. 30 00 The chapter discusses patriotism’s role and future prospects in Russia in relation to its principal target, Russia’s youth. Beneath the overall conformism with the Kremlin’s patriotic policies, youth’s relatively marginal engagement with any fixed patriotic identity is to be found among a variety of patriotic activists who prefer a distinct patriotic position to the state and the rest of society. In generational terms, Russia is witnessing a deepening gap between the policymakers of patriotism and the youth. On the one hand, the state repeatedly attempts to strengthen patriotism as an ideological tool in controlling societal and cultural processes, while, on the other hand, youth’s departing views from Soviet-like modes of patriotic education ignite demands to increase the role of patriotism further. Over the course of the next 10–15 years, it is very likely that an change in the balance between Soviet-era and post-Soviet cohorts of policymakers and conductors of patriotic policies will have a significant impact on the role and meaning of patriotism in Russian society. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 A Growing Militarism? Changing Meanings of Russian Patriotism in 2011–2017 1 A01 21 000000020784261X Eemil Mitikka Eemil Mitikka Aleksanteri Institute University of Helsinki, Faculty of Arts Doctoral researcher at University of Helsinki / Aleksanteri Insitute, Doctoral Programme in Political, Social and Regional Change, 2021— Research assistant of Dr. Tuomas Forsberg, Tampere University of Applied Sciences / University of Helsinki, 2020 Research assistant of Dr. Katri Pynnöniemi, University of Helsinki (Aleksanteri Institute) / Finnish Defence University, 2018–2019 2 A01 21 0000000237284073 Margarita Zavadskaya Margarita Zavadskaya Aleksanteri institute University of Helsinki, Faculty of Arts 03 00 Since the early 2000s, the Kremlin has sought to make patriotism an overarching national ideology for Russia. In recent years, the state-promoted patriotism has become increasingly militaristic and the external threats have been more and more emphasized in the Kremlin’s discourse. At the same time, some streams of literature suggest that the majority of Russians have actually embraced the state’s vision of militaristic patriotism and the regime-promoted idea of strong political leadership over a democratic rule. Drawing on previous research and fresh and nationally representative survey data, we examine how public perceptions of patriotism relate to the state-promoted patriotism and preference for political authoritarian leadership in contemporary Russia. Our results indicate that while the Kremlin-promoted militaristic component of patriotism has slightly increased among the Russian public after the political events of 2014, it still differs from the state-imposed patriotism in many ways and remains more diverse across Russian society. Furthermore, the notion of patriotism in the mass opinion has remained by and large the same despite the ‘rallying around the flag’ after the annexation of Crimea in 2014. 30 00 Since the early 2000s, the Kremlin has sought to make patriotism an overarching national ideology for Russia. In recent years, the state-promoted patriotism has become increasingly militaristic and the external threats have been more and more emphasized in the Kremlin’s discourse. At the same time, some streams of literature suggest that the majority of Russians have actually embraced the state’s vision of militaristic patriotism and the regime-promoted idea of strong political leadership over a democratic rule. Drawing on previous research and fresh and nationally representative survey data, we examine how public perceptions of patriotism relate to the state-promoted patriotism and preference for political authoritarian leadership in contemporary Russia. Our results indicate that while the Kremlin-promoted militaristic component of patriotism has slightly increased among the Russian public after the political events of 2014, it still differs from the state-imposed patriotism in many ways and remains more diverse across Russian society. Furthermore, the notion of patriotism in the mass opinion has remained by and large the same despite the ‘rallying around the flag’ after the annexation of Crimea in 2014. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Patriots on Air: Reflections on Patriotism in the Minds of TV Journalists 1 A01 Salla Nazarenko Salla Nazarenko Communication Sciences 40 033003e23 Tampere University 03 00 This chapter analyses patriotic discourses of Russian television journalists. The starting point is that there is a certain pressure to be patriotic imposed upon journalists who work for mainstream television. Three discourses on patriotism have been identified through thematic interviews: a personal, intimate patriotism; a militaristic one - and a patriotism that draws from the narratives of ongoing information war. Russian journalists use all three discourses when they explain their attitude towards patriotism. While journalists express criticism towards militaristic undertones of official discourse, the most prominent figures in television accept and repeat it in their work. 30 00 This chapter analyses patriotic discourses of Russian television journalists. The starting point is that there is a certain pressure to be patriotic imposed upon journalists who work for mainstream television. Three discourses on patriotism have been identified through thematic interviews: a personal, intimate patriotism; a militaristic one - and a patriotism that draws from the narratives of ongoing information war. Russian journalists use all three discourses when they explain their attitude towards patriotism. While journalists express criticism towards militaristic undertones of official discourse, the most prominent figures in television accept and repeat it in their work. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Upgrading the Image of the Russian Armed Forces: A Task Set for Military-Political Training 1 A01 21 0000000256027240 Arseniy Svynarenko Arseniy Svynarenko Faculty of Social Sciences University of Tampere MSSc (University of Tampere); Dr. (Taras Shevchenko National University of Kyiv, Ukraine) 03 00 The demographic trends and general general scepticism among the youth towards the armed forces have created a strong impetus for the authorities to make military service more attractive to young Russian men. This chapter will provide an overview of the newly organized military-political training among the conscripts and military personnel. 30 00 The demographic trends and general general scepticism among the youth towards the armed forces have created a strong impetus for the authorities to make military service more attractive to young Russian men. This chapter will provide an overview of the newly organized military-political training among the conscripts and military personnel. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Russia’s Young Army: Raising New Generations into Militarized Patriots 1 A01 21 0000000307938256 Jonna Alava Jonna Alava Faculty of Arts 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Jonna Alava, MA is a doctoral researcher at the University of Helsinki and a member of the RUSMILSEC group at the National Defence University. Her doctoral research project deals with the gender aspects of military-patriotic education in Russia. 03 00 This chapter addresses military-patriotic education in Russia. The Russian state pays increasing attention to the military-patriotic upbringing of children to elevate patriotic spirit in society and to get a larger number of motivated young men join the armed forces. In 2015, Ûnarmiâ was founded to unite the country’s fragmented military-patriotic youth organisations. The movement aims to operate in all schools in Russia. By deconstructing the hegemonic discourse of military-patriotic education, I analyse the linguistic modes in which the legitimization of Ûnarmiâ is constructed. Discourses of heroism, masculinity, a beneficial and fun hobby, being citizen-soldiers, and military traditionalism include key strategies of legitimization processes for influencing audiences. Discourses suggest that rather than preparing young people for immediate war, Ûnarmiâ's purpose is to raise patriotic citizens who support the prevailing regime and contribute to solving the demographic crisis by repeating ‘traditional’ gender roles.” 30 00 This chapter addresses military-patriotic education in Russia. The Russian state pays increasing attention to the military-patriotic upbringing of children to elevate patriotic spirit in society and to get a larger number of motivated young men join the armed forces. In 2015, Ûnarmiâ was founded to unite the country’s fragmented military-patriotic youth organisations. The movement aims to operate in all schools in Russia. By deconstructing the hegemonic discourse of military-patriotic education, I analyse the linguistic modes in which the legitimization of Ûnarmiâ is constructed. Discourses of heroism, masculinity, a beneficial and fun hobby, being citizen-soldiers, and military traditionalism include key strategies of legitimization processes for influencing audiences. Discourses suggest that rather than preparing young people for immediate war, Ûnarmiâ's purpose is to raise patriotic citizens who support the prevailing regime and contribute to solving the demographic crisis by repeating ‘traditional’ gender roles.” 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Why Did the Seamen Have to Die? The Kursk Tragedy and the Evoking of Old Testament Blood Sacrifice 1 A01 21 0000000294738158 Elina Kahla Elina Kahla Aleksanteri Institute 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki PhD Elina Kahla is Principal Investigator & Liaison Manager affiliated with the Aleksanteri Institute, and Docent (Adjunct Professor) in Cultural History of Russia at the University of Helsinki. She specializes in memory politics and cultural production, as well as church-state collaboration in contemporary Russia. 03 00 This chapter addresses church-state collaboration in the context of ‘spiritual national defence’; it compares different views represented in cultural productions on the tragedy of the submarine Kursk</italic>, that which sank in the Barents Sea, on 12 August 2000. It suggests that the Russian secular leadership’s reluctance to deal with the management of the past, especially concerning the punishment of Stalinist oppressors, is compensated by glorifying victims – here, the seamen of the Kursk</italic> – having died on duty, as martyrs. Тhe glorification of martyrs derives from Old Testament theology of blood sacrifice (2 Moses, 24:8), and makes it possible to commemorate Muslim martyrs together with Orthodox Christian ones. Some theologians have claimed that Russia had needed these sacrifices to spiritually wake up in the post-atheist vacuum of values, and that the Russian people had to repent for having abandoned their forefathers’ Christian faith. In this line of apologetics of blood sacrifices and need to repent, the New Testament’s promise of Jesus’s complete purgation and redemption of sin through perfect sacrifice (Matt. 26:28) is not mentioned. My reading elaborates on the commemorative album Everlasting Lamp of Kursk</italic> by (then) Hegumen Mitrofan (Badanin) (2010), as well as on the drama film Kursk</italic> by Danish director Thomas Vinterberg (2018), whose film illustrates pan-European visions, based implicitly on the New Testament promise. 30 00 This chapter addresses church-state collaboration in the context of ‘spiritual national defence’; it compares different views represented in cultural productions on the tragedy of the submarine Kursk</italic>, that which sank in the Barents Sea, on 12 August 2000. It suggests that the Russian secular leadership’s reluctance to deal with the management of the past, especially concerning the punishment of Stalinist oppressors, is compensated by glorifying victims – here, the seamen of the Kursk</italic> – having died on duty, as martyrs. Тhe glorification of martyrs derives from Old Testament theology of blood sacrifice (2 Moses, 24:8), and makes it possible to commemorate Muslim martyrs together with Orthodox Christian ones. Some theologians have claimed that Russia had needed these sacrifices to spiritually wake up in the post-atheist vacuum of values, and that the Russian people had to repent for having abandoned their forefathers’ Christian faith. In this line of apologetics of blood sacrifices and need to repent, the New Testament’s promise of Jesus’s complete purgation and redemption of sin through perfect sacrifice (Matt. 26:28) is not mentioned. My reading elaborates on the commemorative album Everlasting Lamp of Kursk</italic> by (then) Hegumen Mitrofan (Badanin) (2010), as well as on the drama film Kursk</italic> by Danish director Thomas Vinterberg (2018), whose film illustrates pan-European visions, based implicitly on the New Testament promise. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Conclusion 1 A01 21 0000000161231206 Katri Pynnöniemi Katri Pynnöniemi University of Helsinki and National Defence University 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20210527 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690349 03 9789523690349 06 15 9789523690363 03 9789523690363 06 15 9789523690370 03 9789523690370 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20210527 01 urn:uuid:098686fa-ca82-4ab3-adbc-52e499d3591b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:fb902644-fa48-4742-8ac3-a7ac4b375337 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:098686fa-ca82-4ab3-adbc-52e499d3591b 15 9789523690363 03 9789523690363 06 10.33134/HUP-9 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Nexus of Patriotism and Militarism in Russia A Quest for Internal Cohesion 1 B01 21 0000000161231206 Katri Pynnöniemi Katri Pynnöniemi Aleksanteri-institute and Department of Art of War University of Helsinki and National Defence University Katri Pynnöniemi is an assistant professor at the University of Helsinki (Aleksanteri-institute) and holds Mannerheim Chair of Russian Security Studies. The joint professorship between the University of Helsinki and the National Defense University was established in August 2017. Pynnöniemi has published widely on the system change in Russia and on Russian foreign and security policy. Her current research deals with Russia's security policy and strategic thinking. Her latest publications include: Perceptions of hybrid war in Russia: means, targets and objectives identified in the Russian debate (co-authored with Minna Jokela), Cambridge Review of International Affairs (2020); Information-psychological warfare in Russian strategic thinking, in Handbook of Russian Security Policy (2019); Russia’s National Security Strategy: Analysis of Conceptual Evolution” at the Journal of Slavic Military Studies (2018) 01 eng 00 342 03 B2 Sociology B2 political science B2 contemporary history B2 Russian and Eurasian Studies B2 survey research B2 Communication sciences 20 Russia; Youth; Putin; Patriotism; Patriotic education; Militarism; Authoritarianism; Blood sacrifice; submarine Kursk; Threat perception; Enemy image 01 06 02 00 This volume provides new insights into the evolution of enemy images in Russia and the ways in which societal actors perceive official projections of patriotism and militarism in the country. When analysing the trajectory of Russia’s foreign policy and the transformation of society in general, patriotism and the growing role of militarism are 03 00 This edited volume explores patriotism and the growing role of militarism in today’s Russia. During the last 20-year period, there has been a consistent effort in Russia to consolidate the nation and to foster a sense of unity and common purpose. To this end, Russian authorities have activated various channels, from educational programmes and youth organizations to media and popular culture. With the conflict in Ukraine, the manipulation of public sentiments – feeling of pride and perception of threat – has become more systemic. The traditional view of Russia being Other for Europe has been replaced with a narrative of enmity. The West is portrayed as a threat to Russia’s historical-cultural originality while Russia represents itself as a country encircled by enemies. On the other hand, these state-led projects mixing patriotism and militarism are perceived sceptically by the Russian society, especially the younger generations.This volume provides new insights into the evolution of enemy images in Russia and the ways in which societal actors perceive official projections of patriotism and militarism in the Russian society. The contributors of the volume include several experts on Russian studies, contemporary history, political science, sociology, and media studies.Katri Pynnöniemi</bold> holds a joint professorship of Russian security studies at the University of Helsinki and at the Finnish National Defense University. She has published widely on the system change in Russia as well as on Russian foreign and security policy. The contributors of the volume include several experts on Russian studies, contemporary history, political science, sociology, and media studies. 30 00 This edited volume explores patriotism and the growing role of militarism in today’s Russia. During the last 20-year period, there has been a consistent effort in Russia to consolidate the nation and to foster a sense of unity and common purpose. To this end, Russian authorities have activated various channels, from educational programmes and youth organizations to media and popular culture. With the conflict in Ukraine, the manipulation of public sentiments – feeling of pride and perception of threat – has become more systemic. The traditional view of Russia being Other for Europe has been replaced with a narrative of enmity. The West is portrayed as a threat to Russia’s historical-cultural originality while Russia represents itself as a country encircled by enemies. On the other hand, these state-led projects mixing patriotism and militarism are perceived sceptically by the Russian society, especially the younger generations.This volume provides new insights into the evolution of enemy images in Russia and the ways in which societal actors perceive official projections of patriotism and militarism in the Russian society. The contributors of the volume include several experts on Russian studies, contemporary history, political science, sociology, and media studies.Katri Pynnöniemi</bold> holds a joint professorship of Russian security studies at the University of Helsinki and at the Finnish National Defense University. She has published widely on the system change in Russia as well as on Russian foreign and security policy. The contributors of the volume include several experts on Russian studies, contemporary history, political science, sociology, and media studies. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/a1a7790d-2170-4d29-8652-1732d4dcf98d.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction 1 A01 21 0000000161231206 Katri Pynnöniemi Katri Pynnöniemi Aleksanteri-institute and Department of Art of War University of Helsinki and National Defence University Katri Pynnöniemi is an assistant professor at the University of Helsinki (Aleksanteri-institute) and holds Mannerheim Chair of Russian Security Studies. The joint professorship between the University of Helsinki and the National Defense University was established in August 2017. Pynnöniemi has published widely on the system change in Russia and on Russian foreign and security policy. Her current research deals with Russia's security policy and strategic thinking. Her latest publications include: Perceptions of hybrid war in Russia: means, targets and objectives identified in the Russian debate (co-authored with Minna Jokela), Cambridge Review of International Affairs (2020); Information-psychological warfare in Russian strategic thinking, in Handbook of Russian Security Policy (2019); Russia’s National Security Strategy: Analysis of Conceptual Evolution” at the Journal of Slavic Military Studies (2018) 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Enemy Images in the Russian National Narrative 1 A01 Kati Parppei Kati Parppei Department of Geographical and Historical Studies 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland 03 00 Historical contextualizing is essential to examining and understanding the forms of patriotism and applications of national narrative in contemporary Russia. An important aspect in the formation of collective identities are the perceptions of outer threat at any given time. In this chapter, certain aspects of the development of enemy images in Russia are briefly studied and contextualized, followed by an examination of their manifestations in the contemporary Russian politicization of history. 30 00 Historical contextualizing is essential to examining and understanding the forms of patriotism and applications of national narrative in contemporary Russia. An important aspect in the formation of collective identities are the perceptions of outer threat at any given time. In this chapter, certain aspects of the development of enemy images in Russia are briefly studied and contextualized, followed by an examination of their manifestations in the contemporary Russian politicization of history. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Evolution of Russia’s ‘Others’ in Presidential Discourse in 2000–2020 1 A01 21 0000000339901714 Veera Laine Veera Laine EU’s Eastern Neighbourhood and Russia research programme / Political history Finnish Institute of International Affairs (FIIA) / University of Helsinki Veera Laine is a Doctoral Candidate in political history at the University of Helsinki, Finland. She is also a Research Fellow in the EU’s Eastern Neighbourhood and Russia research program at the Finnish Institute of International Affairs (FIIA). Her research interests include nationalism(s) in Russia, Russian Orthodox Church, and conceptual history. 03 00 In this chapter, the Others of Russia, reoccurring in the presidential discourse in 2000–2020, will be analysed. The key speeches reveal three distinctive ‘Others’ of the Russian state and nation, evolving in space and time: first, an ineffective politician in the 1990s, and, later, a corrupt bureaucrat, is framed as historical and internal Other, whose figure legitimizes the current power. Second, the metaphor of constant competition in the international relations describes the Other as economically stronger developed Western country, against which Russia’s ‘backwardness’ is mirrored, especially in the early 2000s. As the economic competition becomes harder to win and the quest for national unity intensifies, the emphasis turns to the third Other, the one holding fundamentally different values than the Self. Thus, it is argued that the metaphor of competition/conflict between Russia and its Others has undergone a qualitative transformation in the presidential rhetoric, reflecting change in Russia’s relative strength: instead of the previously admired economic performance, the times of conflict show that Russia’s true strength vis-à-vis its Others resides in the conservative, moral values and military might. 30 00 In this chapter, the Others of Russia, reoccurring in the presidential discourse in 2000–2020, will be analysed. The key speeches reveal three distinctive ‘Others’ of the Russian state and nation, evolving in space and time: first, an ineffective politician in the 1990s, and, later, a corrupt bureaucrat, is framed as historical and internal Other, whose figure legitimizes the current power. Second, the metaphor of constant competition in the international relations describes the Other as economically stronger developed Western country, against which Russia’s ‘backwardness’ is mirrored, especially in the early 2000s. As the economic competition becomes harder to win and the quest for national unity intensifies, the emphasis turns to the third Other, the one holding fundamentally different values than the Self. Thus, it is argued that the metaphor of competition/conflict between Russia and its Others has undergone a qualitative transformation in the presidential rhetoric, reflecting change in Russia’s relative strength: instead of the previously admired economic performance, the times of conflict show that Russia’s true strength vis-à-vis its Others resides in the conservative, moral values and military might. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Ivan Ilʹin and the Kremlin’s Strategic Communication of Threats: Evil, Worthy and Hidden Enemies 1 A01 21 0000000161231206 Katri Pynnöniemi Katri Pynnöniemi Aleksanteri-institute and Department of Art of War University of Helsinki and National Defence University Katri Pynnöniemi is an assistant professor at the University of Helsinki (Aleksanteri-institute) and holds Mannerheim Chair of Russian Security Studies. The joint professorship between the University of Helsinki and the National Defense University was established in August 2017. Pynnöniemi has published widely on the system change in Russia and on Russian foreign and security policy. Her current research deals with Russia's security policy and strategic thinking. Her latest publications include: Perceptions of hybrid war in Russia: means, targets and objectives identified in the Russian debate (co-authored with Minna Jokela), Cambridge Review of International Affairs (2020); Information-psychological warfare in Russian strategic thinking, in Handbook of Russian Security Policy (2019); Russia’s National Security Strategy: Analysis of Conceptual Evolution” at the Journal of Slavic Military Studies (2018) 03 00 Enemy images can be thought of as scripts that articulate a logic of enmity and identify a source of threat towards the Self. In this chapter, Russian émigré philosopher Ivan Ilʹin’s identification of Russia’s enemies are used as a reference point in the analysis of the Kremlin’s strategic communication of threats. The analysis of Ilʹin’s enemy images and their juxtaposition with the Kremlin’s strategic communication of threats opens up three different but complementary scripts that explain threats and risks for Russia’s state security. 30 00 Enemy images can be thought of as scripts that articulate a logic of enmity and identify a source of threat towards the Self. In this chapter, Russian émigré philosopher Ivan Ilʹin’s identification of Russia’s enemies are used as a reference point in the analysis of the Kremlin’s strategic communication of threats. The analysis of Ilʹin’s enemy images and their juxtaposition with the Kremlin’s strategic communication of threats opens up three different but complementary scripts that explain threats and risks for Russia’s state security. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 An Unattainable Ideal: Youth and Patriotism in Russia 1 A01 21 0000000159662947 Jussi Lassila Jussi Lassila Finnish Institute of International Affairs (FIIA) Senior research fellow. 03 00 The chapter discusses patriotism’s role and future prospects in Russia in relation to its principal target, Russia’s youth. Beneath the overall conformism with the Kremlin’s patriotic policies, youth’s relatively marginal engagement with any fixed patriotic identity is to be found among a variety of patriotic activists who prefer a distinct patriotic position to the state and the rest of society. In generational terms, Russia is witnessing a deepening gap between the policymakers of patriotism and the youth. On the one hand, the state repeatedly attempts to strengthen patriotism as an ideological tool in controlling societal and cultural processes, while, on the other hand, youth’s departing views from Soviet-like modes of patriotic education ignite demands to increase the role of patriotism further. Over the course of the next 10–15 years, it is very likely that an change in the balance between Soviet-era and post-Soviet cohorts of policymakers and conductors of patriotic policies will have a significant impact on the role and meaning of patriotism in Russian society. 30 00 The chapter discusses patriotism’s role and future prospects in Russia in relation to its principal target, Russia’s youth. Beneath the overall conformism with the Kremlin’s patriotic policies, youth’s relatively marginal engagement with any fixed patriotic identity is to be found among a variety of patriotic activists who prefer a distinct patriotic position to the state and the rest of society. In generational terms, Russia is witnessing a deepening gap between the policymakers of patriotism and the youth. On the one hand, the state repeatedly attempts to strengthen patriotism as an ideological tool in controlling societal and cultural processes, while, on the other hand, youth’s departing views from Soviet-like modes of patriotic education ignite demands to increase the role of patriotism further. Over the course of the next 10–15 years, it is very likely that an change in the balance between Soviet-era and post-Soviet cohorts of policymakers and conductors of patriotic policies will have a significant impact on the role and meaning of patriotism in Russian society. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 A Growing Militarism? Changing Meanings of Russian Patriotism in 2011–2017 1 A01 21 000000020784261X Eemil Mitikka Eemil Mitikka Aleksanteri Institute University of Helsinki, Faculty of Arts Doctoral researcher at University of Helsinki / Aleksanteri Insitute, Doctoral Programme in Political, Social and Regional Change, 2021— Research assistant of Dr. Tuomas Forsberg, Tampere University of Applied Sciences / University of Helsinki, 2020 Research assistant of Dr. Katri Pynnöniemi, University of Helsinki (Aleksanteri Institute) / Finnish Defence University, 2018–2019 2 A01 21 0000000237284073 Margarita Zavadskaya Margarita Zavadskaya Aleksanteri institute University of Helsinki, Faculty of Arts 03 00 Since the early 2000s, the Kremlin has sought to make patriotism an overarching national ideology for Russia. In recent years, the state-promoted patriotism has become increasingly militaristic and the external threats have been more and more emphasized in the Kremlin’s discourse. At the same time, some streams of literature suggest that the majority of Russians have actually embraced the state’s vision of militaristic patriotism and the regime-promoted idea of strong political leadership over a democratic rule. Drawing on previous research and fresh and nationally representative survey data, we examine how public perceptions of patriotism relate to the state-promoted patriotism and preference for political authoritarian leadership in contemporary Russia. Our results indicate that while the Kremlin-promoted militaristic component of patriotism has slightly increased among the Russian public after the political events of 2014, it still differs from the state-imposed patriotism in many ways and remains more diverse across Russian society. Furthermore, the notion of patriotism in the mass opinion has remained by and large the same despite the ‘rallying around the flag’ after the annexation of Crimea in 2014. 30 00 Since the early 2000s, the Kremlin has sought to make patriotism an overarching national ideology for Russia. In recent years, the state-promoted patriotism has become increasingly militaristic and the external threats have been more and more emphasized in the Kremlin’s discourse. At the same time, some streams of literature suggest that the majority of Russians have actually embraced the state’s vision of militaristic patriotism and the regime-promoted idea of strong political leadership over a democratic rule. Drawing on previous research and fresh and nationally representative survey data, we examine how public perceptions of patriotism relate to the state-promoted patriotism and preference for political authoritarian leadership in contemporary Russia. Our results indicate that while the Kremlin-promoted militaristic component of patriotism has slightly increased among the Russian public after the political events of 2014, it still differs from the state-imposed patriotism in many ways and remains more diverse across Russian society. Furthermore, the notion of patriotism in the mass opinion has remained by and large the same despite the ‘rallying around the flag’ after the annexation of Crimea in 2014. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Patriots on Air: Reflections on Patriotism in the Minds of TV Journalists 1 A01 Salla Nazarenko Salla Nazarenko Communication Sciences 40 033003e23 Tampere University 03 00 This chapter analyses patriotic discourses of Russian television journalists. The starting point is that there is a certain pressure to be patriotic imposed upon journalists who work for mainstream television. Three discourses on patriotism have been identified through thematic interviews: a personal, intimate patriotism; a militaristic one - and a patriotism that draws from the narratives of ongoing information war. Russian journalists use all three discourses when they explain their attitude towards patriotism. While journalists express criticism towards militaristic undertones of official discourse, the most prominent figures in television accept and repeat it in their work. 30 00 This chapter analyses patriotic discourses of Russian television journalists. The starting point is that there is a certain pressure to be patriotic imposed upon journalists who work for mainstream television. Three discourses on patriotism have been identified through thematic interviews: a personal, intimate patriotism; a militaristic one - and a patriotism that draws from the narratives of ongoing information war. Russian journalists use all three discourses when they explain their attitude towards patriotism. While journalists express criticism towards militaristic undertones of official discourse, the most prominent figures in television accept and repeat it in their work. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Upgrading the Image of the Russian Armed Forces: A Task Set for Military-Political Training 1 A01 21 0000000256027240 Arseniy Svynarenko Arseniy Svynarenko Faculty of Social Sciences University of Tampere MSSc (University of Tampere); Dr. (Taras Shevchenko National University of Kyiv, Ukraine) 03 00 The demographic trends and general general scepticism among the youth towards the armed forces have created a strong impetus for the authorities to make military service more attractive to young Russian men. This chapter will provide an overview of the newly organized military-political training among the conscripts and military personnel. 30 00 The demographic trends and general general scepticism among the youth towards the armed forces have created a strong impetus for the authorities to make military service more attractive to young Russian men. This chapter will provide an overview of the newly organized military-political training among the conscripts and military personnel. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Russia’s Young Army: Raising New Generations into Militarized Patriots 1 A01 21 0000000307938256 Jonna Alava Jonna Alava Faculty of Arts 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Jonna Alava, MA is a doctoral researcher at the University of Helsinki and a member of the RUSMILSEC group at the National Defence University. Her doctoral research project deals with the gender aspects of military-patriotic education in Russia. 03 00 This chapter addresses military-patriotic education in Russia. The Russian state pays increasing attention to the military-patriotic upbringing of children to elevate patriotic spirit in society and to get a larger number of motivated young men join the armed forces. In 2015, Ûnarmiâ was founded to unite the country’s fragmented military-patriotic youth organisations. The movement aims to operate in all schools in Russia. By deconstructing the hegemonic discourse of military-patriotic education, I analyse the linguistic modes in which the legitimization of Ûnarmiâ is constructed. Discourses of heroism, masculinity, a beneficial and fun hobby, being citizen-soldiers, and military traditionalism include key strategies of legitimization processes for influencing audiences. Discourses suggest that rather than preparing young people for immediate war, Ûnarmiâ's purpose is to raise patriotic citizens who support the prevailing regime and contribute to solving the demographic crisis by repeating ‘traditional’ gender roles.” 30 00 This chapter addresses military-patriotic education in Russia. The Russian state pays increasing attention to the military-patriotic upbringing of children to elevate patriotic spirit in society and to get a larger number of motivated young men join the armed forces. In 2015, Ûnarmiâ was founded to unite the country’s fragmented military-patriotic youth organisations. The movement aims to operate in all schools in Russia. By deconstructing the hegemonic discourse of military-patriotic education, I analyse the linguistic modes in which the legitimization of Ûnarmiâ is constructed. Discourses of heroism, masculinity, a beneficial and fun hobby, being citizen-soldiers, and military traditionalism include key strategies of legitimization processes for influencing audiences. Discourses suggest that rather than preparing young people for immediate war, Ûnarmiâ's purpose is to raise patriotic citizens who support the prevailing regime and contribute to solving the demographic crisis by repeating ‘traditional’ gender roles.” 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Why Did the Seamen Have to Die? The Kursk Tragedy and the Evoking of Old Testament Blood Sacrifice 1 A01 21 0000000294738158 Elina Kahla Elina Kahla Aleksanteri Institute 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki PhD Elina Kahla is Principal Investigator & Liaison Manager affiliated with the Aleksanteri Institute, and Docent (Adjunct Professor) in Cultural History of Russia at the University of Helsinki. She specializes in memory politics and cultural production, as well as church-state collaboration in contemporary Russia. 03 00 This chapter addresses church-state collaboration in the context of ‘spiritual national defence’; it compares different views represented in cultural productions on the tragedy of the submarine Kursk</italic>, that which sank in the Barents Sea, on 12 August 2000. It suggests that the Russian secular leadership’s reluctance to deal with the management of the past, especially concerning the punishment of Stalinist oppressors, is compensated by glorifying victims – here, the seamen of the Kursk</italic> – having died on duty, as martyrs. Тhe glorification of martyrs derives from Old Testament theology of blood sacrifice (2 Moses, 24:8), and makes it possible to commemorate Muslim martyrs together with Orthodox Christian ones. Some theologians have claimed that Russia had needed these sacrifices to spiritually wake up in the post-atheist vacuum of values, and that the Russian people had to repent for having abandoned their forefathers’ Christian faith. In this line of apologetics of blood sacrifices and need to repent, the New Testament’s promise of Jesus’s complete purgation and redemption of sin through perfect sacrifice (Matt. 26:28) is not mentioned. My reading elaborates on the commemorative album Everlasting Lamp of Kursk</italic> by (then) Hegumen Mitrofan (Badanin) (2010), as well as on the drama film Kursk</italic> by Danish director Thomas Vinterberg (2018), whose film illustrates pan-European visions, based implicitly on the New Testament promise. 30 00 This chapter addresses church-state collaboration in the context of ‘spiritual national defence’; it compares different views represented in cultural productions on the tragedy of the submarine Kursk</italic>, that which sank in the Barents Sea, on 12 August 2000. It suggests that the Russian secular leadership’s reluctance to deal with the management of the past, especially concerning the punishment of Stalinist oppressors, is compensated by glorifying victims – here, the seamen of the Kursk</italic> – having died on duty, as martyrs. Тhe glorification of martyrs derives from Old Testament theology of blood sacrifice (2 Moses, 24:8), and makes it possible to commemorate Muslim martyrs together with Orthodox Christian ones. Some theologians have claimed that Russia had needed these sacrifices to spiritually wake up in the post-atheist vacuum of values, and that the Russian people had to repent for having abandoned their forefathers’ Christian faith. In this line of apologetics of blood sacrifices and need to repent, the New Testament’s promise of Jesus’s complete purgation and redemption of sin through perfect sacrifice (Matt. 26:28) is not mentioned. My reading elaborates on the commemorative album Everlasting Lamp of Kursk</italic> by (then) Hegumen Mitrofan (Badanin) (2010), as well as on the drama film Kursk</italic> by Danish director Thomas Vinterberg (2018), whose film illustrates pan-European visions, based implicitly on the New Testament promise. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Conclusion 1 A01 21 0000000161231206 Katri Pynnöniemi Katri Pynnöniemi University of Helsinki and National Defence University 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20210527 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690349 03 9789523690349 06 15 9789523690356 03 9789523690356 06 15 9789523690370 03 9789523690370 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20210527 01 urn:uuid:069cd77f-3be2-4436-9f04-7f1c45669282 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:fb902644-fa48-4742-8ac3-a7ac4b375337 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:069cd77f-3be2-4436-9f04-7f1c45669282 15 9789523690370 03 9789523690370 06 10.33134/HUP-9 00 EB E127 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Nexus of Patriotism and Militarism in Russia A Quest for Internal Cohesion 1 B01 21 0000000161231206 Katri Pynnöniemi Katri Pynnöniemi Aleksanteri-institute and Department of Art of War University of Helsinki and National Defence University Katri Pynnöniemi is an assistant professor at the University of Helsinki (Aleksanteri-institute) and holds Mannerheim Chair of Russian Security Studies. The joint professorship between the University of Helsinki and the National Defense University was established in August 2017. Pynnöniemi has published widely on the system change in Russia and on Russian foreign and security policy. Her current research deals with Russia's security policy and strategic thinking. Her latest publications include: Perceptions of hybrid war in Russia: means, targets and objectives identified in the Russian debate (co-authored with Minna Jokela), Cambridge Review of International Affairs (2020); Information-psychological warfare in Russian strategic thinking, in Handbook of Russian Security Policy (2019); Russia’s National Security Strategy: Analysis of Conceptual Evolution” at the Journal of Slavic Military Studies (2018) 01 eng 00 342 03 B2 Sociology B2 political science B2 contemporary history B2 Russian and Eurasian Studies B2 survey research B2 Communication sciences 20 Russia; Youth; Putin; Patriotism; Patriotic education; Militarism; Authoritarianism; Blood sacrifice; submarine Kursk; Threat perception; Enemy image 01 06 02 00 This volume provides new insights into the evolution of enemy images in Russia and the ways in which societal actors perceive official projections of patriotism and militarism in the country. When analysing the trajectory of Russia’s foreign policy and the transformation of society in general, patriotism and the growing role of militarism are 03 00 This edited volume explores patriotism and the growing role of militarism in today’s Russia. During the last 20-year period, there has been a consistent effort in Russia to consolidate the nation and to foster a sense of unity and common purpose. To this end, Russian authorities have activated various channels, from educational programmes and youth organizations to media and popular culture. With the conflict in Ukraine, the manipulation of public sentiments – feeling of pride and perception of threat – has become more systemic. The traditional view of Russia being Other for Europe has been replaced with a narrative of enmity. The West is portrayed as a threat to Russia’s historical-cultural originality while Russia represents itself as a country encircled by enemies. On the other hand, these state-led projects mixing patriotism and militarism are perceived sceptically by the Russian society, especially the younger generations.This volume provides new insights into the evolution of enemy images in Russia and the ways in which societal actors perceive official projections of patriotism and militarism in the Russian society. The contributors of the volume include several experts on Russian studies, contemporary history, political science, sociology, and media studies.Katri Pynnöniemi</bold> holds a joint professorship of Russian security studies at the University of Helsinki and at the Finnish National Defense University. She has published widely on the system change in Russia as well as on Russian foreign and security policy. The contributors of the volume include several experts on Russian studies, contemporary history, political science, sociology, and media studies. 30 00 This edited volume explores patriotism and the growing role of militarism in today’s Russia. During the last 20-year period, there has been a consistent effort in Russia to consolidate the nation and to foster a sense of unity and common purpose. To this end, Russian authorities have activated various channels, from educational programmes and youth organizations to media and popular culture. With the conflict in Ukraine, the manipulation of public sentiments – feeling of pride and perception of threat – has become more systemic. The traditional view of Russia being Other for Europe has been replaced with a narrative of enmity. The West is portrayed as a threat to Russia’s historical-cultural originality while Russia represents itself as a country encircled by enemies. On the other hand, these state-led projects mixing patriotism and militarism are perceived sceptically by the Russian society, especially the younger generations.This volume provides new insights into the evolution of enemy images in Russia and the ways in which societal actors perceive official projections of patriotism and militarism in the Russian society. The contributors of the volume include several experts on Russian studies, contemporary history, political science, sociology, and media studies.Katri Pynnöniemi</bold> holds a joint professorship of Russian security studies at the University of Helsinki and at the Finnish National Defense University. She has published widely on the system change in Russia as well as on Russian foreign and security policy. The contributors of the volume include several experts on Russian studies, contemporary history, political science, sociology, and media studies. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/a1a7790d-2170-4d29-8652-1732d4dcf98d.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction 1 A01 21 0000000161231206 Katri Pynnöniemi Katri Pynnöniemi Aleksanteri-institute and Department of Art of War University of Helsinki and National Defence University Katri Pynnöniemi is an assistant professor at the University of Helsinki (Aleksanteri-institute) and holds Mannerheim Chair of Russian Security Studies. The joint professorship between the University of Helsinki and the National Defense University was established in August 2017. Pynnöniemi has published widely on the system change in Russia and on Russian foreign and security policy. Her current research deals with Russia's security policy and strategic thinking. Her latest publications include: Perceptions of hybrid war in Russia: means, targets and objectives identified in the Russian debate (co-authored with Minna Jokela), Cambridge Review of International Affairs (2020); Information-psychological warfare in Russian strategic thinking, in Handbook of Russian Security Policy (2019); Russia’s National Security Strategy: Analysis of Conceptual Evolution” at the Journal of Slavic Military Studies (2018) 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Enemy Images in the Russian National Narrative 1 A01 Kati Parppei Kati Parppei Department of Geographical and Historical Studies 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland 03 00 Historical contextualizing is essential to examining and understanding the forms of patriotism and applications of national narrative in contemporary Russia. An important aspect in the formation of collective identities are the perceptions of outer threat at any given time. In this chapter, certain aspects of the development of enemy images in Russia are briefly studied and contextualized, followed by an examination of their manifestations in the contemporary Russian politicization of history. 30 00 Historical contextualizing is essential to examining and understanding the forms of patriotism and applications of national narrative in contemporary Russia. An important aspect in the formation of collective identities are the perceptions of outer threat at any given time. In this chapter, certain aspects of the development of enemy images in Russia are briefly studied and contextualized, followed by an examination of their manifestations in the contemporary Russian politicization of history. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Evolution of Russia’s ‘Others’ in Presidential Discourse in 2000–2020 1 A01 21 0000000339901714 Veera Laine Veera Laine EU’s Eastern Neighbourhood and Russia research programme / Political history Finnish Institute of International Affairs (FIIA) / University of Helsinki Veera Laine is a Doctoral Candidate in political history at the University of Helsinki, Finland. She is also a Research Fellow in the EU’s Eastern Neighbourhood and Russia research program at the Finnish Institute of International Affairs (FIIA). Her research interests include nationalism(s) in Russia, Russian Orthodox Church, and conceptual history. 03 00 In this chapter, the Others of Russia, reoccurring in the presidential discourse in 2000–2020, will be analysed. The key speeches reveal three distinctive ‘Others’ of the Russian state and nation, evolving in space and time: first, an ineffective politician in the 1990s, and, later, a corrupt bureaucrat, is framed as historical and internal Other, whose figure legitimizes the current power. Second, the metaphor of constant competition in the international relations describes the Other as economically stronger developed Western country, against which Russia’s ‘backwardness’ is mirrored, especially in the early 2000s. As the economic competition becomes harder to win and the quest for national unity intensifies, the emphasis turns to the third Other, the one holding fundamentally different values than the Self. Thus, it is argued that the metaphor of competition/conflict between Russia and its Others has undergone a qualitative transformation in the presidential rhetoric, reflecting change in Russia’s relative strength: instead of the previously admired economic performance, the times of conflict show that Russia’s true strength vis-à-vis its Others resides in the conservative, moral values and military might. 30 00 In this chapter, the Others of Russia, reoccurring in the presidential discourse in 2000–2020, will be analysed. The key speeches reveal three distinctive ‘Others’ of the Russian state and nation, evolving in space and time: first, an ineffective politician in the 1990s, and, later, a corrupt bureaucrat, is framed as historical and internal Other, whose figure legitimizes the current power. Second, the metaphor of constant competition in the international relations describes the Other as economically stronger developed Western country, against which Russia’s ‘backwardness’ is mirrored, especially in the early 2000s. As the economic competition becomes harder to win and the quest for national unity intensifies, the emphasis turns to the third Other, the one holding fundamentally different values than the Self. Thus, it is argued that the metaphor of competition/conflict between Russia and its Others has undergone a qualitative transformation in the presidential rhetoric, reflecting change in Russia’s relative strength: instead of the previously admired economic performance, the times of conflict show that Russia’s true strength vis-à-vis its Others resides in the conservative, moral values and military might. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Ivan Ilʹin and the Kremlin’s Strategic Communication of Threats: Evil, Worthy and Hidden Enemies 1 A01 21 0000000161231206 Katri Pynnöniemi Katri Pynnöniemi Aleksanteri-institute and Department of Art of War University of Helsinki and National Defence University Katri Pynnöniemi is an assistant professor at the University of Helsinki (Aleksanteri-institute) and holds Mannerheim Chair of Russian Security Studies. The joint professorship between the University of Helsinki and the National Defense University was established in August 2017. Pynnöniemi has published widely on the system change in Russia and on Russian foreign and security policy. Her current research deals with Russia's security policy and strategic thinking. Her latest publications include: Perceptions of hybrid war in Russia: means, targets and objectives identified in the Russian debate (co-authored with Minna Jokela), Cambridge Review of International Affairs (2020); Information-psychological warfare in Russian strategic thinking, in Handbook of Russian Security Policy (2019); Russia’s National Security Strategy: Analysis of Conceptual Evolution” at the Journal of Slavic Military Studies (2018) 03 00 Enemy images can be thought of as scripts that articulate a logic of enmity and identify a source of threat towards the Self. In this chapter, Russian émigré philosopher Ivan Ilʹin’s identification of Russia’s enemies are used as a reference point in the analysis of the Kremlin’s strategic communication of threats. The analysis of Ilʹin’s enemy images and their juxtaposition with the Kremlin’s strategic communication of threats opens up three different but complementary scripts that explain threats and risks for Russia’s state security. 30 00 Enemy images can be thought of as scripts that articulate a logic of enmity and identify a source of threat towards the Self. In this chapter, Russian émigré philosopher Ivan Ilʹin’s identification of Russia’s enemies are used as a reference point in the analysis of the Kremlin’s strategic communication of threats. The analysis of Ilʹin’s enemy images and their juxtaposition with the Kremlin’s strategic communication of threats opens up three different but complementary scripts that explain threats and risks for Russia’s state security. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 An Unattainable Ideal: Youth and Patriotism in Russia 1 A01 21 0000000159662947 Jussi Lassila Jussi Lassila Finnish Institute of International Affairs (FIIA) Senior research fellow. 03 00 The chapter discusses patriotism’s role and future prospects in Russia in relation to its principal target, Russia’s youth. Beneath the overall conformism with the Kremlin’s patriotic policies, youth’s relatively marginal engagement with any fixed patriotic identity is to be found among a variety of patriotic activists who prefer a distinct patriotic position to the state and the rest of society. In generational terms, Russia is witnessing a deepening gap between the policymakers of patriotism and the youth. On the one hand, the state repeatedly attempts to strengthen patriotism as an ideological tool in controlling societal and cultural processes, while, on the other hand, youth’s departing views from Soviet-like modes of patriotic education ignite demands to increase the role of patriotism further. Over the course of the next 10–15 years, it is very likely that an change in the balance between Soviet-era and post-Soviet cohorts of policymakers and conductors of patriotic policies will have a significant impact on the role and meaning of patriotism in Russian society. 30 00 The chapter discusses patriotism’s role and future prospects in Russia in relation to its principal target, Russia’s youth. Beneath the overall conformism with the Kremlin’s patriotic policies, youth’s relatively marginal engagement with any fixed patriotic identity is to be found among a variety of patriotic activists who prefer a distinct patriotic position to the state and the rest of society. In generational terms, Russia is witnessing a deepening gap between the policymakers of patriotism and the youth. On the one hand, the state repeatedly attempts to strengthen patriotism as an ideological tool in controlling societal and cultural processes, while, on the other hand, youth’s departing views from Soviet-like modes of patriotic education ignite demands to increase the role of patriotism further. Over the course of the next 10–15 years, it is very likely that an change in the balance between Soviet-era and post-Soviet cohorts of policymakers and conductors of patriotic policies will have a significant impact on the role and meaning of patriotism in Russian society. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 A Growing Militarism? Changing Meanings of Russian Patriotism in 2011–2017 1 A01 21 000000020784261X Eemil Mitikka Eemil Mitikka Aleksanteri Institute University of Helsinki, Faculty of Arts Doctoral researcher at University of Helsinki / Aleksanteri Insitute, Doctoral Programme in Political, Social and Regional Change, 2021— Research assistant of Dr. Tuomas Forsberg, Tampere University of Applied Sciences / University of Helsinki, 2020 Research assistant of Dr. Katri Pynnöniemi, University of Helsinki (Aleksanteri Institute) / Finnish Defence University, 2018–2019 2 A01 21 0000000237284073 Margarita Zavadskaya Margarita Zavadskaya Aleksanteri institute University of Helsinki, Faculty of Arts 03 00 Since the early 2000s, the Kremlin has sought to make patriotism an overarching national ideology for Russia. In recent years, the state-promoted patriotism has become increasingly militaristic and the external threats have been more and more emphasized in the Kremlin’s discourse. At the same time, some streams of literature suggest that the majority of Russians have actually embraced the state’s vision of militaristic patriotism and the regime-promoted idea of strong political leadership over a democratic rule. Drawing on previous research and fresh and nationally representative survey data, we examine how public perceptions of patriotism relate to the state-promoted patriotism and preference for political authoritarian leadership in contemporary Russia. Our results indicate that while the Kremlin-promoted militaristic component of patriotism has slightly increased among the Russian public after the political events of 2014, it still differs from the state-imposed patriotism in many ways and remains more diverse across Russian society. Furthermore, the notion of patriotism in the mass opinion has remained by and large the same despite the ‘rallying around the flag’ after the annexation of Crimea in 2014. 30 00 Since the early 2000s, the Kremlin has sought to make patriotism an overarching national ideology for Russia. In recent years, the state-promoted patriotism has become increasingly militaristic and the external threats have been more and more emphasized in the Kremlin’s discourse. At the same time, some streams of literature suggest that the majority of Russians have actually embraced the state’s vision of militaristic patriotism and the regime-promoted idea of strong political leadership over a democratic rule. Drawing on previous research and fresh and nationally representative survey data, we examine how public perceptions of patriotism relate to the state-promoted patriotism and preference for political authoritarian leadership in contemporary Russia. Our results indicate that while the Kremlin-promoted militaristic component of patriotism has slightly increased among the Russian public after the political events of 2014, it still differs from the state-imposed patriotism in many ways and remains more diverse across Russian society. Furthermore, the notion of patriotism in the mass opinion has remained by and large the same despite the ‘rallying around the flag’ after the annexation of Crimea in 2014. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Patriots on Air: Reflections on Patriotism in the Minds of TV Journalists 1 A01 Salla Nazarenko Salla Nazarenko Communication Sciences 40 033003e23 Tampere University 03 00 This chapter analyses patriotic discourses of Russian television journalists. The starting point is that there is a certain pressure to be patriotic imposed upon journalists who work for mainstream television. Three discourses on patriotism have been identified through thematic interviews: a personal, intimate patriotism; a militaristic one - and a patriotism that draws from the narratives of ongoing information war. Russian journalists use all three discourses when they explain their attitude towards patriotism. While journalists express criticism towards militaristic undertones of official discourse, the most prominent figures in television accept and repeat it in their work. 30 00 This chapter analyses patriotic discourses of Russian television journalists. The starting point is that there is a certain pressure to be patriotic imposed upon journalists who work for mainstream television. Three discourses on patriotism have been identified through thematic interviews: a personal, intimate patriotism; a militaristic one - and a patriotism that draws from the narratives of ongoing information war. Russian journalists use all three discourses when they explain their attitude towards patriotism. While journalists express criticism towards militaristic undertones of official discourse, the most prominent figures in television accept and repeat it in their work. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Upgrading the Image of the Russian Armed Forces: A Task Set for Military-Political Training 1 A01 21 0000000256027240 Arseniy Svynarenko Arseniy Svynarenko Faculty of Social Sciences University of Tampere MSSc (University of Tampere); Dr. (Taras Shevchenko National University of Kyiv, Ukraine) 03 00 The demographic trends and general general scepticism among the youth towards the armed forces have created a strong impetus for the authorities to make military service more attractive to young Russian men. This chapter will provide an overview of the newly organized military-political training among the conscripts and military personnel. 30 00 The demographic trends and general general scepticism among the youth towards the armed forces have created a strong impetus for the authorities to make military service more attractive to young Russian men. This chapter will provide an overview of the newly organized military-political training among the conscripts and military personnel. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Russia’s Young Army: Raising New Generations into Militarized Patriots 1 A01 21 0000000307938256 Jonna Alava Jonna Alava Faculty of Arts 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Jonna Alava, MA is a doctoral researcher at the University of Helsinki and a member of the RUSMILSEC group at the National Defence University. Her doctoral research project deals with the gender aspects of military-patriotic education in Russia. 03 00 This chapter addresses military-patriotic education in Russia. The Russian state pays increasing attention to the military-patriotic upbringing of children to elevate patriotic spirit in society and to get a larger number of motivated young men join the armed forces. In 2015, Ûnarmiâ was founded to unite the country’s fragmented military-patriotic youth organisations. The movement aims to operate in all schools in Russia. By deconstructing the hegemonic discourse of military-patriotic education, I analyse the linguistic modes in which the legitimization of Ûnarmiâ is constructed. Discourses of heroism, masculinity, a beneficial and fun hobby, being citizen-soldiers, and military traditionalism include key strategies of legitimization processes for influencing audiences. Discourses suggest that rather than preparing young people for immediate war, Ûnarmiâ's purpose is to raise patriotic citizens who support the prevailing regime and contribute to solving the demographic crisis by repeating ‘traditional’ gender roles.” 30 00 This chapter addresses military-patriotic education in Russia. The Russian state pays increasing attention to the military-patriotic upbringing of children to elevate patriotic spirit in society and to get a larger number of motivated young men join the armed forces. In 2015, Ûnarmiâ was founded to unite the country’s fragmented military-patriotic youth organisations. The movement aims to operate in all schools in Russia. By deconstructing the hegemonic discourse of military-patriotic education, I analyse the linguistic modes in which the legitimization of Ûnarmiâ is constructed. Discourses of heroism, masculinity, a beneficial and fun hobby, being citizen-soldiers, and military traditionalism include key strategies of legitimization processes for influencing audiences. Discourses suggest that rather than preparing young people for immediate war, Ûnarmiâ's purpose is to raise patriotic citizens who support the prevailing regime and contribute to solving the demographic crisis by repeating ‘traditional’ gender roles.” 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Why Did the Seamen Have to Die? The Kursk Tragedy and the Evoking of Old Testament Blood Sacrifice 1 A01 21 0000000294738158 Elina Kahla Elina Kahla Aleksanteri Institute 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki PhD Elina Kahla is Principal Investigator & Liaison Manager affiliated with the Aleksanteri Institute, and Docent (Adjunct Professor) in Cultural History of Russia at the University of Helsinki. She specializes in memory politics and cultural production, as well as church-state collaboration in contemporary Russia. 03 00 This chapter addresses church-state collaboration in the context of ‘spiritual national defence’; it compares different views represented in cultural productions on the tragedy of the submarine Kursk</italic>, that which sank in the Barents Sea, on 12 August 2000. It suggests that the Russian secular leadership’s reluctance to deal with the management of the past, especially concerning the punishment of Stalinist oppressors, is compensated by glorifying victims – here, the seamen of the Kursk</italic> – having died on duty, as martyrs. Тhe glorification of martyrs derives from Old Testament theology of blood sacrifice (2 Moses, 24:8), and makes it possible to commemorate Muslim martyrs together with Orthodox Christian ones. Some theologians have claimed that Russia had needed these sacrifices to spiritually wake up in the post-atheist vacuum of values, and that the Russian people had to repent for having abandoned their forefathers’ Christian faith. In this line of apologetics of blood sacrifices and need to repent, the New Testament’s promise of Jesus’s complete purgation and redemption of sin through perfect sacrifice (Matt. 26:28) is not mentioned. My reading elaborates on the commemorative album Everlasting Lamp of Kursk</italic> by (then) Hegumen Mitrofan (Badanin) (2010), as well as on the drama film Kursk</italic> by Danish director Thomas Vinterberg (2018), whose film illustrates pan-European visions, based implicitly on the New Testament promise. 30 00 This chapter addresses church-state collaboration in the context of ‘spiritual national defence’; it compares different views represented in cultural productions on the tragedy of the submarine Kursk</italic>, that which sank in the Barents Sea, on 12 August 2000. It suggests that the Russian secular leadership’s reluctance to deal with the management of the past, especially concerning the punishment of Stalinist oppressors, is compensated by glorifying victims – here, the seamen of the Kursk</italic> – having died on duty, as martyrs. Тhe glorification of martyrs derives from Old Testament theology of blood sacrifice (2 Moses, 24:8), and makes it possible to commemorate Muslim martyrs together with Orthodox Christian ones. Some theologians have claimed that Russia had needed these sacrifices to spiritually wake up in the post-atheist vacuum of values, and that the Russian people had to repent for having abandoned their forefathers’ Christian faith. In this line of apologetics of blood sacrifices and need to repent, the New Testament’s promise of Jesus’s complete purgation and redemption of sin through perfect sacrifice (Matt. 26:28) is not mentioned. My reading elaborates on the commemorative album Everlasting Lamp of Kursk</italic> by (then) Hegumen Mitrofan (Badanin) (2010), as well as on the drama film Kursk</italic> by Danish director Thomas Vinterberg (2018), whose film illustrates pan-European visions, based implicitly on the New Testament promise. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-9-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Conclusion 1 A01 21 0000000161231206 Katri Pynnöniemi Katri Pynnöniemi University of Helsinki and National Defence University 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20210527 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690349 03 9789523690349 06 15 9789523690356 03 9789523690356 06 15 9789523690363 03 9789523690363 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20210527 01 urn:uuid:f1916fcb-14a2-4183-88bd-8ce6c6a1320f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:b0ba3b54-c100-4c43-b400-6377b8fad02a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f1916fcb-14a2-4183-88bd-8ce6c6a1320f 15 9789523690622 03 9789523690622 06 10.33134/HUP-15 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Nordic Homicide in Deep Time Lethal Violence in the Early Modern Era and Present Times 1 A01 21 0000000235720791 Janne Kivivuori Janne Kivivuori 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000176930915 Mona Rautelin Mona Rautelin 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä 3 A01 Jeppe Büchert Netterstrøm Jeppe Büchert Netterstrøm 40 01aj84f44 Aarhus University 4 A01 21 0000000330040372 Dag Lindström Dag Lindström 40 048a87296 Uppsala University 5 A01 Guðbjörg S. Bergsdóttir Guðbjörg Bergsdóttir National Commissioner of the Icelandic Police 6 A01 Jónas O. Jónasson Jónas Jónasson Reykjavik Metropolitan Police 7 A01 21 0000000271873277 Martti Lehti Martti Lehti 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 8 A01 Sven Granath Sven Granath 40 00gwr4a27 Swedish Police Authority 9 A01 Mikkel M. Okholm Mikkel Okholm 40 02bv86w93 Danish Ministry of Justice 10 A01 21 0000000160905504 Petri Karonen Petri Karonen 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä 01 eng 00 376 03 B2 Sociology B2 Criminology B2 History B2 Social history 20 History; Homicide; Violence; Criminology; Early modern period; Northern Europe 01 06 02 00 This book draws a unique and detailed picture of developments in human interpersonal violence and presents new findings on rates, patterns and long-term changes of lethal violence in the Nordic. Conducted by an interdisciplinary team of criminologists and historians, the book analyses homicide and lethal violence in northern Europe in two era 03 00 Nordic Homicide in Deep Time</italic> draws a unique and detailed picture of developments in human interpersonal violence and presents new findings on rates, patterns, and long-term changes in lethal violence in the Nordics. Conducted by an interdisciplinary team of criminologists and historians, the book analyses homicide and lethal violence in northern Europe in two eras – the 17th century and early 21st century. Similar and continuous societal structures, cultural patterns, and legal cultures allow for long-term and comparative homicide research in the Nordic context. Reflecting human universals and stable motives, such as revenge, jealousy, honour, and material conflicts, homicide as a form of human behaviour enables long-duration comparison. By describing the rates and patterns of homicide during these two eras, the authors unveil continuity and change in human violence. Where and when did homicide typically take place? Who were the victims and the offenders, what where the circumstances of their conflicts? Was intimate partner homicide more prevalent in the early modern period than in present times? How long a time elapsed from violence to death? Were homicides often committed in the context of other crime? The book offers answers to these questions among others, comparing regions and eras. We gain a unique and empirically grounded view on how state consolidation and changing routines of everyday life transformed the patterns of criminal homicide in Nordic society. The path to pacification was anything but easy, punctuated by shorter crises of social turmoil, and high violence. The book is also a methodological experiment that seeks to assess the feasibility of long-duration standardized homicide analysis and to better understand the logic of homicide variation across space and over time. In developing a new approach for extending homicide research into the deep past, the authors have created the Historical Homicide Monitor. The new instrument combines wide explanatory scope, measurement standardization, and articulated theory expression. By retroactively expanding research data to the pre-statistical era, the method enables long-duration comparison of different periods and areas. Based on in-depth source critique, the approach captures patterns of criminal behaviour, beyond the control activity of the courts. The authors foresee the application of their approach in even remoter periods.Nordic Homicide in Deep Time</italic> helps the reader to understand modern homicide by revealing the historical continuities and changes in lethal violence. The book is written for professionals, university students and anyone interested in the history of human behaviour.<hr>‘Nordic Homicide in Deep Time</italic> is an outstanding work of social science history: rigorous, theoretically sophisticated, and thought-provoking. It offers invaluable insights into the motives and circumstances of homicides, past and present, and into the debates among historians, criminologists, and sociologists over how the character and incidence of homicides have changed since early modern times.’- Professor Randolph Roth</bold>, Ohio State University, US 30 00 Nordic Homicide in Deep Time</italic> draws a unique and detailed picture of developments in human interpersonal violence and presents new findings on rates, patterns, and long-term changes in lethal violence in the Nordics. Conducted by an interdisciplinary team of criminologists and historians, the book analyses homicide and lethal violence in northern Europe in two eras – the 17th century and early 21st century. Similar and continuous societal structures, cultural patterns, and legal cultures allow for long-term and comparative homicide research in the Nordic context. Reflecting human universals and stable motives, such as revenge, jealousy, honour, and material conflicts, homicide as a form of human behaviour enables long-duration comparison. By describing the rates and patterns of homicide during these two eras, the authors unveil continuity and change in human violence. Where and when did homicide typically take place? Who were the victims and the offenders, what where the circumstances of their conflicts? Was intimate partner homicide more prevalent in the early modern period than in present times? How long a time elapsed from violence to death? Were homicides often committed in the context of other crime? The book offers answers to these questions among others, comparing regions and eras. We gain a unique and empirically grounded view on how state consolidation and changing routines of everyday life transformed the patterns of criminal homicide in Nordic society. The path to pacification was anything but easy, punctuated by shorter crises of social turmoil, and high violence. The book is also a methodological experiment that seeks to assess the feasibility of long-duration standardized homicide analysis and to better understand the logic of homicide variation across space and over time. In developing a new approach for extending homicide research into the deep past, the authors have created the Historical Homicide Monitor. The new instrument combines wide explanatory scope, measurement standardization, and articulated theory expression. By retroactively expanding research data to the pre-statistical era, the method enables long-duration comparison of different periods and areas. Based on in-depth source critique, the approach captures patterns of criminal behaviour, beyond the control activity of the courts. The authors foresee the application of their approach in even remoter periods.Nordic Homicide in Deep Time</italic> helps the reader to understand modern homicide by revealing the historical continuities and changes in lethal violence. The book is written for professionals, university students and anyone interested in the history of human behaviour.<hr>‘Nordic Homicide in Deep Time</italic> is an outstanding work of social science history: rigorous, theoretically sophisticated, and thought-provoking. It offers invaluable insights into the motives and circumstances of homicides, past and present, and into the debates among historians, criminologists, and sociologists over how the character and incidence of homicides have changed since early modern times.’- Professor Randolph Roth</bold>, Ohio State University, US 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/a59d7e56-4325-465e-9dda-346aa99ef192.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20220216 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690639 03 9789523690639 06 15 9789523690646 03 9789523690646 06 15 9789523690653 03 9789523690653 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690622 20 08 20220216 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690622 20 08 20220216 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690622 20 08 20220216 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690622 20 08 20220216 01 urn:uuid:d7eacadb-94c2-4c2b-bf3c-371b540f0b46 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:b0ba3b54-c100-4c43-b400-6377b8fad02a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:d7eacadb-94c2-4c2b-bf3c-371b540f0b46 15 9789523690639 03 9789523690639 06 10.33134/HUP-15 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Nordic Homicide in Deep Time Lethal Violence in the Early Modern Era and Present Times 1 A01 21 0000000235720791 Janne Kivivuori Janne Kivivuori 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000176930915 Mona Rautelin Mona Rautelin 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä 3 A01 Jeppe Büchert Netterstrøm Jeppe Büchert Netterstrøm 40 01aj84f44 Aarhus University 4 A01 21 0000000330040372 Dag Lindström Dag Lindström 40 048a87296 Uppsala University 5 A01 Guðbjörg S. Bergsdóttir Guðbjörg Bergsdóttir National Commissioner of the Icelandic Police 6 A01 Jónas O. Jónasson Jónas Jónasson Reykjavik Metropolitan Police 7 A01 21 0000000271873277 Martti Lehti Martti Lehti 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 8 A01 Sven Granath Sven Granath 40 00gwr4a27 Swedish Police Authority 9 A01 Mikkel M. Okholm Mikkel Okholm 40 02bv86w93 Danish Ministry of Justice 10 A01 21 0000000160905504 Petri Karonen Petri Karonen 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä 01 eng 00 376 03 B2 Sociology B2 Criminology B2 History B2 Social history 20 History; Homicide; Violence; Criminology; Early modern period; Northern Europe 01 06 02 00 This book draws a unique and detailed picture of developments in human interpersonal violence and presents new findings on rates, patterns and long-term changes of lethal violence in the Nordic. Conducted by an interdisciplinary team of criminologists and historians, the book analyses homicide and lethal violence in northern Europe in two era 03 00 Nordic Homicide in Deep Time</italic> draws a unique and detailed picture of developments in human interpersonal violence and presents new findings on rates, patterns, and long-term changes in lethal violence in the Nordics. Conducted by an interdisciplinary team of criminologists and historians, the book analyses homicide and lethal violence in northern Europe in two eras – the 17th century and early 21st century. Similar and continuous societal structures, cultural patterns, and legal cultures allow for long-term and comparative homicide research in the Nordic context. Reflecting human universals and stable motives, such as revenge, jealousy, honour, and material conflicts, homicide as a form of human behaviour enables long-duration comparison. By describing the rates and patterns of homicide during these two eras, the authors unveil continuity and change in human violence. Where and when did homicide typically take place? Who were the victims and the offenders, what where the circumstances of their conflicts? Was intimate partner homicide more prevalent in the early modern period than in present times? How long a time elapsed from violence to death? Were homicides often committed in the context of other crime? The book offers answers to these questions among others, comparing regions and eras. We gain a unique and empirically grounded view on how state consolidation and changing routines of everyday life transformed the patterns of criminal homicide in Nordic society. The path to pacification was anything but easy, punctuated by shorter crises of social turmoil, and high violence. The book is also a methodological experiment that seeks to assess the feasibility of long-duration standardized homicide analysis and to better understand the logic of homicide variation across space and over time. In developing a new approach for extending homicide research into the deep past, the authors have created the Historical Homicide Monitor. The new instrument combines wide explanatory scope, measurement standardization, and articulated theory expression. By retroactively expanding research data to the pre-statistical era, the method enables long-duration comparison of different periods and areas. Based on in-depth source critique, the approach captures patterns of criminal behaviour, beyond the control activity of the courts. The authors foresee the application of their approach in even remoter periods.Nordic Homicide in Deep Time</italic> helps the reader to understand modern homicide by revealing the historical continuities and changes in lethal violence. The book is written for professionals, university students and anyone interested in the history of human behaviour.<hr>‘Nordic Homicide in Deep Time</italic> is an outstanding work of social science history: rigorous, theoretically sophisticated, and thought-provoking. It offers invaluable insights into the motives and circumstances of homicides, past and present, and into the debates among historians, criminologists, and sociologists over how the character and incidence of homicides have changed since early modern times.’- Professor Randolph Roth</bold>, Ohio State University, US 30 00 Nordic Homicide in Deep Time</italic> draws a unique and detailed picture of developments in human interpersonal violence and presents new findings on rates, patterns, and long-term changes in lethal violence in the Nordics. Conducted by an interdisciplinary team of criminologists and historians, the book analyses homicide and lethal violence in northern Europe in two eras – the 17th century and early 21st century. Similar and continuous societal structures, cultural patterns, and legal cultures allow for long-term and comparative homicide research in the Nordic context. Reflecting human universals and stable motives, such as revenge, jealousy, honour, and material conflicts, homicide as a form of human behaviour enables long-duration comparison. By describing the rates and patterns of homicide during these two eras, the authors unveil continuity and change in human violence. Where and when did homicide typically take place? Who were the victims and the offenders, what where the circumstances of their conflicts? Was intimate partner homicide more prevalent in the early modern period than in present times? How long a time elapsed from violence to death? Were homicides often committed in the context of other crime? The book offers answers to these questions among others, comparing regions and eras. We gain a unique and empirically grounded view on how state consolidation and changing routines of everyday life transformed the patterns of criminal homicide in Nordic society. The path to pacification was anything but easy, punctuated by shorter crises of social turmoil, and high violence. The book is also a methodological experiment that seeks to assess the feasibility of long-duration standardized homicide analysis and to better understand the logic of homicide variation across space and over time. In developing a new approach for extending homicide research into the deep past, the authors have created the Historical Homicide Monitor. The new instrument combines wide explanatory scope, measurement standardization, and articulated theory expression. By retroactively expanding research data to the pre-statistical era, the method enables long-duration comparison of different periods and areas. Based on in-depth source critique, the approach captures patterns of criminal behaviour, beyond the control activity of the courts. The authors foresee the application of their approach in even remoter periods.Nordic Homicide in Deep Time</italic> helps the reader to understand modern homicide by revealing the historical continuities and changes in lethal violence. The book is written for professionals, university students and anyone interested in the history of human behaviour.<hr>‘Nordic Homicide in Deep Time</italic> is an outstanding work of social science history: rigorous, theoretically sophisticated, and thought-provoking. It offers invaluable insights into the motives and circumstances of homicides, past and present, and into the debates among historians, criminologists, and sociologists over how the character and incidence of homicides have changed since early modern times.’- Professor Randolph Roth</bold>, Ohio State University, US 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/a59d7e56-4325-465e-9dda-346aa99ef192.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20220216 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690622 03 9789523690622 06 15 9789523690646 03 9789523690646 06 15 9789523690653 03 9789523690653 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20220216 01 urn:uuid:15002e6d-6a7a-4d03-bc22-6ca098fd42b9 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:b0ba3b54-c100-4c43-b400-6377b8fad02a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:15002e6d-6a7a-4d03-bc22-6ca098fd42b9 15 9789523690646 03 9789523690646 06 10.33134/HUP-15 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Nordic Homicide in Deep Time Lethal Violence in the Early Modern Era and Present Times 1 A01 21 0000000235720791 Janne Kivivuori Janne Kivivuori 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000176930915 Mona Rautelin Mona Rautelin 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä 3 A01 Jeppe Büchert Netterstrøm Jeppe Büchert Netterstrøm 40 01aj84f44 Aarhus University 4 A01 21 0000000330040372 Dag Lindström Dag Lindström 40 048a87296 Uppsala University 5 A01 Guðbjörg S. Bergsdóttir Guðbjörg Bergsdóttir National Commissioner of the Icelandic Police 6 A01 Jónas O. Jónasson Jónas Jónasson Reykjavik Metropolitan Police 7 A01 21 0000000271873277 Martti Lehti Martti Lehti 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 8 A01 Sven Granath Sven Granath 40 00gwr4a27 Swedish Police Authority 9 A01 Mikkel M. Okholm Mikkel Okholm 40 02bv86w93 Danish Ministry of Justice 10 A01 21 0000000160905504 Petri Karonen Petri Karonen 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä 01 eng 00 376 03 B2 Sociology B2 Criminology B2 History B2 Social history 20 History; Homicide; Violence; Criminology; Early modern period; Northern Europe 01 06 02 00 This book draws a unique and detailed picture of developments in human interpersonal violence and presents new findings on rates, patterns and long-term changes of lethal violence in the Nordic. Conducted by an interdisciplinary team of criminologists and historians, the book analyses homicide and lethal violence in northern Europe in two era 03 00 Nordic Homicide in Deep Time</italic> draws a unique and detailed picture of developments in human interpersonal violence and presents new findings on rates, patterns, and long-term changes in lethal violence in the Nordics. Conducted by an interdisciplinary team of criminologists and historians, the book analyses homicide and lethal violence in northern Europe in two eras – the 17th century and early 21st century. Similar and continuous societal structures, cultural patterns, and legal cultures allow for long-term and comparative homicide research in the Nordic context. Reflecting human universals and stable motives, such as revenge, jealousy, honour, and material conflicts, homicide as a form of human behaviour enables long-duration comparison. By describing the rates and patterns of homicide during these two eras, the authors unveil continuity and change in human violence. Where and when did homicide typically take place? Who were the victims and the offenders, what where the circumstances of their conflicts? Was intimate partner homicide more prevalent in the early modern period than in present times? How long a time elapsed from violence to death? Were homicides often committed in the context of other crime? The book offers answers to these questions among others, comparing regions and eras. We gain a unique and empirically grounded view on how state consolidation and changing routines of everyday life transformed the patterns of criminal homicide in Nordic society. The path to pacification was anything but easy, punctuated by shorter crises of social turmoil, and high violence. The book is also a methodological experiment that seeks to assess the feasibility of long-duration standardized homicide analysis and to better understand the logic of homicide variation across space and over time. In developing a new approach for extending homicide research into the deep past, the authors have created the Historical Homicide Monitor. The new instrument combines wide explanatory scope, measurement standardization, and articulated theory expression. By retroactively expanding research data to the pre-statistical era, the method enables long-duration comparison of different periods and areas. Based on in-depth source critique, the approach captures patterns of criminal behaviour, beyond the control activity of the courts. The authors foresee the application of their approach in even remoter periods.Nordic Homicide in Deep Time</italic> helps the reader to understand modern homicide by revealing the historical continuities and changes in lethal violence. The book is written for professionals, university students and anyone interested in the history of human behaviour.<hr>‘Nordic Homicide in Deep Time</italic> is an outstanding work of social science history: rigorous, theoretically sophisticated, and thought-provoking. It offers invaluable insights into the motives and circumstances of homicides, past and present, and into the debates among historians, criminologists, and sociologists over how the character and incidence of homicides have changed since early modern times.’- Professor Randolph Roth</bold>, Ohio State University, US 30 00 Nordic Homicide in Deep Time</italic> draws a unique and detailed picture of developments in human interpersonal violence and presents new findings on rates, patterns, and long-term changes in lethal violence in the Nordics. Conducted by an interdisciplinary team of criminologists and historians, the book analyses homicide and lethal violence in northern Europe in two eras – the 17th century and early 21st century. Similar and continuous societal structures, cultural patterns, and legal cultures allow for long-term and comparative homicide research in the Nordic context. Reflecting human universals and stable motives, such as revenge, jealousy, honour, and material conflicts, homicide as a form of human behaviour enables long-duration comparison. By describing the rates and patterns of homicide during these two eras, the authors unveil continuity and change in human violence. Where and when did homicide typically take place? Who were the victims and the offenders, what where the circumstances of their conflicts? Was intimate partner homicide more prevalent in the early modern period than in present times? How long a time elapsed from violence to death? Were homicides often committed in the context of other crime? The book offers answers to these questions among others, comparing regions and eras. We gain a unique and empirically grounded view on how state consolidation and changing routines of everyday life transformed the patterns of criminal homicide in Nordic society. The path to pacification was anything but easy, punctuated by shorter crises of social turmoil, and high violence. The book is also a methodological experiment that seeks to assess the feasibility of long-duration standardized homicide analysis and to better understand the logic of homicide variation across space and over time. In developing a new approach for extending homicide research into the deep past, the authors have created the Historical Homicide Monitor. The new instrument combines wide explanatory scope, measurement standardization, and articulated theory expression. By retroactively expanding research data to the pre-statistical era, the method enables long-duration comparison of different periods and areas. Based on in-depth source critique, the approach captures patterns of criminal behaviour, beyond the control activity of the courts. The authors foresee the application of their approach in even remoter periods.Nordic Homicide in Deep Time</italic> helps the reader to understand modern homicide by revealing the historical continuities and changes in lethal violence. The book is written for professionals, university students and anyone interested in the history of human behaviour.<hr>‘Nordic Homicide in Deep Time</italic> is an outstanding work of social science history: rigorous, theoretically sophisticated, and thought-provoking. It offers invaluable insights into the motives and circumstances of homicides, past and present, and into the debates among historians, criminologists, and sociologists over how the character and incidence of homicides have changed since early modern times.’- Professor Randolph Roth</bold>, Ohio State University, US 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/a59d7e56-4325-465e-9dda-346aa99ef192.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20220216 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690622 03 9789523690622 06 15 9789523690639 03 9789523690639 06 15 9789523690653 03 9789523690653 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20220216 01 urn:uuid:f178d8ee-10f1-4a65-a0ad-fc5b86f95b1d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:b0ba3b54-c100-4c43-b400-6377b8fad02a 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f178d8ee-10f1-4a65-a0ad-fc5b86f95b1d 15 9789523690653 03 9789523690653 06 10.33134/HUP-15 00 EB E127 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Nordic Homicide in Deep Time Lethal Violence in the Early Modern Era and Present Times 1 A01 21 0000000235720791 Janne Kivivuori Janne Kivivuori 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000176930915 Mona Rautelin Mona Rautelin 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä 3 A01 Jeppe Büchert Netterstrøm Jeppe Büchert Netterstrøm 40 01aj84f44 Aarhus University 4 A01 21 0000000330040372 Dag Lindström Dag Lindström 40 048a87296 Uppsala University 5 A01 Guðbjörg S. Bergsdóttir Guðbjörg Bergsdóttir National Commissioner of the Icelandic Police 6 A01 Jónas O. Jónasson Jónas Jónasson Reykjavik Metropolitan Police 7 A01 21 0000000271873277 Martti Lehti Martti Lehti 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 8 A01 Sven Granath Sven Granath 40 00gwr4a27 Swedish Police Authority 9 A01 Mikkel M. Okholm Mikkel Okholm 40 02bv86w93 Danish Ministry of Justice 10 A01 21 0000000160905504 Petri Karonen Petri Karonen 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä 01 eng 00 376 03 B2 Sociology B2 Criminology B2 History B2 Social history 20 History; Homicide; Violence; Criminology; Early modern period; Northern Europe 01 06 02 00 This book draws a unique and detailed picture of developments in human interpersonal violence and presents new findings on rates, patterns and long-term changes of lethal violence in the Nordic. Conducted by an interdisciplinary team of criminologists and historians, the book analyses homicide and lethal violence in northern Europe in two era 03 00 Nordic Homicide in Deep Time</italic> draws a unique and detailed picture of developments in human interpersonal violence and presents new findings on rates, patterns, and long-term changes in lethal violence in the Nordics. Conducted by an interdisciplinary team of criminologists and historians, the book analyses homicide and lethal violence in northern Europe in two eras – the 17th century and early 21st century. Similar and continuous societal structures, cultural patterns, and legal cultures allow for long-term and comparative homicide research in the Nordic context. Reflecting human universals and stable motives, such as revenge, jealousy, honour, and material conflicts, homicide as a form of human behaviour enables long-duration comparison. By describing the rates and patterns of homicide during these two eras, the authors unveil continuity and change in human violence. Where and when did homicide typically take place? Who were the victims and the offenders, what where the circumstances of their conflicts? Was intimate partner homicide more prevalent in the early modern period than in present times? How long a time elapsed from violence to death? Were homicides often committed in the context of other crime? The book offers answers to these questions among others, comparing regions and eras. We gain a unique and empirically grounded view on how state consolidation and changing routines of everyday life transformed the patterns of criminal homicide in Nordic society. The path to pacification was anything but easy, punctuated by shorter crises of social turmoil, and high violence. The book is also a methodological experiment that seeks to assess the feasibility of long-duration standardized homicide analysis and to better understand the logic of homicide variation across space and over time. In developing a new approach for extending homicide research into the deep past, the authors have created the Historical Homicide Monitor. The new instrument combines wide explanatory scope, measurement standardization, and articulated theory expression. By retroactively expanding research data to the pre-statistical era, the method enables long-duration comparison of different periods and areas. Based on in-depth source critique, the approach captures patterns of criminal behaviour, beyond the control activity of the courts. The authors foresee the application of their approach in even remoter periods.Nordic Homicide in Deep Time</italic> helps the reader to understand modern homicide by revealing the historical continuities and changes in lethal violence. The book is written for professionals, university students and anyone interested in the history of human behaviour.<hr>‘Nordic Homicide in Deep Time</italic> is an outstanding work of social science history: rigorous, theoretically sophisticated, and thought-provoking. It offers invaluable insights into the motives and circumstances of homicides, past and present, and into the debates among historians, criminologists, and sociologists over how the character and incidence of homicides have changed since early modern times.’- Professor Randolph Roth</bold>, Ohio State University, US 30 00 Nordic Homicide in Deep Time</italic> draws a unique and detailed picture of developments in human interpersonal violence and presents new findings on rates, patterns, and long-term changes in lethal violence in the Nordics. Conducted by an interdisciplinary team of criminologists and historians, the book analyses homicide and lethal violence in northern Europe in two eras – the 17th century and early 21st century. Similar and continuous societal structures, cultural patterns, and legal cultures allow for long-term and comparative homicide research in the Nordic context. Reflecting human universals and stable motives, such as revenge, jealousy, honour, and material conflicts, homicide as a form of human behaviour enables long-duration comparison. By describing the rates and patterns of homicide during these two eras, the authors unveil continuity and change in human violence. Where and when did homicide typically take place? Who were the victims and the offenders, what where the circumstances of their conflicts? Was intimate partner homicide more prevalent in the early modern period than in present times? How long a time elapsed from violence to death? Were homicides often committed in the context of other crime? The book offers answers to these questions among others, comparing regions and eras. We gain a unique and empirically grounded view on how state consolidation and changing routines of everyday life transformed the patterns of criminal homicide in Nordic society. The path to pacification was anything but easy, punctuated by shorter crises of social turmoil, and high violence. The book is also a methodological experiment that seeks to assess the feasibility of long-duration standardized homicide analysis and to better understand the logic of homicide variation across space and over time. In developing a new approach for extending homicide research into the deep past, the authors have created the Historical Homicide Monitor. The new instrument combines wide explanatory scope, measurement standardization, and articulated theory expression. By retroactively expanding research data to the pre-statistical era, the method enables long-duration comparison of different periods and areas. Based on in-depth source critique, the approach captures patterns of criminal behaviour, beyond the control activity of the courts. The authors foresee the application of their approach in even remoter periods.Nordic Homicide in Deep Time</italic> helps the reader to understand modern homicide by revealing the historical continuities and changes in lethal violence. The book is written for professionals, university students and anyone interested in the history of human behaviour.<hr>‘Nordic Homicide in Deep Time</italic> is an outstanding work of social science history: rigorous, theoretically sophisticated, and thought-provoking. It offers invaluable insights into the motives and circumstances of homicides, past and present, and into the debates among historians, criminologists, and sociologists over how the character and incidence of homicides have changed since early modern times.’- Professor Randolph Roth</bold>, Ohio State University, US 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/a59d7e56-4325-465e-9dda-346aa99ef192.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20220216 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690622 03 9789523690622 06 15 9789523690639 03 9789523690639 06 15 9789523690646 03 9789523690646 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20220216 01 urn:uuid:70e9e5c0-2936-43a9-bd6c-6c43a0070f5b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ea5b38a4-5bb1-46c4-aa45-876a6424b296 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:70e9e5c0-2936-43a9-bd6c-6c43a0070f5b 15 9789523690660 03 9789523690660 06 10.33134/HUP-16 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Nuancing Young Masculinities Helsinki Boys’ Intersectional Relationships in New Times 1 A01 21 0000000199916518 Marja Peltola Marja Peltola 40 033003e23 Tampere University Marja Peltola is University Lecturer in Gender studies at the Social Research Unit, Faculty of Social Sciences in Tampere University. 2 A01 21 0000000153828918 Ann Phoenix Ann Phoenix 40 02jx3x895 University College London Ann Phoenix is Professor of Psychosocial studies at the Thomas Coram Research Unit, Social Research Institute, in UCL Institute of Education. 01 eng 00 232 03 B2 education B2 gender studies B2 sociology B2 psychology B2 narrative B2 masculinities 20 intersectionality; masculinities; racialisation; gender; family relations; peers and friendships; social identities; narratives 01 06 02 00 Nuancing Young Masculinities</italic> tells a complex story about the plurality of young masculinities. It draws on the narratives of young Finnish boys of different social classes and ethnicities. Boys’ accounts of relations with peers, parents, and teachers give insights into their world. 03 00 Nuancing Young Masculinities</italic> tells a complex story about the plurality of young masculinities. It draws on the narratives of Finnish young people (mostly boys) of different social classes and ethnicities who attend schools in Helsinki, Finland. Their accounts of relations with peers, parents, and teachers give insights into boys’ experiences and everyday practices at school, home, and in leisure time. The theoretical insights in this volume are wide-ranging, illuminating the plurality of masculinities, their dynamism, and intersections with other social identities. The young people’s enthusiastic and reflexive engagement with the research dispels stereotypes of boys and masculinities and offers a unique and holistic re-imagining of masculinities. Nuancing Young Masculinities</italic> provides a nuanced and compelling understanding of young masculinities.<break/>Marja Peltola</bold> is University Lecturer in Gender Studies at Tampere University. A sociologist and youth researcher by background, her research interests relate to intersectionality, gender, racialisation and personal relationships.<break/>Ann Phoenix</bold> is Professor of Psychosocial Studies at UCL Institute of Education. Her research interests are intersectional and psychosocial, including work on motherhood, social identities, young people, racialisation and gender and narrative methodology. 30 00 Nuancing Young Masculinities</italic> tells a complex story about the plurality of young masculinities. It draws on the narratives of Finnish young people (mostly boys) of different social classes and ethnicities who attend schools in Helsinki, Finland. Their accounts of relations with peers, parents, and teachers give insights into boys’ experiences and everyday practices at school, home, and in leisure time. The theoretical insights in this volume are wide-ranging, illuminating the plurality of masculinities, their dynamism, and intersections with other social identities. The young people’s enthusiastic and reflexive engagement with the research dispels stereotypes of boys and masculinities and offers a unique and holistic re-imagining of masculinities. Nuancing Young Masculinities</italic> provides a nuanced and compelling understanding of young masculinities.<break/>Marja Peltola</bold> is University Lecturer in Gender Studies at Tampere University. A sociologist and youth researcher by background, her research interests relate to intersectionality, gender, racialisation and personal relationships.<break/>Ann Phoenix</bold> is Professor of Psychosocial Studies at UCL Institute of Education. Her research interests are intersectional and psychosocial, including work on motherhood, social identities, young people, racialisation and gender and narrative methodology. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/0811ee44-323e-4d5d-a26a-1b97246a4ea7.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20220405 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690677 03 9789523690677 06 15 9789523690684 03 9789523690684 06 15 9789523690691 03 9789523690691 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690660 20 08 20220405 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690660 20 08 20220405 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690660 20 08 20220405 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690660 20 08 20220405 01 urn:uuid:52a7b7aa-dcd4-41d8-8188-5685cb49c881 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ea5b38a4-5bb1-46c4-aa45-876a6424b296 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:52a7b7aa-dcd4-41d8-8188-5685cb49c881 15 9789523690677 03 9789523690677 06 10.33134/HUP-16 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Nuancing Young Masculinities Helsinki Boys’ Intersectional Relationships in New Times 1 A01 21 0000000199916518 Marja Peltola Marja Peltola 40 033003e23 Tampere University Marja Peltola is University Lecturer in Gender studies at the Social Research Unit, Faculty of Social Sciences in Tampere University. 2 A01 21 0000000153828918 Ann Phoenix Ann Phoenix 40 02jx3x895 University College London Ann Phoenix is Professor of Psychosocial studies at the Thomas Coram Research Unit, Social Research Institute, in UCL Institute of Education. 01 eng 00 232 03 B2 education B2 gender studies B2 sociology B2 psychology B2 narrative B2 masculinities 20 intersectionality; masculinities; racialisation; gender; family relations; peers and friendships; social identities; narratives 01 06 02 00 Nuancing Young Masculinities</italic> tells a complex story about the plurality of young masculinities. It draws on the narratives of young Finnish boys of different social classes and ethnicities. Boys’ accounts of relations with peers, parents, and teachers give insights into their world. 03 00 Nuancing Young Masculinities</italic> tells a complex story about the plurality of young masculinities. It draws on the narratives of Finnish young people (mostly boys) of different social classes and ethnicities who attend schools in Helsinki, Finland. Their accounts of relations with peers, parents, and teachers give insights into boys’ experiences and everyday practices at school, home, and in leisure time. The theoretical insights in this volume are wide-ranging, illuminating the plurality of masculinities, their dynamism, and intersections with other social identities. The young people’s enthusiastic and reflexive engagement with the research dispels stereotypes of boys and masculinities and offers a unique and holistic re-imagining of masculinities. Nuancing Young Masculinities</italic> provides a nuanced and compelling understanding of young masculinities.<break/>Marja Peltola</bold> is University Lecturer in Gender Studies at Tampere University. A sociologist and youth researcher by background, her research interests relate to intersectionality, gender, racialisation and personal relationships.<break/>Ann Phoenix</bold> is Professor of Psychosocial Studies at UCL Institute of Education. Her research interests are intersectional and psychosocial, including work on motherhood, social identities, young people, racialisation and gender and narrative methodology. 30 00 Nuancing Young Masculinities</italic> tells a complex story about the plurality of young masculinities. It draws on the narratives of Finnish young people (mostly boys) of different social classes and ethnicities who attend schools in Helsinki, Finland. Their accounts of relations with peers, parents, and teachers give insights into boys’ experiences and everyday practices at school, home, and in leisure time. The theoretical insights in this volume are wide-ranging, illuminating the plurality of masculinities, their dynamism, and intersections with other social identities. The young people’s enthusiastic and reflexive engagement with the research dispels stereotypes of boys and masculinities and offers a unique and holistic re-imagining of masculinities. Nuancing Young Masculinities</italic> provides a nuanced and compelling understanding of young masculinities.<break/>Marja Peltola</bold> is University Lecturer in Gender Studies at Tampere University. A sociologist and youth researcher by background, her research interests relate to intersectionality, gender, racialisation and personal relationships.<break/>Ann Phoenix</bold> is Professor of Psychosocial Studies at UCL Institute of Education. Her research interests are intersectional and psychosocial, including work on motherhood, social identities, young people, racialisation and gender and narrative methodology. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/0811ee44-323e-4d5d-a26a-1b97246a4ea7.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20220405 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690660 03 9789523690660 06 15 9789523690684 03 9789523690684 06 15 9789523690691 03 9789523690691 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20220405 01 urn:uuid:2451f8bf-e196-4423-9ccb-86ccefcf446b 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ea5b38a4-5bb1-46c4-aa45-876a6424b296 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2451f8bf-e196-4423-9ccb-86ccefcf446b 15 9789523690684 03 9789523690684 06 10.33134/HUP-16 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Nuancing Young Masculinities Helsinki Boys’ Intersectional Relationships in New Times 1 A01 21 0000000199916518 Marja Peltola Marja Peltola 40 033003e23 Tampere University Marja Peltola is University Lecturer in Gender studies at the Social Research Unit, Faculty of Social Sciences in Tampere University. 2 A01 21 0000000153828918 Ann Phoenix Ann Phoenix 40 02jx3x895 University College London Ann Phoenix is Professor of Psychosocial studies at the Thomas Coram Research Unit, Social Research Institute, in UCL Institute of Education. 01 eng 00 232 03 B2 education B2 gender studies B2 sociology B2 psychology B2 narrative B2 masculinities 20 intersectionality; masculinities; racialisation; gender; family relations; peers and friendships; social identities; narratives 01 06 02 00 Nuancing Young Masculinities</italic> tells a complex story about the plurality of young masculinities. It draws on the narratives of young Finnish boys of different social classes and ethnicities. Boys’ accounts of relations with peers, parents, and teachers give insights into their world. 03 00 Nuancing Young Masculinities</italic> tells a complex story about the plurality of young masculinities. It draws on the narratives of Finnish young people (mostly boys) of different social classes and ethnicities who attend schools in Helsinki, Finland. Their accounts of relations with peers, parents, and teachers give insights into boys’ experiences and everyday practices at school, home, and in leisure time. The theoretical insights in this volume are wide-ranging, illuminating the plurality of masculinities, their dynamism, and intersections with other social identities. The young people’s enthusiastic and reflexive engagement with the research dispels stereotypes of boys and masculinities and offers a unique and holistic re-imagining of masculinities. Nuancing Young Masculinities</italic> provides a nuanced and compelling understanding of young masculinities.<break/>Marja Peltola</bold> is University Lecturer in Gender Studies at Tampere University. A sociologist and youth researcher by background, her research interests relate to intersectionality, gender, racialisation and personal relationships.<break/>Ann Phoenix</bold> is Professor of Psychosocial Studies at UCL Institute of Education. Her research interests are intersectional and psychosocial, including work on motherhood, social identities, young people, racialisation and gender and narrative methodology. 30 00 Nuancing Young Masculinities</italic> tells a complex story about the plurality of young masculinities. It draws on the narratives of Finnish young people (mostly boys) of different social classes and ethnicities who attend schools in Helsinki, Finland. Their accounts of relations with peers, parents, and teachers give insights into boys’ experiences and everyday practices at school, home, and in leisure time. The theoretical insights in this volume are wide-ranging, illuminating the plurality of masculinities, their dynamism, and intersections with other social identities. The young people’s enthusiastic and reflexive engagement with the research dispels stereotypes of boys and masculinities and offers a unique and holistic re-imagining of masculinities. Nuancing Young Masculinities</italic> provides a nuanced and compelling understanding of young masculinities.<break/>Marja Peltola</bold> is University Lecturer in Gender Studies at Tampere University. A sociologist and youth researcher by background, her research interests relate to intersectionality, gender, racialisation and personal relationships.<break/>Ann Phoenix</bold> is Professor of Psychosocial Studies at UCL Institute of Education. Her research interests are intersectional and psychosocial, including work on motherhood, social identities, young people, racialisation and gender and narrative methodology. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/0811ee44-323e-4d5d-a26a-1b97246a4ea7.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20220405 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690660 03 9789523690660 06 15 9789523690677 03 9789523690677 06 15 9789523690691 03 9789523690691 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20220405 01 urn:uuid:ac496b12-1ee9-4bb6-9094-f87646171cfd 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ea5b38a4-5bb1-46c4-aa45-876a6424b296 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ac496b12-1ee9-4bb6-9094-f87646171cfd 15 9789523690691 03 9789523690691 06 10.33134/HUP-16 00 EB E127 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Nuancing Young Masculinities Helsinki Boys’ Intersectional Relationships in New Times 1 A01 21 0000000199916518 Marja Peltola Marja Peltola 40 033003e23 Tampere University Marja Peltola is University Lecturer in Gender studies at the Social Research Unit, Faculty of Social Sciences in Tampere University. 2 A01 21 0000000153828918 Ann Phoenix Ann Phoenix 40 02jx3x895 University College London Ann Phoenix is Professor of Psychosocial studies at the Thomas Coram Research Unit, Social Research Institute, in UCL Institute of Education. 01 eng 00 232 03 B2 education B2 gender studies B2 sociology B2 psychology B2 narrative B2 masculinities 20 intersectionality; masculinities; racialisation; gender; family relations; peers and friendships; social identities; narratives 01 06 02 00 Nuancing Young Masculinities</italic> tells a complex story about the plurality of young masculinities. It draws on the narratives of young Finnish boys of different social classes and ethnicities. Boys’ accounts of relations with peers, parents, and teachers give insights into their world. 03 00 Nuancing Young Masculinities</italic> tells a complex story about the plurality of young masculinities. It draws on the narratives of Finnish young people (mostly boys) of different social classes and ethnicities who attend schools in Helsinki, Finland. Their accounts of relations with peers, parents, and teachers give insights into boys’ experiences and everyday practices at school, home, and in leisure time. The theoretical insights in this volume are wide-ranging, illuminating the plurality of masculinities, their dynamism, and intersections with other social identities. The young people’s enthusiastic and reflexive engagement with the research dispels stereotypes of boys and masculinities and offers a unique and holistic re-imagining of masculinities. Nuancing Young Masculinities</italic> provides a nuanced and compelling understanding of young masculinities.<break/>Marja Peltola</bold> is University Lecturer in Gender Studies at Tampere University. A sociologist and youth researcher by background, her research interests relate to intersectionality, gender, racialisation and personal relationships.<break/>Ann Phoenix</bold> is Professor of Psychosocial Studies at UCL Institute of Education. Her research interests are intersectional and psychosocial, including work on motherhood, social identities, young people, racialisation and gender and narrative methodology. 30 00 Nuancing Young Masculinities</italic> tells a complex story about the plurality of young masculinities. It draws on the narratives of Finnish young people (mostly boys) of different social classes and ethnicities who attend schools in Helsinki, Finland. Their accounts of relations with peers, parents, and teachers give insights into boys’ experiences and everyday practices at school, home, and in leisure time. The theoretical insights in this volume are wide-ranging, illuminating the plurality of masculinities, their dynamism, and intersections with other social identities. The young people’s enthusiastic and reflexive engagement with the research dispels stereotypes of boys and masculinities and offers a unique and holistic re-imagining of masculinities. Nuancing Young Masculinities</italic> provides a nuanced and compelling understanding of young masculinities.<break/>Marja Peltola</bold> is University Lecturer in Gender Studies at Tampere University. A sociologist and youth researcher by background, her research interests relate to intersectionality, gender, racialisation and personal relationships.<break/>Ann Phoenix</bold> is Professor of Psychosocial Studies at UCL Institute of Education. Her research interests are intersectional and psychosocial, including work on motherhood, social identities, young people, racialisation and gender and narrative methodology. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/0811ee44-323e-4d5d-a26a-1b97246a4ea7.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20220405 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690660 03 9789523690660 06 15 9789523690677 03 9789523690677 06 15 9789523690684 03 9789523690684 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20220405 01 urn:uuid:5c399bc3-4585-4791-9fae-f5a30bd09bbc 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:abf8750d-f7dd-4e88-bec1-eb24ac5c3460 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:5c399bc3-4585-4791-9fae-f5a30bd09bbc 15 9789523690042 03 9789523690042 06 10.33134/HUP-2 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Pragmatic Realism, Religious Truth, and Antitheodicy On Viewing the World by Acknowledging the Other 1 A01 21 0000000264108382 Sami Pihlström Sami Pihlström Faculty of Theology 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Sami Pihlström is professor of philosophy of religion at the University of Helsinki. He has published widely on, e.g., the pragmatist tradition, the problem of realism, and the philosophy of religion. 01 eng 00 223 03 B2 philosophy B2 philosophy of religion B2 ethics B2 metaphysics B2 transcendental philosophy 20 pragmatism; realism; theodicy / theodicies; antitheodicy / antitheodicies; evil; suffering 01 06 02 00 As a traditional theological issue and in its broader secular varieties, theodicy remains a problem in the philosophy of religion. In this remarkable book, Sami Pihlström provides a novel critical reassessment of the theodicy discourse addressing the problem of evil and suffering. He develops and defends an antitheodicist view, arguing that t 03 00 As a traditional theological issue and in its broader secular varieties, theodicy remains a problem in the philosophy of religion. In this remarkable book, Sami Pihlström provides a novel critical reassessment of the theodicy discourse addressing the problem of evil and suffering. He develops and defends an antitheodicist view, arguing that theodicies seeking to render apparently meaningless suffering meaningful or justified from a ‘God’s-Eye-View’ ultimately rely on metaphysical realism failing to recognize the individual perspective of the sufferer. Pihlström thus shows that a pragmatist approach to the realism issue in the philosophy of religion is a vital starting point for a re-evaluation of the problem of theodicy. With its strong positions and precise arguments, the volume provides a new approach which is likely to stimulate discussion in the wider academic world of philosophy of religion.Sami Pihlström</bold> is professor of philosophy of religion at the University of Helsinki. He has published widely on, e.g., the pragmatist tradition, the problem of realism, and the philosophy of religion.<break/>"With this fresh and highly stimulating book on pragmatism, realism and antitheodicy, Sami Pihlström consolidates his most important thinking to-date into one coherent account. While demonstrating how his take on pragmatism can have bearing on the debate on realism and anti-realism, fact and value, truth and pluralism, Pihlström also brings his position to bear on the failures of theodicy. Bringing added richness to the pragmatist tradition, Pihlström fruitfully draws on Kant’s transcendentalism, Levinas’ alterity, along with Wittgenstein’s view of language and its limits. Rich, lucidly written and carefully argued, this book deserves a broad readership."</italic> - Professor Espen Dahl</bold>, University of Tromsø – The Arctic University of Norway 30 00 As a traditional theological issue and in its broader secular varieties, theodicy remains a problem in the philosophy of religion. In this remarkable book, Sami Pihlström provides a novel critical reassessment of the theodicy discourse addressing the problem of evil and suffering. He develops and defends an antitheodicist view, arguing that theodicies seeking to render apparently meaningless suffering meaningful or justified from a ‘God’s-Eye-View’ ultimately rely on metaphysical realism failing to recognize the individual perspective of the sufferer. Pihlström thus shows that a pragmatist approach to the realism issue in the philosophy of religion is a vital starting point for a re-evaluation of the problem of theodicy. With its strong positions and precise arguments, the volume provides a new approach which is likely to stimulate discussion in the wider academic world of philosophy of religion.Sami Pihlström</bold> is professor of philosophy of religion at the University of Helsinki. He has published widely on, e.g., the pragmatist tradition, the problem of realism, and the philosophy of religion.<break/>"With this fresh and highly stimulating book on pragmatism, realism and antitheodicy, Sami Pihlström consolidates his most important thinking to-date into one coherent account. While demonstrating how his take on pragmatism can have bearing on the debate on realism and anti-realism, fact and value, truth and pluralism, Pihlström also brings his position to bear on the failures of theodicy. Bringing added richness to the pragmatist tradition, Pihlström fruitfully draws on Kant’s transcendentalism, Levinas’ alterity, along with Wittgenstein’s view of language and its limits. Rich, lucidly written and carefully argued, this book deserves a broad readership."</italic> - Professor Espen Dahl</bold>, University of Tromsø – The Arctic University of Norway 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/1bd87d02-a997-4b7c-96a0-e4ef584f43d0.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20200203 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690059 03 9789523690059 06 15 9789523690066 03 9789523690066 06 15 9789523690073 03 9789523690073 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690042 20 08 20200203 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690042 20 08 20200203 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690042 20 08 20200203 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690042 20 08 20200203 01 urn:uuid:562248e6-a3b0-45dc-a833-bcf26ac7937e 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:abf8750d-f7dd-4e88-bec1-eb24ac5c3460 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:562248e6-a3b0-45dc-a833-bcf26ac7937e 15 9789523690059 03 9789523690059 06 10.33134/HUP-2 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Pragmatic Realism, Religious Truth, and Antitheodicy On Viewing the World by Acknowledging the Other 1 A01 21 0000000264108382 Sami Pihlström Sami Pihlström Faculty of Theology 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Sami Pihlström is professor of philosophy of religion at the University of Helsinki. He has published widely on, e.g., the pragmatist tradition, the problem of realism, and the philosophy of religion. 01 eng 00 223 03 B2 philosophy B2 philosophy of religion B2 ethics B2 metaphysics B2 transcendental philosophy 20 pragmatism; realism; theodicy / theodicies; antitheodicy / antitheodicies; evil; suffering 01 06 02 00 As a traditional theological issue and in its broader secular varieties, theodicy remains a problem in the philosophy of religion. In this remarkable book, Sami Pihlström provides a novel critical reassessment of the theodicy discourse addressing the problem of evil and suffering. He develops and defends an antitheodicist view, arguing that t 03 00 As a traditional theological issue and in its broader secular varieties, theodicy remains a problem in the philosophy of religion. In this remarkable book, Sami Pihlström provides a novel critical reassessment of the theodicy discourse addressing the problem of evil and suffering. He develops and defends an antitheodicist view, arguing that theodicies seeking to render apparently meaningless suffering meaningful or justified from a ‘God’s-Eye-View’ ultimately rely on metaphysical realism failing to recognize the individual perspective of the sufferer. Pihlström thus shows that a pragmatist approach to the realism issue in the philosophy of religion is a vital starting point for a re-evaluation of the problem of theodicy. With its strong positions and precise arguments, the volume provides a new approach which is likely to stimulate discussion in the wider academic world of philosophy of religion.Sami Pihlström</bold> is professor of philosophy of religion at the University of Helsinki. He has published widely on, e.g., the pragmatist tradition, the problem of realism, and the philosophy of religion.<break/>"With this fresh and highly stimulating book on pragmatism, realism and antitheodicy, Sami Pihlström consolidates his most important thinking to-date into one coherent account. While demonstrating how his take on pragmatism can have bearing on the debate on realism and anti-realism, fact and value, truth and pluralism, Pihlström also brings his position to bear on the failures of theodicy. Bringing added richness to the pragmatist tradition, Pihlström fruitfully draws on Kant’s transcendentalism, Levinas’ alterity, along with Wittgenstein’s view of language and its limits. Rich, lucidly written and carefully argued, this book deserves a broad readership."</italic> - Professor Espen Dahl</bold>, University of Tromsø – The Arctic University of Norway 30 00 As a traditional theological issue and in its broader secular varieties, theodicy remains a problem in the philosophy of religion. In this remarkable book, Sami Pihlström provides a novel critical reassessment of the theodicy discourse addressing the problem of evil and suffering. He develops and defends an antitheodicist view, arguing that theodicies seeking to render apparently meaningless suffering meaningful or justified from a ‘God’s-Eye-View’ ultimately rely on metaphysical realism failing to recognize the individual perspective of the sufferer. Pihlström thus shows that a pragmatist approach to the realism issue in the philosophy of religion is a vital starting point for a re-evaluation of the problem of theodicy. With its strong positions and precise arguments, the volume provides a new approach which is likely to stimulate discussion in the wider academic world of philosophy of religion.Sami Pihlström</bold> is professor of philosophy of religion at the University of Helsinki. He has published widely on, e.g., the pragmatist tradition, the problem of realism, and the philosophy of religion.<break/>"With this fresh and highly stimulating book on pragmatism, realism and antitheodicy, Sami Pihlström consolidates his most important thinking to-date into one coherent account. While demonstrating how his take on pragmatism can have bearing on the debate on realism and anti-realism, fact and value, truth and pluralism, Pihlström also brings his position to bear on the failures of theodicy. Bringing added richness to the pragmatist tradition, Pihlström fruitfully draws on Kant’s transcendentalism, Levinas’ alterity, along with Wittgenstein’s view of language and its limits. Rich, lucidly written and carefully argued, this book deserves a broad readership."</italic> - Professor Espen Dahl</bold>, University of Tromsø – The Arctic University of Norway 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/1bd87d02-a997-4b7c-96a0-e4ef584f43d0.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20200203 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690042 03 9789523690042 06 15 9789523690066 03 9789523690066 06 15 9789523690073 03 9789523690073 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20200203 01 urn:uuid:8b8bf95f-224c-4ce0-8ea9-ff46aa0df59c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:abf8750d-f7dd-4e88-bec1-eb24ac5c3460 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:8b8bf95f-224c-4ce0-8ea9-ff46aa0df59c 15 9789523690066 03 9789523690066 06 10.33134/HUP-2 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Pragmatic Realism, Religious Truth, and Antitheodicy On Viewing the World by Acknowledging the Other 1 A01 21 0000000264108382 Sami Pihlström Sami Pihlström Faculty of Theology 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Sami Pihlström is professor of philosophy of religion at the University of Helsinki. He has published widely on, e.g., the pragmatist tradition, the problem of realism, and the philosophy of religion. 01 eng 00 223 03 B2 philosophy B2 philosophy of religion B2 ethics B2 metaphysics B2 transcendental philosophy 20 pragmatism; realism; theodicy / theodicies; antitheodicy / antitheodicies; evil; suffering 01 06 02 00 As a traditional theological issue and in its broader secular varieties, theodicy remains a problem in the philosophy of religion. In this remarkable book, Sami Pihlström provides a novel critical reassessment of the theodicy discourse addressing the problem of evil and suffering. He develops and defends an antitheodicist view, arguing that t 03 00 As a traditional theological issue and in its broader secular varieties, theodicy remains a problem in the philosophy of religion. In this remarkable book, Sami Pihlström provides a novel critical reassessment of the theodicy discourse addressing the problem of evil and suffering. He develops and defends an antitheodicist view, arguing that theodicies seeking to render apparently meaningless suffering meaningful or justified from a ‘God’s-Eye-View’ ultimately rely on metaphysical realism failing to recognize the individual perspective of the sufferer. Pihlström thus shows that a pragmatist approach to the realism issue in the philosophy of religion is a vital starting point for a re-evaluation of the problem of theodicy. With its strong positions and precise arguments, the volume provides a new approach which is likely to stimulate discussion in the wider academic world of philosophy of religion.Sami Pihlström</bold> is professor of philosophy of religion at the University of Helsinki. He has published widely on, e.g., the pragmatist tradition, the problem of realism, and the philosophy of religion.<break/>"With this fresh and highly stimulating book on pragmatism, realism and antitheodicy, Sami Pihlström consolidates his most important thinking to-date into one coherent account. While demonstrating how his take on pragmatism can have bearing on the debate on realism and anti-realism, fact and value, truth and pluralism, Pihlström also brings his position to bear on the failures of theodicy. Bringing added richness to the pragmatist tradition, Pihlström fruitfully draws on Kant’s transcendentalism, Levinas’ alterity, along with Wittgenstein’s view of language and its limits. Rich, lucidly written and carefully argued, this book deserves a broad readership."</italic> - Professor Espen Dahl</bold>, University of Tromsø – The Arctic University of Norway 30 00 As a traditional theological issue and in its broader secular varieties, theodicy remains a problem in the philosophy of religion. In this remarkable book, Sami Pihlström provides a novel critical reassessment of the theodicy discourse addressing the problem of evil and suffering. He develops and defends an antitheodicist view, arguing that theodicies seeking to render apparently meaningless suffering meaningful or justified from a ‘God’s-Eye-View’ ultimately rely on metaphysical realism failing to recognize the individual perspective of the sufferer. Pihlström thus shows that a pragmatist approach to the realism issue in the philosophy of religion is a vital starting point for a re-evaluation of the problem of theodicy. With its strong positions and precise arguments, the volume provides a new approach which is likely to stimulate discussion in the wider academic world of philosophy of religion.Sami Pihlström</bold> is professor of philosophy of religion at the University of Helsinki. He has published widely on, e.g., the pragmatist tradition, the problem of realism, and the philosophy of religion.<break/>"With this fresh and highly stimulating book on pragmatism, realism and antitheodicy, Sami Pihlström consolidates his most important thinking to-date into one coherent account. While demonstrating how his take on pragmatism can have bearing on the debate on realism and anti-realism, fact and value, truth and pluralism, Pihlström also brings his position to bear on the failures of theodicy. Bringing added richness to the pragmatist tradition, Pihlström fruitfully draws on Kant’s transcendentalism, Levinas’ alterity, along with Wittgenstein’s view of language and its limits. Rich, lucidly written and carefully argued, this book deserves a broad readership."</italic> - Professor Espen Dahl</bold>, University of Tromsø – The Arctic University of Norway 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/1bd87d02-a997-4b7c-96a0-e4ef584f43d0.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20200203 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690042 03 9789523690042 06 15 9789523690059 03 9789523690059 06 15 9789523690073 03 9789523690073 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20200203 01 urn:uuid:a996bc3b-f3c5-46b0-8e8b-b63db5da18ee 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:abf8750d-f7dd-4e88-bec1-eb24ac5c3460 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a996bc3b-f3c5-46b0-8e8b-b63db5da18ee 15 9789523690073 03 9789523690073 06 10.33134/HUP-2 00 EB E127 10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Pragmatic Realism, Religious Truth, and Antitheodicy On Viewing the World by Acknowledging the Other 1 A01 21 0000000264108382 Sami Pihlström Sami Pihlström Faculty of Theology 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Sami Pihlström is professor of philosophy of religion at the University of Helsinki. He has published widely on, e.g., the pragmatist tradition, the problem of realism, and the philosophy of religion. 01 eng 00 223 03 B2 philosophy B2 philosophy of religion B2 ethics B2 metaphysics B2 transcendental philosophy 20 pragmatism; realism; theodicy / theodicies; antitheodicy / antitheodicies; evil; suffering 01 06 02 00 As a traditional theological issue and in its broader secular varieties, theodicy remains a problem in the philosophy of religion. In this remarkable book, Sami Pihlström provides a novel critical reassessment of the theodicy discourse addressing the problem of evil and suffering. He develops and defends an antitheodicist view, arguing that t 03 00 As a traditional theological issue and in its broader secular varieties, theodicy remains a problem in the philosophy of religion. In this remarkable book, Sami Pihlström provides a novel critical reassessment of the theodicy discourse addressing the problem of evil and suffering. He develops and defends an antitheodicist view, arguing that theodicies seeking to render apparently meaningless suffering meaningful or justified from a ‘God’s-Eye-View’ ultimately rely on metaphysical realism failing to recognize the individual perspective of the sufferer. Pihlström thus shows that a pragmatist approach to the realism issue in the philosophy of religion is a vital starting point for a re-evaluation of the problem of theodicy. With its strong positions and precise arguments, the volume provides a new approach which is likely to stimulate discussion in the wider academic world of philosophy of religion.Sami Pihlström</bold> is professor of philosophy of religion at the University of Helsinki. He has published widely on, e.g., the pragmatist tradition, the problem of realism, and the philosophy of religion.<break/>"With this fresh and highly stimulating book on pragmatism, realism and antitheodicy, Sami Pihlström consolidates his most important thinking to-date into one coherent account. While demonstrating how his take on pragmatism can have bearing on the debate on realism and anti-realism, fact and value, truth and pluralism, Pihlström also brings his position to bear on the failures of theodicy. Bringing added richness to the pragmatist tradition, Pihlström fruitfully draws on Kant’s transcendentalism, Levinas’ alterity, along with Wittgenstein’s view of language and its limits. Rich, lucidly written and carefully argued, this book deserves a broad readership."</italic> - Professor Espen Dahl</bold>, University of Tromsø – The Arctic University of Norway 30 00 As a traditional theological issue and in its broader secular varieties, theodicy remains a problem in the philosophy of religion. In this remarkable book, Sami Pihlström provides a novel critical reassessment of the theodicy discourse addressing the problem of evil and suffering. He develops and defends an antitheodicist view, arguing that theodicies seeking to render apparently meaningless suffering meaningful or justified from a ‘God’s-Eye-View’ ultimately rely on metaphysical realism failing to recognize the individual perspective of the sufferer. Pihlström thus shows that a pragmatist approach to the realism issue in the philosophy of religion is a vital starting point for a re-evaluation of the problem of theodicy. With its strong positions and precise arguments, the volume provides a new approach which is likely to stimulate discussion in the wider academic world of philosophy of religion.Sami Pihlström</bold> is professor of philosophy of religion at the University of Helsinki. He has published widely on, e.g., the pragmatist tradition, the problem of realism, and the philosophy of religion.<break/>"With this fresh and highly stimulating book on pragmatism, realism and antitheodicy, Sami Pihlström consolidates his most important thinking to-date into one coherent account. While demonstrating how his take on pragmatism can have bearing on the debate on realism and anti-realism, fact and value, truth and pluralism, Pihlström also brings his position to bear on the failures of theodicy. Bringing added richness to the pragmatist tradition, Pihlström fruitfully draws on Kant’s transcendentalism, Levinas’ alterity, along with Wittgenstein’s view of language and its limits. Rich, lucidly written and carefully argued, this book deserves a broad readership."</italic> - Professor Espen Dahl</bold>, University of Tromsø – The Arctic University of Norway 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/1bd87d02-a997-4b7c-96a0-e4ef584f43d0.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20200203 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690042 03 9789523690042 06 15 9789523690059 03 9789523690059 06 15 9789523690066 03 9789523690066 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20200203 01 urn:uuid:ef9e4fb1-4c90-4c91-ab6e-b755ac0c6b56 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:53b3f2bf-47e5-44d9-b522-c7e46622493c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ef9e4fb1-4c90-4c91-ab6e-b755ac0c6b56 15 9789523691032 03 9789523691032 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 10 01 Series ID 1d759006-6ca6-4af6-aae9-82aa4e6d8c06 02 27368513 03 3 01 02 Pro et contra 01 01 Reconfiguring EU Peripheries Political Elites, Contestation, and Geopolitical Shifts 1 B01 Miruna Butnaru Troncotă Miruna Butnaru Troncotă Department of International Relations and European Integration National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Miruna Butnaru Troncotă, PhD, is an associate professor, a PhD advisor, and the director of the Centre of European Studies in the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) in Bucharest, Romania. She has a direct research interest in EU integration, the Europeanization research agenda, EU foreign and security policy, and the post-conflict reconstruction of the Western Balkans. She has published numerous academic articles and policy papers in this field and is a commentator on recent geopolitical events in South East Europe for national and international media outlets. 2 B01 21 0000000272617558 Ali Onur Özçelik Ali Özçelik International Relations Department 40 01dzjez04 Eskişehir Osmangazi University Ali Onur Özçelik, PhD, is an associate professor in the International Relations Department at Eskişehir Osmangazi University, Türkiye. He holds an MA in transatlantic relations from the University of Birmingham and a PhD in politics from the University of Sheffield. His research focuses on Europeanization, multi-level governance, the politics of non-state actors, interest representations, and lobbying. He is co-editor of two books: The World Community and Arab Spring (Palgrave) and EU Conditionality in Turkey: When Does It Work? When Does It Fail? (Rowman & Littlefield). Özçelik has contributed to youth projects supported by the EU and UN and has served as a regional coordinator for the Anatolian Centre of Excellence and a researcher for the Jean Monnet Networking Project ‘Linking to Europe at the Periphery’ (LEAP). 3 B01 21 0009000045997527 Radu-Alexandru Cucută Radu-Alexandru Cucută Department of International Relations and European Integration National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Radu-Alexandru Cucută, PhD, is a lecturer with the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) in Bucharest, Romania. His research interests lie within the fields of theories of revolution and theories of international relations. His most recent writing deals with the influence that liminality has on the use of fashionable concepts in Romania’s strategic documents. 01 eng 00 330 03 B2 Political science B2 International relations B2 European Union studies B2 Regional Studies - South East Europe 20 Contestation; Geopolitics; European Union; Western Balkans; Türkiye; Eastern neighborhood war in Ukraine 01 06 02 00 Reconfiguring EU Peripheries</italic> explores the diverse nature of the European Union’s interactions with its peripheries. With its focus on the perceptions of politicians, the volume casts new light on the motivations that underpin the political elites’ attitudes towards the EU in Bosnia and Herzegovina, Georgia, Hungary, Kosovo, Moldov 03 00 Reconfiguring EU Peripheries</italic> explores the diverse nature of the European Union’s interactions with its peripheries. Focusing on a period of rising regional tensions marked most recently by the war in Ukraine, the volume casts new empirical and conceptual light on the diverse motivations that underpin the political elites’ attitudes towards the EU in Bosnia and Herzegovina, Georgia, Hungary, Kosovo, Moldova, Romania, Türkiye and Ukraine.The volume engages with various understandings of the EU’s interactions with its different peripheries and shows how these dynamics are closely related to the self-perceived nature of the societies in question in relation to the EU. The impact of recent crises and conflicts underscore in some cases the need for strengthening solidarity and for ‘more EU’, whereas others highlight the doubts and disappointment over the challenges these societies have faced over recent years.The empirically rich case studies enable both interpretations of and debates on the EU integration processes. A comparative exploration of countries at different stages in the EU accession process and the various political elites’ attitudes towards the EU outlines the essentially constructed nature of peripherality. By challenging the conventional understanding of contestation and peripherality, this volume is a worthwhile first step towards looking at the EU and the peripheries it creates from an alternative, and sometimes ignored, point of view.Miruna Butnaru Troncotă</bold> is an associate professor, a PhD advisor, and the director of the Centre of European Studies in the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration in Bucharest, Romania.Ali Onur Özçelik </bold>is an associate professor in the International Relations Department at Eskişehir Osmangazi University, Türkiye.Radu-Alexandru Cucută</bold> is a lecturer with the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration in Bucharest, Romania.<hr> ‘Bringing together experts from across Europe, this volume highlights and explores the difficulties surrounding relations between the EU and its neighbours. An essential collection, full of analysis and insight on the direct experience of local elites, at a time when such questions are of central importance for the entire continent. A must-read for anyone seeking to understand how the EU is seen by its key counterparts, for both better and worse, and how this might shape the future of the regions involved.’ - Simon Usherwood</bold>, Professor of Politics & International Studies, The Open University <bold>*</bold> 'In an era of increased contestation of European integration and the EU’s impact on its near abroad, this volume puts centre-stage the views of political elites in what the dominant discourse treats as the ‘periphery’. The thorough and insightful analyses offered in the nine empirical chapters, from EU member Hungary to potential membership candidate Kosovo, will become indispensable reading for both analysts and policy-makers who can no longer ignore the diverging views and debates about the EU.' - Thomas Diez</bold>, Professor of Political Science and International Relations, University of Tübingen <hr>Co-funded by the European Union. Views and opinions expressed are however those of the authors only and do not necessarily reflect those of the European Union or the European Education and Culture Executive Agency (EACEA). Neither the European Union nor EACEA can be held responsible for them.This book is a deliverable in the Jean Monnet Network “Linking to Europe at the Periphery” (LEAP) nr 612019-EPP-1-2019-TR-EPP-JMONETWORK.This publication has received a subsidy for scientific publishing granted by the Ministry of Education and Culture from the proceeds of Veikkaus, distributed by the Federation of Finnish Learned Societies. <break/><img src="https://ubiquity-partner-network.s3.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/hup/book/EN+Co-funded+by+the+EU<italic>POS.jpg" style="height: 100px;"> <img src="https://ubiquity-partner-network.s3.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/hup/book/leap</italic>logo.png" style="height: 100px;"> 30 00 Reconfiguring EU Peripheries</italic> explores the diverse nature of the European Union’s interactions with its peripheries. Focusing on a period of rising regional tensions marked most recently by the war in Ukraine, the volume casts new empirical and conceptual light on the diverse motivations that underpin the political elites’ attitudes towards the EU in Bosnia and Herzegovina, Georgia, Hungary, Kosovo, Moldova, Romania, Türkiye and Ukraine.The volume engages with various understandings of the EU’s interactions with its different peripheries and shows how these dynamics are closely related to the self-perceived nature of the societies in question in relation to the EU. The impact of recent crises and conflicts underscore in some cases the need for strengthening solidarity and for ‘more EU’, whereas others highlight the doubts and disappointment over the challenges these societies have faced over recent years.The empirically rich case studies enable both interpretations of and debates on the EU integration processes. A comparative exploration of countries at different stages in the EU accession process and the various political elites’ attitudes towards the EU outlines the essentially constructed nature of peripherality. By challenging the conventional understanding of contestation and peripherality, this volume is a worthwhile first step towards looking at the EU and the peripheries it creates from an alternative, and sometimes ignored, point of view.Miruna Butnaru Troncotă</bold> is an associate professor, a PhD advisor, and the director of the Centre of European Studies in the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration in Bucharest, Romania.Ali Onur Özçelik </bold>is an associate professor in the International Relations Department at Eskişehir Osmangazi University, Türkiye.Radu-Alexandru Cucută</bold> is a lecturer with the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration in Bucharest, Romania.<hr> ‘Bringing together experts from across Europe, this volume highlights and explores the difficulties surrounding relations between the EU and its neighbours. An essential collection, full of analysis and insight on the direct experience of local elites, at a time when such questions are of central importance for the entire continent. A must-read for anyone seeking to understand how the EU is seen by its key counterparts, for both better and worse, and how this might shape the future of the regions involved.’ - Simon Usherwood</bold>, Professor of Politics & International Studies, The Open University <bold>*</bold> 'In an era of increased contestation of European integration and the EU’s impact on its near abroad, this volume puts centre-stage the views of political elites in what the dominant discourse treats as the ‘periphery’. The thorough and insightful analyses offered in the nine empirical chapters, from EU member Hungary to potential membership candidate Kosovo, will become indispensable reading for both analysts and policy-makers who can no longer ignore the diverging views and debates about the EU.' - Thomas Diez</bold>, Professor of Political Science and International Relations, University of Tübingen <hr>Co-funded by the European Union. Views and opinions expressed are however those of the authors only and do not necessarily reflect those of the European Union or the European Education and Culture Executive Agency (EACEA). Neither the European Union nor EACEA can be held responsible for them.This book is a deliverable in the Jean Monnet Network “Linking to Europe at the Periphery” (LEAP) nr 612019-EPP-1-2019-TR-EPP-JMONETWORK.This publication has received a subsidy for scientific publishing granted by the Ministry of Education and Culture from the proceeds of Veikkaus, distributed by the Federation of Finnish Learned Societies. <break/><img src="https://ubiquity-partner-network.s3.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/hup/book/EN+Co-funded+by+the+EU<italic>POS.jpg" style="height: 100px;"> <img src="https://ubiquity-partner-network.s3.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/hup/book/leap</italic>logo.png" style="height: 100px;"> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/991a5bea-ab6f-42d5-b18d-5e91134505c0.png 1 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Contours of EU Peripheries in a Shifting Geopolitical Landscape: The Perspectives of Political Elites 1 A01 21 0000000272617558 Ali Onur Özçelik Ali Özçelik International Relations Department 40 01dzjez04 Eskişehir Osmangazi University Ali Onur Özçelik, PhD, is an associate professor in the International Relations Department at Eskişehir Osmangazi University, Türkiye. He holds an MA in transatlantic relations from the University of Birmingham and a PhD in politics from the University of Sheffield. His research focuses on Europeanization, multi-level governance, the politics of non-state actors, interest representations, and lobbying. He is co-editor of two books: The World Community and Arab Spring (Palgrave) and EU Conditionality in Turkey: When Does It Work? When Does It Fail? (Rowman & Littlefield). Özçelik has contributed to youth projects supported by the EU and UN and has served as a regional coordinator for the Anatolian Centre of Excellence and a researcher for the Jean Monnet Networking Project ‘Linking to Europe at the Periphery’ (LEAP). 2 A01 Miruna Butnaru Troncotă Miruna Butnaru Troncotă Department of International Relations and European Integration National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Miruna Butnaru Troncotă, PhD, is an associate professor, a PhD advisor, and the director of the Centre of European Studies in the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) in Bucharest, Romania. She has a direct research interest in EU integration, the Europeanization research agenda, EU foreign and security policy, and the post-conflict reconstruction of the Western Balkans. She has published numerous academic articles and policy papers in this field and is a commentator on recent geopolitical events in South East Europe for national and international media outlets. 3 A01 21 0009000045997527 Radu-Alexandru Cucută Radu-Alexandru Cucută Department of International Relations and European Integration National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Radu-Alexandru Cucută, PhD, is a lecturer with the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) in Bucharest, Romania. His research interests lie within the fields of theories of revolution and theories of international relations. His most recent writing deals with the influence that liminality has on the use of fashionable concepts in Romania’s strategic documents. 4 A01 21 0000000152761774 Oana-Andreea Ion Oana-Andreea Ion National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Oana-Andreea Ion, PhD, is a lecturer at the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) in Bucharest, Romania. With a background in political sciences, her primary research interests lie in the field of European Union studies, with a specific emphasis on governance and Europeanization. Dr Ion has actively contributed to numerous projects since 2008, assuming roles such as manager or expert. Her involvement has centred primarily on the meticulous design and effective implementation of public policies, particularly within the realms of education and sustainable development. 03 00 This chapter presents the rationale behind employing the term ‘EU peripheries’ in the book and clarifies the theoretical framework adopted to define this term within the context of the EU integration process. The first section scrutinizes the concept of ‘EU peripheries’ as it will be theorized in the book. Its main aim is to critically examine the evolving connotations of the term, particularly in light of several crises of the last decade. Subsequently the chapter delves into the diverse manifestations of emerging forms of EU contestation at the peripheries, followed by the methodology section and an outline of the book’s structure. In the last section we examine the selected country cases and their contribution to the proposed conceptualization of EU peripheries, drawing connections with existing literature on the subject from a multi-disciplinary perspective. Finally, the chapter outlines the unique aspects of our approach and its potential contributions to existing scholarship in this field. 30 00 This chapter presents the rationale behind employing the term ‘EU peripheries’ in the book and clarifies the theoretical framework adopted to define this term within the context of the EU integration process. The first section scrutinizes the concept of ‘EU peripheries’ as it will be theorized in the book. Its main aim is to critically examine the evolving connotations of the term, particularly in light of several crises of the last decade. Subsequently the chapter delves into the diverse manifestations of emerging forms of EU contestation at the peripheries, followed by the methodology section and an outline of the book’s structure. In the last section we examine the selected country cases and their contribution to the proposed conceptualization of EU peripheries, drawing connections with existing literature on the subject from a multi-disciplinary perspective. Finally, the chapter outlines the unique aspects of our approach and its potential contributions to existing scholarship in this field. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Perceptions of Hungarian Political Elites of the EU’s Foreign and Security Policy during the War in Ukraine 1 A01 21 0000000294036957 Melek Aylin Özoflu Melek Özoflu 40 01jjhfr75 Özyeğin University Melek Aylin Özoflu, PhD, is a postdoctoral researcher at the Department of International Relations, Özyeğin University, Istanbul, Türkiye. She also conducts postdoctoral research in the Institute of Political Science, Faculty of Law, at ELTE University in Budapest, Hungary. Her main research areas focus on identity politics, European identity, European politics, and EU crises. Her paper ‘The populist framing of the Russia–Ukraine war by the Hungarian government: Convergence or contestation in the EU’ (co-authored with Krisztina Arató) was recently published in the SSCI-indexed Journal of Southeast European and Black Sea Studies. 2 A01 21 0000000236417735 Krisztina Arató Krisztina Arató ELTE University Krisztina Arató is a full professor and director of the Institute of Political Science, Faculty of Law, ELTE University, in Budapest, Hungary. In the 2023/24 academic year, she is the Jean Monnet Fellow at the Robert Schumen Centre (European University Institute) in Florence, Italy. Her research interests are history and theories of European integration, and civil and social dialogue. She has authored and edited textbooks about the EU (The Voyage of Europe with Boglárka Koller and The Political System of the European Union, co-edited with Boglárka Koller, both in Hungarian) and recently co-edited the volume The Political Economy of the Eurozone in Central and Eastern Europe: Why In, Why Out? (Routledge, 2021). 03 00 The outbreak of the Russia–Ukraine war as a geopolitical confrontation between the East and the West has necessitated a reconfiguration of the EU’s global role and actorness and its foreign and security policy priorities. Such a recalibration necessarily involves defining how the EU is perceived by national political elites. Therefore, this chapter examines how Hungarian political elites perceive the EU’s actorness and foreign and security policy priorities concerning the specific challenges of the Russia–Ukraine war. To this end, it conducts a critical discourse analysis of the minutes of parliamentary debates to consider statements uttered by elected members from both the opposition and the government within the Hungarian national parliament. The selected timeframe of the analysis covers the period from the outbreak of the crisis, 24 February 2022, to the Hungarian national consultation on EU sanctions against Russia, 15 January 2023. 30 00 The outbreak of the Russia–Ukraine war as a geopolitical confrontation between the East and the West has necessitated a reconfiguration of the EU’s global role and actorness and its foreign and security policy priorities. Such a recalibration necessarily involves defining how the EU is perceived by national political elites. Therefore, this chapter examines how Hungarian political elites perceive the EU’s actorness and foreign and security policy priorities concerning the specific challenges of the Russia–Ukraine war. To this end, it conducts a critical discourse analysis of the minutes of parliamentary debates to consider statements uttered by elected members from both the opposition and the government within the Hungarian national parliament. The selected timeframe of the analysis covers the period from the outbreak of the crisis, 24 February 2022, to the Hungarian national consultation on EU sanctions against Russia, 15 January 2023. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Ambivalent ‘Eurosceptics’ of the EU’s ‘Inner Periphery: Assessing Perceptions of the EU among Political Elites in Romania during Turbulent Times 1 A01 Miruna Butnaru Troncotă Miruna Butnaru Troncotă Department of International Relations and European Integration National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Miruna Butnaru Troncotă, PhD, is an associate professor, a PhD advisor, and the director of the Centre of European Studies in the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) in Bucharest, Romania. She has a direct research interest in EU integration, the Europeanization research agenda, EU foreign and security policy, and the post-conflict reconstruction of the Western Balkans. She has published numerous academic articles and policy papers in this field and is a commentator on recent geopolitical events in South East Europe for national and international media outlets. 2 A01 21 0009000045997527 Radu-Alexandru Cucută Radu-Alexandru Cucută Department of International Relations and European Integration National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Radu-Alexandru Cucută, PhD, is a lecturer with the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) in Bucharest, Romania. His research interests lie within the fields of theories of revolution and theories of international relations. His most recent writing deals with the influence that liminality has on the use of fashionable concepts in Romania’s strategic documents. 03 00 The nature of perceptions of the EU among Romania’s elites is an under-studied and seldom explored issue. The central research question of this chapter is whether the major events of the 2020–2022 interval (marked by the economic consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic, the start of the war in Ukraine, and the rejection of Romania’s second attempt to join the Schengen area) have altered Romanian elites’ perceptions of the EU. The empirical part discusses qualitative data resulting from ten semi-structured interviews, analysed in relation to three main theoretical taxonomies of political party attitudes towards the EU – those of Kopecký and Mudde (2002), Lubbers and Scheepers (2005), and Krouwel and Abts (2007) – to highlight the particularities of Romanian Eurosceptic discourse and its ambivalent nature. 30 00 The nature of perceptions of the EU among Romania’s elites is an under-studied and seldom explored issue. The central research question of this chapter is whether the major events of the 2020–2022 interval (marked by the economic consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic, the start of the war in Ukraine, and the rejection of Romania’s second attempt to join the Schengen area) have altered Romanian elites’ perceptions of the EU. The empirical part discusses qualitative data resulting from ten semi-structured interviews, analysed in relation to three main theoretical taxonomies of political party attitudes towards the EU – those of Kopecký and Mudde (2002), Lubbers and Scheepers (2005), and Krouwel and Abts (2007) – to highlight the particularities of Romanian Eurosceptic discourse and its ambivalent nature. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Cha(lle)nging Peripherality: ‘Critical Expectation Gaps’ and EU–Ukraine Relations in the Post-Euromaidan Perceptions of Ukrainian Political Elites 1 A01 21 0000000176689244 Roman Kalytchak Roman Kalytchak Ivan Franko University Roman Kalytchak, PhD, is an associate professor at the Department of International Relations and Diplomacy at Ivan Franko National University of Lviv, Ukraine, and a visiting scholar in the Department of German and Slavic Studies at the University of Manitoba, Canada. He is a political scientist and his research interests include Ukraine’s foreign policy, European integration, and area studies more generally. 2 A01 21 0000000318765338 Andriy Tyushka Andriy Tyushka 40 0079jgp14 College of Europe Andriy Tyushka, PhD, is a senior research fellow who holds the European Neighbourhood Policy Chair at the College of Europe in Natolin, Poland, and a researcher with two EU-funded Horizon projects (H-2020 ENGAGE and H-Europe REUNIR) focusing on the EU’s global actorness and its neighbourhood policies, respectively. His research focuses on EU–Ukraine association and integration, the EU’s relations with the Eastern neighbourhood at large, and (Eastern) European security matters. 03 00 Drawing primarily on political elite interviews, this chapter enquires into Ukrainian parliamentarians’ discourse and framings of EU–Ukraine integration dynamics over the past three decades and their joint response to the continued Russian war of aggression since 2014, as well as the handling of the COVID-19 crisis. Analytically framed using the ‘critical expectation gaps’ approach, this study explores how wide or narrow the perceived gap is between Ukrainian political elites’ hopes and expectations of EU engagement and the actual dynamics of the EU’s performance – and why. To determine whether and how the outbreak of Russia’s full-scale invasion in 2022 has impacted strategically critical issues (Ukraine’s EU accession and defence against Russian aggression) and Ukraine’s hopes and expectations of the EU’s performance, this research also incorporates insights from Ukraine’s official discourse and relevant scholarly analyses. 30 00 Drawing primarily on political elite interviews, this chapter enquires into Ukrainian parliamentarians’ discourse and framings of EU–Ukraine integration dynamics over the past three decades and their joint response to the continued Russian war of aggression since 2014, as well as the handling of the COVID-19 crisis. Analytically framed using the ‘critical expectation gaps’ approach, this study explores how wide or narrow the perceived gap is between Ukrainian political elites’ hopes and expectations of EU engagement and the actual dynamics of the EU’s performance – and why. To determine whether and how the outbreak of Russia’s full-scale invasion in 2022 has impacted strategically critical issues (Ukraine’s EU accession and defence against Russian aggression) and Ukraine’s hopes and expectations of the EU’s performance, this research also incorporates insights from Ukraine’s official discourse and relevant scholarly analyses. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Republic of Moldova: The Challenges of a Periphery’s Shifting Identity, from the Russian Federation’s Sphere of Influence to EU Accession 1 A01 21 0009000947331740 Nicolae Toderaș Nicolae Toderaș National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Nicolae Toderaș is a lecturer at the Department of International Relations and European Integration, National University of Political Studies and Public Administration, Bucharest, Romania, where he teaches courses in the fields of European studies, EU policies, and evaluation of European policies and programmes. One of his subjects of interest is the analysis of the process of the Republic of Moldova’s approach towards the European Union. He has published articles and public policy studies related to the Republic of Moldova’s integration within Europe. He has also provided consultancy services to various public institutions in the Republic of Moldova on subjects specific to European integration. 2 A01 Daniel Pascal Daniel Pascal National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Daniel Pascal is a PhD student at the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration, Bucharest, Romania. His background is in international relations and diplomatic studies. He is currently working on an EU-financed project implemented in the Republic of Moldova. His fields of interest are foreign policy and the process of integration of Moldova within Europe and within the EU. 03 00 In this chapter, Moldova’s EU path is analysed from a historiographical perspective, emphasizing recent developments. A hypothesis about the political elite’s view of Moldova’s irreversible EU accession process was explored in nine structured interviews with political leaders. The discussion revolved around seven core elements, including their perception of the EU and the impact of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine on Moldova–EU relations. The analysis reveals that Moldova’s intensified EU relations result largely from shifting regional contexts rather than being driven by internal political elites. For Moldova, the EU is seen as a peace guarantor and internal policy standard. While the EU alignment appears irreversible, reservations exist about the pace of reform during EU negotiations, particularly if the government changes. Overall, internal political determination is key to overcoming Moldova’s peripheral EU status. 30 00 In this chapter, Moldova’s EU path is analysed from a historiographical perspective, emphasizing recent developments. A hypothesis about the political elite’s view of Moldova’s irreversible EU accession process was explored in nine structured interviews with political leaders. The discussion revolved around seven core elements, including their perception of the EU and the impact of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine on Moldova–EU relations. The analysis reveals that Moldova’s intensified EU relations result largely from shifting regional contexts rather than being driven by internal political elites. For Moldova, the EU is seen as a peace guarantor and internal policy standard. While the EU alignment appears irreversible, reservations exist about the pace of reform during EU negotiations, particularly if the government changes. Overall, internal political determination is key to overcoming Moldova’s peripheral EU status. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Rather Lukewarm: Shifting Perceptions towards the EU among Bosnia and Herzegovina’s Political Elites 1 A01 21 0000000197262098 Hatidža Jahić Hatidža Jahić 40 02hhwgd43 University of Sarajevo Hatidža Jahić, PhD, is an associate professor at the Department of Economic Theory and Policy, School of Economics and Business, University of Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina. Her fields of interest include education economics, development economics, and international economics. She is the author of numerous papers presented at conferences and published in domestic and international journals. She has participated in several domestic and international research projects. In 2016 she was awarded a Fulbright scholarship. 2 A01 21 0009000512760941 Adnan Muminović Adnan Muminović 40 02hhwgd43 University of Sarajevo Adnan Muminović, PhD, is an assistant professor at the Department of Economic Theory and Policy, School of Economics and Business, University of Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina. His fields of interest include macro-economics, political economy, and economic psychology. In addition to his academic career, he has worked as an economic adviser to numerous international organizations and the Government of the Federation of Bosnia and Herzegovina. In 2019, he was awarded a Chevening scholarship. 03 00 In 2019, the European Commission endorsed Bosnia and Herzegovina’s (BiH’s) EU membership application, seen as a significant step. However, subsequent progress stalled as the country failed to address the 14 key priorities outlined in the Opinion. In 2022, in the context of the Russian invasion of Ukraine, the EU granted BiH candidate status. Surprisingly, local political elites displayed lukewarm enthusiasm, prompting research to understand their evolving attitudes towards EU integration. Using the external incentives model, seven interviews were conducted with diverse members of parliament. Findings reveal a decline in political support for EU integration, with elites perceiving BiH as unwelcome in the EU and doubting the impact of local efforts. Geopolitical shifts are deemed crucial for accelerated integration, posing challenges to BiH’s EU aspirations despite stable public support. 30 00 In 2019, the European Commission endorsed Bosnia and Herzegovina’s (BiH’s) EU membership application, seen as a significant step. However, subsequent progress stalled as the country failed to address the 14 key priorities outlined in the Opinion. In 2022, in the context of the Russian invasion of Ukraine, the EU granted BiH candidate status. Surprisingly, local political elites displayed lukewarm enthusiasm, prompting research to understand their evolving attitudes towards EU integration. Using the external incentives model, seven interviews were conducted with diverse members of parliament. Findings reveal a decline in political support for EU integration, with elites perceiving BiH as unwelcome in the EU and doubting the impact of local efforts. Geopolitical shifts are deemed crucial for accelerated integration, posing challenges to BiH’s EU aspirations despite stable public support. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Perceiving ‘Europe’ in Dire Times: Elite Perceptions of European Integration in Turkish Politics after the 2010s 1 A01 21 0000000319554700 Başak Alpan Başak Alpan 40 014weej12 Middle East Technical University Jahić Başak Alpan is an associate professor and a lecturer in European politics and political sociology at the Department of Political Science and Public Administration at the Middle East Technical University, Ankara, Türkiye. She holds a PhD from the University of Birmingham for her research on Turkish discourses on ‘Europe’ in the post-1999 period. She conducts research and extensively writes on European integration, discourse theory, post-structuralism, Türkiye–EU relations, and football and identity. Alpan has worked in many EU-funded projects as a researcher, including FREE (Football Research in an Enlarged Europe) and FEUTURE (The Future of Turkey–EU Relations). She is currently the coordinator of the JM Network LEAP (‘Linking to Europe at the Periphery’). 2 A01 21 0000000272617558 Ali Onur Özçelik Ali Özçelik International Relations Department 40 01dzjez04 Eskişehir Osmangazi University Ali Onur Özçelik, PhD, is an associate professor in the International Relations Department at Eskişehir Osmangazi University, Türkiye. He holds an MA in transatlantic relations from the University of Birmingham and a PhD in politics from the University of Sheffield. His research focuses on Europeanization, multi-level governance, the politics of non-state actors, interest representations, and lobbying. He is co-editor of two books: The World Community and Arab Spring (Palgrave) and EU Conditionality in Turkey: When Does It Work? When Does It Fail? (Rowman & Littlefield). Özçelik has contributed to youth projects supported by the EU and UN and has served as a regional coordinator for the Anatolian Centre of Excellence and a researcher for the Jean Monnet Networking Project ‘Linking to Europe at the Periphery’ (LEAP). 03 00 This chapter explores the transformative dynamics in Türkiye–EU relations post-2010, particularly within the context of Turkish political elites’ perceptions. The chapter underscores the profound impact of the strained Türkiye–EU ties, marked by blocked negotiation chapters and democratic backsliding. Emphasizing the shift from conditionality to transactionalism, it scrutinizes the evolving geopolitical landscape and realpolitik considerations, notably in light of the Ukraine war. The analysis centres on Turkish members of parliament involved in the Türkiye–EU Joint Parliamentary Committee, probing their perspectives on economic, security, and identity dimensions. Historical context, key events, and the concept of ‘peripherality’ are examined, employing interviews and Committee meeting minutes. The chapter culminates in an assessment of recent perceptions of the EU perceptions among Turkish political elites, examining potential centre–periphery dynamics in bilateral relations. 30 00 This chapter explores the transformative dynamics in Türkiye–EU relations post-2010, particularly within the context of Turkish political elites’ perceptions. The chapter underscores the profound impact of the strained Türkiye–EU ties, marked by blocked negotiation chapters and democratic backsliding. Emphasizing the shift from conditionality to transactionalism, it scrutinizes the evolving geopolitical landscape and realpolitik considerations, notably in light of the Ukraine war. The analysis centres on Turkish members of parliament involved in the Türkiye–EU Joint Parliamentary Committee, probing their perspectives on economic, security, and identity dimensions. Historical context, key events, and the concept of ‘peripherality’ are examined, employing interviews and Committee meeting minutes. The chapter culminates in an assessment of recent perceptions of the EU perceptions among Turkish political elites, examining potential centre–periphery dynamics in bilateral relations. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 From Dreaming of to Dealing with Europe: How the Political Elite in Georgia Frames and Contests the EU 1 A01 21 0000000216017865 David Aprasidze David Aprasidze 40 051qn8h41 Ilia State University David Aprasidze is a professor of political science at Ilia State University, Tbilisi, Georgia. His research focuses on political transformation, democratization, and regional developments in the South Caucasus. 03 00 How do Georgian political elites frame the EU and EU integration in their discourse? Why do they simultaneously support and contest the EU? How does the membership perspective recently opened for Georgia alter this discourse and contestation? In this chapter, we argue that the EU became the cornerstone of domestic political struggle in Georgia. Local elites regard the EU and EU integration as a strategic process, producing new opportunities and challenges. They contextualize events related to the EU and EU integration through the lenses of their interests and expectations. This reveals the limits of the EU’s transformative power, and therefore conditionality, even within the membership perspective, especially in the liminal periphery with competing forces such as Russia. Along with secondary data regarding Georgia–EU relations, the chapter draws on original interviews with members of the Georgian parliament, both from the ruling party and the opposition, and their public statements. 30 00 How do Georgian political elites frame the EU and EU integration in their discourse? Why do they simultaneously support and contest the EU? How does the membership perspective recently opened for Georgia alter this discourse and contestation? In this chapter, we argue that the EU became the cornerstone of domestic political struggle in Georgia. Local elites regard the EU and EU integration as a strategic process, producing new opportunities and challenges. They contextualize events related to the EU and EU integration through the lenses of their interests and expectations. This reveals the limits of the EU’s transformative power, and therefore conditionality, even within the membership perspective, especially in the liminal periphery with competing forces such as Russia. Along with secondary data regarding Georgia–EU relations, the chapter draws on original interviews with members of the Georgian parliament, both from the ruling party and the opposition, and their public statements. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Ambivalence of Kosovo–EU Relations in the Last Decade: The Perspective of Kosovo’s Political Elites 1 A01 21 0000000315090611 Bardhok Bashota Bardhok Bashota University of Prishtina Bardhok Bashota is a professor of political science at the Faculty of Philosophy of the University of Prishtina, Kosovo. In 2014 he earned a PhD in international relations at the University of Tirana. He has served as a trainer and expert in several national institutions and is currently serving as a researcher for the LEAP (Linking to Europe at the Periphery) project. His areas of research interest are state-building, theories of international relations, and European studies. He has published several scientific articles in international journals, such as Southeastern Europe, UNISCI Journal, and Southeast European and Black Sea Studies, as well as a university textbook on international relations and a monograph on the theory and practice of international territorial administration. He has participated in several international conferences and symposiums. 2 A01 21 0000000223474685 Dren Gërguri Dren Gërguri University of Prishtina Dren Gërguri, PhD, is a lecturer at the Department of Journalism, University of Prishtina, Kosovo, and a Fulbright scholar. His research agenda is at the intersection of disinformation, political communication, and journalism. He serves as the associate editor at the Central European Journal of Communication. His articles have been translated into around ten languages, including English, German, French, Russian, and Japanese. Recent publications are Fake News: Information Disorder in the Digital Age (published in Albanian and English); ‘Infodemic and the crisis of distinguishing disinformation from accurate information: Case study on the use of Facebook in Kosovo during COVID-19’ (a paper published in the journal Information & Media) and ‘Kosovo: Political crisis, one more challenge alongside COVID-19’, a chapter in the volume Political Communication and COVID-19, published by Routledge. 3 A01 21 0009000897582655 Leonora Bajrami Leonora Bajrami 40 00m04y575 South East European University Leonora Bajrami is a PhD student in the Department of Political Sciences at the South East European University in Tetovo, North Macedonia. Her article ‘The shadow of Republika Srpska on the association of municipalities with a Serbian majority’, funded by the Sami Frashri Institute in Tirana, is ongoing. Between 2019 and 2023, she completed two master’s degrees at the University of Prishtina, in the fields of European integration and public administration and international relations and diplomacy. Previously, as an intern, Leonora was part of the supervision of the work of the Parliamentary Commissions of the Republic of Kosovo by the Democratic Institute of Kosovo and the Ministry of Culture Youth and Sports. She is also part of the Diaspora for Women in Politics project, within the organization Germin, as well as the Leadership Mentoring Program of the National Democratic Institute, Kosovo. 03 00 This chapter provides a theoretical and conceptual background that sheds light on EU–Kosovo relations from a core–periphery analytical perspective. Within this research purview, the study focuses on the examination of the three main areas of interaction – politics (identity), economy, and security – manifested in the framework of contractual relations within the process of Kosovo’s integration into the EU. The study highlights the ambivalent attitudes of political elites in Kosovo, who, while resisting or contesting different aspects in relation to the EU, are still actively engaged in the EU integration process. Moreover, based on empirical data from original semi-structured interviews with representatives from the aforementioned elite, this chapter explores how the EU is perceived and contested in Kosovo within evolving circumstances in profoundly changed contexts, most recently the war in<break/>Ukraine. 30 00 This chapter provides a theoretical and conceptual background that sheds light on EU–Kosovo relations from a core–periphery analytical perspective. Within this research purview, the study focuses on the examination of the three main areas of interaction – politics (identity), economy, and security – manifested in the framework of contractual relations within the process of Kosovo’s integration into the EU. The study highlights the ambivalent attitudes of political elites in Kosovo, who, while resisting or contesting different aspects in relation to the EU, are still actively engaged in the EU integration process. Moreover, based on empirical data from original semi-structured interviews with representatives from the aforementioned elite, this chapter explores how the EU is perceived and contested in Kosovo within evolving circumstances in profoundly changed contexts, most recently the war in<break/>Ukraine. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Reconsidering EU Accession in the EU’s Peripheries: The Ambivalence of Elite Disillusionment and Contestation in Troubled Times 1 A01 21 0000000272617558 Ali Onur Özçelik Ali Özçelik International Relations Department 40 01dzjez04 Eskişehir Osmangazi University Ali Onur Özçelik, PhD, is an associate professor in the International Relations Department at Eskişehir Osmangazi University, Türkiye. He holds an MA in transatlantic relations from the University of Birmingham and a PhD in politics from the University of Sheffield. His research focuses on Europeanization, multi-level governance, the politics of non-state actors, interest representations, and lobbying. He is co-editor of two books: The World Community and Arab Spring (Palgrave) and EU Conditionality in Turkey: When Does It Work? When Does It Fail? (Rowman & Littlefield). Özçelik has contributed to youth projects supported by the EU and UN and has served as a regional coordinator for the Anatolian Centre of Excellence and a researcher for the Jean Monnet Networking Project ‘Linking to Europe at the Periphery’ (LEAP). 2 A01 Miruna Butnaru Troncotă Miruna Butnaru Troncotă Department of International Relations and European Integration National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Miruna Butnaru Troncotă, PhD, is an associate professor, a PhD advisor, and the director of the Centre of European Studies in the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) in Bucharest, Romania. She has a direct research interest in EU integration, the Europeanization research agenda, EU foreign and security policy, and the post-conflict reconstruction of the Western Balkans. She has published numerous academic articles and policy papers in this field and is a commentator on recent geopolitical events in South East Europe for national and international media outlets. 3 A01 21 0009000045997527 Radu-Alexandru Cucută Radu-Alexandru Cucută Department of International Relations and European Integration National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Radu-Alexandru Cucută, PhD, is a lecturer with the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) in Bucharest, Romania. His research interests lie within the fields of theories of revolution and theories of international relations. His most recent writing deals with the influence that liminality has on the use of fashionable concepts in Romania’s strategic documents. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20240619 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523691049 03 9789523691049 06 15 9789523691056 03 9789523691056 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523691032 20 08 20240619 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523691032 20 08 20240619 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523691032 20 08 20240619 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523691032 20 08 20240619 01 urn:uuid:ebdc3b59-09b2-4e9b-b943-a982250d5fbe 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:53b3f2bf-47e5-44d9-b522-c7e46622493c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ebdc3b59-09b2-4e9b-b943-a982250d5fbe 15 9789523691049 03 9789523691049 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 10 01 Series ID 1d759006-6ca6-4af6-aae9-82aa4e6d8c06 02 27368513 03 3 01 02 Pro et contra 01 01 Reconfiguring EU Peripheries Political Elites, Contestation, and Geopolitical Shifts 1 B01 Miruna Butnaru Troncotă Miruna Butnaru Troncotă Department of International Relations and European Integration National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Miruna Butnaru Troncotă, PhD, is an associate professor, a PhD advisor, and the director of the Centre of European Studies in the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) in Bucharest, Romania. She has a direct research interest in EU integration, the Europeanization research agenda, EU foreign and security policy, and the post-conflict reconstruction of the Western Balkans. She has published numerous academic articles and policy papers in this field and is a commentator on recent geopolitical events in South East Europe for national and international media outlets. 2 B01 21 0000000272617558 Ali Onur Özçelik Ali Özçelik International Relations Department 40 01dzjez04 Eskişehir Osmangazi University Ali Onur Özçelik, PhD, is an associate professor in the International Relations Department at Eskişehir Osmangazi University, Türkiye. He holds an MA in transatlantic relations from the University of Birmingham and a PhD in politics from the University of Sheffield. His research focuses on Europeanization, multi-level governance, the politics of non-state actors, interest representations, and lobbying. He is co-editor of two books: The World Community and Arab Spring (Palgrave) and EU Conditionality in Turkey: When Does It Work? When Does It Fail? (Rowman & Littlefield). Özçelik has contributed to youth projects supported by the EU and UN and has served as a regional coordinator for the Anatolian Centre of Excellence and a researcher for the Jean Monnet Networking Project ‘Linking to Europe at the Periphery’ (LEAP). 3 B01 21 0009000045997527 Radu-Alexandru Cucută Radu-Alexandru Cucută Department of International Relations and European Integration National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Radu-Alexandru Cucută, PhD, is a lecturer with the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) in Bucharest, Romania. His research interests lie within the fields of theories of revolution and theories of international relations. His most recent writing deals with the influence that liminality has on the use of fashionable concepts in Romania’s strategic documents. 01 eng 00 330 03 B2 Political science B2 International relations B2 European Union studies B2 Regional Studies - South East Europe 20 Contestation; Geopolitics; European Union; Western Balkans; Türkiye; Eastern neighborhood war in Ukraine 01 06 02 00 Reconfiguring EU Peripheries</italic> explores the diverse nature of the European Union’s interactions with its peripheries. With its focus on the perceptions of politicians, the volume casts new light on the motivations that underpin the political elites’ attitudes towards the EU in Bosnia and Herzegovina, Georgia, Hungary, Kosovo, Moldov 03 00 Reconfiguring EU Peripheries</italic> explores the diverse nature of the European Union’s interactions with its peripheries. Focusing on a period of rising regional tensions marked most recently by the war in Ukraine, the volume casts new empirical and conceptual light on the diverse motivations that underpin the political elites’ attitudes towards the EU in Bosnia and Herzegovina, Georgia, Hungary, Kosovo, Moldova, Romania, Türkiye and Ukraine.The volume engages with various understandings of the EU’s interactions with its different peripheries and shows how these dynamics are closely related to the self-perceived nature of the societies in question in relation to the EU. The impact of recent crises and conflicts underscore in some cases the need for strengthening solidarity and for ‘more EU’, whereas others highlight the doubts and disappointment over the challenges these societies have faced over recent years.The empirically rich case studies enable both interpretations of and debates on the EU integration processes. A comparative exploration of countries at different stages in the EU accession process and the various political elites’ attitudes towards the EU outlines the essentially constructed nature of peripherality. By challenging the conventional understanding of contestation and peripherality, this volume is a worthwhile first step towards looking at the EU and the peripheries it creates from an alternative, and sometimes ignored, point of view.Miruna Butnaru Troncotă</bold> is an associate professor, a PhD advisor, and the director of the Centre of European Studies in the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration in Bucharest, Romania.Ali Onur Özçelik </bold>is an associate professor in the International Relations Department at Eskişehir Osmangazi University, Türkiye.Radu-Alexandru Cucută</bold> is a lecturer with the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration in Bucharest, Romania.<hr> ‘Bringing together experts from across Europe, this volume highlights and explores the difficulties surrounding relations between the EU and its neighbours. An essential collection, full of analysis and insight on the direct experience of local elites, at a time when such questions are of central importance for the entire continent. A must-read for anyone seeking to understand how the EU is seen by its key counterparts, for both better and worse, and how this might shape the future of the regions involved.’ - Simon Usherwood</bold>, Professor of Politics & International Studies, The Open University <bold>*</bold> 'In an era of increased contestation of European integration and the EU’s impact on its near abroad, this volume puts centre-stage the views of political elites in what the dominant discourse treats as the ‘periphery’. The thorough and insightful analyses offered in the nine empirical chapters, from EU member Hungary to potential membership candidate Kosovo, will become indispensable reading for both analysts and policy-makers who can no longer ignore the diverging views and debates about the EU.' - Thomas Diez</bold>, Professor of Political Science and International Relations, University of Tübingen <hr>Co-funded by the European Union. Views and opinions expressed are however those of the authors only and do not necessarily reflect those of the European Union or the European Education and Culture Executive Agency (EACEA). Neither the European Union nor EACEA can be held responsible for them.This book is a deliverable in the Jean Monnet Network “Linking to Europe at the Periphery” (LEAP) nr 612019-EPP-1-2019-TR-EPP-JMONETWORK.This publication has received a subsidy for scientific publishing granted by the Ministry of Education and Culture from the proceeds of Veikkaus, distributed by the Federation of Finnish Learned Societies. <break/><img src="https://ubiquity-partner-network.s3.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/hup/book/EN+Co-funded+by+the+EU<italic>POS.jpg" style="height: 100px;"> <img src="https://ubiquity-partner-network.s3.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/hup/book/leap</italic>logo.png" style="height: 100px;"> 30 00 Reconfiguring EU Peripheries</italic> explores the diverse nature of the European Union’s interactions with its peripheries. Focusing on a period of rising regional tensions marked most recently by the war in Ukraine, the volume casts new empirical and conceptual light on the diverse motivations that underpin the political elites’ attitudes towards the EU in Bosnia and Herzegovina, Georgia, Hungary, Kosovo, Moldova, Romania, Türkiye and Ukraine.The volume engages with various understandings of the EU’s interactions with its different peripheries and shows how these dynamics are closely related to the self-perceived nature of the societies in question in relation to the EU. The impact of recent crises and conflicts underscore in some cases the need for strengthening solidarity and for ‘more EU’, whereas others highlight the doubts and disappointment over the challenges these societies have faced over recent years.The empirically rich case studies enable both interpretations of and debates on the EU integration processes. A comparative exploration of countries at different stages in the EU accession process and the various political elites’ attitudes towards the EU outlines the essentially constructed nature of peripherality. By challenging the conventional understanding of contestation and peripherality, this volume is a worthwhile first step towards looking at the EU and the peripheries it creates from an alternative, and sometimes ignored, point of view.Miruna Butnaru Troncotă</bold> is an associate professor, a PhD advisor, and the director of the Centre of European Studies in the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration in Bucharest, Romania.Ali Onur Özçelik </bold>is an associate professor in the International Relations Department at Eskişehir Osmangazi University, Türkiye.Radu-Alexandru Cucută</bold> is a lecturer with the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration in Bucharest, Romania.<hr> ‘Bringing together experts from across Europe, this volume highlights and explores the difficulties surrounding relations between the EU and its neighbours. An essential collection, full of analysis and insight on the direct experience of local elites, at a time when such questions are of central importance for the entire continent. A must-read for anyone seeking to understand how the EU is seen by its key counterparts, for both better and worse, and how this might shape the future of the regions involved.’ - Simon Usherwood</bold>, Professor of Politics & International Studies, The Open University <bold>*</bold> 'In an era of increased contestation of European integration and the EU’s impact on its near abroad, this volume puts centre-stage the views of political elites in what the dominant discourse treats as the ‘periphery’. The thorough and insightful analyses offered in the nine empirical chapters, from EU member Hungary to potential membership candidate Kosovo, will become indispensable reading for both analysts and policy-makers who can no longer ignore the diverging views and debates about the EU.' - Thomas Diez</bold>, Professor of Political Science and International Relations, University of Tübingen <hr>Co-funded by the European Union. Views and opinions expressed are however those of the authors only and do not necessarily reflect those of the European Union or the European Education and Culture Executive Agency (EACEA). Neither the European Union nor EACEA can be held responsible for them.This book is a deliverable in the Jean Monnet Network “Linking to Europe at the Periphery” (LEAP) nr 612019-EPP-1-2019-TR-EPP-JMONETWORK.This publication has received a subsidy for scientific publishing granted by the Ministry of Education and Culture from the proceeds of Veikkaus, distributed by the Federation of Finnish Learned Societies. <break/><img src="https://ubiquity-partner-network.s3.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/hup/book/EN+Co-funded+by+the+EU<italic>POS.jpg" style="height: 100px;"> <img src="https://ubiquity-partner-network.s3.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/hup/book/leap</italic>logo.png" style="height: 100px;"> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/991a5bea-ab6f-42d5-b18d-5e91134505c0.png 1 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Contours of EU Peripheries in a Shifting Geopolitical Landscape: The Perspectives of Political Elites 1 A01 21 0000000272617558 Ali Onur Özçelik Ali Özçelik International Relations Department 40 01dzjez04 Eskişehir Osmangazi University Ali Onur Özçelik, PhD, is an associate professor in the International Relations Department at Eskişehir Osmangazi University, Türkiye. He holds an MA in transatlantic relations from the University of Birmingham and a PhD in politics from the University of Sheffield. His research focuses on Europeanization, multi-level governance, the politics of non-state actors, interest representations, and lobbying. He is co-editor of two books: The World Community and Arab Spring (Palgrave) and EU Conditionality in Turkey: When Does It Work? When Does It Fail? (Rowman & Littlefield). Özçelik has contributed to youth projects supported by the EU and UN and has served as a regional coordinator for the Anatolian Centre of Excellence and a researcher for the Jean Monnet Networking Project ‘Linking to Europe at the Periphery’ (LEAP). 2 A01 Miruna Butnaru Troncotă Miruna Butnaru Troncotă Department of International Relations and European Integration National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Miruna Butnaru Troncotă, PhD, is an associate professor, a PhD advisor, and the director of the Centre of European Studies in the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) in Bucharest, Romania. She has a direct research interest in EU integration, the Europeanization research agenda, EU foreign and security policy, and the post-conflict reconstruction of the Western Balkans. She has published numerous academic articles and policy papers in this field and is a commentator on recent geopolitical events in South East Europe for national and international media outlets. 3 A01 21 0009000045997527 Radu-Alexandru Cucută Radu-Alexandru Cucută Department of International Relations and European Integration National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Radu-Alexandru Cucută, PhD, is a lecturer with the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) in Bucharest, Romania. His research interests lie within the fields of theories of revolution and theories of international relations. His most recent writing deals with the influence that liminality has on the use of fashionable concepts in Romania’s strategic documents. 4 A01 21 0000000152761774 Oana-Andreea Ion Oana-Andreea Ion National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Oana-Andreea Ion, PhD, is a lecturer at the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) in Bucharest, Romania. With a background in political sciences, her primary research interests lie in the field of European Union studies, with a specific emphasis on governance and Europeanization. Dr Ion has actively contributed to numerous projects since 2008, assuming roles such as manager or expert. Her involvement has centred primarily on the meticulous design and effective implementation of public policies, particularly within the realms of education and sustainable development. 03 00 This chapter presents the rationale behind employing the term ‘EU peripheries’ in the book and clarifies the theoretical framework adopted to define this term within the context of the EU integration process. The first section scrutinizes the concept of ‘EU peripheries’ as it will be theorized in the book. Its main aim is to critically examine the evolving connotations of the term, particularly in light of several crises of the last decade. Subsequently the chapter delves into the diverse manifestations of emerging forms of EU contestation at the peripheries, followed by the methodology section and an outline of the book’s structure. In the last section we examine the selected country cases and their contribution to the proposed conceptualization of EU peripheries, drawing connections with existing literature on the subject from a multi-disciplinary perspective. Finally, the chapter outlines the unique aspects of our approach and its potential contributions to existing scholarship in this field. 30 00 This chapter presents the rationale behind employing the term ‘EU peripheries’ in the book and clarifies the theoretical framework adopted to define this term within the context of the EU integration process. The first section scrutinizes the concept of ‘EU peripheries’ as it will be theorized in the book. Its main aim is to critically examine the evolving connotations of the term, particularly in light of several crises of the last decade. Subsequently the chapter delves into the diverse manifestations of emerging forms of EU contestation at the peripheries, followed by the methodology section and an outline of the book’s structure. In the last section we examine the selected country cases and their contribution to the proposed conceptualization of EU peripheries, drawing connections with existing literature on the subject from a multi-disciplinary perspective. Finally, the chapter outlines the unique aspects of our approach and its potential contributions to existing scholarship in this field. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Perceptions of Hungarian Political Elites of the EU’s Foreign and Security Policy during the War in Ukraine 1 A01 21 0000000294036957 Melek Aylin Özoflu Melek Özoflu 40 01jjhfr75 Özyeğin University Melek Aylin Özoflu, PhD, is a postdoctoral researcher at the Department of International Relations, Özyeğin University, Istanbul, Türkiye. She also conducts postdoctoral research in the Institute of Political Science, Faculty of Law, at ELTE University in Budapest, Hungary. Her main research areas focus on identity politics, European identity, European politics, and EU crises. Her paper ‘The populist framing of the Russia–Ukraine war by the Hungarian government: Convergence or contestation in the EU’ (co-authored with Krisztina Arató) was recently published in the SSCI-indexed Journal of Southeast European and Black Sea Studies. 2 A01 21 0000000236417735 Krisztina Arató Krisztina Arató ELTE University Krisztina Arató is a full professor and director of the Institute of Political Science, Faculty of Law, ELTE University, in Budapest, Hungary. In the 2023/24 academic year, she is the Jean Monnet Fellow at the Robert Schumen Centre (European University Institute) in Florence, Italy. Her research interests are history and theories of European integration, and civil and social dialogue. She has authored and edited textbooks about the EU (The Voyage of Europe with Boglárka Koller and The Political System of the European Union, co-edited with Boglárka Koller, both in Hungarian) and recently co-edited the volume The Political Economy of the Eurozone in Central and Eastern Europe: Why In, Why Out? (Routledge, 2021). 03 00 The outbreak of the Russia–Ukraine war as a geopolitical confrontation between the East and the West has necessitated a reconfiguration of the EU’s global role and actorness and its foreign and security policy priorities. Such a recalibration necessarily involves defining how the EU is perceived by national political elites. Therefore, this chapter examines how Hungarian political elites perceive the EU’s actorness and foreign and security policy priorities concerning the specific challenges of the Russia–Ukraine war. To this end, it conducts a critical discourse analysis of the minutes of parliamentary debates to consider statements uttered by elected members from both the opposition and the government within the Hungarian national parliament. The selected timeframe of the analysis covers the period from the outbreak of the crisis, 24 February 2022, to the Hungarian national consultation on EU sanctions against Russia, 15 January 2023. 30 00 The outbreak of the Russia–Ukraine war as a geopolitical confrontation between the East and the West has necessitated a reconfiguration of the EU’s global role and actorness and its foreign and security policy priorities. Such a recalibration necessarily involves defining how the EU is perceived by national political elites. Therefore, this chapter examines how Hungarian political elites perceive the EU’s actorness and foreign and security policy priorities concerning the specific challenges of the Russia–Ukraine war. To this end, it conducts a critical discourse analysis of the minutes of parliamentary debates to consider statements uttered by elected members from both the opposition and the government within the Hungarian national parliament. The selected timeframe of the analysis covers the period from the outbreak of the crisis, 24 February 2022, to the Hungarian national consultation on EU sanctions against Russia, 15 January 2023. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Ambivalent ‘Eurosceptics’ of the EU’s ‘Inner Periphery: Assessing Perceptions of the EU among Political Elites in Romania during Turbulent Times 1 A01 Miruna Butnaru Troncotă Miruna Butnaru Troncotă Department of International Relations and European Integration National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Miruna Butnaru Troncotă, PhD, is an associate professor, a PhD advisor, and the director of the Centre of European Studies in the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) in Bucharest, Romania. She has a direct research interest in EU integration, the Europeanization research agenda, EU foreign and security policy, and the post-conflict reconstruction of the Western Balkans. She has published numerous academic articles and policy papers in this field and is a commentator on recent geopolitical events in South East Europe for national and international media outlets. 2 A01 21 0009000045997527 Radu-Alexandru Cucută Radu-Alexandru Cucută Department of International Relations and European Integration National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Radu-Alexandru Cucută, PhD, is a lecturer with the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) in Bucharest, Romania. His research interests lie within the fields of theories of revolution and theories of international relations. His most recent writing deals with the influence that liminality has on the use of fashionable concepts in Romania’s strategic documents. 03 00 The nature of perceptions of the EU among Romania’s elites is an under-studied and seldom explored issue. The central research question of this chapter is whether the major events of the 2020–2022 interval (marked by the economic consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic, the start of the war in Ukraine, and the rejection of Romania’s second attempt to join the Schengen area) have altered Romanian elites’ perceptions of the EU. The empirical part discusses qualitative data resulting from ten semi-structured interviews, analysed in relation to three main theoretical taxonomies of political party attitudes towards the EU – those of Kopecký and Mudde (2002), Lubbers and Scheepers (2005), and Krouwel and Abts (2007) – to highlight the particularities of Romanian Eurosceptic discourse and its ambivalent nature. 30 00 The nature of perceptions of the EU among Romania’s elites is an under-studied and seldom explored issue. The central research question of this chapter is whether the major events of the 2020–2022 interval (marked by the economic consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic, the start of the war in Ukraine, and the rejection of Romania’s second attempt to join the Schengen area) have altered Romanian elites’ perceptions of the EU. The empirical part discusses qualitative data resulting from ten semi-structured interviews, analysed in relation to three main theoretical taxonomies of political party attitudes towards the EU – those of Kopecký and Mudde (2002), Lubbers and Scheepers (2005), and Krouwel and Abts (2007) – to highlight the particularities of Romanian Eurosceptic discourse and its ambivalent nature. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Cha(lle)nging Peripherality: ‘Critical Expectation Gaps’ and EU–Ukraine Relations in the Post-Euromaidan Perceptions of Ukrainian Political Elites 1 A01 21 0000000176689244 Roman Kalytchak Roman Kalytchak Ivan Franko University Roman Kalytchak, PhD, is an associate professor at the Department of International Relations and Diplomacy at Ivan Franko National University of Lviv, Ukraine, and a visiting scholar in the Department of German and Slavic Studies at the University of Manitoba, Canada. He is a political scientist and his research interests include Ukraine’s foreign policy, European integration, and area studies more generally. 2 A01 21 0000000318765338 Andriy Tyushka Andriy Tyushka 40 0079jgp14 College of Europe Andriy Tyushka, PhD, is a senior research fellow who holds the European Neighbourhood Policy Chair at the College of Europe in Natolin, Poland, and a researcher with two EU-funded Horizon projects (H-2020 ENGAGE and H-Europe REUNIR) focusing on the EU’s global actorness and its neighbourhood policies, respectively. His research focuses on EU–Ukraine association and integration, the EU’s relations with the Eastern neighbourhood at large, and (Eastern) European security matters. 03 00 Drawing primarily on political elite interviews, this chapter enquires into Ukrainian parliamentarians’ discourse and framings of EU–Ukraine integration dynamics over the past three decades and their joint response to the continued Russian war of aggression since 2014, as well as the handling of the COVID-19 crisis. Analytically framed using the ‘critical expectation gaps’ approach, this study explores how wide or narrow the perceived gap is between Ukrainian political elites’ hopes and expectations of EU engagement and the actual dynamics of the EU’s performance – and why. To determine whether and how the outbreak of Russia’s full-scale invasion in 2022 has impacted strategically critical issues (Ukraine’s EU accession and defence against Russian aggression) and Ukraine’s hopes and expectations of the EU’s performance, this research also incorporates insights from Ukraine’s official discourse and relevant scholarly analyses. 30 00 Drawing primarily on political elite interviews, this chapter enquires into Ukrainian parliamentarians’ discourse and framings of EU–Ukraine integration dynamics over the past three decades and their joint response to the continued Russian war of aggression since 2014, as well as the handling of the COVID-19 crisis. Analytically framed using the ‘critical expectation gaps’ approach, this study explores how wide or narrow the perceived gap is between Ukrainian political elites’ hopes and expectations of EU engagement and the actual dynamics of the EU’s performance – and why. To determine whether and how the outbreak of Russia’s full-scale invasion in 2022 has impacted strategically critical issues (Ukraine’s EU accession and defence against Russian aggression) and Ukraine’s hopes and expectations of the EU’s performance, this research also incorporates insights from Ukraine’s official discourse and relevant scholarly analyses. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Republic of Moldova: The Challenges of a Periphery’s Shifting Identity, from the Russian Federation’s Sphere of Influence to EU Accession 1 A01 21 0009000947331740 Nicolae Toderaș Nicolae Toderaș National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Nicolae Toderaș is a lecturer at the Department of International Relations and European Integration, National University of Political Studies and Public Administration, Bucharest, Romania, where he teaches courses in the fields of European studies, EU policies, and evaluation of European policies and programmes. One of his subjects of interest is the analysis of the process of the Republic of Moldova’s approach towards the European Union. He has published articles and public policy studies related to the Republic of Moldova’s integration within Europe. He has also provided consultancy services to various public institutions in the Republic of Moldova on subjects specific to European integration. 2 A01 Daniel Pascal Daniel Pascal National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Daniel Pascal is a PhD student at the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration, Bucharest, Romania. His background is in international relations and diplomatic studies. He is currently working on an EU-financed project implemented in the Republic of Moldova. His fields of interest are foreign policy and the process of integration of Moldova within Europe and within the EU. 03 00 In this chapter, Moldova’s EU path is analysed from a historiographical perspective, emphasizing recent developments. A hypothesis about the political elite’s view of Moldova’s irreversible EU accession process was explored in nine structured interviews with political leaders. The discussion revolved around seven core elements, including their perception of the EU and the impact of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine on Moldova–EU relations. The analysis reveals that Moldova’s intensified EU relations result largely from shifting regional contexts rather than being driven by internal political elites. For Moldova, the EU is seen as a peace guarantor and internal policy standard. While the EU alignment appears irreversible, reservations exist about the pace of reform during EU negotiations, particularly if the government changes. Overall, internal political determination is key to overcoming Moldova’s peripheral EU status. 30 00 In this chapter, Moldova’s EU path is analysed from a historiographical perspective, emphasizing recent developments. A hypothesis about the political elite’s view of Moldova’s irreversible EU accession process was explored in nine structured interviews with political leaders. The discussion revolved around seven core elements, including their perception of the EU and the impact of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine on Moldova–EU relations. The analysis reveals that Moldova’s intensified EU relations result largely from shifting regional contexts rather than being driven by internal political elites. For Moldova, the EU is seen as a peace guarantor and internal policy standard. While the EU alignment appears irreversible, reservations exist about the pace of reform during EU negotiations, particularly if the government changes. Overall, internal political determination is key to overcoming Moldova’s peripheral EU status. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Rather Lukewarm: Shifting Perceptions towards the EU among Bosnia and Herzegovina’s Political Elites 1 A01 21 0000000197262098 Hatidža Jahić Hatidža Jahić 40 02hhwgd43 University of Sarajevo Hatidža Jahić, PhD, is an associate professor at the Department of Economic Theory and Policy, School of Economics and Business, University of Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina. Her fields of interest include education economics, development economics, and international economics. She is the author of numerous papers presented at conferences and published in domestic and international journals. She has participated in several domestic and international research projects. In 2016 she was awarded a Fulbright scholarship. 2 A01 21 0009000512760941 Adnan Muminović Adnan Muminović 40 02hhwgd43 University of Sarajevo Adnan Muminović, PhD, is an assistant professor at the Department of Economic Theory and Policy, School of Economics and Business, University of Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina. His fields of interest include macro-economics, political economy, and economic psychology. In addition to his academic career, he has worked as an economic adviser to numerous international organizations and the Government of the Federation of Bosnia and Herzegovina. In 2019, he was awarded a Chevening scholarship. 03 00 In 2019, the European Commission endorsed Bosnia and Herzegovina’s (BiH’s) EU membership application, seen as a significant step. However, subsequent progress stalled as the country failed to address the 14 key priorities outlined in the Opinion. In 2022, in the context of the Russian invasion of Ukraine, the EU granted BiH candidate status. Surprisingly, local political elites displayed lukewarm enthusiasm, prompting research to understand their evolving attitudes towards EU integration. Using the external incentives model, seven interviews were conducted with diverse members of parliament. Findings reveal a decline in political support for EU integration, with elites perceiving BiH as unwelcome in the EU and doubting the impact of local efforts. Geopolitical shifts are deemed crucial for accelerated integration, posing challenges to BiH’s EU aspirations despite stable public support. 30 00 In 2019, the European Commission endorsed Bosnia and Herzegovina’s (BiH’s) EU membership application, seen as a significant step. However, subsequent progress stalled as the country failed to address the 14 key priorities outlined in the Opinion. In 2022, in the context of the Russian invasion of Ukraine, the EU granted BiH candidate status. Surprisingly, local political elites displayed lukewarm enthusiasm, prompting research to understand their evolving attitudes towards EU integration. Using the external incentives model, seven interviews were conducted with diverse members of parliament. Findings reveal a decline in political support for EU integration, with elites perceiving BiH as unwelcome in the EU and doubting the impact of local efforts. Geopolitical shifts are deemed crucial for accelerated integration, posing challenges to BiH’s EU aspirations despite stable public support. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Perceiving ‘Europe’ in Dire Times: Elite Perceptions of European Integration in Turkish Politics after the 2010s 1 A01 21 0000000319554700 Başak Alpan Başak Alpan 40 014weej12 Middle East Technical University Jahić Başak Alpan is an associate professor and a lecturer in European politics and political sociology at the Department of Political Science and Public Administration at the Middle East Technical University, Ankara, Türkiye. She holds a PhD from the University of Birmingham for her research on Turkish discourses on ‘Europe’ in the post-1999 period. She conducts research and extensively writes on European integration, discourse theory, post-structuralism, Türkiye–EU relations, and football and identity. Alpan has worked in many EU-funded projects as a researcher, including FREE (Football Research in an Enlarged Europe) and FEUTURE (The Future of Turkey–EU Relations). She is currently the coordinator of the JM Network LEAP (‘Linking to Europe at the Periphery’). 2 A01 21 0000000272617558 Ali Onur Özçelik Ali Özçelik International Relations Department 40 01dzjez04 Eskişehir Osmangazi University Ali Onur Özçelik, PhD, is an associate professor in the International Relations Department at Eskişehir Osmangazi University, Türkiye. He holds an MA in transatlantic relations from the University of Birmingham and a PhD in politics from the University of Sheffield. His research focuses on Europeanization, multi-level governance, the politics of non-state actors, interest representations, and lobbying. He is co-editor of two books: The World Community and Arab Spring (Palgrave) and EU Conditionality in Turkey: When Does It Work? When Does It Fail? (Rowman & Littlefield). Özçelik has contributed to youth projects supported by the EU and UN and has served as a regional coordinator for the Anatolian Centre of Excellence and a researcher for the Jean Monnet Networking Project ‘Linking to Europe at the Periphery’ (LEAP). 03 00 This chapter explores the transformative dynamics in Türkiye–EU relations post-2010, particularly within the context of Turkish political elites’ perceptions. The chapter underscores the profound impact of the strained Türkiye–EU ties, marked by blocked negotiation chapters and democratic backsliding. Emphasizing the shift from conditionality to transactionalism, it scrutinizes the evolving geopolitical landscape and realpolitik considerations, notably in light of the Ukraine war. The analysis centres on Turkish members of parliament involved in the Türkiye–EU Joint Parliamentary Committee, probing their perspectives on economic, security, and identity dimensions. Historical context, key events, and the concept of ‘peripherality’ are examined, employing interviews and Committee meeting minutes. The chapter culminates in an assessment of recent perceptions of the EU perceptions among Turkish political elites, examining potential centre–periphery dynamics in bilateral relations. 30 00 This chapter explores the transformative dynamics in Türkiye–EU relations post-2010, particularly within the context of Turkish political elites’ perceptions. The chapter underscores the profound impact of the strained Türkiye–EU ties, marked by blocked negotiation chapters and democratic backsliding. Emphasizing the shift from conditionality to transactionalism, it scrutinizes the evolving geopolitical landscape and realpolitik considerations, notably in light of the Ukraine war. The analysis centres on Turkish members of parliament involved in the Türkiye–EU Joint Parliamentary Committee, probing their perspectives on economic, security, and identity dimensions. Historical context, key events, and the concept of ‘peripherality’ are examined, employing interviews and Committee meeting minutes. The chapter culminates in an assessment of recent perceptions of the EU perceptions among Turkish political elites, examining potential centre–periphery dynamics in bilateral relations. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 From Dreaming of to Dealing with Europe: How the Political Elite in Georgia Frames and Contests the EU 1 A01 21 0000000216017865 David Aprasidze David Aprasidze 40 051qn8h41 Ilia State University David Aprasidze is a professor of political science at Ilia State University, Tbilisi, Georgia. His research focuses on political transformation, democratization, and regional developments in the South Caucasus. 03 00 How do Georgian political elites frame the EU and EU integration in their discourse? Why do they simultaneously support and contest the EU? How does the membership perspective recently opened for Georgia alter this discourse and contestation? In this chapter, we argue that the EU became the cornerstone of domestic political struggle in Georgia. Local elites regard the EU and EU integration as a strategic process, producing new opportunities and challenges. They contextualize events related to the EU and EU integration through the lenses of their interests and expectations. This reveals the limits of the EU’s transformative power, and therefore conditionality, even within the membership perspective, especially in the liminal periphery with competing forces such as Russia. Along with secondary data regarding Georgia–EU relations, the chapter draws on original interviews with members of the Georgian parliament, both from the ruling party and the opposition, and their public statements. 30 00 How do Georgian political elites frame the EU and EU integration in their discourse? Why do they simultaneously support and contest the EU? How does the membership perspective recently opened for Georgia alter this discourse and contestation? In this chapter, we argue that the EU became the cornerstone of domestic political struggle in Georgia. Local elites regard the EU and EU integration as a strategic process, producing new opportunities and challenges. They contextualize events related to the EU and EU integration through the lenses of their interests and expectations. This reveals the limits of the EU’s transformative power, and therefore conditionality, even within the membership perspective, especially in the liminal periphery with competing forces such as Russia. Along with secondary data regarding Georgia–EU relations, the chapter draws on original interviews with members of the Georgian parliament, both from the ruling party and the opposition, and their public statements. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Ambivalence of Kosovo–EU Relations in the Last Decade: The Perspective of Kosovo’s Political Elites 1 A01 21 0000000315090611 Bardhok Bashota Bardhok Bashota University of Prishtina Bardhok Bashota is a professor of political science at the Faculty of Philosophy of the University of Prishtina, Kosovo. In 2014 he earned a PhD in international relations at the University of Tirana. He has served as a trainer and expert in several national institutions and is currently serving as a researcher for the LEAP (Linking to Europe at the Periphery) project. His areas of research interest are state-building, theories of international relations, and European studies. He has published several scientific articles in international journals, such as Southeastern Europe, UNISCI Journal, and Southeast European and Black Sea Studies, as well as a university textbook on international relations and a monograph on the theory and practice of international territorial administration. He has participated in several international conferences and symposiums. 2 A01 21 0000000223474685 Dren Gërguri Dren Gërguri University of Prishtina Dren Gërguri, PhD, is a lecturer at the Department of Journalism, University of Prishtina, Kosovo, and a Fulbright scholar. His research agenda is at the intersection of disinformation, political communication, and journalism. He serves as the associate editor at the Central European Journal of Communication. His articles have been translated into around ten languages, including English, German, French, Russian, and Japanese. Recent publications are Fake News: Information Disorder in the Digital Age (published in Albanian and English); ‘Infodemic and the crisis of distinguishing disinformation from accurate information: Case study on the use of Facebook in Kosovo during COVID-19’ (a paper published in the journal Information & Media) and ‘Kosovo: Political crisis, one more challenge alongside COVID-19’, a chapter in the volume Political Communication and COVID-19, published by Routledge. 3 A01 21 0009000897582655 Leonora Bajrami Leonora Bajrami 40 00m04y575 South East European University Leonora Bajrami is a PhD student in the Department of Political Sciences at the South East European University in Tetovo, North Macedonia. Her article ‘The shadow of Republika Srpska on the association of municipalities with a Serbian majority’, funded by the Sami Frashri Institute in Tirana, is ongoing. Between 2019 and 2023, she completed two master’s degrees at the University of Prishtina, in the fields of European integration and public administration and international relations and diplomacy. Previously, as an intern, Leonora was part of the supervision of the work of the Parliamentary Commissions of the Republic of Kosovo by the Democratic Institute of Kosovo and the Ministry of Culture Youth and Sports. She is also part of the Diaspora for Women in Politics project, within the organization Germin, as well as the Leadership Mentoring Program of the National Democratic Institute, Kosovo. 03 00 This chapter provides a theoretical and conceptual background that sheds light on EU–Kosovo relations from a core–periphery analytical perspective. Within this research purview, the study focuses on the examination of the three main areas of interaction – politics (identity), economy, and security – manifested in the framework of contractual relations within the process of Kosovo’s integration into the EU. The study highlights the ambivalent attitudes of political elites in Kosovo, who, while resisting or contesting different aspects in relation to the EU, are still actively engaged in the EU integration process. Moreover, based on empirical data from original semi-structured interviews with representatives from the aforementioned elite, this chapter explores how the EU is perceived and contested in Kosovo within evolving circumstances in profoundly changed contexts, most recently the war in<break/>Ukraine. 30 00 This chapter provides a theoretical and conceptual background that sheds light on EU–Kosovo relations from a core–periphery analytical perspective. Within this research purview, the study focuses on the examination of the three main areas of interaction – politics (identity), economy, and security – manifested in the framework of contractual relations within the process of Kosovo’s integration into the EU. The study highlights the ambivalent attitudes of political elites in Kosovo, who, while resisting or contesting different aspects in relation to the EU, are still actively engaged in the EU integration process. Moreover, based on empirical data from original semi-structured interviews with representatives from the aforementioned elite, this chapter explores how the EU is perceived and contested in Kosovo within evolving circumstances in profoundly changed contexts, most recently the war in<break/>Ukraine. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Reconsidering EU Accession in the EU’s Peripheries: The Ambivalence of Elite Disillusionment and Contestation in Troubled Times 1 A01 21 0000000272617558 Ali Onur Özçelik Ali Özçelik International Relations Department 40 01dzjez04 Eskişehir Osmangazi University Ali Onur Özçelik, PhD, is an associate professor in the International Relations Department at Eskişehir Osmangazi University, Türkiye. He holds an MA in transatlantic relations from the University of Birmingham and a PhD in politics from the University of Sheffield. His research focuses on Europeanization, multi-level governance, the politics of non-state actors, interest representations, and lobbying. He is co-editor of two books: The World Community and Arab Spring (Palgrave) and EU Conditionality in Turkey: When Does It Work? When Does It Fail? (Rowman & Littlefield). Özçelik has contributed to youth projects supported by the EU and UN and has served as a regional coordinator for the Anatolian Centre of Excellence and a researcher for the Jean Monnet Networking Project ‘Linking to Europe at the Periphery’ (LEAP). 2 A01 Miruna Butnaru Troncotă Miruna Butnaru Troncotă Department of International Relations and European Integration National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Miruna Butnaru Troncotă, PhD, is an associate professor, a PhD advisor, and the director of the Centre of European Studies in the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) in Bucharest, Romania. She has a direct research interest in EU integration, the Europeanization research agenda, EU foreign and security policy, and the post-conflict reconstruction of the Western Balkans. She has published numerous academic articles and policy papers in this field and is a commentator on recent geopolitical events in South East Europe for national and international media outlets. 3 A01 21 0009000045997527 Radu-Alexandru Cucută Radu-Alexandru Cucută Department of International Relations and European Integration National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Radu-Alexandru Cucută, PhD, is a lecturer with the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) in Bucharest, Romania. His research interests lie within the fields of theories of revolution and theories of international relations. His most recent writing deals with the influence that liminality has on the use of fashionable concepts in Romania’s strategic documents. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20240619 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523691032 03 9789523691032 06 15 9789523691056 03 9789523691056 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20240619 01 urn:uuid:1d88acd1-75e0-4f02-a1f1-5b71a85d817f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:53b3f2bf-47e5-44d9-b522-c7e46622493c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1d88acd1-75e0-4f02-a1f1-5b71a85d817f 15 9789523691056 03 9789523691056 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 10 01 Series ID 1d759006-6ca6-4af6-aae9-82aa4e6d8c06 02 27368513 03 3 01 02 Pro et contra 01 01 Reconfiguring EU Peripheries Political Elites, Contestation, and Geopolitical Shifts 1 B01 Miruna Butnaru Troncotă Miruna Butnaru Troncotă Department of International Relations and European Integration National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Miruna Butnaru Troncotă, PhD, is an associate professor, a PhD advisor, and the director of the Centre of European Studies in the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) in Bucharest, Romania. She has a direct research interest in EU integration, the Europeanization research agenda, EU foreign and security policy, and the post-conflict reconstruction of the Western Balkans. She has published numerous academic articles and policy papers in this field and is a commentator on recent geopolitical events in South East Europe for national and international media outlets. 2 B01 21 0000000272617558 Ali Onur Özçelik Ali Özçelik International Relations Department 40 01dzjez04 Eskişehir Osmangazi University Ali Onur Özçelik, PhD, is an associate professor in the International Relations Department at Eskişehir Osmangazi University, Türkiye. He holds an MA in transatlantic relations from the University of Birmingham and a PhD in politics from the University of Sheffield. His research focuses on Europeanization, multi-level governance, the politics of non-state actors, interest representations, and lobbying. He is co-editor of two books: The World Community and Arab Spring (Palgrave) and EU Conditionality in Turkey: When Does It Work? When Does It Fail? (Rowman & Littlefield). Özçelik has contributed to youth projects supported by the EU and UN and has served as a regional coordinator for the Anatolian Centre of Excellence and a researcher for the Jean Monnet Networking Project ‘Linking to Europe at the Periphery’ (LEAP). 3 B01 21 0009000045997527 Radu-Alexandru Cucută Radu-Alexandru Cucută Department of International Relations and European Integration National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Radu-Alexandru Cucută, PhD, is a lecturer with the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) in Bucharest, Romania. His research interests lie within the fields of theories of revolution and theories of international relations. His most recent writing deals with the influence that liminality has on the use of fashionable concepts in Romania’s strategic documents. 01 eng 00 330 03 B2 Political science B2 International relations B2 European Union studies B2 Regional Studies - South East Europe 20 Contestation; Geopolitics; European Union; Western Balkans; Türkiye; Eastern neighborhood war in Ukraine 01 06 02 00 Reconfiguring EU Peripheries</italic> explores the diverse nature of the European Union’s interactions with its peripheries. With its focus on the perceptions of politicians, the volume casts new light on the motivations that underpin the political elites’ attitudes towards the EU in Bosnia and Herzegovina, Georgia, Hungary, Kosovo, Moldov 03 00 Reconfiguring EU Peripheries</italic> explores the diverse nature of the European Union’s interactions with its peripheries. Focusing on a period of rising regional tensions marked most recently by the war in Ukraine, the volume casts new empirical and conceptual light on the diverse motivations that underpin the political elites’ attitudes towards the EU in Bosnia and Herzegovina, Georgia, Hungary, Kosovo, Moldova, Romania, Türkiye and Ukraine.The volume engages with various understandings of the EU’s interactions with its different peripheries and shows how these dynamics are closely related to the self-perceived nature of the societies in question in relation to the EU. The impact of recent crises and conflicts underscore in some cases the need for strengthening solidarity and for ‘more EU’, whereas others highlight the doubts and disappointment over the challenges these societies have faced over recent years.The empirically rich case studies enable both interpretations of and debates on the EU integration processes. A comparative exploration of countries at different stages in the EU accession process and the various political elites’ attitudes towards the EU outlines the essentially constructed nature of peripherality. By challenging the conventional understanding of contestation and peripherality, this volume is a worthwhile first step towards looking at the EU and the peripheries it creates from an alternative, and sometimes ignored, point of view.Miruna Butnaru Troncotă</bold> is an associate professor, a PhD advisor, and the director of the Centre of European Studies in the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration in Bucharest, Romania.Ali Onur Özçelik </bold>is an associate professor in the International Relations Department at Eskişehir Osmangazi University, Türkiye.Radu-Alexandru Cucută</bold> is a lecturer with the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration in Bucharest, Romania.<hr> ‘Bringing together experts from across Europe, this volume highlights and explores the difficulties surrounding relations between the EU and its neighbours. An essential collection, full of analysis and insight on the direct experience of local elites, at a time when such questions are of central importance for the entire continent. A must-read for anyone seeking to understand how the EU is seen by its key counterparts, for both better and worse, and how this might shape the future of the regions involved.’ - Simon Usherwood</bold>, Professor of Politics & International Studies, The Open University <bold>*</bold> 'In an era of increased contestation of European integration and the EU’s impact on its near abroad, this volume puts centre-stage the views of political elites in what the dominant discourse treats as the ‘periphery’. The thorough and insightful analyses offered in the nine empirical chapters, from EU member Hungary to potential membership candidate Kosovo, will become indispensable reading for both analysts and policy-makers who can no longer ignore the diverging views and debates about the EU.' - Thomas Diez</bold>, Professor of Political Science and International Relations, University of Tübingen <hr>Co-funded by the European Union. Views and opinions expressed are however those of the authors only and do not necessarily reflect those of the European Union or the European Education and Culture Executive Agency (EACEA). Neither the European Union nor EACEA can be held responsible for them.This book is a deliverable in the Jean Monnet Network “Linking to Europe at the Periphery” (LEAP) nr 612019-EPP-1-2019-TR-EPP-JMONETWORK.This publication has received a subsidy for scientific publishing granted by the Ministry of Education and Culture from the proceeds of Veikkaus, distributed by the Federation of Finnish Learned Societies. <break/><img src="https://ubiquity-partner-network.s3.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/hup/book/EN+Co-funded+by+the+EU<italic>POS.jpg" style="height: 100px;"> <img src="https://ubiquity-partner-network.s3.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/hup/book/leap</italic>logo.png" style="height: 100px;"> 30 00 Reconfiguring EU Peripheries</italic> explores the diverse nature of the European Union’s interactions with its peripheries. Focusing on a period of rising regional tensions marked most recently by the war in Ukraine, the volume casts new empirical and conceptual light on the diverse motivations that underpin the political elites’ attitudes towards the EU in Bosnia and Herzegovina, Georgia, Hungary, Kosovo, Moldova, Romania, Türkiye and Ukraine.The volume engages with various understandings of the EU’s interactions with its different peripheries and shows how these dynamics are closely related to the self-perceived nature of the societies in question in relation to the EU. The impact of recent crises and conflicts underscore in some cases the need for strengthening solidarity and for ‘more EU’, whereas others highlight the doubts and disappointment over the challenges these societies have faced over recent years.The empirically rich case studies enable both interpretations of and debates on the EU integration processes. A comparative exploration of countries at different stages in the EU accession process and the various political elites’ attitudes towards the EU outlines the essentially constructed nature of peripherality. By challenging the conventional understanding of contestation and peripherality, this volume is a worthwhile first step towards looking at the EU and the peripheries it creates from an alternative, and sometimes ignored, point of view.Miruna Butnaru Troncotă</bold> is an associate professor, a PhD advisor, and the director of the Centre of European Studies in the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration in Bucharest, Romania.Ali Onur Özçelik </bold>is an associate professor in the International Relations Department at Eskişehir Osmangazi University, Türkiye.Radu-Alexandru Cucută</bold> is a lecturer with the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration in Bucharest, Romania.<hr> ‘Bringing together experts from across Europe, this volume highlights and explores the difficulties surrounding relations between the EU and its neighbours. An essential collection, full of analysis and insight on the direct experience of local elites, at a time when such questions are of central importance for the entire continent. A must-read for anyone seeking to understand how the EU is seen by its key counterparts, for both better and worse, and how this might shape the future of the regions involved.’ - Simon Usherwood</bold>, Professor of Politics & International Studies, The Open University <bold>*</bold> 'In an era of increased contestation of European integration and the EU’s impact on its near abroad, this volume puts centre-stage the views of political elites in what the dominant discourse treats as the ‘periphery’. The thorough and insightful analyses offered in the nine empirical chapters, from EU member Hungary to potential membership candidate Kosovo, will become indispensable reading for both analysts and policy-makers who can no longer ignore the diverging views and debates about the EU.' - Thomas Diez</bold>, Professor of Political Science and International Relations, University of Tübingen <hr>Co-funded by the European Union. Views and opinions expressed are however those of the authors only and do not necessarily reflect those of the European Union or the European Education and Culture Executive Agency (EACEA). Neither the European Union nor EACEA can be held responsible for them.This book is a deliverable in the Jean Monnet Network “Linking to Europe at the Periphery” (LEAP) nr 612019-EPP-1-2019-TR-EPP-JMONETWORK.This publication has received a subsidy for scientific publishing granted by the Ministry of Education and Culture from the proceeds of Veikkaus, distributed by the Federation of Finnish Learned Societies. <break/><img src="https://ubiquity-partner-network.s3.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/hup/book/EN+Co-funded+by+the+EU<italic>POS.jpg" style="height: 100px;"> <img src="https://ubiquity-partner-network.s3.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/hup/book/leap</italic>logo.png" style="height: 100px;"> 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/991a5bea-ab6f-42d5-b18d-5e91134505c0.png 1 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Contours of EU Peripheries in a Shifting Geopolitical Landscape: The Perspectives of Political Elites 1 A01 21 0000000272617558 Ali Onur Özçelik Ali Özçelik International Relations Department 40 01dzjez04 Eskişehir Osmangazi University Ali Onur Özçelik, PhD, is an associate professor in the International Relations Department at Eskişehir Osmangazi University, Türkiye. He holds an MA in transatlantic relations from the University of Birmingham and a PhD in politics from the University of Sheffield. His research focuses on Europeanization, multi-level governance, the politics of non-state actors, interest representations, and lobbying. He is co-editor of two books: The World Community and Arab Spring (Palgrave) and EU Conditionality in Turkey: When Does It Work? When Does It Fail? (Rowman & Littlefield). Özçelik has contributed to youth projects supported by the EU and UN and has served as a regional coordinator for the Anatolian Centre of Excellence and a researcher for the Jean Monnet Networking Project ‘Linking to Europe at the Periphery’ (LEAP). 2 A01 Miruna Butnaru Troncotă Miruna Butnaru Troncotă Department of International Relations and European Integration National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Miruna Butnaru Troncotă, PhD, is an associate professor, a PhD advisor, and the director of the Centre of European Studies in the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) in Bucharest, Romania. She has a direct research interest in EU integration, the Europeanization research agenda, EU foreign and security policy, and the post-conflict reconstruction of the Western Balkans. She has published numerous academic articles and policy papers in this field and is a commentator on recent geopolitical events in South East Europe for national and international media outlets. 3 A01 21 0009000045997527 Radu-Alexandru Cucută Radu-Alexandru Cucută Department of International Relations and European Integration National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Radu-Alexandru Cucută, PhD, is a lecturer with the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) in Bucharest, Romania. His research interests lie within the fields of theories of revolution and theories of international relations. His most recent writing deals with the influence that liminality has on the use of fashionable concepts in Romania’s strategic documents. 4 A01 21 0000000152761774 Oana-Andreea Ion Oana-Andreea Ion National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Oana-Andreea Ion, PhD, is a lecturer at the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) in Bucharest, Romania. With a background in political sciences, her primary research interests lie in the field of European Union studies, with a specific emphasis on governance and Europeanization. Dr Ion has actively contributed to numerous projects since 2008, assuming roles such as manager or expert. Her involvement has centred primarily on the meticulous design and effective implementation of public policies, particularly within the realms of education and sustainable development. 03 00 This chapter presents the rationale behind employing the term ‘EU peripheries’ in the book and clarifies the theoretical framework adopted to define this term within the context of the EU integration process. The first section scrutinizes the concept of ‘EU peripheries’ as it will be theorized in the book. Its main aim is to critically examine the evolving connotations of the term, particularly in light of several crises of the last decade. Subsequently the chapter delves into the diverse manifestations of emerging forms of EU contestation at the peripheries, followed by the methodology section and an outline of the book’s structure. In the last section we examine the selected country cases and their contribution to the proposed conceptualization of EU peripheries, drawing connections with existing literature on the subject from a multi-disciplinary perspective. Finally, the chapter outlines the unique aspects of our approach and its potential contributions to existing scholarship in this field. 30 00 This chapter presents the rationale behind employing the term ‘EU peripheries’ in the book and clarifies the theoretical framework adopted to define this term within the context of the EU integration process. The first section scrutinizes the concept of ‘EU peripheries’ as it will be theorized in the book. Its main aim is to critically examine the evolving connotations of the term, particularly in light of several crises of the last decade. Subsequently the chapter delves into the diverse manifestations of emerging forms of EU contestation at the peripheries, followed by the methodology section and an outline of the book’s structure. In the last section we examine the selected country cases and their contribution to the proposed conceptualization of EU peripheries, drawing connections with existing literature on the subject from a multi-disciplinary perspective. Finally, the chapter outlines the unique aspects of our approach and its potential contributions to existing scholarship in this field. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Perceptions of Hungarian Political Elites of the EU’s Foreign and Security Policy during the War in Ukraine 1 A01 21 0000000294036957 Melek Aylin Özoflu Melek Özoflu 40 01jjhfr75 Özyeğin University Melek Aylin Özoflu, PhD, is a postdoctoral researcher at the Department of International Relations, Özyeğin University, Istanbul, Türkiye. She also conducts postdoctoral research in the Institute of Political Science, Faculty of Law, at ELTE University in Budapest, Hungary. Her main research areas focus on identity politics, European identity, European politics, and EU crises. Her paper ‘The populist framing of the Russia–Ukraine war by the Hungarian government: Convergence or contestation in the EU’ (co-authored with Krisztina Arató) was recently published in the SSCI-indexed Journal of Southeast European and Black Sea Studies. 2 A01 21 0000000236417735 Krisztina Arató Krisztina Arató ELTE University Krisztina Arató is a full professor and director of the Institute of Political Science, Faculty of Law, ELTE University, in Budapest, Hungary. In the 2023/24 academic year, she is the Jean Monnet Fellow at the Robert Schumen Centre (European University Institute) in Florence, Italy. Her research interests are history and theories of European integration, and civil and social dialogue. She has authored and edited textbooks about the EU (The Voyage of Europe with Boglárka Koller and The Political System of the European Union, co-edited with Boglárka Koller, both in Hungarian) and recently co-edited the volume The Political Economy of the Eurozone in Central and Eastern Europe: Why In, Why Out? (Routledge, 2021). 03 00 The outbreak of the Russia–Ukraine war as a geopolitical confrontation between the East and the West has necessitated a reconfiguration of the EU’s global role and actorness and its foreign and security policy priorities. Such a recalibration necessarily involves defining how the EU is perceived by national political elites. Therefore, this chapter examines how Hungarian political elites perceive the EU’s actorness and foreign and security policy priorities concerning the specific challenges of the Russia–Ukraine war. To this end, it conducts a critical discourse analysis of the minutes of parliamentary debates to consider statements uttered by elected members from both the opposition and the government within the Hungarian national parliament. The selected timeframe of the analysis covers the period from the outbreak of the crisis, 24 February 2022, to the Hungarian national consultation on EU sanctions against Russia, 15 January 2023. 30 00 The outbreak of the Russia–Ukraine war as a geopolitical confrontation between the East and the West has necessitated a reconfiguration of the EU’s global role and actorness and its foreign and security policy priorities. Such a recalibration necessarily involves defining how the EU is perceived by national political elites. Therefore, this chapter examines how Hungarian political elites perceive the EU’s actorness and foreign and security policy priorities concerning the specific challenges of the Russia–Ukraine war. To this end, it conducts a critical discourse analysis of the minutes of parliamentary debates to consider statements uttered by elected members from both the opposition and the government within the Hungarian national parliament. The selected timeframe of the analysis covers the period from the outbreak of the crisis, 24 February 2022, to the Hungarian national consultation on EU sanctions against Russia, 15 January 2023. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Ambivalent ‘Eurosceptics’ of the EU’s ‘Inner Periphery: Assessing Perceptions of the EU among Political Elites in Romania during Turbulent Times 1 A01 Miruna Butnaru Troncotă Miruna Butnaru Troncotă Department of International Relations and European Integration National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Miruna Butnaru Troncotă, PhD, is an associate professor, a PhD advisor, and the director of the Centre of European Studies in the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) in Bucharest, Romania. She has a direct research interest in EU integration, the Europeanization research agenda, EU foreign and security policy, and the post-conflict reconstruction of the Western Balkans. She has published numerous academic articles and policy papers in this field and is a commentator on recent geopolitical events in South East Europe for national and international media outlets. 2 A01 21 0009000045997527 Radu-Alexandru Cucută Radu-Alexandru Cucută Department of International Relations and European Integration National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Radu-Alexandru Cucută, PhD, is a lecturer with the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) in Bucharest, Romania. His research interests lie within the fields of theories of revolution and theories of international relations. His most recent writing deals with the influence that liminality has on the use of fashionable concepts in Romania’s strategic documents. 03 00 The nature of perceptions of the EU among Romania’s elites is an under-studied and seldom explored issue. The central research question of this chapter is whether the major events of the 2020–2022 interval (marked by the economic consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic, the start of the war in Ukraine, and the rejection of Romania’s second attempt to join the Schengen area) have altered Romanian elites’ perceptions of the EU. The empirical part discusses qualitative data resulting from ten semi-structured interviews, analysed in relation to three main theoretical taxonomies of political party attitudes towards the EU – those of Kopecký and Mudde (2002), Lubbers and Scheepers (2005), and Krouwel and Abts (2007) – to highlight the particularities of Romanian Eurosceptic discourse and its ambivalent nature. 30 00 The nature of perceptions of the EU among Romania’s elites is an under-studied and seldom explored issue. The central research question of this chapter is whether the major events of the 2020–2022 interval (marked by the economic consequences of the COVID-19 pandemic, the start of the war in Ukraine, and the rejection of Romania’s second attempt to join the Schengen area) have altered Romanian elites’ perceptions of the EU. The empirical part discusses qualitative data resulting from ten semi-structured interviews, analysed in relation to three main theoretical taxonomies of political party attitudes towards the EU – those of Kopecký and Mudde (2002), Lubbers and Scheepers (2005), and Krouwel and Abts (2007) – to highlight the particularities of Romanian Eurosceptic discourse and its ambivalent nature. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Cha(lle)nging Peripherality: ‘Critical Expectation Gaps’ and EU–Ukraine Relations in the Post-Euromaidan Perceptions of Ukrainian Political Elites 1 A01 21 0000000176689244 Roman Kalytchak Roman Kalytchak Ivan Franko University Roman Kalytchak, PhD, is an associate professor at the Department of International Relations and Diplomacy at Ivan Franko National University of Lviv, Ukraine, and a visiting scholar in the Department of German and Slavic Studies at the University of Manitoba, Canada. He is a political scientist and his research interests include Ukraine’s foreign policy, European integration, and area studies more generally. 2 A01 21 0000000318765338 Andriy Tyushka Andriy Tyushka 40 0079jgp14 College of Europe Andriy Tyushka, PhD, is a senior research fellow who holds the European Neighbourhood Policy Chair at the College of Europe in Natolin, Poland, and a researcher with two EU-funded Horizon projects (H-2020 ENGAGE and H-Europe REUNIR) focusing on the EU’s global actorness and its neighbourhood policies, respectively. His research focuses on EU–Ukraine association and integration, the EU’s relations with the Eastern neighbourhood at large, and (Eastern) European security matters. 03 00 Drawing primarily on political elite interviews, this chapter enquires into Ukrainian parliamentarians’ discourse and framings of EU–Ukraine integration dynamics over the past three decades and their joint response to the continued Russian war of aggression since 2014, as well as the handling of the COVID-19 crisis. Analytically framed using the ‘critical expectation gaps’ approach, this study explores how wide or narrow the perceived gap is between Ukrainian political elites’ hopes and expectations of EU engagement and the actual dynamics of the EU’s performance – and why. To determine whether and how the outbreak of Russia’s full-scale invasion in 2022 has impacted strategically critical issues (Ukraine’s EU accession and defence against Russian aggression) and Ukraine’s hopes and expectations of the EU’s performance, this research also incorporates insights from Ukraine’s official discourse and relevant scholarly analyses. 30 00 Drawing primarily on political elite interviews, this chapter enquires into Ukrainian parliamentarians’ discourse and framings of EU–Ukraine integration dynamics over the past three decades and their joint response to the continued Russian war of aggression since 2014, as well as the handling of the COVID-19 crisis. Analytically framed using the ‘critical expectation gaps’ approach, this study explores how wide or narrow the perceived gap is between Ukrainian political elites’ hopes and expectations of EU engagement and the actual dynamics of the EU’s performance – and why. To determine whether and how the outbreak of Russia’s full-scale invasion in 2022 has impacted strategically critical issues (Ukraine’s EU accession and defence against Russian aggression) and Ukraine’s hopes and expectations of the EU’s performance, this research also incorporates insights from Ukraine’s official discourse and relevant scholarly analyses. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Republic of Moldova: The Challenges of a Periphery’s Shifting Identity, from the Russian Federation’s Sphere of Influence to EU Accession 1 A01 21 0009000947331740 Nicolae Toderaș Nicolae Toderaș National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Nicolae Toderaș is a lecturer at the Department of International Relations and European Integration, National University of Political Studies and Public Administration, Bucharest, Romania, where he teaches courses in the fields of European studies, EU policies, and evaluation of European policies and programmes. One of his subjects of interest is the analysis of the process of the Republic of Moldova’s approach towards the European Union. He has published articles and public policy studies related to the Republic of Moldova’s integration within Europe. He has also provided consultancy services to various public institutions in the Republic of Moldova on subjects specific to European integration. 2 A01 Daniel Pascal Daniel Pascal National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Daniel Pascal is a PhD student at the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration, Bucharest, Romania. His background is in international relations and diplomatic studies. He is currently working on an EU-financed project implemented in the Republic of Moldova. His fields of interest are foreign policy and the process of integration of Moldova within Europe and within the EU. 03 00 In this chapter, Moldova’s EU path is analysed from a historiographical perspective, emphasizing recent developments. A hypothesis about the political elite’s view of Moldova’s irreversible EU accession process was explored in nine structured interviews with political leaders. The discussion revolved around seven core elements, including their perception of the EU and the impact of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine on Moldova–EU relations. The analysis reveals that Moldova’s intensified EU relations result largely from shifting regional contexts rather than being driven by internal political elites. For Moldova, the EU is seen as a peace guarantor and internal policy standard. While the EU alignment appears irreversible, reservations exist about the pace of reform during EU negotiations, particularly if the government changes. Overall, internal political determination is key to overcoming Moldova’s peripheral EU status. 30 00 In this chapter, Moldova’s EU path is analysed from a historiographical perspective, emphasizing recent developments. A hypothesis about the political elite’s view of Moldova’s irreversible EU accession process was explored in nine structured interviews with political leaders. The discussion revolved around seven core elements, including their perception of the EU and the impact of Russia’s invasion of Ukraine on Moldova–EU relations. The analysis reveals that Moldova’s intensified EU relations result largely from shifting regional contexts rather than being driven by internal political elites. For Moldova, the EU is seen as a peace guarantor and internal policy standard. While the EU alignment appears irreversible, reservations exist about the pace of reform during EU negotiations, particularly if the government changes. Overall, internal political determination is key to overcoming Moldova’s peripheral EU status. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Rather Lukewarm: Shifting Perceptions towards the EU among Bosnia and Herzegovina’s Political Elites 1 A01 21 0000000197262098 Hatidža Jahić Hatidža Jahić 40 02hhwgd43 University of Sarajevo Hatidža Jahić, PhD, is an associate professor at the Department of Economic Theory and Policy, School of Economics and Business, University of Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina. Her fields of interest include education economics, development economics, and international economics. She is the author of numerous papers presented at conferences and published in domestic and international journals. She has participated in several domestic and international research projects. In 2016 she was awarded a Fulbright scholarship. 2 A01 21 0009000512760941 Adnan Muminović Adnan Muminović 40 02hhwgd43 University of Sarajevo Adnan Muminović, PhD, is an assistant professor at the Department of Economic Theory and Policy, School of Economics and Business, University of Sarajevo, Bosnia and Herzegovina. His fields of interest include macro-economics, political economy, and economic psychology. In addition to his academic career, he has worked as an economic adviser to numerous international organizations and the Government of the Federation of Bosnia and Herzegovina. In 2019, he was awarded a Chevening scholarship. 03 00 In 2019, the European Commission endorsed Bosnia and Herzegovina’s (BiH’s) EU membership application, seen as a significant step. However, subsequent progress stalled as the country failed to address the 14 key priorities outlined in the Opinion. In 2022, in the context of the Russian invasion of Ukraine, the EU granted BiH candidate status. Surprisingly, local political elites displayed lukewarm enthusiasm, prompting research to understand their evolving attitudes towards EU integration. Using the external incentives model, seven interviews were conducted with diverse members of parliament. Findings reveal a decline in political support for EU integration, with elites perceiving BiH as unwelcome in the EU and doubting the impact of local efforts. Geopolitical shifts are deemed crucial for accelerated integration, posing challenges to BiH’s EU aspirations despite stable public support. 30 00 In 2019, the European Commission endorsed Bosnia and Herzegovina’s (BiH’s) EU membership application, seen as a significant step. However, subsequent progress stalled as the country failed to address the 14 key priorities outlined in the Opinion. In 2022, in the context of the Russian invasion of Ukraine, the EU granted BiH candidate status. Surprisingly, local political elites displayed lukewarm enthusiasm, prompting research to understand their evolving attitudes towards EU integration. Using the external incentives model, seven interviews were conducted with diverse members of parliament. Findings reveal a decline in political support for EU integration, with elites perceiving BiH as unwelcome in the EU and doubting the impact of local efforts. Geopolitical shifts are deemed crucial for accelerated integration, posing challenges to BiH’s EU aspirations despite stable public support. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Perceiving ‘Europe’ in Dire Times: Elite Perceptions of European Integration in Turkish Politics after the 2010s 1 A01 21 0000000319554700 Başak Alpan Başak Alpan 40 014weej12 Middle East Technical University Jahić Başak Alpan is an associate professor and a lecturer in European politics and political sociology at the Department of Political Science and Public Administration at the Middle East Technical University, Ankara, Türkiye. She holds a PhD from the University of Birmingham for her research on Turkish discourses on ‘Europe’ in the post-1999 period. She conducts research and extensively writes on European integration, discourse theory, post-structuralism, Türkiye–EU relations, and football and identity. Alpan has worked in many EU-funded projects as a researcher, including FREE (Football Research in an Enlarged Europe) and FEUTURE (The Future of Turkey–EU Relations). She is currently the coordinator of the JM Network LEAP (‘Linking to Europe at the Periphery’). 2 A01 21 0000000272617558 Ali Onur Özçelik Ali Özçelik International Relations Department 40 01dzjez04 Eskişehir Osmangazi University Ali Onur Özçelik, PhD, is an associate professor in the International Relations Department at Eskişehir Osmangazi University, Türkiye. He holds an MA in transatlantic relations from the University of Birmingham and a PhD in politics from the University of Sheffield. His research focuses on Europeanization, multi-level governance, the politics of non-state actors, interest representations, and lobbying. He is co-editor of two books: The World Community and Arab Spring (Palgrave) and EU Conditionality in Turkey: When Does It Work? When Does It Fail? (Rowman & Littlefield). Özçelik has contributed to youth projects supported by the EU and UN and has served as a regional coordinator for the Anatolian Centre of Excellence and a researcher for the Jean Monnet Networking Project ‘Linking to Europe at the Periphery’ (LEAP). 03 00 This chapter explores the transformative dynamics in Türkiye–EU relations post-2010, particularly within the context of Turkish political elites’ perceptions. The chapter underscores the profound impact of the strained Türkiye–EU ties, marked by blocked negotiation chapters and democratic backsliding. Emphasizing the shift from conditionality to transactionalism, it scrutinizes the evolving geopolitical landscape and realpolitik considerations, notably in light of the Ukraine war. The analysis centres on Turkish members of parliament involved in the Türkiye–EU Joint Parliamentary Committee, probing their perspectives on economic, security, and identity dimensions. Historical context, key events, and the concept of ‘peripherality’ are examined, employing interviews and Committee meeting minutes. The chapter culminates in an assessment of recent perceptions of the EU perceptions among Turkish political elites, examining potential centre–periphery dynamics in bilateral relations. 30 00 This chapter explores the transformative dynamics in Türkiye–EU relations post-2010, particularly within the context of Turkish political elites’ perceptions. The chapter underscores the profound impact of the strained Türkiye–EU ties, marked by blocked negotiation chapters and democratic backsliding. Emphasizing the shift from conditionality to transactionalism, it scrutinizes the evolving geopolitical landscape and realpolitik considerations, notably in light of the Ukraine war. The analysis centres on Turkish members of parliament involved in the Türkiye–EU Joint Parliamentary Committee, probing their perspectives on economic, security, and identity dimensions. Historical context, key events, and the concept of ‘peripherality’ are examined, employing interviews and Committee meeting minutes. The chapter culminates in an assessment of recent perceptions of the EU perceptions among Turkish political elites, examining potential centre–periphery dynamics in bilateral relations. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 From Dreaming of to Dealing with Europe: How the Political Elite in Georgia Frames and Contests the EU 1 A01 21 0000000216017865 David Aprasidze David Aprasidze 40 051qn8h41 Ilia State University David Aprasidze is a professor of political science at Ilia State University, Tbilisi, Georgia. His research focuses on political transformation, democratization, and regional developments in the South Caucasus. 03 00 How do Georgian political elites frame the EU and EU integration in their discourse? Why do they simultaneously support and contest the EU? How does the membership perspective recently opened for Georgia alter this discourse and contestation? In this chapter, we argue that the EU became the cornerstone of domestic political struggle in Georgia. Local elites regard the EU and EU integration as a strategic process, producing new opportunities and challenges. They contextualize events related to the EU and EU integration through the lenses of their interests and expectations. This reveals the limits of the EU’s transformative power, and therefore conditionality, even within the membership perspective, especially in the liminal periphery with competing forces such as Russia. Along with secondary data regarding Georgia–EU relations, the chapter draws on original interviews with members of the Georgian parliament, both from the ruling party and the opposition, and their public statements. 30 00 How do Georgian political elites frame the EU and EU integration in their discourse? Why do they simultaneously support and contest the EU? How does the membership perspective recently opened for Georgia alter this discourse and contestation? In this chapter, we argue that the EU became the cornerstone of domestic political struggle in Georgia. Local elites regard the EU and EU integration as a strategic process, producing new opportunities and challenges. They contextualize events related to the EU and EU integration through the lenses of their interests and expectations. This reveals the limits of the EU’s transformative power, and therefore conditionality, even within the membership perspective, especially in the liminal periphery with competing forces such as Russia. Along with secondary data regarding Georgia–EU relations, the chapter draws on original interviews with members of the Georgian parliament, both from the ruling party and the opposition, and their public statements. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Ambivalence of Kosovo–EU Relations in the Last Decade: The Perspective of Kosovo’s Political Elites 1 A01 21 0000000315090611 Bardhok Bashota Bardhok Bashota University of Prishtina Bardhok Bashota is a professor of political science at the Faculty of Philosophy of the University of Prishtina, Kosovo. In 2014 he earned a PhD in international relations at the University of Tirana. He has served as a trainer and expert in several national institutions and is currently serving as a researcher for the LEAP (Linking to Europe at the Periphery) project. His areas of research interest are state-building, theories of international relations, and European studies. He has published several scientific articles in international journals, such as Southeastern Europe, UNISCI Journal, and Southeast European and Black Sea Studies, as well as a university textbook on international relations and a monograph on the theory and practice of international territorial administration. He has participated in several international conferences and symposiums. 2 A01 21 0000000223474685 Dren Gërguri Dren Gërguri University of Prishtina Dren Gërguri, PhD, is a lecturer at the Department of Journalism, University of Prishtina, Kosovo, and a Fulbright scholar. His research agenda is at the intersection of disinformation, political communication, and journalism. He serves as the associate editor at the Central European Journal of Communication. His articles have been translated into around ten languages, including English, German, French, Russian, and Japanese. Recent publications are Fake News: Information Disorder in the Digital Age (published in Albanian and English); ‘Infodemic and the crisis of distinguishing disinformation from accurate information: Case study on the use of Facebook in Kosovo during COVID-19’ (a paper published in the journal Information & Media) and ‘Kosovo: Political crisis, one more challenge alongside COVID-19’, a chapter in the volume Political Communication and COVID-19, published by Routledge. 3 A01 21 0009000897582655 Leonora Bajrami Leonora Bajrami 40 00m04y575 South East European University Leonora Bajrami is a PhD student in the Department of Political Sciences at the South East European University in Tetovo, North Macedonia. Her article ‘The shadow of Republika Srpska on the association of municipalities with a Serbian majority’, funded by the Sami Frashri Institute in Tirana, is ongoing. Between 2019 and 2023, she completed two master’s degrees at the University of Prishtina, in the fields of European integration and public administration and international relations and diplomacy. Previously, as an intern, Leonora was part of the supervision of the work of the Parliamentary Commissions of the Republic of Kosovo by the Democratic Institute of Kosovo and the Ministry of Culture Youth and Sports. She is also part of the Diaspora for Women in Politics project, within the organization Germin, as well as the Leadership Mentoring Program of the National Democratic Institute, Kosovo. 03 00 This chapter provides a theoretical and conceptual background that sheds light on EU–Kosovo relations from a core–periphery analytical perspective. Within this research purview, the study focuses on the examination of the three main areas of interaction – politics (identity), economy, and security – manifested in the framework of contractual relations within the process of Kosovo’s integration into the EU. The study highlights the ambivalent attitudes of political elites in Kosovo, who, while resisting or contesting different aspects in relation to the EU, are still actively engaged in the EU integration process. Moreover, based on empirical data from original semi-structured interviews with representatives from the aforementioned elite, this chapter explores how the EU is perceived and contested in Kosovo within evolving circumstances in profoundly changed contexts, most recently the war in<break/>Ukraine. 30 00 This chapter provides a theoretical and conceptual background that sheds light on EU–Kosovo relations from a core–periphery analytical perspective. Within this research purview, the study focuses on the examination of the three main areas of interaction – politics (identity), economy, and security – manifested in the framework of contractual relations within the process of Kosovo’s integration into the EU. The study highlights the ambivalent attitudes of political elites in Kosovo, who, while resisting or contesting different aspects in relation to the EU, are still actively engaged in the EU integration process. Moreover, based on empirical data from original semi-structured interviews with representatives from the aforementioned elite, this chapter explores how the EU is perceived and contested in Kosovo within evolving circumstances in profoundly changed contexts, most recently the war in<break/>Ukraine. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-3-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Reconsidering EU Accession in the EU’s Peripheries: The Ambivalence of Elite Disillusionment and Contestation in Troubled Times 1 A01 21 0000000272617558 Ali Onur Özçelik Ali Özçelik International Relations Department 40 01dzjez04 Eskişehir Osmangazi University Ali Onur Özçelik, PhD, is an associate professor in the International Relations Department at Eskişehir Osmangazi University, Türkiye. He holds an MA in transatlantic relations from the University of Birmingham and a PhD in politics from the University of Sheffield. His research focuses on Europeanization, multi-level governance, the politics of non-state actors, interest representations, and lobbying. He is co-editor of two books: The World Community and Arab Spring (Palgrave) and EU Conditionality in Turkey: When Does It Work? When Does It Fail? (Rowman & Littlefield). Özçelik has contributed to youth projects supported by the EU and UN and has served as a regional coordinator for the Anatolian Centre of Excellence and a researcher for the Jean Monnet Networking Project ‘Linking to Europe at the Periphery’ (LEAP). 2 A01 Miruna Butnaru Troncotă Miruna Butnaru Troncotă Department of International Relations and European Integration National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Miruna Butnaru Troncotă, PhD, is an associate professor, a PhD advisor, and the director of the Centre of European Studies in the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) in Bucharest, Romania. She has a direct research interest in EU integration, the Europeanization research agenda, EU foreign and security policy, and the post-conflict reconstruction of the Western Balkans. She has published numerous academic articles and policy papers in this field and is a commentator on recent geopolitical events in South East Europe for national and international media outlets. 3 A01 21 0009000045997527 Radu-Alexandru Cucută Radu-Alexandru Cucută Department of International Relations and European Integration National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) Radu-Alexandru Cucută, PhD, is a lecturer with the Department of International Relations and European Integration of the National University of Political Studies and Public Administration (SNSPA) in Bucharest, Romania. His research interests lie within the fields of theories of revolution and theories of international relations. His most recent writing deals with the influence that liminality has on the use of fashionable concepts in Romania’s strategic documents. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20240619 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523691032 03 9789523691032 06 15 9789523691049 03 9789523691049 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20240619 01 urn:uuid:a4616e8d-f928-4102-a4a8-5cd7f33ede9a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:f08642f0-e115-4d1b-a9bd-ad56155cf52b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a4616e8d-f928-4102-a4a8-5cd7f33ede9a 15 9789523691186 03 9789523691186 06 10.33134/HUP-28 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Religion, Law, and COVID-19 in Europe A Comparative Analysis 1 B01 21 0000000168217829 Brian Conway Brian Conway Sociology 40 048nfjm95 Maynooth University Assistant professor of sociology at Maynooth University / former editor of the Irish Journal of Sociology (2014-17) / author of Commemoration and Bloody Sunday: Pathways of Memory (Palgrave 2010) and co-author of Sociology of Ireland (Gill & Macmillan 2012) 2 B01 21 0000000150970521 Lene Kühle Lene Kühle Department for the Study of Religion 40 01aj84f44 Aarhus University Lene Kühle, PhD, is a professor in Sociology of Religion at the Department for the Study of Religion, Aarhus University. Her research interests include religious diversity, religion and law, Muslims in Europe and theory and method in sociology of religion. She has published in journals like Sociology of religion, Journal of Contemporary Religion, Nordic Journal of Religion and Society 3 B01 21 0000000233637484 Francesco Alicino Francesco Alicino Faculty of Law LUM University, Bari Francesco Alicino is Full Professor in Law and Religion at the University of LUM (Casamassima, Bari, Italy), where he also teaches Constitutional Law, Law of the Third Sector, and Immigration Law. He is Vice Rector (Prorettore) for teachings activities and the Coordinator of the five-years Degree Course in Law (LMG /01) at the LUM University. He is a member of the International Consortium for Church&State Research. He is the Editor of the Italian first-class review Daimon-Annuario di diritto comparato delle religioni (Il Mulino). He has been a member of the Italian Council for the relationship with Muslim communities at the Italian Minister of the Interior 4 B01 Gabriel Bîrsan Gabriel Bîrsan Independent scholar 01 eng 00 494 03 B2 Sociology B2 Anthropology B2 Law B2 Political Science B2 Religious Studies B2 European Studies 20 COVID-19 pandemic; Religion; Europe; Comparative; Religious freedom; Law 01 06 02 00 Religion, Law, and COVID-19 in Europe </italic>investigates how the pandemic and the subsequent legal restrictions influenced religious life in the region. The volume is based on 19 in-depth country case studies that combine legal and sociological analyses. By reflecting the plurality of religious and secular contexts, the volume details h 03 00 Religion, Law, and COVID-19 in Europe</italic> investigates how the pandemic and the subsequent legal restrictions on collective activities influenced religious life in the region. The 19 in-depth country case studies combine legal and sociological analyses and reflect the plurality of religious and secular contexts. They detail how the pandemic curbed the collective aspects of religion and how the religious communities adapted, especially via innovations in online religion and new forms of religious leadership.<break/>The volume looks at how ordinary devotees’ religious behaviours changed during the pandemic and reveals shifts in religion–state interactions. In so doing, it shows how the pandemic challenged both religions and societies and how this was influenced by varying religious landscapes, political histories and legal cultures.<break/>More broadly, this volume makes three important contributions to the extant literature. First, it presents a novel analytical framing for making sense of how the COVID-19 pandemic affected religion. Second, it provides an empirical account of how the COVID-19 pandemic impacted religious groups across Europe. Third, it reveals the importance of sudden, large-scale events in understanding religious change in the modern world.<break/>Brian Conway</bold> is assistant professor of sociology at Maynooth University, Ireland.<break/><break/>Lene Kühle</bold> is professor in sociology of religion at Aarhus University, Denmark.<break/><break/>Francesco Alicino</bold> is professor in law and religion at LUM University, Bari, Italy.<break/><break/>Gabriel Bîrsan</bold> is an independent scholar of the sociology of religion, canon law and church-state relations. 30 00 Religion, Law, and COVID-19 in Europe</italic> investigates how the pandemic and the subsequent legal restrictions on collective activities influenced religious life in the region. The 19 in-depth country case studies combine legal and sociological analyses and reflect the plurality of religious and secular contexts. They detail how the pandemic curbed the collective aspects of religion and how the religious communities adapted, especially via innovations in online religion and new forms of religious leadership.<break/>The volume looks at how ordinary devotees’ religious behaviours changed during the pandemic and reveals shifts in religion–state interactions. In so doing, it shows how the pandemic challenged both religions and societies and how this was influenced by varying religious landscapes, political histories and legal cultures.<break/>More broadly, this volume makes three important contributions to the extant literature. First, it presents a novel analytical framing for making sense of how the COVID-19 pandemic affected religion. Second, it provides an empirical account of how the COVID-19 pandemic impacted religious groups across Europe. Third, it reveals the importance of sudden, large-scale events in understanding religious change in the modern world.<break/>Brian Conway</bold> is assistant professor of sociology at Maynooth University, Ireland.<break/><break/>Lene Kühle</bold> is professor in sociology of religion at Aarhus University, Denmark.<break/><break/>Francesco Alicino</bold> is professor in law and religion at LUM University, Bari, Italy.<break/><break/>Gabriel Bîrsan</bold> is an independent scholar of the sociology of religion, canon law and church-state relations. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/244e5520-6355-4a46-884d-08ab4ec4a2bd.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction 1 A01 21 0000000168217829 Brian Conway Brian Conway Sociology 40 048nfjm95 Maynooth University Assistant professor of sociology at Maynooth University / former editor of the Irish Journal of Sociology (2014-17) / author of Commemoration and Bloody Sunday: Pathways of Memory (Palgrave 2010) and co-author of Sociology of Ireland (Gill & Macmillan 2012) 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Consensus and Conflict in Times of Crisis: Religion in Austria during the COVID-19 Pandemic 1 A01 21 0000000163325820 Andreas Kowatsh Andreas Kowatsh Institute for Canon Law and Law on Religion 40 03prydq77 University of Vienna Andreas Kowatsch, Lic. iur. can., Dr. iur., Dr. theol., LLM, is full professor of canon law and religious law and member of the ‘Religion and Transformation in Contemporary Society’ research centre at the University of Vienna, with research interests in fundamental rights, European religious law, and canon law. 2 A01 21 0000000269127187 Astrid Mattes Astrid Mattes Research Centre Religion and Transformation in Contemporary Society 40 03prydq77 University of Vienna Astrid Mattes, MMag. phil. Dr. phil., is assistant professor for social scientific research on religion at the ‘Religion and Transformation in Contemporary Society’ research centre at the University of Vienna. Her research interests lie at the intersection of religion and politics and in the changing religious landscapes across Europe. 03 00 Overall, religion was not an intensively discussed topic in Austria in relation to coronavirus. Governmental and religious actors collaborated throughout the COVID-19 pandemic, and Austria’s legally recognised religious communities supported governmental measures, such as lockdowns, social distancing, and the obligation to wear masks. This consensus was communicated in press conferences and regular meetings between the ministry in charge and religious representatives. Religious communities refrained from or restricted celebrating on site during lockdowns and introduced hygiene measures (e.g. disinfection of hands and artefacts, wearing masks, limiting singing, restricting numbers of participants during celebrations) for religious gatherings throughout the pandemic. Official representatives of the legally recognised religious communities also supported vaccination campaigns and several religious sites functioned as temporary vaccination stations. However, religious actors and elements were also present among anti-vaccination activists and protesters against COVID-19 measures, and they joined in with the propagation of conspiracy theories. In these protests, ultra-conservative Catholics, Evangelicals, and esotericists marched alongside followers of the radical right Identitarian movement and other extremists. Multiple instances of anti-Semitic expression were documented throughout the protests. Still, religion was not a particularly contentious issue during the pandemic. This is, as we argue, largely the result of the commitment of religious communities to self-restriction and their cooperation with state authorities, as the legal framework restricted religion much less than other spheres. 30 00 Overall, religion was not an intensively discussed topic in Austria in relation to coronavirus. Governmental and religious actors collaborated throughout the COVID-19 pandemic, and Austria’s legally recognised religious communities supported governmental measures, such as lockdowns, social distancing, and the obligation to wear masks. This consensus was communicated in press conferences and regular meetings between the ministry in charge and religious representatives. Religious communities refrained from or restricted celebrating on site during lockdowns and introduced hygiene measures (e.g. disinfection of hands and artefacts, wearing masks, limiting singing, restricting numbers of participants during celebrations) for religious gatherings throughout the pandemic. Official representatives of the legally recognised religious communities also supported vaccination campaigns and several religious sites functioned as temporary vaccination stations. However, religious actors and elements were also present among anti-vaccination activists and protesters against COVID-19 measures, and they joined in with the propagation of conspiracy theories. In these protests, ultra-conservative Catholics, Evangelicals, and esotericists marched alongside followers of the radical right Identitarian movement and other extremists. Multiple instances of anti-Semitic expression were documented throughout the protests. Still, religion was not a particularly contentious issue during the pandemic. This is, as we argue, largely the result of the commitment of religious communities to self-restriction and their cooperation with state authorities, as the legal framework restricted religion much less than other spheres. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 COVID-19, Law, and Religion in Belgium: When Emergency Weakens Legal and Religious Categories 1 A01 21 0000000194762361 Louis-Léon Christians Louis-Léon Christians Université catholique de Louvain Full professor at the University of Louvain / head of the Chair for Law and Religions / expert in religious affairs for the Council of Europe, United Nations UNHCHR and the European Union. 2 A01 21 0000000313837144 Romain Mertens Romain Mertens Université de Namur Romain Mertens is teaching assistant and researcher at the University of Namur (Belgium). His research focuses mainly on religion and anti-discrimination law, as well as constitutional law. He is a member of the EUREL network. 03 00 What was the impact of COVID-19 on religion in Belgium? After a brief description of the Belgian context, the chapter examines the role of religious authorities in supporting state action to curb the spread of the virus. Then, the analysis highlights how public authorities initially neglected religious considerations but later shifted towards greater consideration of religious issues, in part due to case law. Several observations are drawn, including the need for a collaborative approach between religious and public authorities in such circumstances, the difficulty of creating measures that reflect the diversity of religious practices, and the importance of judicial review in defining the acceptable limits to freedom of religion. Finally, while the context of emergency induced by the COVID-19 pandemic has weakened legal and religious categories, it has also provided an opportunity to rethink the mechanisms of dialogue and cooperation between religious groups and the state to promote effective and inclusive policies. 30 00 What was the impact of COVID-19 on religion in Belgium? After a brief description of the Belgian context, the chapter examines the role of religious authorities in supporting state action to curb the spread of the virus. Then, the analysis highlights how public authorities initially neglected religious considerations but later shifted towards greater consideration of religious issues, in part due to case law. Several observations are drawn, including the need for a collaborative approach between religious and public authorities in such circumstances, the difficulty of creating measures that reflect the diversity of religious practices, and the importance of judicial review in defining the acceptable limits to freedom of religion. Finally, while the context of emergency induced by the COVID-19 pandemic has weakened legal and religious categories, it has also provided an opportunity to rethink the mechanisms of dialogue and cooperation between religious groups and the state to promote effective and inclusive policies. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Religion and COVID-19 in Croatia: Preference for Religion and Varieties of (Non)compliance 1 A01 21 0000000164698290 Nikolina Hazdovac Bajić Nikolina Hazdovac Bajić Faculty of Economics and Business 40 05yptqp13 University of Dubrovnik Nikolina Hazdovac Bajić, PhD, is an assistant professor of sociology at the University of Dubrovnik, Faculty of Economics and Business. Her scientific interests in the sociology of religion include religion in the post-socialist society, religion and state relations, non-religiosity and atheism, (non)religious identities, and marginalised people and communities. She serves as the co-editor-in-chief of Religion and Society in Central and Eastern Europe Journal. 2 A01 21 0000000335420585 Siniša Zrinščak Siniša Zrinščak Faculty of Law 40 00mv6sv71 University of Zagreb Siniša Zrinščak, PhD, is a full professor and head of the Sociology chair at the Faculty of Law, University of Zagreb. His main scientific interests include religious and social policy changes in post-communism, church–state relations, religion and human rights, and European and comparative social policy. He served as president (2006–2014) of the ISORECEA (International Study of Religion in Central and Eastern Europe Association); vice-president (2006–2014) of the International Sociological Association Research Committee 22 – Sociology of Religion; president (2005–2007) of the Croatian Sociological Association; general secretary of the International Society for the Sociology of Religion (2013–2017); and vice-coordinator (2017–2019) and coordinator (2019-2021) of the European Sociological Association Research Network 34 – Sociology of Religion. 03 00 In this chapter, we provide an overview of the legal and sociological aspects of the pandemic that pertain to religion. The legal measures undertaken by the Croatian government have not been challenged via the judicial system; the use of the courts for this purpose was almost non-existent. Concerning the sociological aspects, we focus on varieties of (non)compliance with government-prescribed measures at various levels of the Catholic community (religious leadership, clergy, and believers), as well as on how this (non)compliance changed over time. We also describe anti-mask attitudes and conspiracy theories in the belief that these phenomena, though not directly relatable to religion, reveal the overall social climate as a framework in which the social role of religion during the pandemic can be traced. Our analysis shows that the close relationship between the state and the Catholic Church was also evident during the pandemic. Furthermore, public debates about public health measures related to COVID-19 (e.g. vaccines and COVID-19 passes) contributed to the politicisation of the disease, and religion played an important role in this process. Although there is an evident lack of data on religious phenomena during the pandemic in Croatia, this chapter uses a variety of sources, including legal texts, the documents of public officials and institutions, media reports, and existing scholarly studies. 30 00 In this chapter, we provide an overview of the legal and sociological aspects of the pandemic that pertain to religion. The legal measures undertaken by the Croatian government have not been challenged via the judicial system; the use of the courts for this purpose was almost non-existent. Concerning the sociological aspects, we focus on varieties of (non)compliance with government-prescribed measures at various levels of the Catholic community (religious leadership, clergy, and believers), as well as on how this (non)compliance changed over time. We also describe anti-mask attitudes and conspiracy theories in the belief that these phenomena, though not directly relatable to religion, reveal the overall social climate as a framework in which the social role of religion during the pandemic can be traced. Our analysis shows that the close relationship between the state and the Catholic Church was also evident during the pandemic. Furthermore, public debates about public health measures related to COVID-19 (e.g. vaccines and COVID-19 passes) contributed to the politicisation of the disease, and religion played an important role in this process. Although there is an evident lack of data on religious phenomena during the pandemic in Croatia, this chapter uses a variety of sources, including legal texts, the documents of public officials and institutions, media reports, and existing scholarly studies. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Influence of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Religion: The Case of Ireland 1 A01 21 0000000168217829 Brian Conway Brian Conway Sociology 40 048nfjm95 Maynooth University Assistant professor of sociology at Maynooth University / former editor of the Irish Journal of Sociology (2014-17) / author of Commemoration and Bloody Sunday: Pathways of Memory (Palgrave 2010) and co-author of Sociology of Ireland (Gill & Macmillan 2012) 03 00 Despite being a small island nation on Europe’s western periphery, Ireland was not inoculated from the broad and deep impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic evident in other societies. In general, state-imposed restrictions in Ireland were among the strongest in Europe. This chapter considers both the legal and the sociological aspects of the pandemic’s influence on religion in Ireland, focusing mainly on Catholic religiosity. Regarding the legal aspect, I show how religious groups pushed back against restrictions by leaning into a broad range of factors, including religion’s social well-being contribution, the right to religious freedom, the legal ambivalences of government restrictions, the relative transmission risks of secular versus religious settings, and divergences from the treatment of religious groups in other European societies. On the sociological side, I show how the pandemic impacted ordinary devotees, as well as how religious groups responded to restrictions through various forms of adaptation. Additionally, I show how restrictions fostered greater interreligious exchange as well as stoking church–state tensions amid the perceived marginalisation of religious interests by state actors. The chapter concludes by reflecting on the larger takeaway of the Irish case. 30 00 Despite being a small island nation on Europe’s western periphery, Ireland was not inoculated from the broad and deep impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic evident in other societies. In general, state-imposed restrictions in Ireland were among the strongest in Europe. This chapter considers both the legal and the sociological aspects of the pandemic’s influence on religion in Ireland, focusing mainly on Catholic religiosity. Regarding the legal aspect, I show how religious groups pushed back against restrictions by leaning into a broad range of factors, including religion’s social well-being contribution, the right to religious freedom, the legal ambivalences of government restrictions, the relative transmission risks of secular versus religious settings, and divergences from the treatment of religious groups in other European societies. On the sociological side, I show how the pandemic impacted ordinary devotees, as well as how religious groups responded to restrictions through various forms of adaptation. Additionally, I show how restrictions fostered greater interreligious exchange as well as stoking church–state tensions amid the perceived marginalisation of religious interests by state actors. The chapter concludes by reflecting on the larger takeaway of the Irish case. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Changes in the Relations between the State and Religion during the COVID-19 Pandemic in Slovakia 1 A01 21 0000000218675271 Miroslav Tížik Miroslav Tížik Institute for Sociology 40 03h7qq074 Slovak Academy of Sciences Miroslav Tížik, PhD, is a senior research fellow at the Institute for Sociology of the Slovak Academy of Sciences and Associate Professor at the Department of Social Work, Faculty of Education, Comenius University in Bratislava. He works in the field of the sociology of religion, interpretative sociology, and the sociology of art. He served as co-editor-in-chief of the journal Religion and Society in Central and Eastern Europe (RASCEE). 03 00 Slovakia is a country with a Catholic majority but with a variety of other minorities – mainly Christian churches. In Slovakia, the COVID-19 pandemic occurred from March 2020 to April 2022 in four waves. Throughout all waves of the pandemic, there was no specific legislation in force or action taken regarding religious groups, and all restrictions on religious life were part of general restrictions. The differential treatment of religious and other actors was more evident in the case of various exemptions from measures, when in the early periods state-recognised religious groups were not afforded such exemptions, or they did not receive them to the same extent as some others, whereas in the second and later waves, by contrast, registered religious groups were afforded most exemptions from generally applicable measures, or strict anti-pandemic measures were relaxed during religious holy days. Non-registered religious groups or people without religious affiliation were not taken into consideration in the adoption of anti-pandemic measures or the exemptions from them. The available data from various studies suggest that the influence of the COVID-19 pandemic on religiosity in Slovakia was a mixed one but without significant changes in religious affiliation and church attendance. 30 00 Slovakia is a country with a Catholic majority but with a variety of other minorities – mainly Christian churches. In Slovakia, the COVID-19 pandemic occurred from March 2020 to April 2022 in four waves. Throughout all waves of the pandemic, there was no specific legislation in force or action taken regarding religious groups, and all restrictions on religious life were part of general restrictions. The differential treatment of religious and other actors was more evident in the case of various exemptions from measures, when in the early periods state-recognised religious groups were not afforded such exemptions, or they did not receive them to the same extent as some others, whereas in the second and later waves, by contrast, registered religious groups were afforded most exemptions from generally applicable measures, or strict anti-pandemic measures were relaxed during religious holy days. Non-registered religious groups or people without religious affiliation were not taken into consideration in the adoption of anti-pandemic measures or the exemptions from them. The available data from various studies suggest that the influence of the COVID-19 pandemic on religiosity in Slovakia was a mixed one but without significant changes in religious affiliation and church attendance. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Italy’s Secularity and Freedom of Religion under the COVID-19 Pandemic 1 A01 21 0000000233637484 Francesco Alicino Francesco Alicino Faculty of Law LUM University, Bari Francesco Alicino is Full Professor in Law and Religion at the University of LUM (Casamassima, Bari, Italy), where he also teaches Constitutional Law, Law of the Third Sector, and Immigration Law. He is Vice Rector (Prorettore) for teachings activities and the Coordinator of the five-years Degree Course in Law (LMG /01) at the LUM University. He is a member of the International Consortium for Church&State Research. He is the Editor of the Italian first-class review Daimon-Annuario di diritto comparato delle religioni (Il Mulino). He has been a member of the Italian Council for the relationship with Muslim communities at the Italian Minister of the Interior 03 00 This chapter analyses the sociological and legal characteristics of Italy’s religious tendencies under the COVID-19 crisis, in respect of which the logic of emergency has impacted on a society that is becoming more and more secular. The COVID-19 crisis highlighted the increase in religious pluralism in Italy over the previous three decades, not only in terms of the proliferation of different denominations but also in terms of the growing presence of other sociocultural groups. For these very reasons, the COVID-19 crisis went to the heart of the historical dilemma of religious freedom and thus to the principle of equality that, as such, implies the right to be different. This also reflects the fact that, although Italy had one of the highest vaccination coverage rates in the European Union, protests against both the COVID-19 vaccine and vaccination in general were widely reported in the media and public debate. These protests were mainly seen as populist, driven by individualistic demands, in which religious institutions did not play an important role. By contrast, the main denominational authorities urged their followers to be vaccinated and to follow the advice of public health officials. 30 00 This chapter analyses the sociological and legal characteristics of Italy’s religious tendencies under the COVID-19 crisis, in respect of which the logic of emergency has impacted on a society that is becoming more and more secular. The COVID-19 crisis highlighted the increase in religious pluralism in Italy over the previous three decades, not only in terms of the proliferation of different denominations but also in terms of the growing presence of other sociocultural groups. For these very reasons, the COVID-19 crisis went to the heart of the historical dilemma of religious freedom and thus to the principle of equality that, as such, implies the right to be different. This also reflects the fact that, although Italy had one of the highest vaccination coverage rates in the European Union, protests against both the COVID-19 vaccine and vaccination in general were widely reported in the media and public debate. These protests were mainly seen as populist, driven by individualistic demands, in which religious institutions did not play an important role. By contrast, the main denominational authorities urged their followers to be vaccinated and to follow the advice of public health officials. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Religion in Lithuania 1 A01 21 0000000267843016 Rasa Pranskevičiūtė-Amoson Rasa Pranskevičiūtė-Amoson Institute of Asian and Transcultural Studies 40 03nadee84 Vilnius University Rasa Pranskevičiūtė-Amoson, PhD, is associate professor in cultural studies and anthropology of religion at the Institute of Asian and Transcultural Studies, Vilnius University, with research interests in contemporary religiosity and society, (post)Soviet cultural heritage, youth, religious and other subcultures, religion and politics, migration and integration, gender studies, and alternative social projects. She has published on the material collected during her fieldwork on (post)Soviet religiosity, alternative religious movements, and subcultures (Vissarionites and Anastasians, communities of Hare Krishna, Buddhists, contemporary Pagan groups, and others). During 2018–2022, she was the president of the Lithuanian Society for the Study of Religions. During 2014–2017, she was a book series editor in the field of New Religious Movements at De Gruyter Open, part of De Gruyter. Since 2014, she has served as editor of Open Theology, De Gruyter. 03 00 To stop the pandemic, the government of Lithuania announced two quarantines, in periods that encompassed the major holidays of the year. The country imposed highly restrictive measures by banning public religious gatherings but allowing accommodations for private prayer in public places of worship.<break/>The chapter discusses the impact of COVID-19 pandemic on religion in Lithuania, focusing on the legal and sociological aspects of the issue. It analyses such questions as the relationship of religion and state in Lithuania during the COVID-19 pandemic when the government imposed different restrictions on religious groups (religious communities complying with the public health directives from the government and/or adopting voluntary restrictions on their activities following public health recommendations), the main legal texts that have affected religious life, regulations concerning specific areas of religious life, how collective religious life was affected during the pandemic including the importance of digital use, and how the pandemic has influenced people’s religiosity, including modifications of religious practices.<break/> 30 00 To stop the pandemic, the government of Lithuania announced two quarantines, in periods that encompassed the major holidays of the year. The country imposed highly restrictive measures by banning public religious gatherings but allowing accommodations for private prayer in public places of worship.<break/>The chapter discusses the impact of COVID-19 pandemic on religion in Lithuania, focusing on the legal and sociological aspects of the issue. It analyses such questions as the relationship of religion and state in Lithuania during the COVID-19 pandemic when the government imposed different restrictions on religious groups (religious communities complying with the public health directives from the government and/or adopting voluntary restrictions on their activities following public health recommendations), the main legal texts that have affected religious life, regulations concerning specific areas of religious life, how collective religious life was affected during the pandemic including the importance of digital use, and how the pandemic has influenced people’s religiosity, including modifications of religious practices.<break/> 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Impact of COVID-19 on Religions in Spain: Sociological Reflections on Religious Freedom and Practices 1 A01 21 0000000177688374 Rosa Martinez-Cuadros Rosa Martinez-Cuadros Department of Sociology 40 052g8jq94 Autonomous University of Barcelona Rosa Martinez-Cuadros, PhD, is a postdoctoral researcher in sociology at the ISOR research group of the Autonomous University of Barcelona. Her doctoral research focused on the study of Islam, gender, and political and social participation. She has participated in several research projects on religious diversity and public expressions of religion, incorporating a gender perspective. During her PhD, she was a visiting researcher at the University of Birmingham (UK) and she also completed a postdoctoral research stay at the University of Bergamo (Italy). She currently serves as the book reviews editor for the Journal of Religion in Europe. 03 00 On 14 March 2020, the Spanish government declared a ‘state of alarm’ through Royal Decree 463/2020 to manage the health crisis derived from COVID-19. This happened only three days after the World Health Organization rated the public health situation as a pandemic. From that point on, different actions taken by the Spanish authorities directly affected religious freedom and worship activities. This chapter analyses how the legal situation impacted religious communities during the evolution of the pandemic in Spain. Moreover, it offers sociological reflections on the role of religious communities in legal and health care decisions and the specificities of religion–state relations. The absence of close communication between religious communities and the government led to paradoxical situations that impacted religious freedom. However, religious institutions had an active role in following measures and collaborated with the health authorities. This chapter also explores the impact that COVID-19 had on religious observation and the new challenges posed in ways of ‘lived religion’. Among other things, the new situation raised awareness of issues such as the use of digital platforms and the participation of young people. 30 00 On 14 March 2020, the Spanish government declared a ‘state of alarm’ through Royal Decree 463/2020 to manage the health crisis derived from COVID-19. This happened only three days after the World Health Organization rated the public health situation as a pandemic. From that point on, different actions taken by the Spanish authorities directly affected religious freedom and worship activities. This chapter analyses how the legal situation impacted religious communities during the evolution of the pandemic in Spain. Moreover, it offers sociological reflections on the role of religious communities in legal and health care decisions and the specificities of religion–state relations. The absence of close communication between religious communities and the government led to paradoxical situations that impacted religious freedom. However, religious institutions had an active role in following measures and collaborated with the health authorities. This chapter also explores the impact that COVID-19 had on religious observation and the new challenges posed in ways of ‘lived religion’. Among other things, the new situation raised awareness of issues such as the use of digital platforms and the participation of young people. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Is Our Religious Freedom in Danger? Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Religion in Estonia 1 A01 21 000900006496590X Priit Rohtmets Priit Rohtmets School of Theology and Religious Studies 40 03z77qz90 University of Tartu Priit Rohtmets is an Associate Professor at the University of Tartu and Professor of Church History at the Theological Institute of the Estonian Evangelical Lutheran Church. In his research he has focused on the religious history of the Baltic and Scandinavian region in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, state–church relations, the history of Orthodox Churches in the Baltic countries and in the Balkans, the relationship between nationalism and religion in Northern Europe, and the ecumenical movement in the Baltic States. He is an author of five monographs, with recent ones focusing on Church & State relations and history of religion in Estonia (Riik ja usulised ühendused, 2018; Eesti usuelu 100 aastat, 2019). 03 00 Estonia is a highly secularised country, where religious legislation is very liberal and the state’s interference in religious affairs has for the last 30 years been minimal. I suggest in this chapter that, although the restrictions that were imposed in Estonia during the COVID-19 pandemic cannot be considered disproportionate, and that during the first wave of coronavirus in 2020 religious organisations were in favour of the limitations, this nevertheless turned out to be a challenge for them, because for the first time in decades the state interfered in religious affairs. In addition, during the pandemic a heated and dividing value debate about the legislation on same-sex unions was going on in Estonian society. In spring and autumn 2020, during the first and second waves of the virus, the question of whether the state has the right to limit religious activity resulted in a confrontation between various factions within religious groups as well as between religious associations and the state. In connection with the restrictions implemented, the question of respecting religious freedom as well as the proportionality of the restrictions were raised in Estonian public media. In this chapter I analyse the position of the Estonian state and various religious institutions during the time of the coronavirus and the discussions held in Estonian society during different phases of the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition to that, I focus on the impact of the pandemic to people’s religiosity and the ‘digital revolution’ in the churches. 30 00 Estonia is a highly secularised country, where religious legislation is very liberal and the state’s interference in religious affairs has for the last 30 years been minimal. I suggest in this chapter that, although the restrictions that were imposed in Estonia during the COVID-19 pandemic cannot be considered disproportionate, and that during the first wave of coronavirus in 2020 religious organisations were in favour of the limitations, this nevertheless turned out to be a challenge for them, because for the first time in decades the state interfered in religious affairs. In addition, during the pandemic a heated and dividing value debate about the legislation on same-sex unions was going on in Estonian society. In spring and autumn 2020, during the first and second waves of the virus, the question of whether the state has the right to limit religious activity resulted in a confrontation between various factions within religious groups as well as between religious associations and the state. In connection with the restrictions implemented, the question of respecting religious freedom as well as the proportionality of the restrictions were raised in Estonian public media. In this chapter I analyse the position of the Estonian state and various religious institutions during the time of the coronavirus and the discussions held in Estonian society during different phases of the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition to that, I focus on the impact of the pandemic to people’s religiosity and the ‘digital revolution’ in the churches. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 COVID-19 in France: An Insight into the Recompositions of the Religious in a Secular-Majority Country 1 A01 21 0000000257088934 Anne Lancien Anne Lancien Sciences po (CERI)/EPHE (GSRL) Anne Lancien is a post-doctoral fellow, specialist in contemporary religious recompositions in France and secularization. She has just published « La Ligue de l'Enseignement et l'État français depuis 1950 : Entre influence et dissonance », in Tyssen, de Nutte & Schröeder, The non-religious people and the State, de Gruyter, 2024. 03 00 This chapter aims to show the specific features of COVID-19 management in a secular country, where there is a strict separation between the state and religions. It also shows how the relationship established by the state and the society with each of the religions present in the country affects their reaction to restrictive measures. Two tendencies sum up how COVID-19 impacted religion and its position in French society. It confirms, first, the secularisation of French society and, second, how the collective practice of faith was deemed non-essential. Theoretically, this analysis engages with two discussions. The first deals with an axis of polarisation, namely the secularisation of society, confirmed by the COVID-19 crisis. The second analyses the recomposition of the religious, which the pandemic highlights. The chapter sheds light on this changing face of religion in a secular country, from a legal and sociological perspective. 30 00 This chapter aims to show the specific features of COVID-19 management in a secular country, where there is a strict separation between the state and religions. It also shows how the relationship established by the state and the society with each of the religions present in the country affects their reaction to restrictive measures. Two tendencies sum up how COVID-19 impacted religion and its position in French society. It confirms, first, the secularisation of French society and, second, how the collective practice of faith was deemed non-essential. Theoretically, this analysis engages with two discussions. The first deals with an axis of polarisation, namely the secularisation of society, confirmed by the COVID-19 crisis. The second analyses the recomposition of the religious, which the pandemic highlights. The chapter sheds light on this changing face of religion in a secular country, from a legal and sociological perspective. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-12 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The COVID-19 Pandemic and Religion in Germany 1 A01 Sylvie Toscer-Angot Sylvie Toscer-Angot Department of German Studies, Faculty of Language, Literature and Humanities University Tours Sylvie Toscer-Angot is professor of German Studies at Tours University. Her research interests focus on the relationship between religion and politics and on the governance of religious diversity in the Federal Republic of Germany. Her research concentrates on the impact of secularisation and religious pluralisation on the relationship between state and religion, on the rise of a new public presence of Islam and on the interplay of global and local dynamics of religious change in the 20th and 21st centuries from a comparative perspective in France and in Germany. She teaches a wide variety of courses in the German studies curriculum. 03 00 Similar to the situation across Europe, the COVID-19 pandemic and subsequent government-imposed restrictions had a profound impact on both individual and collective religious practices and overall religiosity in Germany. As physical gatherings became perilous, religious institutions swiftly adapted by transitioning to digital platforms, offering online religious services, creating virtual memorial pages, and broadcasting ceremonies and funerals live. This unexpected shift forced a re-evaluation of the relationship between the state and religious communities in Germany, demonstrating that religion was not solely a personal matter but also a concern of the state.<break/>The federal structure of Germany meant that COVID-19 restrictions differed across the country, but the historically cooperative relationship between the state and religious groups facilitated compliance with COVID-19 measures. A small number of legal cases were tried in the courts, but in general the restrictions on collective religious life found broad acceptance among major religious authorities. Though protests against restrictions as well as conspiracies and vaccine hesitancy occurred, most religious authorities actively supported state regulations and also contributed to public vaccination campaigns.<break/> 30 00 Similar to the situation across Europe, the COVID-19 pandemic and subsequent government-imposed restrictions had a profound impact on both individual and collective religious practices and overall religiosity in Germany. As physical gatherings became perilous, religious institutions swiftly adapted by transitioning to digital platforms, offering online religious services, creating virtual memorial pages, and broadcasting ceremonies and funerals live. This unexpected shift forced a re-evaluation of the relationship between the state and religious communities in Germany, demonstrating that religion was not solely a personal matter but also a concern of the state.<break/>The federal structure of Germany meant that COVID-19 restrictions differed across the country, but the historically cooperative relationship between the state and religious groups facilitated compliance with COVID-19 measures. A small number of legal cases were tried in the courts, but in general the restrictions on collective religious life found broad acceptance among major religious authorities. Though protests against restrictions as well as conspiracies and vaccine hesitancy occurred, most religious authorities actively supported state regulations and also contributed to public vaccination campaigns.<break/> 20 00 Open Access 13 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-13 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Religion in Latvia 1 A01 21 0000000299716257 Anita Stasulane Anita Stasulane Institute of Humanities and Social Sciences 40 01mrkb883 Daugavpils University Anita Stasulane, PhD, is a professor of history of religions and a director of the Institute of Humanities and Social Sciences at the Daugavpils University, Latvia. She graduated University of Latvia (1985) and Pontifical Gregorian University in Rome, Italy (1998). Her work mainly focuses on the new religious movements and youth culture with research interests in religion, law and politics. She has expertise in qualitative, including ethnographic, research methods and experience of working in international collaborative projects, including seven EU Framework projects with her appointed as the Daugavpils University team lead. Since 2008 she is an editor-in-chief of Kultūras Studijas (Cultural Studies) issued by Daugavpils University. 03 00 This chapter examines the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on social and religious life in a country with a low level of religiosity. In Latvia, the pandemic caused a sharp division of society, not only into vaxxers and anti-vaxxers but also into believers and non-believers. Moreover, the COVID-19 pandemic showed clearly the rise of religious fundamentalists among Christians. The divergent positions of church leaders led to equally diverse positions of congregation members within one religious organisation. The chapter presents general restrictions and the main events related to religion during the pandemic in Latvia. It explains the public debate about the restrictions imposed on religious services. Although religious organisations encouraged their members to comply with the epidemiological security requirements introduced in the country, the restrictive rules were often violated. The media, upon receiving information from people about breaches of restrictions on the part of religious organisations, focused on these breaches, thus causing a strong resonance in the public. The chapter analyses how the COVID-19 pandemic affected life of religious people in Latvia. In conclusion, it explains the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on secularisation/desecularisation processes in Latvia. 30 00 This chapter examines the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on social and religious life in a country with a low level of religiosity. In Latvia, the pandemic caused a sharp division of society, not only into vaxxers and anti-vaxxers but also into believers and non-believers. Moreover, the COVID-19 pandemic showed clearly the rise of religious fundamentalists among Christians. The divergent positions of church leaders led to equally diverse positions of congregation members within one religious organisation. The chapter presents general restrictions and the main events related to religion during the pandemic in Latvia. It explains the public debate about the restrictions imposed on religious services. Although religious organisations encouraged their members to comply with the epidemiological security requirements introduced in the country, the restrictive rules were often violated. The media, upon receiving information from people about breaches of restrictions on the part of religious organisations, focused on these breaches, thus causing a strong resonance in the public. The chapter analyses how the COVID-19 pandemic affected life of religious people in Latvia. In conclusion, it explains the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on secularisation/desecularisation processes in Latvia. 20 00 Open Access 14 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-14 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Prioritising Community Spirit over Freedom of Religion During the Pandemic: The Case of Denmark 1 A01 21 0000000150970521 Lene Kühle Lene Kühle Department for the Study of Religion 40 01aj84f44 Aarhus University Lene Kühle, PhD, is a professor in Sociology of Religion at the Department for the Study of Religion, Aarhus University. Her research interests include religious diversity, religion and law, Muslims in Europe and theory and method in sociology of religion. She has published in journals like Sociology of religion, Journal of Contemporary Religion, Nordic Journal of Religion and Society 2 A01 21 0000000158129753 Anne Lundahl Mauritsen Anne Mauritsen Department for the Study of Religion 40 01aj84f44 Aarhus University Anne Lundahl Mauritsen, MA, PhD, is a postdoctoral researcher at the Department for the Study of Religion Aarhus University, with a special interest in the sociology of religion, the study of non-religion, and digital religion and has published in journals such as Journal of Contemporary Religion, Nordic Journal of Religion and Society and Religion,Brain and Behavior. 03 00 The handling of the COVID-19 pandemic by the Danish state and society has generally received praise. The actions taken by the Danish authorities efficiently curbed the death rates and the population generally accepted the restrictions put on public and collective aspects of their lives as they were performing what in Danish was named samfundssind</italic> (community spirit/civic consciousness). The practice of samfundssind</italic> also prevailed among religious communities, who adhered with very few complaints to the complete closing of all places of worship for the public during the first lockdown and the extremely bureaucratic rules of limitations during the later lockdowns. In this analysis of the pandemic’s impact on religious life in Denmark, we present three key findings: (a) we present how minority groups struggled with achieving a positive public perception, (b) we show that the usual privileged position of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in Denmark (ELCD) was more or less nullified by the strict restrictions of the government, and (c) we argue that ELCD was therefore subjected to the same restrictions as the minority religious groups. It was also clear that many of these restrictions were formulated on the basis of an understanding of the ELCD as the default form of religion in Denmark. 30 00 The handling of the COVID-19 pandemic by the Danish state and society has generally received praise. The actions taken by the Danish authorities efficiently curbed the death rates and the population generally accepted the restrictions put on public and collective aspects of their lives as they were performing what in Danish was named samfundssind</italic> (community spirit/civic consciousness). The practice of samfundssind</italic> also prevailed among religious communities, who adhered with very few complaints to the complete closing of all places of worship for the public during the first lockdown and the extremely bureaucratic rules of limitations during the later lockdowns. In this analysis of the pandemic’s impact on religious life in Denmark, we present three key findings: (a) we present how minority groups struggled with achieving a positive public perception, (b) we show that the usual privileged position of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in Denmark (ELCD) was more or less nullified by the strict restrictions of the government, and (c) we argue that ELCD was therefore subjected to the same restrictions as the minority religious groups. It was also clear that many of these restrictions were formulated on the basis of an understanding of the ELCD as the default form of religion in Denmark. 20 00 Open Access 15 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-15 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Religious Communities in Finland 1 A01 21 000000031831203X Kimmo Ketola Kimmo Ketola Church Institute for Research and Advanced Training 03 00 The COVID-19 pandemic reached Finland at the beginning of 2020. During the pandemic the Finnish government restricted citizens’ basic constitutional rights in a manner that was entirely exceptional for the post-war years. This chapter focuses on how the various measures to curb the pandemic affected religious communities and religious life in Finland. The Finnish situation was made more complex by the special relationship between the state and the two national churches, which operate under public law but are nevertheless administratively independent of the state. The various legal exemptions for religious life from state regulation meant government restrictions on public gatherings and businesses did not apply to worship and other religious gatherings. Nevertheless, the majority churches and other religious communities adhered closely to the state regulations on their own initiative. The lack of government restrictions therefore did not mean the pandemic had no effect on religious life. The article describes how the religious communities adjusted their activities in some rather drastic ways during the shutdown periods. 30 00 The COVID-19 pandemic reached Finland at the beginning of 2020. During the pandemic the Finnish government restricted citizens’ basic constitutional rights in a manner that was entirely exceptional for the post-war years. This chapter focuses on how the various measures to curb the pandemic affected religious communities and religious life in Finland. The Finnish situation was made more complex by the special relationship between the state and the two national churches, which operate under public law but are nevertheless administratively independent of the state. The various legal exemptions for religious life from state regulation meant government restrictions on public gatherings and businesses did not apply to worship and other religious gatherings. Nevertheless, the majority churches and other religious communities adhered closely to the state regulations on their own initiative. The lack of government restrictions therefore did not mean the pandemic had no effect on religious life. The article describes how the religious communities adjusted their activities in some rather drastic ways during the shutdown periods. 20 00 Open Access 16 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-16 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Pillars or Perils of Society? Exploring the Role of Religion in the COVID-19 Pandemic in Norway 1 A01 21 0000000164116123 Helge Årsheim Helge Årsheim Department of Education 40 02dx4dc92 Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences Helge Årsheim, MA, PhD, is professor of religious studies at Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences. His area of specialisation is the interaction between law and religion in theory, history, and social and political practices. He has previously worked at the United Nations Association of Norway, at the Norwegian Immigration Appeals Board, at the University of Oslo, and at the Scandinavian University Press. 03 00 This chapter examines the relationship between the COVID-19 pandemic and religious communities, beliefs, and behaviours in Norway. The chapter briefly introduces the role of religion in Norwegian society prior to the pandemic, before tracking and assessing the trajectory of the pandemic and the fallout of the public health emergency measures introduced to contain the spread of the virus. Identifying three distinctive phases to these measures, the chapter points to numerous instances where religious communities were directly affected and examines their aftereffects. 30 00 This chapter examines the relationship between the COVID-19 pandemic and religious communities, beliefs, and behaviours in Norway. The chapter briefly introduces the role of religion in Norwegian society prior to the pandemic, before tracking and assessing the trajectory of the pandemic and the fallout of the public health emergency measures introduced to contain the spread of the virus. Identifying three distinctive phases to these measures, the chapter points to numerous instances where religious communities were directly affected and examines their aftereffects. 20 00 Open Access 17 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-17 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Religion: The Case of Sweden 1 A01 21 0000000251843767 Linnea Lundgren Linnea Lundgren a) Marie Cederschiöld University, Sweden, The Department of Civil Society and Religion b) Lund University, Sweden, Centre for Theology and Religious Studies MA, PhD, currently works as a senior lecturer in sociology of religion at the Department of Civil Society and Religion at Marie Cederschiöld University in Stockholm and as a researcher at the Centre for Theology and Religious Studies, Lund University. Her research primarily focuses on issues concerning religion and civil society, governance of religious diversity and the role of faith actors in crisis and disaster management. She has published in journals such as Nordic Journal of Religion and Society, Journal of Contingencies and Crisis Management, Journal of Church and State and is the author of the book, The State and Religious Minorities in Sweden 2 A01 21 0000000240674603 Per Pettersson Per Pettersson Karlstad University, Sweden Per Pettersson is senior professor of the sociology of religion, Karlstad University, and associate researcher at the Centre for Multidisciplinary Research on Religion and Society (CRS) at Uppsala University, Sweden. His research interests cover a broad range of issues on religion in current European society e.g. state–religion relationships, law and religion, religious institutions as welfare service providers, the role of religion in crisis and disaster, and theoretical issues on the place of religion in modern society including the problem of defining the concept of religion. Recent publications include: Do We Really Need Special Regulation of Religion? (University of Porto Press, 2023), A Common Spatial Scene? Young People and Faith-Based Organisations at the Margins (Brill, 2021), Sweden: Silent Religious Retreat as Rehabilitation Treatment in Prison (Springer, 2020), The Problem of Defining Religion in an Increasingly Individualised and Functionally Differentiated Society (Waxmann, 2019), and Religion and State: Complexity in Change (Palgrave Macmillan, 2018). 03 00 Sweden did not follow the same route that most other European countries embarked on in the handling of the COVID-19 pandemic. When other countries closed as a response to the spread of the virus, Sweden decided not to impose a full lockdown. Rather, Sweden kept a large part of society open, such as keeping schools for children and bars and restaurants open, albeit with some restrictions. The focus was on information, relying on each individual to reduce the spread of the infection by following two clear recommendations: maintaining individual hand hygiene and physical distance between people. Public gatherings were regulated in terms of the number of participants, but never banned. Although the Swedish government followed a more liberal route in the handling of the pandemic, the recommended restrictions had a considerable effect on religious life. The aim of this chapter is to understand the background of Sweden’s different way of handling the COVID-19 pandemic and what impact it had on faith communities in Sweden, from both legal and sociological perspectives. 30 00 Sweden did not follow the same route that most other European countries embarked on in the handling of the COVID-19 pandemic. When other countries closed as a response to the spread of the virus, Sweden decided not to impose a full lockdown. Rather, Sweden kept a large part of society open, such as keeping schools for children and bars and restaurants open, albeit with some restrictions. The focus was on information, relying on each individual to reduce the spread of the infection by following two clear recommendations: maintaining individual hand hygiene and physical distance between people. Public gatherings were regulated in terms of the number of participants, but never banned. Although the Swedish government followed a more liberal route in the handling of the pandemic, the recommended restrictions had a considerable effect on religious life. The aim of this chapter is to understand the background of Sweden’s different way of handling the COVID-19 pandemic and what impact it had on faith communities in Sweden, from both legal and sociological perspectives. 20 00 Open Access 18 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-18 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Religion and COVID-19 in Bulgaria 1 A01 21 0000000152697434 Daniela Kalkandjieva Daniela Kalkandjieva Scientific Research Department Sofia University St Kliment Ohridski Daniela Kalkandjieva (Ph.D., Central European University, 2004) is a senior researcher at Sofia University St Kliment Ohridski. Her research is focused on church-state relations in Eastern Orthodoxy and the role of the Orthodox churches in contemporary international affairs. She is the author of two principal monographs: The Bulgarian Orthodox Church and the State, 1944-1953 (Sofia: Albatros, 1997) and The Russian Orthodox Church, 1917-1948: From Decline to Resurrection (Routledge, 2015). She also contributed to multiple volumes of studies and scientific journals (See: ORDID ID 0000-0001-5269-7434). Since 2022 she has been teaching courses on the modern history of the Russian and Balkan Orthodox churches as an invited professor at the Pontifical Oriental Institute. 03 00 Bulgaria was among the few countries in the world where the state authorities did not require the closure of religious sites during the pandemic. This peculiarity led to some deviations in the implementation of anti-epidemic measures in the religious sphere. This analysis pays special attention to the impact of the country’s religious demography and the teachings of different faith communities on their response to the anti-epidemic policy of the Bulgarian state. It also discusses the diverse approaches of the local religious majority and faith minorities. Finally, it comments on the state’s communication with religious communities during the pandemic. 30 00 Bulgaria was among the few countries in the world where the state authorities did not require the closure of religious sites during the pandemic. This peculiarity led to some deviations in the implementation of anti-epidemic measures in the religious sphere. This analysis pays special attention to the impact of the country’s religious demography and the teachings of different faith communities on their response to the anti-epidemic policy of the Bulgarian state. It also discusses the diverse approaches of the local religious majority and faith minorities. Finally, it comments on the state’s communication with religious communities during the pandemic. 20 00 Open Access 19 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-19 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Religion, Politics, and the COVID-19 Pandemic in Greek Society: Legal Confrontations and Social Implications 1 A01 21 000000025427933X Alexandros Sakellariou Alexandros Sakellariou Sociology 40 04gnjpq42 National and Kapodistrian University of Athens Alexandros Sakellariou, PhD (2008), is a senior researcher at the Department of Sociology of the National and Kapodistrian University of Athens. His main research interests include sociology of religion and non-religion (religious communities, religious identities), sociology of youth, radicalisation, and qualitative research methods. He has published two books and one edited volume in Greek. He has over 70 publications in national and international journals, edited volumes and conference proceedings, more than 90 lectures in conferences in Greece and abroad, and over 40 book reviews, and his interviews and opinion pieces have been published in Greek and international media. He is a substitute member of the Research Ethics Committee of the National Centre for Social Research and a member of the EUREL (Sociological and legal data on religions in Europe and beyond) Network. 03 00 The COVID-19 pandemic affected many aspects of people’s professional, family, and social lives including religious and spiritual practices. In Greece, although the government took strict measures to protect the population from infection, it hesitated to impose similar immediate restrictions on the Orthodox Church of Greece. The church was reluctant to close all the temples and persisted in practising the Sunday Mass and major religious holidays, albeit with a limited number of participants. Owing to this lack of unconditional compliance with the governmental restrictions, the church was perceived as being against the state and medical regulations. The main questions that this chapter will try to answer are the following: what kinds of measure were taken by the government in relation to religious places and practices during the pandemic? How did religious groups and institutions, mostly the Orthodox Church, respond to them? Did society accept these measures? Which was the pandemic’s impact on people’s religious beliefs, practices, and trust towards the Orthodox Church? The purpose of this chapter is twofold: on the one hand, to examine the implications on the societal level in the light of the Orthodox Church’s social and political dominance under the prism of secularisation and, on the other hand, to systematically describe the political and legal developments during the pandemic pertaining to the ‘politics–science–religion’ triangle in order to showcase the pandemic’s impact on religious practices. 30 00 The COVID-19 pandemic affected many aspects of people’s professional, family, and social lives including religious and spiritual practices. In Greece, although the government took strict measures to protect the population from infection, it hesitated to impose similar immediate restrictions on the Orthodox Church of Greece. The church was reluctant to close all the temples and persisted in practising the Sunday Mass and major religious holidays, albeit with a limited number of participants. Owing to this lack of unconditional compliance with the governmental restrictions, the church was perceived as being against the state and medical regulations. The main questions that this chapter will try to answer are the following: what kinds of measure were taken by the government in relation to religious places and practices during the pandemic? How did religious groups and institutions, mostly the Orthodox Church, respond to them? Did society accept these measures? Which was the pandemic’s impact on people’s religious beliefs, practices, and trust towards the Orthodox Church? The purpose of this chapter is twofold: on the one hand, to examine the implications on the societal level in the light of the Orthodox Church’s social and political dominance under the prism of secularisation and, on the other hand, to systematically describe the political and legal developments during the pandemic pertaining to the ‘politics–science–religion’ triangle in order to showcase the pandemic’s impact on religious practices. 20 00 Open Access 20 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-20 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Religion–COVID-19 Interplay in Romania 1 A01 Gabriel Bîrsan Gabriel Bîrsan Independent scholar 03 00 The COVID-19 pandemic dramatically influenced the whole of human society, from the least significant of its components to fundamental ones, such as religion. The present chapter aims to explore how this global event altered the religious landscape in Romania. The main goal is to investigate how religious institutions and individuals affected and were affected by the legal and social changes provoked by the pandemic. Considering the local historical, political, and cultural particularities, it observes how religious behaviour changed, at the group level as well as individually, following the imposition of pandemic restrictions; how public authorities succeeded (or not) in ensuring an acceptable level of (collective) religious freedom; how religious institutions succeeded (or not) in continuing to structure social life, from the personal context to the public or legal one; and how religious groups facilitated or hindered the adherence to public health measures and what public opinion was to their public actions. The Romanian case shows how important it is to have clear legislation as well as a structured dialogue among the main social actors in order to ensure that all rights and freedoms are exercised in a fair manner in a moment of maximum stress caused by a global medical issue. 30 00 The COVID-19 pandemic dramatically influenced the whole of human society, from the least significant of its components to fundamental ones, such as religion. The present chapter aims to explore how this global event altered the religious landscape in Romania. The main goal is to investigate how religious institutions and individuals affected and were affected by the legal and social changes provoked by the pandemic. Considering the local historical, political, and cultural particularities, it observes how religious behaviour changed, at the group level as well as individually, following the imposition of pandemic restrictions; how public authorities succeeded (or not) in ensuring an acceptable level of (collective) religious freedom; how religious institutions succeeded (or not) in continuing to structure social life, from the personal context to the public or legal one; and how religious groups facilitated or hindered the adherence to public health measures and what public opinion was to their public actions. The Romanian case shows how important it is to have clear legislation as well as a structured dialogue among the main social actors in order to ensure that all rights and freedoms are exercised in a fair manner in a moment of maximum stress caused by a global medical issue. 20 00 Open Access 21 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-21 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Comparative Analysis 1 A01 21 0000000168217829 Brian Conway Brian Conway Sociology 40 048nfjm95 Maynooth University Assistant professor of sociology at Maynooth University / former editor of the Irish Journal of Sociology (2014-17) / author of Commemoration and Bloody Sunday: Pathways of Memory (Palgrave 2010) and co-author of Sociology of Ireland (Gill & Macmillan 2012) 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20241219 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523691193 03 9789523691193 06 15 9789523691209 03 9789523691209 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523691186 20 08 20241219 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523691186 20 08 20241219 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523691186 20 08 20241219 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523691186 20 08 20241219 01 urn:uuid:491521a4-fb6e-4a57-a03b-7b1fae27c090 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:f08642f0-e115-4d1b-a9bd-ad56155cf52b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:491521a4-fb6e-4a57-a03b-7b1fae27c090 15 9789523691193 03 9789523691193 06 10.33134/HUP-28 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Religion, Law, and COVID-19 in Europe A Comparative Analysis 1 B01 21 0000000168217829 Brian Conway Brian Conway Sociology 40 048nfjm95 Maynooth University Assistant professor of sociology at Maynooth University / former editor of the Irish Journal of Sociology (2014-17) / author of Commemoration and Bloody Sunday: Pathways of Memory (Palgrave 2010) and co-author of Sociology of Ireland (Gill & Macmillan 2012) 2 B01 21 0000000150970521 Lene Kühle Lene Kühle Department for the Study of Religion 40 01aj84f44 Aarhus University Lene Kühle, PhD, is a professor in Sociology of Religion at the Department for the Study of Religion, Aarhus University. Her research interests include religious diversity, religion and law, Muslims in Europe and theory and method in sociology of religion. She has published in journals like Sociology of religion, Journal of Contemporary Religion, Nordic Journal of Religion and Society 3 B01 21 0000000233637484 Francesco Alicino Francesco Alicino Faculty of Law LUM University, Bari Francesco Alicino is Full Professor in Law and Religion at the University of LUM (Casamassima, Bari, Italy), where he also teaches Constitutional Law, Law of the Third Sector, and Immigration Law. He is Vice Rector (Prorettore) for teachings activities and the Coordinator of the five-years Degree Course in Law (LMG /01) at the LUM University. He is a member of the International Consortium for Church&State Research. He is the Editor of the Italian first-class review Daimon-Annuario di diritto comparato delle religioni (Il Mulino). He has been a member of the Italian Council for the relationship with Muslim communities at the Italian Minister of the Interior 4 B01 Gabriel Bîrsan Gabriel Bîrsan Independent scholar 01 eng 00 494 03 B2 Sociology B2 Anthropology B2 Law B2 Political Science B2 Religious Studies B2 European Studies 20 COVID-19 pandemic; Religion; Europe; Comparative; Religious freedom; Law 01 06 02 00 Religion, Law, and COVID-19 in Europe </italic>investigates how the pandemic and the subsequent legal restrictions influenced religious life in the region. The volume is based on 19 in-depth country case studies that combine legal and sociological analyses. By reflecting the plurality of religious and secular contexts, the volume details h 03 00 Religion, Law, and COVID-19 in Europe</italic> investigates how the pandemic and the subsequent legal restrictions on collective activities influenced religious life in the region. The 19 in-depth country case studies combine legal and sociological analyses and reflect the plurality of religious and secular contexts. They detail how the pandemic curbed the collective aspects of religion and how the religious communities adapted, especially via innovations in online religion and new forms of religious leadership.<break/>The volume looks at how ordinary devotees’ religious behaviours changed during the pandemic and reveals shifts in religion–state interactions. In so doing, it shows how the pandemic challenged both religions and societies and how this was influenced by varying religious landscapes, political histories and legal cultures.<break/>More broadly, this volume makes three important contributions to the extant literature. First, it presents a novel analytical framing for making sense of how the COVID-19 pandemic affected religion. Second, it provides an empirical account of how the COVID-19 pandemic impacted religious groups across Europe. Third, it reveals the importance of sudden, large-scale events in understanding religious change in the modern world.<break/>Brian Conway</bold> is assistant professor of sociology at Maynooth University, Ireland.<break/><break/>Lene Kühle</bold> is professor in sociology of religion at Aarhus University, Denmark.<break/><break/>Francesco Alicino</bold> is professor in law and religion at LUM University, Bari, Italy.<break/><break/>Gabriel Bîrsan</bold> is an independent scholar of the sociology of religion, canon law and church-state relations. 30 00 Religion, Law, and COVID-19 in Europe</italic> investigates how the pandemic and the subsequent legal restrictions on collective activities influenced religious life in the region. The 19 in-depth country case studies combine legal and sociological analyses and reflect the plurality of religious and secular contexts. They detail how the pandemic curbed the collective aspects of religion and how the religious communities adapted, especially via innovations in online religion and new forms of religious leadership.<break/>The volume looks at how ordinary devotees’ religious behaviours changed during the pandemic and reveals shifts in religion–state interactions. In so doing, it shows how the pandemic challenged both religions and societies and how this was influenced by varying religious landscapes, political histories and legal cultures.<break/>More broadly, this volume makes three important contributions to the extant literature. First, it presents a novel analytical framing for making sense of how the COVID-19 pandemic affected religion. Second, it provides an empirical account of how the COVID-19 pandemic impacted religious groups across Europe. Third, it reveals the importance of sudden, large-scale events in understanding religious change in the modern world.<break/>Brian Conway</bold> is assistant professor of sociology at Maynooth University, Ireland.<break/><break/>Lene Kühle</bold> is professor in sociology of religion at Aarhus University, Denmark.<break/><break/>Francesco Alicino</bold> is professor in law and religion at LUM University, Bari, Italy.<break/><break/>Gabriel Bîrsan</bold> is an independent scholar of the sociology of religion, canon law and church-state relations. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/244e5520-6355-4a46-884d-08ab4ec4a2bd.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction 1 A01 21 0000000168217829 Brian Conway Brian Conway Sociology 40 048nfjm95 Maynooth University Assistant professor of sociology at Maynooth University / former editor of the Irish Journal of Sociology (2014-17) / author of Commemoration and Bloody Sunday: Pathways of Memory (Palgrave 2010) and co-author of Sociology of Ireland (Gill & Macmillan 2012) 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Consensus and Conflict in Times of Crisis: Religion in Austria during the COVID-19 Pandemic 1 A01 21 0000000163325820 Andreas Kowatsh Andreas Kowatsh Institute for Canon Law and Law on Religion 40 03prydq77 University of Vienna Andreas Kowatsch, Lic. iur. can., Dr. iur., Dr. theol., LLM, is full professor of canon law and religious law and member of the ‘Religion and Transformation in Contemporary Society’ research centre at the University of Vienna, with research interests in fundamental rights, European religious law, and canon law. 2 A01 21 0000000269127187 Astrid Mattes Astrid Mattes Research Centre Religion and Transformation in Contemporary Society 40 03prydq77 University of Vienna Astrid Mattes, MMag. phil. Dr. phil., is assistant professor for social scientific research on religion at the ‘Religion and Transformation in Contemporary Society’ research centre at the University of Vienna. Her research interests lie at the intersection of religion and politics and in the changing religious landscapes across Europe. 03 00 Overall, religion was not an intensively discussed topic in Austria in relation to coronavirus. Governmental and religious actors collaborated throughout the COVID-19 pandemic, and Austria’s legally recognised religious communities supported governmental measures, such as lockdowns, social distancing, and the obligation to wear masks. This consensus was communicated in press conferences and regular meetings between the ministry in charge and religious representatives. Religious communities refrained from or restricted celebrating on site during lockdowns and introduced hygiene measures (e.g. disinfection of hands and artefacts, wearing masks, limiting singing, restricting numbers of participants during celebrations) for religious gatherings throughout the pandemic. Official representatives of the legally recognised religious communities also supported vaccination campaigns and several religious sites functioned as temporary vaccination stations. However, religious actors and elements were also present among anti-vaccination activists and protesters against COVID-19 measures, and they joined in with the propagation of conspiracy theories. In these protests, ultra-conservative Catholics, Evangelicals, and esotericists marched alongside followers of the radical right Identitarian movement and other extremists. Multiple instances of anti-Semitic expression were documented throughout the protests. Still, religion was not a particularly contentious issue during the pandemic. This is, as we argue, largely the result of the commitment of religious communities to self-restriction and their cooperation with state authorities, as the legal framework restricted religion much less than other spheres. 30 00 Overall, religion was not an intensively discussed topic in Austria in relation to coronavirus. Governmental and religious actors collaborated throughout the COVID-19 pandemic, and Austria’s legally recognised religious communities supported governmental measures, such as lockdowns, social distancing, and the obligation to wear masks. This consensus was communicated in press conferences and regular meetings between the ministry in charge and religious representatives. Religious communities refrained from or restricted celebrating on site during lockdowns and introduced hygiene measures (e.g. disinfection of hands and artefacts, wearing masks, limiting singing, restricting numbers of participants during celebrations) for religious gatherings throughout the pandemic. Official representatives of the legally recognised religious communities also supported vaccination campaigns and several religious sites functioned as temporary vaccination stations. However, religious actors and elements were also present among anti-vaccination activists and protesters against COVID-19 measures, and they joined in with the propagation of conspiracy theories. In these protests, ultra-conservative Catholics, Evangelicals, and esotericists marched alongside followers of the radical right Identitarian movement and other extremists. Multiple instances of anti-Semitic expression were documented throughout the protests. Still, religion was not a particularly contentious issue during the pandemic. This is, as we argue, largely the result of the commitment of religious communities to self-restriction and their cooperation with state authorities, as the legal framework restricted religion much less than other spheres. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 COVID-19, Law, and Religion in Belgium: When Emergency Weakens Legal and Religious Categories 1 A01 21 0000000194762361 Louis-Léon Christians Louis-Léon Christians Université catholique de Louvain Full professor at the University of Louvain / head of the Chair for Law and Religions / expert in religious affairs for the Council of Europe, United Nations UNHCHR and the European Union. 2 A01 21 0000000313837144 Romain Mertens Romain Mertens Université de Namur Romain Mertens is teaching assistant and researcher at the University of Namur (Belgium). His research focuses mainly on religion and anti-discrimination law, as well as constitutional law. He is a member of the EUREL network. 03 00 What was the impact of COVID-19 on religion in Belgium? After a brief description of the Belgian context, the chapter examines the role of religious authorities in supporting state action to curb the spread of the virus. Then, the analysis highlights how public authorities initially neglected religious considerations but later shifted towards greater consideration of religious issues, in part due to case law. Several observations are drawn, including the need for a collaborative approach between religious and public authorities in such circumstances, the difficulty of creating measures that reflect the diversity of religious practices, and the importance of judicial review in defining the acceptable limits to freedom of religion. Finally, while the context of emergency induced by the COVID-19 pandemic has weakened legal and religious categories, it has also provided an opportunity to rethink the mechanisms of dialogue and cooperation between religious groups and the state to promote effective and inclusive policies. 30 00 What was the impact of COVID-19 on religion in Belgium? After a brief description of the Belgian context, the chapter examines the role of religious authorities in supporting state action to curb the spread of the virus. Then, the analysis highlights how public authorities initially neglected religious considerations but later shifted towards greater consideration of religious issues, in part due to case law. Several observations are drawn, including the need for a collaborative approach between religious and public authorities in such circumstances, the difficulty of creating measures that reflect the diversity of religious practices, and the importance of judicial review in defining the acceptable limits to freedom of religion. Finally, while the context of emergency induced by the COVID-19 pandemic has weakened legal and religious categories, it has also provided an opportunity to rethink the mechanisms of dialogue and cooperation between religious groups and the state to promote effective and inclusive policies. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Religion and COVID-19 in Croatia: Preference for Religion and Varieties of (Non)compliance 1 A01 21 0000000164698290 Nikolina Hazdovac Bajić Nikolina Hazdovac Bajić Faculty of Economics and Business 40 05yptqp13 University of Dubrovnik Nikolina Hazdovac Bajić, PhD, is an assistant professor of sociology at the University of Dubrovnik, Faculty of Economics and Business. Her scientific interests in the sociology of religion include religion in the post-socialist society, religion and state relations, non-religiosity and atheism, (non)religious identities, and marginalised people and communities. She serves as the co-editor-in-chief of Religion and Society in Central and Eastern Europe Journal. 2 A01 21 0000000335420585 Siniša Zrinščak Siniša Zrinščak Faculty of Law 40 00mv6sv71 University of Zagreb Siniša Zrinščak, PhD, is a full professor and head of the Sociology chair at the Faculty of Law, University of Zagreb. His main scientific interests include religious and social policy changes in post-communism, church–state relations, religion and human rights, and European and comparative social policy. He served as president (2006–2014) of the ISORECEA (International Study of Religion in Central and Eastern Europe Association); vice-president (2006–2014) of the International Sociological Association Research Committee 22 – Sociology of Religion; president (2005–2007) of the Croatian Sociological Association; general secretary of the International Society for the Sociology of Religion (2013–2017); and vice-coordinator (2017–2019) and coordinator (2019-2021) of the European Sociological Association Research Network 34 – Sociology of Religion. 03 00 In this chapter, we provide an overview of the legal and sociological aspects of the pandemic that pertain to religion. The legal measures undertaken by the Croatian government have not been challenged via the judicial system; the use of the courts for this purpose was almost non-existent. Concerning the sociological aspects, we focus on varieties of (non)compliance with government-prescribed measures at various levels of the Catholic community (religious leadership, clergy, and believers), as well as on how this (non)compliance changed over time. We also describe anti-mask attitudes and conspiracy theories in the belief that these phenomena, though not directly relatable to religion, reveal the overall social climate as a framework in which the social role of religion during the pandemic can be traced. Our analysis shows that the close relationship between the state and the Catholic Church was also evident during the pandemic. Furthermore, public debates about public health measures related to COVID-19 (e.g. vaccines and COVID-19 passes) contributed to the politicisation of the disease, and religion played an important role in this process. Although there is an evident lack of data on religious phenomena during the pandemic in Croatia, this chapter uses a variety of sources, including legal texts, the documents of public officials and institutions, media reports, and existing scholarly studies. 30 00 In this chapter, we provide an overview of the legal and sociological aspects of the pandemic that pertain to religion. The legal measures undertaken by the Croatian government have not been challenged via the judicial system; the use of the courts for this purpose was almost non-existent. Concerning the sociological aspects, we focus on varieties of (non)compliance with government-prescribed measures at various levels of the Catholic community (religious leadership, clergy, and believers), as well as on how this (non)compliance changed over time. We also describe anti-mask attitudes and conspiracy theories in the belief that these phenomena, though not directly relatable to religion, reveal the overall social climate as a framework in which the social role of religion during the pandemic can be traced. Our analysis shows that the close relationship between the state and the Catholic Church was also evident during the pandemic. Furthermore, public debates about public health measures related to COVID-19 (e.g. vaccines and COVID-19 passes) contributed to the politicisation of the disease, and religion played an important role in this process. Although there is an evident lack of data on religious phenomena during the pandemic in Croatia, this chapter uses a variety of sources, including legal texts, the documents of public officials and institutions, media reports, and existing scholarly studies. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Influence of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Religion: The Case of Ireland 1 A01 21 0000000168217829 Brian Conway Brian Conway Sociology 40 048nfjm95 Maynooth University Assistant professor of sociology at Maynooth University / former editor of the Irish Journal of Sociology (2014-17) / author of Commemoration and Bloody Sunday: Pathways of Memory (Palgrave 2010) and co-author of Sociology of Ireland (Gill & Macmillan 2012) 03 00 Despite being a small island nation on Europe’s western periphery, Ireland was not inoculated from the broad and deep impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic evident in other societies. In general, state-imposed restrictions in Ireland were among the strongest in Europe. This chapter considers both the legal and the sociological aspects of the pandemic’s influence on religion in Ireland, focusing mainly on Catholic religiosity. Regarding the legal aspect, I show how religious groups pushed back against restrictions by leaning into a broad range of factors, including religion’s social well-being contribution, the right to religious freedom, the legal ambivalences of government restrictions, the relative transmission risks of secular versus religious settings, and divergences from the treatment of religious groups in other European societies. On the sociological side, I show how the pandemic impacted ordinary devotees, as well as how religious groups responded to restrictions through various forms of adaptation. Additionally, I show how restrictions fostered greater interreligious exchange as well as stoking church–state tensions amid the perceived marginalisation of religious interests by state actors. The chapter concludes by reflecting on the larger takeaway of the Irish case. 30 00 Despite being a small island nation on Europe’s western periphery, Ireland was not inoculated from the broad and deep impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic evident in other societies. In general, state-imposed restrictions in Ireland were among the strongest in Europe. This chapter considers both the legal and the sociological aspects of the pandemic’s influence on religion in Ireland, focusing mainly on Catholic religiosity. Regarding the legal aspect, I show how religious groups pushed back against restrictions by leaning into a broad range of factors, including religion’s social well-being contribution, the right to religious freedom, the legal ambivalences of government restrictions, the relative transmission risks of secular versus religious settings, and divergences from the treatment of religious groups in other European societies. On the sociological side, I show how the pandemic impacted ordinary devotees, as well as how religious groups responded to restrictions through various forms of adaptation. Additionally, I show how restrictions fostered greater interreligious exchange as well as stoking church–state tensions amid the perceived marginalisation of religious interests by state actors. The chapter concludes by reflecting on the larger takeaway of the Irish case. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Changes in the Relations between the State and Religion during the COVID-19 Pandemic in Slovakia 1 A01 21 0000000218675271 Miroslav Tížik Miroslav Tížik Institute for Sociology 40 03h7qq074 Slovak Academy of Sciences Miroslav Tížik, PhD, is a senior research fellow at the Institute for Sociology of the Slovak Academy of Sciences and Associate Professor at the Department of Social Work, Faculty of Education, Comenius University in Bratislava. He works in the field of the sociology of religion, interpretative sociology, and the sociology of art. He served as co-editor-in-chief of the journal Religion and Society in Central and Eastern Europe (RASCEE). 03 00 Slovakia is a country with a Catholic majority but with a variety of other minorities – mainly Christian churches. In Slovakia, the COVID-19 pandemic occurred from March 2020 to April 2022 in four waves. Throughout all waves of the pandemic, there was no specific legislation in force or action taken regarding religious groups, and all restrictions on religious life were part of general restrictions. The differential treatment of religious and other actors was more evident in the case of various exemptions from measures, when in the early periods state-recognised religious groups were not afforded such exemptions, or they did not receive them to the same extent as some others, whereas in the second and later waves, by contrast, registered religious groups were afforded most exemptions from generally applicable measures, or strict anti-pandemic measures were relaxed during religious holy days. Non-registered religious groups or people without religious affiliation were not taken into consideration in the adoption of anti-pandemic measures or the exemptions from them. The available data from various studies suggest that the influence of the COVID-19 pandemic on religiosity in Slovakia was a mixed one but without significant changes in religious affiliation and church attendance. 30 00 Slovakia is a country with a Catholic majority but with a variety of other minorities – mainly Christian churches. In Slovakia, the COVID-19 pandemic occurred from March 2020 to April 2022 in four waves. Throughout all waves of the pandemic, there was no specific legislation in force or action taken regarding religious groups, and all restrictions on religious life were part of general restrictions. The differential treatment of religious and other actors was more evident in the case of various exemptions from measures, when in the early periods state-recognised religious groups were not afforded such exemptions, or they did not receive them to the same extent as some others, whereas in the second and later waves, by contrast, registered religious groups were afforded most exemptions from generally applicable measures, or strict anti-pandemic measures were relaxed during religious holy days. Non-registered religious groups or people without religious affiliation were not taken into consideration in the adoption of anti-pandemic measures or the exemptions from them. The available data from various studies suggest that the influence of the COVID-19 pandemic on religiosity in Slovakia was a mixed one but without significant changes in religious affiliation and church attendance. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Italy’s Secularity and Freedom of Religion under the COVID-19 Pandemic 1 A01 21 0000000233637484 Francesco Alicino Francesco Alicino Faculty of Law LUM University, Bari Francesco Alicino is Full Professor in Law and Religion at the University of LUM (Casamassima, Bari, Italy), where he also teaches Constitutional Law, Law of the Third Sector, and Immigration Law. He is Vice Rector (Prorettore) for teachings activities and the Coordinator of the five-years Degree Course in Law (LMG /01) at the LUM University. He is a member of the International Consortium for Church&State Research. He is the Editor of the Italian first-class review Daimon-Annuario di diritto comparato delle religioni (Il Mulino). He has been a member of the Italian Council for the relationship with Muslim communities at the Italian Minister of the Interior 03 00 This chapter analyses the sociological and legal characteristics of Italy’s religious tendencies under the COVID-19 crisis, in respect of which the logic of emergency has impacted on a society that is becoming more and more secular. The COVID-19 crisis highlighted the increase in religious pluralism in Italy over the previous three decades, not only in terms of the proliferation of different denominations but also in terms of the growing presence of other sociocultural groups. For these very reasons, the COVID-19 crisis went to the heart of the historical dilemma of religious freedom and thus to the principle of equality that, as such, implies the right to be different. This also reflects the fact that, although Italy had one of the highest vaccination coverage rates in the European Union, protests against both the COVID-19 vaccine and vaccination in general were widely reported in the media and public debate. These protests were mainly seen as populist, driven by individualistic demands, in which religious institutions did not play an important role. By contrast, the main denominational authorities urged their followers to be vaccinated and to follow the advice of public health officials. 30 00 This chapter analyses the sociological and legal characteristics of Italy’s religious tendencies under the COVID-19 crisis, in respect of which the logic of emergency has impacted on a society that is becoming more and more secular. The COVID-19 crisis highlighted the increase in religious pluralism in Italy over the previous three decades, not only in terms of the proliferation of different denominations but also in terms of the growing presence of other sociocultural groups. For these very reasons, the COVID-19 crisis went to the heart of the historical dilemma of religious freedom and thus to the principle of equality that, as such, implies the right to be different. This also reflects the fact that, although Italy had one of the highest vaccination coverage rates in the European Union, protests against both the COVID-19 vaccine and vaccination in general were widely reported in the media and public debate. These protests were mainly seen as populist, driven by individualistic demands, in which religious institutions did not play an important role. By contrast, the main denominational authorities urged their followers to be vaccinated and to follow the advice of public health officials. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Religion in Lithuania 1 A01 21 0000000267843016 Rasa Pranskevičiūtė-Amoson Rasa Pranskevičiūtė-Amoson Institute of Asian and Transcultural Studies 40 03nadee84 Vilnius University Rasa Pranskevičiūtė-Amoson, PhD, is associate professor in cultural studies and anthropology of religion at the Institute of Asian and Transcultural Studies, Vilnius University, with research interests in contemporary religiosity and society, (post)Soviet cultural heritage, youth, religious and other subcultures, religion and politics, migration and integration, gender studies, and alternative social projects. She has published on the material collected during her fieldwork on (post)Soviet religiosity, alternative religious movements, and subcultures (Vissarionites and Anastasians, communities of Hare Krishna, Buddhists, contemporary Pagan groups, and others). During 2018–2022, she was the president of the Lithuanian Society for the Study of Religions. During 2014–2017, she was a book series editor in the field of New Religious Movements at De Gruyter Open, part of De Gruyter. Since 2014, she has served as editor of Open Theology, De Gruyter. 03 00 To stop the pandemic, the government of Lithuania announced two quarantines, in periods that encompassed the major holidays of the year. The country imposed highly restrictive measures by banning public religious gatherings but allowing accommodations for private prayer in public places of worship.<break/>The chapter discusses the impact of COVID-19 pandemic on religion in Lithuania, focusing on the legal and sociological aspects of the issue. It analyses such questions as the relationship of religion and state in Lithuania during the COVID-19 pandemic when the government imposed different restrictions on religious groups (religious communities complying with the public health directives from the government and/or adopting voluntary restrictions on their activities following public health recommendations), the main legal texts that have affected religious life, regulations concerning specific areas of religious life, how collective religious life was affected during the pandemic including the importance of digital use, and how the pandemic has influenced people’s religiosity, including modifications of religious practices.<break/> 30 00 To stop the pandemic, the government of Lithuania announced two quarantines, in periods that encompassed the major holidays of the year. The country imposed highly restrictive measures by banning public religious gatherings but allowing accommodations for private prayer in public places of worship.<break/>The chapter discusses the impact of COVID-19 pandemic on religion in Lithuania, focusing on the legal and sociological aspects of the issue. It analyses such questions as the relationship of religion and state in Lithuania during the COVID-19 pandemic when the government imposed different restrictions on religious groups (religious communities complying with the public health directives from the government and/or adopting voluntary restrictions on their activities following public health recommendations), the main legal texts that have affected religious life, regulations concerning specific areas of religious life, how collective religious life was affected during the pandemic including the importance of digital use, and how the pandemic has influenced people’s religiosity, including modifications of religious practices.<break/> 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Impact of COVID-19 on Religions in Spain: Sociological Reflections on Religious Freedom and Practices 1 A01 21 0000000177688374 Rosa Martinez-Cuadros Rosa Martinez-Cuadros Department of Sociology 40 052g8jq94 Autonomous University of Barcelona Rosa Martinez-Cuadros, PhD, is a postdoctoral researcher in sociology at the ISOR research group of the Autonomous University of Barcelona. Her doctoral research focused on the study of Islam, gender, and political and social participation. She has participated in several research projects on religious diversity and public expressions of religion, incorporating a gender perspective. During her PhD, she was a visiting researcher at the University of Birmingham (UK) and she also completed a postdoctoral research stay at the University of Bergamo (Italy). She currently serves as the book reviews editor for the Journal of Religion in Europe. 03 00 On 14 March 2020, the Spanish government declared a ‘state of alarm’ through Royal Decree 463/2020 to manage the health crisis derived from COVID-19. This happened only three days after the World Health Organization rated the public health situation as a pandemic. From that point on, different actions taken by the Spanish authorities directly affected religious freedom and worship activities. This chapter analyses how the legal situation impacted religious communities during the evolution of the pandemic in Spain. Moreover, it offers sociological reflections on the role of religious communities in legal and health care decisions and the specificities of religion–state relations. The absence of close communication between religious communities and the government led to paradoxical situations that impacted religious freedom. However, religious institutions had an active role in following measures and collaborated with the health authorities. This chapter also explores the impact that COVID-19 had on religious observation and the new challenges posed in ways of ‘lived religion’. Among other things, the new situation raised awareness of issues such as the use of digital platforms and the participation of young people. 30 00 On 14 March 2020, the Spanish government declared a ‘state of alarm’ through Royal Decree 463/2020 to manage the health crisis derived from COVID-19. This happened only three days after the World Health Organization rated the public health situation as a pandemic. From that point on, different actions taken by the Spanish authorities directly affected religious freedom and worship activities. This chapter analyses how the legal situation impacted religious communities during the evolution of the pandemic in Spain. Moreover, it offers sociological reflections on the role of religious communities in legal and health care decisions and the specificities of religion–state relations. The absence of close communication between religious communities and the government led to paradoxical situations that impacted religious freedom. However, religious institutions had an active role in following measures and collaborated with the health authorities. This chapter also explores the impact that COVID-19 had on religious observation and the new challenges posed in ways of ‘lived religion’. Among other things, the new situation raised awareness of issues such as the use of digital platforms and the participation of young people. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Is Our Religious Freedom in Danger? Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Religion in Estonia 1 A01 21 000900006496590X Priit Rohtmets Priit Rohtmets School of Theology and Religious Studies 40 03z77qz90 University of Tartu Priit Rohtmets is an Associate Professor at the University of Tartu and Professor of Church History at the Theological Institute of the Estonian Evangelical Lutheran Church. In his research he has focused on the religious history of the Baltic and Scandinavian region in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, state–church relations, the history of Orthodox Churches in the Baltic countries and in the Balkans, the relationship between nationalism and religion in Northern Europe, and the ecumenical movement in the Baltic States. He is an author of five monographs, with recent ones focusing on Church & State relations and history of religion in Estonia (Riik ja usulised ühendused, 2018; Eesti usuelu 100 aastat, 2019). 03 00 Estonia is a highly secularised country, where religious legislation is very liberal and the state’s interference in religious affairs has for the last 30 years been minimal. I suggest in this chapter that, although the restrictions that were imposed in Estonia during the COVID-19 pandemic cannot be considered disproportionate, and that during the first wave of coronavirus in 2020 religious organisations were in favour of the limitations, this nevertheless turned out to be a challenge for them, because for the first time in decades the state interfered in religious affairs. In addition, during the pandemic a heated and dividing value debate about the legislation on same-sex unions was going on in Estonian society. In spring and autumn 2020, during the first and second waves of the virus, the question of whether the state has the right to limit religious activity resulted in a confrontation between various factions within religious groups as well as between religious associations and the state. In connection with the restrictions implemented, the question of respecting religious freedom as well as the proportionality of the restrictions were raised in Estonian public media. In this chapter I analyse the position of the Estonian state and various religious institutions during the time of the coronavirus and the discussions held in Estonian society during different phases of the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition to that, I focus on the impact of the pandemic to people’s religiosity and the ‘digital revolution’ in the churches. 30 00 Estonia is a highly secularised country, where religious legislation is very liberal and the state’s interference in religious affairs has for the last 30 years been minimal. I suggest in this chapter that, although the restrictions that were imposed in Estonia during the COVID-19 pandemic cannot be considered disproportionate, and that during the first wave of coronavirus in 2020 religious organisations were in favour of the limitations, this nevertheless turned out to be a challenge for them, because for the first time in decades the state interfered in religious affairs. In addition, during the pandemic a heated and dividing value debate about the legislation on same-sex unions was going on in Estonian society. In spring and autumn 2020, during the first and second waves of the virus, the question of whether the state has the right to limit religious activity resulted in a confrontation between various factions within religious groups as well as between religious associations and the state. In connection with the restrictions implemented, the question of respecting religious freedom as well as the proportionality of the restrictions were raised in Estonian public media. In this chapter I analyse the position of the Estonian state and various religious institutions during the time of the coronavirus and the discussions held in Estonian society during different phases of the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition to that, I focus on the impact of the pandemic to people’s religiosity and the ‘digital revolution’ in the churches. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 COVID-19 in France: An Insight into the Recompositions of the Religious in a Secular-Majority Country 1 A01 21 0000000257088934 Anne Lancien Anne Lancien Sciences po (CERI)/EPHE (GSRL) Anne Lancien is a post-doctoral fellow, specialist in contemporary religious recompositions in France and secularization. She has just published « La Ligue de l'Enseignement et l'État français depuis 1950 : Entre influence et dissonance », in Tyssen, de Nutte & Schröeder, The non-religious people and the State, de Gruyter, 2024. 03 00 This chapter aims to show the specific features of COVID-19 management in a secular country, where there is a strict separation between the state and religions. It also shows how the relationship established by the state and the society with each of the religions present in the country affects their reaction to restrictive measures. Two tendencies sum up how COVID-19 impacted religion and its position in French society. It confirms, first, the secularisation of French society and, second, how the collective practice of faith was deemed non-essential. Theoretically, this analysis engages with two discussions. The first deals with an axis of polarisation, namely the secularisation of society, confirmed by the COVID-19 crisis. The second analyses the recomposition of the religious, which the pandemic highlights. The chapter sheds light on this changing face of religion in a secular country, from a legal and sociological perspective. 30 00 This chapter aims to show the specific features of COVID-19 management in a secular country, where there is a strict separation between the state and religions. It also shows how the relationship established by the state and the society with each of the religions present in the country affects their reaction to restrictive measures. Two tendencies sum up how COVID-19 impacted religion and its position in French society. It confirms, first, the secularisation of French society and, second, how the collective practice of faith was deemed non-essential. Theoretically, this analysis engages with two discussions. The first deals with an axis of polarisation, namely the secularisation of society, confirmed by the COVID-19 crisis. The second analyses the recomposition of the religious, which the pandemic highlights. The chapter sheds light on this changing face of religion in a secular country, from a legal and sociological perspective. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-12 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The COVID-19 Pandemic and Religion in Germany 1 A01 Sylvie Toscer-Angot Sylvie Toscer-Angot Department of German Studies, Faculty of Language, Literature and Humanities University Tours Sylvie Toscer-Angot is professor of German Studies at Tours University. Her research interests focus on the relationship between religion and politics and on the governance of religious diversity in the Federal Republic of Germany. Her research concentrates on the impact of secularisation and religious pluralisation on the relationship between state and religion, on the rise of a new public presence of Islam and on the interplay of global and local dynamics of religious change in the 20th and 21st centuries from a comparative perspective in France and in Germany. She teaches a wide variety of courses in the German studies curriculum. 03 00 Similar to the situation across Europe, the COVID-19 pandemic and subsequent government-imposed restrictions had a profound impact on both individual and collective religious practices and overall religiosity in Germany. As physical gatherings became perilous, religious institutions swiftly adapted by transitioning to digital platforms, offering online religious services, creating virtual memorial pages, and broadcasting ceremonies and funerals live. This unexpected shift forced a re-evaluation of the relationship between the state and religious communities in Germany, demonstrating that religion was not solely a personal matter but also a concern of the state.<break/>The federal structure of Germany meant that COVID-19 restrictions differed across the country, but the historically cooperative relationship between the state and religious groups facilitated compliance with COVID-19 measures. A small number of legal cases were tried in the courts, but in general the restrictions on collective religious life found broad acceptance among major religious authorities. Though protests against restrictions as well as conspiracies and vaccine hesitancy occurred, most religious authorities actively supported state regulations and also contributed to public vaccination campaigns.<break/> 30 00 Similar to the situation across Europe, the COVID-19 pandemic and subsequent government-imposed restrictions had a profound impact on both individual and collective religious practices and overall religiosity in Germany. As physical gatherings became perilous, religious institutions swiftly adapted by transitioning to digital platforms, offering online religious services, creating virtual memorial pages, and broadcasting ceremonies and funerals live. This unexpected shift forced a re-evaluation of the relationship between the state and religious communities in Germany, demonstrating that religion was not solely a personal matter but also a concern of the state.<break/>The federal structure of Germany meant that COVID-19 restrictions differed across the country, but the historically cooperative relationship between the state and religious groups facilitated compliance with COVID-19 measures. A small number of legal cases were tried in the courts, but in general the restrictions on collective religious life found broad acceptance among major religious authorities. Though protests against restrictions as well as conspiracies and vaccine hesitancy occurred, most religious authorities actively supported state regulations and also contributed to public vaccination campaigns.<break/> 20 00 Open Access 13 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-13 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Religion in Latvia 1 A01 21 0000000299716257 Anita Stasulane Anita Stasulane Institute of Humanities and Social Sciences 40 01mrkb883 Daugavpils University Anita Stasulane, PhD, is a professor of history of religions and a director of the Institute of Humanities and Social Sciences at the Daugavpils University, Latvia. She graduated University of Latvia (1985) and Pontifical Gregorian University in Rome, Italy (1998). Her work mainly focuses on the new religious movements and youth culture with research interests in religion, law and politics. She has expertise in qualitative, including ethnographic, research methods and experience of working in international collaborative projects, including seven EU Framework projects with her appointed as the Daugavpils University team lead. Since 2008 she is an editor-in-chief of Kultūras Studijas (Cultural Studies) issued by Daugavpils University. 03 00 This chapter examines the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on social and religious life in a country with a low level of religiosity. In Latvia, the pandemic caused a sharp division of society, not only into vaxxers and anti-vaxxers but also into believers and non-believers. Moreover, the COVID-19 pandemic showed clearly the rise of religious fundamentalists among Christians. The divergent positions of church leaders led to equally diverse positions of congregation members within one religious organisation. The chapter presents general restrictions and the main events related to religion during the pandemic in Latvia. It explains the public debate about the restrictions imposed on religious services. Although religious organisations encouraged their members to comply with the epidemiological security requirements introduced in the country, the restrictive rules were often violated. The media, upon receiving information from people about breaches of restrictions on the part of religious organisations, focused on these breaches, thus causing a strong resonance in the public. The chapter analyses how the COVID-19 pandemic affected life of religious people in Latvia. In conclusion, it explains the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on secularisation/desecularisation processes in Latvia. 30 00 This chapter examines the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on social and religious life in a country with a low level of religiosity. In Latvia, the pandemic caused a sharp division of society, not only into vaxxers and anti-vaxxers but also into believers and non-believers. Moreover, the COVID-19 pandemic showed clearly the rise of religious fundamentalists among Christians. The divergent positions of church leaders led to equally diverse positions of congregation members within one religious organisation. The chapter presents general restrictions and the main events related to religion during the pandemic in Latvia. It explains the public debate about the restrictions imposed on religious services. Although religious organisations encouraged their members to comply with the epidemiological security requirements introduced in the country, the restrictive rules were often violated. The media, upon receiving information from people about breaches of restrictions on the part of religious organisations, focused on these breaches, thus causing a strong resonance in the public. The chapter analyses how the COVID-19 pandemic affected life of religious people in Latvia. In conclusion, it explains the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on secularisation/desecularisation processes in Latvia. 20 00 Open Access 14 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-14 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Prioritising Community Spirit over Freedom of Religion During the Pandemic: The Case of Denmark 1 A01 21 0000000150970521 Lene Kühle Lene Kühle Department for the Study of Religion 40 01aj84f44 Aarhus University Lene Kühle, PhD, is a professor in Sociology of Religion at the Department for the Study of Religion, Aarhus University. Her research interests include religious diversity, religion and law, Muslims in Europe and theory and method in sociology of religion. She has published in journals like Sociology of religion, Journal of Contemporary Religion, Nordic Journal of Religion and Society 2 A01 21 0000000158129753 Anne Lundahl Mauritsen Anne Mauritsen Department for the Study of Religion 40 01aj84f44 Aarhus University Anne Lundahl Mauritsen, MA, PhD, is a postdoctoral researcher at the Department for the Study of Religion Aarhus University, with a special interest in the sociology of religion, the study of non-religion, and digital religion and has published in journals such as Journal of Contemporary Religion, Nordic Journal of Religion and Society and Religion,Brain and Behavior. 03 00 The handling of the COVID-19 pandemic by the Danish state and society has generally received praise. The actions taken by the Danish authorities efficiently curbed the death rates and the population generally accepted the restrictions put on public and collective aspects of their lives as they were performing what in Danish was named samfundssind</italic> (community spirit/civic consciousness). The practice of samfundssind</italic> also prevailed among religious communities, who adhered with very few complaints to the complete closing of all places of worship for the public during the first lockdown and the extremely bureaucratic rules of limitations during the later lockdowns. In this analysis of the pandemic’s impact on religious life in Denmark, we present three key findings: (a) we present how minority groups struggled with achieving a positive public perception, (b) we show that the usual privileged position of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in Denmark (ELCD) was more or less nullified by the strict restrictions of the government, and (c) we argue that ELCD was therefore subjected to the same restrictions as the minority religious groups. It was also clear that many of these restrictions were formulated on the basis of an understanding of the ELCD as the default form of religion in Denmark. 30 00 The handling of the COVID-19 pandemic by the Danish state and society has generally received praise. The actions taken by the Danish authorities efficiently curbed the death rates and the population generally accepted the restrictions put on public and collective aspects of their lives as they were performing what in Danish was named samfundssind</italic> (community spirit/civic consciousness). The practice of samfundssind</italic> also prevailed among religious communities, who adhered with very few complaints to the complete closing of all places of worship for the public during the first lockdown and the extremely bureaucratic rules of limitations during the later lockdowns. In this analysis of the pandemic’s impact on religious life in Denmark, we present three key findings: (a) we present how minority groups struggled with achieving a positive public perception, (b) we show that the usual privileged position of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in Denmark (ELCD) was more or less nullified by the strict restrictions of the government, and (c) we argue that ELCD was therefore subjected to the same restrictions as the minority religious groups. It was also clear that many of these restrictions were formulated on the basis of an understanding of the ELCD as the default form of religion in Denmark. 20 00 Open Access 15 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-15 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Religious Communities in Finland 1 A01 21 000000031831203X Kimmo Ketola Kimmo Ketola Church Institute for Research and Advanced Training 03 00 The COVID-19 pandemic reached Finland at the beginning of 2020. During the pandemic the Finnish government restricted citizens’ basic constitutional rights in a manner that was entirely exceptional for the post-war years. This chapter focuses on how the various measures to curb the pandemic affected religious communities and religious life in Finland. The Finnish situation was made more complex by the special relationship between the state and the two national churches, which operate under public law but are nevertheless administratively independent of the state. The various legal exemptions for religious life from state regulation meant government restrictions on public gatherings and businesses did not apply to worship and other religious gatherings. Nevertheless, the majority churches and other religious communities adhered closely to the state regulations on their own initiative. The lack of government restrictions therefore did not mean the pandemic had no effect on religious life. The article describes how the religious communities adjusted their activities in some rather drastic ways during the shutdown periods. 30 00 The COVID-19 pandemic reached Finland at the beginning of 2020. During the pandemic the Finnish government restricted citizens’ basic constitutional rights in a manner that was entirely exceptional for the post-war years. This chapter focuses on how the various measures to curb the pandemic affected religious communities and religious life in Finland. The Finnish situation was made more complex by the special relationship between the state and the two national churches, which operate under public law but are nevertheless administratively independent of the state. The various legal exemptions for religious life from state regulation meant government restrictions on public gatherings and businesses did not apply to worship and other religious gatherings. Nevertheless, the majority churches and other religious communities adhered closely to the state regulations on their own initiative. The lack of government restrictions therefore did not mean the pandemic had no effect on religious life. The article describes how the religious communities adjusted their activities in some rather drastic ways during the shutdown periods. 20 00 Open Access 16 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-16 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Pillars or Perils of Society? Exploring the Role of Religion in the COVID-19 Pandemic in Norway 1 A01 21 0000000164116123 Helge Årsheim Helge Årsheim Department of Education 40 02dx4dc92 Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences Helge Årsheim, MA, PhD, is professor of religious studies at Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences. His area of specialisation is the interaction between law and religion in theory, history, and social and political practices. He has previously worked at the United Nations Association of Norway, at the Norwegian Immigration Appeals Board, at the University of Oslo, and at the Scandinavian University Press. 03 00 This chapter examines the relationship between the COVID-19 pandemic and religious communities, beliefs, and behaviours in Norway. The chapter briefly introduces the role of religion in Norwegian society prior to the pandemic, before tracking and assessing the trajectory of the pandemic and the fallout of the public health emergency measures introduced to contain the spread of the virus. Identifying three distinctive phases to these measures, the chapter points to numerous instances where religious communities were directly affected and examines their aftereffects. 30 00 This chapter examines the relationship between the COVID-19 pandemic and religious communities, beliefs, and behaviours in Norway. The chapter briefly introduces the role of religion in Norwegian society prior to the pandemic, before tracking and assessing the trajectory of the pandemic and the fallout of the public health emergency measures introduced to contain the spread of the virus. Identifying three distinctive phases to these measures, the chapter points to numerous instances where religious communities were directly affected and examines their aftereffects. 20 00 Open Access 17 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-17 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Religion: The Case of Sweden 1 A01 21 0000000251843767 Linnea Lundgren Linnea Lundgren a) Marie Cederschiöld University, Sweden, The Department of Civil Society and Religion b) Lund University, Sweden, Centre for Theology and Religious Studies MA, PhD, currently works as a senior lecturer in sociology of religion at the Department of Civil Society and Religion at Marie Cederschiöld University in Stockholm and as a researcher at the Centre for Theology and Religious Studies, Lund University. Her research primarily focuses on issues concerning religion and civil society, governance of religious diversity and the role of faith actors in crisis and disaster management. She has published in journals such as Nordic Journal of Religion and Society, Journal of Contingencies and Crisis Management, Journal of Church and State and is the author of the book, The State and Religious Minorities in Sweden 2 A01 21 0000000240674603 Per Pettersson Per Pettersson Karlstad University, Sweden Per Pettersson is senior professor of the sociology of religion, Karlstad University, and associate researcher at the Centre for Multidisciplinary Research on Religion and Society (CRS) at Uppsala University, Sweden. His research interests cover a broad range of issues on religion in current European society e.g. state–religion relationships, law and religion, religious institutions as welfare service providers, the role of religion in crisis and disaster, and theoretical issues on the place of religion in modern society including the problem of defining the concept of religion. Recent publications include: Do We Really Need Special Regulation of Religion? (University of Porto Press, 2023), A Common Spatial Scene? Young People and Faith-Based Organisations at the Margins (Brill, 2021), Sweden: Silent Religious Retreat as Rehabilitation Treatment in Prison (Springer, 2020), The Problem of Defining Religion in an Increasingly Individualised and Functionally Differentiated Society (Waxmann, 2019), and Religion and State: Complexity in Change (Palgrave Macmillan, 2018). 03 00 Sweden did not follow the same route that most other European countries embarked on in the handling of the COVID-19 pandemic. When other countries closed as a response to the spread of the virus, Sweden decided not to impose a full lockdown. Rather, Sweden kept a large part of society open, such as keeping schools for children and bars and restaurants open, albeit with some restrictions. The focus was on information, relying on each individual to reduce the spread of the infection by following two clear recommendations: maintaining individual hand hygiene and physical distance between people. Public gatherings were regulated in terms of the number of participants, but never banned. Although the Swedish government followed a more liberal route in the handling of the pandemic, the recommended restrictions had a considerable effect on religious life. The aim of this chapter is to understand the background of Sweden’s different way of handling the COVID-19 pandemic and what impact it had on faith communities in Sweden, from both legal and sociological perspectives. 30 00 Sweden did not follow the same route that most other European countries embarked on in the handling of the COVID-19 pandemic. When other countries closed as a response to the spread of the virus, Sweden decided not to impose a full lockdown. Rather, Sweden kept a large part of society open, such as keeping schools for children and bars and restaurants open, albeit with some restrictions. The focus was on information, relying on each individual to reduce the spread of the infection by following two clear recommendations: maintaining individual hand hygiene and physical distance between people. Public gatherings were regulated in terms of the number of participants, but never banned. Although the Swedish government followed a more liberal route in the handling of the pandemic, the recommended restrictions had a considerable effect on religious life. The aim of this chapter is to understand the background of Sweden’s different way of handling the COVID-19 pandemic and what impact it had on faith communities in Sweden, from both legal and sociological perspectives. 20 00 Open Access 18 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-18 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Religion and COVID-19 in Bulgaria 1 A01 21 0000000152697434 Daniela Kalkandjieva Daniela Kalkandjieva Scientific Research Department Sofia University St Kliment Ohridski Daniela Kalkandjieva (Ph.D., Central European University, 2004) is a senior researcher at Sofia University St Kliment Ohridski. Her research is focused on church-state relations in Eastern Orthodoxy and the role of the Orthodox churches in contemporary international affairs. She is the author of two principal monographs: The Bulgarian Orthodox Church and the State, 1944-1953 (Sofia: Albatros, 1997) and The Russian Orthodox Church, 1917-1948: From Decline to Resurrection (Routledge, 2015). She also contributed to multiple volumes of studies and scientific journals (See: ORDID ID 0000-0001-5269-7434). Since 2022 she has been teaching courses on the modern history of the Russian and Balkan Orthodox churches as an invited professor at the Pontifical Oriental Institute. 03 00 Bulgaria was among the few countries in the world where the state authorities did not require the closure of religious sites during the pandemic. This peculiarity led to some deviations in the implementation of anti-epidemic measures in the religious sphere. This analysis pays special attention to the impact of the country’s religious demography and the teachings of different faith communities on their response to the anti-epidemic policy of the Bulgarian state. It also discusses the diverse approaches of the local religious majority and faith minorities. Finally, it comments on the state’s communication with religious communities during the pandemic. 30 00 Bulgaria was among the few countries in the world where the state authorities did not require the closure of religious sites during the pandemic. This peculiarity led to some deviations in the implementation of anti-epidemic measures in the religious sphere. This analysis pays special attention to the impact of the country’s religious demography and the teachings of different faith communities on their response to the anti-epidemic policy of the Bulgarian state. It also discusses the diverse approaches of the local religious majority and faith minorities. Finally, it comments on the state’s communication with religious communities during the pandemic. 20 00 Open Access 19 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-19 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Religion, Politics, and the COVID-19 Pandemic in Greek Society: Legal Confrontations and Social Implications 1 A01 21 000000025427933X Alexandros Sakellariou Alexandros Sakellariou Sociology 40 04gnjpq42 National and Kapodistrian University of Athens Alexandros Sakellariou, PhD (2008), is a senior researcher at the Department of Sociology of the National and Kapodistrian University of Athens. His main research interests include sociology of religion and non-religion (religious communities, religious identities), sociology of youth, radicalisation, and qualitative research methods. He has published two books and one edited volume in Greek. He has over 70 publications in national and international journals, edited volumes and conference proceedings, more than 90 lectures in conferences in Greece and abroad, and over 40 book reviews, and his interviews and opinion pieces have been published in Greek and international media. He is a substitute member of the Research Ethics Committee of the National Centre for Social Research and a member of the EUREL (Sociological and legal data on religions in Europe and beyond) Network. 03 00 The COVID-19 pandemic affected many aspects of people’s professional, family, and social lives including religious and spiritual practices. In Greece, although the government took strict measures to protect the population from infection, it hesitated to impose similar immediate restrictions on the Orthodox Church of Greece. The church was reluctant to close all the temples and persisted in practising the Sunday Mass and major religious holidays, albeit with a limited number of participants. Owing to this lack of unconditional compliance with the governmental restrictions, the church was perceived as being against the state and medical regulations. The main questions that this chapter will try to answer are the following: what kinds of measure were taken by the government in relation to religious places and practices during the pandemic? How did religious groups and institutions, mostly the Orthodox Church, respond to them? Did society accept these measures? Which was the pandemic’s impact on people’s religious beliefs, practices, and trust towards the Orthodox Church? The purpose of this chapter is twofold: on the one hand, to examine the implications on the societal level in the light of the Orthodox Church’s social and political dominance under the prism of secularisation and, on the other hand, to systematically describe the political and legal developments during the pandemic pertaining to the ‘politics–science–religion’ triangle in order to showcase the pandemic’s impact on religious practices. 30 00 The COVID-19 pandemic affected many aspects of people’s professional, family, and social lives including religious and spiritual practices. In Greece, although the government took strict measures to protect the population from infection, it hesitated to impose similar immediate restrictions on the Orthodox Church of Greece. The church was reluctant to close all the temples and persisted in practising the Sunday Mass and major religious holidays, albeit with a limited number of participants. Owing to this lack of unconditional compliance with the governmental restrictions, the church was perceived as being against the state and medical regulations. The main questions that this chapter will try to answer are the following: what kinds of measure were taken by the government in relation to religious places and practices during the pandemic? How did religious groups and institutions, mostly the Orthodox Church, respond to them? Did society accept these measures? Which was the pandemic’s impact on people’s religious beliefs, practices, and trust towards the Orthodox Church? The purpose of this chapter is twofold: on the one hand, to examine the implications on the societal level in the light of the Orthodox Church’s social and political dominance under the prism of secularisation and, on the other hand, to systematically describe the political and legal developments during the pandemic pertaining to the ‘politics–science–religion’ triangle in order to showcase the pandemic’s impact on religious practices. 20 00 Open Access 20 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-20 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Religion–COVID-19 Interplay in Romania 1 A01 Gabriel Bîrsan Gabriel Bîrsan Independent scholar 03 00 The COVID-19 pandemic dramatically influenced the whole of human society, from the least significant of its components to fundamental ones, such as religion. The present chapter aims to explore how this global event altered the religious landscape in Romania. The main goal is to investigate how religious institutions and individuals affected and were affected by the legal and social changes provoked by the pandemic. Considering the local historical, political, and cultural particularities, it observes how religious behaviour changed, at the group level as well as individually, following the imposition of pandemic restrictions; how public authorities succeeded (or not) in ensuring an acceptable level of (collective) religious freedom; how religious institutions succeeded (or not) in continuing to structure social life, from the personal context to the public or legal one; and how religious groups facilitated or hindered the adherence to public health measures and what public opinion was to their public actions. The Romanian case shows how important it is to have clear legislation as well as a structured dialogue among the main social actors in order to ensure that all rights and freedoms are exercised in a fair manner in a moment of maximum stress caused by a global medical issue. 30 00 The COVID-19 pandemic dramatically influenced the whole of human society, from the least significant of its components to fundamental ones, such as religion. The present chapter aims to explore how this global event altered the religious landscape in Romania. The main goal is to investigate how religious institutions and individuals affected and were affected by the legal and social changes provoked by the pandemic. Considering the local historical, political, and cultural particularities, it observes how religious behaviour changed, at the group level as well as individually, following the imposition of pandemic restrictions; how public authorities succeeded (or not) in ensuring an acceptable level of (collective) religious freedom; how religious institutions succeeded (or not) in continuing to structure social life, from the personal context to the public or legal one; and how religious groups facilitated or hindered the adherence to public health measures and what public opinion was to their public actions. The Romanian case shows how important it is to have clear legislation as well as a structured dialogue among the main social actors in order to ensure that all rights and freedoms are exercised in a fair manner in a moment of maximum stress caused by a global medical issue. 20 00 Open Access 21 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-21 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Comparative Analysis 1 A01 21 0000000168217829 Brian Conway Brian Conway Sociology 40 048nfjm95 Maynooth University Assistant professor of sociology at Maynooth University / former editor of the Irish Journal of Sociology (2014-17) / author of Commemoration and Bloody Sunday: Pathways of Memory (Palgrave 2010) and co-author of Sociology of Ireland (Gill & Macmillan 2012) 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20241219 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523691186 03 9789523691186 06 15 9789523691209 03 9789523691209 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20241219 01 urn:uuid:f7ef5c4d-379d-43a2-a448-f4dcf4403e95 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:f08642f0-e115-4d1b-a9bd-ad56155cf52b 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f7ef5c4d-379d-43a2-a448-f4dcf4403e95 15 9789523691209 03 9789523691209 06 10.33134/HUP-28 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Religion, Law, and COVID-19 in Europe A Comparative Analysis 1 B01 21 0000000168217829 Brian Conway Brian Conway Sociology 40 048nfjm95 Maynooth University Assistant professor of sociology at Maynooth University / former editor of the Irish Journal of Sociology (2014-17) / author of Commemoration and Bloody Sunday: Pathways of Memory (Palgrave 2010) and co-author of Sociology of Ireland (Gill & Macmillan 2012) 2 B01 21 0000000150970521 Lene Kühle Lene Kühle Department for the Study of Religion 40 01aj84f44 Aarhus University Lene Kühle, PhD, is a professor in Sociology of Religion at the Department for the Study of Religion, Aarhus University. Her research interests include religious diversity, religion and law, Muslims in Europe and theory and method in sociology of religion. She has published in journals like Sociology of religion, Journal of Contemporary Religion, Nordic Journal of Religion and Society 3 B01 21 0000000233637484 Francesco Alicino Francesco Alicino Faculty of Law LUM University, Bari Francesco Alicino is Full Professor in Law and Religion at the University of LUM (Casamassima, Bari, Italy), where he also teaches Constitutional Law, Law of the Third Sector, and Immigration Law. He is Vice Rector (Prorettore) for teachings activities and the Coordinator of the five-years Degree Course in Law (LMG /01) at the LUM University. He is a member of the International Consortium for Church&State Research. He is the Editor of the Italian first-class review Daimon-Annuario di diritto comparato delle religioni (Il Mulino). He has been a member of the Italian Council for the relationship with Muslim communities at the Italian Minister of the Interior 4 B01 Gabriel Bîrsan Gabriel Bîrsan Independent scholar 01 eng 00 494 03 B2 Sociology B2 Anthropology B2 Law B2 Political Science B2 Religious Studies B2 European Studies 20 COVID-19 pandemic; Religion; Europe; Comparative; Religious freedom; Law 01 06 02 00 Religion, Law, and COVID-19 in Europe </italic>investigates how the pandemic and the subsequent legal restrictions influenced religious life in the region. The volume is based on 19 in-depth country case studies that combine legal and sociological analyses. By reflecting the plurality of religious and secular contexts, the volume details h 03 00 Religion, Law, and COVID-19 in Europe</italic> investigates how the pandemic and the subsequent legal restrictions on collective activities influenced religious life in the region. The 19 in-depth country case studies combine legal and sociological analyses and reflect the plurality of religious and secular contexts. They detail how the pandemic curbed the collective aspects of religion and how the religious communities adapted, especially via innovations in online religion and new forms of religious leadership.<break/>The volume looks at how ordinary devotees’ religious behaviours changed during the pandemic and reveals shifts in religion–state interactions. In so doing, it shows how the pandemic challenged both religions and societies and how this was influenced by varying religious landscapes, political histories and legal cultures.<break/>More broadly, this volume makes three important contributions to the extant literature. First, it presents a novel analytical framing for making sense of how the COVID-19 pandemic affected religion. Second, it provides an empirical account of how the COVID-19 pandemic impacted religious groups across Europe. Third, it reveals the importance of sudden, large-scale events in understanding religious change in the modern world.<break/>Brian Conway</bold> is assistant professor of sociology at Maynooth University, Ireland.<break/><break/>Lene Kühle</bold> is professor in sociology of religion at Aarhus University, Denmark.<break/><break/>Francesco Alicino</bold> is professor in law and religion at LUM University, Bari, Italy.<break/><break/>Gabriel Bîrsan</bold> is an independent scholar of the sociology of religion, canon law and church-state relations. 30 00 Religion, Law, and COVID-19 in Europe</italic> investigates how the pandemic and the subsequent legal restrictions on collective activities influenced religious life in the region. The 19 in-depth country case studies combine legal and sociological analyses and reflect the plurality of religious and secular contexts. They detail how the pandemic curbed the collective aspects of religion and how the religious communities adapted, especially via innovations in online religion and new forms of religious leadership.<break/>The volume looks at how ordinary devotees’ religious behaviours changed during the pandemic and reveals shifts in religion–state interactions. In so doing, it shows how the pandemic challenged both religions and societies and how this was influenced by varying religious landscapes, political histories and legal cultures.<break/>More broadly, this volume makes three important contributions to the extant literature. First, it presents a novel analytical framing for making sense of how the COVID-19 pandemic affected religion. Second, it provides an empirical account of how the COVID-19 pandemic impacted religious groups across Europe. Third, it reveals the importance of sudden, large-scale events in understanding religious change in the modern world.<break/>Brian Conway</bold> is assistant professor of sociology at Maynooth University, Ireland.<break/><break/>Lene Kühle</bold> is professor in sociology of religion at Aarhus University, Denmark.<break/><break/>Francesco Alicino</bold> is professor in law and religion at LUM University, Bari, Italy.<break/><break/>Gabriel Bîrsan</bold> is an independent scholar of the sociology of religion, canon law and church-state relations. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/244e5520-6355-4a46-884d-08ab4ec4a2bd.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction 1 A01 21 0000000168217829 Brian Conway Brian Conway Sociology 40 048nfjm95 Maynooth University Assistant professor of sociology at Maynooth University / former editor of the Irish Journal of Sociology (2014-17) / author of Commemoration and Bloody Sunday: Pathways of Memory (Palgrave 2010) and co-author of Sociology of Ireland (Gill & Macmillan 2012) 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Consensus and Conflict in Times of Crisis: Religion in Austria during the COVID-19 Pandemic 1 A01 21 0000000163325820 Andreas Kowatsh Andreas Kowatsh Institute for Canon Law and Law on Religion 40 03prydq77 University of Vienna Andreas Kowatsch, Lic. iur. can., Dr. iur., Dr. theol., LLM, is full professor of canon law and religious law and member of the ‘Religion and Transformation in Contemporary Society’ research centre at the University of Vienna, with research interests in fundamental rights, European religious law, and canon law. 2 A01 21 0000000269127187 Astrid Mattes Astrid Mattes Research Centre Religion and Transformation in Contemporary Society 40 03prydq77 University of Vienna Astrid Mattes, MMag. phil. Dr. phil., is assistant professor for social scientific research on religion at the ‘Religion and Transformation in Contemporary Society’ research centre at the University of Vienna. Her research interests lie at the intersection of religion and politics and in the changing religious landscapes across Europe. 03 00 Overall, religion was not an intensively discussed topic in Austria in relation to coronavirus. Governmental and religious actors collaborated throughout the COVID-19 pandemic, and Austria’s legally recognised religious communities supported governmental measures, such as lockdowns, social distancing, and the obligation to wear masks. This consensus was communicated in press conferences and regular meetings between the ministry in charge and religious representatives. Religious communities refrained from or restricted celebrating on site during lockdowns and introduced hygiene measures (e.g. disinfection of hands and artefacts, wearing masks, limiting singing, restricting numbers of participants during celebrations) for religious gatherings throughout the pandemic. Official representatives of the legally recognised religious communities also supported vaccination campaigns and several religious sites functioned as temporary vaccination stations. However, religious actors and elements were also present among anti-vaccination activists and protesters against COVID-19 measures, and they joined in with the propagation of conspiracy theories. In these protests, ultra-conservative Catholics, Evangelicals, and esotericists marched alongside followers of the radical right Identitarian movement and other extremists. Multiple instances of anti-Semitic expression were documented throughout the protests. Still, religion was not a particularly contentious issue during the pandemic. This is, as we argue, largely the result of the commitment of religious communities to self-restriction and their cooperation with state authorities, as the legal framework restricted religion much less than other spheres. 30 00 Overall, religion was not an intensively discussed topic in Austria in relation to coronavirus. Governmental and religious actors collaborated throughout the COVID-19 pandemic, and Austria’s legally recognised religious communities supported governmental measures, such as lockdowns, social distancing, and the obligation to wear masks. This consensus was communicated in press conferences and regular meetings between the ministry in charge and religious representatives. Religious communities refrained from or restricted celebrating on site during lockdowns and introduced hygiene measures (e.g. disinfection of hands and artefacts, wearing masks, limiting singing, restricting numbers of participants during celebrations) for religious gatherings throughout the pandemic. Official representatives of the legally recognised religious communities also supported vaccination campaigns and several religious sites functioned as temporary vaccination stations. However, religious actors and elements were also present among anti-vaccination activists and protesters against COVID-19 measures, and they joined in with the propagation of conspiracy theories. In these protests, ultra-conservative Catholics, Evangelicals, and esotericists marched alongside followers of the radical right Identitarian movement and other extremists. Multiple instances of anti-Semitic expression were documented throughout the protests. Still, religion was not a particularly contentious issue during the pandemic. This is, as we argue, largely the result of the commitment of religious communities to self-restriction and their cooperation with state authorities, as the legal framework restricted religion much less than other spheres. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 COVID-19, Law, and Religion in Belgium: When Emergency Weakens Legal and Religious Categories 1 A01 21 0000000194762361 Louis-Léon Christians Louis-Léon Christians Université catholique de Louvain Full professor at the University of Louvain / head of the Chair for Law and Religions / expert in religious affairs for the Council of Europe, United Nations UNHCHR and the European Union. 2 A01 21 0000000313837144 Romain Mertens Romain Mertens Université de Namur Romain Mertens is teaching assistant and researcher at the University of Namur (Belgium). His research focuses mainly on religion and anti-discrimination law, as well as constitutional law. He is a member of the EUREL network. 03 00 What was the impact of COVID-19 on religion in Belgium? After a brief description of the Belgian context, the chapter examines the role of religious authorities in supporting state action to curb the spread of the virus. Then, the analysis highlights how public authorities initially neglected religious considerations but later shifted towards greater consideration of religious issues, in part due to case law. Several observations are drawn, including the need for a collaborative approach between religious and public authorities in such circumstances, the difficulty of creating measures that reflect the diversity of religious practices, and the importance of judicial review in defining the acceptable limits to freedom of religion. Finally, while the context of emergency induced by the COVID-19 pandemic has weakened legal and religious categories, it has also provided an opportunity to rethink the mechanisms of dialogue and cooperation between religious groups and the state to promote effective and inclusive policies. 30 00 What was the impact of COVID-19 on religion in Belgium? After a brief description of the Belgian context, the chapter examines the role of religious authorities in supporting state action to curb the spread of the virus. Then, the analysis highlights how public authorities initially neglected religious considerations but later shifted towards greater consideration of religious issues, in part due to case law. Several observations are drawn, including the need for a collaborative approach between religious and public authorities in such circumstances, the difficulty of creating measures that reflect the diversity of religious practices, and the importance of judicial review in defining the acceptable limits to freedom of religion. Finally, while the context of emergency induced by the COVID-19 pandemic has weakened legal and religious categories, it has also provided an opportunity to rethink the mechanisms of dialogue and cooperation between religious groups and the state to promote effective and inclusive policies. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Religion and COVID-19 in Croatia: Preference for Religion and Varieties of (Non)compliance 1 A01 21 0000000164698290 Nikolina Hazdovac Bajić Nikolina Hazdovac Bajić Faculty of Economics and Business 40 05yptqp13 University of Dubrovnik Nikolina Hazdovac Bajić, PhD, is an assistant professor of sociology at the University of Dubrovnik, Faculty of Economics and Business. Her scientific interests in the sociology of religion include religion in the post-socialist society, religion and state relations, non-religiosity and atheism, (non)religious identities, and marginalised people and communities. She serves as the co-editor-in-chief of Religion and Society in Central and Eastern Europe Journal. 2 A01 21 0000000335420585 Siniša Zrinščak Siniša Zrinščak Faculty of Law 40 00mv6sv71 University of Zagreb Siniša Zrinščak, PhD, is a full professor and head of the Sociology chair at the Faculty of Law, University of Zagreb. His main scientific interests include religious and social policy changes in post-communism, church–state relations, religion and human rights, and European and comparative social policy. He served as president (2006–2014) of the ISORECEA (International Study of Religion in Central and Eastern Europe Association); vice-president (2006–2014) of the International Sociological Association Research Committee 22 – Sociology of Religion; president (2005–2007) of the Croatian Sociological Association; general secretary of the International Society for the Sociology of Religion (2013–2017); and vice-coordinator (2017–2019) and coordinator (2019-2021) of the European Sociological Association Research Network 34 – Sociology of Religion. 03 00 In this chapter, we provide an overview of the legal and sociological aspects of the pandemic that pertain to religion. The legal measures undertaken by the Croatian government have not been challenged via the judicial system; the use of the courts for this purpose was almost non-existent. Concerning the sociological aspects, we focus on varieties of (non)compliance with government-prescribed measures at various levels of the Catholic community (religious leadership, clergy, and believers), as well as on how this (non)compliance changed over time. We also describe anti-mask attitudes and conspiracy theories in the belief that these phenomena, though not directly relatable to religion, reveal the overall social climate as a framework in which the social role of religion during the pandemic can be traced. Our analysis shows that the close relationship between the state and the Catholic Church was also evident during the pandemic. Furthermore, public debates about public health measures related to COVID-19 (e.g. vaccines and COVID-19 passes) contributed to the politicisation of the disease, and religion played an important role in this process. Although there is an evident lack of data on religious phenomena during the pandemic in Croatia, this chapter uses a variety of sources, including legal texts, the documents of public officials and institutions, media reports, and existing scholarly studies. 30 00 In this chapter, we provide an overview of the legal and sociological aspects of the pandemic that pertain to religion. The legal measures undertaken by the Croatian government have not been challenged via the judicial system; the use of the courts for this purpose was almost non-existent. Concerning the sociological aspects, we focus on varieties of (non)compliance with government-prescribed measures at various levels of the Catholic community (religious leadership, clergy, and believers), as well as on how this (non)compliance changed over time. We also describe anti-mask attitudes and conspiracy theories in the belief that these phenomena, though not directly relatable to religion, reveal the overall social climate as a framework in which the social role of religion during the pandemic can be traced. Our analysis shows that the close relationship between the state and the Catholic Church was also evident during the pandemic. Furthermore, public debates about public health measures related to COVID-19 (e.g. vaccines and COVID-19 passes) contributed to the politicisation of the disease, and religion played an important role in this process. Although there is an evident lack of data on religious phenomena during the pandemic in Croatia, this chapter uses a variety of sources, including legal texts, the documents of public officials and institutions, media reports, and existing scholarly studies. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Influence of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Religion: The Case of Ireland 1 A01 21 0000000168217829 Brian Conway Brian Conway Sociology 40 048nfjm95 Maynooth University Assistant professor of sociology at Maynooth University / former editor of the Irish Journal of Sociology (2014-17) / author of Commemoration and Bloody Sunday: Pathways of Memory (Palgrave 2010) and co-author of Sociology of Ireland (Gill & Macmillan 2012) 03 00 Despite being a small island nation on Europe’s western periphery, Ireland was not inoculated from the broad and deep impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic evident in other societies. In general, state-imposed restrictions in Ireland were among the strongest in Europe. This chapter considers both the legal and the sociological aspects of the pandemic’s influence on religion in Ireland, focusing mainly on Catholic religiosity. Regarding the legal aspect, I show how religious groups pushed back against restrictions by leaning into a broad range of factors, including religion’s social well-being contribution, the right to religious freedom, the legal ambivalences of government restrictions, the relative transmission risks of secular versus religious settings, and divergences from the treatment of religious groups in other European societies. On the sociological side, I show how the pandemic impacted ordinary devotees, as well as how religious groups responded to restrictions through various forms of adaptation. Additionally, I show how restrictions fostered greater interreligious exchange as well as stoking church–state tensions amid the perceived marginalisation of religious interests by state actors. The chapter concludes by reflecting on the larger takeaway of the Irish case. 30 00 Despite being a small island nation on Europe’s western periphery, Ireland was not inoculated from the broad and deep impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic evident in other societies. In general, state-imposed restrictions in Ireland were among the strongest in Europe. This chapter considers both the legal and the sociological aspects of the pandemic’s influence on religion in Ireland, focusing mainly on Catholic religiosity. Regarding the legal aspect, I show how religious groups pushed back against restrictions by leaning into a broad range of factors, including religion’s social well-being contribution, the right to religious freedom, the legal ambivalences of government restrictions, the relative transmission risks of secular versus religious settings, and divergences from the treatment of religious groups in other European societies. On the sociological side, I show how the pandemic impacted ordinary devotees, as well as how religious groups responded to restrictions through various forms of adaptation. Additionally, I show how restrictions fostered greater interreligious exchange as well as stoking church–state tensions amid the perceived marginalisation of religious interests by state actors. The chapter concludes by reflecting on the larger takeaway of the Irish case. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Changes in the Relations between the State and Religion during the COVID-19 Pandemic in Slovakia 1 A01 21 0000000218675271 Miroslav Tížik Miroslav Tížik Institute for Sociology 40 03h7qq074 Slovak Academy of Sciences Miroslav Tížik, PhD, is a senior research fellow at the Institute for Sociology of the Slovak Academy of Sciences and Associate Professor at the Department of Social Work, Faculty of Education, Comenius University in Bratislava. He works in the field of the sociology of religion, interpretative sociology, and the sociology of art. He served as co-editor-in-chief of the journal Religion and Society in Central and Eastern Europe (RASCEE). 03 00 Slovakia is a country with a Catholic majority but with a variety of other minorities – mainly Christian churches. In Slovakia, the COVID-19 pandemic occurred from March 2020 to April 2022 in four waves. Throughout all waves of the pandemic, there was no specific legislation in force or action taken regarding religious groups, and all restrictions on religious life were part of general restrictions. The differential treatment of religious and other actors was more evident in the case of various exemptions from measures, when in the early periods state-recognised religious groups were not afforded such exemptions, or they did not receive them to the same extent as some others, whereas in the second and later waves, by contrast, registered religious groups were afforded most exemptions from generally applicable measures, or strict anti-pandemic measures were relaxed during religious holy days. Non-registered religious groups or people without religious affiliation were not taken into consideration in the adoption of anti-pandemic measures or the exemptions from them. The available data from various studies suggest that the influence of the COVID-19 pandemic on religiosity in Slovakia was a mixed one but without significant changes in religious affiliation and church attendance. 30 00 Slovakia is a country with a Catholic majority but with a variety of other minorities – mainly Christian churches. In Slovakia, the COVID-19 pandemic occurred from March 2020 to April 2022 in four waves. Throughout all waves of the pandemic, there was no specific legislation in force or action taken regarding religious groups, and all restrictions on religious life were part of general restrictions. The differential treatment of religious and other actors was more evident in the case of various exemptions from measures, when in the early periods state-recognised religious groups were not afforded such exemptions, or they did not receive them to the same extent as some others, whereas in the second and later waves, by contrast, registered religious groups were afforded most exemptions from generally applicable measures, or strict anti-pandemic measures were relaxed during religious holy days. Non-registered religious groups or people without religious affiliation were not taken into consideration in the adoption of anti-pandemic measures or the exemptions from them. The available data from various studies suggest that the influence of the COVID-19 pandemic on religiosity in Slovakia was a mixed one but without significant changes in religious affiliation and church attendance. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Italy’s Secularity and Freedom of Religion under the COVID-19 Pandemic 1 A01 21 0000000233637484 Francesco Alicino Francesco Alicino Faculty of Law LUM University, Bari Francesco Alicino is Full Professor in Law and Religion at the University of LUM (Casamassima, Bari, Italy), where he also teaches Constitutional Law, Law of the Third Sector, and Immigration Law. He is Vice Rector (Prorettore) for teachings activities and the Coordinator of the five-years Degree Course in Law (LMG /01) at the LUM University. He is a member of the International Consortium for Church&State Research. He is the Editor of the Italian first-class review Daimon-Annuario di diritto comparato delle religioni (Il Mulino). He has been a member of the Italian Council for the relationship with Muslim communities at the Italian Minister of the Interior 03 00 This chapter analyses the sociological and legal characteristics of Italy’s religious tendencies under the COVID-19 crisis, in respect of which the logic of emergency has impacted on a society that is becoming more and more secular. The COVID-19 crisis highlighted the increase in religious pluralism in Italy over the previous three decades, not only in terms of the proliferation of different denominations but also in terms of the growing presence of other sociocultural groups. For these very reasons, the COVID-19 crisis went to the heart of the historical dilemma of religious freedom and thus to the principle of equality that, as such, implies the right to be different. This also reflects the fact that, although Italy had one of the highest vaccination coverage rates in the European Union, protests against both the COVID-19 vaccine and vaccination in general were widely reported in the media and public debate. These protests were mainly seen as populist, driven by individualistic demands, in which religious institutions did not play an important role. By contrast, the main denominational authorities urged their followers to be vaccinated and to follow the advice of public health officials. 30 00 This chapter analyses the sociological and legal characteristics of Italy’s religious tendencies under the COVID-19 crisis, in respect of which the logic of emergency has impacted on a society that is becoming more and more secular. The COVID-19 crisis highlighted the increase in religious pluralism in Italy over the previous three decades, not only in terms of the proliferation of different denominations but also in terms of the growing presence of other sociocultural groups. For these very reasons, the COVID-19 crisis went to the heart of the historical dilemma of religious freedom and thus to the principle of equality that, as such, implies the right to be different. This also reflects the fact that, although Italy had one of the highest vaccination coverage rates in the European Union, protests against both the COVID-19 vaccine and vaccination in general were widely reported in the media and public debate. These protests were mainly seen as populist, driven by individualistic demands, in which religious institutions did not play an important role. By contrast, the main denominational authorities urged their followers to be vaccinated and to follow the advice of public health officials. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Religion in Lithuania 1 A01 21 0000000267843016 Rasa Pranskevičiūtė-Amoson Rasa Pranskevičiūtė-Amoson Institute of Asian and Transcultural Studies 40 03nadee84 Vilnius University Rasa Pranskevičiūtė-Amoson, PhD, is associate professor in cultural studies and anthropology of religion at the Institute of Asian and Transcultural Studies, Vilnius University, with research interests in contemporary religiosity and society, (post)Soviet cultural heritage, youth, religious and other subcultures, religion and politics, migration and integration, gender studies, and alternative social projects. She has published on the material collected during her fieldwork on (post)Soviet religiosity, alternative religious movements, and subcultures (Vissarionites and Anastasians, communities of Hare Krishna, Buddhists, contemporary Pagan groups, and others). During 2018–2022, she was the president of the Lithuanian Society for the Study of Religions. During 2014–2017, she was a book series editor in the field of New Religious Movements at De Gruyter Open, part of De Gruyter. Since 2014, she has served as editor of Open Theology, De Gruyter. 03 00 To stop the pandemic, the government of Lithuania announced two quarantines, in periods that encompassed the major holidays of the year. The country imposed highly restrictive measures by banning public religious gatherings but allowing accommodations for private prayer in public places of worship.<break/>The chapter discusses the impact of COVID-19 pandemic on religion in Lithuania, focusing on the legal and sociological aspects of the issue. It analyses such questions as the relationship of religion and state in Lithuania during the COVID-19 pandemic when the government imposed different restrictions on religious groups (religious communities complying with the public health directives from the government and/or adopting voluntary restrictions on their activities following public health recommendations), the main legal texts that have affected religious life, regulations concerning specific areas of religious life, how collective religious life was affected during the pandemic including the importance of digital use, and how the pandemic has influenced people’s religiosity, including modifications of religious practices.<break/> 30 00 To stop the pandemic, the government of Lithuania announced two quarantines, in periods that encompassed the major holidays of the year. The country imposed highly restrictive measures by banning public religious gatherings but allowing accommodations for private prayer in public places of worship.<break/>The chapter discusses the impact of COVID-19 pandemic on religion in Lithuania, focusing on the legal and sociological aspects of the issue. It analyses such questions as the relationship of religion and state in Lithuania during the COVID-19 pandemic when the government imposed different restrictions on religious groups (religious communities complying with the public health directives from the government and/or adopting voluntary restrictions on their activities following public health recommendations), the main legal texts that have affected religious life, regulations concerning specific areas of religious life, how collective religious life was affected during the pandemic including the importance of digital use, and how the pandemic has influenced people’s religiosity, including modifications of religious practices.<break/> 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Impact of COVID-19 on Religions in Spain: Sociological Reflections on Religious Freedom and Practices 1 A01 21 0000000177688374 Rosa Martinez-Cuadros Rosa Martinez-Cuadros Department of Sociology 40 052g8jq94 Autonomous University of Barcelona Rosa Martinez-Cuadros, PhD, is a postdoctoral researcher in sociology at the ISOR research group of the Autonomous University of Barcelona. Her doctoral research focused on the study of Islam, gender, and political and social participation. She has participated in several research projects on religious diversity and public expressions of religion, incorporating a gender perspective. During her PhD, she was a visiting researcher at the University of Birmingham (UK) and she also completed a postdoctoral research stay at the University of Bergamo (Italy). She currently serves as the book reviews editor for the Journal of Religion in Europe. 03 00 On 14 March 2020, the Spanish government declared a ‘state of alarm’ through Royal Decree 463/2020 to manage the health crisis derived from COVID-19. This happened only three days after the World Health Organization rated the public health situation as a pandemic. From that point on, different actions taken by the Spanish authorities directly affected religious freedom and worship activities. This chapter analyses how the legal situation impacted religious communities during the evolution of the pandemic in Spain. Moreover, it offers sociological reflections on the role of religious communities in legal and health care decisions and the specificities of religion–state relations. The absence of close communication between religious communities and the government led to paradoxical situations that impacted religious freedom. However, religious institutions had an active role in following measures and collaborated with the health authorities. This chapter also explores the impact that COVID-19 had on religious observation and the new challenges posed in ways of ‘lived religion’. Among other things, the new situation raised awareness of issues such as the use of digital platforms and the participation of young people. 30 00 On 14 March 2020, the Spanish government declared a ‘state of alarm’ through Royal Decree 463/2020 to manage the health crisis derived from COVID-19. This happened only three days after the World Health Organization rated the public health situation as a pandemic. From that point on, different actions taken by the Spanish authorities directly affected religious freedom and worship activities. This chapter analyses how the legal situation impacted religious communities during the evolution of the pandemic in Spain. Moreover, it offers sociological reflections on the role of religious communities in legal and health care decisions and the specificities of religion–state relations. The absence of close communication between religious communities and the government led to paradoxical situations that impacted religious freedom. However, religious institutions had an active role in following measures and collaborated with the health authorities. This chapter also explores the impact that COVID-19 had on religious observation and the new challenges posed in ways of ‘lived religion’. Among other things, the new situation raised awareness of issues such as the use of digital platforms and the participation of young people. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Is Our Religious Freedom in Danger? Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Religion in Estonia 1 A01 21 000900006496590X Priit Rohtmets Priit Rohtmets School of Theology and Religious Studies 40 03z77qz90 University of Tartu Priit Rohtmets is an Associate Professor at the University of Tartu and Professor of Church History at the Theological Institute of the Estonian Evangelical Lutheran Church. In his research he has focused on the religious history of the Baltic and Scandinavian region in the nineteenth and twentieth centuries, state–church relations, the history of Orthodox Churches in the Baltic countries and in the Balkans, the relationship between nationalism and religion in Northern Europe, and the ecumenical movement in the Baltic States. He is an author of five monographs, with recent ones focusing on Church & State relations and history of religion in Estonia (Riik ja usulised ühendused, 2018; Eesti usuelu 100 aastat, 2019). 03 00 Estonia is a highly secularised country, where religious legislation is very liberal and the state’s interference in religious affairs has for the last 30 years been minimal. I suggest in this chapter that, although the restrictions that were imposed in Estonia during the COVID-19 pandemic cannot be considered disproportionate, and that during the first wave of coronavirus in 2020 religious organisations were in favour of the limitations, this nevertheless turned out to be a challenge for them, because for the first time in decades the state interfered in religious affairs. In addition, during the pandemic a heated and dividing value debate about the legislation on same-sex unions was going on in Estonian society. In spring and autumn 2020, during the first and second waves of the virus, the question of whether the state has the right to limit religious activity resulted in a confrontation between various factions within religious groups as well as between religious associations and the state. In connection with the restrictions implemented, the question of respecting religious freedom as well as the proportionality of the restrictions were raised in Estonian public media. In this chapter I analyse the position of the Estonian state and various religious institutions during the time of the coronavirus and the discussions held in Estonian society during different phases of the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition to that, I focus on the impact of the pandemic to people’s religiosity and the ‘digital revolution’ in the churches. 30 00 Estonia is a highly secularised country, where religious legislation is very liberal and the state’s interference in religious affairs has for the last 30 years been minimal. I suggest in this chapter that, although the restrictions that were imposed in Estonia during the COVID-19 pandemic cannot be considered disproportionate, and that during the first wave of coronavirus in 2020 religious organisations were in favour of the limitations, this nevertheless turned out to be a challenge for them, because for the first time in decades the state interfered in religious affairs. In addition, during the pandemic a heated and dividing value debate about the legislation on same-sex unions was going on in Estonian society. In spring and autumn 2020, during the first and second waves of the virus, the question of whether the state has the right to limit religious activity resulted in a confrontation between various factions within religious groups as well as between religious associations and the state. In connection with the restrictions implemented, the question of respecting religious freedom as well as the proportionality of the restrictions were raised in Estonian public media. In this chapter I analyse the position of the Estonian state and various religious institutions during the time of the coronavirus and the discussions held in Estonian society during different phases of the COVID-19 pandemic. In addition to that, I focus on the impact of the pandemic to people’s religiosity and the ‘digital revolution’ in the churches. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 COVID-19 in France: An Insight into the Recompositions of the Religious in a Secular-Majority Country 1 A01 21 0000000257088934 Anne Lancien Anne Lancien Sciences po (CERI)/EPHE (GSRL) Anne Lancien is a post-doctoral fellow, specialist in contemporary religious recompositions in France and secularization. She has just published « La Ligue de l'Enseignement et l'État français depuis 1950 : Entre influence et dissonance », in Tyssen, de Nutte & Schröeder, The non-religious people and the State, de Gruyter, 2024. 03 00 This chapter aims to show the specific features of COVID-19 management in a secular country, where there is a strict separation between the state and religions. It also shows how the relationship established by the state and the society with each of the religions present in the country affects their reaction to restrictive measures. Two tendencies sum up how COVID-19 impacted religion and its position in French society. It confirms, first, the secularisation of French society and, second, how the collective practice of faith was deemed non-essential. Theoretically, this analysis engages with two discussions. The first deals with an axis of polarisation, namely the secularisation of society, confirmed by the COVID-19 crisis. The second analyses the recomposition of the religious, which the pandemic highlights. The chapter sheds light on this changing face of religion in a secular country, from a legal and sociological perspective. 30 00 This chapter aims to show the specific features of COVID-19 management in a secular country, where there is a strict separation between the state and religions. It also shows how the relationship established by the state and the society with each of the religions present in the country affects their reaction to restrictive measures. Two tendencies sum up how COVID-19 impacted religion and its position in French society. It confirms, first, the secularisation of French society and, second, how the collective practice of faith was deemed non-essential. Theoretically, this analysis engages with two discussions. The first deals with an axis of polarisation, namely the secularisation of society, confirmed by the COVID-19 crisis. The second analyses the recomposition of the religious, which the pandemic highlights. The chapter sheds light on this changing face of religion in a secular country, from a legal and sociological perspective. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-12 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The COVID-19 Pandemic and Religion in Germany 1 A01 Sylvie Toscer-Angot Sylvie Toscer-Angot Department of German Studies, Faculty of Language, Literature and Humanities University Tours Sylvie Toscer-Angot is professor of German Studies at Tours University. Her research interests focus on the relationship between religion and politics and on the governance of religious diversity in the Federal Republic of Germany. Her research concentrates on the impact of secularisation and religious pluralisation on the relationship between state and religion, on the rise of a new public presence of Islam and on the interplay of global and local dynamics of religious change in the 20th and 21st centuries from a comparative perspective in France and in Germany. She teaches a wide variety of courses in the German studies curriculum. 03 00 Similar to the situation across Europe, the COVID-19 pandemic and subsequent government-imposed restrictions had a profound impact on both individual and collective religious practices and overall religiosity in Germany. As physical gatherings became perilous, religious institutions swiftly adapted by transitioning to digital platforms, offering online religious services, creating virtual memorial pages, and broadcasting ceremonies and funerals live. This unexpected shift forced a re-evaluation of the relationship between the state and religious communities in Germany, demonstrating that religion was not solely a personal matter but also a concern of the state.<break/>The federal structure of Germany meant that COVID-19 restrictions differed across the country, but the historically cooperative relationship between the state and religious groups facilitated compliance with COVID-19 measures. A small number of legal cases were tried in the courts, but in general the restrictions on collective religious life found broad acceptance among major religious authorities. Though protests against restrictions as well as conspiracies and vaccine hesitancy occurred, most religious authorities actively supported state regulations and also contributed to public vaccination campaigns.<break/> 30 00 Similar to the situation across Europe, the COVID-19 pandemic and subsequent government-imposed restrictions had a profound impact on both individual and collective religious practices and overall religiosity in Germany. As physical gatherings became perilous, religious institutions swiftly adapted by transitioning to digital platforms, offering online religious services, creating virtual memorial pages, and broadcasting ceremonies and funerals live. This unexpected shift forced a re-evaluation of the relationship between the state and religious communities in Germany, demonstrating that religion was not solely a personal matter but also a concern of the state.<break/>The federal structure of Germany meant that COVID-19 restrictions differed across the country, but the historically cooperative relationship between the state and religious groups facilitated compliance with COVID-19 measures. A small number of legal cases were tried in the courts, but in general the restrictions on collective religious life found broad acceptance among major religious authorities. Though protests against restrictions as well as conspiracies and vaccine hesitancy occurred, most religious authorities actively supported state regulations and also contributed to public vaccination campaigns.<break/> 20 00 Open Access 13 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-13 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Religion in Latvia 1 A01 21 0000000299716257 Anita Stasulane Anita Stasulane Institute of Humanities and Social Sciences 40 01mrkb883 Daugavpils University Anita Stasulane, PhD, is a professor of history of religions and a director of the Institute of Humanities and Social Sciences at the Daugavpils University, Latvia. She graduated University of Latvia (1985) and Pontifical Gregorian University in Rome, Italy (1998). Her work mainly focuses on the new religious movements and youth culture with research interests in religion, law and politics. She has expertise in qualitative, including ethnographic, research methods and experience of working in international collaborative projects, including seven EU Framework projects with her appointed as the Daugavpils University team lead. Since 2008 she is an editor-in-chief of Kultūras Studijas (Cultural Studies) issued by Daugavpils University. 03 00 This chapter examines the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on social and religious life in a country with a low level of religiosity. In Latvia, the pandemic caused a sharp division of society, not only into vaxxers and anti-vaxxers but also into believers and non-believers. Moreover, the COVID-19 pandemic showed clearly the rise of religious fundamentalists among Christians. The divergent positions of church leaders led to equally diverse positions of congregation members within one religious organisation. The chapter presents general restrictions and the main events related to religion during the pandemic in Latvia. It explains the public debate about the restrictions imposed on religious services. Although religious organisations encouraged their members to comply with the epidemiological security requirements introduced in the country, the restrictive rules were often violated. The media, upon receiving information from people about breaches of restrictions on the part of religious organisations, focused on these breaches, thus causing a strong resonance in the public. The chapter analyses how the COVID-19 pandemic affected life of religious people in Latvia. In conclusion, it explains the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on secularisation/desecularisation processes in Latvia. 30 00 This chapter examines the impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on social and religious life in a country with a low level of religiosity. In Latvia, the pandemic caused a sharp division of society, not only into vaxxers and anti-vaxxers but also into believers and non-believers. Moreover, the COVID-19 pandemic showed clearly the rise of religious fundamentalists among Christians. The divergent positions of church leaders led to equally diverse positions of congregation members within one religious organisation. The chapter presents general restrictions and the main events related to religion during the pandemic in Latvia. It explains the public debate about the restrictions imposed on religious services. Although religious organisations encouraged their members to comply with the epidemiological security requirements introduced in the country, the restrictive rules were often violated. The media, upon receiving information from people about breaches of restrictions on the part of religious organisations, focused on these breaches, thus causing a strong resonance in the public. The chapter analyses how the COVID-19 pandemic affected life of religious people in Latvia. In conclusion, it explains the effects of the COVID-19 pandemic on secularisation/desecularisation processes in Latvia. 20 00 Open Access 14 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-14 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Prioritising Community Spirit over Freedom of Religion During the Pandemic: The Case of Denmark 1 A01 21 0000000150970521 Lene Kühle Lene Kühle Department for the Study of Religion 40 01aj84f44 Aarhus University Lene Kühle, PhD, is a professor in Sociology of Religion at the Department for the Study of Religion, Aarhus University. Her research interests include religious diversity, religion and law, Muslims in Europe and theory and method in sociology of religion. She has published in journals like Sociology of religion, Journal of Contemporary Religion, Nordic Journal of Religion and Society 2 A01 21 0000000158129753 Anne Lundahl Mauritsen Anne Mauritsen Department for the Study of Religion 40 01aj84f44 Aarhus University Anne Lundahl Mauritsen, MA, PhD, is a postdoctoral researcher at the Department for the Study of Religion Aarhus University, with a special interest in the sociology of religion, the study of non-religion, and digital religion and has published in journals such as Journal of Contemporary Religion, Nordic Journal of Religion and Society and Religion,Brain and Behavior. 03 00 The handling of the COVID-19 pandemic by the Danish state and society has generally received praise. The actions taken by the Danish authorities efficiently curbed the death rates and the population generally accepted the restrictions put on public and collective aspects of their lives as they were performing what in Danish was named samfundssind</italic> (community spirit/civic consciousness). The practice of samfundssind</italic> also prevailed among religious communities, who adhered with very few complaints to the complete closing of all places of worship for the public during the first lockdown and the extremely bureaucratic rules of limitations during the later lockdowns. In this analysis of the pandemic’s impact on religious life in Denmark, we present three key findings: (a) we present how minority groups struggled with achieving a positive public perception, (b) we show that the usual privileged position of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in Denmark (ELCD) was more or less nullified by the strict restrictions of the government, and (c) we argue that ELCD was therefore subjected to the same restrictions as the minority religious groups. It was also clear that many of these restrictions were formulated on the basis of an understanding of the ELCD as the default form of religion in Denmark. 30 00 The handling of the COVID-19 pandemic by the Danish state and society has generally received praise. The actions taken by the Danish authorities efficiently curbed the death rates and the population generally accepted the restrictions put on public and collective aspects of their lives as they were performing what in Danish was named samfundssind</italic> (community spirit/civic consciousness). The practice of samfundssind</italic> also prevailed among religious communities, who adhered with very few complaints to the complete closing of all places of worship for the public during the first lockdown and the extremely bureaucratic rules of limitations during the later lockdowns. In this analysis of the pandemic’s impact on religious life in Denmark, we present three key findings: (a) we present how minority groups struggled with achieving a positive public perception, (b) we show that the usual privileged position of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in Denmark (ELCD) was more or less nullified by the strict restrictions of the government, and (c) we argue that ELCD was therefore subjected to the same restrictions as the minority religious groups. It was also clear that many of these restrictions were formulated on the basis of an understanding of the ELCD as the default form of religion in Denmark. 20 00 Open Access 15 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-15 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Religious Communities in Finland 1 A01 21 000000031831203X Kimmo Ketola Kimmo Ketola Church Institute for Research and Advanced Training 03 00 The COVID-19 pandemic reached Finland at the beginning of 2020. During the pandemic the Finnish government restricted citizens’ basic constitutional rights in a manner that was entirely exceptional for the post-war years. This chapter focuses on how the various measures to curb the pandemic affected religious communities and religious life in Finland. The Finnish situation was made more complex by the special relationship between the state and the two national churches, which operate under public law but are nevertheless administratively independent of the state. The various legal exemptions for religious life from state regulation meant government restrictions on public gatherings and businesses did not apply to worship and other religious gatherings. Nevertheless, the majority churches and other religious communities adhered closely to the state regulations on their own initiative. The lack of government restrictions therefore did not mean the pandemic had no effect on religious life. The article describes how the religious communities adjusted their activities in some rather drastic ways during the shutdown periods. 30 00 The COVID-19 pandemic reached Finland at the beginning of 2020. During the pandemic the Finnish government restricted citizens’ basic constitutional rights in a manner that was entirely exceptional for the post-war years. This chapter focuses on how the various measures to curb the pandemic affected religious communities and religious life in Finland. The Finnish situation was made more complex by the special relationship between the state and the two national churches, which operate under public law but are nevertheless administratively independent of the state. The various legal exemptions for religious life from state regulation meant government restrictions on public gatherings and businesses did not apply to worship and other religious gatherings. Nevertheless, the majority churches and other religious communities adhered closely to the state regulations on their own initiative. The lack of government restrictions therefore did not mean the pandemic had no effect on religious life. The article describes how the religious communities adjusted their activities in some rather drastic ways during the shutdown periods. 20 00 Open Access 16 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-16 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Pillars or Perils of Society? Exploring the Role of Religion in the COVID-19 Pandemic in Norway 1 A01 21 0000000164116123 Helge Årsheim Helge Årsheim Department of Education 40 02dx4dc92 Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences Helge Årsheim, MA, PhD, is professor of religious studies at Inland Norway University of Applied Sciences. His area of specialisation is the interaction between law and religion in theory, history, and social and political practices. He has previously worked at the United Nations Association of Norway, at the Norwegian Immigration Appeals Board, at the University of Oslo, and at the Scandinavian University Press. 03 00 This chapter examines the relationship between the COVID-19 pandemic and religious communities, beliefs, and behaviours in Norway. The chapter briefly introduces the role of religion in Norwegian society prior to the pandemic, before tracking and assessing the trajectory of the pandemic and the fallout of the public health emergency measures introduced to contain the spread of the virus. Identifying three distinctive phases to these measures, the chapter points to numerous instances where religious communities were directly affected and examines their aftereffects. 30 00 This chapter examines the relationship between the COVID-19 pandemic and religious communities, beliefs, and behaviours in Norway. The chapter briefly introduces the role of religion in Norwegian society prior to the pandemic, before tracking and assessing the trajectory of the pandemic and the fallout of the public health emergency measures introduced to contain the spread of the virus. Identifying three distinctive phases to these measures, the chapter points to numerous instances where religious communities were directly affected and examines their aftereffects. 20 00 Open Access 17 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-17 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Impact of the COVID-19 Pandemic on Religion: The Case of Sweden 1 A01 21 0000000251843767 Linnea Lundgren Linnea Lundgren a) Marie Cederschiöld University, Sweden, The Department of Civil Society and Religion b) Lund University, Sweden, Centre for Theology and Religious Studies MA, PhD, currently works as a senior lecturer in sociology of religion at the Department of Civil Society and Religion at Marie Cederschiöld University in Stockholm and as a researcher at the Centre for Theology and Religious Studies, Lund University. Her research primarily focuses on issues concerning religion and civil society, governance of religious diversity and the role of faith actors in crisis and disaster management. She has published in journals such as Nordic Journal of Religion and Society, Journal of Contingencies and Crisis Management, Journal of Church and State and is the author of the book, The State and Religious Minorities in Sweden 2 A01 21 0000000240674603 Per Pettersson Per Pettersson Karlstad University, Sweden Per Pettersson is senior professor of the sociology of religion, Karlstad University, and associate researcher at the Centre for Multidisciplinary Research on Religion and Society (CRS) at Uppsala University, Sweden. His research interests cover a broad range of issues on religion in current European society e.g. state–religion relationships, law and religion, religious institutions as welfare service providers, the role of religion in crisis and disaster, and theoretical issues on the place of religion in modern society including the problem of defining the concept of religion. Recent publications include: Do We Really Need Special Regulation of Religion? (University of Porto Press, 2023), A Common Spatial Scene? Young People and Faith-Based Organisations at the Margins (Brill, 2021), Sweden: Silent Religious Retreat as Rehabilitation Treatment in Prison (Springer, 2020), The Problem of Defining Religion in an Increasingly Individualised and Functionally Differentiated Society (Waxmann, 2019), and Religion and State: Complexity in Change (Palgrave Macmillan, 2018). 03 00 Sweden did not follow the same route that most other European countries embarked on in the handling of the COVID-19 pandemic. When other countries closed as a response to the spread of the virus, Sweden decided not to impose a full lockdown. Rather, Sweden kept a large part of society open, such as keeping schools for children and bars and restaurants open, albeit with some restrictions. The focus was on information, relying on each individual to reduce the spread of the infection by following two clear recommendations: maintaining individual hand hygiene and physical distance between people. Public gatherings were regulated in terms of the number of participants, but never banned. Although the Swedish government followed a more liberal route in the handling of the pandemic, the recommended restrictions had a considerable effect on religious life. The aim of this chapter is to understand the background of Sweden’s different way of handling the COVID-19 pandemic and what impact it had on faith communities in Sweden, from both legal and sociological perspectives. 30 00 Sweden did not follow the same route that most other European countries embarked on in the handling of the COVID-19 pandemic. When other countries closed as a response to the spread of the virus, Sweden decided not to impose a full lockdown. Rather, Sweden kept a large part of society open, such as keeping schools for children and bars and restaurants open, albeit with some restrictions. The focus was on information, relying on each individual to reduce the spread of the infection by following two clear recommendations: maintaining individual hand hygiene and physical distance between people. Public gatherings were regulated in terms of the number of participants, but never banned. Although the Swedish government followed a more liberal route in the handling of the pandemic, the recommended restrictions had a considerable effect on religious life. The aim of this chapter is to understand the background of Sweden’s different way of handling the COVID-19 pandemic and what impact it had on faith communities in Sweden, from both legal and sociological perspectives. 20 00 Open Access 18 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-18 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Religion and COVID-19 in Bulgaria 1 A01 21 0000000152697434 Daniela Kalkandjieva Daniela Kalkandjieva Scientific Research Department Sofia University St Kliment Ohridski Daniela Kalkandjieva (Ph.D., Central European University, 2004) is a senior researcher at Sofia University St Kliment Ohridski. Her research is focused on church-state relations in Eastern Orthodoxy and the role of the Orthodox churches in contemporary international affairs. She is the author of two principal monographs: The Bulgarian Orthodox Church and the State, 1944-1953 (Sofia: Albatros, 1997) and The Russian Orthodox Church, 1917-1948: From Decline to Resurrection (Routledge, 2015). She also contributed to multiple volumes of studies and scientific journals (See: ORDID ID 0000-0001-5269-7434). Since 2022 she has been teaching courses on the modern history of the Russian and Balkan Orthodox churches as an invited professor at the Pontifical Oriental Institute. 03 00 Bulgaria was among the few countries in the world where the state authorities did not require the closure of religious sites during the pandemic. This peculiarity led to some deviations in the implementation of anti-epidemic measures in the religious sphere. This analysis pays special attention to the impact of the country’s religious demography and the teachings of different faith communities on their response to the anti-epidemic policy of the Bulgarian state. It also discusses the diverse approaches of the local religious majority and faith minorities. Finally, it comments on the state’s communication with religious communities during the pandemic. 30 00 Bulgaria was among the few countries in the world where the state authorities did not require the closure of religious sites during the pandemic. This peculiarity led to some deviations in the implementation of anti-epidemic measures in the religious sphere. This analysis pays special attention to the impact of the country’s religious demography and the teachings of different faith communities on their response to the anti-epidemic policy of the Bulgarian state. It also discusses the diverse approaches of the local religious majority and faith minorities. Finally, it comments on the state’s communication with religious communities during the pandemic. 20 00 Open Access 19 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-19 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Religion, Politics, and the COVID-19 Pandemic in Greek Society: Legal Confrontations and Social Implications 1 A01 21 000000025427933X Alexandros Sakellariou Alexandros Sakellariou Sociology 40 04gnjpq42 National and Kapodistrian University of Athens Alexandros Sakellariou, PhD (2008), is a senior researcher at the Department of Sociology of the National and Kapodistrian University of Athens. His main research interests include sociology of religion and non-religion (religious communities, religious identities), sociology of youth, radicalisation, and qualitative research methods. He has published two books and one edited volume in Greek. He has over 70 publications in national and international journals, edited volumes and conference proceedings, more than 90 lectures in conferences in Greece and abroad, and over 40 book reviews, and his interviews and opinion pieces have been published in Greek and international media. He is a substitute member of the Research Ethics Committee of the National Centre for Social Research and a member of the EUREL (Sociological and legal data on religions in Europe and beyond) Network. 03 00 The COVID-19 pandemic affected many aspects of people’s professional, family, and social lives including religious and spiritual practices. In Greece, although the government took strict measures to protect the population from infection, it hesitated to impose similar immediate restrictions on the Orthodox Church of Greece. The church was reluctant to close all the temples and persisted in practising the Sunday Mass and major religious holidays, albeit with a limited number of participants. Owing to this lack of unconditional compliance with the governmental restrictions, the church was perceived as being against the state and medical regulations. The main questions that this chapter will try to answer are the following: what kinds of measure were taken by the government in relation to religious places and practices during the pandemic? How did religious groups and institutions, mostly the Orthodox Church, respond to them? Did society accept these measures? Which was the pandemic’s impact on people’s religious beliefs, practices, and trust towards the Orthodox Church? The purpose of this chapter is twofold: on the one hand, to examine the implications on the societal level in the light of the Orthodox Church’s social and political dominance under the prism of secularisation and, on the other hand, to systematically describe the political and legal developments during the pandemic pertaining to the ‘politics–science–religion’ triangle in order to showcase the pandemic’s impact on religious practices. 30 00 The COVID-19 pandemic affected many aspects of people’s professional, family, and social lives including religious and spiritual practices. In Greece, although the government took strict measures to protect the population from infection, it hesitated to impose similar immediate restrictions on the Orthodox Church of Greece. The church was reluctant to close all the temples and persisted in practising the Sunday Mass and major religious holidays, albeit with a limited number of participants. Owing to this lack of unconditional compliance with the governmental restrictions, the church was perceived as being against the state and medical regulations. The main questions that this chapter will try to answer are the following: what kinds of measure were taken by the government in relation to religious places and practices during the pandemic? How did religious groups and institutions, mostly the Orthodox Church, respond to them? Did society accept these measures? Which was the pandemic’s impact on people’s religious beliefs, practices, and trust towards the Orthodox Church? The purpose of this chapter is twofold: on the one hand, to examine the implications on the societal level in the light of the Orthodox Church’s social and political dominance under the prism of secularisation and, on the other hand, to systematically describe the political and legal developments during the pandemic pertaining to the ‘politics–science–religion’ triangle in order to showcase the pandemic’s impact on religious practices. 20 00 Open Access 20 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-20 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Religion–COVID-19 Interplay in Romania 1 A01 Gabriel Bîrsan Gabriel Bîrsan Independent scholar 03 00 The COVID-19 pandemic dramatically influenced the whole of human society, from the least significant of its components to fundamental ones, such as religion. The present chapter aims to explore how this global event altered the religious landscape in Romania. The main goal is to investigate how religious institutions and individuals affected and were affected by the legal and social changes provoked by the pandemic. Considering the local historical, political, and cultural particularities, it observes how religious behaviour changed, at the group level as well as individually, following the imposition of pandemic restrictions; how public authorities succeeded (or not) in ensuring an acceptable level of (collective) religious freedom; how religious institutions succeeded (or not) in continuing to structure social life, from the personal context to the public or legal one; and how religious groups facilitated or hindered the adherence to public health measures and what public opinion was to their public actions. The Romanian case shows how important it is to have clear legislation as well as a structured dialogue among the main social actors in order to ensure that all rights and freedoms are exercised in a fair manner in a moment of maximum stress caused by a global medical issue. 30 00 The COVID-19 pandemic dramatically influenced the whole of human society, from the least significant of its components to fundamental ones, such as religion. The present chapter aims to explore how this global event altered the religious landscape in Romania. The main goal is to investigate how religious institutions and individuals affected and were affected by the legal and social changes provoked by the pandemic. Considering the local historical, political, and cultural particularities, it observes how religious behaviour changed, at the group level as well as individually, following the imposition of pandemic restrictions; how public authorities succeeded (or not) in ensuring an acceptable level of (collective) religious freedom; how religious institutions succeeded (or not) in continuing to structure social life, from the personal context to the public or legal one; and how religious groups facilitated or hindered the adherence to public health measures and what public opinion was to their public actions. The Romanian case shows how important it is to have clear legislation as well as a structured dialogue among the main social actors in order to ensure that all rights and freedoms are exercised in a fair manner in a moment of maximum stress caused by a global medical issue. 20 00 Open Access 21 03 06 10.33134/HUP-28-21 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Comparative Analysis 1 A01 21 0000000168217829 Brian Conway Brian Conway Sociology 40 048nfjm95 Maynooth University Assistant professor of sociology at Maynooth University / former editor of the Irish Journal of Sociology (2014-17) / author of Commemoration and Bloody Sunday: Pathways of Memory (Palgrave 2010) and co-author of Sociology of Ireland (Gill & Macmillan 2012) 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20241219 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523691186 03 9789523691186 06 15 9789523691193 03 9789523691193 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20241219 01 urn:uuid:f288a261-e26b-403c-9ca5-641b211411da 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:96f4dcfb-8f90-4372-bc6a-e9300cda7c40 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f288a261-e26b-403c-9ca5-641b211411da 15 9789523690165 03 9789523690165 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-1 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 01 Series ID 1d759006-6ca6-4af6-aae9-82aa4e6d8c06 02 27368513 03 1 01 02 Pro et contra 01 01 Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh Gendered Urban Politics in the Aceh Peace Process 1 A01 21 0000000199740778 Marjaana Jauhola Marjaana Jauhola Faculty of Social Sciences 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Marjaana Jauhola, (PhD) is Head of Discipline, Adjunct Professor and Senior Lecturer in Global Development Studies at the University of Helsinki. Her research focuses on co-creative research methodologies, urban and visual ethnography with an eye on feminisms as well as global politics of conflict and disaster recovery in South and Southeast Asia. 01 eng 00 297 03 B2 gender studies B2 Peace and conflict studies B2 Urban studies B2 Islamic studies B2 Southeast Asian studies B2 Development Studies 20 Peace; Ethnography; Urban studies; Political economy; Gender; intersectionality 01 06 02 00 The IPS Section of International Studies Association has awarded Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> an Honourable Mention for the 2022 IPS Best Book Award.</bold><break/>Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> examines the rebuilding of the city of Banda Aceh in Indonesia in the aftermath of the celebrated Helsinki-based peac 03 00 The IPS Section of International Studies Association has awarded Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> an Honourable Mention for the 2022 IPS Best Book Award.</bold><break/>Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> examines the rebuilding of the city of Banda Aceh in Indonesia in the aftermath of the celebrated Helsinki-based peace mediation process, thirty years of armed conflict, and the tsunami. Offering a critical contribution to the study of post-conflict politics, the book includes 14 documentary videos reflecting individuals’ experiences on rebuilding the city and following the everyday lives of people in Banda Aceh.Marjaana Jauhola mirrors the peace-making process from the perspective of the ‘outcast’ and invisible, challenging the selective narrative and ideals of the peace as a success story. Jauhola provides alternative ways to reflect the peace dialogue using ethnographic and film documentarist storytelling.Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> tells a story of layered exiles and displacement, revealing hidden narratives of violence and grief while exposing struggles over gendered expectations of being good and respectable women and men. It brings to light the multiple ways of arranging lives and forming caring relationships outside the normative notions of nuclear family and home, and offers insights into the relations of power and violence that are embedded in the peace.Marjaana Jauhola</bold> is senior lecturer and head of discipline of Global Development Studies at the University of Helsinki. Her research focuses on co-creative research methodologies, urban and visual ethnography with an eye on feminisms, as well as global politics of conflict and disaster recovery in South and Southeast Asia.<break/>This publication has received a subsidy for scientific publishing granted by the Ministry of Education and Culture from the proceeds of Veikkaus, distributed by the Federation of Finnish Learned Societies. 30 00 The IPS Section of International Studies Association has awarded Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> an Honourable Mention for the 2022 IPS Best Book Award.</bold><break/>Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> examines the rebuilding of the city of Banda Aceh in Indonesia in the aftermath of the celebrated Helsinki-based peace mediation process, thirty years of armed conflict, and the tsunami. Offering a critical contribution to the study of post-conflict politics, the book includes 14 documentary videos reflecting individuals’ experiences on rebuilding the city and following the everyday lives of people in Banda Aceh.Marjaana Jauhola mirrors the peace-making process from the perspective of the ‘outcast’ and invisible, challenging the selective narrative and ideals of the peace as a success story. Jauhola provides alternative ways to reflect the peace dialogue using ethnographic and film documentarist storytelling.Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> tells a story of layered exiles and displacement, revealing hidden narratives of violence and grief while exposing struggles over gendered expectations of being good and respectable women and men. It brings to light the multiple ways of arranging lives and forming caring relationships outside the normative notions of nuclear family and home, and offers insights into the relations of power and violence that are embedded in the peace.Marjaana Jauhola</bold> is senior lecturer and head of discipline of Global Development Studies at the University of Helsinki. Her research focuses on co-creative research methodologies, urban and visual ethnography with an eye on feminisms, as well as global politics of conflict and disaster recovery in South and Southeast Asia.<break/>This publication has received a subsidy for scientific publishing granted by the Ministry of Education and Culture from the proceeds of Veikkaus, distributed by the Federation of Finnish Learned Societies. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/d713e70a-ccd4-45af-b295-747bb49cd199.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20201217 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690172 03 9789523690172 06 15 9789523690189 03 9789523690189 06 15 9789523690196 03 9789523690196 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690165 20 08 20201217 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690165 20 08 20201217 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690165 20 08 20201217 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690165 20 08 20201217 01 urn:uuid:6ad8af2e-572c-425b-b170-9ea38d9deebb 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:96f4dcfb-8f90-4372-bc6a-e9300cda7c40 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:6ad8af2e-572c-425b-b170-9ea38d9deebb 15 9789523690172 03 9789523690172 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-1 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 01 Series ID 1d759006-6ca6-4af6-aae9-82aa4e6d8c06 02 27368513 03 1 01 02 Pro et contra 01 01 Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh Gendered Urban Politics in the Aceh Peace Process 1 A01 21 0000000199740778 Marjaana Jauhola Marjaana Jauhola Faculty of Social Sciences 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Marjaana Jauhola, (PhD) is Head of Discipline, Adjunct Professor and Senior Lecturer in Global Development Studies at the University of Helsinki. Her research focuses on co-creative research methodologies, urban and visual ethnography with an eye on feminisms as well as global politics of conflict and disaster recovery in South and Southeast Asia. 01 eng 00 297 03 B2 gender studies B2 Peace and conflict studies B2 Urban studies B2 Islamic studies B2 Southeast Asian studies B2 Development Studies 20 Peace; Ethnography; Urban studies; Political economy; Gender; intersectionality 01 06 02 00 The IPS Section of International Studies Association has awarded Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> an Honourable Mention for the 2022 IPS Best Book Award.</bold><break/>Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> examines the rebuilding of the city of Banda Aceh in Indonesia in the aftermath of the celebrated Helsinki-based peac 03 00 The IPS Section of International Studies Association has awarded Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> an Honourable Mention for the 2022 IPS Best Book Award.</bold><break/>Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> examines the rebuilding of the city of Banda Aceh in Indonesia in the aftermath of the celebrated Helsinki-based peace mediation process, thirty years of armed conflict, and the tsunami. Offering a critical contribution to the study of post-conflict politics, the book includes 14 documentary videos reflecting individuals’ experiences on rebuilding the city and following the everyday lives of people in Banda Aceh.Marjaana Jauhola mirrors the peace-making process from the perspective of the ‘outcast’ and invisible, challenging the selective narrative and ideals of the peace as a success story. Jauhola provides alternative ways to reflect the peace dialogue using ethnographic and film documentarist storytelling.Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> tells a story of layered exiles and displacement, revealing hidden narratives of violence and grief while exposing struggles over gendered expectations of being good and respectable women and men. It brings to light the multiple ways of arranging lives and forming caring relationships outside the normative notions of nuclear family and home, and offers insights into the relations of power and violence that are embedded in the peace.Marjaana Jauhola</bold> is senior lecturer and head of discipline of Global Development Studies at the University of Helsinki. Her research focuses on co-creative research methodologies, urban and visual ethnography with an eye on feminisms, as well as global politics of conflict and disaster recovery in South and Southeast Asia.<break/>This publication has received a subsidy for scientific publishing granted by the Ministry of Education and Culture from the proceeds of Veikkaus, distributed by the Federation of Finnish Learned Societies. 30 00 The IPS Section of International Studies Association has awarded Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> an Honourable Mention for the 2022 IPS Best Book Award.</bold><break/>Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> examines the rebuilding of the city of Banda Aceh in Indonesia in the aftermath of the celebrated Helsinki-based peace mediation process, thirty years of armed conflict, and the tsunami. Offering a critical contribution to the study of post-conflict politics, the book includes 14 documentary videos reflecting individuals’ experiences on rebuilding the city and following the everyday lives of people in Banda Aceh.Marjaana Jauhola mirrors the peace-making process from the perspective of the ‘outcast’ and invisible, challenging the selective narrative and ideals of the peace as a success story. Jauhola provides alternative ways to reflect the peace dialogue using ethnographic and film documentarist storytelling.Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> tells a story of layered exiles and displacement, revealing hidden narratives of violence and grief while exposing struggles over gendered expectations of being good and respectable women and men. It brings to light the multiple ways of arranging lives and forming caring relationships outside the normative notions of nuclear family and home, and offers insights into the relations of power and violence that are embedded in the peace.Marjaana Jauhola</bold> is senior lecturer and head of discipline of Global Development Studies at the University of Helsinki. Her research focuses on co-creative research methodologies, urban and visual ethnography with an eye on feminisms, as well as global politics of conflict and disaster recovery in South and Southeast Asia.<break/>This publication has received a subsidy for scientific publishing granted by the Ministry of Education and Culture from the proceeds of Veikkaus, distributed by the Federation of Finnish Learned Societies. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/d713e70a-ccd4-45af-b295-747bb49cd199.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20201217 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690165 03 9789523690165 06 15 9789523690189 03 9789523690189 06 15 9789523690196 03 9789523690196 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20201217 01 urn:uuid:97fa95cf-9468-4302-bd11-113e14a444cf 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:96f4dcfb-8f90-4372-bc6a-e9300cda7c40 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:97fa95cf-9468-4302-bd11-113e14a444cf 15 9789523690189 03 9789523690189 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-1 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 01 Series ID 1d759006-6ca6-4af6-aae9-82aa4e6d8c06 02 27368513 03 1 01 02 Pro et contra 01 01 Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh Gendered Urban Politics in the Aceh Peace Process 1 A01 21 0000000199740778 Marjaana Jauhola Marjaana Jauhola Faculty of Social Sciences 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Marjaana Jauhola, (PhD) is Head of Discipline, Adjunct Professor and Senior Lecturer in Global Development Studies at the University of Helsinki. Her research focuses on co-creative research methodologies, urban and visual ethnography with an eye on feminisms as well as global politics of conflict and disaster recovery in South and Southeast Asia. 01 eng 00 297 03 B2 gender studies B2 Peace and conflict studies B2 Urban studies B2 Islamic studies B2 Southeast Asian studies B2 Development Studies 20 Peace; Ethnography; Urban studies; Political economy; Gender; intersectionality 01 06 02 00 The IPS Section of International Studies Association has awarded Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> an Honourable Mention for the 2022 IPS Best Book Award.</bold><break/>Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> examines the rebuilding of the city of Banda Aceh in Indonesia in the aftermath of the celebrated Helsinki-based peac 03 00 The IPS Section of International Studies Association has awarded Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> an Honourable Mention for the 2022 IPS Best Book Award.</bold><break/>Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> examines the rebuilding of the city of Banda Aceh in Indonesia in the aftermath of the celebrated Helsinki-based peace mediation process, thirty years of armed conflict, and the tsunami. Offering a critical contribution to the study of post-conflict politics, the book includes 14 documentary videos reflecting individuals’ experiences on rebuilding the city and following the everyday lives of people in Banda Aceh.Marjaana Jauhola mirrors the peace-making process from the perspective of the ‘outcast’ and invisible, challenging the selective narrative and ideals of the peace as a success story. Jauhola provides alternative ways to reflect the peace dialogue using ethnographic and film documentarist storytelling.Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> tells a story of layered exiles and displacement, revealing hidden narratives of violence and grief while exposing struggles over gendered expectations of being good and respectable women and men. It brings to light the multiple ways of arranging lives and forming caring relationships outside the normative notions of nuclear family and home, and offers insights into the relations of power and violence that are embedded in the peace.Marjaana Jauhola</bold> is senior lecturer and head of discipline of Global Development Studies at the University of Helsinki. Her research focuses on co-creative research methodologies, urban and visual ethnography with an eye on feminisms, as well as global politics of conflict and disaster recovery in South and Southeast Asia.<break/>This publication has received a subsidy for scientific publishing granted by the Ministry of Education and Culture from the proceeds of Veikkaus, distributed by the Federation of Finnish Learned Societies. 30 00 The IPS Section of International Studies Association has awarded Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> an Honourable Mention for the 2022 IPS Best Book Award.</bold><break/>Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> examines the rebuilding of the city of Banda Aceh in Indonesia in the aftermath of the celebrated Helsinki-based peace mediation process, thirty years of armed conflict, and the tsunami. Offering a critical contribution to the study of post-conflict politics, the book includes 14 documentary videos reflecting individuals’ experiences on rebuilding the city and following the everyday lives of people in Banda Aceh.Marjaana Jauhola mirrors the peace-making process from the perspective of the ‘outcast’ and invisible, challenging the selective narrative and ideals of the peace as a success story. Jauhola provides alternative ways to reflect the peace dialogue using ethnographic and film documentarist storytelling.Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> tells a story of layered exiles and displacement, revealing hidden narratives of violence and grief while exposing struggles over gendered expectations of being good and respectable women and men. It brings to light the multiple ways of arranging lives and forming caring relationships outside the normative notions of nuclear family and home, and offers insights into the relations of power and violence that are embedded in the peace.Marjaana Jauhola</bold> is senior lecturer and head of discipline of Global Development Studies at the University of Helsinki. Her research focuses on co-creative research methodologies, urban and visual ethnography with an eye on feminisms, as well as global politics of conflict and disaster recovery in South and Southeast Asia.<break/>This publication has received a subsidy for scientific publishing granted by the Ministry of Education and Culture from the proceeds of Veikkaus, distributed by the Federation of Finnish Learned Societies. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/d713e70a-ccd4-45af-b295-747bb49cd199.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20201217 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690165 03 9789523690165 06 15 9789523690172 03 9789523690172 06 15 9789523690196 03 9789523690196 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20201217 01 urn:uuid:583d4f39-169f-4a4d-ac1e-eb90bd86cd65 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:96f4dcfb-8f90-4372-bc6a-e9300cda7c40 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:583d4f39-169f-4a4d-ac1e-eb90bd86cd65 15 9789523690196 03 9789523690196 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-1 00 EB E127 10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 10 01 Series ID 1d759006-6ca6-4af6-aae9-82aa4e6d8c06 02 27368513 03 1 01 02 Pro et contra 01 01 Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh Gendered Urban Politics in the Aceh Peace Process 1 A01 21 0000000199740778 Marjaana Jauhola Marjaana Jauhola Faculty of Social Sciences 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Marjaana Jauhola, (PhD) is Head of Discipline, Adjunct Professor and Senior Lecturer in Global Development Studies at the University of Helsinki. Her research focuses on co-creative research methodologies, urban and visual ethnography with an eye on feminisms as well as global politics of conflict and disaster recovery in South and Southeast Asia. 01 eng 00 297 03 B2 gender studies B2 Peace and conflict studies B2 Urban studies B2 Islamic studies B2 Southeast Asian studies B2 Development Studies 20 Peace; Ethnography; Urban studies; Political economy; Gender; intersectionality 01 06 02 00 The IPS Section of International Studies Association has awarded Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> an Honourable Mention for the 2022 IPS Best Book Award.</bold><break/>Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> examines the rebuilding of the city of Banda Aceh in Indonesia in the aftermath of the celebrated Helsinki-based peac 03 00 The IPS Section of International Studies Association has awarded Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> an Honourable Mention for the 2022 IPS Best Book Award.</bold><break/>Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> examines the rebuilding of the city of Banda Aceh in Indonesia in the aftermath of the celebrated Helsinki-based peace mediation process, thirty years of armed conflict, and the tsunami. Offering a critical contribution to the study of post-conflict politics, the book includes 14 documentary videos reflecting individuals’ experiences on rebuilding the city and following the everyday lives of people in Banda Aceh.Marjaana Jauhola mirrors the peace-making process from the perspective of the ‘outcast’ and invisible, challenging the selective narrative and ideals of the peace as a success story. Jauhola provides alternative ways to reflect the peace dialogue using ethnographic and film documentarist storytelling.Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> tells a story of layered exiles and displacement, revealing hidden narratives of violence and grief while exposing struggles over gendered expectations of being good and respectable women and men. It brings to light the multiple ways of arranging lives and forming caring relationships outside the normative notions of nuclear family and home, and offers insights into the relations of power and violence that are embedded in the peace.Marjaana Jauhola</bold> is senior lecturer and head of discipline of Global Development Studies at the University of Helsinki. Her research focuses on co-creative research methodologies, urban and visual ethnography with an eye on feminisms, as well as global politics of conflict and disaster recovery in South and Southeast Asia.<break/>This publication has received a subsidy for scientific publishing granted by the Ministry of Education and Culture from the proceeds of Veikkaus, distributed by the Federation of Finnish Learned Societies. 30 00 The IPS Section of International Studies Association has awarded Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> an Honourable Mention for the 2022 IPS Best Book Award.</bold><break/>Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> examines the rebuilding of the city of Banda Aceh in Indonesia in the aftermath of the celebrated Helsinki-based peace mediation process, thirty years of armed conflict, and the tsunami. Offering a critical contribution to the study of post-conflict politics, the book includes 14 documentary videos reflecting individuals’ experiences on rebuilding the city and following the everyday lives of people in Banda Aceh.Marjaana Jauhola mirrors the peace-making process from the perspective of the ‘outcast’ and invisible, challenging the selective narrative and ideals of the peace as a success story. Jauhola provides alternative ways to reflect the peace dialogue using ethnographic and film documentarist storytelling.Scraps of Hope in Banda Aceh</italic> tells a story of layered exiles and displacement, revealing hidden narratives of violence and grief while exposing struggles over gendered expectations of being good and respectable women and men. It brings to light the multiple ways of arranging lives and forming caring relationships outside the normative notions of nuclear family and home, and offers insights into the relations of power and violence that are embedded in the peace.Marjaana Jauhola</bold> is senior lecturer and head of discipline of Global Development Studies at the University of Helsinki. Her research focuses on co-creative research methodologies, urban and visual ethnography with an eye on feminisms, as well as global politics of conflict and disaster recovery in South and Southeast Asia.<break/>This publication has received a subsidy for scientific publishing granted by the Ministry of Education and Culture from the proceeds of Veikkaus, distributed by the Federation of Finnish Learned Societies. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/d713e70a-ccd4-45af-b295-747bb49cd199.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20201217 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690165 03 9789523690165 06 15 9789523690172 03 9789523690172 06 15 9789523690189 03 9789523690189 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20201217 01 urn:uuid:2faa3863-97dc-43ed-9c1e-a6c93cb6f0c6 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:adfb9238-5715-4e92-a8f9-e003cb131ab3 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2faa3863-97dc-43ed-9c1e-a6c93cb6f0c6 15 9789523691094 03 9789523691094 06 10.33134/HUP-25 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Shaping the Future of Higher Education Positive and Sustainable Frameworks for Navigating Constant Change 1 B01 21 0000000291391507 Lesley Wood Lesley Wood Community-based Educational Research 40 010f1sq29 North-West University Lesley Wood is an experienced action researcher of international repute. She has developed and conducted action research training for professional, organisational, and community development in different contexts. She is the founder Director of the research entity Community-Based Educational Research, at North-West University, and has been awarded several national and international funds for her projects. She is a National Research Foundation rated researcher. In 2014, she was awarded an Honorary Doctorate by Moravian University in the US for her work in action research. She was inducted into the Academy of Science South Africa and the international Academy of Community-Engaged Scholarship in 2021. She has published over 100 articles, book chapters, and books, and has supervised many doctoral students. 2 B01 21 0000000208169308 Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt Community-based Educational Research 40 010f1sq29 North-West University Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt is an Adjunct Professor at Griffith University, Australia; Pro Chancellor, Global University for Lifelong Learning (GULL), USA; Extraordinary Professor at North-West University, South Africa; and Honorary Citizen of the University of Innsbruck (Austria). She has four doctoral degrees: 2 PhDs in Australia (from University of Queensland in Comparative Literature & Translation Science and from Deakin University in Higher Education), a Doctor of Letters (DLitt) in Management Education (IMCA, UK), and an Honorary Doctorate (D. Hon) in Professional Studies (GULL, USA). Ortrun has published widely and has received several national and internationally funded grants for her projects, as well as holding various honorary research and teaching appointments at international institutions at various times. Her career highlights are (1) her Festschrift, titled Lifelong action learning and action research: A tribute to the life and pioneering work of Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt, edited by Kearney and Todhunter (2015), and (2) the award in 2018 of Officer in the General Division of the Order of Australia (AO), in recognition for ‘Distinguished service to tertiary education in the field of action research and learning as an academic, author and mentor, and to professional bodies’. 01 eng 00 252 03 B2 Education B2 Higher Education B2 Action Research 20 Higher Education; sustainable change; action learning; action research 01 06 02 00 Shaping the Future of Higher Education</italic> presents a selection of ideas from internationally renowned researchers in higher education about how to move from just coping with change to proactively actioning it. Through the framework of participatory action learning and action research, the volume aims to enable researchers, teachers a 03 00 The university is struggling to keep up with the demands of a fast-changing world, and, as a system, higher education generally does not respond quickly to change. Its institutions produce valuable knowledge about social issues and problems, but this is so often not followed by action constructively using that knowledge to effectively address these problems. Shaping the Future of Higher Education</italic> generates knowledge to enable researchers, teachers and leadership in higher education to learn how to positively embrace constant change through innovative, collaborative, systemic, critical and creative thinking and action. Through a participatory and transformative paradigm, it strives to create knowledge to enable everyone involved in higher education to move from talking about change to actioning it. The book presents possible structures and processes for learning, teaching, research, community engagement and leadership. It provides pathways to shape a higher education system that is inclusive and student-centred, that promotes knowledge democracy, and is responsive to and relevant for dealing with pressing social issues as they arise. The contributing authors of this book are internationally renowned researchers with years of experience in their respective roles in higher education. Their ideas will benefit all who are involved in, concerned about, and/or actively promote most effective higher education practices. Lesley Wood</bold> is an Extraordinary Professor and founder of the Community-Based Educational Research entity in the Faculty of Education, North-West University, South Africa. Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt</bold> is an Extraordinary Professor in Community-Based Educational Research in the Faculty of Education, North-West University, South Africa, and an Adjunct Professor at Griffith University, Australia. <hr> ‘There are two stories to tell about issues in our world: the story told from the outside through expert analysis and the story from the inside told by those with direct experience. The editors and authors of this exciting volume, each of whom has extensive experiences as researcher, teacher and administrator in higher education explore the story and challenges of contemporary higher education from the inside. Their voice must be heard.’ - David Coghlan</bold>, Professor Emeritus, Dublin University, Trinity College, Ireland <bold><italic> ‘Civilisation is in peril. Universities could contribute to rescuing it. Instead, most currently fail badly. Many of their educators know and say as much. Now, this timely and important book raises the issues. The distinguished editors and superbly-chosen authors explain how this crisis came about. Importantly, they explain what must now be done.’ - Bob Dick</bold>, Adjunct Professor, Southern Cross University, Australia </bold></italic> ‘This compelling book is a must read for anybody interested in the future direction of higher education (HE). Ranging from local insights to global perspectives, it provides a different approach to considering the rapidly-changing world. This book rejects the more traditional, elitist, expert-centric, hierarchical, Western-dominated characteristics of HE. Its focus on community participatory concepts (including a ‘bottom-up’ approach, sustainability, people-before-profits, educating change agents to working for the community's benefit, inclusivity, etc) and a repudiation of self-interest. Each internationally-recognised contributor believes in action learning and action research which values community-based participation, collaboration, partnerships, alliances, etc. However, each contributor also brings unique expertise developed in different geographical locations and backgrounds to reflect on the topic. Both educational experts and lay readers should find this an easy read – it is well structured and jargon-free.’ - Bill Synnot</bold>, widely recognised leading consultant specialising in change management 30 00 The university is struggling to keep up with the demands of a fast-changing world, and, as a system, higher education generally does not respond quickly to change. Its institutions produce valuable knowledge about social issues and problems, but this is so often not followed by action constructively using that knowledge to effectively address these problems. Shaping the Future of Higher Education</italic> generates knowledge to enable researchers, teachers and leadership in higher education to learn how to positively embrace constant change through innovative, collaborative, systemic, critical and creative thinking and action. Through a participatory and transformative paradigm, it strives to create knowledge to enable everyone involved in higher education to move from talking about change to actioning it. The book presents possible structures and processes for learning, teaching, research, community engagement and leadership. It provides pathways to shape a higher education system that is inclusive and student-centred, that promotes knowledge democracy, and is responsive to and relevant for dealing with pressing social issues as they arise. The contributing authors of this book are internationally renowned researchers with years of experience in their respective roles in higher education. Their ideas will benefit all who are involved in, concerned about, and/or actively promote most effective higher education practices. Lesley Wood</bold> is an Extraordinary Professor and founder of the Community-Based Educational Research entity in the Faculty of Education, North-West University, South Africa. Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt</bold> is an Extraordinary Professor in Community-Based Educational Research in the Faculty of Education, North-West University, South Africa, and an Adjunct Professor at Griffith University, Australia. <hr> ‘There are two stories to tell about issues in our world: the story told from the outside through expert analysis and the story from the inside told by those with direct experience. The editors and authors of this exciting volume, each of whom has extensive experiences as researcher, teacher and administrator in higher education explore the story and challenges of contemporary higher education from the inside. Their voice must be heard.’ - David Coghlan</bold>, Professor Emeritus, Dublin University, Trinity College, Ireland <bold><italic> ‘Civilisation is in peril. Universities could contribute to rescuing it. Instead, most currently fail badly. Many of their educators know and say as much. Now, this timely and important book raises the issues. The distinguished editors and superbly-chosen authors explain how this crisis came about. Importantly, they explain what must now be done.’ - Bob Dick</bold>, Adjunct Professor, Southern Cross University, Australia </bold></italic> ‘This compelling book is a must read for anybody interested in the future direction of higher education (HE). Ranging from local insights to global perspectives, it provides a different approach to considering the rapidly-changing world. This book rejects the more traditional, elitist, expert-centric, hierarchical, Western-dominated characteristics of HE. Its focus on community participatory concepts (including a ‘bottom-up’ approach, sustainability, people-before-profits, educating change agents to working for the community's benefit, inclusivity, etc) and a repudiation of self-interest. Each internationally-recognised contributor believes in action learning and action research which values community-based participation, collaboration, partnerships, alliances, etc. However, each contributor also brings unique expertise developed in different geographical locations and backgrounds to reflect on the topic. Both educational experts and lay readers should find this an easy read – it is well structured and jargon-free.’ - Bill Synnot</bold>, widely recognised leading consultant specialising in change management 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/0d6511e4-228c-42f8-a14f-a70fa87cf0af.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Why, What, and How of Actioning Change in Higher Education 1 A01 21 0000000291391507 Lesley Wood Lesley Wood Community-based Educational Research 40 010f1sq29 North-West University Lesley Wood is an experienced action researcher of international repute. She has developed and conducted action research training for professional, organisational, and community development in different contexts. She is the founder Director of the research entity Community-Based Educational Research, at North-West University, and has been awarded several national and international funds for her projects. She is a National Research Foundation rated researcher. In 2014, she was awarded an Honorary Doctorate by Moravian University in the US for her work in action research. She was inducted into the Academy of Science South Africa and the international Academy of Community-Engaged Scholarship in 2021. She has published over 100 articles, book chapters, and books, and has supervised many doctoral students. 2 A01 21 0000000208169308 Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt Community-based Educational Research 40 010f1sq29 North-West University Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt is an Adjunct Professor at Griffith University, Australia; Pro Chancellor, Global University for Lifelong Learning (GULL), USA; Extraordinary Professor at North-West University, South Africa; and Honorary Citizen of the University of Innsbruck (Austria). She has four doctoral degrees: 2 PhDs in Australia (from University of Queensland in Comparative Literature & Translation Science and from Deakin University in Higher Education), a Doctor of Letters (DLitt) in Management Education (IMCA, UK), and an Honorary Doctorate (D. Hon) in Professional Studies (GULL, USA). Ortrun has published widely and has received several national and internationally funded grants for her projects, as well as holding various honorary research and teaching appointments at international institutions at various times. Her career highlights are (1) her Festschrift, titled Lifelong action learning and action research: A tribute to the life and pioneering work of Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt, edited by Kearney and Todhunter (2015), and (2) the award in 2018 of Officer in the General Division of the Order of Australia (AO), in recognition for ‘Distinguished service to tertiary education in the field of action research and learning as an academic, author and mentor, and to professional bodies’. 03 00 This chapter introduces the book. It provides the rationale, with evidence of why </italic>it is necessary to change current philosophy and practices in higher education (HE) to make it more inclusive, flexible, and responsive to both external and internal change drivers. It discusses the core idea of this book that individuals and groups of people working in HE are best placed to initiate and bring about positive and sustainable change in their own practices. We provide a global perspective on ideas of what </italic>constitutes responsive, sustainable action for change in HE, using the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) of UNESCO as a starting point and moral imperative for moving towards positive change. We explain our philosophical assumptions, understanding, and perspective as a baseline for thinking about how </italic>to action change. Finally, we outline the book to guide the reader through this volume. 30 00 This chapter introduces the book. It provides the rationale, with evidence of why </italic>it is necessary to change current philosophy and practices in higher education (HE) to make it more inclusive, flexible, and responsive to both external and internal change drivers. It discusses the core idea of this book that individuals and groups of people working in HE are best placed to initiate and bring about positive and sustainable change in their own practices. We provide a global perspective on ideas of what </italic>constitutes responsive, sustainable action for change in HE, using the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) of UNESCO as a starting point and moral imperative for moving towards positive change. We explain our philosophical assumptions, understanding, and perspective as a baseline for thinking about how </italic>to action change. Finally, we outline the book to guide the reader through this volume. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Shaping Society for Tomorrow: The Role of Higher Education in Bringing About Positive Change 1 A01 21 0000000340728541 Carolyn Maree Evans Carolyn Evans 40 02sc3r913 Griffith University Professor Carolyn Evans graduated with degrees in Arts and Law from the University of Melbourne and a doctorate from Oxford where she studied as a Rhodes Scholar. Carolyn taught law at Oxford and Melbourne Universities. Prior to commencing at Griffith, Carolyn held the positions of Dean of Law, Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Graduate and International) and Deputy Provost at the University of Melbourne. Carolyn works in the areas of law and religion and human rights and has published and spoken on these issues around the world. She is currently Vice Chancellor and President of Griffith University. 03 00 While universities must be responsive to the complex times in which we live and to the increasing demands of governments and others, they also need to work towards a future beyond the next electoral or economic cycle. This requires a deep understanding of their core mission and values. This chapter argues that we need to recognise the benefits of diversity, and to consider higher education (HE) as an ecosystem rather than trying to force all universities into similar patterns. It discusses the importance of universities being permeable and looking outward to create positive social and environmental impact. This chapter uses Griffith University’s Research Beacons as a key example of how inter- and transdisciplinary collaboration can directly address community needs to create a better future for all. 30 00 While universities must be responsive to the complex times in which we live and to the increasing demands of governments and others, they also need to work towards a future beyond the next electoral or economic cycle. This requires a deep understanding of their core mission and values. This chapter argues that we need to recognise the benefits of diversity, and to consider higher education (HE) as an ecosystem rather than trying to force all universities into similar patterns. It discusses the importance of universities being permeable and looking outward to create positive social and environmental impact. This chapter uses Griffith University’s Research Beacons as a key example of how inter- and transdisciplinary collaboration can directly address community needs to create a better future for all. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Failure of Public Higher Education Reform in North America and Western Europe: The Need for a New Beginning 1 A01 21 0000000268975432 Davydd James Greenwood Davydd Greenwood Anthropology 40 05bnh6r87 Cornell University Davydd Greenwood, Goldwin Smith Professor of Anthropology Emeritus, Director of the Einaudi Center for International Studies (1983-1995) and Director, Institute for European Studies (2000-2008) at Cornell University, he served as President of the Association of International Education Administrators in 1993-94. A Corresponding Member of the Spanish Royal Academy of Moral and Political Sciences (1996), he has published 10 books and scores of articles on the anthropology of Spain, universities, and action research for democratic organizational change, including Morten Levin and Davydd Greenwood, Creating a New Public University and Reviving Democracy: An Action Research Approach, Berghahn, 2016. 03 00 A consistent set of criticisms of the organisation, dynamics, and failings of public higher education (HE) has been articulated since the early 1990s. Most are on target and point to a system in freefall—expensive, ineffective, and unsatisfactory for students, faculty, many staff members, and the relevant communities they serve. Despite this, the situation in HE in North America and Europe has only worsened as neoliberal management continues to intensify management by the numbers, control of student and faculty speech, administrative bloat, and increases in tuition costs.<break/>The consequent decline in public and employer support and the approaching significant decline in birth rates, and consequently in the number of college-age students in Western industrialised countries, have not moved the powerholders in these institutions to reform the institutions in fundamental ways. I argue that piecemeal public university reforms no longer hold any promise. Only a fundamental re-creation of public HE will change the situation. This re-creation must be based on open systems dynamics, transdisciplinarity, and a focus on sustainability for the stakeholders (the faculty and students, the surrounding communities, and the larger planetary ecology). The chapter closes with an examination of what such public institutions might be like. 30 00 A consistent set of criticisms of the organisation, dynamics, and failings of public higher education (HE) has been articulated since the early 1990s. Most are on target and point to a system in freefall—expensive, ineffective, and unsatisfactory for students, faculty, many staff members, and the relevant communities they serve. Despite this, the situation in HE in North America and Europe has only worsened as neoliberal management continues to intensify management by the numbers, control of student and faculty speech, administrative bloat, and increases in tuition costs.<break/>The consequent decline in public and employer support and the approaching significant decline in birth rates, and consequently in the number of college-age students in Western industrialised countries, have not moved the powerholders in these institutions to reform the institutions in fundamental ways. I argue that piecemeal public university reforms no longer hold any promise. Only a fundamental re-creation of public HE will change the situation. This re-creation must be based on open systems dynamics, transdisciplinarity, and a focus on sustainability for the stakeholders (the faculty and students, the surrounding communities, and the larger planetary ecology). The chapter closes with an examination of what such public institutions might be like. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Greenlighting the University: Re-envisioning the Role of Higher Education in Tackling the Climate Crisis through Action Research 1 A01 21 0000000186892334 Mary Leanoir Brydon-Miller Mary Brydon-Miller Educational Leadership, Evaluation, and Organizational Development 40 01ckdn478 University of Louisville Mary Brydon-Miller, PhD, is Professor in the College of Education and Human Development at the University of Louisville in the United States of America (USA) and is currently serving as Extraordinary Professor at North-West University in South Africa. She is a participatory action researcher who conducts work in school, community, and organisational settings. She is the editor, with David Coghlan, of the SAGE Encyclopedia of action research (2014). Her most recent book with Sarah Banks is Ethics in participatory research for health and social well-being: Cases and commentaries (2019). She recently completed a Fulbright Research Fellowship at the University of Technology, Sydney, where her work focused on the area of Climate Change Education. She is also leading an international climate change education project with colleagues from Australia, Austria, the Philippines, and South Africa, and recently hosted a Spencer Foundation funded<break/>planning conference to further develop this initiative. 03 00 Higher Education (HE) must take a leading role in addressing the current climate crisis. Universities have the capacity to provide the critical research and training to enable us to respond to the multiple environmental, economic, social, and cultural challenges this crisis creates. In order for this to happen, however, researchers will need to go beyond the confines of the academy to engage with government, industry, and civil society as active partners. Action research provides a model for researchers to expand their roles to include community relationship-building, collaborative design, and advocacy. Fortunately, there are already spaces within and outside HE where this reinvention is taking place. This chapter explores how we might use action research as a model to create universities prepared to take their part in addressing the climate crisis and contribute to the well-being of human beings and the planet. 30 00 Higher Education (HE) must take a leading role in addressing the current climate crisis. Universities have the capacity to provide the critical research and training to enable us to respond to the multiple environmental, economic, social, and cultural challenges this crisis creates. In order for this to happen, however, researchers will need to go beyond the confines of the academy to engage with government, industry, and civil society as active partners. Action research provides a model for researchers to expand their roles to include community relationship-building, collaborative design, and advocacy. Fortunately, there are already spaces within and outside HE where this reinvention is taking place. This chapter explores how we might use action research as a model to create universities prepared to take their part in addressing the climate crisis and contribute to the well-being of human beings and the planet. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Indigenous Knowledge for Sustainable Change in Higher Education: An Opportunity Not to Be Missed for Humankind 1 A01 Doris Santos Doris Santos 40 059yx9a68 Universidad Nacional de Colombia 03 00 Across my 30-year journey through higher education (HE), I have had the honour to learn from and with members of several Indigenous peoples in Colombia. I bear this in mind while appreciating the valuable opportunity that HE offers for human beings— to explore broader ways of understanding life and the problems affecting us all, and to co-construct alternative solutions. I argue it is not enough to simply acknowledge Indigenous knowledge (IK) in institutional discourses; these intentions for inclusion need to be translated into institutional actions. Academics must leave their comfort zones and begin an authentic dialogue as praxis with Indigenous and Afrodescendant peoples to imagine and help cultivate the better world we all desire. An intergenerational strategy can make our collaborative efforts sustainable through participatory intercultural education actions. To this end, HE institutions need to strengthen institutional governance through more inclusive participation in decision-making. Collaborative actions need to leave behind competitive models to re-signify the ‘higher’ component so long distorted in HE. These actions must aim to transform realities through university–school partnerships, and collaborative work with diverse cultural communities and entities at different levels. Practical suggestions include exploring with student teachers creative and innovative initiatives to support the school system. These initiatives need to co-create with diverse cultural communities a wide range of intercultural educational bridges and pathways, aimed at preserving and strengthening Indigenous students’ cultural identities in their transition to HE and throughout their academic journey. 30 00 Across my 30-year journey through higher education (HE), I have had the honour to learn from and with members of several Indigenous peoples in Colombia. I bear this in mind while appreciating the valuable opportunity that HE offers for human beings— to explore broader ways of understanding life and the problems affecting us all, and to co-construct alternative solutions. I argue it is not enough to simply acknowledge Indigenous knowledge (IK) in institutional discourses; these intentions for inclusion need to be translated into institutional actions. Academics must leave their comfort zones and begin an authentic dialogue as praxis with Indigenous and Afrodescendant peoples to imagine and help cultivate the better world we all desire. An intergenerational strategy can make our collaborative efforts sustainable through participatory intercultural education actions. To this end, HE institutions need to strengthen institutional governance through more inclusive participation in decision-making. Collaborative actions need to leave behind competitive models to re-signify the ‘higher’ component so long distorted in HE. These actions must aim to transform realities through university–school partnerships, and collaborative work with diverse cultural communities and entities at different levels. Practical suggestions include exploring with student teachers creative and innovative initiatives to support the school system. These initiatives need to co-create with diverse cultural communities a wide range of intercultural educational bridges and pathways, aimed at preserving and strengthening Indigenous students’ cultural identities in their transition to HE and throughout their academic journey. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Systemic Approaches to Transforming the University 1 A01 Danny Burns Danny Burns Institute of Development Studies, University of Sussex Danny Burns is a Professor at the Institute of Development Studies. He specialises in the methodological development of participatory processes which can stimulate systemic and/or large scale scale. In particular he has developed the theory and practise of Systemic Action Research and applied this to large projects on slavery and child labour in India, Bangladesh and Nepal; peace building in Myanmar and Mali; and urban social justice in various cities in the UK. 03 00 This chapter explores some of the problems of contemporary higher education (HE) and discusses how a more participatory perspective on knowledge and meaning-making can inform some of the changes that are needed in the world. It offers a model of inquiry as a way of stimulating and supporting the process of transformation that is needed in HE. It highlights the importance of multi stakeholder participatory processes, to understand the system dynamics that hold the status quo in place, and to change them. 30 00 This chapter explores some of the problems of contemporary higher education (HE) and discusses how a more participatory perspective on knowledge and meaning-making can inform some of the changes that are needed in the world. It offers a model of inquiry as a way of stimulating and supporting the process of transformation that is needed in HE. It highlights the importance of multi stakeholder participatory processes, to understand the system dynamics that hold the status quo in place, and to change them. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Mental Health Matters in Higher Education: A Duty of Care 1 A01 21 0000000342042586 Rod Roy Waddington Rod Waddington Researcher - Consultant Mental Health Strategies UK Rod Waddington, PhD, CHt is an Independent Scholar, researcher, consultant, trainer, coach and mentor. He specialises in Mental Health Psychology, Neurosemantics and Dialogic OD and was formerly, and academic and Acting Rector in a teacher’s training college and an HR manager in a multi-campus TVET college in South Africa. Prior to moving to the UK, Rod assisted in a rehab centre for drug and alcohol addiction for 4 years and ran his own hypnotherapy clinic. He has presented academic papers and authored, co-edited and published internationally. Presently he engages in peer support with MIND, runs workshops, trains mental health programmes in colleges and community organisations whilst running his own mental health consultancy in the UK. His present action research interest lies in uncovering and mapping the structure of experience in self-recovery from addiction in vulnerable communities using Mental Space Psychology. His website can be accessed at http://www.thetherapycouchinternational.com. 03 00 In higher education (HE) institutions with a toxic environment, emotions can be easily triggered, heightened, and often pushed out of control. Crowded spaces, tight schedules, hierarchical bureaucracy, chasing targets, constant changes in technology, processes, and procedures, when coupled with a diverse population, increase the possibility of a toxic culture developing. Conditions like these lead to poor mental health and decreased productivity. It seems staff and students can do little to change the environment in HE institutions. But they can take ownership of their own emotional responses within the environment and positively create a healthier climate in which to work and study, by being agents of change. This requires a shift in the dominant paradigm towards driving transformation from the bottom up, challenging toxic institutional culture, and improving mental health of staff and students. The new paradigm rests on the premise that people are not means to an end but are the end in themselves. When HE employees and students experience being cared for and developed, instead of being used, they have better mental health and are more productive. The ideas I present in this chapter offer readers the opportunity to reflect on their own practice and the practice of HE institutions generally, in promoting positive mental health in the spirit of care. After all, nourishment of the human mind is surely a core purpose of HE institutions. 30 00 In higher education (HE) institutions with a toxic environment, emotions can be easily triggered, heightened, and often pushed out of control. Crowded spaces, tight schedules, hierarchical bureaucracy, chasing targets, constant changes in technology, processes, and procedures, when coupled with a diverse population, increase the possibility of a toxic culture developing. Conditions like these lead to poor mental health and decreased productivity. It seems staff and students can do little to change the environment in HE institutions. But they can take ownership of their own emotional responses within the environment and positively create a healthier climate in which to work and study, by being agents of change. This requires a shift in the dominant paradigm towards driving transformation from the bottom up, challenging toxic institutional culture, and improving mental health of staff and students. The new paradigm rests on the premise that people are not means to an end but are the end in themselves. When HE employees and students experience being cared for and developed, instead of being used, they have better mental health and are more productive. The ideas I present in this chapter offer readers the opportunity to reflect on their own practice and the practice of HE institutions generally, in promoting positive mental health in the spirit of care. After all, nourishment of the human mind is surely a core purpose of HE institutions. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Shaping Socially Responsible Higher Education Through Knowledge Democratisation 1 A01 21 0000000304784546 Budd Lionel Hall Budd Hall Centre for Global Studies 40 04s5mat29 University of Victoria Currently Co-Chair of the UNESCO Chair in Community-Based Research and Social Responsibility in Higher Education, Budd began his career at the University of Dar es Salaam, Tanzania influenced by the late President Julius Nyerere and the Brazilian Paulo Freire. He first coined the term participatory research while working in Tanzania in the early 1970s. He spent 20 years working for the International Council for Adult Education, 15 years as its Secretary-General. He was the Chair of Adult Education and Community Development at the University of Toronto before taking the position as Dean of Education at the University of Victoria. He has over 500 publications in fields of adult education, social movement learning, participatory research and higher education. He is a Father of two, grandfather of three, husband and poet. 03 00 Beginning with early influences, I share some background on my 60+ years of engagement with the world of higher education(HE). Sharing a world view deeply critical of the contemporary domination of global capitalism, I suggest that knowledge activism, knowledge democracy and questions of knowledge equity are key to the radical reinvention of HE that is needed. I go on to outline principles of socially responsible HE closing with a message of the urgency of our times 30 00 Beginning with early influences, I share some background on my 60+ years of engagement with the world of higher education(HE). Sharing a world view deeply critical of the contemporary domination of global capitalism, I suggest that knowledge activism, knowledge democracy and questions of knowledge equity are key to the radical reinvention of HE that is needed. I go on to outline principles of socially responsible HE closing with a message of the urgency of our times 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Constructing an Artificial-Intelligence Higher Education Environment: Guidelines for the Future 1 A01 21 0000000286747206 Elma Marais Elma Marais Faculty of Education 40 010f1sq29 North-West University Elma Marais is an associate professor of language education (Afrikaans for Education) within the Faculty of Education, NWU, Potchefstroom, South Africa. With a focus on language education, resources, technology integration, play-based learning and teaching practice. Prof Marais has made a significant national and global impact on the field. She holds a PhD in Curriculum Studies, obtained from NWU, and has over fifteen years of experience in academia, working with both undergraduate and postgraduate students, and has supervised numerous postgraduate studies, published several academic papers and presented her research a numerous conferences.Prof Marais is part of several projects that focus on using mixed reality (MR) to facilitate teacher training and the inclusion of manipulatives like the LEGO® Six Bricks®. Prof. Marais has been instrumental in integrating LEGO® Six Brick® into educational practices at the NWU, significantly enhancing student engagement and learning outcomes. Her work focuses on preparing BEd students for real-world teaching challenges through practical and interactive learning experiences by using resources. Technological resources like Artificial intelligence, software and hands-on resources is a key research area of prof Marais. She collaborates with various NGOs to extend the reach and impact of her educational initiatives, ensuring that the benefits of her work are felt across different communities. 2 A01 21 000000023293257X Rochelle Marais-Botha Rochelle Marais-Botha Faculty of Education 40 010f1sq29 North-West University Rochelle Marais-Botha, obtained her BA degree (Afrikaans/Psychology) at the North-West University's Vanderbijlpark Campus. She obtained her honors degree (with distinction) in 2008 and also completed her PGCE (with distinction) in 2010. In 2013 she obtained her MA degree, Migrasie en verplasing in Anderkant die stilte (André P. Brink), De reis van de lege flessen (Kader Abdolah) en Idil, een meisje (Tasmine Allas) : 'n genderbeskouing. After approximately 8 years in education, she was appointed in 2013 as a lecturer on the North-West University's Vanderbijlpark Campus. She obtained her PhD degree in 2021 with the title Die representasie van die Anglo-Boereoorlog in Afrikaanse romans en rolprente na 2002. She is currently a lecturer at the Faculty of Education's School of Language Education (Subject Group Afrikaans). 3 A01 21 0000000222687806 Florence Coertzen Florence Coertzen Faculty of Education 40 010f1sq29 North-West University Florence Coertzen is a lecturer in the Department of Afrikaans for Education at the North-West University. With over a decade of teaching experience, she has a remarkable track record in educating students from the Intermediate to Senior Phase. Florence holds a Masters degree in Humanities, and is presently pursuing her PhD in Curriculum studies in the field of education. When not busy inspiring the next generation, Florence is a loving wife and devoted mother of two boys. 03 00 The ongoing advancement of artificial intelligence (AI) presents both significant opportunities and challenges for higher education (HE) and for HE institutions. In this chapter, we adopt a constructivist perspective to explore the implications of integrating AI in research, teaching, and learning, with a focus on fostering inclusion and accessibility within the HE environment. We begin by examining the constructivist world view as a theoretical foundation for understanding the role of AI in facilitating knowledge construction and active participatory learning experiences. Next, we address concerns related to the ethical, social, and pedagogical aspects of AI implementation in HE, such as privacy, equity, and the potential for bias in AI algorithms. We then discuss the transformative potential of AI in HE, and its capacity to personalise learning experiences, enhance teaching effectiveness, and improve research methods. To guide the responsible integration of AI in HE, we propose specific actions for research, as well as for teaching and learning. By embracing AI integration with caution, HE institutions can maximise the potential of AI to foster an inclusive, engaging, and transformative learning environment as we move into a constantly changing future. 30 00 The ongoing advancement of artificial intelligence (AI) presents both significant opportunities and challenges for higher education (HE) and for HE institutions. In this chapter, we adopt a constructivist perspective to explore the implications of integrating AI in research, teaching, and learning, with a focus on fostering inclusion and accessibility within the HE environment. We begin by examining the constructivist world view as a theoretical foundation for understanding the role of AI in facilitating knowledge construction and active participatory learning experiences. Next, we address concerns related to the ethical, social, and pedagogical aspects of AI implementation in HE, such as privacy, equity, and the potential for bias in AI algorithms. We then discuss the transformative potential of AI in HE, and its capacity to personalise learning experiences, enhance teaching effectiveness, and improve research methods. To guide the responsible integration of AI in HE, we propose specific actions for research, as well as for teaching and learning. By embracing AI integration with caution, HE institutions can maximise the potential of AI to foster an inclusive, engaging, and transformative learning environment as we move into a constantly changing future. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Frameworks for Actioning Positive and Sustainable Change in Higher Education 1 A01 21 0000000291391507 Lesley Wood Lesley Wood Community-based Educational Research 40 010f1sq29 North-West University Lesley Wood is an experienced action researcher of international repute. She has developed and conducted action research training for professional, organisational, and community development in different contexts. She is the founder Director of the research entity Community-Based Educational Research, at North-West University, and has been awarded several national and international funds for her projects. She is a National Research Foundation rated researcher. In 2014, she was awarded an Honorary Doctorate by Moravian University in the US for her work in action research. She was inducted into the Academy of Science South Africa and the international Academy of Community-Engaged Scholarship in 2021. She has published over 100 articles, book chapters, and books, and has supervised many doctoral students. 2 A01 21 0000000208169308 Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt Community-based Educational Research 40 010f1sq29 North-West University Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt is an Adjunct Professor at Griffith University, Australia; Pro Chancellor, Global University for Lifelong Learning (GULL), USA; Extraordinary Professor at North-West University, South Africa; and Honorary Citizen of the University of Innsbruck (Austria). She has four doctoral degrees: 2 PhDs in Australia (from University of Queensland in Comparative Literature & Translation Science and from Deakin University in Higher Education), a Doctor of Letters (DLitt) in Management Education (IMCA, UK), and an Honorary Doctorate (D. Hon) in Professional Studies (GULL, USA). Ortrun has published widely and has received several national and internationally funded grants for her projects, as well as holding various honorary research and teaching appointments at international institutions at various times. Her career highlights are (1) her Festschrift, titled Lifelong action learning and action research: A tribute to the life and pioneering work of Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt, edited by Kearney and Todhunter (2015), and (2) the award in 2018 of Officer in the General Division of the Order of Australia (AO), in recognition for ‘Distinguished service to tertiary education in the field of action research and learning as an academic, author and mentor, and to professional bodies’. 03 00 This final chapter draws conclusions from an analysis of knowledge contributions gleaned from previous chapters to develop a consolidated framework for actioning positive and sustainable change in higher education (HE). Reiterating the argument of the book introduced in Chapter 1 that individuals and groups of people working in HE are best placed to initiate and bring about positive and sustainable change in their own practices, it begins with a recap of our thesis about why change is necessary, what needs to change, and how this change might best be brought about. The questions raised in the first chapter are then revisited, drawing insights from the ideas put forward by the various authors who contributed to this book. We then present a potential framework for actioning these ideas to bring about positive and sustainable change and close the chapter with some critical questions for readers to consider into the future. 30 00 This final chapter draws conclusions from an analysis of knowledge contributions gleaned from previous chapters to develop a consolidated framework for actioning positive and sustainable change in higher education (HE). Reiterating the argument of the book introduced in Chapter 1 that individuals and groups of people working in HE are best placed to initiate and bring about positive and sustainable change in their own practices, it begins with a recap of our thesis about why change is necessary, what needs to change, and how this change might best be brought about. The questions raised in the first chapter are then revisited, drawing insights from the ideas put forward by the various authors who contributed to this book. We then present a potential framework for actioning these ideas to bring about positive and sustainable change and close the chapter with some critical questions for readers to consider into the future. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20241024 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523691100 03 9789523691100 06 15 9789523691117 03 9789523691117 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523691094 20 08 20241024 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523691094 20 08 20241024 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523691094 20 08 20241024 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523691094 20 08 20241024 01 urn:uuid:e87332f4-eea0-49ac-848d-f127ded3f1aa 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:adfb9238-5715-4e92-a8f9-e003cb131ab3 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e87332f4-eea0-49ac-848d-f127ded3f1aa 15 9789523691100 03 9789523691100 06 10.33134/HUP-25 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Shaping the Future of Higher Education Positive and Sustainable Frameworks for Navigating Constant Change 1 B01 21 0000000291391507 Lesley Wood Lesley Wood Community-based Educational Research 40 010f1sq29 North-West University Lesley Wood is an experienced action researcher of international repute. She has developed and conducted action research training for professional, organisational, and community development in different contexts. She is the founder Director of the research entity Community-Based Educational Research, at North-West University, and has been awarded several national and international funds for her projects. She is a National Research Foundation rated researcher. In 2014, she was awarded an Honorary Doctorate by Moravian University in the US for her work in action research. She was inducted into the Academy of Science South Africa and the international Academy of Community-Engaged Scholarship in 2021. She has published over 100 articles, book chapters, and books, and has supervised many doctoral students. 2 B01 21 0000000208169308 Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt Community-based Educational Research 40 010f1sq29 North-West University Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt is an Adjunct Professor at Griffith University, Australia; Pro Chancellor, Global University for Lifelong Learning (GULL), USA; Extraordinary Professor at North-West University, South Africa; and Honorary Citizen of the University of Innsbruck (Austria). She has four doctoral degrees: 2 PhDs in Australia (from University of Queensland in Comparative Literature & Translation Science and from Deakin University in Higher Education), a Doctor of Letters (DLitt) in Management Education (IMCA, UK), and an Honorary Doctorate (D. Hon) in Professional Studies (GULL, USA). Ortrun has published widely and has received several national and internationally funded grants for her projects, as well as holding various honorary research and teaching appointments at international institutions at various times. Her career highlights are (1) her Festschrift, titled Lifelong action learning and action research: A tribute to the life and pioneering work of Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt, edited by Kearney and Todhunter (2015), and (2) the award in 2018 of Officer in the General Division of the Order of Australia (AO), in recognition for ‘Distinguished service to tertiary education in the field of action research and learning as an academic, author and mentor, and to professional bodies’. 01 eng 00 252 03 B2 Education B2 Higher Education B2 Action Research 20 Higher Education; sustainable change; action learning; action research 01 06 02 00 Shaping the Future of Higher Education</italic> presents a selection of ideas from internationally renowned researchers in higher education about how to move from just coping with change to proactively actioning it. Through the framework of participatory action learning and action research, the volume aims to enable researchers, teachers a 03 00 The university is struggling to keep up with the demands of a fast-changing world, and, as a system, higher education generally does not respond quickly to change. Its institutions produce valuable knowledge about social issues and problems, but this is so often not followed by action constructively using that knowledge to effectively address these problems. Shaping the Future of Higher Education</italic> generates knowledge to enable researchers, teachers and leadership in higher education to learn how to positively embrace constant change through innovative, collaborative, systemic, critical and creative thinking and action. Through a participatory and transformative paradigm, it strives to create knowledge to enable everyone involved in higher education to move from talking about change to actioning it. The book presents possible structures and processes for learning, teaching, research, community engagement and leadership. It provides pathways to shape a higher education system that is inclusive and student-centred, that promotes knowledge democracy, and is responsive to and relevant for dealing with pressing social issues as they arise. The contributing authors of this book are internationally renowned researchers with years of experience in their respective roles in higher education. Their ideas will benefit all who are involved in, concerned about, and/or actively promote most effective higher education practices. Lesley Wood</bold> is an Extraordinary Professor and founder of the Community-Based Educational Research entity in the Faculty of Education, North-West University, South Africa. Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt</bold> is an Extraordinary Professor in Community-Based Educational Research in the Faculty of Education, North-West University, South Africa, and an Adjunct Professor at Griffith University, Australia. <hr> ‘There are two stories to tell about issues in our world: the story told from the outside through expert analysis and the story from the inside told by those with direct experience. The editors and authors of this exciting volume, each of whom has extensive experiences as researcher, teacher and administrator in higher education explore the story and challenges of contemporary higher education from the inside. Their voice must be heard.’ - David Coghlan</bold>, Professor Emeritus, Dublin University, Trinity College, Ireland <bold><italic> ‘Civilisation is in peril. Universities could contribute to rescuing it. Instead, most currently fail badly. Many of their educators know and say as much. Now, this timely and important book raises the issues. The distinguished editors and superbly-chosen authors explain how this crisis came about. Importantly, they explain what must now be done.’ - Bob Dick</bold>, Adjunct Professor, Southern Cross University, Australia </bold></italic> ‘This compelling book is a must read for anybody interested in the future direction of higher education (HE). Ranging from local insights to global perspectives, it provides a different approach to considering the rapidly-changing world. This book rejects the more traditional, elitist, expert-centric, hierarchical, Western-dominated characteristics of HE. Its focus on community participatory concepts (including a ‘bottom-up’ approach, sustainability, people-before-profits, educating change agents to working for the community's benefit, inclusivity, etc) and a repudiation of self-interest. Each internationally-recognised contributor believes in action learning and action research which values community-based participation, collaboration, partnerships, alliances, etc. However, each contributor also brings unique expertise developed in different geographical locations and backgrounds to reflect on the topic. Both educational experts and lay readers should find this an easy read – it is well structured and jargon-free.’ - Bill Synnot</bold>, widely recognised leading consultant specialising in change management 30 00 The university is struggling to keep up with the demands of a fast-changing world, and, as a system, higher education generally does not respond quickly to change. Its institutions produce valuable knowledge about social issues and problems, but this is so often not followed by action constructively using that knowledge to effectively address these problems. Shaping the Future of Higher Education</italic> generates knowledge to enable researchers, teachers and leadership in higher education to learn how to positively embrace constant change through innovative, collaborative, systemic, critical and creative thinking and action. Through a participatory and transformative paradigm, it strives to create knowledge to enable everyone involved in higher education to move from talking about change to actioning it. The book presents possible structures and processes for learning, teaching, research, community engagement and leadership. It provides pathways to shape a higher education system that is inclusive and student-centred, that promotes knowledge democracy, and is responsive to and relevant for dealing with pressing social issues as they arise. The contributing authors of this book are internationally renowned researchers with years of experience in their respective roles in higher education. Their ideas will benefit all who are involved in, concerned about, and/or actively promote most effective higher education practices. Lesley Wood</bold> is an Extraordinary Professor and founder of the Community-Based Educational Research entity in the Faculty of Education, North-West University, South Africa. Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt</bold> is an Extraordinary Professor in Community-Based Educational Research in the Faculty of Education, North-West University, South Africa, and an Adjunct Professor at Griffith University, Australia. <hr> ‘There are two stories to tell about issues in our world: the story told from the outside through expert analysis and the story from the inside told by those with direct experience. The editors and authors of this exciting volume, each of whom has extensive experiences as researcher, teacher and administrator in higher education explore the story and challenges of contemporary higher education from the inside. Their voice must be heard.’ - David Coghlan</bold>, Professor Emeritus, Dublin University, Trinity College, Ireland <bold><italic> ‘Civilisation is in peril. Universities could contribute to rescuing it. Instead, most currently fail badly. Many of their educators know and say as much. Now, this timely and important book raises the issues. The distinguished editors and superbly-chosen authors explain how this crisis came about. Importantly, they explain what must now be done.’ - Bob Dick</bold>, Adjunct Professor, Southern Cross University, Australia </bold></italic> ‘This compelling book is a must read for anybody interested in the future direction of higher education (HE). Ranging from local insights to global perspectives, it provides a different approach to considering the rapidly-changing world. This book rejects the more traditional, elitist, expert-centric, hierarchical, Western-dominated characteristics of HE. Its focus on community participatory concepts (including a ‘bottom-up’ approach, sustainability, people-before-profits, educating change agents to working for the community's benefit, inclusivity, etc) and a repudiation of self-interest. Each internationally-recognised contributor believes in action learning and action research which values community-based participation, collaboration, partnerships, alliances, etc. However, each contributor also brings unique expertise developed in different geographical locations and backgrounds to reflect on the topic. Both educational experts and lay readers should find this an easy read – it is well structured and jargon-free.’ - Bill Synnot</bold>, widely recognised leading consultant specialising in change management 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/0d6511e4-228c-42f8-a14f-a70fa87cf0af.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Why, What, and How of Actioning Change in Higher Education 1 A01 21 0000000291391507 Lesley Wood Lesley Wood Community-based Educational Research 40 010f1sq29 North-West University Lesley Wood is an experienced action researcher of international repute. She has developed and conducted action research training for professional, organisational, and community development in different contexts. She is the founder Director of the research entity Community-Based Educational Research, at North-West University, and has been awarded several national and international funds for her projects. She is a National Research Foundation rated researcher. In 2014, she was awarded an Honorary Doctorate by Moravian University in the US for her work in action research. She was inducted into the Academy of Science South Africa and the international Academy of Community-Engaged Scholarship in 2021. She has published over 100 articles, book chapters, and books, and has supervised many doctoral students. 2 A01 21 0000000208169308 Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt Community-based Educational Research 40 010f1sq29 North-West University Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt is an Adjunct Professor at Griffith University, Australia; Pro Chancellor, Global University for Lifelong Learning (GULL), USA; Extraordinary Professor at North-West University, South Africa; and Honorary Citizen of the University of Innsbruck (Austria). She has four doctoral degrees: 2 PhDs in Australia (from University of Queensland in Comparative Literature & Translation Science and from Deakin University in Higher Education), a Doctor of Letters (DLitt) in Management Education (IMCA, UK), and an Honorary Doctorate (D. Hon) in Professional Studies (GULL, USA). Ortrun has published widely and has received several national and internationally funded grants for her projects, as well as holding various honorary research and teaching appointments at international institutions at various times. Her career highlights are (1) her Festschrift, titled Lifelong action learning and action research: A tribute to the life and pioneering work of Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt, edited by Kearney and Todhunter (2015), and (2) the award in 2018 of Officer in the General Division of the Order of Australia (AO), in recognition for ‘Distinguished service to tertiary education in the field of action research and learning as an academic, author and mentor, and to professional bodies’. 03 00 This chapter introduces the book. It provides the rationale, with evidence of why </italic>it is necessary to change current philosophy and practices in higher education (HE) to make it more inclusive, flexible, and responsive to both external and internal change drivers. It discusses the core idea of this book that individuals and groups of people working in HE are best placed to initiate and bring about positive and sustainable change in their own practices. We provide a global perspective on ideas of what </italic>constitutes responsive, sustainable action for change in HE, using the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) of UNESCO as a starting point and moral imperative for moving towards positive change. We explain our philosophical assumptions, understanding, and perspective as a baseline for thinking about how </italic>to action change. Finally, we outline the book to guide the reader through this volume. 30 00 This chapter introduces the book. It provides the rationale, with evidence of why </italic>it is necessary to change current philosophy and practices in higher education (HE) to make it more inclusive, flexible, and responsive to both external and internal change drivers. It discusses the core idea of this book that individuals and groups of people working in HE are best placed to initiate and bring about positive and sustainable change in their own practices. We provide a global perspective on ideas of what </italic>constitutes responsive, sustainable action for change in HE, using the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) of UNESCO as a starting point and moral imperative for moving towards positive change. We explain our philosophical assumptions, understanding, and perspective as a baseline for thinking about how </italic>to action change. Finally, we outline the book to guide the reader through this volume. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Shaping Society for Tomorrow: The Role of Higher Education in Bringing About Positive Change 1 A01 21 0000000340728541 Carolyn Maree Evans Carolyn Evans 40 02sc3r913 Griffith University Professor Carolyn Evans graduated with degrees in Arts and Law from the University of Melbourne and a doctorate from Oxford where she studied as a Rhodes Scholar. Carolyn taught law at Oxford and Melbourne Universities. Prior to commencing at Griffith, Carolyn held the positions of Dean of Law, Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Graduate and International) and Deputy Provost at the University of Melbourne. Carolyn works in the areas of law and religion and human rights and has published and spoken on these issues around the world. She is currently Vice Chancellor and President of Griffith University. 03 00 While universities must be responsive to the complex times in which we live and to the increasing demands of governments and others, they also need to work towards a future beyond the next electoral or economic cycle. This requires a deep understanding of their core mission and values. This chapter argues that we need to recognise the benefits of diversity, and to consider higher education (HE) as an ecosystem rather than trying to force all universities into similar patterns. It discusses the importance of universities being permeable and looking outward to create positive social and environmental impact. This chapter uses Griffith University’s Research Beacons as a key example of how inter- and transdisciplinary collaboration can directly address community needs to create a better future for all. 30 00 While universities must be responsive to the complex times in which we live and to the increasing demands of governments and others, they also need to work towards a future beyond the next electoral or economic cycle. This requires a deep understanding of their core mission and values. This chapter argues that we need to recognise the benefits of diversity, and to consider higher education (HE) as an ecosystem rather than trying to force all universities into similar patterns. It discusses the importance of universities being permeable and looking outward to create positive social and environmental impact. This chapter uses Griffith University’s Research Beacons as a key example of how inter- and transdisciplinary collaboration can directly address community needs to create a better future for all. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Failure of Public Higher Education Reform in North America and Western Europe: The Need for a New Beginning 1 A01 21 0000000268975432 Davydd James Greenwood Davydd Greenwood Anthropology 40 05bnh6r87 Cornell University Davydd Greenwood, Goldwin Smith Professor of Anthropology Emeritus, Director of the Einaudi Center for International Studies (1983-1995) and Director, Institute for European Studies (2000-2008) at Cornell University, he served as President of the Association of International Education Administrators in 1993-94. A Corresponding Member of the Spanish Royal Academy of Moral and Political Sciences (1996), he has published 10 books and scores of articles on the anthropology of Spain, universities, and action research for democratic organizational change, including Morten Levin and Davydd Greenwood, Creating a New Public University and Reviving Democracy: An Action Research Approach, Berghahn, 2016. 03 00 A consistent set of criticisms of the organisation, dynamics, and failings of public higher education (HE) has been articulated since the early 1990s. Most are on target and point to a system in freefall—expensive, ineffective, and unsatisfactory for students, faculty, many staff members, and the relevant communities they serve. Despite this, the situation in HE in North America and Europe has only worsened as neoliberal management continues to intensify management by the numbers, control of student and faculty speech, administrative bloat, and increases in tuition costs.<break/>The consequent decline in public and employer support and the approaching significant decline in birth rates, and consequently in the number of college-age students in Western industrialised countries, have not moved the powerholders in these institutions to reform the institutions in fundamental ways. I argue that piecemeal public university reforms no longer hold any promise. Only a fundamental re-creation of public HE will change the situation. This re-creation must be based on open systems dynamics, transdisciplinarity, and a focus on sustainability for the stakeholders (the faculty and students, the surrounding communities, and the larger planetary ecology). The chapter closes with an examination of what such public institutions might be like. 30 00 A consistent set of criticisms of the organisation, dynamics, and failings of public higher education (HE) has been articulated since the early 1990s. Most are on target and point to a system in freefall—expensive, ineffective, and unsatisfactory for students, faculty, many staff members, and the relevant communities they serve. Despite this, the situation in HE in North America and Europe has only worsened as neoliberal management continues to intensify management by the numbers, control of student and faculty speech, administrative bloat, and increases in tuition costs.<break/>The consequent decline in public and employer support and the approaching significant decline in birth rates, and consequently in the number of college-age students in Western industrialised countries, have not moved the powerholders in these institutions to reform the institutions in fundamental ways. I argue that piecemeal public university reforms no longer hold any promise. Only a fundamental re-creation of public HE will change the situation. This re-creation must be based on open systems dynamics, transdisciplinarity, and a focus on sustainability for the stakeholders (the faculty and students, the surrounding communities, and the larger planetary ecology). The chapter closes with an examination of what such public institutions might be like. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Greenlighting the University: Re-envisioning the Role of Higher Education in Tackling the Climate Crisis through Action Research 1 A01 21 0000000186892334 Mary Leanoir Brydon-Miller Mary Brydon-Miller Educational Leadership, Evaluation, and Organizational Development 40 01ckdn478 University of Louisville Mary Brydon-Miller, PhD, is Professor in the College of Education and Human Development at the University of Louisville in the United States of America (USA) and is currently serving as Extraordinary Professor at North-West University in South Africa. She is a participatory action researcher who conducts work in school, community, and organisational settings. She is the editor, with David Coghlan, of the SAGE Encyclopedia of action research (2014). Her most recent book with Sarah Banks is Ethics in participatory research for health and social well-being: Cases and commentaries (2019). She recently completed a Fulbright Research Fellowship at the University of Technology, Sydney, where her work focused on the area of Climate Change Education. She is also leading an international climate change education project with colleagues from Australia, Austria, the Philippines, and South Africa, and recently hosted a Spencer Foundation funded<break/>planning conference to further develop this initiative. 03 00 Higher Education (HE) must take a leading role in addressing the current climate crisis. Universities have the capacity to provide the critical research and training to enable us to respond to the multiple environmental, economic, social, and cultural challenges this crisis creates. In order for this to happen, however, researchers will need to go beyond the confines of the academy to engage with government, industry, and civil society as active partners. Action research provides a model for researchers to expand their roles to include community relationship-building, collaborative design, and advocacy. Fortunately, there are already spaces within and outside HE where this reinvention is taking place. This chapter explores how we might use action research as a model to create universities prepared to take their part in addressing the climate crisis and contribute to the well-being of human beings and the planet. 30 00 Higher Education (HE) must take a leading role in addressing the current climate crisis. Universities have the capacity to provide the critical research and training to enable us to respond to the multiple environmental, economic, social, and cultural challenges this crisis creates. In order for this to happen, however, researchers will need to go beyond the confines of the academy to engage with government, industry, and civil society as active partners. Action research provides a model for researchers to expand their roles to include community relationship-building, collaborative design, and advocacy. Fortunately, there are already spaces within and outside HE where this reinvention is taking place. This chapter explores how we might use action research as a model to create universities prepared to take their part in addressing the climate crisis and contribute to the well-being of human beings and the planet. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Indigenous Knowledge for Sustainable Change in Higher Education: An Opportunity Not to Be Missed for Humankind 1 A01 Doris Santos Doris Santos 40 059yx9a68 Universidad Nacional de Colombia 03 00 Across my 30-year journey through higher education (HE), I have had the honour to learn from and with members of several Indigenous peoples in Colombia. I bear this in mind while appreciating the valuable opportunity that HE offers for human beings— to explore broader ways of understanding life and the problems affecting us all, and to co-construct alternative solutions. I argue it is not enough to simply acknowledge Indigenous knowledge (IK) in institutional discourses; these intentions for inclusion need to be translated into institutional actions. Academics must leave their comfort zones and begin an authentic dialogue as praxis with Indigenous and Afrodescendant peoples to imagine and help cultivate the better world we all desire. An intergenerational strategy can make our collaborative efforts sustainable through participatory intercultural education actions. To this end, HE institutions need to strengthen institutional governance through more inclusive participation in decision-making. Collaborative actions need to leave behind competitive models to re-signify the ‘higher’ component so long distorted in HE. These actions must aim to transform realities through university–school partnerships, and collaborative work with diverse cultural communities and entities at different levels. Practical suggestions include exploring with student teachers creative and innovative initiatives to support the school system. These initiatives need to co-create with diverse cultural communities a wide range of intercultural educational bridges and pathways, aimed at preserving and strengthening Indigenous students’ cultural identities in their transition to HE and throughout their academic journey. 30 00 Across my 30-year journey through higher education (HE), I have had the honour to learn from and with members of several Indigenous peoples in Colombia. I bear this in mind while appreciating the valuable opportunity that HE offers for human beings— to explore broader ways of understanding life and the problems affecting us all, and to co-construct alternative solutions. I argue it is not enough to simply acknowledge Indigenous knowledge (IK) in institutional discourses; these intentions for inclusion need to be translated into institutional actions. Academics must leave their comfort zones and begin an authentic dialogue as praxis with Indigenous and Afrodescendant peoples to imagine and help cultivate the better world we all desire. An intergenerational strategy can make our collaborative efforts sustainable through participatory intercultural education actions. To this end, HE institutions need to strengthen institutional governance through more inclusive participation in decision-making. Collaborative actions need to leave behind competitive models to re-signify the ‘higher’ component so long distorted in HE. These actions must aim to transform realities through university–school partnerships, and collaborative work with diverse cultural communities and entities at different levels. Practical suggestions include exploring with student teachers creative and innovative initiatives to support the school system. These initiatives need to co-create with diverse cultural communities a wide range of intercultural educational bridges and pathways, aimed at preserving and strengthening Indigenous students’ cultural identities in their transition to HE and throughout their academic journey. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Systemic Approaches to Transforming the University 1 A01 Danny Burns Danny Burns Institute of Development Studies, University of Sussex Danny Burns is a Professor at the Institute of Development Studies. He specialises in the methodological development of participatory processes which can stimulate systemic and/or large scale scale. In particular he has developed the theory and practise of Systemic Action Research and applied this to large projects on slavery and child labour in India, Bangladesh and Nepal; peace building in Myanmar and Mali; and urban social justice in various cities in the UK. 03 00 This chapter explores some of the problems of contemporary higher education (HE) and discusses how a more participatory perspective on knowledge and meaning-making can inform some of the changes that are needed in the world. It offers a model of inquiry as a way of stimulating and supporting the process of transformation that is needed in HE. It highlights the importance of multi stakeholder participatory processes, to understand the system dynamics that hold the status quo in place, and to change them. 30 00 This chapter explores some of the problems of contemporary higher education (HE) and discusses how a more participatory perspective on knowledge and meaning-making can inform some of the changes that are needed in the world. It offers a model of inquiry as a way of stimulating and supporting the process of transformation that is needed in HE. It highlights the importance of multi stakeholder participatory processes, to understand the system dynamics that hold the status quo in place, and to change them. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Mental Health Matters in Higher Education: A Duty of Care 1 A01 21 0000000342042586 Rod Roy Waddington Rod Waddington Researcher - Consultant Mental Health Strategies UK Rod Waddington, PhD, CHt is an Independent Scholar, researcher, consultant, trainer, coach and mentor. He specialises in Mental Health Psychology, Neurosemantics and Dialogic OD and was formerly, and academic and Acting Rector in a teacher’s training college and an HR manager in a multi-campus TVET college in South Africa. Prior to moving to the UK, Rod assisted in a rehab centre for drug and alcohol addiction for 4 years and ran his own hypnotherapy clinic. He has presented academic papers and authored, co-edited and published internationally. Presently he engages in peer support with MIND, runs workshops, trains mental health programmes in colleges and community organisations whilst running his own mental health consultancy in the UK. His present action research interest lies in uncovering and mapping the structure of experience in self-recovery from addiction in vulnerable communities using Mental Space Psychology. His website can be accessed at http://www.thetherapycouchinternational.com. 03 00 In higher education (HE) institutions with a toxic environment, emotions can be easily triggered, heightened, and often pushed out of control. Crowded spaces, tight schedules, hierarchical bureaucracy, chasing targets, constant changes in technology, processes, and procedures, when coupled with a diverse population, increase the possibility of a toxic culture developing. Conditions like these lead to poor mental health and decreased productivity. It seems staff and students can do little to change the environment in HE institutions. But they can take ownership of their own emotional responses within the environment and positively create a healthier climate in which to work and study, by being agents of change. This requires a shift in the dominant paradigm towards driving transformation from the bottom up, challenging toxic institutional culture, and improving mental health of staff and students. The new paradigm rests on the premise that people are not means to an end but are the end in themselves. When HE employees and students experience being cared for and developed, instead of being used, they have better mental health and are more productive. The ideas I present in this chapter offer readers the opportunity to reflect on their own practice and the practice of HE institutions generally, in promoting positive mental health in the spirit of care. After all, nourishment of the human mind is surely a core purpose of HE institutions. 30 00 In higher education (HE) institutions with a toxic environment, emotions can be easily triggered, heightened, and often pushed out of control. Crowded spaces, tight schedules, hierarchical bureaucracy, chasing targets, constant changes in technology, processes, and procedures, when coupled with a diverse population, increase the possibility of a toxic culture developing. Conditions like these lead to poor mental health and decreased productivity. It seems staff and students can do little to change the environment in HE institutions. But they can take ownership of their own emotional responses within the environment and positively create a healthier climate in which to work and study, by being agents of change. This requires a shift in the dominant paradigm towards driving transformation from the bottom up, challenging toxic institutional culture, and improving mental health of staff and students. The new paradigm rests on the premise that people are not means to an end but are the end in themselves. When HE employees and students experience being cared for and developed, instead of being used, they have better mental health and are more productive. The ideas I present in this chapter offer readers the opportunity to reflect on their own practice and the practice of HE institutions generally, in promoting positive mental health in the spirit of care. After all, nourishment of the human mind is surely a core purpose of HE institutions. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Shaping Socially Responsible Higher Education Through Knowledge Democratisation 1 A01 21 0000000304784546 Budd Lionel Hall Budd Hall Centre for Global Studies 40 04s5mat29 University of Victoria Currently Co-Chair of the UNESCO Chair in Community-Based Research and Social Responsibility in Higher Education, Budd began his career at the University of Dar es Salaam, Tanzania influenced by the late President Julius Nyerere and the Brazilian Paulo Freire. He first coined the term participatory research while working in Tanzania in the early 1970s. He spent 20 years working for the International Council for Adult Education, 15 years as its Secretary-General. He was the Chair of Adult Education and Community Development at the University of Toronto before taking the position as Dean of Education at the University of Victoria. He has over 500 publications in fields of adult education, social movement learning, participatory research and higher education. He is a Father of two, grandfather of three, husband and poet. 03 00 Beginning with early influences, I share some background on my 60+ years of engagement with the world of higher education(HE). Sharing a world view deeply critical of the contemporary domination of global capitalism, I suggest that knowledge activism, knowledge democracy and questions of knowledge equity are key to the radical reinvention of HE that is needed. I go on to outline principles of socially responsible HE closing with a message of the urgency of our times 30 00 Beginning with early influences, I share some background on my 60+ years of engagement with the world of higher education(HE). Sharing a world view deeply critical of the contemporary domination of global capitalism, I suggest that knowledge activism, knowledge democracy and questions of knowledge equity are key to the radical reinvention of HE that is needed. I go on to outline principles of socially responsible HE closing with a message of the urgency of our times 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Constructing an Artificial-Intelligence Higher Education Environment: Guidelines for the Future 1 A01 21 0000000286747206 Elma Marais Elma Marais Faculty of Education 40 010f1sq29 North-West University Elma Marais is an associate professor of language education (Afrikaans for Education) within the Faculty of Education, NWU, Potchefstroom, South Africa. With a focus on language education, resources, technology integration, play-based learning and teaching practice. Prof Marais has made a significant national and global impact on the field. She holds a PhD in Curriculum Studies, obtained from NWU, and has over fifteen years of experience in academia, working with both undergraduate and postgraduate students, and has supervised numerous postgraduate studies, published several academic papers and presented her research a numerous conferences.Prof Marais is part of several projects that focus on using mixed reality (MR) to facilitate teacher training and the inclusion of manipulatives like the LEGO® Six Bricks®. Prof. Marais has been instrumental in integrating LEGO® Six Brick® into educational practices at the NWU, significantly enhancing student engagement and learning outcomes. Her work focuses on preparing BEd students for real-world teaching challenges through practical and interactive learning experiences by using resources. Technological resources like Artificial intelligence, software and hands-on resources is a key research area of prof Marais. She collaborates with various NGOs to extend the reach and impact of her educational initiatives, ensuring that the benefits of her work are felt across different communities. 2 A01 21 000000023293257X Rochelle Marais-Botha Rochelle Marais-Botha Faculty of Education 40 010f1sq29 North-West University Rochelle Marais-Botha, obtained her BA degree (Afrikaans/Psychology) at the North-West University's Vanderbijlpark Campus. She obtained her honors degree (with distinction) in 2008 and also completed her PGCE (with distinction) in 2010. In 2013 she obtained her MA degree, Migrasie en verplasing in Anderkant die stilte (André P. Brink), De reis van de lege flessen (Kader Abdolah) en Idil, een meisje (Tasmine Allas) : 'n genderbeskouing. After approximately 8 years in education, she was appointed in 2013 as a lecturer on the North-West University's Vanderbijlpark Campus. She obtained her PhD degree in 2021 with the title Die representasie van die Anglo-Boereoorlog in Afrikaanse romans en rolprente na 2002. She is currently a lecturer at the Faculty of Education's School of Language Education (Subject Group Afrikaans). 3 A01 21 0000000222687806 Florence Coertzen Florence Coertzen Faculty of Education 40 010f1sq29 North-West University Florence Coertzen is a lecturer in the Department of Afrikaans for Education at the North-West University. With over a decade of teaching experience, she has a remarkable track record in educating students from the Intermediate to Senior Phase. Florence holds a Masters degree in Humanities, and is presently pursuing her PhD in Curriculum studies in the field of education. When not busy inspiring the next generation, Florence is a loving wife and devoted mother of two boys. 03 00 The ongoing advancement of artificial intelligence (AI) presents both significant opportunities and challenges for higher education (HE) and for HE institutions. In this chapter, we adopt a constructivist perspective to explore the implications of integrating AI in research, teaching, and learning, with a focus on fostering inclusion and accessibility within the HE environment. We begin by examining the constructivist world view as a theoretical foundation for understanding the role of AI in facilitating knowledge construction and active participatory learning experiences. Next, we address concerns related to the ethical, social, and pedagogical aspects of AI implementation in HE, such as privacy, equity, and the potential for bias in AI algorithms. We then discuss the transformative potential of AI in HE, and its capacity to personalise learning experiences, enhance teaching effectiveness, and improve research methods. To guide the responsible integration of AI in HE, we propose specific actions for research, as well as for teaching and learning. By embracing AI integration with caution, HE institutions can maximise the potential of AI to foster an inclusive, engaging, and transformative learning environment as we move into a constantly changing future. 30 00 The ongoing advancement of artificial intelligence (AI) presents both significant opportunities and challenges for higher education (HE) and for HE institutions. In this chapter, we adopt a constructivist perspective to explore the implications of integrating AI in research, teaching, and learning, with a focus on fostering inclusion and accessibility within the HE environment. We begin by examining the constructivist world view as a theoretical foundation for understanding the role of AI in facilitating knowledge construction and active participatory learning experiences. Next, we address concerns related to the ethical, social, and pedagogical aspects of AI implementation in HE, such as privacy, equity, and the potential for bias in AI algorithms. We then discuss the transformative potential of AI in HE, and its capacity to personalise learning experiences, enhance teaching effectiveness, and improve research methods. To guide the responsible integration of AI in HE, we propose specific actions for research, as well as for teaching and learning. By embracing AI integration with caution, HE institutions can maximise the potential of AI to foster an inclusive, engaging, and transformative learning environment as we move into a constantly changing future. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Frameworks for Actioning Positive and Sustainable Change in Higher Education 1 A01 21 0000000291391507 Lesley Wood Lesley Wood Community-based Educational Research 40 010f1sq29 North-West University Lesley Wood is an experienced action researcher of international repute. She has developed and conducted action research training for professional, organisational, and community development in different contexts. She is the founder Director of the research entity Community-Based Educational Research, at North-West University, and has been awarded several national and international funds for her projects. She is a National Research Foundation rated researcher. In 2014, she was awarded an Honorary Doctorate by Moravian University in the US for her work in action research. She was inducted into the Academy of Science South Africa and the international Academy of Community-Engaged Scholarship in 2021. She has published over 100 articles, book chapters, and books, and has supervised many doctoral students. 2 A01 21 0000000208169308 Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt Community-based Educational Research 40 010f1sq29 North-West University Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt is an Adjunct Professor at Griffith University, Australia; Pro Chancellor, Global University for Lifelong Learning (GULL), USA; Extraordinary Professor at North-West University, South Africa; and Honorary Citizen of the University of Innsbruck (Austria). She has four doctoral degrees: 2 PhDs in Australia (from University of Queensland in Comparative Literature & Translation Science and from Deakin University in Higher Education), a Doctor of Letters (DLitt) in Management Education (IMCA, UK), and an Honorary Doctorate (D. Hon) in Professional Studies (GULL, USA). Ortrun has published widely and has received several national and internationally funded grants for her projects, as well as holding various honorary research and teaching appointments at international institutions at various times. Her career highlights are (1) her Festschrift, titled Lifelong action learning and action research: A tribute to the life and pioneering work of Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt, edited by Kearney and Todhunter (2015), and (2) the award in 2018 of Officer in the General Division of the Order of Australia (AO), in recognition for ‘Distinguished service to tertiary education in the field of action research and learning as an academic, author and mentor, and to professional bodies’. 03 00 This final chapter draws conclusions from an analysis of knowledge contributions gleaned from previous chapters to develop a consolidated framework for actioning positive and sustainable change in higher education (HE). Reiterating the argument of the book introduced in Chapter 1 that individuals and groups of people working in HE are best placed to initiate and bring about positive and sustainable change in their own practices, it begins with a recap of our thesis about why change is necessary, what needs to change, and how this change might best be brought about. The questions raised in the first chapter are then revisited, drawing insights from the ideas put forward by the various authors who contributed to this book. We then present a potential framework for actioning these ideas to bring about positive and sustainable change and close the chapter with some critical questions for readers to consider into the future. 30 00 This final chapter draws conclusions from an analysis of knowledge contributions gleaned from previous chapters to develop a consolidated framework for actioning positive and sustainable change in higher education (HE). Reiterating the argument of the book introduced in Chapter 1 that individuals and groups of people working in HE are best placed to initiate and bring about positive and sustainable change in their own practices, it begins with a recap of our thesis about why change is necessary, what needs to change, and how this change might best be brought about. The questions raised in the first chapter are then revisited, drawing insights from the ideas put forward by the various authors who contributed to this book. We then present a potential framework for actioning these ideas to bring about positive and sustainable change and close the chapter with some critical questions for readers to consider into the future. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20241024 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523691094 03 9789523691094 06 15 9789523691117 03 9789523691117 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20241024 01 urn:uuid:85ede89d-7c93-4eb2-879b-835890ab59d9 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:adfb9238-5715-4e92-a8f9-e003cb131ab3 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:85ede89d-7c93-4eb2-879b-835890ab59d9 15 9789523691117 03 9789523691117 06 10.33134/HUP-25 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Shaping the Future of Higher Education Positive and Sustainable Frameworks for Navigating Constant Change 1 B01 21 0000000291391507 Lesley Wood Lesley Wood Community-based Educational Research 40 010f1sq29 North-West University Lesley Wood is an experienced action researcher of international repute. She has developed and conducted action research training for professional, organisational, and community development in different contexts. She is the founder Director of the research entity Community-Based Educational Research, at North-West University, and has been awarded several national and international funds for her projects. She is a National Research Foundation rated researcher. In 2014, she was awarded an Honorary Doctorate by Moravian University in the US for her work in action research. She was inducted into the Academy of Science South Africa and the international Academy of Community-Engaged Scholarship in 2021. She has published over 100 articles, book chapters, and books, and has supervised many doctoral students. 2 B01 21 0000000208169308 Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt Community-based Educational Research 40 010f1sq29 North-West University Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt is an Adjunct Professor at Griffith University, Australia; Pro Chancellor, Global University for Lifelong Learning (GULL), USA; Extraordinary Professor at North-West University, South Africa; and Honorary Citizen of the University of Innsbruck (Austria). She has four doctoral degrees: 2 PhDs in Australia (from University of Queensland in Comparative Literature & Translation Science and from Deakin University in Higher Education), a Doctor of Letters (DLitt) in Management Education (IMCA, UK), and an Honorary Doctorate (D. Hon) in Professional Studies (GULL, USA). Ortrun has published widely and has received several national and internationally funded grants for her projects, as well as holding various honorary research and teaching appointments at international institutions at various times. Her career highlights are (1) her Festschrift, titled Lifelong action learning and action research: A tribute to the life and pioneering work of Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt, edited by Kearney and Todhunter (2015), and (2) the award in 2018 of Officer in the General Division of the Order of Australia (AO), in recognition for ‘Distinguished service to tertiary education in the field of action research and learning as an academic, author and mentor, and to professional bodies’. 01 eng 00 252 03 B2 Education B2 Higher Education B2 Action Research 20 Higher Education; sustainable change; action learning; action research 01 06 02 00 Shaping the Future of Higher Education</italic> presents a selection of ideas from internationally renowned researchers in higher education about how to move from just coping with change to proactively actioning it. Through the framework of participatory action learning and action research, the volume aims to enable researchers, teachers a 03 00 The university is struggling to keep up with the demands of a fast-changing world, and, as a system, higher education generally does not respond quickly to change. Its institutions produce valuable knowledge about social issues and problems, but this is so often not followed by action constructively using that knowledge to effectively address these problems. Shaping the Future of Higher Education</italic> generates knowledge to enable researchers, teachers and leadership in higher education to learn how to positively embrace constant change through innovative, collaborative, systemic, critical and creative thinking and action. Through a participatory and transformative paradigm, it strives to create knowledge to enable everyone involved in higher education to move from talking about change to actioning it. The book presents possible structures and processes for learning, teaching, research, community engagement and leadership. It provides pathways to shape a higher education system that is inclusive and student-centred, that promotes knowledge democracy, and is responsive to and relevant for dealing with pressing social issues as they arise. The contributing authors of this book are internationally renowned researchers with years of experience in their respective roles in higher education. Their ideas will benefit all who are involved in, concerned about, and/or actively promote most effective higher education practices. Lesley Wood</bold> is an Extraordinary Professor and founder of the Community-Based Educational Research entity in the Faculty of Education, North-West University, South Africa. Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt</bold> is an Extraordinary Professor in Community-Based Educational Research in the Faculty of Education, North-West University, South Africa, and an Adjunct Professor at Griffith University, Australia. <hr> ‘There are two stories to tell about issues in our world: the story told from the outside through expert analysis and the story from the inside told by those with direct experience. The editors and authors of this exciting volume, each of whom has extensive experiences as researcher, teacher and administrator in higher education explore the story and challenges of contemporary higher education from the inside. Their voice must be heard.’ - David Coghlan</bold>, Professor Emeritus, Dublin University, Trinity College, Ireland <bold><italic> ‘Civilisation is in peril. Universities could contribute to rescuing it. Instead, most currently fail badly. Many of their educators know and say as much. Now, this timely and important book raises the issues. The distinguished editors and superbly-chosen authors explain how this crisis came about. Importantly, they explain what must now be done.’ - Bob Dick</bold>, Adjunct Professor, Southern Cross University, Australia </bold></italic> ‘This compelling book is a must read for anybody interested in the future direction of higher education (HE). Ranging from local insights to global perspectives, it provides a different approach to considering the rapidly-changing world. This book rejects the more traditional, elitist, expert-centric, hierarchical, Western-dominated characteristics of HE. Its focus on community participatory concepts (including a ‘bottom-up’ approach, sustainability, people-before-profits, educating change agents to working for the community's benefit, inclusivity, etc) and a repudiation of self-interest. Each internationally-recognised contributor believes in action learning and action research which values community-based participation, collaboration, partnerships, alliances, etc. However, each contributor also brings unique expertise developed in different geographical locations and backgrounds to reflect on the topic. Both educational experts and lay readers should find this an easy read – it is well structured and jargon-free.’ - Bill Synnot</bold>, widely recognised leading consultant specialising in change management 30 00 The university is struggling to keep up with the demands of a fast-changing world, and, as a system, higher education generally does not respond quickly to change. Its institutions produce valuable knowledge about social issues and problems, but this is so often not followed by action constructively using that knowledge to effectively address these problems. Shaping the Future of Higher Education</italic> generates knowledge to enable researchers, teachers and leadership in higher education to learn how to positively embrace constant change through innovative, collaborative, systemic, critical and creative thinking and action. Through a participatory and transformative paradigm, it strives to create knowledge to enable everyone involved in higher education to move from talking about change to actioning it. The book presents possible structures and processes for learning, teaching, research, community engagement and leadership. It provides pathways to shape a higher education system that is inclusive and student-centred, that promotes knowledge democracy, and is responsive to and relevant for dealing with pressing social issues as they arise. The contributing authors of this book are internationally renowned researchers with years of experience in their respective roles in higher education. Their ideas will benefit all who are involved in, concerned about, and/or actively promote most effective higher education practices. Lesley Wood</bold> is an Extraordinary Professor and founder of the Community-Based Educational Research entity in the Faculty of Education, North-West University, South Africa. Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt</bold> is an Extraordinary Professor in Community-Based Educational Research in the Faculty of Education, North-West University, South Africa, and an Adjunct Professor at Griffith University, Australia. <hr> ‘There are two stories to tell about issues in our world: the story told from the outside through expert analysis and the story from the inside told by those with direct experience. The editors and authors of this exciting volume, each of whom has extensive experiences as researcher, teacher and administrator in higher education explore the story and challenges of contemporary higher education from the inside. Their voice must be heard.’ - David Coghlan</bold>, Professor Emeritus, Dublin University, Trinity College, Ireland <bold><italic> ‘Civilisation is in peril. Universities could contribute to rescuing it. Instead, most currently fail badly. Many of their educators know and say as much. Now, this timely and important book raises the issues. The distinguished editors and superbly-chosen authors explain how this crisis came about. Importantly, they explain what must now be done.’ - Bob Dick</bold>, Adjunct Professor, Southern Cross University, Australia </bold></italic> ‘This compelling book is a must read for anybody interested in the future direction of higher education (HE). Ranging from local insights to global perspectives, it provides a different approach to considering the rapidly-changing world. This book rejects the more traditional, elitist, expert-centric, hierarchical, Western-dominated characteristics of HE. Its focus on community participatory concepts (including a ‘bottom-up’ approach, sustainability, people-before-profits, educating change agents to working for the community's benefit, inclusivity, etc) and a repudiation of self-interest. Each internationally-recognised contributor believes in action learning and action research which values community-based participation, collaboration, partnerships, alliances, etc. However, each contributor also brings unique expertise developed in different geographical locations and backgrounds to reflect on the topic. Both educational experts and lay readers should find this an easy read – it is well structured and jargon-free.’ - Bill Synnot</bold>, widely recognised leading consultant specialising in change management 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/0d6511e4-228c-42f8-a14f-a70fa87cf0af.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Why, What, and How of Actioning Change in Higher Education 1 A01 21 0000000291391507 Lesley Wood Lesley Wood Community-based Educational Research 40 010f1sq29 North-West University Lesley Wood is an experienced action researcher of international repute. She has developed and conducted action research training for professional, organisational, and community development in different contexts. She is the founder Director of the research entity Community-Based Educational Research, at North-West University, and has been awarded several national and international funds for her projects. She is a National Research Foundation rated researcher. In 2014, she was awarded an Honorary Doctorate by Moravian University in the US for her work in action research. She was inducted into the Academy of Science South Africa and the international Academy of Community-Engaged Scholarship in 2021. She has published over 100 articles, book chapters, and books, and has supervised many doctoral students. 2 A01 21 0000000208169308 Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt Community-based Educational Research 40 010f1sq29 North-West University Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt is an Adjunct Professor at Griffith University, Australia; Pro Chancellor, Global University for Lifelong Learning (GULL), USA; Extraordinary Professor at North-West University, South Africa; and Honorary Citizen of the University of Innsbruck (Austria). She has four doctoral degrees: 2 PhDs in Australia (from University of Queensland in Comparative Literature & Translation Science and from Deakin University in Higher Education), a Doctor of Letters (DLitt) in Management Education (IMCA, UK), and an Honorary Doctorate (D. Hon) in Professional Studies (GULL, USA). Ortrun has published widely and has received several national and internationally funded grants for her projects, as well as holding various honorary research and teaching appointments at international institutions at various times. Her career highlights are (1) her Festschrift, titled Lifelong action learning and action research: A tribute to the life and pioneering work of Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt, edited by Kearney and Todhunter (2015), and (2) the award in 2018 of Officer in the General Division of the Order of Australia (AO), in recognition for ‘Distinguished service to tertiary education in the field of action research and learning as an academic, author and mentor, and to professional bodies’. 03 00 This chapter introduces the book. It provides the rationale, with evidence of why </italic>it is necessary to change current philosophy and practices in higher education (HE) to make it more inclusive, flexible, and responsive to both external and internal change drivers. It discusses the core idea of this book that individuals and groups of people working in HE are best placed to initiate and bring about positive and sustainable change in their own practices. We provide a global perspective on ideas of what </italic>constitutes responsive, sustainable action for change in HE, using the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) of UNESCO as a starting point and moral imperative for moving towards positive change. We explain our philosophical assumptions, understanding, and perspective as a baseline for thinking about how </italic>to action change. Finally, we outline the book to guide the reader through this volume. 30 00 This chapter introduces the book. It provides the rationale, with evidence of why </italic>it is necessary to change current philosophy and practices in higher education (HE) to make it more inclusive, flexible, and responsive to both external and internal change drivers. It discusses the core idea of this book that individuals and groups of people working in HE are best placed to initiate and bring about positive and sustainable change in their own practices. We provide a global perspective on ideas of what </italic>constitutes responsive, sustainable action for change in HE, using the Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs) of UNESCO as a starting point and moral imperative for moving towards positive change. We explain our philosophical assumptions, understanding, and perspective as a baseline for thinking about how </italic>to action change. Finally, we outline the book to guide the reader through this volume. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Shaping Society for Tomorrow: The Role of Higher Education in Bringing About Positive Change 1 A01 21 0000000340728541 Carolyn Maree Evans Carolyn Evans 40 02sc3r913 Griffith University Professor Carolyn Evans graduated with degrees in Arts and Law from the University of Melbourne and a doctorate from Oxford where she studied as a Rhodes Scholar. Carolyn taught law at Oxford and Melbourne Universities. Prior to commencing at Griffith, Carolyn held the positions of Dean of Law, Deputy Vice-Chancellor (Graduate and International) and Deputy Provost at the University of Melbourne. Carolyn works in the areas of law and religion and human rights and has published and spoken on these issues around the world. She is currently Vice Chancellor and President of Griffith University. 03 00 While universities must be responsive to the complex times in which we live and to the increasing demands of governments and others, they also need to work towards a future beyond the next electoral or economic cycle. This requires a deep understanding of their core mission and values. This chapter argues that we need to recognise the benefits of diversity, and to consider higher education (HE) as an ecosystem rather than trying to force all universities into similar patterns. It discusses the importance of universities being permeable and looking outward to create positive social and environmental impact. This chapter uses Griffith University’s Research Beacons as a key example of how inter- and transdisciplinary collaboration can directly address community needs to create a better future for all. 30 00 While universities must be responsive to the complex times in which we live and to the increasing demands of governments and others, they also need to work towards a future beyond the next electoral or economic cycle. This requires a deep understanding of their core mission and values. This chapter argues that we need to recognise the benefits of diversity, and to consider higher education (HE) as an ecosystem rather than trying to force all universities into similar patterns. It discusses the importance of universities being permeable and looking outward to create positive social and environmental impact. This chapter uses Griffith University’s Research Beacons as a key example of how inter- and transdisciplinary collaboration can directly address community needs to create a better future for all. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Failure of Public Higher Education Reform in North America and Western Europe: The Need for a New Beginning 1 A01 21 0000000268975432 Davydd James Greenwood Davydd Greenwood Anthropology 40 05bnh6r87 Cornell University Davydd Greenwood, Goldwin Smith Professor of Anthropology Emeritus, Director of the Einaudi Center for International Studies (1983-1995) and Director, Institute for European Studies (2000-2008) at Cornell University, he served as President of the Association of International Education Administrators in 1993-94. A Corresponding Member of the Spanish Royal Academy of Moral and Political Sciences (1996), he has published 10 books and scores of articles on the anthropology of Spain, universities, and action research for democratic organizational change, including Morten Levin and Davydd Greenwood, Creating a New Public University and Reviving Democracy: An Action Research Approach, Berghahn, 2016. 03 00 A consistent set of criticisms of the organisation, dynamics, and failings of public higher education (HE) has been articulated since the early 1990s. Most are on target and point to a system in freefall—expensive, ineffective, and unsatisfactory for students, faculty, many staff members, and the relevant communities they serve. Despite this, the situation in HE in North America and Europe has only worsened as neoliberal management continues to intensify management by the numbers, control of student and faculty speech, administrative bloat, and increases in tuition costs.<break/>The consequent decline in public and employer support and the approaching significant decline in birth rates, and consequently in the number of college-age students in Western industrialised countries, have not moved the powerholders in these institutions to reform the institutions in fundamental ways. I argue that piecemeal public university reforms no longer hold any promise. Only a fundamental re-creation of public HE will change the situation. This re-creation must be based on open systems dynamics, transdisciplinarity, and a focus on sustainability for the stakeholders (the faculty and students, the surrounding communities, and the larger planetary ecology). The chapter closes with an examination of what such public institutions might be like. 30 00 A consistent set of criticisms of the organisation, dynamics, and failings of public higher education (HE) has been articulated since the early 1990s. Most are on target and point to a system in freefall—expensive, ineffective, and unsatisfactory for students, faculty, many staff members, and the relevant communities they serve. Despite this, the situation in HE in North America and Europe has only worsened as neoliberal management continues to intensify management by the numbers, control of student and faculty speech, administrative bloat, and increases in tuition costs.<break/>The consequent decline in public and employer support and the approaching significant decline in birth rates, and consequently in the number of college-age students in Western industrialised countries, have not moved the powerholders in these institutions to reform the institutions in fundamental ways. I argue that piecemeal public university reforms no longer hold any promise. Only a fundamental re-creation of public HE will change the situation. This re-creation must be based on open systems dynamics, transdisciplinarity, and a focus on sustainability for the stakeholders (the faculty and students, the surrounding communities, and the larger planetary ecology). The chapter closes with an examination of what such public institutions might be like. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Greenlighting the University: Re-envisioning the Role of Higher Education in Tackling the Climate Crisis through Action Research 1 A01 21 0000000186892334 Mary Leanoir Brydon-Miller Mary Brydon-Miller Educational Leadership, Evaluation, and Organizational Development 40 01ckdn478 University of Louisville Mary Brydon-Miller, PhD, is Professor in the College of Education and Human Development at the University of Louisville in the United States of America (USA) and is currently serving as Extraordinary Professor at North-West University in South Africa. She is a participatory action researcher who conducts work in school, community, and organisational settings. She is the editor, with David Coghlan, of the SAGE Encyclopedia of action research (2014). Her most recent book with Sarah Banks is Ethics in participatory research for health and social well-being: Cases and commentaries (2019). She recently completed a Fulbright Research Fellowship at the University of Technology, Sydney, where her work focused on the area of Climate Change Education. She is also leading an international climate change education project with colleagues from Australia, Austria, the Philippines, and South Africa, and recently hosted a Spencer Foundation funded<break/>planning conference to further develop this initiative. 03 00 Higher Education (HE) must take a leading role in addressing the current climate crisis. Universities have the capacity to provide the critical research and training to enable us to respond to the multiple environmental, economic, social, and cultural challenges this crisis creates. In order for this to happen, however, researchers will need to go beyond the confines of the academy to engage with government, industry, and civil society as active partners. Action research provides a model for researchers to expand their roles to include community relationship-building, collaborative design, and advocacy. Fortunately, there are already spaces within and outside HE where this reinvention is taking place. This chapter explores how we might use action research as a model to create universities prepared to take their part in addressing the climate crisis and contribute to the well-being of human beings and the planet. 30 00 Higher Education (HE) must take a leading role in addressing the current climate crisis. Universities have the capacity to provide the critical research and training to enable us to respond to the multiple environmental, economic, social, and cultural challenges this crisis creates. In order for this to happen, however, researchers will need to go beyond the confines of the academy to engage with government, industry, and civil society as active partners. Action research provides a model for researchers to expand their roles to include community relationship-building, collaborative design, and advocacy. Fortunately, there are already spaces within and outside HE where this reinvention is taking place. This chapter explores how we might use action research as a model to create universities prepared to take their part in addressing the climate crisis and contribute to the well-being of human beings and the planet. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Indigenous Knowledge for Sustainable Change in Higher Education: An Opportunity Not to Be Missed for Humankind 1 A01 Doris Santos Doris Santos 40 059yx9a68 Universidad Nacional de Colombia 03 00 Across my 30-year journey through higher education (HE), I have had the honour to learn from and with members of several Indigenous peoples in Colombia. I bear this in mind while appreciating the valuable opportunity that HE offers for human beings— to explore broader ways of understanding life and the problems affecting us all, and to co-construct alternative solutions. I argue it is not enough to simply acknowledge Indigenous knowledge (IK) in institutional discourses; these intentions for inclusion need to be translated into institutional actions. Academics must leave their comfort zones and begin an authentic dialogue as praxis with Indigenous and Afrodescendant peoples to imagine and help cultivate the better world we all desire. An intergenerational strategy can make our collaborative efforts sustainable through participatory intercultural education actions. To this end, HE institutions need to strengthen institutional governance through more inclusive participation in decision-making. Collaborative actions need to leave behind competitive models to re-signify the ‘higher’ component so long distorted in HE. These actions must aim to transform realities through university–school partnerships, and collaborative work with diverse cultural communities and entities at different levels. Practical suggestions include exploring with student teachers creative and innovative initiatives to support the school system. These initiatives need to co-create with diverse cultural communities a wide range of intercultural educational bridges and pathways, aimed at preserving and strengthening Indigenous students’ cultural identities in their transition to HE and throughout their academic journey. 30 00 Across my 30-year journey through higher education (HE), I have had the honour to learn from and with members of several Indigenous peoples in Colombia. I bear this in mind while appreciating the valuable opportunity that HE offers for human beings— to explore broader ways of understanding life and the problems affecting us all, and to co-construct alternative solutions. I argue it is not enough to simply acknowledge Indigenous knowledge (IK) in institutional discourses; these intentions for inclusion need to be translated into institutional actions. Academics must leave their comfort zones and begin an authentic dialogue as praxis with Indigenous and Afrodescendant peoples to imagine and help cultivate the better world we all desire. An intergenerational strategy can make our collaborative efforts sustainable through participatory intercultural education actions. To this end, HE institutions need to strengthen institutional governance through more inclusive participation in decision-making. Collaborative actions need to leave behind competitive models to re-signify the ‘higher’ component so long distorted in HE. These actions must aim to transform realities through university–school partnerships, and collaborative work with diverse cultural communities and entities at different levels. Practical suggestions include exploring with student teachers creative and innovative initiatives to support the school system. These initiatives need to co-create with diverse cultural communities a wide range of intercultural educational bridges and pathways, aimed at preserving and strengthening Indigenous students’ cultural identities in their transition to HE and throughout their academic journey. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Systemic Approaches to Transforming the University 1 A01 Danny Burns Danny Burns Institute of Development Studies, University of Sussex Danny Burns is a Professor at the Institute of Development Studies. He specialises in the methodological development of participatory processes which can stimulate systemic and/or large scale scale. In particular he has developed the theory and practise of Systemic Action Research and applied this to large projects on slavery and child labour in India, Bangladesh and Nepal; peace building in Myanmar and Mali; and urban social justice in various cities in the UK. 03 00 This chapter explores some of the problems of contemporary higher education (HE) and discusses how a more participatory perspective on knowledge and meaning-making can inform some of the changes that are needed in the world. It offers a model of inquiry as a way of stimulating and supporting the process of transformation that is needed in HE. It highlights the importance of multi stakeholder participatory processes, to understand the system dynamics that hold the status quo in place, and to change them. 30 00 This chapter explores some of the problems of contemporary higher education (HE) and discusses how a more participatory perspective on knowledge and meaning-making can inform some of the changes that are needed in the world. It offers a model of inquiry as a way of stimulating and supporting the process of transformation that is needed in HE. It highlights the importance of multi stakeholder participatory processes, to understand the system dynamics that hold the status quo in place, and to change them. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Mental Health Matters in Higher Education: A Duty of Care 1 A01 21 0000000342042586 Rod Roy Waddington Rod Waddington Researcher - Consultant Mental Health Strategies UK Rod Waddington, PhD, CHt is an Independent Scholar, researcher, consultant, trainer, coach and mentor. He specialises in Mental Health Psychology, Neurosemantics and Dialogic OD and was formerly, and academic and Acting Rector in a teacher’s training college and an HR manager in a multi-campus TVET college in South Africa. Prior to moving to the UK, Rod assisted in a rehab centre for drug and alcohol addiction for 4 years and ran his own hypnotherapy clinic. He has presented academic papers and authored, co-edited and published internationally. Presently he engages in peer support with MIND, runs workshops, trains mental health programmes in colleges and community organisations whilst running his own mental health consultancy in the UK. His present action research interest lies in uncovering and mapping the structure of experience in self-recovery from addiction in vulnerable communities using Mental Space Psychology. His website can be accessed at http://www.thetherapycouchinternational.com. 03 00 In higher education (HE) institutions with a toxic environment, emotions can be easily triggered, heightened, and often pushed out of control. Crowded spaces, tight schedules, hierarchical bureaucracy, chasing targets, constant changes in technology, processes, and procedures, when coupled with a diverse population, increase the possibility of a toxic culture developing. Conditions like these lead to poor mental health and decreased productivity. It seems staff and students can do little to change the environment in HE institutions. But they can take ownership of their own emotional responses within the environment and positively create a healthier climate in which to work and study, by being agents of change. This requires a shift in the dominant paradigm towards driving transformation from the bottom up, challenging toxic institutional culture, and improving mental health of staff and students. The new paradigm rests on the premise that people are not means to an end but are the end in themselves. When HE employees and students experience being cared for and developed, instead of being used, they have better mental health and are more productive. The ideas I present in this chapter offer readers the opportunity to reflect on their own practice and the practice of HE institutions generally, in promoting positive mental health in the spirit of care. After all, nourishment of the human mind is surely a core purpose of HE institutions. 30 00 In higher education (HE) institutions with a toxic environment, emotions can be easily triggered, heightened, and often pushed out of control. Crowded spaces, tight schedules, hierarchical bureaucracy, chasing targets, constant changes in technology, processes, and procedures, when coupled with a diverse population, increase the possibility of a toxic culture developing. Conditions like these lead to poor mental health and decreased productivity. It seems staff and students can do little to change the environment in HE institutions. But they can take ownership of their own emotional responses within the environment and positively create a healthier climate in which to work and study, by being agents of change. This requires a shift in the dominant paradigm towards driving transformation from the bottom up, challenging toxic institutional culture, and improving mental health of staff and students. The new paradigm rests on the premise that people are not means to an end but are the end in themselves. When HE employees and students experience being cared for and developed, instead of being used, they have better mental health and are more productive. The ideas I present in this chapter offer readers the opportunity to reflect on their own practice and the practice of HE institutions generally, in promoting positive mental health in the spirit of care. After all, nourishment of the human mind is surely a core purpose of HE institutions. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Shaping Socially Responsible Higher Education Through Knowledge Democratisation 1 A01 21 0000000304784546 Budd Lionel Hall Budd Hall Centre for Global Studies 40 04s5mat29 University of Victoria Currently Co-Chair of the UNESCO Chair in Community-Based Research and Social Responsibility in Higher Education, Budd began his career at the University of Dar es Salaam, Tanzania influenced by the late President Julius Nyerere and the Brazilian Paulo Freire. He first coined the term participatory research while working in Tanzania in the early 1970s. He spent 20 years working for the International Council for Adult Education, 15 years as its Secretary-General. He was the Chair of Adult Education and Community Development at the University of Toronto before taking the position as Dean of Education at the University of Victoria. He has over 500 publications in fields of adult education, social movement learning, participatory research and higher education. He is a Father of two, grandfather of three, husband and poet. 03 00 Beginning with early influences, I share some background on my 60+ years of engagement with the world of higher education(HE). Sharing a world view deeply critical of the contemporary domination of global capitalism, I suggest that knowledge activism, knowledge democracy and questions of knowledge equity are key to the radical reinvention of HE that is needed. I go on to outline principles of socially responsible HE closing with a message of the urgency of our times 30 00 Beginning with early influences, I share some background on my 60+ years of engagement with the world of higher education(HE). Sharing a world view deeply critical of the contemporary domination of global capitalism, I suggest that knowledge activism, knowledge democracy and questions of knowledge equity are key to the radical reinvention of HE that is needed. I go on to outline principles of socially responsible HE closing with a message of the urgency of our times 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Constructing an Artificial-Intelligence Higher Education Environment: Guidelines for the Future 1 A01 21 0000000286747206 Elma Marais Elma Marais Faculty of Education 40 010f1sq29 North-West University Elma Marais is an associate professor of language education (Afrikaans for Education) within the Faculty of Education, NWU, Potchefstroom, South Africa. With a focus on language education, resources, technology integration, play-based learning and teaching practice. Prof Marais has made a significant national and global impact on the field. She holds a PhD in Curriculum Studies, obtained from NWU, and has over fifteen years of experience in academia, working with both undergraduate and postgraduate students, and has supervised numerous postgraduate studies, published several academic papers and presented her research a numerous conferences.Prof Marais is part of several projects that focus on using mixed reality (MR) to facilitate teacher training and the inclusion of manipulatives like the LEGO® Six Bricks®. Prof. Marais has been instrumental in integrating LEGO® Six Brick® into educational practices at the NWU, significantly enhancing student engagement and learning outcomes. Her work focuses on preparing BEd students for real-world teaching challenges through practical and interactive learning experiences by using resources. Technological resources like Artificial intelligence, software and hands-on resources is a key research area of prof Marais. She collaborates with various NGOs to extend the reach and impact of her educational initiatives, ensuring that the benefits of her work are felt across different communities. 2 A01 21 000000023293257X Rochelle Marais-Botha Rochelle Marais-Botha Faculty of Education 40 010f1sq29 North-West University Rochelle Marais-Botha, obtained her BA degree (Afrikaans/Psychology) at the North-West University's Vanderbijlpark Campus. She obtained her honors degree (with distinction) in 2008 and also completed her PGCE (with distinction) in 2010. In 2013 she obtained her MA degree, Migrasie en verplasing in Anderkant die stilte (André P. Brink), De reis van de lege flessen (Kader Abdolah) en Idil, een meisje (Tasmine Allas) : 'n genderbeskouing. After approximately 8 years in education, she was appointed in 2013 as a lecturer on the North-West University's Vanderbijlpark Campus. She obtained her PhD degree in 2021 with the title Die representasie van die Anglo-Boereoorlog in Afrikaanse romans en rolprente na 2002. She is currently a lecturer at the Faculty of Education's School of Language Education (Subject Group Afrikaans). 3 A01 21 0000000222687806 Florence Coertzen Florence Coertzen Faculty of Education 40 010f1sq29 North-West University Florence Coertzen is a lecturer in the Department of Afrikaans for Education at the North-West University. With over a decade of teaching experience, she has a remarkable track record in educating students from the Intermediate to Senior Phase. Florence holds a Masters degree in Humanities, and is presently pursuing her PhD in Curriculum studies in the field of education. When not busy inspiring the next generation, Florence is a loving wife and devoted mother of two boys. 03 00 The ongoing advancement of artificial intelligence (AI) presents both significant opportunities and challenges for higher education (HE) and for HE institutions. In this chapter, we adopt a constructivist perspective to explore the implications of integrating AI in research, teaching, and learning, with a focus on fostering inclusion and accessibility within the HE environment. We begin by examining the constructivist world view as a theoretical foundation for understanding the role of AI in facilitating knowledge construction and active participatory learning experiences. Next, we address concerns related to the ethical, social, and pedagogical aspects of AI implementation in HE, such as privacy, equity, and the potential for bias in AI algorithms. We then discuss the transformative potential of AI in HE, and its capacity to personalise learning experiences, enhance teaching effectiveness, and improve research methods. To guide the responsible integration of AI in HE, we propose specific actions for research, as well as for teaching and learning. By embracing AI integration with caution, HE institutions can maximise the potential of AI to foster an inclusive, engaging, and transformative learning environment as we move into a constantly changing future. 30 00 The ongoing advancement of artificial intelligence (AI) presents both significant opportunities and challenges for higher education (HE) and for HE institutions. In this chapter, we adopt a constructivist perspective to explore the implications of integrating AI in research, teaching, and learning, with a focus on fostering inclusion and accessibility within the HE environment. We begin by examining the constructivist world view as a theoretical foundation for understanding the role of AI in facilitating knowledge construction and active participatory learning experiences. Next, we address concerns related to the ethical, social, and pedagogical aspects of AI implementation in HE, such as privacy, equity, and the potential for bias in AI algorithms. We then discuss the transformative potential of AI in HE, and its capacity to personalise learning experiences, enhance teaching effectiveness, and improve research methods. To guide the responsible integration of AI in HE, we propose specific actions for research, as well as for teaching and learning. By embracing AI integration with caution, HE institutions can maximise the potential of AI to foster an inclusive, engaging, and transformative learning environment as we move into a constantly changing future. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-25-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Frameworks for Actioning Positive and Sustainable Change in Higher Education 1 A01 21 0000000291391507 Lesley Wood Lesley Wood Community-based Educational Research 40 010f1sq29 North-West University Lesley Wood is an experienced action researcher of international repute. She has developed and conducted action research training for professional, organisational, and community development in different contexts. She is the founder Director of the research entity Community-Based Educational Research, at North-West University, and has been awarded several national and international funds for her projects. She is a National Research Foundation rated researcher. In 2014, she was awarded an Honorary Doctorate by Moravian University in the US for her work in action research. She was inducted into the Academy of Science South Africa and the international Academy of Community-Engaged Scholarship in 2021. She has published over 100 articles, book chapters, and books, and has supervised many doctoral students. 2 A01 21 0000000208169308 Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt Community-based Educational Research 40 010f1sq29 North-West University Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt is an Adjunct Professor at Griffith University, Australia; Pro Chancellor, Global University for Lifelong Learning (GULL), USA; Extraordinary Professor at North-West University, South Africa; and Honorary Citizen of the University of Innsbruck (Austria). She has four doctoral degrees: 2 PhDs in Australia (from University of Queensland in Comparative Literature & Translation Science and from Deakin University in Higher Education), a Doctor of Letters (DLitt) in Management Education (IMCA, UK), and an Honorary Doctorate (D. Hon) in Professional Studies (GULL, USA). Ortrun has published widely and has received several national and internationally funded grants for her projects, as well as holding various honorary research and teaching appointments at international institutions at various times. Her career highlights are (1) her Festschrift, titled Lifelong action learning and action research: A tribute to the life and pioneering work of Ortrun Zuber-Skerritt, edited by Kearney and Todhunter (2015), and (2) the award in 2018 of Officer in the General Division of the Order of Australia (AO), in recognition for ‘Distinguished service to tertiary education in the field of action research and learning as an academic, author and mentor, and to professional bodies’. 03 00 This final chapter draws conclusions from an analysis of knowledge contributions gleaned from previous chapters to develop a consolidated framework for actioning positive and sustainable change in higher education (HE). Reiterating the argument of the book introduced in Chapter 1 that individuals and groups of people working in HE are best placed to initiate and bring about positive and sustainable change in their own practices, it begins with a recap of our thesis about why change is necessary, what needs to change, and how this change might best be brought about. The questions raised in the first chapter are then revisited, drawing insights from the ideas put forward by the various authors who contributed to this book. We then present a potential framework for actioning these ideas to bring about positive and sustainable change and close the chapter with some critical questions for readers to consider into the future. 30 00 This final chapter draws conclusions from an analysis of knowledge contributions gleaned from previous chapters to develop a consolidated framework for actioning positive and sustainable change in higher education (HE). Reiterating the argument of the book introduced in Chapter 1 that individuals and groups of people working in HE are best placed to initiate and bring about positive and sustainable change in their own practices, it begins with a recap of our thesis about why change is necessary, what needs to change, and how this change might best be brought about. The questions raised in the first chapter are then revisited, drawing insights from the ideas put forward by the various authors who contributed to this book. We then present a potential framework for actioning these ideas to bring about positive and sustainable change and close the chapter with some critical questions for readers to consider into the future. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20241024 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523691094 03 9789523691094 06 15 9789523691100 03 9789523691100 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20241024 01 urn:uuid:795bae05-57fb-4e6e-a8bb-4b328d28ee70 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4c7c930f-c9f8-4c70-940c-ad2d2d1ac129 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:795bae05-57fb-4e6e-a8bb-4b328d28ee70 15 9789523690509 03 9789523690509 06 10.33134/HUP-14 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Situating Sustainability A Handbook of Contexts and Concepts 1 B01 21 0000000270427312 C. Parker Krieg C. Parker Krieg Exploratory and Interdisciplinary Studies, English Department 40 04yrkc140 University of Nebraska at Omaha 2 B01 21 0000000214416272 Reetta Toivanen Reetta Toivanen Helsinki Institute of Sustainability Science / Department of Cultures 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 01 eng 00 366 03 B2 Literature B2 Anthropology B2 Sustainability science B2 Environmental humanities B2 Human geography B2 Law 20 Sustainability science; Environmental wellbeing; SDGs and Human rights; Traditional ecological knowledge; Art and literature; Sustainable governance 01 06 02 00 Situating Sustainability</italic> reframes our understanding of sustainability through related concepts, practices, and case studies. The differing geographic scope of this volume is joined by the disciplinary diversity of the contributors, bringing together researchers from cultural studies, anthropology, literature, law, behavioral scien 03 00 Situating Sustainability</italic> reframes our understanding of sustainability through an emerging international terrain of concepts and case studies. These approaches include material practices, such as extraction and disaster recovery, and extend into the domains of human rights and education.This volume addresses the need in sustainability science to recognize the deep and diverse cultural histories that define environmental politics. It brings together scholars from cultural studies, anthropology, literature, law, behavioral science, urban studies, design, and development to argue that it is no longer possible to talk about sustainability in general without thinking through the contexts of research and action. These contributors are joined by artists whose public-facing work provides a mobile platform to conduct research at the edges of performance, knowledge production, and socio-ecological infrastructures.Situating Sustainability</italic> calls for a truly transdisciplinary research that is guided by the humanities and social sciences in collaboration with local actors informed by histories of place. Designed for students, scholars, and interested readers, the volume introduces the conceptual practices that inform the leading edge of engaged research in sustainability.C. Parker Krieg</bold> teaches Exploratory and Interdisciplinary Studies at the University of Nebraska at Omaha.Reetta Toivanen</bold> is professor in Sustainability Science at the Helsinki Institute for Sustainability Science (HELSUS) and Department of Cultures at the University of Helsinki. 30 00 Situating Sustainability</italic> reframes our understanding of sustainability through an emerging international terrain of concepts and case studies. These approaches include material practices, such as extraction and disaster recovery, and extend into the domains of human rights and education.This volume addresses the need in sustainability science to recognize the deep and diverse cultural histories that define environmental politics. It brings together scholars from cultural studies, anthropology, literature, law, behavioral science, urban studies, design, and development to argue that it is no longer possible to talk about sustainability in general without thinking through the contexts of research and action. These contributors are joined by artists whose public-facing work provides a mobile platform to conduct research at the edges of performance, knowledge production, and socio-ecological infrastructures.Situating Sustainability</italic> calls for a truly transdisciplinary research that is guided by the humanities and social sciences in collaboration with local actors informed by histories of place. Designed for students, scholars, and interested readers, the volume introduces the conceptual practices that inform the leading edge of engaged research in sustainability.C. Parker Krieg</bold> teaches Exploratory and Interdisciplinary Studies at the University of Nebraska at Omaha.Reetta Toivanen</bold> is professor in Sustainability Science at the Helsinki Institute for Sustainability Science (HELSUS) and Department of Cultures at the University of Helsinki. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/59dac48d-78f9-44a3-b5dd-be18ad71f4f7.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction 1 A01 21 0000000270427312 C. Parker Krieg C. Parker Krieg University of Nebraska Omaha 2 A01 21 0000000214416272 Reetta Toivanen Reetta Toivanen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Interdisciplinarity 1 A01 21 0000000263562022 Henrik Thorén Henrik Thorén 40 012a77v79 Lund University 2 A01 21 0000000165660307 Michiru Nagatsu Michiru Nagatsu 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000186598012 Paula Schönach Paula Schönach 40 020hwjq30 Aalto University 03 00 This chapter discusses the interdisciplinarity which lies at the heart of Sustainability Science. Drawing on the historical development of the field, this chapter offers examples of enquiry from multiple research centres. 30 00 This chapter discusses the interdisciplinarity which lies at the heart of Sustainability Science. Drawing on the historical development of the field, this chapter offers examples of enquiry from multiple research centres. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Anthropocene Conjunctures 1 A01 21 0000000270427312 C. Parker Krieg C. Parker Krieg University of Nebraska Omaha 2 A01 21 0000000307605785 Paola Minoia Paola Minoia University of Turin; University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter contextualizes the rise of Anthropocene discourse across academic disciplines and provides critical examples from think tanks and Indigenous strategies of political ecology. It illustrates the pitfalls and potential offered by this new periodization of anthropogenic change, and the definition of the anthropos that the term calls into question. 30 00 This chapter contextualizes the rise of Anthropocene discourse across academic disciplines and provides critical examples from think tanks and Indigenous strategies of political ecology. It illustrates the pitfalls and potential offered by this new periodization of anthropogenic change, and the definition of the anthropos that the term calls into question. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Human Rights 1 A01 21 0000000214416272 Reetta Toivanen Reetta Toivanen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000327720641 Dorothée Cambou Dorothée Cambou 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter takes up the status of the human in terms of rights and law. Surveying the status of human rights law within the framework of the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), the authors highlight the cultural context of Arctic Indigenous peoples, namely the Sámi people in Finland. The lack of legal and political agency is a barrier not only to sustainable and culturally desirable livelihoods, as the authors detail: this legal situation enables ongoing extractivist projects in the form of mining and forestry. 30 00 This chapter takes up the status of the human in terms of rights and law. Surveying the status of human rights law within the framework of the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), the authors highlight the cultural context of Arctic Indigenous peoples, namely the Sámi people in Finland. The lack of legal and political agency is a barrier not only to sustainable and culturally desirable livelihoods, as the authors detail: this legal situation enables ongoing extractivist projects in the form of mining and forestry. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Education 1 A01 21 0000000160482097 Tuija Veintie Tuija Veintie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000251916399 Johanna Hohenthal Johanna Hohenthal 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter illustrates the transformative role that national education policies can play in working toward Sustainable Development Goals. Offering comparative examples from the ‘pluri-national state’ of Ecuador and the ‘Northern European welfare state’ of Finland, it highlights the potential of teaching languages, integrative thinking practices, and cultural alternatives to high-consumption lifestyles. 30 00 This chapter illustrates the transformative role that national education policies can play in working toward Sustainable Development Goals. Offering comparative examples from the ‘pluri-national state’ of Ecuador and the ‘Northern European welfare state’ of Finland, it highlights the potential of teaching languages, integrative thinking practices, and cultural alternatives to high-consumption lifestyles. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Resilience 1 A01 21 0000000263562022 Henrik Thorén Henrik Thorén 40 012a77v79 Lund University 03 00 This chapter extends the concept of resilience past its popular use and abuse to consider the deeper set of concepts that shape understandings of stability and instability in ecological relationships. Here, bundles of supporting concepts, each carrying implicit values, threaten to turn a multitude of useful ideas into a mess of conflicting frameworks. While resilience is a concept that developed out of the empirical grounds of ecology, it becomes, for sustainability science, a ‘term of art’ that expands to encompass the qualitative discourses of the humanistic sciences. 30 00 This chapter extends the concept of resilience past its popular use and abuse to consider the deeper set of concepts that shape understandings of stability and instability in ecological relationships. Here, bundles of supporting concepts, each carrying implicit values, threaten to turn a multitude of useful ideas into a mess of conflicting frameworks. While resilience is a concept that developed out of the empirical grounds of ecology, it becomes, for sustainability science, a ‘term of art’ that expands to encompass the qualitative discourses of the humanistic sciences. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Scales 1 A01 21 0000000270427312 Paola Minoia Paola Minoia University of Turin; University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000275189309 Jenni Mölkänen Jenni Mölkänen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter rethinks scales as an opportunity for sustainability studies to engage with decolonial strategies that stand against the confinement of Southern studies as local knowledge, compared to the Western knowledge that is seen as universal. Examples of plurinational ‘scale-jumping’ in Ecuador and kinship networks in Northeast Madagascar redefine the ordering of scales to redress complicated histories of ecological and social colonization. 30 00 This chapter rethinks scales as an opportunity for sustainability studies to engage with decolonial strategies that stand against the confinement of Southern studies as local knowledge, compared to the Western knowledge that is seen as universal. Examples of plurinational ‘scale-jumping’ in Ecuador and kinship networks in Northeast Madagascar redefine the ordering of scales to redress complicated histories of ecological and social colonization. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Nuclear Awareness 1 A01 21 0000000312952271 Inna Sukhenko Inna Sukhenko 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000313017517 Viktor Pál Viktor Pál 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 06 Own website https://researchportal.helsinki.fi/en/persons/viktor-pál 03 00 This chapter draws attention to the concept of nuclear awareness that arose in the wake of the nuclear catastrophes. It highlights epistemic and political stakes: the almost unimaginable timetables of nuclear energy (extraction and waste) on one hand, and the threat of instantaneous destruction on the other. The chapter emphasizes nuclear awareness as a critical assertion of nuclear energy and its societal impact and as a trigger of critical thinking of nuclear technology, nuclear power production, nuclear agenda, as well as their challenges and opportunities involved. The chapter analyzes the tools of narrating the Chernobyl disaster in the contemporary nuclear fiction, regarded as a archive of the nuclear Anthropocene and a case of nuclear knowledge management. 30 00 This chapter draws attention to the concept of nuclear awareness that arose in the wake of the nuclear catastrophes. It highlights epistemic and political stakes: the almost unimaginable timetables of nuclear energy (extraction and waste) on one hand, and the threat of instantaneous destruction on the other. The chapter emphasizes nuclear awareness as a critical assertion of nuclear energy and its societal impact and as a trigger of critical thinking of nuclear technology, nuclear power production, nuclear agenda, as well as their challenges and opportunities involved. The chapter analyzes the tools of narrating the Chernobyl disaster in the contemporary nuclear fiction, regarded as a archive of the nuclear Anthropocene and a case of nuclear knowledge management. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Eco-anxiety 1 A01 21 0000000268768011 Panu Pihkala Panu Pihkala 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter addresses the rise of eco-anxiety, which manifests not only in popular individual and group psychologies, but also impacts the work of professional researchers who live on a daily basis with a knowledge of the unsustainable present. While this creates guilt, worry, and anger, the author counterposes a hope for a ‘practical anxiety’, which might create a bridge between professionals and the public. 30 00 This chapter addresses the rise of eco-anxiety, which manifests not only in popular individual and group psychologies, but also impacts the work of professional researchers who live on a daily basis with a knowledge of the unsustainable present. While this creates guilt, worry, and anger, the author counterposes a hope for a ‘practical anxiety’, which might create a bridge between professionals and the public. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Exclusion and Inequality 1 A01 21 0000000214416272 Reetta Toivanen Reetta Toivanen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000219347691 Magdalena Kmak Magdalena Kmak 40 029pk6x14 Åbo Akademi University 03 00 This chapter illustrates how certain actions for guaranteeing a good life for one part of the population can result in catastrophic consequences for another. Examples of migrants within the European Union and Roma peoples in Finland help depict this context. 30 00 This chapter illustrates how certain actions for guaranteeing a good life for one part of the population can result in catastrophic consequences for another. Examples of migrants within the European Union and Roma peoples in Finland help depict this context. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Governance 1 A01 21 0000000168809859 Elisa Pascucci Elisa Pascucci 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000309410594 Niko Soininen Niko Soininen 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Niko Soininen (LL.D) is Professor of Environmental Law at the University of Eastern Finland School of law, Center for Climate, Energy and Environmental Law (CCEEL), co-director of CCEEL and co-director of the interdisciplinary UEF Water Research Programme. His research focuses on the law and governance of complex social-ecological systems with a particular emphasis on freshwater, marine and urban systems. Outside academia, he has worked as a consultant for HELCOM, the World Bank, and for several Finnish ministries. 03 00 This chapter focuses on manifestations of emerging ‘polycentric and plural governance’. It draws on examples from international forced migration and city-scale climate mitigation to illustrate developments in governance structures that operate beyond the traditional nation-state. 30 00 This chapter focuses on manifestations of emerging ‘polycentric and plural governance’. It draws on examples from international forced migration and city-scale climate mitigation to illustrate developments in governance structures that operate beyond the traditional nation-state. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-12 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Disaster Recovery (After Catastrophes) 1 A01 21 0000000199740778 Marjaana Jauhola Marjaana Jauhola 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000154716803 Niti Mishra Niti Mishra Jamsetji Tata School of Disaster Studies 3 A01 21 0000000197710604 Jacquleen Joseph Jacquleen Joseph Jamsetji Tata School of Disaster Studies 4 A01 Shyam Gadhavi Shyam Gadhavi Prakrit Foundation for Development, Mundra, Gujarat 03 00 This chapter examines approaches to disaster response critically. It compares ‘owner-driven’ and ‘community-ownership’ approaches to recovery policy taken by two different cities in the Indian state of Gujarat following the devastating 2001 Gujarat earthquake. Each model recognizes a different compositional context of agents, temporalities, and effects, thus producing different outcomes in the lives of individuals and communities. 30 00 This chapter examines approaches to disaster response critically. It compares ‘owner-driven’ and ‘community-ownership’ approaches to recovery policy taken by two different cities in the Indian state of Gujarat following the devastating 2001 Gujarat earthquake. Each model recognizes a different compositional context of agents, temporalities, and effects, thus producing different outcomes in the lives of individuals and communities. 20 00 Open Access 13 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-13 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Traditional Ecological Knowledge 1 A01 21 0000000226621193 Corinna Casi Corinna Casi 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000323679282 Hanna Ellen Guttorm Hanna Guttorm 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000258791074 Pirjo Kristiina Virtanen Pirjo Virtanen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter argues that the concept of Traditional Ecological Knowlegde means more than the accumulated environmental knowledge and comprehension of natural phenomena. Rather, it is constituted by a set of evolving beliefs and practices that understands its own dynamic relationship with other beings in the environment. The examples of Traditional Ecological Knowledge (TEK) illustrated in this chapter include Apurinã and Manchineri communities in Brazilian Amazonia, and Sámi communities in the Arctic. 30 00 This chapter argues that the concept of Traditional Ecological Knowlegde means more than the accumulated environmental knowledge and comprehension of natural phenomena. Rather, it is constituted by a set of evolving beliefs and practices that understands its own dynamic relationship with other beings in the environment. The examples of Traditional Ecological Knowledge (TEK) illustrated in this chapter include Apurinã and Manchineri communities in Brazilian Amazonia, and Sámi communities in the Arctic. 20 00 Open Access 14 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-14 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Agroecological Symbiosis 1 A01 21 0000000202876984 Rachel Mazac Rachel Mazac 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 000000020958524X Sophia E. Hagolani Albov Sophia Hagolani Albov 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000259718354 Hanna L. Tuomisto Hanna Tuomisto 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter explores how communities can redesign food systems so as to integrate them into the surrounding ecologies. After providing important global context for industrial food systems and their challenge to sustainability, the authors turn to Palopuro’s model of Agroecological Symbiosis (AES) as an alternative that embeds food and energy within the social fabric. This revisioning of production and consumption draws on both past practices and future imaginaries. 30 00 This chapter explores how communities can redesign food systems so as to integrate them into the surrounding ecologies. After providing important global context for industrial food systems and their challenge to sustainability, the authors turn to Palopuro’s model of Agroecological Symbiosis (AES) as an alternative that embeds food and energy within the social fabric. This revisioning of production and consumption draws on both past practices and future imaginaries. 20 00 Open Access 15 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-15 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Heritage Naturecultures 1 A01 21 0000000270427312 C. Parker Krieg C. Parker Krieg University of Nebraska Omaha 2 A01 21 0000000233650136 Suzie Thomas Suzie Thomas 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000342140688 Xenia Zeiler Xenia Zeiler 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter considers the threats posed to heritage sites by anthropogenic change. Anthropocene changes confront researchers and communities alike with a collapse in distinctions between cultural and natural heritage. Examples include a recent novel, the climate strategy of the US National Parks, the material memory of the Lapland War in northern Finland, and intangible landscapes in South Asian video games that offer players an immersive encounter with aerial species (e.g. birds, insects) and mythological beings. 30 00 This chapter considers the threats posed to heritage sites by anthropogenic change. Anthropocene changes confront researchers and communities alike with a collapse in distinctions between cultural and natural heritage. Examples include a recent novel, the climate strategy of the US National Parks, the material memory of the Lapland War in northern Finland, and intangible landscapes in South Asian video games that offer players an immersive encounter with aerial species (e.g. birds, insects) and mythological beings. 20 00 Open Access 16 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-16 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Tourism Platforms 1 A01 21 0000000290202049 Salla Jokela Salla Jokela 40 033003e23 Tampere University 2 A01 21 0000000307605785 Paola Minoia Paola Minoia University of Turin; University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter discusses a form of platform urbanism that has emerged with peer-to-peer digital tourist platforms like Airbnb and resulted in the touristification of regions. Even though sustainable development promotes ecotourism as a way of integrating local livelihoods into transnational commerce and cultural exchange, this chapter illustrates how the movement of external flows of people, capital, consumption—and narrations—into local areas rapidly transforms urban space and culture. 30 00 This chapter discusses a form of platform urbanism that has emerged with peer-to-peer digital tourist platforms like Airbnb and resulted in the touristification of regions. Even though sustainable development promotes ecotourism as a way of integrating local livelihoods into transnational commerce and cultural exchange, this chapter illustrates how the movement of external flows of people, capital, consumption—and narrations—into local areas rapidly transforms urban space and culture. 20 00 Open Access 17 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-17 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Extractivisms 1 A01 21 0000000173244549 Markus Kröger Markus Kröger 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 000000020958524X Sophia E. Hagolani-Albov Sophia Hagolani-Albov 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000154230432 Barry K. Gills Barry Gills 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter discusses the rise of extractivisms in the material resource economy, and as a critical discourse in both activism and academe. Drawing on fieldwork in the Brazilian Amazon, it situates the extractivist turn of the global economy within national and local contexts. Likewise, by analyzing developments in these settings, it offers lessons for transitioning away from economic practices that take more from these ecosystems than they could ever possibly return. 30 00 This chapter discusses the rise of extractivisms in the material resource economy, and as a critical discourse in both activism and academe. Drawing on fieldwork in the Brazilian Amazon, it situates the extractivist turn of the global economy within national and local contexts. Likewise, by analyzing developments in these settings, it offers lessons for transitioning away from economic practices that take more from these ecosystems than they could ever possibly return. 20 00 Open Access 18 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-18 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Aesthetic Sustainability 1 A01 21 0000000319013584 Sanna Lehtinen Sanna Lehtinen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter provides a philosophical history of the categories through which people experience places and describe encounters. It asks us to consider whether what is considered attractive actually translates into the durable objects and practices needed for sustainability. Engaging the developing psychological science of ‘nudging’, the author finds a new use for design aesthetics to influence human behaviours and tastes so that decisions align with sustainability goals. 30 00 This chapter provides a philosophical history of the categories through which people experience places and describe encounters. It asks us to consider whether what is considered attractive actually translates into the durable objects and practices needed for sustainability. Engaging the developing psychological science of ‘nudging’, the author finds a new use for design aesthetics to influence human behaviours and tastes so that decisions align with sustainability goals. 20 00 Open Access 19 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-19 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Mapping Environmental Memory Through Literature: A Conversation with Emily Lethbridge and Steven Hartman 1 A01 21 0000000270427312 C. Parker Krieg C. Parker Krieg University of Nebraska Omaha 2 A01 21 0000000166807673 Emily Lethbridge Emily Lethbridge Árni Magnússon Research Institute for Icelandic Studies 3 A01 21 0000000244741615 Steven Hartman Steven Hartman 40 01db6h964 University of Iceland 03 00 This chapter is an interview with two literary scholars, whose research in Icelandic and North Atlantic environmental history has led to the creation of new digital tools and interdisciplinary research networks. From the Icelandic sagas and place names, to new discoveries of medieval and early modern life writing, their distinct paths converge on the study of culture as both a repository and medium of environmental knowledge, communication, and cultural memory. 30 00 This chapter is an interview with two literary scholars, whose research in Icelandic and North Atlantic environmental history has led to the creation of new digital tools and interdisciplinary research networks. From the Icelandic sagas and place names, to new discoveries of medieval and early modern life writing, their distinct paths converge on the study of culture as both a repository and medium of environmental knowledge, communication, and cultural memory. 20 00 Open Access 20 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-20 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Imagining Godzilla: An Art Research Network Platform 1 A01 21 0000000186343327 Andy Best Andy Best Academy of Fine Arts Helsinki 03 00 This chapter is an extended contribution from a collection of artists headed by Andy Best and Merja Puustinen. Best and Puustinen’s project, ‘Imagining Godzilla’, turned their Polynesian-style sailing catamaran into a research vessel on the Baltic Sea. With other artists on board, the catamaran became a mobile platform for creative-research projects on topics ranging from undersea Internet cables, new materialist explorations of phosphate circulation, audio-visual technologies and knowledge, and performative/auto-ethnographic accounts that probe the boundaries of life on land and sea. 30 00 This chapter is an extended contribution from a collection of artists headed by Andy Best and Merja Puustinen. Best and Puustinen’s project, ‘Imagining Godzilla’, turned their Polynesian-style sailing catamaran into a research vessel on the Baltic Sea. With other artists on board, the catamaran became a mobile platform for creative-research projects on topics ranging from undersea Internet cables, new materialist explorations of phosphate circulation, audio-visual technologies and knowledge, and performative/auto-ethnographic accounts that probe the boundaries of life on land and sea. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20211122 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690516 03 9789523690516 06 15 9789523690523 03 9789523690523 06 15 9789523690530 03 9789523690530 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690509 20 08 20211122 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690509 20 08 20211122 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690509 20 08 20211122 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690509 20 08 20211122 01 urn:uuid:1ab997ad-0605-4e47-bb51-f7854f4d20b6 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4c7c930f-c9f8-4c70-940c-ad2d2d1ac129 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1ab997ad-0605-4e47-bb51-f7854f4d20b6 15 9789523690516 03 9789523690516 06 10.33134/HUP-14 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Situating Sustainability A Handbook of Contexts and Concepts 1 B01 21 0000000270427312 C. Parker Krieg C. Parker Krieg Exploratory and Interdisciplinary Studies, English Department 40 04yrkc140 University of Nebraska at Omaha 2 B01 21 0000000214416272 Reetta Toivanen Reetta Toivanen Helsinki Institute of Sustainability Science / Department of Cultures 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 01 eng 00 366 03 B2 Literature B2 Anthropology B2 Sustainability science B2 Environmental humanities B2 Human geography B2 Law 20 Sustainability science; Environmental wellbeing; SDGs and Human rights; Traditional ecological knowledge; Art and literature; Sustainable governance 01 06 02 00 Situating Sustainability</italic> reframes our understanding of sustainability through related concepts, practices, and case studies. The differing geographic scope of this volume is joined by the disciplinary diversity of the contributors, bringing together researchers from cultural studies, anthropology, literature, law, behavioral scien 03 00 Situating Sustainability</italic> reframes our understanding of sustainability through an emerging international terrain of concepts and case studies. These approaches include material practices, such as extraction and disaster recovery, and extend into the domains of human rights and education.This volume addresses the need in sustainability science to recognize the deep and diverse cultural histories that define environmental politics. It brings together scholars from cultural studies, anthropology, literature, law, behavioral science, urban studies, design, and development to argue that it is no longer possible to talk about sustainability in general without thinking through the contexts of research and action. These contributors are joined by artists whose public-facing work provides a mobile platform to conduct research at the edges of performance, knowledge production, and socio-ecological infrastructures.Situating Sustainability</italic> calls for a truly transdisciplinary research that is guided by the humanities and social sciences in collaboration with local actors informed by histories of place. Designed for students, scholars, and interested readers, the volume introduces the conceptual practices that inform the leading edge of engaged research in sustainability.C. Parker Krieg</bold> teaches Exploratory and Interdisciplinary Studies at the University of Nebraska at Omaha.Reetta Toivanen</bold> is professor in Sustainability Science at the Helsinki Institute for Sustainability Science (HELSUS) and Department of Cultures at the University of Helsinki. 30 00 Situating Sustainability</italic> reframes our understanding of sustainability through an emerging international terrain of concepts and case studies. These approaches include material practices, such as extraction and disaster recovery, and extend into the domains of human rights and education.This volume addresses the need in sustainability science to recognize the deep and diverse cultural histories that define environmental politics. It brings together scholars from cultural studies, anthropology, literature, law, behavioral science, urban studies, design, and development to argue that it is no longer possible to talk about sustainability in general without thinking through the contexts of research and action. These contributors are joined by artists whose public-facing work provides a mobile platform to conduct research at the edges of performance, knowledge production, and socio-ecological infrastructures.Situating Sustainability</italic> calls for a truly transdisciplinary research that is guided by the humanities and social sciences in collaboration with local actors informed by histories of place. Designed for students, scholars, and interested readers, the volume introduces the conceptual practices that inform the leading edge of engaged research in sustainability.C. Parker Krieg</bold> teaches Exploratory and Interdisciplinary Studies at the University of Nebraska at Omaha.Reetta Toivanen</bold> is professor in Sustainability Science at the Helsinki Institute for Sustainability Science (HELSUS) and Department of Cultures at the University of Helsinki. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/59dac48d-78f9-44a3-b5dd-be18ad71f4f7.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction 1 A01 21 0000000270427312 C. Parker Krieg C. Parker Krieg University of Nebraska Omaha 2 A01 21 0000000214416272 Reetta Toivanen Reetta Toivanen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Interdisciplinarity 1 A01 21 0000000263562022 Henrik Thorén Henrik Thorén 40 012a77v79 Lund University 2 A01 21 0000000165660307 Michiru Nagatsu Michiru Nagatsu 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000186598012 Paula Schönach Paula Schönach 40 020hwjq30 Aalto University 03 00 This chapter discusses the interdisciplinarity which lies at the heart of Sustainability Science. Drawing on the historical development of the field, this chapter offers examples of enquiry from multiple research centres. 30 00 This chapter discusses the interdisciplinarity which lies at the heart of Sustainability Science. Drawing on the historical development of the field, this chapter offers examples of enquiry from multiple research centres. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Anthropocene Conjunctures 1 A01 21 0000000270427312 C. Parker Krieg C. Parker Krieg University of Nebraska Omaha 2 A01 21 0000000307605785 Paola Minoia Paola Minoia University of Turin; University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter contextualizes the rise of Anthropocene discourse across academic disciplines and provides critical examples from think tanks and Indigenous strategies of political ecology. It illustrates the pitfalls and potential offered by this new periodization of anthropogenic change, and the definition of the anthropos that the term calls into question. 30 00 This chapter contextualizes the rise of Anthropocene discourse across academic disciplines and provides critical examples from think tanks and Indigenous strategies of political ecology. It illustrates the pitfalls and potential offered by this new periodization of anthropogenic change, and the definition of the anthropos that the term calls into question. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Human Rights 1 A01 21 0000000214416272 Reetta Toivanen Reetta Toivanen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000327720641 Dorothée Cambou Dorothée Cambou 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter takes up the status of the human in terms of rights and law. Surveying the status of human rights law within the framework of the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), the authors highlight the cultural context of Arctic Indigenous peoples, namely the Sámi people in Finland. The lack of legal and political agency is a barrier not only to sustainable and culturally desirable livelihoods, as the authors detail: this legal situation enables ongoing extractivist projects in the form of mining and forestry. 30 00 This chapter takes up the status of the human in terms of rights and law. Surveying the status of human rights law within the framework of the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), the authors highlight the cultural context of Arctic Indigenous peoples, namely the Sámi people in Finland. The lack of legal and political agency is a barrier not only to sustainable and culturally desirable livelihoods, as the authors detail: this legal situation enables ongoing extractivist projects in the form of mining and forestry. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Education 1 A01 21 0000000160482097 Tuija Veintie Tuija Veintie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000251916399 Johanna Hohenthal Johanna Hohenthal 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter illustrates the transformative role that national education policies can play in working toward Sustainable Development Goals. Offering comparative examples from the ‘pluri-national state’ of Ecuador and the ‘Northern European welfare state’ of Finland, it highlights the potential of teaching languages, integrative thinking practices, and cultural alternatives to high-consumption lifestyles. 30 00 This chapter illustrates the transformative role that national education policies can play in working toward Sustainable Development Goals. Offering comparative examples from the ‘pluri-national state’ of Ecuador and the ‘Northern European welfare state’ of Finland, it highlights the potential of teaching languages, integrative thinking practices, and cultural alternatives to high-consumption lifestyles. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Resilience 1 A01 21 0000000263562022 Henrik Thorén Henrik Thorén 40 012a77v79 Lund University 03 00 This chapter extends the concept of resilience past its popular use and abuse to consider the deeper set of concepts that shape understandings of stability and instability in ecological relationships. Here, bundles of supporting concepts, each carrying implicit values, threaten to turn a multitude of useful ideas into a mess of conflicting frameworks. While resilience is a concept that developed out of the empirical grounds of ecology, it becomes, for sustainability science, a ‘term of art’ that expands to encompass the qualitative discourses of the humanistic sciences. 30 00 This chapter extends the concept of resilience past its popular use and abuse to consider the deeper set of concepts that shape understandings of stability and instability in ecological relationships. Here, bundles of supporting concepts, each carrying implicit values, threaten to turn a multitude of useful ideas into a mess of conflicting frameworks. While resilience is a concept that developed out of the empirical grounds of ecology, it becomes, for sustainability science, a ‘term of art’ that expands to encompass the qualitative discourses of the humanistic sciences. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Scales 1 A01 21 0000000270427312 Paola Minoia Paola Minoia University of Turin; University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000275189309 Jenni Mölkänen Jenni Mölkänen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter rethinks scales as an opportunity for sustainability studies to engage with decolonial strategies that stand against the confinement of Southern studies as local knowledge, compared to the Western knowledge that is seen as universal. Examples of plurinational ‘scale-jumping’ in Ecuador and kinship networks in Northeast Madagascar redefine the ordering of scales to redress complicated histories of ecological and social colonization. 30 00 This chapter rethinks scales as an opportunity for sustainability studies to engage with decolonial strategies that stand against the confinement of Southern studies as local knowledge, compared to the Western knowledge that is seen as universal. Examples of plurinational ‘scale-jumping’ in Ecuador and kinship networks in Northeast Madagascar redefine the ordering of scales to redress complicated histories of ecological and social colonization. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Nuclear Awareness 1 A01 21 0000000312952271 Inna Sukhenko Inna Sukhenko 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000313017517 Viktor Pál Viktor Pál 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 06 Own website https://researchportal.helsinki.fi/en/persons/viktor-pál 03 00 This chapter draws attention to the concept of nuclear awareness that arose in the wake of the nuclear catastrophes. It highlights epistemic and political stakes: the almost unimaginable timetables of nuclear energy (extraction and waste) on one hand, and the threat of instantaneous destruction on the other. The chapter emphasizes nuclear awareness as a critical assertion of nuclear energy and its societal impact and as a trigger of critical thinking of nuclear technology, nuclear power production, nuclear agenda, as well as their challenges and opportunities involved. The chapter analyzes the tools of narrating the Chernobyl disaster in the contemporary nuclear fiction, regarded as a archive of the nuclear Anthropocene and a case of nuclear knowledge management. 30 00 This chapter draws attention to the concept of nuclear awareness that arose in the wake of the nuclear catastrophes. It highlights epistemic and political stakes: the almost unimaginable timetables of nuclear energy (extraction and waste) on one hand, and the threat of instantaneous destruction on the other. The chapter emphasizes nuclear awareness as a critical assertion of nuclear energy and its societal impact and as a trigger of critical thinking of nuclear technology, nuclear power production, nuclear agenda, as well as their challenges and opportunities involved. The chapter analyzes the tools of narrating the Chernobyl disaster in the contemporary nuclear fiction, regarded as a archive of the nuclear Anthropocene and a case of nuclear knowledge management. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Eco-anxiety 1 A01 21 0000000268768011 Panu Pihkala Panu Pihkala 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter addresses the rise of eco-anxiety, which manifests not only in popular individual and group psychologies, but also impacts the work of professional researchers who live on a daily basis with a knowledge of the unsustainable present. While this creates guilt, worry, and anger, the author counterposes a hope for a ‘practical anxiety’, which might create a bridge between professionals and the public. 30 00 This chapter addresses the rise of eco-anxiety, which manifests not only in popular individual and group psychologies, but also impacts the work of professional researchers who live on a daily basis with a knowledge of the unsustainable present. While this creates guilt, worry, and anger, the author counterposes a hope for a ‘practical anxiety’, which might create a bridge between professionals and the public. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Exclusion and Inequality 1 A01 21 0000000214416272 Reetta Toivanen Reetta Toivanen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000219347691 Magdalena Kmak Magdalena Kmak 40 029pk6x14 Åbo Akademi University 03 00 This chapter illustrates how certain actions for guaranteeing a good life for one part of the population can result in catastrophic consequences for another. Examples of migrants within the European Union and Roma peoples in Finland help depict this context. 30 00 This chapter illustrates how certain actions for guaranteeing a good life for one part of the population can result in catastrophic consequences for another. Examples of migrants within the European Union and Roma peoples in Finland help depict this context. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Governance 1 A01 21 0000000168809859 Elisa Pascucci Elisa Pascucci 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000309410594 Niko Soininen Niko Soininen 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Niko Soininen (LL.D) is Professor of Environmental Law at the University of Eastern Finland School of law, Center for Climate, Energy and Environmental Law (CCEEL), co-director of CCEEL and co-director of the interdisciplinary UEF Water Research Programme. His research focuses on the law and governance of complex social-ecological systems with a particular emphasis on freshwater, marine and urban systems. Outside academia, he has worked as a consultant for HELCOM, the World Bank, and for several Finnish ministries. 03 00 This chapter focuses on manifestations of emerging ‘polycentric and plural governance’. It draws on examples from international forced migration and city-scale climate mitigation to illustrate developments in governance structures that operate beyond the traditional nation-state. 30 00 This chapter focuses on manifestations of emerging ‘polycentric and plural governance’. It draws on examples from international forced migration and city-scale climate mitigation to illustrate developments in governance structures that operate beyond the traditional nation-state. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-12 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Disaster Recovery (After Catastrophes) 1 A01 21 0000000199740778 Marjaana Jauhola Marjaana Jauhola 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000154716803 Niti Mishra Niti Mishra Jamsetji Tata School of Disaster Studies 3 A01 21 0000000197710604 Jacquleen Joseph Jacquleen Joseph Jamsetji Tata School of Disaster Studies 4 A01 Shyam Gadhavi Shyam Gadhavi Prakrit Foundation for Development, Mundra, Gujarat 03 00 This chapter examines approaches to disaster response critically. It compares ‘owner-driven’ and ‘community-ownership’ approaches to recovery policy taken by two different cities in the Indian state of Gujarat following the devastating 2001 Gujarat earthquake. Each model recognizes a different compositional context of agents, temporalities, and effects, thus producing different outcomes in the lives of individuals and communities. 30 00 This chapter examines approaches to disaster response critically. It compares ‘owner-driven’ and ‘community-ownership’ approaches to recovery policy taken by two different cities in the Indian state of Gujarat following the devastating 2001 Gujarat earthquake. Each model recognizes a different compositional context of agents, temporalities, and effects, thus producing different outcomes in the lives of individuals and communities. 20 00 Open Access 13 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-13 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Traditional Ecological Knowledge 1 A01 21 0000000226621193 Corinna Casi Corinna Casi 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000323679282 Hanna Ellen Guttorm Hanna Guttorm 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000258791074 Pirjo Kristiina Virtanen Pirjo Virtanen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter argues that the concept of Traditional Ecological Knowlegde means more than the accumulated environmental knowledge and comprehension of natural phenomena. Rather, it is constituted by a set of evolving beliefs and practices that understands its own dynamic relationship with other beings in the environment. The examples of Traditional Ecological Knowledge (TEK) illustrated in this chapter include Apurinã and Manchineri communities in Brazilian Amazonia, and Sámi communities in the Arctic. 30 00 This chapter argues that the concept of Traditional Ecological Knowlegde means more than the accumulated environmental knowledge and comprehension of natural phenomena. Rather, it is constituted by a set of evolving beliefs and practices that understands its own dynamic relationship with other beings in the environment. The examples of Traditional Ecological Knowledge (TEK) illustrated in this chapter include Apurinã and Manchineri communities in Brazilian Amazonia, and Sámi communities in the Arctic. 20 00 Open Access 14 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-14 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Agroecological Symbiosis 1 A01 21 0000000202876984 Rachel Mazac Rachel Mazac 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 000000020958524X Sophia E. Hagolani Albov Sophia Hagolani Albov 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000259718354 Hanna L. Tuomisto Hanna Tuomisto 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter explores how communities can redesign food systems so as to integrate them into the surrounding ecologies. After providing important global context for industrial food systems and their challenge to sustainability, the authors turn to Palopuro’s model of Agroecological Symbiosis (AES) as an alternative that embeds food and energy within the social fabric. This revisioning of production and consumption draws on both past practices and future imaginaries. 30 00 This chapter explores how communities can redesign food systems so as to integrate them into the surrounding ecologies. After providing important global context for industrial food systems and their challenge to sustainability, the authors turn to Palopuro’s model of Agroecological Symbiosis (AES) as an alternative that embeds food and energy within the social fabric. This revisioning of production and consumption draws on both past practices and future imaginaries. 20 00 Open Access 15 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-15 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Heritage Naturecultures 1 A01 21 0000000270427312 C. Parker Krieg C. Parker Krieg University of Nebraska Omaha 2 A01 21 0000000233650136 Suzie Thomas Suzie Thomas 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000342140688 Xenia Zeiler Xenia Zeiler 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter considers the threats posed to heritage sites by anthropogenic change. Anthropocene changes confront researchers and communities alike with a collapse in distinctions between cultural and natural heritage. Examples include a recent novel, the climate strategy of the US National Parks, the material memory of the Lapland War in northern Finland, and intangible landscapes in South Asian video games that offer players an immersive encounter with aerial species (e.g. birds, insects) and mythological beings. 30 00 This chapter considers the threats posed to heritage sites by anthropogenic change. Anthropocene changes confront researchers and communities alike with a collapse in distinctions between cultural and natural heritage. Examples include a recent novel, the climate strategy of the US National Parks, the material memory of the Lapland War in northern Finland, and intangible landscapes in South Asian video games that offer players an immersive encounter with aerial species (e.g. birds, insects) and mythological beings. 20 00 Open Access 16 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-16 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Tourism Platforms 1 A01 21 0000000290202049 Salla Jokela Salla Jokela 40 033003e23 Tampere University 2 A01 21 0000000307605785 Paola Minoia Paola Minoia University of Turin; University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter discusses a form of platform urbanism that has emerged with peer-to-peer digital tourist platforms like Airbnb and resulted in the touristification of regions. Even though sustainable development promotes ecotourism as a way of integrating local livelihoods into transnational commerce and cultural exchange, this chapter illustrates how the movement of external flows of people, capital, consumption—and narrations—into local areas rapidly transforms urban space and culture. 30 00 This chapter discusses a form of platform urbanism that has emerged with peer-to-peer digital tourist platforms like Airbnb and resulted in the touristification of regions. Even though sustainable development promotes ecotourism as a way of integrating local livelihoods into transnational commerce and cultural exchange, this chapter illustrates how the movement of external flows of people, capital, consumption—and narrations—into local areas rapidly transforms urban space and culture. 20 00 Open Access 17 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-17 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Extractivisms 1 A01 21 0000000173244549 Markus Kröger Markus Kröger 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 000000020958524X Sophia E. Hagolani-Albov Sophia Hagolani-Albov 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000154230432 Barry K. Gills Barry Gills 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter discusses the rise of extractivisms in the material resource economy, and as a critical discourse in both activism and academe. Drawing on fieldwork in the Brazilian Amazon, it situates the extractivist turn of the global economy within national and local contexts. Likewise, by analyzing developments in these settings, it offers lessons for transitioning away from economic practices that take more from these ecosystems than they could ever possibly return. 30 00 This chapter discusses the rise of extractivisms in the material resource economy, and as a critical discourse in both activism and academe. Drawing on fieldwork in the Brazilian Amazon, it situates the extractivist turn of the global economy within national and local contexts. Likewise, by analyzing developments in these settings, it offers lessons for transitioning away from economic practices that take more from these ecosystems than they could ever possibly return. 20 00 Open Access 18 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-18 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Aesthetic Sustainability 1 A01 21 0000000319013584 Sanna Lehtinen Sanna Lehtinen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter provides a philosophical history of the categories through which people experience places and describe encounters. It asks us to consider whether what is considered attractive actually translates into the durable objects and practices needed for sustainability. Engaging the developing psychological science of ‘nudging’, the author finds a new use for design aesthetics to influence human behaviours and tastes so that decisions align with sustainability goals. 30 00 This chapter provides a philosophical history of the categories through which people experience places and describe encounters. It asks us to consider whether what is considered attractive actually translates into the durable objects and practices needed for sustainability. Engaging the developing psychological science of ‘nudging’, the author finds a new use for design aesthetics to influence human behaviours and tastes so that decisions align with sustainability goals. 20 00 Open Access 19 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-19 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Mapping Environmental Memory Through Literature: A Conversation with Emily Lethbridge and Steven Hartman 1 A01 21 0000000270427312 C. Parker Krieg C. Parker Krieg University of Nebraska Omaha 2 A01 21 0000000166807673 Emily Lethbridge Emily Lethbridge Árni Magnússon Research Institute for Icelandic Studies 3 A01 21 0000000244741615 Steven Hartman Steven Hartman 40 01db6h964 University of Iceland 03 00 This chapter is an interview with two literary scholars, whose research in Icelandic and North Atlantic environmental history has led to the creation of new digital tools and interdisciplinary research networks. From the Icelandic sagas and place names, to new discoveries of medieval and early modern life writing, their distinct paths converge on the study of culture as both a repository and medium of environmental knowledge, communication, and cultural memory. 30 00 This chapter is an interview with two literary scholars, whose research in Icelandic and North Atlantic environmental history has led to the creation of new digital tools and interdisciplinary research networks. From the Icelandic sagas and place names, to new discoveries of medieval and early modern life writing, their distinct paths converge on the study of culture as both a repository and medium of environmental knowledge, communication, and cultural memory. 20 00 Open Access 20 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-20 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Imagining Godzilla: An Art Research Network Platform 1 A01 21 0000000186343327 Andy Best Andy Best Academy of Fine Arts Helsinki 03 00 This chapter is an extended contribution from a collection of artists headed by Andy Best and Merja Puustinen. Best and Puustinen’s project, ‘Imagining Godzilla’, turned their Polynesian-style sailing catamaran into a research vessel on the Baltic Sea. With other artists on board, the catamaran became a mobile platform for creative-research projects on topics ranging from undersea Internet cables, new materialist explorations of phosphate circulation, audio-visual technologies and knowledge, and performative/auto-ethnographic accounts that probe the boundaries of life on land and sea. 30 00 This chapter is an extended contribution from a collection of artists headed by Andy Best and Merja Puustinen. Best and Puustinen’s project, ‘Imagining Godzilla’, turned their Polynesian-style sailing catamaran into a research vessel on the Baltic Sea. With other artists on board, the catamaran became a mobile platform for creative-research projects on topics ranging from undersea Internet cables, new materialist explorations of phosphate circulation, audio-visual technologies and knowledge, and performative/auto-ethnographic accounts that probe the boundaries of life on land and sea. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20211122 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690509 03 9789523690509 06 15 9789523690523 03 9789523690523 06 15 9789523690530 03 9789523690530 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20211122 01 urn:uuid:40a3a0ed-0710-4135-ad9e-1c1977073dc7 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4c7c930f-c9f8-4c70-940c-ad2d2d1ac129 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:40a3a0ed-0710-4135-ad9e-1c1977073dc7 15 9789523690523 03 9789523690523 06 10.33134/HUP-14 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Situating Sustainability A Handbook of Contexts and Concepts 1 B01 21 0000000270427312 C. Parker Krieg C. Parker Krieg Exploratory and Interdisciplinary Studies, English Department 40 04yrkc140 University of Nebraska at Omaha 2 B01 21 0000000214416272 Reetta Toivanen Reetta Toivanen Helsinki Institute of Sustainability Science / Department of Cultures 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 01 eng 00 366 03 B2 Literature B2 Anthropology B2 Sustainability science B2 Environmental humanities B2 Human geography B2 Law 20 Sustainability science; Environmental wellbeing; SDGs and Human rights; Traditional ecological knowledge; Art and literature; Sustainable governance 01 06 02 00 Situating Sustainability</italic> reframes our understanding of sustainability through related concepts, practices, and case studies. The differing geographic scope of this volume is joined by the disciplinary diversity of the contributors, bringing together researchers from cultural studies, anthropology, literature, law, behavioral scien 03 00 Situating Sustainability</italic> reframes our understanding of sustainability through an emerging international terrain of concepts and case studies. These approaches include material practices, such as extraction and disaster recovery, and extend into the domains of human rights and education.This volume addresses the need in sustainability science to recognize the deep and diverse cultural histories that define environmental politics. It brings together scholars from cultural studies, anthropology, literature, law, behavioral science, urban studies, design, and development to argue that it is no longer possible to talk about sustainability in general without thinking through the contexts of research and action. These contributors are joined by artists whose public-facing work provides a mobile platform to conduct research at the edges of performance, knowledge production, and socio-ecological infrastructures.Situating Sustainability</italic> calls for a truly transdisciplinary research that is guided by the humanities and social sciences in collaboration with local actors informed by histories of place. Designed for students, scholars, and interested readers, the volume introduces the conceptual practices that inform the leading edge of engaged research in sustainability.C. Parker Krieg</bold> teaches Exploratory and Interdisciplinary Studies at the University of Nebraska at Omaha.Reetta Toivanen</bold> is professor in Sustainability Science at the Helsinki Institute for Sustainability Science (HELSUS) and Department of Cultures at the University of Helsinki. 30 00 Situating Sustainability</italic> reframes our understanding of sustainability through an emerging international terrain of concepts and case studies. These approaches include material practices, such as extraction and disaster recovery, and extend into the domains of human rights and education.This volume addresses the need in sustainability science to recognize the deep and diverse cultural histories that define environmental politics. It brings together scholars from cultural studies, anthropology, literature, law, behavioral science, urban studies, design, and development to argue that it is no longer possible to talk about sustainability in general without thinking through the contexts of research and action. These contributors are joined by artists whose public-facing work provides a mobile platform to conduct research at the edges of performance, knowledge production, and socio-ecological infrastructures.Situating Sustainability</italic> calls for a truly transdisciplinary research that is guided by the humanities and social sciences in collaboration with local actors informed by histories of place. Designed for students, scholars, and interested readers, the volume introduces the conceptual practices that inform the leading edge of engaged research in sustainability.C. Parker Krieg</bold> teaches Exploratory and Interdisciplinary Studies at the University of Nebraska at Omaha.Reetta Toivanen</bold> is professor in Sustainability Science at the Helsinki Institute for Sustainability Science (HELSUS) and Department of Cultures at the University of Helsinki. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/59dac48d-78f9-44a3-b5dd-be18ad71f4f7.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction 1 A01 21 0000000270427312 C. Parker Krieg C. Parker Krieg University of Nebraska Omaha 2 A01 21 0000000214416272 Reetta Toivanen Reetta Toivanen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Interdisciplinarity 1 A01 21 0000000263562022 Henrik Thorén Henrik Thorén 40 012a77v79 Lund University 2 A01 21 0000000165660307 Michiru Nagatsu Michiru Nagatsu 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000186598012 Paula Schönach Paula Schönach 40 020hwjq30 Aalto University 03 00 This chapter discusses the interdisciplinarity which lies at the heart of Sustainability Science. Drawing on the historical development of the field, this chapter offers examples of enquiry from multiple research centres. 30 00 This chapter discusses the interdisciplinarity which lies at the heart of Sustainability Science. Drawing on the historical development of the field, this chapter offers examples of enquiry from multiple research centres. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Anthropocene Conjunctures 1 A01 21 0000000270427312 C. Parker Krieg C. Parker Krieg University of Nebraska Omaha 2 A01 21 0000000307605785 Paola Minoia Paola Minoia University of Turin; University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter contextualizes the rise of Anthropocene discourse across academic disciplines and provides critical examples from think tanks and Indigenous strategies of political ecology. It illustrates the pitfalls and potential offered by this new periodization of anthropogenic change, and the definition of the anthropos that the term calls into question. 30 00 This chapter contextualizes the rise of Anthropocene discourse across academic disciplines and provides critical examples from think tanks and Indigenous strategies of political ecology. It illustrates the pitfalls and potential offered by this new periodization of anthropogenic change, and the definition of the anthropos that the term calls into question. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Human Rights 1 A01 21 0000000214416272 Reetta Toivanen Reetta Toivanen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000327720641 Dorothée Cambou Dorothée Cambou 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter takes up the status of the human in terms of rights and law. Surveying the status of human rights law within the framework of the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), the authors highlight the cultural context of Arctic Indigenous peoples, namely the Sámi people in Finland. The lack of legal and political agency is a barrier not only to sustainable and culturally desirable livelihoods, as the authors detail: this legal situation enables ongoing extractivist projects in the form of mining and forestry. 30 00 This chapter takes up the status of the human in terms of rights and law. Surveying the status of human rights law within the framework of the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), the authors highlight the cultural context of Arctic Indigenous peoples, namely the Sámi people in Finland. The lack of legal and political agency is a barrier not only to sustainable and culturally desirable livelihoods, as the authors detail: this legal situation enables ongoing extractivist projects in the form of mining and forestry. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Education 1 A01 21 0000000160482097 Tuija Veintie Tuija Veintie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000251916399 Johanna Hohenthal Johanna Hohenthal 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter illustrates the transformative role that national education policies can play in working toward Sustainable Development Goals. Offering comparative examples from the ‘pluri-national state’ of Ecuador and the ‘Northern European welfare state’ of Finland, it highlights the potential of teaching languages, integrative thinking practices, and cultural alternatives to high-consumption lifestyles. 30 00 This chapter illustrates the transformative role that national education policies can play in working toward Sustainable Development Goals. Offering comparative examples from the ‘pluri-national state’ of Ecuador and the ‘Northern European welfare state’ of Finland, it highlights the potential of teaching languages, integrative thinking practices, and cultural alternatives to high-consumption lifestyles. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Resilience 1 A01 21 0000000263562022 Henrik Thorén Henrik Thorén 40 012a77v79 Lund University 03 00 This chapter extends the concept of resilience past its popular use and abuse to consider the deeper set of concepts that shape understandings of stability and instability in ecological relationships. Here, bundles of supporting concepts, each carrying implicit values, threaten to turn a multitude of useful ideas into a mess of conflicting frameworks. While resilience is a concept that developed out of the empirical grounds of ecology, it becomes, for sustainability science, a ‘term of art’ that expands to encompass the qualitative discourses of the humanistic sciences. 30 00 This chapter extends the concept of resilience past its popular use and abuse to consider the deeper set of concepts that shape understandings of stability and instability in ecological relationships. Here, bundles of supporting concepts, each carrying implicit values, threaten to turn a multitude of useful ideas into a mess of conflicting frameworks. While resilience is a concept that developed out of the empirical grounds of ecology, it becomes, for sustainability science, a ‘term of art’ that expands to encompass the qualitative discourses of the humanistic sciences. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Scales 1 A01 21 0000000270427312 Paola Minoia Paola Minoia University of Turin; University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000275189309 Jenni Mölkänen Jenni Mölkänen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter rethinks scales as an opportunity for sustainability studies to engage with decolonial strategies that stand against the confinement of Southern studies as local knowledge, compared to the Western knowledge that is seen as universal. Examples of plurinational ‘scale-jumping’ in Ecuador and kinship networks in Northeast Madagascar redefine the ordering of scales to redress complicated histories of ecological and social colonization. 30 00 This chapter rethinks scales as an opportunity for sustainability studies to engage with decolonial strategies that stand against the confinement of Southern studies as local knowledge, compared to the Western knowledge that is seen as universal. Examples of plurinational ‘scale-jumping’ in Ecuador and kinship networks in Northeast Madagascar redefine the ordering of scales to redress complicated histories of ecological and social colonization. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Nuclear Awareness 1 A01 21 0000000312952271 Inna Sukhenko Inna Sukhenko 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000313017517 Viktor Pál Viktor Pál 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 06 Own website https://researchportal.helsinki.fi/en/persons/viktor-pál 03 00 This chapter draws attention to the concept of nuclear awareness that arose in the wake of the nuclear catastrophes. It highlights epistemic and political stakes: the almost unimaginable timetables of nuclear energy (extraction and waste) on one hand, and the threat of instantaneous destruction on the other. The chapter emphasizes nuclear awareness as a critical assertion of nuclear energy and its societal impact and as a trigger of critical thinking of nuclear technology, nuclear power production, nuclear agenda, as well as their challenges and opportunities involved. The chapter analyzes the tools of narrating the Chernobyl disaster in the contemporary nuclear fiction, regarded as a archive of the nuclear Anthropocene and a case of nuclear knowledge management. 30 00 This chapter draws attention to the concept of nuclear awareness that arose in the wake of the nuclear catastrophes. It highlights epistemic and political stakes: the almost unimaginable timetables of nuclear energy (extraction and waste) on one hand, and the threat of instantaneous destruction on the other. The chapter emphasizes nuclear awareness as a critical assertion of nuclear energy and its societal impact and as a trigger of critical thinking of nuclear technology, nuclear power production, nuclear agenda, as well as their challenges and opportunities involved. The chapter analyzes the tools of narrating the Chernobyl disaster in the contemporary nuclear fiction, regarded as a archive of the nuclear Anthropocene and a case of nuclear knowledge management. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Eco-anxiety 1 A01 21 0000000268768011 Panu Pihkala Panu Pihkala 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter addresses the rise of eco-anxiety, which manifests not only in popular individual and group psychologies, but also impacts the work of professional researchers who live on a daily basis with a knowledge of the unsustainable present. While this creates guilt, worry, and anger, the author counterposes a hope for a ‘practical anxiety’, which might create a bridge between professionals and the public. 30 00 This chapter addresses the rise of eco-anxiety, which manifests not only in popular individual and group psychologies, but also impacts the work of professional researchers who live on a daily basis with a knowledge of the unsustainable present. While this creates guilt, worry, and anger, the author counterposes a hope for a ‘practical anxiety’, which might create a bridge between professionals and the public. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Exclusion and Inequality 1 A01 21 0000000214416272 Reetta Toivanen Reetta Toivanen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000219347691 Magdalena Kmak Magdalena Kmak 40 029pk6x14 Åbo Akademi University 03 00 This chapter illustrates how certain actions for guaranteeing a good life for one part of the population can result in catastrophic consequences for another. Examples of migrants within the European Union and Roma peoples in Finland help depict this context. 30 00 This chapter illustrates how certain actions for guaranteeing a good life for one part of the population can result in catastrophic consequences for another. Examples of migrants within the European Union and Roma peoples in Finland help depict this context. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Governance 1 A01 21 0000000168809859 Elisa Pascucci Elisa Pascucci 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000309410594 Niko Soininen Niko Soininen 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Niko Soininen (LL.D) is Professor of Environmental Law at the University of Eastern Finland School of law, Center for Climate, Energy and Environmental Law (CCEEL), co-director of CCEEL and co-director of the interdisciplinary UEF Water Research Programme. His research focuses on the law and governance of complex social-ecological systems with a particular emphasis on freshwater, marine and urban systems. Outside academia, he has worked as a consultant for HELCOM, the World Bank, and for several Finnish ministries. 03 00 This chapter focuses on manifestations of emerging ‘polycentric and plural governance’. It draws on examples from international forced migration and city-scale climate mitigation to illustrate developments in governance structures that operate beyond the traditional nation-state. 30 00 This chapter focuses on manifestations of emerging ‘polycentric and plural governance’. It draws on examples from international forced migration and city-scale climate mitigation to illustrate developments in governance structures that operate beyond the traditional nation-state. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-12 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Disaster Recovery (After Catastrophes) 1 A01 21 0000000199740778 Marjaana Jauhola Marjaana Jauhola 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000154716803 Niti Mishra Niti Mishra Jamsetji Tata School of Disaster Studies 3 A01 21 0000000197710604 Jacquleen Joseph Jacquleen Joseph Jamsetji Tata School of Disaster Studies 4 A01 Shyam Gadhavi Shyam Gadhavi Prakrit Foundation for Development, Mundra, Gujarat 03 00 This chapter examines approaches to disaster response critically. It compares ‘owner-driven’ and ‘community-ownership’ approaches to recovery policy taken by two different cities in the Indian state of Gujarat following the devastating 2001 Gujarat earthquake. Each model recognizes a different compositional context of agents, temporalities, and effects, thus producing different outcomes in the lives of individuals and communities. 30 00 This chapter examines approaches to disaster response critically. It compares ‘owner-driven’ and ‘community-ownership’ approaches to recovery policy taken by two different cities in the Indian state of Gujarat following the devastating 2001 Gujarat earthquake. Each model recognizes a different compositional context of agents, temporalities, and effects, thus producing different outcomes in the lives of individuals and communities. 20 00 Open Access 13 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-13 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Traditional Ecological Knowledge 1 A01 21 0000000226621193 Corinna Casi Corinna Casi 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000323679282 Hanna Ellen Guttorm Hanna Guttorm 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000258791074 Pirjo Kristiina Virtanen Pirjo Virtanen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter argues that the concept of Traditional Ecological Knowlegde means more than the accumulated environmental knowledge and comprehension of natural phenomena. Rather, it is constituted by a set of evolving beliefs and practices that understands its own dynamic relationship with other beings in the environment. The examples of Traditional Ecological Knowledge (TEK) illustrated in this chapter include Apurinã and Manchineri communities in Brazilian Amazonia, and Sámi communities in the Arctic. 30 00 This chapter argues that the concept of Traditional Ecological Knowlegde means more than the accumulated environmental knowledge and comprehension of natural phenomena. Rather, it is constituted by a set of evolving beliefs and practices that understands its own dynamic relationship with other beings in the environment. The examples of Traditional Ecological Knowledge (TEK) illustrated in this chapter include Apurinã and Manchineri communities in Brazilian Amazonia, and Sámi communities in the Arctic. 20 00 Open Access 14 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-14 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Agroecological Symbiosis 1 A01 21 0000000202876984 Rachel Mazac Rachel Mazac 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 000000020958524X Sophia E. Hagolani Albov Sophia Hagolani Albov 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000259718354 Hanna L. Tuomisto Hanna Tuomisto 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter explores how communities can redesign food systems so as to integrate them into the surrounding ecologies. After providing important global context for industrial food systems and their challenge to sustainability, the authors turn to Palopuro’s model of Agroecological Symbiosis (AES) as an alternative that embeds food and energy within the social fabric. This revisioning of production and consumption draws on both past practices and future imaginaries. 30 00 This chapter explores how communities can redesign food systems so as to integrate them into the surrounding ecologies. After providing important global context for industrial food systems and their challenge to sustainability, the authors turn to Palopuro’s model of Agroecological Symbiosis (AES) as an alternative that embeds food and energy within the social fabric. This revisioning of production and consumption draws on both past practices and future imaginaries. 20 00 Open Access 15 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-15 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Heritage Naturecultures 1 A01 21 0000000270427312 C. Parker Krieg C. Parker Krieg University of Nebraska Omaha 2 A01 21 0000000233650136 Suzie Thomas Suzie Thomas 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000342140688 Xenia Zeiler Xenia Zeiler 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter considers the threats posed to heritage sites by anthropogenic change. Anthropocene changes confront researchers and communities alike with a collapse in distinctions between cultural and natural heritage. Examples include a recent novel, the climate strategy of the US National Parks, the material memory of the Lapland War in northern Finland, and intangible landscapes in South Asian video games that offer players an immersive encounter with aerial species (e.g. birds, insects) and mythological beings. 30 00 This chapter considers the threats posed to heritage sites by anthropogenic change. Anthropocene changes confront researchers and communities alike with a collapse in distinctions between cultural and natural heritage. Examples include a recent novel, the climate strategy of the US National Parks, the material memory of the Lapland War in northern Finland, and intangible landscapes in South Asian video games that offer players an immersive encounter with aerial species (e.g. birds, insects) and mythological beings. 20 00 Open Access 16 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-16 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Tourism Platforms 1 A01 21 0000000290202049 Salla Jokela Salla Jokela 40 033003e23 Tampere University 2 A01 21 0000000307605785 Paola Minoia Paola Minoia University of Turin; University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter discusses a form of platform urbanism that has emerged with peer-to-peer digital tourist platforms like Airbnb and resulted in the touristification of regions. Even though sustainable development promotes ecotourism as a way of integrating local livelihoods into transnational commerce and cultural exchange, this chapter illustrates how the movement of external flows of people, capital, consumption—and narrations—into local areas rapidly transforms urban space and culture. 30 00 This chapter discusses a form of platform urbanism that has emerged with peer-to-peer digital tourist platforms like Airbnb and resulted in the touristification of regions. Even though sustainable development promotes ecotourism as a way of integrating local livelihoods into transnational commerce and cultural exchange, this chapter illustrates how the movement of external flows of people, capital, consumption—and narrations—into local areas rapidly transforms urban space and culture. 20 00 Open Access 17 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-17 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Extractivisms 1 A01 21 0000000173244549 Markus Kröger Markus Kröger 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 000000020958524X Sophia E. Hagolani-Albov Sophia Hagolani-Albov 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000154230432 Barry K. Gills Barry Gills 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter discusses the rise of extractivisms in the material resource economy, and as a critical discourse in both activism and academe. Drawing on fieldwork in the Brazilian Amazon, it situates the extractivist turn of the global economy within national and local contexts. Likewise, by analyzing developments in these settings, it offers lessons for transitioning away from economic practices that take more from these ecosystems than they could ever possibly return. 30 00 This chapter discusses the rise of extractivisms in the material resource economy, and as a critical discourse in both activism and academe. Drawing on fieldwork in the Brazilian Amazon, it situates the extractivist turn of the global economy within national and local contexts. Likewise, by analyzing developments in these settings, it offers lessons for transitioning away from economic practices that take more from these ecosystems than they could ever possibly return. 20 00 Open Access 18 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-18 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Aesthetic Sustainability 1 A01 21 0000000319013584 Sanna Lehtinen Sanna Lehtinen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter provides a philosophical history of the categories through which people experience places and describe encounters. It asks us to consider whether what is considered attractive actually translates into the durable objects and practices needed for sustainability. Engaging the developing psychological science of ‘nudging’, the author finds a new use for design aesthetics to influence human behaviours and tastes so that decisions align with sustainability goals. 30 00 This chapter provides a philosophical history of the categories through which people experience places and describe encounters. It asks us to consider whether what is considered attractive actually translates into the durable objects and practices needed for sustainability. Engaging the developing psychological science of ‘nudging’, the author finds a new use for design aesthetics to influence human behaviours and tastes so that decisions align with sustainability goals. 20 00 Open Access 19 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-19 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Mapping Environmental Memory Through Literature: A Conversation with Emily Lethbridge and Steven Hartman 1 A01 21 0000000270427312 C. Parker Krieg C. Parker Krieg University of Nebraska Omaha 2 A01 21 0000000166807673 Emily Lethbridge Emily Lethbridge Árni Magnússon Research Institute for Icelandic Studies 3 A01 21 0000000244741615 Steven Hartman Steven Hartman 40 01db6h964 University of Iceland 03 00 This chapter is an interview with two literary scholars, whose research in Icelandic and North Atlantic environmental history has led to the creation of new digital tools and interdisciplinary research networks. From the Icelandic sagas and place names, to new discoveries of medieval and early modern life writing, their distinct paths converge on the study of culture as both a repository and medium of environmental knowledge, communication, and cultural memory. 30 00 This chapter is an interview with two literary scholars, whose research in Icelandic and North Atlantic environmental history has led to the creation of new digital tools and interdisciplinary research networks. From the Icelandic sagas and place names, to new discoveries of medieval and early modern life writing, their distinct paths converge on the study of culture as both a repository and medium of environmental knowledge, communication, and cultural memory. 20 00 Open Access 20 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-20 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Imagining Godzilla: An Art Research Network Platform 1 A01 21 0000000186343327 Andy Best Andy Best Academy of Fine Arts Helsinki 03 00 This chapter is an extended contribution from a collection of artists headed by Andy Best and Merja Puustinen. Best and Puustinen’s project, ‘Imagining Godzilla’, turned their Polynesian-style sailing catamaran into a research vessel on the Baltic Sea. With other artists on board, the catamaran became a mobile platform for creative-research projects on topics ranging from undersea Internet cables, new materialist explorations of phosphate circulation, audio-visual technologies and knowledge, and performative/auto-ethnographic accounts that probe the boundaries of life on land and sea. 30 00 This chapter is an extended contribution from a collection of artists headed by Andy Best and Merja Puustinen. Best and Puustinen’s project, ‘Imagining Godzilla’, turned their Polynesian-style sailing catamaran into a research vessel on the Baltic Sea. With other artists on board, the catamaran became a mobile platform for creative-research projects on topics ranging from undersea Internet cables, new materialist explorations of phosphate circulation, audio-visual technologies and knowledge, and performative/auto-ethnographic accounts that probe the boundaries of life on land and sea. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20211122 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690509 03 9789523690509 06 15 9789523690516 03 9789523690516 06 15 9789523690530 03 9789523690530 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20211122 01 urn:uuid:9cd6db21-0079-4ba0-adfe-1828d691d0e6 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4c7c930f-c9f8-4c70-940c-ad2d2d1ac129 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:9cd6db21-0079-4ba0-adfe-1828d691d0e6 15 9789523690530 03 9789523690530 06 10.33134/HUP-14 00 EB E127 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Situating Sustainability A Handbook of Contexts and Concepts 1 B01 21 0000000270427312 C. Parker Krieg C. Parker Krieg Exploratory and Interdisciplinary Studies, English Department 40 04yrkc140 University of Nebraska at Omaha 2 B01 21 0000000214416272 Reetta Toivanen Reetta Toivanen Helsinki Institute of Sustainability Science / Department of Cultures 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 01 eng 00 366 03 B2 Literature B2 Anthropology B2 Sustainability science B2 Environmental humanities B2 Human geography B2 Law 20 Sustainability science; Environmental wellbeing; SDGs and Human rights; Traditional ecological knowledge; Art and literature; Sustainable governance 01 06 02 00 Situating Sustainability</italic> reframes our understanding of sustainability through related concepts, practices, and case studies. The differing geographic scope of this volume is joined by the disciplinary diversity of the contributors, bringing together researchers from cultural studies, anthropology, literature, law, behavioral scien 03 00 Situating Sustainability</italic> reframes our understanding of sustainability through an emerging international terrain of concepts and case studies. These approaches include material practices, such as extraction and disaster recovery, and extend into the domains of human rights and education.This volume addresses the need in sustainability science to recognize the deep and diverse cultural histories that define environmental politics. It brings together scholars from cultural studies, anthropology, literature, law, behavioral science, urban studies, design, and development to argue that it is no longer possible to talk about sustainability in general without thinking through the contexts of research and action. These contributors are joined by artists whose public-facing work provides a mobile platform to conduct research at the edges of performance, knowledge production, and socio-ecological infrastructures.Situating Sustainability</italic> calls for a truly transdisciplinary research that is guided by the humanities and social sciences in collaboration with local actors informed by histories of place. Designed for students, scholars, and interested readers, the volume introduces the conceptual practices that inform the leading edge of engaged research in sustainability.C. Parker Krieg</bold> teaches Exploratory and Interdisciplinary Studies at the University of Nebraska at Omaha.Reetta Toivanen</bold> is professor in Sustainability Science at the Helsinki Institute for Sustainability Science (HELSUS) and Department of Cultures at the University of Helsinki. 30 00 Situating Sustainability</italic> reframes our understanding of sustainability through an emerging international terrain of concepts and case studies. These approaches include material practices, such as extraction and disaster recovery, and extend into the domains of human rights and education.This volume addresses the need in sustainability science to recognize the deep and diverse cultural histories that define environmental politics. It brings together scholars from cultural studies, anthropology, literature, law, behavioral science, urban studies, design, and development to argue that it is no longer possible to talk about sustainability in general without thinking through the contexts of research and action. These contributors are joined by artists whose public-facing work provides a mobile platform to conduct research at the edges of performance, knowledge production, and socio-ecological infrastructures.Situating Sustainability</italic> calls for a truly transdisciplinary research that is guided by the humanities and social sciences in collaboration with local actors informed by histories of place. Designed for students, scholars, and interested readers, the volume introduces the conceptual practices that inform the leading edge of engaged research in sustainability.C. Parker Krieg</bold> teaches Exploratory and Interdisciplinary Studies at the University of Nebraska at Omaha.Reetta Toivanen</bold> is professor in Sustainability Science at the Helsinki Institute for Sustainability Science (HELSUS) and Department of Cultures at the University of Helsinki. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/59dac48d-78f9-44a3-b5dd-be18ad71f4f7.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction 1 A01 21 0000000270427312 C. Parker Krieg C. Parker Krieg University of Nebraska Omaha 2 A01 21 0000000214416272 Reetta Toivanen Reetta Toivanen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Interdisciplinarity 1 A01 21 0000000263562022 Henrik Thorén Henrik Thorén 40 012a77v79 Lund University 2 A01 21 0000000165660307 Michiru Nagatsu Michiru Nagatsu 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000186598012 Paula Schönach Paula Schönach 40 020hwjq30 Aalto University 03 00 This chapter discusses the interdisciplinarity which lies at the heart of Sustainability Science. Drawing on the historical development of the field, this chapter offers examples of enquiry from multiple research centres. 30 00 This chapter discusses the interdisciplinarity which lies at the heart of Sustainability Science. Drawing on the historical development of the field, this chapter offers examples of enquiry from multiple research centres. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Anthropocene Conjunctures 1 A01 21 0000000270427312 C. Parker Krieg C. Parker Krieg University of Nebraska Omaha 2 A01 21 0000000307605785 Paola Minoia Paola Minoia University of Turin; University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter contextualizes the rise of Anthropocene discourse across academic disciplines and provides critical examples from think tanks and Indigenous strategies of political ecology. It illustrates the pitfalls and potential offered by this new periodization of anthropogenic change, and the definition of the anthropos that the term calls into question. 30 00 This chapter contextualizes the rise of Anthropocene discourse across academic disciplines and provides critical examples from think tanks and Indigenous strategies of political ecology. It illustrates the pitfalls and potential offered by this new periodization of anthropogenic change, and the definition of the anthropos that the term calls into question. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Human Rights 1 A01 21 0000000214416272 Reetta Toivanen Reetta Toivanen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000327720641 Dorothée Cambou Dorothée Cambou 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter takes up the status of the human in terms of rights and law. Surveying the status of human rights law within the framework of the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), the authors highlight the cultural context of Arctic Indigenous peoples, namely the Sámi people in Finland. The lack of legal and political agency is a barrier not only to sustainable and culturally desirable livelihoods, as the authors detail: this legal situation enables ongoing extractivist projects in the form of mining and forestry. 30 00 This chapter takes up the status of the human in terms of rights and law. Surveying the status of human rights law within the framework of the UN Sustainable Development Goals (SDGs), the authors highlight the cultural context of Arctic Indigenous peoples, namely the Sámi people in Finland. The lack of legal and political agency is a barrier not only to sustainable and culturally desirable livelihoods, as the authors detail: this legal situation enables ongoing extractivist projects in the form of mining and forestry. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Education 1 A01 21 0000000160482097 Tuija Veintie Tuija Veintie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000251916399 Johanna Hohenthal Johanna Hohenthal 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter illustrates the transformative role that national education policies can play in working toward Sustainable Development Goals. Offering comparative examples from the ‘pluri-national state’ of Ecuador and the ‘Northern European welfare state’ of Finland, it highlights the potential of teaching languages, integrative thinking practices, and cultural alternatives to high-consumption lifestyles. 30 00 This chapter illustrates the transformative role that national education policies can play in working toward Sustainable Development Goals. Offering comparative examples from the ‘pluri-national state’ of Ecuador and the ‘Northern European welfare state’ of Finland, it highlights the potential of teaching languages, integrative thinking practices, and cultural alternatives to high-consumption lifestyles. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Resilience 1 A01 21 0000000263562022 Henrik Thorén Henrik Thorén 40 012a77v79 Lund University 03 00 This chapter extends the concept of resilience past its popular use and abuse to consider the deeper set of concepts that shape understandings of stability and instability in ecological relationships. Here, bundles of supporting concepts, each carrying implicit values, threaten to turn a multitude of useful ideas into a mess of conflicting frameworks. While resilience is a concept that developed out of the empirical grounds of ecology, it becomes, for sustainability science, a ‘term of art’ that expands to encompass the qualitative discourses of the humanistic sciences. 30 00 This chapter extends the concept of resilience past its popular use and abuse to consider the deeper set of concepts that shape understandings of stability and instability in ecological relationships. Here, bundles of supporting concepts, each carrying implicit values, threaten to turn a multitude of useful ideas into a mess of conflicting frameworks. While resilience is a concept that developed out of the empirical grounds of ecology, it becomes, for sustainability science, a ‘term of art’ that expands to encompass the qualitative discourses of the humanistic sciences. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Scales 1 A01 21 0000000270427312 Paola Minoia Paola Minoia University of Turin; University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000275189309 Jenni Mölkänen Jenni Mölkänen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter rethinks scales as an opportunity for sustainability studies to engage with decolonial strategies that stand against the confinement of Southern studies as local knowledge, compared to the Western knowledge that is seen as universal. Examples of plurinational ‘scale-jumping’ in Ecuador and kinship networks in Northeast Madagascar redefine the ordering of scales to redress complicated histories of ecological and social colonization. 30 00 This chapter rethinks scales as an opportunity for sustainability studies to engage with decolonial strategies that stand against the confinement of Southern studies as local knowledge, compared to the Western knowledge that is seen as universal. Examples of plurinational ‘scale-jumping’ in Ecuador and kinship networks in Northeast Madagascar redefine the ordering of scales to redress complicated histories of ecological and social colonization. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Nuclear Awareness 1 A01 21 0000000312952271 Inna Sukhenko Inna Sukhenko 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000313017517 Viktor Pál Viktor Pál 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 06 Own website https://researchportal.helsinki.fi/en/persons/viktor-pál 03 00 This chapter draws attention to the concept of nuclear awareness that arose in the wake of the nuclear catastrophes. It highlights epistemic and political stakes: the almost unimaginable timetables of nuclear energy (extraction and waste) on one hand, and the threat of instantaneous destruction on the other. The chapter emphasizes nuclear awareness as a critical assertion of nuclear energy and its societal impact and as a trigger of critical thinking of nuclear technology, nuclear power production, nuclear agenda, as well as their challenges and opportunities involved. The chapter analyzes the tools of narrating the Chernobyl disaster in the contemporary nuclear fiction, regarded as a archive of the nuclear Anthropocene and a case of nuclear knowledge management. 30 00 This chapter draws attention to the concept of nuclear awareness that arose in the wake of the nuclear catastrophes. It highlights epistemic and political stakes: the almost unimaginable timetables of nuclear energy (extraction and waste) on one hand, and the threat of instantaneous destruction on the other. The chapter emphasizes nuclear awareness as a critical assertion of nuclear energy and its societal impact and as a trigger of critical thinking of nuclear technology, nuclear power production, nuclear agenda, as well as their challenges and opportunities involved. The chapter analyzes the tools of narrating the Chernobyl disaster in the contemporary nuclear fiction, regarded as a archive of the nuclear Anthropocene and a case of nuclear knowledge management. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Eco-anxiety 1 A01 21 0000000268768011 Panu Pihkala Panu Pihkala 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter addresses the rise of eco-anxiety, which manifests not only in popular individual and group psychologies, but also impacts the work of professional researchers who live on a daily basis with a knowledge of the unsustainable present. While this creates guilt, worry, and anger, the author counterposes a hope for a ‘practical anxiety’, which might create a bridge between professionals and the public. 30 00 This chapter addresses the rise of eco-anxiety, which manifests not only in popular individual and group psychologies, but also impacts the work of professional researchers who live on a daily basis with a knowledge of the unsustainable present. While this creates guilt, worry, and anger, the author counterposes a hope for a ‘practical anxiety’, which might create a bridge between professionals and the public. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Exclusion and Inequality 1 A01 21 0000000214416272 Reetta Toivanen Reetta Toivanen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000219347691 Magdalena Kmak Magdalena Kmak 40 029pk6x14 Åbo Akademi University 03 00 This chapter illustrates how certain actions for guaranteeing a good life for one part of the population can result in catastrophic consequences for another. Examples of migrants within the European Union and Roma peoples in Finland help depict this context. 30 00 This chapter illustrates how certain actions for guaranteeing a good life for one part of the population can result in catastrophic consequences for another. Examples of migrants within the European Union and Roma peoples in Finland help depict this context. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Governance 1 A01 21 0000000168809859 Elisa Pascucci Elisa Pascucci 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000309410594 Niko Soininen Niko Soininen 40 00cyydd11 University of Eastern Finland Niko Soininen (LL.D) is Professor of Environmental Law at the University of Eastern Finland School of law, Center for Climate, Energy and Environmental Law (CCEEL), co-director of CCEEL and co-director of the interdisciplinary UEF Water Research Programme. His research focuses on the law and governance of complex social-ecological systems with a particular emphasis on freshwater, marine and urban systems. Outside academia, he has worked as a consultant for HELCOM, the World Bank, and for several Finnish ministries. 03 00 This chapter focuses on manifestations of emerging ‘polycentric and plural governance’. It draws on examples from international forced migration and city-scale climate mitigation to illustrate developments in governance structures that operate beyond the traditional nation-state. 30 00 This chapter focuses on manifestations of emerging ‘polycentric and plural governance’. It draws on examples from international forced migration and city-scale climate mitigation to illustrate developments in governance structures that operate beyond the traditional nation-state. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-12 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Disaster Recovery (After Catastrophes) 1 A01 21 0000000199740778 Marjaana Jauhola Marjaana Jauhola 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000154716803 Niti Mishra Niti Mishra Jamsetji Tata School of Disaster Studies 3 A01 21 0000000197710604 Jacquleen Joseph Jacquleen Joseph Jamsetji Tata School of Disaster Studies 4 A01 Shyam Gadhavi Shyam Gadhavi Prakrit Foundation for Development, Mundra, Gujarat 03 00 This chapter examines approaches to disaster response critically. It compares ‘owner-driven’ and ‘community-ownership’ approaches to recovery policy taken by two different cities in the Indian state of Gujarat following the devastating 2001 Gujarat earthquake. Each model recognizes a different compositional context of agents, temporalities, and effects, thus producing different outcomes in the lives of individuals and communities. 30 00 This chapter examines approaches to disaster response critically. It compares ‘owner-driven’ and ‘community-ownership’ approaches to recovery policy taken by two different cities in the Indian state of Gujarat following the devastating 2001 Gujarat earthquake. Each model recognizes a different compositional context of agents, temporalities, and effects, thus producing different outcomes in the lives of individuals and communities. 20 00 Open Access 13 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-13 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Traditional Ecological Knowledge 1 A01 21 0000000226621193 Corinna Casi Corinna Casi 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 0000000323679282 Hanna Ellen Guttorm Hanna Guttorm 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000258791074 Pirjo Kristiina Virtanen Pirjo Virtanen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter argues that the concept of Traditional Ecological Knowlegde means more than the accumulated environmental knowledge and comprehension of natural phenomena. Rather, it is constituted by a set of evolving beliefs and practices that understands its own dynamic relationship with other beings in the environment. The examples of Traditional Ecological Knowledge (TEK) illustrated in this chapter include Apurinã and Manchineri communities in Brazilian Amazonia, and Sámi communities in the Arctic. 30 00 This chapter argues that the concept of Traditional Ecological Knowlegde means more than the accumulated environmental knowledge and comprehension of natural phenomena. Rather, it is constituted by a set of evolving beliefs and practices that understands its own dynamic relationship with other beings in the environment. The examples of Traditional Ecological Knowledge (TEK) illustrated in this chapter include Apurinã and Manchineri communities in Brazilian Amazonia, and Sámi communities in the Arctic. 20 00 Open Access 14 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-14 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Agroecological Symbiosis 1 A01 21 0000000202876984 Rachel Mazac Rachel Mazac 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 000000020958524X Sophia E. Hagolani Albov Sophia Hagolani Albov 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000259718354 Hanna L. Tuomisto Hanna Tuomisto 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter explores how communities can redesign food systems so as to integrate them into the surrounding ecologies. After providing important global context for industrial food systems and their challenge to sustainability, the authors turn to Palopuro’s model of Agroecological Symbiosis (AES) as an alternative that embeds food and energy within the social fabric. This revisioning of production and consumption draws on both past practices and future imaginaries. 30 00 This chapter explores how communities can redesign food systems so as to integrate them into the surrounding ecologies. After providing important global context for industrial food systems and their challenge to sustainability, the authors turn to Palopuro’s model of Agroecological Symbiosis (AES) as an alternative that embeds food and energy within the social fabric. This revisioning of production and consumption draws on both past practices and future imaginaries. 20 00 Open Access 15 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-15 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Heritage Naturecultures 1 A01 21 0000000270427312 C. Parker Krieg C. Parker Krieg University of Nebraska Omaha 2 A01 21 0000000233650136 Suzie Thomas Suzie Thomas 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000342140688 Xenia Zeiler Xenia Zeiler 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter considers the threats posed to heritage sites by anthropogenic change. Anthropocene changes confront researchers and communities alike with a collapse in distinctions between cultural and natural heritage. Examples include a recent novel, the climate strategy of the US National Parks, the material memory of the Lapland War in northern Finland, and intangible landscapes in South Asian video games that offer players an immersive encounter with aerial species (e.g. birds, insects) and mythological beings. 30 00 This chapter considers the threats posed to heritage sites by anthropogenic change. Anthropocene changes confront researchers and communities alike with a collapse in distinctions between cultural and natural heritage. Examples include a recent novel, the climate strategy of the US National Parks, the material memory of the Lapland War in northern Finland, and intangible landscapes in South Asian video games that offer players an immersive encounter with aerial species (e.g. birds, insects) and mythological beings. 20 00 Open Access 16 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-16 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Tourism Platforms 1 A01 21 0000000290202049 Salla Jokela Salla Jokela 40 033003e23 Tampere University 2 A01 21 0000000307605785 Paola Minoia Paola Minoia University of Turin; University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter discusses a form of platform urbanism that has emerged with peer-to-peer digital tourist platforms like Airbnb and resulted in the touristification of regions. Even though sustainable development promotes ecotourism as a way of integrating local livelihoods into transnational commerce and cultural exchange, this chapter illustrates how the movement of external flows of people, capital, consumption—and narrations—into local areas rapidly transforms urban space and culture. 30 00 This chapter discusses a form of platform urbanism that has emerged with peer-to-peer digital tourist platforms like Airbnb and resulted in the touristification of regions. Even though sustainable development promotes ecotourism as a way of integrating local livelihoods into transnational commerce and cultural exchange, this chapter illustrates how the movement of external flows of people, capital, consumption—and narrations—into local areas rapidly transforms urban space and culture. 20 00 Open Access 17 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-17 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Extractivisms 1 A01 21 0000000173244549 Markus Kröger Markus Kröger 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 000000020958524X Sophia E. Hagolani-Albov Sophia Hagolani-Albov 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 3 A01 21 0000000154230432 Barry K. Gills Barry Gills 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter discusses the rise of extractivisms in the material resource economy, and as a critical discourse in both activism and academe. Drawing on fieldwork in the Brazilian Amazon, it situates the extractivist turn of the global economy within national and local contexts. Likewise, by analyzing developments in these settings, it offers lessons for transitioning away from economic practices that take more from these ecosystems than they could ever possibly return. 30 00 This chapter discusses the rise of extractivisms in the material resource economy, and as a critical discourse in both activism and academe. Drawing on fieldwork in the Brazilian Amazon, it situates the extractivist turn of the global economy within national and local contexts. Likewise, by analyzing developments in these settings, it offers lessons for transitioning away from economic practices that take more from these ecosystems than they could ever possibly return. 20 00 Open Access 18 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-18 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Aesthetic Sustainability 1 A01 21 0000000319013584 Sanna Lehtinen Sanna Lehtinen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 03 00 This chapter provides a philosophical history of the categories through which people experience places and describe encounters. It asks us to consider whether what is considered attractive actually translates into the durable objects and practices needed for sustainability. Engaging the developing psychological science of ‘nudging’, the author finds a new use for design aesthetics to influence human behaviours and tastes so that decisions align with sustainability goals. 30 00 This chapter provides a philosophical history of the categories through which people experience places and describe encounters. It asks us to consider whether what is considered attractive actually translates into the durable objects and practices needed for sustainability. Engaging the developing psychological science of ‘nudging’, the author finds a new use for design aesthetics to influence human behaviours and tastes so that decisions align with sustainability goals. 20 00 Open Access 19 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-19 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Mapping Environmental Memory Through Literature: A Conversation with Emily Lethbridge and Steven Hartman 1 A01 21 0000000270427312 C. Parker Krieg C. Parker Krieg University of Nebraska Omaha 2 A01 21 0000000166807673 Emily Lethbridge Emily Lethbridge Árni Magnússon Research Institute for Icelandic Studies 3 A01 21 0000000244741615 Steven Hartman Steven Hartman 40 01db6h964 University of Iceland 03 00 This chapter is an interview with two literary scholars, whose research in Icelandic and North Atlantic environmental history has led to the creation of new digital tools and interdisciplinary research networks. From the Icelandic sagas and place names, to new discoveries of medieval and early modern life writing, their distinct paths converge on the study of culture as both a repository and medium of environmental knowledge, communication, and cultural memory. 30 00 This chapter is an interview with two literary scholars, whose research in Icelandic and North Atlantic environmental history has led to the creation of new digital tools and interdisciplinary research networks. From the Icelandic sagas and place names, to new discoveries of medieval and early modern life writing, their distinct paths converge on the study of culture as both a repository and medium of environmental knowledge, communication, and cultural memory. 20 00 Open Access 20 03 06 10.33134/HUP-14-20 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Imagining Godzilla: An Art Research Network Platform 1 A01 21 0000000186343327 Andy Best Andy Best Academy of Fine Arts Helsinki 03 00 This chapter is an extended contribution from a collection of artists headed by Andy Best and Merja Puustinen. Best and Puustinen’s project, ‘Imagining Godzilla’, turned their Polynesian-style sailing catamaran into a research vessel on the Baltic Sea. With other artists on board, the catamaran became a mobile platform for creative-research projects on topics ranging from undersea Internet cables, new materialist explorations of phosphate circulation, audio-visual technologies and knowledge, and performative/auto-ethnographic accounts that probe the boundaries of life on land and sea. 30 00 This chapter is an extended contribution from a collection of artists headed by Andy Best and Merja Puustinen. Best and Puustinen’s project, ‘Imagining Godzilla’, turned their Polynesian-style sailing catamaran into a research vessel on the Baltic Sea. With other artists on board, the catamaran became a mobile platform for creative-research projects on topics ranging from undersea Internet cables, new materialist explorations of phosphate circulation, audio-visual technologies and knowledge, and performative/auto-ethnographic accounts that probe the boundaries of life on land and sea. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20211122 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690509 03 9789523690509 06 15 9789523690516 03 9789523690516 06 15 9789523690523 03 9789523690523 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20211122 01 urn:uuid:ded4426f-8ef8-4aba-a3b9-936245a5ab75 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a6754b19-5253-4fd1-8182-7b320c88cf70 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ded4426f-8ef8-4aba-a3b9-936245a5ab75 15 9789523690943 03 9789523690943 06 10.33134/HUP-22 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 “Slava Ukraini!” Strategy and the Spirit of Ukrainian Resistance 2014–2023 1 A01 21 0000000304626679 Ilmari Käihkö Ilmari Käihkö Department of War Studies and Military History 40 04mj8af82 Swedish Defence University Ilmari Käihkö is an associate professor of War Studies at the Swedish Defence University, and a veteran of the Finnish Defence Forces. His research focuses on cultural sociology of war, underpinned by ethnographic study of contemporary war and warfare. 01 eng 00 337 03 B2 Sociology B2 Anthropology B2 Political Science B2 History B2 War Studies B2 Ethnography 20 Russia; Militias; Strategy; Sociology; Ukraine; War 01 06 02 00 “Slava Ukraini!” Strategy and the Spirit of Ukrainian Resistance</italic> tells the story of the volunteers lauded to have saved Ukraine twice. First in the spring of 2014 after the onset of the war in Donbas, and again in February 2022 after the large-scale Russian invasion. Aimed at an interdisciplinary audience, this volume makes signif 03 00 “Slava Ukraini!” Strategy and the Spirit of Ukrainian Resistance</italic> tells the story of the volunteers lauded to have saved Ukraine twice. The volunteers first emerged in the spring of 2014 after the onset of the war in Donbas in a context characterized by ambiguity, state weakness, political uncertainty, and threat. They re-emerged again in February 2022 after the large-scale Russian invasion. Aimed at an interdisciplinary audience, this volume makes significant contributions to our understanding of events in Ukraine over the past decade. Based on ethnographic fieldwork with volunteer battalion fighters, the volume focuses on strategy, or the creation, control, and use of force. This framework is first applied to the volunteer militias to further the understanding of militia strategy conducted after 2014, and then to the first year and a half that followed the Russian invasion in 2022.“Slava Ukraini!” </italic>also discusses the long-term sociological impact of volunteer battalions and the war they fought in Ukraine. The Ukrainian spirit of resistance emerged first on the Maidan in November 2013, ignited the volunteer Spirit of 2014 after the Russian invasion and annexation of Crimea, and ultimately flared-up on a national scale in a manner which surprised the invading Russian forces in 2022. Yet initially the volunteers may also have exacerbated internal divisions in Ukraine. The Spirit of 2014 was also better suited to a war of movement than immobile trench warfare that left little room for heroism and aggressive soldiering. Unrealistic expectations about modern warfare led to disillusionment, and many volunteers leaving the war in 2015. The perceived stalemate and lack of Ukrainian soldiers by late 2023 raised the question of a similar dynamic witnessed in 2014 and 1914 alike.Ilmari Käihkö</bold> is an associate professor of War Studies at the Swedish Defence University, and a veteran of the Finnish Defence Forces. His research focuses on cultural sociology of war, underpinned by ethnographic study of contemporary war and warfare. 30 00 “Slava Ukraini!” Strategy and the Spirit of Ukrainian Resistance</italic> tells the story of the volunteers lauded to have saved Ukraine twice. The volunteers first emerged in the spring of 2014 after the onset of the war in Donbas in a context characterized by ambiguity, state weakness, political uncertainty, and threat. They re-emerged again in February 2022 after the large-scale Russian invasion. Aimed at an interdisciplinary audience, this volume makes significant contributions to our understanding of events in Ukraine over the past decade. Based on ethnographic fieldwork with volunteer battalion fighters, the volume focuses on strategy, or the creation, control, and use of force. This framework is first applied to the volunteer militias to further the understanding of militia strategy conducted after 2014, and then to the first year and a half that followed the Russian invasion in 2022.“Slava Ukraini!” </italic>also discusses the long-term sociological impact of volunteer battalions and the war they fought in Ukraine. The Ukrainian spirit of resistance emerged first on the Maidan in November 2013, ignited the volunteer Spirit of 2014 after the Russian invasion and annexation of Crimea, and ultimately flared-up on a national scale in a manner which surprised the invading Russian forces in 2022. Yet initially the volunteers may also have exacerbated internal divisions in Ukraine. The Spirit of 2014 was also better suited to a war of movement than immobile trench warfare that left little room for heroism and aggressive soldiering. Unrealistic expectations about modern warfare led to disillusionment, and many volunteers leaving the war in 2015. The perceived stalemate and lack of Ukrainian soldiers by late 2023 raised the question of a similar dynamic witnessed in 2014 and 1914 alike.Ilmari Käihkö</bold> is an associate professor of War Studies at the Swedish Defence University, and a veteran of the Finnish Defence Forces. His research focuses on cultural sociology of war, underpinned by ethnographic study of contemporary war and warfare. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/eff40471-1bff-4da4-82df-a8a97a169e74.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20231206 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690950 03 9789523690950 06 15 9789523690967 03 9789523690967 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690943 20 08 20231206 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690943 20 08 20231206 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690943 20 08 20231206 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690943 20 08 20231206 01 urn:uuid:73716998-b75f-440a-a560-803702f5a378 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a6754b19-5253-4fd1-8182-7b320c88cf70 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:73716998-b75f-440a-a560-803702f5a378 15 9789523690950 03 9789523690950 06 10.33134/HUP-22 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 “Slava Ukraini!” Strategy and the Spirit of Ukrainian Resistance 2014–2023 1 A01 21 0000000304626679 Ilmari Käihkö Ilmari Käihkö Department of War Studies and Military History 40 04mj8af82 Swedish Defence University Ilmari Käihkö is an associate professor of War Studies at the Swedish Defence University, and a veteran of the Finnish Defence Forces. His research focuses on cultural sociology of war, underpinned by ethnographic study of contemporary war and warfare. 01 eng 00 337 03 B2 Sociology B2 Anthropology B2 Political Science B2 History B2 War Studies B2 Ethnography 20 Russia; Militias; Strategy; Sociology; Ukraine; War 01 06 02 00 “Slava Ukraini!” Strategy and the Spirit of Ukrainian Resistance</italic> tells the story of the volunteers lauded to have saved Ukraine twice. First in the spring of 2014 after the onset of the war in Donbas, and again in February 2022 after the large-scale Russian invasion. Aimed at an interdisciplinary audience, this volume makes signif 03 00 “Slava Ukraini!” Strategy and the Spirit of Ukrainian Resistance</italic> tells the story of the volunteers lauded to have saved Ukraine twice. The volunteers first emerged in the spring of 2014 after the onset of the war in Donbas in a context characterized by ambiguity, state weakness, political uncertainty, and threat. They re-emerged again in February 2022 after the large-scale Russian invasion. Aimed at an interdisciplinary audience, this volume makes significant contributions to our understanding of events in Ukraine over the past decade. Based on ethnographic fieldwork with volunteer battalion fighters, the volume focuses on strategy, or the creation, control, and use of force. This framework is first applied to the volunteer militias to further the understanding of militia strategy conducted after 2014, and then to the first year and a half that followed the Russian invasion in 2022.“Slava Ukraini!” </italic>also discusses the long-term sociological impact of volunteer battalions and the war they fought in Ukraine. The Ukrainian spirit of resistance emerged first on the Maidan in November 2013, ignited the volunteer Spirit of 2014 after the Russian invasion and annexation of Crimea, and ultimately flared-up on a national scale in a manner which surprised the invading Russian forces in 2022. Yet initially the volunteers may also have exacerbated internal divisions in Ukraine. The Spirit of 2014 was also better suited to a war of movement than immobile trench warfare that left little room for heroism and aggressive soldiering. Unrealistic expectations about modern warfare led to disillusionment, and many volunteers leaving the war in 2015. The perceived stalemate and lack of Ukrainian soldiers by late 2023 raised the question of a similar dynamic witnessed in 2014 and 1914 alike.Ilmari Käihkö</bold> is an associate professor of War Studies at the Swedish Defence University, and a veteran of the Finnish Defence Forces. His research focuses on cultural sociology of war, underpinned by ethnographic study of contemporary war and warfare. 30 00 “Slava Ukraini!” Strategy and the Spirit of Ukrainian Resistance</italic> tells the story of the volunteers lauded to have saved Ukraine twice. The volunteers first emerged in the spring of 2014 after the onset of the war in Donbas in a context characterized by ambiguity, state weakness, political uncertainty, and threat. They re-emerged again in February 2022 after the large-scale Russian invasion. Aimed at an interdisciplinary audience, this volume makes significant contributions to our understanding of events in Ukraine over the past decade. Based on ethnographic fieldwork with volunteer battalion fighters, the volume focuses on strategy, or the creation, control, and use of force. This framework is first applied to the volunteer militias to further the understanding of militia strategy conducted after 2014, and then to the first year and a half that followed the Russian invasion in 2022.“Slava Ukraini!” </italic>also discusses the long-term sociological impact of volunteer battalions and the war they fought in Ukraine. The Ukrainian spirit of resistance emerged first on the Maidan in November 2013, ignited the volunteer Spirit of 2014 after the Russian invasion and annexation of Crimea, and ultimately flared-up on a national scale in a manner which surprised the invading Russian forces in 2022. Yet initially the volunteers may also have exacerbated internal divisions in Ukraine. The Spirit of 2014 was also better suited to a war of movement than immobile trench warfare that left little room for heroism and aggressive soldiering. Unrealistic expectations about modern warfare led to disillusionment, and many volunteers leaving the war in 2015. The perceived stalemate and lack of Ukrainian soldiers by late 2023 raised the question of a similar dynamic witnessed in 2014 and 1914 alike.Ilmari Käihkö</bold> is an associate professor of War Studies at the Swedish Defence University, and a veteran of the Finnish Defence Forces. His research focuses on cultural sociology of war, underpinned by ethnographic study of contemporary war and warfare. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/eff40471-1bff-4da4-82df-a8a97a169e74.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20231206 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690943 03 9789523690943 06 15 9789523690967 03 9789523690967 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20231206 01 urn:uuid:14c527d3-5b1a-4064-85d2-f68fb251a2ef 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:a6754b19-5253-4fd1-8182-7b320c88cf70 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:14c527d3-5b1a-4064-85d2-f68fb251a2ef 15 9789523690967 03 9789523690967 06 10.33134/HUP-22 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 01 01 “Slava Ukraini!” Strategy and the Spirit of Ukrainian Resistance 2014–2023 1 A01 21 0000000304626679 Ilmari Käihkö Ilmari Käihkö Department of War Studies and Military History 40 04mj8af82 Swedish Defence University Ilmari Käihkö is an associate professor of War Studies at the Swedish Defence University, and a veteran of the Finnish Defence Forces. His research focuses on cultural sociology of war, underpinned by ethnographic study of contemporary war and warfare. 01 eng 00 337 03 B2 Sociology B2 Anthropology B2 Political Science B2 History B2 War Studies B2 Ethnography 20 Russia; Militias; Strategy; Sociology; Ukraine; War 01 06 02 00 “Slava Ukraini!” Strategy and the Spirit of Ukrainian Resistance</italic> tells the story of the volunteers lauded to have saved Ukraine twice. First in the spring of 2014 after the onset of the war in Donbas, and again in February 2022 after the large-scale Russian invasion. Aimed at an interdisciplinary audience, this volume makes signif 03 00 “Slava Ukraini!” Strategy and the Spirit of Ukrainian Resistance</italic> tells the story of the volunteers lauded to have saved Ukraine twice. The volunteers first emerged in the spring of 2014 after the onset of the war in Donbas in a context characterized by ambiguity, state weakness, political uncertainty, and threat. They re-emerged again in February 2022 after the large-scale Russian invasion. Aimed at an interdisciplinary audience, this volume makes significant contributions to our understanding of events in Ukraine over the past decade. Based on ethnographic fieldwork with volunteer battalion fighters, the volume focuses on strategy, or the creation, control, and use of force. This framework is first applied to the volunteer militias to further the understanding of militia strategy conducted after 2014, and then to the first year and a half that followed the Russian invasion in 2022.“Slava Ukraini!” </italic>also discusses the long-term sociological impact of volunteer battalions and the war they fought in Ukraine. The Ukrainian spirit of resistance emerged first on the Maidan in November 2013, ignited the volunteer Spirit of 2014 after the Russian invasion and annexation of Crimea, and ultimately flared-up on a national scale in a manner which surprised the invading Russian forces in 2022. Yet initially the volunteers may also have exacerbated internal divisions in Ukraine. The Spirit of 2014 was also better suited to a war of movement than immobile trench warfare that left little room for heroism and aggressive soldiering. Unrealistic expectations about modern warfare led to disillusionment, and many volunteers leaving the war in 2015. The perceived stalemate and lack of Ukrainian soldiers by late 2023 raised the question of a similar dynamic witnessed in 2014 and 1914 alike.Ilmari Käihkö</bold> is an associate professor of War Studies at the Swedish Defence University, and a veteran of the Finnish Defence Forces. His research focuses on cultural sociology of war, underpinned by ethnographic study of contemporary war and warfare. 30 00 “Slava Ukraini!” Strategy and the Spirit of Ukrainian Resistance</italic> tells the story of the volunteers lauded to have saved Ukraine twice. The volunteers first emerged in the spring of 2014 after the onset of the war in Donbas in a context characterized by ambiguity, state weakness, political uncertainty, and threat. They re-emerged again in February 2022 after the large-scale Russian invasion. Aimed at an interdisciplinary audience, this volume makes significant contributions to our understanding of events in Ukraine over the past decade. Based on ethnographic fieldwork with volunteer battalion fighters, the volume focuses on strategy, or the creation, control, and use of force. This framework is first applied to the volunteer militias to further the understanding of militia strategy conducted after 2014, and then to the first year and a half that followed the Russian invasion in 2022.“Slava Ukraini!” </italic>also discusses the long-term sociological impact of volunteer battalions and the war they fought in Ukraine. The Ukrainian spirit of resistance emerged first on the Maidan in November 2013, ignited the volunteer Spirit of 2014 after the Russian invasion and annexation of Crimea, and ultimately flared-up on a national scale in a manner which surprised the invading Russian forces in 2022. Yet initially the volunteers may also have exacerbated internal divisions in Ukraine. The Spirit of 2014 was also better suited to a war of movement than immobile trench warfare that left little room for heroism and aggressive soldiering. Unrealistic expectations about modern warfare led to disillusionment, and many volunteers leaving the war in 2015. The perceived stalemate and lack of Ukrainian soldiers by late 2023 raised the question of a similar dynamic witnessed in 2014 and 1914 alike.Ilmari Käihkö</bold> is an associate professor of War Studies at the Swedish Defence University, and a veteran of the Finnish Defence Forces. His research focuses on cultural sociology of war, underpinned by ethnographic study of contemporary war and warfare. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/eff40471-1bff-4da4-82df-a8a97a169e74.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20231206 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690943 03 9789523690943 06 15 9789523690950 03 9789523690950 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20231206 01 urn:uuid:12e2c4d2-1a97-4dd8-a60c-beafd636e1c4 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:af2ced52-1d88-4414-9cb1-7bbf68e8f442 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:12e2c4d2-1a97-4dd8-a60c-beafd636e1c4 15 9789523690127 03 9789523690127 06 10.33134/HUP-4 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 The Digital Age and Its Discontents Critical Reflections in Education 1 B01 21 0000000267257842 Matteo Stocchetti Matteo Stocchetti Culture and Media 40 02s466x84 Arcada University of Applied Sciences Matteo Stocchetti (PhD) is Senior Lecturer at Arcada University of Applied Science and Docent in Political Communication at University of Helsinki and Åbo Akademi University. 01 eng 00 274 03 B2 education B2 media studies B2 communication studies B2 Sociology of Education B2 Philosophy of Education B2 Social Sciences 20 Bildung; critical education; social media; critical theory; knowledge production; Capitalism 01 06 02 00 This volume is a study of the downsides of digitalization and the re-organization of the social world that seems to be associated with it. In a critical perspective, technological development is not a natural but a social process: not autonomous from but very much dependent upon the interplay of forces and institutions in society. This book o 03 00 Three decades into the ‘digital age’, the promises of emancipation of the digital ‘revolution’ in education are still unfulfilled. Furthermore, digitalization seems to generate new and unexpected challenges – for example, the unwarranted influence of digital monopolies, the radicalization of political communication, and the facilitation of mass surveillance, to name a few. This volume is a study of the downsides of digitalization and the re-organization of the social world that seems to be associated with it. In a critical perspective, technological development is not a natural but a social process: not autonomous from but very much dependent upon the interplay of forces and institutions in society. While influential forces seek to establish the idea that the practices of formal education should conform to technological change, here we support the view that education can challenge the capitalist appropriation of digital technology and, therefore, the nature and direction of change associated with it. This volume offers its readers intellectual prerequisites for critical engagement. It addresses themes such as Facebook’s response to its democratic discontents, the pedagogical implications of algorithmic knowledge and quantified self, as well as the impact of digitalization on academic profession. Finally, the book offers some elements to develop a vision of the role of education: what should be done in education to address the concerns that new communication technologies seem to pose more risks than opportunities for freedom and democracy. Matteo Stocchetti</bold> (PhD) is Senior Lecturer at Arcada University of Applied Science and Docent in Political Communication at University of Helsinki and Åbo Akademi University. The contributors of the volume include international experts on critical approaches to pedagogy, education and technology. 30 00 Three decades into the ‘digital age’, the promises of emancipation of the digital ‘revolution’ in education are still unfulfilled. Furthermore, digitalization seems to generate new and unexpected challenges – for example, the unwarranted influence of digital monopolies, the radicalization of political communication, and the facilitation of mass surveillance, to name a few. This volume is a study of the downsides of digitalization and the re-organization of the social world that seems to be associated with it. In a critical perspective, technological development is not a natural but a social process: not autonomous from but very much dependent upon the interplay of forces and institutions in society. While influential forces seek to establish the idea that the practices of formal education should conform to technological change, here we support the view that education can challenge the capitalist appropriation of digital technology and, therefore, the nature and direction of change associated with it. This volume offers its readers intellectual prerequisites for critical engagement. It addresses themes such as Facebook’s response to its democratic discontents, the pedagogical implications of algorithmic knowledge and quantified self, as well as the impact of digitalization on academic profession. Finally, the book offers some elements to develop a vision of the role of education: what should be done in education to address the concerns that new communication technologies seem to pose more risks than opportunities for freedom and democracy. Matteo Stocchetti</bold> (PhD) is Senior Lecturer at Arcada University of Applied Science and Docent in Political Communication at University of Helsinki and Åbo Akademi University. The contributors of the volume include international experts on critical approaches to pedagogy, education and technology. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/c55a94ea-dd29-4f14-a27c-4a893f6fb79e.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-1 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction: Technology, Society and Education 1 A01 21 0000000267257842 Matteo Stocchetti Matteo Stocchetti Culture and Media 40 02s466x84 Arcada University of Applied Sciences Matteo Stocchetti (PhD) is Senior Lecturer at Arcada University of Applied Science and Docent in Political Communication at Helsinki University and Åbo Akademy University 03 00 This introductory chapter presents the ambition inspiring this collection and the idea that the causes of digital discontent do not reside in digital technology, but in the capitalist appropriation of it. I argue that this appropriation has its origins in the crisis of capitalist democracy that started towards the end of the 1960s, and involved at least three dimensions: epistemic, economic and political. The appropriation of new and developing technologies was inspired by the effort to address these dimensions of crisis. The second part of this chapter offers the reader a preliminary reference list of critical contributions voicing discontent from the 1960s until the late 2010s. The last section contains a short description of the essays contained in this collection. 30 00 This introductory chapter presents the ambition inspiring this collection and the idea that the causes of digital discontent do not reside in digital technology, but in the capitalist appropriation of it. I argue that this appropriation has its origins in the crisis of capitalist democracy that started towards the end of the 1960s, and involved at least three dimensions: epistemic, economic and political. The appropriation of new and developing technologies was inspired by the effort to address these dimensions of crisis. The second part of this chapter offers the reader a preliminary reference list of critical contributions voicing discontent from the 1960s until the late 2010s. The last section contains a short description of the essays contained in this collection. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-2 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Blind Spots of Digital Innovation Fetishism 1 A01 21 000000024849894X Marko Ampuja Marko Ampuja Research Centre COMET 40 033003e23 Tampere University Marko Ampuja (PhD) is an Academy Research Fellow at the Tampere Research Centre for Journalism, Media and Communication (COMET), Tampere University, Finland 03 00 Market-centred ideas surrounding innovation have established themselves as key ideological forms in contemporary capitalism. The role of digital information and communication technologies (ICTs) has been particularly prominent in mainstream discussions on innovation and economic development, often singled out as the defining technologies of the current age of ‘new economy’ allegedly based on knowledge, imagination and human creativity. In this dominant role, they have been endowed with fetishist characteristics. Whatever the problem, the official solution is almost invariably a technology produced for the market by start-ups or other companies, and institutions of higher education are expected to assist in this by becoming more entrepreneurial. In this chapter, I will call such mainstream understandings into question, using financial innovations and military technology as examples to discuss the destructive aspects of digital innovations and the reasons why they are produced. Thus, the text directs attention to what is missing from the fetishist discourses of digital innovation, namely, the systematic production of technologies, software and applications whose overall impact on society is negative and insufficiently politicized. 30 00 Market-centred ideas surrounding innovation have established themselves as key ideological forms in contemporary capitalism. The role of digital information and communication technologies (ICTs) has been particularly prominent in mainstream discussions on innovation and economic development, often singled out as the defining technologies of the current age of ‘new economy’ allegedly based on knowledge, imagination and human creativity. In this dominant role, they have been endowed with fetishist characteristics. Whatever the problem, the official solution is almost invariably a technology produced for the market by start-ups or other companies, and institutions of higher education are expected to assist in this by becoming more entrepreneurial. In this chapter, I will call such mainstream understandings into question, using financial innovations and military technology as examples to discuss the destructive aspects of digital innovations and the reasons why they are produced. Thus, the text directs attention to what is missing from the fetishist discourses of digital innovation, namely, the systematic production of technologies, software and applications whose overall impact on society is negative and insufficiently politicized. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-3 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Screen as Instrument of Freedom and Unfreedom 1 A01 21 000000023201359X Amy E. Wendling Amy Wendling Philosophy 40 05wf30g94 Creighton University Dr. Wendling is Professor of Philosophy and Associate Dean of Humanities and Fine Arts at Creighton University, a Jesuit University in Omaha, Nebraska, in the United States. She is the author of two books: Karl Marx on technology and alienation (Palgrave MacMillan, 2009) and The ruling ideas: bourgeois political concepts (Lexington, 2012). She has written many articles about the philosophy of technology, political economy, ethics, and the intersections of race and gender with the capitalist social form, among other topics. Dr. Wendling was acknowledged by McKenzie Wark in his book General intellects: twenty-one thinkers for the twenty-first century (Verso, 2017) as among a group of the most cutting-edge philosophers and critics alive today, a group including Slavoj Zizek, Chantal Mouffe, Timothy Morton, Paul Gilroy, Judith Butler and Donna Haraway. Dr. Wendling is a member of Phi Beta Kappa, the American Philosophical Association, and the Society for Phenomenology and Existentialist Philosophy. She routinely teaches ethics, the philosophy of law, the philosophy of technology, and social and political philosophy. Her applied ethics course on the carceral state takes students into the US prison system. 03 00 This chapter explores the political significance of handheld screen technologies. I argue that devices and watchers condition each another, then draw on Galit Wellner’s work in order to explore the mutual conditioning occurring with the cell phone and tablet screen. I then apply the insights of Marx, Marcuse, Feenberg and Freire to describe the ambivalence of screen technology, which lives in a suspension between emancipatory and fettering ends. The chapter draws on the philosophy of language to explore the changes to literacy brought about by screen reading and watching surfaces. It closes with a meditation on the use of handheld screen technologies in the classroom. 30 00 This chapter explores the political significance of handheld screen technologies. I argue that devices and watchers condition each another, then draw on Galit Wellner’s work in order to explore the mutual conditioning occurring with the cell phone and tablet screen. I then apply the insights of Marx, Marcuse, Feenberg and Freire to describe the ambivalence of screen technology, which lives in a suspension between emancipatory and fettering ends. The chapter draws on the philosophy of language to explore the changes to literacy brought about by screen reading and watching surfaces. It closes with a meditation on the use of handheld screen technologies in the classroom. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-4 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Facebook’s Response to Its Democratic Discontents: Quality Initiatives, Ideology and Education’s Role 1 A01 21 0000000347003279 Lincoln Dahlberg Lincoln Dahlberg Independent Scholar Lincoln Dahlberg is currently working as an independent scholar. He has previously worked as a research fellow at Massey University and The University of Queensland. Since the mid-1990s he has undertaken critical theoretical analysis of digital communication systems with respect to radical democratic imaginaries. His present research involves an interrogation of social media political economy and ideology with respect to advancing the public sphere, deploying the case of Facebook and its public relations reaction to its various scandals of 2018-19. He is also working on a radicalization of public sphere theory. He has published in a wide range of journals and books. His publications are listed at https://independent.academia.edu/LincolnDahlberg 03 00 Following a range of public scandals in recent years, there has been increasing concern and discontent among a wide array of groups about the quality of communications on social media platforms vis-à-vis public sphere norms. Facebook has been involved in the greatest number of these scandals—from enabling Russian propaganda and Macedonian-based hyper-partisan clickbait during the 2016 US presidential election to the Cambridge Analytica affair to distributing hate speech and incitement to violence in Myanmar and elsewhere—and thus has been the greatest target of discontent. In response, Facebook has mounted a major public relations campaign, at the heart of which has been an ongoing stream of announcements about new ‘quality initiatives’ that promise to ensure that the platform’s communications support democratic public spheres as well as private interactions. The first task of this chapter is to provide a sketch of some of the central public sphere-oriented quality initiatives publicized by Facebook. A second task is to outline how these initiatives, while likely to have some positive effects, do not alter the negative impact on the quality of communications that political economy critics point out as resulting from the platform’s profit-driven targeted-advertising business-model. A third task is to summarize a number of ways in which the initiatives actually work ideologically to obscure this negative impact. I conclude the chapter, and this is my fourth and final task, through reflection on what role education can have in terms of helping to advance democracy through Facebook in particular, and digital social media in general, given not only the antagonism between for-profit business models and quality public sphere communications, but also the ideological work that the social media corporation do to conceal this antagonism. 30 00 Following a range of public scandals in recent years, there has been increasing concern and discontent among a wide array of groups about the quality of communications on social media platforms vis-à-vis public sphere norms. Facebook has been involved in the greatest number of these scandals—from enabling Russian propaganda and Macedonian-based hyper-partisan clickbait during the 2016 US presidential election to the Cambridge Analytica affair to distributing hate speech and incitement to violence in Myanmar and elsewhere—and thus has been the greatest target of discontent. In response, Facebook has mounted a major public relations campaign, at the heart of which has been an ongoing stream of announcements about new ‘quality initiatives’ that promise to ensure that the platform’s communications support democratic public spheres as well as private interactions. The first task of this chapter is to provide a sketch of some of the central public sphere-oriented quality initiatives publicized by Facebook. A second task is to outline how these initiatives, while likely to have some positive effects, do not alter the negative impact on the quality of communications that political economy critics point out as resulting from the platform’s profit-driven targeted-advertising business-model. A third task is to summarize a number of ways in which the initiatives actually work ideologically to obscure this negative impact. I conclude the chapter, and this is my fourth and final task, through reflection on what role education can have in terms of helping to advance democracy through Facebook in particular, and digital social media in general, given not only the antagonism between for-profit business models and quality public sphere communications, but also the ideological work that the social media corporation do to conceal this antagonism. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-5 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Quantified Self and the Digital Making of the Subject 1 A01 21 0000000247712588 Laurence Barry Laurence Barry Political Science 40 03qxff017 Hebrew University of Jerusalem Laurence Barry is an associate lecturer at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem and an actuary. She currently leads a research project in France on the impact of big data for the “insurance societies” (sociétés assurantielles). Following Foucault’s insights, her researches focus on the digital knowledge/power nexus and the digital transformation of neoliberalism. Her articles have been published by Materiali Foucaultiani, Subjectivity, the Journal of Cultural Research, and the Journal of Business Ethics. Her PhD thesis, entitled Foucault and Postmodern Conceptions of Reason has just been accepted for publication with Palgrave. 03 00 With new devices and technologies that both quantify and continuously track bodily indicators, the past decade has seen the emergence of a digital subject, the ‘quantified self’ that in many ways illustrates our current digital predicament. Following Michel Foucault, I contend that these new technologies bring with them a new form of government, which combines discipline and statistics in order to focus on individual behaviour and its prediction. It also marks the entrance of the subject into a new regime of truth, where numbers have replaced narratives in the relation to the body, thus implying new forms of subjectivation. Yet, while the data era and its numerical outlook seem to imply a hyper-rationalization of the relation to self, I intend to show here that the reliance on applications to obtain knowledge on one’s body actually makes of the algorithm a new master of truth, one that bypasses rationality in its constitution of the digital subject. 30 00 With new devices and technologies that both quantify and continuously track bodily indicators, the past decade has seen the emergence of a digital subject, the ‘quantified self’ that in many ways illustrates our current digital predicament. Following Michel Foucault, I contend that these new technologies bring with them a new form of government, which combines discipline and statistics in order to focus on individual behaviour and its prediction. It also marks the entrance of the subject into a new regime of truth, where numbers have replaced narratives in the relation to the body, thus implying new forms of subjectivation. Yet, while the data era and its numerical outlook seem to imply a hyper-rationalization of the relation to self, I intend to show here that the reliance on applications to obtain knowledge on one’s body actually makes of the algorithm a new master of truth, one that bypasses rationality in its constitution of the digital subject. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-6 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Can Algorithmic Knowledge about the Self Be Critical? 1 A01 21 0000000313162108 Eran Fisher Eran Fisher Sociology, Political Science, and Communication The Open University of Israel Eran Fisher is a Senior Lecturer at the Department of Sociology, Political Science and Communication at the Open University of Israel. He studies the link between digital media technology and society. His work has been published in the European Journal of Social Theory, Journal of Labour and Society, Media, Culture, and Society, Information, Communication, and Society, The Information Society, and Continuum. His books include Media and New Capitalism in the Digital Age (Palgrave Macmillan, 2010), Internet and Emotions (co-edited with Tova Benski, 2014), and Reconsidering Value and Labour in the Digital Age (co-edited with Christian Fuchs, 2015). 03 00 Knowledge about the self is increasingly mediated by algorithms, processing big data generated by users’ engagement with digital technology. These algorithms portend a new epistemology of the self, a new conception of what humans are. I ask: (1) What is the nature of the new epistemology of the self to which algorithms give rise? and (2) Can this epistemology lead to critical knowledge about the self? To answer these questions, I compare algorithmic knowledge about the self with the psychoanalytic knowledge, an epitome of critical knowledge about the self. Both epistemes share assumptions regarding the inability of the mind and reason to have direct access to the true self, and a methodology aimed at bypassing the mind by accessing performance. While psychoanalytic knowledge was a cultural dominant of self-knowledge in the 20th century, algorithmic knowledge is an emerging cultural dominant of contemporary society, either intentionally (as in the case of the quantified self) or not (as in a plethora of personalized digital interfaces geared to tap users’ feelings, attitudes and desires). While psychoanalytical knowledge is theoretical, assumes a human essence, a teleology of quasi-transcendence, a reflexive mind and intersubjective communication, algorithmic knowledge is intently a-theoretical, assumes no human essence, delegates deduction to the algorithmic black-box and uses machine language, thus undercutting the reflexive and interpretive capacities of subjects. Algorithmic knowledge, I argue, operationalizes and technologizes the notion of performativity, thus also threatening to undercut the critical potentialities of the self. I ponder the possible political ramifications of this move to a new episteme, which transforms the self from a subjective, interpretive and critical project, the horizons of which are expanding human and social freedom into an object to be deciphered and predicted. 30 00 Knowledge about the self is increasingly mediated by algorithms, processing big data generated by users’ engagement with digital technology. These algorithms portend a new epistemology of the self, a new conception of what humans are. I ask: (1) What is the nature of the new epistemology of the self to which algorithms give rise? and (2) Can this epistemology lead to critical knowledge about the self? To answer these questions, I compare algorithmic knowledge about the self with the psychoanalytic knowledge, an epitome of critical knowledge about the self. Both epistemes share assumptions regarding the inability of the mind and reason to have direct access to the true self, and a methodology aimed at bypassing the mind by accessing performance. While psychoanalytic knowledge was a cultural dominant of self-knowledge in the 20th century, algorithmic knowledge is an emerging cultural dominant of contemporary society, either intentionally (as in the case of the quantified self) or not (as in a plethora of personalized digital interfaces geared to tap users’ feelings, attitudes and desires). While psychoanalytical knowledge is theoretical, assumes a human essence, a teleology of quasi-transcendence, a reflexive mind and intersubjective communication, algorithmic knowledge is intently a-theoretical, assumes no human essence, delegates deduction to the algorithmic black-box and uses machine language, thus undercutting the reflexive and interpretive capacities of subjects. Algorithmic knowledge, I argue, operationalizes and technologizes the notion of performativity, thus also threatening to undercut the critical potentialities of the self. I ponder the possible political ramifications of this move to a new episteme, which transforms the self from a subjective, interpretive and critical project, the horizons of which are expanding human and social freedom into an object to be deciphered and predicted. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-7 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Platform Discontent against the University 1 A01 21 0000000212175102 Richard Hall Richard Hall School of Applied Social Sciences 40 0312pnr83 De Montfort University Richard Hall is Professor of Education and Technology at De Montfort University, and a National Teaching Fellow. He is a trustee of the Open Library of Humanities, and a member of the Management Committee of the Leicester Primary Pupil Referral Unit. His most recent monograph is The Alienated Academic: The Struggle for Autonomy Inside the University with Palgrave Macmillan. He writes about life in academia at richard-hall.org 03 00 Inside the University, technology shapes productive moments of capitalist expansion. As such, it is deployed in order to eviscerate academic labour costs and labour time, while promising to liberate the academic worker through free time. Thus, digital technology both re-engineers education in the name of entrepreneurialism and competition, and forces academics and students to struggle to enrich their human capital. In terms of responses to this re-engineering, this has led to discussions about accelerationism or the possibility of fully automated luxury communism. One outcome is a consideration of ways in which technology can liberate the direct producers of knowledge to cooperate through associations that widen their autonomy. However, while this work challenges the hegemonic idea of transhistorical, educational institutions with a particular focus on knowledge production and its uses, it runs into their integration inside the universe of value. Value forces institutions and managers to performance-manage academic labour, in ways that can be analysed through the idea of platforms as a mechanism that expands capital’s cybernetic control. This chapter critiques ideologies and practices of technology-rich institutions, in order to discuss whether the educational technology and workload management platforms that are used to control academic production might act as sites of discontent and alternatives that enable communities to reconstitute their own lived experiences. Is it possible to develop forms of platform discontent, which lie beyond simple discontent against platforms and instead enable communities to widen their own spheres of autonomy? 30 00 Inside the University, technology shapes productive moments of capitalist expansion. As such, it is deployed in order to eviscerate academic labour costs and labour time, while promising to liberate the academic worker through free time. Thus, digital technology both re-engineers education in the name of entrepreneurialism and competition, and forces academics and students to struggle to enrich their human capital. In terms of responses to this re-engineering, this has led to discussions about accelerationism or the possibility of fully automated luxury communism. One outcome is a consideration of ways in which technology can liberate the direct producers of knowledge to cooperate through associations that widen their autonomy. However, while this work challenges the hegemonic idea of transhistorical, educational institutions with a particular focus on knowledge production and its uses, it runs into their integration inside the universe of value. Value forces institutions and managers to performance-manage academic labour, in ways that can be analysed through the idea of platforms as a mechanism that expands capital’s cybernetic control. This chapter critiques ideologies and practices of technology-rich institutions, in order to discuss whether the educational technology and workload management platforms that are used to control academic production might act as sites of discontent and alternatives that enable communities to reconstitute their own lived experiences. Is it possible to develop forms of platform discontent, which lie beyond simple discontent against platforms and instead enable communities to widen their own spheres of autonomy? 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-8 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Technological Imaginary in Education: Myth and Enlightenment in ‘Personalized Learning’ 1 A01 Norm Friesen Norm Friesen Educational Technology 40 02e3zdp86 Boise State University NORM FRIESEN is Professor in the College of Education, Boise State University. Dr. Friesen has written over 100 articles in journals ranging from C-Theory to AERA’s Educational Researcher and has published 10 books. He recently completed The Textbook and the Lecture: Education in the Age of new Media, a monograph from Johns Hopkins University Press exploring how textbook and lecture remain preeminent in educational practice to this day. Dr. Friesen is active in the areas of educational technology, philosophy of education and qualitative research. He studied German philosophy and critical theory at the Johns Hopkins University and has worked as a visiting researcher at the Humboldt University (Berlin), the Leopold-Franzens-University (Innsbruck) and the University of British Columbia (Vancouver). 03 00 This chapter examines what has been called ‘the technological imaginary’ as it exists specifically in education. It shows how primal and ideal scenarios, metaphors and images have been reproduced and repeated over centuries when it comes to education and its various technologies. It also illustrates how these images and scenarios can be said to have turned into ‘myths’—ultimately inseparable from utopian visions of a wholly enlightened world—and have regulated a great deal of activity in the area of educational innovation, giving it a kind of repetitive continuity that educational innovators generally see themselves as leaving behind. In particular, I focus on one prototypical image or scenario for learning that underlies many of the most ambitious visions in the educational, technological imaginary over the past 60 years or more: that of the one-to-one educational or tutorial dialogue between a wise or capable tutor on the one hand and an engaged child or learner on the other. In addition to showing how this image of dialogue has both enabled and constrained visions and possibilities for educational and technological innovation, I conclude by arguing that these visions are ultimately unrealizable—and that their realization would mean the end of education, rather than its utopian apotheosis. 30 00 This chapter examines what has been called ‘the technological imaginary’ as it exists specifically in education. It shows how primal and ideal scenarios, metaphors and images have been reproduced and repeated over centuries when it comes to education and its various technologies. It also illustrates how these images and scenarios can be said to have turned into ‘myths’—ultimately inseparable from utopian visions of a wholly enlightened world—and have regulated a great deal of activity in the area of educational innovation, giving it a kind of repetitive continuity that educational innovators generally see themselves as leaving behind. In particular, I focus on one prototypical image or scenario for learning that underlies many of the most ambitious visions in the educational, technological imaginary over the past 60 years or more: that of the one-to-one educational or tutorial dialogue between a wise or capable tutor on the one hand and an engaged child or learner on the other. In addition to showing how this image of dialogue has both enabled and constrained visions and possibilities for educational and technological innovation, I conclude by arguing that these visions are ultimately unrealizable—and that their realization would mean the end of education, rather than its utopian apotheosis. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-9 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Technological Unemployment and Its Educational Discontents 1 A01 21 0000000264644142 Petar Jandrić Petar Jandrić Zagreb University of Applied Sciences Petar Jandrić is a Professor at Zagreb University of Applied Sciences, Croatia. 2 A01 21 0000000186330155 Sarah Hayes Sarah Hayes 40 01k2y1055 University of Wolverhampton Sarah Hayes is a research Professor in the Education Observatory in the Faculty of Education, Health and Wellbeing, University of Wolverhampton. 03 00 This chapter introduces a post-digital perspective to relationships between technological unemployment and its educational discontents. It examines a possible future where digital technologies will destroy more jobs than they will create in three steps. First, an extensive literature overview identifies why people from various historical periods and working in various fields have perceived technological unemployment as a threat. Second, it distils six main areas of educational discontent in current literature: discontent with neoliberalization, discontent with automation, discontent with dehumanization, discontent with acceleration, discontent with content of work and discontent with educationalization. Concluding that educational discontent with technological unemployment identified in our work seems to have surprisingly little to do with either technology or with employment, it returns to the post-digital perspective to explain this result. Finally, it examines educational discontent of technological unemployment as an agent of change, and concludes that the notion of educational discontent with technological unemployment has the potential to help formulate new post-digital critical rage pedagogy. 30 00 This chapter introduces a post-digital perspective to relationships between technological unemployment and its educational discontents. It examines a possible future where digital technologies will destroy more jobs than they will create in three steps. First, an extensive literature overview identifies why people from various historical periods and working in various fields have perceived technological unemployment as a threat. Second, it distils six main areas of educational discontent in current literature: discontent with neoliberalization, discontent with automation, discontent with dehumanization, discontent with acceleration, discontent with content of work and discontent with educationalization. Concluding that educational discontent with technological unemployment identified in our work seems to have surprisingly little to do with either technology or with employment, it returns to the post-digital perspective to explain this result. Finally, it examines educational discontent of technological unemployment as an agent of change, and concludes that the notion of educational discontent with technological unemployment has the potential to help formulate new post-digital critical rage pedagogy. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Pedagogic Fixation 1 A01 21 0000000237153364 Christo Sims Christo Sims Communication 40 0168r3w48 University of California, San Diego 03 00 This chapter is a reprint of chapter 4 of my book Disruptive fixation: school reform and the pitfalls of techno-idealism</italic> (Princeton University Press, 2017). The book examines how technologically cutting-edge approaches to education reform become and remain an especially appealing means for promoting equitable social change despite decades of disappointing results. The book also examines what these interventions manage to accomplish, politically and for whom, even as they routinely fail to realize hoped-for outcomes. One of the themes of the book is that well-intentioned reformers regularly produce ‘fixations’ about the worlds they aspire to improve. These fixations tend to overestimate the beneficent and transformative potential of new technologies, while also underestimating and occluding much of what reformers cannot measure and control with their new tools. This chapter explores these themes in relation to the design and deployment of ostensibly new and improved approaches to pedagogy. The chapter shows how a focus on the pedagogic potentials of new technologies helps engender considerable enthusiasm and support for an educational reform initiative, while also making reformers ill-equipped to handle what they will encounter once they launch their intervention in the world. In response to these unanticipated and destabilizing forces, reformers look for ways to quickly stabilize their project and, in doing so, they ironically remake many of the pedagogic processes and outcomes that they had aspired to transform. 30 00 This chapter is a reprint of chapter 4 of my book Disruptive fixation: school reform and the pitfalls of techno-idealism</italic> (Princeton University Press, 2017). The book examines how technologically cutting-edge approaches to education reform become and remain an especially appealing means for promoting equitable social change despite decades of disappointing results. The book also examines what these interventions manage to accomplish, politically and for whom, even as they routinely fail to realize hoped-for outcomes. One of the themes of the book is that well-intentioned reformers regularly produce ‘fixations’ about the worlds they aspire to improve. These fixations tend to overestimate the beneficent and transformative potential of new technologies, while also underestimating and occluding much of what reformers cannot measure and control with their new tools. This chapter explores these themes in relation to the design and deployment of ostensibly new and improved approaches to pedagogy. The chapter shows how a focus on the pedagogic potentials of new technologies helps engender considerable enthusiasm and support for an educational reform initiative, while also making reformers ill-equipped to handle what they will encounter once they launch their intervention in the world. In response to these unanticipated and destabilizing forces, reformers look for ways to quickly stabilize their project and, in doing so, they ironically remake many of the pedagogic processes and outcomes that they had aspired to transform. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-11 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Bildung in a Digital World: The Case of MOOCs 1 A01 21 0000000340198958 Danielle Shanley Danielle Shanley History 40 02jz4aj89 Maastricht University 2 A01 21 0000000155965633 Tsjalling Swierstra Tsjalling Swierstra Philosophy 40 02jz4aj89 Maastricht University 3 A01 21 0000000166631591 Sally Wyatt Sally Wyatt Society Studies 40 02jz4aj89 Maastricht University 03 00 Massive open online courses (MOOCs), in theory, allow people to study wherever and whenever they want. They promise to broaden access and availability of education, allowing people to ‘up-skill’ themselves. As an important innovation, they provoke reflection on the meaning and purpose of the university. A number of humanities scholars have voiced scepticism as to whether MOOCs can deliver the sort of intellectual training and personal cultivation (Bildung</italic>) that is provided within the walls of the university, where staff and students interact face-to-face, in relatively intimate settings, to discuss issues they deem important rather than being driven by external definitions of relevance. In this chapter, after introducing MOOCs, we explore the most common arguments about why MOOCs would be incompatible with the values of the humanities. We then question the extent to which MOOCs really do threaten these values. We do this by eliciting advantages and disadvantages from people’s experiences with MOOCs so far. Far from confirming the sceptics’ perceived incompatibility between a technology-intensive environment and the Bildung</italic> ideal, experiences with MOOCs to date may actually serve to promote several of the values of the humanities. Drawing on theories of technological mediation, we propose that instead of shunning MOOCs, the humanities should be thinking about how to facilitate Bildung</italic> within MOOCs. In this way, they can have a lasting and desirable impact on the future of higher education. 30 00 Massive open online courses (MOOCs), in theory, allow people to study wherever and whenever they want. They promise to broaden access and availability of education, allowing people to ‘up-skill’ themselves. As an important innovation, they provoke reflection on the meaning and purpose of the university. A number of humanities scholars have voiced scepticism as to whether MOOCs can deliver the sort of intellectual training and personal cultivation (Bildung</italic>) that is provided within the walls of the university, where staff and students interact face-to-face, in relatively intimate settings, to discuss issues they deem important rather than being driven by external definitions of relevance. In this chapter, after introducing MOOCs, we explore the most common arguments about why MOOCs would be incompatible with the values of the humanities. We then question the extent to which MOOCs really do threaten these values. We do this by eliciting advantages and disadvantages from people’s experiences with MOOCs so far. Far from confirming the sceptics’ perceived incompatibility between a technology-intensive environment and the Bildung</italic> ideal, experiences with MOOCs to date may actually serve to promote several of the values of the humanities. Drawing on theories of technological mediation, we propose that instead of shunning MOOCs, the humanities should be thinking about how to facilitate Bildung</italic> within MOOCs. In this way, they can have a lasting and desirable impact on the future of higher education. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-12 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Critical Philosophy of Technological Convergence: Education and the Nano-Bio-Info-Cogno Paradigm 1 A01 21 0000000214822975 Michael A. Peters Michael Peters School of International Education 40 022k4wk35 Beijing Normal University 03 00 This article proposes a critical philosophy of technological convergence based on the Nano-Bio-Info-Cogno Paradigm which has been tone of the bases of the US National Science Foundation. First, the paper provides a discussion of 5G mobile cellular technology linking it to questions of techno-nationalism. Second, the paper examines the ‘nano-bio-info-cogno’ paradigm as an example of ‘convergent technologies.’ Third, the paper briefly mentions the National Learning Centers established by NSF as the next major expression of convergent technology. Finally, the paper discusses ‘post-biological technocracy’, its political economy, and criticisms that it numbs the biological self. 30 00 This article proposes a critical philosophy of technological convergence based on the Nano-Bio-Info-Cogno Paradigm which has been tone of the bases of the US National Science Foundation. First, the paper provides a discussion of 5G mobile cellular technology linking it to questions of techno-nationalism. Second, the paper examines the ‘nano-bio-info-cogno’ paradigm as an example of ‘convergent technologies.’ Third, the paper briefly mentions the National Learning Centers established by NSF as the next major expression of convergent technology. Finally, the paper discusses ‘post-biological technocracy’, its political economy, and criticisms that it numbs the biological self. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20200811 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690134 03 9789523690134 06 15 9789523690141 03 9789523690141 06 15 9789523690158 03 9789523690158 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690127 20 08 20200811 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690127 20 08 20200811 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690127 20 08 20200811 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690127 20 08 20200811 01 urn:uuid:ad960e50-75a9-4e5a-848e-7444db4548dd 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:af2ced52-1d88-4414-9cb1-7bbf68e8f442 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ad960e50-75a9-4e5a-848e-7444db4548dd 15 9789523690134 03 9789523690134 06 10.33134/HUP-4 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 The Digital Age and Its Discontents Critical Reflections in Education 1 B01 21 0000000267257842 Matteo Stocchetti Matteo Stocchetti Culture and Media 40 02s466x84 Arcada University of Applied Sciences Matteo Stocchetti (PhD) is Senior Lecturer at Arcada University of Applied Science and Docent in Political Communication at University of Helsinki and Åbo Akademi University. 01 eng 00 274 03 B2 education B2 media studies B2 communication studies B2 Sociology of Education B2 Philosophy of Education B2 Social Sciences 20 Bildung; critical education; social media; critical theory; knowledge production; Capitalism 01 06 02 00 This volume is a study of the downsides of digitalization and the re-organization of the social world that seems to be associated with it. In a critical perspective, technological development is not a natural but a social process: not autonomous from but very much dependent upon the interplay of forces and institutions in society. This book o 03 00 Three decades into the ‘digital age’, the promises of emancipation of the digital ‘revolution’ in education are still unfulfilled. Furthermore, digitalization seems to generate new and unexpected challenges – for example, the unwarranted influence of digital monopolies, the radicalization of political communication, and the facilitation of mass surveillance, to name a few. This volume is a study of the downsides of digitalization and the re-organization of the social world that seems to be associated with it. In a critical perspective, technological development is not a natural but a social process: not autonomous from but very much dependent upon the interplay of forces and institutions in society. While influential forces seek to establish the idea that the practices of formal education should conform to technological change, here we support the view that education can challenge the capitalist appropriation of digital technology and, therefore, the nature and direction of change associated with it. This volume offers its readers intellectual prerequisites for critical engagement. It addresses themes such as Facebook’s response to its democratic discontents, the pedagogical implications of algorithmic knowledge and quantified self, as well as the impact of digitalization on academic profession. Finally, the book offers some elements to develop a vision of the role of education: what should be done in education to address the concerns that new communication technologies seem to pose more risks than opportunities for freedom and democracy. Matteo Stocchetti</bold> (PhD) is Senior Lecturer at Arcada University of Applied Science and Docent in Political Communication at University of Helsinki and Åbo Akademi University. The contributors of the volume include international experts on critical approaches to pedagogy, education and technology. 30 00 Three decades into the ‘digital age’, the promises of emancipation of the digital ‘revolution’ in education are still unfulfilled. Furthermore, digitalization seems to generate new and unexpected challenges – for example, the unwarranted influence of digital monopolies, the radicalization of political communication, and the facilitation of mass surveillance, to name a few. This volume is a study of the downsides of digitalization and the re-organization of the social world that seems to be associated with it. In a critical perspective, technological development is not a natural but a social process: not autonomous from but very much dependent upon the interplay of forces and institutions in society. While influential forces seek to establish the idea that the practices of formal education should conform to technological change, here we support the view that education can challenge the capitalist appropriation of digital technology and, therefore, the nature and direction of change associated with it. This volume offers its readers intellectual prerequisites for critical engagement. It addresses themes such as Facebook’s response to its democratic discontents, the pedagogical implications of algorithmic knowledge and quantified self, as well as the impact of digitalization on academic profession. Finally, the book offers some elements to develop a vision of the role of education: what should be done in education to address the concerns that new communication technologies seem to pose more risks than opportunities for freedom and democracy. Matteo Stocchetti</bold> (PhD) is Senior Lecturer at Arcada University of Applied Science and Docent in Political Communication at University of Helsinki and Åbo Akademi University. The contributors of the volume include international experts on critical approaches to pedagogy, education and technology. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/c55a94ea-dd29-4f14-a27c-4a893f6fb79e.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-1 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction: Technology, Society and Education 1 A01 21 0000000267257842 Matteo Stocchetti Matteo Stocchetti Culture and Media 40 02s466x84 Arcada University of Applied Sciences Matteo Stocchetti (PhD) is Senior Lecturer at Arcada University of Applied Science and Docent in Political Communication at Helsinki University and Åbo Akademy University 03 00 This introductory chapter presents the ambition inspiring this collection and the idea that the causes of digital discontent do not reside in digital technology, but in the capitalist appropriation of it. I argue that this appropriation has its origins in the crisis of capitalist democracy that started towards the end of the 1960s, and involved at least three dimensions: epistemic, economic and political. The appropriation of new and developing technologies was inspired by the effort to address these dimensions of crisis. The second part of this chapter offers the reader a preliminary reference list of critical contributions voicing discontent from the 1960s until the late 2010s. The last section contains a short description of the essays contained in this collection. 30 00 This introductory chapter presents the ambition inspiring this collection and the idea that the causes of digital discontent do not reside in digital technology, but in the capitalist appropriation of it. I argue that this appropriation has its origins in the crisis of capitalist democracy that started towards the end of the 1960s, and involved at least three dimensions: epistemic, economic and political. The appropriation of new and developing technologies was inspired by the effort to address these dimensions of crisis. The second part of this chapter offers the reader a preliminary reference list of critical contributions voicing discontent from the 1960s until the late 2010s. The last section contains a short description of the essays contained in this collection. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-2 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Blind Spots of Digital Innovation Fetishism 1 A01 21 000000024849894X Marko Ampuja Marko Ampuja Research Centre COMET 40 033003e23 Tampere University Marko Ampuja (PhD) is an Academy Research Fellow at the Tampere Research Centre for Journalism, Media and Communication (COMET), Tampere University, Finland 03 00 Market-centred ideas surrounding innovation have established themselves as key ideological forms in contemporary capitalism. The role of digital information and communication technologies (ICTs) has been particularly prominent in mainstream discussions on innovation and economic development, often singled out as the defining technologies of the current age of ‘new economy’ allegedly based on knowledge, imagination and human creativity. In this dominant role, they have been endowed with fetishist characteristics. Whatever the problem, the official solution is almost invariably a technology produced for the market by start-ups or other companies, and institutions of higher education are expected to assist in this by becoming more entrepreneurial. In this chapter, I will call such mainstream understandings into question, using financial innovations and military technology as examples to discuss the destructive aspects of digital innovations and the reasons why they are produced. Thus, the text directs attention to what is missing from the fetishist discourses of digital innovation, namely, the systematic production of technologies, software and applications whose overall impact on society is negative and insufficiently politicized. 30 00 Market-centred ideas surrounding innovation have established themselves as key ideological forms in contemporary capitalism. The role of digital information and communication technologies (ICTs) has been particularly prominent in mainstream discussions on innovation and economic development, often singled out as the defining technologies of the current age of ‘new economy’ allegedly based on knowledge, imagination and human creativity. In this dominant role, they have been endowed with fetishist characteristics. Whatever the problem, the official solution is almost invariably a technology produced for the market by start-ups or other companies, and institutions of higher education are expected to assist in this by becoming more entrepreneurial. In this chapter, I will call such mainstream understandings into question, using financial innovations and military technology as examples to discuss the destructive aspects of digital innovations and the reasons why they are produced. Thus, the text directs attention to what is missing from the fetishist discourses of digital innovation, namely, the systematic production of technologies, software and applications whose overall impact on society is negative and insufficiently politicized. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-3 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Screen as Instrument of Freedom and Unfreedom 1 A01 21 000000023201359X Amy E. Wendling Amy Wendling Philosophy 40 05wf30g94 Creighton University Dr. Wendling is Professor of Philosophy and Associate Dean of Humanities and Fine Arts at Creighton University, a Jesuit University in Omaha, Nebraska, in the United States. She is the author of two books: Karl Marx on technology and alienation (Palgrave MacMillan, 2009) and The ruling ideas: bourgeois political concepts (Lexington, 2012). She has written many articles about the philosophy of technology, political economy, ethics, and the intersections of race and gender with the capitalist social form, among other topics. Dr. Wendling was acknowledged by McKenzie Wark in his book General intellects: twenty-one thinkers for the twenty-first century (Verso, 2017) as among a group of the most cutting-edge philosophers and critics alive today, a group including Slavoj Zizek, Chantal Mouffe, Timothy Morton, Paul Gilroy, Judith Butler and Donna Haraway. Dr. Wendling is a member of Phi Beta Kappa, the American Philosophical Association, and the Society for Phenomenology and Existentialist Philosophy. She routinely teaches ethics, the philosophy of law, the philosophy of technology, and social and political philosophy. Her applied ethics course on the carceral state takes students into the US prison system. 03 00 This chapter explores the political significance of handheld screen technologies. I argue that devices and watchers condition each another, then draw on Galit Wellner’s work in order to explore the mutual conditioning occurring with the cell phone and tablet screen. I then apply the insights of Marx, Marcuse, Feenberg and Freire to describe the ambivalence of screen technology, which lives in a suspension between emancipatory and fettering ends. The chapter draws on the philosophy of language to explore the changes to literacy brought about by screen reading and watching surfaces. It closes with a meditation on the use of handheld screen technologies in the classroom. 30 00 This chapter explores the political significance of handheld screen technologies. I argue that devices and watchers condition each another, then draw on Galit Wellner’s work in order to explore the mutual conditioning occurring with the cell phone and tablet screen. I then apply the insights of Marx, Marcuse, Feenberg and Freire to describe the ambivalence of screen technology, which lives in a suspension between emancipatory and fettering ends. The chapter draws on the philosophy of language to explore the changes to literacy brought about by screen reading and watching surfaces. It closes with a meditation on the use of handheld screen technologies in the classroom. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-4 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Facebook’s Response to Its Democratic Discontents: Quality Initiatives, Ideology and Education’s Role 1 A01 21 0000000347003279 Lincoln Dahlberg Lincoln Dahlberg Independent Scholar Lincoln Dahlberg is currently working as an independent scholar. He has previously worked as a research fellow at Massey University and The University of Queensland. Since the mid-1990s he has undertaken critical theoretical analysis of digital communication systems with respect to radical democratic imaginaries. His present research involves an interrogation of social media political economy and ideology with respect to advancing the public sphere, deploying the case of Facebook and its public relations reaction to its various scandals of 2018-19. He is also working on a radicalization of public sphere theory. He has published in a wide range of journals and books. His publications are listed at https://independent.academia.edu/LincolnDahlberg 03 00 Following a range of public scandals in recent years, there has been increasing concern and discontent among a wide array of groups about the quality of communications on social media platforms vis-à-vis public sphere norms. Facebook has been involved in the greatest number of these scandals—from enabling Russian propaganda and Macedonian-based hyper-partisan clickbait during the 2016 US presidential election to the Cambridge Analytica affair to distributing hate speech and incitement to violence in Myanmar and elsewhere—and thus has been the greatest target of discontent. In response, Facebook has mounted a major public relations campaign, at the heart of which has been an ongoing stream of announcements about new ‘quality initiatives’ that promise to ensure that the platform’s communications support democratic public spheres as well as private interactions. The first task of this chapter is to provide a sketch of some of the central public sphere-oriented quality initiatives publicized by Facebook. A second task is to outline how these initiatives, while likely to have some positive effects, do not alter the negative impact on the quality of communications that political economy critics point out as resulting from the platform’s profit-driven targeted-advertising business-model. A third task is to summarize a number of ways in which the initiatives actually work ideologically to obscure this negative impact. I conclude the chapter, and this is my fourth and final task, through reflection on what role education can have in terms of helping to advance democracy through Facebook in particular, and digital social media in general, given not only the antagonism between for-profit business models and quality public sphere communications, but also the ideological work that the social media corporation do to conceal this antagonism. 30 00 Following a range of public scandals in recent years, there has been increasing concern and discontent among a wide array of groups about the quality of communications on social media platforms vis-à-vis public sphere norms. Facebook has been involved in the greatest number of these scandals—from enabling Russian propaganda and Macedonian-based hyper-partisan clickbait during the 2016 US presidential election to the Cambridge Analytica affair to distributing hate speech and incitement to violence in Myanmar and elsewhere—and thus has been the greatest target of discontent. In response, Facebook has mounted a major public relations campaign, at the heart of which has been an ongoing stream of announcements about new ‘quality initiatives’ that promise to ensure that the platform’s communications support democratic public spheres as well as private interactions. The first task of this chapter is to provide a sketch of some of the central public sphere-oriented quality initiatives publicized by Facebook. A second task is to outline how these initiatives, while likely to have some positive effects, do not alter the negative impact on the quality of communications that political economy critics point out as resulting from the platform’s profit-driven targeted-advertising business-model. A third task is to summarize a number of ways in which the initiatives actually work ideologically to obscure this negative impact. I conclude the chapter, and this is my fourth and final task, through reflection on what role education can have in terms of helping to advance democracy through Facebook in particular, and digital social media in general, given not only the antagonism between for-profit business models and quality public sphere communications, but also the ideological work that the social media corporation do to conceal this antagonism. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-5 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Quantified Self and the Digital Making of the Subject 1 A01 21 0000000247712588 Laurence Barry Laurence Barry Political Science 40 03qxff017 Hebrew University of Jerusalem Laurence Barry is an associate lecturer at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem and an actuary. She currently leads a research project in France on the impact of big data for the “insurance societies” (sociétés assurantielles). Following Foucault’s insights, her researches focus on the digital knowledge/power nexus and the digital transformation of neoliberalism. Her articles have been published by Materiali Foucaultiani, Subjectivity, the Journal of Cultural Research, and the Journal of Business Ethics. Her PhD thesis, entitled Foucault and Postmodern Conceptions of Reason has just been accepted for publication with Palgrave. 03 00 With new devices and technologies that both quantify and continuously track bodily indicators, the past decade has seen the emergence of a digital subject, the ‘quantified self’ that in many ways illustrates our current digital predicament. Following Michel Foucault, I contend that these new technologies bring with them a new form of government, which combines discipline and statistics in order to focus on individual behaviour and its prediction. It also marks the entrance of the subject into a new regime of truth, where numbers have replaced narratives in the relation to the body, thus implying new forms of subjectivation. Yet, while the data era and its numerical outlook seem to imply a hyper-rationalization of the relation to self, I intend to show here that the reliance on applications to obtain knowledge on one’s body actually makes of the algorithm a new master of truth, one that bypasses rationality in its constitution of the digital subject. 30 00 With new devices and technologies that both quantify and continuously track bodily indicators, the past decade has seen the emergence of a digital subject, the ‘quantified self’ that in many ways illustrates our current digital predicament. Following Michel Foucault, I contend that these new technologies bring with them a new form of government, which combines discipline and statistics in order to focus on individual behaviour and its prediction. It also marks the entrance of the subject into a new regime of truth, where numbers have replaced narratives in the relation to the body, thus implying new forms of subjectivation. Yet, while the data era and its numerical outlook seem to imply a hyper-rationalization of the relation to self, I intend to show here that the reliance on applications to obtain knowledge on one’s body actually makes of the algorithm a new master of truth, one that bypasses rationality in its constitution of the digital subject. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-6 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Can Algorithmic Knowledge about the Self Be Critical? 1 A01 21 0000000313162108 Eran Fisher Eran Fisher Sociology, Political Science, and Communication The Open University of Israel Eran Fisher is a Senior Lecturer at the Department of Sociology, Political Science and Communication at the Open University of Israel. He studies the link between digital media technology and society. His work has been published in the European Journal of Social Theory, Journal of Labour and Society, Media, Culture, and Society, Information, Communication, and Society, The Information Society, and Continuum. His books include Media and New Capitalism in the Digital Age (Palgrave Macmillan, 2010), Internet and Emotions (co-edited with Tova Benski, 2014), and Reconsidering Value and Labour in the Digital Age (co-edited with Christian Fuchs, 2015). 03 00 Knowledge about the self is increasingly mediated by algorithms, processing big data generated by users’ engagement with digital technology. These algorithms portend a new epistemology of the self, a new conception of what humans are. I ask: (1) What is the nature of the new epistemology of the self to which algorithms give rise? and (2) Can this epistemology lead to critical knowledge about the self? To answer these questions, I compare algorithmic knowledge about the self with the psychoanalytic knowledge, an epitome of critical knowledge about the self. Both epistemes share assumptions regarding the inability of the mind and reason to have direct access to the true self, and a methodology aimed at bypassing the mind by accessing performance. While psychoanalytic knowledge was a cultural dominant of self-knowledge in the 20th century, algorithmic knowledge is an emerging cultural dominant of contemporary society, either intentionally (as in the case of the quantified self) or not (as in a plethora of personalized digital interfaces geared to tap users’ feelings, attitudes and desires). While psychoanalytical knowledge is theoretical, assumes a human essence, a teleology of quasi-transcendence, a reflexive mind and intersubjective communication, algorithmic knowledge is intently a-theoretical, assumes no human essence, delegates deduction to the algorithmic black-box and uses machine language, thus undercutting the reflexive and interpretive capacities of subjects. Algorithmic knowledge, I argue, operationalizes and technologizes the notion of performativity, thus also threatening to undercut the critical potentialities of the self. I ponder the possible political ramifications of this move to a new episteme, which transforms the self from a subjective, interpretive and critical project, the horizons of which are expanding human and social freedom into an object to be deciphered and predicted. 30 00 Knowledge about the self is increasingly mediated by algorithms, processing big data generated by users’ engagement with digital technology. These algorithms portend a new epistemology of the self, a new conception of what humans are. I ask: (1) What is the nature of the new epistemology of the self to which algorithms give rise? and (2) Can this epistemology lead to critical knowledge about the self? To answer these questions, I compare algorithmic knowledge about the self with the psychoanalytic knowledge, an epitome of critical knowledge about the self. Both epistemes share assumptions regarding the inability of the mind and reason to have direct access to the true self, and a methodology aimed at bypassing the mind by accessing performance. While psychoanalytic knowledge was a cultural dominant of self-knowledge in the 20th century, algorithmic knowledge is an emerging cultural dominant of contemporary society, either intentionally (as in the case of the quantified self) or not (as in a plethora of personalized digital interfaces geared to tap users’ feelings, attitudes and desires). While psychoanalytical knowledge is theoretical, assumes a human essence, a teleology of quasi-transcendence, a reflexive mind and intersubjective communication, algorithmic knowledge is intently a-theoretical, assumes no human essence, delegates deduction to the algorithmic black-box and uses machine language, thus undercutting the reflexive and interpretive capacities of subjects. Algorithmic knowledge, I argue, operationalizes and technologizes the notion of performativity, thus also threatening to undercut the critical potentialities of the self. I ponder the possible political ramifications of this move to a new episteme, which transforms the self from a subjective, interpretive and critical project, the horizons of which are expanding human and social freedom into an object to be deciphered and predicted. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-7 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Platform Discontent against the University 1 A01 21 0000000212175102 Richard Hall Richard Hall School of Applied Social Sciences 40 0312pnr83 De Montfort University Richard Hall is Professor of Education and Technology at De Montfort University, and a National Teaching Fellow. He is a trustee of the Open Library of Humanities, and a member of the Management Committee of the Leicester Primary Pupil Referral Unit. His most recent monograph is The Alienated Academic: The Struggle for Autonomy Inside the University with Palgrave Macmillan. He writes about life in academia at richard-hall.org 03 00 Inside the University, technology shapes productive moments of capitalist expansion. As such, it is deployed in order to eviscerate academic labour costs and labour time, while promising to liberate the academic worker through free time. Thus, digital technology both re-engineers education in the name of entrepreneurialism and competition, and forces academics and students to struggle to enrich their human capital. In terms of responses to this re-engineering, this has led to discussions about accelerationism or the possibility of fully automated luxury communism. One outcome is a consideration of ways in which technology can liberate the direct producers of knowledge to cooperate through associations that widen their autonomy. However, while this work challenges the hegemonic idea of transhistorical, educational institutions with a particular focus on knowledge production and its uses, it runs into their integration inside the universe of value. Value forces institutions and managers to performance-manage academic labour, in ways that can be analysed through the idea of platforms as a mechanism that expands capital’s cybernetic control. This chapter critiques ideologies and practices of technology-rich institutions, in order to discuss whether the educational technology and workload management platforms that are used to control academic production might act as sites of discontent and alternatives that enable communities to reconstitute their own lived experiences. Is it possible to develop forms of platform discontent, which lie beyond simple discontent against platforms and instead enable communities to widen their own spheres of autonomy? 30 00 Inside the University, technology shapes productive moments of capitalist expansion. As such, it is deployed in order to eviscerate academic labour costs and labour time, while promising to liberate the academic worker through free time. Thus, digital technology both re-engineers education in the name of entrepreneurialism and competition, and forces academics and students to struggle to enrich their human capital. In terms of responses to this re-engineering, this has led to discussions about accelerationism or the possibility of fully automated luxury communism. One outcome is a consideration of ways in which technology can liberate the direct producers of knowledge to cooperate through associations that widen their autonomy. However, while this work challenges the hegemonic idea of transhistorical, educational institutions with a particular focus on knowledge production and its uses, it runs into their integration inside the universe of value. Value forces institutions and managers to performance-manage academic labour, in ways that can be analysed through the idea of platforms as a mechanism that expands capital’s cybernetic control. This chapter critiques ideologies and practices of technology-rich institutions, in order to discuss whether the educational technology and workload management platforms that are used to control academic production might act as sites of discontent and alternatives that enable communities to reconstitute their own lived experiences. Is it possible to develop forms of platform discontent, which lie beyond simple discontent against platforms and instead enable communities to widen their own spheres of autonomy? 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-8 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Technological Imaginary in Education: Myth and Enlightenment in ‘Personalized Learning’ 1 A01 Norm Friesen Norm Friesen Educational Technology 40 02e3zdp86 Boise State University NORM FRIESEN is Professor in the College of Education, Boise State University. Dr. Friesen has written over 100 articles in journals ranging from C-Theory to AERA’s Educational Researcher and has published 10 books. He recently completed The Textbook and the Lecture: Education in the Age of new Media, a monograph from Johns Hopkins University Press exploring how textbook and lecture remain preeminent in educational practice to this day. Dr. Friesen is active in the areas of educational technology, philosophy of education and qualitative research. He studied German philosophy and critical theory at the Johns Hopkins University and has worked as a visiting researcher at the Humboldt University (Berlin), the Leopold-Franzens-University (Innsbruck) and the University of British Columbia (Vancouver). 03 00 This chapter examines what has been called ‘the technological imaginary’ as it exists specifically in education. It shows how primal and ideal scenarios, metaphors and images have been reproduced and repeated over centuries when it comes to education and its various technologies. It also illustrates how these images and scenarios can be said to have turned into ‘myths’—ultimately inseparable from utopian visions of a wholly enlightened world—and have regulated a great deal of activity in the area of educational innovation, giving it a kind of repetitive continuity that educational innovators generally see themselves as leaving behind. In particular, I focus on one prototypical image or scenario for learning that underlies many of the most ambitious visions in the educational, technological imaginary over the past 60 years or more: that of the one-to-one educational or tutorial dialogue between a wise or capable tutor on the one hand and an engaged child or learner on the other. In addition to showing how this image of dialogue has both enabled and constrained visions and possibilities for educational and technological innovation, I conclude by arguing that these visions are ultimately unrealizable—and that their realization would mean the end of education, rather than its utopian apotheosis. 30 00 This chapter examines what has been called ‘the technological imaginary’ as it exists specifically in education. It shows how primal and ideal scenarios, metaphors and images have been reproduced and repeated over centuries when it comes to education and its various technologies. It also illustrates how these images and scenarios can be said to have turned into ‘myths’—ultimately inseparable from utopian visions of a wholly enlightened world—and have regulated a great deal of activity in the area of educational innovation, giving it a kind of repetitive continuity that educational innovators generally see themselves as leaving behind. In particular, I focus on one prototypical image or scenario for learning that underlies many of the most ambitious visions in the educational, technological imaginary over the past 60 years or more: that of the one-to-one educational or tutorial dialogue between a wise or capable tutor on the one hand and an engaged child or learner on the other. In addition to showing how this image of dialogue has both enabled and constrained visions and possibilities for educational and technological innovation, I conclude by arguing that these visions are ultimately unrealizable—and that their realization would mean the end of education, rather than its utopian apotheosis. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-9 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Technological Unemployment and Its Educational Discontents 1 A01 21 0000000264644142 Petar Jandrić Petar Jandrić Zagreb University of Applied Sciences Petar Jandrić is a Professor at Zagreb University of Applied Sciences, Croatia. 2 A01 21 0000000186330155 Sarah Hayes Sarah Hayes 40 01k2y1055 University of Wolverhampton Sarah Hayes is a research Professor in the Education Observatory in the Faculty of Education, Health and Wellbeing, University of Wolverhampton. 03 00 This chapter introduces a post-digital perspective to relationships between technological unemployment and its educational discontents. It examines a possible future where digital technologies will destroy more jobs than they will create in three steps. First, an extensive literature overview identifies why people from various historical periods and working in various fields have perceived technological unemployment as a threat. Second, it distils six main areas of educational discontent in current literature: discontent with neoliberalization, discontent with automation, discontent with dehumanization, discontent with acceleration, discontent with content of work and discontent with educationalization. Concluding that educational discontent with technological unemployment identified in our work seems to have surprisingly little to do with either technology or with employment, it returns to the post-digital perspective to explain this result. Finally, it examines educational discontent of technological unemployment as an agent of change, and concludes that the notion of educational discontent with technological unemployment has the potential to help formulate new post-digital critical rage pedagogy. 30 00 This chapter introduces a post-digital perspective to relationships between technological unemployment and its educational discontents. It examines a possible future where digital technologies will destroy more jobs than they will create in three steps. First, an extensive literature overview identifies why people from various historical periods and working in various fields have perceived technological unemployment as a threat. Second, it distils six main areas of educational discontent in current literature: discontent with neoliberalization, discontent with automation, discontent with dehumanization, discontent with acceleration, discontent with content of work and discontent with educationalization. Concluding that educational discontent with technological unemployment identified in our work seems to have surprisingly little to do with either technology or with employment, it returns to the post-digital perspective to explain this result. Finally, it examines educational discontent of technological unemployment as an agent of change, and concludes that the notion of educational discontent with technological unemployment has the potential to help formulate new post-digital critical rage pedagogy. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Pedagogic Fixation 1 A01 21 0000000237153364 Christo Sims Christo Sims Communication 40 0168r3w48 University of California, San Diego 03 00 This chapter is a reprint of chapter 4 of my book Disruptive fixation: school reform and the pitfalls of techno-idealism</italic> (Princeton University Press, 2017). The book examines how technologically cutting-edge approaches to education reform become and remain an especially appealing means for promoting equitable social change despite decades of disappointing results. The book also examines what these interventions manage to accomplish, politically and for whom, even as they routinely fail to realize hoped-for outcomes. One of the themes of the book is that well-intentioned reformers regularly produce ‘fixations’ about the worlds they aspire to improve. These fixations tend to overestimate the beneficent and transformative potential of new technologies, while also underestimating and occluding much of what reformers cannot measure and control with their new tools. This chapter explores these themes in relation to the design and deployment of ostensibly new and improved approaches to pedagogy. The chapter shows how a focus on the pedagogic potentials of new technologies helps engender considerable enthusiasm and support for an educational reform initiative, while also making reformers ill-equipped to handle what they will encounter once they launch their intervention in the world. In response to these unanticipated and destabilizing forces, reformers look for ways to quickly stabilize their project and, in doing so, they ironically remake many of the pedagogic processes and outcomes that they had aspired to transform. 30 00 This chapter is a reprint of chapter 4 of my book Disruptive fixation: school reform and the pitfalls of techno-idealism</italic> (Princeton University Press, 2017). The book examines how technologically cutting-edge approaches to education reform become and remain an especially appealing means for promoting equitable social change despite decades of disappointing results. The book also examines what these interventions manage to accomplish, politically and for whom, even as they routinely fail to realize hoped-for outcomes. One of the themes of the book is that well-intentioned reformers regularly produce ‘fixations’ about the worlds they aspire to improve. These fixations tend to overestimate the beneficent and transformative potential of new technologies, while also underestimating and occluding much of what reformers cannot measure and control with their new tools. This chapter explores these themes in relation to the design and deployment of ostensibly new and improved approaches to pedagogy. The chapter shows how a focus on the pedagogic potentials of new technologies helps engender considerable enthusiasm and support for an educational reform initiative, while also making reformers ill-equipped to handle what they will encounter once they launch their intervention in the world. In response to these unanticipated and destabilizing forces, reformers look for ways to quickly stabilize their project and, in doing so, they ironically remake many of the pedagogic processes and outcomes that they had aspired to transform. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-11 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Bildung in a Digital World: The Case of MOOCs 1 A01 21 0000000340198958 Danielle Shanley Danielle Shanley History 40 02jz4aj89 Maastricht University 2 A01 21 0000000155965633 Tsjalling Swierstra Tsjalling Swierstra Philosophy 40 02jz4aj89 Maastricht University 3 A01 21 0000000166631591 Sally Wyatt Sally Wyatt Society Studies 40 02jz4aj89 Maastricht University 03 00 Massive open online courses (MOOCs), in theory, allow people to study wherever and whenever they want. They promise to broaden access and availability of education, allowing people to ‘up-skill’ themselves. As an important innovation, they provoke reflection on the meaning and purpose of the university. A number of humanities scholars have voiced scepticism as to whether MOOCs can deliver the sort of intellectual training and personal cultivation (Bildung</italic>) that is provided within the walls of the university, where staff and students interact face-to-face, in relatively intimate settings, to discuss issues they deem important rather than being driven by external definitions of relevance. In this chapter, after introducing MOOCs, we explore the most common arguments about why MOOCs would be incompatible with the values of the humanities. We then question the extent to which MOOCs really do threaten these values. We do this by eliciting advantages and disadvantages from people’s experiences with MOOCs so far. Far from confirming the sceptics’ perceived incompatibility between a technology-intensive environment and the Bildung</italic> ideal, experiences with MOOCs to date may actually serve to promote several of the values of the humanities. Drawing on theories of technological mediation, we propose that instead of shunning MOOCs, the humanities should be thinking about how to facilitate Bildung</italic> within MOOCs. In this way, they can have a lasting and desirable impact on the future of higher education. 30 00 Massive open online courses (MOOCs), in theory, allow people to study wherever and whenever they want. They promise to broaden access and availability of education, allowing people to ‘up-skill’ themselves. As an important innovation, they provoke reflection on the meaning and purpose of the university. A number of humanities scholars have voiced scepticism as to whether MOOCs can deliver the sort of intellectual training and personal cultivation (Bildung</italic>) that is provided within the walls of the university, where staff and students interact face-to-face, in relatively intimate settings, to discuss issues they deem important rather than being driven by external definitions of relevance. In this chapter, after introducing MOOCs, we explore the most common arguments about why MOOCs would be incompatible with the values of the humanities. We then question the extent to which MOOCs really do threaten these values. We do this by eliciting advantages and disadvantages from people’s experiences with MOOCs so far. Far from confirming the sceptics’ perceived incompatibility between a technology-intensive environment and the Bildung</italic> ideal, experiences with MOOCs to date may actually serve to promote several of the values of the humanities. Drawing on theories of technological mediation, we propose that instead of shunning MOOCs, the humanities should be thinking about how to facilitate Bildung</italic> within MOOCs. In this way, they can have a lasting and desirable impact on the future of higher education. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-12 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Critical Philosophy of Technological Convergence: Education and the Nano-Bio-Info-Cogno Paradigm 1 A01 21 0000000214822975 Michael A. Peters Michael Peters School of International Education 40 022k4wk35 Beijing Normal University 03 00 This article proposes a critical philosophy of technological convergence based on the Nano-Bio-Info-Cogno Paradigm which has been tone of the bases of the US National Science Foundation. First, the paper provides a discussion of 5G mobile cellular technology linking it to questions of techno-nationalism. Second, the paper examines the ‘nano-bio-info-cogno’ paradigm as an example of ‘convergent technologies.’ Third, the paper briefly mentions the National Learning Centers established by NSF as the next major expression of convergent technology. Finally, the paper discusses ‘post-biological technocracy’, its political economy, and criticisms that it numbs the biological self. 30 00 This article proposes a critical philosophy of technological convergence based on the Nano-Bio-Info-Cogno Paradigm which has been tone of the bases of the US National Science Foundation. First, the paper provides a discussion of 5G mobile cellular technology linking it to questions of techno-nationalism. Second, the paper examines the ‘nano-bio-info-cogno’ paradigm as an example of ‘convergent technologies.’ Third, the paper briefly mentions the National Learning Centers established by NSF as the next major expression of convergent technology. Finally, the paper discusses ‘post-biological technocracy’, its political economy, and criticisms that it numbs the biological self. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20200811 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690127 03 9789523690127 06 15 9789523690141 03 9789523690141 06 15 9789523690158 03 9789523690158 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20200811 01 urn:uuid:535c8f2b-547a-45cd-8202-ce7c0afde94a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:af2ced52-1d88-4414-9cb1-7bbf68e8f442 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:535c8f2b-547a-45cd-8202-ce7c0afde94a 15 9789523690141 03 9789523690141 06 10.33134/HUP-4 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 The Digital Age and Its Discontents Critical Reflections in Education 1 B01 21 0000000267257842 Matteo Stocchetti Matteo Stocchetti Culture and Media 40 02s466x84 Arcada University of Applied Sciences Matteo Stocchetti (PhD) is Senior Lecturer at Arcada University of Applied Science and Docent in Political Communication at University of Helsinki and Åbo Akademi University. 01 eng 00 274 03 B2 education B2 media studies B2 communication studies B2 Sociology of Education B2 Philosophy of Education B2 Social Sciences 20 Bildung; critical education; social media; critical theory; knowledge production; Capitalism 01 06 02 00 This volume is a study of the downsides of digitalization and the re-organization of the social world that seems to be associated with it. In a critical perspective, technological development is not a natural but a social process: not autonomous from but very much dependent upon the interplay of forces and institutions in society. This book o 03 00 Three decades into the ‘digital age’, the promises of emancipation of the digital ‘revolution’ in education are still unfulfilled. Furthermore, digitalization seems to generate new and unexpected challenges – for example, the unwarranted influence of digital monopolies, the radicalization of political communication, and the facilitation of mass surveillance, to name a few. This volume is a study of the downsides of digitalization and the re-organization of the social world that seems to be associated with it. In a critical perspective, technological development is not a natural but a social process: not autonomous from but very much dependent upon the interplay of forces and institutions in society. While influential forces seek to establish the idea that the practices of formal education should conform to technological change, here we support the view that education can challenge the capitalist appropriation of digital technology and, therefore, the nature and direction of change associated with it. This volume offers its readers intellectual prerequisites for critical engagement. It addresses themes such as Facebook’s response to its democratic discontents, the pedagogical implications of algorithmic knowledge and quantified self, as well as the impact of digitalization on academic profession. Finally, the book offers some elements to develop a vision of the role of education: what should be done in education to address the concerns that new communication technologies seem to pose more risks than opportunities for freedom and democracy. Matteo Stocchetti</bold> (PhD) is Senior Lecturer at Arcada University of Applied Science and Docent in Political Communication at University of Helsinki and Åbo Akademi University. The contributors of the volume include international experts on critical approaches to pedagogy, education and technology. 30 00 Three decades into the ‘digital age’, the promises of emancipation of the digital ‘revolution’ in education are still unfulfilled. Furthermore, digitalization seems to generate new and unexpected challenges – for example, the unwarranted influence of digital monopolies, the radicalization of political communication, and the facilitation of mass surveillance, to name a few. This volume is a study of the downsides of digitalization and the re-organization of the social world that seems to be associated with it. In a critical perspective, technological development is not a natural but a social process: not autonomous from but very much dependent upon the interplay of forces and institutions in society. While influential forces seek to establish the idea that the practices of formal education should conform to technological change, here we support the view that education can challenge the capitalist appropriation of digital technology and, therefore, the nature and direction of change associated with it. This volume offers its readers intellectual prerequisites for critical engagement. It addresses themes such as Facebook’s response to its democratic discontents, the pedagogical implications of algorithmic knowledge and quantified self, as well as the impact of digitalization on academic profession. Finally, the book offers some elements to develop a vision of the role of education: what should be done in education to address the concerns that new communication technologies seem to pose more risks than opportunities for freedom and democracy. Matteo Stocchetti</bold> (PhD) is Senior Lecturer at Arcada University of Applied Science and Docent in Political Communication at University of Helsinki and Åbo Akademi University. The contributors of the volume include international experts on critical approaches to pedagogy, education and technology. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/c55a94ea-dd29-4f14-a27c-4a893f6fb79e.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-1 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction: Technology, Society and Education 1 A01 21 0000000267257842 Matteo Stocchetti Matteo Stocchetti Culture and Media 40 02s466x84 Arcada University of Applied Sciences Matteo Stocchetti (PhD) is Senior Lecturer at Arcada University of Applied Science and Docent in Political Communication at Helsinki University and Åbo Akademy University 03 00 This introductory chapter presents the ambition inspiring this collection and the idea that the causes of digital discontent do not reside in digital technology, but in the capitalist appropriation of it. I argue that this appropriation has its origins in the crisis of capitalist democracy that started towards the end of the 1960s, and involved at least three dimensions: epistemic, economic and political. The appropriation of new and developing technologies was inspired by the effort to address these dimensions of crisis. The second part of this chapter offers the reader a preliminary reference list of critical contributions voicing discontent from the 1960s until the late 2010s. The last section contains a short description of the essays contained in this collection. 30 00 This introductory chapter presents the ambition inspiring this collection and the idea that the causes of digital discontent do not reside in digital technology, but in the capitalist appropriation of it. I argue that this appropriation has its origins in the crisis of capitalist democracy that started towards the end of the 1960s, and involved at least three dimensions: epistemic, economic and political. The appropriation of new and developing technologies was inspired by the effort to address these dimensions of crisis. The second part of this chapter offers the reader a preliminary reference list of critical contributions voicing discontent from the 1960s until the late 2010s. The last section contains a short description of the essays contained in this collection. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-2 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Blind Spots of Digital Innovation Fetishism 1 A01 21 000000024849894X Marko Ampuja Marko Ampuja Research Centre COMET 40 033003e23 Tampere University Marko Ampuja (PhD) is an Academy Research Fellow at the Tampere Research Centre for Journalism, Media and Communication (COMET), Tampere University, Finland 03 00 Market-centred ideas surrounding innovation have established themselves as key ideological forms in contemporary capitalism. The role of digital information and communication technologies (ICTs) has been particularly prominent in mainstream discussions on innovation and economic development, often singled out as the defining technologies of the current age of ‘new economy’ allegedly based on knowledge, imagination and human creativity. In this dominant role, they have been endowed with fetishist characteristics. Whatever the problem, the official solution is almost invariably a technology produced for the market by start-ups or other companies, and institutions of higher education are expected to assist in this by becoming more entrepreneurial. In this chapter, I will call such mainstream understandings into question, using financial innovations and military technology as examples to discuss the destructive aspects of digital innovations and the reasons why they are produced. Thus, the text directs attention to what is missing from the fetishist discourses of digital innovation, namely, the systematic production of technologies, software and applications whose overall impact on society is negative and insufficiently politicized. 30 00 Market-centred ideas surrounding innovation have established themselves as key ideological forms in contemporary capitalism. The role of digital information and communication technologies (ICTs) has been particularly prominent in mainstream discussions on innovation and economic development, often singled out as the defining technologies of the current age of ‘new economy’ allegedly based on knowledge, imagination and human creativity. In this dominant role, they have been endowed with fetishist characteristics. Whatever the problem, the official solution is almost invariably a technology produced for the market by start-ups or other companies, and institutions of higher education are expected to assist in this by becoming more entrepreneurial. In this chapter, I will call such mainstream understandings into question, using financial innovations and military technology as examples to discuss the destructive aspects of digital innovations and the reasons why they are produced. Thus, the text directs attention to what is missing from the fetishist discourses of digital innovation, namely, the systematic production of technologies, software and applications whose overall impact on society is negative and insufficiently politicized. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-3 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Screen as Instrument of Freedom and Unfreedom 1 A01 21 000000023201359X Amy E. Wendling Amy Wendling Philosophy 40 05wf30g94 Creighton University Dr. Wendling is Professor of Philosophy and Associate Dean of Humanities and Fine Arts at Creighton University, a Jesuit University in Omaha, Nebraska, in the United States. She is the author of two books: Karl Marx on technology and alienation (Palgrave MacMillan, 2009) and The ruling ideas: bourgeois political concepts (Lexington, 2012). She has written many articles about the philosophy of technology, political economy, ethics, and the intersections of race and gender with the capitalist social form, among other topics. Dr. Wendling was acknowledged by McKenzie Wark in his book General intellects: twenty-one thinkers for the twenty-first century (Verso, 2017) as among a group of the most cutting-edge philosophers and critics alive today, a group including Slavoj Zizek, Chantal Mouffe, Timothy Morton, Paul Gilroy, Judith Butler and Donna Haraway. Dr. Wendling is a member of Phi Beta Kappa, the American Philosophical Association, and the Society for Phenomenology and Existentialist Philosophy. She routinely teaches ethics, the philosophy of law, the philosophy of technology, and social and political philosophy. Her applied ethics course on the carceral state takes students into the US prison system. 03 00 This chapter explores the political significance of handheld screen technologies. I argue that devices and watchers condition each another, then draw on Galit Wellner’s work in order to explore the mutual conditioning occurring with the cell phone and tablet screen. I then apply the insights of Marx, Marcuse, Feenberg and Freire to describe the ambivalence of screen technology, which lives in a suspension between emancipatory and fettering ends. The chapter draws on the philosophy of language to explore the changes to literacy brought about by screen reading and watching surfaces. It closes with a meditation on the use of handheld screen technologies in the classroom. 30 00 This chapter explores the political significance of handheld screen technologies. I argue that devices and watchers condition each another, then draw on Galit Wellner’s work in order to explore the mutual conditioning occurring with the cell phone and tablet screen. I then apply the insights of Marx, Marcuse, Feenberg and Freire to describe the ambivalence of screen technology, which lives in a suspension between emancipatory and fettering ends. The chapter draws on the philosophy of language to explore the changes to literacy brought about by screen reading and watching surfaces. It closes with a meditation on the use of handheld screen technologies in the classroom. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-4 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Facebook’s Response to Its Democratic Discontents: Quality Initiatives, Ideology and Education’s Role 1 A01 21 0000000347003279 Lincoln Dahlberg Lincoln Dahlberg Independent Scholar Lincoln Dahlberg is currently working as an independent scholar. He has previously worked as a research fellow at Massey University and The University of Queensland. Since the mid-1990s he has undertaken critical theoretical analysis of digital communication systems with respect to radical democratic imaginaries. His present research involves an interrogation of social media political economy and ideology with respect to advancing the public sphere, deploying the case of Facebook and its public relations reaction to its various scandals of 2018-19. He is also working on a radicalization of public sphere theory. He has published in a wide range of journals and books. His publications are listed at https://independent.academia.edu/LincolnDahlberg 03 00 Following a range of public scandals in recent years, there has been increasing concern and discontent among a wide array of groups about the quality of communications on social media platforms vis-à-vis public sphere norms. Facebook has been involved in the greatest number of these scandals—from enabling Russian propaganda and Macedonian-based hyper-partisan clickbait during the 2016 US presidential election to the Cambridge Analytica affair to distributing hate speech and incitement to violence in Myanmar and elsewhere—and thus has been the greatest target of discontent. In response, Facebook has mounted a major public relations campaign, at the heart of which has been an ongoing stream of announcements about new ‘quality initiatives’ that promise to ensure that the platform’s communications support democratic public spheres as well as private interactions. The first task of this chapter is to provide a sketch of some of the central public sphere-oriented quality initiatives publicized by Facebook. A second task is to outline how these initiatives, while likely to have some positive effects, do not alter the negative impact on the quality of communications that political economy critics point out as resulting from the platform’s profit-driven targeted-advertising business-model. A third task is to summarize a number of ways in which the initiatives actually work ideologically to obscure this negative impact. I conclude the chapter, and this is my fourth and final task, through reflection on what role education can have in terms of helping to advance democracy through Facebook in particular, and digital social media in general, given not only the antagonism between for-profit business models and quality public sphere communications, but also the ideological work that the social media corporation do to conceal this antagonism. 30 00 Following a range of public scandals in recent years, there has been increasing concern and discontent among a wide array of groups about the quality of communications on social media platforms vis-à-vis public sphere norms. Facebook has been involved in the greatest number of these scandals—from enabling Russian propaganda and Macedonian-based hyper-partisan clickbait during the 2016 US presidential election to the Cambridge Analytica affair to distributing hate speech and incitement to violence in Myanmar and elsewhere—and thus has been the greatest target of discontent. In response, Facebook has mounted a major public relations campaign, at the heart of which has been an ongoing stream of announcements about new ‘quality initiatives’ that promise to ensure that the platform’s communications support democratic public spheres as well as private interactions. The first task of this chapter is to provide a sketch of some of the central public sphere-oriented quality initiatives publicized by Facebook. A second task is to outline how these initiatives, while likely to have some positive effects, do not alter the negative impact on the quality of communications that political economy critics point out as resulting from the platform’s profit-driven targeted-advertising business-model. A third task is to summarize a number of ways in which the initiatives actually work ideologically to obscure this negative impact. I conclude the chapter, and this is my fourth and final task, through reflection on what role education can have in terms of helping to advance democracy through Facebook in particular, and digital social media in general, given not only the antagonism between for-profit business models and quality public sphere communications, but also the ideological work that the social media corporation do to conceal this antagonism. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-5 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Quantified Self and the Digital Making of the Subject 1 A01 21 0000000247712588 Laurence Barry Laurence Barry Political Science 40 03qxff017 Hebrew University of Jerusalem Laurence Barry is an associate lecturer at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem and an actuary. She currently leads a research project in France on the impact of big data for the “insurance societies” (sociétés assurantielles). Following Foucault’s insights, her researches focus on the digital knowledge/power nexus and the digital transformation of neoliberalism. Her articles have been published by Materiali Foucaultiani, Subjectivity, the Journal of Cultural Research, and the Journal of Business Ethics. Her PhD thesis, entitled Foucault and Postmodern Conceptions of Reason has just been accepted for publication with Palgrave. 03 00 With new devices and technologies that both quantify and continuously track bodily indicators, the past decade has seen the emergence of a digital subject, the ‘quantified self’ that in many ways illustrates our current digital predicament. Following Michel Foucault, I contend that these new technologies bring with them a new form of government, which combines discipline and statistics in order to focus on individual behaviour and its prediction. It also marks the entrance of the subject into a new regime of truth, where numbers have replaced narratives in the relation to the body, thus implying new forms of subjectivation. Yet, while the data era and its numerical outlook seem to imply a hyper-rationalization of the relation to self, I intend to show here that the reliance on applications to obtain knowledge on one’s body actually makes of the algorithm a new master of truth, one that bypasses rationality in its constitution of the digital subject. 30 00 With new devices and technologies that both quantify and continuously track bodily indicators, the past decade has seen the emergence of a digital subject, the ‘quantified self’ that in many ways illustrates our current digital predicament. Following Michel Foucault, I contend that these new technologies bring with them a new form of government, which combines discipline and statistics in order to focus on individual behaviour and its prediction. It also marks the entrance of the subject into a new regime of truth, where numbers have replaced narratives in the relation to the body, thus implying new forms of subjectivation. Yet, while the data era and its numerical outlook seem to imply a hyper-rationalization of the relation to self, I intend to show here that the reliance on applications to obtain knowledge on one’s body actually makes of the algorithm a new master of truth, one that bypasses rationality in its constitution of the digital subject. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-6 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Can Algorithmic Knowledge about the Self Be Critical? 1 A01 21 0000000313162108 Eran Fisher Eran Fisher Sociology, Political Science, and Communication The Open University of Israel Eran Fisher is a Senior Lecturer at the Department of Sociology, Political Science and Communication at the Open University of Israel. He studies the link between digital media technology and society. His work has been published in the European Journal of Social Theory, Journal of Labour and Society, Media, Culture, and Society, Information, Communication, and Society, The Information Society, and Continuum. His books include Media and New Capitalism in the Digital Age (Palgrave Macmillan, 2010), Internet and Emotions (co-edited with Tova Benski, 2014), and Reconsidering Value and Labour in the Digital Age (co-edited with Christian Fuchs, 2015). 03 00 Knowledge about the self is increasingly mediated by algorithms, processing big data generated by users’ engagement with digital technology. These algorithms portend a new epistemology of the self, a new conception of what humans are. I ask: (1) What is the nature of the new epistemology of the self to which algorithms give rise? and (2) Can this epistemology lead to critical knowledge about the self? To answer these questions, I compare algorithmic knowledge about the self with the psychoanalytic knowledge, an epitome of critical knowledge about the self. Both epistemes share assumptions regarding the inability of the mind and reason to have direct access to the true self, and a methodology aimed at bypassing the mind by accessing performance. While psychoanalytic knowledge was a cultural dominant of self-knowledge in the 20th century, algorithmic knowledge is an emerging cultural dominant of contemporary society, either intentionally (as in the case of the quantified self) or not (as in a plethora of personalized digital interfaces geared to tap users’ feelings, attitudes and desires). While psychoanalytical knowledge is theoretical, assumes a human essence, a teleology of quasi-transcendence, a reflexive mind and intersubjective communication, algorithmic knowledge is intently a-theoretical, assumes no human essence, delegates deduction to the algorithmic black-box and uses machine language, thus undercutting the reflexive and interpretive capacities of subjects. Algorithmic knowledge, I argue, operationalizes and technologizes the notion of performativity, thus also threatening to undercut the critical potentialities of the self. I ponder the possible political ramifications of this move to a new episteme, which transforms the self from a subjective, interpretive and critical project, the horizons of which are expanding human and social freedom into an object to be deciphered and predicted. 30 00 Knowledge about the self is increasingly mediated by algorithms, processing big data generated by users’ engagement with digital technology. These algorithms portend a new epistemology of the self, a new conception of what humans are. I ask: (1) What is the nature of the new epistemology of the self to which algorithms give rise? and (2) Can this epistemology lead to critical knowledge about the self? To answer these questions, I compare algorithmic knowledge about the self with the psychoanalytic knowledge, an epitome of critical knowledge about the self. Both epistemes share assumptions regarding the inability of the mind and reason to have direct access to the true self, and a methodology aimed at bypassing the mind by accessing performance. While psychoanalytic knowledge was a cultural dominant of self-knowledge in the 20th century, algorithmic knowledge is an emerging cultural dominant of contemporary society, either intentionally (as in the case of the quantified self) or not (as in a plethora of personalized digital interfaces geared to tap users’ feelings, attitudes and desires). While psychoanalytical knowledge is theoretical, assumes a human essence, a teleology of quasi-transcendence, a reflexive mind and intersubjective communication, algorithmic knowledge is intently a-theoretical, assumes no human essence, delegates deduction to the algorithmic black-box and uses machine language, thus undercutting the reflexive and interpretive capacities of subjects. Algorithmic knowledge, I argue, operationalizes and technologizes the notion of performativity, thus also threatening to undercut the critical potentialities of the self. I ponder the possible political ramifications of this move to a new episteme, which transforms the self from a subjective, interpretive and critical project, the horizons of which are expanding human and social freedom into an object to be deciphered and predicted. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-7 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Platform Discontent against the University 1 A01 21 0000000212175102 Richard Hall Richard Hall School of Applied Social Sciences 40 0312pnr83 De Montfort University Richard Hall is Professor of Education and Technology at De Montfort University, and a National Teaching Fellow. He is a trustee of the Open Library of Humanities, and a member of the Management Committee of the Leicester Primary Pupil Referral Unit. His most recent monograph is The Alienated Academic: The Struggle for Autonomy Inside the University with Palgrave Macmillan. He writes about life in academia at richard-hall.org 03 00 Inside the University, technology shapes productive moments of capitalist expansion. As such, it is deployed in order to eviscerate academic labour costs and labour time, while promising to liberate the academic worker through free time. Thus, digital technology both re-engineers education in the name of entrepreneurialism and competition, and forces academics and students to struggle to enrich their human capital. In terms of responses to this re-engineering, this has led to discussions about accelerationism or the possibility of fully automated luxury communism. One outcome is a consideration of ways in which technology can liberate the direct producers of knowledge to cooperate through associations that widen their autonomy. However, while this work challenges the hegemonic idea of transhistorical, educational institutions with a particular focus on knowledge production and its uses, it runs into their integration inside the universe of value. Value forces institutions and managers to performance-manage academic labour, in ways that can be analysed through the idea of platforms as a mechanism that expands capital’s cybernetic control. This chapter critiques ideologies and practices of technology-rich institutions, in order to discuss whether the educational technology and workload management platforms that are used to control academic production might act as sites of discontent and alternatives that enable communities to reconstitute their own lived experiences. Is it possible to develop forms of platform discontent, which lie beyond simple discontent against platforms and instead enable communities to widen their own spheres of autonomy? 30 00 Inside the University, technology shapes productive moments of capitalist expansion. As such, it is deployed in order to eviscerate academic labour costs and labour time, while promising to liberate the academic worker through free time. Thus, digital technology both re-engineers education in the name of entrepreneurialism and competition, and forces academics and students to struggle to enrich their human capital. In terms of responses to this re-engineering, this has led to discussions about accelerationism or the possibility of fully automated luxury communism. One outcome is a consideration of ways in which technology can liberate the direct producers of knowledge to cooperate through associations that widen their autonomy. However, while this work challenges the hegemonic idea of transhistorical, educational institutions with a particular focus on knowledge production and its uses, it runs into their integration inside the universe of value. Value forces institutions and managers to performance-manage academic labour, in ways that can be analysed through the idea of platforms as a mechanism that expands capital’s cybernetic control. This chapter critiques ideologies and practices of technology-rich institutions, in order to discuss whether the educational technology and workload management platforms that are used to control academic production might act as sites of discontent and alternatives that enable communities to reconstitute their own lived experiences. Is it possible to develop forms of platform discontent, which lie beyond simple discontent against platforms and instead enable communities to widen their own spheres of autonomy? 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-8 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Technological Imaginary in Education: Myth and Enlightenment in ‘Personalized Learning’ 1 A01 Norm Friesen Norm Friesen Educational Technology 40 02e3zdp86 Boise State University NORM FRIESEN is Professor in the College of Education, Boise State University. Dr. Friesen has written over 100 articles in journals ranging from C-Theory to AERA’s Educational Researcher and has published 10 books. He recently completed The Textbook and the Lecture: Education in the Age of new Media, a monograph from Johns Hopkins University Press exploring how textbook and lecture remain preeminent in educational practice to this day. Dr. Friesen is active in the areas of educational technology, philosophy of education and qualitative research. He studied German philosophy and critical theory at the Johns Hopkins University and has worked as a visiting researcher at the Humboldt University (Berlin), the Leopold-Franzens-University (Innsbruck) and the University of British Columbia (Vancouver). 03 00 This chapter examines what has been called ‘the technological imaginary’ as it exists specifically in education. It shows how primal and ideal scenarios, metaphors and images have been reproduced and repeated over centuries when it comes to education and its various technologies. It also illustrates how these images and scenarios can be said to have turned into ‘myths’—ultimately inseparable from utopian visions of a wholly enlightened world—and have regulated a great deal of activity in the area of educational innovation, giving it a kind of repetitive continuity that educational innovators generally see themselves as leaving behind. In particular, I focus on one prototypical image or scenario for learning that underlies many of the most ambitious visions in the educational, technological imaginary over the past 60 years or more: that of the one-to-one educational or tutorial dialogue between a wise or capable tutor on the one hand and an engaged child or learner on the other. In addition to showing how this image of dialogue has both enabled and constrained visions and possibilities for educational and technological innovation, I conclude by arguing that these visions are ultimately unrealizable—and that their realization would mean the end of education, rather than its utopian apotheosis. 30 00 This chapter examines what has been called ‘the technological imaginary’ as it exists specifically in education. It shows how primal and ideal scenarios, metaphors and images have been reproduced and repeated over centuries when it comes to education and its various technologies. It also illustrates how these images and scenarios can be said to have turned into ‘myths’—ultimately inseparable from utopian visions of a wholly enlightened world—and have regulated a great deal of activity in the area of educational innovation, giving it a kind of repetitive continuity that educational innovators generally see themselves as leaving behind. In particular, I focus on one prototypical image or scenario for learning that underlies many of the most ambitious visions in the educational, technological imaginary over the past 60 years or more: that of the one-to-one educational or tutorial dialogue between a wise or capable tutor on the one hand and an engaged child or learner on the other. In addition to showing how this image of dialogue has both enabled and constrained visions and possibilities for educational and technological innovation, I conclude by arguing that these visions are ultimately unrealizable—and that their realization would mean the end of education, rather than its utopian apotheosis. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-9 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Technological Unemployment and Its Educational Discontents 1 A01 21 0000000264644142 Petar Jandrić Petar Jandrić Zagreb University of Applied Sciences Petar Jandrić is a Professor at Zagreb University of Applied Sciences, Croatia. 2 A01 21 0000000186330155 Sarah Hayes Sarah Hayes 40 01k2y1055 University of Wolverhampton Sarah Hayes is a research Professor in the Education Observatory in the Faculty of Education, Health and Wellbeing, University of Wolverhampton. 03 00 This chapter introduces a post-digital perspective to relationships between technological unemployment and its educational discontents. It examines a possible future where digital technologies will destroy more jobs than they will create in three steps. First, an extensive literature overview identifies why people from various historical periods and working in various fields have perceived technological unemployment as a threat. Second, it distils six main areas of educational discontent in current literature: discontent with neoliberalization, discontent with automation, discontent with dehumanization, discontent with acceleration, discontent with content of work and discontent with educationalization. Concluding that educational discontent with technological unemployment identified in our work seems to have surprisingly little to do with either technology or with employment, it returns to the post-digital perspective to explain this result. Finally, it examines educational discontent of technological unemployment as an agent of change, and concludes that the notion of educational discontent with technological unemployment has the potential to help formulate new post-digital critical rage pedagogy. 30 00 This chapter introduces a post-digital perspective to relationships between technological unemployment and its educational discontents. It examines a possible future where digital technologies will destroy more jobs than they will create in three steps. First, an extensive literature overview identifies why people from various historical periods and working in various fields have perceived technological unemployment as a threat. Second, it distils six main areas of educational discontent in current literature: discontent with neoliberalization, discontent with automation, discontent with dehumanization, discontent with acceleration, discontent with content of work and discontent with educationalization. Concluding that educational discontent with technological unemployment identified in our work seems to have surprisingly little to do with either technology or with employment, it returns to the post-digital perspective to explain this result. Finally, it examines educational discontent of technological unemployment as an agent of change, and concludes that the notion of educational discontent with technological unemployment has the potential to help formulate new post-digital critical rage pedagogy. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Pedagogic Fixation 1 A01 21 0000000237153364 Christo Sims Christo Sims Communication 40 0168r3w48 University of California, San Diego 03 00 This chapter is a reprint of chapter 4 of my book Disruptive fixation: school reform and the pitfalls of techno-idealism</italic> (Princeton University Press, 2017). The book examines how technologically cutting-edge approaches to education reform become and remain an especially appealing means for promoting equitable social change despite decades of disappointing results. The book also examines what these interventions manage to accomplish, politically and for whom, even as they routinely fail to realize hoped-for outcomes. One of the themes of the book is that well-intentioned reformers regularly produce ‘fixations’ about the worlds they aspire to improve. These fixations tend to overestimate the beneficent and transformative potential of new technologies, while also underestimating and occluding much of what reformers cannot measure and control with their new tools. This chapter explores these themes in relation to the design and deployment of ostensibly new and improved approaches to pedagogy. The chapter shows how a focus on the pedagogic potentials of new technologies helps engender considerable enthusiasm and support for an educational reform initiative, while also making reformers ill-equipped to handle what they will encounter once they launch their intervention in the world. In response to these unanticipated and destabilizing forces, reformers look for ways to quickly stabilize their project and, in doing so, they ironically remake many of the pedagogic processes and outcomes that they had aspired to transform. 30 00 This chapter is a reprint of chapter 4 of my book Disruptive fixation: school reform and the pitfalls of techno-idealism</italic> (Princeton University Press, 2017). The book examines how technologically cutting-edge approaches to education reform become and remain an especially appealing means for promoting equitable social change despite decades of disappointing results. The book also examines what these interventions manage to accomplish, politically and for whom, even as they routinely fail to realize hoped-for outcomes. One of the themes of the book is that well-intentioned reformers regularly produce ‘fixations’ about the worlds they aspire to improve. These fixations tend to overestimate the beneficent and transformative potential of new technologies, while also underestimating and occluding much of what reformers cannot measure and control with their new tools. This chapter explores these themes in relation to the design and deployment of ostensibly new and improved approaches to pedagogy. The chapter shows how a focus on the pedagogic potentials of new technologies helps engender considerable enthusiasm and support for an educational reform initiative, while also making reformers ill-equipped to handle what they will encounter once they launch their intervention in the world. In response to these unanticipated and destabilizing forces, reformers look for ways to quickly stabilize their project and, in doing so, they ironically remake many of the pedagogic processes and outcomes that they had aspired to transform. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-11 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Bildung in a Digital World: The Case of MOOCs 1 A01 21 0000000340198958 Danielle Shanley Danielle Shanley History 40 02jz4aj89 Maastricht University 2 A01 21 0000000155965633 Tsjalling Swierstra Tsjalling Swierstra Philosophy 40 02jz4aj89 Maastricht University 3 A01 21 0000000166631591 Sally Wyatt Sally Wyatt Society Studies 40 02jz4aj89 Maastricht University 03 00 Massive open online courses (MOOCs), in theory, allow people to study wherever and whenever they want. They promise to broaden access and availability of education, allowing people to ‘up-skill’ themselves. As an important innovation, they provoke reflection on the meaning and purpose of the university. A number of humanities scholars have voiced scepticism as to whether MOOCs can deliver the sort of intellectual training and personal cultivation (Bildung</italic>) that is provided within the walls of the university, where staff and students interact face-to-face, in relatively intimate settings, to discuss issues they deem important rather than being driven by external definitions of relevance. In this chapter, after introducing MOOCs, we explore the most common arguments about why MOOCs would be incompatible with the values of the humanities. We then question the extent to which MOOCs really do threaten these values. We do this by eliciting advantages and disadvantages from people’s experiences with MOOCs so far. Far from confirming the sceptics’ perceived incompatibility between a technology-intensive environment and the Bildung</italic> ideal, experiences with MOOCs to date may actually serve to promote several of the values of the humanities. Drawing on theories of technological mediation, we propose that instead of shunning MOOCs, the humanities should be thinking about how to facilitate Bildung</italic> within MOOCs. In this way, they can have a lasting and desirable impact on the future of higher education. 30 00 Massive open online courses (MOOCs), in theory, allow people to study wherever and whenever they want. They promise to broaden access and availability of education, allowing people to ‘up-skill’ themselves. As an important innovation, they provoke reflection on the meaning and purpose of the university. A number of humanities scholars have voiced scepticism as to whether MOOCs can deliver the sort of intellectual training and personal cultivation (Bildung</italic>) that is provided within the walls of the university, where staff and students interact face-to-face, in relatively intimate settings, to discuss issues they deem important rather than being driven by external definitions of relevance. In this chapter, after introducing MOOCs, we explore the most common arguments about why MOOCs would be incompatible with the values of the humanities. We then question the extent to which MOOCs really do threaten these values. We do this by eliciting advantages and disadvantages from people’s experiences with MOOCs so far. Far from confirming the sceptics’ perceived incompatibility between a technology-intensive environment and the Bildung</italic> ideal, experiences with MOOCs to date may actually serve to promote several of the values of the humanities. Drawing on theories of technological mediation, we propose that instead of shunning MOOCs, the humanities should be thinking about how to facilitate Bildung</italic> within MOOCs. In this way, they can have a lasting and desirable impact on the future of higher education. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-12 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Critical Philosophy of Technological Convergence: Education and the Nano-Bio-Info-Cogno Paradigm 1 A01 21 0000000214822975 Michael A. Peters Michael Peters School of International Education 40 022k4wk35 Beijing Normal University 03 00 This article proposes a critical philosophy of technological convergence based on the Nano-Bio-Info-Cogno Paradigm which has been tone of the bases of the US National Science Foundation. First, the paper provides a discussion of 5G mobile cellular technology linking it to questions of techno-nationalism. Second, the paper examines the ‘nano-bio-info-cogno’ paradigm as an example of ‘convergent technologies.’ Third, the paper briefly mentions the National Learning Centers established by NSF as the next major expression of convergent technology. Finally, the paper discusses ‘post-biological technocracy’, its political economy, and criticisms that it numbs the biological self. 30 00 This article proposes a critical philosophy of technological convergence based on the Nano-Bio-Info-Cogno Paradigm which has been tone of the bases of the US National Science Foundation. First, the paper provides a discussion of 5G mobile cellular technology linking it to questions of techno-nationalism. Second, the paper examines the ‘nano-bio-info-cogno’ paradigm as an example of ‘convergent technologies.’ Third, the paper briefly mentions the National Learning Centers established by NSF as the next major expression of convergent technology. Finally, the paper discusses ‘post-biological technocracy’, its political economy, and criticisms that it numbs the biological self. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20200811 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690127 03 9789523690127 06 15 9789523690134 03 9789523690134 06 15 9789523690158 03 9789523690158 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20200811 01 urn:uuid:338f7cf0-4693-4212-973b-d447e550dd69 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:af2ced52-1d88-4414-9cb1-7bbf68e8f442 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:338f7cf0-4693-4212-973b-d447e550dd69 15 9789523690158 03 9789523690158 06 10.33134/HUP-4 00 EB E127 10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 The Digital Age and Its Discontents Critical Reflections in Education 1 B01 21 0000000267257842 Matteo Stocchetti Matteo Stocchetti Culture and Media 40 02s466x84 Arcada University of Applied Sciences Matteo Stocchetti (PhD) is Senior Lecturer at Arcada University of Applied Science and Docent in Political Communication at University of Helsinki and Åbo Akademi University. 01 eng 00 274 03 B2 education B2 media studies B2 communication studies B2 Sociology of Education B2 Philosophy of Education B2 Social Sciences 20 Bildung; critical education; social media; critical theory; knowledge production; Capitalism 01 06 02 00 This volume is a study of the downsides of digitalization and the re-organization of the social world that seems to be associated with it. In a critical perspective, technological development is not a natural but a social process: not autonomous from but very much dependent upon the interplay of forces and institutions in society. This book o 03 00 Three decades into the ‘digital age’, the promises of emancipation of the digital ‘revolution’ in education are still unfulfilled. Furthermore, digitalization seems to generate new and unexpected challenges – for example, the unwarranted influence of digital monopolies, the radicalization of political communication, and the facilitation of mass surveillance, to name a few. This volume is a study of the downsides of digitalization and the re-organization of the social world that seems to be associated with it. In a critical perspective, technological development is not a natural but a social process: not autonomous from but very much dependent upon the interplay of forces and institutions in society. While influential forces seek to establish the idea that the practices of formal education should conform to technological change, here we support the view that education can challenge the capitalist appropriation of digital technology and, therefore, the nature and direction of change associated with it. This volume offers its readers intellectual prerequisites for critical engagement. It addresses themes such as Facebook’s response to its democratic discontents, the pedagogical implications of algorithmic knowledge and quantified self, as well as the impact of digitalization on academic profession. Finally, the book offers some elements to develop a vision of the role of education: what should be done in education to address the concerns that new communication technologies seem to pose more risks than opportunities for freedom and democracy. Matteo Stocchetti</bold> (PhD) is Senior Lecturer at Arcada University of Applied Science and Docent in Political Communication at University of Helsinki and Åbo Akademi University. The contributors of the volume include international experts on critical approaches to pedagogy, education and technology. 30 00 Three decades into the ‘digital age’, the promises of emancipation of the digital ‘revolution’ in education are still unfulfilled. Furthermore, digitalization seems to generate new and unexpected challenges – for example, the unwarranted influence of digital monopolies, the radicalization of political communication, and the facilitation of mass surveillance, to name a few. This volume is a study of the downsides of digitalization and the re-organization of the social world that seems to be associated with it. In a critical perspective, technological development is not a natural but a social process: not autonomous from but very much dependent upon the interplay of forces and institutions in society. While influential forces seek to establish the idea that the practices of formal education should conform to technological change, here we support the view that education can challenge the capitalist appropriation of digital technology and, therefore, the nature and direction of change associated with it. This volume offers its readers intellectual prerequisites for critical engagement. It addresses themes such as Facebook’s response to its democratic discontents, the pedagogical implications of algorithmic knowledge and quantified self, as well as the impact of digitalization on academic profession. Finally, the book offers some elements to develop a vision of the role of education: what should be done in education to address the concerns that new communication technologies seem to pose more risks than opportunities for freedom and democracy. Matteo Stocchetti</bold> (PhD) is Senior Lecturer at Arcada University of Applied Science and Docent in Political Communication at University of Helsinki and Åbo Akademi University. The contributors of the volume include international experts on critical approaches to pedagogy, education and technology. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/c55a94ea-dd29-4f14-a27c-4a893f6fb79e.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-1 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction: Technology, Society and Education 1 A01 21 0000000267257842 Matteo Stocchetti Matteo Stocchetti Culture and Media 40 02s466x84 Arcada University of Applied Sciences Matteo Stocchetti (PhD) is Senior Lecturer at Arcada University of Applied Science and Docent in Political Communication at Helsinki University and Åbo Akademy University 03 00 This introductory chapter presents the ambition inspiring this collection and the idea that the causes of digital discontent do not reside in digital technology, but in the capitalist appropriation of it. I argue that this appropriation has its origins in the crisis of capitalist democracy that started towards the end of the 1960s, and involved at least three dimensions: epistemic, economic and political. The appropriation of new and developing technologies was inspired by the effort to address these dimensions of crisis. The second part of this chapter offers the reader a preliminary reference list of critical contributions voicing discontent from the 1960s until the late 2010s. The last section contains a short description of the essays contained in this collection. 30 00 This introductory chapter presents the ambition inspiring this collection and the idea that the causes of digital discontent do not reside in digital technology, but in the capitalist appropriation of it. I argue that this appropriation has its origins in the crisis of capitalist democracy that started towards the end of the 1960s, and involved at least three dimensions: epistemic, economic and political. The appropriation of new and developing technologies was inspired by the effort to address these dimensions of crisis. The second part of this chapter offers the reader a preliminary reference list of critical contributions voicing discontent from the 1960s until the late 2010s. The last section contains a short description of the essays contained in this collection. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-2 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Blind Spots of Digital Innovation Fetishism 1 A01 21 000000024849894X Marko Ampuja Marko Ampuja Research Centre COMET 40 033003e23 Tampere University Marko Ampuja (PhD) is an Academy Research Fellow at the Tampere Research Centre for Journalism, Media and Communication (COMET), Tampere University, Finland 03 00 Market-centred ideas surrounding innovation have established themselves as key ideological forms in contemporary capitalism. The role of digital information and communication technologies (ICTs) has been particularly prominent in mainstream discussions on innovation and economic development, often singled out as the defining technologies of the current age of ‘new economy’ allegedly based on knowledge, imagination and human creativity. In this dominant role, they have been endowed with fetishist characteristics. Whatever the problem, the official solution is almost invariably a technology produced for the market by start-ups or other companies, and institutions of higher education are expected to assist in this by becoming more entrepreneurial. In this chapter, I will call such mainstream understandings into question, using financial innovations and military technology as examples to discuss the destructive aspects of digital innovations and the reasons why they are produced. Thus, the text directs attention to what is missing from the fetishist discourses of digital innovation, namely, the systematic production of technologies, software and applications whose overall impact on society is negative and insufficiently politicized. 30 00 Market-centred ideas surrounding innovation have established themselves as key ideological forms in contemporary capitalism. The role of digital information and communication technologies (ICTs) has been particularly prominent in mainstream discussions on innovation and economic development, often singled out as the defining technologies of the current age of ‘new economy’ allegedly based on knowledge, imagination and human creativity. In this dominant role, they have been endowed with fetishist characteristics. Whatever the problem, the official solution is almost invariably a technology produced for the market by start-ups or other companies, and institutions of higher education are expected to assist in this by becoming more entrepreneurial. In this chapter, I will call such mainstream understandings into question, using financial innovations and military technology as examples to discuss the destructive aspects of digital innovations and the reasons why they are produced. Thus, the text directs attention to what is missing from the fetishist discourses of digital innovation, namely, the systematic production of technologies, software and applications whose overall impact on society is negative and insufficiently politicized. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-3 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Screen as Instrument of Freedom and Unfreedom 1 A01 21 000000023201359X Amy E. Wendling Amy Wendling Philosophy 40 05wf30g94 Creighton University Dr. Wendling is Professor of Philosophy and Associate Dean of Humanities and Fine Arts at Creighton University, a Jesuit University in Omaha, Nebraska, in the United States. She is the author of two books: Karl Marx on technology and alienation (Palgrave MacMillan, 2009) and The ruling ideas: bourgeois political concepts (Lexington, 2012). She has written many articles about the philosophy of technology, political economy, ethics, and the intersections of race and gender with the capitalist social form, among other topics. Dr. Wendling was acknowledged by McKenzie Wark in his book General intellects: twenty-one thinkers for the twenty-first century (Verso, 2017) as among a group of the most cutting-edge philosophers and critics alive today, a group including Slavoj Zizek, Chantal Mouffe, Timothy Morton, Paul Gilroy, Judith Butler and Donna Haraway. Dr. Wendling is a member of Phi Beta Kappa, the American Philosophical Association, and the Society for Phenomenology and Existentialist Philosophy. She routinely teaches ethics, the philosophy of law, the philosophy of technology, and social and political philosophy. Her applied ethics course on the carceral state takes students into the US prison system. 03 00 This chapter explores the political significance of handheld screen technologies. I argue that devices and watchers condition each another, then draw on Galit Wellner’s work in order to explore the mutual conditioning occurring with the cell phone and tablet screen. I then apply the insights of Marx, Marcuse, Feenberg and Freire to describe the ambivalence of screen technology, which lives in a suspension between emancipatory and fettering ends. The chapter draws on the philosophy of language to explore the changes to literacy brought about by screen reading and watching surfaces. It closes with a meditation on the use of handheld screen technologies in the classroom. 30 00 This chapter explores the political significance of handheld screen technologies. I argue that devices and watchers condition each another, then draw on Galit Wellner’s work in order to explore the mutual conditioning occurring with the cell phone and tablet screen. I then apply the insights of Marx, Marcuse, Feenberg and Freire to describe the ambivalence of screen technology, which lives in a suspension between emancipatory and fettering ends. The chapter draws on the philosophy of language to explore the changes to literacy brought about by screen reading and watching surfaces. It closes with a meditation on the use of handheld screen technologies in the classroom. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-4 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Facebook’s Response to Its Democratic Discontents: Quality Initiatives, Ideology and Education’s Role 1 A01 21 0000000347003279 Lincoln Dahlberg Lincoln Dahlberg Independent Scholar Lincoln Dahlberg is currently working as an independent scholar. He has previously worked as a research fellow at Massey University and The University of Queensland. Since the mid-1990s he has undertaken critical theoretical analysis of digital communication systems with respect to radical democratic imaginaries. His present research involves an interrogation of social media political economy and ideology with respect to advancing the public sphere, deploying the case of Facebook and its public relations reaction to its various scandals of 2018-19. He is also working on a radicalization of public sphere theory. He has published in a wide range of journals and books. His publications are listed at https://independent.academia.edu/LincolnDahlberg 03 00 Following a range of public scandals in recent years, there has been increasing concern and discontent among a wide array of groups about the quality of communications on social media platforms vis-à-vis public sphere norms. Facebook has been involved in the greatest number of these scandals—from enabling Russian propaganda and Macedonian-based hyper-partisan clickbait during the 2016 US presidential election to the Cambridge Analytica affair to distributing hate speech and incitement to violence in Myanmar and elsewhere—and thus has been the greatest target of discontent. In response, Facebook has mounted a major public relations campaign, at the heart of which has been an ongoing stream of announcements about new ‘quality initiatives’ that promise to ensure that the platform’s communications support democratic public spheres as well as private interactions. The first task of this chapter is to provide a sketch of some of the central public sphere-oriented quality initiatives publicized by Facebook. A second task is to outline how these initiatives, while likely to have some positive effects, do not alter the negative impact on the quality of communications that political economy critics point out as resulting from the platform’s profit-driven targeted-advertising business-model. A third task is to summarize a number of ways in which the initiatives actually work ideologically to obscure this negative impact. I conclude the chapter, and this is my fourth and final task, through reflection on what role education can have in terms of helping to advance democracy through Facebook in particular, and digital social media in general, given not only the antagonism between for-profit business models and quality public sphere communications, but also the ideological work that the social media corporation do to conceal this antagonism. 30 00 Following a range of public scandals in recent years, there has been increasing concern and discontent among a wide array of groups about the quality of communications on social media platforms vis-à-vis public sphere norms. Facebook has been involved in the greatest number of these scandals—from enabling Russian propaganda and Macedonian-based hyper-partisan clickbait during the 2016 US presidential election to the Cambridge Analytica affair to distributing hate speech and incitement to violence in Myanmar and elsewhere—and thus has been the greatest target of discontent. In response, Facebook has mounted a major public relations campaign, at the heart of which has been an ongoing stream of announcements about new ‘quality initiatives’ that promise to ensure that the platform’s communications support democratic public spheres as well as private interactions. The first task of this chapter is to provide a sketch of some of the central public sphere-oriented quality initiatives publicized by Facebook. A second task is to outline how these initiatives, while likely to have some positive effects, do not alter the negative impact on the quality of communications that political economy critics point out as resulting from the platform’s profit-driven targeted-advertising business-model. A third task is to summarize a number of ways in which the initiatives actually work ideologically to obscure this negative impact. I conclude the chapter, and this is my fourth and final task, through reflection on what role education can have in terms of helping to advance democracy through Facebook in particular, and digital social media in general, given not only the antagonism between for-profit business models and quality public sphere communications, but also the ideological work that the social media corporation do to conceal this antagonism. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-5 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Quantified Self and the Digital Making of the Subject 1 A01 21 0000000247712588 Laurence Barry Laurence Barry Political Science 40 03qxff017 Hebrew University of Jerusalem Laurence Barry is an associate lecturer at the Hebrew University of Jerusalem and an actuary. She currently leads a research project in France on the impact of big data for the “insurance societies” (sociétés assurantielles). Following Foucault’s insights, her researches focus on the digital knowledge/power nexus and the digital transformation of neoliberalism. Her articles have been published by Materiali Foucaultiani, Subjectivity, the Journal of Cultural Research, and the Journal of Business Ethics. Her PhD thesis, entitled Foucault and Postmodern Conceptions of Reason has just been accepted for publication with Palgrave. 03 00 With new devices and technologies that both quantify and continuously track bodily indicators, the past decade has seen the emergence of a digital subject, the ‘quantified self’ that in many ways illustrates our current digital predicament. Following Michel Foucault, I contend that these new technologies bring with them a new form of government, which combines discipline and statistics in order to focus on individual behaviour and its prediction. It also marks the entrance of the subject into a new regime of truth, where numbers have replaced narratives in the relation to the body, thus implying new forms of subjectivation. Yet, while the data era and its numerical outlook seem to imply a hyper-rationalization of the relation to self, I intend to show here that the reliance on applications to obtain knowledge on one’s body actually makes of the algorithm a new master of truth, one that bypasses rationality in its constitution of the digital subject. 30 00 With new devices and technologies that both quantify and continuously track bodily indicators, the past decade has seen the emergence of a digital subject, the ‘quantified self’ that in many ways illustrates our current digital predicament. Following Michel Foucault, I contend that these new technologies bring with them a new form of government, which combines discipline and statistics in order to focus on individual behaviour and its prediction. It also marks the entrance of the subject into a new regime of truth, where numbers have replaced narratives in the relation to the body, thus implying new forms of subjectivation. Yet, while the data era and its numerical outlook seem to imply a hyper-rationalization of the relation to self, I intend to show here that the reliance on applications to obtain knowledge on one’s body actually makes of the algorithm a new master of truth, one that bypasses rationality in its constitution of the digital subject. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-6 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Can Algorithmic Knowledge about the Self Be Critical? 1 A01 21 0000000313162108 Eran Fisher Eran Fisher Sociology, Political Science, and Communication The Open University of Israel Eran Fisher is a Senior Lecturer at the Department of Sociology, Political Science and Communication at the Open University of Israel. He studies the link between digital media technology and society. His work has been published in the European Journal of Social Theory, Journal of Labour and Society, Media, Culture, and Society, Information, Communication, and Society, The Information Society, and Continuum. His books include Media and New Capitalism in the Digital Age (Palgrave Macmillan, 2010), Internet and Emotions (co-edited with Tova Benski, 2014), and Reconsidering Value and Labour in the Digital Age (co-edited with Christian Fuchs, 2015). 03 00 Knowledge about the self is increasingly mediated by algorithms, processing big data generated by users’ engagement with digital technology. These algorithms portend a new epistemology of the self, a new conception of what humans are. I ask: (1) What is the nature of the new epistemology of the self to which algorithms give rise? and (2) Can this epistemology lead to critical knowledge about the self? To answer these questions, I compare algorithmic knowledge about the self with the psychoanalytic knowledge, an epitome of critical knowledge about the self. Both epistemes share assumptions regarding the inability of the mind and reason to have direct access to the true self, and a methodology aimed at bypassing the mind by accessing performance. While psychoanalytic knowledge was a cultural dominant of self-knowledge in the 20th century, algorithmic knowledge is an emerging cultural dominant of contemporary society, either intentionally (as in the case of the quantified self) or not (as in a plethora of personalized digital interfaces geared to tap users’ feelings, attitudes and desires). While psychoanalytical knowledge is theoretical, assumes a human essence, a teleology of quasi-transcendence, a reflexive mind and intersubjective communication, algorithmic knowledge is intently a-theoretical, assumes no human essence, delegates deduction to the algorithmic black-box and uses machine language, thus undercutting the reflexive and interpretive capacities of subjects. Algorithmic knowledge, I argue, operationalizes and technologizes the notion of performativity, thus also threatening to undercut the critical potentialities of the self. I ponder the possible political ramifications of this move to a new episteme, which transforms the self from a subjective, interpretive and critical project, the horizons of which are expanding human and social freedom into an object to be deciphered and predicted. 30 00 Knowledge about the self is increasingly mediated by algorithms, processing big data generated by users’ engagement with digital technology. These algorithms portend a new epistemology of the self, a new conception of what humans are. I ask: (1) What is the nature of the new epistemology of the self to which algorithms give rise? and (2) Can this epistemology lead to critical knowledge about the self? To answer these questions, I compare algorithmic knowledge about the self with the psychoanalytic knowledge, an epitome of critical knowledge about the self. Both epistemes share assumptions regarding the inability of the mind and reason to have direct access to the true self, and a methodology aimed at bypassing the mind by accessing performance. While psychoanalytic knowledge was a cultural dominant of self-knowledge in the 20th century, algorithmic knowledge is an emerging cultural dominant of contemporary society, either intentionally (as in the case of the quantified self) or not (as in a plethora of personalized digital interfaces geared to tap users’ feelings, attitudes and desires). While psychoanalytical knowledge is theoretical, assumes a human essence, a teleology of quasi-transcendence, a reflexive mind and intersubjective communication, algorithmic knowledge is intently a-theoretical, assumes no human essence, delegates deduction to the algorithmic black-box and uses machine language, thus undercutting the reflexive and interpretive capacities of subjects. Algorithmic knowledge, I argue, operationalizes and technologizes the notion of performativity, thus also threatening to undercut the critical potentialities of the self. I ponder the possible political ramifications of this move to a new episteme, which transforms the self from a subjective, interpretive and critical project, the horizons of which are expanding human and social freedom into an object to be deciphered and predicted. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-7 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Platform Discontent against the University 1 A01 21 0000000212175102 Richard Hall Richard Hall School of Applied Social Sciences 40 0312pnr83 De Montfort University Richard Hall is Professor of Education and Technology at De Montfort University, and a National Teaching Fellow. He is a trustee of the Open Library of Humanities, and a member of the Management Committee of the Leicester Primary Pupil Referral Unit. His most recent monograph is The Alienated Academic: The Struggle for Autonomy Inside the University with Palgrave Macmillan. He writes about life in academia at richard-hall.org 03 00 Inside the University, technology shapes productive moments of capitalist expansion. As such, it is deployed in order to eviscerate academic labour costs and labour time, while promising to liberate the academic worker through free time. Thus, digital technology both re-engineers education in the name of entrepreneurialism and competition, and forces academics and students to struggle to enrich their human capital. In terms of responses to this re-engineering, this has led to discussions about accelerationism or the possibility of fully automated luxury communism. One outcome is a consideration of ways in which technology can liberate the direct producers of knowledge to cooperate through associations that widen their autonomy. However, while this work challenges the hegemonic idea of transhistorical, educational institutions with a particular focus on knowledge production and its uses, it runs into their integration inside the universe of value. Value forces institutions and managers to performance-manage academic labour, in ways that can be analysed through the idea of platforms as a mechanism that expands capital’s cybernetic control. This chapter critiques ideologies and practices of technology-rich institutions, in order to discuss whether the educational technology and workload management platforms that are used to control academic production might act as sites of discontent and alternatives that enable communities to reconstitute their own lived experiences. Is it possible to develop forms of platform discontent, which lie beyond simple discontent against platforms and instead enable communities to widen their own spheres of autonomy? 30 00 Inside the University, technology shapes productive moments of capitalist expansion. As such, it is deployed in order to eviscerate academic labour costs and labour time, while promising to liberate the academic worker through free time. Thus, digital technology both re-engineers education in the name of entrepreneurialism and competition, and forces academics and students to struggle to enrich their human capital. In terms of responses to this re-engineering, this has led to discussions about accelerationism or the possibility of fully automated luxury communism. One outcome is a consideration of ways in which technology can liberate the direct producers of knowledge to cooperate through associations that widen their autonomy. However, while this work challenges the hegemonic idea of transhistorical, educational institutions with a particular focus on knowledge production and its uses, it runs into their integration inside the universe of value. Value forces institutions and managers to performance-manage academic labour, in ways that can be analysed through the idea of platforms as a mechanism that expands capital’s cybernetic control. This chapter critiques ideologies and practices of technology-rich institutions, in order to discuss whether the educational technology and workload management platforms that are used to control academic production might act as sites of discontent and alternatives that enable communities to reconstitute their own lived experiences. Is it possible to develop forms of platform discontent, which lie beyond simple discontent against platforms and instead enable communities to widen their own spheres of autonomy? 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-8 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Technological Imaginary in Education: Myth and Enlightenment in ‘Personalized Learning’ 1 A01 Norm Friesen Norm Friesen Educational Technology 40 02e3zdp86 Boise State University NORM FRIESEN is Professor in the College of Education, Boise State University. Dr. Friesen has written over 100 articles in journals ranging from C-Theory to AERA’s Educational Researcher and has published 10 books. He recently completed The Textbook and the Lecture: Education in the Age of new Media, a monograph from Johns Hopkins University Press exploring how textbook and lecture remain preeminent in educational practice to this day. Dr. Friesen is active in the areas of educational technology, philosophy of education and qualitative research. He studied German philosophy and critical theory at the Johns Hopkins University and has worked as a visiting researcher at the Humboldt University (Berlin), the Leopold-Franzens-University (Innsbruck) and the University of British Columbia (Vancouver). 03 00 This chapter examines what has been called ‘the technological imaginary’ as it exists specifically in education. It shows how primal and ideal scenarios, metaphors and images have been reproduced and repeated over centuries when it comes to education and its various technologies. It also illustrates how these images and scenarios can be said to have turned into ‘myths’—ultimately inseparable from utopian visions of a wholly enlightened world—and have regulated a great deal of activity in the area of educational innovation, giving it a kind of repetitive continuity that educational innovators generally see themselves as leaving behind. In particular, I focus on one prototypical image or scenario for learning that underlies many of the most ambitious visions in the educational, technological imaginary over the past 60 years or more: that of the one-to-one educational or tutorial dialogue between a wise or capable tutor on the one hand and an engaged child or learner on the other. In addition to showing how this image of dialogue has both enabled and constrained visions and possibilities for educational and technological innovation, I conclude by arguing that these visions are ultimately unrealizable—and that their realization would mean the end of education, rather than its utopian apotheosis. 30 00 This chapter examines what has been called ‘the technological imaginary’ as it exists specifically in education. It shows how primal and ideal scenarios, metaphors and images have been reproduced and repeated over centuries when it comes to education and its various technologies. It also illustrates how these images and scenarios can be said to have turned into ‘myths’—ultimately inseparable from utopian visions of a wholly enlightened world—and have regulated a great deal of activity in the area of educational innovation, giving it a kind of repetitive continuity that educational innovators generally see themselves as leaving behind. In particular, I focus on one prototypical image or scenario for learning that underlies many of the most ambitious visions in the educational, technological imaginary over the past 60 years or more: that of the one-to-one educational or tutorial dialogue between a wise or capable tutor on the one hand and an engaged child or learner on the other. In addition to showing how this image of dialogue has both enabled and constrained visions and possibilities for educational and technological innovation, I conclude by arguing that these visions are ultimately unrealizable—and that their realization would mean the end of education, rather than its utopian apotheosis. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-9 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Technological Unemployment and Its Educational Discontents 1 A01 21 0000000264644142 Petar Jandrić Petar Jandrić Zagreb University of Applied Sciences Petar Jandrić is a Professor at Zagreb University of Applied Sciences, Croatia. 2 A01 21 0000000186330155 Sarah Hayes Sarah Hayes 40 01k2y1055 University of Wolverhampton Sarah Hayes is a research Professor in the Education Observatory in the Faculty of Education, Health and Wellbeing, University of Wolverhampton. 03 00 This chapter introduces a post-digital perspective to relationships between technological unemployment and its educational discontents. It examines a possible future where digital technologies will destroy more jobs than they will create in three steps. First, an extensive literature overview identifies why people from various historical periods and working in various fields have perceived technological unemployment as a threat. Second, it distils six main areas of educational discontent in current literature: discontent with neoliberalization, discontent with automation, discontent with dehumanization, discontent with acceleration, discontent with content of work and discontent with educationalization. Concluding that educational discontent with technological unemployment identified in our work seems to have surprisingly little to do with either technology or with employment, it returns to the post-digital perspective to explain this result. Finally, it examines educational discontent of technological unemployment as an agent of change, and concludes that the notion of educational discontent with technological unemployment has the potential to help formulate new post-digital critical rage pedagogy. 30 00 This chapter introduces a post-digital perspective to relationships between technological unemployment and its educational discontents. It examines a possible future where digital technologies will destroy more jobs than they will create in three steps. First, an extensive literature overview identifies why people from various historical periods and working in various fields have perceived technological unemployment as a threat. Second, it distils six main areas of educational discontent in current literature: discontent with neoliberalization, discontent with automation, discontent with dehumanization, discontent with acceleration, discontent with content of work and discontent with educationalization. Concluding that educational discontent with technological unemployment identified in our work seems to have surprisingly little to do with either technology or with employment, it returns to the post-digital perspective to explain this result. Finally, it examines educational discontent of technological unemployment as an agent of change, and concludes that the notion of educational discontent with technological unemployment has the potential to help formulate new post-digital critical rage pedagogy. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Pedagogic Fixation 1 A01 21 0000000237153364 Christo Sims Christo Sims Communication 40 0168r3w48 University of California, San Diego 03 00 This chapter is a reprint of chapter 4 of my book Disruptive fixation: school reform and the pitfalls of techno-idealism</italic> (Princeton University Press, 2017). The book examines how technologically cutting-edge approaches to education reform become and remain an especially appealing means for promoting equitable social change despite decades of disappointing results. The book also examines what these interventions manage to accomplish, politically and for whom, even as they routinely fail to realize hoped-for outcomes. One of the themes of the book is that well-intentioned reformers regularly produce ‘fixations’ about the worlds they aspire to improve. These fixations tend to overestimate the beneficent and transformative potential of new technologies, while also underestimating and occluding much of what reformers cannot measure and control with their new tools. This chapter explores these themes in relation to the design and deployment of ostensibly new and improved approaches to pedagogy. The chapter shows how a focus on the pedagogic potentials of new technologies helps engender considerable enthusiasm and support for an educational reform initiative, while also making reformers ill-equipped to handle what they will encounter once they launch their intervention in the world. In response to these unanticipated and destabilizing forces, reformers look for ways to quickly stabilize their project and, in doing so, they ironically remake many of the pedagogic processes and outcomes that they had aspired to transform. 30 00 This chapter is a reprint of chapter 4 of my book Disruptive fixation: school reform and the pitfalls of techno-idealism</italic> (Princeton University Press, 2017). The book examines how technologically cutting-edge approaches to education reform become and remain an especially appealing means for promoting equitable social change despite decades of disappointing results. The book also examines what these interventions manage to accomplish, politically and for whom, even as they routinely fail to realize hoped-for outcomes. One of the themes of the book is that well-intentioned reformers regularly produce ‘fixations’ about the worlds they aspire to improve. These fixations tend to overestimate the beneficent and transformative potential of new technologies, while also underestimating and occluding much of what reformers cannot measure and control with their new tools. This chapter explores these themes in relation to the design and deployment of ostensibly new and improved approaches to pedagogy. The chapter shows how a focus on the pedagogic potentials of new technologies helps engender considerable enthusiasm and support for an educational reform initiative, while also making reformers ill-equipped to handle what they will encounter once they launch their intervention in the world. In response to these unanticipated and destabilizing forces, reformers look for ways to quickly stabilize their project and, in doing so, they ironically remake many of the pedagogic processes and outcomes that they had aspired to transform. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-11 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Bildung in a Digital World: The Case of MOOCs 1 A01 21 0000000340198958 Danielle Shanley Danielle Shanley History 40 02jz4aj89 Maastricht University 2 A01 21 0000000155965633 Tsjalling Swierstra Tsjalling Swierstra Philosophy 40 02jz4aj89 Maastricht University 3 A01 21 0000000166631591 Sally Wyatt Sally Wyatt Society Studies 40 02jz4aj89 Maastricht University 03 00 Massive open online courses (MOOCs), in theory, allow people to study wherever and whenever they want. They promise to broaden access and availability of education, allowing people to ‘up-skill’ themselves. As an important innovation, they provoke reflection on the meaning and purpose of the university. A number of humanities scholars have voiced scepticism as to whether MOOCs can deliver the sort of intellectual training and personal cultivation (Bildung</italic>) that is provided within the walls of the university, where staff and students interact face-to-face, in relatively intimate settings, to discuss issues they deem important rather than being driven by external definitions of relevance. In this chapter, after introducing MOOCs, we explore the most common arguments about why MOOCs would be incompatible with the values of the humanities. We then question the extent to which MOOCs really do threaten these values. We do this by eliciting advantages and disadvantages from people’s experiences with MOOCs so far. Far from confirming the sceptics’ perceived incompatibility between a technology-intensive environment and the Bildung</italic> ideal, experiences with MOOCs to date may actually serve to promote several of the values of the humanities. Drawing on theories of technological mediation, we propose that instead of shunning MOOCs, the humanities should be thinking about how to facilitate Bildung</italic> within MOOCs. In this way, they can have a lasting and desirable impact on the future of higher education. 30 00 Massive open online courses (MOOCs), in theory, allow people to study wherever and whenever they want. They promise to broaden access and availability of education, allowing people to ‘up-skill’ themselves. As an important innovation, they provoke reflection on the meaning and purpose of the university. A number of humanities scholars have voiced scepticism as to whether MOOCs can deliver the sort of intellectual training and personal cultivation (Bildung</italic>) that is provided within the walls of the university, where staff and students interact face-to-face, in relatively intimate settings, to discuss issues they deem important rather than being driven by external definitions of relevance. In this chapter, after introducing MOOCs, we explore the most common arguments about why MOOCs would be incompatible with the values of the humanities. We then question the extent to which MOOCs really do threaten these values. We do this by eliciting advantages and disadvantages from people’s experiences with MOOCs so far. Far from confirming the sceptics’ perceived incompatibility between a technology-intensive environment and the Bildung</italic> ideal, experiences with MOOCs to date may actually serve to promote several of the values of the humanities. Drawing on theories of technological mediation, we propose that instead of shunning MOOCs, the humanities should be thinking about how to facilitate Bildung</italic> within MOOCs. In this way, they can have a lasting and desirable impact on the future of higher education. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-4-12 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Critical Philosophy of Technological Convergence: Education and the Nano-Bio-Info-Cogno Paradigm 1 A01 21 0000000214822975 Michael A. Peters Michael Peters School of International Education 40 022k4wk35 Beijing Normal University 03 00 This article proposes a critical philosophy of technological convergence based on the Nano-Bio-Info-Cogno Paradigm which has been tone of the bases of the US National Science Foundation. First, the paper provides a discussion of 5G mobile cellular technology linking it to questions of techno-nationalism. Second, the paper examines the ‘nano-bio-info-cogno’ paradigm as an example of ‘convergent technologies.’ Third, the paper briefly mentions the National Learning Centers established by NSF as the next major expression of convergent technology. Finally, the paper discusses ‘post-biological technocracy’, its political economy, and criticisms that it numbs the biological self. 30 00 This article proposes a critical philosophy of technological convergence based on the Nano-Bio-Info-Cogno Paradigm which has been tone of the bases of the US National Science Foundation. First, the paper provides a discussion of 5G mobile cellular technology linking it to questions of techno-nationalism. Second, the paper examines the ‘nano-bio-info-cogno’ paradigm as an example of ‘convergent technologies.’ Third, the paper briefly mentions the National Learning Centers established by NSF as the next major expression of convergent technology. Finally, the paper discusses ‘post-biological technocracy’, its political economy, and criticisms that it numbs the biological self. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20200811 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690127 03 9789523690127 06 15 9789523690134 03 9789523690134 06 15 9789523690141 03 9789523690141 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20200811 01 urn:uuid:430742d1-1a19-4fa5-a1ae-91f2e8a34f19 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4a9a134c-f59f-4ef4-b630-bd590ddfc73d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:430742d1-1a19-4fa5-a1ae-91f2e8a34f19 15 9789523690424 03 9789523690424 06 10.33134/HUP-11 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 The Kobane Generation Kurdish Diaspora Mobilising in France 1 A01 21 000000017308571X Mari Toivanen Mari Toivanen Swedish School of Social Science 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Mari Toivanen works as Academy Research Fellow at the Swedish School of Social Science, University of Helsinki (2020-2025). She has conducted ethnographic research extensively on migration-related topics and her research has focused on diaspora mobilisation, transnational connections and activities, second generation and questions of identity and belonging. Her work has been published e.g. in Ethnic and Racial Studies, Ethnicities, Social Inclusion, Journal of Genocide Research and Nordic Journal of Migration Research. She has co-edited the volumes Methodological approaches in Kurdish Studies (Lexington) and Undoing Homogeneity in the Nordic Region (Routledge) and is the co-editor of the book series Transnationalism and Diaspora by the Edinburgh University Press. 01 eng 00 294 03 B2 Sociology B2 Social Sciences B2 Humanities B2 Anthropology B2 Political Science B2 History 20 Diaspora; Transnationalism; Kurdish; Migration; Second generation; Political mobilisation and activism 01 06 02 00 The Kobane Generation</italic> examines the mobilisation of Kurdish diaspora communities in France in the context of the Syrian civil war and political unrest in Turkey and Iraq in the 2010s. It pays particular attention to how the second generation – the descendants of Kurdish migrants – mobilised in an unprecedented manner in the recent 03 00 The Kobane Generation: Kurdish Diaspora Mobilising in France</italic> has been awarded the <a href="https://lebanesestudies.ojs.chass.ncsu.edu/index.php/mashriq/announcement/view/35" target="blank">2022 Alixa Naff Book Prize in Migration Studies</ext-link>.<break/><img src="https://ubiquity-partner-network.s3.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/hup/Press/Migration+Studies+-+Sticker_2022.png" style="height: 150px;"><break/>A small Kurdish city located in northern Syria, Kobane, became symbolically significant when ISIS laid siege to the city between September 2014 and January 2015. This pivotal moment in the fight against ISIS threw the international spotlight on the Kurds. The Kobane Generation</italic> analyses how Kurdish diaspora communities mobilised in France after the breakout of the Syrian civil war and political unrest in Turkey and Iraq in the 2010s. Tens of thousands of people, mostly but not exclusively diaspora Kurds, demonstrated in major European capitals, expressed their solidarity with Kobane, and engaged in transnational political activism towards Kurdistan.In this book, Mari Toivanen discusses a series of critical events that led to different forms of transnational participation towards Kurdistan. The focus of this book is particularly on how diaspora mobilisations became visible among the second generation, the descendants of Kurdish migrants. The book addresses important questions, such as why second-generation members felt the need to mobilise and what kind of transnational participation this led to. How did the transnational participation and political activism of the second generation differ from that of their parents, and is such activism simply diasporic or also related to more global changes in political activism?The Kobane Generation</italic> offers important insights on the generational dynamics of political mobilisations and their significance to understanding diaspora contributions. More broadly, it sheds light on second-generation political activism beyond the diaspora context, analysing it in relation to global transformations in political subjectivities.Mari Toivanen</bold> (PhD) currently works as Academy Research Fellow at the Swedish School of Social Science, University of Helsinki. She has conducted ethnographic research on a wide range of migration-related topics, focusing on diaspora mobilisation, transnational connections and activities, second-generation members, and questions of identity and belonging. 30 00 The Kobane Generation: Kurdish Diaspora Mobilising in France</italic> has been awarded the <a href="https://lebanesestudies.ojs.chass.ncsu.edu/index.php/mashriq/announcement/view/35" target="blank">2022 Alixa Naff Book Prize in Migration Studies</ext-link>.<break/><img src="https://ubiquity-partner-network.s3.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/hup/Press/Migration+Studies+-+Sticker_2022.png" style="height: 150px;"><break/>A small Kurdish city located in northern Syria, Kobane, became symbolically significant when ISIS laid siege to the city between September 2014 and January 2015. This pivotal moment in the fight against ISIS threw the international spotlight on the Kurds. The Kobane Generation</italic> analyses how Kurdish diaspora communities mobilised in France after the breakout of the Syrian civil war and political unrest in Turkey and Iraq in the 2010s. Tens of thousands of people, mostly but not exclusively diaspora Kurds, demonstrated in major European capitals, expressed their solidarity with Kobane, and engaged in transnational political activism towards Kurdistan.In this book, Mari Toivanen discusses a series of critical events that led to different forms of transnational participation towards Kurdistan. The focus of this book is particularly on how diaspora mobilisations became visible among the second generation, the descendants of Kurdish migrants. The book addresses important questions, such as why second-generation members felt the need to mobilise and what kind of transnational participation this led to. How did the transnational participation and political activism of the second generation differ from that of their parents, and is such activism simply diasporic or also related to more global changes in political activism?The Kobane Generation</italic> offers important insights on the generational dynamics of political mobilisations and their significance to understanding diaspora contributions. More broadly, it sheds light on second-generation political activism beyond the diaspora context, analysing it in relation to global transformations in political subjectivities.Mari Toivanen</bold> (PhD) currently works as Academy Research Fellow at the Swedish School of Social Science, University of Helsinki. She has conducted ethnographic research on a wide range of migration-related topics, focusing on diaspora mobilisation, transnational connections and activities, second-generation members, and questions of identity and belonging. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/1edc1fd8-9a29-4b8a-ae47-4d3b91852ea9.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20210921 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690431 03 9789523690431 06 15 9789523690448 03 9789523690448 06 15 9789523690455 03 9789523690455 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690424 20 08 20210921 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690424 20 08 20210921 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690424 20 08 20210921 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690424 20 08 20210921 01 urn:uuid:81c21c3e-13a3-4562-ba34-11f5f5deb77f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4a9a134c-f59f-4ef4-b630-bd590ddfc73d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:81c21c3e-13a3-4562-ba34-11f5f5deb77f 15 9789523690431 03 9789523690431 06 10.33134/HUP-11 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 The Kobane Generation Kurdish Diaspora Mobilising in France 1 A01 21 000000017308571X Mari Toivanen Mari Toivanen Swedish School of Social Science 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Mari Toivanen works as Academy Research Fellow at the Swedish School of Social Science, University of Helsinki (2020-2025). She has conducted ethnographic research extensively on migration-related topics and her research has focused on diaspora mobilisation, transnational connections and activities, second generation and questions of identity and belonging. Her work has been published e.g. in Ethnic and Racial Studies, Ethnicities, Social Inclusion, Journal of Genocide Research and Nordic Journal of Migration Research. She has co-edited the volumes Methodological approaches in Kurdish Studies (Lexington) and Undoing Homogeneity in the Nordic Region (Routledge) and is the co-editor of the book series Transnationalism and Diaspora by the Edinburgh University Press. 01 eng 00 294 03 B2 Sociology B2 Social Sciences B2 Humanities B2 Anthropology B2 Political Science B2 History 20 Diaspora; Transnationalism; Kurdish; Migration; Second generation; Political mobilisation and activism 01 06 02 00 The Kobane Generation</italic> examines the mobilisation of Kurdish diaspora communities in France in the context of the Syrian civil war and political unrest in Turkey and Iraq in the 2010s. It pays particular attention to how the second generation – the descendants of Kurdish migrants – mobilised in an unprecedented manner in the recent 03 00 The Kobane Generation: Kurdish Diaspora Mobilising in France</italic> has been awarded the <a href="https://lebanesestudies.ojs.chass.ncsu.edu/index.php/mashriq/announcement/view/35" target="blank">2022 Alixa Naff Book Prize in Migration Studies</ext-link>.<break/><img src="https://ubiquity-partner-network.s3.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/hup/Press/Migration+Studies+-+Sticker_2022.png" style="height: 150px;"><break/>A small Kurdish city located in northern Syria, Kobane, became symbolically significant when ISIS laid siege to the city between September 2014 and January 2015. This pivotal moment in the fight against ISIS threw the international spotlight on the Kurds. The Kobane Generation</italic> analyses how Kurdish diaspora communities mobilised in France after the breakout of the Syrian civil war and political unrest in Turkey and Iraq in the 2010s. Tens of thousands of people, mostly but not exclusively diaspora Kurds, demonstrated in major European capitals, expressed their solidarity with Kobane, and engaged in transnational political activism towards Kurdistan.In this book, Mari Toivanen discusses a series of critical events that led to different forms of transnational participation towards Kurdistan. The focus of this book is particularly on how diaspora mobilisations became visible among the second generation, the descendants of Kurdish migrants. The book addresses important questions, such as why second-generation members felt the need to mobilise and what kind of transnational participation this led to. How did the transnational participation and political activism of the second generation differ from that of their parents, and is such activism simply diasporic or also related to more global changes in political activism?The Kobane Generation</italic> offers important insights on the generational dynamics of political mobilisations and their significance to understanding diaspora contributions. More broadly, it sheds light on second-generation political activism beyond the diaspora context, analysing it in relation to global transformations in political subjectivities.Mari Toivanen</bold> (PhD) currently works as Academy Research Fellow at the Swedish School of Social Science, University of Helsinki. She has conducted ethnographic research on a wide range of migration-related topics, focusing on diaspora mobilisation, transnational connections and activities, second-generation members, and questions of identity and belonging. 30 00 The Kobane Generation: Kurdish Diaspora Mobilising in France</italic> has been awarded the <a href="https://lebanesestudies.ojs.chass.ncsu.edu/index.php/mashriq/announcement/view/35" target="blank">2022 Alixa Naff Book Prize in Migration Studies</ext-link>.<break/><img src="https://ubiquity-partner-network.s3.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/hup/Press/Migration+Studies+-+Sticker_2022.png" style="height: 150px;"><break/>A small Kurdish city located in northern Syria, Kobane, became symbolically significant when ISIS laid siege to the city between September 2014 and January 2015. This pivotal moment in the fight against ISIS threw the international spotlight on the Kurds. The Kobane Generation</italic> analyses how Kurdish diaspora communities mobilised in France after the breakout of the Syrian civil war and political unrest in Turkey and Iraq in the 2010s. Tens of thousands of people, mostly but not exclusively diaspora Kurds, demonstrated in major European capitals, expressed their solidarity with Kobane, and engaged in transnational political activism towards Kurdistan.In this book, Mari Toivanen discusses a series of critical events that led to different forms of transnational participation towards Kurdistan. The focus of this book is particularly on how diaspora mobilisations became visible among the second generation, the descendants of Kurdish migrants. The book addresses important questions, such as why second-generation members felt the need to mobilise and what kind of transnational participation this led to. How did the transnational participation and political activism of the second generation differ from that of their parents, and is such activism simply diasporic or also related to more global changes in political activism?The Kobane Generation</italic> offers important insights on the generational dynamics of political mobilisations and their significance to understanding diaspora contributions. More broadly, it sheds light on second-generation political activism beyond the diaspora context, analysing it in relation to global transformations in political subjectivities.Mari Toivanen</bold> (PhD) currently works as Academy Research Fellow at the Swedish School of Social Science, University of Helsinki. She has conducted ethnographic research on a wide range of migration-related topics, focusing on diaspora mobilisation, transnational connections and activities, second-generation members, and questions of identity and belonging. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/1edc1fd8-9a29-4b8a-ae47-4d3b91852ea9.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20210921 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690424 03 9789523690424 06 15 9789523690448 03 9789523690448 06 15 9789523690455 03 9789523690455 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20210921 01 urn:uuid:6be7f761-2f81-44c0-8310-dc2debfc1a77 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4a9a134c-f59f-4ef4-b630-bd590ddfc73d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:6be7f761-2f81-44c0-8310-dc2debfc1a77 15 9789523690448 03 9789523690448 06 10.33134/HUP-11 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 The Kobane Generation Kurdish Diaspora Mobilising in France 1 A01 21 000000017308571X Mari Toivanen Mari Toivanen Swedish School of Social Science 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Mari Toivanen works as Academy Research Fellow at the Swedish School of Social Science, University of Helsinki (2020-2025). She has conducted ethnographic research extensively on migration-related topics and her research has focused on diaspora mobilisation, transnational connections and activities, second generation and questions of identity and belonging. Her work has been published e.g. in Ethnic and Racial Studies, Ethnicities, Social Inclusion, Journal of Genocide Research and Nordic Journal of Migration Research. She has co-edited the volumes Methodological approaches in Kurdish Studies (Lexington) and Undoing Homogeneity in the Nordic Region (Routledge) and is the co-editor of the book series Transnationalism and Diaspora by the Edinburgh University Press. 01 eng 00 294 03 B2 Sociology B2 Social Sciences B2 Humanities B2 Anthropology B2 Political Science B2 History 20 Diaspora; Transnationalism; Kurdish; Migration; Second generation; Political mobilisation and activism 01 06 02 00 The Kobane Generation</italic> examines the mobilisation of Kurdish diaspora communities in France in the context of the Syrian civil war and political unrest in Turkey and Iraq in the 2010s. It pays particular attention to how the second generation – the descendants of Kurdish migrants – mobilised in an unprecedented manner in the recent 03 00 The Kobane Generation: Kurdish Diaspora Mobilising in France</italic> has been awarded the <a href="https://lebanesestudies.ojs.chass.ncsu.edu/index.php/mashriq/announcement/view/35" target="blank">2022 Alixa Naff Book Prize in Migration Studies</ext-link>.<break/><img src="https://ubiquity-partner-network.s3.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/hup/Press/Migration+Studies+-+Sticker_2022.png" style="height: 150px;"><break/>A small Kurdish city located in northern Syria, Kobane, became symbolically significant when ISIS laid siege to the city between September 2014 and January 2015. This pivotal moment in the fight against ISIS threw the international spotlight on the Kurds. The Kobane Generation</italic> analyses how Kurdish diaspora communities mobilised in France after the breakout of the Syrian civil war and political unrest in Turkey and Iraq in the 2010s. Tens of thousands of people, mostly but not exclusively diaspora Kurds, demonstrated in major European capitals, expressed their solidarity with Kobane, and engaged in transnational political activism towards Kurdistan.In this book, Mari Toivanen discusses a series of critical events that led to different forms of transnational participation towards Kurdistan. The focus of this book is particularly on how diaspora mobilisations became visible among the second generation, the descendants of Kurdish migrants. The book addresses important questions, such as why second-generation members felt the need to mobilise and what kind of transnational participation this led to. How did the transnational participation and political activism of the second generation differ from that of their parents, and is such activism simply diasporic or also related to more global changes in political activism?The Kobane Generation</italic> offers important insights on the generational dynamics of political mobilisations and their significance to understanding diaspora contributions. More broadly, it sheds light on second-generation political activism beyond the diaspora context, analysing it in relation to global transformations in political subjectivities.Mari Toivanen</bold> (PhD) currently works as Academy Research Fellow at the Swedish School of Social Science, University of Helsinki. She has conducted ethnographic research on a wide range of migration-related topics, focusing on diaspora mobilisation, transnational connections and activities, second-generation members, and questions of identity and belonging. 30 00 The Kobane Generation: Kurdish Diaspora Mobilising in France</italic> has been awarded the <a href="https://lebanesestudies.ojs.chass.ncsu.edu/index.php/mashriq/announcement/view/35" target="blank">2022 Alixa Naff Book Prize in Migration Studies</ext-link>.<break/><img src="https://ubiquity-partner-network.s3.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/hup/Press/Migration+Studies+-+Sticker_2022.png" style="height: 150px;"><break/>A small Kurdish city located in northern Syria, Kobane, became symbolically significant when ISIS laid siege to the city between September 2014 and January 2015. This pivotal moment in the fight against ISIS threw the international spotlight on the Kurds. The Kobane Generation</italic> analyses how Kurdish diaspora communities mobilised in France after the breakout of the Syrian civil war and political unrest in Turkey and Iraq in the 2010s. Tens of thousands of people, mostly but not exclusively diaspora Kurds, demonstrated in major European capitals, expressed their solidarity with Kobane, and engaged in transnational political activism towards Kurdistan.In this book, Mari Toivanen discusses a series of critical events that led to different forms of transnational participation towards Kurdistan. The focus of this book is particularly on how diaspora mobilisations became visible among the second generation, the descendants of Kurdish migrants. The book addresses important questions, such as why second-generation members felt the need to mobilise and what kind of transnational participation this led to. How did the transnational participation and political activism of the second generation differ from that of their parents, and is such activism simply diasporic or also related to more global changes in political activism?The Kobane Generation</italic> offers important insights on the generational dynamics of political mobilisations and their significance to understanding diaspora contributions. More broadly, it sheds light on second-generation political activism beyond the diaspora context, analysing it in relation to global transformations in political subjectivities.Mari Toivanen</bold> (PhD) currently works as Academy Research Fellow at the Swedish School of Social Science, University of Helsinki. She has conducted ethnographic research on a wide range of migration-related topics, focusing on diaspora mobilisation, transnational connections and activities, second-generation members, and questions of identity and belonging. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/1edc1fd8-9a29-4b8a-ae47-4d3b91852ea9.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20210921 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690424 03 9789523690424 06 15 9789523690431 03 9789523690431 06 15 9789523690455 03 9789523690455 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20210921 01 urn:uuid:1d276276-97a5-46f3-a03b-24a341f8fbba 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:4a9a134c-f59f-4ef4-b630-bd590ddfc73d 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1d276276-97a5-46f3-a03b-24a341f8fbba 15 9789523690455 03 9789523690455 06 10.33134/HUP-11 00 EB E127 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 The Kobane Generation Kurdish Diaspora Mobilising in France 1 A01 21 000000017308571X Mari Toivanen Mari Toivanen Swedish School of Social Science 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Mari Toivanen works as Academy Research Fellow at the Swedish School of Social Science, University of Helsinki (2020-2025). She has conducted ethnographic research extensively on migration-related topics and her research has focused on diaspora mobilisation, transnational connections and activities, second generation and questions of identity and belonging. Her work has been published e.g. in Ethnic and Racial Studies, Ethnicities, Social Inclusion, Journal of Genocide Research and Nordic Journal of Migration Research. She has co-edited the volumes Methodological approaches in Kurdish Studies (Lexington) and Undoing Homogeneity in the Nordic Region (Routledge) and is the co-editor of the book series Transnationalism and Diaspora by the Edinburgh University Press. 01 eng 00 294 03 B2 Sociology B2 Social Sciences B2 Humanities B2 Anthropology B2 Political Science B2 History 20 Diaspora; Transnationalism; Kurdish; Migration; Second generation; Political mobilisation and activism 01 06 02 00 The Kobane Generation</italic> examines the mobilisation of Kurdish diaspora communities in France in the context of the Syrian civil war and political unrest in Turkey and Iraq in the 2010s. It pays particular attention to how the second generation – the descendants of Kurdish migrants – mobilised in an unprecedented manner in the recent 03 00 The Kobane Generation: Kurdish Diaspora Mobilising in France</italic> has been awarded the <a href="https://lebanesestudies.ojs.chass.ncsu.edu/index.php/mashriq/announcement/view/35" target="blank">2022 Alixa Naff Book Prize in Migration Studies</ext-link>.<break/><img src="https://ubiquity-partner-network.s3.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/hup/Press/Migration+Studies+-+Sticker_2022.png" style="height: 150px;"><break/>A small Kurdish city located in northern Syria, Kobane, became symbolically significant when ISIS laid siege to the city between September 2014 and January 2015. This pivotal moment in the fight against ISIS threw the international spotlight on the Kurds. The Kobane Generation</italic> analyses how Kurdish diaspora communities mobilised in France after the breakout of the Syrian civil war and political unrest in Turkey and Iraq in the 2010s. Tens of thousands of people, mostly but not exclusively diaspora Kurds, demonstrated in major European capitals, expressed their solidarity with Kobane, and engaged in transnational political activism towards Kurdistan.In this book, Mari Toivanen discusses a series of critical events that led to different forms of transnational participation towards Kurdistan. The focus of this book is particularly on how diaspora mobilisations became visible among the second generation, the descendants of Kurdish migrants. The book addresses important questions, such as why second-generation members felt the need to mobilise and what kind of transnational participation this led to. How did the transnational participation and political activism of the second generation differ from that of their parents, and is such activism simply diasporic or also related to more global changes in political activism?The Kobane Generation</italic> offers important insights on the generational dynamics of political mobilisations and their significance to understanding diaspora contributions. More broadly, it sheds light on second-generation political activism beyond the diaspora context, analysing it in relation to global transformations in political subjectivities.Mari Toivanen</bold> (PhD) currently works as Academy Research Fellow at the Swedish School of Social Science, University of Helsinki. She has conducted ethnographic research on a wide range of migration-related topics, focusing on diaspora mobilisation, transnational connections and activities, second-generation members, and questions of identity and belonging. 30 00 The Kobane Generation: Kurdish Diaspora Mobilising in France</italic> has been awarded the <a href="https://lebanesestudies.ojs.chass.ncsu.edu/index.php/mashriq/announcement/view/35" target="blank">2022 Alixa Naff Book Prize in Migration Studies</ext-link>.<break/><img src="https://ubiquity-partner-network.s3.eu-west-1.amazonaws.com/hup/Press/Migration+Studies+-+Sticker_2022.png" style="height: 150px;"><break/>A small Kurdish city located in northern Syria, Kobane, became symbolically significant when ISIS laid siege to the city between September 2014 and January 2015. This pivotal moment in the fight against ISIS threw the international spotlight on the Kurds. The Kobane Generation</italic> analyses how Kurdish diaspora communities mobilised in France after the breakout of the Syrian civil war and political unrest in Turkey and Iraq in the 2010s. Tens of thousands of people, mostly but not exclusively diaspora Kurds, demonstrated in major European capitals, expressed their solidarity with Kobane, and engaged in transnational political activism towards Kurdistan.In this book, Mari Toivanen discusses a series of critical events that led to different forms of transnational participation towards Kurdistan. The focus of this book is particularly on how diaspora mobilisations became visible among the second generation, the descendants of Kurdish migrants. The book addresses important questions, such as why second-generation members felt the need to mobilise and what kind of transnational participation this led to. How did the transnational participation and political activism of the second generation differ from that of their parents, and is such activism simply diasporic or also related to more global changes in political activism?The Kobane Generation</italic> offers important insights on the generational dynamics of political mobilisations and their significance to understanding diaspora contributions. More broadly, it sheds light on second-generation political activism beyond the diaspora context, analysing it in relation to global transformations in political subjectivities.Mari Toivanen</bold> (PhD) currently works as Academy Research Fellow at the Swedish School of Social Science, University of Helsinki. She has conducted ethnographic research on a wide range of migration-related topics, focusing on diaspora mobilisation, transnational connections and activities, second-generation members, and questions of identity and belonging. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/1edc1fd8-9a29-4b8a-ae47-4d3b91852ea9.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20210921 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690424 03 9789523690424 06 15 9789523690431 03 9789523690431 06 15 9789523690448 03 9789523690448 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20210921 01 urn:uuid:4cb97772-8749-479a-ac9a-aab1351c5969 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:fc93c392-222d-42c5-89ca-2aad69952f78 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:4cb97772-8749-479a-ac9a-aab1351c5969 15 9789523691001 03 9789523691001 06 10.33134/HUP-23 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 An Anthropology of Crosslocations 1 A01 21 000000027026383X Sarah Green Sarah Green Social and Cultural Anthropology, Faculty of Social Sciences 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Sarah Green is Professor of Social and Cultural Anthropology at the University of Helsinki. She specialises on concepts of borders, space, place and location. The initial idea of crosslocations developed from her research on the Greek-Albanian border, in southern Greece (Argolid region) and in the Aegean region, all of which built on her earlier research in London on feminist separatist location in the city, and in Manchester on the spatial and gender implications of the introduction of the internet to the city. 2 A01 21 0000000317572331 Samuli Lähteenaho Samuli Lähteenaho Social and Cultural Anthropology, Faculty of Social Sciences 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Samuli Lähteenaho is a doctoral candidate in social and cultural anthropology at the University of Helsinki and a researcher at the Finnish Institute in the Middle East. His doctoral research examines relative location and politics of environment and space on the Lebanese coastline. 3 A01 21 0000000155755636 Phaedra Douzina-Bakalaki Phaedra Douzina-Bakalaki Social Sciences/Social and Cultural Anthropology 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Phaedra Douzina-Bakalaki is currently working on a postdoctoral research project funded by the Finnish Cultural Foundation 4 A01 21 0000000303016131 Carl Rommel Carl Rommel Department of Cultural Anthropology and Ethnology 40 048a87296 Uppsala University Carl Rommel is currently working as a research fellow at Uppsala University. 5 A01 21 0000000211478689 Joseph J. Viscomi Joseph Viscomi School of HIstorical Studies 40 02mb95055 Birkbeck, University of London Viscomi is senior lecturer in European History at Birkbeck. His research, writing, and teaching explores migration, temporality, and the politics of departure in and beyond Mediterranean worlds since the eighteenth century. 6 A01 21 0000000216761432 Laia Soto Bermant Laia Soto Bermant Social Sciences/Social and Cultural Anthropology 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Laia is a KONE research fellow at the University of Helsinki. 7 A01 Patricia Scalco Patricia Scalco Social Sciences/Social and Cultural Anthropology 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Patricia Scalco is currently working on an ERC project looking into the anthropology and psychology of irritation. 01 eng 00 298 03 B2 Anthropology B2 Ethnography B2 Mediterranean Studies B2 Political Geography 20 Location; Mediterranean; Borders; Middle East and North Africa (MENA); Southern Europe; East Mediterranean 01 06 02 00 An Anthropology of Crosslocations</italic> introduces a new approach to understanding location. Geographical space is often perceived as divided by state borders, but it can also be classified and segmented based on, for example, ecosystems or religious structures and beliefs. The book shows how different locating logics coexist in a singl 03 00 An Anthropology of Crosslocations </italic>introduces a radical new approach to understanding location. The co-authors show that the question of where something is depends on how places are mutually connected and disconnected. The location of a place can be established by different logics, such as national borders, ecosystems, or economic zones. These different ways of classifying the relative value and significance of a place coexist and overlap: for example, national borders are regularly crosscut by ecosystems. By thinking of 'location' as a process defined by several different coexisting locating regimes, the book showcases a fresh way to think about the multiple and overlapping connections and disconnections between here and elsewhere. This approach can fundamentally revise ethnographic and anthropological views on the importance, value and significance of where people, things and animals are located and, as such, redefines the idea of ‘the field.’<break/>The volume brings together seven anthropologists who have worked together for six years. The chapters take the reader through a series of journeys around the Mediterranean region—to North Africa, the East Mediterranean, and Southern Europe. Each chapter unfolds an ethnographic or historical account of the coexistence of different values and meanings of location in different places. 30 00 An Anthropology of Crosslocations </italic>introduces a radical new approach to understanding location. The co-authors show that the question of where something is depends on how places are mutually connected and disconnected. The location of a place can be established by different logics, such as national borders, ecosystems, or economic zones. These different ways of classifying the relative value and significance of a place coexist and overlap: for example, national borders are regularly crosscut by ecosystems. By thinking of 'location' as a process defined by several different coexisting locating regimes, the book showcases a fresh way to think about the multiple and overlapping connections and disconnections between here and elsewhere. This approach can fundamentally revise ethnographic and anthropological views on the importance, value and significance of where people, things and animals are located and, as such, redefines the idea of ‘the field.’<break/>The volume brings together seven anthropologists who have worked together for six years. The chapters take the reader through a series of journeys around the Mediterranean region—to North Africa, the East Mediterranean, and Southern Europe. Each chapter unfolds an ethnographic or historical account of the coexistence of different values and meanings of location in different places. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/7f45d472-b2d5-43c3-af8f-74a506484842.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20240528 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523691018 03 9789523691018 06 15 9789523691025 03 9789523691025 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523691001 20 08 20240528 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523691001 20 08 20240528 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523691001 20 08 20240528 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523691001 20 08 20240528 01 urn:uuid:8bb448b1-0852-4644-a3ae-0b6938f90c3d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:fc93c392-222d-42c5-89ca-2aad69952f78 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:8bb448b1-0852-4644-a3ae-0b6938f90c3d 15 9789523691018 03 9789523691018 06 10.33134/HUP-23 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 An Anthropology of Crosslocations 1 A01 21 000000027026383X Sarah Green Sarah Green Social and Cultural Anthropology, Faculty of Social Sciences 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Sarah Green is Professor of Social and Cultural Anthropology at the University of Helsinki. She specialises on concepts of borders, space, place and location. The initial idea of crosslocations developed from her research on the Greek-Albanian border, in southern Greece (Argolid region) and in the Aegean region, all of which built on her earlier research in London on feminist separatist location in the city, and in Manchester on the spatial and gender implications of the introduction of the internet to the city. 2 A01 21 0000000317572331 Samuli Lähteenaho Samuli Lähteenaho Social and Cultural Anthropology, Faculty of Social Sciences 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Samuli Lähteenaho is a doctoral candidate in social and cultural anthropology at the University of Helsinki and a researcher at the Finnish Institute in the Middle East. His doctoral research examines relative location and politics of environment and space on the Lebanese coastline. 3 A01 21 0000000155755636 Phaedra Douzina-Bakalaki Phaedra Douzina-Bakalaki Social Sciences/Social and Cultural Anthropology 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Phaedra Douzina-Bakalaki is currently working on a postdoctoral research project funded by the Finnish Cultural Foundation 4 A01 21 0000000303016131 Carl Rommel Carl Rommel Department of Cultural Anthropology and Ethnology 40 048a87296 Uppsala University Carl Rommel is currently working as a research fellow at Uppsala University. 5 A01 21 0000000211478689 Joseph J. Viscomi Joseph Viscomi School of HIstorical Studies 40 02mb95055 Birkbeck, University of London Viscomi is senior lecturer in European History at Birkbeck. His research, writing, and teaching explores migration, temporality, and the politics of departure in and beyond Mediterranean worlds since the eighteenth century. 6 A01 21 0000000216761432 Laia Soto Bermant Laia Soto Bermant Social Sciences/Social and Cultural Anthropology 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Laia is a KONE research fellow at the University of Helsinki. 7 A01 Patricia Scalco Patricia Scalco Social Sciences/Social and Cultural Anthropology 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Patricia Scalco is currently working on an ERC project looking into the anthropology and psychology of irritation. 01 eng 00 298 03 B2 Anthropology B2 Ethnography B2 Mediterranean Studies B2 Political Geography 20 Location; Mediterranean; Borders; Middle East and North Africa (MENA); Southern Europe; East Mediterranean 01 06 02 00 An Anthropology of Crosslocations</italic> introduces a new approach to understanding location. Geographical space is often perceived as divided by state borders, but it can also be classified and segmented based on, for example, ecosystems or religious structures and beliefs. The book shows how different locating logics coexist in a singl 03 00 An Anthropology of Crosslocations </italic>introduces a radical new approach to understanding location. The co-authors show that the question of where something is depends on how places are mutually connected and disconnected. The location of a place can be established by different logics, such as national borders, ecosystems, or economic zones. These different ways of classifying the relative value and significance of a place coexist and overlap: for example, national borders are regularly crosscut by ecosystems. By thinking of 'location' as a process defined by several different coexisting locating regimes, the book showcases a fresh way to think about the multiple and overlapping connections and disconnections between here and elsewhere. This approach can fundamentally revise ethnographic and anthropological views on the importance, value and significance of where people, things and animals are located and, as such, redefines the idea of ‘the field.’<break/>The volume brings together seven anthropologists who have worked together for six years. The chapters take the reader through a series of journeys around the Mediterranean region—to North Africa, the East Mediterranean, and Southern Europe. Each chapter unfolds an ethnographic or historical account of the coexistence of different values and meanings of location in different places. 30 00 An Anthropology of Crosslocations </italic>introduces a radical new approach to understanding location. The co-authors show that the question of where something is depends on how places are mutually connected and disconnected. The location of a place can be established by different logics, such as national borders, ecosystems, or economic zones. These different ways of classifying the relative value and significance of a place coexist and overlap: for example, national borders are regularly crosscut by ecosystems. By thinking of 'location' as a process defined by several different coexisting locating regimes, the book showcases a fresh way to think about the multiple and overlapping connections and disconnections between here and elsewhere. This approach can fundamentally revise ethnographic and anthropological views on the importance, value and significance of where people, things and animals are located and, as such, redefines the idea of ‘the field.’<break/>The volume brings together seven anthropologists who have worked together for six years. The chapters take the reader through a series of journeys around the Mediterranean region—to North Africa, the East Mediterranean, and Southern Europe. Each chapter unfolds an ethnographic or historical account of the coexistence of different values and meanings of location in different places. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/7f45d472-b2d5-43c3-af8f-74a506484842.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20240528 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523691001 03 9789523691001 06 15 9789523691025 03 9789523691025 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20240528 01 urn:uuid:d1fc7f7f-266c-4b03-881b-1a899168e14d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:fc93c392-222d-42c5-89ca-2aad69952f78 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:d1fc7f7f-266c-4b03-881b-1a899168e14d 15 9789523691025 03 9789523691025 06 10.33134/HUP-23 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 An Anthropology of Crosslocations 1 A01 21 000000027026383X Sarah Green Sarah Green Social and Cultural Anthropology, Faculty of Social Sciences 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Sarah Green is Professor of Social and Cultural Anthropology at the University of Helsinki. She specialises on concepts of borders, space, place and location. The initial idea of crosslocations developed from her research on the Greek-Albanian border, in southern Greece (Argolid region) and in the Aegean region, all of which built on her earlier research in London on feminist separatist location in the city, and in Manchester on the spatial and gender implications of the introduction of the internet to the city. 2 A01 21 0000000317572331 Samuli Lähteenaho Samuli Lähteenaho Social and Cultural Anthropology, Faculty of Social Sciences 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Samuli Lähteenaho is a doctoral candidate in social and cultural anthropology at the University of Helsinki and a researcher at the Finnish Institute in the Middle East. His doctoral research examines relative location and politics of environment and space on the Lebanese coastline. 3 A01 21 0000000155755636 Phaedra Douzina-Bakalaki Phaedra Douzina-Bakalaki Social Sciences/Social and Cultural Anthropology 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Phaedra Douzina-Bakalaki is currently working on a postdoctoral research project funded by the Finnish Cultural Foundation 4 A01 21 0000000303016131 Carl Rommel Carl Rommel Department of Cultural Anthropology and Ethnology 40 048a87296 Uppsala University Carl Rommel is currently working as a research fellow at Uppsala University. 5 A01 21 0000000211478689 Joseph J. Viscomi Joseph Viscomi School of HIstorical Studies 40 02mb95055 Birkbeck, University of London Viscomi is senior lecturer in European History at Birkbeck. His research, writing, and teaching explores migration, temporality, and the politics of departure in and beyond Mediterranean worlds since the eighteenth century. 6 A01 21 0000000216761432 Laia Soto Bermant Laia Soto Bermant Social Sciences/Social and Cultural Anthropology 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Laia is a KONE research fellow at the University of Helsinki. 7 A01 Patricia Scalco Patricia Scalco Social Sciences/Social and Cultural Anthropology 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Patricia Scalco is currently working on an ERC project looking into the anthropology and psychology of irritation. 01 eng 00 298 03 B2 Anthropology B2 Ethnography B2 Mediterranean Studies B2 Political Geography 20 Location; Mediterranean; Borders; Middle East and North Africa (MENA); Southern Europe; East Mediterranean 01 06 02 00 An Anthropology of Crosslocations</italic> introduces a new approach to understanding location. Geographical space is often perceived as divided by state borders, but it can also be classified and segmented based on, for example, ecosystems or religious structures and beliefs. The book shows how different locating logics coexist in a singl 03 00 An Anthropology of Crosslocations </italic>introduces a radical new approach to understanding location. The co-authors show that the question of where something is depends on how places are mutually connected and disconnected. The location of a place can be established by different logics, such as national borders, ecosystems, or economic zones. These different ways of classifying the relative value and significance of a place coexist and overlap: for example, national borders are regularly crosscut by ecosystems. By thinking of 'location' as a process defined by several different coexisting locating regimes, the book showcases a fresh way to think about the multiple and overlapping connections and disconnections between here and elsewhere. This approach can fundamentally revise ethnographic and anthropological views on the importance, value and significance of where people, things and animals are located and, as such, redefines the idea of ‘the field.’<break/>The volume brings together seven anthropologists who have worked together for six years. The chapters take the reader through a series of journeys around the Mediterranean region—to North Africa, the East Mediterranean, and Southern Europe. Each chapter unfolds an ethnographic or historical account of the coexistence of different values and meanings of location in different places. 30 00 An Anthropology of Crosslocations </italic>introduces a radical new approach to understanding location. The co-authors show that the question of where something is depends on how places are mutually connected and disconnected. The location of a place can be established by different logics, such as national borders, ecosystems, or economic zones. These different ways of classifying the relative value and significance of a place coexist and overlap: for example, national borders are regularly crosscut by ecosystems. By thinking of 'location' as a process defined by several different coexisting locating regimes, the book showcases a fresh way to think about the multiple and overlapping connections and disconnections between here and elsewhere. This approach can fundamentally revise ethnographic and anthropological views on the importance, value and significance of where people, things and animals are located and, as such, redefines the idea of ‘the field.’<break/>The volume brings together seven anthropologists who have worked together for six years. The chapters take the reader through a series of journeys around the Mediterranean region—to North Africa, the East Mediterranean, and Southern Europe. Each chapter unfolds an ethnographic or historical account of the coexistence of different values and meanings of location in different places. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/7f45d472-b2d5-43c3-af8f-74a506484842.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20240528 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523691001 03 9789523691001 06 15 9789523691018 03 9789523691018 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20240528 01 urn:uuid:1bbb3b43-b42e-4cca-ae1e-db219dcf2bf9 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:027782f4-5f41-4f85-825b-99dab0bc4bfc 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:1bbb3b43-b42e-4cca-ae1e-db219dcf2bf9 15 9789523691155 03 9789523691155 06 10.33134/HUP-27 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 An Investigation of Hate Speech in Italian Use, Identification, and Perception 1 B01 21 0000000280828232 Silvio Cruschina Silvio Cruschina Department of Languages 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Silvio Cruschina is Professor of Italian in<break/>the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. He specialises in<break/>Romance linguistics, in particular Italian, Sicilian, and other dialects of<break/>Italy. His area of expertise is syntax, but his<break/>research interests range over a variety of subjects and topics, including<break/>information structure, pragmatics, and diachronic variation. Together with<break/>Chiara Gianollo, he coordinated the project ‘ALIHAS—A Linguistic Investigation<break/>of Hate Speech’, funded by the university alliance UNA Europa (2020‒2022), from<break/>which this volume originates. He is the author of Discourse-Related Features<break/>and Functional Projections (2012) and, together with Delia Bentley and<break/>Francesco Maria Ciconte, of Existentials and Locatives in Romance Dialects<break/>of Italy (2015). He has also co-edited several volumes and journal special<break/>issues, and has published in international peer-reviewed journals such as Glossa,<break/>Natural Language & Linguistic Theory, Isogloss, Word<break/>Structure, and Probus. 2 B01 21 0000000163806368 Chiara Gianollo Chiara Gianollo Department of Classical Philology and Italian Studies Alma Mater Studiorum – University of Bologna Chiara Gianollo is Associate Professor of<break/>Linguistics at the University of Bologna. She is a historical linguist, with<break/>expertise in the diachrony of Greek, Latin, and Old Romance, and has a special<break/>interest in formal approaches to historical syntax and semantics. Her research on the dimensions of linguistic<break/>variation extends to the study of multilingualism in migration settings,<break/>especially with respect to educational contexts. With Silvio Cruschina she coordinated<break/>the project ‘ALIHAS—A Linguistic Investigation of Hate Speech’, funded by the<break/>university alliance UNA Europa (2020–2022), from which this volume originates.<break/>She is the author of Indefinites between Latin and Romance (2018). She<break/>co-edited, with Agnes Jäger and Doris Penka, Language Change at the<break/>Syntax-Semantics Interface (2015); with Ilaria Fiorentini and Nicola<break/>Grandi, La classe plurilingue (2020); with Maria Napoli and Klaus von<break/>Heusinger, Determiners and Quantifiers: Functions, Variation, and Change<break/>(2022). 01 eng 00 384 03 B2 Linguistics 20 social media; hate speech; aggressive language; implicit meaning; discourse analysis; pragmatics 01 06 02 00 This volume investigates and analyses hate speech from a linguistic perspective. The focus is not only on lexical means (e.g. insults, derogatory terms or epithets), but also on more subtle grammatical and pragmatic strategies related to implicit meanings or conversational dynamics. The book’s aim is to identify the common linguistic characte 03 00 Language is a key element in constructing and reinforcing social identities. Through hate speech, language becomes an instrument of creating and spreading stereotypes, discrimination, and social injustices based on attributes such as race, ethnicity, religion, gender, nationality, political ideology, disability, or sexual orientation.<break/>The rise of digital communication, especially social media, has made hate speech a major topic of research in various fields. An Investigation of Hate Speech in Italian</italic> analyses hate speech from a linguistic perspective. The focus is not only on lexical means, but also on more subtle grammatical and pragmatic strategies related to implicit meanings or conversational dynamics. The volume identifies the common linguistic characteristics of hate speech in different domains of communication and explores criteria that can help distinguish between hate speech and freedom of expression.<break/>The studies in this volume focus on Italian, but the methods and findings can easily be extended to other languages for comparative and contrastive purposes. The chapters utilize extensive research data. Social media platforms have provided linguistic data that would otherwise be challenging to collect and analyse systematically. The chapters allow readers to link linguistic insights to different real-world contexts, helping them understand the impact language has on various aspects of life and society.<break/>Silvio Cruschina</bold> is Professor of Italian in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki.<break/><break/>Chiara Gianollo</bold> is Associate Professor of Linguistics in the Department of Classical Philology and Italian Studies at the University of Bologna. 30 00 Language is a key element in constructing and reinforcing social identities. Through hate speech, language becomes an instrument of creating and spreading stereotypes, discrimination, and social injustices based on attributes such as race, ethnicity, religion, gender, nationality, political ideology, disability, or sexual orientation.<break/>The rise of digital communication, especially social media, has made hate speech a major topic of research in various fields. An Investigation of Hate Speech in Italian</italic> analyses hate speech from a linguistic perspective. The focus is not only on lexical means, but also on more subtle grammatical and pragmatic strategies related to implicit meanings or conversational dynamics. The volume identifies the common linguistic characteristics of hate speech in different domains of communication and explores criteria that can help distinguish between hate speech and freedom of expression.<break/>The studies in this volume focus on Italian, but the methods and findings can easily be extended to other languages for comparative and contrastive purposes. The chapters utilize extensive research data. Social media platforms have provided linguistic data that would otherwise be challenging to collect and analyse systematically. The chapters allow readers to link linguistic insights to different real-world contexts, helping them understand the impact language has on various aspects of life and society.<break/>Silvio Cruschina</bold> is Professor of Italian in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki.<break/><break/>Chiara Gianollo</bold> is Associate Professor of Linguistics in the Department of Classical Philology and Italian Studies at the University of Bologna. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/46c7068b-9c88-4b58-9c36-4a18ebd6955a.jpg 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-27-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Words that matter: The use of language with hate purposes 1 A01 21 0000000280828232 Silvio Cruschina Silvio Cruschina Department of Languages 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Silvio Cruschina is Professor of Italian in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. He specialises in Romance linguistics, in particular Italian, Sicilian, and other dialects of Italy.<break/>His area of expertise is syntax, but his research interests range over a variety of subjects and topics, including information structure, pragmatics, and diachronic variation. Together with Chiara Gianollo, he coordinated the project ‘ALIHAS—A Linguistic Investigation of Hate Speech’, funded by the university alliance UNA Europa (2020‒2022), from which this volume originates. He is the author of Discourse-Related Features and Functional Projections (2012) and, together with Delia Bentley and Francesco Maria Ciconte, of Existentials and Locatives in Romance Dialects of Italy (2015). He has also co-edited several volumes and journal special issues, and has published in international peer-reviewed journals such as Glossa, Natural Language & Linguistic Theory, Isogloss, Word Structure, and Probus. 2 A01 21 0000000163806368 Chiara Gianollo Chiara Gianollo Department of Classical Philology and Italian Studies Alma Mater Studiorum – University of Bologna Chiara Gianollo is Associate Professor of Linguistics at the University of Bologna. She is a historical linguist, with expertise in the diachrony of Greek, Latin, and Old Romance, and has a special interest in formal approaches to historical syntax and semantics.<break/>Her research on the dimensions of linguistic variation extends to the study of multilingualism in migration settings, especially with respect to educational contexts. With Silvio Cruschina she coordinated the project ‘ALIHAS—A Linguistic Investigation of Hate Speech’, funded by the university alliance UNA Europa (2020–2022), from which this volume originates. She is the author of Indefinites between Latin and Romance (2018). She co-edited, with Agnes Jäger and Doris Penka, Language Change at the Syntax-Semantics Interface (2015); with Ilaria Fiorentini and Nicola Grandi, La classe plurilingue (2020); with Maria Napoli and Klaus von Heusinger, Determiners and Quantifiers: Functions, Variation, and Change (2022). 03 00 This chapter introduces the rationale behind the volume and the main topics discussed in the various chapters. It surveys the difficulties surrounding the definition of hate speech and singles out the main issues that are relevant for its linguistic investigation: besides the lexical elements (slurs, insults, derogatory epithets), more hidden pragmatic and grammatical strategies are also argued to characterise hate speech and aggressive language. In this respect, a rigorous evaluation of the contextual conditions by means of the tools provided by linguistics helps towards establishing a more precise identification of types of hate speech in conversational dynamics (explicit and implicit hate speech, intensity and degree of offensiveness, intentions, and effects). 30 00 This chapter introduces the rationale behind the volume and the main topics discussed in the various chapters. It surveys the difficulties surrounding the definition of hate speech and singles out the main issues that are relevant for its linguistic investigation: besides the lexical elements (slurs, insults, derogatory epithets), more hidden pragmatic and grammatical strategies are also argued to characterise hate speech and aggressive language. In this respect, a rigorous evaluation of the contextual conditions by means of the tools provided by linguistics helps towards establishing a more precise identification of types of hate speech in conversational dynamics (explicit and implicit hate speech, intensity and degree of offensiveness, intentions, and effects). 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-27-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Call me by my name: Hate speech and identity 1 A01 21 0000000187998755 Claudia Bianchi Claudia Bianchi Department of Philosophy University Vita-Salute San Raffaele, Milan Claudia Bianchi (PhD from École Polytechnique, Paris) is Full Professor of Philosophy of Language in the Philosophy Faculty at the University Vita-Salute San Raffaele, Milan, where she is currently the Coordinator of the PhD in Philosophy, the Director of the research centre Gender (Interfaculty centre for gender studies) and of the master’s in Communication of Science and Health. Her main research interests are in philosophy of language, pragmatics, and feminist philosophy of language. In particular, she works on hate speech, slurs, and discursive injustice. She has published four books, edited a further one, and co-edited three more. Her latest authored work is Hate speech: il lato oscuro del linguaggio (2021). 03 00 The aim of this chapter is to examine social labels not only as tools of description</italic> of social identity but also as means of construction</italic> of our and other people’s identities. I will endorse an Austinian, performative</italic> perspective on social labels, and focus on a particularly hateful kind of labels, namely slurs. Rather than analysing what slurs mean or say</italic>, I will devote my attention to what speakers do</italic> with slurs—and to the different kinds of speech acts that they allow speakers to perform. Firstly, I will characterise how standard, derogatory uses of slurs contribute to shaping toxic and harmful identities for both their targets and their speakers, as well as their non-targeted addressees. Secondly, I will show how appropriated, non-derogatory uses of slurs can help to constitute positive identities for targets, setting the boundaries of groups and communities. While slurs reinforce oppressive social norms and hierarchies, and may even legitimate discriminatory actions against targets, appropriation is a way to disrupt such unfair norms and hierarchies, to subvert the subordinate position imposed on targets, and to reclaim strong, positive, proud identities. From this perspective, language is a powerful tool of exclusion, oppression, and discrimination—but, hopefully, also of inclusion, emancipation, and self-determination. 30 00 The aim of this chapter is to examine social labels not only as tools of description</italic> of social identity but also as means of construction</italic> of our and other people’s identities. I will endorse an Austinian, performative</italic> perspective on social labels, and focus on a particularly hateful kind of labels, namely slurs. Rather than analysing what slurs mean or say</italic>, I will devote my attention to what speakers do</italic> with slurs—and to the different kinds of speech acts that they allow speakers to perform. Firstly, I will characterise how standard, derogatory uses of slurs contribute to shaping toxic and harmful identities for both their targets and their speakers, as well as their non-targeted addressees. Secondly, I will show how appropriated, non-derogatory uses of slurs can help to constitute positive identities for targets, setting the boundaries of groups and communities. While slurs reinforce oppressive social norms and hierarchies, and may even legitimate discriminatory actions against targets, appropriation is a way to disrupt such unfair norms and hierarchies, to subvert the subordinate position imposed on targets, and to reclaim strong, positive, proud identities. From this perspective, language is a powerful tool of exclusion, oppression, and discrimination—but, hopefully, also of inclusion, emancipation, and self-determination. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-27-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 A typology of insults: A corpus-based study of Italian political debates on Twitter 1 A01 21 0000000319920766 Margarita Borreguero Zuloaga Margarita Borreguero Zuloaga Department of Romance Studies Complutense University of Madrid Margarita Borreguero Zuloaga studied Spanish and Italian Philology and Philosophy at the Complutense University of Madrid, where she is now Associate Professor in the Romance Studies department. She was awarded a Humboldt Fellowship at the University of Heidelberg (2010–2012) and has been a visiting scholar at the universities of Tübingen, Marburg, Bergamo, and Turin. Her research interests are contrastive linguistics and discourse analysis, with particular attention to information structure, discourse markers, anaphors, and discursive strategies in information manipulation. Among her publications are the books La interfaz lengua texto: un modelo de estructura informativa (2015) in cooperation with Angela Ferrari and Las teorías textuales de János S. Petöfi: de la gramática del texto a la Textología Semiótica (2024). She has been co-editor-in-chief of the journal Cuadernos de Filología Italiana (2016–2023) and has coordinated the book series Sprache – Gesellschaft – Geschichte (Peter Lang) since 2014. 03 00 Political discourse has undergone a radical change in recent decades due both to a new conception of politics as entertainment for citizens and to the use of social networks as the primary site of political debate and interaction, among other factors. One of the main linguistic characteristics of this new political discourse is the presence of linguistic elements that fulfil the pragmatic function of insulting opponents. Our study aims to establish a typology of insulting strategies in political discourse based on an analysis of a corpus of tweets by Italian politicians. Our point of departure is an encompassing notion of insult that considers its illocutionary traits and perlocutionary effects. This notion overcomes the concept of insult as epithet (such as slurs and other negatively connotated adjectives) and offers a broader perspective on textual constructions where the negatively connotated lexical elements are nouns or verbs, or where the rhetorical devices are key in fulfilling the insulting function. Therefore, three types of insults will be examined here: slurs or derogatory epithets, other insulting epithets, and rhetorical insults. 30 00 Political discourse has undergone a radical change in recent decades due both to a new conception of politics as entertainment for citizens and to the use of social networks as the primary site of political debate and interaction, among other factors. One of the main linguistic characteristics of this new political discourse is the presence of linguistic elements that fulfil the pragmatic function of insulting opponents. Our study aims to establish a typology of insulting strategies in political discourse based on an analysis of a corpus of tweets by Italian politicians. Our point of departure is an encompassing notion of insult that considers its illocutionary traits and perlocutionary effects. This notion overcomes the concept of insult as epithet (such as slurs and other negatively connotated adjectives) and offers a broader perspective on textual constructions where the negatively connotated lexical elements are nouns or verbs, or where the rhetorical devices are key in fulfilling the insulting function. Therefore, three types of insults will be examined here: slurs or derogatory epithets, other insulting epithets, and rhetorical insults. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-27-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The words of hate speech: A lexical study of homotransphobia in an Italian Twitter corpus 1 A01 21 000900003199371X Elena Sofia Safina Elena Sofia Safina Dipartimento di Studi Umanistici 40 05290cv24 University of Naples Federico II Elena Sofia Safina is a PhD student in the doctoral programme in Mind, Gender, and Language at the University of Naples Federico II, Italy. Her research interests include language, gender and sexuality, inspired by her MA studies, during which she produced a computational linguistics thesis on countering homotransphobia on Twitter. She participated in the UNA Europa seed funding project ‘ALIHAS—A Linguistic Investigation of Hate Speech’, analysing homotransphobic hate speech both lexically and semantically.<break/>Her current research focuses on psycholinguistics, particularly the effects of grammatical gender marking on mental representations of human referents in reading tasks. Additionally, she investigates gender-sensitive language strategies in Italian, analysing their practical usage through corpus-based studies and exploring speaker opinions on gender-sensitive language as future language policy via questionnaires. She published her experimental results in the paper ‘Effects of grammatical gender on gender inferences:<break/>experimental evidence from Italian common gender nouns’ in the International Journal of Linguistics (2024). 03 00 The everyday discursive production of dehumanising representations and stereotypical beliefs regarding the LGBTQIA+ community undermines the self-respect of both individuals and the target group by damaging their social agency and entitlement dimensions.This chapter proposes a quantitative and qualitative analysis of the TWEER corpus, which consists of 5660 Italian tweets on queer topics. The aims of the work are quantifying the presence of hate speech online and describing the main linguistic features that characterise such language in Italian. Quantitative analysis consists in a manual annotation of the corpus based on a fine-grained scheme comprising six labels (Sanguinetti et al. 2018): hate speech, intensity of hate, aggressiveness, offensiveness, irony, and stereotype. We found that hate speech covers 13 per cent of the entire corpus, but only 6 per cent of those tweets contained an explicit inciting of hatred, while most hateful tweets were superficially polite, containing dangerous prejudices against LGBTQIA+ individuals. We then propose a lexical-semantic study on a subcorpus which focuses on isolating the most representative meaning clusters in explicitly hateful texts. By analysing each lexical word, we found three main clusters, namely references to politics, health, and ethics, while mentions of sexual identity issues were far rarer, confirming that even explicit hate relies on a heteronormative matrix rather than an impulsive intolerance of certain kinds of sexual orientations or gender identities. 30 00 The everyday discursive production of dehumanising representations and stereotypical beliefs regarding the LGBTQIA+ community undermines the self-respect of both individuals and the target group by damaging their social agency and entitlement dimensions.This chapter proposes a quantitative and qualitative analysis of the TWEER corpus, which consists of 5660 Italian tweets on queer topics. The aims of the work are quantifying the presence of hate speech online and describing the main linguistic features that characterise such language in Italian. Quantitative analysis consists in a manual annotation of the corpus based on a fine-grained scheme comprising six labels (Sanguinetti et al. 2018): hate speech, intensity of hate, aggressiveness, offensiveness, irony, and stereotype. We found that hate speech covers 13 per cent of the entire corpus, but only 6 per cent of those tweets contained an explicit inciting of hatred, while most hateful tweets were superficially polite, containing dangerous prejudices against LGBTQIA+ individuals. We then propose a lexical-semantic study on a subcorpus which focuses on isolating the most representative meaning clusters in explicitly hateful texts. By analysing each lexical word, we found three main clusters, namely references to politics, health, and ethics, while mentions of sexual identity issues were far rarer, confirming that even explicit hate relies on a heteronormative matrix rather than an impulsive intolerance of certain kinds of sexual orientations or gender identities. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-27-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Homophobic hate speech in Italian tweets: Contextual cues of offensiveness 1 A01 21 0000000324559004 Stefano De Pascale Stefano De Pascale Brussels Centre for Language Studies 40 006e5kg04 Vrije Universiteit Brussel Stefano De Pascale obtained his PhD in Linguistics in 2019 at KU Leuven, Belgium. In his thesis he investigated the contribution of token-based semantic vector space models in the study of lexical variation. After working as a postdoctoral scholar on the project<break/>‘Nephological Semantics—Using token clouds for meaning detection in variationist linguistics’, he obtained a junior FWO-postdoctoral fellowship in 2021 on diachronic semantics and started as a part-time assistant professor of Italian linguistics at Vrije Universiteit Brussel. His research is at the intersection of sociolinguistics, cognitive linguistics, and corpus linguistics, with a strong focus on computational methodology. He is the co-author of Lexical Variation and Change: A Distributional Semantic Approach<break/>(2023, with Dirk Geeraerts, Dirk Speelman, Kris Heylen, Mariana Montes, Karlien Franco, and Michael Lang) and ‘Lexical coherence in contemporary Italian: a lectometric analysis’ (2023, with Stefania Marzo). 2 A01 21 0000000171848226 Edoardo Cavirani Edoardo Cavirani Faculty of Arts 40 05f950310 KU Leuven Edoardo Cavirani studied Historical and Comparative Linguistics at the University of Pisa. In 2015, he obtained his PhD (University of Pisa and University of Leiden) with the thesis ‘Modeling Phonologization: Vowel Epenthesis and Reduction in Lunigiana Dialects’. From 2014 to 2017, he held a postdoctoral researcher position at the Meertens Institute (KNAW) on the Maps & Grammar project, where he stayed until 2018 as a guest researcher. In 2019 he joined KU Leuven, Belgium, as a FWO Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions – Seal of Excellence postdoctoral researcher with a project on the microvariation of gender and number spell-out.<break/>Throughout his career, he has mostly worked on phonological theory and microvariation, and in recent years has started working more on morphophonology and on morphosyntax, focusing on the formalisation of expressivity. He has published papers in peer-reviewed journals such as Journal of Linguistics, Linguistic Review, Studi e Saggi Linguistici, and Glossa. 3 A01 21 0000000155430882 Stefania Marzo Stefania Marzo Italian Department 40 05f950310 KU Leuven Stefania Marzo is Professor of Italian Linguistics and head of the Italian Department at KU Leuven, Belgium. She received her PhD in Linguistics from the University of Leuven in 2006. Prior to her appointment at KU Leuven, she worked at the Department of Translation, Interpreting and Communication at the University of Ghent, Belgium. Her research interests lie mainly in the fields of variationist sociolinguistics and contact linguistics. She focuses on the diffusion of urban vernaculars in Flanders, the evolution of Italian as a heritage language in Europe, and the dynamics of (re)standardisation in contemporary Italian. Methodologically, she combines corpus-based research with experimental methods to investigate the social meaning of language variation. Her work has been published in peer-reviewed journals, including Language in Society, Italian Journal of Linguistics, and International Journal of Bilingualism. She has also edited several international volumes. 03 00 Social media channels have become omnipresent tools for communicating, sharing knowledge, and establishing communities, but also places where all sorts of hate speech comes to the surface. This chapter contributes to the body of work on online hate speech towards sexual orientation minorities and takes some initial steps towards a quantitative variationist sociolinguistic study of homophobic language in Italian social media. By exploring the different lexicalisations (i.e. near-synonyms) available in Italian for expressing or referring to the concept of "homosexual man" on X (formerly known as Twitter), this study provides both a descriptive and a methodological contribution. For this purpose, we created a dataset of 3000 manually annotated tweets in which at least one of the 33 lexicalisations of the concept "homosexual man" was recorded, and which we annotated for linguistic and stylistic factors that favour the perception of an expression as offensive. Our study shows that the interaction of lexical variation and explicit and implicit contextual cues, such as irony and dialect use, is significant in determining the degree of offensiveness of tweets. Furthermore, this study provides further evidence in favour of using social media as a laboratory for mapping language variation on a large scale, and for reflecting on the refinement of semi-automatic annotation of linguistic, stylistic, and social variables in written social media language. 30 00 Social media channels have become omnipresent tools for communicating, sharing knowledge, and establishing communities, but also places where all sorts of hate speech comes to the surface. This chapter contributes to the body of work on online hate speech towards sexual orientation minorities and takes some initial steps towards a quantitative variationist sociolinguistic study of homophobic language in Italian social media. By exploring the different lexicalisations (i.e. near-synonyms) available in Italian for expressing or referring to the concept of "homosexual man" on X (formerly known as Twitter), this study provides both a descriptive and a methodological contribution. For this purpose, we created a dataset of 3000 manually annotated tweets in which at least one of the 33 lexicalisations of the concept "homosexual man" was recorded, and which we annotated for linguistic and stylistic factors that favour the perception of an expression as offensive. Our study shows that the interaction of lexical variation and explicit and implicit contextual cues, such as irony and dialect use, is significant in determining the degree of offensiveness of tweets. Furthermore, this study provides further evidence in favour of using social media as a laboratory for mapping language variation on a large scale, and for reflecting on the refinement of semi-automatic annotation of linguistic, stylistic, and social variables in written social media language. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-27-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The impact of bilingualism on hate speech perception and slur appropriation: An initial study of Italian UK residents 1 A01 21 0000000255652538 Mattia Zingaretti Mattia Zingaretti School of Education, Language and Psychology 40 00z5fkj61 York St John University Mattia Zingaretti is Lecturer in Applied Linguistics and TESOL at York St John University, UK. He completed his PhD at the University of Edinburgh in 2022, funded by the Arts and Humanities Research Council, investigating first language attrition in adult second language learners through behavioural psycholinguistic methods. As an active member of the Centre for Language and Social Justice Research at York St John, and Research and Knowledge Exchange Lead at York St John’s Community Language School, his research focuses on second-language acquisition and teaching, and the impact of bi-/multilingualism from linguistic, cognitive, and emotional perspectives. His work has been presented at national and international conferences, as well as having been published in both academic and non-academic venues. He has also disseminated his research and promoted evidence-based insights on bi-/multilingualism and language learning through public engagement as an affiliate member of Bilingualism Matters in Edinburgh. 2 A01 21 000000031767424X Maria Garraffa Maria Garraffa School of Health Sciences 40 026k5mg93 University of East Anglia Maria Garraffa is an Associate Professor of Clinical Linguistics at the University of East Anglia, UK. Her research sits at the interface between medicine and linguistics. She specialises in profiling the language of individuals with language disorders using linguistically informed frameworks. Maria has a particular interest in public health initiatives for speakers of minoritised languages.<break/>Her research has received support from various funders, including the Academy of Medical Science and the British Council. She has published over 80 articles in international peer-reviewed journals, employing diverse methodologies, single-case and group studies, and linguistic and cognitive screenings. She has collaborated with international partners on studies involving several clinical populations, including stroke patients with aphasia, adults with ADHD, young offenders, children with developmental language disorder, and individuals with neurodegenerative disorders. Additionally, she has authored an introductory book on the benefits of bilingualism and numerous resources for teaching clinical linguistics in the health sciences. 3 A01 21 0000000288121979 Antonella Sorace Antonella Sorace School of Philosophy, Psychology and Language Sciences 40 01nrxwf90 University of Edinburgh Antonella Sorace is Professor of Developmental Linguistics at the University of Edinburgh and Honorary Professor at University College London. She is internationally known for her interdisciplinary research on bilingualism across the lifespan and for her contribution to language typology, especially for her work on constrained variation at the syntax–pragmatics interface and gradience in natural language. She is also committed to building bridges between research and people in different sectors of society.<break/>She is the founding director of the public engagement centre Bilingualism Matters, which currently has 34 branches across four continents. 03 00 The complex relationship between bilingualism and emotions has been extensively studied since the early 2000s, but the potential impact of bilingualism on speakers’ perceptions and reactions to an emotionally loaded topic such as hate speech has been overlooked. This chapter reports the first investigation of this kind, examining whether hate speech perception differs for late bilinguals in their first language (L1) versus their second language (L2), and how bilingual experience factors such as length of residence in the L2 country and language dominance may predict these perceptions. This research also explores whether the same factors, along with identifying with a sexual or ethnic minority, may predict bilinguals’ perception of appropriateness in using slurs to react to hate speech, and whether bilinguals would appropriate slurs themselves. The bilingual group surveyed consists of 43 highly proficient L1 Italian speakers of L2 English, who grew up in Italy until at least the age of 16 and have been in the UK for an average of 5 years. The results indicate that the participants perceive hate speech rather similarly in their L1 and L2. Importantly, despite the overall higher familiarity with L1 hate words, a longer period of residence in the UK is associated with L1 hate words becoming less accessible in terms of familiarity, use, and imageability, while L2 words become less offensive. Moreover, slur appropriation is not predicted by any of the bilingual experience variables, but only by whether participants identify as part of a minority. The findings are discussed with reference to bilingualism research on L1 attrition and emotion, and by highlighting the implications of considering bilinguals’ unique perceptions of hate speech from both linguistic and interdisciplinary perspectives. 30 00 The complex relationship between bilingualism and emotions has been extensively studied since the early 2000s, but the potential impact of bilingualism on speakers’ perceptions and reactions to an emotionally loaded topic such as hate speech has been overlooked. This chapter reports the first investigation of this kind, examining whether hate speech perception differs for late bilinguals in their first language (L1) versus their second language (L2), and how bilingual experience factors such as length of residence in the L2 country and language dominance may predict these perceptions. This research also explores whether the same factors, along with identifying with a sexual or ethnic minority, may predict bilinguals’ perception of appropriateness in using slurs to react to hate speech, and whether bilinguals would appropriate slurs themselves. The bilingual group surveyed consists of 43 highly proficient L1 Italian speakers of L2 English, who grew up in Italy until at least the age of 16 and have been in the UK for an average of 5 years. The results indicate that the participants perceive hate speech rather similarly in their L1 and L2. Importantly, despite the overall higher familiarity with L1 hate words, a longer period of residence in the UK is associated with L1 hate words becoming less accessible in terms of familiarity, use, and imageability, while L2 words become less offensive. Moreover, slur appropriation is not predicted by any of the bilingual experience variables, but only by whether participants identify as part of a minority. The findings are discussed with reference to bilingualism research on L1 attrition and emotion, and by highlighting the implications of considering bilinguals’ unique perceptions of hate speech from both linguistic and interdisciplinary perspectives. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-27-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Decoding implicit hate speech: Italian political discourse on social media during the COVID-19 pandemic 1 A01 21 0000000151605163 Mattia Retta Mattia Retta Department of Modern Languages 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Mattia Retta is a PhD researcher in Language Studies at the University of Helsinki. His research interests include Italian linguistics, language use in social media, pragmatics, critical discourse analysis, and language pedagogy. His publications include ‘A pragmatic and discourse analysis of hate words on social media’ (2023). 03 00 In this chapter, I examine the main linguistic and discursive features of anti-Chinese and anti-immigrant discourse in Italian political debate on social media. I combine a top-down approach, focusing on politicians, and a horizontal approach, which analyses the discourses produced by other social media users. The aims of this study are to identify the implicit levels of hate speech found in the corpus and to describe the intertextual and interdiscursive construction of discriminatory and stereotyping language. Implicitness is a key element of online political discourse, since a politician’s goal is to induce the audience to perceive the world in the way the politician wants them to. In the study, the pragmatic analysis shows that some kinds of connectives (contrastive, correlative, and temporal) and certain adverbial phrases emerge as effective structures to convey such implicit messages. The vilification of out-groups takes place mainly through dehumanising and naturalising metaphors, which are more effectively unveiled by the discourse analysis. This level of analysis also confirms previously identified metaphors and stereotypes used for othering migrants; however, some topoi</italic> seem to be more commonly attributed to specific categories, such as unreliability and brutality being used almost exclusively in relation to the Chinese. 30 00 In this chapter, I examine the main linguistic and discursive features of anti-Chinese and anti-immigrant discourse in Italian political debate on social media. I combine a top-down approach, focusing on politicians, and a horizontal approach, which analyses the discourses produced by other social media users. The aims of this study are to identify the implicit levels of hate speech found in the corpus and to describe the intertextual and interdiscursive construction of discriminatory and stereotyping language. Implicitness is a key element of online political discourse, since a politician’s goal is to induce the audience to perceive the world in the way the politician wants them to. In the study, the pragmatic analysis shows that some kinds of connectives (contrastive, correlative, and temporal) and certain adverbial phrases emerge as effective structures to convey such implicit messages. The vilification of out-groups takes place mainly through dehumanising and naturalising metaphors, which are more effectively unveiled by the discourse analysis. This level of analysis also confirms previously identified metaphors and stereotypes used for othering migrants; however, some topoi</italic> seem to be more commonly attributed to specific categories, such as unreliability and brutality being used almost exclusively in relation to the Chinese. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-27-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 A linguistic analysis of nationality-based hate speech on Facebook: The case of the Italian language 1 A01 21 0000000251466244 Alicja Paleta Alicja Paleta Department of Romance Studies 40 03bqmcz70 Jagiellonian University Alicja Paleta is a researcher in Italian language and linguistics. Currently she is working in the Department of Romance Studies of Jagiellonian University, Poland, where she is the faculty advisor for Italian Language and Culture. She teaches Italian language and translation between Italian and Polish, and is responsible for the training of future teachers of Italian as a foreign language.<break/>Her scientific interests concern the didactics of foreign languages (especially in the context of Italian as a foreign language taught to Polish students). She is an author of papers on Italian linguistics and didactics, including ‘Multimediale e interattivo…: un’esigenza del metodo o del mercato?’ (Multimedia and interactive activities: are they required by the method or by the market?), ‘La formula di saluto “salve” nell’insegnamento della lingua italiana come lingua straniera (livello di competenza A1)’ (The form of greeting ‘salve’ in teaching Italian as a foreign language at reference level A1). 2 A01 21 0000000251167586 Anna Dyda Anna Dyda Institute of Italian Philology 40 03bqmcz70 Jagiellonian University Anna Dyda is an academic researcher at the Institute of Italian Philology at Jagiellonian University, Poland. She holds a PhD in Italian Linguistics (2019). In 2021 she published a monograph entitled Leggibilità e comprensibilità del linguaggio medico attraverso i testi dei foglietti illustrativi in italiano e in polacco. She has been a member of research teams in several scientific projects, including ‘Romance culture in Poland—Jagiellonian Library Manuscripts’; ALIHAS (A Linguistic Investigation of Hate Speech: How to identify it and how to avoid it)—UNA Europa; and ‘Romance languages for Slavic-speaking university students’ under the Erasmus+ programme. She is the author and co-author of numerous scientific articles. 03 00 This chapter addresses some linguistic characteristics of hate speech in social media. The research was carried out on the basis of a corpus in Italian comprising posts and comments published on two Facebook groups: Italiani a Cracovia (Italians in Krakow) and Italiani in Polonia (Italians in Poland). These groups have about 26,500 members, mainly Italians who live or plan to come and live or travel in Poland and Poles who for various reasons are linked to Italian culture and/or language. This is an important factor as the heterogeneity of the group has an impact on the language used within it, which is also varied. The study analysed utterances on different topics in order to understand whether and how the idea of belonging to a given nation (in this particular case, Italy or Poland) can form the basis of hate speech. The analysis revealed significant variation in the manifestation of hatred that can be expressed through the use of specific words, such as slurs or vulgarisms, but also through grammatical choices, for instance pronominal contrasts. The research also confirmed that not only is hate speech transmitted lexically and grammatically but also through context-dependent irony and cynicism. 30 00 This chapter addresses some linguistic characteristics of hate speech in social media. The research was carried out on the basis of a corpus in Italian comprising posts and comments published on two Facebook groups: Italiani a Cracovia (Italians in Krakow) and Italiani in Polonia (Italians in Poland). These groups have about 26,500 members, mainly Italians who live or plan to come and live or travel in Poland and Poles who for various reasons are linked to Italian culture and/or language. This is an important factor as the heterogeneity of the group has an impact on the language used within it, which is also varied. The study analysed utterances on different topics in order to understand whether and how the idea of belonging to a given nation (in this particular case, Italy or Poland) can form the basis of hate speech. The analysis revealed significant variation in the manifestation of hatred that can be expressed through the use of specific words, such as slurs or vulgarisms, but also through grammatical choices, for instance pronominal contrasts. The research also confirmed that not only is hate speech transmitted lexically and grammatically but also through context-dependent irony and cynicism. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-27-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Hate speech in non-cooperative contexts: Question types as a measure of cooperativity 1 A01 21 000000024441063X Valentina Bianchi Valentina Bianchi Dipartimento Scienze sociali, politiche e cognitive 40 01tevnk56 University of Siena Valentina Bianchi has been professor of Linguistics at the University of Siena since 2007. She was previously a researcher at the Scuola Normale Superiore in Pisa, where she obtained her PhD in 1995. Her research, initially focussed on formal syntax, was gradually extended to consider the interface between syntax, semantics-pragmatics, and prosody. Her current research is mainly concerned with the analysis of discourse particles and questions from an interface perspective. Additionally, she participates in interdisciplinary work on hate speech and on neo-populist discourse on social media. 2 A01 21 0000000280828232 Silvio Cruschina Silvio Cruschina Department of Languages 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Silvio Cruschina is Professor of Italian in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. He specialises in Romance linguistics, in particular Italian, Sicilian, and other dialects of Italy.<break/>His area of expertise is syntax, but his research interests range over a variety of subjects and topics, including information structure, pragmatics, and diachronic variation. Together with Chiara Gianollo, he coordinated the project ‘ALIHAS—A Linguistic Investigation of Hate Speech’, funded by the university alliance UNA Europa (2020‒2022), from which this volume originates. He is the author of Discourse-Related Features and Functional Projections (2012) and, together with Delia Bentley and Francesco Maria Ciconte, of Existentials and Locatives in Romance Dialects of Italy (2015). He has also co-edited several volumes and journal special issues, and has published in international peer-reviewed journals such as Glossa, Natural Language & Linguistic Theory, Isogloss, Word Structure, and Probus. 03 00 Research on hate speech has identified various aspects of social media that affect the speaker’s attitude in this specific type of communication. In this chapter we discuss some structural aspects of the context of utterance as analysed in dynamic pragmatics, and we show that with respect to these, certain online contexts qualify as inherently non-cooperative; we hypothesise that non-cooperativity favours the emergence of excessive language and, in particular, of hate speech. To test our hypothesis, we analyse three small corpora of discussion threads from two different social platforms.<break/>We propose that different types of canonical and non-canonical questions are indices of (non-)cooperativity, and we analyse their distribution in each discussion thread. 30 00 Research on hate speech has identified various aspects of social media that affect the speaker’s attitude in this specific type of communication. In this chapter we discuss some structural aspects of the context of utterance as analysed in dynamic pragmatics, and we show that with respect to these, certain online contexts qualify as inherently non-cooperative; we hypothesise that non-cooperativity favours the emergence of excessive language and, in particular, of hate speech. To test our hypothesis, we analyse three small corpora of discussion threads from two different social platforms.<break/>We propose that different types of canonical and non-canonical questions are indices of (non-)cooperativity, and we analyse their distribution in each discussion thread. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20241219 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523691162 03 9789523691162 06 15 9789523691179 03 9789523691179 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523691155 20 08 20241219 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523691155 20 08 20241219 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523691155 20 08 20241219 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523691155 20 08 20241219 01 urn:uuid:01a8b354-f2b8-4366-9e33-947344b93741 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:027782f4-5f41-4f85-825b-99dab0bc4bfc 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:01a8b354-f2b8-4366-9e33-947344b93741 15 9789523691162 03 9789523691162 06 10.33134/HUP-27 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 An Investigation of Hate Speech in Italian Use, Identification, and Perception 1 B01 21 0000000280828232 Silvio Cruschina Silvio Cruschina Department of Languages 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Silvio Cruschina is Professor of Italian in<break/>the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. He specialises in<break/>Romance linguistics, in particular Italian, Sicilian, and other dialects of<break/>Italy. His area of expertise is syntax, but his<break/>research interests range over a variety of subjects and topics, including<break/>information structure, pragmatics, and diachronic variation. Together with<break/>Chiara Gianollo, he coordinated the project ‘ALIHAS—A Linguistic Investigation<break/>of Hate Speech’, funded by the university alliance UNA Europa (2020‒2022), from<break/>which this volume originates. He is the author of Discourse-Related Features<break/>and Functional Projections (2012) and, together with Delia Bentley and<break/>Francesco Maria Ciconte, of Existentials and Locatives in Romance Dialects<break/>of Italy (2015). He has also co-edited several volumes and journal special<break/>issues, and has published in international peer-reviewed journals such as Glossa,<break/>Natural Language & Linguistic Theory, Isogloss, Word<break/>Structure, and Probus. 2 B01 21 0000000163806368 Chiara Gianollo Chiara Gianollo Department of Classical Philology and Italian Studies Alma Mater Studiorum – University of Bologna Chiara Gianollo is Associate Professor of<break/>Linguistics at the University of Bologna. She is a historical linguist, with<break/>expertise in the diachrony of Greek, Latin, and Old Romance, and has a special<break/>interest in formal approaches to historical syntax and semantics. Her research on the dimensions of linguistic<break/>variation extends to the study of multilingualism in migration settings,<break/>especially with respect to educational contexts. With Silvio Cruschina she coordinated<break/>the project ‘ALIHAS—A Linguistic Investigation of Hate Speech’, funded by the<break/>university alliance UNA Europa (2020–2022), from which this volume originates.<break/>She is the author of Indefinites between Latin and Romance (2018). She<break/>co-edited, with Agnes Jäger and Doris Penka, Language Change at the<break/>Syntax-Semantics Interface (2015); with Ilaria Fiorentini and Nicola<break/>Grandi, La classe plurilingue (2020); with Maria Napoli and Klaus von<break/>Heusinger, Determiners and Quantifiers: Functions, Variation, and Change<break/>(2022). 01 eng 00 384 03 B2 Linguistics 20 social media; hate speech; aggressive language; implicit meaning; discourse analysis; pragmatics 01 06 02 00 This volume investigates and analyses hate speech from a linguistic perspective. The focus is not only on lexical means (e.g. insults, derogatory terms or epithets), but also on more subtle grammatical and pragmatic strategies related to implicit meanings or conversational dynamics. The book’s aim is to identify the common linguistic characte 03 00 Language is a key element in constructing and reinforcing social identities. Through hate speech, language becomes an instrument of creating and spreading stereotypes, discrimination, and social injustices based on attributes such as race, ethnicity, religion, gender, nationality, political ideology, disability, or sexual orientation.<break/>The rise of digital communication, especially social media, has made hate speech a major topic of research in various fields. An Investigation of Hate Speech in Italian</italic> analyses hate speech from a linguistic perspective. The focus is not only on lexical means, but also on more subtle grammatical and pragmatic strategies related to implicit meanings or conversational dynamics. The volume identifies the common linguistic characteristics of hate speech in different domains of communication and explores criteria that can help distinguish between hate speech and freedom of expression.<break/>The studies in this volume focus on Italian, but the methods and findings can easily be extended to other languages for comparative and contrastive purposes. The chapters utilize extensive research data. Social media platforms have provided linguistic data that would otherwise be challenging to collect and analyse systematically. The chapters allow readers to link linguistic insights to different real-world contexts, helping them understand the impact language has on various aspects of life and society.<break/>Silvio Cruschina</bold> is Professor of Italian in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki.<break/><break/>Chiara Gianollo</bold> is Associate Professor of Linguistics in the Department of Classical Philology and Italian Studies at the University of Bologna. 30 00 Language is a key element in constructing and reinforcing social identities. Through hate speech, language becomes an instrument of creating and spreading stereotypes, discrimination, and social injustices based on attributes such as race, ethnicity, religion, gender, nationality, political ideology, disability, or sexual orientation.<break/>The rise of digital communication, especially social media, has made hate speech a major topic of research in various fields. An Investigation of Hate Speech in Italian</italic> analyses hate speech from a linguistic perspective. The focus is not only on lexical means, but also on more subtle grammatical and pragmatic strategies related to implicit meanings or conversational dynamics. The volume identifies the common linguistic characteristics of hate speech in different domains of communication and explores criteria that can help distinguish between hate speech and freedom of expression.<break/>The studies in this volume focus on Italian, but the methods and findings can easily be extended to other languages for comparative and contrastive purposes. The chapters utilize extensive research data. Social media platforms have provided linguistic data that would otherwise be challenging to collect and analyse systematically. The chapters allow readers to link linguistic insights to different real-world contexts, helping them understand the impact language has on various aspects of life and society.<break/>Silvio Cruschina</bold> is Professor of Italian in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki.<break/><break/>Chiara Gianollo</bold> is Associate Professor of Linguistics in the Department of Classical Philology and Italian Studies at the University of Bologna. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/46c7068b-9c88-4b58-9c36-4a18ebd6955a.jpg 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-27-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Words that matter: The use of language with hate purposes 1 A01 21 0000000280828232 Silvio Cruschina Silvio Cruschina Department of Languages 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Silvio Cruschina is Professor of Italian in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. He specialises in Romance linguistics, in particular Italian, Sicilian, and other dialects of Italy.<break/>His area of expertise is syntax, but his research interests range over a variety of subjects and topics, including information structure, pragmatics, and diachronic variation. Together with Chiara Gianollo, he coordinated the project ‘ALIHAS—A Linguistic Investigation of Hate Speech’, funded by the university alliance UNA Europa (2020‒2022), from which this volume originates. He is the author of Discourse-Related Features and Functional Projections (2012) and, together with Delia Bentley and Francesco Maria Ciconte, of Existentials and Locatives in Romance Dialects of Italy (2015). He has also co-edited several volumes and journal special issues, and has published in international peer-reviewed journals such as Glossa, Natural Language & Linguistic Theory, Isogloss, Word Structure, and Probus. 2 A01 21 0000000163806368 Chiara Gianollo Chiara Gianollo Department of Classical Philology and Italian Studies Alma Mater Studiorum – University of Bologna Chiara Gianollo is Associate Professor of Linguistics at the University of Bologna. She is a historical linguist, with expertise in the diachrony of Greek, Latin, and Old Romance, and has a special interest in formal approaches to historical syntax and semantics.<break/>Her research on the dimensions of linguistic variation extends to the study of multilingualism in migration settings, especially with respect to educational contexts. With Silvio Cruschina she coordinated the project ‘ALIHAS—A Linguistic Investigation of Hate Speech’, funded by the university alliance UNA Europa (2020–2022), from which this volume originates. She is the author of Indefinites between Latin and Romance (2018). She co-edited, with Agnes Jäger and Doris Penka, Language Change at the Syntax-Semantics Interface (2015); with Ilaria Fiorentini and Nicola Grandi, La classe plurilingue (2020); with Maria Napoli and Klaus von Heusinger, Determiners and Quantifiers: Functions, Variation, and Change (2022). 03 00 This chapter introduces the rationale behind the volume and the main topics discussed in the various chapters. It surveys the difficulties surrounding the definition of hate speech and singles out the main issues that are relevant for its linguistic investigation: besides the lexical elements (slurs, insults, derogatory epithets), more hidden pragmatic and grammatical strategies are also argued to characterise hate speech and aggressive language. In this respect, a rigorous evaluation of the contextual conditions by means of the tools provided by linguistics helps towards establishing a more precise identification of types of hate speech in conversational dynamics (explicit and implicit hate speech, intensity and degree of offensiveness, intentions, and effects). 30 00 This chapter introduces the rationale behind the volume and the main topics discussed in the various chapters. It surveys the difficulties surrounding the definition of hate speech and singles out the main issues that are relevant for its linguistic investigation: besides the lexical elements (slurs, insults, derogatory epithets), more hidden pragmatic and grammatical strategies are also argued to characterise hate speech and aggressive language. In this respect, a rigorous evaluation of the contextual conditions by means of the tools provided by linguistics helps towards establishing a more precise identification of types of hate speech in conversational dynamics (explicit and implicit hate speech, intensity and degree of offensiveness, intentions, and effects). 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-27-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Call me by my name: Hate speech and identity 1 A01 21 0000000187998755 Claudia Bianchi Claudia Bianchi Department of Philosophy University Vita-Salute San Raffaele, Milan Claudia Bianchi (PhD from École Polytechnique, Paris) is Full Professor of Philosophy of Language in the Philosophy Faculty at the University Vita-Salute San Raffaele, Milan, where she is currently the Coordinator of the PhD in Philosophy, the Director of the research centre Gender (Interfaculty centre for gender studies) and of the master’s in Communication of Science and Health. Her main research interests are in philosophy of language, pragmatics, and feminist philosophy of language. In particular, she works on hate speech, slurs, and discursive injustice. She has published four books, edited a further one, and co-edited three more. Her latest authored work is Hate speech: il lato oscuro del linguaggio (2021). 03 00 The aim of this chapter is to examine social labels not only as tools of description</italic> of social identity but also as means of construction</italic> of our and other people’s identities. I will endorse an Austinian, performative</italic> perspective on social labels, and focus on a particularly hateful kind of labels, namely slurs. Rather than analysing what slurs mean or say</italic>, I will devote my attention to what speakers do</italic> with slurs—and to the different kinds of speech acts that they allow speakers to perform. Firstly, I will characterise how standard, derogatory uses of slurs contribute to shaping toxic and harmful identities for both their targets and their speakers, as well as their non-targeted addressees. Secondly, I will show how appropriated, non-derogatory uses of slurs can help to constitute positive identities for targets, setting the boundaries of groups and communities. While slurs reinforce oppressive social norms and hierarchies, and may even legitimate discriminatory actions against targets, appropriation is a way to disrupt such unfair norms and hierarchies, to subvert the subordinate position imposed on targets, and to reclaim strong, positive, proud identities. From this perspective, language is a powerful tool of exclusion, oppression, and discrimination—but, hopefully, also of inclusion, emancipation, and self-determination. 30 00 The aim of this chapter is to examine social labels not only as tools of description</italic> of social identity but also as means of construction</italic> of our and other people’s identities. I will endorse an Austinian, performative</italic> perspective on social labels, and focus on a particularly hateful kind of labels, namely slurs. Rather than analysing what slurs mean or say</italic>, I will devote my attention to what speakers do</italic> with slurs—and to the different kinds of speech acts that they allow speakers to perform. Firstly, I will characterise how standard, derogatory uses of slurs contribute to shaping toxic and harmful identities for both their targets and their speakers, as well as their non-targeted addressees. Secondly, I will show how appropriated, non-derogatory uses of slurs can help to constitute positive identities for targets, setting the boundaries of groups and communities. While slurs reinforce oppressive social norms and hierarchies, and may even legitimate discriminatory actions against targets, appropriation is a way to disrupt such unfair norms and hierarchies, to subvert the subordinate position imposed on targets, and to reclaim strong, positive, proud identities. From this perspective, language is a powerful tool of exclusion, oppression, and discrimination—but, hopefully, also of inclusion, emancipation, and self-determination. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-27-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 A typology of insults: A corpus-based study of Italian political debates on Twitter 1 A01 21 0000000319920766 Margarita Borreguero Zuloaga Margarita Borreguero Zuloaga Department of Romance Studies Complutense University of Madrid Margarita Borreguero Zuloaga studied Spanish and Italian Philology and Philosophy at the Complutense University of Madrid, where she is now Associate Professor in the Romance Studies department. She was awarded a Humboldt Fellowship at the University of Heidelberg (2010–2012) and has been a visiting scholar at the universities of Tübingen, Marburg, Bergamo, and Turin. Her research interests are contrastive linguistics and discourse analysis, with particular attention to information structure, discourse markers, anaphors, and discursive strategies in information manipulation. Among her publications are the books La interfaz lengua texto: un modelo de estructura informativa (2015) in cooperation with Angela Ferrari and Las teorías textuales de János S. Petöfi: de la gramática del texto a la Textología Semiótica (2024). She has been co-editor-in-chief of the journal Cuadernos de Filología Italiana (2016–2023) and has coordinated the book series Sprache – Gesellschaft – Geschichte (Peter Lang) since 2014. 03 00 Political discourse has undergone a radical change in recent decades due both to a new conception of politics as entertainment for citizens and to the use of social networks as the primary site of political debate and interaction, among other factors. One of the main linguistic characteristics of this new political discourse is the presence of linguistic elements that fulfil the pragmatic function of insulting opponents. Our study aims to establish a typology of insulting strategies in political discourse based on an analysis of a corpus of tweets by Italian politicians. Our point of departure is an encompassing notion of insult that considers its illocutionary traits and perlocutionary effects. This notion overcomes the concept of insult as epithet (such as slurs and other negatively connotated adjectives) and offers a broader perspective on textual constructions where the negatively connotated lexical elements are nouns or verbs, or where the rhetorical devices are key in fulfilling the insulting function. Therefore, three types of insults will be examined here: slurs or derogatory epithets, other insulting epithets, and rhetorical insults. 30 00 Political discourse has undergone a radical change in recent decades due both to a new conception of politics as entertainment for citizens and to the use of social networks as the primary site of political debate and interaction, among other factors. One of the main linguistic characteristics of this new political discourse is the presence of linguistic elements that fulfil the pragmatic function of insulting opponents. Our study aims to establish a typology of insulting strategies in political discourse based on an analysis of a corpus of tweets by Italian politicians. Our point of departure is an encompassing notion of insult that considers its illocutionary traits and perlocutionary effects. This notion overcomes the concept of insult as epithet (such as slurs and other negatively connotated adjectives) and offers a broader perspective on textual constructions where the negatively connotated lexical elements are nouns or verbs, or where the rhetorical devices are key in fulfilling the insulting function. Therefore, three types of insults will be examined here: slurs or derogatory epithets, other insulting epithets, and rhetorical insults. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-27-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The words of hate speech: A lexical study of homotransphobia in an Italian Twitter corpus 1 A01 21 000900003199371X Elena Sofia Safina Elena Sofia Safina Dipartimento di Studi Umanistici 40 05290cv24 University of Naples Federico II Elena Sofia Safina is a PhD student in the doctoral programme in Mind, Gender, and Language at the University of Naples Federico II, Italy. Her research interests include language, gender and sexuality, inspired by her MA studies, during which she produced a computational linguistics thesis on countering homotransphobia on Twitter. She participated in the UNA Europa seed funding project ‘ALIHAS—A Linguistic Investigation of Hate Speech’, analysing homotransphobic hate speech both lexically and semantically.<break/>Her current research focuses on psycholinguistics, particularly the effects of grammatical gender marking on mental representations of human referents in reading tasks. Additionally, she investigates gender-sensitive language strategies in Italian, analysing their practical usage through corpus-based studies and exploring speaker opinions on gender-sensitive language as future language policy via questionnaires. She published her experimental results in the paper ‘Effects of grammatical gender on gender inferences:<break/>experimental evidence from Italian common gender nouns’ in the International Journal of Linguistics (2024). 03 00 The everyday discursive production of dehumanising representations and stereotypical beliefs regarding the LGBTQIA+ community undermines the self-respect of both individuals and the target group by damaging their social agency and entitlement dimensions.This chapter proposes a quantitative and qualitative analysis of the TWEER corpus, which consists of 5660 Italian tweets on queer topics. The aims of the work are quantifying the presence of hate speech online and describing the main linguistic features that characterise such language in Italian. Quantitative analysis consists in a manual annotation of the corpus based on a fine-grained scheme comprising six labels (Sanguinetti et al. 2018): hate speech, intensity of hate, aggressiveness, offensiveness, irony, and stereotype. We found that hate speech covers 13 per cent of the entire corpus, but only 6 per cent of those tweets contained an explicit inciting of hatred, while most hateful tweets were superficially polite, containing dangerous prejudices against LGBTQIA+ individuals. We then propose a lexical-semantic study on a subcorpus which focuses on isolating the most representative meaning clusters in explicitly hateful texts. By analysing each lexical word, we found three main clusters, namely references to politics, health, and ethics, while mentions of sexual identity issues were far rarer, confirming that even explicit hate relies on a heteronormative matrix rather than an impulsive intolerance of certain kinds of sexual orientations or gender identities. 30 00 The everyday discursive production of dehumanising representations and stereotypical beliefs regarding the LGBTQIA+ community undermines the self-respect of both individuals and the target group by damaging their social agency and entitlement dimensions.This chapter proposes a quantitative and qualitative analysis of the TWEER corpus, which consists of 5660 Italian tweets on queer topics. The aims of the work are quantifying the presence of hate speech online and describing the main linguistic features that characterise such language in Italian. Quantitative analysis consists in a manual annotation of the corpus based on a fine-grained scheme comprising six labels (Sanguinetti et al. 2018): hate speech, intensity of hate, aggressiveness, offensiveness, irony, and stereotype. We found that hate speech covers 13 per cent of the entire corpus, but only 6 per cent of those tweets contained an explicit inciting of hatred, while most hateful tweets were superficially polite, containing dangerous prejudices against LGBTQIA+ individuals. We then propose a lexical-semantic study on a subcorpus which focuses on isolating the most representative meaning clusters in explicitly hateful texts. By analysing each lexical word, we found three main clusters, namely references to politics, health, and ethics, while mentions of sexual identity issues were far rarer, confirming that even explicit hate relies on a heteronormative matrix rather than an impulsive intolerance of certain kinds of sexual orientations or gender identities. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-27-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Homophobic hate speech in Italian tweets: Contextual cues of offensiveness 1 A01 21 0000000324559004 Stefano De Pascale Stefano De Pascale Brussels Centre for Language Studies 40 006e5kg04 Vrije Universiteit Brussel Stefano De Pascale obtained his PhD in Linguistics in 2019 at KU Leuven, Belgium. In his thesis he investigated the contribution of token-based semantic vector space models in the study of lexical variation. After working as a postdoctoral scholar on the project<break/>‘Nephological Semantics—Using token clouds for meaning detection in variationist linguistics’, he obtained a junior FWO-postdoctoral fellowship in 2021 on diachronic semantics and started as a part-time assistant professor of Italian linguistics at Vrije Universiteit Brussel. His research is at the intersection of sociolinguistics, cognitive linguistics, and corpus linguistics, with a strong focus on computational methodology. He is the co-author of Lexical Variation and Change: A Distributional Semantic Approach<break/>(2023, with Dirk Geeraerts, Dirk Speelman, Kris Heylen, Mariana Montes, Karlien Franco, and Michael Lang) and ‘Lexical coherence in contemporary Italian: a lectometric analysis’ (2023, with Stefania Marzo). 2 A01 21 0000000171848226 Edoardo Cavirani Edoardo Cavirani Faculty of Arts 40 05f950310 KU Leuven Edoardo Cavirani studied Historical and Comparative Linguistics at the University of Pisa. In 2015, he obtained his PhD (University of Pisa and University of Leiden) with the thesis ‘Modeling Phonologization: Vowel Epenthesis and Reduction in Lunigiana Dialects’. From 2014 to 2017, he held a postdoctoral researcher position at the Meertens Institute (KNAW) on the Maps & Grammar project, where he stayed until 2018 as a guest researcher. In 2019 he joined KU Leuven, Belgium, as a FWO Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions – Seal of Excellence postdoctoral researcher with a project on the microvariation of gender and number spell-out.<break/>Throughout his career, he has mostly worked on phonological theory and microvariation, and in recent years has started working more on morphophonology and on morphosyntax, focusing on the formalisation of expressivity. He has published papers in peer-reviewed journals such as Journal of Linguistics, Linguistic Review, Studi e Saggi Linguistici, and Glossa. 3 A01 21 0000000155430882 Stefania Marzo Stefania Marzo Italian Department 40 05f950310 KU Leuven Stefania Marzo is Professor of Italian Linguistics and head of the Italian Department at KU Leuven, Belgium. She received her PhD in Linguistics from the University of Leuven in 2006. Prior to her appointment at KU Leuven, she worked at the Department of Translation, Interpreting and Communication at the University of Ghent, Belgium. Her research interests lie mainly in the fields of variationist sociolinguistics and contact linguistics. She focuses on the diffusion of urban vernaculars in Flanders, the evolution of Italian as a heritage language in Europe, and the dynamics of (re)standardisation in contemporary Italian. Methodologically, she combines corpus-based research with experimental methods to investigate the social meaning of language variation. Her work has been published in peer-reviewed journals, including Language in Society, Italian Journal of Linguistics, and International Journal of Bilingualism. She has also edited several international volumes. 03 00 Social media channels have become omnipresent tools for communicating, sharing knowledge, and establishing communities, but also places where all sorts of hate speech comes to the surface. This chapter contributes to the body of work on online hate speech towards sexual orientation minorities and takes some initial steps towards a quantitative variationist sociolinguistic study of homophobic language in Italian social media. By exploring the different lexicalisations (i.e. near-synonyms) available in Italian for expressing or referring to the concept of "homosexual man" on X (formerly known as Twitter), this study provides both a descriptive and a methodological contribution. For this purpose, we created a dataset of 3000 manually annotated tweets in which at least one of the 33 lexicalisations of the concept "homosexual man" was recorded, and which we annotated for linguistic and stylistic factors that favour the perception of an expression as offensive. Our study shows that the interaction of lexical variation and explicit and implicit contextual cues, such as irony and dialect use, is significant in determining the degree of offensiveness of tweets. Furthermore, this study provides further evidence in favour of using social media as a laboratory for mapping language variation on a large scale, and for reflecting on the refinement of semi-automatic annotation of linguistic, stylistic, and social variables in written social media language. 30 00 Social media channels have become omnipresent tools for communicating, sharing knowledge, and establishing communities, but also places where all sorts of hate speech comes to the surface. This chapter contributes to the body of work on online hate speech towards sexual orientation minorities and takes some initial steps towards a quantitative variationist sociolinguistic study of homophobic language in Italian social media. By exploring the different lexicalisations (i.e. near-synonyms) available in Italian for expressing or referring to the concept of "homosexual man" on X (formerly known as Twitter), this study provides both a descriptive and a methodological contribution. For this purpose, we created a dataset of 3000 manually annotated tweets in which at least one of the 33 lexicalisations of the concept "homosexual man" was recorded, and which we annotated for linguistic and stylistic factors that favour the perception of an expression as offensive. Our study shows that the interaction of lexical variation and explicit and implicit contextual cues, such as irony and dialect use, is significant in determining the degree of offensiveness of tweets. Furthermore, this study provides further evidence in favour of using social media as a laboratory for mapping language variation on a large scale, and for reflecting on the refinement of semi-automatic annotation of linguistic, stylistic, and social variables in written social media language. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-27-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The impact of bilingualism on hate speech perception and slur appropriation: An initial study of Italian UK residents 1 A01 21 0000000255652538 Mattia Zingaretti Mattia Zingaretti School of Education, Language and Psychology 40 00z5fkj61 York St John University Mattia Zingaretti is Lecturer in Applied Linguistics and TESOL at York St John University, UK. He completed his PhD at the University of Edinburgh in 2022, funded by the Arts and Humanities Research Council, investigating first language attrition in adult second language learners through behavioural psycholinguistic methods. As an active member of the Centre for Language and Social Justice Research at York St John, and Research and Knowledge Exchange Lead at York St John’s Community Language School, his research focuses on second-language acquisition and teaching, and the impact of bi-/multilingualism from linguistic, cognitive, and emotional perspectives. His work has been presented at national and international conferences, as well as having been published in both academic and non-academic venues. He has also disseminated his research and promoted evidence-based insights on bi-/multilingualism and language learning through public engagement as an affiliate member of Bilingualism Matters in Edinburgh. 2 A01 21 000000031767424X Maria Garraffa Maria Garraffa School of Health Sciences 40 026k5mg93 University of East Anglia Maria Garraffa is an Associate Professor of Clinical Linguistics at the University of East Anglia, UK. Her research sits at the interface between medicine and linguistics. She specialises in profiling the language of individuals with language disorders using linguistically informed frameworks. Maria has a particular interest in public health initiatives for speakers of minoritised languages.<break/>Her research has received support from various funders, including the Academy of Medical Science and the British Council. She has published over 80 articles in international peer-reviewed journals, employing diverse methodologies, single-case and group studies, and linguistic and cognitive screenings. She has collaborated with international partners on studies involving several clinical populations, including stroke patients with aphasia, adults with ADHD, young offenders, children with developmental language disorder, and individuals with neurodegenerative disorders. Additionally, she has authored an introductory book on the benefits of bilingualism and numerous resources for teaching clinical linguistics in the health sciences. 3 A01 21 0000000288121979 Antonella Sorace Antonella Sorace School of Philosophy, Psychology and Language Sciences 40 01nrxwf90 University of Edinburgh Antonella Sorace is Professor of Developmental Linguistics at the University of Edinburgh and Honorary Professor at University College London. She is internationally known for her interdisciplinary research on bilingualism across the lifespan and for her contribution to language typology, especially for her work on constrained variation at the syntax–pragmatics interface and gradience in natural language. She is also committed to building bridges between research and people in different sectors of society.<break/>She is the founding director of the public engagement centre Bilingualism Matters, which currently has 34 branches across four continents. 03 00 The complex relationship between bilingualism and emotions has been extensively studied since the early 2000s, but the potential impact of bilingualism on speakers’ perceptions and reactions to an emotionally loaded topic such as hate speech has been overlooked. This chapter reports the first investigation of this kind, examining whether hate speech perception differs for late bilinguals in their first language (L1) versus their second language (L2), and how bilingual experience factors such as length of residence in the L2 country and language dominance may predict these perceptions. This research also explores whether the same factors, along with identifying with a sexual or ethnic minority, may predict bilinguals’ perception of appropriateness in using slurs to react to hate speech, and whether bilinguals would appropriate slurs themselves. The bilingual group surveyed consists of 43 highly proficient L1 Italian speakers of L2 English, who grew up in Italy until at least the age of 16 and have been in the UK for an average of 5 years. The results indicate that the participants perceive hate speech rather similarly in their L1 and L2. Importantly, despite the overall higher familiarity with L1 hate words, a longer period of residence in the UK is associated with L1 hate words becoming less accessible in terms of familiarity, use, and imageability, while L2 words become less offensive. Moreover, slur appropriation is not predicted by any of the bilingual experience variables, but only by whether participants identify as part of a minority. The findings are discussed with reference to bilingualism research on L1 attrition and emotion, and by highlighting the implications of considering bilinguals’ unique perceptions of hate speech from both linguistic and interdisciplinary perspectives. 30 00 The complex relationship between bilingualism and emotions has been extensively studied since the early 2000s, but the potential impact of bilingualism on speakers’ perceptions and reactions to an emotionally loaded topic such as hate speech has been overlooked. This chapter reports the first investigation of this kind, examining whether hate speech perception differs for late bilinguals in their first language (L1) versus their second language (L2), and how bilingual experience factors such as length of residence in the L2 country and language dominance may predict these perceptions. This research also explores whether the same factors, along with identifying with a sexual or ethnic minority, may predict bilinguals’ perception of appropriateness in using slurs to react to hate speech, and whether bilinguals would appropriate slurs themselves. The bilingual group surveyed consists of 43 highly proficient L1 Italian speakers of L2 English, who grew up in Italy until at least the age of 16 and have been in the UK for an average of 5 years. The results indicate that the participants perceive hate speech rather similarly in their L1 and L2. Importantly, despite the overall higher familiarity with L1 hate words, a longer period of residence in the UK is associated with L1 hate words becoming less accessible in terms of familiarity, use, and imageability, while L2 words become less offensive. Moreover, slur appropriation is not predicted by any of the bilingual experience variables, but only by whether participants identify as part of a minority. The findings are discussed with reference to bilingualism research on L1 attrition and emotion, and by highlighting the implications of considering bilinguals’ unique perceptions of hate speech from both linguistic and interdisciplinary perspectives. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-27-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Decoding implicit hate speech: Italian political discourse on social media during the COVID-19 pandemic 1 A01 21 0000000151605163 Mattia Retta Mattia Retta Department of Modern Languages 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Mattia Retta is a PhD researcher in Language Studies at the University of Helsinki. His research interests include Italian linguistics, language use in social media, pragmatics, critical discourse analysis, and language pedagogy. His publications include ‘A pragmatic and discourse analysis of hate words on social media’ (2023). 03 00 In this chapter, I examine the main linguistic and discursive features of anti-Chinese and anti-immigrant discourse in Italian political debate on social media. I combine a top-down approach, focusing on politicians, and a horizontal approach, which analyses the discourses produced by other social media users. The aims of this study are to identify the implicit levels of hate speech found in the corpus and to describe the intertextual and interdiscursive construction of discriminatory and stereotyping language. Implicitness is a key element of online political discourse, since a politician’s goal is to induce the audience to perceive the world in the way the politician wants them to. In the study, the pragmatic analysis shows that some kinds of connectives (contrastive, correlative, and temporal) and certain adverbial phrases emerge as effective structures to convey such implicit messages. The vilification of out-groups takes place mainly through dehumanising and naturalising metaphors, which are more effectively unveiled by the discourse analysis. This level of analysis also confirms previously identified metaphors and stereotypes used for othering migrants; however, some topoi</italic> seem to be more commonly attributed to specific categories, such as unreliability and brutality being used almost exclusively in relation to the Chinese. 30 00 In this chapter, I examine the main linguistic and discursive features of anti-Chinese and anti-immigrant discourse in Italian political debate on social media. I combine a top-down approach, focusing on politicians, and a horizontal approach, which analyses the discourses produced by other social media users. The aims of this study are to identify the implicit levels of hate speech found in the corpus and to describe the intertextual and interdiscursive construction of discriminatory and stereotyping language. Implicitness is a key element of online political discourse, since a politician’s goal is to induce the audience to perceive the world in the way the politician wants them to. In the study, the pragmatic analysis shows that some kinds of connectives (contrastive, correlative, and temporal) and certain adverbial phrases emerge as effective structures to convey such implicit messages. The vilification of out-groups takes place mainly through dehumanising and naturalising metaphors, which are more effectively unveiled by the discourse analysis. This level of analysis also confirms previously identified metaphors and stereotypes used for othering migrants; however, some topoi</italic> seem to be more commonly attributed to specific categories, such as unreliability and brutality being used almost exclusively in relation to the Chinese. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-27-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 A linguistic analysis of nationality-based hate speech on Facebook: The case of the Italian language 1 A01 21 0000000251466244 Alicja Paleta Alicja Paleta Department of Romance Studies 40 03bqmcz70 Jagiellonian University Alicja Paleta is a researcher in Italian language and linguistics. Currently she is working in the Department of Romance Studies of Jagiellonian University, Poland, where she is the faculty advisor for Italian Language and Culture. She teaches Italian language and translation between Italian and Polish, and is responsible for the training of future teachers of Italian as a foreign language.<break/>Her scientific interests concern the didactics of foreign languages (especially in the context of Italian as a foreign language taught to Polish students). She is an author of papers on Italian linguistics and didactics, including ‘Multimediale e interattivo…: un’esigenza del metodo o del mercato?’ (Multimedia and interactive activities: are they required by the method or by the market?), ‘La formula di saluto “salve” nell’insegnamento della lingua italiana come lingua straniera (livello di competenza A1)’ (The form of greeting ‘salve’ in teaching Italian as a foreign language at reference level A1). 2 A01 21 0000000251167586 Anna Dyda Anna Dyda Institute of Italian Philology 40 03bqmcz70 Jagiellonian University Anna Dyda is an academic researcher at the Institute of Italian Philology at Jagiellonian University, Poland. She holds a PhD in Italian Linguistics (2019). In 2021 she published a monograph entitled Leggibilità e comprensibilità del linguaggio medico attraverso i testi dei foglietti illustrativi in italiano e in polacco. She has been a member of research teams in several scientific projects, including ‘Romance culture in Poland—Jagiellonian Library Manuscripts’; ALIHAS (A Linguistic Investigation of Hate Speech: How to identify it and how to avoid it)—UNA Europa; and ‘Romance languages for Slavic-speaking university students’ under the Erasmus+ programme. She is the author and co-author of numerous scientific articles. 03 00 This chapter addresses some linguistic characteristics of hate speech in social media. The research was carried out on the basis of a corpus in Italian comprising posts and comments published on two Facebook groups: Italiani a Cracovia (Italians in Krakow) and Italiani in Polonia (Italians in Poland). These groups have about 26,500 members, mainly Italians who live or plan to come and live or travel in Poland and Poles who for various reasons are linked to Italian culture and/or language. This is an important factor as the heterogeneity of the group has an impact on the language used within it, which is also varied. The study analysed utterances on different topics in order to understand whether and how the idea of belonging to a given nation (in this particular case, Italy or Poland) can form the basis of hate speech. The analysis revealed significant variation in the manifestation of hatred that can be expressed through the use of specific words, such as slurs or vulgarisms, but also through grammatical choices, for instance pronominal contrasts. The research also confirmed that not only is hate speech transmitted lexically and grammatically but also through context-dependent irony and cynicism. 30 00 This chapter addresses some linguistic characteristics of hate speech in social media. The research was carried out on the basis of a corpus in Italian comprising posts and comments published on two Facebook groups: Italiani a Cracovia (Italians in Krakow) and Italiani in Polonia (Italians in Poland). These groups have about 26,500 members, mainly Italians who live or plan to come and live or travel in Poland and Poles who for various reasons are linked to Italian culture and/or language. This is an important factor as the heterogeneity of the group has an impact on the language used within it, which is also varied. The study analysed utterances on different topics in order to understand whether and how the idea of belonging to a given nation (in this particular case, Italy or Poland) can form the basis of hate speech. The analysis revealed significant variation in the manifestation of hatred that can be expressed through the use of specific words, such as slurs or vulgarisms, but also through grammatical choices, for instance pronominal contrasts. The research also confirmed that not only is hate speech transmitted lexically and grammatically but also through context-dependent irony and cynicism. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-27-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Hate speech in non-cooperative contexts: Question types as a measure of cooperativity 1 A01 21 000000024441063X Valentina Bianchi Valentina Bianchi Dipartimento Scienze sociali, politiche e cognitive 40 01tevnk56 University of Siena Valentina Bianchi has been professor of Linguistics at the University of Siena since 2007. She was previously a researcher at the Scuola Normale Superiore in Pisa, where she obtained her PhD in 1995. Her research, initially focussed on formal syntax, was gradually extended to consider the interface between syntax, semantics-pragmatics, and prosody. Her current research is mainly concerned with the analysis of discourse particles and questions from an interface perspective. Additionally, she participates in interdisciplinary work on hate speech and on neo-populist discourse on social media. 2 A01 21 0000000280828232 Silvio Cruschina Silvio Cruschina Department of Languages 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Silvio Cruschina is Professor of Italian in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. He specialises in Romance linguistics, in particular Italian, Sicilian, and other dialects of Italy.<break/>His area of expertise is syntax, but his research interests range over a variety of subjects and topics, including information structure, pragmatics, and diachronic variation. Together with Chiara Gianollo, he coordinated the project ‘ALIHAS—A Linguistic Investigation of Hate Speech’, funded by the university alliance UNA Europa (2020‒2022), from which this volume originates. He is the author of Discourse-Related Features and Functional Projections (2012) and, together with Delia Bentley and Francesco Maria Ciconte, of Existentials and Locatives in Romance Dialects of Italy (2015). He has also co-edited several volumes and journal special issues, and has published in international peer-reviewed journals such as Glossa, Natural Language & Linguistic Theory, Isogloss, Word Structure, and Probus. 03 00 Research on hate speech has identified various aspects of social media that affect the speaker’s attitude in this specific type of communication. In this chapter we discuss some structural aspects of the context of utterance as analysed in dynamic pragmatics, and we show that with respect to these, certain online contexts qualify as inherently non-cooperative; we hypothesise that non-cooperativity favours the emergence of excessive language and, in particular, of hate speech. To test our hypothesis, we analyse three small corpora of discussion threads from two different social platforms.<break/>We propose that different types of canonical and non-canonical questions are indices of (non-)cooperativity, and we analyse their distribution in each discussion thread. 30 00 Research on hate speech has identified various aspects of social media that affect the speaker’s attitude in this specific type of communication. In this chapter we discuss some structural aspects of the context of utterance as analysed in dynamic pragmatics, and we show that with respect to these, certain online contexts qualify as inherently non-cooperative; we hypothesise that non-cooperativity favours the emergence of excessive language and, in particular, of hate speech. To test our hypothesis, we analyse three small corpora of discussion threads from two different social platforms.<break/>We propose that different types of canonical and non-canonical questions are indices of (non-)cooperativity, and we analyse their distribution in each discussion thread. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20241219 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523691155 03 9789523691155 06 15 9789523691179 03 9789523691179 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20241219 01 urn:uuid:6c331c6b-1ac1-4554-a672-6e3df5db20f7 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:027782f4-5f41-4f85-825b-99dab0bc4bfc 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:6c331c6b-1ac1-4554-a672-6e3df5db20f7 15 9789523691179 03 9789523691179 06 10.33134/HUP-27 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 An Investigation of Hate Speech in Italian Use, Identification, and Perception 1 B01 21 0000000280828232 Silvio Cruschina Silvio Cruschina Department of Languages 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Silvio Cruschina is Professor of Italian in<break/>the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. He specialises in<break/>Romance linguistics, in particular Italian, Sicilian, and other dialects of<break/>Italy. His area of expertise is syntax, but his<break/>research interests range over a variety of subjects and topics, including<break/>information structure, pragmatics, and diachronic variation. Together with<break/>Chiara Gianollo, he coordinated the project ‘ALIHAS—A Linguistic Investigation<break/>of Hate Speech’, funded by the university alliance UNA Europa (2020‒2022), from<break/>which this volume originates. He is the author of Discourse-Related Features<break/>and Functional Projections (2012) and, together with Delia Bentley and<break/>Francesco Maria Ciconte, of Existentials and Locatives in Romance Dialects<break/>of Italy (2015). He has also co-edited several volumes and journal special<break/>issues, and has published in international peer-reviewed journals such as Glossa,<break/>Natural Language & Linguistic Theory, Isogloss, Word<break/>Structure, and Probus. 2 B01 21 0000000163806368 Chiara Gianollo Chiara Gianollo Department of Classical Philology and Italian Studies Alma Mater Studiorum – University of Bologna Chiara Gianollo is Associate Professor of<break/>Linguistics at the University of Bologna. She is a historical linguist, with<break/>expertise in the diachrony of Greek, Latin, and Old Romance, and has a special<break/>interest in formal approaches to historical syntax and semantics. Her research on the dimensions of linguistic<break/>variation extends to the study of multilingualism in migration settings,<break/>especially with respect to educational contexts. With Silvio Cruschina she coordinated<break/>the project ‘ALIHAS—A Linguistic Investigation of Hate Speech’, funded by the<break/>university alliance UNA Europa (2020–2022), from which this volume originates.<break/>She is the author of Indefinites between Latin and Romance (2018). She<break/>co-edited, with Agnes Jäger and Doris Penka, Language Change at the<break/>Syntax-Semantics Interface (2015); with Ilaria Fiorentini and Nicola<break/>Grandi, La classe plurilingue (2020); with Maria Napoli and Klaus von<break/>Heusinger, Determiners and Quantifiers: Functions, Variation, and Change<break/>(2022). 01 eng 00 384 03 B2 Linguistics 20 social media; hate speech; aggressive language; implicit meaning; discourse analysis; pragmatics 01 06 02 00 This volume investigates and analyses hate speech from a linguistic perspective. The focus is not only on lexical means (e.g. insults, derogatory terms or epithets), but also on more subtle grammatical and pragmatic strategies related to implicit meanings or conversational dynamics. The book’s aim is to identify the common linguistic characte 03 00 Language is a key element in constructing and reinforcing social identities. Through hate speech, language becomes an instrument of creating and spreading stereotypes, discrimination, and social injustices based on attributes such as race, ethnicity, religion, gender, nationality, political ideology, disability, or sexual orientation.<break/>The rise of digital communication, especially social media, has made hate speech a major topic of research in various fields. An Investigation of Hate Speech in Italian</italic> analyses hate speech from a linguistic perspective. The focus is not only on lexical means, but also on more subtle grammatical and pragmatic strategies related to implicit meanings or conversational dynamics. The volume identifies the common linguistic characteristics of hate speech in different domains of communication and explores criteria that can help distinguish between hate speech and freedom of expression.<break/>The studies in this volume focus on Italian, but the methods and findings can easily be extended to other languages for comparative and contrastive purposes. The chapters utilize extensive research data. Social media platforms have provided linguistic data that would otherwise be challenging to collect and analyse systematically. The chapters allow readers to link linguistic insights to different real-world contexts, helping them understand the impact language has on various aspects of life and society.<break/>Silvio Cruschina</bold> is Professor of Italian in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki.<break/><break/>Chiara Gianollo</bold> is Associate Professor of Linguistics in the Department of Classical Philology and Italian Studies at the University of Bologna. 30 00 Language is a key element in constructing and reinforcing social identities. Through hate speech, language becomes an instrument of creating and spreading stereotypes, discrimination, and social injustices based on attributes such as race, ethnicity, religion, gender, nationality, political ideology, disability, or sexual orientation.<break/>The rise of digital communication, especially social media, has made hate speech a major topic of research in various fields. An Investigation of Hate Speech in Italian</italic> analyses hate speech from a linguistic perspective. The focus is not only on lexical means, but also on more subtle grammatical and pragmatic strategies related to implicit meanings or conversational dynamics. The volume identifies the common linguistic characteristics of hate speech in different domains of communication and explores criteria that can help distinguish between hate speech and freedom of expression.<break/>The studies in this volume focus on Italian, but the methods and findings can easily be extended to other languages for comparative and contrastive purposes. The chapters utilize extensive research data. Social media platforms have provided linguistic data that would otherwise be challenging to collect and analyse systematically. The chapters allow readers to link linguistic insights to different real-world contexts, helping them understand the impact language has on various aspects of life and society.<break/>Silvio Cruschina</bold> is Professor of Italian in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki.<break/><break/>Chiara Gianollo</bold> is Associate Professor of Linguistics in the Department of Classical Philology and Italian Studies at the University of Bologna. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/46c7068b-9c88-4b58-9c36-4a18ebd6955a.jpg 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-27-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Words that matter: The use of language with hate purposes 1 A01 21 0000000280828232 Silvio Cruschina Silvio Cruschina Department of Languages 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Silvio Cruschina is Professor of Italian in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. He specialises in Romance linguistics, in particular Italian, Sicilian, and other dialects of Italy.<break/>His area of expertise is syntax, but his research interests range over a variety of subjects and topics, including information structure, pragmatics, and diachronic variation. Together with Chiara Gianollo, he coordinated the project ‘ALIHAS—A Linguistic Investigation of Hate Speech’, funded by the university alliance UNA Europa (2020‒2022), from which this volume originates. He is the author of Discourse-Related Features and Functional Projections (2012) and, together with Delia Bentley and Francesco Maria Ciconte, of Existentials and Locatives in Romance Dialects of Italy (2015). He has also co-edited several volumes and journal special issues, and has published in international peer-reviewed journals such as Glossa, Natural Language & Linguistic Theory, Isogloss, Word Structure, and Probus. 2 A01 21 0000000163806368 Chiara Gianollo Chiara Gianollo Department of Classical Philology and Italian Studies Alma Mater Studiorum – University of Bologna Chiara Gianollo is Associate Professor of Linguistics at the University of Bologna. She is a historical linguist, with expertise in the diachrony of Greek, Latin, and Old Romance, and has a special interest in formal approaches to historical syntax and semantics.<break/>Her research on the dimensions of linguistic variation extends to the study of multilingualism in migration settings, especially with respect to educational contexts. With Silvio Cruschina she coordinated the project ‘ALIHAS—A Linguistic Investigation of Hate Speech’, funded by the university alliance UNA Europa (2020–2022), from which this volume originates. She is the author of Indefinites between Latin and Romance (2018). She co-edited, with Agnes Jäger and Doris Penka, Language Change at the Syntax-Semantics Interface (2015); with Ilaria Fiorentini and Nicola Grandi, La classe plurilingue (2020); with Maria Napoli and Klaus von Heusinger, Determiners and Quantifiers: Functions, Variation, and Change (2022). 03 00 This chapter introduces the rationale behind the volume and the main topics discussed in the various chapters. It surveys the difficulties surrounding the definition of hate speech and singles out the main issues that are relevant for its linguistic investigation: besides the lexical elements (slurs, insults, derogatory epithets), more hidden pragmatic and grammatical strategies are also argued to characterise hate speech and aggressive language. In this respect, a rigorous evaluation of the contextual conditions by means of the tools provided by linguistics helps towards establishing a more precise identification of types of hate speech in conversational dynamics (explicit and implicit hate speech, intensity and degree of offensiveness, intentions, and effects). 30 00 This chapter introduces the rationale behind the volume and the main topics discussed in the various chapters. It surveys the difficulties surrounding the definition of hate speech and singles out the main issues that are relevant for its linguistic investigation: besides the lexical elements (slurs, insults, derogatory epithets), more hidden pragmatic and grammatical strategies are also argued to characterise hate speech and aggressive language. In this respect, a rigorous evaluation of the contextual conditions by means of the tools provided by linguistics helps towards establishing a more precise identification of types of hate speech in conversational dynamics (explicit and implicit hate speech, intensity and degree of offensiveness, intentions, and effects). 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-27-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Call me by my name: Hate speech and identity 1 A01 21 0000000187998755 Claudia Bianchi Claudia Bianchi Department of Philosophy University Vita-Salute San Raffaele, Milan Claudia Bianchi (PhD from École Polytechnique, Paris) is Full Professor of Philosophy of Language in the Philosophy Faculty at the University Vita-Salute San Raffaele, Milan, where she is currently the Coordinator of the PhD in Philosophy, the Director of the research centre Gender (Interfaculty centre for gender studies) and of the master’s in Communication of Science and Health. Her main research interests are in philosophy of language, pragmatics, and feminist philosophy of language. In particular, she works on hate speech, slurs, and discursive injustice. She has published four books, edited a further one, and co-edited three more. Her latest authored work is Hate speech: il lato oscuro del linguaggio (2021). 03 00 The aim of this chapter is to examine social labels not only as tools of description</italic> of social identity but also as means of construction</italic> of our and other people’s identities. I will endorse an Austinian, performative</italic> perspective on social labels, and focus on a particularly hateful kind of labels, namely slurs. Rather than analysing what slurs mean or say</italic>, I will devote my attention to what speakers do</italic> with slurs—and to the different kinds of speech acts that they allow speakers to perform. Firstly, I will characterise how standard, derogatory uses of slurs contribute to shaping toxic and harmful identities for both their targets and their speakers, as well as their non-targeted addressees. Secondly, I will show how appropriated, non-derogatory uses of slurs can help to constitute positive identities for targets, setting the boundaries of groups and communities. While slurs reinforce oppressive social norms and hierarchies, and may even legitimate discriminatory actions against targets, appropriation is a way to disrupt such unfair norms and hierarchies, to subvert the subordinate position imposed on targets, and to reclaim strong, positive, proud identities. From this perspective, language is a powerful tool of exclusion, oppression, and discrimination—but, hopefully, also of inclusion, emancipation, and self-determination. 30 00 The aim of this chapter is to examine social labels not only as tools of description</italic> of social identity but also as means of construction</italic> of our and other people’s identities. I will endorse an Austinian, performative</italic> perspective on social labels, and focus on a particularly hateful kind of labels, namely slurs. Rather than analysing what slurs mean or say</italic>, I will devote my attention to what speakers do</italic> with slurs—and to the different kinds of speech acts that they allow speakers to perform. Firstly, I will characterise how standard, derogatory uses of slurs contribute to shaping toxic and harmful identities for both their targets and their speakers, as well as their non-targeted addressees. Secondly, I will show how appropriated, non-derogatory uses of slurs can help to constitute positive identities for targets, setting the boundaries of groups and communities. While slurs reinforce oppressive social norms and hierarchies, and may even legitimate discriminatory actions against targets, appropriation is a way to disrupt such unfair norms and hierarchies, to subvert the subordinate position imposed on targets, and to reclaim strong, positive, proud identities. From this perspective, language is a powerful tool of exclusion, oppression, and discrimination—but, hopefully, also of inclusion, emancipation, and self-determination. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-27-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 A typology of insults: A corpus-based study of Italian political debates on Twitter 1 A01 21 0000000319920766 Margarita Borreguero Zuloaga Margarita Borreguero Zuloaga Department of Romance Studies Complutense University of Madrid Margarita Borreguero Zuloaga studied Spanish and Italian Philology and Philosophy at the Complutense University of Madrid, where she is now Associate Professor in the Romance Studies department. She was awarded a Humboldt Fellowship at the University of Heidelberg (2010–2012) and has been a visiting scholar at the universities of Tübingen, Marburg, Bergamo, and Turin. Her research interests are contrastive linguistics and discourse analysis, with particular attention to information structure, discourse markers, anaphors, and discursive strategies in information manipulation. Among her publications are the books La interfaz lengua texto: un modelo de estructura informativa (2015) in cooperation with Angela Ferrari and Las teorías textuales de János S. Petöfi: de la gramática del texto a la Textología Semiótica (2024). She has been co-editor-in-chief of the journal Cuadernos de Filología Italiana (2016–2023) and has coordinated the book series Sprache – Gesellschaft – Geschichte (Peter Lang) since 2014. 03 00 Political discourse has undergone a radical change in recent decades due both to a new conception of politics as entertainment for citizens and to the use of social networks as the primary site of political debate and interaction, among other factors. One of the main linguistic characteristics of this new political discourse is the presence of linguistic elements that fulfil the pragmatic function of insulting opponents. Our study aims to establish a typology of insulting strategies in political discourse based on an analysis of a corpus of tweets by Italian politicians. Our point of departure is an encompassing notion of insult that considers its illocutionary traits and perlocutionary effects. This notion overcomes the concept of insult as epithet (such as slurs and other negatively connotated adjectives) and offers a broader perspective on textual constructions where the negatively connotated lexical elements are nouns or verbs, or where the rhetorical devices are key in fulfilling the insulting function. Therefore, three types of insults will be examined here: slurs or derogatory epithets, other insulting epithets, and rhetorical insults. 30 00 Political discourse has undergone a radical change in recent decades due both to a new conception of politics as entertainment for citizens and to the use of social networks as the primary site of political debate and interaction, among other factors. One of the main linguistic characteristics of this new political discourse is the presence of linguistic elements that fulfil the pragmatic function of insulting opponents. Our study aims to establish a typology of insulting strategies in political discourse based on an analysis of a corpus of tweets by Italian politicians. Our point of departure is an encompassing notion of insult that considers its illocutionary traits and perlocutionary effects. This notion overcomes the concept of insult as epithet (such as slurs and other negatively connotated adjectives) and offers a broader perspective on textual constructions where the negatively connotated lexical elements are nouns or verbs, or where the rhetorical devices are key in fulfilling the insulting function. Therefore, three types of insults will be examined here: slurs or derogatory epithets, other insulting epithets, and rhetorical insults. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-27-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The words of hate speech: A lexical study of homotransphobia in an Italian Twitter corpus 1 A01 21 000900003199371X Elena Sofia Safina Elena Sofia Safina Dipartimento di Studi Umanistici 40 05290cv24 University of Naples Federico II Elena Sofia Safina is a PhD student in the doctoral programme in Mind, Gender, and Language at the University of Naples Federico II, Italy. Her research interests include language, gender and sexuality, inspired by her MA studies, during which she produced a computational linguistics thesis on countering homotransphobia on Twitter. She participated in the UNA Europa seed funding project ‘ALIHAS—A Linguistic Investigation of Hate Speech’, analysing homotransphobic hate speech both lexically and semantically.<break/>Her current research focuses on psycholinguistics, particularly the effects of grammatical gender marking on mental representations of human referents in reading tasks. Additionally, she investigates gender-sensitive language strategies in Italian, analysing their practical usage through corpus-based studies and exploring speaker opinions on gender-sensitive language as future language policy via questionnaires. She published her experimental results in the paper ‘Effects of grammatical gender on gender inferences:<break/>experimental evidence from Italian common gender nouns’ in the International Journal of Linguistics (2024). 03 00 The everyday discursive production of dehumanising representations and stereotypical beliefs regarding the LGBTQIA+ community undermines the self-respect of both individuals and the target group by damaging their social agency and entitlement dimensions.This chapter proposes a quantitative and qualitative analysis of the TWEER corpus, which consists of 5660 Italian tweets on queer topics. The aims of the work are quantifying the presence of hate speech online and describing the main linguistic features that characterise such language in Italian. Quantitative analysis consists in a manual annotation of the corpus based on a fine-grained scheme comprising six labels (Sanguinetti et al. 2018): hate speech, intensity of hate, aggressiveness, offensiveness, irony, and stereotype. We found that hate speech covers 13 per cent of the entire corpus, but only 6 per cent of those tweets contained an explicit inciting of hatred, while most hateful tweets were superficially polite, containing dangerous prejudices against LGBTQIA+ individuals. We then propose a lexical-semantic study on a subcorpus which focuses on isolating the most representative meaning clusters in explicitly hateful texts. By analysing each lexical word, we found three main clusters, namely references to politics, health, and ethics, while mentions of sexual identity issues were far rarer, confirming that even explicit hate relies on a heteronormative matrix rather than an impulsive intolerance of certain kinds of sexual orientations or gender identities. 30 00 The everyday discursive production of dehumanising representations and stereotypical beliefs regarding the LGBTQIA+ community undermines the self-respect of both individuals and the target group by damaging their social agency and entitlement dimensions.This chapter proposes a quantitative and qualitative analysis of the TWEER corpus, which consists of 5660 Italian tweets on queer topics. The aims of the work are quantifying the presence of hate speech online and describing the main linguistic features that characterise such language in Italian. Quantitative analysis consists in a manual annotation of the corpus based on a fine-grained scheme comprising six labels (Sanguinetti et al. 2018): hate speech, intensity of hate, aggressiveness, offensiveness, irony, and stereotype. We found that hate speech covers 13 per cent of the entire corpus, but only 6 per cent of those tweets contained an explicit inciting of hatred, while most hateful tweets were superficially polite, containing dangerous prejudices against LGBTQIA+ individuals. We then propose a lexical-semantic study on a subcorpus which focuses on isolating the most representative meaning clusters in explicitly hateful texts. By analysing each lexical word, we found three main clusters, namely references to politics, health, and ethics, while mentions of sexual identity issues were far rarer, confirming that even explicit hate relies on a heteronormative matrix rather than an impulsive intolerance of certain kinds of sexual orientations or gender identities. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-27-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Homophobic hate speech in Italian tweets: Contextual cues of offensiveness 1 A01 21 0000000324559004 Stefano De Pascale Stefano De Pascale Brussels Centre for Language Studies 40 006e5kg04 Vrije Universiteit Brussel Stefano De Pascale obtained his PhD in Linguistics in 2019 at KU Leuven, Belgium. In his thesis he investigated the contribution of token-based semantic vector space models in the study of lexical variation. After working as a postdoctoral scholar on the project<break/>‘Nephological Semantics—Using token clouds for meaning detection in variationist linguistics’, he obtained a junior FWO-postdoctoral fellowship in 2021 on diachronic semantics and started as a part-time assistant professor of Italian linguistics at Vrije Universiteit Brussel. His research is at the intersection of sociolinguistics, cognitive linguistics, and corpus linguistics, with a strong focus on computational methodology. He is the co-author of Lexical Variation and Change: A Distributional Semantic Approach<break/>(2023, with Dirk Geeraerts, Dirk Speelman, Kris Heylen, Mariana Montes, Karlien Franco, and Michael Lang) and ‘Lexical coherence in contemporary Italian: a lectometric analysis’ (2023, with Stefania Marzo). 2 A01 21 0000000171848226 Edoardo Cavirani Edoardo Cavirani Faculty of Arts 40 05f950310 KU Leuven Edoardo Cavirani studied Historical and Comparative Linguistics at the University of Pisa. In 2015, he obtained his PhD (University of Pisa and University of Leiden) with the thesis ‘Modeling Phonologization: Vowel Epenthesis and Reduction in Lunigiana Dialects’. From 2014 to 2017, he held a postdoctoral researcher position at the Meertens Institute (KNAW) on the Maps & Grammar project, where he stayed until 2018 as a guest researcher. In 2019 he joined KU Leuven, Belgium, as a FWO Marie Skłodowska-Curie Actions – Seal of Excellence postdoctoral researcher with a project on the microvariation of gender and number spell-out.<break/>Throughout his career, he has mostly worked on phonological theory and microvariation, and in recent years has started working more on morphophonology and on morphosyntax, focusing on the formalisation of expressivity. He has published papers in peer-reviewed journals such as Journal of Linguistics, Linguistic Review, Studi e Saggi Linguistici, and Glossa. 3 A01 21 0000000155430882 Stefania Marzo Stefania Marzo Italian Department 40 05f950310 KU Leuven Stefania Marzo is Professor of Italian Linguistics and head of the Italian Department at KU Leuven, Belgium. She received her PhD in Linguistics from the University of Leuven in 2006. Prior to her appointment at KU Leuven, she worked at the Department of Translation, Interpreting and Communication at the University of Ghent, Belgium. Her research interests lie mainly in the fields of variationist sociolinguistics and contact linguistics. She focuses on the diffusion of urban vernaculars in Flanders, the evolution of Italian as a heritage language in Europe, and the dynamics of (re)standardisation in contemporary Italian. Methodologically, she combines corpus-based research with experimental methods to investigate the social meaning of language variation. Her work has been published in peer-reviewed journals, including Language in Society, Italian Journal of Linguistics, and International Journal of Bilingualism. She has also edited several international volumes. 03 00 Social media channels have become omnipresent tools for communicating, sharing knowledge, and establishing communities, but also places where all sorts of hate speech comes to the surface. This chapter contributes to the body of work on online hate speech towards sexual orientation minorities and takes some initial steps towards a quantitative variationist sociolinguistic study of homophobic language in Italian social media. By exploring the different lexicalisations (i.e. near-synonyms) available in Italian for expressing or referring to the concept of "homosexual man" on X (formerly known as Twitter), this study provides both a descriptive and a methodological contribution. For this purpose, we created a dataset of 3000 manually annotated tweets in which at least one of the 33 lexicalisations of the concept "homosexual man" was recorded, and which we annotated for linguistic and stylistic factors that favour the perception of an expression as offensive. Our study shows that the interaction of lexical variation and explicit and implicit contextual cues, such as irony and dialect use, is significant in determining the degree of offensiveness of tweets. Furthermore, this study provides further evidence in favour of using social media as a laboratory for mapping language variation on a large scale, and for reflecting on the refinement of semi-automatic annotation of linguistic, stylistic, and social variables in written social media language. 30 00 Social media channels have become omnipresent tools for communicating, sharing knowledge, and establishing communities, but also places where all sorts of hate speech comes to the surface. This chapter contributes to the body of work on online hate speech towards sexual orientation minorities and takes some initial steps towards a quantitative variationist sociolinguistic study of homophobic language in Italian social media. By exploring the different lexicalisations (i.e. near-synonyms) available in Italian for expressing or referring to the concept of "homosexual man" on X (formerly known as Twitter), this study provides both a descriptive and a methodological contribution. For this purpose, we created a dataset of 3000 manually annotated tweets in which at least one of the 33 lexicalisations of the concept "homosexual man" was recorded, and which we annotated for linguistic and stylistic factors that favour the perception of an expression as offensive. Our study shows that the interaction of lexical variation and explicit and implicit contextual cues, such as irony and dialect use, is significant in determining the degree of offensiveness of tweets. Furthermore, this study provides further evidence in favour of using social media as a laboratory for mapping language variation on a large scale, and for reflecting on the refinement of semi-automatic annotation of linguistic, stylistic, and social variables in written social media language. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-27-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The impact of bilingualism on hate speech perception and slur appropriation: An initial study of Italian UK residents 1 A01 21 0000000255652538 Mattia Zingaretti Mattia Zingaretti School of Education, Language and Psychology 40 00z5fkj61 York St John University Mattia Zingaretti is Lecturer in Applied Linguistics and TESOL at York St John University, UK. He completed his PhD at the University of Edinburgh in 2022, funded by the Arts and Humanities Research Council, investigating first language attrition in adult second language learners through behavioural psycholinguistic methods. As an active member of the Centre for Language and Social Justice Research at York St John, and Research and Knowledge Exchange Lead at York St John’s Community Language School, his research focuses on second-language acquisition and teaching, and the impact of bi-/multilingualism from linguistic, cognitive, and emotional perspectives. His work has been presented at national and international conferences, as well as having been published in both academic and non-academic venues. He has also disseminated his research and promoted evidence-based insights on bi-/multilingualism and language learning through public engagement as an affiliate member of Bilingualism Matters in Edinburgh. 2 A01 21 000000031767424X Maria Garraffa Maria Garraffa School of Health Sciences 40 026k5mg93 University of East Anglia Maria Garraffa is an Associate Professor of Clinical Linguistics at the University of East Anglia, UK. Her research sits at the interface between medicine and linguistics. She specialises in profiling the language of individuals with language disorders using linguistically informed frameworks. Maria has a particular interest in public health initiatives for speakers of minoritised languages.<break/>Her research has received support from various funders, including the Academy of Medical Science and the British Council. She has published over 80 articles in international peer-reviewed journals, employing diverse methodologies, single-case and group studies, and linguistic and cognitive screenings. She has collaborated with international partners on studies involving several clinical populations, including stroke patients with aphasia, adults with ADHD, young offenders, children with developmental language disorder, and individuals with neurodegenerative disorders. Additionally, she has authored an introductory book on the benefits of bilingualism and numerous resources for teaching clinical linguistics in the health sciences. 3 A01 21 0000000288121979 Antonella Sorace Antonella Sorace School of Philosophy, Psychology and Language Sciences 40 01nrxwf90 University of Edinburgh Antonella Sorace is Professor of Developmental Linguistics at the University of Edinburgh and Honorary Professor at University College London. She is internationally known for her interdisciplinary research on bilingualism across the lifespan and for her contribution to language typology, especially for her work on constrained variation at the syntax–pragmatics interface and gradience in natural language. She is also committed to building bridges between research and people in different sectors of society.<break/>She is the founding director of the public engagement centre Bilingualism Matters, which currently has 34 branches across four continents. 03 00 The complex relationship between bilingualism and emotions has been extensively studied since the early 2000s, but the potential impact of bilingualism on speakers’ perceptions and reactions to an emotionally loaded topic such as hate speech has been overlooked. This chapter reports the first investigation of this kind, examining whether hate speech perception differs for late bilinguals in their first language (L1) versus their second language (L2), and how bilingual experience factors such as length of residence in the L2 country and language dominance may predict these perceptions. This research also explores whether the same factors, along with identifying with a sexual or ethnic minority, may predict bilinguals’ perception of appropriateness in using slurs to react to hate speech, and whether bilinguals would appropriate slurs themselves. The bilingual group surveyed consists of 43 highly proficient L1 Italian speakers of L2 English, who grew up in Italy until at least the age of 16 and have been in the UK for an average of 5 years. The results indicate that the participants perceive hate speech rather similarly in their L1 and L2. Importantly, despite the overall higher familiarity with L1 hate words, a longer period of residence in the UK is associated with L1 hate words becoming less accessible in terms of familiarity, use, and imageability, while L2 words become less offensive. Moreover, slur appropriation is not predicted by any of the bilingual experience variables, but only by whether participants identify as part of a minority. The findings are discussed with reference to bilingualism research on L1 attrition and emotion, and by highlighting the implications of considering bilinguals’ unique perceptions of hate speech from both linguistic and interdisciplinary perspectives. 30 00 The complex relationship between bilingualism and emotions has been extensively studied since the early 2000s, but the potential impact of bilingualism on speakers’ perceptions and reactions to an emotionally loaded topic such as hate speech has been overlooked. This chapter reports the first investigation of this kind, examining whether hate speech perception differs for late bilinguals in their first language (L1) versus their second language (L2), and how bilingual experience factors such as length of residence in the L2 country and language dominance may predict these perceptions. This research also explores whether the same factors, along with identifying with a sexual or ethnic minority, may predict bilinguals’ perception of appropriateness in using slurs to react to hate speech, and whether bilinguals would appropriate slurs themselves. The bilingual group surveyed consists of 43 highly proficient L1 Italian speakers of L2 English, who grew up in Italy until at least the age of 16 and have been in the UK for an average of 5 years. The results indicate that the participants perceive hate speech rather similarly in their L1 and L2. Importantly, despite the overall higher familiarity with L1 hate words, a longer period of residence in the UK is associated with L1 hate words becoming less accessible in terms of familiarity, use, and imageability, while L2 words become less offensive. Moreover, slur appropriation is not predicted by any of the bilingual experience variables, but only by whether participants identify as part of a minority. The findings are discussed with reference to bilingualism research on L1 attrition and emotion, and by highlighting the implications of considering bilinguals’ unique perceptions of hate speech from both linguistic and interdisciplinary perspectives. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-27-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Decoding implicit hate speech: Italian political discourse on social media during the COVID-19 pandemic 1 A01 21 0000000151605163 Mattia Retta Mattia Retta Department of Modern Languages 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Mattia Retta is a PhD researcher in Language Studies at the University of Helsinki. His research interests include Italian linguistics, language use in social media, pragmatics, critical discourse analysis, and language pedagogy. His publications include ‘A pragmatic and discourse analysis of hate words on social media’ (2023). 03 00 In this chapter, I examine the main linguistic and discursive features of anti-Chinese and anti-immigrant discourse in Italian political debate on social media. I combine a top-down approach, focusing on politicians, and a horizontal approach, which analyses the discourses produced by other social media users. The aims of this study are to identify the implicit levels of hate speech found in the corpus and to describe the intertextual and interdiscursive construction of discriminatory and stereotyping language. Implicitness is a key element of online political discourse, since a politician’s goal is to induce the audience to perceive the world in the way the politician wants them to. In the study, the pragmatic analysis shows that some kinds of connectives (contrastive, correlative, and temporal) and certain adverbial phrases emerge as effective structures to convey such implicit messages. The vilification of out-groups takes place mainly through dehumanising and naturalising metaphors, which are more effectively unveiled by the discourse analysis. This level of analysis also confirms previously identified metaphors and stereotypes used for othering migrants; however, some topoi</italic> seem to be more commonly attributed to specific categories, such as unreliability and brutality being used almost exclusively in relation to the Chinese. 30 00 In this chapter, I examine the main linguistic and discursive features of anti-Chinese and anti-immigrant discourse in Italian political debate on social media. I combine a top-down approach, focusing on politicians, and a horizontal approach, which analyses the discourses produced by other social media users. The aims of this study are to identify the implicit levels of hate speech found in the corpus and to describe the intertextual and interdiscursive construction of discriminatory and stereotyping language. Implicitness is a key element of online political discourse, since a politician’s goal is to induce the audience to perceive the world in the way the politician wants them to. In the study, the pragmatic analysis shows that some kinds of connectives (contrastive, correlative, and temporal) and certain adverbial phrases emerge as effective structures to convey such implicit messages. The vilification of out-groups takes place mainly through dehumanising and naturalising metaphors, which are more effectively unveiled by the discourse analysis. This level of analysis also confirms previously identified metaphors and stereotypes used for othering migrants; however, some topoi</italic> seem to be more commonly attributed to specific categories, such as unreliability and brutality being used almost exclusively in relation to the Chinese. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-27-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 A linguistic analysis of nationality-based hate speech on Facebook: The case of the Italian language 1 A01 21 0000000251466244 Alicja Paleta Alicja Paleta Department of Romance Studies 40 03bqmcz70 Jagiellonian University Alicja Paleta is a researcher in Italian language and linguistics. Currently she is working in the Department of Romance Studies of Jagiellonian University, Poland, where she is the faculty advisor for Italian Language and Culture. She teaches Italian language and translation between Italian and Polish, and is responsible for the training of future teachers of Italian as a foreign language.<break/>Her scientific interests concern the didactics of foreign languages (especially in the context of Italian as a foreign language taught to Polish students). She is an author of papers on Italian linguistics and didactics, including ‘Multimediale e interattivo…: un’esigenza del metodo o del mercato?’ (Multimedia and interactive activities: are they required by the method or by the market?), ‘La formula di saluto “salve” nell’insegnamento della lingua italiana come lingua straniera (livello di competenza A1)’ (The form of greeting ‘salve’ in teaching Italian as a foreign language at reference level A1). 2 A01 21 0000000251167586 Anna Dyda Anna Dyda Institute of Italian Philology 40 03bqmcz70 Jagiellonian University Anna Dyda is an academic researcher at the Institute of Italian Philology at Jagiellonian University, Poland. She holds a PhD in Italian Linguistics (2019). In 2021 she published a monograph entitled Leggibilità e comprensibilità del linguaggio medico attraverso i testi dei foglietti illustrativi in italiano e in polacco. She has been a member of research teams in several scientific projects, including ‘Romance culture in Poland—Jagiellonian Library Manuscripts’; ALIHAS (A Linguistic Investigation of Hate Speech: How to identify it and how to avoid it)—UNA Europa; and ‘Romance languages for Slavic-speaking university students’ under the Erasmus+ programme. She is the author and co-author of numerous scientific articles. 03 00 This chapter addresses some linguistic characteristics of hate speech in social media. The research was carried out on the basis of a corpus in Italian comprising posts and comments published on two Facebook groups: Italiani a Cracovia (Italians in Krakow) and Italiani in Polonia (Italians in Poland). These groups have about 26,500 members, mainly Italians who live or plan to come and live or travel in Poland and Poles who for various reasons are linked to Italian culture and/or language. This is an important factor as the heterogeneity of the group has an impact on the language used within it, which is also varied. The study analysed utterances on different topics in order to understand whether and how the idea of belonging to a given nation (in this particular case, Italy or Poland) can form the basis of hate speech. The analysis revealed significant variation in the manifestation of hatred that can be expressed through the use of specific words, such as slurs or vulgarisms, but also through grammatical choices, for instance pronominal contrasts. The research also confirmed that not only is hate speech transmitted lexically and grammatically but also through context-dependent irony and cynicism. 30 00 This chapter addresses some linguistic characteristics of hate speech in social media. The research was carried out on the basis of a corpus in Italian comprising posts and comments published on two Facebook groups: Italiani a Cracovia (Italians in Krakow) and Italiani in Polonia (Italians in Poland). These groups have about 26,500 members, mainly Italians who live or plan to come and live or travel in Poland and Poles who for various reasons are linked to Italian culture and/or language. This is an important factor as the heterogeneity of the group has an impact on the language used within it, which is also varied. The study analysed utterances on different topics in order to understand whether and how the idea of belonging to a given nation (in this particular case, Italy or Poland) can form the basis of hate speech. The analysis revealed significant variation in the manifestation of hatred that can be expressed through the use of specific words, such as slurs or vulgarisms, but also through grammatical choices, for instance pronominal contrasts. The research also confirmed that not only is hate speech transmitted lexically and grammatically but also through context-dependent irony and cynicism. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-27-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Hate speech in non-cooperative contexts: Question types as a measure of cooperativity 1 A01 21 000000024441063X Valentina Bianchi Valentina Bianchi Dipartimento Scienze sociali, politiche e cognitive 40 01tevnk56 University of Siena Valentina Bianchi has been professor of Linguistics at the University of Siena since 2007. She was previously a researcher at the Scuola Normale Superiore in Pisa, where she obtained her PhD in 1995. Her research, initially focussed on formal syntax, was gradually extended to consider the interface between syntax, semantics-pragmatics, and prosody. Her current research is mainly concerned with the analysis of discourse particles and questions from an interface perspective. Additionally, she participates in interdisciplinary work on hate speech and on neo-populist discourse on social media. 2 A01 21 0000000280828232 Silvio Cruschina Silvio Cruschina Department of Languages 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Silvio Cruschina is Professor of Italian in the Department of Languages at the University of Helsinki. He specialises in Romance linguistics, in particular Italian, Sicilian, and other dialects of Italy.<break/>His area of expertise is syntax, but his research interests range over a variety of subjects and topics, including information structure, pragmatics, and diachronic variation. Together with Chiara Gianollo, he coordinated the project ‘ALIHAS—A Linguistic Investigation of Hate Speech’, funded by the university alliance UNA Europa (2020‒2022), from which this volume originates. He is the author of Discourse-Related Features and Functional Projections (2012) and, together with Delia Bentley and Francesco Maria Ciconte, of Existentials and Locatives in Romance Dialects of Italy (2015). He has also co-edited several volumes and journal special issues, and has published in international peer-reviewed journals such as Glossa, Natural Language & Linguistic Theory, Isogloss, Word Structure, and Probus. 03 00 Research on hate speech has identified various aspects of social media that affect the speaker’s attitude in this specific type of communication. In this chapter we discuss some structural aspects of the context of utterance as analysed in dynamic pragmatics, and we show that with respect to these, certain online contexts qualify as inherently non-cooperative; we hypothesise that non-cooperativity favours the emergence of excessive language and, in particular, of hate speech. To test our hypothesis, we analyse three small corpora of discussion threads from two different social platforms.<break/>We propose that different types of canonical and non-canonical questions are indices of (non-)cooperativity, and we analyse their distribution in each discussion thread. 30 00 Research on hate speech has identified various aspects of social media that affect the speaker’s attitude in this specific type of communication. In this chapter we discuss some structural aspects of the context of utterance as analysed in dynamic pragmatics, and we show that with respect to these, certain online contexts qualify as inherently non-cooperative; we hypothesise that non-cooperativity favours the emergence of excessive language and, in particular, of hate speech. To test our hypothesis, we analyse three small corpora of discussion threads from two different social platforms.<break/>We propose that different types of canonical and non-canonical questions are indices of (non-)cooperativity, and we analyse their distribution in each discussion thread. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20241219 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523691155 03 9789523691155 06 15 9789523691162 03 9789523691162 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20241219 01 urn:uuid:8093f659-8b0f-4394-9405-9d8e972afaee 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:0cb423ad-8558-4ea3-b4f5-8d66553aa160 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:8093f659-8b0f-4394-9405-9d8e972afaee 15 9789523690707 03 9789523690707 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-2 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 10 01 Series ID 1d759006-6ca6-4af6-aae9-82aa4e6d8c06 02 27368513 03 2 01 02 Pro et contra 01 01 Arendt, Eichmann and the Politics of the Past 1 A01 21 0000000156411085 Tuija Parvikko Tuija Parvikko Department of History and Ethnology 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Tuija Parvikko, PhD, holds the title of docent at the University of Jyväskylä where she works as a senior researcher at the Department of History and Ethnology. She has published extensively on Hannah Arendt and the politics of memory. 01 eng 00 310 03 B2 political science B2 contemporary history B2 political theory B2 European history 20 Hannah Arendt; political trial; victimology; the Eichmann trial; the politics of the past; political judgement 01 06 02 00 Arendt, Eichmann and the Politics of the Past</italic> is one of the first political readings of Hannah Arendt’s report of the trial of Adolf Eichmann and the controversies caused by it. Originally published in 2008, the book offers a critical account of the reception of Arendt’s book. Tuija Parvikko argues that most readers were unable to 03 00 <italic>Arendt, Eichmann and the Politics of the Past</italic></italic> offers a critical analysis of the original American debate over Hannah Arendt’s report of the trial of Adolf Eichmann. First published in 2008, Tuija Parvikko’s book discusses both the campaign against Arendt organised by American Zionist organisations and the controversy Arendt’s report caused within American Jewish intellectual circles. Parvikko’s analysis carefully draws from the historical background of the report, discussing Arendt’s early studies of Zionism and her critique of the Jewish state. The volume also gives an account of Eichmann’s capture in Argentina and the reception of the report among legal scholars and the world press.This edition includes a new prologue in which Parvikko reflects on her own account in connection to recent academic discussions on the controversy. The author’s analysis also covers contributions that have attempted to follow Arendt’s notion of thinking without banisters. With them, Parvikko engages in debate about going beyond Arendt’s theoretical reflections on cohabitation, sharing the world, and discussing the new political evils of the present world without pregiven norms and patterns of thought.<bold>Tuija Parvikko</bold></bold>, PhD, holds the title of docent at the University of Jyväskylä where she works as a senior researcher at the Department of History and Ethnology. She has published extensively on Hannah Arendt and the politics of memory.<break/><break/><break/>This publication has received a subsidy for scientific publishing granted by the Ministry of Education and Culture from the proceeds of Veikkaus, distributed by the Federation of Finnish Learned Societies. 30 00 <italic>Arendt, Eichmann and the Politics of the Past</italic></italic> offers a critical analysis of the original American debate over Hannah Arendt’s report of the trial of Adolf Eichmann. First published in 2008, Tuija Parvikko’s book discusses both the campaign against Arendt organised by American Zionist organisations and the controversy Arendt’s report caused within American Jewish intellectual circles. Parvikko’s analysis carefully draws from the historical background of the report, discussing Arendt’s early studies of Zionism and her critique of the Jewish state. The volume also gives an account of Eichmann’s capture in Argentina and the reception of the report among legal scholars and the world press.This edition includes a new prologue in which Parvikko reflects on her own account in connection to recent academic discussions on the controversy. The author’s analysis also covers contributions that have attempted to follow Arendt’s notion of thinking without banisters. With them, Parvikko engages in debate about going beyond Arendt’s theoretical reflections on cohabitation, sharing the world, and discussing the new political evils of the present world without pregiven norms and patterns of thought.<bold>Tuija Parvikko</bold></bold>, PhD, holds the title of docent at the University of Jyväskylä where she works as a senior researcher at the Department of History and Ethnology. She has published extensively on Hannah Arendt and the politics of memory.<break/><break/><break/>This publication has received a subsidy for scientific publishing granted by the Ministry of Education and Culture from the proceeds of Veikkaus, distributed by the Federation of Finnish Learned Societies. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/6fcfd816-2f37-49db-af77-aeb407e6fda5.png 1 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-2-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Prologue: On Recent Interpretations of Hannah Arendt’s Eichmann in Jerusalem 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-2-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-2-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Hannah Arendt and Zionism 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-2-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Capture of Adolf Eichmann 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-2-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Campaign and its Background 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-2-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Arendt Controversy 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-2-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Arendt’s Ironies and Political Judgement 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-2-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Eichmann Trial and the Politics of the Past 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-2-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20211216 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690714 03 9789523690714 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690707 20 08 20211216 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690707 20 08 20211216 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690707 20 08 20211216 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690707 20 08 20211216 01 urn:uuid:f849080f-533d-4947-844a-342096b22fd3 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:0cb423ad-8558-4ea3-b4f5-8d66553aa160 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f849080f-533d-4947-844a-342096b22fd3 15 9789523690714 03 9789523690714 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-2 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 10 01 Series ID 1d759006-6ca6-4af6-aae9-82aa4e6d8c06 02 27368513 03 2 01 02 Pro et contra 01 01 Arendt, Eichmann and the Politics of the Past 1 A01 21 0000000156411085 Tuija Parvikko Tuija Parvikko Department of History and Ethnology 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Tuija Parvikko, PhD, holds the title of docent at the University of Jyväskylä where she works as a senior researcher at the Department of History and Ethnology. She has published extensively on Hannah Arendt and the politics of memory. 01 eng 00 310 03 B2 political science B2 contemporary history B2 political theory B2 European history 20 Hannah Arendt; political trial; victimology; the Eichmann trial; the politics of the past; political judgement 01 06 02 00 Arendt, Eichmann and the Politics of the Past</italic> is one of the first political readings of Hannah Arendt’s report of the trial of Adolf Eichmann and the controversies caused by it. Originally published in 2008, the book offers a critical account of the reception of Arendt’s book. Tuija Parvikko argues that most readers were unable to 03 00 <italic>Arendt, Eichmann and the Politics of the Past</italic></italic> offers a critical analysis of the original American debate over Hannah Arendt’s report of the trial of Adolf Eichmann. First published in 2008, Tuija Parvikko’s book discusses both the campaign against Arendt organised by American Zionist organisations and the controversy Arendt’s report caused within American Jewish intellectual circles. Parvikko’s analysis carefully draws from the historical background of the report, discussing Arendt’s early studies of Zionism and her critique of the Jewish state. The volume also gives an account of Eichmann’s capture in Argentina and the reception of the report among legal scholars and the world press.This edition includes a new prologue in which Parvikko reflects on her own account in connection to recent academic discussions on the controversy. The author’s analysis also covers contributions that have attempted to follow Arendt’s notion of thinking without banisters. With them, Parvikko engages in debate about going beyond Arendt’s theoretical reflections on cohabitation, sharing the world, and discussing the new political evils of the present world without pregiven norms and patterns of thought.<bold>Tuija Parvikko</bold></bold>, PhD, holds the title of docent at the University of Jyväskylä where she works as a senior researcher at the Department of History and Ethnology. She has published extensively on Hannah Arendt and the politics of memory.<break/><break/><break/>This publication has received a subsidy for scientific publishing granted by the Ministry of Education and Culture from the proceeds of Veikkaus, distributed by the Federation of Finnish Learned Societies. 30 00 <italic>Arendt, Eichmann and the Politics of the Past</italic></italic> offers a critical analysis of the original American debate over Hannah Arendt’s report of the trial of Adolf Eichmann. First published in 2008, Tuija Parvikko’s book discusses both the campaign against Arendt organised by American Zionist organisations and the controversy Arendt’s report caused within American Jewish intellectual circles. Parvikko’s analysis carefully draws from the historical background of the report, discussing Arendt’s early studies of Zionism and her critique of the Jewish state. The volume also gives an account of Eichmann’s capture in Argentina and the reception of the report among legal scholars and the world press.This edition includes a new prologue in which Parvikko reflects on her own account in connection to recent academic discussions on the controversy. The author’s analysis also covers contributions that have attempted to follow Arendt’s notion of thinking without banisters. With them, Parvikko engages in debate about going beyond Arendt’s theoretical reflections on cohabitation, sharing the world, and discussing the new political evils of the present world without pregiven norms and patterns of thought.<bold>Tuija Parvikko</bold></bold>, PhD, holds the title of docent at the University of Jyväskylä where she works as a senior researcher at the Department of History and Ethnology. She has published extensively on Hannah Arendt and the politics of memory.<break/><break/><break/>This publication has received a subsidy for scientific publishing granted by the Ministry of Education and Culture from the proceeds of Veikkaus, distributed by the Federation of Finnish Learned Societies. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/6fcfd816-2f37-49db-af77-aeb407e6fda5.png 1 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-2-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Prologue: On Recent Interpretations of Hannah Arendt’s Eichmann in Jerusalem 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-2-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-2-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Hannah Arendt and Zionism 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-2-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Capture of Adolf Eichmann 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-2-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Campaign and its Background 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-2-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Arendt Controversy 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-2-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Arendt’s Ironies and Political Judgement 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-2-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Eichmann Trial and the Politics of the Past 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/pro-et-contra-2-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Conclusion 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20211216 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690707 03 9789523690707 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20211216 01 urn:uuid:ef1e6c98-5238-4f00-8731-43619bde4a2e 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:76151870-43d7-4191-8722-0ac1dd34f073 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ef1e6c98-5238-4f00-8731-43619bde4a2e 15 9789523690820 03 9789523690820 06 10.33134/AHEAD-3 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 10 01 Series ID af47b02f-a187-41b1-8b10-23b714a097d2 02 27372812 03 3 01 02 AHEAD: Advanced Studies in the Humanities and Social Sciences 01 01 Banal Security Queer Korea in the Time of Viruses 1 A01 21 0000000161487463 Timothy Gitzen Timothy Gitzen 40 0207ad724 Wake Forest University Timothy Gitzen is an Assistant Professor of Anthropology at Wake Forest University. 01 eng 00 265 03 B2 sociology B2 anthropology B2 gender/sexuality and women studies B2 international/global studies B2 political science and international relations B2 East Asian studies 20 South Korea; Queer activism; LGBTQ+ rights; Discrimination; National security; Security measures 01 06 02 00 For more than 70 years, South Korea has woven the threat of North Korea into daily life. But now that threat has become mundane, and South Korean national security addresses family, public health, and national unity. Banal Security</italic> illustrates how as a result, queer Koreans are seen to represent a viral threat to national security 03 00 The decades-long fear of South Korean national destruction has routinized national security and the sense of threat. In present day South Korea, national security includes not only war and the military, but national unity, public health, and the family. As a result, queer Koreans have become a target as their bodies are thought to harbor deadly viruses and are thus seen as carriers of diseases. The prevailing narrative already sees being queer as a threat to traditional family and marriage. By claiming that queer Koreans disrupt military readiness and unit cohesion, that threat is extended to the entire population. Queer Koreans are enveloped by the banality of security, treated as threats, while also being overlooked as part of the nation.What does it mean to be perceived as a national threat simply based on who you would like to sleep with? In their desire to be seen as citizens who support the safety and security of the nation, queer Koreans placate a patriarchal and national authority that is responsible for their continued marginalization. At the same time, they are also creating spaces to protect themselves from the security measures and technologies directed against them. Taking readers from police stations and the galleries of the Constitutional Court to queer activist offices and pride festivals, Banal Security explores how queer Koreans participate in their own securitization, demonstrates how security weaves through daily life in ways that oppress queer Koreans, and highlights the work of queer activists to address that oppression. In doing so, queer Koreans challenge not only the contours of national security in South Korea, but global entanglements of security.Timothy Gitzen</bold> is an Assistant Professor of Anthropology at Wake Forest University.<break/>"Rich in ethnographic and interpretive texture, Banal Security challenges the deep-seated division between ideas about national security and attitudes toward sexuality. Using Korea’s viral genealogies as a window into the geopolitics of queer Asia, Gitzen’s study masterfully exceeds the theoretical limitations of homonationalism and forges new analytics around the fabrics of queer life. At once a rethinking of familiar turning points, such as the 2015 Korean Queer Cultural Festival, and an astute observation of emergent trends, including the co-imbrication of Islamophobia and homophobia, this book sets a new benchmark for cultural anthropology and the study of health epistemology, social alienation, and sexual citizenship."</italic><break/>Howard Chiang,</bold> Lai Ho and Wu Cho-liu Endowed Chair in Taiwan Cultural Studies, University of California, Santa Barbara 30 00 The decades-long fear of South Korean national destruction has routinized national security and the sense of threat. In present day South Korea, national security includes not only war and the military, but national unity, public health, and the family. As a result, queer Koreans have become a target as their bodies are thought to harbor deadly viruses and are thus seen as carriers of diseases. The prevailing narrative already sees being queer as a threat to traditional family and marriage. By claiming that queer Koreans disrupt military readiness and unit cohesion, that threat is extended to the entire population. Queer Koreans are enveloped by the banality of security, treated as threats, while also being overlooked as part of the nation.What does it mean to be perceived as a national threat simply based on who you would like to sleep with? In their desire to be seen as citizens who support the safety and security of the nation, queer Koreans placate a patriarchal and national authority that is responsible for their continued marginalization. At the same time, they are also creating spaces to protect themselves from the security measures and technologies directed against them. Taking readers from police stations and the galleries of the Constitutional Court to queer activist offices and pride festivals, Banal Security explores how queer Koreans participate in their own securitization, demonstrates how security weaves through daily life in ways that oppress queer Koreans, and highlights the work of queer activists to address that oppression. In doing so, queer Koreans challenge not only the contours of national security in South Korea, but global entanglements of security.Timothy Gitzen</bold> is an Assistant Professor of Anthropology at Wake Forest University.<break/>"Rich in ethnographic and interpretive texture, Banal Security challenges the deep-seated division between ideas about national security and attitudes toward sexuality. Using Korea’s viral genealogies as a window into the geopolitics of queer Asia, Gitzen’s study masterfully exceeds the theoretical limitations of homonationalism and forges new analytics around the fabrics of queer life. At once a rethinking of familiar turning points, such as the 2015 Korean Queer Cultural Festival, and an astute observation of emergent trends, including the co-imbrication of Islamophobia and homophobia, this book sets a new benchmark for cultural anthropology and the study of health epistemology, social alienation, and sexual citizenship."</italic><break/>Howard Chiang,</bold> Lai Ho and Wu Cho-liu Endowed Chair in Taiwan Cultural Studies, University of California, Santa Barbara 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/70fcc192-3da2-4138-81a5-3e009e52ed15.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20231023 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690837 03 9789523690837 06 15 9789523690844 03 9789523690844 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690820 20 08 20231023 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690820 20 08 20231023 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690820 20 08 20231023 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690820 20 08 20231023 01 urn:uuid:3646ac96-cff1-470d-9998-18415d1e0593 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:76151870-43d7-4191-8722-0ac1dd34f073 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:3646ac96-cff1-470d-9998-18415d1e0593 15 9789523690837 03 9789523690837 06 10.33134/AHEAD-3 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 10 01 Series ID af47b02f-a187-41b1-8b10-23b714a097d2 02 27372812 03 3 01 02 AHEAD: Advanced Studies in the Humanities and Social Sciences 01 01 Banal Security Queer Korea in the Time of Viruses 1 A01 21 0000000161487463 Timothy Gitzen Timothy Gitzen 40 0207ad724 Wake Forest University Timothy Gitzen is an Assistant Professor of Anthropology at Wake Forest University. 01 eng 00 265 03 B2 sociology B2 anthropology B2 gender/sexuality and women studies B2 international/global studies B2 political science and international relations B2 East Asian studies 20 South Korea; Queer activism; LGBTQ+ rights; Discrimination; National security; Security measures 01 06 02 00 For more than 70 years, South Korea has woven the threat of North Korea into daily life. But now that threat has become mundane, and South Korean national security addresses family, public health, and national unity. Banal Security</italic> illustrates how as a result, queer Koreans are seen to represent a viral threat to national security 03 00 The decades-long fear of South Korean national destruction has routinized national security and the sense of threat. In present day South Korea, national security includes not only war and the military, but national unity, public health, and the family. As a result, queer Koreans have become a target as their bodies are thought to harbor deadly viruses and are thus seen as carriers of diseases. The prevailing narrative already sees being queer as a threat to traditional family and marriage. By claiming that queer Koreans disrupt military readiness and unit cohesion, that threat is extended to the entire population. Queer Koreans are enveloped by the banality of security, treated as threats, while also being overlooked as part of the nation.What does it mean to be perceived as a national threat simply based on who you would like to sleep with? In their desire to be seen as citizens who support the safety and security of the nation, queer Koreans placate a patriarchal and national authority that is responsible for their continued marginalization. At the same time, they are also creating spaces to protect themselves from the security measures and technologies directed against them. Taking readers from police stations and the galleries of the Constitutional Court to queer activist offices and pride festivals, Banal Security explores how queer Koreans participate in their own securitization, demonstrates how security weaves through daily life in ways that oppress queer Koreans, and highlights the work of queer activists to address that oppression. In doing so, queer Koreans challenge not only the contours of national security in South Korea, but global entanglements of security.Timothy Gitzen</bold> is an Assistant Professor of Anthropology at Wake Forest University.<break/>"Rich in ethnographic and interpretive texture, Banal Security challenges the deep-seated division between ideas about national security and attitudes toward sexuality. Using Korea’s viral genealogies as a window into the geopolitics of queer Asia, Gitzen’s study masterfully exceeds the theoretical limitations of homonationalism and forges new analytics around the fabrics of queer life. At once a rethinking of familiar turning points, such as the 2015 Korean Queer Cultural Festival, and an astute observation of emergent trends, including the co-imbrication of Islamophobia and homophobia, this book sets a new benchmark for cultural anthropology and the study of health epistemology, social alienation, and sexual citizenship."</italic><break/>Howard Chiang,</bold> Lai Ho and Wu Cho-liu Endowed Chair in Taiwan Cultural Studies, University of California, Santa Barbara 30 00 The decades-long fear of South Korean national destruction has routinized national security and the sense of threat. In present day South Korea, national security includes not only war and the military, but national unity, public health, and the family. As a result, queer Koreans have become a target as their bodies are thought to harbor deadly viruses and are thus seen as carriers of diseases. The prevailing narrative already sees being queer as a threat to traditional family and marriage. By claiming that queer Koreans disrupt military readiness and unit cohesion, that threat is extended to the entire population. Queer Koreans are enveloped by the banality of security, treated as threats, while also being overlooked as part of the nation.What does it mean to be perceived as a national threat simply based on who you would like to sleep with? In their desire to be seen as citizens who support the safety and security of the nation, queer Koreans placate a patriarchal and national authority that is responsible for their continued marginalization. At the same time, they are also creating spaces to protect themselves from the security measures and technologies directed against them. Taking readers from police stations and the galleries of the Constitutional Court to queer activist offices and pride festivals, Banal Security explores how queer Koreans participate in their own securitization, demonstrates how security weaves through daily life in ways that oppress queer Koreans, and highlights the work of queer activists to address that oppression. In doing so, queer Koreans challenge not only the contours of national security in South Korea, but global entanglements of security.Timothy Gitzen</bold> is an Assistant Professor of Anthropology at Wake Forest University.<break/>"Rich in ethnographic and interpretive texture, Banal Security challenges the deep-seated division between ideas about national security and attitudes toward sexuality. Using Korea’s viral genealogies as a window into the geopolitics of queer Asia, Gitzen’s study masterfully exceeds the theoretical limitations of homonationalism and forges new analytics around the fabrics of queer life. At once a rethinking of familiar turning points, such as the 2015 Korean Queer Cultural Festival, and an astute observation of emergent trends, including the co-imbrication of Islamophobia and homophobia, this book sets a new benchmark for cultural anthropology and the study of health epistemology, social alienation, and sexual citizenship."</italic><break/>Howard Chiang,</bold> Lai Ho and Wu Cho-liu Endowed Chair in Taiwan Cultural Studies, University of California, Santa Barbara 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/70fcc192-3da2-4138-81a5-3e009e52ed15.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20231023 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690820 03 9789523690820 06 15 9789523690844 03 9789523690844 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20231023 01 urn:uuid:60f72ddc-56e7-4c49-85f1-f703c191bc7a 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:76151870-43d7-4191-8722-0ac1dd34f073 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:60f72ddc-56e7-4c49-85f1-f703c191bc7a 15 9789523690844 03 9789523690844 06 10.33134/AHEAD-3 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 10 01 Series ID af47b02f-a187-41b1-8b10-23b714a097d2 02 27372812 03 3 01 02 AHEAD: Advanced Studies in the Humanities and Social Sciences 01 01 Banal Security Queer Korea in the Time of Viruses 1 A01 21 0000000161487463 Timothy Gitzen Timothy Gitzen 40 0207ad724 Wake Forest University Timothy Gitzen is an Assistant Professor of Anthropology at Wake Forest University. 01 eng 00 265 03 B2 sociology B2 anthropology B2 gender/sexuality and women studies B2 international/global studies B2 political science and international relations B2 East Asian studies 20 South Korea; Queer activism; LGBTQ+ rights; Discrimination; National security; Security measures 01 06 02 00 For more than 70 years, South Korea has woven the threat of North Korea into daily life. But now that threat has become mundane, and South Korean national security addresses family, public health, and national unity. Banal Security</italic> illustrates how as a result, queer Koreans are seen to represent a viral threat to national security 03 00 The decades-long fear of South Korean national destruction has routinized national security and the sense of threat. In present day South Korea, national security includes not only war and the military, but national unity, public health, and the family. As a result, queer Koreans have become a target as their bodies are thought to harbor deadly viruses and are thus seen as carriers of diseases. The prevailing narrative already sees being queer as a threat to traditional family and marriage. By claiming that queer Koreans disrupt military readiness and unit cohesion, that threat is extended to the entire population. Queer Koreans are enveloped by the banality of security, treated as threats, while also being overlooked as part of the nation.What does it mean to be perceived as a national threat simply based on who you would like to sleep with? In their desire to be seen as citizens who support the safety and security of the nation, queer Koreans placate a patriarchal and national authority that is responsible for their continued marginalization. At the same time, they are also creating spaces to protect themselves from the security measures and technologies directed against them. Taking readers from police stations and the galleries of the Constitutional Court to queer activist offices and pride festivals, Banal Security explores how queer Koreans participate in their own securitization, demonstrates how security weaves through daily life in ways that oppress queer Koreans, and highlights the work of queer activists to address that oppression. In doing so, queer Koreans challenge not only the contours of national security in South Korea, but global entanglements of security.Timothy Gitzen</bold> is an Assistant Professor of Anthropology at Wake Forest University.<break/>"Rich in ethnographic and interpretive texture, Banal Security challenges the deep-seated division between ideas about national security and attitudes toward sexuality. Using Korea’s viral genealogies as a window into the geopolitics of queer Asia, Gitzen’s study masterfully exceeds the theoretical limitations of homonationalism and forges new analytics around the fabrics of queer life. At once a rethinking of familiar turning points, such as the 2015 Korean Queer Cultural Festival, and an astute observation of emergent trends, including the co-imbrication of Islamophobia and homophobia, this book sets a new benchmark for cultural anthropology and the study of health epistemology, social alienation, and sexual citizenship."</italic><break/>Howard Chiang,</bold> Lai Ho and Wu Cho-liu Endowed Chair in Taiwan Cultural Studies, University of California, Santa Barbara 30 00 The decades-long fear of South Korean national destruction has routinized national security and the sense of threat. In present day South Korea, national security includes not only war and the military, but national unity, public health, and the family. As a result, queer Koreans have become a target as their bodies are thought to harbor deadly viruses and are thus seen as carriers of diseases. The prevailing narrative already sees being queer as a threat to traditional family and marriage. By claiming that queer Koreans disrupt military readiness and unit cohesion, that threat is extended to the entire population. Queer Koreans are enveloped by the banality of security, treated as threats, while also being overlooked as part of the nation.What does it mean to be perceived as a national threat simply based on who you would like to sleep with? In their desire to be seen as citizens who support the safety and security of the nation, queer Koreans placate a patriarchal and national authority that is responsible for their continued marginalization. At the same time, they are also creating spaces to protect themselves from the security measures and technologies directed against them. Taking readers from police stations and the galleries of the Constitutional Court to queer activist offices and pride festivals, Banal Security explores how queer Koreans participate in their own securitization, demonstrates how security weaves through daily life in ways that oppress queer Koreans, and highlights the work of queer activists to address that oppression. In doing so, queer Koreans challenge not only the contours of national security in South Korea, but global entanglements of security.Timothy Gitzen</bold> is an Assistant Professor of Anthropology at Wake Forest University.<break/>"Rich in ethnographic and interpretive texture, Banal Security challenges the deep-seated division between ideas about national security and attitudes toward sexuality. Using Korea’s viral genealogies as a window into the geopolitics of queer Asia, Gitzen’s study masterfully exceeds the theoretical limitations of homonationalism and forges new analytics around the fabrics of queer life. At once a rethinking of familiar turning points, such as the 2015 Korean Queer Cultural Festival, and an astute observation of emergent trends, including the co-imbrication of Islamophobia and homophobia, this book sets a new benchmark for cultural anthropology and the study of health epistemology, social alienation, and sexual citizenship."</italic><break/>Howard Chiang,</bold> Lai Ho and Wu Cho-liu Endowed Chair in Taiwan Cultural Studies, University of California, Santa Barbara 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/70fcc192-3da2-4138-81a5-3e009e52ed15.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20231023 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690820 03 9789523690820 06 15 9789523690837 03 9789523690837 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20231023 01 urn:uuid:d522941f-a826-4308-9849-11211c05aa7d 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:9ede75a6-7827-4ef4-8150-56e1b2627d85 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:d522941f-a826-4308-9849-11211c05aa7d 15 9789523690974 03 9789523690974 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 10 01 Series ID af47b02f-a187-41b1-8b10-23b714a097d2 02 27372812 03 4 01 02 AHEAD: Advanced Studies in the Humanities and Social Sciences 01 01 Being Pagan, Being Christian in Late Antiquity and Early Middle Ages 1 B01 21 0000000308983921 Katja Ritari Katja Ritari 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 B01 21 0000000266611379 Jan R. Stenger Jan Stenger Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg 3 B01 William Van Andringa William Van Andringa École Pratique des Hautes Études 01 eng 00 340 03 B2 Archaeology B2 History B2 Classics B2 Church history B2 Religious studies 20 Ancient Rome; Middle Ages; conversion; Christianity; paganism 01 06 02 00 This volume brings together researchers from various fields to enhance discussion of Late Antiquity and Early Middle Ages as one continuum. With new archaeological data and a focus on both textual and material remains, archaeologists, historians, classicists, and theologians shed light on how religious identities of the people of the past are 03 00 What does it mean to identify oneself as pagan or Christian in Late Antiquity and the Early Middle Ages? How are religious identities constructed, negotiated, and represented in oral and written discourse? How is identity performed in rituals, how is it visible in material remains?Antiquity and the Middle Ages are usually regarded as two separate fields of scholarship. However, the period between the fourth and tenth centuries remains a time of transformations in which the process of religious change and identity building reached beyond the chronological boundary and the Roman, the Christian and ‘the barbarian’ traditions were merged in multiple ways.Being Pagan, Being Christian in Late Antiquity and Early Middle Ages</italic> brings together researchers from various fields, including archaeology, history, classical studies, and theology, to enhance discussion of this period of change as one continuum across the artificial borders of the different scholarly disciplines. With new archaeological data and contributions from scholars specializing on both textual and material remains, these different fields of study shed light on how religious identities of the people of the past are defined and identified.The contributions reassess the interplay of diversity and homogenising tendencies in a shifting religious landscape. Beyond the diversity of traditions, this book highlights the growing capacity of Christianity to hold together, under its control, the different dimensions – identity, cultural, ethical and emotional – of individual and collective religious experience.Katja Ritari</bold> holds the title of docent of Study of Religions at the University of Helsinki.Jan R. Stenger</bold> is a professor of Classics at the Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg.William Van Andringa</bold> is a director of studies at the École Pratique des Hautes Études Paris. 30 00 What does it mean to identify oneself as pagan or Christian in Late Antiquity and the Early Middle Ages? How are religious identities constructed, negotiated, and represented in oral and written discourse? How is identity performed in rituals, how is it visible in material remains?Antiquity and the Middle Ages are usually regarded as two separate fields of scholarship. However, the period between the fourth and tenth centuries remains a time of transformations in which the process of religious change and identity building reached beyond the chronological boundary and the Roman, the Christian and ‘the barbarian’ traditions were merged in multiple ways.Being Pagan, Being Christian in Late Antiquity and Early Middle Ages</italic> brings together researchers from various fields, including archaeology, history, classical studies, and theology, to enhance discussion of this period of change as one continuum across the artificial borders of the different scholarly disciplines. With new archaeological data and contributions from scholars specializing on both textual and material remains, these different fields of study shed light on how religious identities of the people of the past are defined and identified.The contributions reassess the interplay of diversity and homogenising tendencies in a shifting religious landscape. Beyond the diversity of traditions, this book highlights the growing capacity of Christianity to hold together, under its control, the different dimensions – identity, cultural, ethical and emotional – of individual and collective religious experience.Katja Ritari</bold> holds the title of docent of Study of Religions at the University of Helsinki.Jan R. Stenger</bold> is a professor of Classics at the Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg.William Van Andringa</bold> is a director of studies at the École Pratique des Hautes Études Paris. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/daa07884-a15d-4628-a68b-194e2d39c835.png 1 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction 1 A01 21 0000000308983921 Katja Ritari Katja Ritari 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Katja Ritari is Docent of Study of Religions at University of Helsinki. She has a PhD in Celtic Studies from University College Cork and she is the author of Saints and Sinners in Early Christian Ireland: Moral Theology in the Lives of Saints Brigit and Columba (Brepols, 2010) and Pilgrimage to Heaven: Eschatology and Monastic Spirituality in Early Medieval Ireland (Brepols, 2016). 2 A01 21 0000000266611379 Jan R. Stenger Jan Stenger Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg Jan R. Stenger is Professor of Classics at the Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg. From 2012 to 2019 he was Douglas MacDowell Professor of Greek at the University of Glasgow. He has also held fellowships at the Helsinki Collegium for Advanced Studies (2015–2016) and the Swedish Collegium for Advanced Study in Uppsala (2017–2018). His research focuses on Greek lyric poetry and the literature and culture of Late Antiquity. He is especially interested in the relationship between Christianity and classical culture from the 4th to the 6th centuries. Stenger’s publications include a monograph on education in Late Antiquity (Education in Late Antiquity: Challenges, Dynamism, and Reinterpretation, 300–550 ce, 2022) as well as books and articles on Libanius, John Chrysostom and the monasticism of Gaza. 3 A01 William Van Andringa William Van Andringa École Pratique des Hautes Études William Van Andringa is Director of Studies at the École Pratique des Hautes Études (University PSL, UMR 8546 AOROC, Paris). He has also held fellowships at the Helsinki Collegium for Advanced Studies, in 2011–2012 and 2015–2017. His work focuses on the urban archaeology and the religious and funerary practices of the Roman and medieval eras, areas he has studied on two archaeological sites, at Saint-Bertrand-de-Comminges (France) and Pompeii (Italy), as well as in numerous books and publications. 03 00 This chapter briefly introduces the topic of the volume. It first problematises the notion of ‘identity’ and addresses some questions that have been raised in recent research on identities in Late Antiquity and the Middle Ages. Then, it gives a summary of the chapters included in this volume. 30 00 This chapter briefly introduces the topic of the volume. It first problematises the notion of ‘identity’ and addresses some questions that have been raised in recent research on identities in Late Antiquity and the Middle Ages. Then, it gives a summary of the chapters included in this volume. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Christianness and Material Culture, 250–400 CE 1 A01 21 0000000347306579 Éric Rebillard Éric Rebillard 40 05bnh6r87 Cornell University Éric Rebillard is the Avalon Foundation Professor in the Humanities at Cornell University (Ithaca, NY). His research focuses on the transformations of religious practices in Late Antiquity. 03 00 This chapter rejects the traditional approach of ‘Christian archaeology’ and its attempt at identifying a Christian material signature. Instead, it asks whether and how artefacts are used in everyday life to express religious identity. This approach is inspired by the work of Rogers Brubaker on ethnicity in the city of Cluj (Romania). A critical review of personal objects from Roman Britain bearing Christian symbols shows that it is difficult to find objects that would unequivocally attest to the belief of their owners. The identification of Christian burials in Roman Britain and elsewhere has also proven to be a vain project in the absence of an inscription mentioning the religious affiliation of the deceased. Thus, the use of a material signature as a prediction tool for determining the religion of individuals cannot but fail or result in circular reasoning. It is more relevant and rewarding to question the experiential salience of religious identity. A review of material evidence, or rather its absence, for Donatism in Roman Africa suggests that religious identity was not experientially salient in a context, such as the places of cult, where the specific affiliation was clear to all participants. In other contexts, such as the highly competitive context of Dura Europos, displaying religious affiliation was important, even within a specific place of cult. The conclusion is not only that a clearly demarcated Christian material culture is difficult to discern, but that this lack of distinction is to be expected, as there were very few contexts in which Christians in Late Antiquity would experience their religious identity as experientially salient enough to make a point of marking it. 30 00 This chapter rejects the traditional approach of ‘Christian archaeology’ and its attempt at identifying a Christian material signature. Instead, it asks whether and how artefacts are used in everyday life to express religious identity. This approach is inspired by the work of Rogers Brubaker on ethnicity in the city of Cluj (Romania). A critical review of personal objects from Roman Britain bearing Christian symbols shows that it is difficult to find objects that would unequivocally attest to the belief of their owners. The identification of Christian burials in Roman Britain and elsewhere has also proven to be a vain project in the absence of an inscription mentioning the religious affiliation of the deceased. Thus, the use of a material signature as a prediction tool for determining the religion of individuals cannot but fail or result in circular reasoning. It is more relevant and rewarding to question the experiential salience of religious identity. A review of material evidence, or rather its absence, for Donatism in Roman Africa suggests that religious identity was not experientially salient in a context, such as the places of cult, where the specific affiliation was clear to all participants. In other contexts, such as the highly competitive context of Dura Europos, displaying religious affiliation was important, even within a specific place of cult. The conclusion is not only that a clearly demarcated Christian material culture is difficult to discern, but that this lack of distinction is to be expected, as there were very few contexts in which Christians in Late Antiquity would experience their religious identity as experientially salient enough to make a point of marking it. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Funerary Practices and the Construction of Religious and Social Identities in the South-East of Gaul from the 4th to the 10th Century 1 A01 21 0000000304748369 Frédérique Blaizot Frédérique Blaizot Université de Lille and UMR 8164 HALMA du CNRS Frédérique Blaizot is Professor of Roman Archaeology at the University of Lille. She is an archaeologist and biological anthropologist specialising in archaeothanatology whose research focuses on funerary expressions and their transitions. 03 00 How might funerary archaeology contribute to the discussion about religious identities in Late Antiquity and the Early Middle Ages? In answer to this question, I describe the different ways in which religious and social practices are expressed and evolve in a given context. In Roman Gaul, the large-scale switch to inhumation in the second half of the 3rd century may be linked to a change in perception of the idealised image of the deceased, and is not accompanied by any change in burial practices or in the organisation and dynamics of funerary areas. A century later, traditional funerary practices are widely represented in the archaeological series, but funerary areas are emerging whose organisation and dynamics differ from those of the early Roman empire. In larger cities, some are developing around a funeral basilica erected on the mausoleum of a saint, and their graves clearly show changes from past practices. These new funerary expressions, which become exclusive in the second half of the 5th century, can be linked with the rise and the structuring of Christianity, along with social changes. During the Early Middle Ages, before the completion of the parish system in the 11th century, societies successively build their Christian identity. Using their burial customs and the organisation of their deceased, these societies display their socio-cultural norms, both inherited from and partly reshaped throughout their history. Our archaeological data show that in the funerary sphere, sense of religious identity is not expressed in the same way at the end of the 4th, 6th, 8th and 10th centuries, and that the real break between Antiquity and the Middle Ages relates mainly to the silencing of individual and familial memory in favour of the construction of a collective Christian memory. 30 00 How might funerary archaeology contribute to the discussion about religious identities in Late Antiquity and the Early Middle Ages? In answer to this question, I describe the different ways in which religious and social practices are expressed and evolve in a given context. In Roman Gaul, the large-scale switch to inhumation in the second half of the 3rd century may be linked to a change in perception of the idealised image of the deceased, and is not accompanied by any change in burial practices or in the organisation and dynamics of funerary areas. A century later, traditional funerary practices are widely represented in the archaeological series, but funerary areas are emerging whose organisation and dynamics differ from those of the early Roman empire. In larger cities, some are developing around a funeral basilica erected on the mausoleum of a saint, and their graves clearly show changes from past practices. These new funerary expressions, which become exclusive in the second half of the 5th century, can be linked with the rise and the structuring of Christianity, along with social changes. During the Early Middle Ages, before the completion of the parish system in the 11th century, societies successively build their Christian identity. Using their burial customs and the organisation of their deceased, these societies display their socio-cultural norms, both inherited from and partly reshaped throughout their history. Our archaeological data show that in the funerary sphere, sense of religious identity is not expressed in the same way at the end of the 4th, 6th, 8th and 10th centuries, and that the real break between Antiquity and the Middle Ages relates mainly to the silencing of individual and familial memory in favour of the construction of a collective Christian memory. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Material Culture and Religious Affiliation in 4th-Century Gaul: A Time of Invisibility 1 A01 William Van Andringa William Van Andringa École Pratique des Hautes Études William Van Andringa is Director of Studies at the École Pratique des Hautes Études (University PSL, UMR 8546 AOROC, Paris). He has also held fellowships at the Helsinki Collegium for Advanced Studies, in 2011–2012 and 2015–2017. His work focuses on the urban archaeology and the religious and funerary practices of the Roman and medieval eras, areas he has studied on two archaeological sites, at Saint-Bertrand-de-Comminges (France) and Pompeii (Italy), as well as in numerous books and publications. 03 00 A still poorly understood, let alone explained, page of history is the evolution of pagan cult places in the Western Roman empire from the 3rd to the 5th century ce. Based on available sources, all, or nearly all, has already been said on the restoration of the imperial state and Roman city-states after the crisis of the 3rd century, the slow integration of Christian communities into the life of cities, and the continuity of paganism until its near destruction under Theodosius at the end of the 4th century. At the same time, the transformation of public religious systems organised by cities from the Augustan period onwards remains in large part unknown. The reason for this is first and foremost the disappearance of epigraphical sources after 250 ce, poorly replaced by the works of Christian or pagan writers, often rhetorical and polemical. This chapter evaluates the fundamental problem of religious transformations in the 4th century, starting from the results of recent excavations, showing that a certain number of great civic sanctuaries, built and restored at great expense by local elites from the 1st to the beginning of the 3rd century, had already been abandoned and even dismantled in the second half of the 3rd century. This phase of abandonment, occurring before the conversion of Constantine and the rise of Christianity as the official religion, reveals an essential change in religious practices in the provinces and a transformation of religious identities, in the way of being pagan. Related to this is the transformation of the urban landscape in the provinces of Gaul, confirming that the celebration of public sacrifices and ludi scaenici, of big festivals, seems to have ceased in the 4th century, the fortification of towns taking priority over religious festivals. What was it, then, to be pagan or Christian in the 4th century in Gaul, when the big festivals had ceased, and when Christian communities were not yet constructing monumental meeting places or churches and cathedrals, a process only documented by archaeology from the very end of the 4th century and into the 5th century? 30 00 A still poorly understood, let alone explained, page of history is the evolution of pagan cult places in the Western Roman empire from the 3rd to the 5th century ce. Based on available sources, all, or nearly all, has already been said on the restoration of the imperial state and Roman city-states after the crisis of the 3rd century, the slow integration of Christian communities into the life of cities, and the continuity of paganism until its near destruction under Theodosius at the end of the 4th century. At the same time, the transformation of public religious systems organised by cities from the Augustan period onwards remains in large part unknown. The reason for this is first and foremost the disappearance of epigraphical sources after 250 ce, poorly replaced by the works of Christian or pagan writers, often rhetorical and polemical. This chapter evaluates the fundamental problem of religious transformations in the 4th century, starting from the results of recent excavations, showing that a certain number of great civic sanctuaries, built and restored at great expense by local elites from the 1st to the beginning of the 3rd century, had already been abandoned and even dismantled in the second half of the 3rd century. This phase of abandonment, occurring before the conversion of Constantine and the rise of Christianity as the official religion, reveals an essential change in religious practices in the provinces and a transformation of religious identities, in the way of being pagan. Related to this is the transformation of the urban landscape in the provinces of Gaul, confirming that the celebration of public sacrifices and ludi scaenici, of big festivals, seems to have ceased in the 4th century, the fortification of towns taking priority over religious festivals. What was it, then, to be pagan or Christian in the 4th century in Gaul, when the big festivals had ceased, and when Christian communities were not yet constructing monumental meeting places or churches and cathedrals, a process only documented by archaeology from the very end of the 4th century and into the 5th century? 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Statuary, the Secular and Remaining Powers in Late Antiquity 1 A01 21 0000000167763633 Ine Jacobs Ine Jacobs 40 052gg0110 University of Oxford Ine Jacobs is the Stavros Niarchos Foundation Associate Professor of Byzantine Archaeology and Visual Culture at the University of Oxford. Her research interests include Roman and Byzantine architecture and urbanism; the experience and perception of the built environment and its decoration; long histories of the display and reception of sites, statuary and artefacts; and material religion. She has worked on excavations in Belgium, Italy, the Republic of North Macedonia and Turkey. Since 2016 she has been the field director of the Aphrodisias excavations. She also directs the Manar al-Athar Digital Archive. 03 00 This chapter focuses on the survival and diverse usage of pagan-mythological statuary until the end of Antiquity. In order to explain its continued functioning in late antique centuries, I discuss two ways of viewing: the secular (whereby gods and divinities are seen as symbolic or emblematic for specific aspects of life, particularly elite life), and the religious (whereby gods and divinities retain power and agency). Whereas secular explanations have been given ample attention in recent decades, the power of statues in Late Antiquity, and especially their positive power in the eyes of people who self-identified as Christian, has been largely neglected. I argue that it is worthwhile exploring this route further to help explain why these statues remained so omnipresent in the cityscape. 30 00 This chapter focuses on the survival and diverse usage of pagan-mythological statuary until the end of Antiquity. In order to explain its continued functioning in late antique centuries, I discuss two ways of viewing: the secular (whereby gods and divinities are seen as symbolic or emblematic for specific aspects of life, particularly elite life), and the religious (whereby gods and divinities retain power and agency). Whereas secular explanations have been given ample attention in recent decades, the power of statues in Late Antiquity, and especially their positive power in the eyes of people who self-identified as Christian, has been largely neglected. I argue that it is worthwhile exploring this route further to help explain why these statues remained so omnipresent in the cityscape. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Effect of Persecution on Religious Communities: An Experiment in Comparative History 1 A01 21 0000000323410283 Elizabeth DePalma Digeser Elizabeth Digeser 40 02t274463 University of California, Santa Barbara Elizabeth DePalma Digeser is Professor of History at the University of California, Santa Barbara. She is the author of The Making of a Christian Empire: Lactantius and Rome (Cornell, 2000) and A Threat to Public Piety: Christians, Platonists, and the Great Persecution (Cornell, 2012). The founding editor of Studies in Late Antiquity: A Journal (UC Press), she is interested in processes of transformation (political, religious, economic) in Roman Late Antiquity (3rd to 5th century). 03 00 Two early 4th-century Christian communities splintered into mutually hostile factions after the imperial government rescinded Diocletian’s edicts against them. Although we often assume that a community that suffers together will bond more tightly together, this did not happen in Carthage, North Africa, which split over the so-called Donatist challenge. Nor did it happen in Alexandria, Egypt, which fractured over Arius’ theology. While granting that persecution casts suspicion on people linked to the oppressors, we still assume that all early 4th-century Christian communities were uniformly estranged from imperial power. First, I argue that this assumption is unfounded: some people in Carthage and in Alexandria had demonstrably closer connections than others to the imperial court. These differences make sense if we accept recent arguments that Christians attained full legal status under the emperor Gallienus (260‒267). Next, I show that in both Carthage and Alexandria, those with closer connections to the imperial court were the first to face charges of heresy or schism. In other words, some members of the broader Christian community perceived those with court connections as people whose allegiances were ambiguous at best and who were therefore not ‘true’ Christians. This situation proved particularly challenging for the emperor Constantine to manage, even though he proclaimed himself a member of the Christian community after 312. 30 00 Two early 4th-century Christian communities splintered into mutually hostile factions after the imperial government rescinded Diocletian’s edicts against them. Although we often assume that a community that suffers together will bond more tightly together, this did not happen in Carthage, North Africa, which split over the so-called Donatist challenge. Nor did it happen in Alexandria, Egypt, which fractured over Arius’ theology. While granting that persecution casts suspicion on people linked to the oppressors, we still assume that all early 4th-century Christian communities were uniformly estranged from imperial power. First, I argue that this assumption is unfounded: some people in Carthage and in Alexandria had demonstrably closer connections than others to the imperial court. These differences make sense if we accept recent arguments that Christians attained full legal status under the emperor Gallienus (260‒267). Next, I show that in both Carthage and Alexandria, those with closer connections to the imperial court were the first to face charges of heresy or schism. In other words, some members of the broader Christian community perceived those with court connections as people whose allegiances were ambiguous at best and who were therefore not ‘true’ Christians. This situation proved particularly challenging for the emperor Constantine to manage, even though he proclaimed himself a member of the Christian community after 312. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 ‘Barbarian Sages’ between Christianity and Paganism in Ammianus Marcellinus and the Cosmographia Aethici 1 A01 21 0000000219722076 Antti Lampinen Antti Lampinen Finnish Institute at Athens; University of Turku Antti Lampinen is an ancient historian who specialises in ancient ethnographical and geographical thinking, cultural connections, processes of stereotyping, and representations of population groups. He was awarded his doctorate in Latin philology from the University of Turku in 2013 with a thesis on the Greek and Roman representations of northern peoples’ religions. Subsequently he has held research fellowships in the School of Classics, University of St Andrews (Newton International Fellow, 2015–2017), and in the Department of Classics, University of Helsinki (Finnish Academy Research Fellowship, 2016–2018). From 2018 to 2023 he worked as the assistant director of the Finnish Institute at Athens. In 2022, he became a docent of classical philology in his alma mater of Turku University, and in 2023 a docent of ancient languages and culture in the University of Helsinki. Most recently he has co-edited a collected volume, Seafaring and Mobility in the Late Antique Mediterranean (Bloomsbury, 2022). 03 00 The chapter compares the representation of ‘sages’, ‘philosophers’ or ‘wise men’ in Ammianus Marcellinus’ Res Gestae from the late 4th century and in the Cosmographia Aethici of ‘Pseudo-Jerome’ from the 8th century, with a particular focus on the ways in which these two widely differing texts engage with the idea of ‘pagan’ or ‘barbarian’ wisdom traditions and their carriers. In so doing, the chapter compares the two authors’ strategies and techniques in representing inherited, non-Greek (or non-Roman) wisdom among the peoples of the world. Despite the great differences between the two texts and the contexts of their creation, both surprising similarities and telling differences can be found between them. Both texts love to refer to secret letters and hidden information; another similarity is the way both authors tried to avoid locking themselves into either a ‘Christian’ or a ‘pagan’ way of writing. The resulting complications are in both cases part of the author’s reflection on the difficulty of extracting truth from testimonies with various degrees of authority and age. 30 00 The chapter compares the representation of ‘sages’, ‘philosophers’ or ‘wise men’ in Ammianus Marcellinus’ Res Gestae from the late 4th century and in the Cosmographia Aethici of ‘Pseudo-Jerome’ from the 8th century, with a particular focus on the ways in which these two widely differing texts engage with the idea of ‘pagan’ or ‘barbarian’ wisdom traditions and their carriers. In so doing, the chapter compares the two authors’ strategies and techniques in representing inherited, non-Greek (or non-Roman) wisdom among the peoples of the world. Despite the great differences between the two texts and the contexts of their creation, both surprising similarities and telling differences can be found between them. Both texts love to refer to secret letters and hidden information; another similarity is the way both authors tried to avoid locking themselves into either a ‘Christian’ or a ‘pagan’ way of writing. The resulting complications are in both cases part of the author’s reflection on the difficulty of extracting truth from testimonies with various degrees of authority and age. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Paradise Lost/Regained: Healing the Monastic Self in the Coenobium of Dorotheus of Gaza 1 A01 21 0000000266611379 Jan R. Stenger Jan Stenger Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg Jan R. Stenger is Professor of Classics at the Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg. From 2012 to 2019 he was Douglas MacDowell Professor of Greek at the University of Glasgow. He has also held fellowships at the Helsinki Collegium for Advanced Studies (2015–2016) and the Swedish Collegium for Advanced Study in Uppsala (2017–2018). His research focuses on Greek lyric poetry and the literature and culture of Late Antiquity. He is especially interested in the relationship between Christianity and classical culture from the 4th to the 6th centuries. Stenger’s publications include a monograph on education in Late Antiquity (Education in Late Antiquity: Challenges, Dynamism, and Reinterpretation, 300–550 ce, 2022) as well as books and articles on Libanius, John Chrysostom and the monasticism of Gaza. 03 00 This chapter deals with the construction of Christian identity in the instructions given by Dorotheus (6th century ce) to his brothers in a monastery near Gaza. It focuses on the link between good or bad health and religious selfhood in Dorotheus’ monastic anthropology. In Dorotheus’ view, Christian identity is beset by the experience of loss because since Adam’s fall, human existence has been riddled with unnatural passions which prevent reunion with God. The only way to regain one’s own nature – that is, original identity – is habituation to a truly Christian, i.e. ascetic, life. The chapter examines Dorotheus’ rhetoric of healing against the backdrop of Stoic philosophy and ancient medical theorisation in order to show that he sets out a detailed programme of rebuilding Christian identity. Its ultimate goal is to restore, through ascetic exercises, both spiritual and physical, the integrity of the human being. It is argued that the medical conceptualisation helps Dorotheus to shape the embodied ascetic self. 30 00 This chapter deals with the construction of Christian identity in the instructions given by Dorotheus (6th century ce) to his brothers in a monastery near Gaza. It focuses on the link between good or bad health and religious selfhood in Dorotheus’ monastic anthropology. In Dorotheus’ view, Christian identity is beset by the experience of loss because since Adam’s fall, human existence has been riddled with unnatural passions which prevent reunion with God. The only way to regain one’s own nature – that is, original identity – is habituation to a truly Christian, i.e. ascetic, life. The chapter examines Dorotheus’ rhetoric of healing against the backdrop of Stoic philosophy and ancient medical theorisation in order to show that he sets out a detailed programme of rebuilding Christian identity. Its ultimate goal is to restore, through ascetic exercises, both spiritual and physical, the integrity of the human being. It is argued that the medical conceptualisation helps Dorotheus to shape the embodied ascetic self. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 In Search of Local People and Rituals in Late Antiquity 1 A01 21 0000000324279897 Maijastina Kahlos Maijastina Kahlos University of Lisbon; University of Helsinki Maijastina Kahlos is a principal researcher at the University of Lisbon, Docent at the University of Helsinki and in 2023–2024 a research fellow at Israel Institute for Advanced Studies, Hebrew University of Jerusalem. She is the author of Religious Dissent in Late Antiquity (2020), Forbearance and Compulsion: The Rhetoric of Tolerance and Intolerance in Late Antiquity (2009), Debate and Dialogue: Christian and Pagan Cultures, c. 360–430 (2007) and Vettius Agorius Praetextatus (2002). 03 00 In Late Antiquity and the Early Middle Ages, ecclesiastical leaders often defined as pagan, superstitious and even magical those rituals and beliefs that they disliked. Augustine of Hippo, for instance, depicted a number of practices as pagan elements that recent converts could not abandon and therefore carried with them into the Church after Constantine’s conversion. Augustine and other church leaders were influential in setting out the course of interpreting local popular forms of religiosity as magic (‘magical survivals’) or leftovers of paganism (‘pagan survivals’). In this chapter, I illustrate local and popular forms of late antique religiosity with a few examples taken from the writings of Zeno of Verona, Maximus of Turin and Augustine of Hippo as well as later Latin writers such as Caesarius of Arles and Martin of Braga. I wish to break away from traditional dichotomies such as pagan/Christian, religion/magic and religion/superstition and to observe religious practices in the late antique and early medieval world on their own terms. We may call that religious world the third paganism, popular Christianity or whatever, but choosing the term is not relevant here. Instead of taking local forms of religiosity simply as ‘magical survivals’, ‘pagan survivals’ or ‘Christian superstition’, we should analyse local religious worlds in their different socio-political contexts. 30 00 In Late Antiquity and the Early Middle Ages, ecclesiastical leaders often defined as pagan, superstitious and even magical those rituals and beliefs that they disliked. Augustine of Hippo, for instance, depicted a number of practices as pagan elements that recent converts could not abandon and therefore carried with them into the Church after Constantine’s conversion. Augustine and other church leaders were influential in setting out the course of interpreting local popular forms of religiosity as magic (‘magical survivals’) or leftovers of paganism (‘pagan survivals’). In this chapter, I illustrate local and popular forms of late antique religiosity with a few examples taken from the writings of Zeno of Verona, Maximus of Turin and Augustine of Hippo as well as later Latin writers such as Caesarius of Arles and Martin of Braga. I wish to break away from traditional dichotomies such as pagan/Christian, religion/magic and religion/superstition and to observe religious practices in the late antique and early medieval world on their own terms. We may call that religious world the third paganism, popular Christianity or whatever, but choosing the term is not relevant here. Instead of taking local forms of religiosity simply as ‘magical survivals’, ‘pagan survivals’ or ‘Christian superstition’, we should analyse local religious worlds in their different socio-political contexts. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Being Christian in Late Antique Ireland 1 A01 21 0000000272324894 Elva Johnston Elva Johnston 40 05m7pjf47 University College Dublin Elva Johnston lectures in the School of History, University College Dublin, where she specialises in late antique and early medieval Irish history; she is the editor of Analecta Hibernica and a member of the Irish Manuscripts Commission. Her monograph, Literacy and Identity in Early Medieval Ireland, won the Irish Historical Research Prize. 03 00 Conversion to Christianity in late antique Ireland is frequently interpreted as the replacement of one set of practices, broadly and problematically defined as pagan, with new and transformative Christian ones. This assumes clear boundaries between being Christian and being pagan throughout the 4th and 6th centuries ce, the period during which Christianity and, eventually, its institutions became ever more important. However, a growing body of material evidence, alongside a reinterpretation of textual sources, illuminates blurred, shifting and deeply contingent boundaries. This aligns with what is known of Christian conversion elsewhere in Roman and post-Roman Late Antiquity. For example, burial practices, the use of epigraphy (ogam stones) and the demarcation of physical Christian spaces all highlight different aspects of complex and changing religious affiliations. Sometimes it is possible to pinpoint moments when the boundary between being Christian and being pagan shifted, as the example of the celebration of the Feast of Tara by the Christian king Díarmait mac Cerbaill in 560 demonstrates. Throughout these formative centuries, Irish Christians and pagans lived side by side and shared the same environments. Ultimately, the much-analysed Christian culture of the 7th century grew out of these shared experiences. 30 00 Conversion to Christianity in late antique Ireland is frequently interpreted as the replacement of one set of practices, broadly and problematically defined as pagan, with new and transformative Christian ones. This assumes clear boundaries between being Christian and being pagan throughout the 4th and 6th centuries ce, the period during which Christianity and, eventually, its institutions became ever more important. However, a growing body of material evidence, alongside a reinterpretation of textual sources, illuminates blurred, shifting and deeply contingent boundaries. This aligns with what is known of Christian conversion elsewhere in Roman and post-Roman Late Antiquity. For example, burial practices, the use of epigraphy (ogam stones) and the demarcation of physical Christian spaces all highlight different aspects of complex and changing religious affiliations. Sometimes it is possible to pinpoint moments when the boundary between being Christian and being pagan shifted, as the example of the celebration of the Feast of Tara by the Christian king Díarmait mac Cerbaill in 560 demonstrates. Throughout these formative centuries, Irish Christians and pagans lived side by side and shared the same environments. Ultimately, the much-analysed Christian culture of the 7th century grew out of these shared experiences. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Ireland at the Edge of Time and Space: Constructions of Christian Identity in Early Medieval Ireland 1 A01 21 0000000308983921 Katja Ritari Katja Ritari 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Katja Ritari is Docent of Study of Religions at University of Helsinki. She has a PhD in Celtic Studies from University College Cork and she is the author of Saints and Sinners in Early Christian Ireland: Moral Theology in the Lives of Saints Brigit and Columba (Brepols, 2010) and Pilgrimage to Heaven: Eschatology and Monastic Spirituality in Early Medieval Ireland (Brepols, 2016). 03 00 Conversion on a deeper level entails a change in identity, on both the communal and the individual level. It requires a reorientation of one’s identity regarding one’s place in the world in relation to the divinity (or divinities, depending on the religion in question). The Christianization of Ireland in the Early Middle Ages was a process spanning centuries, starting with St Patrick and other missionaries in the 4th century and continuing until the 6th and 7th centuries, when we have St Columbanus with a self-assured Christian identity writing letters to the pope, among others, and the followers of St Patrick, Muirchú and Tírechán turning St Patrick’s life and deeds into hagiography. Adomnán, another 7th-century hagiographer, writes of the holiness of St Columba on the island of Iona in the Inner Hebrides with a view over the whole Christendom despite his remote geographical location. Christian identity should, furthermore, be otherworldly in character, as its orientation should always be towards the true home of Christians in heaven – as evidenced by these early medieval Irish authors writing about what it means to be a Christian in this world. 30 00 Conversion on a deeper level entails a change in identity, on both the communal and the individual level. It requires a reorientation of one’s identity regarding one’s place in the world in relation to the divinity (or divinities, depending on the religion in question). The Christianization of Ireland in the Early Middle Ages was a process spanning centuries, starting with St Patrick and other missionaries in the 4th century and continuing until the 6th and 7th centuries, when we have St Columbanus with a self-assured Christian identity writing letters to the pope, among others, and the followers of St Patrick, Muirchú and Tírechán turning St Patrick’s life and deeds into hagiography. Adomnán, another 7th-century hagiographer, writes of the holiness of St Columba on the island of Iona in the Inner Hebrides with a view over the whole Christendom despite his remote geographical location. Christian identity should, furthermore, be otherworldly in character, as its orientation should always be towards the true home of Christians in heaven – as evidenced by these early medieval Irish authors writing about what it means to be a Christian in this world. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-12 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Liber Pontificalis and the Transformation of Rome from Pagan to Christian City in the Early Middle Ages 1 A01 21 0000000312960589 Rosamond McKitterick Rosamond McKitterick 40 013meh722 University of Cambridge Rosamond McKitterick is Professor Emerita of Medieval History in the University of Cambridge and a fellow of Sidney Sussex College. She received MA, PhD and LittD degrees from the University of Cambridge and studied for a year (1974/1975) at the University of Munich. In 2010 she was awarded the International Dr A.H. Heineken Prize in History by the Royal Dutch Academy. Among her many books, articles and chapters, one of the most recent is her monograph Rome and the Invention of the Papacy: The Liber pontificalis (2020). 03 00 This chapter offers a new perspective on the familiar topic of the transformation of Rome from pagan to Christian city in the Early Middle Ages. With the papal history known as the Liber pontificalis as its main focus, it considers the peculiarities of this 6th-century text’s representation of Rome during the period of the pagan emperors before the beginning of the 4th century, as well as in the aftermath of the conversion of the emperor Constantine during the pontificates of Pope Silvester I and his immediate successors. The chapter argues that the text’s portrait of early Christian Rome is essentially an early 6th-century one and can be interpreted as an attempt to convince readers of the dominance of the pope and the steady triumph of orthodox Christianity. Yet excellent recent work on late antique Rome has replaced the old view of a smooth and rapid transition from a pagan to a Christian city at the beginning of the 4th century. The Liber pontificalis was once assumed to support this neat picture, but careful reading exposes a small, impoverished, vulnerable and diverse community in Rome. At the same time, the text makes claims about the popes’ unwavering leadership. The Liber pontificalis, in short, not only contains important information about the process of Rome’s becoming a Christian city but shapes the perception that the bishops of Rome contributed substantially to the city’s development as a holy and Christian city. 30 00 This chapter offers a new perspective on the familiar topic of the transformation of Rome from pagan to Christian city in the Early Middle Ages. With the papal history known as the Liber pontificalis as its main focus, it considers the peculiarities of this 6th-century text’s representation of Rome during the period of the pagan emperors before the beginning of the 4th century, as well as in the aftermath of the conversion of the emperor Constantine during the pontificates of Pope Silvester I and his immediate successors. The chapter argues that the text’s portrait of early Christian Rome is essentially an early 6th-century one and can be interpreted as an attempt to convince readers of the dominance of the pope and the steady triumph of orthodox Christianity. Yet excellent recent work on late antique Rome has replaced the old view of a smooth and rapid transition from a pagan to a Christian city at the beginning of the 4th century. The Liber pontificalis was once assumed to support this neat picture, but careful reading exposes a small, impoverished, vulnerable and diverse community in Rome. At the same time, the text makes claims about the popes’ unwavering leadership. The Liber pontificalis, in short, not only contains important information about the process of Rome’s becoming a Christian city but shapes the perception that the bishops of Rome contributed substantially to the city’s development as a holy and Christian city. 20 00 Open Access 13 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-13 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Vanishing Identity: The Impossible Definition of Pagans and Paganism in the West from the 4th to the 6th Century 1 A01 Hervé Inglebert Hervé Inglebert 40 013bkhk48 Université Paris Nanterre Hervé Inglebert is Professor of Roman History at the University of Paris Nanterre. He is a specialist in cultural and religious developments in Late Antiquity (Interpretatio Christiana, 2001) and in the historiography of universal history (Le Monde, l’Histoire, 2014). He is scientific editor of the journal Antiquité tardive and co-director of the Nouvelle Clio collection (Presses Universitaires de France). 03 00 To understand Antiquity, we must avoid starting from our own categories. We therefore reject the contemporary notion of collective identity in favour of a sociological analysis of ancient texts and the authoritative relationships between emic and etic discourses on the definition of religious groups. Taking into account the plurality of Christian discourses, both sociological (those of believers, clerics, monks, the emperor or the king) and thematic (in the theological domain, that of personal morality, collective ethics, relationship to the world) allows us to conceive that between 300 and 600, it was possible to define oneself as Christian (‘bad Christian’ in the eyes of religious and political authorities) and to venerate certain traditional superhuman entities linked to natural forces yet considered by the same authorities as the demons of paganism. This Christian polylatrism can be explained by the difficulty bishops had in controlling certain sectors of society, particularly in the countryside, but also by the impossibility for late antique Christianity to transform its theological claim to truth about salvation in the afterlife into a convincing model for explaining the world here below. Only the cult of holy (wo)men and relics, and the Christianisation of certain sacred places or the acceptance of certain ancient practices in order to neutralise them, were to fill the gaps in the Christian meaning of the world over time. 30 00 To understand Antiquity, we must avoid starting from our own categories. We therefore reject the contemporary notion of collective identity in favour of a sociological analysis of ancient texts and the authoritative relationships between emic and etic discourses on the definition of religious groups. Taking into account the plurality of Christian discourses, both sociological (those of believers, clerics, monks, the emperor or the king) and thematic (in the theological domain, that of personal morality, collective ethics, relationship to the world) allows us to conceive that between 300 and 600, it was possible to define oneself as Christian (‘bad Christian’ in the eyes of religious and political authorities) and to venerate certain traditional superhuman entities linked to natural forces yet considered by the same authorities as the demons of paganism. This Christian polylatrism can be explained by the difficulty bishops had in controlling certain sectors of society, particularly in the countryside, but also by the impossibility for late antique Christianity to transform its theological claim to truth about salvation in the afterlife into a convincing model for explaining the world here below. Only the cult of holy (wo)men and relics, and the Christianisation of certain sacred places or the acceptance of certain ancient practices in order to neutralise them, were to fill the gaps in the Christian meaning of the world over time. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20231228 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690981 03 9789523690981 06 15 9789523690998 03 9789523690998 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690974 20 08 20231228 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690974 20 08 20231228 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690974 20 08 20231228 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690974 20 08 20231228 01 urn:uuid:b316fb07-cf43-4d7a-9627-0e7cc8a04bcd 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:9ede75a6-7827-4ef4-8150-56e1b2627d85 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:b316fb07-cf43-4d7a-9627-0e7cc8a04bcd 15 9789523690981 03 9789523690981 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 10 01 Series ID af47b02f-a187-41b1-8b10-23b714a097d2 02 27372812 03 4 01 02 AHEAD: Advanced Studies in the Humanities and Social Sciences 01 01 Being Pagan, Being Christian in Late Antiquity and Early Middle Ages 1 B01 21 0000000308983921 Katja Ritari Katja Ritari 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 B01 21 0000000266611379 Jan R. Stenger Jan Stenger Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg 3 B01 William Van Andringa William Van Andringa École Pratique des Hautes Études 01 eng 00 340 03 B2 Archaeology B2 History B2 Classics B2 Church history B2 Religious studies 20 Ancient Rome; Middle Ages; conversion; Christianity; paganism 01 06 02 00 This volume brings together researchers from various fields to enhance discussion of Late Antiquity and Early Middle Ages as one continuum. With new archaeological data and a focus on both textual and material remains, archaeologists, historians, classicists, and theologians shed light on how religious identities of the people of the past are 03 00 What does it mean to identify oneself as pagan or Christian in Late Antiquity and the Early Middle Ages? How are religious identities constructed, negotiated, and represented in oral and written discourse? How is identity performed in rituals, how is it visible in material remains?Antiquity and the Middle Ages are usually regarded as two separate fields of scholarship. However, the period between the fourth and tenth centuries remains a time of transformations in which the process of religious change and identity building reached beyond the chronological boundary and the Roman, the Christian and ‘the barbarian’ traditions were merged in multiple ways.Being Pagan, Being Christian in Late Antiquity and Early Middle Ages</italic> brings together researchers from various fields, including archaeology, history, classical studies, and theology, to enhance discussion of this period of change as one continuum across the artificial borders of the different scholarly disciplines. With new archaeological data and contributions from scholars specializing on both textual and material remains, these different fields of study shed light on how religious identities of the people of the past are defined and identified.The contributions reassess the interplay of diversity and homogenising tendencies in a shifting religious landscape. Beyond the diversity of traditions, this book highlights the growing capacity of Christianity to hold together, under its control, the different dimensions – identity, cultural, ethical and emotional – of individual and collective religious experience.Katja Ritari</bold> holds the title of docent of Study of Religions at the University of Helsinki.Jan R. Stenger</bold> is a professor of Classics at the Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg.William Van Andringa</bold> is a director of studies at the École Pratique des Hautes Études Paris. 30 00 What does it mean to identify oneself as pagan or Christian in Late Antiquity and the Early Middle Ages? How are religious identities constructed, negotiated, and represented in oral and written discourse? How is identity performed in rituals, how is it visible in material remains?Antiquity and the Middle Ages are usually regarded as two separate fields of scholarship. However, the period between the fourth and tenth centuries remains a time of transformations in which the process of religious change and identity building reached beyond the chronological boundary and the Roman, the Christian and ‘the barbarian’ traditions were merged in multiple ways.Being Pagan, Being Christian in Late Antiquity and Early Middle Ages</italic> brings together researchers from various fields, including archaeology, history, classical studies, and theology, to enhance discussion of this period of change as one continuum across the artificial borders of the different scholarly disciplines. With new archaeological data and contributions from scholars specializing on both textual and material remains, these different fields of study shed light on how religious identities of the people of the past are defined and identified.The contributions reassess the interplay of diversity and homogenising tendencies in a shifting religious landscape. Beyond the diversity of traditions, this book highlights the growing capacity of Christianity to hold together, under its control, the different dimensions – identity, cultural, ethical and emotional – of individual and collective religious experience.Katja Ritari</bold> holds the title of docent of Study of Religions at the University of Helsinki.Jan R. Stenger</bold> is a professor of Classics at the Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg.William Van Andringa</bold> is a director of studies at the École Pratique des Hautes Études Paris. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/daa07884-a15d-4628-a68b-194e2d39c835.png 1 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction 1 A01 21 0000000308983921 Katja Ritari Katja Ritari 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Katja Ritari is Docent of Study of Religions at University of Helsinki. She has a PhD in Celtic Studies from University College Cork and she is the author of Saints and Sinners in Early Christian Ireland: Moral Theology in the Lives of Saints Brigit and Columba (Brepols, 2010) and Pilgrimage to Heaven: Eschatology and Monastic Spirituality in Early Medieval Ireland (Brepols, 2016). 2 A01 21 0000000266611379 Jan R. Stenger Jan Stenger Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg Jan R. Stenger is Professor of Classics at the Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg. From 2012 to 2019 he was Douglas MacDowell Professor of Greek at the University of Glasgow. He has also held fellowships at the Helsinki Collegium for Advanced Studies (2015–2016) and the Swedish Collegium for Advanced Study in Uppsala (2017–2018). His research focuses on Greek lyric poetry and the literature and culture of Late Antiquity. He is especially interested in the relationship between Christianity and classical culture from the 4th to the 6th centuries. Stenger’s publications include a monograph on education in Late Antiquity (Education in Late Antiquity: Challenges, Dynamism, and Reinterpretation, 300–550 ce, 2022) as well as books and articles on Libanius, John Chrysostom and the monasticism of Gaza. 3 A01 William Van Andringa William Van Andringa École Pratique des Hautes Études William Van Andringa is Director of Studies at the École Pratique des Hautes Études (University PSL, UMR 8546 AOROC, Paris). He has also held fellowships at the Helsinki Collegium for Advanced Studies, in 2011–2012 and 2015–2017. His work focuses on the urban archaeology and the religious and funerary practices of the Roman and medieval eras, areas he has studied on two archaeological sites, at Saint-Bertrand-de-Comminges (France) and Pompeii (Italy), as well as in numerous books and publications. 03 00 This chapter briefly introduces the topic of the volume. It first problematises the notion of ‘identity’ and addresses some questions that have been raised in recent research on identities in Late Antiquity and the Middle Ages. Then, it gives a summary of the chapters included in this volume. 30 00 This chapter briefly introduces the topic of the volume. It first problematises the notion of ‘identity’ and addresses some questions that have been raised in recent research on identities in Late Antiquity and the Middle Ages. Then, it gives a summary of the chapters included in this volume. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Christianness and Material Culture, 250–400 CE 1 A01 21 0000000347306579 Éric Rebillard Éric Rebillard 40 05bnh6r87 Cornell University Éric Rebillard is the Avalon Foundation Professor in the Humanities at Cornell University (Ithaca, NY). His research focuses on the transformations of religious practices in Late Antiquity. 03 00 This chapter rejects the traditional approach of ‘Christian archaeology’ and its attempt at identifying a Christian material signature. Instead, it asks whether and how artefacts are used in everyday life to express religious identity. This approach is inspired by the work of Rogers Brubaker on ethnicity in the city of Cluj (Romania). A critical review of personal objects from Roman Britain bearing Christian symbols shows that it is difficult to find objects that would unequivocally attest to the belief of their owners. The identification of Christian burials in Roman Britain and elsewhere has also proven to be a vain project in the absence of an inscription mentioning the religious affiliation of the deceased. Thus, the use of a material signature as a prediction tool for determining the religion of individuals cannot but fail or result in circular reasoning. It is more relevant and rewarding to question the experiential salience of religious identity. A review of material evidence, or rather its absence, for Donatism in Roman Africa suggests that religious identity was not experientially salient in a context, such as the places of cult, where the specific affiliation was clear to all participants. In other contexts, such as the highly competitive context of Dura Europos, displaying religious affiliation was important, even within a specific place of cult. The conclusion is not only that a clearly demarcated Christian material culture is difficult to discern, but that this lack of distinction is to be expected, as there were very few contexts in which Christians in Late Antiquity would experience their religious identity as experientially salient enough to make a point of marking it. 30 00 This chapter rejects the traditional approach of ‘Christian archaeology’ and its attempt at identifying a Christian material signature. Instead, it asks whether and how artefacts are used in everyday life to express religious identity. This approach is inspired by the work of Rogers Brubaker on ethnicity in the city of Cluj (Romania). A critical review of personal objects from Roman Britain bearing Christian symbols shows that it is difficult to find objects that would unequivocally attest to the belief of their owners. The identification of Christian burials in Roman Britain and elsewhere has also proven to be a vain project in the absence of an inscription mentioning the religious affiliation of the deceased. Thus, the use of a material signature as a prediction tool for determining the religion of individuals cannot but fail or result in circular reasoning. It is more relevant and rewarding to question the experiential salience of religious identity. A review of material evidence, or rather its absence, for Donatism in Roman Africa suggests that religious identity was not experientially salient in a context, such as the places of cult, where the specific affiliation was clear to all participants. In other contexts, such as the highly competitive context of Dura Europos, displaying religious affiliation was important, even within a specific place of cult. The conclusion is not only that a clearly demarcated Christian material culture is difficult to discern, but that this lack of distinction is to be expected, as there were very few contexts in which Christians in Late Antiquity would experience their religious identity as experientially salient enough to make a point of marking it. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Funerary Practices and the Construction of Religious and Social Identities in the South-East of Gaul from the 4th to the 10th Century 1 A01 21 0000000304748369 Frédérique Blaizot Frédérique Blaizot Université de Lille and UMR 8164 HALMA du CNRS Frédérique Blaizot is Professor of Roman Archaeology at the University of Lille. She is an archaeologist and biological anthropologist specialising in archaeothanatology whose research focuses on funerary expressions and their transitions. 03 00 How might funerary archaeology contribute to the discussion about religious identities in Late Antiquity and the Early Middle Ages? In answer to this question, I describe the different ways in which religious and social practices are expressed and evolve in a given context. In Roman Gaul, the large-scale switch to inhumation in the second half of the 3rd century may be linked to a change in perception of the idealised image of the deceased, and is not accompanied by any change in burial practices or in the organisation and dynamics of funerary areas. A century later, traditional funerary practices are widely represented in the archaeological series, but funerary areas are emerging whose organisation and dynamics differ from those of the early Roman empire. In larger cities, some are developing around a funeral basilica erected on the mausoleum of a saint, and their graves clearly show changes from past practices. These new funerary expressions, which become exclusive in the second half of the 5th century, can be linked with the rise and the structuring of Christianity, along with social changes. During the Early Middle Ages, before the completion of the parish system in the 11th century, societies successively build their Christian identity. Using their burial customs and the organisation of their deceased, these societies display their socio-cultural norms, both inherited from and partly reshaped throughout their history. Our archaeological data show that in the funerary sphere, sense of religious identity is not expressed in the same way at the end of the 4th, 6th, 8th and 10th centuries, and that the real break between Antiquity and the Middle Ages relates mainly to the silencing of individual and familial memory in favour of the construction of a collective Christian memory. 30 00 How might funerary archaeology contribute to the discussion about religious identities in Late Antiquity and the Early Middle Ages? In answer to this question, I describe the different ways in which religious and social practices are expressed and evolve in a given context. In Roman Gaul, the large-scale switch to inhumation in the second half of the 3rd century may be linked to a change in perception of the idealised image of the deceased, and is not accompanied by any change in burial practices or in the organisation and dynamics of funerary areas. A century later, traditional funerary practices are widely represented in the archaeological series, but funerary areas are emerging whose organisation and dynamics differ from those of the early Roman empire. In larger cities, some are developing around a funeral basilica erected on the mausoleum of a saint, and their graves clearly show changes from past practices. These new funerary expressions, which become exclusive in the second half of the 5th century, can be linked with the rise and the structuring of Christianity, along with social changes. During the Early Middle Ages, before the completion of the parish system in the 11th century, societies successively build their Christian identity. Using their burial customs and the organisation of their deceased, these societies display their socio-cultural norms, both inherited from and partly reshaped throughout their history. Our archaeological data show that in the funerary sphere, sense of religious identity is not expressed in the same way at the end of the 4th, 6th, 8th and 10th centuries, and that the real break between Antiquity and the Middle Ages relates mainly to the silencing of individual and familial memory in favour of the construction of a collective Christian memory. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Material Culture and Religious Affiliation in 4th-Century Gaul: A Time of Invisibility 1 A01 William Van Andringa William Van Andringa École Pratique des Hautes Études William Van Andringa is Director of Studies at the École Pratique des Hautes Études (University PSL, UMR 8546 AOROC, Paris). He has also held fellowships at the Helsinki Collegium for Advanced Studies, in 2011–2012 and 2015–2017. His work focuses on the urban archaeology and the religious and funerary practices of the Roman and medieval eras, areas he has studied on two archaeological sites, at Saint-Bertrand-de-Comminges (France) and Pompeii (Italy), as well as in numerous books and publications. 03 00 A still poorly understood, let alone explained, page of history is the evolution of pagan cult places in the Western Roman empire from the 3rd to the 5th century ce. Based on available sources, all, or nearly all, has already been said on the restoration of the imperial state and Roman city-states after the crisis of the 3rd century, the slow integration of Christian communities into the life of cities, and the continuity of paganism until its near destruction under Theodosius at the end of the 4th century. At the same time, the transformation of public religious systems organised by cities from the Augustan period onwards remains in large part unknown. The reason for this is first and foremost the disappearance of epigraphical sources after 250 ce, poorly replaced by the works of Christian or pagan writers, often rhetorical and polemical. This chapter evaluates the fundamental problem of religious transformations in the 4th century, starting from the results of recent excavations, showing that a certain number of great civic sanctuaries, built and restored at great expense by local elites from the 1st to the beginning of the 3rd century, had already been abandoned and even dismantled in the second half of the 3rd century. This phase of abandonment, occurring before the conversion of Constantine and the rise of Christianity as the official religion, reveals an essential change in religious practices in the provinces and a transformation of religious identities, in the way of being pagan. Related to this is the transformation of the urban landscape in the provinces of Gaul, confirming that the celebration of public sacrifices and ludi scaenici, of big festivals, seems to have ceased in the 4th century, the fortification of towns taking priority over religious festivals. What was it, then, to be pagan or Christian in the 4th century in Gaul, when the big festivals had ceased, and when Christian communities were not yet constructing monumental meeting places or churches and cathedrals, a process only documented by archaeology from the very end of the 4th century and into the 5th century? 30 00 A still poorly understood, let alone explained, page of history is the evolution of pagan cult places in the Western Roman empire from the 3rd to the 5th century ce. Based on available sources, all, or nearly all, has already been said on the restoration of the imperial state and Roman city-states after the crisis of the 3rd century, the slow integration of Christian communities into the life of cities, and the continuity of paganism until its near destruction under Theodosius at the end of the 4th century. At the same time, the transformation of public religious systems organised by cities from the Augustan period onwards remains in large part unknown. The reason for this is first and foremost the disappearance of epigraphical sources after 250 ce, poorly replaced by the works of Christian or pagan writers, often rhetorical and polemical. This chapter evaluates the fundamental problem of religious transformations in the 4th century, starting from the results of recent excavations, showing that a certain number of great civic sanctuaries, built and restored at great expense by local elites from the 1st to the beginning of the 3rd century, had already been abandoned and even dismantled in the second half of the 3rd century. This phase of abandonment, occurring before the conversion of Constantine and the rise of Christianity as the official religion, reveals an essential change in religious practices in the provinces and a transformation of religious identities, in the way of being pagan. Related to this is the transformation of the urban landscape in the provinces of Gaul, confirming that the celebration of public sacrifices and ludi scaenici, of big festivals, seems to have ceased in the 4th century, the fortification of towns taking priority over religious festivals. What was it, then, to be pagan or Christian in the 4th century in Gaul, when the big festivals had ceased, and when Christian communities were not yet constructing monumental meeting places or churches and cathedrals, a process only documented by archaeology from the very end of the 4th century and into the 5th century? 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Statuary, the Secular and Remaining Powers in Late Antiquity 1 A01 21 0000000167763633 Ine Jacobs Ine Jacobs 40 052gg0110 University of Oxford Ine Jacobs is the Stavros Niarchos Foundation Associate Professor of Byzantine Archaeology and Visual Culture at the University of Oxford. Her research interests include Roman and Byzantine architecture and urbanism; the experience and perception of the built environment and its decoration; long histories of the display and reception of sites, statuary and artefacts; and material religion. She has worked on excavations in Belgium, Italy, the Republic of North Macedonia and Turkey. Since 2016 she has been the field director of the Aphrodisias excavations. She also directs the Manar al-Athar Digital Archive. 03 00 This chapter focuses on the survival and diverse usage of pagan-mythological statuary until the end of Antiquity. In order to explain its continued functioning in late antique centuries, I discuss two ways of viewing: the secular (whereby gods and divinities are seen as symbolic or emblematic for specific aspects of life, particularly elite life), and the religious (whereby gods and divinities retain power and agency). Whereas secular explanations have been given ample attention in recent decades, the power of statues in Late Antiquity, and especially their positive power in the eyes of people who self-identified as Christian, has been largely neglected. I argue that it is worthwhile exploring this route further to help explain why these statues remained so omnipresent in the cityscape. 30 00 This chapter focuses on the survival and diverse usage of pagan-mythological statuary until the end of Antiquity. In order to explain its continued functioning in late antique centuries, I discuss two ways of viewing: the secular (whereby gods and divinities are seen as symbolic or emblematic for specific aspects of life, particularly elite life), and the religious (whereby gods and divinities retain power and agency). Whereas secular explanations have been given ample attention in recent decades, the power of statues in Late Antiquity, and especially their positive power in the eyes of people who self-identified as Christian, has been largely neglected. I argue that it is worthwhile exploring this route further to help explain why these statues remained so omnipresent in the cityscape. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Effect of Persecution on Religious Communities: An Experiment in Comparative History 1 A01 21 0000000323410283 Elizabeth DePalma Digeser Elizabeth Digeser 40 02t274463 University of California, Santa Barbara Elizabeth DePalma Digeser is Professor of History at the University of California, Santa Barbara. She is the author of The Making of a Christian Empire: Lactantius and Rome (Cornell, 2000) and A Threat to Public Piety: Christians, Platonists, and the Great Persecution (Cornell, 2012). The founding editor of Studies in Late Antiquity: A Journal (UC Press), she is interested in processes of transformation (political, religious, economic) in Roman Late Antiquity (3rd to 5th century). 03 00 Two early 4th-century Christian communities splintered into mutually hostile factions after the imperial government rescinded Diocletian’s edicts against them. Although we often assume that a community that suffers together will bond more tightly together, this did not happen in Carthage, North Africa, which split over the so-called Donatist challenge. Nor did it happen in Alexandria, Egypt, which fractured over Arius’ theology. While granting that persecution casts suspicion on people linked to the oppressors, we still assume that all early 4th-century Christian communities were uniformly estranged from imperial power. First, I argue that this assumption is unfounded: some people in Carthage and in Alexandria had demonstrably closer connections than others to the imperial court. These differences make sense if we accept recent arguments that Christians attained full legal status under the emperor Gallienus (260‒267). Next, I show that in both Carthage and Alexandria, those with closer connections to the imperial court were the first to face charges of heresy or schism. In other words, some members of the broader Christian community perceived those with court connections as people whose allegiances were ambiguous at best and who were therefore not ‘true’ Christians. This situation proved particularly challenging for the emperor Constantine to manage, even though he proclaimed himself a member of the Christian community after 312. 30 00 Two early 4th-century Christian communities splintered into mutually hostile factions after the imperial government rescinded Diocletian’s edicts against them. Although we often assume that a community that suffers together will bond more tightly together, this did not happen in Carthage, North Africa, which split over the so-called Donatist challenge. Nor did it happen in Alexandria, Egypt, which fractured over Arius’ theology. While granting that persecution casts suspicion on people linked to the oppressors, we still assume that all early 4th-century Christian communities were uniformly estranged from imperial power. First, I argue that this assumption is unfounded: some people in Carthage and in Alexandria had demonstrably closer connections than others to the imperial court. These differences make sense if we accept recent arguments that Christians attained full legal status under the emperor Gallienus (260‒267). Next, I show that in both Carthage and Alexandria, those with closer connections to the imperial court were the first to face charges of heresy or schism. In other words, some members of the broader Christian community perceived those with court connections as people whose allegiances were ambiguous at best and who were therefore not ‘true’ Christians. This situation proved particularly challenging for the emperor Constantine to manage, even though he proclaimed himself a member of the Christian community after 312. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 ‘Barbarian Sages’ between Christianity and Paganism in Ammianus Marcellinus and the Cosmographia Aethici 1 A01 21 0000000219722076 Antti Lampinen Antti Lampinen Finnish Institute at Athens; University of Turku Antti Lampinen is an ancient historian who specialises in ancient ethnographical and geographical thinking, cultural connections, processes of stereotyping, and representations of population groups. He was awarded his doctorate in Latin philology from the University of Turku in 2013 with a thesis on the Greek and Roman representations of northern peoples’ religions. Subsequently he has held research fellowships in the School of Classics, University of St Andrews (Newton International Fellow, 2015–2017), and in the Department of Classics, University of Helsinki (Finnish Academy Research Fellowship, 2016–2018). From 2018 to 2023 he worked as the assistant director of the Finnish Institute at Athens. In 2022, he became a docent of classical philology in his alma mater of Turku University, and in 2023 a docent of ancient languages and culture in the University of Helsinki. Most recently he has co-edited a collected volume, Seafaring and Mobility in the Late Antique Mediterranean (Bloomsbury, 2022). 03 00 The chapter compares the representation of ‘sages’, ‘philosophers’ or ‘wise men’ in Ammianus Marcellinus’ Res Gestae from the late 4th century and in the Cosmographia Aethici of ‘Pseudo-Jerome’ from the 8th century, with a particular focus on the ways in which these two widely differing texts engage with the idea of ‘pagan’ or ‘barbarian’ wisdom traditions and their carriers. In so doing, the chapter compares the two authors’ strategies and techniques in representing inherited, non-Greek (or non-Roman) wisdom among the peoples of the world. Despite the great differences between the two texts and the contexts of their creation, both surprising similarities and telling differences can be found between them. Both texts love to refer to secret letters and hidden information; another similarity is the way both authors tried to avoid locking themselves into either a ‘Christian’ or a ‘pagan’ way of writing. The resulting complications are in both cases part of the author’s reflection on the difficulty of extracting truth from testimonies with various degrees of authority and age. 30 00 The chapter compares the representation of ‘sages’, ‘philosophers’ or ‘wise men’ in Ammianus Marcellinus’ Res Gestae from the late 4th century and in the Cosmographia Aethici of ‘Pseudo-Jerome’ from the 8th century, with a particular focus on the ways in which these two widely differing texts engage with the idea of ‘pagan’ or ‘barbarian’ wisdom traditions and their carriers. In so doing, the chapter compares the two authors’ strategies and techniques in representing inherited, non-Greek (or non-Roman) wisdom among the peoples of the world. Despite the great differences between the two texts and the contexts of their creation, both surprising similarities and telling differences can be found between them. Both texts love to refer to secret letters and hidden information; another similarity is the way both authors tried to avoid locking themselves into either a ‘Christian’ or a ‘pagan’ way of writing. The resulting complications are in both cases part of the author’s reflection on the difficulty of extracting truth from testimonies with various degrees of authority and age. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Paradise Lost/Regained: Healing the Monastic Self in the Coenobium of Dorotheus of Gaza 1 A01 21 0000000266611379 Jan R. Stenger Jan Stenger Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg Jan R. Stenger is Professor of Classics at the Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg. From 2012 to 2019 he was Douglas MacDowell Professor of Greek at the University of Glasgow. He has also held fellowships at the Helsinki Collegium for Advanced Studies (2015–2016) and the Swedish Collegium for Advanced Study in Uppsala (2017–2018). His research focuses on Greek lyric poetry and the literature and culture of Late Antiquity. He is especially interested in the relationship between Christianity and classical culture from the 4th to the 6th centuries. Stenger’s publications include a monograph on education in Late Antiquity (Education in Late Antiquity: Challenges, Dynamism, and Reinterpretation, 300–550 ce, 2022) as well as books and articles on Libanius, John Chrysostom and the monasticism of Gaza. 03 00 This chapter deals with the construction of Christian identity in the instructions given by Dorotheus (6th century ce) to his brothers in a monastery near Gaza. It focuses on the link between good or bad health and religious selfhood in Dorotheus’ monastic anthropology. In Dorotheus’ view, Christian identity is beset by the experience of loss because since Adam’s fall, human existence has been riddled with unnatural passions which prevent reunion with God. The only way to regain one’s own nature – that is, original identity – is habituation to a truly Christian, i.e. ascetic, life. The chapter examines Dorotheus’ rhetoric of healing against the backdrop of Stoic philosophy and ancient medical theorisation in order to show that he sets out a detailed programme of rebuilding Christian identity. Its ultimate goal is to restore, through ascetic exercises, both spiritual and physical, the integrity of the human being. It is argued that the medical conceptualisation helps Dorotheus to shape the embodied ascetic self. 30 00 This chapter deals with the construction of Christian identity in the instructions given by Dorotheus (6th century ce) to his brothers in a monastery near Gaza. It focuses on the link between good or bad health and religious selfhood in Dorotheus’ monastic anthropology. In Dorotheus’ view, Christian identity is beset by the experience of loss because since Adam’s fall, human existence has been riddled with unnatural passions which prevent reunion with God. The only way to regain one’s own nature – that is, original identity – is habituation to a truly Christian, i.e. ascetic, life. The chapter examines Dorotheus’ rhetoric of healing against the backdrop of Stoic philosophy and ancient medical theorisation in order to show that he sets out a detailed programme of rebuilding Christian identity. Its ultimate goal is to restore, through ascetic exercises, both spiritual and physical, the integrity of the human being. It is argued that the medical conceptualisation helps Dorotheus to shape the embodied ascetic self. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 In Search of Local People and Rituals in Late Antiquity 1 A01 21 0000000324279897 Maijastina Kahlos Maijastina Kahlos University of Lisbon; University of Helsinki Maijastina Kahlos is a principal researcher at the University of Lisbon, Docent at the University of Helsinki and in 2023–2024 a research fellow at Israel Institute for Advanced Studies, Hebrew University of Jerusalem. She is the author of Religious Dissent in Late Antiquity (2020), Forbearance and Compulsion: The Rhetoric of Tolerance and Intolerance in Late Antiquity (2009), Debate and Dialogue: Christian and Pagan Cultures, c. 360–430 (2007) and Vettius Agorius Praetextatus (2002). 03 00 In Late Antiquity and the Early Middle Ages, ecclesiastical leaders often defined as pagan, superstitious and even magical those rituals and beliefs that they disliked. Augustine of Hippo, for instance, depicted a number of practices as pagan elements that recent converts could not abandon and therefore carried with them into the Church after Constantine’s conversion. Augustine and other church leaders were influential in setting out the course of interpreting local popular forms of religiosity as magic (‘magical survivals’) or leftovers of paganism (‘pagan survivals’). In this chapter, I illustrate local and popular forms of late antique religiosity with a few examples taken from the writings of Zeno of Verona, Maximus of Turin and Augustine of Hippo as well as later Latin writers such as Caesarius of Arles and Martin of Braga. I wish to break away from traditional dichotomies such as pagan/Christian, religion/magic and religion/superstition and to observe religious practices in the late antique and early medieval world on their own terms. We may call that religious world the third paganism, popular Christianity or whatever, but choosing the term is not relevant here. Instead of taking local forms of religiosity simply as ‘magical survivals’, ‘pagan survivals’ or ‘Christian superstition’, we should analyse local religious worlds in their different socio-political contexts. 30 00 In Late Antiquity and the Early Middle Ages, ecclesiastical leaders often defined as pagan, superstitious and even magical those rituals and beliefs that they disliked. Augustine of Hippo, for instance, depicted a number of practices as pagan elements that recent converts could not abandon and therefore carried with them into the Church after Constantine’s conversion. Augustine and other church leaders were influential in setting out the course of interpreting local popular forms of religiosity as magic (‘magical survivals’) or leftovers of paganism (‘pagan survivals’). In this chapter, I illustrate local and popular forms of late antique religiosity with a few examples taken from the writings of Zeno of Verona, Maximus of Turin and Augustine of Hippo as well as later Latin writers such as Caesarius of Arles and Martin of Braga. I wish to break away from traditional dichotomies such as pagan/Christian, religion/magic and religion/superstition and to observe religious practices in the late antique and early medieval world on their own terms. We may call that religious world the third paganism, popular Christianity or whatever, but choosing the term is not relevant here. Instead of taking local forms of religiosity simply as ‘magical survivals’, ‘pagan survivals’ or ‘Christian superstition’, we should analyse local religious worlds in their different socio-political contexts. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Being Christian in Late Antique Ireland 1 A01 21 0000000272324894 Elva Johnston Elva Johnston 40 05m7pjf47 University College Dublin Elva Johnston lectures in the School of History, University College Dublin, where she specialises in late antique and early medieval Irish history; she is the editor of Analecta Hibernica and a member of the Irish Manuscripts Commission. Her monograph, Literacy and Identity in Early Medieval Ireland, won the Irish Historical Research Prize. 03 00 Conversion to Christianity in late antique Ireland is frequently interpreted as the replacement of one set of practices, broadly and problematically defined as pagan, with new and transformative Christian ones. This assumes clear boundaries between being Christian and being pagan throughout the 4th and 6th centuries ce, the period during which Christianity and, eventually, its institutions became ever more important. However, a growing body of material evidence, alongside a reinterpretation of textual sources, illuminates blurred, shifting and deeply contingent boundaries. This aligns with what is known of Christian conversion elsewhere in Roman and post-Roman Late Antiquity. For example, burial practices, the use of epigraphy (ogam stones) and the demarcation of physical Christian spaces all highlight different aspects of complex and changing religious affiliations. Sometimes it is possible to pinpoint moments when the boundary between being Christian and being pagan shifted, as the example of the celebration of the Feast of Tara by the Christian king Díarmait mac Cerbaill in 560 demonstrates. Throughout these formative centuries, Irish Christians and pagans lived side by side and shared the same environments. Ultimately, the much-analysed Christian culture of the 7th century grew out of these shared experiences. 30 00 Conversion to Christianity in late antique Ireland is frequently interpreted as the replacement of one set of practices, broadly and problematically defined as pagan, with new and transformative Christian ones. This assumes clear boundaries between being Christian and being pagan throughout the 4th and 6th centuries ce, the period during which Christianity and, eventually, its institutions became ever more important. However, a growing body of material evidence, alongside a reinterpretation of textual sources, illuminates blurred, shifting and deeply contingent boundaries. This aligns with what is known of Christian conversion elsewhere in Roman and post-Roman Late Antiquity. For example, burial practices, the use of epigraphy (ogam stones) and the demarcation of physical Christian spaces all highlight different aspects of complex and changing religious affiliations. Sometimes it is possible to pinpoint moments when the boundary between being Christian and being pagan shifted, as the example of the celebration of the Feast of Tara by the Christian king Díarmait mac Cerbaill in 560 demonstrates. Throughout these formative centuries, Irish Christians and pagans lived side by side and shared the same environments. Ultimately, the much-analysed Christian culture of the 7th century grew out of these shared experiences. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Ireland at the Edge of Time and Space: Constructions of Christian Identity in Early Medieval Ireland 1 A01 21 0000000308983921 Katja Ritari Katja Ritari 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Katja Ritari is Docent of Study of Religions at University of Helsinki. She has a PhD in Celtic Studies from University College Cork and she is the author of Saints and Sinners in Early Christian Ireland: Moral Theology in the Lives of Saints Brigit and Columba (Brepols, 2010) and Pilgrimage to Heaven: Eschatology and Monastic Spirituality in Early Medieval Ireland (Brepols, 2016). 03 00 Conversion on a deeper level entails a change in identity, on both the communal and the individual level. It requires a reorientation of one’s identity regarding one’s place in the world in relation to the divinity (or divinities, depending on the religion in question). The Christianization of Ireland in the Early Middle Ages was a process spanning centuries, starting with St Patrick and other missionaries in the 4th century and continuing until the 6th and 7th centuries, when we have St Columbanus with a self-assured Christian identity writing letters to the pope, among others, and the followers of St Patrick, Muirchú and Tírechán turning St Patrick’s life and deeds into hagiography. Adomnán, another 7th-century hagiographer, writes of the holiness of St Columba on the island of Iona in the Inner Hebrides with a view over the whole Christendom despite his remote geographical location. Christian identity should, furthermore, be otherworldly in character, as its orientation should always be towards the true home of Christians in heaven – as evidenced by these early medieval Irish authors writing about what it means to be a Christian in this world. 30 00 Conversion on a deeper level entails a change in identity, on both the communal and the individual level. It requires a reorientation of one’s identity regarding one’s place in the world in relation to the divinity (or divinities, depending on the religion in question). The Christianization of Ireland in the Early Middle Ages was a process spanning centuries, starting with St Patrick and other missionaries in the 4th century and continuing until the 6th and 7th centuries, when we have St Columbanus with a self-assured Christian identity writing letters to the pope, among others, and the followers of St Patrick, Muirchú and Tírechán turning St Patrick’s life and deeds into hagiography. Adomnán, another 7th-century hagiographer, writes of the holiness of St Columba on the island of Iona in the Inner Hebrides with a view over the whole Christendom despite his remote geographical location. Christian identity should, furthermore, be otherworldly in character, as its orientation should always be towards the true home of Christians in heaven – as evidenced by these early medieval Irish authors writing about what it means to be a Christian in this world. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-12 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Liber Pontificalis and the Transformation of Rome from Pagan to Christian City in the Early Middle Ages 1 A01 21 0000000312960589 Rosamond McKitterick Rosamond McKitterick 40 013meh722 University of Cambridge Rosamond McKitterick is Professor Emerita of Medieval History in the University of Cambridge and a fellow of Sidney Sussex College. She received MA, PhD and LittD degrees from the University of Cambridge and studied for a year (1974/1975) at the University of Munich. In 2010 she was awarded the International Dr A.H. Heineken Prize in History by the Royal Dutch Academy. Among her many books, articles and chapters, one of the most recent is her monograph Rome and the Invention of the Papacy: The Liber pontificalis (2020). 03 00 This chapter offers a new perspective on the familiar topic of the transformation of Rome from pagan to Christian city in the Early Middle Ages. With the papal history known as the Liber pontificalis as its main focus, it considers the peculiarities of this 6th-century text’s representation of Rome during the period of the pagan emperors before the beginning of the 4th century, as well as in the aftermath of the conversion of the emperor Constantine during the pontificates of Pope Silvester I and his immediate successors. The chapter argues that the text’s portrait of early Christian Rome is essentially an early 6th-century one and can be interpreted as an attempt to convince readers of the dominance of the pope and the steady triumph of orthodox Christianity. Yet excellent recent work on late antique Rome has replaced the old view of a smooth and rapid transition from a pagan to a Christian city at the beginning of the 4th century. The Liber pontificalis was once assumed to support this neat picture, but careful reading exposes a small, impoverished, vulnerable and diverse community in Rome. At the same time, the text makes claims about the popes’ unwavering leadership. The Liber pontificalis, in short, not only contains important information about the process of Rome’s becoming a Christian city but shapes the perception that the bishops of Rome contributed substantially to the city’s development as a holy and Christian city. 30 00 This chapter offers a new perspective on the familiar topic of the transformation of Rome from pagan to Christian city in the Early Middle Ages. With the papal history known as the Liber pontificalis as its main focus, it considers the peculiarities of this 6th-century text’s representation of Rome during the period of the pagan emperors before the beginning of the 4th century, as well as in the aftermath of the conversion of the emperor Constantine during the pontificates of Pope Silvester I and his immediate successors. The chapter argues that the text’s portrait of early Christian Rome is essentially an early 6th-century one and can be interpreted as an attempt to convince readers of the dominance of the pope and the steady triumph of orthodox Christianity. Yet excellent recent work on late antique Rome has replaced the old view of a smooth and rapid transition from a pagan to a Christian city at the beginning of the 4th century. The Liber pontificalis was once assumed to support this neat picture, but careful reading exposes a small, impoverished, vulnerable and diverse community in Rome. At the same time, the text makes claims about the popes’ unwavering leadership. The Liber pontificalis, in short, not only contains important information about the process of Rome’s becoming a Christian city but shapes the perception that the bishops of Rome contributed substantially to the city’s development as a holy and Christian city. 20 00 Open Access 13 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-13 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Vanishing Identity: The Impossible Definition of Pagans and Paganism in the West from the 4th to the 6th Century 1 A01 Hervé Inglebert Hervé Inglebert 40 013bkhk48 Université Paris Nanterre Hervé Inglebert is Professor of Roman History at the University of Paris Nanterre. He is a specialist in cultural and religious developments in Late Antiquity (Interpretatio Christiana, 2001) and in the historiography of universal history (Le Monde, l’Histoire, 2014). He is scientific editor of the journal Antiquité tardive and co-director of the Nouvelle Clio collection (Presses Universitaires de France). 03 00 To understand Antiquity, we must avoid starting from our own categories. We therefore reject the contemporary notion of collective identity in favour of a sociological analysis of ancient texts and the authoritative relationships between emic and etic discourses on the definition of religious groups. Taking into account the plurality of Christian discourses, both sociological (those of believers, clerics, monks, the emperor or the king) and thematic (in the theological domain, that of personal morality, collective ethics, relationship to the world) allows us to conceive that between 300 and 600, it was possible to define oneself as Christian (‘bad Christian’ in the eyes of religious and political authorities) and to venerate certain traditional superhuman entities linked to natural forces yet considered by the same authorities as the demons of paganism. This Christian polylatrism can be explained by the difficulty bishops had in controlling certain sectors of society, particularly in the countryside, but also by the impossibility for late antique Christianity to transform its theological claim to truth about salvation in the afterlife into a convincing model for explaining the world here below. Only the cult of holy (wo)men and relics, and the Christianisation of certain sacred places or the acceptance of certain ancient practices in order to neutralise them, were to fill the gaps in the Christian meaning of the world over time. 30 00 To understand Antiquity, we must avoid starting from our own categories. We therefore reject the contemporary notion of collective identity in favour of a sociological analysis of ancient texts and the authoritative relationships between emic and etic discourses on the definition of religious groups. Taking into account the plurality of Christian discourses, both sociological (those of believers, clerics, monks, the emperor or the king) and thematic (in the theological domain, that of personal morality, collective ethics, relationship to the world) allows us to conceive that between 300 and 600, it was possible to define oneself as Christian (‘bad Christian’ in the eyes of religious and political authorities) and to venerate certain traditional superhuman entities linked to natural forces yet considered by the same authorities as the demons of paganism. This Christian polylatrism can be explained by the difficulty bishops had in controlling certain sectors of society, particularly in the countryside, but also by the impossibility for late antique Christianity to transform its theological claim to truth about salvation in the afterlife into a convincing model for explaining the world here below. Only the cult of holy (wo)men and relics, and the Christianisation of certain sacred places or the acceptance of certain ancient practices in order to neutralise them, were to fill the gaps in the Christian meaning of the world over time. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20231228 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690974 03 9789523690974 06 15 9789523690998 03 9789523690998 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20231228 01 urn:uuid:bdebfc5b-b47b-455f-b936-de935757b1e3 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:9ede75a6-7827-4ef4-8150-56e1b2627d85 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:bdebfc5b-b47b-455f-b936-de935757b1e3 15 9789523690998 03 9789523690998 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 10 01 Series ID af47b02f-a187-41b1-8b10-23b714a097d2 02 27372812 03 4 01 02 AHEAD: Advanced Studies in the Humanities and Social Sciences 01 01 Being Pagan, Being Christian in Late Antiquity and Early Middle Ages 1 B01 21 0000000308983921 Katja Ritari Katja Ritari 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 B01 21 0000000266611379 Jan R. Stenger Jan Stenger Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg 3 B01 William Van Andringa William Van Andringa École Pratique des Hautes Études 01 eng 00 340 03 B2 Archaeology B2 History B2 Classics B2 Church history B2 Religious studies 20 Ancient Rome; Middle Ages; conversion; Christianity; paganism 01 06 02 00 This volume brings together researchers from various fields to enhance discussion of Late Antiquity and Early Middle Ages as one continuum. With new archaeological data and a focus on both textual and material remains, archaeologists, historians, classicists, and theologians shed light on how religious identities of the people of the past are 03 00 What does it mean to identify oneself as pagan or Christian in Late Antiquity and the Early Middle Ages? How are religious identities constructed, negotiated, and represented in oral and written discourse? How is identity performed in rituals, how is it visible in material remains?Antiquity and the Middle Ages are usually regarded as two separate fields of scholarship. However, the period between the fourth and tenth centuries remains a time of transformations in which the process of religious change and identity building reached beyond the chronological boundary and the Roman, the Christian and ‘the barbarian’ traditions were merged in multiple ways.Being Pagan, Being Christian in Late Antiquity and Early Middle Ages</italic> brings together researchers from various fields, including archaeology, history, classical studies, and theology, to enhance discussion of this period of change as one continuum across the artificial borders of the different scholarly disciplines. With new archaeological data and contributions from scholars specializing on both textual and material remains, these different fields of study shed light on how religious identities of the people of the past are defined and identified.The contributions reassess the interplay of diversity and homogenising tendencies in a shifting religious landscape. Beyond the diversity of traditions, this book highlights the growing capacity of Christianity to hold together, under its control, the different dimensions – identity, cultural, ethical and emotional – of individual and collective religious experience.Katja Ritari</bold> holds the title of docent of Study of Religions at the University of Helsinki.Jan R. Stenger</bold> is a professor of Classics at the Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg.William Van Andringa</bold> is a director of studies at the École Pratique des Hautes Études Paris. 30 00 What does it mean to identify oneself as pagan or Christian in Late Antiquity and the Early Middle Ages? How are religious identities constructed, negotiated, and represented in oral and written discourse? How is identity performed in rituals, how is it visible in material remains?Antiquity and the Middle Ages are usually regarded as two separate fields of scholarship. However, the period between the fourth and tenth centuries remains a time of transformations in which the process of religious change and identity building reached beyond the chronological boundary and the Roman, the Christian and ‘the barbarian’ traditions were merged in multiple ways.Being Pagan, Being Christian in Late Antiquity and Early Middle Ages</italic> brings together researchers from various fields, including archaeology, history, classical studies, and theology, to enhance discussion of this period of change as one continuum across the artificial borders of the different scholarly disciplines. With new archaeological data and contributions from scholars specializing on both textual and material remains, these different fields of study shed light on how religious identities of the people of the past are defined and identified.The contributions reassess the interplay of diversity and homogenising tendencies in a shifting religious landscape. Beyond the diversity of traditions, this book highlights the growing capacity of Christianity to hold together, under its control, the different dimensions – identity, cultural, ethical and emotional – of individual and collective religious experience.Katja Ritari</bold> holds the title of docent of Study of Religions at the University of Helsinki.Jan R. Stenger</bold> is a professor of Classics at the Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg.William Van Andringa</bold> is a director of studies at the École Pratique des Hautes Études Paris. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/daa07884-a15d-4628-a68b-194e2d39c835.png 1 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction 1 A01 21 0000000308983921 Katja Ritari Katja Ritari 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Katja Ritari is Docent of Study of Religions at University of Helsinki. She has a PhD in Celtic Studies from University College Cork and she is the author of Saints and Sinners in Early Christian Ireland: Moral Theology in the Lives of Saints Brigit and Columba (Brepols, 2010) and Pilgrimage to Heaven: Eschatology and Monastic Spirituality in Early Medieval Ireland (Brepols, 2016). 2 A01 21 0000000266611379 Jan R. Stenger Jan Stenger Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg Jan R. Stenger is Professor of Classics at the Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg. From 2012 to 2019 he was Douglas MacDowell Professor of Greek at the University of Glasgow. He has also held fellowships at the Helsinki Collegium for Advanced Studies (2015–2016) and the Swedish Collegium for Advanced Study in Uppsala (2017–2018). His research focuses on Greek lyric poetry and the literature and culture of Late Antiquity. He is especially interested in the relationship between Christianity and classical culture from the 4th to the 6th centuries. Stenger’s publications include a monograph on education in Late Antiquity (Education in Late Antiquity: Challenges, Dynamism, and Reinterpretation, 300–550 ce, 2022) as well as books and articles on Libanius, John Chrysostom and the monasticism of Gaza. 3 A01 William Van Andringa William Van Andringa École Pratique des Hautes Études William Van Andringa is Director of Studies at the École Pratique des Hautes Études (University PSL, UMR 8546 AOROC, Paris). He has also held fellowships at the Helsinki Collegium for Advanced Studies, in 2011–2012 and 2015–2017. His work focuses on the urban archaeology and the religious and funerary practices of the Roman and medieval eras, areas he has studied on two archaeological sites, at Saint-Bertrand-de-Comminges (France) and Pompeii (Italy), as well as in numerous books and publications. 03 00 This chapter briefly introduces the topic of the volume. It first problematises the notion of ‘identity’ and addresses some questions that have been raised in recent research on identities in Late Antiquity and the Middle Ages. Then, it gives a summary of the chapters included in this volume. 30 00 This chapter briefly introduces the topic of the volume. It first problematises the notion of ‘identity’ and addresses some questions that have been raised in recent research on identities in Late Antiquity and the Middle Ages. Then, it gives a summary of the chapters included in this volume. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Christianness and Material Culture, 250–400 CE 1 A01 21 0000000347306579 Éric Rebillard Éric Rebillard 40 05bnh6r87 Cornell University Éric Rebillard is the Avalon Foundation Professor in the Humanities at Cornell University (Ithaca, NY). His research focuses on the transformations of religious practices in Late Antiquity. 03 00 This chapter rejects the traditional approach of ‘Christian archaeology’ and its attempt at identifying a Christian material signature. Instead, it asks whether and how artefacts are used in everyday life to express religious identity. This approach is inspired by the work of Rogers Brubaker on ethnicity in the city of Cluj (Romania). A critical review of personal objects from Roman Britain bearing Christian symbols shows that it is difficult to find objects that would unequivocally attest to the belief of their owners. The identification of Christian burials in Roman Britain and elsewhere has also proven to be a vain project in the absence of an inscription mentioning the religious affiliation of the deceased. Thus, the use of a material signature as a prediction tool for determining the religion of individuals cannot but fail or result in circular reasoning. It is more relevant and rewarding to question the experiential salience of religious identity. A review of material evidence, or rather its absence, for Donatism in Roman Africa suggests that religious identity was not experientially salient in a context, such as the places of cult, where the specific affiliation was clear to all participants. In other contexts, such as the highly competitive context of Dura Europos, displaying religious affiliation was important, even within a specific place of cult. The conclusion is not only that a clearly demarcated Christian material culture is difficult to discern, but that this lack of distinction is to be expected, as there were very few contexts in which Christians in Late Antiquity would experience their religious identity as experientially salient enough to make a point of marking it. 30 00 This chapter rejects the traditional approach of ‘Christian archaeology’ and its attempt at identifying a Christian material signature. Instead, it asks whether and how artefacts are used in everyday life to express religious identity. This approach is inspired by the work of Rogers Brubaker on ethnicity in the city of Cluj (Romania). A critical review of personal objects from Roman Britain bearing Christian symbols shows that it is difficult to find objects that would unequivocally attest to the belief of their owners. The identification of Christian burials in Roman Britain and elsewhere has also proven to be a vain project in the absence of an inscription mentioning the religious affiliation of the deceased. Thus, the use of a material signature as a prediction tool for determining the religion of individuals cannot but fail or result in circular reasoning. It is more relevant and rewarding to question the experiential salience of religious identity. A review of material evidence, or rather its absence, for Donatism in Roman Africa suggests that religious identity was not experientially salient in a context, such as the places of cult, where the specific affiliation was clear to all participants. In other contexts, such as the highly competitive context of Dura Europos, displaying religious affiliation was important, even within a specific place of cult. The conclusion is not only that a clearly demarcated Christian material culture is difficult to discern, but that this lack of distinction is to be expected, as there were very few contexts in which Christians in Late Antiquity would experience their religious identity as experientially salient enough to make a point of marking it. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Funerary Practices and the Construction of Religious and Social Identities in the South-East of Gaul from the 4th to the 10th Century 1 A01 21 0000000304748369 Frédérique Blaizot Frédérique Blaizot Université de Lille and UMR 8164 HALMA du CNRS Frédérique Blaizot is Professor of Roman Archaeology at the University of Lille. She is an archaeologist and biological anthropologist specialising in archaeothanatology whose research focuses on funerary expressions and their transitions. 03 00 How might funerary archaeology contribute to the discussion about religious identities in Late Antiquity and the Early Middle Ages? In answer to this question, I describe the different ways in which religious and social practices are expressed and evolve in a given context. In Roman Gaul, the large-scale switch to inhumation in the second half of the 3rd century may be linked to a change in perception of the idealised image of the deceased, and is not accompanied by any change in burial practices or in the organisation and dynamics of funerary areas. A century later, traditional funerary practices are widely represented in the archaeological series, but funerary areas are emerging whose organisation and dynamics differ from those of the early Roman empire. In larger cities, some are developing around a funeral basilica erected on the mausoleum of a saint, and their graves clearly show changes from past practices. These new funerary expressions, which become exclusive in the second half of the 5th century, can be linked with the rise and the structuring of Christianity, along with social changes. During the Early Middle Ages, before the completion of the parish system in the 11th century, societies successively build their Christian identity. Using their burial customs and the organisation of their deceased, these societies display their socio-cultural norms, both inherited from and partly reshaped throughout their history. Our archaeological data show that in the funerary sphere, sense of religious identity is not expressed in the same way at the end of the 4th, 6th, 8th and 10th centuries, and that the real break between Antiquity and the Middle Ages relates mainly to the silencing of individual and familial memory in favour of the construction of a collective Christian memory. 30 00 How might funerary archaeology contribute to the discussion about religious identities in Late Antiquity and the Early Middle Ages? In answer to this question, I describe the different ways in which religious and social practices are expressed and evolve in a given context. In Roman Gaul, the large-scale switch to inhumation in the second half of the 3rd century may be linked to a change in perception of the idealised image of the deceased, and is not accompanied by any change in burial practices or in the organisation and dynamics of funerary areas. A century later, traditional funerary practices are widely represented in the archaeological series, but funerary areas are emerging whose organisation and dynamics differ from those of the early Roman empire. In larger cities, some are developing around a funeral basilica erected on the mausoleum of a saint, and their graves clearly show changes from past practices. These new funerary expressions, which become exclusive in the second half of the 5th century, can be linked with the rise and the structuring of Christianity, along with social changes. During the Early Middle Ages, before the completion of the parish system in the 11th century, societies successively build their Christian identity. Using their burial customs and the organisation of their deceased, these societies display their socio-cultural norms, both inherited from and partly reshaped throughout their history. Our archaeological data show that in the funerary sphere, sense of religious identity is not expressed in the same way at the end of the 4th, 6th, 8th and 10th centuries, and that the real break between Antiquity and the Middle Ages relates mainly to the silencing of individual and familial memory in favour of the construction of a collective Christian memory. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Material Culture and Religious Affiliation in 4th-Century Gaul: A Time of Invisibility 1 A01 William Van Andringa William Van Andringa École Pratique des Hautes Études William Van Andringa is Director of Studies at the École Pratique des Hautes Études (University PSL, UMR 8546 AOROC, Paris). He has also held fellowships at the Helsinki Collegium for Advanced Studies, in 2011–2012 and 2015–2017. His work focuses on the urban archaeology and the religious and funerary practices of the Roman and medieval eras, areas he has studied on two archaeological sites, at Saint-Bertrand-de-Comminges (France) and Pompeii (Italy), as well as in numerous books and publications. 03 00 A still poorly understood, let alone explained, page of history is the evolution of pagan cult places in the Western Roman empire from the 3rd to the 5th century ce. Based on available sources, all, or nearly all, has already been said on the restoration of the imperial state and Roman city-states after the crisis of the 3rd century, the slow integration of Christian communities into the life of cities, and the continuity of paganism until its near destruction under Theodosius at the end of the 4th century. At the same time, the transformation of public religious systems organised by cities from the Augustan period onwards remains in large part unknown. The reason for this is first and foremost the disappearance of epigraphical sources after 250 ce, poorly replaced by the works of Christian or pagan writers, often rhetorical and polemical. This chapter evaluates the fundamental problem of religious transformations in the 4th century, starting from the results of recent excavations, showing that a certain number of great civic sanctuaries, built and restored at great expense by local elites from the 1st to the beginning of the 3rd century, had already been abandoned and even dismantled in the second half of the 3rd century. This phase of abandonment, occurring before the conversion of Constantine and the rise of Christianity as the official religion, reveals an essential change in religious practices in the provinces and a transformation of religious identities, in the way of being pagan. Related to this is the transformation of the urban landscape in the provinces of Gaul, confirming that the celebration of public sacrifices and ludi scaenici, of big festivals, seems to have ceased in the 4th century, the fortification of towns taking priority over religious festivals. What was it, then, to be pagan or Christian in the 4th century in Gaul, when the big festivals had ceased, and when Christian communities were not yet constructing monumental meeting places or churches and cathedrals, a process only documented by archaeology from the very end of the 4th century and into the 5th century? 30 00 A still poorly understood, let alone explained, page of history is the evolution of pagan cult places in the Western Roman empire from the 3rd to the 5th century ce. Based on available sources, all, or nearly all, has already been said on the restoration of the imperial state and Roman city-states after the crisis of the 3rd century, the slow integration of Christian communities into the life of cities, and the continuity of paganism until its near destruction under Theodosius at the end of the 4th century. At the same time, the transformation of public religious systems organised by cities from the Augustan period onwards remains in large part unknown. The reason for this is first and foremost the disappearance of epigraphical sources after 250 ce, poorly replaced by the works of Christian or pagan writers, often rhetorical and polemical. This chapter evaluates the fundamental problem of religious transformations in the 4th century, starting from the results of recent excavations, showing that a certain number of great civic sanctuaries, built and restored at great expense by local elites from the 1st to the beginning of the 3rd century, had already been abandoned and even dismantled in the second half of the 3rd century. This phase of abandonment, occurring before the conversion of Constantine and the rise of Christianity as the official religion, reveals an essential change in religious practices in the provinces and a transformation of religious identities, in the way of being pagan. Related to this is the transformation of the urban landscape in the provinces of Gaul, confirming that the celebration of public sacrifices and ludi scaenici, of big festivals, seems to have ceased in the 4th century, the fortification of towns taking priority over religious festivals. What was it, then, to be pagan or Christian in the 4th century in Gaul, when the big festivals had ceased, and when Christian communities were not yet constructing monumental meeting places or churches and cathedrals, a process only documented by archaeology from the very end of the 4th century and into the 5th century? 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Statuary, the Secular and Remaining Powers in Late Antiquity 1 A01 21 0000000167763633 Ine Jacobs Ine Jacobs 40 052gg0110 University of Oxford Ine Jacobs is the Stavros Niarchos Foundation Associate Professor of Byzantine Archaeology and Visual Culture at the University of Oxford. Her research interests include Roman and Byzantine architecture and urbanism; the experience and perception of the built environment and its decoration; long histories of the display and reception of sites, statuary and artefacts; and material religion. She has worked on excavations in Belgium, Italy, the Republic of North Macedonia and Turkey. Since 2016 she has been the field director of the Aphrodisias excavations. She also directs the Manar al-Athar Digital Archive. 03 00 This chapter focuses on the survival and diverse usage of pagan-mythological statuary until the end of Antiquity. In order to explain its continued functioning in late antique centuries, I discuss two ways of viewing: the secular (whereby gods and divinities are seen as symbolic or emblematic for specific aspects of life, particularly elite life), and the religious (whereby gods and divinities retain power and agency). Whereas secular explanations have been given ample attention in recent decades, the power of statues in Late Antiquity, and especially their positive power in the eyes of people who self-identified as Christian, has been largely neglected. I argue that it is worthwhile exploring this route further to help explain why these statues remained so omnipresent in the cityscape. 30 00 This chapter focuses on the survival and diverse usage of pagan-mythological statuary until the end of Antiquity. In order to explain its continued functioning in late antique centuries, I discuss two ways of viewing: the secular (whereby gods and divinities are seen as symbolic or emblematic for specific aspects of life, particularly elite life), and the religious (whereby gods and divinities retain power and agency). Whereas secular explanations have been given ample attention in recent decades, the power of statues in Late Antiquity, and especially their positive power in the eyes of people who self-identified as Christian, has been largely neglected. I argue that it is worthwhile exploring this route further to help explain why these statues remained so omnipresent in the cityscape. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Effect of Persecution on Religious Communities: An Experiment in Comparative History 1 A01 21 0000000323410283 Elizabeth DePalma Digeser Elizabeth Digeser 40 02t274463 University of California, Santa Barbara Elizabeth DePalma Digeser is Professor of History at the University of California, Santa Barbara. She is the author of The Making of a Christian Empire: Lactantius and Rome (Cornell, 2000) and A Threat to Public Piety: Christians, Platonists, and the Great Persecution (Cornell, 2012). The founding editor of Studies in Late Antiquity: A Journal (UC Press), she is interested in processes of transformation (political, religious, economic) in Roman Late Antiquity (3rd to 5th century). 03 00 Two early 4th-century Christian communities splintered into mutually hostile factions after the imperial government rescinded Diocletian’s edicts against them. Although we often assume that a community that suffers together will bond more tightly together, this did not happen in Carthage, North Africa, which split over the so-called Donatist challenge. Nor did it happen in Alexandria, Egypt, which fractured over Arius’ theology. While granting that persecution casts suspicion on people linked to the oppressors, we still assume that all early 4th-century Christian communities were uniformly estranged from imperial power. First, I argue that this assumption is unfounded: some people in Carthage and in Alexandria had demonstrably closer connections than others to the imperial court. These differences make sense if we accept recent arguments that Christians attained full legal status under the emperor Gallienus (260‒267). Next, I show that in both Carthage and Alexandria, those with closer connections to the imperial court were the first to face charges of heresy or schism. In other words, some members of the broader Christian community perceived those with court connections as people whose allegiances were ambiguous at best and who were therefore not ‘true’ Christians. This situation proved particularly challenging for the emperor Constantine to manage, even though he proclaimed himself a member of the Christian community after 312. 30 00 Two early 4th-century Christian communities splintered into mutually hostile factions after the imperial government rescinded Diocletian’s edicts against them. Although we often assume that a community that suffers together will bond more tightly together, this did not happen in Carthage, North Africa, which split over the so-called Donatist challenge. Nor did it happen in Alexandria, Egypt, which fractured over Arius’ theology. While granting that persecution casts suspicion on people linked to the oppressors, we still assume that all early 4th-century Christian communities were uniformly estranged from imperial power. First, I argue that this assumption is unfounded: some people in Carthage and in Alexandria had demonstrably closer connections than others to the imperial court. These differences make sense if we accept recent arguments that Christians attained full legal status under the emperor Gallienus (260‒267). Next, I show that in both Carthage and Alexandria, those with closer connections to the imperial court were the first to face charges of heresy or schism. In other words, some members of the broader Christian community perceived those with court connections as people whose allegiances were ambiguous at best and who were therefore not ‘true’ Christians. This situation proved particularly challenging for the emperor Constantine to manage, even though he proclaimed himself a member of the Christian community after 312. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 ‘Barbarian Sages’ between Christianity and Paganism in Ammianus Marcellinus and the Cosmographia Aethici 1 A01 21 0000000219722076 Antti Lampinen Antti Lampinen Finnish Institute at Athens; University of Turku Antti Lampinen is an ancient historian who specialises in ancient ethnographical and geographical thinking, cultural connections, processes of stereotyping, and representations of population groups. He was awarded his doctorate in Latin philology from the University of Turku in 2013 with a thesis on the Greek and Roman representations of northern peoples’ religions. Subsequently he has held research fellowships in the School of Classics, University of St Andrews (Newton International Fellow, 2015–2017), and in the Department of Classics, University of Helsinki (Finnish Academy Research Fellowship, 2016–2018). From 2018 to 2023 he worked as the assistant director of the Finnish Institute at Athens. In 2022, he became a docent of classical philology in his alma mater of Turku University, and in 2023 a docent of ancient languages and culture in the University of Helsinki. Most recently he has co-edited a collected volume, Seafaring and Mobility in the Late Antique Mediterranean (Bloomsbury, 2022). 03 00 The chapter compares the representation of ‘sages’, ‘philosophers’ or ‘wise men’ in Ammianus Marcellinus’ Res Gestae from the late 4th century and in the Cosmographia Aethici of ‘Pseudo-Jerome’ from the 8th century, with a particular focus on the ways in which these two widely differing texts engage with the idea of ‘pagan’ or ‘barbarian’ wisdom traditions and their carriers. In so doing, the chapter compares the two authors’ strategies and techniques in representing inherited, non-Greek (or non-Roman) wisdom among the peoples of the world. Despite the great differences between the two texts and the contexts of their creation, both surprising similarities and telling differences can be found between them. Both texts love to refer to secret letters and hidden information; another similarity is the way both authors tried to avoid locking themselves into either a ‘Christian’ or a ‘pagan’ way of writing. The resulting complications are in both cases part of the author’s reflection on the difficulty of extracting truth from testimonies with various degrees of authority and age. 30 00 The chapter compares the representation of ‘sages’, ‘philosophers’ or ‘wise men’ in Ammianus Marcellinus’ Res Gestae from the late 4th century and in the Cosmographia Aethici of ‘Pseudo-Jerome’ from the 8th century, with a particular focus on the ways in which these two widely differing texts engage with the idea of ‘pagan’ or ‘barbarian’ wisdom traditions and their carriers. In so doing, the chapter compares the two authors’ strategies and techniques in representing inherited, non-Greek (or non-Roman) wisdom among the peoples of the world. Despite the great differences between the two texts and the contexts of their creation, both surprising similarities and telling differences can be found between them. Both texts love to refer to secret letters and hidden information; another similarity is the way both authors tried to avoid locking themselves into either a ‘Christian’ or a ‘pagan’ way of writing. The resulting complications are in both cases part of the author’s reflection on the difficulty of extracting truth from testimonies with various degrees of authority and age. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Paradise Lost/Regained: Healing the Monastic Self in the Coenobium of Dorotheus of Gaza 1 A01 21 0000000266611379 Jan R. Stenger Jan Stenger Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg Jan R. Stenger is Professor of Classics at the Julius-Maximilians-Universität Würzburg. From 2012 to 2019 he was Douglas MacDowell Professor of Greek at the University of Glasgow. He has also held fellowships at the Helsinki Collegium for Advanced Studies (2015–2016) and the Swedish Collegium for Advanced Study in Uppsala (2017–2018). His research focuses on Greek lyric poetry and the literature and culture of Late Antiquity. He is especially interested in the relationship between Christianity and classical culture from the 4th to the 6th centuries. Stenger’s publications include a monograph on education in Late Antiquity (Education in Late Antiquity: Challenges, Dynamism, and Reinterpretation, 300–550 ce, 2022) as well as books and articles on Libanius, John Chrysostom and the monasticism of Gaza. 03 00 This chapter deals with the construction of Christian identity in the instructions given by Dorotheus (6th century ce) to his brothers in a monastery near Gaza. It focuses on the link between good or bad health and religious selfhood in Dorotheus’ monastic anthropology. In Dorotheus’ view, Christian identity is beset by the experience of loss because since Adam’s fall, human existence has been riddled with unnatural passions which prevent reunion with God. The only way to regain one’s own nature – that is, original identity – is habituation to a truly Christian, i.e. ascetic, life. The chapter examines Dorotheus’ rhetoric of healing against the backdrop of Stoic philosophy and ancient medical theorisation in order to show that he sets out a detailed programme of rebuilding Christian identity. Its ultimate goal is to restore, through ascetic exercises, both spiritual and physical, the integrity of the human being. It is argued that the medical conceptualisation helps Dorotheus to shape the embodied ascetic self. 30 00 This chapter deals with the construction of Christian identity in the instructions given by Dorotheus (6th century ce) to his brothers in a monastery near Gaza. It focuses on the link between good or bad health and religious selfhood in Dorotheus’ monastic anthropology. In Dorotheus’ view, Christian identity is beset by the experience of loss because since Adam’s fall, human existence has been riddled with unnatural passions which prevent reunion with God. The only way to regain one’s own nature – that is, original identity – is habituation to a truly Christian, i.e. ascetic, life. The chapter examines Dorotheus’ rhetoric of healing against the backdrop of Stoic philosophy and ancient medical theorisation in order to show that he sets out a detailed programme of rebuilding Christian identity. Its ultimate goal is to restore, through ascetic exercises, both spiritual and physical, the integrity of the human being. It is argued that the medical conceptualisation helps Dorotheus to shape the embodied ascetic self. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 In Search of Local People and Rituals in Late Antiquity 1 A01 21 0000000324279897 Maijastina Kahlos Maijastina Kahlos University of Lisbon; University of Helsinki Maijastina Kahlos is a principal researcher at the University of Lisbon, Docent at the University of Helsinki and in 2023–2024 a research fellow at Israel Institute for Advanced Studies, Hebrew University of Jerusalem. She is the author of Religious Dissent in Late Antiquity (2020), Forbearance and Compulsion: The Rhetoric of Tolerance and Intolerance in Late Antiquity (2009), Debate and Dialogue: Christian and Pagan Cultures, c. 360–430 (2007) and Vettius Agorius Praetextatus (2002). 03 00 In Late Antiquity and the Early Middle Ages, ecclesiastical leaders often defined as pagan, superstitious and even magical those rituals and beliefs that they disliked. Augustine of Hippo, for instance, depicted a number of practices as pagan elements that recent converts could not abandon and therefore carried with them into the Church after Constantine’s conversion. Augustine and other church leaders were influential in setting out the course of interpreting local popular forms of religiosity as magic (‘magical survivals’) or leftovers of paganism (‘pagan survivals’). In this chapter, I illustrate local and popular forms of late antique religiosity with a few examples taken from the writings of Zeno of Verona, Maximus of Turin and Augustine of Hippo as well as later Latin writers such as Caesarius of Arles and Martin of Braga. I wish to break away from traditional dichotomies such as pagan/Christian, religion/magic and religion/superstition and to observe religious practices in the late antique and early medieval world on their own terms. We may call that religious world the third paganism, popular Christianity or whatever, but choosing the term is not relevant here. Instead of taking local forms of religiosity simply as ‘magical survivals’, ‘pagan survivals’ or ‘Christian superstition’, we should analyse local religious worlds in their different socio-political contexts. 30 00 In Late Antiquity and the Early Middle Ages, ecclesiastical leaders often defined as pagan, superstitious and even magical those rituals and beliefs that they disliked. Augustine of Hippo, for instance, depicted a number of practices as pagan elements that recent converts could not abandon and therefore carried with them into the Church after Constantine’s conversion. Augustine and other church leaders were influential in setting out the course of interpreting local popular forms of religiosity as magic (‘magical survivals’) or leftovers of paganism (‘pagan survivals’). In this chapter, I illustrate local and popular forms of late antique religiosity with a few examples taken from the writings of Zeno of Verona, Maximus of Turin and Augustine of Hippo as well as later Latin writers such as Caesarius of Arles and Martin of Braga. I wish to break away from traditional dichotomies such as pagan/Christian, religion/magic and religion/superstition and to observe religious practices in the late antique and early medieval world on their own terms. We may call that religious world the third paganism, popular Christianity or whatever, but choosing the term is not relevant here. Instead of taking local forms of religiosity simply as ‘magical survivals’, ‘pagan survivals’ or ‘Christian superstition’, we should analyse local religious worlds in their different socio-political contexts. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Being Christian in Late Antique Ireland 1 A01 21 0000000272324894 Elva Johnston Elva Johnston 40 05m7pjf47 University College Dublin Elva Johnston lectures in the School of History, University College Dublin, where she specialises in late antique and early medieval Irish history; she is the editor of Analecta Hibernica and a member of the Irish Manuscripts Commission. Her monograph, Literacy and Identity in Early Medieval Ireland, won the Irish Historical Research Prize. 03 00 Conversion to Christianity in late antique Ireland is frequently interpreted as the replacement of one set of practices, broadly and problematically defined as pagan, with new and transformative Christian ones. This assumes clear boundaries between being Christian and being pagan throughout the 4th and 6th centuries ce, the period during which Christianity and, eventually, its institutions became ever more important. However, a growing body of material evidence, alongside a reinterpretation of textual sources, illuminates blurred, shifting and deeply contingent boundaries. This aligns with what is known of Christian conversion elsewhere in Roman and post-Roman Late Antiquity. For example, burial practices, the use of epigraphy (ogam stones) and the demarcation of physical Christian spaces all highlight different aspects of complex and changing religious affiliations. Sometimes it is possible to pinpoint moments when the boundary between being Christian and being pagan shifted, as the example of the celebration of the Feast of Tara by the Christian king Díarmait mac Cerbaill in 560 demonstrates. Throughout these formative centuries, Irish Christians and pagans lived side by side and shared the same environments. Ultimately, the much-analysed Christian culture of the 7th century grew out of these shared experiences. 30 00 Conversion to Christianity in late antique Ireland is frequently interpreted as the replacement of one set of practices, broadly and problematically defined as pagan, with new and transformative Christian ones. This assumes clear boundaries between being Christian and being pagan throughout the 4th and 6th centuries ce, the period during which Christianity and, eventually, its institutions became ever more important. However, a growing body of material evidence, alongside a reinterpretation of textual sources, illuminates blurred, shifting and deeply contingent boundaries. This aligns with what is known of Christian conversion elsewhere in Roman and post-Roman Late Antiquity. For example, burial practices, the use of epigraphy (ogam stones) and the demarcation of physical Christian spaces all highlight different aspects of complex and changing religious affiliations. Sometimes it is possible to pinpoint moments when the boundary between being Christian and being pagan shifted, as the example of the celebration of the Feast of Tara by the Christian king Díarmait mac Cerbaill in 560 demonstrates. Throughout these formative centuries, Irish Christians and pagans lived side by side and shared the same environments. Ultimately, the much-analysed Christian culture of the 7th century grew out of these shared experiences. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Ireland at the Edge of Time and Space: Constructions of Christian Identity in Early Medieval Ireland 1 A01 21 0000000308983921 Katja Ritari Katja Ritari 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Katja Ritari is Docent of Study of Religions at University of Helsinki. She has a PhD in Celtic Studies from University College Cork and she is the author of Saints and Sinners in Early Christian Ireland: Moral Theology in the Lives of Saints Brigit and Columba (Brepols, 2010) and Pilgrimage to Heaven: Eschatology and Monastic Spirituality in Early Medieval Ireland (Brepols, 2016). 03 00 Conversion on a deeper level entails a change in identity, on both the communal and the individual level. It requires a reorientation of one’s identity regarding one’s place in the world in relation to the divinity (or divinities, depending on the religion in question). The Christianization of Ireland in the Early Middle Ages was a process spanning centuries, starting with St Patrick and other missionaries in the 4th century and continuing until the 6th and 7th centuries, when we have St Columbanus with a self-assured Christian identity writing letters to the pope, among others, and the followers of St Patrick, Muirchú and Tírechán turning St Patrick’s life and deeds into hagiography. Adomnán, another 7th-century hagiographer, writes of the holiness of St Columba on the island of Iona in the Inner Hebrides with a view over the whole Christendom despite his remote geographical location. Christian identity should, furthermore, be otherworldly in character, as its orientation should always be towards the true home of Christians in heaven – as evidenced by these early medieval Irish authors writing about what it means to be a Christian in this world. 30 00 Conversion on a deeper level entails a change in identity, on both the communal and the individual level. It requires a reorientation of one’s identity regarding one’s place in the world in relation to the divinity (or divinities, depending on the religion in question). The Christianization of Ireland in the Early Middle Ages was a process spanning centuries, starting with St Patrick and other missionaries in the 4th century and continuing until the 6th and 7th centuries, when we have St Columbanus with a self-assured Christian identity writing letters to the pope, among others, and the followers of St Patrick, Muirchú and Tírechán turning St Patrick’s life and deeds into hagiography. Adomnán, another 7th-century hagiographer, writes of the holiness of St Columba on the island of Iona in the Inner Hebrides with a view over the whole Christendom despite his remote geographical location. Christian identity should, furthermore, be otherworldly in character, as its orientation should always be towards the true home of Christians in heaven – as evidenced by these early medieval Irish authors writing about what it means to be a Christian in this world. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-12 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Liber Pontificalis and the Transformation of Rome from Pagan to Christian City in the Early Middle Ages 1 A01 21 0000000312960589 Rosamond McKitterick Rosamond McKitterick 40 013meh722 University of Cambridge Rosamond McKitterick is Professor Emerita of Medieval History in the University of Cambridge and a fellow of Sidney Sussex College. She received MA, PhD and LittD degrees from the University of Cambridge and studied for a year (1974/1975) at the University of Munich. In 2010 she was awarded the International Dr A.H. Heineken Prize in History by the Royal Dutch Academy. Among her many books, articles and chapters, one of the most recent is her monograph Rome and the Invention of the Papacy: The Liber pontificalis (2020). 03 00 This chapter offers a new perspective on the familiar topic of the transformation of Rome from pagan to Christian city in the Early Middle Ages. With the papal history known as the Liber pontificalis as its main focus, it considers the peculiarities of this 6th-century text’s representation of Rome during the period of the pagan emperors before the beginning of the 4th century, as well as in the aftermath of the conversion of the emperor Constantine during the pontificates of Pope Silvester I and his immediate successors. The chapter argues that the text’s portrait of early Christian Rome is essentially an early 6th-century one and can be interpreted as an attempt to convince readers of the dominance of the pope and the steady triumph of orthodox Christianity. Yet excellent recent work on late antique Rome has replaced the old view of a smooth and rapid transition from a pagan to a Christian city at the beginning of the 4th century. The Liber pontificalis was once assumed to support this neat picture, but careful reading exposes a small, impoverished, vulnerable and diverse community in Rome. At the same time, the text makes claims about the popes’ unwavering leadership. The Liber pontificalis, in short, not only contains important information about the process of Rome’s becoming a Christian city but shapes the perception that the bishops of Rome contributed substantially to the city’s development as a holy and Christian city. 30 00 This chapter offers a new perspective on the familiar topic of the transformation of Rome from pagan to Christian city in the Early Middle Ages. With the papal history known as the Liber pontificalis as its main focus, it considers the peculiarities of this 6th-century text’s representation of Rome during the period of the pagan emperors before the beginning of the 4th century, as well as in the aftermath of the conversion of the emperor Constantine during the pontificates of Pope Silvester I and his immediate successors. The chapter argues that the text’s portrait of early Christian Rome is essentially an early 6th-century one and can be interpreted as an attempt to convince readers of the dominance of the pope and the steady triumph of orthodox Christianity. Yet excellent recent work on late antique Rome has replaced the old view of a smooth and rapid transition from a pagan to a Christian city at the beginning of the 4th century. The Liber pontificalis was once assumed to support this neat picture, but careful reading exposes a small, impoverished, vulnerable and diverse community in Rome. At the same time, the text makes claims about the popes’ unwavering leadership. The Liber pontificalis, in short, not only contains important information about the process of Rome’s becoming a Christian city but shapes the perception that the bishops of Rome contributed substantially to the city’s development as a holy and Christian city. 20 00 Open Access 13 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-4-13 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Vanishing Identity: The Impossible Definition of Pagans and Paganism in the West from the 4th to the 6th Century 1 A01 Hervé Inglebert Hervé Inglebert 40 013bkhk48 Université Paris Nanterre Hervé Inglebert is Professor of Roman History at the University of Paris Nanterre. He is a specialist in cultural and religious developments in Late Antiquity (Interpretatio Christiana, 2001) and in the historiography of universal history (Le Monde, l’Histoire, 2014). He is scientific editor of the journal Antiquité tardive and co-director of the Nouvelle Clio collection (Presses Universitaires de France). 03 00 To understand Antiquity, we must avoid starting from our own categories. We therefore reject the contemporary notion of collective identity in favour of a sociological analysis of ancient texts and the authoritative relationships between emic and etic discourses on the definition of religious groups. Taking into account the plurality of Christian discourses, both sociological (those of believers, clerics, monks, the emperor or the king) and thematic (in the theological domain, that of personal morality, collective ethics, relationship to the world) allows us to conceive that between 300 and 600, it was possible to define oneself as Christian (‘bad Christian’ in the eyes of religious and political authorities) and to venerate certain traditional superhuman entities linked to natural forces yet considered by the same authorities as the demons of paganism. This Christian polylatrism can be explained by the difficulty bishops had in controlling certain sectors of society, particularly in the countryside, but also by the impossibility for late antique Christianity to transform its theological claim to truth about salvation in the afterlife into a convincing model for explaining the world here below. Only the cult of holy (wo)men and relics, and the Christianisation of certain sacred places or the acceptance of certain ancient practices in order to neutralise them, were to fill the gaps in the Christian meaning of the world over time. 30 00 To understand Antiquity, we must avoid starting from our own categories. We therefore reject the contemporary notion of collective identity in favour of a sociological analysis of ancient texts and the authoritative relationships between emic and etic discourses on the definition of religious groups. Taking into account the plurality of Christian discourses, both sociological (those of believers, clerics, monks, the emperor or the king) and thematic (in the theological domain, that of personal morality, collective ethics, relationship to the world) allows us to conceive that between 300 and 600, it was possible to define oneself as Christian (‘bad Christian’ in the eyes of religious and political authorities) and to venerate certain traditional superhuman entities linked to natural forces yet considered by the same authorities as the demons of paganism. This Christian polylatrism can be explained by the difficulty bishops had in controlling certain sectors of society, particularly in the countryside, but also by the impossibility for late antique Christianity to transform its theological claim to truth about salvation in the afterlife into a convincing model for explaining the world here below. Only the cult of holy (wo)men and relics, and the Christianisation of certain sacred places or the acceptance of certain ancient practices in order to neutralise them, were to fill the gaps in the Christian meaning of the world over time. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20231228 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690974 03 9789523690974 06 15 9789523690981 03 9789523690981 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20231228 01 urn:uuid:e2e50d99-4ef5-4a2e-86be-7637e7184c61 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ab65bc89-72be-4c61-8196-3c6429e41687 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e2e50d99-4ef5-4a2e-86be-7637e7184c61 15 9789523690585 03 9789523690585 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 10 01 Series ID af47b02f-a187-41b1-8b10-23b714a097d2 02 27372812 03 1 01 02 AHEAD: Advanced Studies in the Humanities and Social Sciences 01 01 Bridging Cultural Concepts of Nature Indigenous People and Protected Spaces of Nature 1 B01 21 0000000303303886 Rani-Henrik Andersson Rani-Henrik Andersson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 B01 21 000000019160953X Boyd Cothran Boyd Cothran 40 05fq50484 York University 3 B01 21 0000000314018140 Saara Kekki Saara Kekki 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 01 eng 00 336 03 B2 Environmental Humanities B2 Indigenous Studies B2 Sustainability Studies 20 Indigenous knowledge; Traditional ecological knowledge; Cultural concepts of nature; Co-management of spaces of nature 01 06 02 00 For generations of Indigenous peoples, national parks and other preserved spaces of nature have meant dispossession, treaty violations of hunting and fishing rights, and the loss of sacred places. Drawing on case studies from Scandinavia to Latin America and from North America to New Zealand, Bridging Cultural Concepts of Nature</italic> c 03 00 National parks and other preserved spaces of nature have become iconic symbols of nature protection around the world. However, the worldviews of Indigenous peoples have been marginalized in discourses of nature preservation and conservation. As a result, for generations of Indigenous peoples, these protected spaces of nature have meant dispossession, treaty violations of hunting and fishing rights, and the loss of sacred places.Bridging Cultural Concepts of Nature</italic> brings together anthropologists and archaeologists, historians, linguists, policy experts, and communications scholars to discuss differing views and presents a compelling case for the possibility of more productive discussions on the environment, sustainability, and nature protection. Drawing on case studies from Scandinavia to Latin America and from North America to New Zealand, the volume challenges the old paradigm where Indigenous peoples are not included in the conservation and protection of natural areas and instead calls for the incorporation of Indigenous voices into this debate. This original and timely edited collection offers a global perspective on the social, cultural, economic, and environmental challenges facing Indigenous peoples and their governmental and NGO counterparts in the co-management of the planet’s vital and precious preserved spaces of nature.Rani-Henrik Andersson</bold> is Senior University Lecturer of North American Studies at the University of Helsinki and the Principal Investigator of HUMANA—Human Migration and Network Analysis: Developing New Research Methods for the Study of Human Migration and Social Change.Boyd Cothran</bold> is Associate Professor of History at York University and the co-Editor-in-Chief of The Journal of the Gilded Age and Progressive Era.Saara Kekki</bold> is a Postdoctoral Researcher in North American Studies at the University of Helsinki. 30 00 National parks and other preserved spaces of nature have become iconic symbols of nature protection around the world. However, the worldviews of Indigenous peoples have been marginalized in discourses of nature preservation and conservation. As a result, for generations of Indigenous peoples, these protected spaces of nature have meant dispossession, treaty violations of hunting and fishing rights, and the loss of sacred places.Bridging Cultural Concepts of Nature</italic> brings together anthropologists and archaeologists, historians, linguists, policy experts, and communications scholars to discuss differing views and presents a compelling case for the possibility of more productive discussions on the environment, sustainability, and nature protection. Drawing on case studies from Scandinavia to Latin America and from North America to New Zealand, the volume challenges the old paradigm where Indigenous peoples are not included in the conservation and protection of natural areas and instead calls for the incorporation of Indigenous voices into this debate. This original and timely edited collection offers a global perspective on the social, cultural, economic, and environmental challenges facing Indigenous peoples and their governmental and NGO counterparts in the co-management of the planet’s vital and precious preserved spaces of nature.Rani-Henrik Andersson</bold> is Senior University Lecturer of North American Studies at the University of Helsinki and the Principal Investigator of HUMANA—Human Migration and Network Analysis: Developing New Research Methods for the Study of Human Migration and Social Change.Boyd Cothran</bold> is Associate Professor of History at York University and the co-Editor-in-Chief of The Journal of the Gilded Age and Progressive Era.Saara Kekki</bold> is a Postdoctoral Researcher in North American Studies at the University of Helsinki. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/6cb5c5c5-b0df-41b8-90c9-472be4e6fffd.png 1 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Traditional Indigenous Knowledge and Nature Protection: Collaboration and Changing Paradigms 1 A01 21 0000000303303886 Rani-Henrik Andersson Rani-Henrik Andersson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 000000019160953X Boyd Cothran Boyd Cothran 40 05fq50484 York University 3 A01 21 0000000314018140 Saara Kekki Saara Kekki 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Personifying Indigenous Rights in Nature? Treaty Settlement and Co-Management in Te Urewera 1 A01 21 0000000250713717 Brad Coombes Brad Coombes School of Environment 40 03b94tp07 University of Auckland 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Discourses of Decentralization: Local Participation and Sámi Space for Agency in Norwegian Protected Area Management 1 A01 21 0000000304628527 Elsa Reimerson Elsa Reimerson Department of Political Science 40 05kb8h459 Umeå University Dr. Elsa Reimerson is a senior lecturer at the Department of Political Science, Umeå University. Her main research interests lie in environmental politics and policy, with a focus on collaborative governance, conservation, and the rights of Indigenous peoples. 03 00 This chapter analyzes the 2010 reform of Norwegian protected area management, which provided new arenas for influence for the Indigenous Sámi over protected areas on their lands, to explore how discourses of decentralization and participation in nature conservation shape the space for agency of Indigenous peoples. The results show that the discourses governing the reform articulate the relationship between Sámi rights and protected areas in relation to several different concepts, problem representations, and proposed solution, each with potentially different consequences for Sámi participation and influence. The construction of the concept of “participation” in the discourse of protected area management makes it possible to integrate into a system modelled after traditional, centralized organizational structures that prioritize conservation objectives over Sámi rights without fundamentally challenging relationships of power, divisions of responsibilities, or objectives for management. The paper concludes that the Norwegian discourse provides arenas for Sámi influence and participation that could serve as an example for protected area governance and management on Indigenous lands elsewhere, but that the failure to radically reconsider the principal assumptions of protected area discourses risks upholding or reinforcing asymmetrical power relations and colonial stereotypes. 30 00 This chapter analyzes the 2010 reform of Norwegian protected area management, which provided new arenas for influence for the Indigenous Sámi over protected areas on their lands, to explore how discourses of decentralization and participation in nature conservation shape the space for agency of Indigenous peoples. The results show that the discourses governing the reform articulate the relationship between Sámi rights and protected areas in relation to several different concepts, problem representations, and proposed solution, each with potentially different consequences for Sámi participation and influence. The construction of the concept of “participation” in the discourse of protected area management makes it possible to integrate into a system modelled after traditional, centralized organizational structures that prioritize conservation objectives over Sámi rights without fundamentally challenging relationships of power, divisions of responsibilities, or objectives for management. The paper concludes that the Norwegian discourse provides arenas for Sámi influence and participation that could serve as an example for protected area governance and management on Indigenous lands elsewhere, but that the failure to radically reconsider the principal assumptions of protected area discourses risks upholding or reinforcing asymmetrical power relations and colonial stereotypes. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 People, Animals, Protected Places, and Archaeology: A Complex Collaboration in Belize 1 A01 21 0000000207525649 Meaghan M. Peuramaki-Brown Meaghan Peuramaki-Brown Faculty of Humanities & Social Sciences 40 01y3xgc52 Athabasca University Dr. Meaghan M. Peuramaki-Brown is Associate Professor of Archaeology at Athabasca University in Canada. She is a household archaeologist who has conducted research in Mexico and Central America since 1999. She is Principal Investigator of the Stann Creek Regional Archaeology Project (<a href="http://www.scraparchaeology.com">www.scraparchaeology.com</a>). 2 A01 21 0000000283228531 Shawn G. Morton Shawn Morton Faculty of Arts & Education 40 022nw7z78 Grande Prairie Regional College Dr. Shawn G. Morton is Instructor of Anthropology at Grande Prairie Regional College in Canada. An archaeological surveyor by training, he has conducted research in Mexico and Central America and has been active in Canadian Cultural Heritage Management for over 20 years. He is Associate Investigator of the Stann Creek Regional Archaeology Project. 03 00 The authors of this chapter direct the Stann Creek Regional Archaeology Project (SCRAP), featuring a multi-year, multi-site, multidisciplinary program of archaeological research along the south-eastern margins of the Maya Mountains, Stann Creek District, Belize. While we and our team members most frequently direct our academic efforts in an attempt to reconstruct and understand the complicated suite of developmental processes, experiences, and life histories of the inhabitants of this region more than 1000 years ago, this ancient past represents only one of the two dominant spatio-temporal and socio-political contexts with which we engage on a regular basis. In this chapter, we shift our focus to the interactions with present-day individuals, communities, and institutions that structure our archaeological work. For some perspective, we will discuss the history of the development of the Cockscomb Basin Wildlife Sanctuary and connected forest reserves—totaling some 1011 km2 of nominally ‘protected’ space—and ongoing co-management organization and use relationships with adjacent Indigenous Maya communities. We frame this development within the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples, and supplement historical records with informally gathered impressions from local rights-holders and stakeholders, as well as through our own experiences and observations. We conclude by returning to the subject of our own operations within the region to highlight how SCRAP has attempted to learn from this history—particularly with respect to co-management and community engagement—and to propose areas for improvement. 30 00 The authors of this chapter direct the Stann Creek Regional Archaeology Project (SCRAP), featuring a multi-year, multi-site, multidisciplinary program of archaeological research along the south-eastern margins of the Maya Mountains, Stann Creek District, Belize. While we and our team members most frequently direct our academic efforts in an attempt to reconstruct and understand the complicated suite of developmental processes, experiences, and life histories of the inhabitants of this region more than 1000 years ago, this ancient past represents only one of the two dominant spatio-temporal and socio-political contexts with which we engage on a regular basis. In this chapter, we shift our focus to the interactions with present-day individuals, communities, and institutions that structure our archaeological work. For some perspective, we will discuss the history of the development of the Cockscomb Basin Wildlife Sanctuary and connected forest reserves—totaling some 1011 km2 of nominally ‘protected’ space—and ongoing co-management organization and use relationships with adjacent Indigenous Maya communities. We frame this development within the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples, and supplement historical records with informally gathered impressions from local rights-holders and stakeholders, as well as through our own experiences and observations. We conclude by returning to the subject of our own operations within the region to highlight how SCRAP has attempted to learn from this history—particularly with respect to co-management and community engagement—and to propose areas for improvement. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Indigenous People, National Parks, and Biodiversity in the Maya Region 1 A01 21 0000000230045678 Harri Kettunen Harri Kettunen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 Antonio Cuxil Antonio Cuxil 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Amazonia Beyond Borders: Indigenous Land Protection for an Indigenous Group in Voluntary Isolation 1 A01 21 0000000258791074 Pirjo Kristiina Virtanen Pirjo Virtanen Indigenous Studies 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Pirjo Kristiina Virtanen (PhD in Latin American Studies) is Associate Professor of Indigenous Studies at the University of Helsinki. Her current research interests include long-term human-environment relationality in the Amazon, epistemological pluralism, and decolonization of the Anthropocene. Her publications include numerous monographs, edited books and articles on Amazonian biocultural landscapes, Indigenous politics and leadership, human–environment interactions, mobility, and youthhood. Virtanen is the author of Indigenous Youth in Brazilian Amazonia: Changing Lived Worlds (Palgrave Macmillan, 2012), and co-editor of Creating Dialogues: Indigenous Perceptions and Changing Forms of Leadership in Amazonia (Colorado University Press, 2017) and Indigenous Research Methodologies in Sámi and Global Contexts (Brill, 2021). 2 A01 Lucas Artur Brasil Manchineri Lucas Artur Brasil Manchineri Independent Scholar Lucas Artur Brasil Manchineri is from the Mamoadate Indigenous territory, Brazilian Amazonia. He is holder of traditional Manchineri knowledge, and has worked for the protection of the Indigenous population in voluntary isolation in Brazil-Peru frontier area for a long time. Trained as class teacher, he has a robust experience of Indigenous school teaching in his community. He received his MA degree in Sustainable Development from the University of Brasília in 2018. Additionally, he acted as a spokesperson of his people in state and Indigenous politics. 03 00 This article looks at the land protection efforts by the Manxineru, whose lands are affected by numerous actors: state agencies, enterprises and transnational mega-extraction projects. We draw especially from the experiences, activities, and articulation of the Manxineru in protection of the land for the Yine Hosha Hajene</italic> (Mascho-Piro), their kin living in voluntary isolation, who circulate more in the Manxineru’s demarcated territory in the Brazilian-Peruvian border area. The article presents Manxineru’s key land protection practices that have been strengthening the social networks of different actors as a go-between with other Indigenous group and authorities of the dominant society, as well as managing better their own forest resource use, gathering economies, and hunting practices for healthy relations of human-environment assemblage. Indigenous knowledge and perspectives for the protection of ancestral land, beyond the borders of the state-set Indigenous reserves and protected areas, have become crucial in creating new governance models. By these methods, the Manxineru have managed to cope with differing economic interests and values in living that oppose and ignore their human-environment relationality and interactions. Yet, as we will point out, the mosaic of different Indigenous areas and conservation still need the implementation of state protective activities by a variety of governmental actors. 30 00 This article looks at the land protection efforts by the Manxineru, whose lands are affected by numerous actors: state agencies, enterprises and transnational mega-extraction projects. We draw especially from the experiences, activities, and articulation of the Manxineru in protection of the land for the Yine Hosha Hajene</italic> (Mascho-Piro), their kin living in voluntary isolation, who circulate more in the Manxineru’s demarcated territory in the Brazilian-Peruvian border area. The article presents Manxineru’s key land protection practices that have been strengthening the social networks of different actors as a go-between with other Indigenous group and authorities of the dominant society, as well as managing better their own forest resource use, gathering economies, and hunting practices for healthy relations of human-environment assemblage. Indigenous knowledge and perspectives for the protection of ancestral land, beyond the borders of the state-set Indigenous reserves and protected areas, have become crucial in creating new governance models. By these methods, the Manxineru have managed to cope with differing economic interests and values in living that oppose and ignore their human-environment relationality and interactions. Yet, as we will point out, the mosaic of different Indigenous areas and conservation still need the implementation of state protective activities by a variety of governmental actors. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Blackfeet Discourses about Dwelling-in-Place: Our Homeland, a National Park 1 A01 21 0000000186460742 Donal Carbaugh Donal Carbaugh 40 0072zz521 University of Massachusetts Amherst Donal Carbaugh is Professor Emeritus of Communication at the University of Massachusetts Amherst. His interests are in developing a communication theory of culture and nature, known as cultural discourse analysis, with special attention to Amskapi Piikuni (Blackfeet), popular American, and Finnish views of social interaction. His recent books include Reporting Cultures on 60 Minutes: Missing the Finnish Line (with Michael Berry) and Communication in Cross-cultural Perspective (both available at Routledge). He has enjoyed colleagues’ works in this volume and also lecturing around the world. 2 A01 21 0000000322596864 Eean Grimshaw Eean Grimshaw 40 05x8hy709 North Carolina Wesleyan College 03 00 This chapter presents to readers the spoken words of Blackfeet people who have discussed their homeland, its landscape, and all that it entails. In the process, the chapter seeks to help readers hear in those words in a Blackfeet way of speaking about their land, to introduce some of the cultural meanings of Blackfeet in that way of speaking about it, and to offer an understanding of this way as a communal touchstone which is anchored in the discourse Blackfeet participants produce as they speak about their homeland. 30 00 This chapter presents to readers the spoken words of Blackfeet people who have discussed their homeland, its landscape, and all that it entails. In the process, the chapter seeks to help readers hear in those words in a Blackfeet way of speaking about their land, to introduce some of the cultural meanings of Blackfeet in that way of speaking about it, and to offer an understanding of this way as a communal touchstone which is anchored in the discourse Blackfeet participants produce as they speak about their homeland. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Becoming Earth: Rethinking and (Re-)Connecting with the Earth, Sámi Lands, and Relations 1 A01 21 0000000323679282 Hanna Ellen Guttorm Hanna Guttorm 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Replacing Rights with Indigenous Relationality to Reclaim Homelands 1 A01 21 0000000297967925 Joshua L. Reid Joshua Reid History & American Indian Studies 40 00cvxb145 University of Washington Born and raised in Washington State, Dr. Joshua L Reid (registered member of the Snohomish Indian Nation) is an associate professor of American Indian Studies and the John Calhoun Smith Memorial Endowed Associate Professor of History at the University of Washington. He holds degrees from Yale University and the University of California, Davis, and is a three-time Ford Foundation Fellow. Yale University Press published his first, award-winning book, The Sea Is My Country: The Maritime World of the Makahs (2015) in the Henry Roe Cloud Series on American Indians and Modernity. Reid currently directs the university’s Center for the Study of the Pacific Northwest and edits the Emil and Kathleen Sick Series on Western History and Biography with UW Press and the Roe Cloud Series on American Indians and Modernity. He serves on the Board of Editors for the American Historical Review, the editorial advisory board of the Pacific Northwest Quarterly, and Board of Directors of the National Council for History Education. Reid currently researches Indigenous explorers in the Pacific, from the late eighteenth century to the end of the nineteenth century. 03 00 Indigenous peoples have had and continue to have contested relations with protected spaces of nature, many of which nation states have carved from Indigenous homelands and waters. Usually in the name of the common good, governments and their officials prohibit or limit Native peoples from exercising their rights in these spaces. This gives rise to conflicts and tensions that emerge from a Western rights framework that white settlers and elites have used to prioritize the rights of nature over Indigenous peoples. This chapter seeks to provide some historical context for the way that three problematic and closely related “white-settler social constructs”—wilderness, preservation, and the ecological Indian—came to shape the emergence and management of protected spaces of nature, particularly under a Western rights framework. Overall, the chapter argues that a relationality framework offers an Indigenous-based counterpoint to the rights framework, in which white settlers and elites privilege the rights of nature over those of Native peoples. 30 00 Indigenous peoples have had and continue to have contested relations with protected spaces of nature, many of which nation states have carved from Indigenous homelands and waters. Usually in the name of the common good, governments and their officials prohibit or limit Native peoples from exercising their rights in these spaces. This gives rise to conflicts and tensions that emerge from a Western rights framework that white settlers and elites have used to prioritize the rights of nature over Indigenous peoples. This chapter seeks to provide some historical context for the way that three problematic and closely related “white-settler social constructs”—wilderness, preservation, and the ecological Indian—came to shape the emergence and management of protected spaces of nature, particularly under a Western rights framework. Overall, the chapter argues that a relationality framework offers an Indigenous-based counterpoint to the rights framework, in which white settlers and elites privilege the rights of nature over those of Native peoples. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Epilogue 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20211216 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690592 03 9789523690592 06 15 9789523690608 03 9789523690608 06 15 9789523690615 03 9789523690615 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690585 20 08 20211216 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690585 20 08 20211216 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690585 20 08 20211216 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690585 20 08 20211216 01 urn:uuid:4097d296-c700-4bc5-892a-abd3d443cade 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ab65bc89-72be-4c61-8196-3c6429e41687 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:4097d296-c700-4bc5-892a-abd3d443cade 15 9789523690592 03 9789523690592 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 10 01 Series ID af47b02f-a187-41b1-8b10-23b714a097d2 02 27372812 03 1 01 02 AHEAD: Advanced Studies in the Humanities and Social Sciences 01 01 Bridging Cultural Concepts of Nature Indigenous People and Protected Spaces of Nature 1 B01 21 0000000303303886 Rani-Henrik Andersson Rani-Henrik Andersson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 B01 21 000000019160953X Boyd Cothran Boyd Cothran 40 05fq50484 York University 3 B01 21 0000000314018140 Saara Kekki Saara Kekki 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 01 eng 00 336 03 B2 Environmental Humanities B2 Indigenous Studies B2 Sustainability Studies 20 Indigenous knowledge; Traditional ecological knowledge; Cultural concepts of nature; Co-management of spaces of nature 01 06 02 00 For generations of Indigenous peoples, national parks and other preserved spaces of nature have meant dispossession, treaty violations of hunting and fishing rights, and the loss of sacred places. Drawing on case studies from Scandinavia to Latin America and from North America to New Zealand, Bridging Cultural Concepts of Nature</italic> c 03 00 National parks and other preserved spaces of nature have become iconic symbols of nature protection around the world. However, the worldviews of Indigenous peoples have been marginalized in discourses of nature preservation and conservation. As a result, for generations of Indigenous peoples, these protected spaces of nature have meant dispossession, treaty violations of hunting and fishing rights, and the loss of sacred places.Bridging Cultural Concepts of Nature</italic> brings together anthropologists and archaeologists, historians, linguists, policy experts, and communications scholars to discuss differing views and presents a compelling case for the possibility of more productive discussions on the environment, sustainability, and nature protection. Drawing on case studies from Scandinavia to Latin America and from North America to New Zealand, the volume challenges the old paradigm where Indigenous peoples are not included in the conservation and protection of natural areas and instead calls for the incorporation of Indigenous voices into this debate. This original and timely edited collection offers a global perspective on the social, cultural, economic, and environmental challenges facing Indigenous peoples and their governmental and NGO counterparts in the co-management of the planet’s vital and precious preserved spaces of nature.Rani-Henrik Andersson</bold> is Senior University Lecturer of North American Studies at the University of Helsinki and the Principal Investigator of HUMANA—Human Migration and Network Analysis: Developing New Research Methods for the Study of Human Migration and Social Change.Boyd Cothran</bold> is Associate Professor of History at York University and the co-Editor-in-Chief of The Journal of the Gilded Age and Progressive Era.Saara Kekki</bold> is a Postdoctoral Researcher in North American Studies at the University of Helsinki. 30 00 National parks and other preserved spaces of nature have become iconic symbols of nature protection around the world. However, the worldviews of Indigenous peoples have been marginalized in discourses of nature preservation and conservation. As a result, for generations of Indigenous peoples, these protected spaces of nature have meant dispossession, treaty violations of hunting and fishing rights, and the loss of sacred places.Bridging Cultural Concepts of Nature</italic> brings together anthropologists and archaeologists, historians, linguists, policy experts, and communications scholars to discuss differing views and presents a compelling case for the possibility of more productive discussions on the environment, sustainability, and nature protection. Drawing on case studies from Scandinavia to Latin America and from North America to New Zealand, the volume challenges the old paradigm where Indigenous peoples are not included in the conservation and protection of natural areas and instead calls for the incorporation of Indigenous voices into this debate. This original and timely edited collection offers a global perspective on the social, cultural, economic, and environmental challenges facing Indigenous peoples and their governmental and NGO counterparts in the co-management of the planet’s vital and precious preserved spaces of nature.Rani-Henrik Andersson</bold> is Senior University Lecturer of North American Studies at the University of Helsinki and the Principal Investigator of HUMANA—Human Migration and Network Analysis: Developing New Research Methods for the Study of Human Migration and Social Change.Boyd Cothran</bold> is Associate Professor of History at York University and the co-Editor-in-Chief of The Journal of the Gilded Age and Progressive Era.Saara Kekki</bold> is a Postdoctoral Researcher in North American Studies at the University of Helsinki. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/6cb5c5c5-b0df-41b8-90c9-472be4e6fffd.png 1 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Traditional Indigenous Knowledge and Nature Protection: Collaboration and Changing Paradigms 1 A01 21 0000000303303886 Rani-Henrik Andersson Rani-Henrik Andersson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 000000019160953X Boyd Cothran Boyd Cothran 40 05fq50484 York University 3 A01 21 0000000314018140 Saara Kekki Saara Kekki 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Personifying Indigenous Rights in Nature? Treaty Settlement and Co-Management in Te Urewera 1 A01 21 0000000250713717 Brad Coombes Brad Coombes School of Environment 40 03b94tp07 University of Auckland 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Discourses of Decentralization: Local Participation and Sámi Space for Agency in Norwegian Protected Area Management 1 A01 21 0000000304628527 Elsa Reimerson Elsa Reimerson Department of Political Science 40 05kb8h459 Umeå University Dr. Elsa Reimerson is a senior lecturer at the Department of Political Science, Umeå University. Her main research interests lie in environmental politics and policy, with a focus on collaborative governance, conservation, and the rights of Indigenous peoples. 03 00 This chapter analyzes the 2010 reform of Norwegian protected area management, which provided new arenas for influence for the Indigenous Sámi over protected areas on their lands, to explore how discourses of decentralization and participation in nature conservation shape the space for agency of Indigenous peoples. The results show that the discourses governing the reform articulate the relationship between Sámi rights and protected areas in relation to several different concepts, problem representations, and proposed solution, each with potentially different consequences for Sámi participation and influence. The construction of the concept of “participation” in the discourse of protected area management makes it possible to integrate into a system modelled after traditional, centralized organizational structures that prioritize conservation objectives over Sámi rights without fundamentally challenging relationships of power, divisions of responsibilities, or objectives for management. The paper concludes that the Norwegian discourse provides arenas for Sámi influence and participation that could serve as an example for protected area governance and management on Indigenous lands elsewhere, but that the failure to radically reconsider the principal assumptions of protected area discourses risks upholding or reinforcing asymmetrical power relations and colonial stereotypes. 30 00 This chapter analyzes the 2010 reform of Norwegian protected area management, which provided new arenas for influence for the Indigenous Sámi over protected areas on their lands, to explore how discourses of decentralization and participation in nature conservation shape the space for agency of Indigenous peoples. The results show that the discourses governing the reform articulate the relationship between Sámi rights and protected areas in relation to several different concepts, problem representations, and proposed solution, each with potentially different consequences for Sámi participation and influence. The construction of the concept of “participation” in the discourse of protected area management makes it possible to integrate into a system modelled after traditional, centralized organizational structures that prioritize conservation objectives over Sámi rights without fundamentally challenging relationships of power, divisions of responsibilities, or objectives for management. The paper concludes that the Norwegian discourse provides arenas for Sámi influence and participation that could serve as an example for protected area governance and management on Indigenous lands elsewhere, but that the failure to radically reconsider the principal assumptions of protected area discourses risks upholding or reinforcing asymmetrical power relations and colonial stereotypes. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 People, Animals, Protected Places, and Archaeology: A Complex Collaboration in Belize 1 A01 21 0000000207525649 Meaghan M. Peuramaki-Brown Meaghan Peuramaki-Brown Faculty of Humanities & Social Sciences 40 01y3xgc52 Athabasca University Dr. Meaghan M. Peuramaki-Brown is Associate Professor of Archaeology at Athabasca University in Canada. She is a household archaeologist who has conducted research in Mexico and Central America since 1999. She is Principal Investigator of the Stann Creek Regional Archaeology Project (<a href="http://www.scraparchaeology.com">www.scraparchaeology.com</a>). 2 A01 21 0000000283228531 Shawn G. Morton Shawn Morton Faculty of Arts & Education 40 022nw7z78 Grande Prairie Regional College Dr. Shawn G. Morton is Instructor of Anthropology at Grande Prairie Regional College in Canada. An archaeological surveyor by training, he has conducted research in Mexico and Central America and has been active in Canadian Cultural Heritage Management for over 20 years. He is Associate Investigator of the Stann Creek Regional Archaeology Project. 03 00 The authors of this chapter direct the Stann Creek Regional Archaeology Project (SCRAP), featuring a multi-year, multi-site, multidisciplinary program of archaeological research along the south-eastern margins of the Maya Mountains, Stann Creek District, Belize. While we and our team members most frequently direct our academic efforts in an attempt to reconstruct and understand the complicated suite of developmental processes, experiences, and life histories of the inhabitants of this region more than 1000 years ago, this ancient past represents only one of the two dominant spatio-temporal and socio-political contexts with which we engage on a regular basis. In this chapter, we shift our focus to the interactions with present-day individuals, communities, and institutions that structure our archaeological work. For some perspective, we will discuss the history of the development of the Cockscomb Basin Wildlife Sanctuary and connected forest reserves—totaling some 1011 km2 of nominally ‘protected’ space—and ongoing co-management organization and use relationships with adjacent Indigenous Maya communities. We frame this development within the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples, and supplement historical records with informally gathered impressions from local rights-holders and stakeholders, as well as through our own experiences and observations. We conclude by returning to the subject of our own operations within the region to highlight how SCRAP has attempted to learn from this history—particularly with respect to co-management and community engagement—and to propose areas for improvement. 30 00 The authors of this chapter direct the Stann Creek Regional Archaeology Project (SCRAP), featuring a multi-year, multi-site, multidisciplinary program of archaeological research along the south-eastern margins of the Maya Mountains, Stann Creek District, Belize. While we and our team members most frequently direct our academic efforts in an attempt to reconstruct and understand the complicated suite of developmental processes, experiences, and life histories of the inhabitants of this region more than 1000 years ago, this ancient past represents only one of the two dominant spatio-temporal and socio-political contexts with which we engage on a regular basis. In this chapter, we shift our focus to the interactions with present-day individuals, communities, and institutions that structure our archaeological work. For some perspective, we will discuss the history of the development of the Cockscomb Basin Wildlife Sanctuary and connected forest reserves—totaling some 1011 km2 of nominally ‘protected’ space—and ongoing co-management organization and use relationships with adjacent Indigenous Maya communities. We frame this development within the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples, and supplement historical records with informally gathered impressions from local rights-holders and stakeholders, as well as through our own experiences and observations. We conclude by returning to the subject of our own operations within the region to highlight how SCRAP has attempted to learn from this history—particularly with respect to co-management and community engagement—and to propose areas for improvement. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Indigenous People, National Parks, and Biodiversity in the Maya Region 1 A01 21 0000000230045678 Harri Kettunen Harri Kettunen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 Antonio Cuxil Antonio Cuxil 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Amazonia Beyond Borders: Indigenous Land Protection for an Indigenous Group in Voluntary Isolation 1 A01 21 0000000258791074 Pirjo Kristiina Virtanen Pirjo Virtanen Indigenous Studies 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Pirjo Kristiina Virtanen (PhD in Latin American Studies) is Associate Professor of Indigenous Studies at the University of Helsinki. Her current research interests include long-term human-environment relationality in the Amazon, epistemological pluralism, and decolonization of the Anthropocene. Her publications include numerous monographs, edited books and articles on Amazonian biocultural landscapes, Indigenous politics and leadership, human–environment interactions, mobility, and youthhood. Virtanen is the author of Indigenous Youth in Brazilian Amazonia: Changing Lived Worlds (Palgrave Macmillan, 2012), and co-editor of Creating Dialogues: Indigenous Perceptions and Changing Forms of Leadership in Amazonia (Colorado University Press, 2017) and Indigenous Research Methodologies in Sámi and Global Contexts (Brill, 2021). 2 A01 Lucas Artur Brasil Manchineri Lucas Artur Brasil Manchineri Independent Scholar Lucas Artur Brasil Manchineri is from the Mamoadate Indigenous territory, Brazilian Amazonia. He is holder of traditional Manchineri knowledge, and has worked for the protection of the Indigenous population in voluntary isolation in Brazil-Peru frontier area for a long time. Trained as class teacher, he has a robust experience of Indigenous school teaching in his community. He received his MA degree in Sustainable Development from the University of Brasília in 2018. Additionally, he acted as a spokesperson of his people in state and Indigenous politics. 03 00 This article looks at the land protection efforts by the Manxineru, whose lands are affected by numerous actors: state agencies, enterprises and transnational mega-extraction projects. We draw especially from the experiences, activities, and articulation of the Manxineru in protection of the land for the Yine Hosha Hajene</italic> (Mascho-Piro), their kin living in voluntary isolation, who circulate more in the Manxineru’s demarcated territory in the Brazilian-Peruvian border area. The article presents Manxineru’s key land protection practices that have been strengthening the social networks of different actors as a go-between with other Indigenous group and authorities of the dominant society, as well as managing better their own forest resource use, gathering economies, and hunting practices for healthy relations of human-environment assemblage. Indigenous knowledge and perspectives for the protection of ancestral land, beyond the borders of the state-set Indigenous reserves and protected areas, have become crucial in creating new governance models. By these methods, the Manxineru have managed to cope with differing economic interests and values in living that oppose and ignore their human-environment relationality and interactions. Yet, as we will point out, the mosaic of different Indigenous areas and conservation still need the implementation of state protective activities by a variety of governmental actors. 30 00 This article looks at the land protection efforts by the Manxineru, whose lands are affected by numerous actors: state agencies, enterprises and transnational mega-extraction projects. We draw especially from the experiences, activities, and articulation of the Manxineru in protection of the land for the Yine Hosha Hajene</italic> (Mascho-Piro), their kin living in voluntary isolation, who circulate more in the Manxineru’s demarcated territory in the Brazilian-Peruvian border area. The article presents Manxineru’s key land protection practices that have been strengthening the social networks of different actors as a go-between with other Indigenous group and authorities of the dominant society, as well as managing better their own forest resource use, gathering economies, and hunting practices for healthy relations of human-environment assemblage. Indigenous knowledge and perspectives for the protection of ancestral land, beyond the borders of the state-set Indigenous reserves and protected areas, have become crucial in creating new governance models. By these methods, the Manxineru have managed to cope with differing economic interests and values in living that oppose and ignore their human-environment relationality and interactions. Yet, as we will point out, the mosaic of different Indigenous areas and conservation still need the implementation of state protective activities by a variety of governmental actors. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Blackfeet Discourses about Dwelling-in-Place: Our Homeland, a National Park 1 A01 21 0000000186460742 Donal Carbaugh Donal Carbaugh 40 0072zz521 University of Massachusetts Amherst Donal Carbaugh is Professor Emeritus of Communication at the University of Massachusetts Amherst. His interests are in developing a communication theory of culture and nature, known as cultural discourse analysis, with special attention to Amskapi Piikuni (Blackfeet), popular American, and Finnish views of social interaction. His recent books include Reporting Cultures on 60 Minutes: Missing the Finnish Line (with Michael Berry) and Communication in Cross-cultural Perspective (both available at Routledge). He has enjoyed colleagues’ works in this volume and also lecturing around the world. 2 A01 21 0000000322596864 Eean Grimshaw Eean Grimshaw 40 05x8hy709 North Carolina Wesleyan College 03 00 This chapter presents to readers the spoken words of Blackfeet people who have discussed their homeland, its landscape, and all that it entails. In the process, the chapter seeks to help readers hear in those words in a Blackfeet way of speaking about their land, to introduce some of the cultural meanings of Blackfeet in that way of speaking about it, and to offer an understanding of this way as a communal touchstone which is anchored in the discourse Blackfeet participants produce as they speak about their homeland. 30 00 This chapter presents to readers the spoken words of Blackfeet people who have discussed their homeland, its landscape, and all that it entails. In the process, the chapter seeks to help readers hear in those words in a Blackfeet way of speaking about their land, to introduce some of the cultural meanings of Blackfeet in that way of speaking about it, and to offer an understanding of this way as a communal touchstone which is anchored in the discourse Blackfeet participants produce as they speak about their homeland. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Becoming Earth: Rethinking and (Re-)Connecting with the Earth, Sámi Lands, and Relations 1 A01 21 0000000323679282 Hanna Ellen Guttorm Hanna Guttorm 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Replacing Rights with Indigenous Relationality to Reclaim Homelands 1 A01 21 0000000297967925 Joshua L. Reid Joshua Reid History & American Indian Studies 40 00cvxb145 University of Washington Born and raised in Washington State, Dr. Joshua L Reid (registered member of the Snohomish Indian Nation) is an associate professor of American Indian Studies and the John Calhoun Smith Memorial Endowed Associate Professor of History at the University of Washington. He holds degrees from Yale University and the University of California, Davis, and is a three-time Ford Foundation Fellow. Yale University Press published his first, award-winning book, The Sea Is My Country: The Maritime World of the Makahs (2015) in the Henry Roe Cloud Series on American Indians and Modernity. Reid currently directs the university’s Center for the Study of the Pacific Northwest and edits the Emil and Kathleen Sick Series on Western History and Biography with UW Press and the Roe Cloud Series on American Indians and Modernity. He serves on the Board of Editors for the American Historical Review, the editorial advisory board of the Pacific Northwest Quarterly, and Board of Directors of the National Council for History Education. Reid currently researches Indigenous explorers in the Pacific, from the late eighteenth century to the end of the nineteenth century. 03 00 Indigenous peoples have had and continue to have contested relations with protected spaces of nature, many of which nation states have carved from Indigenous homelands and waters. Usually in the name of the common good, governments and their officials prohibit or limit Native peoples from exercising their rights in these spaces. This gives rise to conflicts and tensions that emerge from a Western rights framework that white settlers and elites have used to prioritize the rights of nature over Indigenous peoples. This chapter seeks to provide some historical context for the way that three problematic and closely related “white-settler social constructs”—wilderness, preservation, and the ecological Indian—came to shape the emergence and management of protected spaces of nature, particularly under a Western rights framework. Overall, the chapter argues that a relationality framework offers an Indigenous-based counterpoint to the rights framework, in which white settlers and elites privilege the rights of nature over those of Native peoples. 30 00 Indigenous peoples have had and continue to have contested relations with protected spaces of nature, many of which nation states have carved from Indigenous homelands and waters. Usually in the name of the common good, governments and their officials prohibit or limit Native peoples from exercising their rights in these spaces. This gives rise to conflicts and tensions that emerge from a Western rights framework that white settlers and elites have used to prioritize the rights of nature over Indigenous peoples. This chapter seeks to provide some historical context for the way that three problematic and closely related “white-settler social constructs”—wilderness, preservation, and the ecological Indian—came to shape the emergence and management of protected spaces of nature, particularly under a Western rights framework. Overall, the chapter argues that a relationality framework offers an Indigenous-based counterpoint to the rights framework, in which white settlers and elites privilege the rights of nature over those of Native peoples. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Epilogue 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20211216 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690585 03 9789523690585 06 15 9789523690608 03 9789523690608 06 15 9789523690615 03 9789523690615 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20211216 01 urn:uuid:2a29b1ca-a1c7-44d3-9ce5-45899ef73858 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ab65bc89-72be-4c61-8196-3c6429e41687 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:2a29b1ca-a1c7-44d3-9ce5-45899ef73858 15 9789523690608 03 9789523690608 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 10 01 Series ID af47b02f-a187-41b1-8b10-23b714a097d2 02 27372812 03 1 01 02 AHEAD: Advanced Studies in the Humanities and Social Sciences 01 01 Bridging Cultural Concepts of Nature Indigenous People and Protected Spaces of Nature 1 B01 21 0000000303303886 Rani-Henrik Andersson Rani-Henrik Andersson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 B01 21 000000019160953X Boyd Cothran Boyd Cothran 40 05fq50484 York University 3 B01 21 0000000314018140 Saara Kekki Saara Kekki 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 01 eng 00 336 03 B2 Environmental Humanities B2 Indigenous Studies B2 Sustainability Studies 20 Indigenous knowledge; Traditional ecological knowledge; Cultural concepts of nature; Co-management of spaces of nature 01 06 02 00 For generations of Indigenous peoples, national parks and other preserved spaces of nature have meant dispossession, treaty violations of hunting and fishing rights, and the loss of sacred places. Drawing on case studies from Scandinavia to Latin America and from North America to New Zealand, Bridging Cultural Concepts of Nature</italic> c 03 00 National parks and other preserved spaces of nature have become iconic symbols of nature protection around the world. However, the worldviews of Indigenous peoples have been marginalized in discourses of nature preservation and conservation. As a result, for generations of Indigenous peoples, these protected spaces of nature have meant dispossession, treaty violations of hunting and fishing rights, and the loss of sacred places.Bridging Cultural Concepts of Nature</italic> brings together anthropologists and archaeologists, historians, linguists, policy experts, and communications scholars to discuss differing views and presents a compelling case for the possibility of more productive discussions on the environment, sustainability, and nature protection. Drawing on case studies from Scandinavia to Latin America and from North America to New Zealand, the volume challenges the old paradigm where Indigenous peoples are not included in the conservation and protection of natural areas and instead calls for the incorporation of Indigenous voices into this debate. This original and timely edited collection offers a global perspective on the social, cultural, economic, and environmental challenges facing Indigenous peoples and their governmental and NGO counterparts in the co-management of the planet’s vital and precious preserved spaces of nature.Rani-Henrik Andersson</bold> is Senior University Lecturer of North American Studies at the University of Helsinki and the Principal Investigator of HUMANA—Human Migration and Network Analysis: Developing New Research Methods for the Study of Human Migration and Social Change.Boyd Cothran</bold> is Associate Professor of History at York University and the co-Editor-in-Chief of The Journal of the Gilded Age and Progressive Era.Saara Kekki</bold> is a Postdoctoral Researcher in North American Studies at the University of Helsinki. 30 00 National parks and other preserved spaces of nature have become iconic symbols of nature protection around the world. However, the worldviews of Indigenous peoples have been marginalized in discourses of nature preservation and conservation. As a result, for generations of Indigenous peoples, these protected spaces of nature have meant dispossession, treaty violations of hunting and fishing rights, and the loss of sacred places.Bridging Cultural Concepts of Nature</italic> brings together anthropologists and archaeologists, historians, linguists, policy experts, and communications scholars to discuss differing views and presents a compelling case for the possibility of more productive discussions on the environment, sustainability, and nature protection. Drawing on case studies from Scandinavia to Latin America and from North America to New Zealand, the volume challenges the old paradigm where Indigenous peoples are not included in the conservation and protection of natural areas and instead calls for the incorporation of Indigenous voices into this debate. This original and timely edited collection offers a global perspective on the social, cultural, economic, and environmental challenges facing Indigenous peoples and their governmental and NGO counterparts in the co-management of the planet’s vital and precious preserved spaces of nature.Rani-Henrik Andersson</bold> is Senior University Lecturer of North American Studies at the University of Helsinki and the Principal Investigator of HUMANA—Human Migration and Network Analysis: Developing New Research Methods for the Study of Human Migration and Social Change.Boyd Cothran</bold> is Associate Professor of History at York University and the co-Editor-in-Chief of The Journal of the Gilded Age and Progressive Era.Saara Kekki</bold> is a Postdoctoral Researcher in North American Studies at the University of Helsinki. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/6cb5c5c5-b0df-41b8-90c9-472be4e6fffd.png 1 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Traditional Indigenous Knowledge and Nature Protection: Collaboration and Changing Paradigms 1 A01 21 0000000303303886 Rani-Henrik Andersson Rani-Henrik Andersson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 000000019160953X Boyd Cothran Boyd Cothran 40 05fq50484 York University 3 A01 21 0000000314018140 Saara Kekki Saara Kekki 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Personifying Indigenous Rights in Nature? Treaty Settlement and Co-Management in Te Urewera 1 A01 21 0000000250713717 Brad Coombes Brad Coombes School of Environment 40 03b94tp07 University of Auckland 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Discourses of Decentralization: Local Participation and Sámi Space for Agency in Norwegian Protected Area Management 1 A01 21 0000000304628527 Elsa Reimerson Elsa Reimerson Department of Political Science 40 05kb8h459 Umeå University Dr. Elsa Reimerson is a senior lecturer at the Department of Political Science, Umeå University. Her main research interests lie in environmental politics and policy, with a focus on collaborative governance, conservation, and the rights of Indigenous peoples. 03 00 This chapter analyzes the 2010 reform of Norwegian protected area management, which provided new arenas for influence for the Indigenous Sámi over protected areas on their lands, to explore how discourses of decentralization and participation in nature conservation shape the space for agency of Indigenous peoples. The results show that the discourses governing the reform articulate the relationship between Sámi rights and protected areas in relation to several different concepts, problem representations, and proposed solution, each with potentially different consequences for Sámi participation and influence. The construction of the concept of “participation” in the discourse of protected area management makes it possible to integrate into a system modelled after traditional, centralized organizational structures that prioritize conservation objectives over Sámi rights without fundamentally challenging relationships of power, divisions of responsibilities, or objectives for management. The paper concludes that the Norwegian discourse provides arenas for Sámi influence and participation that could serve as an example for protected area governance and management on Indigenous lands elsewhere, but that the failure to radically reconsider the principal assumptions of protected area discourses risks upholding or reinforcing asymmetrical power relations and colonial stereotypes. 30 00 This chapter analyzes the 2010 reform of Norwegian protected area management, which provided new arenas for influence for the Indigenous Sámi over protected areas on their lands, to explore how discourses of decentralization and participation in nature conservation shape the space for agency of Indigenous peoples. The results show that the discourses governing the reform articulate the relationship between Sámi rights and protected areas in relation to several different concepts, problem representations, and proposed solution, each with potentially different consequences for Sámi participation and influence. The construction of the concept of “participation” in the discourse of protected area management makes it possible to integrate into a system modelled after traditional, centralized organizational structures that prioritize conservation objectives over Sámi rights without fundamentally challenging relationships of power, divisions of responsibilities, or objectives for management. The paper concludes that the Norwegian discourse provides arenas for Sámi influence and participation that could serve as an example for protected area governance and management on Indigenous lands elsewhere, but that the failure to radically reconsider the principal assumptions of protected area discourses risks upholding or reinforcing asymmetrical power relations and colonial stereotypes. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 People, Animals, Protected Places, and Archaeology: A Complex Collaboration in Belize 1 A01 21 0000000207525649 Meaghan M. Peuramaki-Brown Meaghan Peuramaki-Brown Faculty of Humanities & Social Sciences 40 01y3xgc52 Athabasca University Dr. Meaghan M. Peuramaki-Brown is Associate Professor of Archaeology at Athabasca University in Canada. She is a household archaeologist who has conducted research in Mexico and Central America since 1999. She is Principal Investigator of the Stann Creek Regional Archaeology Project (<a href="http://www.scraparchaeology.com">www.scraparchaeology.com</a>). 2 A01 21 0000000283228531 Shawn G. Morton Shawn Morton Faculty of Arts & Education 40 022nw7z78 Grande Prairie Regional College Dr. Shawn G. Morton is Instructor of Anthropology at Grande Prairie Regional College in Canada. An archaeological surveyor by training, he has conducted research in Mexico and Central America and has been active in Canadian Cultural Heritage Management for over 20 years. He is Associate Investigator of the Stann Creek Regional Archaeology Project. 03 00 The authors of this chapter direct the Stann Creek Regional Archaeology Project (SCRAP), featuring a multi-year, multi-site, multidisciplinary program of archaeological research along the south-eastern margins of the Maya Mountains, Stann Creek District, Belize. While we and our team members most frequently direct our academic efforts in an attempt to reconstruct and understand the complicated suite of developmental processes, experiences, and life histories of the inhabitants of this region more than 1000 years ago, this ancient past represents only one of the two dominant spatio-temporal and socio-political contexts with which we engage on a regular basis. In this chapter, we shift our focus to the interactions with present-day individuals, communities, and institutions that structure our archaeological work. For some perspective, we will discuss the history of the development of the Cockscomb Basin Wildlife Sanctuary and connected forest reserves—totaling some 1011 km2 of nominally ‘protected’ space—and ongoing co-management organization and use relationships with adjacent Indigenous Maya communities. We frame this development within the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples, and supplement historical records with informally gathered impressions from local rights-holders and stakeholders, as well as through our own experiences and observations. We conclude by returning to the subject of our own operations within the region to highlight how SCRAP has attempted to learn from this history—particularly with respect to co-management and community engagement—and to propose areas for improvement. 30 00 The authors of this chapter direct the Stann Creek Regional Archaeology Project (SCRAP), featuring a multi-year, multi-site, multidisciplinary program of archaeological research along the south-eastern margins of the Maya Mountains, Stann Creek District, Belize. While we and our team members most frequently direct our academic efforts in an attempt to reconstruct and understand the complicated suite of developmental processes, experiences, and life histories of the inhabitants of this region more than 1000 years ago, this ancient past represents only one of the two dominant spatio-temporal and socio-political contexts with which we engage on a regular basis. In this chapter, we shift our focus to the interactions with present-day individuals, communities, and institutions that structure our archaeological work. For some perspective, we will discuss the history of the development of the Cockscomb Basin Wildlife Sanctuary and connected forest reserves—totaling some 1011 km2 of nominally ‘protected’ space—and ongoing co-management organization and use relationships with adjacent Indigenous Maya communities. We frame this development within the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples, and supplement historical records with informally gathered impressions from local rights-holders and stakeholders, as well as through our own experiences and observations. We conclude by returning to the subject of our own operations within the region to highlight how SCRAP has attempted to learn from this history—particularly with respect to co-management and community engagement—and to propose areas for improvement. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Indigenous People, National Parks, and Biodiversity in the Maya Region 1 A01 21 0000000230045678 Harri Kettunen Harri Kettunen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 Antonio Cuxil Antonio Cuxil 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Amazonia Beyond Borders: Indigenous Land Protection for an Indigenous Group in Voluntary Isolation 1 A01 21 0000000258791074 Pirjo Kristiina Virtanen Pirjo Virtanen Indigenous Studies 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Pirjo Kristiina Virtanen (PhD in Latin American Studies) is Associate Professor of Indigenous Studies at the University of Helsinki. Her current research interests include long-term human-environment relationality in the Amazon, epistemological pluralism, and decolonization of the Anthropocene. Her publications include numerous monographs, edited books and articles on Amazonian biocultural landscapes, Indigenous politics and leadership, human–environment interactions, mobility, and youthhood. Virtanen is the author of Indigenous Youth in Brazilian Amazonia: Changing Lived Worlds (Palgrave Macmillan, 2012), and co-editor of Creating Dialogues: Indigenous Perceptions and Changing Forms of Leadership in Amazonia (Colorado University Press, 2017) and Indigenous Research Methodologies in Sámi and Global Contexts (Brill, 2021). 2 A01 Lucas Artur Brasil Manchineri Lucas Artur Brasil Manchineri Independent Scholar Lucas Artur Brasil Manchineri is from the Mamoadate Indigenous territory, Brazilian Amazonia. He is holder of traditional Manchineri knowledge, and has worked for the protection of the Indigenous population in voluntary isolation in Brazil-Peru frontier area for a long time. Trained as class teacher, he has a robust experience of Indigenous school teaching in his community. He received his MA degree in Sustainable Development from the University of Brasília in 2018. Additionally, he acted as a spokesperson of his people in state and Indigenous politics. 03 00 This article looks at the land protection efforts by the Manxineru, whose lands are affected by numerous actors: state agencies, enterprises and transnational mega-extraction projects. We draw especially from the experiences, activities, and articulation of the Manxineru in protection of the land for the Yine Hosha Hajene</italic> (Mascho-Piro), their kin living in voluntary isolation, who circulate more in the Manxineru’s demarcated territory in the Brazilian-Peruvian border area. The article presents Manxineru’s key land protection practices that have been strengthening the social networks of different actors as a go-between with other Indigenous group and authorities of the dominant society, as well as managing better their own forest resource use, gathering economies, and hunting practices for healthy relations of human-environment assemblage. Indigenous knowledge and perspectives for the protection of ancestral land, beyond the borders of the state-set Indigenous reserves and protected areas, have become crucial in creating new governance models. By these methods, the Manxineru have managed to cope with differing economic interests and values in living that oppose and ignore their human-environment relationality and interactions. Yet, as we will point out, the mosaic of different Indigenous areas and conservation still need the implementation of state protective activities by a variety of governmental actors. 30 00 This article looks at the land protection efforts by the Manxineru, whose lands are affected by numerous actors: state agencies, enterprises and transnational mega-extraction projects. We draw especially from the experiences, activities, and articulation of the Manxineru in protection of the land for the Yine Hosha Hajene</italic> (Mascho-Piro), their kin living in voluntary isolation, who circulate more in the Manxineru’s demarcated territory in the Brazilian-Peruvian border area. The article presents Manxineru’s key land protection practices that have been strengthening the social networks of different actors as a go-between with other Indigenous group and authorities of the dominant society, as well as managing better their own forest resource use, gathering economies, and hunting practices for healthy relations of human-environment assemblage. Indigenous knowledge and perspectives for the protection of ancestral land, beyond the borders of the state-set Indigenous reserves and protected areas, have become crucial in creating new governance models. By these methods, the Manxineru have managed to cope with differing economic interests and values in living that oppose and ignore their human-environment relationality and interactions. Yet, as we will point out, the mosaic of different Indigenous areas and conservation still need the implementation of state protective activities by a variety of governmental actors. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Blackfeet Discourses about Dwelling-in-Place: Our Homeland, a National Park 1 A01 21 0000000186460742 Donal Carbaugh Donal Carbaugh 40 0072zz521 University of Massachusetts Amherst Donal Carbaugh is Professor Emeritus of Communication at the University of Massachusetts Amherst. His interests are in developing a communication theory of culture and nature, known as cultural discourse analysis, with special attention to Amskapi Piikuni (Blackfeet), popular American, and Finnish views of social interaction. His recent books include Reporting Cultures on 60 Minutes: Missing the Finnish Line (with Michael Berry) and Communication in Cross-cultural Perspective (both available at Routledge). He has enjoyed colleagues’ works in this volume and also lecturing around the world. 2 A01 21 0000000322596864 Eean Grimshaw Eean Grimshaw 40 05x8hy709 North Carolina Wesleyan College 03 00 This chapter presents to readers the spoken words of Blackfeet people who have discussed their homeland, its landscape, and all that it entails. In the process, the chapter seeks to help readers hear in those words in a Blackfeet way of speaking about their land, to introduce some of the cultural meanings of Blackfeet in that way of speaking about it, and to offer an understanding of this way as a communal touchstone which is anchored in the discourse Blackfeet participants produce as they speak about their homeland. 30 00 This chapter presents to readers the spoken words of Blackfeet people who have discussed their homeland, its landscape, and all that it entails. In the process, the chapter seeks to help readers hear in those words in a Blackfeet way of speaking about their land, to introduce some of the cultural meanings of Blackfeet in that way of speaking about it, and to offer an understanding of this way as a communal touchstone which is anchored in the discourse Blackfeet participants produce as they speak about their homeland. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Becoming Earth: Rethinking and (Re-)Connecting with the Earth, Sámi Lands, and Relations 1 A01 21 0000000323679282 Hanna Ellen Guttorm Hanna Guttorm 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Replacing Rights with Indigenous Relationality to Reclaim Homelands 1 A01 21 0000000297967925 Joshua L. Reid Joshua Reid History & American Indian Studies 40 00cvxb145 University of Washington Born and raised in Washington State, Dr. Joshua L Reid (registered member of the Snohomish Indian Nation) is an associate professor of American Indian Studies and the John Calhoun Smith Memorial Endowed Associate Professor of History at the University of Washington. He holds degrees from Yale University and the University of California, Davis, and is a three-time Ford Foundation Fellow. Yale University Press published his first, award-winning book, The Sea Is My Country: The Maritime World of the Makahs (2015) in the Henry Roe Cloud Series on American Indians and Modernity. Reid currently directs the university’s Center for the Study of the Pacific Northwest and edits the Emil and Kathleen Sick Series on Western History and Biography with UW Press and the Roe Cloud Series on American Indians and Modernity. He serves on the Board of Editors for the American Historical Review, the editorial advisory board of the Pacific Northwest Quarterly, and Board of Directors of the National Council for History Education. Reid currently researches Indigenous explorers in the Pacific, from the late eighteenth century to the end of the nineteenth century. 03 00 Indigenous peoples have had and continue to have contested relations with protected spaces of nature, many of which nation states have carved from Indigenous homelands and waters. Usually in the name of the common good, governments and their officials prohibit or limit Native peoples from exercising their rights in these spaces. This gives rise to conflicts and tensions that emerge from a Western rights framework that white settlers and elites have used to prioritize the rights of nature over Indigenous peoples. This chapter seeks to provide some historical context for the way that three problematic and closely related “white-settler social constructs”—wilderness, preservation, and the ecological Indian—came to shape the emergence and management of protected spaces of nature, particularly under a Western rights framework. Overall, the chapter argues that a relationality framework offers an Indigenous-based counterpoint to the rights framework, in which white settlers and elites privilege the rights of nature over those of Native peoples. 30 00 Indigenous peoples have had and continue to have contested relations with protected spaces of nature, many of which nation states have carved from Indigenous homelands and waters. Usually in the name of the common good, governments and their officials prohibit or limit Native peoples from exercising their rights in these spaces. This gives rise to conflicts and tensions that emerge from a Western rights framework that white settlers and elites have used to prioritize the rights of nature over Indigenous peoples. This chapter seeks to provide some historical context for the way that three problematic and closely related “white-settler social constructs”—wilderness, preservation, and the ecological Indian—came to shape the emergence and management of protected spaces of nature, particularly under a Western rights framework. Overall, the chapter argues that a relationality framework offers an Indigenous-based counterpoint to the rights framework, in which white settlers and elites privilege the rights of nature over those of Native peoples. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Epilogue 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20211216 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690585 03 9789523690585 06 15 9789523690592 03 9789523690592 06 15 9789523690615 03 9789523690615 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20211216 01 urn:uuid:bfdf5b5d-fd1e-4ec8-b594-55ea42fb70a8 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:ab65bc89-72be-4c61-8196-3c6429e41687 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:bfdf5b5d-fd1e-4ec8-b594-55ea42fb70a8 15 9789523690615 03 9789523690615 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1 00 EB E127 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ 10 01 Series ID af47b02f-a187-41b1-8b10-23b714a097d2 02 27372812 03 1 01 02 AHEAD: Advanced Studies in the Humanities and Social Sciences 01 01 Bridging Cultural Concepts of Nature Indigenous People and Protected Spaces of Nature 1 B01 21 0000000303303886 Rani-Henrik Andersson Rani-Henrik Andersson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 B01 21 000000019160953X Boyd Cothran Boyd Cothran 40 05fq50484 York University 3 B01 21 0000000314018140 Saara Kekki Saara Kekki 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 01 eng 00 336 03 B2 Environmental Humanities B2 Indigenous Studies B2 Sustainability Studies 20 Indigenous knowledge; Traditional ecological knowledge; Cultural concepts of nature; Co-management of spaces of nature 01 06 02 00 For generations of Indigenous peoples, national parks and other preserved spaces of nature have meant dispossession, treaty violations of hunting and fishing rights, and the loss of sacred places. Drawing on case studies from Scandinavia to Latin America and from North America to New Zealand, Bridging Cultural Concepts of Nature</italic> c 03 00 National parks and other preserved spaces of nature have become iconic symbols of nature protection around the world. However, the worldviews of Indigenous peoples have been marginalized in discourses of nature preservation and conservation. As a result, for generations of Indigenous peoples, these protected spaces of nature have meant dispossession, treaty violations of hunting and fishing rights, and the loss of sacred places.Bridging Cultural Concepts of Nature</italic> brings together anthropologists and archaeologists, historians, linguists, policy experts, and communications scholars to discuss differing views and presents a compelling case for the possibility of more productive discussions on the environment, sustainability, and nature protection. Drawing on case studies from Scandinavia to Latin America and from North America to New Zealand, the volume challenges the old paradigm where Indigenous peoples are not included in the conservation and protection of natural areas and instead calls for the incorporation of Indigenous voices into this debate. This original and timely edited collection offers a global perspective on the social, cultural, economic, and environmental challenges facing Indigenous peoples and their governmental and NGO counterparts in the co-management of the planet’s vital and precious preserved spaces of nature.Rani-Henrik Andersson</bold> is Senior University Lecturer of North American Studies at the University of Helsinki and the Principal Investigator of HUMANA—Human Migration and Network Analysis: Developing New Research Methods for the Study of Human Migration and Social Change.Boyd Cothran</bold> is Associate Professor of History at York University and the co-Editor-in-Chief of The Journal of the Gilded Age and Progressive Era.Saara Kekki</bold> is a Postdoctoral Researcher in North American Studies at the University of Helsinki. 30 00 National parks and other preserved spaces of nature have become iconic symbols of nature protection around the world. However, the worldviews of Indigenous peoples have been marginalized in discourses of nature preservation and conservation. As a result, for generations of Indigenous peoples, these protected spaces of nature have meant dispossession, treaty violations of hunting and fishing rights, and the loss of sacred places.Bridging Cultural Concepts of Nature</italic> brings together anthropologists and archaeologists, historians, linguists, policy experts, and communications scholars to discuss differing views and presents a compelling case for the possibility of more productive discussions on the environment, sustainability, and nature protection. Drawing on case studies from Scandinavia to Latin America and from North America to New Zealand, the volume challenges the old paradigm where Indigenous peoples are not included in the conservation and protection of natural areas and instead calls for the incorporation of Indigenous voices into this debate. This original and timely edited collection offers a global perspective on the social, cultural, economic, and environmental challenges facing Indigenous peoples and their governmental and NGO counterparts in the co-management of the planet’s vital and precious preserved spaces of nature.Rani-Henrik Andersson</bold> is Senior University Lecturer of North American Studies at the University of Helsinki and the Principal Investigator of HUMANA—Human Migration and Network Analysis: Developing New Research Methods for the Study of Human Migration and Social Change.Boyd Cothran</bold> is Associate Professor of History at York University and the co-Editor-in-Chief of The Journal of the Gilded Age and Progressive Era.Saara Kekki</bold> is a Postdoctoral Researcher in North American Studies at the University of Helsinki. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/6cb5c5c5-b0df-41b8-90c9-472be4e6fffd.png 1 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Traditional Indigenous Knowledge and Nature Protection: Collaboration and Changing Paradigms 1 A01 21 0000000303303886 Rani-Henrik Andersson Rani-Henrik Andersson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 21 000000019160953X Boyd Cothran Boyd Cothran 40 05fq50484 York University 3 A01 21 0000000314018140 Saara Kekki Saara Kekki 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Personifying Indigenous Rights in Nature? Treaty Settlement and Co-Management in Te Urewera 1 A01 21 0000000250713717 Brad Coombes Brad Coombes School of Environment 40 03b94tp07 University of Auckland 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Discourses of Decentralization: Local Participation and Sámi Space for Agency in Norwegian Protected Area Management 1 A01 21 0000000304628527 Elsa Reimerson Elsa Reimerson Department of Political Science 40 05kb8h459 Umeå University Dr. Elsa Reimerson is a senior lecturer at the Department of Political Science, Umeå University. Her main research interests lie in environmental politics and policy, with a focus on collaborative governance, conservation, and the rights of Indigenous peoples. 03 00 This chapter analyzes the 2010 reform of Norwegian protected area management, which provided new arenas for influence for the Indigenous Sámi over protected areas on their lands, to explore how discourses of decentralization and participation in nature conservation shape the space for agency of Indigenous peoples. The results show that the discourses governing the reform articulate the relationship between Sámi rights and protected areas in relation to several different concepts, problem representations, and proposed solution, each with potentially different consequences for Sámi participation and influence. The construction of the concept of “participation” in the discourse of protected area management makes it possible to integrate into a system modelled after traditional, centralized organizational structures that prioritize conservation objectives over Sámi rights without fundamentally challenging relationships of power, divisions of responsibilities, or objectives for management. The paper concludes that the Norwegian discourse provides arenas for Sámi influence and participation that could serve as an example for protected area governance and management on Indigenous lands elsewhere, but that the failure to radically reconsider the principal assumptions of protected area discourses risks upholding or reinforcing asymmetrical power relations and colonial stereotypes. 30 00 This chapter analyzes the 2010 reform of Norwegian protected area management, which provided new arenas for influence for the Indigenous Sámi over protected areas on their lands, to explore how discourses of decentralization and participation in nature conservation shape the space for agency of Indigenous peoples. The results show that the discourses governing the reform articulate the relationship between Sámi rights and protected areas in relation to several different concepts, problem representations, and proposed solution, each with potentially different consequences for Sámi participation and influence. The construction of the concept of “participation” in the discourse of protected area management makes it possible to integrate into a system modelled after traditional, centralized organizational structures that prioritize conservation objectives over Sámi rights without fundamentally challenging relationships of power, divisions of responsibilities, or objectives for management. The paper concludes that the Norwegian discourse provides arenas for Sámi influence and participation that could serve as an example for protected area governance and management on Indigenous lands elsewhere, but that the failure to radically reconsider the principal assumptions of protected area discourses risks upholding or reinforcing asymmetrical power relations and colonial stereotypes. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 People, Animals, Protected Places, and Archaeology: A Complex Collaboration in Belize 1 A01 21 0000000207525649 Meaghan M. Peuramaki-Brown Meaghan Peuramaki-Brown Faculty of Humanities & Social Sciences 40 01y3xgc52 Athabasca University Dr. Meaghan M. Peuramaki-Brown is Associate Professor of Archaeology at Athabasca University in Canada. She is a household archaeologist who has conducted research in Mexico and Central America since 1999. She is Principal Investigator of the Stann Creek Regional Archaeology Project (<a href="http://www.scraparchaeology.com">www.scraparchaeology.com</a>). 2 A01 21 0000000283228531 Shawn G. Morton Shawn Morton Faculty of Arts & Education 40 022nw7z78 Grande Prairie Regional College Dr. Shawn G. Morton is Instructor of Anthropology at Grande Prairie Regional College in Canada. An archaeological surveyor by training, he has conducted research in Mexico and Central America and has been active in Canadian Cultural Heritage Management for over 20 years. He is Associate Investigator of the Stann Creek Regional Archaeology Project. 03 00 The authors of this chapter direct the Stann Creek Regional Archaeology Project (SCRAP), featuring a multi-year, multi-site, multidisciplinary program of archaeological research along the south-eastern margins of the Maya Mountains, Stann Creek District, Belize. While we and our team members most frequently direct our academic efforts in an attempt to reconstruct and understand the complicated suite of developmental processes, experiences, and life histories of the inhabitants of this region more than 1000 years ago, this ancient past represents only one of the two dominant spatio-temporal and socio-political contexts with which we engage on a regular basis. In this chapter, we shift our focus to the interactions with present-day individuals, communities, and institutions that structure our archaeological work. For some perspective, we will discuss the history of the development of the Cockscomb Basin Wildlife Sanctuary and connected forest reserves—totaling some 1011 km2 of nominally ‘protected’ space—and ongoing co-management organization and use relationships with adjacent Indigenous Maya communities. We frame this development within the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples, and supplement historical records with informally gathered impressions from local rights-holders and stakeholders, as well as through our own experiences and observations. We conclude by returning to the subject of our own operations within the region to highlight how SCRAP has attempted to learn from this history—particularly with respect to co-management and community engagement—and to propose areas for improvement. 30 00 The authors of this chapter direct the Stann Creek Regional Archaeology Project (SCRAP), featuring a multi-year, multi-site, multidisciplinary program of archaeological research along the south-eastern margins of the Maya Mountains, Stann Creek District, Belize. While we and our team members most frequently direct our academic efforts in an attempt to reconstruct and understand the complicated suite of developmental processes, experiences, and life histories of the inhabitants of this region more than 1000 years ago, this ancient past represents only one of the two dominant spatio-temporal and socio-political contexts with which we engage on a regular basis. In this chapter, we shift our focus to the interactions with present-day individuals, communities, and institutions that structure our archaeological work. For some perspective, we will discuss the history of the development of the Cockscomb Basin Wildlife Sanctuary and connected forest reserves—totaling some 1011 km2 of nominally ‘protected’ space—and ongoing co-management organization and use relationships with adjacent Indigenous Maya communities. We frame this development within the United Nations Declaration on the Rights of Indigenous Peoples, and supplement historical records with informally gathered impressions from local rights-holders and stakeholders, as well as through our own experiences and observations. We conclude by returning to the subject of our own operations within the region to highlight how SCRAP has attempted to learn from this history—particularly with respect to co-management and community engagement—and to propose areas for improvement. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Indigenous People, National Parks, and Biodiversity in the Maya Region 1 A01 21 0000000230045678 Harri Kettunen Harri Kettunen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 2 A01 Antonio Cuxil Antonio Cuxil 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Amazonia Beyond Borders: Indigenous Land Protection for an Indigenous Group in Voluntary Isolation 1 A01 21 0000000258791074 Pirjo Kristiina Virtanen Pirjo Virtanen Indigenous Studies 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Pirjo Kristiina Virtanen (PhD in Latin American Studies) is Associate Professor of Indigenous Studies at the University of Helsinki. Her current research interests include long-term human-environment relationality in the Amazon, epistemological pluralism, and decolonization of the Anthropocene. Her publications include numerous monographs, edited books and articles on Amazonian biocultural landscapes, Indigenous politics and leadership, human–environment interactions, mobility, and youthhood. Virtanen is the author of Indigenous Youth in Brazilian Amazonia: Changing Lived Worlds (Palgrave Macmillan, 2012), and co-editor of Creating Dialogues: Indigenous Perceptions and Changing Forms of Leadership in Amazonia (Colorado University Press, 2017) and Indigenous Research Methodologies in Sámi and Global Contexts (Brill, 2021). 2 A01 Lucas Artur Brasil Manchineri Lucas Artur Brasil Manchineri Independent Scholar Lucas Artur Brasil Manchineri is from the Mamoadate Indigenous territory, Brazilian Amazonia. He is holder of traditional Manchineri knowledge, and has worked for the protection of the Indigenous population in voluntary isolation in Brazil-Peru frontier area for a long time. Trained as class teacher, he has a robust experience of Indigenous school teaching in his community. He received his MA degree in Sustainable Development from the University of Brasília in 2018. Additionally, he acted as a spokesperson of his people in state and Indigenous politics. 03 00 This article looks at the land protection efforts by the Manxineru, whose lands are affected by numerous actors: state agencies, enterprises and transnational mega-extraction projects. We draw especially from the experiences, activities, and articulation of the Manxineru in protection of the land for the Yine Hosha Hajene</italic> (Mascho-Piro), their kin living in voluntary isolation, who circulate more in the Manxineru’s demarcated territory in the Brazilian-Peruvian border area. The article presents Manxineru’s key land protection practices that have been strengthening the social networks of different actors as a go-between with other Indigenous group and authorities of the dominant society, as well as managing better their own forest resource use, gathering economies, and hunting practices for healthy relations of human-environment assemblage. Indigenous knowledge and perspectives for the protection of ancestral land, beyond the borders of the state-set Indigenous reserves and protected areas, have become crucial in creating new governance models. By these methods, the Manxineru have managed to cope with differing economic interests and values in living that oppose and ignore their human-environment relationality and interactions. Yet, as we will point out, the mosaic of different Indigenous areas and conservation still need the implementation of state protective activities by a variety of governmental actors. 30 00 This article looks at the land protection efforts by the Manxineru, whose lands are affected by numerous actors: state agencies, enterprises and transnational mega-extraction projects. We draw especially from the experiences, activities, and articulation of the Manxineru in protection of the land for the Yine Hosha Hajene</italic> (Mascho-Piro), their kin living in voluntary isolation, who circulate more in the Manxineru’s demarcated territory in the Brazilian-Peruvian border area. The article presents Manxineru’s key land protection practices that have been strengthening the social networks of different actors as a go-between with other Indigenous group and authorities of the dominant society, as well as managing better their own forest resource use, gathering economies, and hunting practices for healthy relations of human-environment assemblage. Indigenous knowledge and perspectives for the protection of ancestral land, beyond the borders of the state-set Indigenous reserves and protected areas, have become crucial in creating new governance models. By these methods, the Manxineru have managed to cope with differing economic interests and values in living that oppose and ignore their human-environment relationality and interactions. Yet, as we will point out, the mosaic of different Indigenous areas and conservation still need the implementation of state protective activities by a variety of governmental actors. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Blackfeet Discourses about Dwelling-in-Place: Our Homeland, a National Park 1 A01 21 0000000186460742 Donal Carbaugh Donal Carbaugh 40 0072zz521 University of Massachusetts Amherst Donal Carbaugh is Professor Emeritus of Communication at the University of Massachusetts Amherst. His interests are in developing a communication theory of culture and nature, known as cultural discourse analysis, with special attention to Amskapi Piikuni (Blackfeet), popular American, and Finnish views of social interaction. His recent books include Reporting Cultures on 60 Minutes: Missing the Finnish Line (with Michael Berry) and Communication in Cross-cultural Perspective (both available at Routledge). He has enjoyed colleagues’ works in this volume and also lecturing around the world. 2 A01 21 0000000322596864 Eean Grimshaw Eean Grimshaw 40 05x8hy709 North Carolina Wesleyan College 03 00 This chapter presents to readers the spoken words of Blackfeet people who have discussed their homeland, its landscape, and all that it entails. In the process, the chapter seeks to help readers hear in those words in a Blackfeet way of speaking about their land, to introduce some of the cultural meanings of Blackfeet in that way of speaking about it, and to offer an understanding of this way as a communal touchstone which is anchored in the discourse Blackfeet participants produce as they speak about their homeland. 30 00 This chapter presents to readers the spoken words of Blackfeet people who have discussed their homeland, its landscape, and all that it entails. In the process, the chapter seeks to help readers hear in those words in a Blackfeet way of speaking about their land, to introduce some of the cultural meanings of Blackfeet in that way of speaking about it, and to offer an understanding of this way as a communal touchstone which is anchored in the discourse Blackfeet participants produce as they speak about their homeland. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Becoming Earth: Rethinking and (Re-)Connecting with the Earth, Sámi Lands, and Relations 1 A01 21 0000000323679282 Hanna Ellen Guttorm Hanna Guttorm 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Replacing Rights with Indigenous Relationality to Reclaim Homelands 1 A01 21 0000000297967925 Joshua L. Reid Joshua Reid History & American Indian Studies 40 00cvxb145 University of Washington Born and raised in Washington State, Dr. Joshua L Reid (registered member of the Snohomish Indian Nation) is an associate professor of American Indian Studies and the John Calhoun Smith Memorial Endowed Associate Professor of History at the University of Washington. He holds degrees from Yale University and the University of California, Davis, and is a three-time Ford Foundation Fellow. Yale University Press published his first, award-winning book, The Sea Is My Country: The Maritime World of the Makahs (2015) in the Henry Roe Cloud Series on American Indians and Modernity. Reid currently directs the university’s Center for the Study of the Pacific Northwest and edits the Emil and Kathleen Sick Series on Western History and Biography with UW Press and the Roe Cloud Series on American Indians and Modernity. He serves on the Board of Editors for the American Historical Review, the editorial advisory board of the Pacific Northwest Quarterly, and Board of Directors of the National Council for History Education. Reid currently researches Indigenous explorers in the Pacific, from the late eighteenth century to the end of the nineteenth century. 03 00 Indigenous peoples have had and continue to have contested relations with protected spaces of nature, many of which nation states have carved from Indigenous homelands and waters. Usually in the name of the common good, governments and their officials prohibit or limit Native peoples from exercising their rights in these spaces. This gives rise to conflicts and tensions that emerge from a Western rights framework that white settlers and elites have used to prioritize the rights of nature over Indigenous peoples. This chapter seeks to provide some historical context for the way that three problematic and closely related “white-settler social constructs”—wilderness, preservation, and the ecological Indian—came to shape the emergence and management of protected spaces of nature, particularly under a Western rights framework. Overall, the chapter argues that a relationality framework offers an Indigenous-based counterpoint to the rights framework, in which white settlers and elites privilege the rights of nature over those of Native peoples. 30 00 Indigenous peoples have had and continue to have contested relations with protected spaces of nature, many of which nation states have carved from Indigenous homelands and waters. Usually in the name of the common good, governments and their officials prohibit or limit Native peoples from exercising their rights in these spaces. This gives rise to conflicts and tensions that emerge from a Western rights framework that white settlers and elites have used to prioritize the rights of nature over Indigenous peoples. This chapter seeks to provide some historical context for the way that three problematic and closely related “white-settler social constructs”—wilderness, preservation, and the ecological Indian—came to shape the emergence and management of protected spaces of nature, particularly under a Western rights framework. Overall, the chapter argues that a relationality framework offers an Indigenous-based counterpoint to the rights framework, in which white settlers and elites privilege the rights of nature over those of Native peoples. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/AHEAD-1-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial-NoDerivatives 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC-ND 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Epilogue 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20211216 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690585 03 9789523690585 06 15 9789523690592 03 9789523690592 06 15 9789523690608 03 9789523690608 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20211216 01 urn:uuid:cd83f32e-983d-4fb5-bd96-5f457f46264f 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:2ee552a8-cf96-4cb2-b0c1-296be976cf3c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:cd83f32e-983d-4fb5-bd96-5f457f46264f 15 9789523690387 03 9789523690387 06 10.33134/HUP-10 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Civilians and Military Supply in Early Modern Finland 1 B01 21 0000000295157902 Petri Talvitie Petri Talvitie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Petri Talvitie, PhD, is currently Academy Research Fellow at the Department of Economic and Social History at the University of Helsinki. His research interests include agrarian history, state formation, and the history of property rights in pre-industrial Scandinavia. Talvitie wrote his thesis (2013) on enclosure in 18th-century Finland, and his recent publications include a monograph on the sales of crown farms in Finland and Sweden (Finnish Literature Society, 2020). 2 B01 21 000000019785486X Juha-Matti Granqvist Juha-Matti Granqvist 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Juha-Matti Granqvist, PhD, has worked as a postdoctoral researcher at University of Helsinki. His research has focused on burghers and their economic, political and social role in early modern Finnish and Swedish society. His doctoral dissertation (2016) discussed the late 18th-century Helsinki burgher community, and he has recently co-authored History of Helsinki, volume 3 (1721–1808), published by City of Helsinki History Committee. 01 eng 00 315 03 B2 history B2 military history B2 social history B2 economic history 20 Finland; new military history; state formation; military revolution; early modern history; civil-military relations 01 06 02 00 This volume examines civil-military interaction in Finland in 1550–1800, during the heyday of the Military Revolution. It aims at explaining how the Swedish army utilized civilians – burghers, peasants, entrepreneurs – to provision itself, and how the civil population managed to benefit from the cooperation. The book offers a Nordic perspecti 03 00 During the early modern centuries, gunpowder and artillery revolutionized warfare, and armies grew rapidly. To sustain their new military machines, the European rulers turned increasingly to their civilian subjects, making all levels of civil society serve the needs of the military.This volume examines civil-military interaction in the multinational Swedish Realm in 1550–1800, with a focus on its eastern part, present-day Finland, which was an important supply region and battlefield bordered by Russia. Sweden was one of the frontrunners of the Military Revolution in the 16th and 17th centuries. The crown was eager to adapt European models, but its attempts to outsource military supply to civilians in a realm lacking people, capital, and resources were not always successful.This book aims at explaining how the army utilized civilians – burghers, peasants, entrepreneurs – to provision itself, and how the civil population managed to benefit from the cooperation. The chapters of the book illustrate the different ways in which Finnish civilians took part in supplying war efforts, e.g. how the army made deals with businessmen to finance its military campaigns and how town and country people were obliged to lodge and feed soldiers.The European armies’ dependence on civilian maintenance has received growing scholarly attention in recent years, and Civilians and Military Supply in Early Modern Finland</italic> brings a Nordic perspective to the debate. Petri Talvitie</bold>, PhD, is Academy Research Fellow at the Department of Economic and Social History at the University of Helsinki. Juha-Matti Granqvist</bold>, PhD, is Visiting Researcher at the Department of Philosophy, History and Art Studies at the University of Helsinki. The contributors of the book are historians specialized in early modern Finnish and Swedish society.<break/><h3>Correction notice</h3><break/>One correction has been made to Chapter 4 of this book: Talvitie, Petri. The Sales of Crown Farms and State Finances 1580–1808. Footnote 1 has been added to reflect that the chapter is partly based on an earlier work (Talvitie 2020), thus changing the original numbering of the other chapter footnotes by one. Said publication has been added to the chapter’s bibliography. Original release date: June 22, 2021. The publication has been reloaded in its corrected form on March 8, 2022. We regret any inconvenience this may have caused. 30 00 During the early modern centuries, gunpowder and artillery revolutionized warfare, and armies grew rapidly. To sustain their new military machines, the European rulers turned increasingly to their civilian subjects, making all levels of civil society serve the needs of the military.This volume examines civil-military interaction in the multinational Swedish Realm in 1550–1800, with a focus on its eastern part, present-day Finland, which was an important supply region and battlefield bordered by Russia. Sweden was one of the frontrunners of the Military Revolution in the 16th and 17th centuries. The crown was eager to adapt European models, but its attempts to outsource military supply to civilians in a realm lacking people, capital, and resources were not always successful.This book aims at explaining how the army utilized civilians – burghers, peasants, entrepreneurs – to provision itself, and how the civil population managed to benefit from the cooperation. The chapters of the book illustrate the different ways in which Finnish civilians took part in supplying war efforts, e.g. how the army made deals with businessmen to finance its military campaigns and how town and country people were obliged to lodge and feed soldiers.The European armies’ dependence on civilian maintenance has received growing scholarly attention in recent years, and Civilians and Military Supply in Early Modern Finland</italic> brings a Nordic perspective to the debate. Petri Talvitie</bold>, PhD, is Academy Research Fellow at the Department of Economic and Social History at the University of Helsinki. Juha-Matti Granqvist</bold>, PhD, is Visiting Researcher at the Department of Philosophy, History and Art Studies at the University of Helsinki. The contributors of the book are historians specialized in early modern Finnish and Swedish society.<break/><h3>Correction notice</h3><break/>One correction has been made to Chapter 4 of this book: Talvitie, Petri. The Sales of Crown Farms and State Finances 1580–1808. Footnote 1 has been added to reflect that the chapter is partly based on an earlier work (Talvitie 2020), thus changing the original numbering of the other chapter footnotes by one. Said publication has been added to the chapter’s bibliography. Original release date: June 22, 2021. The publication has been reloaded in its corrected form on March 8, 2022. We regret any inconvenience this may have caused. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/21c9ab61-4135-484b-8796-e1d06d246977.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction: Military Maintenance in Early Modern Europe The Northern Exposure 1 A01 21 0000000295157902 Petri Talvitie Petri Talvitie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Petri Talvitie, PhD, is currently Academy Research Fellow at the Department of Economic and Social History at the University of Helsinki. His research interests include agrarian history, state formation, and the history of property rights in pre-industrial Scandinavia. Talvitie wrote his thesis (2013) on enclosure in 18th-century Finland, and his recent publications include a monograph on the sales of crown farms in Finland and Sweden (Finnish Literature Society, 2020). 2 A01 21 000000019785486X Juha-Matti Granqvist Juha-Matti Granqvist 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Juha-Matti Granqvist, PhD, has worked as a postdoctoral researcher at University of Helsinki. His research has focused on burghers and their economic, political and social role in early modern Finnish and Swedish society. His doctoral dissertation (2016) discussed the late 18th-century Helsinki burgher community, and he has recently co-authored History of Helsinki, volume 3 (1721–1808), published by City of Helsinki History Committee. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Officers as Creditors during the Ingrian War (1609–1617) 1 A01 21 0000000340684809 Jaakko Björklund Jaakko Björklund 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Jaakko Björklund, MA, MSc, is a PhD candidate on the University of Helsinki Doctoral Program of History and Cultural Heritage. His research interests focus on early modern military history, particularly its broader economic and social history. His upcoming dissertation examines the role of military entrepreneurship in the Swedish Army during the Ingrian War (1609–1617). 03 00 This chapter illustrates how the officers of the Swedish army largely financed the Ingrian War (1609–1617), in which the Swedes conquered the provinces of Ingria and Kexholm from Russia. As half a century of almost uninterrupted warfare had emptied the treasuries of the Swedish Realm, and as it was simultaneously fighting another war against the Danes, the Ingrian War became almost a private enterprise of the high officers of the army. The article shows that, without the officers, their capital and connections, and their willingness to finance the warfare, the Ingrian War would have ended in catastrophe, instead of becoming one of the founding stones of Sweden’s Age of Greatness. 30 00 This chapter illustrates how the officers of the Swedish army largely financed the Ingrian War (1609–1617), in which the Swedes conquered the provinces of Ingria and Kexholm from Russia. As half a century of almost uninterrupted warfare had emptied the treasuries of the Swedish Realm, and as it was simultaneously fighting another war against the Danes, the Ingrian War became almost a private enterprise of the high officers of the army. The article shows that, without the officers, their capital and connections, and their willingness to finance the warfare, the Ingrian War would have ended in catastrophe, instead of becoming one of the founding stones of Sweden’s Age of Greatness. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Burghers of Nyen as Creditors and Suppliers in the Great Northern War (1700–1714) 1 A01 21 0000000267547700 Kasper Kepsu Kasper Kepsu 40 029pk6x14 Åbo Akademi University Kasper Kepsu, PhD, is a university lecturer in Nordic history at Åbo Akademi University. He completed his PhD thesis, Den besvärliga provinsen. Reduktion, skattearrendering och bondeoroligheter i det svenska Ingermanland under slutet av 1600-talet, at the University of Helsinki in 2014. His postdoctoral research has focused on the town of Nyen and its burghers. 03 00 This chapter focuses on the burghers of Nyen (the Swedish settlement and largest trading town in Ingria) and their role as financers of the Great Northern War (1700–1721), which marked the end of Swedish Ingria and the ceding of the area back to Russia. As the battle over Ingria and Finland prolonged, the Nyen merchants – and particularly the wealthiest of them, Johan Henrik Frisius – became indispensable for the crown as suppliers and financiers. Even though Frisius and his colleagues were refugees from their destroyed hometown, they had better international connections and credit standing than the Swedish crown and managed to operate more efficiently at the markets than the royal officials. 30 00 This chapter focuses on the burghers of Nyen (the Swedish settlement and largest trading town in Ingria) and their role as financers of the Great Northern War (1700–1721), which marked the end of Swedish Ingria and the ceding of the area back to Russia. As the battle over Ingria and Finland prolonged, the Nyen merchants – and particularly the wealthiest of them, Johan Henrik Frisius – became indispensable for the crown as suppliers and financiers. Even though Frisius and his colleagues were refugees from their destroyed hometown, they had better international connections and credit standing than the Swedish crown and managed to operate more efficiently at the markets than the royal officials. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Sales of Crown Farms and State Finances 1580–1808 1 A01 21 0000000295157902 Petri Talvitie Petri Talvitie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Petri Talvitie, PhD, is currently Academy Research Fellow at the Department of Economic and Social History at the University of Helsinki. His research interests include agrarian history, state formation, and the history of property rights in pre-industrial Scandinavia. Talvitie wrote his thesis (2013) on enclosure in 18th-century Finland, and his recent publications include a monograph on the sales of crown farms in Finland and Sweden (Finnish Literature Society, 2020). 03 00 This chapter analyses the sales of crown farms as a form of financing the war. The early modern Swedish crown was a major landowner, as, under Swedish law, all farms deserted or unable to pay their taxes three years in a row became crown property. The article shows how the selling of these farms to private buyers became an important source of revenue in the 18th century, first to finance the Great Northern War and later to cover the massive public debt created by the war. By purchasing crown farms, private Swedish and Finnish individuals became indirectly important financers of war.<h3>Correction notice</h3>One correction has been made to Chapter 4 of this book: Talvitie, Petri. The Sales of Crown Farms and State Finances 1580–1808. Footnote 1 has been added to reflect that the chapter is partly based on an earlier work (Talvitie 2020), thus changing the original numbering of the other chapter footnotes by one. Said publication has been added to the chapter’s bibliography. Original release date: June 22, 2021. The publication has been reloaded in its corrected form on March 8, 2022. We regret any inconvenience this may have caused. 30 00 This chapter analyses the sales of crown farms as a form of financing the war. The early modern Swedish crown was a major landowner, as, under Swedish law, all farms deserted or unable to pay their taxes three years in a row became crown property. The article shows how the selling of these farms to private buyers became an important source of revenue in the 18th century, first to finance the Great Northern War and later to cover the massive public debt created by the war. By purchasing crown farms, private Swedish and Finnish individuals became indirectly important financers of war.<h3>Correction notice</h3>One correction has been made to Chapter 4 of this book: Talvitie, Petri. The Sales of Crown Farms and State Finances 1580–1808. Footnote 1 has been added to reflect that the chapter is partly based on an earlier work (Talvitie 2020), thus changing the original numbering of the other chapter footnotes by one. Said publication has been added to the chapter’s bibliography. Original release date: June 22, 2021. The publication has been reloaded in its corrected form on March 8, 2022. We regret any inconvenience this may have caused. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Manufacturing Saltpetre in Finland in the Late 16th and Early 17th Centuries 1 A01 21 0000000256743597 Mirkka Lappalainen Mirkka Lappalainen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Mirkka Lappalainen, PhD, works as a university lecturer at the University of Helsinki. She specialises in early modern state-building, legal and criminal history and the impacts of the Little Ice Age and has published monographs and articles regarding 16th- and 17th-century kings and nobility, Swedish and Finnish witch trials and the famine of 1695–1697 in Finland. 03 00 This chapter analyses the manufacturing of potassium nitrate in late 16th- and early 17th-century Finland. In order to secure its self-sufficiency in gunpowder manufacturing at the eve of its Age of Greatness, the Swedish crown built a network of state-owned saltpetre works and obliged peasants to deliver the raw materials. The system did not function as hoped for several reasons, not least because of the burdensome ‘saltpetre tax’, which created conflicts between the local peasants and the crown’s men, and it was fairly quickly abandoned for other solutions. 30 00 This chapter analyses the manufacturing of potassium nitrate in late 16th- and early 17th-century Finland. In order to secure its self-sufficiency in gunpowder manufacturing at the eve of its Age of Greatness, the Swedish crown built a network of state-owned saltpetre works and obliged peasants to deliver the raw materials. The system did not function as hoped for several reasons, not least because of the burdensome ‘saltpetre tax’, which created conflicts between the local peasants and the crown’s men, and it was fairly quickly abandoned for other solutions. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Supply Challenges of the Swedish Army during the Russo-Swedish War of 1741–1743 1 A01 21 0000000205713259 Sampsa Hatakka Sampsa Hatakka 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Sampsa Hatakka, PhD, has research interests including the military, economic and social history of Sweden and Finland in the early modern period. His doctoral dissertation, Northern Supply Security: The Functioning of the Crown’s Magazine Supply System in Finland during the Construction Period of Sveaborg 1747–1756 (2019), dealt with security of supply in 18th-century Finland (an abstract is available in English). In addition, he has written articles that have examined the population structure of Sveaborg, public grain loans, and the storing of dried grain in the 18th century. 03 00 This chapter discusses the maintenance challenges of the Russo-Swedish War of 1741–1743, arguably one of the biggest military catastrophes in Swedish history. Hatakka shows that maintenance problems were one of the root causes for the catastrophe. The war was declared without proper preparations, and the decision makers in Stockholm realised only too late that Finland lacked grain storages, mills and bakeries. The crown’s hastily attempts to improve the situation by building new infrastructure and outsourcing bread-making to civilians were of little avail, thanks to scarce population, limited resources, and transportation difficulties. Thus, the Swedish army had to use the critical first months of the war for solving maintenance problems instead of fighting, a fact that contributed heavily to its loss. 30 00 This chapter discusses the maintenance challenges of the Russo-Swedish War of 1741–1743, arguably one of the biggest military catastrophes in Swedish history. Hatakka shows that maintenance problems were one of the root causes for the catastrophe. The war was declared without proper preparations, and the decision makers in Stockholm realised only too late that Finland lacked grain storages, mills and bakeries. The crown’s hastily attempts to improve the situation by building new infrastructure and outsourcing bread-making to civilians were of little avail, thanks to scarce population, limited resources, and transportation difficulties. Thus, the Swedish army had to use the critical first months of the war for solving maintenance problems instead of fighting, a fact that contributed heavily to its loss. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Maintenance of Armies and Its Impact on Rural Everyday Life Local Experiences 1550–1750 1 A01 21 0000000160162253 Anu Lahtinen Anu Lahtinen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Anu Lahtinen, PhD, is Associate Professor of Finnish and Nordic History at the University of Helsinki. Her field of expertise is the social history of Northern Europe c.1300–2000. Her international publications include the anthology Dying Prepared in Medieval and Early Modern Northern Europe (2018), edited with Mia Korpiola, and articles ‘Stepfamilies in Sweden, 1400 to 1650’ in Stepfamilies in Europe (2018) and ‘Learning to Read in Rural Finland’ in Nordic Childhoods (2018). 03 00 This chapter offers a long-term microhistorical perspective of the effects of the military on the rural population by following the history of two southern Finnish villages, Hyvinkää and Kytäjärvi, from the 16th to the 18th century. Although the villages were directly touched by war only a couple of times during the period, they were continuously shaped by the indirect presence of warfare and military readiness. They paid taxes to finance the military, lost a significant amount of their male workforce in wars, were obliged to provide upkeep for passing troops, and had to endure new manor lords who gained land grants in return for military service and disturbed the local power balance. 30 00 This chapter offers a long-term microhistorical perspective of the effects of the military on the rural population by following the history of two southern Finnish villages, Hyvinkää and Kytäjärvi, from the 16th to the 18th century. Although the villages were directly touched by war only a couple of times during the period, they were continuously shaped by the indirect presence of warfare and military readiness. They paid taxes to finance the military, lost a significant amount of their male workforce in wars, were obliged to provide upkeep for passing troops, and had to endure new manor lords who gained land grants in return for military service and disturbed the local power balance. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Army Maintenance Shaping the Local Burgher Community in 18th-Century Helsinki 1 A01 21 000000019785486X Juha-Matti Granqvist Juha-Matti Granqvist 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Sofia Gustafsson, PhD, is an independent postdoctoral researcher. She has been studying the economic impacts of the sea fortress of Sveaborg on local communities in the 18th century, as well as Swedish trade on Portugal during the long 18th century. 03 00 This chapter focuses on the town of Helsinki during the construction of Fortress Sveaborg. Founded in 1747 to be the keystone of the Swedish Realm’s eastern defence, Sveaborg was the biggest construction project in the history of the old realm and turned the small Finnish town of Helsinki into a massive building site. The fortress needed massive amounts of construction materials, as well as food, drink and accommodation for its many thousands of soldiers and workers. The article traces the evolution of the Helsinki burgher community during the fortress construction years, arguing that the close and long-lasting interaction between the town and the fortress gave birth to a special ‘military town bourgeoisie’. Guided by the forces of supply and demand, through the process of trial and error, the local burgher community slowly evolved into a shape that was ideal in serving the military. 30 00 This chapter focuses on the town of Helsinki during the construction of Fortress Sveaborg. Founded in 1747 to be the keystone of the Swedish Realm’s eastern defence, Sveaborg was the biggest construction project in the history of the old realm and turned the small Finnish town of Helsinki into a massive building site. The fortress needed massive amounts of construction materials, as well as food, drink and accommodation for its many thousands of soldiers and workers. The article traces the evolution of the Helsinki burgher community during the fortress construction years, arguing that the close and long-lasting interaction between the town and the fortress gave birth to a special ‘military town bourgeoisie’. Guided by the forces of supply and demand, through the process of trial and error, the local burgher community slowly evolved into a shape that was ideal in serving the military. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Billeted Soldiers and Local Civilians in 1750s Helsinki 1 A01 21 0000000286377364 Sofia Gustafsson Sofia Gustafsson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Sofia Gustafsson, PhD, is an independent postdoctoral researcher. She has been studying the economic impacts of the sea fortress of Sveaborg on local communities in the 18th century, as well as Swedish trade on Portugal during the long 18th century. 03 00 This chapter discusses the soldier billeting system, in which the townspeople were obliged to lodge soldiers in their homes. The article shows that, even though the billeting was a heavy burden to the local burghers in Helsinki, the co-existence of soldiers and civilians in same houses and rooms was in itself surprisingly peaceful. One of the reasons is that the garrison soldiers began, from an early stage, to interact closely with the local community, demonstrated for example by the numerous marriages between them and the local women. 30 00 This chapter discusses the soldier billeting system, in which the townspeople were obliged to lodge soldiers in their homes. The article shows that, even though the billeting was a heavy burden to the local burghers in Helsinki, the co-existence of soldiers and civilians in same houses and rooms was in itself surprisingly peaceful. One of the reasons is that the garrison soldiers began, from an early stage, to interact closely with the local community, demonstrated for example by the numerous marriages between them and the local women. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Epilogue 1 A01 21 0000000295157902 Petri Talvitie Petri Talvitie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Petri Talvitie, PhD, is currently Academy Research Fellow at the Department of Economic and Social History at the University of Helsinki. His research interests include agrarian history, state formation, and the history of property rights in pre-industrial Scandinavia. Talvitie wrote his thesis (2013) on enclosure in 18th-century Finland, and his recent publications include a monograph on the sales of crown farms in Finland and Sweden (Finnish Literature Society, 2020). 2 A01 21 000000019785486X Juha-Matti Granqvist Juha-Matti Granqvist 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Juha-Matti Granqvist, PhD, has worked as a postdoctoral researcher at University of Helsinki. His research has focused on burghers and their economic, political and social role in early modern Finnish and Swedish society. His doctoral dissertation (2016) discussed the late 18th-century Helsinki burgher community, and he has recently co-authored History of Helsinki, volume 3 (1721–1808), published by City of Helsinki History Committee. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20210622 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690400 03 9789523690400 06 15 9789523690417 03 9789523690417 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690387 20 08 20210622 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690387 20 08 20210622 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690387 20 08 20210622 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690387 20 08 20210622 01 urn:uuid:3080d786-ff1f-4e2f-91c3-db6f464ad6ff 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:2ee552a8-cf96-4cb2-b0c1-296be976cf3c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:3080d786-ff1f-4e2f-91c3-db6f464ad6ff 15 9789523690387 03 9789523690387 06 10.33134/HUP-10 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Civilians and Military Supply in Early Modern Finland 1 B01 21 0000000295157902 Petri Talvitie Petri Talvitie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Petri Talvitie, PhD, is currently Academy Research Fellow at the Department of Economic and Social History at the University of Helsinki. His research interests include agrarian history, state formation, and the history of property rights in pre-industrial Scandinavia. Talvitie wrote his thesis (2013) on enclosure in 18th-century Finland, and his recent publications include a monograph on the sales of crown farms in Finland and Sweden (Finnish Literature Society, 2020). 2 B01 21 000000019785486X Juha-Matti Granqvist Juha-Matti Granqvist 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Juha-Matti Granqvist, PhD, has worked as a postdoctoral researcher at University of Helsinki. His research has focused on burghers and their economic, political and social role in early modern Finnish and Swedish society. His doctoral dissertation (2016) discussed the late 18th-century Helsinki burgher community, and he has recently co-authored History of Helsinki, volume 3 (1721–1808), published by City of Helsinki History Committee. 01 eng 00 315 03 B2 history B2 military history B2 social history B2 economic history 20 Finland; new military history; state formation; military revolution; early modern history; civil-military relations 01 06 02 00 This volume examines civil-military interaction in Finland in 1550–1800, during the heyday of the Military Revolution. It aims at explaining how the Swedish army utilized civilians – burghers, peasants, entrepreneurs – to provision itself, and how the civil population managed to benefit from the cooperation. The book offers a Nordic perspecti 03 00 During the early modern centuries, gunpowder and artillery revolutionized warfare, and armies grew rapidly. To sustain their new military machines, the European rulers turned increasingly to their civilian subjects, making all levels of civil society serve the needs of the military.This volume examines civil-military interaction in the multinational Swedish Realm in 1550–1800, with a focus on its eastern part, present-day Finland, which was an important supply region and battlefield bordered by Russia. Sweden was one of the frontrunners of the Military Revolution in the 16th and 17th centuries. The crown was eager to adapt European models, but its attempts to outsource military supply to civilians in a realm lacking people, capital, and resources were not always successful.This book aims at explaining how the army utilized civilians – burghers, peasants, entrepreneurs – to provision itself, and how the civil population managed to benefit from the cooperation. The chapters of the book illustrate the different ways in which Finnish civilians took part in supplying war efforts, e.g. how the army made deals with businessmen to finance its military campaigns and how town and country people were obliged to lodge and feed soldiers.The European armies’ dependence on civilian maintenance has received growing scholarly attention in recent years, and Civilians and Military Supply in Early Modern Finland</italic> brings a Nordic perspective to the debate. Petri Talvitie</bold>, PhD, is Academy Research Fellow at the Department of Economic and Social History at the University of Helsinki. Juha-Matti Granqvist</bold>, PhD, is Visiting Researcher at the Department of Philosophy, History and Art Studies at the University of Helsinki. The contributors of the book are historians specialized in early modern Finnish and Swedish society.<break/><h3>Correction notice</h3><break/>One correction has been made to Chapter 4 of this book: Talvitie, Petri. The Sales of Crown Farms and State Finances 1580–1808. Footnote 1 has been added to reflect that the chapter is partly based on an earlier work (Talvitie 2020), thus changing the original numbering of the other chapter footnotes by one. Said publication has been added to the chapter’s bibliography. Original release date: June 22, 2021. The publication has been reloaded in its corrected form on March 8, 2022. We regret any inconvenience this may have caused. 30 00 During the early modern centuries, gunpowder and artillery revolutionized warfare, and armies grew rapidly. To sustain their new military machines, the European rulers turned increasingly to their civilian subjects, making all levels of civil society serve the needs of the military.This volume examines civil-military interaction in the multinational Swedish Realm in 1550–1800, with a focus on its eastern part, present-day Finland, which was an important supply region and battlefield bordered by Russia. Sweden was one of the frontrunners of the Military Revolution in the 16th and 17th centuries. The crown was eager to adapt European models, but its attempts to outsource military supply to civilians in a realm lacking people, capital, and resources were not always successful.This book aims at explaining how the army utilized civilians – burghers, peasants, entrepreneurs – to provision itself, and how the civil population managed to benefit from the cooperation. The chapters of the book illustrate the different ways in which Finnish civilians took part in supplying war efforts, e.g. how the army made deals with businessmen to finance its military campaigns and how town and country people were obliged to lodge and feed soldiers.The European armies’ dependence on civilian maintenance has received growing scholarly attention in recent years, and Civilians and Military Supply in Early Modern Finland</italic> brings a Nordic perspective to the debate. Petri Talvitie</bold>, PhD, is Academy Research Fellow at the Department of Economic and Social History at the University of Helsinki. Juha-Matti Granqvist</bold>, PhD, is Visiting Researcher at the Department of Philosophy, History and Art Studies at the University of Helsinki. The contributors of the book are historians specialized in early modern Finnish and Swedish society.<break/><h3>Correction notice</h3><break/>One correction has been made to Chapter 4 of this book: Talvitie, Petri. The Sales of Crown Farms and State Finances 1580–1808. Footnote 1 has been added to reflect that the chapter is partly based on an earlier work (Talvitie 2020), thus changing the original numbering of the other chapter footnotes by one. Said publication has been added to the chapter’s bibliography. Original release date: June 22, 2021. The publication has been reloaded in its corrected form on March 8, 2022. We regret any inconvenience this may have caused. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/21c9ab61-4135-484b-8796-e1d06d246977.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction: Military Maintenance in Early Modern Europe The Northern Exposure 1 A01 21 0000000295157902 Petri Talvitie Petri Talvitie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Petri Talvitie, PhD, is currently Academy Research Fellow at the Department of Economic and Social History at the University of Helsinki. His research interests include agrarian history, state formation, and the history of property rights in pre-industrial Scandinavia. Talvitie wrote his thesis (2013) on enclosure in 18th-century Finland, and his recent publications include a monograph on the sales of crown farms in Finland and Sweden (Finnish Literature Society, 2020). 2 A01 21 000000019785486X Juha-Matti Granqvist Juha-Matti Granqvist 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Juha-Matti Granqvist, PhD, has worked as a postdoctoral researcher at University of Helsinki. His research has focused on burghers and their economic, political and social role in early modern Finnish and Swedish society. His doctoral dissertation (2016) discussed the late 18th-century Helsinki burgher community, and he has recently co-authored History of Helsinki, volume 3 (1721–1808), published by City of Helsinki History Committee. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Officers as Creditors during the Ingrian War (1609–1617) 1 A01 21 0000000340684809 Jaakko Björklund Jaakko Björklund 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Jaakko Björklund, MA, MSc, is a PhD candidate on the University of Helsinki Doctoral Program of History and Cultural Heritage. His research interests focus on early modern military history, particularly its broader economic and social history. His upcoming dissertation examines the role of military entrepreneurship in the Swedish Army during the Ingrian War (1609–1617). 03 00 This chapter illustrates how the officers of the Swedish army largely financed the Ingrian War (1609–1617), in which the Swedes conquered the provinces of Ingria and Kexholm from Russia. As half a century of almost uninterrupted warfare had emptied the treasuries of the Swedish Realm, and as it was simultaneously fighting another war against the Danes, the Ingrian War became almost a private enterprise of the high officers of the army. The article shows that, without the officers, their capital and connections, and their willingness to finance the warfare, the Ingrian War would have ended in catastrophe, instead of becoming one of the founding stones of Sweden’s Age of Greatness. 30 00 This chapter illustrates how the officers of the Swedish army largely financed the Ingrian War (1609–1617), in which the Swedes conquered the provinces of Ingria and Kexholm from Russia. As half a century of almost uninterrupted warfare had emptied the treasuries of the Swedish Realm, and as it was simultaneously fighting another war against the Danes, the Ingrian War became almost a private enterprise of the high officers of the army. The article shows that, without the officers, their capital and connections, and their willingness to finance the warfare, the Ingrian War would have ended in catastrophe, instead of becoming one of the founding stones of Sweden’s Age of Greatness. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Burghers of Nyen as Creditors and Suppliers in the Great Northern War (1700–1714) 1 A01 21 0000000267547700 Kasper Kepsu Kasper Kepsu 40 029pk6x14 Åbo Akademi University Kasper Kepsu, PhD, is a university lecturer in Nordic history at Åbo Akademi University. He completed his PhD thesis, Den besvärliga provinsen. Reduktion, skattearrendering och bondeoroligheter i det svenska Ingermanland under slutet av 1600-talet, at the University of Helsinki in 2014. His postdoctoral research has focused on the town of Nyen and its burghers. 03 00 This chapter focuses on the burghers of Nyen (the Swedish settlement and largest trading town in Ingria) and their role as financers of the Great Northern War (1700–1721), which marked the end of Swedish Ingria and the ceding of the area back to Russia. As the battle over Ingria and Finland prolonged, the Nyen merchants – and particularly the wealthiest of them, Johan Henrik Frisius – became indispensable for the crown as suppliers and financiers. Even though Frisius and his colleagues were refugees from their destroyed hometown, they had better international connections and credit standing than the Swedish crown and managed to operate more efficiently at the markets than the royal officials. 30 00 This chapter focuses on the burghers of Nyen (the Swedish settlement and largest trading town in Ingria) and their role as financers of the Great Northern War (1700–1721), which marked the end of Swedish Ingria and the ceding of the area back to Russia. As the battle over Ingria and Finland prolonged, the Nyen merchants – and particularly the wealthiest of them, Johan Henrik Frisius – became indispensable for the crown as suppliers and financiers. Even though Frisius and his colleagues were refugees from their destroyed hometown, they had better international connections and credit standing than the Swedish crown and managed to operate more efficiently at the markets than the royal officials. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Sales of Crown Farms and State Finances 1580–1808 1 A01 21 0000000295157902 Petri Talvitie Petri Talvitie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Petri Talvitie, PhD, is currently Academy Research Fellow at the Department of Economic and Social History at the University of Helsinki. His research interests include agrarian history, state formation, and the history of property rights in pre-industrial Scandinavia. Talvitie wrote his thesis (2013) on enclosure in 18th-century Finland, and his recent publications include a monograph on the sales of crown farms in Finland and Sweden (Finnish Literature Society, 2020). 03 00 This chapter analyses the sales of crown farms as a form of financing the war. The early modern Swedish crown was a major landowner, as, under Swedish law, all farms deserted or unable to pay their taxes three years in a row became crown property. The article shows how the selling of these farms to private buyers became an important source of revenue in the 18th century, first to finance the Great Northern War and later to cover the massive public debt created by the war. By purchasing crown farms, private Swedish and Finnish individuals became indirectly important financers of war.<h3>Correction notice</h3>One correction has been made to Chapter 4 of this book: Talvitie, Petri. The Sales of Crown Farms and State Finances 1580–1808. Footnote 1 has been added to reflect that the chapter is partly based on an earlier work (Talvitie 2020), thus changing the original numbering of the other chapter footnotes by one. Said publication has been added to the chapter’s bibliography. Original release date: June 22, 2021. The publication has been reloaded in its corrected form on March 8, 2022. We regret any inconvenience this may have caused. 30 00 This chapter analyses the sales of crown farms as a form of financing the war. The early modern Swedish crown was a major landowner, as, under Swedish law, all farms deserted or unable to pay their taxes three years in a row became crown property. The article shows how the selling of these farms to private buyers became an important source of revenue in the 18th century, first to finance the Great Northern War and later to cover the massive public debt created by the war. By purchasing crown farms, private Swedish and Finnish individuals became indirectly important financers of war.<h3>Correction notice</h3>One correction has been made to Chapter 4 of this book: Talvitie, Petri. The Sales of Crown Farms and State Finances 1580–1808. Footnote 1 has been added to reflect that the chapter is partly based on an earlier work (Talvitie 2020), thus changing the original numbering of the other chapter footnotes by one. Said publication has been added to the chapter’s bibliography. Original release date: June 22, 2021. The publication has been reloaded in its corrected form on March 8, 2022. We regret any inconvenience this may have caused. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Manufacturing Saltpetre in Finland in the Late 16th and Early 17th Centuries 1 A01 21 0000000256743597 Mirkka Lappalainen Mirkka Lappalainen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Mirkka Lappalainen, PhD, works as a university lecturer at the University of Helsinki. She specialises in early modern state-building, legal and criminal history and the impacts of the Little Ice Age and has published monographs and articles regarding 16th- and 17th-century kings and nobility, Swedish and Finnish witch trials and the famine of 1695–1697 in Finland. 03 00 This chapter analyses the manufacturing of potassium nitrate in late 16th- and early 17th-century Finland. In order to secure its self-sufficiency in gunpowder manufacturing at the eve of its Age of Greatness, the Swedish crown built a network of state-owned saltpetre works and obliged peasants to deliver the raw materials. The system did not function as hoped for several reasons, not least because of the burdensome ‘saltpetre tax’, which created conflicts between the local peasants and the crown’s men, and it was fairly quickly abandoned for other solutions. 30 00 This chapter analyses the manufacturing of potassium nitrate in late 16th- and early 17th-century Finland. In order to secure its self-sufficiency in gunpowder manufacturing at the eve of its Age of Greatness, the Swedish crown built a network of state-owned saltpetre works and obliged peasants to deliver the raw materials. The system did not function as hoped for several reasons, not least because of the burdensome ‘saltpetre tax’, which created conflicts between the local peasants and the crown’s men, and it was fairly quickly abandoned for other solutions. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Supply Challenges of the Swedish Army during the Russo-Swedish War of 1741–1743 1 A01 21 0000000205713259 Sampsa Hatakka Sampsa Hatakka 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Sampsa Hatakka, PhD, has research interests including the military, economic and social history of Sweden and Finland in the early modern period. His doctoral dissertation, Northern Supply Security: The Functioning of the Crown’s Magazine Supply System in Finland during the Construction Period of Sveaborg 1747–1756 (2019), dealt with security of supply in 18th-century Finland (an abstract is available in English). In addition, he has written articles that have examined the population structure of Sveaborg, public grain loans, and the storing of dried grain in the 18th century. 03 00 This chapter discusses the maintenance challenges of the Russo-Swedish War of 1741–1743, arguably one of the biggest military catastrophes in Swedish history. Hatakka shows that maintenance problems were one of the root causes for the catastrophe. The war was declared without proper preparations, and the decision makers in Stockholm realised only too late that Finland lacked grain storages, mills and bakeries. The crown’s hastily attempts to improve the situation by building new infrastructure and outsourcing bread-making to civilians were of little avail, thanks to scarce population, limited resources, and transportation difficulties. Thus, the Swedish army had to use the critical first months of the war for solving maintenance problems instead of fighting, a fact that contributed heavily to its loss. 30 00 This chapter discusses the maintenance challenges of the Russo-Swedish War of 1741–1743, arguably one of the biggest military catastrophes in Swedish history. Hatakka shows that maintenance problems were one of the root causes for the catastrophe. The war was declared without proper preparations, and the decision makers in Stockholm realised only too late that Finland lacked grain storages, mills and bakeries. The crown’s hastily attempts to improve the situation by building new infrastructure and outsourcing bread-making to civilians were of little avail, thanks to scarce population, limited resources, and transportation difficulties. Thus, the Swedish army had to use the critical first months of the war for solving maintenance problems instead of fighting, a fact that contributed heavily to its loss. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Maintenance of Armies and Its Impact on Rural Everyday Life Local Experiences 1550–1750 1 A01 21 0000000160162253 Anu Lahtinen Anu Lahtinen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Anu Lahtinen, PhD, is Associate Professor of Finnish and Nordic History at the University of Helsinki. Her field of expertise is the social history of Northern Europe c.1300–2000. Her international publications include the anthology Dying Prepared in Medieval and Early Modern Northern Europe (2018), edited with Mia Korpiola, and articles ‘Stepfamilies in Sweden, 1400 to 1650’ in Stepfamilies in Europe (2018) and ‘Learning to Read in Rural Finland’ in Nordic Childhoods (2018). 03 00 This chapter offers a long-term microhistorical perspective of the effects of the military on the rural population by following the history of two southern Finnish villages, Hyvinkää and Kytäjärvi, from the 16th to the 18th century. Although the villages were directly touched by war only a couple of times during the period, they were continuously shaped by the indirect presence of warfare and military readiness. They paid taxes to finance the military, lost a significant amount of their male workforce in wars, were obliged to provide upkeep for passing troops, and had to endure new manor lords who gained land grants in return for military service and disturbed the local power balance. 30 00 This chapter offers a long-term microhistorical perspective of the effects of the military on the rural population by following the history of two southern Finnish villages, Hyvinkää and Kytäjärvi, from the 16th to the 18th century. Although the villages were directly touched by war only a couple of times during the period, they were continuously shaped by the indirect presence of warfare and military readiness. They paid taxes to finance the military, lost a significant amount of their male workforce in wars, were obliged to provide upkeep for passing troops, and had to endure new manor lords who gained land grants in return for military service and disturbed the local power balance. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Army Maintenance Shaping the Local Burgher Community in 18th-Century Helsinki 1 A01 21 000000019785486X Juha-Matti Granqvist Juha-Matti Granqvist 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Sofia Gustafsson, PhD, is an independent postdoctoral researcher. She has been studying the economic impacts of the sea fortress of Sveaborg on local communities in the 18th century, as well as Swedish trade on Portugal during the long 18th century. 03 00 This chapter focuses on the town of Helsinki during the construction of Fortress Sveaborg. Founded in 1747 to be the keystone of the Swedish Realm’s eastern defence, Sveaborg was the biggest construction project in the history of the old realm and turned the small Finnish town of Helsinki into a massive building site. The fortress needed massive amounts of construction materials, as well as food, drink and accommodation for its many thousands of soldiers and workers. The article traces the evolution of the Helsinki burgher community during the fortress construction years, arguing that the close and long-lasting interaction between the town and the fortress gave birth to a special ‘military town bourgeoisie’. Guided by the forces of supply and demand, through the process of trial and error, the local burgher community slowly evolved into a shape that was ideal in serving the military. 30 00 This chapter focuses on the town of Helsinki during the construction of Fortress Sveaborg. Founded in 1747 to be the keystone of the Swedish Realm’s eastern defence, Sveaborg was the biggest construction project in the history of the old realm and turned the small Finnish town of Helsinki into a massive building site. The fortress needed massive amounts of construction materials, as well as food, drink and accommodation for its many thousands of soldiers and workers. The article traces the evolution of the Helsinki burgher community during the fortress construction years, arguing that the close and long-lasting interaction between the town and the fortress gave birth to a special ‘military town bourgeoisie’. Guided by the forces of supply and demand, through the process of trial and error, the local burgher community slowly evolved into a shape that was ideal in serving the military. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Billeted Soldiers and Local Civilians in 1750s Helsinki 1 A01 21 0000000286377364 Sofia Gustafsson Sofia Gustafsson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Sofia Gustafsson, PhD, is an independent postdoctoral researcher. She has been studying the economic impacts of the sea fortress of Sveaborg on local communities in the 18th century, as well as Swedish trade on Portugal during the long 18th century. 03 00 This chapter discusses the soldier billeting system, in which the townspeople were obliged to lodge soldiers in their homes. The article shows that, even though the billeting was a heavy burden to the local burghers in Helsinki, the co-existence of soldiers and civilians in same houses and rooms was in itself surprisingly peaceful. One of the reasons is that the garrison soldiers began, from an early stage, to interact closely with the local community, demonstrated for example by the numerous marriages between them and the local women. 30 00 This chapter discusses the soldier billeting system, in which the townspeople were obliged to lodge soldiers in their homes. The article shows that, even though the billeting was a heavy burden to the local burghers in Helsinki, the co-existence of soldiers and civilians in same houses and rooms was in itself surprisingly peaceful. One of the reasons is that the garrison soldiers began, from an early stage, to interact closely with the local community, demonstrated for example by the numerous marriages between them and the local women. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Epilogue 1 A01 21 0000000295157902 Petri Talvitie Petri Talvitie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Petri Talvitie, PhD, is currently Academy Research Fellow at the Department of Economic and Social History at the University of Helsinki. His research interests include agrarian history, state formation, and the history of property rights in pre-industrial Scandinavia. Talvitie wrote his thesis (2013) on enclosure in 18th-century Finland, and his recent publications include a monograph on the sales of crown farms in Finland and Sweden (Finnish Literature Society, 2020). 2 A01 21 000000019785486X Juha-Matti Granqvist Juha-Matti Granqvist 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Juha-Matti Granqvist, PhD, has worked as a postdoctoral researcher at University of Helsinki. His research has focused on burghers and their economic, political and social role in early modern Finnish and Swedish society. His doctoral dissertation (2016) discussed the late 18th-century Helsinki burgher community, and he has recently co-authored History of Helsinki, volume 3 (1721–1808), published by City of Helsinki History Committee. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20210622 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690400 03 9789523690400 06 15 9789523690417 03 9789523690417 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20210622 01 urn:uuid:149a245f-edc7-46d8-9631-c8470c302061 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:2ee552a8-cf96-4cb2-b0c1-296be976cf3c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:149a245f-edc7-46d8-9631-c8470c302061 15 9789523690400 03 9789523690400 06 10.33134/HUP-10 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Civilians and Military Supply in Early Modern Finland 1 B01 21 0000000295157902 Petri Talvitie Petri Talvitie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Petri Talvitie, PhD, is currently Academy Research Fellow at the Department of Economic and Social History at the University of Helsinki. His research interests include agrarian history, state formation, and the history of property rights in pre-industrial Scandinavia. Talvitie wrote his thesis (2013) on enclosure in 18th-century Finland, and his recent publications include a monograph on the sales of crown farms in Finland and Sweden (Finnish Literature Society, 2020). 2 B01 21 000000019785486X Juha-Matti Granqvist Juha-Matti Granqvist 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Juha-Matti Granqvist, PhD, has worked as a postdoctoral researcher at University of Helsinki. His research has focused on burghers and their economic, political and social role in early modern Finnish and Swedish society. His doctoral dissertation (2016) discussed the late 18th-century Helsinki burgher community, and he has recently co-authored History of Helsinki, volume 3 (1721–1808), published by City of Helsinki History Committee. 01 eng 00 315 03 B2 history B2 military history B2 social history B2 economic history 20 Finland; new military history; state formation; military revolution; early modern history; civil-military relations 01 06 02 00 This volume examines civil-military interaction in Finland in 1550–1800, during the heyday of the Military Revolution. It aims at explaining how the Swedish army utilized civilians – burghers, peasants, entrepreneurs – to provision itself, and how the civil population managed to benefit from the cooperation. The book offers a Nordic perspecti 03 00 During the early modern centuries, gunpowder and artillery revolutionized warfare, and armies grew rapidly. To sustain their new military machines, the European rulers turned increasingly to their civilian subjects, making all levels of civil society serve the needs of the military.This volume examines civil-military interaction in the multinational Swedish Realm in 1550–1800, with a focus on its eastern part, present-day Finland, which was an important supply region and battlefield bordered by Russia. Sweden was one of the frontrunners of the Military Revolution in the 16th and 17th centuries. The crown was eager to adapt European models, but its attempts to outsource military supply to civilians in a realm lacking people, capital, and resources were not always successful.This book aims at explaining how the army utilized civilians – burghers, peasants, entrepreneurs – to provision itself, and how the civil population managed to benefit from the cooperation. The chapters of the book illustrate the different ways in which Finnish civilians took part in supplying war efforts, e.g. how the army made deals with businessmen to finance its military campaigns and how town and country people were obliged to lodge and feed soldiers.The European armies’ dependence on civilian maintenance has received growing scholarly attention in recent years, and Civilians and Military Supply in Early Modern Finland</italic> brings a Nordic perspective to the debate. Petri Talvitie</bold>, PhD, is Academy Research Fellow at the Department of Economic and Social History at the University of Helsinki. Juha-Matti Granqvist</bold>, PhD, is Visiting Researcher at the Department of Philosophy, History and Art Studies at the University of Helsinki. The contributors of the book are historians specialized in early modern Finnish and Swedish society.<break/><h3>Correction notice</h3><break/>One correction has been made to Chapter 4 of this book: Talvitie, Petri. The Sales of Crown Farms and State Finances 1580–1808. Footnote 1 has been added to reflect that the chapter is partly based on an earlier work (Talvitie 2020), thus changing the original numbering of the other chapter footnotes by one. Said publication has been added to the chapter’s bibliography. Original release date: June 22, 2021. The publication has been reloaded in its corrected form on March 8, 2022. We regret any inconvenience this may have caused. 30 00 During the early modern centuries, gunpowder and artillery revolutionized warfare, and armies grew rapidly. To sustain their new military machines, the European rulers turned increasingly to their civilian subjects, making all levels of civil society serve the needs of the military.This volume examines civil-military interaction in the multinational Swedish Realm in 1550–1800, with a focus on its eastern part, present-day Finland, which was an important supply region and battlefield bordered by Russia. Sweden was one of the frontrunners of the Military Revolution in the 16th and 17th centuries. The crown was eager to adapt European models, but its attempts to outsource military supply to civilians in a realm lacking people, capital, and resources were not always successful.This book aims at explaining how the army utilized civilians – burghers, peasants, entrepreneurs – to provision itself, and how the civil population managed to benefit from the cooperation. The chapters of the book illustrate the different ways in which Finnish civilians took part in supplying war efforts, e.g. how the army made deals with businessmen to finance its military campaigns and how town and country people were obliged to lodge and feed soldiers.The European armies’ dependence on civilian maintenance has received growing scholarly attention in recent years, and Civilians and Military Supply in Early Modern Finland</italic> brings a Nordic perspective to the debate. Petri Talvitie</bold>, PhD, is Academy Research Fellow at the Department of Economic and Social History at the University of Helsinki. Juha-Matti Granqvist</bold>, PhD, is Visiting Researcher at the Department of Philosophy, History and Art Studies at the University of Helsinki. The contributors of the book are historians specialized in early modern Finnish and Swedish society.<break/><h3>Correction notice</h3><break/>One correction has been made to Chapter 4 of this book: Talvitie, Petri. The Sales of Crown Farms and State Finances 1580–1808. Footnote 1 has been added to reflect that the chapter is partly based on an earlier work (Talvitie 2020), thus changing the original numbering of the other chapter footnotes by one. Said publication has been added to the chapter’s bibliography. Original release date: June 22, 2021. The publication has been reloaded in its corrected form on March 8, 2022. We regret any inconvenience this may have caused. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/21c9ab61-4135-484b-8796-e1d06d246977.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction: Military Maintenance in Early Modern Europe The Northern Exposure 1 A01 21 0000000295157902 Petri Talvitie Petri Talvitie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Petri Talvitie, PhD, is currently Academy Research Fellow at the Department of Economic and Social History at the University of Helsinki. His research interests include agrarian history, state formation, and the history of property rights in pre-industrial Scandinavia. Talvitie wrote his thesis (2013) on enclosure in 18th-century Finland, and his recent publications include a monograph on the sales of crown farms in Finland and Sweden (Finnish Literature Society, 2020). 2 A01 21 000000019785486X Juha-Matti Granqvist Juha-Matti Granqvist 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Juha-Matti Granqvist, PhD, has worked as a postdoctoral researcher at University of Helsinki. His research has focused on burghers and their economic, political and social role in early modern Finnish and Swedish society. His doctoral dissertation (2016) discussed the late 18th-century Helsinki burgher community, and he has recently co-authored History of Helsinki, volume 3 (1721–1808), published by City of Helsinki History Committee. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Officers as Creditors during the Ingrian War (1609–1617) 1 A01 21 0000000340684809 Jaakko Björklund Jaakko Björklund 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Jaakko Björklund, MA, MSc, is a PhD candidate on the University of Helsinki Doctoral Program of History and Cultural Heritage. His research interests focus on early modern military history, particularly its broader economic and social history. His upcoming dissertation examines the role of military entrepreneurship in the Swedish Army during the Ingrian War (1609–1617). 03 00 This chapter illustrates how the officers of the Swedish army largely financed the Ingrian War (1609–1617), in which the Swedes conquered the provinces of Ingria and Kexholm from Russia. As half a century of almost uninterrupted warfare had emptied the treasuries of the Swedish Realm, and as it was simultaneously fighting another war against the Danes, the Ingrian War became almost a private enterprise of the high officers of the army. The article shows that, without the officers, their capital and connections, and their willingness to finance the warfare, the Ingrian War would have ended in catastrophe, instead of becoming one of the founding stones of Sweden’s Age of Greatness. 30 00 This chapter illustrates how the officers of the Swedish army largely financed the Ingrian War (1609–1617), in which the Swedes conquered the provinces of Ingria and Kexholm from Russia. As half a century of almost uninterrupted warfare had emptied the treasuries of the Swedish Realm, and as it was simultaneously fighting another war against the Danes, the Ingrian War became almost a private enterprise of the high officers of the army. The article shows that, without the officers, their capital and connections, and their willingness to finance the warfare, the Ingrian War would have ended in catastrophe, instead of becoming one of the founding stones of Sweden’s Age of Greatness. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Burghers of Nyen as Creditors and Suppliers in the Great Northern War (1700–1714) 1 A01 21 0000000267547700 Kasper Kepsu Kasper Kepsu 40 029pk6x14 Åbo Akademi University Kasper Kepsu, PhD, is a university lecturer in Nordic history at Åbo Akademi University. He completed his PhD thesis, Den besvärliga provinsen. Reduktion, skattearrendering och bondeoroligheter i det svenska Ingermanland under slutet av 1600-talet, at the University of Helsinki in 2014. His postdoctoral research has focused on the town of Nyen and its burghers. 03 00 This chapter focuses on the burghers of Nyen (the Swedish settlement and largest trading town in Ingria) and their role as financers of the Great Northern War (1700–1721), which marked the end of Swedish Ingria and the ceding of the area back to Russia. As the battle over Ingria and Finland prolonged, the Nyen merchants – and particularly the wealthiest of them, Johan Henrik Frisius – became indispensable for the crown as suppliers and financiers. Even though Frisius and his colleagues were refugees from their destroyed hometown, they had better international connections and credit standing than the Swedish crown and managed to operate more efficiently at the markets than the royal officials. 30 00 This chapter focuses on the burghers of Nyen (the Swedish settlement and largest trading town in Ingria) and their role as financers of the Great Northern War (1700–1721), which marked the end of Swedish Ingria and the ceding of the area back to Russia. As the battle over Ingria and Finland prolonged, the Nyen merchants – and particularly the wealthiest of them, Johan Henrik Frisius – became indispensable for the crown as suppliers and financiers. Even though Frisius and his colleagues were refugees from their destroyed hometown, they had better international connections and credit standing than the Swedish crown and managed to operate more efficiently at the markets than the royal officials. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Sales of Crown Farms and State Finances 1580–1808 1 A01 21 0000000295157902 Petri Talvitie Petri Talvitie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Petri Talvitie, PhD, is currently Academy Research Fellow at the Department of Economic and Social History at the University of Helsinki. His research interests include agrarian history, state formation, and the history of property rights in pre-industrial Scandinavia. Talvitie wrote his thesis (2013) on enclosure in 18th-century Finland, and his recent publications include a monograph on the sales of crown farms in Finland and Sweden (Finnish Literature Society, 2020). 03 00 This chapter analyses the sales of crown farms as a form of financing the war. The early modern Swedish crown was a major landowner, as, under Swedish law, all farms deserted or unable to pay their taxes three years in a row became crown property. The article shows how the selling of these farms to private buyers became an important source of revenue in the 18th century, first to finance the Great Northern War and later to cover the massive public debt created by the war. By purchasing crown farms, private Swedish and Finnish individuals became indirectly important financers of war.<h3>Correction notice</h3>One correction has been made to Chapter 4 of this book: Talvitie, Petri. The Sales of Crown Farms and State Finances 1580–1808. Footnote 1 has been added to reflect that the chapter is partly based on an earlier work (Talvitie 2020), thus changing the original numbering of the other chapter footnotes by one. Said publication has been added to the chapter’s bibliography. Original release date: June 22, 2021. The publication has been reloaded in its corrected form on March 8, 2022. We regret any inconvenience this may have caused. 30 00 This chapter analyses the sales of crown farms as a form of financing the war. The early modern Swedish crown was a major landowner, as, under Swedish law, all farms deserted or unable to pay their taxes three years in a row became crown property. The article shows how the selling of these farms to private buyers became an important source of revenue in the 18th century, first to finance the Great Northern War and later to cover the massive public debt created by the war. By purchasing crown farms, private Swedish and Finnish individuals became indirectly important financers of war.<h3>Correction notice</h3>One correction has been made to Chapter 4 of this book: Talvitie, Petri. The Sales of Crown Farms and State Finances 1580–1808. Footnote 1 has been added to reflect that the chapter is partly based on an earlier work (Talvitie 2020), thus changing the original numbering of the other chapter footnotes by one. Said publication has been added to the chapter’s bibliography. Original release date: June 22, 2021. The publication has been reloaded in its corrected form on March 8, 2022. We regret any inconvenience this may have caused. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Manufacturing Saltpetre in Finland in the Late 16th and Early 17th Centuries 1 A01 21 0000000256743597 Mirkka Lappalainen Mirkka Lappalainen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Mirkka Lappalainen, PhD, works as a university lecturer at the University of Helsinki. She specialises in early modern state-building, legal and criminal history and the impacts of the Little Ice Age and has published monographs and articles regarding 16th- and 17th-century kings and nobility, Swedish and Finnish witch trials and the famine of 1695–1697 in Finland. 03 00 This chapter analyses the manufacturing of potassium nitrate in late 16th- and early 17th-century Finland. In order to secure its self-sufficiency in gunpowder manufacturing at the eve of its Age of Greatness, the Swedish crown built a network of state-owned saltpetre works and obliged peasants to deliver the raw materials. The system did not function as hoped for several reasons, not least because of the burdensome ‘saltpetre tax’, which created conflicts between the local peasants and the crown’s men, and it was fairly quickly abandoned for other solutions. 30 00 This chapter analyses the manufacturing of potassium nitrate in late 16th- and early 17th-century Finland. In order to secure its self-sufficiency in gunpowder manufacturing at the eve of its Age of Greatness, the Swedish crown built a network of state-owned saltpetre works and obliged peasants to deliver the raw materials. The system did not function as hoped for several reasons, not least because of the burdensome ‘saltpetre tax’, which created conflicts between the local peasants and the crown’s men, and it was fairly quickly abandoned for other solutions. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Supply Challenges of the Swedish Army during the Russo-Swedish War of 1741–1743 1 A01 21 0000000205713259 Sampsa Hatakka Sampsa Hatakka 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Sampsa Hatakka, PhD, has research interests including the military, economic and social history of Sweden and Finland in the early modern period. His doctoral dissertation, Northern Supply Security: The Functioning of the Crown’s Magazine Supply System in Finland during the Construction Period of Sveaborg 1747–1756 (2019), dealt with security of supply in 18th-century Finland (an abstract is available in English). In addition, he has written articles that have examined the population structure of Sveaborg, public grain loans, and the storing of dried grain in the 18th century. 03 00 This chapter discusses the maintenance challenges of the Russo-Swedish War of 1741–1743, arguably one of the biggest military catastrophes in Swedish history. Hatakka shows that maintenance problems were one of the root causes for the catastrophe. The war was declared without proper preparations, and the decision makers in Stockholm realised only too late that Finland lacked grain storages, mills and bakeries. The crown’s hastily attempts to improve the situation by building new infrastructure and outsourcing bread-making to civilians were of little avail, thanks to scarce population, limited resources, and transportation difficulties. Thus, the Swedish army had to use the critical first months of the war for solving maintenance problems instead of fighting, a fact that contributed heavily to its loss. 30 00 This chapter discusses the maintenance challenges of the Russo-Swedish War of 1741–1743, arguably one of the biggest military catastrophes in Swedish history. Hatakka shows that maintenance problems were one of the root causes for the catastrophe. The war was declared without proper preparations, and the decision makers in Stockholm realised only too late that Finland lacked grain storages, mills and bakeries. The crown’s hastily attempts to improve the situation by building new infrastructure and outsourcing bread-making to civilians were of little avail, thanks to scarce population, limited resources, and transportation difficulties. Thus, the Swedish army had to use the critical first months of the war for solving maintenance problems instead of fighting, a fact that contributed heavily to its loss. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Maintenance of Armies and Its Impact on Rural Everyday Life Local Experiences 1550–1750 1 A01 21 0000000160162253 Anu Lahtinen Anu Lahtinen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Anu Lahtinen, PhD, is Associate Professor of Finnish and Nordic History at the University of Helsinki. Her field of expertise is the social history of Northern Europe c.1300–2000. Her international publications include the anthology Dying Prepared in Medieval and Early Modern Northern Europe (2018), edited with Mia Korpiola, and articles ‘Stepfamilies in Sweden, 1400 to 1650’ in Stepfamilies in Europe (2018) and ‘Learning to Read in Rural Finland’ in Nordic Childhoods (2018). 03 00 This chapter offers a long-term microhistorical perspective of the effects of the military on the rural population by following the history of two southern Finnish villages, Hyvinkää and Kytäjärvi, from the 16th to the 18th century. Although the villages were directly touched by war only a couple of times during the period, they were continuously shaped by the indirect presence of warfare and military readiness. They paid taxes to finance the military, lost a significant amount of their male workforce in wars, were obliged to provide upkeep for passing troops, and had to endure new manor lords who gained land grants in return for military service and disturbed the local power balance. 30 00 This chapter offers a long-term microhistorical perspective of the effects of the military on the rural population by following the history of two southern Finnish villages, Hyvinkää and Kytäjärvi, from the 16th to the 18th century. Although the villages were directly touched by war only a couple of times during the period, they were continuously shaped by the indirect presence of warfare and military readiness. They paid taxes to finance the military, lost a significant amount of their male workforce in wars, were obliged to provide upkeep for passing troops, and had to endure new manor lords who gained land grants in return for military service and disturbed the local power balance. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Army Maintenance Shaping the Local Burgher Community in 18th-Century Helsinki 1 A01 21 000000019785486X Juha-Matti Granqvist Juha-Matti Granqvist 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Sofia Gustafsson, PhD, is an independent postdoctoral researcher. She has been studying the economic impacts of the sea fortress of Sveaborg on local communities in the 18th century, as well as Swedish trade on Portugal during the long 18th century. 03 00 This chapter focuses on the town of Helsinki during the construction of Fortress Sveaborg. Founded in 1747 to be the keystone of the Swedish Realm’s eastern defence, Sveaborg was the biggest construction project in the history of the old realm and turned the small Finnish town of Helsinki into a massive building site. The fortress needed massive amounts of construction materials, as well as food, drink and accommodation for its many thousands of soldiers and workers. The article traces the evolution of the Helsinki burgher community during the fortress construction years, arguing that the close and long-lasting interaction between the town and the fortress gave birth to a special ‘military town bourgeoisie’. Guided by the forces of supply and demand, through the process of trial and error, the local burgher community slowly evolved into a shape that was ideal in serving the military. 30 00 This chapter focuses on the town of Helsinki during the construction of Fortress Sveaborg. Founded in 1747 to be the keystone of the Swedish Realm’s eastern defence, Sveaborg was the biggest construction project in the history of the old realm and turned the small Finnish town of Helsinki into a massive building site. The fortress needed massive amounts of construction materials, as well as food, drink and accommodation for its many thousands of soldiers and workers. The article traces the evolution of the Helsinki burgher community during the fortress construction years, arguing that the close and long-lasting interaction between the town and the fortress gave birth to a special ‘military town bourgeoisie’. Guided by the forces of supply and demand, through the process of trial and error, the local burgher community slowly evolved into a shape that was ideal in serving the military. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Billeted Soldiers and Local Civilians in 1750s Helsinki 1 A01 21 0000000286377364 Sofia Gustafsson Sofia Gustafsson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Sofia Gustafsson, PhD, is an independent postdoctoral researcher. She has been studying the economic impacts of the sea fortress of Sveaborg on local communities in the 18th century, as well as Swedish trade on Portugal during the long 18th century. 03 00 This chapter discusses the soldier billeting system, in which the townspeople were obliged to lodge soldiers in their homes. The article shows that, even though the billeting was a heavy burden to the local burghers in Helsinki, the co-existence of soldiers and civilians in same houses and rooms was in itself surprisingly peaceful. One of the reasons is that the garrison soldiers began, from an early stage, to interact closely with the local community, demonstrated for example by the numerous marriages between them and the local women. 30 00 This chapter discusses the soldier billeting system, in which the townspeople were obliged to lodge soldiers in their homes. The article shows that, even though the billeting was a heavy burden to the local burghers in Helsinki, the co-existence of soldiers and civilians in same houses and rooms was in itself surprisingly peaceful. One of the reasons is that the garrison soldiers began, from an early stage, to interact closely with the local community, demonstrated for example by the numerous marriages between them and the local women. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Epilogue 1 A01 21 0000000295157902 Petri Talvitie Petri Talvitie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Petri Talvitie, PhD, is currently Academy Research Fellow at the Department of Economic and Social History at the University of Helsinki. His research interests include agrarian history, state formation, and the history of property rights in pre-industrial Scandinavia. Talvitie wrote his thesis (2013) on enclosure in 18th-century Finland, and his recent publications include a monograph on the sales of crown farms in Finland and Sweden (Finnish Literature Society, 2020). 2 A01 21 000000019785486X Juha-Matti Granqvist Juha-Matti Granqvist 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Juha-Matti Granqvist, PhD, has worked as a postdoctoral researcher at University of Helsinki. His research has focused on burghers and their economic, political and social role in early modern Finnish and Swedish society. His doctoral dissertation (2016) discussed the late 18th-century Helsinki burgher community, and he has recently co-authored History of Helsinki, volume 3 (1721–1808), published by City of Helsinki History Committee. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20210622 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690387 03 9789523690387 06 15 9789523690387 03 9789523690387 06 15 9789523690417 03 9789523690417 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20210622 01 urn:uuid:5c786f42-c9c6-4bc4-beec-5b4c67fbe440 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:2ee552a8-cf96-4cb2-b0c1-296be976cf3c 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:5c786f42-c9c6-4bc4-beec-5b4c67fbe440 15 9789523690417 03 9789523690417 06 10.33134/HUP-10 00 EB E127 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Civilians and Military Supply in Early Modern Finland 1 B01 21 0000000295157902 Petri Talvitie Petri Talvitie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Petri Talvitie, PhD, is currently Academy Research Fellow at the Department of Economic and Social History at the University of Helsinki. His research interests include agrarian history, state formation, and the history of property rights in pre-industrial Scandinavia. Talvitie wrote his thesis (2013) on enclosure in 18th-century Finland, and his recent publications include a monograph on the sales of crown farms in Finland and Sweden (Finnish Literature Society, 2020). 2 B01 21 000000019785486X Juha-Matti Granqvist Juha-Matti Granqvist 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Juha-Matti Granqvist, PhD, has worked as a postdoctoral researcher at University of Helsinki. His research has focused on burghers and their economic, political and social role in early modern Finnish and Swedish society. His doctoral dissertation (2016) discussed the late 18th-century Helsinki burgher community, and he has recently co-authored History of Helsinki, volume 3 (1721–1808), published by City of Helsinki History Committee. 01 eng 00 315 03 B2 history B2 military history B2 social history B2 economic history 20 Finland; new military history; state formation; military revolution; early modern history; civil-military relations 01 06 02 00 This volume examines civil-military interaction in Finland in 1550–1800, during the heyday of the Military Revolution. It aims at explaining how the Swedish army utilized civilians – burghers, peasants, entrepreneurs – to provision itself, and how the civil population managed to benefit from the cooperation. The book offers a Nordic perspecti 03 00 During the early modern centuries, gunpowder and artillery revolutionized warfare, and armies grew rapidly. To sustain their new military machines, the European rulers turned increasingly to their civilian subjects, making all levels of civil society serve the needs of the military.This volume examines civil-military interaction in the multinational Swedish Realm in 1550–1800, with a focus on its eastern part, present-day Finland, which was an important supply region and battlefield bordered by Russia. Sweden was one of the frontrunners of the Military Revolution in the 16th and 17th centuries. The crown was eager to adapt European models, but its attempts to outsource military supply to civilians in a realm lacking people, capital, and resources were not always successful.This book aims at explaining how the army utilized civilians – burghers, peasants, entrepreneurs – to provision itself, and how the civil population managed to benefit from the cooperation. The chapters of the book illustrate the different ways in which Finnish civilians took part in supplying war efforts, e.g. how the army made deals with businessmen to finance its military campaigns and how town and country people were obliged to lodge and feed soldiers.The European armies’ dependence on civilian maintenance has received growing scholarly attention in recent years, and Civilians and Military Supply in Early Modern Finland</italic> brings a Nordic perspective to the debate. Petri Talvitie</bold>, PhD, is Academy Research Fellow at the Department of Economic and Social History at the University of Helsinki. Juha-Matti Granqvist</bold>, PhD, is Visiting Researcher at the Department of Philosophy, History and Art Studies at the University of Helsinki. The contributors of the book are historians specialized in early modern Finnish and Swedish society.<break/><h3>Correction notice</h3><break/>One correction has been made to Chapter 4 of this book: Talvitie, Petri. The Sales of Crown Farms and State Finances 1580–1808. Footnote 1 has been added to reflect that the chapter is partly based on an earlier work (Talvitie 2020), thus changing the original numbering of the other chapter footnotes by one. Said publication has been added to the chapter’s bibliography. Original release date: June 22, 2021. The publication has been reloaded in its corrected form on March 8, 2022. We regret any inconvenience this may have caused. 30 00 During the early modern centuries, gunpowder and artillery revolutionized warfare, and armies grew rapidly. To sustain their new military machines, the European rulers turned increasingly to their civilian subjects, making all levels of civil society serve the needs of the military.This volume examines civil-military interaction in the multinational Swedish Realm in 1550–1800, with a focus on its eastern part, present-day Finland, which was an important supply region and battlefield bordered by Russia. Sweden was one of the frontrunners of the Military Revolution in the 16th and 17th centuries. The crown was eager to adapt European models, but its attempts to outsource military supply to civilians in a realm lacking people, capital, and resources were not always successful.This book aims at explaining how the army utilized civilians – burghers, peasants, entrepreneurs – to provision itself, and how the civil population managed to benefit from the cooperation. The chapters of the book illustrate the different ways in which Finnish civilians took part in supplying war efforts, e.g. how the army made deals with businessmen to finance its military campaigns and how town and country people were obliged to lodge and feed soldiers.The European armies’ dependence on civilian maintenance has received growing scholarly attention in recent years, and Civilians and Military Supply in Early Modern Finland</italic> brings a Nordic perspective to the debate. Petri Talvitie</bold>, PhD, is Academy Research Fellow at the Department of Economic and Social History at the University of Helsinki. Juha-Matti Granqvist</bold>, PhD, is Visiting Researcher at the Department of Philosophy, History and Art Studies at the University of Helsinki. The contributors of the book are historians specialized in early modern Finnish and Swedish society.<break/><h3>Correction notice</h3><break/>One correction has been made to Chapter 4 of this book: Talvitie, Petri. The Sales of Crown Farms and State Finances 1580–1808. Footnote 1 has been added to reflect that the chapter is partly based on an earlier work (Talvitie 2020), thus changing the original numbering of the other chapter footnotes by one. Said publication has been added to the chapter’s bibliography. Original release date: June 22, 2021. The publication has been reloaded in its corrected form on March 8, 2022. We regret any inconvenience this may have caused. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/21c9ab61-4135-484b-8796-e1d06d246977.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction: Military Maintenance in Early Modern Europe The Northern Exposure 1 A01 21 0000000295157902 Petri Talvitie Petri Talvitie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Petri Talvitie, PhD, is currently Academy Research Fellow at the Department of Economic and Social History at the University of Helsinki. His research interests include agrarian history, state formation, and the history of property rights in pre-industrial Scandinavia. Talvitie wrote his thesis (2013) on enclosure in 18th-century Finland, and his recent publications include a monograph on the sales of crown farms in Finland and Sweden (Finnish Literature Society, 2020). 2 A01 21 000000019785486X Juha-Matti Granqvist Juha-Matti Granqvist 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Juha-Matti Granqvist, PhD, has worked as a postdoctoral researcher at University of Helsinki. His research has focused on burghers and their economic, political and social role in early modern Finnish and Swedish society. His doctoral dissertation (2016) discussed the late 18th-century Helsinki burgher community, and he has recently co-authored History of Helsinki, volume 3 (1721–1808), published by City of Helsinki History Committee. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Officers as Creditors during the Ingrian War (1609–1617) 1 A01 21 0000000340684809 Jaakko Björklund Jaakko Björklund 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Jaakko Björklund, MA, MSc, is a PhD candidate on the University of Helsinki Doctoral Program of History and Cultural Heritage. His research interests focus on early modern military history, particularly its broader economic and social history. His upcoming dissertation examines the role of military entrepreneurship in the Swedish Army during the Ingrian War (1609–1617). 03 00 This chapter illustrates how the officers of the Swedish army largely financed the Ingrian War (1609–1617), in which the Swedes conquered the provinces of Ingria and Kexholm from Russia. As half a century of almost uninterrupted warfare had emptied the treasuries of the Swedish Realm, and as it was simultaneously fighting another war against the Danes, the Ingrian War became almost a private enterprise of the high officers of the army. The article shows that, without the officers, their capital and connections, and their willingness to finance the warfare, the Ingrian War would have ended in catastrophe, instead of becoming one of the founding stones of Sweden’s Age of Greatness. 30 00 This chapter illustrates how the officers of the Swedish army largely financed the Ingrian War (1609–1617), in which the Swedes conquered the provinces of Ingria and Kexholm from Russia. As half a century of almost uninterrupted warfare had emptied the treasuries of the Swedish Realm, and as it was simultaneously fighting another war against the Danes, the Ingrian War became almost a private enterprise of the high officers of the army. The article shows that, without the officers, their capital and connections, and their willingness to finance the warfare, the Ingrian War would have ended in catastrophe, instead of becoming one of the founding stones of Sweden’s Age of Greatness. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Burghers of Nyen as Creditors and Suppliers in the Great Northern War (1700–1714) 1 A01 21 0000000267547700 Kasper Kepsu Kasper Kepsu 40 029pk6x14 Åbo Akademi University Kasper Kepsu, PhD, is a university lecturer in Nordic history at Åbo Akademi University. He completed his PhD thesis, Den besvärliga provinsen. Reduktion, skattearrendering och bondeoroligheter i det svenska Ingermanland under slutet av 1600-talet, at the University of Helsinki in 2014. His postdoctoral research has focused on the town of Nyen and its burghers. 03 00 This chapter focuses on the burghers of Nyen (the Swedish settlement and largest trading town in Ingria) and their role as financers of the Great Northern War (1700–1721), which marked the end of Swedish Ingria and the ceding of the area back to Russia. As the battle over Ingria and Finland prolonged, the Nyen merchants – and particularly the wealthiest of them, Johan Henrik Frisius – became indispensable for the crown as suppliers and financiers. Even though Frisius and his colleagues were refugees from their destroyed hometown, they had better international connections and credit standing than the Swedish crown and managed to operate more efficiently at the markets than the royal officials. 30 00 This chapter focuses on the burghers of Nyen (the Swedish settlement and largest trading town in Ingria) and their role as financers of the Great Northern War (1700–1721), which marked the end of Swedish Ingria and the ceding of the area back to Russia. As the battle over Ingria and Finland prolonged, the Nyen merchants – and particularly the wealthiest of them, Johan Henrik Frisius – became indispensable for the crown as suppliers and financiers. Even though Frisius and his colleagues were refugees from their destroyed hometown, they had better international connections and credit standing than the Swedish crown and managed to operate more efficiently at the markets than the royal officials. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Sales of Crown Farms and State Finances 1580–1808 1 A01 21 0000000295157902 Petri Talvitie Petri Talvitie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Petri Talvitie, PhD, is currently Academy Research Fellow at the Department of Economic and Social History at the University of Helsinki. His research interests include agrarian history, state formation, and the history of property rights in pre-industrial Scandinavia. Talvitie wrote his thesis (2013) on enclosure in 18th-century Finland, and his recent publications include a monograph on the sales of crown farms in Finland and Sweden (Finnish Literature Society, 2020). 03 00 This chapter analyses the sales of crown farms as a form of financing the war. The early modern Swedish crown was a major landowner, as, under Swedish law, all farms deserted or unable to pay their taxes three years in a row became crown property. The article shows how the selling of these farms to private buyers became an important source of revenue in the 18th century, first to finance the Great Northern War and later to cover the massive public debt created by the war. By purchasing crown farms, private Swedish and Finnish individuals became indirectly important financers of war.<h3>Correction notice</h3>One correction has been made to Chapter 4 of this book: Talvitie, Petri. The Sales of Crown Farms and State Finances 1580–1808. Footnote 1 has been added to reflect that the chapter is partly based on an earlier work (Talvitie 2020), thus changing the original numbering of the other chapter footnotes by one. Said publication has been added to the chapter’s bibliography. Original release date: June 22, 2021. The publication has been reloaded in its corrected form on March 8, 2022. We regret any inconvenience this may have caused. 30 00 This chapter analyses the sales of crown farms as a form of financing the war. The early modern Swedish crown was a major landowner, as, under Swedish law, all farms deserted or unable to pay their taxes three years in a row became crown property. The article shows how the selling of these farms to private buyers became an important source of revenue in the 18th century, first to finance the Great Northern War and later to cover the massive public debt created by the war. By purchasing crown farms, private Swedish and Finnish individuals became indirectly important financers of war.<h3>Correction notice</h3>One correction has been made to Chapter 4 of this book: Talvitie, Petri. The Sales of Crown Farms and State Finances 1580–1808. Footnote 1 has been added to reflect that the chapter is partly based on an earlier work (Talvitie 2020), thus changing the original numbering of the other chapter footnotes by one. Said publication has been added to the chapter’s bibliography. Original release date: June 22, 2021. The publication has been reloaded in its corrected form on March 8, 2022. We regret any inconvenience this may have caused. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Manufacturing Saltpetre in Finland in the Late 16th and Early 17th Centuries 1 A01 21 0000000256743597 Mirkka Lappalainen Mirkka Lappalainen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Mirkka Lappalainen, PhD, works as a university lecturer at the University of Helsinki. She specialises in early modern state-building, legal and criminal history and the impacts of the Little Ice Age and has published monographs and articles regarding 16th- and 17th-century kings and nobility, Swedish and Finnish witch trials and the famine of 1695–1697 in Finland. 03 00 This chapter analyses the manufacturing of potassium nitrate in late 16th- and early 17th-century Finland. In order to secure its self-sufficiency in gunpowder manufacturing at the eve of its Age of Greatness, the Swedish crown built a network of state-owned saltpetre works and obliged peasants to deliver the raw materials. The system did not function as hoped for several reasons, not least because of the burdensome ‘saltpetre tax’, which created conflicts between the local peasants and the crown’s men, and it was fairly quickly abandoned for other solutions. 30 00 This chapter analyses the manufacturing of potassium nitrate in late 16th- and early 17th-century Finland. In order to secure its self-sufficiency in gunpowder manufacturing at the eve of its Age of Greatness, the Swedish crown built a network of state-owned saltpetre works and obliged peasants to deliver the raw materials. The system did not function as hoped for several reasons, not least because of the burdensome ‘saltpetre tax’, which created conflicts between the local peasants and the crown’s men, and it was fairly quickly abandoned for other solutions. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Supply Challenges of the Swedish Army during the Russo-Swedish War of 1741–1743 1 A01 21 0000000205713259 Sampsa Hatakka Sampsa Hatakka 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Sampsa Hatakka, PhD, has research interests including the military, economic and social history of Sweden and Finland in the early modern period. His doctoral dissertation, Northern Supply Security: The Functioning of the Crown’s Magazine Supply System in Finland during the Construction Period of Sveaborg 1747–1756 (2019), dealt with security of supply in 18th-century Finland (an abstract is available in English). In addition, he has written articles that have examined the population structure of Sveaborg, public grain loans, and the storing of dried grain in the 18th century. 03 00 This chapter discusses the maintenance challenges of the Russo-Swedish War of 1741–1743, arguably one of the biggest military catastrophes in Swedish history. Hatakka shows that maintenance problems were one of the root causes for the catastrophe. The war was declared without proper preparations, and the decision makers in Stockholm realised only too late that Finland lacked grain storages, mills and bakeries. The crown’s hastily attempts to improve the situation by building new infrastructure and outsourcing bread-making to civilians were of little avail, thanks to scarce population, limited resources, and transportation difficulties. Thus, the Swedish army had to use the critical first months of the war for solving maintenance problems instead of fighting, a fact that contributed heavily to its loss. 30 00 This chapter discusses the maintenance challenges of the Russo-Swedish War of 1741–1743, arguably one of the biggest military catastrophes in Swedish history. Hatakka shows that maintenance problems were one of the root causes for the catastrophe. The war was declared without proper preparations, and the decision makers in Stockholm realised only too late that Finland lacked grain storages, mills and bakeries. The crown’s hastily attempts to improve the situation by building new infrastructure and outsourcing bread-making to civilians were of little avail, thanks to scarce population, limited resources, and transportation difficulties. Thus, the Swedish army had to use the critical first months of the war for solving maintenance problems instead of fighting, a fact that contributed heavily to its loss. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Maintenance of Armies and Its Impact on Rural Everyday Life Local Experiences 1550–1750 1 A01 21 0000000160162253 Anu Lahtinen Anu Lahtinen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Anu Lahtinen, PhD, is Associate Professor of Finnish and Nordic History at the University of Helsinki. Her field of expertise is the social history of Northern Europe c.1300–2000. Her international publications include the anthology Dying Prepared in Medieval and Early Modern Northern Europe (2018), edited with Mia Korpiola, and articles ‘Stepfamilies in Sweden, 1400 to 1650’ in Stepfamilies in Europe (2018) and ‘Learning to Read in Rural Finland’ in Nordic Childhoods (2018). 03 00 This chapter offers a long-term microhistorical perspective of the effects of the military on the rural population by following the history of two southern Finnish villages, Hyvinkää and Kytäjärvi, from the 16th to the 18th century. Although the villages were directly touched by war only a couple of times during the period, they were continuously shaped by the indirect presence of warfare and military readiness. They paid taxes to finance the military, lost a significant amount of their male workforce in wars, were obliged to provide upkeep for passing troops, and had to endure new manor lords who gained land grants in return for military service and disturbed the local power balance. 30 00 This chapter offers a long-term microhistorical perspective of the effects of the military on the rural population by following the history of two southern Finnish villages, Hyvinkää and Kytäjärvi, from the 16th to the 18th century. Although the villages were directly touched by war only a couple of times during the period, they were continuously shaped by the indirect presence of warfare and military readiness. They paid taxes to finance the military, lost a significant amount of their male workforce in wars, were obliged to provide upkeep for passing troops, and had to endure new manor lords who gained land grants in return for military service and disturbed the local power balance. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Army Maintenance Shaping the Local Burgher Community in 18th-Century Helsinki 1 A01 21 000000019785486X Juha-Matti Granqvist Juha-Matti Granqvist 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Sofia Gustafsson, PhD, is an independent postdoctoral researcher. She has been studying the economic impacts of the sea fortress of Sveaborg on local communities in the 18th century, as well as Swedish trade on Portugal during the long 18th century. 03 00 This chapter focuses on the town of Helsinki during the construction of Fortress Sveaborg. Founded in 1747 to be the keystone of the Swedish Realm’s eastern defence, Sveaborg was the biggest construction project in the history of the old realm and turned the small Finnish town of Helsinki into a massive building site. The fortress needed massive amounts of construction materials, as well as food, drink and accommodation for its many thousands of soldiers and workers. The article traces the evolution of the Helsinki burgher community during the fortress construction years, arguing that the close and long-lasting interaction between the town and the fortress gave birth to a special ‘military town bourgeoisie’. Guided by the forces of supply and demand, through the process of trial and error, the local burgher community slowly evolved into a shape that was ideal in serving the military. 30 00 This chapter focuses on the town of Helsinki during the construction of Fortress Sveaborg. Founded in 1747 to be the keystone of the Swedish Realm’s eastern defence, Sveaborg was the biggest construction project in the history of the old realm and turned the small Finnish town of Helsinki into a massive building site. The fortress needed massive amounts of construction materials, as well as food, drink and accommodation for its many thousands of soldiers and workers. The article traces the evolution of the Helsinki burgher community during the fortress construction years, arguing that the close and long-lasting interaction between the town and the fortress gave birth to a special ‘military town bourgeoisie’. Guided by the forces of supply and demand, through the process of trial and error, the local burgher community slowly evolved into a shape that was ideal in serving the military. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Billeted Soldiers and Local Civilians in 1750s Helsinki 1 A01 21 0000000286377364 Sofia Gustafsson Sofia Gustafsson 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Sofia Gustafsson, PhD, is an independent postdoctoral researcher. She has been studying the economic impacts of the sea fortress of Sveaborg on local communities in the 18th century, as well as Swedish trade on Portugal during the long 18th century. 03 00 This chapter discusses the soldier billeting system, in which the townspeople were obliged to lodge soldiers in their homes. The article shows that, even though the billeting was a heavy burden to the local burghers in Helsinki, the co-existence of soldiers and civilians in same houses and rooms was in itself surprisingly peaceful. One of the reasons is that the garrison soldiers began, from an early stage, to interact closely with the local community, demonstrated for example by the numerous marriages between them and the local women. 30 00 This chapter discusses the soldier billeting system, in which the townspeople were obliged to lodge soldiers in their homes. The article shows that, even though the billeting was a heavy burden to the local burghers in Helsinki, the co-existence of soldiers and civilians in same houses and rooms was in itself surprisingly peaceful. One of the reasons is that the garrison soldiers began, from an early stage, to interact closely with the local community, demonstrated for example by the numerous marriages between them and the local women. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-10-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Epilogue 1 A01 21 0000000295157902 Petri Talvitie Petri Talvitie 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Petri Talvitie, PhD, is currently Academy Research Fellow at the Department of Economic and Social History at the University of Helsinki. His research interests include agrarian history, state formation, and the history of property rights in pre-industrial Scandinavia. Talvitie wrote his thesis (2013) on enclosure in 18th-century Finland, and his recent publications include a monograph on the sales of crown farms in Finland and Sweden (Finnish Literature Society, 2020). 2 A01 21 000000019785486X Juha-Matti Granqvist Juha-Matti Granqvist 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Juha-Matti Granqvist, PhD, has worked as a postdoctoral researcher at University of Helsinki. His research has focused on burghers and their economic, political and social role in early modern Finnish and Swedish society. His doctoral dissertation (2016) discussed the late 18th-century Helsinki burgher community, and he has recently co-authored History of Helsinki, volume 3 (1721–1808), published by City of Helsinki History Committee. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20210622 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690387 03 9789523690387 06 15 9789523690387 03 9789523690387 06 15 9789523690400 03 9789523690400 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20210622 01 urn:uuid:f0107413-b237-4bb7-b088-3c86a237c02c 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c55db0c1-d35b-44bf-b713-f7e92c1150e3 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:f0107413-b237-4bb7-b088-3c86a237c02c 15 9789523690240 03 9789523690240 06 10.33134/HUP-6 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Climate Change Adaptation in Coastal Cities A Guidebook for Citizens, Public Officials and Planners 1 A01 21 0000000300952282 Sirkku K. Juhola Sirkku Juhola Faculty of Biological and Environmental Sciences 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Professor Juhola received her PhD from the University of East Anglia, UK, and has worked in Japan, Sweden and Finland. She leads the Urban Environmental Policy Group at the University of Helsinki and is a guest professor at Linköping University in Sweden. Her research interests focus on governance and decision-making, climate change policy and climate risk. She is a member of the Climate Panel of Finland that advises the Finnish Government on climate change policy. 2 A01 21 0000000157328195 David C. Major David Major Independent Scholar David C. Major received the Ph.D. in Economics from Harvard University. He has been a faculty member at MIT and at Clark University, a long-time Senior Research Scientist at Columbia University (now retired), and a visiting scholar at the Universities of Cambridge, England and Roorkee, India. Most recently he was a Fulbright Scholar at the University of Helsinki, Finland. His principal scientific research focus is the adaptation of coastal cities and towns, large and small, to climate change. Dr. Major is the author, co-author or co-editor of seventeen books on water resources, climate change, history and literature. 01 eng 00 202 03 B2 Urban Planning B2 Environment B2 Sustainability B2 Climatology B2 Economics B2 Technology 20 Coastal cities; Climate impacts; Climate adaptation; Environmental management; Sustainability; Global warming 01 06 02 00 This guidebook presents a framework for climate adaptation planning for coastal cities, large and small, focused on the central roles of citizens, public officials, and planners. Within a framework of eight key planning steps, guidance is provided for stakeholders in the adaptation process from initial assessments of climate impacts to final 03 00 This guidebook presents a framework for climate adaptation planning for coastal cities, large and small, focused on the central roles of citizens, public officials, and planners. The book is designed to help all stakeholders in coastal cities understand and develop effective adaptation measures in a sustainable way. Within a framework of eight key planning steps, guidance is provided for stakeholders in the adaptation process from initial assessments of climate impacts to final planning. The work sets out general principles and methods of adaptation to climate change for many types of coastal communities. Adaptation is seen throughout the work as a process that should take into account all coastal assets, including economic, environmental, social, cultural and historical assets, with due attention to disadvantaged communities. Among the adaptation elements covered in the book are: a review of the current climate situation; climate impacts and vulnerabilities; climate models and future scenarios; physical, economic, social and other characteristics of coastal cities and towns; the range of available adaptations, including management, infrastructure, and policy adaptations; evaluation of projects and programs; and working together to develop and finance adaptations. Numerous tables are presented to help organize information and guide planning, and examples of adaptation challenges and opportunities are provided from both developed and developing coastal cities and towns. The volume is copiously illustrated, with extensive up-to-date references to provide the reader with additional sources of information.David C. Major</bold> holds a PhD in Economics from Harvard University. He has been a faculty member at MIT and Clark University, and a long-time Senior Research Scientist at Columbia University (now retired). His scientific research focus is the adaptation of coastal cities and towns, large and small, to climate change. Sirkku Juhola</bold> holds a PhD from the University of East Anglia, UK, and has worked in Japan, Sweden, and Finland. She is a Professor at the University of Helsinki, leading the Urban Environmental Policy Group. Her research interests focus on governance and decision-making, climate change policy, and climate risk. She is a member of the Climate Panel of Finland.<break/>“Climate Change Adaptation in Coastal Cities is a useful manual for those engaged in planning for climate adaptation in large and small coastal cities across the world.</italic><break/>I especially like the positive, simple and step-by-step tone of the entire volume, moving from general principles to methods of adaptation for different types of coastal communities. I also welcome the book’s inclusive focus on the different roles that citizens, public officials and planners play in the climate adaptation process, and its emphasis on the vital need for stakeholders to work together to develop and implement adaptation strategies. The examples of adaptation challenges and opportunities as well as the many tables and illustrations further reinforce the value of the book.”</italic><break/>- Professor Emeritus Roberto Lenton</bold>, University of Nebraska-Lincoln, USA 30 00 This guidebook presents a framework for climate adaptation planning for coastal cities, large and small, focused on the central roles of citizens, public officials, and planners. The book is designed to help all stakeholders in coastal cities understand and develop effective adaptation measures in a sustainable way. Within a framework of eight key planning steps, guidance is provided for stakeholders in the adaptation process from initial assessments of climate impacts to final planning. The work sets out general principles and methods of adaptation to climate change for many types of coastal communities. Adaptation is seen throughout the work as a process that should take into account all coastal assets, including economic, environmental, social, cultural and historical assets, with due attention to disadvantaged communities. Among the adaptation elements covered in the book are: a review of the current climate situation; climate impacts and vulnerabilities; climate models and future scenarios; physical, economic, social and other characteristics of coastal cities and towns; the range of available adaptations, including management, infrastructure, and policy adaptations; evaluation of projects and programs; and working together to develop and finance adaptations. Numerous tables are presented to help organize information and guide planning, and examples of adaptation challenges and opportunities are provided from both developed and developing coastal cities and towns. The volume is copiously illustrated, with extensive up-to-date references to provide the reader with additional sources of information.David C. Major</bold> holds a PhD in Economics from Harvard University. He has been a faculty member at MIT and Clark University, and a long-time Senior Research Scientist at Columbia University (now retired). His scientific research focus is the adaptation of coastal cities and towns, large and small, to climate change. Sirkku Juhola</bold> holds a PhD from the University of East Anglia, UK, and has worked in Japan, Sweden, and Finland. She is a Professor at the University of Helsinki, leading the Urban Environmental Policy Group. Her research interests focus on governance and decision-making, climate change policy, and climate risk. She is a member of the Climate Panel of Finland.<break/>“Climate Change Adaptation in Coastal Cities is a useful manual for those engaged in planning for climate adaptation in large and small coastal cities across the world.</italic><break/>I especially like the positive, simple and step-by-step tone of the entire volume, moving from general principles to methods of adaptation for different types of coastal communities. I also welcome the book’s inclusive focus on the different roles that citizens, public officials and planners play in the climate adaptation process, and its emphasis on the vital need for stakeholders to work together to develop and implement adaptation strategies. The examples of adaptation challenges and opportunities as well as the many tables and illustrations further reinforce the value of the book.”</italic><break/>- Professor Emeritus Roberto Lenton</bold>, University of Nebraska-Lincoln, USA 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/5c0afc8f-7653-42a3-95a5-11c1661c3c8f.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20210607 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690257 03 9789523690257 06 15 9789523690264 03 9789523690264 06 15 9789523690271 03 9789523690271 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690240 20 08 20210607 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690240 20 08 20210607 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690240 20 08 20210607 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690240 20 08 20210607 01 urn:uuid:de94f9b6-bd39-4953-bcc0-8c1a17abc543 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c55db0c1-d35b-44bf-b713-f7e92c1150e3 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:de94f9b6-bd39-4953-bcc0-8c1a17abc543 15 9789523690257 03 9789523690257 06 10.33134/HUP-6 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Climate Change Adaptation in Coastal Cities A Guidebook for Citizens, Public Officials and Planners 1 A01 21 0000000300952282 Sirkku K. Juhola Sirkku Juhola Faculty of Biological and Environmental Sciences 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Professor Juhola received her PhD from the University of East Anglia, UK, and has worked in Japan, Sweden and Finland. She leads the Urban Environmental Policy Group at the University of Helsinki and is a guest professor at Linköping University in Sweden. Her research interests focus on governance and decision-making, climate change policy and climate risk. She is a member of the Climate Panel of Finland that advises the Finnish Government on climate change policy. 2 A01 21 0000000157328195 David C. Major David Major Independent Scholar David C. Major received the Ph.D. in Economics from Harvard University. He has been a faculty member at MIT and at Clark University, a long-time Senior Research Scientist at Columbia University (now retired), and a visiting scholar at the Universities of Cambridge, England and Roorkee, India. Most recently he was a Fulbright Scholar at the University of Helsinki, Finland. His principal scientific research focus is the adaptation of coastal cities and towns, large and small, to climate change. Dr. Major is the author, co-author or co-editor of seventeen books on water resources, climate change, history and literature. 01 eng 00 202 03 B2 Urban Planning B2 Environment B2 Sustainability B2 Climatology B2 Economics B2 Technology 20 Coastal cities; Climate impacts; Climate adaptation; Environmental management; Sustainability; Global warming 01 06 02 00 This guidebook presents a framework for climate adaptation planning for coastal cities, large and small, focused on the central roles of citizens, public officials, and planners. Within a framework of eight key planning steps, guidance is provided for stakeholders in the adaptation process from initial assessments of climate impacts to final 03 00 This guidebook presents a framework for climate adaptation planning for coastal cities, large and small, focused on the central roles of citizens, public officials, and planners. The book is designed to help all stakeholders in coastal cities understand and develop effective adaptation measures in a sustainable way. Within a framework of eight key planning steps, guidance is provided for stakeholders in the adaptation process from initial assessments of climate impacts to final planning. The work sets out general principles and methods of adaptation to climate change for many types of coastal communities. Adaptation is seen throughout the work as a process that should take into account all coastal assets, including economic, environmental, social, cultural and historical assets, with due attention to disadvantaged communities. Among the adaptation elements covered in the book are: a review of the current climate situation; climate impacts and vulnerabilities; climate models and future scenarios; physical, economic, social and other characteristics of coastal cities and towns; the range of available adaptations, including management, infrastructure, and policy adaptations; evaluation of projects and programs; and working together to develop and finance adaptations. Numerous tables are presented to help organize information and guide planning, and examples of adaptation challenges and opportunities are provided from both developed and developing coastal cities and towns. The volume is copiously illustrated, with extensive up-to-date references to provide the reader with additional sources of information.David C. Major</bold> holds a PhD in Economics from Harvard University. He has been a faculty member at MIT and Clark University, and a long-time Senior Research Scientist at Columbia University (now retired). His scientific research focus is the adaptation of coastal cities and towns, large and small, to climate change. Sirkku Juhola</bold> holds a PhD from the University of East Anglia, UK, and has worked in Japan, Sweden, and Finland. She is a Professor at the University of Helsinki, leading the Urban Environmental Policy Group. Her research interests focus on governance and decision-making, climate change policy, and climate risk. She is a member of the Climate Panel of Finland.<break/>“Climate Change Adaptation in Coastal Cities is a useful manual for those engaged in planning for climate adaptation in large and small coastal cities across the world.</italic><break/>I especially like the positive, simple and step-by-step tone of the entire volume, moving from general principles to methods of adaptation for different types of coastal communities. I also welcome the book’s inclusive focus on the different roles that citizens, public officials and planners play in the climate adaptation process, and its emphasis on the vital need for stakeholders to work together to develop and implement adaptation strategies. The examples of adaptation challenges and opportunities as well as the many tables and illustrations further reinforce the value of the book.”</italic><break/>- Professor Emeritus Roberto Lenton</bold>, University of Nebraska-Lincoln, USA 30 00 This guidebook presents a framework for climate adaptation planning for coastal cities, large and small, focused on the central roles of citizens, public officials, and planners. The book is designed to help all stakeholders in coastal cities understand and develop effective adaptation measures in a sustainable way. Within a framework of eight key planning steps, guidance is provided for stakeholders in the adaptation process from initial assessments of climate impacts to final planning. The work sets out general principles and methods of adaptation to climate change for many types of coastal communities. Adaptation is seen throughout the work as a process that should take into account all coastal assets, including economic, environmental, social, cultural and historical assets, with due attention to disadvantaged communities. Among the adaptation elements covered in the book are: a review of the current climate situation; climate impacts and vulnerabilities; climate models and future scenarios; physical, economic, social and other characteristics of coastal cities and towns; the range of available adaptations, including management, infrastructure, and policy adaptations; evaluation of projects and programs; and working together to develop and finance adaptations. Numerous tables are presented to help organize information and guide planning, and examples of adaptation challenges and opportunities are provided from both developed and developing coastal cities and towns. The volume is copiously illustrated, with extensive up-to-date references to provide the reader with additional sources of information.David C. Major</bold> holds a PhD in Economics from Harvard University. He has been a faculty member at MIT and Clark University, and a long-time Senior Research Scientist at Columbia University (now retired). His scientific research focus is the adaptation of coastal cities and towns, large and small, to climate change. Sirkku Juhola</bold> holds a PhD from the University of East Anglia, UK, and has worked in Japan, Sweden, and Finland. She is a Professor at the University of Helsinki, leading the Urban Environmental Policy Group. Her research interests focus on governance and decision-making, climate change policy, and climate risk. She is a member of the Climate Panel of Finland.<break/>“Climate Change Adaptation in Coastal Cities is a useful manual for those engaged in planning for climate adaptation in large and small coastal cities across the world.</italic><break/>I especially like the positive, simple and step-by-step tone of the entire volume, moving from general principles to methods of adaptation for different types of coastal communities. I also welcome the book’s inclusive focus on the different roles that citizens, public officials and planners play in the climate adaptation process, and its emphasis on the vital need for stakeholders to work together to develop and implement adaptation strategies. The examples of adaptation challenges and opportunities as well as the many tables and illustrations further reinforce the value of the book.”</italic><break/>- Professor Emeritus Roberto Lenton</bold>, University of Nebraska-Lincoln, USA 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/5c0afc8f-7653-42a3-95a5-11c1661c3c8f.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20210607 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690240 03 9789523690240 06 15 9789523690264 03 9789523690264 06 15 9789523690271 03 9789523690271 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20210607 01 urn:uuid:a2fe9375-5f4c-4c4c-8fac-66446c958fb1 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c55db0c1-d35b-44bf-b713-f7e92c1150e3 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a2fe9375-5f4c-4c4c-8fac-66446c958fb1 15 9789523690264 03 9789523690264 06 10.33134/HUP-6 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Climate Change Adaptation in Coastal Cities A Guidebook for Citizens, Public Officials and Planners 1 A01 21 0000000300952282 Sirkku K. Juhola Sirkku Juhola Faculty of Biological and Environmental Sciences 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Professor Juhola received her PhD from the University of East Anglia, UK, and has worked in Japan, Sweden and Finland. She leads the Urban Environmental Policy Group at the University of Helsinki and is a guest professor at Linköping University in Sweden. Her research interests focus on governance and decision-making, climate change policy and climate risk. She is a member of the Climate Panel of Finland that advises the Finnish Government on climate change policy. 2 A01 21 0000000157328195 David C. Major David Major Independent Scholar David C. Major received the Ph.D. in Economics from Harvard University. He has been a faculty member at MIT and at Clark University, a long-time Senior Research Scientist at Columbia University (now retired), and a visiting scholar at the Universities of Cambridge, England and Roorkee, India. Most recently he was a Fulbright Scholar at the University of Helsinki, Finland. His principal scientific research focus is the adaptation of coastal cities and towns, large and small, to climate change. Dr. Major is the author, co-author or co-editor of seventeen books on water resources, climate change, history and literature. 01 eng 00 202 03 B2 Urban Planning B2 Environment B2 Sustainability B2 Climatology B2 Economics B2 Technology 20 Coastal cities; Climate impacts; Climate adaptation; Environmental management; Sustainability; Global warming 01 06 02 00 This guidebook presents a framework for climate adaptation planning for coastal cities, large and small, focused on the central roles of citizens, public officials, and planners. Within a framework of eight key planning steps, guidance is provided for stakeholders in the adaptation process from initial assessments of climate impacts to final 03 00 This guidebook presents a framework for climate adaptation planning for coastal cities, large and small, focused on the central roles of citizens, public officials, and planners. The book is designed to help all stakeholders in coastal cities understand and develop effective adaptation measures in a sustainable way. Within a framework of eight key planning steps, guidance is provided for stakeholders in the adaptation process from initial assessments of climate impacts to final planning. The work sets out general principles and methods of adaptation to climate change for many types of coastal communities. Adaptation is seen throughout the work as a process that should take into account all coastal assets, including economic, environmental, social, cultural and historical assets, with due attention to disadvantaged communities. Among the adaptation elements covered in the book are: a review of the current climate situation; climate impacts and vulnerabilities; climate models and future scenarios; physical, economic, social and other characteristics of coastal cities and towns; the range of available adaptations, including management, infrastructure, and policy adaptations; evaluation of projects and programs; and working together to develop and finance adaptations. Numerous tables are presented to help organize information and guide planning, and examples of adaptation challenges and opportunities are provided from both developed and developing coastal cities and towns. The volume is copiously illustrated, with extensive up-to-date references to provide the reader with additional sources of information.David C. Major</bold> holds a PhD in Economics from Harvard University. He has been a faculty member at MIT and Clark University, and a long-time Senior Research Scientist at Columbia University (now retired). His scientific research focus is the adaptation of coastal cities and towns, large and small, to climate change. Sirkku Juhola</bold> holds a PhD from the University of East Anglia, UK, and has worked in Japan, Sweden, and Finland. She is a Professor at the University of Helsinki, leading the Urban Environmental Policy Group. Her research interests focus on governance and decision-making, climate change policy, and climate risk. She is a member of the Climate Panel of Finland.<break/>“Climate Change Adaptation in Coastal Cities is a useful manual for those engaged in planning for climate adaptation in large and small coastal cities across the world.</italic><break/>I especially like the positive, simple and step-by-step tone of the entire volume, moving from general principles to methods of adaptation for different types of coastal communities. I also welcome the book’s inclusive focus on the different roles that citizens, public officials and planners play in the climate adaptation process, and its emphasis on the vital need for stakeholders to work together to develop and implement adaptation strategies. The examples of adaptation challenges and opportunities as well as the many tables and illustrations further reinforce the value of the book.”</italic><break/>- Professor Emeritus Roberto Lenton</bold>, University of Nebraska-Lincoln, USA 30 00 This guidebook presents a framework for climate adaptation planning for coastal cities, large and small, focused on the central roles of citizens, public officials, and planners. The book is designed to help all stakeholders in coastal cities understand and develop effective adaptation measures in a sustainable way. Within a framework of eight key planning steps, guidance is provided for stakeholders in the adaptation process from initial assessments of climate impacts to final planning. The work sets out general principles and methods of adaptation to climate change for many types of coastal communities. Adaptation is seen throughout the work as a process that should take into account all coastal assets, including economic, environmental, social, cultural and historical assets, with due attention to disadvantaged communities. Among the adaptation elements covered in the book are: a review of the current climate situation; climate impacts and vulnerabilities; climate models and future scenarios; physical, economic, social and other characteristics of coastal cities and towns; the range of available adaptations, including management, infrastructure, and policy adaptations; evaluation of projects and programs; and working together to develop and finance adaptations. Numerous tables are presented to help organize information and guide planning, and examples of adaptation challenges and opportunities are provided from both developed and developing coastal cities and towns. The volume is copiously illustrated, with extensive up-to-date references to provide the reader with additional sources of information.David C. Major</bold> holds a PhD in Economics from Harvard University. He has been a faculty member at MIT and Clark University, and a long-time Senior Research Scientist at Columbia University (now retired). His scientific research focus is the adaptation of coastal cities and towns, large and small, to climate change. Sirkku Juhola</bold> holds a PhD from the University of East Anglia, UK, and has worked in Japan, Sweden, and Finland. She is a Professor at the University of Helsinki, leading the Urban Environmental Policy Group. Her research interests focus on governance and decision-making, climate change policy, and climate risk. She is a member of the Climate Panel of Finland.<break/>“Climate Change Adaptation in Coastal Cities is a useful manual for those engaged in planning for climate adaptation in large and small coastal cities across the world.</italic><break/>I especially like the positive, simple and step-by-step tone of the entire volume, moving from general principles to methods of adaptation for different types of coastal communities. I also welcome the book’s inclusive focus on the different roles that citizens, public officials and planners play in the climate adaptation process, and its emphasis on the vital need for stakeholders to work together to develop and implement adaptation strategies. The examples of adaptation challenges and opportunities as well as the many tables and illustrations further reinforce the value of the book.”</italic><break/>- Professor Emeritus Roberto Lenton</bold>, University of Nebraska-Lincoln, USA 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/5c0afc8f-7653-42a3-95a5-11c1661c3c8f.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20210607 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690240 03 9789523690240 06 15 9789523690257 03 9789523690257 06 15 9789523690271 03 9789523690271 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20210607 01 urn:uuid:cc6449bd-b056-4f6d-bc92-ae9bc816b091 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:c55db0c1-d35b-44bf-b713-f7e92c1150e3 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:cc6449bd-b056-4f6d-bc92-ae9bc816b091 15 9789523690271 03 9789523690271 06 10.33134/HUP-6 00 EB E127 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Climate Change Adaptation in Coastal Cities A Guidebook for Citizens, Public Officials and Planners 1 A01 21 0000000300952282 Sirkku K. Juhola Sirkku Juhola Faculty of Biological and Environmental Sciences 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Professor Juhola received her PhD from the University of East Anglia, UK, and has worked in Japan, Sweden and Finland. She leads the Urban Environmental Policy Group at the University of Helsinki and is a guest professor at Linköping University in Sweden. Her research interests focus on governance and decision-making, climate change policy and climate risk. She is a member of the Climate Panel of Finland that advises the Finnish Government on climate change policy. 2 A01 21 0000000157328195 David C. Major David Major Independent Scholar David C. Major received the Ph.D. in Economics from Harvard University. He has been a faculty member at MIT and at Clark University, a long-time Senior Research Scientist at Columbia University (now retired), and a visiting scholar at the Universities of Cambridge, England and Roorkee, India. Most recently he was a Fulbright Scholar at the University of Helsinki, Finland. His principal scientific research focus is the adaptation of coastal cities and towns, large and small, to climate change. Dr. Major is the author, co-author or co-editor of seventeen books on water resources, climate change, history and literature. 01 eng 00 202 03 B2 Urban Planning B2 Environment B2 Sustainability B2 Climatology B2 Economics B2 Technology 20 Coastal cities; Climate impacts; Climate adaptation; Environmental management; Sustainability; Global warming 01 06 02 00 This guidebook presents a framework for climate adaptation planning for coastal cities, large and small, focused on the central roles of citizens, public officials, and planners. Within a framework of eight key planning steps, guidance is provided for stakeholders in the adaptation process from initial assessments of climate impacts to final 03 00 This guidebook presents a framework for climate adaptation planning for coastal cities, large and small, focused on the central roles of citizens, public officials, and planners. The book is designed to help all stakeholders in coastal cities understand and develop effective adaptation measures in a sustainable way. Within a framework of eight key planning steps, guidance is provided for stakeholders in the adaptation process from initial assessments of climate impacts to final planning. The work sets out general principles and methods of adaptation to climate change for many types of coastal communities. Adaptation is seen throughout the work as a process that should take into account all coastal assets, including economic, environmental, social, cultural and historical assets, with due attention to disadvantaged communities. Among the adaptation elements covered in the book are: a review of the current climate situation; climate impacts and vulnerabilities; climate models and future scenarios; physical, economic, social and other characteristics of coastal cities and towns; the range of available adaptations, including management, infrastructure, and policy adaptations; evaluation of projects and programs; and working together to develop and finance adaptations. Numerous tables are presented to help organize information and guide planning, and examples of adaptation challenges and opportunities are provided from both developed and developing coastal cities and towns. The volume is copiously illustrated, with extensive up-to-date references to provide the reader with additional sources of information.David C. Major</bold> holds a PhD in Economics from Harvard University. He has been a faculty member at MIT and Clark University, and a long-time Senior Research Scientist at Columbia University (now retired). His scientific research focus is the adaptation of coastal cities and towns, large and small, to climate change. Sirkku Juhola</bold> holds a PhD from the University of East Anglia, UK, and has worked in Japan, Sweden, and Finland. She is a Professor at the University of Helsinki, leading the Urban Environmental Policy Group. Her research interests focus on governance and decision-making, climate change policy, and climate risk. She is a member of the Climate Panel of Finland.<break/>“Climate Change Adaptation in Coastal Cities is a useful manual for those engaged in planning for climate adaptation in large and small coastal cities across the world.</italic><break/>I especially like the positive, simple and step-by-step tone of the entire volume, moving from general principles to methods of adaptation for different types of coastal communities. I also welcome the book’s inclusive focus on the different roles that citizens, public officials and planners play in the climate adaptation process, and its emphasis on the vital need for stakeholders to work together to develop and implement adaptation strategies. The examples of adaptation challenges and opportunities as well as the many tables and illustrations further reinforce the value of the book.”</italic><break/>- Professor Emeritus Roberto Lenton</bold>, University of Nebraska-Lincoln, USA 30 00 This guidebook presents a framework for climate adaptation planning for coastal cities, large and small, focused on the central roles of citizens, public officials, and planners. The book is designed to help all stakeholders in coastal cities understand and develop effective adaptation measures in a sustainable way. Within a framework of eight key planning steps, guidance is provided for stakeholders in the adaptation process from initial assessments of climate impacts to final planning. The work sets out general principles and methods of adaptation to climate change for many types of coastal communities. Adaptation is seen throughout the work as a process that should take into account all coastal assets, including economic, environmental, social, cultural and historical assets, with due attention to disadvantaged communities. Among the adaptation elements covered in the book are: a review of the current climate situation; climate impacts and vulnerabilities; climate models and future scenarios; physical, economic, social and other characteristics of coastal cities and towns; the range of available adaptations, including management, infrastructure, and policy adaptations; evaluation of projects and programs; and working together to develop and finance adaptations. Numerous tables are presented to help organize information and guide planning, and examples of adaptation challenges and opportunities are provided from both developed and developing coastal cities and towns. The volume is copiously illustrated, with extensive up-to-date references to provide the reader with additional sources of information.David C. Major</bold> holds a PhD in Economics from Harvard University. He has been a faculty member at MIT and Clark University, and a long-time Senior Research Scientist at Columbia University (now retired). His scientific research focus is the adaptation of coastal cities and towns, large and small, to climate change. Sirkku Juhola</bold> holds a PhD from the University of East Anglia, UK, and has worked in Japan, Sweden, and Finland. She is a Professor at the University of Helsinki, leading the Urban Environmental Policy Group. Her research interests focus on governance and decision-making, climate change policy, and climate risk. She is a member of the Climate Panel of Finland.<break/>“Climate Change Adaptation in Coastal Cities is a useful manual for those engaged in planning for climate adaptation in large and small coastal cities across the world.</italic><break/>I especially like the positive, simple and step-by-step tone of the entire volume, moving from general principles to methods of adaptation for different types of coastal communities. I also welcome the book’s inclusive focus on the different roles that citizens, public officials and planners play in the climate adaptation process, and its emphasis on the vital need for stakeholders to work together to develop and implement adaptation strategies. The examples of adaptation challenges and opportunities as well as the many tables and illustrations further reinforce the value of the book.”</italic><break/>- Professor Emeritus Roberto Lenton</bold>, University of Nebraska-Lincoln, USA 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/5c0afc8f-7653-42a3-95a5-11c1661c3c8f.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20210607 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690240 03 9789523690240 06 15 9789523690257 03 9789523690257 06 15 9789523690264 03 9789523690264 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20210607 01 urn:uuid:e496bafe-9e60-4026-896f-bec92820de96 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:7451138f-5e31-486d-b25d-f39968290f48 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e496bafe-9e60-4026-896f-bec92820de96 15 9789523690462 03 9789523690462 06 10.33134/HUP-12 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Culture and History in the Pacific 1 B01 Jukka Siikala Jukka Siikala 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Jukka Siikala is Professor Emeritus of Social and Cultural Anthropology at the University of Helsinki. Specializing on the Pacific since the mid-1970s, Siikala has conducted extensive ethnographic fieldwork in the Cook Islands first in 1983–1984, later in the 1980s and 1990s as well as fieldwork with Cook Island migrants in New Zealand. Central themes in Siikala's research are the focus on culture and textuality, for example recitation and recording of genealogies, and interactions between indigenous hierarchies, state institutions and the global system. He has edited a number of volumes, such as Departures: How Societies Distribute their People (2001) and published a multitude of articles internationally and in Finnish. He is the author of two monographs of the Cook Islands, Akatokamanāva: Myth, History and Society in the Southern Cook Islands (1991) and Return to Culture: Oral Tradition and Society in the Southern Cook Islands (2005) together with Anna-Leena Siikala. 01 eng 00 302 03 B2 Anthropology B2 Social and cultural anthropology B2 Ethnology B2 History 20 art; canoes; gender roles; exchange; folk music; kinship; leadership; performance; petroglyphs; seafaring; Oceania; Cook Islands; Easter Island; Hawaiʻi; Indonesia; Papua New Guinea; Tonga 01 06 02 00 Culture and History in the Pacific</italic> is a collection of essays by eminent anthropologists originally published in 1990. The authors represent several academic traditions and different areal discussions during the Cold War era. The texts explore from different perspectives the question of culture as a repository of historical informa 03 00 Culture and History in the Pacific</italic> is a collection of essays originally published in 1990. The texts explore from different perspectives the question of culture as a repository of historical information. They also address broader questions of anthropological writing at the time, such as the relationship between anthropologists’ representations and local conceptions.This republication aims to make the book accessible to a wider audience, and in the region it discusses, Oceania. A new introductory essay has been included to contextualize the volume in relation to its historical setting, the end of the Cold War era, and to the present study of the Pacific and indigenous scholarship.The authors of Culture and History in the Pacific</italic> include prominent anthropologists of the Pacific, some of whom – Roger Keesing and Marilyn Strathern, to name but two – have also been influential in the anthropology of the late 20th and early 21st century in general. 30 00 Culture and History in the Pacific</italic> is a collection of essays originally published in 1990. The texts explore from different perspectives the question of culture as a repository of historical information. They also address broader questions of anthropological writing at the time, such as the relationship between anthropologists’ representations and local conceptions.This republication aims to make the book accessible to a wider audience, and in the region it discusses, Oceania. A new introductory essay has been included to contextualize the volume in relation to its historical setting, the end of the Cold War era, and to the present study of the Pacific and indigenous scholarship.The authors of Culture and History in the Pacific</italic> include prominent anthropologists of the Pacific, some of whom – Roger Keesing and Marilyn Strathern, to name but two – have also been influential in the anthropology of the late 20th and early 21st century in general. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/82a2e803-73b9-4d52-80d0-f26be995eaca.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Preface to the Second Edition 1 A01 21 0000000197677832 Tuomas Tammisto Tuomas Tammisto 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Tuomas Tammisto is postdoctoral researcher in Social and Cultural Anthropology at the University of Helsinki. His research focuses on environmental questions, kinship, land use and the politics of natural resource use in Papua New Guinea. 2 A01 21 0000000346012392 Heikki Wilenius Heikki Wilenius 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Heikki Wilenius is an anthropologist who works as a postdoctoral researcher at the University of Helsinki. His research interests include local politics, livelihood strategies and extractivism in Indonesia. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Crossing Borders: Changing Contexts of This Book 1 A01 Petra Autio Petra Autio 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Petra Autio has a PhD in Social and Cultural Anthropology from the University of Helsinki (2010). She has conducted ethnographic research in Kiribati, and later with Kiribati migrants in New Zealand. Her geographical interests also include Palau, Guam and Micronesia in general. Her analytical interests include social organization and differentiation, dance, custom, kinship, narratives, migration, language Ideology and colonial discourse, on which she has published numerous articles. Her current postdoctoral research project is titled "The I-Kiribati in New Zealand: Migrants and Language Ideology in the Context of Climate Change", funded by the Finnish Cultural Foundation. Her work on Kiribati migration takes place from two perspectives: a contemporary one, involving a Kiribati community in New Zealand, and a historical one, concerning migration – and lack thereof – in the Gilbert and Ellice Islands Colony, today known as Republic of Kiribati. In addition to research, Autio has administrative experience within the academia and she works also as a project manager in the youth project "Au mensa V - From Awareness to Action" of the Finnish Roma Association. 03 00 Culture and History in the Pacific was first published in 1990 by a small scholarly society in a remote European country. The original edition of the book was not particularly accessible elsewhere, least of all in the region it discusses, Oceania. The volume has now been republished digitally and in open access to ensure with the hope that it will reach a wider audience. The aim of this preface is to place this book into perspective – or rather, some perspectives – in the hope that by contextualizing the book, it is possible for the reader to separate that which has withstood time or is of value to him or her. It will be doing so particularly with reference to the borders and divisions referred to in the original preface but also going beyond them. Firstly, the preface briefly describes one context in which the original papers were presented: the era approaching the end of the Cold War, and its effect on academia in general and anthropology in particular. Secondly, it will comment on a scholarly context within Pacific anthropology which is explicitly present in the book. This is the context of areal discussions, and the division of the Pacific into the culture areas of Polynesia, Melanesia and Micronesia. Thirdly, it looks at a further framework which is only partly visible in the book, namely the division between an outsider researcher and his or her topic and how this has been challenged and transformed in the decades following the original publication. 30 00 Culture and History in the Pacific was first published in 1990 by a small scholarly society in a remote European country. The original edition of the book was not particularly accessible elsewhere, least of all in the region it discusses, Oceania. The volume has now been republished digitally and in open access to ensure with the hope that it will reach a wider audience. The aim of this preface is to place this book into perspective – or rather, some perspectives – in the hope that by contextualizing the book, it is possible for the reader to separate that which has withstood time or is of value to him or her. It will be doing so particularly with reference to the borders and divisions referred to in the original preface but also going beyond them. Firstly, the preface briefly describes one context in which the original papers were presented: the era approaching the end of the Cold War, and its effect on academia in general and anthropology in particular. Secondly, it will comment on a scholarly context within Pacific anthropology which is explicitly present in the book. This is the context of areal discussions, and the division of the Pacific into the culture areas of Polynesia, Melanesia and Micronesia. Thirdly, it looks at a further framework which is only partly visible in the book, namely the division between an outsider researcher and his or her topic and how this has been challenged and transformed in the decades following the original publication. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction 1 A01 Jukka Siikala Jukka Siikala 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Jukka Siikala is Professor Emeritus of Social and Cultural Anthropology at the University of Helsinki. Specializing on the Pacific since the mid-1970s, Siikala has conducted extensive ethnographic fieldwork in the Cook Islands first in 1983–1984, later in the 1980s and 1990s as well as fieldwork with Cook Island migrants in New Zealand. Central themes in Siikala's research are the focus on culture and textuality, for example recitation and recording of genealogies, and interactions between indigenous hierarchies, state institutions and the global system. He has edited a number of volumes, such as Departures: How Societies Distribute their People (2001) and published a multitude of articles internationally and in Finnish. He is the author of two monographs of the Cook Islands, Akatokamanāva: Myth, History and Society in the Southern Cook Islands (1991) and Return to Culture: Oral Tradition and Society in the Southern Cook Islands (2005) together with Anna-Leena Siikala. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 History and the representation of Polynesian societies 1 A01 Judith Huntsman Judith Huntsman 40 03b94tp07 University of Auckland Judith Huntsman has been an Honorary Professorial Research Fellow in Anthropology at the University of Auckland since 2001. Her active retirement has had two strands: researching and writing The Future of Tokelau: Decolonising Agendas 1975–2006 with Kelihiano Kalolo (2007) and editing The Journal of the Polynesian Society. She retired from her role as Honorary Editor in 2016 after two decades of service and in the following year was awarded the Polynesian Society's Nayacakalou Medal for contributions to scholarship in Oceania. In receiving the Medal she presented a paper "The treasured things of Tokelau" (published in the September 2017 issue of the JPS). 2 A01 Antony Bramston Hooper Antony Hooper 40 03b94tp07 University of Auckland Antony Bramston Hooper (1932–2016) was an Emeritus Professor of Social Anthropology at the University of Auckland. His last publication was an English translation of a book on Tokelau fishing written in Tokelauan by elderly master-fishermen resident in New Zealand. Initially, he facilitated their publication Hikuleo i te Papa o Tautai (2008) and thereafter co-authored with Iuta Tinielu its translation with the title Echoes at Fishermen's Rock: Traditional Tokelau Fishing (2012). Antony arranged with UNESCO for its publication as Knowledges of Nature 4. This was a fitting final publication from a scholar whose research and publication from 1968 was focused on Tokelau, its past, present and future, but who, more than anything else, loved to learn and write about Tokelau practices, knowledge and lore of fishing.Antony Hooper and Judith Huntsman, both of the Anthropology Department at The University of Auckland, began extended field research in the three Tokelau atolls of the central Pacific in 1967 and among the Tokelau communities in New Zealand. They have written jointly and separately on numerous topics concerning the Tokelau past, present and future right into the 21st century. Their major joint publication is Tokelau: A Historical Ethnography (1996). Their paper in this volume is informed by their years of diverse research, debate and pondering about Tokelau matters, but draws upon examples from elsewhere to state their case. 03 00 This review article analyses representations of Polynesian pasts, discourses surrounding the concepts of history, culture and tradition, describing historiographical projects of Pacific islanders. The article highlights the complex relationship between oral traditions and written historical accounts, and the politics of representation of these projects. 30 00 This review article analyses representations of Polynesian pasts, discourses surrounding the concepts of history, culture and tradition, describing historiographical projects of Pacific islanders. The article highlights the complex relationship between oral traditions and written historical accounts, and the politics of representation of these projects. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Artefacts of history: Events and the interpretation of images 1 A01 21 0000000320041902 Marilyn Strathern Marilyn Strathern Cambridge University Marilyn Strathern, DBE, FBA, is Emeritus Professor of Social Anthropology and Life Fellow of Girton College (both Cambridge University), and Hon. Life President of the UK Association of Social Anthropologists (ASA). She had the good fortune to begin her research career in Papua New Guinea, which led to work on law, kinship and gender relations. In the UK she subsequently became involved with anthropological approaches to the new reproductive technologies, intellectual property and audit cultures. She pairs The Gender of the Gift (1988), a critique of anthropological theories of society applied to Melanesia, with After Nature (1992), a comment on the cultural revolution at home. Partial Connections (1991) looks askance at comparative anthropology. The recently published, Before and After Gender (2016) is also one of her first texts, written in the early 1970s. A genuinely recent book, Relations: An Anthropological Account, appeared with Duke University Press in 2020. 03 00 By discussing the reactions of Melanesians to the arrival of Europeans, this article raises some queries against anthropological perceptions of historical process. In evoking Melanesian "images", a set of perceptions is presented, which poses problems for the division of labour between social/cultural anthropologists and those concerned with material culture of the kind that finds its way to museums. The result of the division has been that anthropologists have hidden from themselves possible sources of insight into the processes by which people such as the Melanesian of Papua New Guinea deal with social change, and change themselves. 30 00 By discussing the reactions of Melanesians to the arrival of Europeans, this article raises some queries against anthropological perceptions of historical process. In evoking Melanesian "images", a set of perceptions is presented, which poses problems for the division of labour between social/cultural anthropologists and those concerned with material culture of the kind that finds its way to museums. The result of the division has been that anthropologists have hidden from themselves possible sources of insight into the processes by which people such as the Melanesian of Papua New Guinea deal with social change, and change themselves. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Diarchy and history in Hawaiʻi and Tonga 1 A01 Valerio Valeri Valerio Valeri 40 024mw5h28 University of Chicago Valerio Valeri (1944–1998) was a professor of anthropology at the University of Chicago. He conducted fieldwork in Southeast Asia, Micronesia and Polynesia, and authored several books: Kingship and Sacrifice: Ritual and Society in Ancient Hawaii (1985), Uno spazio fra se e se: L’Antropologia come ricerca del soggetto (1999), The Forest of Taboos: Morality, Hunting, and Identity among the Huaulu of the Moluccas (2000), Fragments from Forests and Libraries (2001), Rituals and Annals: Between Anthropology and History (2014), and Classic Concepts in Anthropology (2017). 03 00 This paper treats a well documented case of tension between diarchic and monarchic tendencies — that of ancient Hawaiʻi. The instability of diarchy in Hawaiʻi is contrasted with its stability, until the late eighteenth century, in another Polynesian society, Tonga. These different solutions correlate with the different place that a properly historical representation of kingship — that is one that recognizes discontinuities in time, that does not abolish time by making the present identical to the past — have in the two societies. 30 00 This paper treats a well documented case of tension between diarchic and monarchic tendencies — that of ancient Hawaiʻi. The instability of diarchy in Hawaiʻi is contrasted with its stability, until the late eighteenth century, in another Polynesian society, Tonga. These different solutions correlate with the different place that a properly historical representation of kingship — that is one that recognizes discontinuities in time, that does not abolish time by making the present identical to the past — have in the two societies. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Under the Toa tree: The genealogy of the Tongan Chiefs 1 A01 Aletta Biersack Aletta Biersack 40 0293rh119 University of Oregon Aletta Biersack is Emeritus Professor at the Department of Anthropology at the University of Oregon. Trained both as an anthropologist and a historian, she has conducted extensive research in the Pacific. She is especially known for her long-term engagement with Ipili speakers of Porgera and Paiela Valleys in Papua New Guinea, where she first conducted research in 1974–1978, throughout the 1990s and 2000s until 2015. She has conducted long-term ethnographic fieldwork and archival research in Tonga between 1986–1992. Her research interests include political ecology, historical anthropology and sex/gender and she has throughout her career published extensively on these topics. She has edited several books on the Pacific, for example Clio in Oceania: Toward a Historical Anthropology (1991) and Papuan Borderlands: Huli, Duna, and Ipili Perspectives on the Papua New Guinea Highlands (1995). She has co-edited Gender Violence & Human Rights: Seeking Justice in Fiji, Papua New Guinea and Vanuatu (2016) with Margaret Jolly and Martha Macintyre and Reimagining Political Ecology (2006) with James Greenberg. 03 00 This paper examines the dualistic foundations of Tongan kingship by way of exploring the historicity of the Tongan polity. While paramounts allegedly descend "from the sky" and the god or gods living there, they are also kinsmen of the villagers living under them and are appraised as such. Whether by way of reproducing or transforming a political field, the mediation of duality requires human work, a practice and performance of kingship. The word genealogy in the title bears the burden of the entire argument. Referring directly to history, it enters into tension with the patrilineal and structural models of the past. The history to which it refers, in turn, is set in motion by the dual foundations of kingship: idioms and ideologies of divinity but existing in tension with the "leveling forces" of contractual modes of legitimation. My aim is to develop a framework adequate to the task of interpreting the revolution of the 19th century, when Tāufa'āhau, a secondary chief, executed sweeping reforms at once chiefly and populist: he suppressed the Tu'i Tonga title of his superior; created a superordinate one, the royal title of the constitutional monarchy he in part designed; and converted to Christianity. The third monarch of the Tupou dynasty Tāufa'āhau founded, Queen Sālote Tupou III, figures prominently in these pages as an ideologue. In her often veiled and diplomatic disparagement of the leaders of the past, Queen Sālote provides a window upon the genealogical politics this paper addresses. 30 00 This paper examines the dualistic foundations of Tongan kingship by way of exploring the historicity of the Tongan polity. While paramounts allegedly descend "from the sky" and the god or gods living there, they are also kinsmen of the villagers living under them and are appraised as such. Whether by way of reproducing or transforming a political field, the mediation of duality requires human work, a practice and performance of kingship. The word genealogy in the title bears the burden of the entire argument. Referring directly to history, it enters into tension with the patrilineal and structural models of the past. The history to which it refers, in turn, is set in motion by the dual foundations of kingship: idioms and ideologies of divinity but existing in tension with the "leveling forces" of contractual modes of legitimation. My aim is to develop a framework adequate to the task of interpreting the revolution of the 19th century, when Tāufa'āhau, a secondary chief, executed sweeping reforms at once chiefly and populist: he suppressed the Tu'i Tonga title of his superior; created a superordinate one, the royal title of the constitutional monarchy he in part designed; and converted to Christianity. The third monarch of the Tupou dynasty Tāufa'āhau founded, Queen Sālote Tupou III, figures prominently in these pages as an ideologue. In her often veiled and diplomatic disparagement of the leaders of the past, Queen Sālote provides a window upon the genealogical politics this paper addresses. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Chiefs, gender and hierarchy in Ngāpūtoru 1 A01 Jukka Siikala Jukka Siikala 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Jukka Siikala is Professor Emeritus of Social and Cultural Anthropology at the University of Helsinki. Specializing on the Pacific since the mid-1970s, Siikala has conducted extensive ethnographic fieldwork in the Cook Islands first in 1983–1984, later in the 1980s and 1990s as well as fieldwork with Cook Island migrants in New Zealand. Central themes in Siikala's research are the focus on culture and textuality, for example recitation and recording of genealogies, and interactions between indigenous hierarchies, state institutions and the global system. He has edited a number of volumes, such as Departures: How Societies Distribute their People (2001) and published a multitude of articles internationally and in Finnish. He is the author of two monographs of the Cook Islands, Akatokamanāva: Myth, History and Society in the Southern Cook Islands (1991) and Return to Culture: Oral Tradition and Society in the Southern Cook Islands (2005) together with Anna-Leena Siikala. 03 00 The male bias of the expedition era has left its mark upon the anthropology of Polynesian culture. Until recently the objects of analysis have been almost exclusively the chiefly system and warriorhood, which were ethnocentrically interpreted. However, women were active and central in transmitting high rank and Polynesian history provides examples of women who became important chiefs. The question then arises: what in traditional society explains the prominence some females achieved? As mediators between a bounded structure and what lay beyond it, be it political authority, supranormal spheres, or Western culture-bearers, the female played a decisive role. They also acted as chiefs, sometimes even as warriors. This poses a paradox, for the structural position of women, cosmic in nature, does not allow for female chieftaincy. What is important here is a gendered category and not particular males and females. Thus, whole social groups and islands can be regarded as "warriors" or as "females." Actual women who have historically achieved chieftaincy do so as sociological males, not as females, for, while women are a means to the end of chieftaincy, chieftaincy is still gendered as male. But becoming male for a female is as possible as becoming female is for a male, just add the causative prefix 'aka and act like one. 30 00 The male bias of the expedition era has left its mark upon the anthropology of Polynesian culture. Until recently the objects of analysis have been almost exclusively the chiefly system and warriorhood, which were ethnocentrically interpreted. However, women were active and central in transmitting high rank and Polynesian history provides examples of women who became important chiefs. The question then arises: what in traditional society explains the prominence some females achieved? As mediators between a bounded structure and what lay beyond it, be it political authority, supranormal spheres, or Western culture-bearers, the female played a decisive role. They also acted as chiefs, sometimes even as warriors. This poses a paradox, for the structural position of women, cosmic in nature, does not allow for female chieftaincy. What is important here is a gendered category and not particular males and females. Thus, whole social groups and islands can be regarded as "warriors" or as "females." Actual women who have historically achieved chieftaincy do so as sociological males, not as females, for, while women are a means to the end of chieftaincy, chieftaincy is still gendered as male. But becoming male for a female is as possible as becoming female is for a male, just add the causative prefix 'aka and act like one. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Class and social differentiation in Oceania 1 A01 21 0000000184696583 V. A. Shnirelman V. A. Shnirelman 40 05qrfxd25 Russian Academy of Sciences Victor Alexandrovich Shnirelman is a historian and anthropologist. He is a senior researcher at N. N. Miklukho-Maklai Institute of Ethnology and Anthropology at the Russian Academy of Sciences and a member of the Academia Europaea. He has published numerous monographs and articles on a wide range of subjects ranging from history and anthropology to archaeology. His current research interests include ideologies of nationalism, racism, ethnic conflict, neo-paganism, cultural memory, politics of the past and post-socialism. His numerous monographs include Who Gets the Past?: Competition for Ancestors among Non-Russian Intellectuals in Russia (1996), The myth of the Khazars and Intellectual Antisemitism in Russia, 1970s–1990s (2002) and Колено Даново: Эсхатология и антисемитизм в современной России (The Tribe of Dan: Eschatology and Anti-Semitism in Contemporary Russia; 2017, Biblical-Theological Institute). 03 00 The rise of cognitive anthropology has recently stimulated a growing interest in intercultural variation. Separate social groups and strata endowed with various ranks and statuses already appeared at the dawn of history when the socioeconomic classes were developing. Hence that was also the time when various distinct social subcultures were emerging. Some Soviet scholars conceptually divide culture in two related ways. The first is determined by the principle which claims that each cultural form includes both productive and reproductive activities (technic-technological aspects) and the objectivized results of such activities. The second one has to do with various real cultural forms: production culture, consumption culture, interaction culture (or etiquette), socionormative culture, physical culture, artistic culture and so on. It seems quite evident that the emerging social differentiation affected distinct forms of ethnic culture rather differently. In order to understand this process, an extensive survey of the ethnic cultures of New Guinea, Melanesia and Polynesia has been conducted. The implication of this analysis is that it is necessary to correct some points in the methodology of Melanesian and Polynesian ethnic culture studies, because evidence of ordinary folk culture is inappropriate for the description of elite culture, and vice versa. The marshalled data put the investigation of the social differentiation process in a new perspective, particularly concerning the interpretation of prehistoric cultural frontiers. 30 00 The rise of cognitive anthropology has recently stimulated a growing interest in intercultural variation. Separate social groups and strata endowed with various ranks and statuses already appeared at the dawn of history when the socioeconomic classes were developing. Hence that was also the time when various distinct social subcultures were emerging. Some Soviet scholars conceptually divide culture in two related ways. The first is determined by the principle which claims that each cultural form includes both productive and reproductive activities (technic-technological aspects) and the objectivized results of such activities. The second one has to do with various real cultural forms: production culture, consumption culture, interaction culture (or etiquette), socionormative culture, physical culture, artistic culture and so on. It seems quite evident that the emerging social differentiation affected distinct forms of ethnic culture rather differently. In order to understand this process, an extensive survey of the ethnic cultures of New Guinea, Melanesia and Polynesia has been conducted. The implication of this analysis is that it is necessary to correct some points in the methodology of Melanesian and Polynesian ethnic culture studies, because evidence of ordinary folk culture is inappropriate for the description of elite culture, and vice versa. The marshalled data put the investigation of the social differentiation process in a new perspective, particularly concerning the interpretation of prehistoric cultural frontiers. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 New lessons from old shells: Changing perspectives on the Kula 1 A01 Roger M. Keesing Roger Keesing 40 01pxwe438 McGill University Professor Roger Martin Keesing (1935–1993) was an anthropologist and linguist known especially for his long-term engagement with the Kwaio of Malaita, Solomon Islands, where he first conducted research in 1962. Keesing was the head of the Department of Anthropology in the Research School of Pacific Studies at the Australian National University between 1976–1990 and professor of anthropology at the MgGill University. His research interests spanned a wide range of topics from kinship, social structure, politics and gender to religion, history, colonialism and resistance. Keesing studied these questions especially in the context of the Kwaio and published several books, such as Kwaio Religion (1982) and Custom and Confrontation: Kwaio Struggle for Cultural Autonomy (1992). He is also the author of a dictionary and grammar of Kwaio language, biographies of prominent Kwaio men and numerous articles on the Kwaio and Melanesia, including research on the labour trade, colonialism and political-religious movements. In addition to his specialisation on Solomon Islands, Keesing is known for his general contributions to anthropology, including a widely used textbook Cultural Anthropology: A Contemporary Perspective (1981). 03 00 The kula partners of the Melanesian Massim have been one of anthropology's most compelling and influential and enduring images of Otherness, created both by Malinowski's rhetorical power and the sheer fascination they themselves engender. Malinowski saw in the kula lessons for the social science of his time, as well as popular stereotypes, for example the critique of the ostensibly universal figure of the Homo economicus. While anthropology's fashions have changed, and what there ever was of a "primitive" world has been overturned, engulfed, and obliterated, the fascination of the kula has endured. Indeed, this fascination has been a lure helping to attract further generations of fieldworkers to Malinowski's Trobriands and other islands of the kula "ring." Assessing the new evidence, I will suggest that the emerging picture has important implications not only for our understanding of the region and the phenomenon, but for the way we think about Alterity, about "primitive society", a world that never existed, and about anthropology's Orientalist project of representing radical cultural difference to the West. The new perspectives on Massim exchange exemplify directions in which contemporary anthropology has been moving, and provide some useful insights about where and how it needs now to move. 30 00 The kula partners of the Melanesian Massim have been one of anthropology's most compelling and influential and enduring images of Otherness, created both by Malinowski's rhetorical power and the sheer fascination they themselves engender. Malinowski saw in the kula lessons for the social science of his time, as well as popular stereotypes, for example the critique of the ostensibly universal figure of the Homo economicus. While anthropology's fashions have changed, and what there ever was of a "primitive" world has been overturned, engulfed, and obliterated, the fascination of the kula has endured. Indeed, this fascination has been a lure helping to attract further generations of fieldworkers to Malinowski's Trobriands and other islands of the kula "ring." Assessing the new evidence, I will suggest that the emerging picture has important implications not only for our understanding of the region and the phenomenon, but for the way we think about Alterity, about "primitive society", a world that never existed, and about anthropology's Orientalist project of representing radical cultural difference to the West. The new perspectives on Massim exchange exemplify directions in which contemporary anthropology has been moving, and provide some useful insights about where and how it needs now to move. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Gift exchange and the construction of identity 1 A01 John Liep John Liep 40 035b05819 University of Copenhagen John Liep (1936–2014) was a senior lecturer at the Department of Anthropology at the University of Copenhagen. Liep's research focused on economic anthropology, exchange and the shell money of the Massim region of Papua New Guinea. He first conducted research in 1971 on Rossel (Yela) Island, the easternmost island of Southeast Papua New Guinea and a Papuan "outlier" of the Massim region, on the complicated system of ranked shell-money used by the inhabitants of Rossel. His long-term, careful and meticulous research on exchange and hierarchy on Rossel Island culminated in his book A Papuan Plutocracy: Ranked Exchange on Rossel Island (2009), a critique of canonical exchange theories. In addition to his magnum opus, Liep published throughout his career a number of articles and edited the volume Locating Cultural Creativity (2001). Liep was also an accomplished hobby ornithologist and published an article entitled "Airborne kula: The appropriation of birds by Danish ornithologists". 03 00 One of the most outstanding features of Pacific cultures is their elaborate systems of gift exchange. Through the giving of gifts and countergifts Pacific Islanders affirm friendship, contract alliances and assert or challenge social eminence. The exchange of culturally encoded objects constitutes an entire social and political discourse. This essay explores these aspects of gift exchange in some Pacific exchange systems. I am especially concerned with the circulation of graded valuables in what I call systems of ranked exchange. I argue that in such systems one valuable thing often stands for another as its image. As the association between persons and things as images is intimate this has consequences for our understanding of inalienability. In the critical part of the essay I place inalienability in the broader context of reciprocity. My query is especially with the implicit assumption of equivalence often embedded in this concept. I argue that the idea of equivalence in reciprocity results from a transposition of a commodity model into our understanding. Here the notion of equivalent exchange presupposes a contract between equal, independent individuals. The practices of Pacific exchange systems question this simple model of reciprocity and equivalence. They demonstrate that what takes place is rather the negotiation of the personal status and identity of the participants than the assessment of the equivalence of things. 30 00 One of the most outstanding features of Pacific cultures is their elaborate systems of gift exchange. Through the giving of gifts and countergifts Pacific Islanders affirm friendship, contract alliances and assert or challenge social eminence. The exchange of culturally encoded objects constitutes an entire social and political discourse. This essay explores these aspects of gift exchange in some Pacific exchange systems. I am especially concerned with the circulation of graded valuables in what I call systems of ranked exchange. I argue that in such systems one valuable thing often stands for another as its image. As the association between persons and things as images is intimate this has consequences for our understanding of inalienability. In the critical part of the essay I place inalienability in the broader context of reciprocity. My query is especially with the implicit assumption of equivalence often embedded in this concept. I argue that the idea of equivalence in reciprocity results from a transposition of a commodity model into our understanding. Here the notion of equivalent exchange presupposes a contract between equal, independent individuals. The practices of Pacific exchange systems question this simple model of reciprocity and equivalence. They demonstrate that what takes place is rather the negotiation of the personal status and identity of the participants than the assessment of the equivalence of things. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-12 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 ‘Canoe traffic’ of the Torres Strait and Fly Estuary 1 A01 David Russell Lawrence David Lawrence 40 019wvm592 Australian National University David Russell Lawrence is a cultural anthropologist with qualifications in Asian politics and languages, museum studies and library administration. His doctoral research was a study of customary exchange across the Torres Strait. He is currently an Associate Professor (Hon) at the Crawford School of Public Policy, The Australian National University, Canberra. He has managed environmental programs in Melanesia and Indonesia for the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority and coordinated a survey of 300 villages in Solomon Islands for the Community Sector Program funded by the Australian Government.His latest published books are The Naturalist and ‘His Beautiful Islands’: Charles Morris Woodford in the Western Pacific (2014) and a re-examination of the place in Melanesian anthropology of the Finnish sociologist Gunnar Landtman, Gunnar Landtman in Papua: 1910–1912 (2010). David has also written on the history of the management of the Great Barrier Reef and on Aboriginal joint management of Kakadu National Park. He has presented detailed reports on the cultural heritage of the former Somerset settlement, Cape York: the Cooktown Botanic Gardens, and the coastal fortifications of Townville, North Queensland. 03 00 This paper concentrates on the material aspects of the interaction between Torres Strait Islanders and the Papuan peoples of the Fly estuary and the southwest coastal region of Papua New Guinea. In spite of the differences in ecology, habitation history and subsistence practices, or perhaps because of them, interaction between peoples of the region has a long history. Such patterns of interaction between linguistic and culturally diverse groups of peoples is well known in the Melanesian region. Historically, one of the most important cultural links between Papuans and Islanders has been regular and sustained contact maintained by voyages in large ocean-going canoes. The interesting aspect of this relationship from an economic point of view has been not only the exchange by canoes, that is, using canoes as a means of exchange, but also exchange in canoes, where the canoe itself has been the principal object of exchange. Exchange relations between Torres Strait Islanders, coastal Papuans and Australian Aboriginal groups at Cape York were facilitated by means of a sophisticated maritime technology and operated within the confines of well established real and fictive kinship ties. 30 00 This paper concentrates on the material aspects of the interaction between Torres Strait Islanders and the Papuan peoples of the Fly estuary and the southwest coastal region of Papua New Guinea. In spite of the differences in ecology, habitation history and subsistence practices, or perhaps because of them, interaction between peoples of the region has a long history. Such patterns of interaction between linguistic and culturally diverse groups of peoples is well known in the Melanesian region. Historically, one of the most important cultural links between Papuans and Islanders has been regular and sustained contact maintained by voyages in large ocean-going canoes. The interesting aspect of this relationship from an economic point of view has been not only the exchange by canoes, that is, using canoes as a means of exchange, but also exchange in canoes, where the canoe itself has been the principal object of exchange. Exchange relations between Torres Strait Islanders, coastal Papuans and Australian Aboriginal groups at Cape York were facilitated by means of a sophisticated maritime technology and operated within the confines of well established real and fictive kinship ties. 20 00 Open Access 13 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-13 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Cultural history of the Pacific and the bark cloth making in Central Sulawesi 1 A01 Eija-Maija Kotilainen Eija-Maija Kotilainen National Museum of Finland Dr. Eija-Maija Kotilainen received her Masters degree and a PhD in Cultural Anthropology at the University of Helsinki. The title of her doctoral thesis was When the Bones are Left: A Study of the Material Culture of Central Sulawesi. In 1995 she got a Smithsonian Institution Postdoctoral Fellowship for six months. Kotilainen has worked in several positions in research administration at the Academy of Finland. From 1998–2001 she was Director of the Helinä Rautavaara Museum, and from 2001–2018 was Director of the Museum of Cultures. In 2018 she retired from her position as Director of Collections at the National Museum of Finland. Kotilainen is also a Docent at the University of Helsinki. 03 00 Archaeologists, anthropologists and linguists are now in general agreement about the prehistory of the Austronesian-speakers, but most details are still obscure. The Philippines and the eastern part of Indonesia have received very little attention in research into the cultures of the Pacific region and the settling of the area by the Austronesian peoples. Based on ethnographical and linguistic evidence, bark cloth making has generally been regarded as a common feature of early Austronesian culture. Ethnography informs us that bark cloth making was known in large areas of Southeast Asia and Oceania, and also in Africa and Central and South America. The importance and position of bark cloth as part of the culture of the Austronesian people is illustrated by the persistence of its manufacture in many places. In this paper I examine in some detail the bark cloth production of the Kaili-Pamona speakers in Central Sulawesi (Celebes) and discuss how the study of their bark cloth may add to research into the cultural history of the Austronesian peoples. I argue that the vitality and important position of bark cloth as part of the culture of the Austronesian peoples is largely due to its central role in religious rituals and social practices. Thus, it is associated with the most sacred powers which represent the continuity and immortality of the society. 30 00 Archaeologists, anthropologists and linguists are now in general agreement about the prehistory of the Austronesian-speakers, but most details are still obscure. The Philippines and the eastern part of Indonesia have received very little attention in research into the cultures of the Pacific region and the settling of the area by the Austronesian peoples. Based on ethnographical and linguistic evidence, bark cloth making has generally been regarded as a common feature of early Austronesian culture. Ethnography informs us that bark cloth making was known in large areas of Southeast Asia and Oceania, and also in Africa and Central and South America. The importance and position of bark cloth as part of the culture of the Austronesian people is illustrated by the persistence of its manufacture in many places. In this paper I examine in some detail the bark cloth production of the Kaili-Pamona speakers in Central Sulawesi (Celebes) and discuss how the study of their bark cloth may add to research into the cultural history of the Austronesian peoples. I argue that the vitality and important position of bark cloth as part of the culture of the Austronesian peoples is largely due to its central role in religious rituals and social practices. Thus, it is associated with the most sacred powers which represent the continuity and immortality of the society. 20 00 Open Access 14 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-14 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The material culture of music performance on Manihiki 1 A01 Helen Reeves Lawrence Helen Reeves Lawrence University of Newcastle (NSW) Helen Fairweather (formerly Helen Reeves Lawrence) is an ethnomusicologist with an interdisciplinary background in music and material anthropology. She has held teaching and research positions at a number of Australian universities and overseas institutions, including The Australian National University and the University of Papua New Guinea. Since completing her doctoral research in Manihiki, she undertook a study of music and religion in eastern Torres Strait. She has published widely, in journals, books and encyclopaedia, and is the editor (with Don Niles) of Traditionalism and Modernity in the Music and Dance of Oceania. She is currently a Conjoint Research Fellow at the University of Newcastle (Australia). Helen’s latest research is focused on working with eastern Torres Strait Islander musicians and singers living in mainland Australia. Owing to restrictions imposed during the Covid-19 pandemic, this project remains a work-in-progress. Recently, she co-authored a chapter ‘Revitalising Meriam Mir through sacred song’ in an edited volume Recirculating Songs: Revitalising the singing practices of Indigenous Australia. 03 00 The article analyses the material culture of music performance on Manihiki, northern Cook Islands, and provides a framework within which the material culture may be interpreted in its cultural context. The focus of the paper is the built environment associated with music and dance performance, and the rich and varied types of musical styles heard on Manihiki. According to the argument in the paper, the type of music performance is directly related to the type of place at which the performance is held. 30 00 The article analyses the material culture of music performance on Manihiki, northern Cook Islands, and provides a framework within which the material culture may be interpreted in its cultural context. The focus of the paper is the built environment associated with music and dance performance, and the rich and varied types of musical styles heard on Manihiki. According to the argument in the paper, the type of music performance is directly related to the type of place at which the performance is held. 20 00 Open Access 15 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-15 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The ‘golden section’ on Kitawa Island 1 A01 Giancarlo M. G. Scoditti Giancarlo Scoditti University of Urbino Giancarlo Scoditti is Emeritus Professor of Ethnology at the Department of Classical Archaeology and History of Ancient Art at the University of Urbino. He has conducted extensive ethnographic fieldwork on Kitawa and Kiriwina Islands, Papua New Guinea from 1973 onwards. Scoditti's research has focused on symbolic meaning, art, aesthetics, myth and verbal and non-verbal oral cultural expressions. He has examined these themes in the context of Kitawan kula canoes, their carving and carvers. Scoditti has published extensively both in Italian and in English. His numerous monographs include Kitawa: A Linguistic and Aesthetic Analysis of Visual Art in Melanesia (1990), Kitawa. Il suono e il colore della memoria (Kitawa: The sound and color of memory; 2003), Notes on the Cognitive Texture of an Oral Mind: Kitawa, a Melanesian Culture (2012), Kitawa: The Thinking Hand and the Making Mind (2017). 03 00 When one first looks at the lagimu</italic> and tabuya</italic>, the two multicoloured prowboards placed symmetrically, like mirror-images of one another, on the ceremonial canoe (masawa</italic>) used for the Kula Ring exchanges, one is struck by the delicate visual balance between the graphic signs carved in the surface of the wood. The concept of randomness, in the sense of lack of 'order', as absence of planning, must, one feels sure, have been foreign to the person who carved these two prowboards: his hand and his eye must have been guided by precise rules of composition. In what follows I shall try to identify some of the aesthetic principles which determine these rules of composition and the technique which realizes them on a lagimu</italic> and tabuya</italic>. My exposition is based, as far as the aesthetic principles are concerned, on a series of conversations with Towitara Buyoyu, regarded as one of the greatest woodcarvers in Milne Bay, and Tonori Kiririyei and Siyakwakwa Teitei. Of these last two the former is a young carver of multicoloured prowboards, and the latter a carver and builder of hulls for ceremonial canoes. The lagimu</italic>/tabuya</italic>, as a geometrical and abstract schema, is equivalent to an equiangular spiral inscribing a golden or isosceles triangle. It is no coincidence that in the past Kitawans used to build ceremonial canoes called goragora</italic> (Nautilus pompilius</italic>) and characterized by a lagimu in the form of a large, stylized, Nautilus shell. 30 00 When one first looks at the lagimu</italic> and tabuya</italic>, the two multicoloured prowboards placed symmetrically, like mirror-images of one another, on the ceremonial canoe (masawa</italic>) used for the Kula Ring exchanges, one is struck by the delicate visual balance between the graphic signs carved in the surface of the wood. The concept of randomness, in the sense of lack of 'order', as absence of planning, must, one feels sure, have been foreign to the person who carved these two prowboards: his hand and his eye must have been guided by precise rules of composition. In what follows I shall try to identify some of the aesthetic principles which determine these rules of composition and the technique which realizes them on a lagimu</italic> and tabuya</italic>. My exposition is based, as far as the aesthetic principles are concerned, on a series of conversations with Towitara Buyoyu, regarded as one of the greatest woodcarvers in Milne Bay, and Tonori Kiririyei and Siyakwakwa Teitei. Of these last two the former is a young carver of multicoloured prowboards, and the latter a carver and builder of hulls for ceremonial canoes. The lagimu</italic>/tabuya</italic>, as a geometrical and abstract schema, is equivalent to an equiangular spiral inscribing a golden or isosceles triangle. It is no coincidence that in the past Kitawans used to build ceremonial canoes called goragora</italic> (Nautilus pompilius</italic>) and characterized by a lagimu in the form of a large, stylized, Nautilus shell. 20 00 Open Access 16 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-16 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Decipherment of the Easter Island script 1 A01 N. A. Butinov N. A. Butinov Peter the Great Museum of Anthropology and Ethnography (Kunstkamera) Nikolai Aleksandrovich Butinov (1914–2000) was an anthropologist, and the head of the Department of Australia, Oceania and Indonesia in the St. Petersburg Institute of Anthropology and Ethnography. He is the author of numerous monographs in Russian, and for the English-speaking audience, his most famous contribution has been the work in deciphering the rongorongo script of the Easter Island tablets. 03 00 The article reviews different approaches of deciphering the kohau rongorongo</italic> script, and gives various standpoints for further analysis, by arguing that the glyphs represent genealogies and mythological events. A methodology of analysis is proposed and tested by deciphering which glyphs represent which tribe names of Easter Islands. The main argument put forth is that the question of whether kohau rongorongo</italic> is a mnemonic tool or a phonetic script is a false dichotomy – it can be both. 30 00 The article reviews different approaches of deciphering the kohau rongorongo</italic> script, and gives various standpoints for further analysis, by arguing that the glyphs represent genealogies and mythological events. A methodology of analysis is proposed and tested by deciphering which glyphs represent which tribe names of Easter Islands. The main argument put forth is that the question of whether kohau rongorongo</italic> is a mnemonic tool or a phonetic script is a false dichotomy – it can be both. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20210929 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690479 03 9789523690479 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690462 20 08 20210929 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690462 20 08 20210929 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690462 20 08 20210929 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690462 20 08 20210929 01 urn:uuid:6f4bdbb8-bf59-4034-86d2-ff6d75bf1ad9 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:7451138f-5e31-486d-b25d-f39968290f48 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:6f4bdbb8-bf59-4034-86d2-ff6d75bf1ad9 15 9789523690479 03 9789523690479 06 10.33134/HUP-12 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ 01 01 Culture and History in the Pacific 1 B01 Jukka Siikala Jukka Siikala 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Jukka Siikala is Professor Emeritus of Social and Cultural Anthropology at the University of Helsinki. Specializing on the Pacific since the mid-1970s, Siikala has conducted extensive ethnographic fieldwork in the Cook Islands first in 1983–1984, later in the 1980s and 1990s as well as fieldwork with Cook Island migrants in New Zealand. Central themes in Siikala's research are the focus on culture and textuality, for example recitation and recording of genealogies, and interactions between indigenous hierarchies, state institutions and the global system. He has edited a number of volumes, such as Departures: How Societies Distribute their People (2001) and published a multitude of articles internationally and in Finnish. He is the author of two monographs of the Cook Islands, Akatokamanāva: Myth, History and Society in the Southern Cook Islands (1991) and Return to Culture: Oral Tradition and Society in the Southern Cook Islands (2005) together with Anna-Leena Siikala. 01 eng 00 302 03 B2 Anthropology B2 Social and cultural anthropology B2 Ethnology B2 History 20 art; canoes; gender roles; exchange; folk music; kinship; leadership; performance; petroglyphs; seafaring; Oceania; Cook Islands; Easter Island; Hawaiʻi; Indonesia; Papua New Guinea; Tonga 01 06 02 00 Culture and History in the Pacific</italic> is a collection of essays by eminent anthropologists originally published in 1990. The authors represent several academic traditions and different areal discussions during the Cold War era. The texts explore from different perspectives the question of culture as a repository of historical informa 03 00 Culture and History in the Pacific</italic> is a collection of essays originally published in 1990. The texts explore from different perspectives the question of culture as a repository of historical information. They also address broader questions of anthropological writing at the time, such as the relationship between anthropologists’ representations and local conceptions.This republication aims to make the book accessible to a wider audience, and in the region it discusses, Oceania. A new introductory essay has been included to contextualize the volume in relation to its historical setting, the end of the Cold War era, and to the present study of the Pacific and indigenous scholarship.The authors of Culture and History in the Pacific</italic> include prominent anthropologists of the Pacific, some of whom – Roger Keesing and Marilyn Strathern, to name but two – have also been influential in the anthropology of the late 20th and early 21st century in general. 30 00 Culture and History in the Pacific</italic> is a collection of essays originally published in 1990. The texts explore from different perspectives the question of culture as a repository of historical information. They also address broader questions of anthropological writing at the time, such as the relationship between anthropologists’ representations and local conceptions.This republication aims to make the book accessible to a wider audience, and in the region it discusses, Oceania. A new introductory essay has been included to contextualize the volume in relation to its historical setting, the end of the Cold War era, and to the present study of the Pacific and indigenous scholarship.The authors of Culture and History in the Pacific</italic> include prominent anthropologists of the Pacific, some of whom – Roger Keesing and Marilyn Strathern, to name but two – have also been influential in the anthropology of the late 20th and early 21st century in general. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/82a2e803-73b9-4d52-80d0-f26be995eaca.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-1 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Preface to the Second Edition 1 A01 21 0000000197677832 Tuomas Tammisto Tuomas Tammisto 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Tuomas Tammisto is postdoctoral researcher in Social and Cultural Anthropology at the University of Helsinki. His research focuses on environmental questions, kinship, land use and the politics of natural resource use in Papua New Guinea. 2 A01 21 0000000346012392 Heikki Wilenius Heikki Wilenius 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Heikki Wilenius is an anthropologist who works as a postdoctoral researcher at the University of Helsinki. His research interests include local politics, livelihood strategies and extractivism in Indonesia. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-2 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Crossing Borders: Changing Contexts of This Book 1 A01 Petra Autio Petra Autio 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Petra Autio has a PhD in Social and Cultural Anthropology from the University of Helsinki (2010). She has conducted ethnographic research in Kiribati, and later with Kiribati migrants in New Zealand. Her geographical interests also include Palau, Guam and Micronesia in general. Her analytical interests include social organization and differentiation, dance, custom, kinship, narratives, migration, language Ideology and colonial discourse, on which she has published numerous articles. Her current postdoctoral research project is titled "The I-Kiribati in New Zealand: Migrants and Language Ideology in the Context of Climate Change", funded by the Finnish Cultural Foundation. Her work on Kiribati migration takes place from two perspectives: a contemporary one, involving a Kiribati community in New Zealand, and a historical one, concerning migration – and lack thereof – in the Gilbert and Ellice Islands Colony, today known as Republic of Kiribati. In addition to research, Autio has administrative experience within the academia and she works also as a project manager in the youth project "Au mensa V - From Awareness to Action" of the Finnish Roma Association. 03 00 Culture and History in the Pacific was first published in 1990 by a small scholarly society in a remote European country. The original edition of the book was not particularly accessible elsewhere, least of all in the region it discusses, Oceania. The volume has now been republished digitally and in open access to ensure with the hope that it will reach a wider audience. The aim of this preface is to place this book into perspective – or rather, some perspectives – in the hope that by contextualizing the book, it is possible for the reader to separate that which has withstood time or is of value to him or her. It will be doing so particularly with reference to the borders and divisions referred to in the original preface but also going beyond them. Firstly, the preface briefly describes one context in which the original papers were presented: the era approaching the end of the Cold War, and its effect on academia in general and anthropology in particular. Secondly, it will comment on a scholarly context within Pacific anthropology which is explicitly present in the book. This is the context of areal discussions, and the division of the Pacific into the culture areas of Polynesia, Melanesia and Micronesia. Thirdly, it looks at a further framework which is only partly visible in the book, namely the division between an outsider researcher and his or her topic and how this has been challenged and transformed in the decades following the original publication. 30 00 Culture and History in the Pacific was first published in 1990 by a small scholarly society in a remote European country. The original edition of the book was not particularly accessible elsewhere, least of all in the region it discusses, Oceania. The volume has now been republished digitally and in open access to ensure with the hope that it will reach a wider audience. The aim of this preface is to place this book into perspective – or rather, some perspectives – in the hope that by contextualizing the book, it is possible for the reader to separate that which has withstood time or is of value to him or her. It will be doing so particularly with reference to the borders and divisions referred to in the original preface but also going beyond them. Firstly, the preface briefly describes one context in which the original papers were presented: the era approaching the end of the Cold War, and its effect on academia in general and anthropology in particular. Secondly, it will comment on a scholarly context within Pacific anthropology which is explicitly present in the book. This is the context of areal discussions, and the division of the Pacific into the culture areas of Polynesia, Melanesia and Micronesia. Thirdly, it looks at a further framework which is only partly visible in the book, namely the division between an outsider researcher and his or her topic and how this has been challenged and transformed in the decades following the original publication. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-3 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Introduction 1 A01 Jukka Siikala Jukka Siikala 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Jukka Siikala is Professor Emeritus of Social and Cultural Anthropology at the University of Helsinki. Specializing on the Pacific since the mid-1970s, Siikala has conducted extensive ethnographic fieldwork in the Cook Islands first in 1983–1984, later in the 1980s and 1990s as well as fieldwork with Cook Island migrants in New Zealand. Central themes in Siikala's research are the focus on culture and textuality, for example recitation and recording of genealogies, and interactions between indigenous hierarchies, state institutions and the global system. He has edited a number of volumes, such as Departures: How Societies Distribute their People (2001) and published a multitude of articles internationally and in Finnish. He is the author of two monographs of the Cook Islands, Akatokamanāva: Myth, History and Society in the Southern Cook Islands (1991) and Return to Culture: Oral Tradition and Society in the Southern Cook Islands (2005) together with Anna-Leena Siikala. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-4 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 History and the representation of Polynesian societies 1 A01 Judith Huntsman Judith Huntsman 40 03b94tp07 University of Auckland Judith Huntsman has been an Honorary Professorial Research Fellow in Anthropology at the University of Auckland since 2001. Her active retirement has had two strands: researching and writing The Future of Tokelau: Decolonising Agendas 1975–2006 with Kelihiano Kalolo (2007) and editing The Journal of the Polynesian Society. She retired from her role as Honorary Editor in 2016 after two decades of service and in the following year was awarded the Polynesian Society's Nayacakalou Medal for contributions to scholarship in Oceania. In receiving the Medal she presented a paper "The treasured things of Tokelau" (published in the September 2017 issue of the JPS). 2 A01 Antony Bramston Hooper Antony Hooper 40 03b94tp07 University of Auckland Antony Bramston Hooper (1932–2016) was an Emeritus Professor of Social Anthropology at the University of Auckland. His last publication was an English translation of a book on Tokelau fishing written in Tokelauan by elderly master-fishermen resident in New Zealand. Initially, he facilitated their publication Hikuleo i te Papa o Tautai (2008) and thereafter co-authored with Iuta Tinielu its translation with the title Echoes at Fishermen's Rock: Traditional Tokelau Fishing (2012). Antony arranged with UNESCO for its publication as Knowledges of Nature 4. This was a fitting final publication from a scholar whose research and publication from 1968 was focused on Tokelau, its past, present and future, but who, more than anything else, loved to learn and write about Tokelau practices, knowledge and lore of fishing.Antony Hooper and Judith Huntsman, both of the Anthropology Department at The University of Auckland, began extended field research in the three Tokelau atolls of the central Pacific in 1967 and among the Tokelau communities in New Zealand. They have written jointly and separately on numerous topics concerning the Tokelau past, present and future right into the 21st century. Their major joint publication is Tokelau: A Historical Ethnography (1996). Their paper in this volume is informed by their years of diverse research, debate and pondering about Tokelau matters, but draws upon examples from elsewhere to state their case. 03 00 This review article analyses representations of Polynesian pasts, discourses surrounding the concepts of history, culture and tradition, describing historiographical projects of Pacific islanders. The article highlights the complex relationship between oral traditions and written historical accounts, and the politics of representation of these projects. 30 00 This review article analyses representations of Polynesian pasts, discourses surrounding the concepts of history, culture and tradition, describing historiographical projects of Pacific islanders. The article highlights the complex relationship between oral traditions and written historical accounts, and the politics of representation of these projects. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-5 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Artefacts of history: Events and the interpretation of images 1 A01 21 0000000320041902 Marilyn Strathern Marilyn Strathern Cambridge University Marilyn Strathern, DBE, FBA, is Emeritus Professor of Social Anthropology and Life Fellow of Girton College (both Cambridge University), and Hon. Life President of the UK Association of Social Anthropologists (ASA). She had the good fortune to begin her research career in Papua New Guinea, which led to work on law, kinship and gender relations. In the UK she subsequently became involved with anthropological approaches to the new reproductive technologies, intellectual property and audit cultures. She pairs The Gender of the Gift (1988), a critique of anthropological theories of society applied to Melanesia, with After Nature (1992), a comment on the cultural revolution at home. Partial Connections (1991) looks askance at comparative anthropology. The recently published, Before and After Gender (2016) is also one of her first texts, written in the early 1970s. A genuinely recent book, Relations: An Anthropological Account, appeared with Duke University Press in 2020. 03 00 By discussing the reactions of Melanesians to the arrival of Europeans, this article raises some queries against anthropological perceptions of historical process. In evoking Melanesian "images", a set of perceptions is presented, which poses problems for the division of labour between social/cultural anthropologists and those concerned with material culture of the kind that finds its way to museums. The result of the division has been that anthropologists have hidden from themselves possible sources of insight into the processes by which people such as the Melanesian of Papua New Guinea deal with social change, and change themselves. 30 00 By discussing the reactions of Melanesians to the arrival of Europeans, this article raises some queries against anthropological perceptions of historical process. In evoking Melanesian "images", a set of perceptions is presented, which poses problems for the division of labour between social/cultural anthropologists and those concerned with material culture of the kind that finds its way to museums. The result of the division has been that anthropologists have hidden from themselves possible sources of insight into the processes by which people such as the Melanesian of Papua New Guinea deal with social change, and change themselves. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-6 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Diarchy and history in Hawaiʻi and Tonga 1 A01 Valerio Valeri Valerio Valeri 40 024mw5h28 University of Chicago Valerio Valeri (1944–1998) was a professor of anthropology at the University of Chicago. He conducted fieldwork in Southeast Asia, Micronesia and Polynesia, and authored several books: Kingship and Sacrifice: Ritual and Society in Ancient Hawaii (1985), Uno spazio fra se e se: L’Antropologia come ricerca del soggetto (1999), The Forest of Taboos: Morality, Hunting, and Identity among the Huaulu of the Moluccas (2000), Fragments from Forests and Libraries (2001), Rituals and Annals: Between Anthropology and History (2014), and Classic Concepts in Anthropology (2017). 03 00 This paper treats a well documented case of tension between diarchic and monarchic tendencies — that of ancient Hawaiʻi. The instability of diarchy in Hawaiʻi is contrasted with its stability, until the late eighteenth century, in another Polynesian society, Tonga. These different solutions correlate with the different place that a properly historical representation of kingship — that is one that recognizes discontinuities in time, that does not abolish time by making the present identical to the past — have in the two societies. 30 00 This paper treats a well documented case of tension between diarchic and monarchic tendencies — that of ancient Hawaiʻi. The instability of diarchy in Hawaiʻi is contrasted with its stability, until the late eighteenth century, in another Polynesian society, Tonga. These different solutions correlate with the different place that a properly historical representation of kingship — that is one that recognizes discontinuities in time, that does not abolish time by making the present identical to the past — have in the two societies. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-7 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Under the Toa tree: The genealogy of the Tongan Chiefs 1 A01 Aletta Biersack Aletta Biersack 40 0293rh119 University of Oregon Aletta Biersack is Emeritus Professor at the Department of Anthropology at the University of Oregon. Trained both as an anthropologist and a historian, she has conducted extensive research in the Pacific. She is especially known for her long-term engagement with Ipili speakers of Porgera and Paiela Valleys in Papua New Guinea, where she first conducted research in 1974–1978, throughout the 1990s and 2000s until 2015. She has conducted long-term ethnographic fieldwork and archival research in Tonga between 1986–1992. Her research interests include political ecology, historical anthropology and sex/gender and she has throughout her career published extensively on these topics. She has edited several books on the Pacific, for example Clio in Oceania: Toward a Historical Anthropology (1991) and Papuan Borderlands: Huli, Duna, and Ipili Perspectives on the Papua New Guinea Highlands (1995). She has co-edited Gender Violence & Human Rights: Seeking Justice in Fiji, Papua New Guinea and Vanuatu (2016) with Margaret Jolly and Martha Macintyre and Reimagining Political Ecology (2006) with James Greenberg. 03 00 This paper examines the dualistic foundations of Tongan kingship by way of exploring the historicity of the Tongan polity. While paramounts allegedly descend "from the sky" and the god or gods living there, they are also kinsmen of the villagers living under them and are appraised as such. Whether by way of reproducing or transforming a political field, the mediation of duality requires human work, a practice and performance of kingship. The word genealogy in the title bears the burden of the entire argument. Referring directly to history, it enters into tension with the patrilineal and structural models of the past. The history to which it refers, in turn, is set in motion by the dual foundations of kingship: idioms and ideologies of divinity but existing in tension with the "leveling forces" of contractual modes of legitimation. My aim is to develop a framework adequate to the task of interpreting the revolution of the 19th century, when Tāufa'āhau, a secondary chief, executed sweeping reforms at once chiefly and populist: he suppressed the Tu'i Tonga title of his superior; created a superordinate one, the royal title of the constitutional monarchy he in part designed; and converted to Christianity. The third monarch of the Tupou dynasty Tāufa'āhau founded, Queen Sālote Tupou III, figures prominently in these pages as an ideologue. In her often veiled and diplomatic disparagement of the leaders of the past, Queen Sālote provides a window upon the genealogical politics this paper addresses. 30 00 This paper examines the dualistic foundations of Tongan kingship by way of exploring the historicity of the Tongan polity. While paramounts allegedly descend "from the sky" and the god or gods living there, they are also kinsmen of the villagers living under them and are appraised as such. Whether by way of reproducing or transforming a political field, the mediation of duality requires human work, a practice and performance of kingship. The word genealogy in the title bears the burden of the entire argument. Referring directly to history, it enters into tension with the patrilineal and structural models of the past. The history to which it refers, in turn, is set in motion by the dual foundations of kingship: idioms and ideologies of divinity but existing in tension with the "leveling forces" of contractual modes of legitimation. My aim is to develop a framework adequate to the task of interpreting the revolution of the 19th century, when Tāufa'āhau, a secondary chief, executed sweeping reforms at once chiefly and populist: he suppressed the Tu'i Tonga title of his superior; created a superordinate one, the royal title of the constitutional monarchy he in part designed; and converted to Christianity. The third monarch of the Tupou dynasty Tāufa'āhau founded, Queen Sālote Tupou III, figures prominently in these pages as an ideologue. In her often veiled and diplomatic disparagement of the leaders of the past, Queen Sālote provides a window upon the genealogical politics this paper addresses. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-8 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Chiefs, gender and hierarchy in Ngāpūtoru 1 A01 Jukka Siikala Jukka Siikala 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Jukka Siikala is Professor Emeritus of Social and Cultural Anthropology at the University of Helsinki. Specializing on the Pacific since the mid-1970s, Siikala has conducted extensive ethnographic fieldwork in the Cook Islands first in 1983–1984, later in the 1980s and 1990s as well as fieldwork with Cook Island migrants in New Zealand. Central themes in Siikala's research are the focus on culture and textuality, for example recitation and recording of genealogies, and interactions between indigenous hierarchies, state institutions and the global system. He has edited a number of volumes, such as Departures: How Societies Distribute their People (2001) and published a multitude of articles internationally and in Finnish. He is the author of two monographs of the Cook Islands, Akatokamanāva: Myth, History and Society in the Southern Cook Islands (1991) and Return to Culture: Oral Tradition and Society in the Southern Cook Islands (2005) together with Anna-Leena Siikala. 03 00 The male bias of the expedition era has left its mark upon the anthropology of Polynesian culture. Until recently the objects of analysis have been almost exclusively the chiefly system and warriorhood, which were ethnocentrically interpreted. However, women were active and central in transmitting high rank and Polynesian history provides examples of women who became important chiefs. The question then arises: what in traditional society explains the prominence some females achieved? As mediators between a bounded structure and what lay beyond it, be it political authority, supranormal spheres, or Western culture-bearers, the female played a decisive role. They also acted as chiefs, sometimes even as warriors. This poses a paradox, for the structural position of women, cosmic in nature, does not allow for female chieftaincy. What is important here is a gendered category and not particular males and females. Thus, whole social groups and islands can be regarded as "warriors" or as "females." Actual women who have historically achieved chieftaincy do so as sociological males, not as females, for, while women are a means to the end of chieftaincy, chieftaincy is still gendered as male. But becoming male for a female is as possible as becoming female is for a male, just add the causative prefix 'aka and act like one. 30 00 The male bias of the expedition era has left its mark upon the anthropology of Polynesian culture. Until recently the objects of analysis have been almost exclusively the chiefly system and warriorhood, which were ethnocentrically interpreted. However, women were active and central in transmitting high rank and Polynesian history provides examples of women who became important chiefs. The question then arises: what in traditional society explains the prominence some females achieved? As mediators between a bounded structure and what lay beyond it, be it political authority, supranormal spheres, or Western culture-bearers, the female played a decisive role. They also acted as chiefs, sometimes even as warriors. This poses a paradox, for the structural position of women, cosmic in nature, does not allow for female chieftaincy. What is important here is a gendered category and not particular males and females. Thus, whole social groups and islands can be regarded as "warriors" or as "females." Actual women who have historically achieved chieftaincy do so as sociological males, not as females, for, while women are a means to the end of chieftaincy, chieftaincy is still gendered as male. But becoming male for a female is as possible as becoming female is for a male, just add the causative prefix 'aka and act like one. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-9 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Class and social differentiation in Oceania 1 A01 21 0000000184696583 V. A. Shnirelman V. A. Shnirelman 40 05qrfxd25 Russian Academy of Sciences Victor Alexandrovich Shnirelman is a historian and anthropologist. He is a senior researcher at N. N. Miklukho-Maklai Institute of Ethnology and Anthropology at the Russian Academy of Sciences and a member of the Academia Europaea. He has published numerous monographs and articles on a wide range of subjects ranging from history and anthropology to archaeology. His current research interests include ideologies of nationalism, racism, ethnic conflict, neo-paganism, cultural memory, politics of the past and post-socialism. His numerous monographs include Who Gets the Past?: Competition for Ancestors among Non-Russian Intellectuals in Russia (1996), The myth of the Khazars and Intellectual Antisemitism in Russia, 1970s–1990s (2002) and Колено Даново: Эсхатология и антисемитизм в современной России (The Tribe of Dan: Eschatology and Anti-Semitism in Contemporary Russia; 2017, Biblical-Theological Institute). 03 00 The rise of cognitive anthropology has recently stimulated a growing interest in intercultural variation. Separate social groups and strata endowed with various ranks and statuses already appeared at the dawn of history when the socioeconomic classes were developing. Hence that was also the time when various distinct social subcultures were emerging. Some Soviet scholars conceptually divide culture in two related ways. The first is determined by the principle which claims that each cultural form includes both productive and reproductive activities (technic-technological aspects) and the objectivized results of such activities. The second one has to do with various real cultural forms: production culture, consumption culture, interaction culture (or etiquette), socionormative culture, physical culture, artistic culture and so on. It seems quite evident that the emerging social differentiation affected distinct forms of ethnic culture rather differently. In order to understand this process, an extensive survey of the ethnic cultures of New Guinea, Melanesia and Polynesia has been conducted. The implication of this analysis is that it is necessary to correct some points in the methodology of Melanesian and Polynesian ethnic culture studies, because evidence of ordinary folk culture is inappropriate for the description of elite culture, and vice versa. The marshalled data put the investigation of the social differentiation process in a new perspective, particularly concerning the interpretation of prehistoric cultural frontiers. 30 00 The rise of cognitive anthropology has recently stimulated a growing interest in intercultural variation. Separate social groups and strata endowed with various ranks and statuses already appeared at the dawn of history when the socioeconomic classes were developing. Hence that was also the time when various distinct social subcultures were emerging. Some Soviet scholars conceptually divide culture in two related ways. The first is determined by the principle which claims that each cultural form includes both productive and reproductive activities (technic-technological aspects) and the objectivized results of such activities. The second one has to do with various real cultural forms: production culture, consumption culture, interaction culture (or etiquette), socionormative culture, physical culture, artistic culture and so on. It seems quite evident that the emerging social differentiation affected distinct forms of ethnic culture rather differently. In order to understand this process, an extensive survey of the ethnic cultures of New Guinea, Melanesia and Polynesia has been conducted. The implication of this analysis is that it is necessary to correct some points in the methodology of Melanesian and Polynesian ethnic culture studies, because evidence of ordinary folk culture is inappropriate for the description of elite culture, and vice versa. The marshalled data put the investigation of the social differentiation process in a new perspective, particularly concerning the interpretation of prehistoric cultural frontiers. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-10 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 New lessons from old shells: Changing perspectives on the Kula 1 A01 Roger M. Keesing Roger Keesing 40 01pxwe438 McGill University Professor Roger Martin Keesing (1935–1993) was an anthropologist and linguist known especially for his long-term engagement with the Kwaio of Malaita, Solomon Islands, where he first conducted research in 1962. Keesing was the head of the Department of Anthropology in the Research School of Pacific Studies at the Australian National University between 1976–1990 and professor of anthropology at the MgGill University. His research interests spanned a wide range of topics from kinship, social structure, politics and gender to religion, history, colonialism and resistance. Keesing studied these questions especially in the context of the Kwaio and published several books, such as Kwaio Religion (1982) and Custom and Confrontation: Kwaio Struggle for Cultural Autonomy (1992). He is also the author of a dictionary and grammar of Kwaio language, biographies of prominent Kwaio men and numerous articles on the Kwaio and Melanesia, including research on the labour trade, colonialism and political-religious movements. In addition to his specialisation on Solomon Islands, Keesing is known for his general contributions to anthropology, including a widely used textbook Cultural Anthropology: A Contemporary Perspective (1981). 03 00 The kula partners of the Melanesian Massim have been one of anthropology's most compelling and influential and enduring images of Otherness, created both by Malinowski's rhetorical power and the sheer fascination they themselves engender. Malinowski saw in the kula lessons for the social science of his time, as well as popular stereotypes, for example the critique of the ostensibly universal figure of the Homo economicus. While anthropology's fashions have changed, and what there ever was of a "primitive" world has been overturned, engulfed, and obliterated, the fascination of the kula has endured. Indeed, this fascination has been a lure helping to attract further generations of fieldworkers to Malinowski's Trobriands and other islands of the kula "ring." Assessing the new evidence, I will suggest that the emerging picture has important implications not only for our understanding of the region and the phenomenon, but for the way we think about Alterity, about "primitive society", a world that never existed, and about anthropology's Orientalist project of representing radical cultural difference to the West. The new perspectives on Massim exchange exemplify directions in which contemporary anthropology has been moving, and provide some useful insights about where and how it needs now to move. 30 00 The kula partners of the Melanesian Massim have been one of anthropology's most compelling and influential and enduring images of Otherness, created both by Malinowski's rhetorical power and the sheer fascination they themselves engender. Malinowski saw in the kula lessons for the social science of his time, as well as popular stereotypes, for example the critique of the ostensibly universal figure of the Homo economicus. While anthropology's fashions have changed, and what there ever was of a "primitive" world has been overturned, engulfed, and obliterated, the fascination of the kula has endured. Indeed, this fascination has been a lure helping to attract further generations of fieldworkers to Malinowski's Trobriands and other islands of the kula "ring." Assessing the new evidence, I will suggest that the emerging picture has important implications not only for our understanding of the region and the phenomenon, but for the way we think about Alterity, about "primitive society", a world that never existed, and about anthropology's Orientalist project of representing radical cultural difference to the West. The new perspectives on Massim exchange exemplify directions in which contemporary anthropology has been moving, and provide some useful insights about where and how it needs now to move. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-11 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Gift exchange and the construction of identity 1 A01 John Liep John Liep 40 035b05819 University of Copenhagen John Liep (1936–2014) was a senior lecturer at the Department of Anthropology at the University of Copenhagen. Liep's research focused on economic anthropology, exchange and the shell money of the Massim region of Papua New Guinea. He first conducted research in 1971 on Rossel (Yela) Island, the easternmost island of Southeast Papua New Guinea and a Papuan "outlier" of the Massim region, on the complicated system of ranked shell-money used by the inhabitants of Rossel. His long-term, careful and meticulous research on exchange and hierarchy on Rossel Island culminated in his book A Papuan Plutocracy: Ranked Exchange on Rossel Island (2009), a critique of canonical exchange theories. In addition to his magnum opus, Liep published throughout his career a number of articles and edited the volume Locating Cultural Creativity (2001). Liep was also an accomplished hobby ornithologist and published an article entitled "Airborne kula: The appropriation of birds by Danish ornithologists". 03 00 One of the most outstanding features of Pacific cultures is their elaborate systems of gift exchange. Through the giving of gifts and countergifts Pacific Islanders affirm friendship, contract alliances and assert or challenge social eminence. The exchange of culturally encoded objects constitutes an entire social and political discourse. This essay explores these aspects of gift exchange in some Pacific exchange systems. I am especially concerned with the circulation of graded valuables in what I call systems of ranked exchange. I argue that in such systems one valuable thing often stands for another as its image. As the association between persons and things as images is intimate this has consequences for our understanding of inalienability. In the critical part of the essay I place inalienability in the broader context of reciprocity. My query is especially with the implicit assumption of equivalence often embedded in this concept. I argue that the idea of equivalence in reciprocity results from a transposition of a commodity model into our understanding. Here the notion of equivalent exchange presupposes a contract between equal, independent individuals. The practices of Pacific exchange systems question this simple model of reciprocity and equivalence. They demonstrate that what takes place is rather the negotiation of the personal status and identity of the participants than the assessment of the equivalence of things. 30 00 One of the most outstanding features of Pacific cultures is their elaborate systems of gift exchange. Through the giving of gifts and countergifts Pacific Islanders affirm friendship, contract alliances and assert or challenge social eminence. The exchange of culturally encoded objects constitutes an entire social and political discourse. This essay explores these aspects of gift exchange in some Pacific exchange systems. I am especially concerned with the circulation of graded valuables in what I call systems of ranked exchange. I argue that in such systems one valuable thing often stands for another as its image. As the association between persons and things as images is intimate this has consequences for our understanding of inalienability. In the critical part of the essay I place inalienability in the broader context of reciprocity. My query is especially with the implicit assumption of equivalence often embedded in this concept. I argue that the idea of equivalence in reciprocity results from a transposition of a commodity model into our understanding. Here the notion of equivalent exchange presupposes a contract between equal, independent individuals. The practices of Pacific exchange systems question this simple model of reciprocity and equivalence. They demonstrate that what takes place is rather the negotiation of the personal status and identity of the participants than the assessment of the equivalence of things. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-12 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 ‘Canoe traffic’ of the Torres Strait and Fly Estuary 1 A01 David Russell Lawrence David Lawrence 40 019wvm592 Australian National University David Russell Lawrence is a cultural anthropologist with qualifications in Asian politics and languages, museum studies and library administration. His doctoral research was a study of customary exchange across the Torres Strait. He is currently an Associate Professor (Hon) at the Crawford School of Public Policy, The Australian National University, Canberra. He has managed environmental programs in Melanesia and Indonesia for the Great Barrier Reef Marine Park Authority and coordinated a survey of 300 villages in Solomon Islands for the Community Sector Program funded by the Australian Government.His latest published books are The Naturalist and ‘His Beautiful Islands’: Charles Morris Woodford in the Western Pacific (2014) and a re-examination of the place in Melanesian anthropology of the Finnish sociologist Gunnar Landtman, Gunnar Landtman in Papua: 1910–1912 (2010). David has also written on the history of the management of the Great Barrier Reef and on Aboriginal joint management of Kakadu National Park. He has presented detailed reports on the cultural heritage of the former Somerset settlement, Cape York: the Cooktown Botanic Gardens, and the coastal fortifications of Townville, North Queensland. 03 00 This paper concentrates on the material aspects of the interaction between Torres Strait Islanders and the Papuan peoples of the Fly estuary and the southwest coastal region of Papua New Guinea. In spite of the differences in ecology, habitation history and subsistence practices, or perhaps because of them, interaction between peoples of the region has a long history. Such patterns of interaction between linguistic and culturally diverse groups of peoples is well known in the Melanesian region. Historically, one of the most important cultural links between Papuans and Islanders has been regular and sustained contact maintained by voyages in large ocean-going canoes. The interesting aspect of this relationship from an economic point of view has been not only the exchange by canoes, that is, using canoes as a means of exchange, but also exchange in canoes, where the canoe itself has been the principal object of exchange. Exchange relations between Torres Strait Islanders, coastal Papuans and Australian Aboriginal groups at Cape York were facilitated by means of a sophisticated maritime technology and operated within the confines of well established real and fictive kinship ties. 30 00 This paper concentrates on the material aspects of the interaction between Torres Strait Islanders and the Papuan peoples of the Fly estuary and the southwest coastal region of Papua New Guinea. In spite of the differences in ecology, habitation history and subsistence practices, or perhaps because of them, interaction between peoples of the region has a long history. Such patterns of interaction between linguistic and culturally diverse groups of peoples is well known in the Melanesian region. Historically, one of the most important cultural links between Papuans and Islanders has been regular and sustained contact maintained by voyages in large ocean-going canoes. The interesting aspect of this relationship from an economic point of view has been not only the exchange by canoes, that is, using canoes as a means of exchange, but also exchange in canoes, where the canoe itself has been the principal object of exchange. Exchange relations between Torres Strait Islanders, coastal Papuans and Australian Aboriginal groups at Cape York were facilitated by means of a sophisticated maritime technology and operated within the confines of well established real and fictive kinship ties. 20 00 Open Access 13 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-13 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Cultural history of the Pacific and the bark cloth making in Central Sulawesi 1 A01 Eija-Maija Kotilainen Eija-Maija Kotilainen National Museum of Finland Dr. Eija-Maija Kotilainen received her Masters degree and a PhD in Cultural Anthropology at the University of Helsinki. The title of her doctoral thesis was When the Bones are Left: A Study of the Material Culture of Central Sulawesi. In 1995 she got a Smithsonian Institution Postdoctoral Fellowship for six months. Kotilainen has worked in several positions in research administration at the Academy of Finland. From 1998–2001 she was Director of the Helinä Rautavaara Museum, and from 2001–2018 was Director of the Museum of Cultures. In 2018 she retired from her position as Director of Collections at the National Museum of Finland. Kotilainen is also a Docent at the University of Helsinki. 03 00 Archaeologists, anthropologists and linguists are now in general agreement about the prehistory of the Austronesian-speakers, but most details are still obscure. The Philippines and the eastern part of Indonesia have received very little attention in research into the cultures of the Pacific region and the settling of the area by the Austronesian peoples. Based on ethnographical and linguistic evidence, bark cloth making has generally been regarded as a common feature of early Austronesian culture. Ethnography informs us that bark cloth making was known in large areas of Southeast Asia and Oceania, and also in Africa and Central and South America. The importance and position of bark cloth as part of the culture of the Austronesian people is illustrated by the persistence of its manufacture in many places. In this paper I examine in some detail the bark cloth production of the Kaili-Pamona speakers in Central Sulawesi (Celebes) and discuss how the study of their bark cloth may add to research into the cultural history of the Austronesian peoples. I argue that the vitality and important position of bark cloth as part of the culture of the Austronesian peoples is largely due to its central role in religious rituals and social practices. Thus, it is associated with the most sacred powers which represent the continuity and immortality of the society. 30 00 Archaeologists, anthropologists and linguists are now in general agreement about the prehistory of the Austronesian-speakers, but most details are still obscure. The Philippines and the eastern part of Indonesia have received very little attention in research into the cultures of the Pacific region and the settling of the area by the Austronesian peoples. Based on ethnographical and linguistic evidence, bark cloth making has generally been regarded as a common feature of early Austronesian culture. Ethnography informs us that bark cloth making was known in large areas of Southeast Asia and Oceania, and also in Africa and Central and South America. The importance and position of bark cloth as part of the culture of the Austronesian people is illustrated by the persistence of its manufacture in many places. In this paper I examine in some detail the bark cloth production of the Kaili-Pamona speakers in Central Sulawesi (Celebes) and discuss how the study of their bark cloth may add to research into the cultural history of the Austronesian peoples. I argue that the vitality and important position of bark cloth as part of the culture of the Austronesian peoples is largely due to its central role in religious rituals and social practices. Thus, it is associated with the most sacred powers which represent the continuity and immortality of the society. 20 00 Open Access 14 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-14 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The material culture of music performance on Manihiki 1 A01 Helen Reeves Lawrence Helen Reeves Lawrence University of Newcastle (NSW) Helen Fairweather (formerly Helen Reeves Lawrence) is an ethnomusicologist with an interdisciplinary background in music and material anthropology. She has held teaching and research positions at a number of Australian universities and overseas institutions, including The Australian National University and the University of Papua New Guinea. Since completing her doctoral research in Manihiki, she undertook a study of music and religion in eastern Torres Strait. She has published widely, in journals, books and encyclopaedia, and is the editor (with Don Niles) of Traditionalism and Modernity in the Music and Dance of Oceania. She is currently a Conjoint Research Fellow at the University of Newcastle (Australia). Helen’s latest research is focused on working with eastern Torres Strait Islander musicians and singers living in mainland Australia. Owing to restrictions imposed during the Covid-19 pandemic, this project remains a work-in-progress. Recently, she co-authored a chapter ‘Revitalising Meriam Mir through sacred song’ in an edited volume Recirculating Songs: Revitalising the singing practices of Indigenous Australia. 03 00 The article analyses the material culture of music performance on Manihiki, northern Cook Islands, and provides a framework within which the material culture may be interpreted in its cultural context. The focus of the paper is the built environment associated with music and dance performance, and the rich and varied types of musical styles heard on Manihiki. According to the argument in the paper, the type of music performance is directly related to the type of place at which the performance is held. 30 00 The article analyses the material culture of music performance on Manihiki, northern Cook Islands, and provides a framework within which the material culture may be interpreted in its cultural context. The focus of the paper is the built environment associated with music and dance performance, and the rich and varied types of musical styles heard on Manihiki. According to the argument in the paper, the type of music performance is directly related to the type of place at which the performance is held. 20 00 Open Access 15 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-15 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The ‘golden section’ on Kitawa Island 1 A01 Giancarlo M. G. Scoditti Giancarlo Scoditti University of Urbino Giancarlo Scoditti is Emeritus Professor of Ethnology at the Department of Classical Archaeology and History of Ancient Art at the University of Urbino. He has conducted extensive ethnographic fieldwork on Kitawa and Kiriwina Islands, Papua New Guinea from 1973 onwards. Scoditti's research has focused on symbolic meaning, art, aesthetics, myth and verbal and non-verbal oral cultural expressions. He has examined these themes in the context of Kitawan kula canoes, their carving and carvers. Scoditti has published extensively both in Italian and in English. His numerous monographs include Kitawa: A Linguistic and Aesthetic Analysis of Visual Art in Melanesia (1990), Kitawa. Il suono e il colore della memoria (Kitawa: The sound and color of memory; 2003), Notes on the Cognitive Texture of an Oral Mind: Kitawa, a Melanesian Culture (2012), Kitawa: The Thinking Hand and the Making Mind (2017). 03 00 When one first looks at the lagimu</italic> and tabuya</italic>, the two multicoloured prowboards placed symmetrically, like mirror-images of one another, on the ceremonial canoe (masawa</italic>) used for the Kula Ring exchanges, one is struck by the delicate visual balance between the graphic signs carved in the surface of the wood. The concept of randomness, in the sense of lack of 'order', as absence of planning, must, one feels sure, have been foreign to the person who carved these two prowboards: his hand and his eye must have been guided by precise rules of composition. In what follows I shall try to identify some of the aesthetic principles which determine these rules of composition and the technique which realizes them on a lagimu</italic> and tabuya</italic>. My exposition is based, as far as the aesthetic principles are concerned, on a series of conversations with Towitara Buyoyu, regarded as one of the greatest woodcarvers in Milne Bay, and Tonori Kiririyei and Siyakwakwa Teitei. Of these last two the former is a young carver of multicoloured prowboards, and the latter a carver and builder of hulls for ceremonial canoes. The lagimu</italic>/tabuya</italic>, as a geometrical and abstract schema, is equivalent to an equiangular spiral inscribing a golden or isosceles triangle. It is no coincidence that in the past Kitawans used to build ceremonial canoes called goragora</italic> (Nautilus pompilius</italic>) and characterized by a lagimu in the form of a large, stylized, Nautilus shell. 30 00 When one first looks at the lagimu</italic> and tabuya</italic>, the two multicoloured prowboards placed symmetrically, like mirror-images of one another, on the ceremonial canoe (masawa</italic>) used for the Kula Ring exchanges, one is struck by the delicate visual balance between the graphic signs carved in the surface of the wood. The concept of randomness, in the sense of lack of 'order', as absence of planning, must, one feels sure, have been foreign to the person who carved these two prowboards: his hand and his eye must have been guided by precise rules of composition. In what follows I shall try to identify some of the aesthetic principles which determine these rules of composition and the technique which realizes them on a lagimu</italic> and tabuya</italic>. My exposition is based, as far as the aesthetic principles are concerned, on a series of conversations with Towitara Buyoyu, regarded as one of the greatest woodcarvers in Milne Bay, and Tonori Kiririyei and Siyakwakwa Teitei. Of these last two the former is a young carver of multicoloured prowboards, and the latter a carver and builder of hulls for ceremonial canoes. The lagimu</italic>/tabuya</italic>, as a geometrical and abstract schema, is equivalent to an equiangular spiral inscribing a golden or isosceles triangle. It is no coincidence that in the past Kitawans used to build ceremonial canoes called goragora</italic> (Nautilus pompilius</italic>) and characterized by a lagimu in the form of a large, stylized, Nautilus shell. 20 00 Open Access 16 03 06 10.33134/HUP-12-16 Creative Commons Attribution-NonCommercial 4.0 International license (CC BY-NC 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Decipherment of the Easter Island script 1 A01 N. A. Butinov N. A. Butinov Peter the Great Museum of Anthropology and Ethnography (Kunstkamera) Nikolai Aleksandrovich Butinov (1914–2000) was an anthropologist, and the head of the Department of Australia, Oceania and Indonesia in the St. Petersburg Institute of Anthropology and Ethnography. He is the author of numerous monographs in Russian, and for the English-speaking audience, his most famous contribution has been the work in deciphering the rongorongo script of the Easter Island tablets. 03 00 The article reviews different approaches of deciphering the kohau rongorongo</italic> script, and gives various standpoints for further analysis, by arguing that the glyphs represent genealogies and mythological events. A methodology of analysis is proposed and tested by deciphering which glyphs represent which tribe names of Easter Islands. The main argument put forth is that the question of whether kohau rongorongo</italic> is a mnemonic tool or a phonetic script is a false dichotomy – it can be both. 30 00 The article reviews different approaches of deciphering the kohau rongorongo</italic> script, and gives various standpoints for further analysis, by arguing that the glyphs represent genealogies and mythological events. A methodology of analysis is proposed and tested by deciphering which glyphs represent which tribe names of Easter Islands. The main argument put forth is that the question of whether kohau rongorongo</italic> is a mnemonic tool or a phonetic script is a false dichotomy – it can be both. 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20210929 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690462 03 9789523690462 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20210929 01 urn:uuid:19f632dd-bdff-4b13-8822-f81014fc5f47 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6c59fb96-cf6e-47a9-8b36-18998f28a1a4 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:19f632dd-bdff-4b13-8822-f81014fc5f47 15 9789523690004 03 9789523690004 06 10.33134/HUP-1 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Deciphering Markets and Money A Sociological Analysis of Economic Institutions 1 A01 21 0000000326369079 Jukka Gronow Jukka Gronow Department of Social Research 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Jukka Gronow is professor emeritus of sociology at Uppsala University, Sweden, and docent at the University of Helsinki, Finland. He has published on sociology of consumption, history of sociology and social theory. 01 eng 00 203 03 B2 Sociology B2 Political economy B2 History of Social Ideas 20 market devices; social constitution of markets; commensuration; financial markets; judgement of taste; money form 01 06 02 00 During the last two decades, economic sociology has experienced a remarkable revival and has become one of the most innovative fields of sociological research. Shifts in economic policy worldwide have led to the increasing interest in the sociological analysis of economic phenomena and institutions by challenging traditional research question 03 00 Jukka Gronow’s book Deciphering Markets and Money</italic> solves the problem of the specific social conditions of an economic order based on money and the equal exchange of commodities. Gronow scrutinizes the relation of sociology to neoclassical economics and reflects on how sociology can contribute to the analyses of the major economic institutions. The question of the comparability and commensuration of economic objects runs through the chapters of the book.The author shows that due to the multidimensionality and principal quality uncertainty of products, markets would collapse without market devices that are either procedural, consisting of technical standards and measuring instruments, or aesthetic, relying on the judgements of taste, or both. In his book, Gronow demonstrates that in this respect, financial markets share the same problem as the markets of wines, movies, or PCs and mobile phones, and hence offer a highly actual case to study their social constitution in the process of coming into being. Jukka Gronow</bold> is professor emeritus of sociology at Uppsala University, Sweden. He has published on sociology of consumption, history of sociology and social theory.<break/>"This is a deeply considered and important contribution which challenges the dominance of economics in political life by providing a fresh sociological analysis of money, markets and other modern economic institutions."</italic> - Professor Alan Warde</bold>, The University of Manchester, UK "In this highly relevant book, Jukka Gronow offers an analysis of the core institutions of the economy, market and money. By scholarly grounded analysis, in which Gronow draws on a broad knowledge of classic and modern research, the book highlights the trend of anesthetization of life and its important role for the economy. The excellent book is as useful in economic sociology classes as it is for scholars interested in the economic phenomena."</italic> - Professor Patrik Aspers</bold>, University of St. Gallen, Switzerland 30 00 Jukka Gronow’s book Deciphering Markets and Money</italic> solves the problem of the specific social conditions of an economic order based on money and the equal exchange of commodities. Gronow scrutinizes the relation of sociology to neoclassical economics and reflects on how sociology can contribute to the analyses of the major economic institutions. The question of the comparability and commensuration of economic objects runs through the chapters of the book.The author shows that due to the multidimensionality and principal quality uncertainty of products, markets would collapse without market devices that are either procedural, consisting of technical standards and measuring instruments, or aesthetic, relying on the judgements of taste, or both. In his book, Gronow demonstrates that in this respect, financial markets share the same problem as the markets of wines, movies, or PCs and mobile phones, and hence offer a highly actual case to study their social constitution in the process of coming into being. Jukka Gronow</bold> is professor emeritus of sociology at Uppsala University, Sweden. He has published on sociology of consumption, history of sociology and social theory.<break/>"This is a deeply considered and important contribution which challenges the dominance of economics in political life by providing a fresh sociological analysis of money, markets and other modern economic institutions."</italic> - Professor Alan Warde</bold>, The University of Manchester, UK "In this highly relevant book, Jukka Gronow offers an analysis of the core institutions of the economy, market and money. By scholarly grounded analysis, in which Gronow draws on a broad knowledge of classic and modern research, the book highlights the trend of anesthetization of life and its important role for the economy. The excellent book is as useful in economic sociology classes as it is for scholars interested in the economic phenomena."</italic> - Professor Patrik Aspers</bold>, University of St. Gallen, Switzerland 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/9bd03227-0d8a-4aa7-a5e1-5ab0ab733c67.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20200203 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690011 03 9789523690011 06 15 9789523690028 03 9789523690028 06 15 9789523690035 03 9789523690035 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690004 20 08 20200203 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690004 20 08 20200203 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690004 20 08 20200203 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690004 20 08 20200203 01 urn:uuid:0b1910ff-936c-440e-80e2-028c4016b471 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6c59fb96-cf6e-47a9-8b36-18998f28a1a4 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:0b1910ff-936c-440e-80e2-028c4016b471 15 9789523690011 03 9789523690011 06 10.33134/HUP-1 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Deciphering Markets and Money A Sociological Analysis of Economic Institutions 1 A01 21 0000000326369079 Jukka Gronow Jukka Gronow Department of Social Research 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Jukka Gronow is professor emeritus of sociology at Uppsala University, Sweden, and docent at the University of Helsinki, Finland. He has published on sociology of consumption, history of sociology and social theory. 01 eng 00 203 03 B2 Sociology B2 Political economy B2 History of Social Ideas 20 market devices; social constitution of markets; commensuration; financial markets; judgement of taste; money form 01 06 02 00 During the last two decades, economic sociology has experienced a remarkable revival and has become one of the most innovative fields of sociological research. Shifts in economic policy worldwide have led to the increasing interest in the sociological analysis of economic phenomena and institutions by challenging traditional research question 03 00 Jukka Gronow’s book Deciphering Markets and Money</italic> solves the problem of the specific social conditions of an economic order based on money and the equal exchange of commodities. Gronow scrutinizes the relation of sociology to neoclassical economics and reflects on how sociology can contribute to the analyses of the major economic institutions. The question of the comparability and commensuration of economic objects runs through the chapters of the book.The author shows that due to the multidimensionality and principal quality uncertainty of products, markets would collapse without market devices that are either procedural, consisting of technical standards and measuring instruments, or aesthetic, relying on the judgements of taste, or both. In his book, Gronow demonstrates that in this respect, financial markets share the same problem as the markets of wines, movies, or PCs and mobile phones, and hence offer a highly actual case to study their social constitution in the process of coming into being. Jukka Gronow</bold> is professor emeritus of sociology at Uppsala University, Sweden. He has published on sociology of consumption, history of sociology and social theory.<break/>"This is a deeply considered and important contribution which challenges the dominance of economics in political life by providing a fresh sociological analysis of money, markets and other modern economic institutions."</italic> - Professor Alan Warde</bold>, The University of Manchester, UK "In this highly relevant book, Jukka Gronow offers an analysis of the core institutions of the economy, market and money. By scholarly grounded analysis, in which Gronow draws on a broad knowledge of classic and modern research, the book highlights the trend of anesthetization of life and its important role for the economy. The excellent book is as useful in economic sociology classes as it is for scholars interested in the economic phenomena."</italic> - Professor Patrik Aspers</bold>, University of St. Gallen, Switzerland 30 00 Jukka Gronow’s book Deciphering Markets and Money</italic> solves the problem of the specific social conditions of an economic order based on money and the equal exchange of commodities. Gronow scrutinizes the relation of sociology to neoclassical economics and reflects on how sociology can contribute to the analyses of the major economic institutions. The question of the comparability and commensuration of economic objects runs through the chapters of the book.The author shows that due to the multidimensionality and principal quality uncertainty of products, markets would collapse without market devices that are either procedural, consisting of technical standards and measuring instruments, or aesthetic, relying on the judgements of taste, or both. In his book, Gronow demonstrates that in this respect, financial markets share the same problem as the markets of wines, movies, or PCs and mobile phones, and hence offer a highly actual case to study their social constitution in the process of coming into being. Jukka Gronow</bold> is professor emeritus of sociology at Uppsala University, Sweden. He has published on sociology of consumption, history of sociology and social theory.<break/>"This is a deeply considered and important contribution which challenges the dominance of economics in political life by providing a fresh sociological analysis of money, markets and other modern economic institutions."</italic> - Professor Alan Warde</bold>, The University of Manchester, UK "In this highly relevant book, Jukka Gronow offers an analysis of the core institutions of the economy, market and money. By scholarly grounded analysis, in which Gronow draws on a broad knowledge of classic and modern research, the book highlights the trend of anesthetization of life and its important role for the economy. The excellent book is as useful in economic sociology classes as it is for scholars interested in the economic phenomena."</italic> - Professor Patrik Aspers</bold>, University of St. Gallen, Switzerland 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/9bd03227-0d8a-4aa7-a5e1-5ab0ab733c67.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20200203 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690004 03 9789523690004 06 15 9789523690028 03 9789523690028 06 15 9789523690035 03 9789523690035 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20200203 01 urn:uuid:9b935f4f-0ff8-40ef-b28c-0d10ca526934 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6c59fb96-cf6e-47a9-8b36-18998f28a1a4 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:9b935f4f-0ff8-40ef-b28c-0d10ca526934 15 9789523690028 03 9789523690028 06 10.33134/HUP-1 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Deciphering Markets and Money A Sociological Analysis of Economic Institutions 1 A01 21 0000000326369079 Jukka Gronow Jukka Gronow Department of Social Research 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Jukka Gronow is professor emeritus of sociology at Uppsala University, Sweden, and docent at the University of Helsinki, Finland. He has published on sociology of consumption, history of sociology and social theory. 01 eng 00 203 03 B2 Sociology B2 Political economy B2 History of Social Ideas 20 market devices; social constitution of markets; commensuration; financial markets; judgement of taste; money form 01 06 02 00 During the last two decades, economic sociology has experienced a remarkable revival and has become one of the most innovative fields of sociological research. Shifts in economic policy worldwide have led to the increasing interest in the sociological analysis of economic phenomena and institutions by challenging traditional research question 03 00 Jukka Gronow’s book Deciphering Markets and Money</italic> solves the problem of the specific social conditions of an economic order based on money and the equal exchange of commodities. Gronow scrutinizes the relation of sociology to neoclassical economics and reflects on how sociology can contribute to the analyses of the major economic institutions. The question of the comparability and commensuration of economic objects runs through the chapters of the book.The author shows that due to the multidimensionality and principal quality uncertainty of products, markets would collapse without market devices that are either procedural, consisting of technical standards and measuring instruments, or aesthetic, relying on the judgements of taste, or both. In his book, Gronow demonstrates that in this respect, financial markets share the same problem as the markets of wines, movies, or PCs and mobile phones, and hence offer a highly actual case to study their social constitution in the process of coming into being. Jukka Gronow</bold> is professor emeritus of sociology at Uppsala University, Sweden. He has published on sociology of consumption, history of sociology and social theory.<break/>"This is a deeply considered and important contribution which challenges the dominance of economics in political life by providing a fresh sociological analysis of money, markets and other modern economic institutions."</italic> - Professor Alan Warde</bold>, The University of Manchester, UK "In this highly relevant book, Jukka Gronow offers an analysis of the core institutions of the economy, market and money. By scholarly grounded analysis, in which Gronow draws on a broad knowledge of classic and modern research, the book highlights the trend of anesthetization of life and its important role for the economy. The excellent book is as useful in economic sociology classes as it is for scholars interested in the economic phenomena."</italic> - Professor Patrik Aspers</bold>, University of St. Gallen, Switzerland 30 00 Jukka Gronow’s book Deciphering Markets and Money</italic> solves the problem of the specific social conditions of an economic order based on money and the equal exchange of commodities. Gronow scrutinizes the relation of sociology to neoclassical economics and reflects on how sociology can contribute to the analyses of the major economic institutions. The question of the comparability and commensuration of economic objects runs through the chapters of the book.The author shows that due to the multidimensionality and principal quality uncertainty of products, markets would collapse without market devices that are either procedural, consisting of technical standards and measuring instruments, or aesthetic, relying on the judgements of taste, or both. In his book, Gronow demonstrates that in this respect, financial markets share the same problem as the markets of wines, movies, or PCs and mobile phones, and hence offer a highly actual case to study their social constitution in the process of coming into being. Jukka Gronow</bold> is professor emeritus of sociology at Uppsala University, Sweden. He has published on sociology of consumption, history of sociology and social theory.<break/>"This is a deeply considered and important contribution which challenges the dominance of economics in political life by providing a fresh sociological analysis of money, markets and other modern economic institutions."</italic> - Professor Alan Warde</bold>, The University of Manchester, UK "In this highly relevant book, Jukka Gronow offers an analysis of the core institutions of the economy, market and money. By scholarly grounded analysis, in which Gronow draws on a broad knowledge of classic and modern research, the book highlights the trend of anesthetization of life and its important role for the economy. The excellent book is as useful in economic sociology classes as it is for scholars interested in the economic phenomena."</italic> - Professor Patrik Aspers</bold>, University of St. Gallen, Switzerland 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/9bd03227-0d8a-4aa7-a5e1-5ab0ab733c67.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20200203 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690004 03 9789523690004 06 15 9789523690011 03 9789523690011 06 15 9789523690035 03 9789523690035 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20200203 01 urn:uuid:bb6fa683-90f2-4350-abf6-c6e35916dc98 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:6c59fb96-cf6e-47a9-8b36-18998f28a1a4 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:bb6fa683-90f2-4350-abf6-c6e35916dc98 15 9789523690035 03 9789523690035 06 10.33134/HUP-1 00 EB E127 10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Deciphering Markets and Money A Sociological Analysis of Economic Institutions 1 A01 21 0000000326369079 Jukka Gronow Jukka Gronow Department of Social Research 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Jukka Gronow is professor emeritus of sociology at Uppsala University, Sweden, and docent at the University of Helsinki, Finland. He has published on sociology of consumption, history of sociology and social theory. 01 eng 00 203 03 B2 Sociology B2 Political economy B2 History of Social Ideas 20 market devices; social constitution of markets; commensuration; financial markets; judgement of taste; money form 01 06 02 00 During the last two decades, economic sociology has experienced a remarkable revival and has become one of the most innovative fields of sociological research. Shifts in economic policy worldwide have led to the increasing interest in the sociological analysis of economic phenomena and institutions by challenging traditional research question 03 00 Jukka Gronow’s book Deciphering Markets and Money</italic> solves the problem of the specific social conditions of an economic order based on money and the equal exchange of commodities. Gronow scrutinizes the relation of sociology to neoclassical economics and reflects on how sociology can contribute to the analyses of the major economic institutions. The question of the comparability and commensuration of economic objects runs through the chapters of the book.The author shows that due to the multidimensionality and principal quality uncertainty of products, markets would collapse without market devices that are either procedural, consisting of technical standards and measuring instruments, or aesthetic, relying on the judgements of taste, or both. In his book, Gronow demonstrates that in this respect, financial markets share the same problem as the markets of wines, movies, or PCs and mobile phones, and hence offer a highly actual case to study their social constitution in the process of coming into being. Jukka Gronow</bold> is professor emeritus of sociology at Uppsala University, Sweden. He has published on sociology of consumption, history of sociology and social theory.<break/>"This is a deeply considered and important contribution which challenges the dominance of economics in political life by providing a fresh sociological analysis of money, markets and other modern economic institutions."</italic> - Professor Alan Warde</bold>, The University of Manchester, UK "In this highly relevant book, Jukka Gronow offers an analysis of the core institutions of the economy, market and money. By scholarly grounded analysis, in which Gronow draws on a broad knowledge of classic and modern research, the book highlights the trend of anesthetization of life and its important role for the economy. The excellent book is as useful in economic sociology classes as it is for scholars interested in the economic phenomena."</italic> - Professor Patrik Aspers</bold>, University of St. Gallen, Switzerland 30 00 Jukka Gronow’s book Deciphering Markets and Money</italic> solves the problem of the specific social conditions of an economic order based on money and the equal exchange of commodities. Gronow scrutinizes the relation of sociology to neoclassical economics and reflects on how sociology can contribute to the analyses of the major economic institutions. The question of the comparability and commensuration of economic objects runs through the chapters of the book.The author shows that due to the multidimensionality and principal quality uncertainty of products, markets would collapse without market devices that are either procedural, consisting of technical standards and measuring instruments, or aesthetic, relying on the judgements of taste, or both. In his book, Gronow demonstrates that in this respect, financial markets share the same problem as the markets of wines, movies, or PCs and mobile phones, and hence offer a highly actual case to study their social constitution in the process of coming into being. Jukka Gronow</bold> is professor emeritus of sociology at Uppsala University, Sweden. He has published on sociology of consumption, history of sociology and social theory.<break/>"This is a deeply considered and important contribution which challenges the dominance of economics in political life by providing a fresh sociological analysis of money, markets and other modern economic institutions."</italic> - Professor Alan Warde</bold>, The University of Manchester, UK "In this highly relevant book, Jukka Gronow offers an analysis of the core institutions of the economy, market and money. By scholarly grounded analysis, in which Gronow draws on a broad knowledge of classic and modern research, the book highlights the trend of anesthetization of life and its important role for the economy. The excellent book is as useful in economic sociology classes as it is for scholars interested in the economic phenomena."</italic> - Professor Patrik Aspers</bold>, University of St. Gallen, Switzerland 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/9bd03227-0d8a-4aa7-a5e1-5ab0ab733c67.png 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20200203 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690004 03 9789523690004 06 15 9789523690011 03 9789523690011 06 15 9789523690028 03 9789523690028 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20200203 01 urn:uuid:a6cd6e66-fc51-4872-9653-c921e885d5ae 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:44985d0a-253f-467b-8b59-eceec832f103 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:a6cd6e66-fc51-4872-9653-c921e885d5ae 15 9789523690202 03 9789523690202 06 10.33134/HUP-5 00 BC 10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Digital Histories Emergent Approaches within the New Digital History 1 B01 21 0000000252417436 Mila Oiva Mila Oiva CUDAN ERA Chair 40 05mey9k78 Tallinn University Mila Oiva is a cultural historian, digital humanist and anexpert on Russian and Polish history. She has a PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku. Currently she works as a post-doctoral Research Fellow at CUDAN Open Lab at the Tallinn University, Estonia. Her main research interest focuses on circulation of information which she has studied in research projects on 19th-century global news flows and contemporary Finnish and Russian internet forum discussions on medieval history. 2 B01 Mats Fridlund Mats Fridlund Centre for Digital Humanities 40 01tm6cn81 University of Gothenburg Mats Fridlund is Deputy Director for the Centre for Digital Humanities at the University of Gothenburg. He has a PhD in History of Technology from KTH Royal Institute of Technology in Sweden. His research focuses on cultural and political history of science, technology and materiality. He has lead two Kone Foundation digital history projects and published on topic modelling in historical studies and used digital methodologies to study history of terrorism and Chinese industrialisation. 3 B01 21 0000000224862364 Petri Paju Petri Paju Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Petri Paju is a cultural historian with research interests in the development of digital history and its uses, and in history of technology. He has a PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku. He has previously worked in digital history projects funded by the Kone Foundation and the Academy of Finland. He has written broadly on the history of technology in Finland and on computing history in the Nordic countries, and the IBM Company in postwar Europe. 01 eng 00 382 03 B2 history B2 information technology B2 library and information sciences B2 digital humanities 20 history research; digital humanities; computational methods; data management; digital archives; digital history 01 06 02 00 Historical scholarship is currently undergoing a digital turn. All historians have experienced this change in one way or another, by writing on word processors, applying quantitative methods on digitalized source materials, or using internet resources and digital tools.Digital Histories</italic> showcases this emerging wave of digit 03 00 Historical scholarship is currently undergoing a digital turn. All historians have experienced this change in one way or another, by writing on word processors, applying quantitative methods on digitalized source materials, or using internet resources and digital tools.Digital Histories</italic> showcases this emerging wave of digital history research. It presents work by historians who – on their own or through collaborations with e.g. information technology specialists – have uncovered new, empirical historical knowledge through digital and computational methods. The topics of the volume range from the medieval period to the present day, including various parts of Europe. The chapters apply an exemplary array of methods, such as digital metadata analysis, machine learning, network analysis, topic modelling, named entity recognition, collocation analysis, critical search, and text and data mining.The volume argues that digital history is entering a mature phase, digital history ‘in action’, where its focus is shifting from the building of resources towards the making of new historical knowledge. This also involves novel challenges that digital methods pose to historical research, including awareness of the pitfalls and limitations of the digital tools and the necessity of new forms of digital source criticisms.Through its combination of empirical, conceptual and contextual studies, Digital Histories</italic> is a timely and pioneering contribution taking stock of how digital research currently advances historical scholarship. 30 00 Historical scholarship is currently undergoing a digital turn. All historians have experienced this change in one way or another, by writing on word processors, applying quantitative methods on digitalized source materials, or using internet resources and digital tools.Digital Histories</italic> showcases this emerging wave of digital history research. It presents work by historians who – on their own or through collaborations with e.g. information technology specialists – have uncovered new, empirical historical knowledge through digital and computational methods. The topics of the volume range from the medieval period to the present day, including various parts of Europe. The chapters apply an exemplary array of methods, such as digital metadata analysis, machine learning, network analysis, topic modelling, named entity recognition, collocation analysis, critical search, and text and data mining.The volume argues that digital history is entering a mature phase, digital history ‘in action’, where its focus is shifting from the building of resources towards the making of new historical knowledge. This also involves novel challenges that digital methods pose to historical research, including awareness of the pitfalls and limitations of the digital tools and the necessity of new forms of digital source criticisms.Through its combination of empirical, conceptual and contextual studies, Digital Histories</italic> is a timely and pioneering contribution taking stock of how digital research currently advances historical scholarship. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/b40d3d45-3af6-446c-bc85-96684c836ef8.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-19 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Foreword 1 A01 21 0000000309172020 Timo Honkela Timo Honkela 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Timo Honkela (1962–2020) was Professor Emeritus of Research in Digital Resources at the University of Helsinki, Finland. He had a PhD in Information Technology from Helsinki University of Technology. Honkela was a pioneer in applying digital methods to humanities, social science and the arts, and a generous supporter of projects in digital humanities. A truly humanist scientist, his last research was devoted to the ‘peace machine’ concept, in which artificial intelligence and machine learning were applied to provide tools for improved human communication, better understanding of one’s own and others’ emotions, and societal themes such as economy and democracy. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-1 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Digital and Distant Histories: Emergent Approaches within the New Digital History 1 A01 21 0000000224862364 Petri Paju Petri Paju Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Petri Paju is a cultural historian with research interests in the development of digital history and its uses, and in history of technology. He has a PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku. He has previously worked in digital history projects funded by the Kone Foundation and the Academy of Finland. He has written broadly on the history of technology in Finland and on computing history in the Nordic countries, and the IBM Company in postwar Europe. 2 A01 21 0000000252417436 Mila Oiva Mila Oiva CUDAN ERA Chair 40 05mey9k78 Tallinn University Mila Oiva is a cultural historian, digital humanist and an expert on Russian and Polish history. She has a PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku. Currently she works as a post-doctoral Research Fellow at CUDAN Open Lab at the Tallinn University, Estonia. Her main research interest focuses on circulation of information which she has studied in research projects on 19th-century global news flows and contemporary Finnish and Russian internet forum discussions on medieval history. 3 A01 Mats Fridlund Mats Fridlund Centre for Digital Humanities 40 01tm6cn81 University of Gothenburg Mats Fridlund is Deputy Director for the Centre for Digital Humanities at the University of Gothenburg. He has a PhD in History of Technology from KTH Royal Institute of Technology in Sweden. His research focuses on cultural and political history of science, technology and materiality. He has lead two Kone Foundation digital history projects and published on topic modelling in historical studies and used digital methodologies to study history of terrorism and Chinese industrialisation. 03 00 The chapter introduces the main themes of “Digital Histories”. It shortly discusses the histories of digital history and the various research projects that resulted in this volume, as well as the main contributions of the individual chapters. Focusing on the most recent periods of development of digital and computational history, the introduction explains how this book contributes to advancing the larger field of history in two primary ways: firstly through conceptual explorations of the central issues characterizing the past, present and future of digital history research, and secondly by providing new empirical historical knowledge coming out of research using digital methods. The chapter surveys a number of key challenges and criticisms facing contemporary and future historians, including the digitisation of sources, metadata creation for digital source materials, digital source and resource criticism, and the various salient questions involved in organising digital history research. 30 00 The chapter introduces the main themes of “Digital Histories”. It shortly discusses the histories of digital history and the various research projects that resulted in this volume, as well as the main contributions of the individual chapters. Focusing on the most recent periods of development of digital and computational history, the introduction explains how this book contributes to advancing the larger field of history in two primary ways: firstly through conceptual explorations of the central issues characterizing the past, present and future of digital history research, and secondly by providing new empirical historical knowledge coming out of research using digital methods. The chapter surveys a number of key challenges and criticisms facing contemporary and future historians, including the digitisation of sources, metadata creation for digital source materials, digital source and resource criticism, and the various salient questions involved in organising digital history research. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-2 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Long Road to ‘Digital History’: History of Computer-Assisted Research of the Past in Finland since the 1960s 1 A01 21 0000000224862364 Petri Paju Petri Paju Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Petri Paju is a cultural historian with research interests in the development of digital history and its uses, and in history of technology. He has a PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku. He has previously worked in digital history projects funded by the Kone Foundation and the Academy of Finland. He has written broadly on the history of technology in Finland and on computing history in the Nordic countries, and the IBM Company in postwar Europe. 03 00 To understand better the present shape and evolution of the digital history, this chapter examines how historians have used computers and information technology since the 1960s. Focusing on historians from Finland, the chapter starts from the late 1960s when a few younger historians first explored using the computer to perform statistical calculations. In the 1970s and the 1980s, the computers and data available were most useful and used for historical research designs applying quantitative methods. Historians carrying out qualitative research grew interested in IT when the personal computers became more user-friendly and affordable towards and especially during the 1990s. In the following decade, the internet, the World Wide Web, and digitized source materials effected all historians’ research practices directly or indirectly. Nevertheless, digital or computational history introduced in the mid-2010s took the use of IT further. These new methods were first embraced by a fraction of those historians who had previously focused on quantitative work based on textual materials. A central conclusion is that historians should pay more attention to the technologies they use to take better control of the challenges and opportunities of their changing research environment. 30 00 To understand better the present shape and evolution of the digital history, this chapter examines how historians have used computers and information technology since the 1960s. Focusing on historians from Finland, the chapter starts from the late 1960s when a few younger historians first explored using the computer to perform statistical calculations. In the 1970s and the 1980s, the computers and data available were most useful and used for historical research designs applying quantitative methods. Historians carrying out qualitative research grew interested in IT when the personal computers became more user-friendly and affordable towards and especially during the 1990s. In the following decade, the internet, the World Wide Web, and digitized source materials effected all historians’ research practices directly or indirectly. Nevertheless, digital or computational history introduced in the mid-2010s took the use of IT further. These new methods were first embraced by a fraction of those historians who had previously focused on quantitative work based on textual materials. A central conclusion is that historians should pay more attention to the technologies they use to take better control of the challenges and opportunities of their changing research environment. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-3 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Towards Big Data: Digitising Economic and Business History 1 A01 21 0000000285725902 Jari Eloranta Jari Eloranta Department of Economic and Social History 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Jari Eloranta is Professor of Economic History at the University of Helsinki, Finland. He holds a PhD in History and Civilization from the European University Institute, Italy. His research focuses on comparative economic and business history, especially the fiscal transformation of states, and he is currently involved in projects that use digital humanities methods and data. 2 A01 21 0000000311729537 Pasi Nevalainen Pasi Nevalainen History and Ethnology 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Pasi Nevalainen is postdoctoral researcher in business history at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. He has a PhD in Finnish History from University of Jyväskylä. He is interested in a number of 20th- and 21st-century themes related to structural changes in the economy, society and business organisation. His research interests include state-owned companies, telecommunications and management history. He uses digitised source databases and working methods as tools for qualitative history research. 3 A01 21 0000000243488857 Jari Ojala Jari Ojala History and Ethnology 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Jari Ojala is Professor of Comparative Business History at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. He has a PhD in History from University of Jyväskylä and specialises in economic, business and maritime history and has used digital humanities data and methods in his studies for two decades. He has published his research in main journals in the field, including Business History, Explorations in Economic History and European Review of Economic History. 03 00 This chapter describes the experiences in computational and digital history of economic and business historians who for decades have been forerunners in digital history data gathering and computational analysis. It attempts to discuss the major developments within this area internationally and, in some specific cases, in Finland in the fields of digital economic and business history. It concentrates on a number of research projects that the authors have previously been involved in, as well as research outcomes by other economic and business historians within Finland and elsewhere. It is not claimed that the projects discussed are unique or ahead of their time in the field of economic and business history—on the contrary they are representing a more general state of the art within the field and used as illustrative cases illuminating the possibilities and challenges facing historians in the digital era. 30 00 This chapter describes the experiences in computational and digital history of economic and business historians who for decades have been forerunners in digital history data gathering and computational analysis. It attempts to discuss the major developments within this area internationally and, in some specific cases, in Finland in the fields of digital economic and business history. It concentrates on a number of research projects that the authors have previously been involved in, as well as research outcomes by other economic and business historians within Finland and elsewhere. It is not claimed that the projects discussed are unique or ahead of their time in the field of economic and business history—on the contrary they are representing a more general state of the art within the field and used as illustrative cases illuminating the possibilities and challenges facing historians in the digital era. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-4 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Digital History 1.5: A Middle Way between Normal and Paradigmatic Digital Historical Research 1 A01 Mats Fridlund Mats Fridlund Centre for Digital Humanities 40 01tm6cn81 University of Gothenburg Mats Fridlund is Deputy Director for the Centre for Digital Humanities at the University of Gothenburg. He has a PhD in History of Technology from KTH Royal Institute of Technology in Sweden. His research focuses on cultural and political history of science, technology and materiality. He has lead two Kone Foundation digital history projects and published on topic modelling in historical studies and used digital methodologies to study history of terrorism and Chinese industrialisation. 03 00 This chapter analyses the impact of digital technology on historical research by identifying some of the critical methodological strands of the new computational digital history using Thomas Kuhn’s research on scientific revolutions. Digital methodologies have been described as posing a potential paradigm shift for historical research. Following Kuhn, the chapter describes the two ideal type responses within history to the challenges of the new computational digital history, where the disruptive digital methodologies are either being domesticated into traditional ‘normal science’ history as ‘digital history 1.0’, or a second revolutionary route where historical practice is radically disciplined into a paradigmatic ‘digital history 2.0’. As an alternative methodological middle way the study outlines ‘digital history 1.5’. This description combines a summary of digital practices already appropriated by most historical researchers with some of the new digital history’s central methodological elements as well as propose conceptualizations of emerging new mixed digital history practices such as search methodologies, digital source and resource criticisms. 30 00 This chapter analyses the impact of digital technology on historical research by identifying some of the critical methodological strands of the new computational digital history using Thomas Kuhn’s research on scientific revolutions. Digital methodologies have been described as posing a potential paradigm shift for historical research. Following Kuhn, the chapter describes the two ideal type responses within history to the challenges of the new computational digital history, where the disruptive digital methodologies are either being domesticated into traditional ‘normal science’ history as ‘digital history 1.0’, or a second revolutionary route where historical practice is radically disciplined into a paradigmatic ‘digital history 2.0’. As an alternative methodological middle way the study outlines ‘digital history 1.5’. This description combines a summary of digital practices already appropriated by most historical researchers with some of the new digital history’s central methodological elements as well as propose conceptualizations of emerging new mixed digital history practices such as search methodologies, digital source and resource criticisms. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-5 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Building Historical Knowledge Byte by Byte: Infrastructures and Data Management in Modern Scholarship 1 A01 21 0000000344603906 Jessica Parland-von Essen Jessica Parland-von Essen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Jessica Parland-von Essen is development manager at CSC—IT Center for Science. She holds a PhD in History from the University of Helsinki, Finland and has studied book history, library and information science and worked with digitisation and digitalisation within the cultural heritage sector and research data management. She is a member of Open Knowledge Finland and has been a proponent for open scholarship on both the national and international levels. Recently, she has studied research data management and is working to find solutions for promoting and supporting well-documented and managed publication of research outputs, especially different types of data. 03 00 This chapter describes how the new emerging digital environment challenges historians’ existing training and practice of source criticism. In an environment with increasing amounts of digitized data and digital methods there are new requirements for historians to develop new skills as well as new more extensive provenance data. Historians are faced with new challenges regarding new increasing demands for transparency and open scholarship that has comes with the growth of digital humanities in general and with digital history in particular. The old demands that historical research has to be well documented and reproducible has to be adapted to the promises and pitfalls of the new digital environment which especially means developing and adapting new standards and practices for what counts as good data management. The study discusses how the FAIR data principles can offer valuable guidance, but also how they cannot be implemented without supporting services that take into account different types of data and the data lifecycle. 30 00 This chapter describes how the new emerging digital environment challenges historians’ existing training and practice of source criticism. In an environment with increasing amounts of digitized data and digital methods there are new requirements for historians to develop new skills as well as new more extensive provenance data. Historians are faced with new challenges regarding new increasing demands for transparency and open scholarship that has comes with the growth of digital humanities in general and with digital history in particular. The old demands that historical research has to be well documented and reproducible has to be adapted to the promises and pitfalls of the new digital environment which especially means developing and adapting new standards and practices for what counts as good data management. The study discusses how the FAIR data principles can offer valuable guidance, but also how they cannot be implemented without supporting services that take into account different types of data and the data lifecycle. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-6 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Big Data, Bad Metadata: A Methodological Note on the Importance of Good Metadata in the Age of Digital History 1 A01 21 0000000232235221 Kimmo Elo Kimmo Elo Centre for Parliamentary Studies 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Kimmo Elo is Associate Professor and Senior Researcher at the Centre for Parliamentary Studies at the University of Turku, Finland. He holds a PhD in Political Science from the University of Turku. His current research interests include text/data mining, network analysis, knowledge visualisation, computational history and German and European history since 1945, as well intelligence studies. 03 00 The chapter discusses how the exponential growth of both digitised and born-digital research materials has brought upon new challenges regarding research data creation, data management and data discovery. It argues that the Digital Humanities community should pay more attention to the metadata creation as valid, standardised and well-structured metadata describing similar contents in identical terms help scholars to better discover relevant materials. This is especially important since a great majority of digital sources are made available via web-based portals offering search engines or other possibilities to query the collections. This development from a human-to-human interface towards a human-to-computer interface replaces the ‘silent knowledge’ of archivists with computer algorithms. Since most algorithms rely on available metadata, the structural power of actors responsible for the metadata creation should be taken seriously. If scholars cannot rely on getting reliable results when committing searches in online collections, the digital leap manifested by proponents of digital humanities might end with a belly flop. 30 00 The chapter discusses how the exponential growth of both digitised and born-digital research materials has brought upon new challenges regarding research data creation, data management and data discovery. It argues that the Digital Humanities community should pay more attention to the metadata creation as valid, standardised and well-structured metadata describing similar contents in identical terms help scholars to better discover relevant materials. This is especially important since a great majority of digital sources are made available via web-based portals offering search engines or other possibilities to query the collections. This development from a human-to-human interface towards a human-to-computer interface replaces the ‘silent knowledge’ of archivists with computer algorithms. Since most algorithms rely on available metadata, the structural power of actors responsible for the metadata creation should be taken seriously. If scholars cannot rely on getting reliable results when committing searches in online collections, the digital leap manifested by proponents of digital humanities might end with a belly flop. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-7 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 All the Work that Makes It Work: Digital Methods and Manual Labour 1 A01 21 000000021167046X Johan Jarlbrink Johan Jarlbrink Department of Culture and Media Studies 40 05kb8h459 Umeå University Johan Jarlbrink is Associate Professor in Media History and Senior Lecturer in Media Studies at Umeå University, Sweden. He has a PhD in Culture and Society from Linköping University, Sweden. His research has mainly focused on the history of journalism, media technologies and information management. He is currently involved in the project ‘Welfare State Analytics: Text Mining and Modeling Swedish Politics, Media & Culture, 1945–1989’. 03 00 The chapter explores how digital graphs, maps and trees can reveal things never seen before, but how they may also hide all the manual work that lies behind them. The most basic rationale behind digital humanities is the idea that machines should do most of the dull tasks for us. If all the extracting, counting, matching, and plotting is left to computers, researchers can focus on the intellectual parts of the process, interpreting and presenting the results. In many cases, however, digital tools need assistance to work properly. This kind of manual or semi-automatic work may involve compiling, cleaning and filtering datasets, tagging images, transcribing texts, correcting bad matches, adjusting graphs, and so on. Yet, it is rare to see it mentioned when results are presented. The aim of this chapter is to describe and discuss the role of this invisible (semi-)manual work within digital research. 30 00 The chapter explores how digital graphs, maps and trees can reveal things never seen before, but how they may also hide all the manual work that lies behind them. The most basic rationale behind digital humanities is the idea that machines should do most of the dull tasks for us. If all the extracting, counting, matching, and plotting is left to computers, researchers can focus on the intellectual parts of the process, interpreting and presenting the results. In many cases, however, digital tools need assistance to work properly. This kind of manual or semi-automatic work may involve compiling, cleaning and filtering datasets, tagging images, transcribing texts, correcting bad matches, adjusting graphs, and so on. Yet, it is rare to see it mentioned when results are presented. The aim of this chapter is to describe and discuss the role of this invisible (semi-)manual work within digital research. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-8 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Resettlement and Subsequent Assimilation of Evacuees from Finnish Karelia during and after the Second World War 1 A01 Mirkka Danielsbacka Mirkka Danielsbacka Department of Social Research 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Mirkka Danielsbacka is Assistant Professor of Sociology in the Department of Social Research at the University of Turku, Finland. She holds a PhD in Finnish and Nordic history and social and public policy at the University of Helsinki. Her research focuses on the Second World War, the welfare state and intergenerational family relations. 2 A01 Lauri Aho Lauri Aho Department of Biology 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Lauri Aho has a master’s in science from the biology department of the University of Turku, Finland. He is currently a biology and geography teacher in Helsinki, Finland. 3 A01 21 0000000224776204 Robert Lynch Robert Lynch Department of Biology 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Robert Lynch is a bio-cultural anthropologist and a postdoctoral researcher in the sociology and biology departments at the University of Turku, Finland. He holds a PhD in evolutionary anthropology and his research focuses on how biology, the environment and culture come together to shape behaviour, life histories and health outcomes. His research questions have ranged from the predictors of self-sacrifice and how exposure to stress in childhood affects reproduction to the impact of immigration on social mobility and reproduction and its effects on voting behaviour. 4 A01 Jenni Pettay Jenni Pettay Department of Social Research 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Jenni Pettay is a Senior Researcher in the Department of Social Research at the University of Turku, Finland. She has a PhD in biology from the University of Turku. Her research focus is on evolution of human life history traits and family dynamics. 5 A01 21 0000000221287587 Virpi Lummaa Virpi Lummaa Department of Biology 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Virpi Lummaa is an evolutionary biologist and ecologist. She holds an Academy of Finland Professorship at the University of Turku, Finland. She received her PhD in Biology in Turku, thereafter holding positions in Cambridge and Sheffield in the UK and Berlin, Germany, before returning to Finland. Her research interests include ageing, lifespan and natural selection in contemporary human populations. 6 A01 John Loehr John Loehr University of Helsinki’s Lammi Biological Station 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki John Loehr is a researcher and research coordinator at the University of Helsinki’s Lammi Biological Station, Finland. He has a PhD in evolutionary ecology from the University of Jyväskylä, and he currently heads the project on Karelian evacuee research (project website: http://www.helsinki.fi/en/projects/learning-from-our-past) 03 00 This chapter investigates sociodemographic and environmental factors associated with the relocation and settlement of Karelian evacuees during and after the Second World War. During the war over 400,000 people were forcibly displaced from the Karelia region in Finland and evacuated to western Finland. Soon after the start of the Continuation War (1941–1944) Finland recaptured Karelia from the Soviet Union and these refugees had the opportunity to return to Karelia, approximately 70% did so. Using the digitised MiKARELIA database, the movements of 59,477 Karelian evacuees and their decisions to return to Karelia or stay in western Finland during the Continuation War and the factors associated with their return are analysed. In addition, the post-war movements of these evacuees are investigated to shed light on how Karelians assimilated. The results of this study provide new information on many factors known to have affected the settlement and assimilation of Karelian evacuees during and immediately after the Second World War. 30 00 This chapter investigates sociodemographic and environmental factors associated with the relocation and settlement of Karelian evacuees during and after the Second World War. During the war over 400,000 people were forcibly displaced from the Karelia region in Finland and evacuated to western Finland. Soon after the start of the Continuation War (1941–1944) Finland recaptured Karelia from the Soviet Union and these refugees had the opportunity to return to Karelia, approximately 70% did so. Using the digitised MiKARELIA database, the movements of 59,477 Karelian evacuees and their decisions to return to Karelia or stay in western Finland during the Continuation War and the factors associated with their return are analysed. In addition, the post-war movements of these evacuees are investigated to shed light on how Karelians assimilated. The results of this study provide new information on many factors known to have affected the settlement and assimilation of Karelian evacuees during and immediately after the Second World War. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-9 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Towards Digital Histories of Women’s Suffrage Movements: A Feminist Historian’s Journey to the World of Digital Humanities 1 A01 21 0000000210560701 Heidi Kurvinen Heidi Kurvinen Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Heidi Kurvinen is a postdoctoral researcher affiliated with Department of Cultural History at the University of Turku, Finland. She has a PhD in History from the University of Oulu, Finland. She is specialised in the history of feminism and media history in the Nordic countries and currently works as an Academy of Finland postdoctoral fellow in her project ‘The Travelling Image of Bra-Burners: Negotiating Meanings of Feminism in the Finnish Mainstream Media from the 1960s to 2007’. She is a board member of the Nordic Media History Network (NOMEH) and head of the editorial board of Kulttuurihistoria—Cultural History book series published by the Finnish Society for Cultural History. 03 00 This chapter discusses the various practical, epistemological and methodological issues of importance when a historical scholar with limited digital skills wants to take a step towards learning how to conduct digital analyses. As a feminist historian, the author combines this approach with a discussion of the relation of feminist research and digital humanities. In line with practice in feminist research, she uses a self-reflexive approach and asks how the increase in the understanding of digital methods influences research questions in feminist history. Do digital humanities tools transform the work as feminist historians? How can digital analyses develop the field of gender history in general and the history of feminism in particular? Can a scholar who has limited technological skills engage with an informed and critical discussion with digitised materials? In doing this the chapter provides an inside reflective history of the making of digital history. 30 00 This chapter discusses the various practical, epistemological and methodological issues of importance when a historical scholar with limited digital skills wants to take a step towards learning how to conduct digital analyses. As a feminist historian, the author combines this approach with a discussion of the relation of feminist research and digital humanities. In line with practice in feminist research, she uses a self-reflexive approach and asks how the increase in the understanding of digital methods influences research questions in feminist history. Do digital humanities tools transform the work as feminist historians? How can digital analyses develop the field of gender history in general and the history of feminism in particular? Can a scholar who has limited technological skills engage with an informed and critical discussion with digitised materials? In doing this the chapter provides an inside reflective history of the making of digital history. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Of Great Men and Eurovision Songs: Studying the Finnish Audio-Visual Heritage through NER-based Analysis on Metadata 1 A01 21 0000000317226850 Maiju Kannisto Maiju Kannisto Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Maiju Kannisto is a cultural historian and media scholar with experience in Finnish media history, media industries and digital humanities. She received her PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku, Finland, and has worked as a postdoctoral researcher at the John Morton Center for North American Studies at the University of Turku. Kannisto’s research interests include national popular culture, media companies and media ethics. 2 A01 21 0000000320715110 Pekka Kauppinen Pekka Kauppinen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Pekka Kauppinen is a former technical assistant at the University of Helsinki, Finland. He has a master’s degree in language technology from the University of Helsinki, Finland. His primary research topics included finite-state applications such as automatic post-processing of Finnish and Swedish historical texts digitised by the means of optical character recognition. In 2017, Kauppinen was tasked with improving and expanding the Finnish rule-based named-entity recogniser FiNER. 03 00 The chapter focuses on the Finnish public service broadcasting company Yle (former Yleisradio), which was founded in 1926 and on the possible uses by digital historians of its online archive. The dataset used in the research are non-traditional in that it consists of Yle’s archival metadata. This digital material is analysed as a historical source material using the method of Named Entity Recognition (NER) as it is implemented in the digital tool the Finnish rule-based named-entity recogniser (FiNER). This chapter explores how a canon of salient Finnish events and persons is built up in the national audio-visual archive in the digital age. The authors suggest that the cultural contextualising and close reading of the themes pointed out by the results of NER-based analysis still play an important role in the analytical process as the metadata material, as well as the digital tool, has its limitations. 30 00 The chapter focuses on the Finnish public service broadcasting company Yle (former Yleisradio), which was founded in 1926 and on the possible uses by digital historians of its online archive. The dataset used in the research are non-traditional in that it consists of Yle’s archival metadata. This digital material is analysed as a historical source material using the method of Named Entity Recognition (NER) as it is implemented in the digital tool the Finnish rule-based named-entity recogniser (FiNER). This chapter explores how a canon of salient Finnish events and persons is built up in the national audio-visual archive in the digital age. The authors suggest that the cultural contextualising and close reading of the themes pointed out by the results of NER-based analysis still play an important role in the analytical process as the metadata material, as well as the digital tool, has its limitations. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-11 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Tracing the Emergence of Nordic Allemansrätten through Digitised Parliamentary Sources 1 A01 21 0000000303409269 Matti La Mela Matti La Mela Department of Business Studies & SeCo Research Group Uppsala University & Aalto University Matti La Mela is a social science historian and digital humanist and a visiting researcher at Department of Business Studies at Uppsala University. He has a PhD in History and Civilization from the European University Institute, Italy and his research focuses on (intellectual) property rights, commodification of nature and transnational relations. La Mela has extensive experience of multidisciplinary digital humanities research, and he has published on Nordic patent and innovation history, digital textual analysis in historical research, and access rights to nature. 03 00 The chapter studies the tradition of allemansrätten, a right of public access to nature, in recently digitized documents of the Finnish Parliament (1907-2000) using text mining methods. Allemansrätten is a well-known and much used principle in the Nordic countries, yet, its history is little researched. This study use collocation analysis and topic modelling to explore the historical trajectory of the term in Finland. It shows how ‘allemansrätt’ appeared in the 1940s as part of a temporary everyman’s fishing rights and while the current meaning is found in the 1960s it came to be commonly employed in outdoor recreation debates in the early 1970s, somewhat later than previously thought. Furthermore, a significant shift is discovered from allemansrätten’s use in access right debates to being marked as a national symbol in the 1990s. Although the OCR quality of the digitised parliamentary documents is proven to be very good, they lack in metadata which would improve their usability; thus digital historians should actively participate in the development of such key historical corpora. 30 00 The chapter studies the tradition of allemansrätten, a right of public access to nature, in recently digitized documents of the Finnish Parliament (1907-2000) using text mining methods. Allemansrätten is a well-known and much used principle in the Nordic countries, yet, its history is little researched. This study use collocation analysis and topic modelling to explore the historical trajectory of the term in Finland. It shows how ‘allemansrätt’ appeared in the 1940s as part of a temporary everyman’s fishing rights and while the current meaning is found in the 1960s it came to be commonly employed in outdoor recreation debates in the early 1970s, somewhat later than previously thought. Furthermore, a significant shift is discovered from allemansrätten’s use in access right debates to being marked as a national symbol in the 1990s. Although the OCR quality of the digitised parliamentary documents is proven to be very good, they lack in metadata which would improve their usability; thus digital historians should actively participate in the development of such key historical corpora. 20 00 Open Access 13 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-12 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Evolving Conceptualisations of Internationalism in the UK Parliament: Collocation Analyses from the League to Brexit 1 A01 21 0000000254684829 Pasi Ihalainen Pasi Ihalainen Department of History and Ethnology 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Pasi Ihalainen is Professor of Comparative European History at the Department of History and Ethnology at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. He has a PhD in History from the University of Jyväskylä and has published widely on the history of political discourse, nationalism, democracy and parliamentarism since the 18th century, applying comparative and transnational perspectives. He is currently working on the conceptual history of internationalisms and on the history of the concept of ‘politician’ and is preparing a study combining distant and close reading to analyse parliamentary speaking in several European countries. 2 A01 21 0000000242553872 Aleksi Sahala Aleksi Sahala Department of Modern Languages 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Aleksi Sahala is a doctoral candidate in Language Technology at the Department of Modern Languages at the University of Helsinki, Finland. He is currently a member of the Digital Humanities team in the Center of Excellence in the Ancient Near Eastern Empires at University of Helsinki. He has a combined master’s degree in Language Technology and Assyriology with a focus on computational Assyriology and the Sumerian language from the University of Helsinki. His research interests include Computational Assyriology and distributional semantics. 03 00 This chapter explores a historical distant reading strategy of British Parliamentary discourse. It uses historical collocation analyses of ‘internationalism’ and the ‘international’ in the British Hansard Corpus and a selection of Commons and Lords debates concerning British membership in international organisations as it relates to the League of Nations, United Nations, Council of Europe, EEC and Brexit. The collocates that were deemed to be politically significant are grouped in 13 loose semantic fields. This macro-level analysis of long-term trends of discourse is supplemented with an analysis of the said key debates in their historical contexts, including comparisons between the two Houses, and with additional micro-level analyses of contextualised individual speeches in which politicians defined ‘internationalism’ by using the concepts in political action. This provides one general view on the historical evolvement of the discourse on internationalism over the past hundred years. 30 00 This chapter explores a historical distant reading strategy of British Parliamentary discourse. It uses historical collocation analyses of ‘internationalism’ and the ‘international’ in the British Hansard Corpus and a selection of Commons and Lords debates concerning British membership in international organisations as it relates to the League of Nations, United Nations, Council of Europe, EEC and Brexit. The collocates that were deemed to be politically significant are grouped in 13 loose semantic fields. This macro-level analysis of long-term trends of discourse is supplemented with an analysis of the said key debates in their historical contexts, including comparisons between the two Houses, and with additional micro-level analyses of contextualised individual speeches in which politicians defined ‘internationalism’ by using the concepts in political action. This provides one general view on the historical evolvement of the discourse on internationalism over the past hundred years. 20 00 Open Access 14 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-13 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Picturing the Politics of Resistance: Using Image Metadata and Historical Network Analysis to Map the East German Opposition Movement, 1975–1990 1 A01 21 0000000304101610 Melanie Conroy Melanie Conroy Department of World Languages and Literatures 40 01cq23130 University of Memphis Melanie Conroy is Associate Professor of French at the University of Memphis, United States. She received her doctorate from Stanford University and master’s degrees from the University of Buffalo and the University of Paris, VIII. Her research explores the intersection of networks with literature, cultural history and visual studies in modern European culture. She is currently working on a cultural history of European salons as sites of literary production and a digital humanities survey on literary geography in the French realist and post-realist novel. 2 A01 21 0000000232235221 Kimmo Elo Kimmo Elo Centre for Parliamentary Studies 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Kimmo Elo is Associate Professor and Senior Researcher at the Centre for Parliamentary Studies at the University of Turku, Finland. He holds a PhD in Political Science from the University of Turku. His current research interests include text/data mining, network analysis, knowledge visualisation, computational history and German and European history since 1945, as well intelligence studies. 03 00 This chapter uses network analysis to explore, visualise and analyse quantitative historical data related to political resistance movements in the former East Germany. The study applies historical network analysis (HNA) rooted in social network analysis (SNA) to shed light on the structure and dynamics of the geospatial social networks of a sample group within the East German opposition movement between 1975 and 1990. In particular the opportunities and limits of using network analysis for historical studies are discussed which demonstrates how network graphs can be useful for historical analysis. The network analysis is used to help the researcher to identify which individuals are more likely to be well integrated into the group and which individuals are less central to the group, regardless of which individuals are most well-known or prominent. In particular, we point to the fact that knowledge of the government’s repressive actions and the opposition movement’s attempts to evade repression are fundamental to understanding the geospatial and social changes within this group during this period. 30 00 This chapter uses network analysis to explore, visualise and analyse quantitative historical data related to political resistance movements in the former East Germany. The study applies historical network analysis (HNA) rooted in social network analysis (SNA) to shed light on the structure and dynamics of the geospatial social networks of a sample group within the East German opposition movement between 1975 and 1990. In particular the opportunities and limits of using network analysis for historical studies are discussed which demonstrates how network graphs can be useful for historical analysis. The network analysis is used to help the researcher to identify which individuals are more likely to be well integrated into the group and which individuals are less central to the group, regardless of which individuals are most well-known or prominent. In particular, we point to the fact that knowledge of the government’s repressive actions and the opposition movement’s attempts to evade repression are fundamental to understanding the geospatial and social changes within this group during this period. 20 00 Open Access 15 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-14 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Many Ways to Talk about the Transits of Venus: Astronomical Discourses in Philosophical Transactions, 1753–1777 1 A01 21 000000027703196X Reetta Sippola Reetta Sippola School of History, Cultures and Arts Studies 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Reetta Sippola is a doctoral candidate in Cultural History at the University of Turku, Finland. She has a master’s degree in Cultural History from the University of Turku. Her dissertation explores spatiality, embodiment and the relationship of humans and the non-human in the British scientific travel narratives of the 18th century. In her research she is using digital humanities methods and perspective to provide new perspectives on various sources from the voyages of Captain James Cook. In addition, her recent publications include work on text reuse and public discourse in historical Finnish newspapers and text mining with Blast. 03 00 This chapter uses topic modelling to explore the evolution of the scientific discourse in the scientific journal Philosophical Transactions</italic> in the mid-18th century. Combining cultural historical close reading and statistical topic modelling, the study demonstrates the value of combining ‘new’ and more traditional historical research methods. The study shows that there were at least nine ways of talking about astronomical observations around the two transits of Venus, in 1761 and 1768, and in this reveal several previously neglected themes and unnoticed temporal discourse changes. One notable theme when talking about experiments was the continuity regarding concern for exactness and reliability of the collected knowledge, while others indicate a significant use of algebra to explain astronomical events and that the amount of causal theories has weakened over time. The study furthermore documents a connection between politeness and strategic attention seeking using the transits of Venus. Finally, the results reveal significant astronomical conversations related to terrestrial weather, and the circumstances and equipment of experimenting and observing. 30 00 This chapter uses topic modelling to explore the evolution of the scientific discourse in the scientific journal Philosophical Transactions</italic> in the mid-18th century. Combining cultural historical close reading and statistical topic modelling, the study demonstrates the value of combining ‘new’ and more traditional historical research methods. The study shows that there were at least nine ways of talking about astronomical observations around the two transits of Venus, in 1761 and 1768, and in this reveal several previously neglected themes and unnoticed temporal discourse changes. One notable theme when talking about experiments was the continuity regarding concern for exactness and reliability of the collected knowledge, while others indicate a significant use of algebra to explain astronomical events and that the amount of causal theories has weakened over time. The study furthermore documents a connection between politeness and strategic attention seeking using the transits of Venus. Finally, the results reveal significant astronomical conversations related to terrestrial weather, and the circumstances and equipment of experimenting and observing. 20 00 Open Access 16 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-15 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Many Themes of Humanism: Topic Modelling Humanism Discourse in Early 19th-Century German-Language Press 1 A01 21 0000000321106907 Heidi Hakkarainen Heidi Hakkarainen Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Heidi Hakkarainen is postdoctoral researcher at the University of Turku, Finland. She has a PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku and currently works in a research project entitled ‘Viral Culture in Early Nineteenth-Century Europe’. Her research interests include cultural history, history of the press, urban history, 19th-century studies, history of emotions, popular culture and digital history. 2 A01 Zuhair Iftikhar Zuhair Iftikhar Department of Mathematics and Statistics 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Zuhair Iftikhar is a research student at the Department of Mathematics and Statistics at the University of Turku, Finland. He has a master’s degree in Mathematics and Computer Science from the University of Turku and enjoys collaborations with digital humanities researchers. His other research interests include machine learning, natural language processing, digital signal processing, image processing and optimisation. 03 00 Topic modelling is often described as a text-mining tool for conducting a study of hidden semantic structures of a text or a text corpus by extracting topics from a document or a collection of documents. Yet, instead of one singular method, there are various tools for topic modelling that can be utilised for historical research. Dynamic topic models, for example, are often constructed temporally year by year, which makes it possible to track and analyse the ways in which topics change over time. This chapter provides a case example on topic modelling historical primary sources. The chapter uses two tools to carry out topic modelling, MALLET and Dynamic Topic Model (DTM), in one dataset, containing texts from the early 19th-century German-language press which have been subjected to optical character recognition (OCR). All of these texts were discussing humanism, which was a newly emerging concept before mid-century, gaining various meanings in the public discourse before, during and after the 1848–1849 revolutions. Yet, these multiple themes and early interpretations of humanism in the press have been previously under-studied. By analysing the evolution of the topics between 1829 and 1850, this chapter aims to shed light on the change of the discourse surrounding humanism in the early 19th-century German-speaking Europe. 30 00 Topic modelling is often described as a text-mining tool for conducting a study of hidden semantic structures of a text or a text corpus by extracting topics from a document or a collection of documents. Yet, instead of one singular method, there are various tools for topic modelling that can be utilised for historical research. Dynamic topic models, for example, are often constructed temporally year by year, which makes it possible to track and analyse the ways in which topics change over time. This chapter provides a case example on topic modelling historical primary sources. The chapter uses two tools to carry out topic modelling, MALLET and Dynamic Topic Model (DTM), in one dataset, containing texts from the early 19th-century German-language press which have been subjected to optical character recognition (OCR). All of these texts were discussing humanism, which was a newly emerging concept before mid-century, gaining various meanings in the public discourse before, during and after the 1848–1849 revolutions. Yet, these multiple themes and early interpretations of humanism in the press have been previously under-studied. By analysing the evolution of the topics between 1829 and 1850, this chapter aims to shed light on the change of the discourse surrounding humanism in the early 19th-century German-speaking Europe. 20 00 Open Access 17 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-16 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Manuscripts, Qualitative Analysis and Features on Vectors: An Attempt for a Synthesis of Conventional and Computational Methods in the Attribution of Late Medieval Anti-Heretical Treatises 1 A01 21 0000000283016563 Reima Välimäki Reima Välimäki Turku Institute for Advanced Studies / Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Reima Välimäki is a postdoctoral research fellow at the Turku Institute for Advanced Studies (TIAS) and the Department of Cultural History at the University of Turku, Finland. He has a PhD in Cultural History from University of Turku. His research interests include heresy and inquisition, polemical literature, manuscript studies, medievalism and history politics, as well as authorship attribution. 2 A01 Aleksi Vesanto Aleksi Vesanto Department of Future Technologies 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Aleksi Vesanto has a master’s degree in Computer Science with a focus on Natural Language Processing (NLP) from the University of Turku, Finland. His research interests include various applications of NLP, such as text reuse detection and authorship attribution, as well as several areas in speech technology. 3 A01 21 0000000224338618 Anni Hella Anni Hella Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Anni Hella is doctoral candidate at the Department of Cultural History at the University of Turku, Finland. She has a master’s degree in Cultural History from the University of Turku. Her dissertation deals with the use and authority of manuscripts in the Council of Ferrara-Florence (1438–1439) and the impact of the Council on humanism. She is also interested in digital humanities and especially the authorship attribution of pre-modern Latin texts. 4 A01 Adam Poznański Adam Poznański Wrocław University Library Wrocław University Adam Poznański is a librarian at the Department of Manuscripts of the Wrocław University Library and teaches Latin at the Wrocław University of Life and Environmental Sciences, Poland. He has a PhD in classics from Wrocław University. His main research interests are persuasion and argumentation in medieval anti-heretical texts and theoretical aspects of rhetoric and composition in the Middle Ages, as well as codicology and Latin paleography. 5 A01 21 0000000254846103 Filip Ginter Filip Ginter Department of Future Technologies 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Filip Ginter is Associate Professor of Language and Speech Technology at the Department of Future Technologies at the University of Turku, Finland. He has a PhD in Computer Science from the University of Turku. His research area is natural language processing and its various applications. His is a member of the Turku NLP Group. 03 00 The article applies computational stylometry to explore medieval authorship. The study consists of the investigation of different versions of an anti-heretical treatise Refutatio errorum</italic>, only recently attributed to the inquisitor Petrus Zwicker based on qualitative evidence. The article confirms this attribution and demonstrates that from a textually inconsistent corpus, it is possible to prepare data for computational stylometry with relatively fast and straightforward cleaning. Finally, the article discusses the relationship between qualitative and computational methods in the study of medieval texts. The greatest added value of computational authorship attributions comes from unexpected results, from texts behaving in an anomalous way. In the classifications made for this study, a small work called Attendite a falsis prophetis</italic> was for the first time attributed to Petrus Zwicker, a prime example of an unanticipated result. This attribution is within possibilities, but its final corroboration requires codicological study of the preserved manuscripts. 30 00 The article applies computational stylometry to explore medieval authorship. The study consists of the investigation of different versions of an anti-heretical treatise Refutatio errorum</italic>, only recently attributed to the inquisitor Petrus Zwicker based on qualitative evidence. The article confirms this attribution and demonstrates that from a textually inconsistent corpus, it is possible to prepare data for computational stylometry with relatively fast and straightforward cleaning. Finally, the article discusses the relationship between qualitative and computational methods in the study of medieval texts. The greatest added value of computational authorship attributions comes from unexpected results, from texts behaving in an anomalous way. In the classifications made for this study, a small work called Attendite a falsis prophetis</italic> was for the first time attributed to Petrus Zwicker, a prime example of an unanticipated result. This attribution is within possibilities, but its final corroboration requires codicological study of the preserved manuscripts. 20 00 Open Access 18 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-17 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Macroscoping the Sun of Socialism: Distant Readings of Temporality in Finnish Labour Newspapers, 1895–1917 1 A01 21 0000000288981274 Risto Turunen Risto Turunen School of Social Sciences 40 033003e23 Tampere University Risto Turunen is a doctoral candidate in history at Tampere University, Finland. He has a master‘s degree in History from University of Tampere. He is currently finishing his thesis on the origins, structure and evolution of Finnish socialism as a political language from the 1860s until 1917. Turunen has published articles on labour history, conceptual history and digital humanities. 03 00 This chapter examines the socialist perception of time in the Grand Duchy of Finland at the turn of 20th century focusing on the way working people experienced the present. Three distant reading methods are used on newspaper data to extract information on the socialist temporality: relative word frequencies over time, collocates, and key collocates. The point of historical distant reading methods is explained by using a simple theoretical model illuminating the scholar’s intellectual journey from original sources to historical wisdom. The results show that the General Strike of 1905 increased newspaper references to the present within the labour movement. Furthermore, it is demonstrated that socialist newspapers portrayed the present as negative, systematic and changeable and with an extraordinary level of negativity as compared to competing political languages. The study broadens the understanding of socialist temporality in general and Finnish socialism’s most important symbol, the rising sun, in particular. The sun’s meaning has been connected to freedom in the future, but simultaneously the sun highlighted the shackles of capitalism in the present. 30 00 This chapter examines the socialist perception of time in the Grand Duchy of Finland at the turn of 20th century focusing on the way working people experienced the present. Three distant reading methods are used on newspaper data to extract information on the socialist temporality: relative word frequencies over time, collocates, and key collocates. The point of historical distant reading methods is explained by using a simple theoretical model illuminating the scholar’s intellectual journey from original sources to historical wisdom. The results show that the General Strike of 1905 increased newspaper references to the present within the labour movement. Furthermore, it is demonstrated that socialist newspapers portrayed the present as negative, systematic and changeable and with an extraordinary level of negativity as compared to competing political languages. The study broadens the understanding of socialist temporality in general and Finnish socialism’s most important symbol, the rising sun, in particular. The sun’s meaning has been connected to freedom in the future, but simultaneously the sun highlighted the shackles of capitalism in the present. 20 00 Open Access 19 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-18 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Common Landscape of Digital History: Universal Methods, Global Borderlands, Longue-Durée History, and Critical Thinking about Approaches and Institutions 1 A01 21 0000000250850738 Jo Guldi Jo Guldi History 40 042tdr378 Southern Methodist University Jo Guldi is Associate Professor of Britain and Its Empire at Southern Methodist University, United States. She has a PhD in History from the University of California, Berkeley. She was the inaugural Mellon Postdoctoral Fellow in Digital History at University of Chicago and is currently Principal Investigator of a $1 million NSF grant, ‘The Unaffordable World’, which uses digital methods, among others, to inquire into the history of property rights and affordability. 03 00 The chapter takes as its staring point that ‘field’ though it might be in name, the domain of history as practised by scholars of different methodological and political orientations and subjects of study is really more of a patchwork of different fields and sub-fields. While not every kind of digital history applies to each sub-field, some forms of digital technique has been put to use in practically every domain that historians study. Because of the relative novelty of historians’ exchanges about digital methods, it is important that those essays are pedagogical in approach and critical as to method. This conclusion hazards that the work ahead for digital historians includes theorizing the bridge between close and distant readings, theorising the difference between AI and statistical measures, transparent documentation of the choice of algorithm, text and result in the practice of critical search, and engagement with new standards of scholarship from the institutions of historical and cultural knowledge-making.<break/> 30 00 The chapter takes as its staring point that ‘field’ though it might be in name, the domain of history as practised by scholars of different methodological and political orientations and subjects of study is really more of a patchwork of different fields and sub-fields. While not every kind of digital history applies to each sub-field, some forms of digital technique has been put to use in practically every domain that historians study. Because of the relative novelty of historians’ exchanges about digital methods, it is important that those essays are pedagogical in approach and critical as to method. This conclusion hazards that the work ahead for digital historians includes theorizing the bridge between close and distant readings, theorising the difference between AI and statistical measures, transparent documentation of the choice of algorithm, text and result in the practice of critical search, and engagement with new standards of scholarship from the institutions of historical and cultural knowledge-making.<break/> 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20201207 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690219 03 9789523690219 06 15 9789523690226 03 9789523690226 06 15 9789523690233 03 9789523690233 WORLD 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.adlibris.com/se/sok?q=9789523690202 20 08 20201207 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.co.uk/gp/search?index=books&field-isbn=9789523690202 20 08 20201207 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product https://www.amazon.com/s?k=9789523690202 20 08 20201207 01 11 Unknown 36 Unspecified hosting platform: webpage for this product http://www.bokus.com/bok/9789523690202 20 08 20201207 01 urn:uuid:d7a905be-15be-4578-8fb7-a58c78d2f229 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:44985d0a-253f-467b-8b59-eceec832f103 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:d7a905be-15be-4578-8fb7-a58c78d2f229 15 9789523690219 03 9789523690219 06 10.33134/HUP-5 00 EB E107 10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Digital Histories Emergent Approaches within the New Digital History 1 B01 21 0000000252417436 Mila Oiva Mila Oiva CUDAN ERA Chair 40 05mey9k78 Tallinn University Mila Oiva is a cultural historian, digital humanist and anexpert on Russian and Polish history. She has a PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku. Currently she works as a post-doctoral Research Fellow at CUDAN Open Lab at the Tallinn University, Estonia. Her main research interest focuses on circulation of information which she has studied in research projects on 19th-century global news flows and contemporary Finnish and Russian internet forum discussions on medieval history. 2 B01 Mats Fridlund Mats Fridlund Centre for Digital Humanities 40 01tm6cn81 University of Gothenburg Mats Fridlund is Deputy Director for the Centre for Digital Humanities at the University of Gothenburg. He has a PhD in History of Technology from KTH Royal Institute of Technology in Sweden. His research focuses on cultural and political history of science, technology and materiality. He has lead two Kone Foundation digital history projects and published on topic modelling in historical studies and used digital methodologies to study history of terrorism and Chinese industrialisation. 3 B01 21 0000000224862364 Petri Paju Petri Paju Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Petri Paju is a cultural historian with research interests in the development of digital history and its uses, and in history of technology. He has a PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku. He has previously worked in digital history projects funded by the Kone Foundation and the Academy of Finland. He has written broadly on the history of technology in Finland and on computing history in the Nordic countries, and the IBM Company in postwar Europe. 01 eng 00 382 03 B2 history B2 information technology B2 library and information sciences B2 digital humanities 20 history research; digital humanities; computational methods; data management; digital archives; digital history 01 06 02 00 Historical scholarship is currently undergoing a digital turn. All historians have experienced this change in one way or another, by writing on word processors, applying quantitative methods on digitalized source materials, or using internet resources and digital tools.Digital Histories</italic> showcases this emerging wave of digit 03 00 Historical scholarship is currently undergoing a digital turn. All historians have experienced this change in one way or another, by writing on word processors, applying quantitative methods on digitalized source materials, or using internet resources and digital tools.Digital Histories</italic> showcases this emerging wave of digital history research. It presents work by historians who – on their own or through collaborations with e.g. information technology specialists – have uncovered new, empirical historical knowledge through digital and computational methods. The topics of the volume range from the medieval period to the present day, including various parts of Europe. The chapters apply an exemplary array of methods, such as digital metadata analysis, machine learning, network analysis, topic modelling, named entity recognition, collocation analysis, critical search, and text and data mining.The volume argues that digital history is entering a mature phase, digital history ‘in action’, where its focus is shifting from the building of resources towards the making of new historical knowledge. This also involves novel challenges that digital methods pose to historical research, including awareness of the pitfalls and limitations of the digital tools and the necessity of new forms of digital source criticisms.Through its combination of empirical, conceptual and contextual studies, Digital Histories</italic> is a timely and pioneering contribution taking stock of how digital research currently advances historical scholarship. 30 00 Historical scholarship is currently undergoing a digital turn. All historians have experienced this change in one way or another, by writing on word processors, applying quantitative methods on digitalized source materials, or using internet resources and digital tools.Digital Histories</italic> showcases this emerging wave of digital history research. It presents work by historians who – on their own or through collaborations with e.g. information technology specialists – have uncovered new, empirical historical knowledge through digital and computational methods. The topics of the volume range from the medieval period to the present day, including various parts of Europe. The chapters apply an exemplary array of methods, such as digital metadata analysis, machine learning, network analysis, topic modelling, named entity recognition, collocation analysis, critical search, and text and data mining.The volume argues that digital history is entering a mature phase, digital history ‘in action’, where its focus is shifting from the building of resources towards the making of new historical knowledge. This also involves novel challenges that digital methods pose to historical research, including awareness of the pitfalls and limitations of the digital tools and the necessity of new forms of digital source criticisms.Through its combination of empirical, conceptual and contextual studies, Digital Histories</italic> is a timely and pioneering contribution taking stock of how digital research currently advances historical scholarship. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/b40d3d45-3af6-446c-bc85-96684c836ef8.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-19 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Foreword 1 A01 21 0000000309172020 Timo Honkela Timo Honkela 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Timo Honkela (1962–2020) was Professor Emeritus of Research in Digital Resources at the University of Helsinki, Finland. He had a PhD in Information Technology from Helsinki University of Technology. Honkela was a pioneer in applying digital methods to humanities, social science and the arts, and a generous supporter of projects in digital humanities. A truly humanist scientist, his last research was devoted to the ‘peace machine’ concept, in which artificial intelligence and machine learning were applied to provide tools for improved human communication, better understanding of one’s own and others’ emotions, and societal themes such as economy and democracy. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-1 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Digital and Distant Histories: Emergent Approaches within the New Digital History 1 A01 21 0000000224862364 Petri Paju Petri Paju Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Petri Paju is a cultural historian with research interests in the development of digital history and its uses, and in history of technology. He has a PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku. He has previously worked in digital history projects funded by the Kone Foundation and the Academy of Finland. He has written broadly on the history of technology in Finland and on computing history in the Nordic countries, and the IBM Company in postwar Europe. 2 A01 21 0000000252417436 Mila Oiva Mila Oiva CUDAN ERA Chair 40 05mey9k78 Tallinn University Mila Oiva is a cultural historian, digital humanist and an expert on Russian and Polish history. She has a PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku. Currently she works as a post-doctoral Research Fellow at CUDAN Open Lab at the Tallinn University, Estonia. Her main research interest focuses on circulation of information which she has studied in research projects on 19th-century global news flows and contemporary Finnish and Russian internet forum discussions on medieval history. 3 A01 Mats Fridlund Mats Fridlund Centre for Digital Humanities 40 01tm6cn81 University of Gothenburg Mats Fridlund is Deputy Director for the Centre for Digital Humanities at the University of Gothenburg. He has a PhD in History of Technology from KTH Royal Institute of Technology in Sweden. His research focuses on cultural and political history of science, technology and materiality. He has lead two Kone Foundation digital history projects and published on topic modelling in historical studies and used digital methodologies to study history of terrorism and Chinese industrialisation. 03 00 The chapter introduces the main themes of “Digital Histories”. It shortly discusses the histories of digital history and the various research projects that resulted in this volume, as well as the main contributions of the individual chapters. Focusing on the most recent periods of development of digital and computational history, the introduction explains how this book contributes to advancing the larger field of history in two primary ways: firstly through conceptual explorations of the central issues characterizing the past, present and future of digital history research, and secondly by providing new empirical historical knowledge coming out of research using digital methods. The chapter surveys a number of key challenges and criticisms facing contemporary and future historians, including the digitisation of sources, metadata creation for digital source materials, digital source and resource criticism, and the various salient questions involved in organising digital history research. 30 00 The chapter introduces the main themes of “Digital Histories”. It shortly discusses the histories of digital history and the various research projects that resulted in this volume, as well as the main contributions of the individual chapters. Focusing on the most recent periods of development of digital and computational history, the introduction explains how this book contributes to advancing the larger field of history in two primary ways: firstly through conceptual explorations of the central issues characterizing the past, present and future of digital history research, and secondly by providing new empirical historical knowledge coming out of research using digital methods. The chapter surveys a number of key challenges and criticisms facing contemporary and future historians, including the digitisation of sources, metadata creation for digital source materials, digital source and resource criticism, and the various salient questions involved in organising digital history research. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-2 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Long Road to ‘Digital History’: History of Computer-Assisted Research of the Past in Finland since the 1960s 1 A01 21 0000000224862364 Petri Paju Petri Paju Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Petri Paju is a cultural historian with research interests in the development of digital history and its uses, and in history of technology. He has a PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku. He has previously worked in digital history projects funded by the Kone Foundation and the Academy of Finland. He has written broadly on the history of technology in Finland and on computing history in the Nordic countries, and the IBM Company in postwar Europe. 03 00 To understand better the present shape and evolution of the digital history, this chapter examines how historians have used computers and information technology since the 1960s. Focusing on historians from Finland, the chapter starts from the late 1960s when a few younger historians first explored using the computer to perform statistical calculations. In the 1970s and the 1980s, the computers and data available were most useful and used for historical research designs applying quantitative methods. Historians carrying out qualitative research grew interested in IT when the personal computers became more user-friendly and affordable towards and especially during the 1990s. In the following decade, the internet, the World Wide Web, and digitized source materials effected all historians’ research practices directly or indirectly. Nevertheless, digital or computational history introduced in the mid-2010s took the use of IT further. These new methods were first embraced by a fraction of those historians who had previously focused on quantitative work based on textual materials. A central conclusion is that historians should pay more attention to the technologies they use to take better control of the challenges and opportunities of their changing research environment. 30 00 To understand better the present shape and evolution of the digital history, this chapter examines how historians have used computers and information technology since the 1960s. Focusing on historians from Finland, the chapter starts from the late 1960s when a few younger historians first explored using the computer to perform statistical calculations. In the 1970s and the 1980s, the computers and data available were most useful and used for historical research designs applying quantitative methods. Historians carrying out qualitative research grew interested in IT when the personal computers became more user-friendly and affordable towards and especially during the 1990s. In the following decade, the internet, the World Wide Web, and digitized source materials effected all historians’ research practices directly or indirectly. Nevertheless, digital or computational history introduced in the mid-2010s took the use of IT further. These new methods were first embraced by a fraction of those historians who had previously focused on quantitative work based on textual materials. A central conclusion is that historians should pay more attention to the technologies they use to take better control of the challenges and opportunities of their changing research environment. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-3 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Towards Big Data: Digitising Economic and Business History 1 A01 21 0000000285725902 Jari Eloranta Jari Eloranta Department of Economic and Social History 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Jari Eloranta is Professor of Economic History at the University of Helsinki, Finland. He holds a PhD in History and Civilization from the European University Institute, Italy. His research focuses on comparative economic and business history, especially the fiscal transformation of states, and he is currently involved in projects that use digital humanities methods and data. 2 A01 21 0000000311729537 Pasi Nevalainen Pasi Nevalainen History and Ethnology 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Pasi Nevalainen is postdoctoral researcher in business history at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. He has a PhD in Finnish History from University of Jyväskylä. He is interested in a number of 20th- and 21st-century themes related to structural changes in the economy, society and business organisation. His research interests include state-owned companies, telecommunications and management history. He uses digitised source databases and working methods as tools for qualitative history research. 3 A01 21 0000000243488857 Jari Ojala Jari Ojala History and Ethnology 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Jari Ojala is Professor of Comparative Business History at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. He has a PhD in History from University of Jyväskylä and specialises in economic, business and maritime history and has used digital humanities data and methods in his studies for two decades. He has published his research in main journals in the field, including Business History, Explorations in Economic History and European Review of Economic History. 03 00 This chapter describes the experiences in computational and digital history of economic and business historians who for decades have been forerunners in digital history data gathering and computational analysis. It attempts to discuss the major developments within this area internationally and, in some specific cases, in Finland in the fields of digital economic and business history. It concentrates on a number of research projects that the authors have previously been involved in, as well as research outcomes by other economic and business historians within Finland and elsewhere. It is not claimed that the projects discussed are unique or ahead of their time in the field of economic and business history—on the contrary they are representing a more general state of the art within the field and used as illustrative cases illuminating the possibilities and challenges facing historians in the digital era. 30 00 This chapter describes the experiences in computational and digital history of economic and business historians who for decades have been forerunners in digital history data gathering and computational analysis. It attempts to discuss the major developments within this area internationally and, in some specific cases, in Finland in the fields of digital economic and business history. It concentrates on a number of research projects that the authors have previously been involved in, as well as research outcomes by other economic and business historians within Finland and elsewhere. It is not claimed that the projects discussed are unique or ahead of their time in the field of economic and business history—on the contrary they are representing a more general state of the art within the field and used as illustrative cases illuminating the possibilities and challenges facing historians in the digital era. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-4 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Digital History 1.5: A Middle Way between Normal and Paradigmatic Digital Historical Research 1 A01 Mats Fridlund Mats Fridlund Centre for Digital Humanities 40 01tm6cn81 University of Gothenburg Mats Fridlund is Deputy Director for the Centre for Digital Humanities at the University of Gothenburg. He has a PhD in History of Technology from KTH Royal Institute of Technology in Sweden. His research focuses on cultural and political history of science, technology and materiality. He has lead two Kone Foundation digital history projects and published on topic modelling in historical studies and used digital methodologies to study history of terrorism and Chinese industrialisation. 03 00 This chapter analyses the impact of digital technology on historical research by identifying some of the critical methodological strands of the new computational digital history using Thomas Kuhn’s research on scientific revolutions. Digital methodologies have been described as posing a potential paradigm shift for historical research. Following Kuhn, the chapter describes the two ideal type responses within history to the challenges of the new computational digital history, where the disruptive digital methodologies are either being domesticated into traditional ‘normal science’ history as ‘digital history 1.0’, or a second revolutionary route where historical practice is radically disciplined into a paradigmatic ‘digital history 2.0’. As an alternative methodological middle way the study outlines ‘digital history 1.5’. This description combines a summary of digital practices already appropriated by most historical researchers with some of the new digital history’s central methodological elements as well as propose conceptualizations of emerging new mixed digital history practices such as search methodologies, digital source and resource criticisms. 30 00 This chapter analyses the impact of digital technology on historical research by identifying some of the critical methodological strands of the new computational digital history using Thomas Kuhn’s research on scientific revolutions. Digital methodologies have been described as posing a potential paradigm shift for historical research. Following Kuhn, the chapter describes the two ideal type responses within history to the challenges of the new computational digital history, where the disruptive digital methodologies are either being domesticated into traditional ‘normal science’ history as ‘digital history 1.0’, or a second revolutionary route where historical practice is radically disciplined into a paradigmatic ‘digital history 2.0’. As an alternative methodological middle way the study outlines ‘digital history 1.5’. This description combines a summary of digital practices already appropriated by most historical researchers with some of the new digital history’s central methodological elements as well as propose conceptualizations of emerging new mixed digital history practices such as search methodologies, digital source and resource criticisms. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-5 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Building Historical Knowledge Byte by Byte: Infrastructures and Data Management in Modern Scholarship 1 A01 21 0000000344603906 Jessica Parland-von Essen Jessica Parland-von Essen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Jessica Parland-von Essen is development manager at CSC—IT Center for Science. She holds a PhD in History from the University of Helsinki, Finland and has studied book history, library and information science and worked with digitisation and digitalisation within the cultural heritage sector and research data management. She is a member of Open Knowledge Finland and has been a proponent for open scholarship on both the national and international levels. Recently, she has studied research data management and is working to find solutions for promoting and supporting well-documented and managed publication of research outputs, especially different types of data. 03 00 This chapter describes how the new emerging digital environment challenges historians’ existing training and practice of source criticism. In an environment with increasing amounts of digitized data and digital methods there are new requirements for historians to develop new skills as well as new more extensive provenance data. Historians are faced with new challenges regarding new increasing demands for transparency and open scholarship that has comes with the growth of digital humanities in general and with digital history in particular. The old demands that historical research has to be well documented and reproducible has to be adapted to the promises and pitfalls of the new digital environment which especially means developing and adapting new standards and practices for what counts as good data management. The study discusses how the FAIR data principles can offer valuable guidance, but also how they cannot be implemented without supporting services that take into account different types of data and the data lifecycle. 30 00 This chapter describes how the new emerging digital environment challenges historians’ existing training and practice of source criticism. In an environment with increasing amounts of digitized data and digital methods there are new requirements for historians to develop new skills as well as new more extensive provenance data. Historians are faced with new challenges regarding new increasing demands for transparency and open scholarship that has comes with the growth of digital humanities in general and with digital history in particular. The old demands that historical research has to be well documented and reproducible has to be adapted to the promises and pitfalls of the new digital environment which especially means developing and adapting new standards and practices for what counts as good data management. The study discusses how the FAIR data principles can offer valuable guidance, but also how they cannot be implemented without supporting services that take into account different types of data and the data lifecycle. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-6 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Big Data, Bad Metadata: A Methodological Note on the Importance of Good Metadata in the Age of Digital History 1 A01 21 0000000232235221 Kimmo Elo Kimmo Elo Centre for Parliamentary Studies 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Kimmo Elo is Associate Professor and Senior Researcher at the Centre for Parliamentary Studies at the University of Turku, Finland. He holds a PhD in Political Science from the University of Turku. His current research interests include text/data mining, network analysis, knowledge visualisation, computational history and German and European history since 1945, as well intelligence studies. 03 00 The chapter discusses how the exponential growth of both digitised and born-digital research materials has brought upon new challenges regarding research data creation, data management and data discovery. It argues that the Digital Humanities community should pay more attention to the metadata creation as valid, standardised and well-structured metadata describing similar contents in identical terms help scholars to better discover relevant materials. This is especially important since a great majority of digital sources are made available via web-based portals offering search engines or other possibilities to query the collections. This development from a human-to-human interface towards a human-to-computer interface replaces the ‘silent knowledge’ of archivists with computer algorithms. Since most algorithms rely on available metadata, the structural power of actors responsible for the metadata creation should be taken seriously. If scholars cannot rely on getting reliable results when committing searches in online collections, the digital leap manifested by proponents of digital humanities might end with a belly flop. 30 00 The chapter discusses how the exponential growth of both digitised and born-digital research materials has brought upon new challenges regarding research data creation, data management and data discovery. It argues that the Digital Humanities community should pay more attention to the metadata creation as valid, standardised and well-structured metadata describing similar contents in identical terms help scholars to better discover relevant materials. This is especially important since a great majority of digital sources are made available via web-based portals offering search engines or other possibilities to query the collections. This development from a human-to-human interface towards a human-to-computer interface replaces the ‘silent knowledge’ of archivists with computer algorithms. Since most algorithms rely on available metadata, the structural power of actors responsible for the metadata creation should be taken seriously. If scholars cannot rely on getting reliable results when committing searches in online collections, the digital leap manifested by proponents of digital humanities might end with a belly flop. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-7 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 All the Work that Makes It Work: Digital Methods and Manual Labour 1 A01 21 000000021167046X Johan Jarlbrink Johan Jarlbrink Department of Culture and Media Studies 40 05kb8h459 Umeå University Johan Jarlbrink is Associate Professor in Media History and Senior Lecturer in Media Studies at Umeå University, Sweden. He has a PhD in Culture and Society from Linköping University, Sweden. His research has mainly focused on the history of journalism, media technologies and information management. He is currently involved in the project ‘Welfare State Analytics: Text Mining and Modeling Swedish Politics, Media & Culture, 1945–1989’. 03 00 The chapter explores how digital graphs, maps and trees can reveal things never seen before, but how they may also hide all the manual work that lies behind them. The most basic rationale behind digital humanities is the idea that machines should do most of the dull tasks for us. If all the extracting, counting, matching, and plotting is left to computers, researchers can focus on the intellectual parts of the process, interpreting and presenting the results. In many cases, however, digital tools need assistance to work properly. This kind of manual or semi-automatic work may involve compiling, cleaning and filtering datasets, tagging images, transcribing texts, correcting bad matches, adjusting graphs, and so on. Yet, it is rare to see it mentioned when results are presented. The aim of this chapter is to describe and discuss the role of this invisible (semi-)manual work within digital research. 30 00 The chapter explores how digital graphs, maps and trees can reveal things never seen before, but how they may also hide all the manual work that lies behind them. The most basic rationale behind digital humanities is the idea that machines should do most of the dull tasks for us. If all the extracting, counting, matching, and plotting is left to computers, researchers can focus on the intellectual parts of the process, interpreting and presenting the results. In many cases, however, digital tools need assistance to work properly. This kind of manual or semi-automatic work may involve compiling, cleaning and filtering datasets, tagging images, transcribing texts, correcting bad matches, adjusting graphs, and so on. Yet, it is rare to see it mentioned when results are presented. The aim of this chapter is to describe and discuss the role of this invisible (semi-)manual work within digital research. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-8 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Resettlement and Subsequent Assimilation of Evacuees from Finnish Karelia during and after the Second World War 1 A01 Mirkka Danielsbacka Mirkka Danielsbacka Department of Social Research 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Mirkka Danielsbacka is Assistant Professor of Sociology in the Department of Social Research at the University of Turku, Finland. She holds a PhD in Finnish and Nordic history and social and public policy at the University of Helsinki. Her research focuses on the Second World War, the welfare state and intergenerational family relations. 2 A01 Lauri Aho Lauri Aho Department of Biology 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Lauri Aho has a master’s in science from the biology department of the University of Turku, Finland. He is currently a biology and geography teacher in Helsinki, Finland. 3 A01 21 0000000224776204 Robert Lynch Robert Lynch Department of Biology 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Robert Lynch is a bio-cultural anthropologist and a postdoctoral researcher in the sociology and biology departments at the University of Turku, Finland. He holds a PhD in evolutionary anthropology and his research focuses on how biology, the environment and culture come together to shape behaviour, life histories and health outcomes. His research questions have ranged from the predictors of self-sacrifice and how exposure to stress in childhood affects reproduction to the impact of immigration on social mobility and reproduction and its effects on voting behaviour. 4 A01 Jenni Pettay Jenni Pettay Department of Social Research 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Jenni Pettay is a Senior Researcher in the Department of Social Research at the University of Turku, Finland. She has a PhD in biology from the University of Turku. Her research focus is on evolution of human life history traits and family dynamics. 5 A01 21 0000000221287587 Virpi Lummaa Virpi Lummaa Department of Biology 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Virpi Lummaa is an evolutionary biologist and ecologist. She holds an Academy of Finland Professorship at the University of Turku, Finland. She received her PhD in Biology in Turku, thereafter holding positions in Cambridge and Sheffield in the UK and Berlin, Germany, before returning to Finland. Her research interests include ageing, lifespan and natural selection in contemporary human populations. 6 A01 John Loehr John Loehr University of Helsinki’s Lammi Biological Station 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki John Loehr is a researcher and research coordinator at the University of Helsinki’s Lammi Biological Station, Finland. He has a PhD in evolutionary ecology from the University of Jyväskylä, and he currently heads the project on Karelian evacuee research (project website: http://www.helsinki.fi/en/projects/learning-from-our-past) 03 00 This chapter investigates sociodemographic and environmental factors associated with the relocation and settlement of Karelian evacuees during and after the Second World War. During the war over 400,000 people were forcibly displaced from the Karelia region in Finland and evacuated to western Finland. Soon after the start of the Continuation War (1941–1944) Finland recaptured Karelia from the Soviet Union and these refugees had the opportunity to return to Karelia, approximately 70% did so. Using the digitised MiKARELIA database, the movements of 59,477 Karelian evacuees and their decisions to return to Karelia or stay in western Finland during the Continuation War and the factors associated with their return are analysed. In addition, the post-war movements of these evacuees are investigated to shed light on how Karelians assimilated. The results of this study provide new information on many factors known to have affected the settlement and assimilation of Karelian evacuees during and immediately after the Second World War. 30 00 This chapter investigates sociodemographic and environmental factors associated with the relocation and settlement of Karelian evacuees during and after the Second World War. During the war over 400,000 people were forcibly displaced from the Karelia region in Finland and evacuated to western Finland. Soon after the start of the Continuation War (1941–1944) Finland recaptured Karelia from the Soviet Union and these refugees had the opportunity to return to Karelia, approximately 70% did so. Using the digitised MiKARELIA database, the movements of 59,477 Karelian evacuees and their decisions to return to Karelia or stay in western Finland during the Continuation War and the factors associated with their return are analysed. In addition, the post-war movements of these evacuees are investigated to shed light on how Karelians assimilated. The results of this study provide new information on many factors known to have affected the settlement and assimilation of Karelian evacuees during and immediately after the Second World War. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-9 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Towards Digital Histories of Women’s Suffrage Movements: A Feminist Historian’s Journey to the World of Digital Humanities 1 A01 21 0000000210560701 Heidi Kurvinen Heidi Kurvinen Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Heidi Kurvinen is a postdoctoral researcher affiliated with Department of Cultural History at the University of Turku, Finland. She has a PhD in History from the University of Oulu, Finland. She is specialised in the history of feminism and media history in the Nordic countries and currently works as an Academy of Finland postdoctoral fellow in her project ‘The Travelling Image of Bra-Burners: Negotiating Meanings of Feminism in the Finnish Mainstream Media from the 1960s to 2007’. She is a board member of the Nordic Media History Network (NOMEH) and head of the editorial board of Kulttuurihistoria—Cultural History book series published by the Finnish Society for Cultural History. 03 00 This chapter discusses the various practical, epistemological and methodological issues of importance when a historical scholar with limited digital skills wants to take a step towards learning how to conduct digital analyses. As a feminist historian, the author combines this approach with a discussion of the relation of feminist research and digital humanities. In line with practice in feminist research, she uses a self-reflexive approach and asks how the increase in the understanding of digital methods influences research questions in feminist history. Do digital humanities tools transform the work as feminist historians? How can digital analyses develop the field of gender history in general and the history of feminism in particular? Can a scholar who has limited technological skills engage with an informed and critical discussion with digitised materials? In doing this the chapter provides an inside reflective history of the making of digital history. 30 00 This chapter discusses the various practical, epistemological and methodological issues of importance when a historical scholar with limited digital skills wants to take a step towards learning how to conduct digital analyses. As a feminist historian, the author combines this approach with a discussion of the relation of feminist research and digital humanities. In line with practice in feminist research, she uses a self-reflexive approach and asks how the increase in the understanding of digital methods influences research questions in feminist history. Do digital humanities tools transform the work as feminist historians? How can digital analyses develop the field of gender history in general and the history of feminism in particular? Can a scholar who has limited technological skills engage with an informed and critical discussion with digitised materials? In doing this the chapter provides an inside reflective history of the making of digital history. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Of Great Men and Eurovision Songs: Studying the Finnish Audio-Visual Heritage through NER-based Analysis on Metadata 1 A01 21 0000000317226850 Maiju Kannisto Maiju Kannisto Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Maiju Kannisto is a cultural historian and media scholar with experience in Finnish media history, media industries and digital humanities. She received her PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku, Finland, and has worked as a postdoctoral researcher at the John Morton Center for North American Studies at the University of Turku. Kannisto’s research interests include national popular culture, media companies and media ethics. 2 A01 21 0000000320715110 Pekka Kauppinen Pekka Kauppinen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Pekka Kauppinen is a former technical assistant at the University of Helsinki, Finland. He has a master’s degree in language technology from the University of Helsinki, Finland. His primary research topics included finite-state applications such as automatic post-processing of Finnish and Swedish historical texts digitised by the means of optical character recognition. In 2017, Kauppinen was tasked with improving and expanding the Finnish rule-based named-entity recogniser FiNER. 03 00 The chapter focuses on the Finnish public service broadcasting company Yle (former Yleisradio), which was founded in 1926 and on the possible uses by digital historians of its online archive. The dataset used in the research are non-traditional in that it consists of Yle’s archival metadata. This digital material is analysed as a historical source material using the method of Named Entity Recognition (NER) as it is implemented in the digital tool the Finnish rule-based named-entity recogniser (FiNER). This chapter explores how a canon of salient Finnish events and persons is built up in the national audio-visual archive in the digital age. The authors suggest that the cultural contextualising and close reading of the themes pointed out by the results of NER-based analysis still play an important role in the analytical process as the metadata material, as well as the digital tool, has its limitations. 30 00 The chapter focuses on the Finnish public service broadcasting company Yle (former Yleisradio), which was founded in 1926 and on the possible uses by digital historians of its online archive. The dataset used in the research are non-traditional in that it consists of Yle’s archival metadata. This digital material is analysed as a historical source material using the method of Named Entity Recognition (NER) as it is implemented in the digital tool the Finnish rule-based named-entity recogniser (FiNER). This chapter explores how a canon of salient Finnish events and persons is built up in the national audio-visual archive in the digital age. The authors suggest that the cultural contextualising and close reading of the themes pointed out by the results of NER-based analysis still play an important role in the analytical process as the metadata material, as well as the digital tool, has its limitations. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-11 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Tracing the Emergence of Nordic Allemansrätten through Digitised Parliamentary Sources 1 A01 21 0000000303409269 Matti La Mela Matti La Mela Department of Business Studies & SeCo Research Group Uppsala University & Aalto University Matti La Mela is a social science historian and digital humanist and a visiting researcher at Department of Business Studies at Uppsala University. He has a PhD in History and Civilization from the European University Institute, Italy and his research focuses on (intellectual) property rights, commodification of nature and transnational relations. La Mela has extensive experience of multidisciplinary digital humanities research, and he has published on Nordic patent and innovation history, digital textual analysis in historical research, and access rights to nature. 03 00 The chapter studies the tradition of allemansrätten, a right of public access to nature, in recently digitized documents of the Finnish Parliament (1907-2000) using text mining methods. Allemansrätten is a well-known and much used principle in the Nordic countries, yet, its history is little researched. This study use collocation analysis and topic modelling to explore the historical trajectory of the term in Finland. It shows how ‘allemansrätt’ appeared in the 1940s as part of a temporary everyman’s fishing rights and while the current meaning is found in the 1960s it came to be commonly employed in outdoor recreation debates in the early 1970s, somewhat later than previously thought. Furthermore, a significant shift is discovered from allemansrätten’s use in access right debates to being marked as a national symbol in the 1990s. Although the OCR quality of the digitised parliamentary documents is proven to be very good, they lack in metadata which would improve their usability; thus digital historians should actively participate in the development of such key historical corpora. 30 00 The chapter studies the tradition of allemansrätten, a right of public access to nature, in recently digitized documents of the Finnish Parliament (1907-2000) using text mining methods. Allemansrätten is a well-known and much used principle in the Nordic countries, yet, its history is little researched. This study use collocation analysis and topic modelling to explore the historical trajectory of the term in Finland. It shows how ‘allemansrätt’ appeared in the 1940s as part of a temporary everyman’s fishing rights and while the current meaning is found in the 1960s it came to be commonly employed in outdoor recreation debates in the early 1970s, somewhat later than previously thought. Furthermore, a significant shift is discovered from allemansrätten’s use in access right debates to being marked as a national symbol in the 1990s. Although the OCR quality of the digitised parliamentary documents is proven to be very good, they lack in metadata which would improve their usability; thus digital historians should actively participate in the development of such key historical corpora. 20 00 Open Access 13 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-12 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Evolving Conceptualisations of Internationalism in the UK Parliament: Collocation Analyses from the League to Brexit 1 A01 21 0000000254684829 Pasi Ihalainen Pasi Ihalainen Department of History and Ethnology 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Pasi Ihalainen is Professor of Comparative European History at the Department of History and Ethnology at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. He has a PhD in History from the University of Jyväskylä and has published widely on the history of political discourse, nationalism, democracy and parliamentarism since the 18th century, applying comparative and transnational perspectives. He is currently working on the conceptual history of internationalisms and on the history of the concept of ‘politician’ and is preparing a study combining distant and close reading to analyse parliamentary speaking in several European countries. 2 A01 21 0000000242553872 Aleksi Sahala Aleksi Sahala Department of Modern Languages 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Aleksi Sahala is a doctoral candidate in Language Technology at the Department of Modern Languages at the University of Helsinki, Finland. He is currently a member of the Digital Humanities team in the Center of Excellence in the Ancient Near Eastern Empires at University of Helsinki. He has a combined master’s degree in Language Technology and Assyriology with a focus on computational Assyriology and the Sumerian language from the University of Helsinki. His research interests include Computational Assyriology and distributional semantics. 03 00 This chapter explores a historical distant reading strategy of British Parliamentary discourse. It uses historical collocation analyses of ‘internationalism’ and the ‘international’ in the British Hansard Corpus and a selection of Commons and Lords debates concerning British membership in international organisations as it relates to the League of Nations, United Nations, Council of Europe, EEC and Brexit. The collocates that were deemed to be politically significant are grouped in 13 loose semantic fields. This macro-level analysis of long-term trends of discourse is supplemented with an analysis of the said key debates in their historical contexts, including comparisons between the two Houses, and with additional micro-level analyses of contextualised individual speeches in which politicians defined ‘internationalism’ by using the concepts in political action. This provides one general view on the historical evolvement of the discourse on internationalism over the past hundred years. 30 00 This chapter explores a historical distant reading strategy of British Parliamentary discourse. It uses historical collocation analyses of ‘internationalism’ and the ‘international’ in the British Hansard Corpus and a selection of Commons and Lords debates concerning British membership in international organisations as it relates to the League of Nations, United Nations, Council of Europe, EEC and Brexit. The collocates that were deemed to be politically significant are grouped in 13 loose semantic fields. This macro-level analysis of long-term trends of discourse is supplemented with an analysis of the said key debates in their historical contexts, including comparisons between the two Houses, and with additional micro-level analyses of contextualised individual speeches in which politicians defined ‘internationalism’ by using the concepts in political action. This provides one general view on the historical evolvement of the discourse on internationalism over the past hundred years. 20 00 Open Access 14 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-13 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Picturing the Politics of Resistance: Using Image Metadata and Historical Network Analysis to Map the East German Opposition Movement, 1975–1990 1 A01 21 0000000304101610 Melanie Conroy Melanie Conroy Department of World Languages and Literatures 40 01cq23130 University of Memphis Melanie Conroy is Associate Professor of French at the University of Memphis, United States. She received her doctorate from Stanford University and master’s degrees from the University of Buffalo and the University of Paris, VIII. Her research explores the intersection of networks with literature, cultural history and visual studies in modern European culture. She is currently working on a cultural history of European salons as sites of literary production and a digital humanities survey on literary geography in the French realist and post-realist novel. 2 A01 21 0000000232235221 Kimmo Elo Kimmo Elo Centre for Parliamentary Studies 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Kimmo Elo is Associate Professor and Senior Researcher at the Centre for Parliamentary Studies at the University of Turku, Finland. He holds a PhD in Political Science from the University of Turku. His current research interests include text/data mining, network analysis, knowledge visualisation, computational history and German and European history since 1945, as well intelligence studies. 03 00 This chapter uses network analysis to explore, visualise and analyse quantitative historical data related to political resistance movements in the former East Germany. The study applies historical network analysis (HNA) rooted in social network analysis (SNA) to shed light on the structure and dynamics of the geospatial social networks of a sample group within the East German opposition movement between 1975 and 1990. In particular the opportunities and limits of using network analysis for historical studies are discussed which demonstrates how network graphs can be useful for historical analysis. The network analysis is used to help the researcher to identify which individuals are more likely to be well integrated into the group and which individuals are less central to the group, regardless of which individuals are most well-known or prominent. In particular, we point to the fact that knowledge of the government’s repressive actions and the opposition movement’s attempts to evade repression are fundamental to understanding the geospatial and social changes within this group during this period. 30 00 This chapter uses network analysis to explore, visualise and analyse quantitative historical data related to political resistance movements in the former East Germany. The study applies historical network analysis (HNA) rooted in social network analysis (SNA) to shed light on the structure and dynamics of the geospatial social networks of a sample group within the East German opposition movement between 1975 and 1990. In particular the opportunities and limits of using network analysis for historical studies are discussed which demonstrates how network graphs can be useful for historical analysis. The network analysis is used to help the researcher to identify which individuals are more likely to be well integrated into the group and which individuals are less central to the group, regardless of which individuals are most well-known or prominent. In particular, we point to the fact that knowledge of the government’s repressive actions and the opposition movement’s attempts to evade repression are fundamental to understanding the geospatial and social changes within this group during this period. 20 00 Open Access 15 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-14 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Many Ways to Talk about the Transits of Venus: Astronomical Discourses in Philosophical Transactions, 1753–1777 1 A01 21 000000027703196X Reetta Sippola Reetta Sippola School of History, Cultures and Arts Studies 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Reetta Sippola is a doctoral candidate in Cultural History at the University of Turku, Finland. She has a master’s degree in Cultural History from the University of Turku. Her dissertation explores spatiality, embodiment and the relationship of humans and the non-human in the British scientific travel narratives of the 18th century. In her research she is using digital humanities methods and perspective to provide new perspectives on various sources from the voyages of Captain James Cook. In addition, her recent publications include work on text reuse and public discourse in historical Finnish newspapers and text mining with Blast. 03 00 This chapter uses topic modelling to explore the evolution of the scientific discourse in the scientific journal Philosophical Transactions</italic> in the mid-18th century. Combining cultural historical close reading and statistical topic modelling, the study demonstrates the value of combining ‘new’ and more traditional historical research methods. The study shows that there were at least nine ways of talking about astronomical observations around the two transits of Venus, in 1761 and 1768, and in this reveal several previously neglected themes and unnoticed temporal discourse changes. One notable theme when talking about experiments was the continuity regarding concern for exactness and reliability of the collected knowledge, while others indicate a significant use of algebra to explain astronomical events and that the amount of causal theories has weakened over time. The study furthermore documents a connection between politeness and strategic attention seeking using the transits of Venus. Finally, the results reveal significant astronomical conversations related to terrestrial weather, and the circumstances and equipment of experimenting and observing. 30 00 This chapter uses topic modelling to explore the evolution of the scientific discourse in the scientific journal Philosophical Transactions</italic> in the mid-18th century. Combining cultural historical close reading and statistical topic modelling, the study demonstrates the value of combining ‘new’ and more traditional historical research methods. The study shows that there were at least nine ways of talking about astronomical observations around the two transits of Venus, in 1761 and 1768, and in this reveal several previously neglected themes and unnoticed temporal discourse changes. One notable theme when talking about experiments was the continuity regarding concern for exactness and reliability of the collected knowledge, while others indicate a significant use of algebra to explain astronomical events and that the amount of causal theories has weakened over time. The study furthermore documents a connection between politeness and strategic attention seeking using the transits of Venus. Finally, the results reveal significant astronomical conversations related to terrestrial weather, and the circumstances and equipment of experimenting and observing. 20 00 Open Access 16 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-15 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Many Themes of Humanism: Topic Modelling Humanism Discourse in Early 19th-Century German-Language Press 1 A01 21 0000000321106907 Heidi Hakkarainen Heidi Hakkarainen Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Heidi Hakkarainen is postdoctoral researcher at the University of Turku, Finland. She has a PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku and currently works in a research project entitled ‘Viral Culture in Early Nineteenth-Century Europe’. Her research interests include cultural history, history of the press, urban history, 19th-century studies, history of emotions, popular culture and digital history. 2 A01 Zuhair Iftikhar Zuhair Iftikhar Department of Mathematics and Statistics 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Zuhair Iftikhar is a research student at the Department of Mathematics and Statistics at the University of Turku, Finland. He has a master’s degree in Mathematics and Computer Science from the University of Turku and enjoys collaborations with digital humanities researchers. His other research interests include machine learning, natural language processing, digital signal processing, image processing and optimisation. 03 00 Topic modelling is often described as a text-mining tool for conducting a study of hidden semantic structures of a text or a text corpus by extracting topics from a document or a collection of documents. Yet, instead of one singular method, there are various tools for topic modelling that can be utilised for historical research. Dynamic topic models, for example, are often constructed temporally year by year, which makes it possible to track and analyse the ways in which topics change over time. This chapter provides a case example on topic modelling historical primary sources. The chapter uses two tools to carry out topic modelling, MALLET and Dynamic Topic Model (DTM), in one dataset, containing texts from the early 19th-century German-language press which have been subjected to optical character recognition (OCR). All of these texts were discussing humanism, which was a newly emerging concept before mid-century, gaining various meanings in the public discourse before, during and after the 1848–1849 revolutions. Yet, these multiple themes and early interpretations of humanism in the press have been previously under-studied. By analysing the evolution of the topics between 1829 and 1850, this chapter aims to shed light on the change of the discourse surrounding humanism in the early 19th-century German-speaking Europe. 30 00 Topic modelling is often described as a text-mining tool for conducting a study of hidden semantic structures of a text or a text corpus by extracting topics from a document or a collection of documents. Yet, instead of one singular method, there are various tools for topic modelling that can be utilised for historical research. Dynamic topic models, for example, are often constructed temporally year by year, which makes it possible to track and analyse the ways in which topics change over time. This chapter provides a case example on topic modelling historical primary sources. The chapter uses two tools to carry out topic modelling, MALLET and Dynamic Topic Model (DTM), in one dataset, containing texts from the early 19th-century German-language press which have been subjected to optical character recognition (OCR). All of these texts were discussing humanism, which was a newly emerging concept before mid-century, gaining various meanings in the public discourse before, during and after the 1848–1849 revolutions. Yet, these multiple themes and early interpretations of humanism in the press have been previously under-studied. By analysing the evolution of the topics between 1829 and 1850, this chapter aims to shed light on the change of the discourse surrounding humanism in the early 19th-century German-speaking Europe. 20 00 Open Access 17 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-16 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Manuscripts, Qualitative Analysis and Features on Vectors: An Attempt for a Synthesis of Conventional and Computational Methods in the Attribution of Late Medieval Anti-Heretical Treatises 1 A01 21 0000000283016563 Reima Välimäki Reima Välimäki Turku Institute for Advanced Studies / Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Reima Välimäki is a postdoctoral research fellow at the Turku Institute for Advanced Studies (TIAS) and the Department of Cultural History at the University of Turku, Finland. He has a PhD in Cultural History from University of Turku. His research interests include heresy and inquisition, polemical literature, manuscript studies, medievalism and history politics, as well as authorship attribution. 2 A01 Aleksi Vesanto Aleksi Vesanto Department of Future Technologies 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Aleksi Vesanto has a master’s degree in Computer Science with a focus on Natural Language Processing (NLP) from the University of Turku, Finland. His research interests include various applications of NLP, such as text reuse detection and authorship attribution, as well as several areas in speech technology. 3 A01 21 0000000224338618 Anni Hella Anni Hella Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Anni Hella is doctoral candidate at the Department of Cultural History at the University of Turku, Finland. She has a master’s degree in Cultural History from the University of Turku. Her dissertation deals with the use and authority of manuscripts in the Council of Ferrara-Florence (1438–1439) and the impact of the Council on humanism. She is also interested in digital humanities and especially the authorship attribution of pre-modern Latin texts. 4 A01 Adam Poznański Adam Poznański Wrocław University Library Wrocław University Adam Poznański is a librarian at the Department of Manuscripts of the Wrocław University Library and teaches Latin at the Wrocław University of Life and Environmental Sciences, Poland. He has a PhD in classics from Wrocław University. His main research interests are persuasion and argumentation in medieval anti-heretical texts and theoretical aspects of rhetoric and composition in the Middle Ages, as well as codicology and Latin paleography. 5 A01 21 0000000254846103 Filip Ginter Filip Ginter Department of Future Technologies 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Filip Ginter is Associate Professor of Language and Speech Technology at the Department of Future Technologies at the University of Turku, Finland. He has a PhD in Computer Science from the University of Turku. His research area is natural language processing and its various applications. His is a member of the Turku NLP Group. 03 00 The article applies computational stylometry to explore medieval authorship. The study consists of the investigation of different versions of an anti-heretical treatise Refutatio errorum</italic>, only recently attributed to the inquisitor Petrus Zwicker based on qualitative evidence. The article confirms this attribution and demonstrates that from a textually inconsistent corpus, it is possible to prepare data for computational stylometry with relatively fast and straightforward cleaning. Finally, the article discusses the relationship between qualitative and computational methods in the study of medieval texts. The greatest added value of computational authorship attributions comes from unexpected results, from texts behaving in an anomalous way. In the classifications made for this study, a small work called Attendite a falsis prophetis</italic> was for the first time attributed to Petrus Zwicker, a prime example of an unanticipated result. This attribution is within possibilities, but its final corroboration requires codicological study of the preserved manuscripts. 30 00 The article applies computational stylometry to explore medieval authorship. The study consists of the investigation of different versions of an anti-heretical treatise Refutatio errorum</italic>, only recently attributed to the inquisitor Petrus Zwicker based on qualitative evidence. The article confirms this attribution and demonstrates that from a textually inconsistent corpus, it is possible to prepare data for computational stylometry with relatively fast and straightforward cleaning. Finally, the article discusses the relationship between qualitative and computational methods in the study of medieval texts. The greatest added value of computational authorship attributions comes from unexpected results, from texts behaving in an anomalous way. In the classifications made for this study, a small work called Attendite a falsis prophetis</italic> was for the first time attributed to Petrus Zwicker, a prime example of an unanticipated result. This attribution is within possibilities, but its final corroboration requires codicological study of the preserved manuscripts. 20 00 Open Access 18 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-17 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Macroscoping the Sun of Socialism: Distant Readings of Temporality in Finnish Labour Newspapers, 1895–1917 1 A01 21 0000000288981274 Risto Turunen Risto Turunen School of Social Sciences 40 033003e23 Tampere University Risto Turunen is a doctoral candidate in history at Tampere University, Finland. He has a master‘s degree in History from University of Tampere. He is currently finishing his thesis on the origins, structure and evolution of Finnish socialism as a political language from the 1860s until 1917. Turunen has published articles on labour history, conceptual history and digital humanities. 03 00 This chapter examines the socialist perception of time in the Grand Duchy of Finland at the turn of 20th century focusing on the way working people experienced the present. Three distant reading methods are used on newspaper data to extract information on the socialist temporality: relative word frequencies over time, collocates, and key collocates. The point of historical distant reading methods is explained by using a simple theoretical model illuminating the scholar’s intellectual journey from original sources to historical wisdom. The results show that the General Strike of 1905 increased newspaper references to the present within the labour movement. Furthermore, it is demonstrated that socialist newspapers portrayed the present as negative, systematic and changeable and with an extraordinary level of negativity as compared to competing political languages. The study broadens the understanding of socialist temporality in general and Finnish socialism’s most important symbol, the rising sun, in particular. The sun’s meaning has been connected to freedom in the future, but simultaneously the sun highlighted the shackles of capitalism in the present. 30 00 This chapter examines the socialist perception of time in the Grand Duchy of Finland at the turn of 20th century focusing on the way working people experienced the present. Three distant reading methods are used on newspaper data to extract information on the socialist temporality: relative word frequencies over time, collocates, and key collocates. The point of historical distant reading methods is explained by using a simple theoretical model illuminating the scholar’s intellectual journey from original sources to historical wisdom. The results show that the General Strike of 1905 increased newspaper references to the present within the labour movement. Furthermore, it is demonstrated that socialist newspapers portrayed the present as negative, systematic and changeable and with an extraordinary level of negativity as compared to competing political languages. The study broadens the understanding of socialist temporality in general and Finnish socialism’s most important symbol, the rising sun, in particular. The sun’s meaning has been connected to freedom in the future, but simultaneously the sun highlighted the shackles of capitalism in the present. 20 00 Open Access 19 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-18 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Common Landscape of Digital History: Universal Methods, Global Borderlands, Longue-Durée History, and Critical Thinking about Approaches and Institutions 1 A01 21 0000000250850738 Jo Guldi Jo Guldi History 40 042tdr378 Southern Methodist University Jo Guldi is Associate Professor of Britain and Its Empire at Southern Methodist University, United States. She has a PhD in History from the University of California, Berkeley. She was the inaugural Mellon Postdoctoral Fellow in Digital History at University of Chicago and is currently Principal Investigator of a $1 million NSF grant, ‘The Unaffordable World’, which uses digital methods, among others, to inquire into the history of property rights and affordability. 03 00 The chapter takes as its staring point that ‘field’ though it might be in name, the domain of history as practised by scholars of different methodological and political orientations and subjects of study is really more of a patchwork of different fields and sub-fields. While not every kind of digital history applies to each sub-field, some forms of digital technique has been put to use in practically every domain that historians study. Because of the relative novelty of historians’ exchanges about digital methods, it is important that those essays are pedagogical in approach and critical as to method. This conclusion hazards that the work ahead for digital historians includes theorizing the bridge between close and distant readings, theorising the difference between AI and statistical measures, transparent documentation of the choice of algorithm, text and result in the practice of critical search, and engagement with new standards of scholarship from the institutions of historical and cultural knowledge-making.<break/> 30 00 The chapter takes as its staring point that ‘field’ though it might be in name, the domain of history as practised by scholars of different methodological and political orientations and subjects of study is really more of a patchwork of different fields and sub-fields. While not every kind of digital history applies to each sub-field, some forms of digital technique has been put to use in practically every domain that historians study. Because of the relative novelty of historians’ exchanges about digital methods, it is important that those essays are pedagogical in approach and critical as to method. This conclusion hazards that the work ahead for digital historians includes theorizing the bridge between close and distant readings, theorising the difference between AI and statistical measures, transparent documentation of the choice of algorithm, text and result in the practice of critical search, and engagement with new standards of scholarship from the institutions of historical and cultural knowledge-making.<break/> 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20201207 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690202 03 9789523690202 06 15 9789523690226 03 9789523690226 06 15 9789523690233 03 9789523690233 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20201207 01 urn:uuid:ee1cd7da-d6d4-40c6-aa76-6dba460a4bbe 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:44985d0a-253f-467b-8b59-eceec832f103 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:ee1cd7da-d6d4-40c6-aa76-6dba460a4bbe 15 9789523690226 03 9789523690226 06 10.33134/HUP-5 00 EB E101 10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Digital Histories Emergent Approaches within the New Digital History 1 B01 21 0000000252417436 Mila Oiva Mila Oiva CUDAN ERA Chair 40 05mey9k78 Tallinn University Mila Oiva is a cultural historian, digital humanist and anexpert on Russian and Polish history. She has a PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku. Currently she works as a post-doctoral Research Fellow at CUDAN Open Lab at the Tallinn University, Estonia. Her main research interest focuses on circulation of information which she has studied in research projects on 19th-century global news flows and contemporary Finnish and Russian internet forum discussions on medieval history. 2 B01 Mats Fridlund Mats Fridlund Centre for Digital Humanities 40 01tm6cn81 University of Gothenburg Mats Fridlund is Deputy Director for the Centre for Digital Humanities at the University of Gothenburg. He has a PhD in History of Technology from KTH Royal Institute of Technology in Sweden. His research focuses on cultural and political history of science, technology and materiality. He has lead two Kone Foundation digital history projects and published on topic modelling in historical studies and used digital methodologies to study history of terrorism and Chinese industrialisation. 3 B01 21 0000000224862364 Petri Paju Petri Paju Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Petri Paju is a cultural historian with research interests in the development of digital history and its uses, and in history of technology. He has a PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku. He has previously worked in digital history projects funded by the Kone Foundation and the Academy of Finland. He has written broadly on the history of technology in Finland and on computing history in the Nordic countries, and the IBM Company in postwar Europe. 01 eng 00 382 03 B2 history B2 information technology B2 library and information sciences B2 digital humanities 20 history research; digital humanities; computational methods; data management; digital archives; digital history 01 06 02 00 Historical scholarship is currently undergoing a digital turn. All historians have experienced this change in one way or another, by writing on word processors, applying quantitative methods on digitalized source materials, or using internet resources and digital tools.Digital Histories</italic> showcases this emerging wave of digit 03 00 Historical scholarship is currently undergoing a digital turn. All historians have experienced this change in one way or another, by writing on word processors, applying quantitative methods on digitalized source materials, or using internet resources and digital tools.Digital Histories</italic> showcases this emerging wave of digital history research. It presents work by historians who – on their own or through collaborations with e.g. information technology specialists – have uncovered new, empirical historical knowledge through digital and computational methods. The topics of the volume range from the medieval period to the present day, including various parts of Europe. The chapters apply an exemplary array of methods, such as digital metadata analysis, machine learning, network analysis, topic modelling, named entity recognition, collocation analysis, critical search, and text and data mining.The volume argues that digital history is entering a mature phase, digital history ‘in action’, where its focus is shifting from the building of resources towards the making of new historical knowledge. This also involves novel challenges that digital methods pose to historical research, including awareness of the pitfalls and limitations of the digital tools and the necessity of new forms of digital source criticisms.Through its combination of empirical, conceptual and contextual studies, Digital Histories</italic> is a timely and pioneering contribution taking stock of how digital research currently advances historical scholarship. 30 00 Historical scholarship is currently undergoing a digital turn. All historians have experienced this change in one way or another, by writing on word processors, applying quantitative methods on digitalized source materials, or using internet resources and digital tools.Digital Histories</italic> showcases this emerging wave of digital history research. It presents work by historians who – on their own or through collaborations with e.g. information technology specialists – have uncovered new, empirical historical knowledge through digital and computational methods. The topics of the volume range from the medieval period to the present day, including various parts of Europe. The chapters apply an exemplary array of methods, such as digital metadata analysis, machine learning, network analysis, topic modelling, named entity recognition, collocation analysis, critical search, and text and data mining.The volume argues that digital history is entering a mature phase, digital history ‘in action’, where its focus is shifting from the building of resources towards the making of new historical knowledge. This also involves novel challenges that digital methods pose to historical research, including awareness of the pitfalls and limitations of the digital tools and the necessity of new forms of digital source criticisms.Through its combination of empirical, conceptual and contextual studies, Digital Histories</italic> is a timely and pioneering contribution taking stock of how digital research currently advances historical scholarship. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/b40d3d45-3af6-446c-bc85-96684c836ef8.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-19 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Foreword 1 A01 21 0000000309172020 Timo Honkela Timo Honkela 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Timo Honkela (1962–2020) was Professor Emeritus of Research in Digital Resources at the University of Helsinki, Finland. He had a PhD in Information Technology from Helsinki University of Technology. Honkela was a pioneer in applying digital methods to humanities, social science and the arts, and a generous supporter of projects in digital humanities. A truly humanist scientist, his last research was devoted to the ‘peace machine’ concept, in which artificial intelligence and machine learning were applied to provide tools for improved human communication, better understanding of one’s own and others’ emotions, and societal themes such as economy and democracy. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-1 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Digital and Distant Histories: Emergent Approaches within the New Digital History 1 A01 21 0000000224862364 Petri Paju Petri Paju Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Petri Paju is a cultural historian with research interests in the development of digital history and its uses, and in history of technology. He has a PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku. He has previously worked in digital history projects funded by the Kone Foundation and the Academy of Finland. He has written broadly on the history of technology in Finland and on computing history in the Nordic countries, and the IBM Company in postwar Europe. 2 A01 21 0000000252417436 Mila Oiva Mila Oiva CUDAN ERA Chair 40 05mey9k78 Tallinn University Mila Oiva is a cultural historian, digital humanist and an expert on Russian and Polish history. She has a PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku. Currently she works as a post-doctoral Research Fellow at CUDAN Open Lab at the Tallinn University, Estonia. Her main research interest focuses on circulation of information which she has studied in research projects on 19th-century global news flows and contemporary Finnish and Russian internet forum discussions on medieval history. 3 A01 Mats Fridlund Mats Fridlund Centre for Digital Humanities 40 01tm6cn81 University of Gothenburg Mats Fridlund is Deputy Director for the Centre for Digital Humanities at the University of Gothenburg. He has a PhD in History of Technology from KTH Royal Institute of Technology in Sweden. His research focuses on cultural and political history of science, technology and materiality. He has lead two Kone Foundation digital history projects and published on topic modelling in historical studies and used digital methodologies to study history of terrorism and Chinese industrialisation. 03 00 The chapter introduces the main themes of “Digital Histories”. It shortly discusses the histories of digital history and the various research projects that resulted in this volume, as well as the main contributions of the individual chapters. Focusing on the most recent periods of development of digital and computational history, the introduction explains how this book contributes to advancing the larger field of history in two primary ways: firstly through conceptual explorations of the central issues characterizing the past, present and future of digital history research, and secondly by providing new empirical historical knowledge coming out of research using digital methods. The chapter surveys a number of key challenges and criticisms facing contemporary and future historians, including the digitisation of sources, metadata creation for digital source materials, digital source and resource criticism, and the various salient questions involved in organising digital history research. 30 00 The chapter introduces the main themes of “Digital Histories”. It shortly discusses the histories of digital history and the various research projects that resulted in this volume, as well as the main contributions of the individual chapters. Focusing on the most recent periods of development of digital and computational history, the introduction explains how this book contributes to advancing the larger field of history in two primary ways: firstly through conceptual explorations of the central issues characterizing the past, present and future of digital history research, and secondly by providing new empirical historical knowledge coming out of research using digital methods. The chapter surveys a number of key challenges and criticisms facing contemporary and future historians, including the digitisation of sources, metadata creation for digital source materials, digital source and resource criticism, and the various salient questions involved in organising digital history research. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-2 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Long Road to ‘Digital History’: History of Computer-Assisted Research of the Past in Finland since the 1960s 1 A01 21 0000000224862364 Petri Paju Petri Paju Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Petri Paju is a cultural historian with research interests in the development of digital history and its uses, and in history of technology. He has a PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku. He has previously worked in digital history projects funded by the Kone Foundation and the Academy of Finland. He has written broadly on the history of technology in Finland and on computing history in the Nordic countries, and the IBM Company in postwar Europe. 03 00 To understand better the present shape and evolution of the digital history, this chapter examines how historians have used computers and information technology since the 1960s. Focusing on historians from Finland, the chapter starts from the late 1960s when a few younger historians first explored using the computer to perform statistical calculations. In the 1970s and the 1980s, the computers and data available were most useful and used for historical research designs applying quantitative methods. Historians carrying out qualitative research grew interested in IT when the personal computers became more user-friendly and affordable towards and especially during the 1990s. In the following decade, the internet, the World Wide Web, and digitized source materials effected all historians’ research practices directly or indirectly. Nevertheless, digital or computational history introduced in the mid-2010s took the use of IT further. These new methods were first embraced by a fraction of those historians who had previously focused on quantitative work based on textual materials. A central conclusion is that historians should pay more attention to the technologies they use to take better control of the challenges and opportunities of their changing research environment. 30 00 To understand better the present shape and evolution of the digital history, this chapter examines how historians have used computers and information technology since the 1960s. Focusing on historians from Finland, the chapter starts from the late 1960s when a few younger historians first explored using the computer to perform statistical calculations. In the 1970s and the 1980s, the computers and data available were most useful and used for historical research designs applying quantitative methods. Historians carrying out qualitative research grew interested in IT when the personal computers became more user-friendly and affordable towards and especially during the 1990s. In the following decade, the internet, the World Wide Web, and digitized source materials effected all historians’ research practices directly or indirectly. Nevertheless, digital or computational history introduced in the mid-2010s took the use of IT further. These new methods were first embraced by a fraction of those historians who had previously focused on quantitative work based on textual materials. A central conclusion is that historians should pay more attention to the technologies they use to take better control of the challenges and opportunities of their changing research environment. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-3 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Towards Big Data: Digitising Economic and Business History 1 A01 21 0000000285725902 Jari Eloranta Jari Eloranta Department of Economic and Social History 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Jari Eloranta is Professor of Economic History at the University of Helsinki, Finland. He holds a PhD in History and Civilization from the European University Institute, Italy. His research focuses on comparative economic and business history, especially the fiscal transformation of states, and he is currently involved in projects that use digital humanities methods and data. 2 A01 21 0000000311729537 Pasi Nevalainen Pasi Nevalainen History and Ethnology 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Pasi Nevalainen is postdoctoral researcher in business history at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. He has a PhD in Finnish History from University of Jyväskylä. He is interested in a number of 20th- and 21st-century themes related to structural changes in the economy, society and business organisation. His research interests include state-owned companies, telecommunications and management history. He uses digitised source databases and working methods as tools for qualitative history research. 3 A01 21 0000000243488857 Jari Ojala Jari Ojala History and Ethnology 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Jari Ojala is Professor of Comparative Business History at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. He has a PhD in History from University of Jyväskylä and specialises in economic, business and maritime history and has used digital humanities data and methods in his studies for two decades. He has published his research in main journals in the field, including Business History, Explorations in Economic History and European Review of Economic History. 03 00 This chapter describes the experiences in computational and digital history of economic and business historians who for decades have been forerunners in digital history data gathering and computational analysis. It attempts to discuss the major developments within this area internationally and, in some specific cases, in Finland in the fields of digital economic and business history. It concentrates on a number of research projects that the authors have previously been involved in, as well as research outcomes by other economic and business historians within Finland and elsewhere. It is not claimed that the projects discussed are unique or ahead of their time in the field of economic and business history—on the contrary they are representing a more general state of the art within the field and used as illustrative cases illuminating the possibilities and challenges facing historians in the digital era. 30 00 This chapter describes the experiences in computational and digital history of economic and business historians who for decades have been forerunners in digital history data gathering and computational analysis. It attempts to discuss the major developments within this area internationally and, in some specific cases, in Finland in the fields of digital economic and business history. It concentrates on a number of research projects that the authors have previously been involved in, as well as research outcomes by other economic and business historians within Finland and elsewhere. It is not claimed that the projects discussed are unique or ahead of their time in the field of economic and business history—on the contrary they are representing a more general state of the art within the field and used as illustrative cases illuminating the possibilities and challenges facing historians in the digital era. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-4 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Digital History 1.5: A Middle Way between Normal and Paradigmatic Digital Historical Research 1 A01 Mats Fridlund Mats Fridlund Centre for Digital Humanities 40 01tm6cn81 University of Gothenburg Mats Fridlund is Deputy Director for the Centre for Digital Humanities at the University of Gothenburg. He has a PhD in History of Technology from KTH Royal Institute of Technology in Sweden. His research focuses on cultural and political history of science, technology and materiality. He has lead two Kone Foundation digital history projects and published on topic modelling in historical studies and used digital methodologies to study history of terrorism and Chinese industrialisation. 03 00 This chapter analyses the impact of digital technology on historical research by identifying some of the critical methodological strands of the new computational digital history using Thomas Kuhn’s research on scientific revolutions. Digital methodologies have been described as posing a potential paradigm shift for historical research. Following Kuhn, the chapter describes the two ideal type responses within history to the challenges of the new computational digital history, where the disruptive digital methodologies are either being domesticated into traditional ‘normal science’ history as ‘digital history 1.0’, or a second revolutionary route where historical practice is radically disciplined into a paradigmatic ‘digital history 2.0’. As an alternative methodological middle way the study outlines ‘digital history 1.5’. This description combines a summary of digital practices already appropriated by most historical researchers with some of the new digital history’s central methodological elements as well as propose conceptualizations of emerging new mixed digital history practices such as search methodologies, digital source and resource criticisms. 30 00 This chapter analyses the impact of digital technology on historical research by identifying some of the critical methodological strands of the new computational digital history using Thomas Kuhn’s research on scientific revolutions. Digital methodologies have been described as posing a potential paradigm shift for historical research. Following Kuhn, the chapter describes the two ideal type responses within history to the challenges of the new computational digital history, where the disruptive digital methodologies are either being domesticated into traditional ‘normal science’ history as ‘digital history 1.0’, or a second revolutionary route where historical practice is radically disciplined into a paradigmatic ‘digital history 2.0’. As an alternative methodological middle way the study outlines ‘digital history 1.5’. This description combines a summary of digital practices already appropriated by most historical researchers with some of the new digital history’s central methodological elements as well as propose conceptualizations of emerging new mixed digital history practices such as search methodologies, digital source and resource criticisms. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-5 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Building Historical Knowledge Byte by Byte: Infrastructures and Data Management in Modern Scholarship 1 A01 21 0000000344603906 Jessica Parland-von Essen Jessica Parland-von Essen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Jessica Parland-von Essen is development manager at CSC—IT Center for Science. She holds a PhD in History from the University of Helsinki, Finland and has studied book history, library and information science and worked with digitisation and digitalisation within the cultural heritage sector and research data management. She is a member of Open Knowledge Finland and has been a proponent for open scholarship on both the national and international levels. Recently, she has studied research data management and is working to find solutions for promoting and supporting well-documented and managed publication of research outputs, especially different types of data. 03 00 This chapter describes how the new emerging digital environment challenges historians’ existing training and practice of source criticism. In an environment with increasing amounts of digitized data and digital methods there are new requirements for historians to develop new skills as well as new more extensive provenance data. Historians are faced with new challenges regarding new increasing demands for transparency and open scholarship that has comes with the growth of digital humanities in general and with digital history in particular. The old demands that historical research has to be well documented and reproducible has to be adapted to the promises and pitfalls of the new digital environment which especially means developing and adapting new standards and practices for what counts as good data management. The study discusses how the FAIR data principles can offer valuable guidance, but also how they cannot be implemented without supporting services that take into account different types of data and the data lifecycle. 30 00 This chapter describes how the new emerging digital environment challenges historians’ existing training and practice of source criticism. In an environment with increasing amounts of digitized data and digital methods there are new requirements for historians to develop new skills as well as new more extensive provenance data. Historians are faced with new challenges regarding new increasing demands for transparency and open scholarship that has comes with the growth of digital humanities in general and with digital history in particular. The old demands that historical research has to be well documented and reproducible has to be adapted to the promises and pitfalls of the new digital environment which especially means developing and adapting new standards and practices for what counts as good data management. The study discusses how the FAIR data principles can offer valuable guidance, but also how they cannot be implemented without supporting services that take into account different types of data and the data lifecycle. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-6 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Big Data, Bad Metadata: A Methodological Note on the Importance of Good Metadata in the Age of Digital History 1 A01 21 0000000232235221 Kimmo Elo Kimmo Elo Centre for Parliamentary Studies 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Kimmo Elo is Associate Professor and Senior Researcher at the Centre for Parliamentary Studies at the University of Turku, Finland. He holds a PhD in Political Science from the University of Turku. His current research interests include text/data mining, network analysis, knowledge visualisation, computational history and German and European history since 1945, as well intelligence studies. 03 00 The chapter discusses how the exponential growth of both digitised and born-digital research materials has brought upon new challenges regarding research data creation, data management and data discovery. It argues that the Digital Humanities community should pay more attention to the metadata creation as valid, standardised and well-structured metadata describing similar contents in identical terms help scholars to better discover relevant materials. This is especially important since a great majority of digital sources are made available via web-based portals offering search engines or other possibilities to query the collections. This development from a human-to-human interface towards a human-to-computer interface replaces the ‘silent knowledge’ of archivists with computer algorithms. Since most algorithms rely on available metadata, the structural power of actors responsible for the metadata creation should be taken seriously. If scholars cannot rely on getting reliable results when committing searches in online collections, the digital leap manifested by proponents of digital humanities might end with a belly flop. 30 00 The chapter discusses how the exponential growth of both digitised and born-digital research materials has brought upon new challenges regarding research data creation, data management and data discovery. It argues that the Digital Humanities community should pay more attention to the metadata creation as valid, standardised and well-structured metadata describing similar contents in identical terms help scholars to better discover relevant materials. This is especially important since a great majority of digital sources are made available via web-based portals offering search engines or other possibilities to query the collections. This development from a human-to-human interface towards a human-to-computer interface replaces the ‘silent knowledge’ of archivists with computer algorithms. Since most algorithms rely on available metadata, the structural power of actors responsible for the metadata creation should be taken seriously. If scholars cannot rely on getting reliable results when committing searches in online collections, the digital leap manifested by proponents of digital humanities might end with a belly flop. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-7 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 All the Work that Makes It Work: Digital Methods and Manual Labour 1 A01 21 000000021167046X Johan Jarlbrink Johan Jarlbrink Department of Culture and Media Studies 40 05kb8h459 Umeå University Johan Jarlbrink is Associate Professor in Media History and Senior Lecturer in Media Studies at Umeå University, Sweden. He has a PhD in Culture and Society from Linköping University, Sweden. His research has mainly focused on the history of journalism, media technologies and information management. He is currently involved in the project ‘Welfare State Analytics: Text Mining and Modeling Swedish Politics, Media & Culture, 1945–1989’. 03 00 The chapter explores how digital graphs, maps and trees can reveal things never seen before, but how they may also hide all the manual work that lies behind them. The most basic rationale behind digital humanities is the idea that machines should do most of the dull tasks for us. If all the extracting, counting, matching, and plotting is left to computers, researchers can focus on the intellectual parts of the process, interpreting and presenting the results. In many cases, however, digital tools need assistance to work properly. This kind of manual or semi-automatic work may involve compiling, cleaning and filtering datasets, tagging images, transcribing texts, correcting bad matches, adjusting graphs, and so on. Yet, it is rare to see it mentioned when results are presented. The aim of this chapter is to describe and discuss the role of this invisible (semi-)manual work within digital research. 30 00 The chapter explores how digital graphs, maps and trees can reveal things never seen before, but how they may also hide all the manual work that lies behind them. The most basic rationale behind digital humanities is the idea that machines should do most of the dull tasks for us. If all the extracting, counting, matching, and plotting is left to computers, researchers can focus on the intellectual parts of the process, interpreting and presenting the results. In many cases, however, digital tools need assistance to work properly. This kind of manual or semi-automatic work may involve compiling, cleaning and filtering datasets, tagging images, transcribing texts, correcting bad matches, adjusting graphs, and so on. Yet, it is rare to see it mentioned when results are presented. The aim of this chapter is to describe and discuss the role of this invisible (semi-)manual work within digital research. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-8 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Resettlement and Subsequent Assimilation of Evacuees from Finnish Karelia during and after the Second World War 1 A01 Mirkka Danielsbacka Mirkka Danielsbacka Department of Social Research 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Mirkka Danielsbacka is Assistant Professor of Sociology in the Department of Social Research at the University of Turku, Finland. She holds a PhD in Finnish and Nordic history and social and public policy at the University of Helsinki. Her research focuses on the Second World War, the welfare state and intergenerational family relations. 2 A01 Lauri Aho Lauri Aho Department of Biology 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Lauri Aho has a master’s in science from the biology department of the University of Turku, Finland. He is currently a biology and geography teacher in Helsinki, Finland. 3 A01 21 0000000224776204 Robert Lynch Robert Lynch Department of Biology 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Robert Lynch is a bio-cultural anthropologist and a postdoctoral researcher in the sociology and biology departments at the University of Turku, Finland. He holds a PhD in evolutionary anthropology and his research focuses on how biology, the environment and culture come together to shape behaviour, life histories and health outcomes. His research questions have ranged from the predictors of self-sacrifice and how exposure to stress in childhood affects reproduction to the impact of immigration on social mobility and reproduction and its effects on voting behaviour. 4 A01 Jenni Pettay Jenni Pettay Department of Social Research 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Jenni Pettay is a Senior Researcher in the Department of Social Research at the University of Turku, Finland. She has a PhD in biology from the University of Turku. Her research focus is on evolution of human life history traits and family dynamics. 5 A01 21 0000000221287587 Virpi Lummaa Virpi Lummaa Department of Biology 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Virpi Lummaa is an evolutionary biologist and ecologist. She holds an Academy of Finland Professorship at the University of Turku, Finland. She received her PhD in Biology in Turku, thereafter holding positions in Cambridge and Sheffield in the UK and Berlin, Germany, before returning to Finland. Her research interests include ageing, lifespan and natural selection in contemporary human populations. 6 A01 John Loehr John Loehr University of Helsinki’s Lammi Biological Station 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki John Loehr is a researcher and research coordinator at the University of Helsinki’s Lammi Biological Station, Finland. He has a PhD in evolutionary ecology from the University of Jyväskylä, and he currently heads the project on Karelian evacuee research (project website: http://www.helsinki.fi/en/projects/learning-from-our-past) 03 00 This chapter investigates sociodemographic and environmental factors associated with the relocation and settlement of Karelian evacuees during and after the Second World War. During the war over 400,000 people were forcibly displaced from the Karelia region in Finland and evacuated to western Finland. Soon after the start of the Continuation War (1941–1944) Finland recaptured Karelia from the Soviet Union and these refugees had the opportunity to return to Karelia, approximately 70% did so. Using the digitised MiKARELIA database, the movements of 59,477 Karelian evacuees and their decisions to return to Karelia or stay in western Finland during the Continuation War and the factors associated with their return are analysed. In addition, the post-war movements of these evacuees are investigated to shed light on how Karelians assimilated. The results of this study provide new information on many factors known to have affected the settlement and assimilation of Karelian evacuees during and immediately after the Second World War. 30 00 This chapter investigates sociodemographic and environmental factors associated with the relocation and settlement of Karelian evacuees during and after the Second World War. During the war over 400,000 people were forcibly displaced from the Karelia region in Finland and evacuated to western Finland. Soon after the start of the Continuation War (1941–1944) Finland recaptured Karelia from the Soviet Union and these refugees had the opportunity to return to Karelia, approximately 70% did so. Using the digitised MiKARELIA database, the movements of 59,477 Karelian evacuees and their decisions to return to Karelia or stay in western Finland during the Continuation War and the factors associated with their return are analysed. In addition, the post-war movements of these evacuees are investigated to shed light on how Karelians assimilated. The results of this study provide new information on many factors known to have affected the settlement and assimilation of Karelian evacuees during and immediately after the Second World War. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-9 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Towards Digital Histories of Women’s Suffrage Movements: A Feminist Historian’s Journey to the World of Digital Humanities 1 A01 21 0000000210560701 Heidi Kurvinen Heidi Kurvinen Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Heidi Kurvinen is a postdoctoral researcher affiliated with Department of Cultural History at the University of Turku, Finland. She has a PhD in History from the University of Oulu, Finland. She is specialised in the history of feminism and media history in the Nordic countries and currently works as an Academy of Finland postdoctoral fellow in her project ‘The Travelling Image of Bra-Burners: Negotiating Meanings of Feminism in the Finnish Mainstream Media from the 1960s to 2007’. She is a board member of the Nordic Media History Network (NOMEH) and head of the editorial board of Kulttuurihistoria—Cultural History book series published by the Finnish Society for Cultural History. 03 00 This chapter discusses the various practical, epistemological and methodological issues of importance when a historical scholar with limited digital skills wants to take a step towards learning how to conduct digital analyses. As a feminist historian, the author combines this approach with a discussion of the relation of feminist research and digital humanities. In line with practice in feminist research, she uses a self-reflexive approach and asks how the increase in the understanding of digital methods influences research questions in feminist history. Do digital humanities tools transform the work as feminist historians? How can digital analyses develop the field of gender history in general and the history of feminism in particular? Can a scholar who has limited technological skills engage with an informed and critical discussion with digitised materials? In doing this the chapter provides an inside reflective history of the making of digital history. 30 00 This chapter discusses the various practical, epistemological and methodological issues of importance when a historical scholar with limited digital skills wants to take a step towards learning how to conduct digital analyses. As a feminist historian, the author combines this approach with a discussion of the relation of feminist research and digital humanities. In line with practice in feminist research, she uses a self-reflexive approach and asks how the increase in the understanding of digital methods influences research questions in feminist history. Do digital humanities tools transform the work as feminist historians? How can digital analyses develop the field of gender history in general and the history of feminism in particular? Can a scholar who has limited technological skills engage with an informed and critical discussion with digitised materials? In doing this the chapter provides an inside reflective history of the making of digital history. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Of Great Men and Eurovision Songs: Studying the Finnish Audio-Visual Heritage through NER-based Analysis on Metadata 1 A01 21 0000000317226850 Maiju Kannisto Maiju Kannisto Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Maiju Kannisto is a cultural historian and media scholar with experience in Finnish media history, media industries and digital humanities. She received her PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku, Finland, and has worked as a postdoctoral researcher at the John Morton Center for North American Studies at the University of Turku. Kannisto’s research interests include national popular culture, media companies and media ethics. 2 A01 21 0000000320715110 Pekka Kauppinen Pekka Kauppinen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Pekka Kauppinen is a former technical assistant at the University of Helsinki, Finland. He has a master’s degree in language technology from the University of Helsinki, Finland. His primary research topics included finite-state applications such as automatic post-processing of Finnish and Swedish historical texts digitised by the means of optical character recognition. In 2017, Kauppinen was tasked with improving and expanding the Finnish rule-based named-entity recogniser FiNER. 03 00 The chapter focuses on the Finnish public service broadcasting company Yle (former Yleisradio), which was founded in 1926 and on the possible uses by digital historians of its online archive. The dataset used in the research are non-traditional in that it consists of Yle’s archival metadata. This digital material is analysed as a historical source material using the method of Named Entity Recognition (NER) as it is implemented in the digital tool the Finnish rule-based named-entity recogniser (FiNER). This chapter explores how a canon of salient Finnish events and persons is built up in the national audio-visual archive in the digital age. The authors suggest that the cultural contextualising and close reading of the themes pointed out by the results of NER-based analysis still play an important role in the analytical process as the metadata material, as well as the digital tool, has its limitations. 30 00 The chapter focuses on the Finnish public service broadcasting company Yle (former Yleisradio), which was founded in 1926 and on the possible uses by digital historians of its online archive. The dataset used in the research are non-traditional in that it consists of Yle’s archival metadata. This digital material is analysed as a historical source material using the method of Named Entity Recognition (NER) as it is implemented in the digital tool the Finnish rule-based named-entity recogniser (FiNER). This chapter explores how a canon of salient Finnish events and persons is built up in the national audio-visual archive in the digital age. The authors suggest that the cultural contextualising and close reading of the themes pointed out by the results of NER-based analysis still play an important role in the analytical process as the metadata material, as well as the digital tool, has its limitations. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-11 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Tracing the Emergence of Nordic Allemansrätten through Digitised Parliamentary Sources 1 A01 21 0000000303409269 Matti La Mela Matti La Mela Department of Business Studies & SeCo Research Group Uppsala University & Aalto University Matti La Mela is a social science historian and digital humanist and a visiting researcher at Department of Business Studies at Uppsala University. He has a PhD in History and Civilization from the European University Institute, Italy and his research focuses on (intellectual) property rights, commodification of nature and transnational relations. La Mela has extensive experience of multidisciplinary digital humanities research, and he has published on Nordic patent and innovation history, digital textual analysis in historical research, and access rights to nature. 03 00 The chapter studies the tradition of allemansrätten, a right of public access to nature, in recently digitized documents of the Finnish Parliament (1907-2000) using text mining methods. Allemansrätten is a well-known and much used principle in the Nordic countries, yet, its history is little researched. This study use collocation analysis and topic modelling to explore the historical trajectory of the term in Finland. It shows how ‘allemansrätt’ appeared in the 1940s as part of a temporary everyman’s fishing rights and while the current meaning is found in the 1960s it came to be commonly employed in outdoor recreation debates in the early 1970s, somewhat later than previously thought. Furthermore, a significant shift is discovered from allemansrätten’s use in access right debates to being marked as a national symbol in the 1990s. Although the OCR quality of the digitised parliamentary documents is proven to be very good, they lack in metadata which would improve their usability; thus digital historians should actively participate in the development of such key historical corpora. 30 00 The chapter studies the tradition of allemansrätten, a right of public access to nature, in recently digitized documents of the Finnish Parliament (1907-2000) using text mining methods. Allemansrätten is a well-known and much used principle in the Nordic countries, yet, its history is little researched. This study use collocation analysis and topic modelling to explore the historical trajectory of the term in Finland. It shows how ‘allemansrätt’ appeared in the 1940s as part of a temporary everyman’s fishing rights and while the current meaning is found in the 1960s it came to be commonly employed in outdoor recreation debates in the early 1970s, somewhat later than previously thought. Furthermore, a significant shift is discovered from allemansrätten’s use in access right debates to being marked as a national symbol in the 1990s. Although the OCR quality of the digitised parliamentary documents is proven to be very good, they lack in metadata which would improve their usability; thus digital historians should actively participate in the development of such key historical corpora. 20 00 Open Access 13 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-12 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Evolving Conceptualisations of Internationalism in the UK Parliament: Collocation Analyses from the League to Brexit 1 A01 21 0000000254684829 Pasi Ihalainen Pasi Ihalainen Department of History and Ethnology 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Pasi Ihalainen is Professor of Comparative European History at the Department of History and Ethnology at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. He has a PhD in History from the University of Jyväskylä and has published widely on the history of political discourse, nationalism, democracy and parliamentarism since the 18th century, applying comparative and transnational perspectives. He is currently working on the conceptual history of internationalisms and on the history of the concept of ‘politician’ and is preparing a study combining distant and close reading to analyse parliamentary speaking in several European countries. 2 A01 21 0000000242553872 Aleksi Sahala Aleksi Sahala Department of Modern Languages 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Aleksi Sahala is a doctoral candidate in Language Technology at the Department of Modern Languages at the University of Helsinki, Finland. He is currently a member of the Digital Humanities team in the Center of Excellence in the Ancient Near Eastern Empires at University of Helsinki. He has a combined master’s degree in Language Technology and Assyriology with a focus on computational Assyriology and the Sumerian language from the University of Helsinki. His research interests include Computational Assyriology and distributional semantics. 03 00 This chapter explores a historical distant reading strategy of British Parliamentary discourse. It uses historical collocation analyses of ‘internationalism’ and the ‘international’ in the British Hansard Corpus and a selection of Commons and Lords debates concerning British membership in international organisations as it relates to the League of Nations, United Nations, Council of Europe, EEC and Brexit. The collocates that were deemed to be politically significant are grouped in 13 loose semantic fields. This macro-level analysis of long-term trends of discourse is supplemented with an analysis of the said key debates in their historical contexts, including comparisons between the two Houses, and with additional micro-level analyses of contextualised individual speeches in which politicians defined ‘internationalism’ by using the concepts in political action. This provides one general view on the historical evolvement of the discourse on internationalism over the past hundred years. 30 00 This chapter explores a historical distant reading strategy of British Parliamentary discourse. It uses historical collocation analyses of ‘internationalism’ and the ‘international’ in the British Hansard Corpus and a selection of Commons and Lords debates concerning British membership in international organisations as it relates to the League of Nations, United Nations, Council of Europe, EEC and Brexit. The collocates that were deemed to be politically significant are grouped in 13 loose semantic fields. This macro-level analysis of long-term trends of discourse is supplemented with an analysis of the said key debates in their historical contexts, including comparisons between the two Houses, and with additional micro-level analyses of contextualised individual speeches in which politicians defined ‘internationalism’ by using the concepts in political action. This provides one general view on the historical evolvement of the discourse on internationalism over the past hundred years. 20 00 Open Access 14 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-13 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Picturing the Politics of Resistance: Using Image Metadata and Historical Network Analysis to Map the East German Opposition Movement, 1975–1990 1 A01 21 0000000304101610 Melanie Conroy Melanie Conroy Department of World Languages and Literatures 40 01cq23130 University of Memphis Melanie Conroy is Associate Professor of French at the University of Memphis, United States. She received her doctorate from Stanford University and master’s degrees from the University of Buffalo and the University of Paris, VIII. Her research explores the intersection of networks with literature, cultural history and visual studies in modern European culture. She is currently working on a cultural history of European salons as sites of literary production and a digital humanities survey on literary geography in the French realist and post-realist novel. 2 A01 21 0000000232235221 Kimmo Elo Kimmo Elo Centre for Parliamentary Studies 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Kimmo Elo is Associate Professor and Senior Researcher at the Centre for Parliamentary Studies at the University of Turku, Finland. He holds a PhD in Political Science from the University of Turku. His current research interests include text/data mining, network analysis, knowledge visualisation, computational history and German and European history since 1945, as well intelligence studies. 03 00 This chapter uses network analysis to explore, visualise and analyse quantitative historical data related to political resistance movements in the former East Germany. The study applies historical network analysis (HNA) rooted in social network analysis (SNA) to shed light on the structure and dynamics of the geospatial social networks of a sample group within the East German opposition movement between 1975 and 1990. In particular the opportunities and limits of using network analysis for historical studies are discussed which demonstrates how network graphs can be useful for historical analysis. The network analysis is used to help the researcher to identify which individuals are more likely to be well integrated into the group and which individuals are less central to the group, regardless of which individuals are most well-known or prominent. In particular, we point to the fact that knowledge of the government’s repressive actions and the opposition movement’s attempts to evade repression are fundamental to understanding the geospatial and social changes within this group during this period. 30 00 This chapter uses network analysis to explore, visualise and analyse quantitative historical data related to political resistance movements in the former East Germany. The study applies historical network analysis (HNA) rooted in social network analysis (SNA) to shed light on the structure and dynamics of the geospatial social networks of a sample group within the East German opposition movement between 1975 and 1990. In particular the opportunities and limits of using network analysis for historical studies are discussed which demonstrates how network graphs can be useful for historical analysis. The network analysis is used to help the researcher to identify which individuals are more likely to be well integrated into the group and which individuals are less central to the group, regardless of which individuals are most well-known or prominent. In particular, we point to the fact that knowledge of the government’s repressive actions and the opposition movement’s attempts to evade repression are fundamental to understanding the geospatial and social changes within this group during this period. 20 00 Open Access 15 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-14 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Many Ways to Talk about the Transits of Venus: Astronomical Discourses in Philosophical Transactions, 1753–1777 1 A01 21 000000027703196X Reetta Sippola Reetta Sippola School of History, Cultures and Arts Studies 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Reetta Sippola is a doctoral candidate in Cultural History at the University of Turku, Finland. She has a master’s degree in Cultural History from the University of Turku. Her dissertation explores spatiality, embodiment and the relationship of humans and the non-human in the British scientific travel narratives of the 18th century. In her research she is using digital humanities methods and perspective to provide new perspectives on various sources from the voyages of Captain James Cook. In addition, her recent publications include work on text reuse and public discourse in historical Finnish newspapers and text mining with Blast. 03 00 This chapter uses topic modelling to explore the evolution of the scientific discourse in the scientific journal Philosophical Transactions</italic> in the mid-18th century. Combining cultural historical close reading and statistical topic modelling, the study demonstrates the value of combining ‘new’ and more traditional historical research methods. The study shows that there were at least nine ways of talking about astronomical observations around the two transits of Venus, in 1761 and 1768, and in this reveal several previously neglected themes and unnoticed temporal discourse changes. One notable theme when talking about experiments was the continuity regarding concern for exactness and reliability of the collected knowledge, while others indicate a significant use of algebra to explain astronomical events and that the amount of causal theories has weakened over time. The study furthermore documents a connection between politeness and strategic attention seeking using the transits of Venus. Finally, the results reveal significant astronomical conversations related to terrestrial weather, and the circumstances and equipment of experimenting and observing. 30 00 This chapter uses topic modelling to explore the evolution of the scientific discourse in the scientific journal Philosophical Transactions</italic> in the mid-18th century. Combining cultural historical close reading and statistical topic modelling, the study demonstrates the value of combining ‘new’ and more traditional historical research methods. The study shows that there were at least nine ways of talking about astronomical observations around the two transits of Venus, in 1761 and 1768, and in this reveal several previously neglected themes and unnoticed temporal discourse changes. One notable theme when talking about experiments was the continuity regarding concern for exactness and reliability of the collected knowledge, while others indicate a significant use of algebra to explain astronomical events and that the amount of causal theories has weakened over time. The study furthermore documents a connection between politeness and strategic attention seeking using the transits of Venus. Finally, the results reveal significant astronomical conversations related to terrestrial weather, and the circumstances and equipment of experimenting and observing. 20 00 Open Access 16 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-15 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Many Themes of Humanism: Topic Modelling Humanism Discourse in Early 19th-Century German-Language Press 1 A01 21 0000000321106907 Heidi Hakkarainen Heidi Hakkarainen Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Heidi Hakkarainen is postdoctoral researcher at the University of Turku, Finland. She has a PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku and currently works in a research project entitled ‘Viral Culture in Early Nineteenth-Century Europe’. Her research interests include cultural history, history of the press, urban history, 19th-century studies, history of emotions, popular culture and digital history. 2 A01 Zuhair Iftikhar Zuhair Iftikhar Department of Mathematics and Statistics 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Zuhair Iftikhar is a research student at the Department of Mathematics and Statistics at the University of Turku, Finland. He has a master’s degree in Mathematics and Computer Science from the University of Turku and enjoys collaborations with digital humanities researchers. His other research interests include machine learning, natural language processing, digital signal processing, image processing and optimisation. 03 00 Topic modelling is often described as a text-mining tool for conducting a study of hidden semantic structures of a text or a text corpus by extracting topics from a document or a collection of documents. Yet, instead of one singular method, there are various tools for topic modelling that can be utilised for historical research. Dynamic topic models, for example, are often constructed temporally year by year, which makes it possible to track and analyse the ways in which topics change over time. This chapter provides a case example on topic modelling historical primary sources. The chapter uses two tools to carry out topic modelling, MALLET and Dynamic Topic Model (DTM), in one dataset, containing texts from the early 19th-century German-language press which have been subjected to optical character recognition (OCR). All of these texts were discussing humanism, which was a newly emerging concept before mid-century, gaining various meanings in the public discourse before, during and after the 1848–1849 revolutions. Yet, these multiple themes and early interpretations of humanism in the press have been previously under-studied. By analysing the evolution of the topics between 1829 and 1850, this chapter aims to shed light on the change of the discourse surrounding humanism in the early 19th-century German-speaking Europe. 30 00 Topic modelling is often described as a text-mining tool for conducting a study of hidden semantic structures of a text or a text corpus by extracting topics from a document or a collection of documents. Yet, instead of one singular method, there are various tools for topic modelling that can be utilised for historical research. Dynamic topic models, for example, are often constructed temporally year by year, which makes it possible to track and analyse the ways in which topics change over time. This chapter provides a case example on topic modelling historical primary sources. The chapter uses two tools to carry out topic modelling, MALLET and Dynamic Topic Model (DTM), in one dataset, containing texts from the early 19th-century German-language press which have been subjected to optical character recognition (OCR). All of these texts were discussing humanism, which was a newly emerging concept before mid-century, gaining various meanings in the public discourse before, during and after the 1848–1849 revolutions. Yet, these multiple themes and early interpretations of humanism in the press have been previously under-studied. By analysing the evolution of the topics between 1829 and 1850, this chapter aims to shed light on the change of the discourse surrounding humanism in the early 19th-century German-speaking Europe. 20 00 Open Access 17 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-16 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Manuscripts, Qualitative Analysis and Features on Vectors: An Attempt for a Synthesis of Conventional and Computational Methods in the Attribution of Late Medieval Anti-Heretical Treatises 1 A01 21 0000000283016563 Reima Välimäki Reima Välimäki Turku Institute for Advanced Studies / Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Reima Välimäki is a postdoctoral research fellow at the Turku Institute for Advanced Studies (TIAS) and the Department of Cultural History at the University of Turku, Finland. He has a PhD in Cultural History from University of Turku. His research interests include heresy and inquisition, polemical literature, manuscript studies, medievalism and history politics, as well as authorship attribution. 2 A01 Aleksi Vesanto Aleksi Vesanto Department of Future Technologies 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Aleksi Vesanto has a master’s degree in Computer Science with a focus on Natural Language Processing (NLP) from the University of Turku, Finland. His research interests include various applications of NLP, such as text reuse detection and authorship attribution, as well as several areas in speech technology. 3 A01 21 0000000224338618 Anni Hella Anni Hella Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Anni Hella is doctoral candidate at the Department of Cultural History at the University of Turku, Finland. She has a master’s degree in Cultural History from the University of Turku. Her dissertation deals with the use and authority of manuscripts in the Council of Ferrara-Florence (1438–1439) and the impact of the Council on humanism. She is also interested in digital humanities and especially the authorship attribution of pre-modern Latin texts. 4 A01 Adam Poznański Adam Poznański Wrocław University Library Wrocław University Adam Poznański is a librarian at the Department of Manuscripts of the Wrocław University Library and teaches Latin at the Wrocław University of Life and Environmental Sciences, Poland. He has a PhD in classics from Wrocław University. His main research interests are persuasion and argumentation in medieval anti-heretical texts and theoretical aspects of rhetoric and composition in the Middle Ages, as well as codicology and Latin paleography. 5 A01 21 0000000254846103 Filip Ginter Filip Ginter Department of Future Technologies 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Filip Ginter is Associate Professor of Language and Speech Technology at the Department of Future Technologies at the University of Turku, Finland. He has a PhD in Computer Science from the University of Turku. His research area is natural language processing and its various applications. His is a member of the Turku NLP Group. 03 00 The article applies computational stylometry to explore medieval authorship. The study consists of the investigation of different versions of an anti-heretical treatise Refutatio errorum</italic>, only recently attributed to the inquisitor Petrus Zwicker based on qualitative evidence. The article confirms this attribution and demonstrates that from a textually inconsistent corpus, it is possible to prepare data for computational stylometry with relatively fast and straightforward cleaning. Finally, the article discusses the relationship between qualitative and computational methods in the study of medieval texts. The greatest added value of computational authorship attributions comes from unexpected results, from texts behaving in an anomalous way. In the classifications made for this study, a small work called Attendite a falsis prophetis</italic> was for the first time attributed to Petrus Zwicker, a prime example of an unanticipated result. This attribution is within possibilities, but its final corroboration requires codicological study of the preserved manuscripts. 30 00 The article applies computational stylometry to explore medieval authorship. The study consists of the investigation of different versions of an anti-heretical treatise Refutatio errorum</italic>, only recently attributed to the inquisitor Petrus Zwicker based on qualitative evidence. The article confirms this attribution and demonstrates that from a textually inconsistent corpus, it is possible to prepare data for computational stylometry with relatively fast and straightforward cleaning. Finally, the article discusses the relationship between qualitative and computational methods in the study of medieval texts. The greatest added value of computational authorship attributions comes from unexpected results, from texts behaving in an anomalous way. In the classifications made for this study, a small work called Attendite a falsis prophetis</italic> was for the first time attributed to Petrus Zwicker, a prime example of an unanticipated result. This attribution is within possibilities, but its final corroboration requires codicological study of the preserved manuscripts. 20 00 Open Access 18 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-17 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Macroscoping the Sun of Socialism: Distant Readings of Temporality in Finnish Labour Newspapers, 1895–1917 1 A01 21 0000000288981274 Risto Turunen Risto Turunen School of Social Sciences 40 033003e23 Tampere University Risto Turunen is a doctoral candidate in history at Tampere University, Finland. He has a master‘s degree in History from University of Tampere. He is currently finishing his thesis on the origins, structure and evolution of Finnish socialism as a political language from the 1860s until 1917. Turunen has published articles on labour history, conceptual history and digital humanities. 03 00 This chapter examines the socialist perception of time in the Grand Duchy of Finland at the turn of 20th century focusing on the way working people experienced the present. Three distant reading methods are used on newspaper data to extract information on the socialist temporality: relative word frequencies over time, collocates, and key collocates. The point of historical distant reading methods is explained by using a simple theoretical model illuminating the scholar’s intellectual journey from original sources to historical wisdom. The results show that the General Strike of 1905 increased newspaper references to the present within the labour movement. Furthermore, it is demonstrated that socialist newspapers portrayed the present as negative, systematic and changeable and with an extraordinary level of negativity as compared to competing political languages. The study broadens the understanding of socialist temporality in general and Finnish socialism’s most important symbol, the rising sun, in particular. The sun’s meaning has been connected to freedom in the future, but simultaneously the sun highlighted the shackles of capitalism in the present. 30 00 This chapter examines the socialist perception of time in the Grand Duchy of Finland at the turn of 20th century focusing on the way working people experienced the present. Three distant reading methods are used on newspaper data to extract information on the socialist temporality: relative word frequencies over time, collocates, and key collocates. The point of historical distant reading methods is explained by using a simple theoretical model illuminating the scholar’s intellectual journey from original sources to historical wisdom. The results show that the General Strike of 1905 increased newspaper references to the present within the labour movement. Furthermore, it is demonstrated that socialist newspapers portrayed the present as negative, systematic and changeable and with an extraordinary level of negativity as compared to competing political languages. The study broadens the understanding of socialist temporality in general and Finnish socialism’s most important symbol, the rising sun, in particular. The sun’s meaning has been connected to freedom in the future, but simultaneously the sun highlighted the shackles of capitalism in the present. 20 00 Open Access 19 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-18 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Common Landscape of Digital History: Universal Methods, Global Borderlands, Longue-Durée History, and Critical Thinking about Approaches and Institutions 1 A01 21 0000000250850738 Jo Guldi Jo Guldi History 40 042tdr378 Southern Methodist University Jo Guldi is Associate Professor of Britain and Its Empire at Southern Methodist University, United States. She has a PhD in History from the University of California, Berkeley. She was the inaugural Mellon Postdoctoral Fellow in Digital History at University of Chicago and is currently Principal Investigator of a $1 million NSF grant, ‘The Unaffordable World’, which uses digital methods, among others, to inquire into the history of property rights and affordability. 03 00 The chapter takes as its staring point that ‘field’ though it might be in name, the domain of history as practised by scholars of different methodological and political orientations and subjects of study is really more of a patchwork of different fields and sub-fields. While not every kind of digital history applies to each sub-field, some forms of digital technique has been put to use in practically every domain that historians study. Because of the relative novelty of historians’ exchanges about digital methods, it is important that those essays are pedagogical in approach and critical as to method. This conclusion hazards that the work ahead for digital historians includes theorizing the bridge between close and distant readings, theorising the difference between AI and statistical measures, transparent documentation of the choice of algorithm, text and result in the practice of critical search, and engagement with new standards of scholarship from the institutions of historical and cultural knowledge-making.<break/> 30 00 The chapter takes as its staring point that ‘field’ though it might be in name, the domain of history as practised by scholars of different methodological and political orientations and subjects of study is really more of a patchwork of different fields and sub-fields. While not every kind of digital history applies to each sub-field, some forms of digital technique has been put to use in practically every domain that historians study. Because of the relative novelty of historians’ exchanges about digital methods, it is important that those essays are pedagogical in approach and critical as to method. This conclusion hazards that the work ahead for digital historians includes theorizing the bridge between close and distant readings, theorising the difference between AI and statistical measures, transparent documentation of the choice of algorithm, text and result in the practice of critical search, and engagement with new standards of scholarship from the institutions of historical and cultural knowledge-making.<break/> 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20201207 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690202 03 9789523690202 06 15 9789523690219 03 9789523690219 06 15 9789523690233 03 9789523690233 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20201207 01 urn:uuid:e8f61825-9b10-4188-b6e2-ed8a9aa45298 03 01 01 thoth-work-id urn:uuid:44985d0a-253f-467b-8b59-eceec832f103 01 thoth-publication-id urn:uuid:e8f61825-9b10-4188-b6e2-ed8a9aa45298 15 9789523690233 03 9789523690233 06 10.33134/HUP-5 00 EB E127 10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ 01 01 Digital Histories Emergent Approaches within the New Digital History 1 B01 21 0000000252417436 Mila Oiva Mila Oiva CUDAN ERA Chair 40 05mey9k78 Tallinn University Mila Oiva is a cultural historian, digital humanist and anexpert on Russian and Polish history. She has a PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku. Currently she works as a post-doctoral Research Fellow at CUDAN Open Lab at the Tallinn University, Estonia. Her main research interest focuses on circulation of information which she has studied in research projects on 19th-century global news flows and contemporary Finnish and Russian internet forum discussions on medieval history. 2 B01 Mats Fridlund Mats Fridlund Centre for Digital Humanities 40 01tm6cn81 University of Gothenburg Mats Fridlund is Deputy Director for the Centre for Digital Humanities at the University of Gothenburg. He has a PhD in History of Technology from KTH Royal Institute of Technology in Sweden. His research focuses on cultural and political history of science, technology and materiality. He has lead two Kone Foundation digital history projects and published on topic modelling in historical studies and used digital methodologies to study history of terrorism and Chinese industrialisation. 3 B01 21 0000000224862364 Petri Paju Petri Paju Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Petri Paju is a cultural historian with research interests in the development of digital history and its uses, and in history of technology. He has a PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku. He has previously worked in digital history projects funded by the Kone Foundation and the Academy of Finland. He has written broadly on the history of technology in Finland and on computing history in the Nordic countries, and the IBM Company in postwar Europe. 01 eng 00 382 03 B2 history B2 information technology B2 library and information sciences B2 digital humanities 20 history research; digital humanities; computational methods; data management; digital archives; digital history 01 06 02 00 Historical scholarship is currently undergoing a digital turn. All historians have experienced this change in one way or another, by writing on word processors, applying quantitative methods on digitalized source materials, or using internet resources and digital tools.Digital Histories</italic> showcases this emerging wave of digit 03 00 Historical scholarship is currently undergoing a digital turn. All historians have experienced this change in one way or another, by writing on word processors, applying quantitative methods on digitalized source materials, or using internet resources and digital tools.Digital Histories</italic> showcases this emerging wave of digital history research. It presents work by historians who – on their own or through collaborations with e.g. information technology specialists – have uncovered new, empirical historical knowledge through digital and computational methods. The topics of the volume range from the medieval period to the present day, including various parts of Europe. The chapters apply an exemplary array of methods, such as digital metadata analysis, machine learning, network analysis, topic modelling, named entity recognition, collocation analysis, critical search, and text and data mining.The volume argues that digital history is entering a mature phase, digital history ‘in action’, where its focus is shifting from the building of resources towards the making of new historical knowledge. This also involves novel challenges that digital methods pose to historical research, including awareness of the pitfalls and limitations of the digital tools and the necessity of new forms of digital source criticisms.Through its combination of empirical, conceptual and contextual studies, Digital Histories</italic> is a timely and pioneering contribution taking stock of how digital research currently advances historical scholarship. 30 00 Historical scholarship is currently undergoing a digital turn. All historians have experienced this change in one way or another, by writing on word processors, applying quantitative methods on digitalized source materials, or using internet resources and digital tools.Digital Histories</italic> showcases this emerging wave of digital history research. It presents work by historians who – on their own or through collaborations with e.g. information technology specialists – have uncovered new, empirical historical knowledge through digital and computational methods. The topics of the volume range from the medieval period to the present day, including various parts of Europe. The chapters apply an exemplary array of methods, such as digital metadata analysis, machine learning, network analysis, topic modelling, named entity recognition, collocation analysis, critical search, and text and data mining.The volume argues that digital history is entering a mature phase, digital history ‘in action’, where its focus is shifting from the building of resources towards the making of new historical knowledge. This also involves novel challenges that digital methods pose to historical research, including awareness of the pitfalls and limitations of the digital tools and the necessity of new forms of digital source criticisms.Through its combination of empirical, conceptual and contextual studies, Digital Histories</italic> is a timely and pioneering contribution taking stock of how digital research currently advances historical scholarship. 20 00 Open Access 01 00 03 02 https://storage.googleapis.com/rua-hup/files/media/cover_images/b40d3d45-3af6-446c-bc85-96684c836ef8.png 1 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-19 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Foreword 1 A01 21 0000000309172020 Timo Honkela Timo Honkela 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Timo Honkela (1962–2020) was Professor Emeritus of Research in Digital Resources at the University of Helsinki, Finland. He had a PhD in Information Technology from Helsinki University of Technology. Honkela was a pioneer in applying digital methods to humanities, social science and the arts, and a generous supporter of projects in digital humanities. A truly humanist scientist, his last research was devoted to the ‘peace machine’ concept, in which artificial intelligence and machine learning were applied to provide tools for improved human communication, better understanding of one’s own and others’ emotions, and societal themes such as economy and democracy. 20 00 Open Access 2 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-1 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Digital and Distant Histories: Emergent Approaches within the New Digital History 1 A01 21 0000000224862364 Petri Paju Petri Paju Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Petri Paju is a cultural historian with research interests in the development of digital history and its uses, and in history of technology. He has a PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku. He has previously worked in digital history projects funded by the Kone Foundation and the Academy of Finland. He has written broadly on the history of technology in Finland and on computing history in the Nordic countries, and the IBM Company in postwar Europe. 2 A01 21 0000000252417436 Mila Oiva Mila Oiva CUDAN ERA Chair 40 05mey9k78 Tallinn University Mila Oiva is a cultural historian, digital humanist and an expert on Russian and Polish history. She has a PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku. Currently she works as a post-doctoral Research Fellow at CUDAN Open Lab at the Tallinn University, Estonia. Her main research interest focuses on circulation of information which she has studied in research projects on 19th-century global news flows and contemporary Finnish and Russian internet forum discussions on medieval history. 3 A01 Mats Fridlund Mats Fridlund Centre for Digital Humanities 40 01tm6cn81 University of Gothenburg Mats Fridlund is Deputy Director for the Centre for Digital Humanities at the University of Gothenburg. He has a PhD in History of Technology from KTH Royal Institute of Technology in Sweden. His research focuses on cultural and political history of science, technology and materiality. He has lead two Kone Foundation digital history projects and published on topic modelling in historical studies and used digital methodologies to study history of terrorism and Chinese industrialisation. 03 00 The chapter introduces the main themes of “Digital Histories”. It shortly discusses the histories of digital history and the various research projects that resulted in this volume, as well as the main contributions of the individual chapters. Focusing on the most recent periods of development of digital and computational history, the introduction explains how this book contributes to advancing the larger field of history in two primary ways: firstly through conceptual explorations of the central issues characterizing the past, present and future of digital history research, and secondly by providing new empirical historical knowledge coming out of research using digital methods. The chapter surveys a number of key challenges and criticisms facing contemporary and future historians, including the digitisation of sources, metadata creation for digital source materials, digital source and resource criticism, and the various salient questions involved in organising digital history research. 30 00 The chapter introduces the main themes of “Digital Histories”. It shortly discusses the histories of digital history and the various research projects that resulted in this volume, as well as the main contributions of the individual chapters. Focusing on the most recent periods of development of digital and computational history, the introduction explains how this book contributes to advancing the larger field of history in two primary ways: firstly through conceptual explorations of the central issues characterizing the past, present and future of digital history research, and secondly by providing new empirical historical knowledge coming out of research using digital methods. The chapter surveys a number of key challenges and criticisms facing contemporary and future historians, including the digitisation of sources, metadata creation for digital source materials, digital source and resource criticism, and the various salient questions involved in organising digital history research. 20 00 Open Access 3 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-2 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Long Road to ‘Digital History’: History of Computer-Assisted Research of the Past in Finland since the 1960s 1 A01 21 0000000224862364 Petri Paju Petri Paju Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Petri Paju is a cultural historian with research interests in the development of digital history and its uses, and in history of technology. He has a PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku. He has previously worked in digital history projects funded by the Kone Foundation and the Academy of Finland. He has written broadly on the history of technology in Finland and on computing history in the Nordic countries, and the IBM Company in postwar Europe. 03 00 To understand better the present shape and evolution of the digital history, this chapter examines how historians have used computers and information technology since the 1960s. Focusing on historians from Finland, the chapter starts from the late 1960s when a few younger historians first explored using the computer to perform statistical calculations. In the 1970s and the 1980s, the computers and data available were most useful and used for historical research designs applying quantitative methods. Historians carrying out qualitative research grew interested in IT when the personal computers became more user-friendly and affordable towards and especially during the 1990s. In the following decade, the internet, the World Wide Web, and digitized source materials effected all historians’ research practices directly or indirectly. Nevertheless, digital or computational history introduced in the mid-2010s took the use of IT further. These new methods were first embraced by a fraction of those historians who had previously focused on quantitative work based on textual materials. A central conclusion is that historians should pay more attention to the technologies they use to take better control of the challenges and opportunities of their changing research environment. 30 00 To understand better the present shape and evolution of the digital history, this chapter examines how historians have used computers and information technology since the 1960s. Focusing on historians from Finland, the chapter starts from the late 1960s when a few younger historians first explored using the computer to perform statistical calculations. In the 1970s and the 1980s, the computers and data available were most useful and used for historical research designs applying quantitative methods. Historians carrying out qualitative research grew interested in IT when the personal computers became more user-friendly and affordable towards and especially during the 1990s. In the following decade, the internet, the World Wide Web, and digitized source materials effected all historians’ research practices directly or indirectly. Nevertheless, digital or computational history introduced in the mid-2010s took the use of IT further. These new methods were first embraced by a fraction of those historians who had previously focused on quantitative work based on textual materials. A central conclusion is that historians should pay more attention to the technologies they use to take better control of the challenges and opportunities of their changing research environment. 20 00 Open Access 4 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-3 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Towards Big Data: Digitising Economic and Business History 1 A01 21 0000000285725902 Jari Eloranta Jari Eloranta Department of Economic and Social History 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Jari Eloranta is Professor of Economic History at the University of Helsinki, Finland. He holds a PhD in History and Civilization from the European University Institute, Italy. His research focuses on comparative economic and business history, especially the fiscal transformation of states, and he is currently involved in projects that use digital humanities methods and data. 2 A01 21 0000000311729537 Pasi Nevalainen Pasi Nevalainen History and Ethnology 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Pasi Nevalainen is postdoctoral researcher in business history at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. He has a PhD in Finnish History from University of Jyväskylä. He is interested in a number of 20th- and 21st-century themes related to structural changes in the economy, society and business organisation. His research interests include state-owned companies, telecommunications and management history. He uses digitised source databases and working methods as tools for qualitative history research. 3 A01 21 0000000243488857 Jari Ojala Jari Ojala History and Ethnology 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Jari Ojala is Professor of Comparative Business History at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. He has a PhD in History from University of Jyväskylä and specialises in economic, business and maritime history and has used digital humanities data and methods in his studies for two decades. He has published his research in main journals in the field, including Business History, Explorations in Economic History and European Review of Economic History. 03 00 This chapter describes the experiences in computational and digital history of economic and business historians who for decades have been forerunners in digital history data gathering and computational analysis. It attempts to discuss the major developments within this area internationally and, in some specific cases, in Finland in the fields of digital economic and business history. It concentrates on a number of research projects that the authors have previously been involved in, as well as research outcomes by other economic and business historians within Finland and elsewhere. It is not claimed that the projects discussed are unique or ahead of their time in the field of economic and business history—on the contrary they are representing a more general state of the art within the field and used as illustrative cases illuminating the possibilities and challenges facing historians in the digital era. 30 00 This chapter describes the experiences in computational and digital history of economic and business historians who for decades have been forerunners in digital history data gathering and computational analysis. It attempts to discuss the major developments within this area internationally and, in some specific cases, in Finland in the fields of digital economic and business history. It concentrates on a number of research projects that the authors have previously been involved in, as well as research outcomes by other economic and business historians within Finland and elsewhere. It is not claimed that the projects discussed are unique or ahead of their time in the field of economic and business history—on the contrary they are representing a more general state of the art within the field and used as illustrative cases illuminating the possibilities and challenges facing historians in the digital era. 20 00 Open Access 5 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-4 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Digital History 1.5: A Middle Way between Normal and Paradigmatic Digital Historical Research 1 A01 Mats Fridlund Mats Fridlund Centre for Digital Humanities 40 01tm6cn81 University of Gothenburg Mats Fridlund is Deputy Director for the Centre for Digital Humanities at the University of Gothenburg. He has a PhD in History of Technology from KTH Royal Institute of Technology in Sweden. His research focuses on cultural and political history of science, technology and materiality. He has lead two Kone Foundation digital history projects and published on topic modelling in historical studies and used digital methodologies to study history of terrorism and Chinese industrialisation. 03 00 This chapter analyses the impact of digital technology on historical research by identifying some of the critical methodological strands of the new computational digital history using Thomas Kuhn’s research on scientific revolutions. Digital methodologies have been described as posing a potential paradigm shift for historical research. Following Kuhn, the chapter describes the two ideal type responses within history to the challenges of the new computational digital history, where the disruptive digital methodologies are either being domesticated into traditional ‘normal science’ history as ‘digital history 1.0’, or a second revolutionary route where historical practice is radically disciplined into a paradigmatic ‘digital history 2.0’. As an alternative methodological middle way the study outlines ‘digital history 1.5’. This description combines a summary of digital practices already appropriated by most historical researchers with some of the new digital history’s central methodological elements as well as propose conceptualizations of emerging new mixed digital history practices such as search methodologies, digital source and resource criticisms. 30 00 This chapter analyses the impact of digital technology on historical research by identifying some of the critical methodological strands of the new computational digital history using Thomas Kuhn’s research on scientific revolutions. Digital methodologies have been described as posing a potential paradigm shift for historical research. Following Kuhn, the chapter describes the two ideal type responses within history to the challenges of the new computational digital history, where the disruptive digital methodologies are either being domesticated into traditional ‘normal science’ history as ‘digital history 1.0’, or a second revolutionary route where historical practice is radically disciplined into a paradigmatic ‘digital history 2.0’. As an alternative methodological middle way the study outlines ‘digital history 1.5’. This description combines a summary of digital practices already appropriated by most historical researchers with some of the new digital history’s central methodological elements as well as propose conceptualizations of emerging new mixed digital history practices such as search methodologies, digital source and resource criticisms. 20 00 Open Access 6 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-5 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Building Historical Knowledge Byte by Byte: Infrastructures and Data Management in Modern Scholarship 1 A01 21 0000000344603906 Jessica Parland-von Essen Jessica Parland-von Essen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Jessica Parland-von Essen is development manager at CSC—IT Center for Science. She holds a PhD in History from the University of Helsinki, Finland and has studied book history, library and information science and worked with digitisation and digitalisation within the cultural heritage sector and research data management. She is a member of Open Knowledge Finland and has been a proponent for open scholarship on both the national and international levels. Recently, she has studied research data management and is working to find solutions for promoting and supporting well-documented and managed publication of research outputs, especially different types of data. 03 00 This chapter describes how the new emerging digital environment challenges historians’ existing training and practice of source criticism. In an environment with increasing amounts of digitized data and digital methods there are new requirements for historians to develop new skills as well as new more extensive provenance data. Historians are faced with new challenges regarding new increasing demands for transparency and open scholarship that has comes with the growth of digital humanities in general and with digital history in particular. The old demands that historical research has to be well documented and reproducible has to be adapted to the promises and pitfalls of the new digital environment which especially means developing and adapting new standards and practices for what counts as good data management. The study discusses how the FAIR data principles can offer valuable guidance, but also how they cannot be implemented without supporting services that take into account different types of data and the data lifecycle. 30 00 This chapter describes how the new emerging digital environment challenges historians’ existing training and practice of source criticism. In an environment with increasing amounts of digitized data and digital methods there are new requirements for historians to develop new skills as well as new more extensive provenance data. Historians are faced with new challenges regarding new increasing demands for transparency and open scholarship that has comes with the growth of digital humanities in general and with digital history in particular. The old demands that historical research has to be well documented and reproducible has to be adapted to the promises and pitfalls of the new digital environment which especially means developing and adapting new standards and practices for what counts as good data management. The study discusses how the FAIR data principles can offer valuable guidance, but also how they cannot be implemented without supporting services that take into account different types of data and the data lifecycle. 20 00 Open Access 7 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-6 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Big Data, Bad Metadata: A Methodological Note on the Importance of Good Metadata in the Age of Digital History 1 A01 21 0000000232235221 Kimmo Elo Kimmo Elo Centre for Parliamentary Studies 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Kimmo Elo is Associate Professor and Senior Researcher at the Centre for Parliamentary Studies at the University of Turku, Finland. He holds a PhD in Political Science from the University of Turku. His current research interests include text/data mining, network analysis, knowledge visualisation, computational history and German and European history since 1945, as well intelligence studies. 03 00 The chapter discusses how the exponential growth of both digitised and born-digital research materials has brought upon new challenges regarding research data creation, data management and data discovery. It argues that the Digital Humanities community should pay more attention to the metadata creation as valid, standardised and well-structured metadata describing similar contents in identical terms help scholars to better discover relevant materials. This is especially important since a great majority of digital sources are made available via web-based portals offering search engines or other possibilities to query the collections. This development from a human-to-human interface towards a human-to-computer interface replaces the ‘silent knowledge’ of archivists with computer algorithms. Since most algorithms rely on available metadata, the structural power of actors responsible for the metadata creation should be taken seriously. If scholars cannot rely on getting reliable results when committing searches in online collections, the digital leap manifested by proponents of digital humanities might end with a belly flop. 30 00 The chapter discusses how the exponential growth of both digitised and born-digital research materials has brought upon new challenges regarding research data creation, data management and data discovery. It argues that the Digital Humanities community should pay more attention to the metadata creation as valid, standardised and well-structured metadata describing similar contents in identical terms help scholars to better discover relevant materials. This is especially important since a great majority of digital sources are made available via web-based portals offering search engines or other possibilities to query the collections. This development from a human-to-human interface towards a human-to-computer interface replaces the ‘silent knowledge’ of archivists with computer algorithms. Since most algorithms rely on available metadata, the structural power of actors responsible for the metadata creation should be taken seriously. If scholars cannot rely on getting reliable results when committing searches in online collections, the digital leap manifested by proponents of digital humanities might end with a belly flop. 20 00 Open Access 8 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-7 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 All the Work that Makes It Work: Digital Methods and Manual Labour 1 A01 21 000000021167046X Johan Jarlbrink Johan Jarlbrink Department of Culture and Media Studies 40 05kb8h459 Umeå University Johan Jarlbrink is Associate Professor in Media History and Senior Lecturer in Media Studies at Umeå University, Sweden. He has a PhD in Culture and Society from Linköping University, Sweden. His research has mainly focused on the history of journalism, media technologies and information management. He is currently involved in the project ‘Welfare State Analytics: Text Mining and Modeling Swedish Politics, Media & Culture, 1945–1989’. 03 00 The chapter explores how digital graphs, maps and trees can reveal things never seen before, but how they may also hide all the manual work that lies behind them. The most basic rationale behind digital humanities is the idea that machines should do most of the dull tasks for us. If all the extracting, counting, matching, and plotting is left to computers, researchers can focus on the intellectual parts of the process, interpreting and presenting the results. In many cases, however, digital tools need assistance to work properly. This kind of manual or semi-automatic work may involve compiling, cleaning and filtering datasets, tagging images, transcribing texts, correcting bad matches, adjusting graphs, and so on. Yet, it is rare to see it mentioned when results are presented. The aim of this chapter is to describe and discuss the role of this invisible (semi-)manual work within digital research. 30 00 The chapter explores how digital graphs, maps and trees can reveal things never seen before, but how they may also hide all the manual work that lies behind them. The most basic rationale behind digital humanities is the idea that machines should do most of the dull tasks for us. If all the extracting, counting, matching, and plotting is left to computers, researchers can focus on the intellectual parts of the process, interpreting and presenting the results. In many cases, however, digital tools need assistance to work properly. This kind of manual or semi-automatic work may involve compiling, cleaning and filtering datasets, tagging images, transcribing texts, correcting bad matches, adjusting graphs, and so on. Yet, it is rare to see it mentioned when results are presented. The aim of this chapter is to describe and discuss the role of this invisible (semi-)manual work within digital research. 20 00 Open Access 9 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-8 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Resettlement and Subsequent Assimilation of Evacuees from Finnish Karelia during and after the Second World War 1 A01 Mirkka Danielsbacka Mirkka Danielsbacka Department of Social Research 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Mirkka Danielsbacka is Assistant Professor of Sociology in the Department of Social Research at the University of Turku, Finland. She holds a PhD in Finnish and Nordic history and social and public policy at the University of Helsinki. Her research focuses on the Second World War, the welfare state and intergenerational family relations. 2 A01 Lauri Aho Lauri Aho Department of Biology 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Lauri Aho has a master’s in science from the biology department of the University of Turku, Finland. He is currently a biology and geography teacher in Helsinki, Finland. 3 A01 21 0000000224776204 Robert Lynch Robert Lynch Department of Biology 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Robert Lynch is a bio-cultural anthropologist and a postdoctoral researcher in the sociology and biology departments at the University of Turku, Finland. He holds a PhD in evolutionary anthropology and his research focuses on how biology, the environment and culture come together to shape behaviour, life histories and health outcomes. His research questions have ranged from the predictors of self-sacrifice and how exposure to stress in childhood affects reproduction to the impact of immigration on social mobility and reproduction and its effects on voting behaviour. 4 A01 Jenni Pettay Jenni Pettay Department of Social Research 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Jenni Pettay is a Senior Researcher in the Department of Social Research at the University of Turku, Finland. She has a PhD in biology from the University of Turku. Her research focus is on evolution of human life history traits and family dynamics. 5 A01 21 0000000221287587 Virpi Lummaa Virpi Lummaa Department of Biology 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Virpi Lummaa is an evolutionary biologist and ecologist. She holds an Academy of Finland Professorship at the University of Turku, Finland. She received her PhD in Biology in Turku, thereafter holding positions in Cambridge and Sheffield in the UK and Berlin, Germany, before returning to Finland. Her research interests include ageing, lifespan and natural selection in contemporary human populations. 6 A01 John Loehr John Loehr University of Helsinki’s Lammi Biological Station 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki John Loehr is a researcher and research coordinator at the University of Helsinki’s Lammi Biological Station, Finland. He has a PhD in evolutionary ecology from the University of Jyväskylä, and he currently heads the project on Karelian evacuee research (project website: http://www.helsinki.fi/en/projects/learning-from-our-past) 03 00 This chapter investigates sociodemographic and environmental factors associated with the relocation and settlement of Karelian evacuees during and after the Second World War. During the war over 400,000 people were forcibly displaced from the Karelia region in Finland and evacuated to western Finland. Soon after the start of the Continuation War (1941–1944) Finland recaptured Karelia from the Soviet Union and these refugees had the opportunity to return to Karelia, approximately 70% did so. Using the digitised MiKARELIA database, the movements of 59,477 Karelian evacuees and their decisions to return to Karelia or stay in western Finland during the Continuation War and the factors associated with their return are analysed. In addition, the post-war movements of these evacuees are investigated to shed light on how Karelians assimilated. The results of this study provide new information on many factors known to have affected the settlement and assimilation of Karelian evacuees during and immediately after the Second World War. 30 00 This chapter investigates sociodemographic and environmental factors associated with the relocation and settlement of Karelian evacuees during and after the Second World War. During the war over 400,000 people were forcibly displaced from the Karelia region in Finland and evacuated to western Finland. Soon after the start of the Continuation War (1941–1944) Finland recaptured Karelia from the Soviet Union and these refugees had the opportunity to return to Karelia, approximately 70% did so. Using the digitised MiKARELIA database, the movements of 59,477 Karelian evacuees and their decisions to return to Karelia or stay in western Finland during the Continuation War and the factors associated with their return are analysed. In addition, the post-war movements of these evacuees are investigated to shed light on how Karelians assimilated. The results of this study provide new information on many factors known to have affected the settlement and assimilation of Karelian evacuees during and immediately after the Second World War. 20 00 Open Access 10 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-9 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Towards Digital Histories of Women’s Suffrage Movements: A Feminist Historian’s Journey to the World of Digital Humanities 1 A01 21 0000000210560701 Heidi Kurvinen Heidi Kurvinen Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Heidi Kurvinen is a postdoctoral researcher affiliated with Department of Cultural History at the University of Turku, Finland. She has a PhD in History from the University of Oulu, Finland. She is specialised in the history of feminism and media history in the Nordic countries and currently works as an Academy of Finland postdoctoral fellow in her project ‘The Travelling Image of Bra-Burners: Negotiating Meanings of Feminism in the Finnish Mainstream Media from the 1960s to 2007’. She is a board member of the Nordic Media History Network (NOMEH) and head of the editorial board of Kulttuurihistoria—Cultural History book series published by the Finnish Society for Cultural History. 03 00 This chapter discusses the various practical, epistemological and methodological issues of importance when a historical scholar with limited digital skills wants to take a step towards learning how to conduct digital analyses. As a feminist historian, the author combines this approach with a discussion of the relation of feminist research and digital humanities. In line with practice in feminist research, she uses a self-reflexive approach and asks how the increase in the understanding of digital methods influences research questions in feminist history. Do digital humanities tools transform the work as feminist historians? How can digital analyses develop the field of gender history in general and the history of feminism in particular? Can a scholar who has limited technological skills engage with an informed and critical discussion with digitised materials? In doing this the chapter provides an inside reflective history of the making of digital history. 30 00 This chapter discusses the various practical, epistemological and methodological issues of importance when a historical scholar with limited digital skills wants to take a step towards learning how to conduct digital analyses. As a feminist historian, the author combines this approach with a discussion of the relation of feminist research and digital humanities. In line with practice in feminist research, she uses a self-reflexive approach and asks how the increase in the understanding of digital methods influences research questions in feminist history. Do digital humanities tools transform the work as feminist historians? How can digital analyses develop the field of gender history in general and the history of feminism in particular? Can a scholar who has limited technological skills engage with an informed and critical discussion with digitised materials? In doing this the chapter provides an inside reflective history of the making of digital history. 20 00 Open Access 11 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-10 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Of Great Men and Eurovision Songs: Studying the Finnish Audio-Visual Heritage through NER-based Analysis on Metadata 1 A01 21 0000000317226850 Maiju Kannisto Maiju Kannisto Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Maiju Kannisto is a cultural historian and media scholar with experience in Finnish media history, media industries and digital humanities. She received her PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku, Finland, and has worked as a postdoctoral researcher at the John Morton Center for North American Studies at the University of Turku. Kannisto’s research interests include national popular culture, media companies and media ethics. 2 A01 21 0000000320715110 Pekka Kauppinen Pekka Kauppinen 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Pekka Kauppinen is a former technical assistant at the University of Helsinki, Finland. He has a master’s degree in language technology from the University of Helsinki, Finland. His primary research topics included finite-state applications such as automatic post-processing of Finnish and Swedish historical texts digitised by the means of optical character recognition. In 2017, Kauppinen was tasked with improving and expanding the Finnish rule-based named-entity recogniser FiNER. 03 00 The chapter focuses on the Finnish public service broadcasting company Yle (former Yleisradio), which was founded in 1926 and on the possible uses by digital historians of its online archive. The dataset used in the research are non-traditional in that it consists of Yle’s archival metadata. This digital material is analysed as a historical source material using the method of Named Entity Recognition (NER) as it is implemented in the digital tool the Finnish rule-based named-entity recogniser (FiNER). This chapter explores how a canon of salient Finnish events and persons is built up in the national audio-visual archive in the digital age. The authors suggest that the cultural contextualising and close reading of the themes pointed out by the results of NER-based analysis still play an important role in the analytical process as the metadata material, as well as the digital tool, has its limitations. 30 00 The chapter focuses on the Finnish public service broadcasting company Yle (former Yleisradio), which was founded in 1926 and on the possible uses by digital historians of its online archive. The dataset used in the research are non-traditional in that it consists of Yle’s archival metadata. This digital material is analysed as a historical source material using the method of Named Entity Recognition (NER) as it is implemented in the digital tool the Finnish rule-based named-entity recogniser (FiNER). This chapter explores how a canon of salient Finnish events and persons is built up in the national audio-visual archive in the digital age. The authors suggest that the cultural contextualising and close reading of the themes pointed out by the results of NER-based analysis still play an important role in the analytical process as the metadata material, as well as the digital tool, has its limitations. 20 00 Open Access 12 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-11 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Tracing the Emergence of Nordic Allemansrätten through Digitised Parliamentary Sources 1 A01 21 0000000303409269 Matti La Mela Matti La Mela Department of Business Studies & SeCo Research Group Uppsala University & Aalto University Matti La Mela is a social science historian and digital humanist and a visiting researcher at Department of Business Studies at Uppsala University. He has a PhD in History and Civilization from the European University Institute, Italy and his research focuses on (intellectual) property rights, commodification of nature and transnational relations. La Mela has extensive experience of multidisciplinary digital humanities research, and he has published on Nordic patent and innovation history, digital textual analysis in historical research, and access rights to nature. 03 00 The chapter studies the tradition of allemansrätten, a right of public access to nature, in recently digitized documents of the Finnish Parliament (1907-2000) using text mining methods. Allemansrätten is a well-known and much used principle in the Nordic countries, yet, its history is little researched. This study use collocation analysis and topic modelling to explore the historical trajectory of the term in Finland. It shows how ‘allemansrätt’ appeared in the 1940s as part of a temporary everyman’s fishing rights and while the current meaning is found in the 1960s it came to be commonly employed in outdoor recreation debates in the early 1970s, somewhat later than previously thought. Furthermore, a significant shift is discovered from allemansrätten’s use in access right debates to being marked as a national symbol in the 1990s. Although the OCR quality of the digitised parliamentary documents is proven to be very good, they lack in metadata which would improve their usability; thus digital historians should actively participate in the development of such key historical corpora. 30 00 The chapter studies the tradition of allemansrätten, a right of public access to nature, in recently digitized documents of the Finnish Parliament (1907-2000) using text mining methods. Allemansrätten is a well-known and much used principle in the Nordic countries, yet, its history is little researched. This study use collocation analysis and topic modelling to explore the historical trajectory of the term in Finland. It shows how ‘allemansrätt’ appeared in the 1940s as part of a temporary everyman’s fishing rights and while the current meaning is found in the 1960s it came to be commonly employed in outdoor recreation debates in the early 1970s, somewhat later than previously thought. Furthermore, a significant shift is discovered from allemansrätten’s use in access right debates to being marked as a national symbol in the 1990s. Although the OCR quality of the digitised parliamentary documents is proven to be very good, they lack in metadata which would improve their usability; thus digital historians should actively participate in the development of such key historical corpora. 20 00 Open Access 13 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-12 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Evolving Conceptualisations of Internationalism in the UK Parliament: Collocation Analyses from the League to Brexit 1 A01 21 0000000254684829 Pasi Ihalainen Pasi Ihalainen Department of History and Ethnology 40 05n3dz165 University of Jyväskylä Pasi Ihalainen is Professor of Comparative European History at the Department of History and Ethnology at the University of Jyväskylä, Finland. He has a PhD in History from the University of Jyväskylä and has published widely on the history of political discourse, nationalism, democracy and parliamentarism since the 18th century, applying comparative and transnational perspectives. He is currently working on the conceptual history of internationalisms and on the history of the concept of ‘politician’ and is preparing a study combining distant and close reading to analyse parliamentary speaking in several European countries. 2 A01 21 0000000242553872 Aleksi Sahala Aleksi Sahala Department of Modern Languages 40 040af2s02 University of Helsinki Aleksi Sahala is a doctoral candidate in Language Technology at the Department of Modern Languages at the University of Helsinki, Finland. He is currently a member of the Digital Humanities team in the Center of Excellence in the Ancient Near Eastern Empires at University of Helsinki. He has a combined master’s degree in Language Technology and Assyriology with a focus on computational Assyriology and the Sumerian language from the University of Helsinki. His research interests include Computational Assyriology and distributional semantics. 03 00 This chapter explores a historical distant reading strategy of British Parliamentary discourse. It uses historical collocation analyses of ‘internationalism’ and the ‘international’ in the British Hansard Corpus and a selection of Commons and Lords debates concerning British membership in international organisations as it relates to the League of Nations, United Nations, Council of Europe, EEC and Brexit. The collocates that were deemed to be politically significant are grouped in 13 loose semantic fields. This macro-level analysis of long-term trends of discourse is supplemented with an analysis of the said key debates in their historical contexts, including comparisons between the two Houses, and with additional micro-level analyses of contextualised individual speeches in which politicians defined ‘internationalism’ by using the concepts in political action. This provides one general view on the historical evolvement of the discourse on internationalism over the past hundred years. 30 00 This chapter explores a historical distant reading strategy of British Parliamentary discourse. It uses historical collocation analyses of ‘internationalism’ and the ‘international’ in the British Hansard Corpus and a selection of Commons and Lords debates concerning British membership in international organisations as it relates to the League of Nations, United Nations, Council of Europe, EEC and Brexit. The collocates that were deemed to be politically significant are grouped in 13 loose semantic fields. This macro-level analysis of long-term trends of discourse is supplemented with an analysis of the said key debates in their historical contexts, including comparisons between the two Houses, and with additional micro-level analyses of contextualised individual speeches in which politicians defined ‘internationalism’ by using the concepts in political action. This provides one general view on the historical evolvement of the discourse on internationalism over the past hundred years. 20 00 Open Access 14 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-13 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Picturing the Politics of Resistance: Using Image Metadata and Historical Network Analysis to Map the East German Opposition Movement, 1975–1990 1 A01 21 0000000304101610 Melanie Conroy Melanie Conroy Department of World Languages and Literatures 40 01cq23130 University of Memphis Melanie Conroy is Associate Professor of French at the University of Memphis, United States. She received her doctorate from Stanford University and master’s degrees from the University of Buffalo and the University of Paris, VIII. Her research explores the intersection of networks with literature, cultural history and visual studies in modern European culture. She is currently working on a cultural history of European salons as sites of literary production and a digital humanities survey on literary geography in the French realist and post-realist novel. 2 A01 21 0000000232235221 Kimmo Elo Kimmo Elo Centre for Parliamentary Studies 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Kimmo Elo is Associate Professor and Senior Researcher at the Centre for Parliamentary Studies at the University of Turku, Finland. He holds a PhD in Political Science from the University of Turku. His current research interests include text/data mining, network analysis, knowledge visualisation, computational history and German and European history since 1945, as well intelligence studies. 03 00 This chapter uses network analysis to explore, visualise and analyse quantitative historical data related to political resistance movements in the former East Germany. The study applies historical network analysis (HNA) rooted in social network analysis (SNA) to shed light on the structure and dynamics of the geospatial social networks of a sample group within the East German opposition movement between 1975 and 1990. In particular the opportunities and limits of using network analysis for historical studies are discussed which demonstrates how network graphs can be useful for historical analysis. The network analysis is used to help the researcher to identify which individuals are more likely to be well integrated into the group and which individuals are less central to the group, regardless of which individuals are most well-known or prominent. In particular, we point to the fact that knowledge of the government’s repressive actions and the opposition movement’s attempts to evade repression are fundamental to understanding the geospatial and social changes within this group during this period. 30 00 This chapter uses network analysis to explore, visualise and analyse quantitative historical data related to political resistance movements in the former East Germany. The study applies historical network analysis (HNA) rooted in social network analysis (SNA) to shed light on the structure and dynamics of the geospatial social networks of a sample group within the East German opposition movement between 1975 and 1990. In particular the opportunities and limits of using network analysis for historical studies are discussed which demonstrates how network graphs can be useful for historical analysis. The network analysis is used to help the researcher to identify which individuals are more likely to be well integrated into the group and which individuals are less central to the group, regardless of which individuals are most well-known or prominent. In particular, we point to the fact that knowledge of the government’s repressive actions and the opposition movement’s attempts to evade repression are fundamental to understanding the geospatial and social changes within this group during this period. 20 00 Open Access 15 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-14 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Many Ways to Talk about the Transits of Venus: Astronomical Discourses in Philosophical Transactions, 1753–1777 1 A01 21 000000027703196X Reetta Sippola Reetta Sippola School of History, Cultures and Arts Studies 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Reetta Sippola is a doctoral candidate in Cultural History at the University of Turku, Finland. She has a master’s degree in Cultural History from the University of Turku. Her dissertation explores spatiality, embodiment and the relationship of humans and the non-human in the British scientific travel narratives of the 18th century. In her research she is using digital humanities methods and perspective to provide new perspectives on various sources from the voyages of Captain James Cook. In addition, her recent publications include work on text reuse and public discourse in historical Finnish newspapers and text mining with Blast. 03 00 This chapter uses topic modelling to explore the evolution of the scientific discourse in the scientific journal Philosophical Transactions</italic> in the mid-18th century. Combining cultural historical close reading and statistical topic modelling, the study demonstrates the value of combining ‘new’ and more traditional historical research methods. The study shows that there were at least nine ways of talking about astronomical observations around the two transits of Venus, in 1761 and 1768, and in this reveal several previously neglected themes and unnoticed temporal discourse changes. One notable theme when talking about experiments was the continuity regarding concern for exactness and reliability of the collected knowledge, while others indicate a significant use of algebra to explain astronomical events and that the amount of causal theories has weakened over time. The study furthermore documents a connection between politeness and strategic attention seeking using the transits of Venus. Finally, the results reveal significant astronomical conversations related to terrestrial weather, and the circumstances and equipment of experimenting and observing. 30 00 This chapter uses topic modelling to explore the evolution of the scientific discourse in the scientific journal Philosophical Transactions</italic> in the mid-18th century. Combining cultural historical close reading and statistical topic modelling, the study demonstrates the value of combining ‘new’ and more traditional historical research methods. The study shows that there were at least nine ways of talking about astronomical observations around the two transits of Venus, in 1761 and 1768, and in this reveal several previously neglected themes and unnoticed temporal discourse changes. One notable theme when talking about experiments was the continuity regarding concern for exactness and reliability of the collected knowledge, while others indicate a significant use of algebra to explain astronomical events and that the amount of causal theories has weakened over time. The study furthermore documents a connection between politeness and strategic attention seeking using the transits of Venus. Finally, the results reveal significant astronomical conversations related to terrestrial weather, and the circumstances and equipment of experimenting and observing. 20 00 Open Access 16 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-15 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Many Themes of Humanism: Topic Modelling Humanism Discourse in Early 19th-Century German-Language Press 1 A01 21 0000000321106907 Heidi Hakkarainen Heidi Hakkarainen Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Heidi Hakkarainen is postdoctoral researcher at the University of Turku, Finland. She has a PhD in Cultural History from the University of Turku and currently works in a research project entitled ‘Viral Culture in Early Nineteenth-Century Europe’. Her research interests include cultural history, history of the press, urban history, 19th-century studies, history of emotions, popular culture and digital history. 2 A01 Zuhair Iftikhar Zuhair Iftikhar Department of Mathematics and Statistics 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Zuhair Iftikhar is a research student at the Department of Mathematics and Statistics at the University of Turku, Finland. He has a master’s degree in Mathematics and Computer Science from the University of Turku and enjoys collaborations with digital humanities researchers. His other research interests include machine learning, natural language processing, digital signal processing, image processing and optimisation. 03 00 Topic modelling is often described as a text-mining tool for conducting a study of hidden semantic structures of a text or a text corpus by extracting topics from a document or a collection of documents. Yet, instead of one singular method, there are various tools for topic modelling that can be utilised for historical research. Dynamic topic models, for example, are often constructed temporally year by year, which makes it possible to track and analyse the ways in which topics change over time. This chapter provides a case example on topic modelling historical primary sources. The chapter uses two tools to carry out topic modelling, MALLET and Dynamic Topic Model (DTM), in one dataset, containing texts from the early 19th-century German-language press which have been subjected to optical character recognition (OCR). All of these texts were discussing humanism, which was a newly emerging concept before mid-century, gaining various meanings in the public discourse before, during and after the 1848–1849 revolutions. Yet, these multiple themes and early interpretations of humanism in the press have been previously under-studied. By analysing the evolution of the topics between 1829 and 1850, this chapter aims to shed light on the change of the discourse surrounding humanism in the early 19th-century German-speaking Europe. 30 00 Topic modelling is often described as a text-mining tool for conducting a study of hidden semantic structures of a text or a text corpus by extracting topics from a document or a collection of documents. Yet, instead of one singular method, there are various tools for topic modelling that can be utilised for historical research. Dynamic topic models, for example, are often constructed temporally year by year, which makes it possible to track and analyse the ways in which topics change over time. This chapter provides a case example on topic modelling historical primary sources. The chapter uses two tools to carry out topic modelling, MALLET and Dynamic Topic Model (DTM), in one dataset, containing texts from the early 19th-century German-language press which have been subjected to optical character recognition (OCR). All of these texts were discussing humanism, which was a newly emerging concept before mid-century, gaining various meanings in the public discourse before, during and after the 1848–1849 revolutions. Yet, these multiple themes and early interpretations of humanism in the press have been previously under-studied. By analysing the evolution of the topics between 1829 and 1850, this chapter aims to shed light on the change of the discourse surrounding humanism in the early 19th-century German-speaking Europe. 20 00 Open Access 17 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-16 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Manuscripts, Qualitative Analysis and Features on Vectors: An Attempt for a Synthesis of Conventional and Computational Methods in the Attribution of Late Medieval Anti-Heretical Treatises 1 A01 21 0000000283016563 Reima Välimäki Reima Välimäki Turku Institute for Advanced Studies / Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Reima Välimäki is a postdoctoral research fellow at the Turku Institute for Advanced Studies (TIAS) and the Department of Cultural History at the University of Turku, Finland. He has a PhD in Cultural History from University of Turku. His research interests include heresy and inquisition, polemical literature, manuscript studies, medievalism and history politics, as well as authorship attribution. 2 A01 Aleksi Vesanto Aleksi Vesanto Department of Future Technologies 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Aleksi Vesanto has a master’s degree in Computer Science with a focus on Natural Language Processing (NLP) from the University of Turku, Finland. His research interests include various applications of NLP, such as text reuse detection and authorship attribution, as well as several areas in speech technology. 3 A01 21 0000000224338618 Anni Hella Anni Hella Department of Cultural History 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Anni Hella is doctoral candidate at the Department of Cultural History at the University of Turku, Finland. She has a master’s degree in Cultural History from the University of Turku. Her dissertation deals with the use and authority of manuscripts in the Council of Ferrara-Florence (1438–1439) and the impact of the Council on humanism. She is also interested in digital humanities and especially the authorship attribution of pre-modern Latin texts. 4 A01 Adam Poznański Adam Poznański Wrocław University Library Wrocław University Adam Poznański is a librarian at the Department of Manuscripts of the Wrocław University Library and teaches Latin at the Wrocław University of Life and Environmental Sciences, Poland. He has a PhD in classics from Wrocław University. His main research interests are persuasion and argumentation in medieval anti-heretical texts and theoretical aspects of rhetoric and composition in the Middle Ages, as well as codicology and Latin paleography. 5 A01 21 0000000254846103 Filip Ginter Filip Ginter Department of Future Technologies 40 05vghhr25 University of Turku Filip Ginter is Associate Professor of Language and Speech Technology at the Department of Future Technologies at the University of Turku, Finland. He has a PhD in Computer Science from the University of Turku. His research area is natural language processing and its various applications. His is a member of the Turku NLP Group. 03 00 The article applies computational stylometry to explore medieval authorship. The study consists of the investigation of different versions of an anti-heretical treatise Refutatio errorum</italic>, only recently attributed to the inquisitor Petrus Zwicker based on qualitative evidence. The article confirms this attribution and demonstrates that from a textually inconsistent corpus, it is possible to prepare data for computational stylometry with relatively fast and straightforward cleaning. Finally, the article discusses the relationship between qualitative and computational methods in the study of medieval texts. The greatest added value of computational authorship attributions comes from unexpected results, from texts behaving in an anomalous way. In the classifications made for this study, a small work called Attendite a falsis prophetis</italic> was for the first time attributed to Petrus Zwicker, a prime example of an unanticipated result. This attribution is within possibilities, but its final corroboration requires codicological study of the preserved manuscripts. 30 00 The article applies computational stylometry to explore medieval authorship. The study consists of the investigation of different versions of an anti-heretical treatise Refutatio errorum</italic>, only recently attributed to the inquisitor Petrus Zwicker based on qualitative evidence. The article confirms this attribution and demonstrates that from a textually inconsistent corpus, it is possible to prepare data for computational stylometry with relatively fast and straightforward cleaning. Finally, the article discusses the relationship between qualitative and computational methods in the study of medieval texts. The greatest added value of computational authorship attributions comes from unexpected results, from texts behaving in an anomalous way. In the classifications made for this study, a small work called Attendite a falsis prophetis</italic> was for the first time attributed to Petrus Zwicker, a prime example of an unanticipated result. This attribution is within possibilities, but its final corroboration requires codicological study of the preserved manuscripts. 20 00 Open Access 18 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-17 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 Macroscoping the Sun of Socialism: Distant Readings of Temporality in Finnish Labour Newspapers, 1895–1917 1 A01 21 0000000288981274 Risto Turunen Risto Turunen School of Social Sciences 40 033003e23 Tampere University Risto Turunen is a doctoral candidate in history at Tampere University, Finland. He has a master‘s degree in History from University of Tampere. He is currently finishing his thesis on the origins, structure and evolution of Finnish socialism as a political language from the 1860s until 1917. Turunen has published articles on labour history, conceptual history and digital humanities. 03 00 This chapter examines the socialist perception of time in the Grand Duchy of Finland at the turn of 20th century focusing on the way working people experienced the present. Three distant reading methods are used on newspaper data to extract information on the socialist temporality: relative word frequencies over time, collocates, and key collocates. The point of historical distant reading methods is explained by using a simple theoretical model illuminating the scholar’s intellectual journey from original sources to historical wisdom. The results show that the General Strike of 1905 increased newspaper references to the present within the labour movement. Furthermore, it is demonstrated that socialist newspapers portrayed the present as negative, systematic and changeable and with an extraordinary level of negativity as compared to competing political languages. The study broadens the understanding of socialist temporality in general and Finnish socialism’s most important symbol, the rising sun, in particular. The sun’s meaning has been connected to freedom in the future, but simultaneously the sun highlighted the shackles of capitalism in the present. 30 00 This chapter examines the socialist perception of time in the Grand Duchy of Finland at the turn of 20th century focusing on the way working people experienced the present. Three distant reading methods are used on newspaper data to extract information on the socialist temporality: relative word frequencies over time, collocates, and key collocates. The point of historical distant reading methods is explained by using a simple theoretical model illuminating the scholar’s intellectual journey from original sources to historical wisdom. The results show that the General Strike of 1905 increased newspaper references to the present within the labour movement. Furthermore, it is demonstrated that socialist newspapers portrayed the present as negative, systematic and changeable and with an extraordinary level of negativity as compared to competing political languages. The study broadens the understanding of socialist temporality in general and Finnish socialism’s most important symbol, the rising sun, in particular. The sun’s meaning has been connected to freedom in the future, but simultaneously the sun highlighted the shackles of capitalism in the present. 20 00 Open Access 19 03 06 10.33134/HUP-5-18 Creative Commons Attribution 4.0 International license (CC BY 4.0). 02 http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by/4.0/ Chapter 01 01 The Common Landscape of Digital History: Universal Methods, Global Borderlands, Longue-Durée History, and Critical Thinking about Approaches and Institutions 1 A01 21 0000000250850738 Jo Guldi Jo Guldi History 40 042tdr378 Southern Methodist University Jo Guldi is Associate Professor of Britain and Its Empire at Southern Methodist University, United States. She has a PhD in History from the University of California, Berkeley. She was the inaugural Mellon Postdoctoral Fellow in Digital History at University of Chicago and is currently Principal Investigator of a $1 million NSF grant, ‘The Unaffordable World’, which uses digital methods, among others, to inquire into the history of property rights and affordability. 03 00 The chapter takes as its staring point that ‘field’ though it might be in name, the domain of history as practised by scholars of different methodological and political orientations and subjects of study is really more of a patchwork of different fields and sub-fields. While not every kind of digital history applies to each sub-field, some forms of digital technique has been put to use in practically every domain that historians study. Because of the relative novelty of historians’ exchanges about digital methods, it is important that those essays are pedagogical in approach and critical as to method. This conclusion hazards that the work ahead for digital historians includes theorizing the bridge between close and distant readings, theorising the difference between AI and statistical measures, transparent documentation of the choice of algorithm, text and result in the practice of critical search, and engagement with new standards of scholarship from the institutions of historical and cultural knowledge-making.<break/> 30 00 The chapter takes as its staring point that ‘field’ though it might be in name, the domain of history as practised by scholars of different methodological and political orientations and subjects of study is really more of a patchwork of different fields and sub-fields. While not every kind of digital history applies to each sub-field, some forms of digital technique has been put to use in practically every domain that historians study. Because of the relative novelty of historians’ exchanges about digital methods, it is important that those essays are pedagogical in approach and critical as to method. This conclusion hazards that the work ahead for digital historians includes theorizing the bridge between close and distant readings, theorising the difference between AI and statistical measures, transparent documentation of the choice of algorithm, text and result in the practice of critical search, and engagement with new standards of scholarship from the institutions of historical and cultural knowledge-making.<break/> 20 00 Open Access 01 URL https://hup.fi/ Helsinki University Press 01 Helsinki University Press 01 Publisher's website: home page https://hup.fi/ Helsinki 04 01 20201207 02 WORLD 06 15 9789523690202 03 9789523690202 06 15 9789523690219 03 9789523690219 06 15 9789523690226 03 9789523690226 WORLD 09 Helsinki University Press 20 08 20201207 01